Federal Register Vol. 81, No.171,

Federal Register Volume 81, Issue 171 (September 2, 2016)

Page Range60581-61098
FR Document

Current View
Page and SubjectPDF
81 FR 60748 - Audit Committee Meeting; Sunshine ActPDF
81 FR 60581 - Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI)-Only Transitional Worker Numerical Limitation for Fiscal Year 2017PDF
81 FR 60683 - Sunshine Act MeetingsPDF
81 FR 60753 - Sunshine Act Meeting NoticePDF
81 FR 60764 - In the Matter of Luxeyard, Inc., and SuperDirectories, Inc.; Order of Suspension of TradingPDF
81 FR 60767 - In the Matter of Multi-Corp. International, Inc., Pan American Goldfields Ltd., and Sky Harvest Energy Corp., File No. 500-1; Order of Suspension of TradingPDF
81 FR 60754 - Temporary Emergency Committee of the Board of Governors; Sunshine Act MeetingPDF
81 FR 60773 - Notice of Intent To Release Certain Properties From All Terms, Conditions, Reservations and Restrictions of a Quitclaim Deed Agreement Between the City of Vero Beach and the Federal Aviation Administration for the Vero Beach Regional Airport, Vero Beach, FLPDF
81 FR 60746 - Notice Pursuant to the National Cooperative Research and Production Act of 1993-ODVA, Inc.PDF
81 FR 60747 - Notice Pursuant to the National Cooperative Research and Production Act of 1993-Cooperative Research Group on CHEDE-VIIPDF
81 FR 60698 - Pesticide Product Registration; Receipt of Applications for New Uses; Correction and Reopening of Comment PeriodPDF
81 FR 60621 - Butanedioic Acid, 2-Methylene-, Polymer With 1,3-Butadiene, Ethylbenzene and 2-Hydroxyethyl-2-Propenoate; Tolerance ExemptionPDF
81 FR 60683 - Privacy Act of 1974; System of RecordsPDF
81 FR 60694 - Alternative Method for Calculating Off-cycle Credits Under the Light-Duty Vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emissions Program: Applications From BMW Group, Ford Motor Company, General Motors Corporation, and Volkswagen Group of AmericaPDF
81 FR 60617 - James Zadroga 9/11 Victim Compensation Fund Reauthorization ActPDF
81 FR 60671 - Notice of 106th Commission MeetingPDF
81 FR 60727 - Notice of Application for Withdrawal Extension; Notice of Application for Withdrawal Expansion; and Opportunity for Public Meeting; Department of the Air Force, Nevada Test and Training Range, NevadaPDF
81 FR 60736 - Notice of Application for withdrawal extension; Notice of Application for Withdrawal Expansion; and Opportunity for Public Meeting; Naval Air Station, Fallon, NevadaPDF
81 FR 60671 - Certain Oil Country Tubular Goods From Taiwan: Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2014-2015PDF
81 FR 60672 - Large Power Transformers From the Republic of Korea: Preliminary Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2014-2015PDF
81 FR 60713 - Privacy Act of 1974; Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Customs and Border Protection-009 Electronic System for Travel Authorization System of RecordsPDF
81 FR 60680 - Procurement List; Additions and DeletionsPDF
81 FR 60681 - Procurement List; Proposed Additions and DeletionsPDF
81 FR 60635 - Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Atlantic Bluefish Fishery; Quota TransferPDF
81 FR 60777 - Hazardous Materials: California Meal and Rest Break RequirementsPDF
81 FR 60779 - Information Collection ActivitiesPDF
81 FR 60704 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment RequestPDF
81 FR 60648 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Inseason Adjustment to the 2016 Gulf of Alaska Pollock Seasonal ApportionmentsPDF
81 FR 60704 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment RequestPDF
81 FR 60697 - Environmental Impact Statements; Notice of AvailabilityPDF
81 FR 60675 - Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management ActPDF
81 FR 60771 - City of Tacoma, Department of Public Utilities, Beltline Division-Discontinuance of Service Exemption-in Thurston County, WAPDF
81 FR 60677 - Schedules for Atlantic Shark Identification Workshops and Protected Species Safe Handling, Release, and Identification WorkshopsPDF
81 FR 60666 - Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act Provisions; Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Atlantic Mackerel, Squid, and Butterfish Fisheries; Amendment 16PDF
81 FR 60702 - Change in Bank Control Notices; Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding CompanyPDF
81 FR 60701 - Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding CompaniesPDF
81 FR 60679 - New England Fishery Management Council; Public MeetingPDF
81 FR 60674 - North Pacific Fishery Management Council; Public MeetingPDF
81 FR 60675 - Fisheries of the South Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico, and Caribbean; Southeast Data, Assessment, and Review (SEDAR); Public MeetingPDF
81 FR 60731 - Notice of Availability of the Proposed Resource Management Plans for the Beaver Dam Wash and Red Cliffs National Conservation Areas; Proposed Amendment to the St. George Field Office Resource Management Plan; and Abbreviated Final Environmental Impact Statement, UtahPDF
81 FR 60743 - Moose-Wilson Corridor Comprehensive Management Plan, Final Environmental Impact Statement, Grand Teton National Park, WyomingPDF
81 FR 60679 - Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council; Public MeetingPDF
81 FR 60691 - Proposed Agency Information CollectionPDF
81 FR 60692 - Secretary of Energy Advisory Board; Notice of RenewalPDF
81 FR 60781 - Art Advisory Panel-Notice of Closed MeetingPDF
81 FR 60781 - Citizens Coinage Advisory Committee September 16, 2016, Public MeetingPDF
81 FR 60733 - Proposed Supplementary Rules for the Zortman Ranger Station and Buffington Day Use Area on Public Land in Phillips County Near Zortman, MTPDF
81 FR 60707 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Animal Generic Drug User Fee Act Cover SheetPDF
81 FR 60698 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request (3064-0030, -0104 & -0122)PDF
81 FR 60663 - Security Zone; Potomac River and Anacostia River, and Adjacent Waters; Washington, DCPDF
81 FR 60620 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; New Jersey Intracoastal Waterway (NJICW), Atlantic City, NJPDF
81 FR 60692 - Tilton Energy LLC v. Midcontinent Independent System Operator, Inc.; Notice of ComplaintPDF
81 FR 60693 - Western Area Power Administration; Notice of FilingPDF
81 FR 60693 - Combined Notice of Filings #1PDF
81 FR 60720 - Endangered Species; Issuance of Recovery PermitsPDF
81 FR 60708 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission to OMB for Review and Approval; Public Comment Request; Countermeasures Injury Compensation ProgramPDF
81 FR 60780 - Mutual Savings Association Advisory Committee and Minority Depository Institutions Advisory CommitteePDF
81 FR 60748 - South Carolina Electric & Gas Company, South Carolina Public Service Authority; Virgil C. Summer Nuclear Station, Units 2 and 3; Diverse Actuation System Cabinet ChangesPDF
81 FR 60749 - Virgil C. Summer Nuclear Station, Units 2 and 3PDF
81 FR 60774 - Notice of Intent To Prepare an Environmental Impact Statement for the Southwest Corridor Light Rail Project, Multnomah and Washington Counties, OregonPDF
81 FR 60691 - Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board, NevadaPDF
81 FR 60706 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Substances Prohibited From Use in Animal Food or Feed; Animal Proteins Prohibited in Ruminant FeedPDF
81 FR 60635 - Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act Provisions; Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Northeast Skate Complex; Framework Adjustment 3; CorrectionPDF
81 FR 60636 - Revisions to Framework Adjustment 55 to the Northeast Multispecies Fishery Management Plan and Sector Annual Catch Entitlements; Updated Annual Catch Limits for Sectors and the Common Pool for Fishing Year 2016PDF
81 FR 60745 - National Register of Historic Places; Notification of Pending Nominations and Related ActionsPDF
81 FR 60701 - Notice of Request for Additional InformationPDF
81 FR 60744 - National Register of Historic Places; Notification of Pending Nominations and Related ActionsPDF
81 FR 60774 - Union Pacific Railroad's Request for Positive Train Control Safety Plan Approval and System CertificationPDF
81 FR 60585 - Access to Data Obtained by Security-Based Swap Data RepositoriesPDF
81 FR 60754 - Proposed Collection; Comment RequestPDF
81 FR 60755 - Proposed Collection; Comment RequestPDF
81 FR 60755 - Investment Company Act of 1940; Release No. 32242/August 29, 2016; Order Under Sections 26(c) and 17(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Act”)PDF
81 FR 60758 - Starboard Investment Trust and Cavalier Investments, Inc.; Notice of ApplicationPDF
81 FR 60765 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; International Securities Exchange, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Expand the Short Term Option Series ProgramPDF
81 FR 60756 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 1042A, Exercise of Options Contracts and Options Floor Procedure Advice G-1, Index Option Exercise Advice FormsPDF
81 FR 60768 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change To Adopt the Third Party Connectivity Service Under Rules 7034(b) and 7051PDF
81 FR 60759 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1 Thereto, Regarding Use of Rule 144A Securities by the Fidelity Corporate Bond ETF, Fidelity Investment Grade Bond ETF, Fidelity Limited Term Bond ETF, and Fidelity Total Bond ETFPDF
81 FR 60705 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Abbreviated New Animal Drug ApplicationsPDF
81 FR 60771 - Oklahoma Disaster Number OK-00105PDF
81 FR 60713 - Homeland Security Advisory Council-New TaskingPDF
81 FR 61068 - TRICARE; Mental Health and Substance Use Disorder TreatmentPDF
81 FR 60712 - National Institute on Drug Abuse; Notice of Closed MeetingPDF
81 FR 60711 - National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed MeetingPDF
81 FR 60712 - National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Notice of Closed MeetingPDF
81 FR 60712 - National Eye Institute; Notice of MeetingPDF
81 FR 60692 - Combined Notice of FilingsPDF
81 FR 60710 - Government-Owned Inventions; Availability for LicensingPDF
81 FR 60710 - Prospective Grant of Exclusive Patent License: Development of Integrin αvβ3 Antagonists for Use in Imaging and TherapyPDF
81 FR 60669 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment RequestPDF
81 FR 60772 - Forty-Third Meeting of the SC-224 Airport Security Access Control SystemsPDF
81 FR 60747 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request for Federal-State Unemployment Insurance Program Data Exchange StandardizationPDF
81 FR 60621 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; China Basin, San Francisco, CAPDF
81 FR 60772 - Notice of Intent To Release Certain Properties From All Terms, Conditions, Reservations and Restrictions of a Quitclaim Deed Agreement Between the City of Vero Beach and the Federal Aviation Administration for the Vero Beach Regional Airport, Vero Beach, FLPDF
81 FR 60718 - Announcement of Funding Awards for the Self-Help Homeownership Opportunity Program Fiscal Year 2015PDF
81 FR 60719 - Youth Homelessness Demonstration Program Application Notice of Emergency Approval of an Information Collection, and 60-Day Notice To Commence Extended ApprovalPDF
81 FR 60746 - Steel Concrete Reinforcing Bar From Mexico and TurkeyPDF
81 FR 60702 - Proposed Data Collection Submitted for Public Comment and RecommendationsPDF
81 FR 60609 - Definition of Terms Relating to Marital StatusPDF
81 FR 60655 - Personal Commercial Solicitation on DoD InstallationsPDF
81 FR 60608 - PassportsPDF
81 FR 60773 - Notice of Availability for Final Environmental Impact Statement (Final EIS), Department of Transportation Act of 1966 Section 4(f) Evaluation, and Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act Subsistence Evaluation for the Proposed Airport, Angoon, AlaskaPDF
81 FR 60676 - Solicitation for Members of the NOAA Science Advisory BoardPDF
81 FR 60582 - Airworthiness Directives; International Aero Engines AG Turbofan EnginesPDF
81 FR 60676 - Notice of Public Hearing and Availability of the Draft Environmental Impact Statement and Draft Management Plan for the Proposed Designation of the He`eia National Estuarine Research Reserve in Hawai`iPDF
81 FR 60633 - Parts and Accessories Necessary for Safe Operation; Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance; CorrectionPDF
81 FR 60669 - Tahoe National Forest; Placer County, California; Sugar Pine Project Water Right Permit 15375 Extension and Radial Gates InstallationPDF
81 FR 60996 - Secretarial Review and Publication of the National Quality Forum Annual Report to Congress and the Secretary Submitted by the Consensus-Based Entity Regarding Performance MeasurementPDF
81 FR 60651 - Political Contributions by Certain Investment Advisers: Ban on Third-Party Solicitation; Notice of Order With Respect to MSRB Rule G-37PDF
81 FR 60653 - Political Contributions by Certain Investment Advisers: Ban on Third-Party Solicitation; Notice of Order With Respect to FINRA Rule 2030PDF
81 FR 60625 - Improvements to Benchmarks and Related Requirements Governing Hearing Aid-Compatible Mobile HandsetsPDF
81 FR 60732 - Notice of Public Meetings for the John Day-Snake Resource Advisory CouncilPDF
81 FR 60878 - Federal Property Suitable as Facilities To Assist the HomelessPDF
81 FR 61032 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Endangered Species Act Compensatory Mitigation PolicyPDF
81 FR 60784 - Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for Residential Conventional Cooking ProductsPDF
81 FR 60649 - Filing of Complaints of Prohibited Personnel Practices or Other Prohibited Activities and Filing Disclosures of InformationPDF

Issue

81 171 Friday, September 2, 2016 Contents Agriculture Agriculture Department See

Food and Nutrition Service

See

Forest Service

Antitrust Division Antitrust Division NOTICES Membership Changes under the National Cooperative Research and Production Act: Cooperative Research Group on CHEDE-VII, 60747 2016-21222 ODVA, Inc., 60746-60747 2016-21223 Arctic Arctic Research Commission NOTICES Meetings, 60671 2016-21215 Centers Disease Centers for Disease Control and Prevention NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, 60702-60704 2016-21103 Centers Medicare Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, 60704-60705 2016-21199 2016-21201 Coast Guard Coast Guard RULES Drawbridge Operations: China Basin, San Francisco, CA, 60621 2016-21109 New Jersey Intracoastal Waterway, Atlantic City, NJ, 60620-60621 2016-21174 PROPOSED RULES Security Zones: Potomac and Anacostia Rivers and Adjacent Waters, Washington, DC, 60663-60666 2016-21175 Commerce Commerce Department See

International Trade Administration

See

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Committee for Purchase Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled NOTICES Procurement List; Additions and Deletions, 60680-60683 2016-21207 2016-21208 Commodity Futures Commodity Futures Trading Commission NOTICES Meetings; Sunshine Act, 60683 2016-21323 Comptroller Comptroller of the Currency NOTICES Requests for Nominations: Mutual Savings Association Advisory Committee; Minority Depository Institutions Advisory Committee, 60780-60781 2016-21167 Defense Department Defense Department RULES TRICARE: Mental Health and Substance Use Disorder Treatment, 61068-61098 2016-21125 PROPOSED RULES Personal Commercial Solicitation on DoD Installations, 60655-60663 2016-21092 Education Department Education Department NOTICES Privacy Act; System of Records, 60683-60691 2016-21218 Employment and Training Employment and Training Administration NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals: Federal-State Unemployment Insurance Program Data Exchange Standardization, 60747-60748 2016-21110 Energy Department Energy Department See

Federal Energy Regulatory Commission

PROPOSED RULES Energy Conservation Programs: Standards for Residential Conventional Cooking Products, 60784-60876 2016-20721 NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, 60691-60692 2016-21182 Charter Renewals: Secretary of Energy Advisory Board, 60692 2016-21181 Meetings: Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board, Nevada, 60691 2016-21158
Environmental Protection Environmental Protection Agency RULES Tolerance Exemptions: Butanedioic Acid, 2-Methylene-, Polymer with 1,3-Butadiene, Ethylbenzene and 2-Hydroxyethyl-2-Propenoate, 60621-60625 2016-21219 NOTICES Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc., 60697-60698 2016-21198 Off-Cycle Credits under the Light-duty Vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emissions Program: Application for Alternative Method of Calculation, BMW Group, Ford Motor Co., General Motors Corp., Volkswagen Group of America, 60694-60697 2016-21217 Pesticide Product Registrations: Applications for New Uses; Correction, 60698 2016-21220 Federal Aviation Federal Aviation Administration RULES Airworthiness Directives: International Aero Engines AG Turbofan Engines, 60582-60585 2016-21061 NOTICES Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.: Proposed Airport, Angoon, AK, 60773 2016-21083 Meetings: SC-224 Airport Security Access Control Systems, 60772 2016-21111 Release of Airport Property: Vero Beach Regional Airport, Vero Beach, FL, 60772-60774 2016-21108 2016-21225 Federal Communications Federal Communications Commission RULES Improvements to Benchmarks and Related Requirements Governing Hearing Aid-Compatible Mobile Handsets, 60625-60633 2016-20871 Federal Deposit Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, 60698-60701 2016-21176 Federal Energy Federal Energy Regulatory Commission NOTICES Combined Filings, 60692-60693 2016-21115 2016-21170 Complaints: Tilton Energy LLC v. Midcontinent Independent System Operator, Inc., 60692-60693 2016-21172 Filings: Western Area Power Administration, 60693-60694 2016-21171 Federal Maritime Federal Maritime Commission NOTICES Agreements Filed, 60701 2016-21141 Federal Motor Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration RULES Parts and Accessories Necessary for Safe Operation; Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance; Correction, 60633-60634 2016-20927 Federal Railroad Federal Railroad Administration NOTICES Positive Train Control Safety Plans: Union Pacific Railroad, 60774 2016-21139 Federal Reserve Federal Reserve System NOTICES Changes in Bank Control: Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding Company, 60702 2016-21192 Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies, 60701-60702 2016-21191 Federal Transit Federal Transit Administration NOTICES Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.: Southwest Corridor Light Rail Project, Multnomah and Washington counties, OR, 60774-60777 2016-21160 Fish Fish and Wildlife Service NOTICES Endangered and Threatened Species Recovery Permits, 60720-60726 2016-21169 Endangered and Threatened Species: Endangered Species Act Compensatory Mitigation Policy, 61032-61065 2016-20757 Food and Drug Food and Drug Administration NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals: Abbreviated New Animal Drug Applications, 60705-60706 2016-21128 Animal Generic Drug User Fee Act Cover Sheet, 60707-60708 2016-21177 Substances Prohibited from Use in Animal Food or Feed; Animal Proteins Prohibited in Ruminant Feed, 60706-60707 2016-21157 Food and Nutrition Food and Nutrition Service NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, 60669 2016-21112 Forest Forest Service NOTICES Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.: Sugar Pine Project Water Right Permit 15375 Extension and Radial Gates Installation, Tahoe National Forest, Placer County, CA, 60669-60671 2016-20921 Health and Human Health and Human Services Department See

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention

See

Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services

See

Food and Drug Administration

See

Health Resources and Services Administration

See

National Institutes of Health

NOTICES National Quality Forum Annual Report to Congress and the Secretary, 60996-61029 2016-20908
Health Resources Health Resources and Services Administration NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals: Countermeasures Injury Compensation Program, 60708-60710 2016-21168 Homeland Homeland Security Department See

Coast Guard

RULES Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Island-Only Transitional Worker Numerical Limitation for Fiscal Year 2017, 60581-60582 2016-21325 NOTICES New Taskings: Homeland Security Advisory Council, 60713 2016-21126 Privacy Act; Systems of Records, 60713-60718 2016-21210
Housing Housing and Urban Development Department NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals: Youth Homelessness Demonstration Program Application, 60719-60720 2016-21106 Federal Property Suitable as Facilities to Assist the Homeless, 60878-60993 2016-20792 Funding Awards: Self-Help Homeownership Opportunity Program; Fiscal Year 2015, 60718-60719 2016-21107 Interior Interior Department See

Fish and Wildlife Service

See

Land Management Bureau

See

National Park Service

Internal Revenue Internal Revenue Service RULES Definition of Terms Relating to Marital Status, 60609-60617 2016-21096 NOTICES Meetings: Art Advisory Panel, 60781 2016-21180 International Trade Adm International Trade Administration NOTICES Antidumping or Countervailing Duty Investigations, Orders, or Reviews: Certain Oil Country Tubular Goods from Taiwan; 2014-2015 Administrative Review, 60671-60672 2016-21212 Large Power Transformers from the Republic of Korea; 2014-2015 Administrative Review, 60672-60674 2016-21211 International Trade Com International Trade Commission NOTICES Antidumping or Countervailing Duty Investigations, Orders, or Reviews: Steel Concrete Reinforcing Bar from Mexico and Turkey, 60746 2016-21104 Justice Department Justice Department See

Antitrust Division

RULES James Zadroga 9/11 Victim Compensation Fund Reauthorization Act, 60617-60620 2016-21216
Labor Department Labor Department See

Employment and Training Administration

Land Land Management Bureau NOTICES Applications for Withdrawal of Public Lands: Department of the Air Force, Nevada Test and Training Range, 60727-60730 2016-21214 Naval Air Station, Fallon, NV, 60736-60743 2016-21213 Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.: Beaver Dam Wash and Red Cliffs National Conservation Areas; St. George Field Office, Utah, 60731-60732 2016-21185 Meetings: John Day-Snake Resource Advisory Council, 60732-60733 2016-20819 Public Land Supplementary Rules: Zortman Ranger Station, Buffington Day Use Area, Phillips County near Zortman, MT, 60733-60736 2016-21178 National Institute National Institutes of Health NOTICES Government-Owned Inventions; Availability for Licensing, 60710-60711 2016-21114 Meetings: National Eye Institute, 60712-60713 2016-21116 National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, 60711-60712 2016-21117 2016-21118 2016-21119 2016-21120 National Institute on Drug Abuse, 60712 2016-21121 Prospective Grant of Exclusive Patent License: Development of Integrin a-v beta-3 Antagonists for use in Imaging and Therapy, 60710 2016-21113 National Oceanic National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration RULES Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska: Gulf of Alaska Pollock Seasonal Apportionments; Inseason Adjustment, 60648 2016-21200 Fisheries of the Northeastern United States: Atlantic Bluefish Fishery; Quota Transfer, 60635-60636 2016-21206 Northeast Groundfish Fishery; Framework Adjustment 55; Revisions and Updates, 60636-60647 2016-21154 Northeast Skate Complex; Framework Adjustment 3; Correction, 60635 2016-21156 PROPOSED RULES Fisheries of the Northeastern United States: Atlantic Mackerel, Squid, and Butterfish Fisheries; Amendment 16, 60666-60668 2016-21193 NOTICES Environmental Assessments; Availability, etc.: Exempted Fishing Permits for Longline Vessels within the U.S. West Coast Exclusive Economic Zone, 60675-60676 2016-21196 Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.: He'eia National Estuarine Research Reserve, HI; Public Hearing, 60676 2016-21059 Meetings: Atlantic Shark Identification Workshops and Protected Species Safe Handling, Release, and Identification Workshops, 60677-60679 2016-21194 Fisheries of the South Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico, and Caribbean; Southeast Data, Assessment, and Review, 60675 2016-21187 Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council, 60679-60680 2016-21183 New England Fishery Management Council, 60679 2016-21190 North Pacific Fishery Management Council, 60674-60675 2016-21188 2016-21189 Requests for Nominations: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Science Advisory Board, 60676-60677 2016-21078 National Park National Park Service NOTICES Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.: Moose-Wilson Corridor Comprehensive Management Plan, Grand Teton National Park, WY, 60743-60744 2016-21184 National Register of Historic Places: Pending Nominations and Related Actions, 60744-60745 2016-21140 2016-21142 Neighborhood Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation NOTICES Meetings; Sunshine Act, 60748 2016-21362 Nuclear Regulatory Nuclear Regulatory Commission NOTICES Exemptions: South Carolina Electric and Gas Co., South Carolina Public Service Authority, Virgil C. Summer Nuclear Station, Units 2 and 3; Diverse Actuation System Cabinet Changes, 60748-60749 2016-21162 License Amendment Applications: Virgil C. Summer Nuclear Station, Units 2 and 3, 60749-60753 2016-21161 Meetings; Sunshine Act, 60753-60754 2016-21304 Pipeline Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals: Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 60779-60780 2016-21202 Hazardous Materials: California Meal and Rest Break Requirements, 60777-60779 2016-21205 Postal Service Postal Service NOTICES Meetings; Sunshine Act, 60754 2016-21244 Securities Securities and Exchange Commission RULES Access to Data Obtained by Security-Based Swap Data Repositories, 60585-60608 2016-21137 PROPOSED RULES Political Contributions by Certain Investment Advisers; Ban on Third-Party Solicitation, 60651-60654 2016-20889 2016-20890 NOTICES Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, 60754-60755 2016-21135 2016-21136 Applications: Starboard Investment Trust and Cavalier Investments, Inc., 60758-60759 2016-21133 Orders: Allianz Life Insurance Co. of North America, Allianz Life Variable Account A, et al, 60755 2016-21134 Self-Regulatory Organizations; Proposed Rule Changes: International Securities Exchange, LLC, 60765-60767 2016-21132 NASDAQ PHLX, LLC, 60756-60758 2016-21131 Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC, 60768-60771 2016-21130 NYSE Arca, Inc., 60759-60764 2016-21129 Suspension of Trading Orders: Luxeyard, Inc., and SuperDirectories, Inc., 60764-60765 2016-21301 Multi-Corp. International, Inc., Pan American Goldfields Ltd., and Sky Harvest Energy Corp., 60767 2016-21300 Small Business Small Business Administration NOTICES Disaster Declarations: Oklahoma; Amendment 1, 60771 2016-21127 Special Counsel Special Counsel Office PROPOSED RULES Types of Complaints, Filing of Complaints of Prohibited Personnel Practices or other Prohibited Activities, and Filing Disclosures of Information, 60649-60651 2016-20527 State Department State Department RULES Passports, 60608-60609 2016-21087 Surface Transportation Surface Transportation Board NOTICES Discontinuance of Service Exemptions: Department of Public Utilities, Beltline Division, Tacoma, WA, 60771-60772 2016-21195 Transportation Department Transportation Department See

Federal Aviation Administration

See

Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration

See

Federal Railroad Administration

See

Federal Transit Administration

See

Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration

Treasury Treasury Department See

Comptroller of the Currency

See

Internal Revenue Service

See

United States Mint

U.S. Mint United States Mint NOTICES Meetings: Citizens Coinage Advisory Committee, 60781 2016-21179 Separate Parts In This Issue Part II Energy Department, 60784-60876 2016-20721 Part III Housing and Urban Development Department, 60878-60993 2016-20792 Part IV Health and Human Services Department, 60996-61029 2016-20908 Part V Interior Department, Fish and Wildlife Service, 61032-61065 2016-20757 Part VI Defense Department, 61068-61098 2016-21125 Reader Aids

Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.

To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.

81 171 Friday, September 2, 2016 Rules and Regulations DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY 8 CFR Part 214 [CIS No. 2586-16; DHS Docket No. USCIS-2012-0010] RIN 1615-ZB59 Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI)-Only Transitional Worker Numerical Limitation for Fiscal Year 2017 AGENCY:

U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, DHS.

ACTION:

Notification of numerical limitation.

SUMMARY:

The Secretary of Homeland Security announces that the annual fiscal year numerical limitation for the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI)-Only Transitional Worker (CW-1) nonimmigrant classification for fiscal year (FY) 2017 (October 1, 2016—September 30, 2017) is set at 12,998. This notice announces the mandated annual reduction of the CW-1 numerical limitation and provides the public with additional information regarding the new CW-1 numerical limit. This notice ensures that CNMI employers and employees have sufficient information regarding the maximum number of foreign workers who may be granted CW-1 transitional worker status during FY 2017.

DATES:

Effective Date: September 2, 2016.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

Paola Rodriguez Hale, Adjudications Officer (Policy), Office of Policy and Strategy, U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, Department of Homeland Security, 20 Massachusetts Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20529-2060. Contact telephone 202-272-8377.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: I. Background

Title VII of the Consolidated Natural Resources Act of 2008 (CNRA) extended U.S. immigration law, with limited exception, to the CNMI and provided CNMI-specific provisions affecting foreign workers. See Public Law 110-229, 122 Stat. 754, 853-854. The CNRA provided for a “transition period” to phase out the CNMI's nonresident contract worker program and phase in the U.S. federal immigration system in a manner that minimizes adverse economic and fiscal effects and maximizes the CNMI's potential for future economic and business growth. See sections 701(b) and 702(a) of the CNRA.

The CNRA authorized the Secretary of Homeland Security to create a nonimmigrant classification that would ensure adequate employment in the CNMI during the transition period. See section 702(a) of the CNRA; 48 U.S.C. 1806(d). The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) published a final rule on September 7, 2011, amending the regulations at 8 CFR 214.2(w) to implement a temporary, CNMI-only transitional worker nonimmigrant classification (CW classification, which includes CW-1 for principal workers and CW-2 for spouses and minor children). See Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands Transitional Worker Classification, 76 FR 55502 (Sept. 7, 2011).

The CNRA mandated an annual reduction in the allocation of the number of permits issued per year and in 2014 Congress extended the sunset date to provide for the total elimination of the CW nonimmigrant classification by the December 31, 2019 sunset date. See 48 U.S.C. 1806(d)(2). At the outset of the transitional worker program, DHS set the CW-1 numerical limitation for FY 2011 at 22,417 and for FY 2012 at 22,416. DHS announced these annual numerical limitations in DHS regulations at 8 CFR 214.2(w)(1)(viii)(A) and (B).

DHS subsequently opted to publish any future annual numerical limitations by Federal Register notice. See 8 CFR 214.2(w)(1)(viii)(C). Instead of developing a numerical limit reduction plan, DHS determined that it would assess the CNMI's workforce needs on a yearly basis during the transition period. Id. This approach to the allocation system ensured that CNMI employers had an adequate supply of workers to better facilitate a smooth transition into the federal immigration system. It also provided DHS with the flexibility to adjust to the future needs of the CNMI economy and to assess the total foreign workforce needs based on the number of requests for transitional worker nonimmigrant classification received following implementation of the CW-1 program.

DHS followed this same rationale for the FY 2013 and FY 2014 numerical limitations. After assessing all workforce needs, including the opportunity for economic growth, DHS set the CW-1 numerical limitation at 15,000 and 14,000 respectively for FY 2013 and FY 2014. See CNMI-Only Transitional Worker Numerical Limitation for Fiscal Year 2013, 77 FR 71287 (Nov. 30, 2012); CNMI-Only Transitional Worker Numerical Limitation for Fiscal Year 2014, 78 FR 58867 (Sept. 25, 2013). DHS based the FY 2013 and FY 2014 numerical limitations on the actual demonstrated need for foreign workers in the CNMI during FY 2012. See 77 FR 71287, 78 FR 58867.

The CNRA directed that the U.S. Secretary of Labor must determine whether an extension of the CW program for an additional period of up to 5 years is necessary to ensure that an adequate number of workers will be available for legitimate businesses in the CNMI. The CNRA further provided the Secretary of Labor with the authority to provide for such an extension through notice in the Federal Register. On June 3, 2014, the Secretary of Labor extended the CW program for an additional 5 years, through December 31, 2019. See Secretary of Labor Extends the Transition Period of the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands-Only Transitional Worker Program, 79 FR 31988 (June 3, 2014).

DHS based the FY 2015 numerical limitation on a number of factors, including:

• The Department of Labor's extension of the CW program;

• The CNMI's labor market needs; and

• The CNRA's mandate to annually reduce the number of transitional workers until the end of the extended transitional worker program.

See CNMI-Only Transitional Worker Numerical Limitation for Fiscal Year 2015, 79 FR 58241 (Sept. 29, 2014). Since the Secretary of Labor extended the CW program at least until December 31, 2019, DHS decided to preserve the status quo, or current conditions, rather than aggressively reduce CW-1 numbers for FY 2015. DHS therefore reduced the numerical limitation nominally by one, resulting in an FY 2015 limit of 13,999. See id.

On December 16, 2014, Congress amended the law to extend the transition period until December 31, 2019. See Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2015, Public Law 113-235, sec. 10, 128 Stat. 2130, 2134 (codified at 48 U.S.C. 1806(d)). Congress also eliminated the Secretary of Labor's authority to provide for future extensions of the CW-1 program, requiring the CW-1 program to end (or sunset) on December 31, 2019. See id.

For FY 2016, DHS reduced the numerical limitation by 1,000 to a limit of 12,999. See CNMI-Only Transitional Worker Numerical Limitation for Fiscal Year 2016, 80 FR 63911 (Oct. 22, 2015). On May 20, 2016, U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) notified the public that it had received a sufficient number of petitions to reach the numerical limit (the “cap”) of 12,999 workers who may be issued CW-1 visas or otherwise provided with CW-1 status for FY 2016. The USCIS Update advised stakeholders that May 5, 2016 was the final receipt date for CW-1 worker petitions requesting an employment start date before October 1, 2016.1

1See “USCIS Reaches CW-1 Cap for Fiscal Year 2016,” available at https://www.uscis.gov/news/alerts/uscis-reaches-cw-1-cap-fiscal-year-2016.

II. Maximum Number of CW-1 Nonimmigrant Workers for Fiscal Year 2017

The CNRA requires an annual reduction in the number of transitional workers but does not mandate a specific numerical reduction. See 48 U.S.C. 1806(d)(2). In addition, DHS regulations provide that the numerical limitation for any fiscal year will be less than the number established for the previous fiscal year, and that the adjusted number will be reasonably calculated to reduce the number of CW-1 nonimmigrant workers to zero by the end of the program. 8 CFR 214.2(w)(1)(viii)(C). DHS may adjust the numerical limitation at any time by publishing a notice in the Federal Register, but the Department may only reduce the figure. See 8 CFR 214.2(w)(1)(viii)(D).

Because the CW-1 numerical limit was reached for FY 2016 on May 5, DHS has decided to preserve the status quo, or current conditions, rather than aggressively reduce CW-1 numbers for FY 2017. DHS recognizes that any numerical limitation must account for the fact that the CNMI economy continues to be based on a workforce composed primarily of foreign workers. DHS must reduce the annual numerical limitation as statutorily mandated. At the same time, DHS should ensure that there are enough CW-1 workers for future fiscal years until the end of the program. DHS therefore is reducing the numerical limitation nominally by one, resulting in an FY 2017 limit of 12,998.

This new numerical limitation preserves access to foreign labor in the CNMI. Accordingly, DHS is reducing the maximum number of transitional workers from the current fiscal year numerical limitation of 12,999 and establishing 12,998 as the maximum number of persons who may be granted CW-1 nonimmigrant status in FY 2017. DHS nonetheless emphasizes that the statute requires the Department to reduce the annual numerical limitation to zero no later than the end of calendar year 2019. It therefore may be prudent for CNMI employers and CW-1 workers to plan for more significant reductions in the annual numerical limitation in the years ahead.

The FY 2017 numerical limitation for CW-1 nonimmigrant workers will be in effect beginning on October 1, 2016. Consistent with the rules applicable to other nonimmigrant worker visa classifications, if the numerical limitation for the fiscal year is not reached, the unused numbers do not carry over to the next fiscal year. See 8 CFR 214.2(w)(1)(viii)(E).

Generally, each CW-1 nonimmigrant worker with an approved employment start date that falls within FY 2017 (October 1, 2016—September 30, 2017) will be counted against the new numerical limitation of 12,998. Counting each CW-1 nonimmigrant worker in this manner will help ensure that USCIS does not approve requests that would exceed the numerical limitation of 12,998 CW-1 nonimmigrant workers granted such status in FY 2017.

This notice does not affect the current immigration status of foreign workers who have CW-1 nonimmigrant status. Foreign workers, however, will be affected by this notice when their CNMI employers file:

• For an extension of their CW-1 nonimmigrant classification, or

• A change of status from another nonimmigrant status to that of CW-1 nonimmigrant status.

This notice does not affect the status of any individual currently holding CW-2 nonimmigrant status as the spouse or minor child of a CW-1 nonimmigrant worker. This notice also does not directly affect the ability of any individual to extend or otherwise obtain CW-2 status, as the numerical limitation applies to CW-1 principals only. This notice, however, may indirectly affect individuals seeking CW-2 status since their status depends on the CW-1 principal's ability to obtain or retain CW-1 status.

Jeh Charles Johnson, Secretary.
[FR Doc. 2016-21325 Filed 8-31-16; 4:15 pm] BILLING CODE 9111-97-P
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Federal Aviation Administration 14 CFR Part 39 [Docket No. FAA-2016-4123; Directorate Identifier 2016-NE-06-AD; Amendment 39-18640; AD 2016-18-10] RIN 2120-AA64 Airworthiness Directives; International Aero Engines AG Turbofan Engines AGENCY:

Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.

ACTION:

Final rule.

SUMMARY:

We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain International Aero Engines AG (IAE) V2522-A5, V2524-A5, V2525-D5, V2527-A5, V2527E-A5, V2527M-A5, V2528-D5, V2530-A5, and V2533-A5 turbofan engines. This AD was prompted by the fracture of the high-pressure turbine (HPT) stage 2 hub during flight, which resulted in an in-flight shutdown (IFSD), undercowl fire, and smoke in the cabin. This AD requires inspecting the HPT stage 1 hub and HPT stage 2 hub, and, if necessary, their replacement with parts that are eligible for installation. We are issuing this AD to prevent failure of the HPT stage 1 or HPT stage 2 hubs, which could result in uncontained HPT blade release, damage to the engine, and damage to the airplane.

DATES:

This AD is effective October 7, 2016.

The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of October 7, 2016.

ADDRESSES:

For service information identified in this final rule, contact International Aero Engines AG, 400 Main Street, East Hartford, CT 06118; phone: 800-565-0140; email: [email protected]; Internet: http://fleetcare.pw.utc.com. You may view this referenced service information at the FAA, Engine & Propeller Directorate, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, MA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 781-238-7125. It is also available on the internet at http://www.regulations.gov by searching for and locating Docket No. FAA-2016-4123.

Examining the AD Docket

You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov by searching for and locating Docket No. FAA-2016-4123; or in person at the Docket Management Facility between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this AD, the regulatory evaluation, any comments received, and other information. The address for the Docket Office (phone: 800-647-5527) is Document Management Facility, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

Brian Kierstead, Aerospace Engineer, Engine Certification Office, FAA, Engine & Propeller Directorate, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7772; fax: 781-238-7199; email: [email protected].

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Discussion

We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to certain IAE V2522-A5, V2524-A5, V2525-D5, V2527-A5, V2527E-A5, V2527M-A5, V2528-D5, V2530-A5, and V2533-A5 turbofan engines. The NPRM published in the Federal Register on April 5, 2016 (81 FR 19516). The NPRM was prompted by the fracture of the HPT stage 2 hub during flight, which resulted in an IFSD, undercowl fire, and smoke in the cabin. The NPRM proposed to require inspecting the HPT stage 1 hub and HPT stage 2 hub, and, if necessary, their replacement with parts that are eligible for installation. We are issuing this AD to prevent failure of the HPT stage 1 or HPT stage 2 hubs, which could result in uncontained HPT blade release, damage to the engine, and damage to the airplane.

Comments

We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. The following presents the comments received on the NPRM and the FAA's response to each comment.

Request To Add Credit for Previous Action

IAE and Cathay Pacific requested that we update this AD to refer to Non-Modification Service Bulletin (NMSB) V2500-ENG-72-0661 Revision 2, dated May 27, 2016, and allow credit for previous actions to include hubs inspected and cleared to IAE's NMSB V2500-ENG-72-0661, Original issue, dated November 10, 2015; and Revision 1, dated February 5, 2016.

We agree. We updated this AD to refer to NMSB V2500-ENG-72-0661, Revision 2, dated May 27, 2016. We are also including a Credit for Previous Actions paragraph that references IAE NMSB V2500-ENG-72-0661, Original issue, dated November 10, 2015; and Revision 1, dated February 5, 2016.

Request To Change Compliance Time

IndiGo and Cathay Pacific stated that the NPRM uses hub cycles since new (CSN) to determine when hub inspections are required. However, the commenters requested that this AD be specific as to the date on which CSN of the hubs are established. The IAE NMSB, Compliance Section, Table 1 refers to a compliance time within “Hub cycles as of February 1, 2016”, but the NPRM does not mention any date. One commenter states that compliance to the February 1, 2016 date will not provide adequate planning time to operators for compliance.

We agree. This AD requires actions after the effective date of this AD. Therefore, we changed paragraphs (e)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this AD to read “for hubs with [xxx] CSN on the effective date of this AD”.

Request To Change Compliance Time

Germanwings GmbH requested that the effective date of this AD be aligned with IAE NMSB V2500-ENG-72-0661, Revision 2, dated May 27, 2016, which refers to “Hub cycles as of February 1, 2016.” The commenter states that the difference in time between the effective date of this AD and February 1, 2016 listed in the NMSB will cause a mismatch in the compliance time.

We disagree. Basing the compliance times on the effective date of this AD is less restrictive than the IAE NMSB, so complying with this AD based on hub CSN as of the earlier NMSB date, would satisfy this AD. We did not change this AD.

Request To Change Shop Visit Definition

Delta Airlines and one other commenter requested that we change the definition of shop visit from separation of pairs of major mating engine flanges, to either piece-part exposure, HPT flange separation, or disassembly of the HPT rotor and stator assemblies.

Delta Airlines stated that compliance at the next shop visit, as defined in this AD would result in unnecessary cost and extended shop time. The other commenter stated that changing the definition would allow more flexibility in fleet management. Both commenters state that inspection at the next shop visit is not needed, since removal of the suspect hubs within the proposed cycle limits will provide an acceptable level of safety.

We disagree. Allowing all engines to operate until their respective cycle limit would not provide an acceptable level of safety. By inspecting a specific quantity of engines that will be inducted into the shop before the cycle limit occurs, the safety risk assessment is satisfied. Therefore, waiting until the piece-part exposure, HPT flange separation, or the cycle threshold in lieu of inspection at the next shop visit, does not meet the requirement of this AD. We did not change this AD.

Conclusion

We reviewed the relevant data, considered the comments received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD with the changes described previously. We have determined that these minor changes:

• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM (81 FR 19516, April 5, 2016) for correcting the unsafe condition; and

• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM (81 FR 19516, April 5, 2016).

Related Service Information Under 1 CFR Part 51

We reviewed IAE NMSB V2500-ENG-72-0661, Revision 2, dated May 27, 2016. The NMSB describes procedures for inspecting the HPT stage 1 and stage 2 hubs. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the ADDRESSES section.

Costs of Compliance

We estimate that this AD affects 668 engines with 947 hubs installed on airplanes of U.S. registry. Some of the 668 engines have two hubs installed. We estimate that it would take about 8 hours per hub to perform the piece-part inspection. The average labor rate is $85 per hour. We estimate that 568 hubs will require replacement. We estimate the pro-rated cost to replace an HPT stage 1 hub to be $50,271 and the pro-rated cost to replace an HPT stage 2 hub to be $40,063. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this AD on U.S. operators to be $26,298,816.

Authority for This Rulemaking

Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.

We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.

Regulatory Findings

This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.

For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:

(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,

(2) Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),

(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and

(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.

List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39

Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.

Adoption of the Amendment

Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:

PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES 1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows: Authority:

49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.

§ 39.13 [Amended]
2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive (AD): 2016-18-10 International Aero Engines AG: Amendment 39-18640; Docket No. FAA-2016-4123; Directorate Identifier 2016-NE-06-AD. (a) Effective Date

This AD is effective October 7, 2016.

(b) Affected ADs

None.

(c) Applicability

This AD applies to International Aero Engines AG (IAE) V2522-A5, V2524-A5, V2525-D5, V2527-A5, V2527E-A5, V2527M-A5, V2528-D5, V2530-A5, and V2533-A5 engines with either of the following installed:

(1) High-pressure turbine (HPT) stage 1 hub, part number (P/N) 2A5001, with a serial number (S/N) listed in Table 1, Appendix A, of IAE Non-Modification Service Bulletin (NMSB) V2500-ENG-72-0661, Revision 2, dated May 27, 2016; or

(2) HPT stage 2 hub, P/N 2A4802, with an S/N listed in Table 2, Appendix A, of IAE NMSB V2500-ENG-72-0661, Revision 2, dated May 27, 2016.

(d) Unsafe Condition

This AD was prompted by the fracture of the HPT stage 2 hub during flight, which resulted in an in-flight shutdown, undercowl fire, and smoke in the cabin. We are issuing this AD to prevent failure of the HPT stage 1 or HPT stage 2 hubs, which could result in uncontained HPT blade release, damage to the engine, and damage to the airplane.

(e) Compliance

Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.

(1) Inspect the HPT stage 1 hub, P/N 2A5001, and HPT stage 2 hub, P/N 2A4802, at the next shop visit or as follows, whichever comes first:

(i) For hubs with 0 to 7,000 CSN on the effective date of this AD, before accumulating 13,000 CSN;

(ii) For hubs with 7,001 to 11,000 CSN on the effective date of this AD, within 6,000 cycles from the effective date of this AD or before accumulating 15,000 CSN, whichever occurs first;

(iii) For hubs with 11,001 to 15,500 CSN on the effective date of this AD, within 4,000 cycles from the effective date of this AD or before accumulating 17,000 CSN, whichever occurs first;

(iv) For hubs with 15,501 CSN or more on the effective date of this AD, within 1,500 cycles from the effective date of this AD.

(2) Use Accomplishment Instructions, paragraphs 2.A., 2.C., and 2.D., of IAE NMSB V2500-ENG-72-0661, Revision 2, dated May 27, 2016, to inspect the HPT stage 1 hub, P/N 2A5001.

(3) Use Accomplishment Instructions, paragraphs 2.E., 2.G., and 2H., of IAE NMSB V2500-ENG-72-0661, Revision 2, dated May 27, 2016 to inspect the HPT stage 2 hub, P/N 2A4802.

(4) Remove from service any HPT stage 1 hub, P/N 2A5001, or HPT stage 2 hub, P/N 2A4802, that fails the inspections required by paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this AD, and replace with a part that is eligible for installation.

(f) Definition

For the purpose of this AD, a “shop visit” is the induction of an engine into the shop for maintenance involving the separation of pairs of major mating engine flanges, except that the separation of engine flanges solely for the purposes of transportation without subsequent engine maintenance does not constitute an engine shop visit.

(g) Credit for Previous Actions

If you performed inspection and or replacement using IAE NMSB V2500-ENG-72-0661, original issue, dated November 10, 2015 or NMSB V2500-ENG-72-0661, Revision 1, dated February 5, 2016, you met the requirements of paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this AD.

(h) Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)

The Manager, Engine Certification Office, FAA, may approve AMOCs for this AD. Use the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19 to make your request. You may email your request to: [email protected].

(i) Related Information

For more information about this AD, contact Brian Kierstead, Aerospace Engineer, Engine Certification Office, FAA, Engine & Propeller Directorate, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7772; fax: 781-238-7199; email: [email protected].

(j) Material Incorporated by Reference

(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.

(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.

(i) International Aero Engines AG Non-Modification Service Bulletin V2500-ENG-72-0661, Revision 2, dated May 27, 2016.

(ii) Reserved.

(3) For International Aero Engines AG service information identified in this AD, contact International Aero Engines AG, 400 Main Street, East Hartford, CT 06118; phone: 800-565-0140; email: [email protected]; Internet: http://fleetcare.pw.utc.com.

(4) You may view this service information at FAA, Engine & Propeller Directorate, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, MA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 781-238-7125.

(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations.html.

Issued in Burlington, Massachusetts, on August 26, 2016. Colleen M. D'Alessandro, Manager, Engine & Propeller Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service.
[FR Doc. 2016-21061 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-13-P
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 17 CFR Part 240 [Release No. 34-78716; File No. S7-15-15] RIN 3235-AL74 Access to Data Obtained by Security-Based Swap Data Repositories AGENCY:

Securities and Exchange Commission.

ACTION:

Final rule.

SUMMARY:

Pursuant to section 763(i) of Title VII (“Title VII”) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (“Dodd-Frank Act”), the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) is adopting amendments to rule 13n-4 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) related to regulatory access to security-based swap data held by security-based swap data repositories. The rule amendments would implement the conditional Exchange Act requirement that security-based swap data repositories make data available to certain regulators and other authorities.

DATES:

Effective November 1, 2016.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

Carol McGee, Assistant Director, Joshua Kans, Senior Special Counsel, or Kateryna Imus, Special Counsel, at (202) 551-5870; Division of Trading and Markets, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-7010.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

The Commission is adding paragraphs (b)(9) and (b)(10) to Exchange Act rule 13n-4 to implement the statutory requirement that security-based swap data repositories conditionally provide data to certain regulators and other authorities. The Commission also is adding paragraph (d) to rule 13n-4 to specify the method to be used to comply with the associated statutory notification requirement.

I. Background A. Statutory Requirements for Access to Security-Based Swap Data Repository Information, as Amended

Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act amended the Exchange Act to provide a comprehensive regulatory framework for security-based swaps, including the regulation of security-based swap data repositories.1

1 Public Law 111-203, section 761(a) (adding Exchange Act section 3(a)(75) (defining “security-based swap data repository”)) and section 763(i) (adding Exchange Act section 13(n) (establishing a regulatory regime for security-based swap data repositories)).

References in this release to the terms “data repository,” “trade repository,” “repository” or “SDR” generally address security-based swap data repositories unless stated otherwise.

Those amendments, among other things, require that security-based swap data repositories make data available to certain regulators and other entities. In particular, the amendments conditionally require that security-based swap data repositories “on a confidential basis pursuant to section 24, upon request, and after notifying the Commission of the request, make available security-based swap data obtained by the security-based swap data repository, including individual counterparty trade and position data” to specified recipients.2 As provided by the statute, these recipients include “each appropriate prudential regulator” 3 ; the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”); the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”); the Department of Justice; and “any other person that the Commission determines to be appropriate,” including foreign financial supervisors (including foreign futures authorities), foreign central banks, foreign ministries and other foreign authorities.4

2 Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(G), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(G). The confidentiality requirements addressed by Exchange Act section 24, 15 U.S.C. 78x, are addressed below. See note 83, infra. As initially adopted, this provision addressed access to “all” data obtained by the security-based swap data repository. As amended by Congress in 2015, the reference to “all” was replaced by a reference to “security-based swap” data. See Public Law 114-94, section 86011(c)(1)(A) (striking “all” and adding “security-based swap” in the introductory part of Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(G)).

3 As discussed below, the term “prudential regulator” encompasses the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and certain other regulators, with regard to certain categories of regulated entities. See note 26, infra.

4 Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(G), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(G). As initially adopted this provision did not reference “other foreign authorities.” That provision was added by Congress in December 2015. See Public Law 114-94, section 86011(c)(1)(B) (adding paragraph (G)(v)(IV) to Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)).

Access to data pursuant to these provisions is conditioned on the repository receiving “a written agreement from each entity stating that the entity shall abide by the confidentiality requirements described in section 24 relating to the information on security-based swap transactions that is provided.” 5

5 Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(H), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(H).

As enacted in 2010, moreover, the data access provisions stated that before such data is shared, “each entity shall agree to indemnify the security-based swap data repository and the Commission for any expenses arising from litigation relating to the information provided under section 24.” 6 Congress repealed the indemnification requirement in December 2015.7

6See Dodd Frank Act section 763(i) (adding former Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(H)(ii)).

7See Public Law 114-94, section 86011(c)(2).

B. Proposed Rule Amendments

In 2015, prior to the legislative revision of the data access provisions, the Commission proposed rule amendments to implement the data access provisions.8 This proposal built upon two earlier Commission proposals,9 and specifically set forth proposed amendments to Exchange Act rule 13n-4—which the Commission previously adopted as part of a series of rules governing the registration process, duties and core principles applicable to security-based swap data repositories.10 Key elements of the proposal were:

8See Exchange Act Release No. 75845 (Sept. 4, 2015), 80 FR 55182 (Sept. 14, 2015) (“Proposing Release”).

9See generally Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55182-84 (discussing relevant provisions of 2010 proposed rules regarding security-based swap data repositories, and 2013 proposed rules regarding cross-border application of Title VII).

10See Exchange Act Release No. 74246 (Feb. 11, 2015), 80 FR 14438 (Mar. 19, 2015) (“SDR Adopting Release”). Those rules did not address the data access requirements applicable to data repositories, and the Commission stated that final resolution of the issue would benefit from further consideration and public comment. See SDR Adopting Release, 80 FR at 14487-88.

Designation of entities eligible to access data. The proposal: (i) Specifically identified each of the five applicable prudential regulators as being eligible to access data under these provisions 11 ; (ii) identified the Federal Reserve Banks and the Office of Financial Research (“OFR”) as being able to access data 12 ; and (iii) stated that the Commission would consider the presence of certain confidentiality-related protections in determining whether to permit other entities to access data pursuant to these provisions, and that the associated determination orders typically would incorporate conditions that “specify the scope of a relevant authority's access to data, and that limit this access in a manner that reflects the relevant authority's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority.” 13

11See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55185-86. The Commission proposed those provisions so the ability of those regulators to access data would not vary depending on the registration status of the regulated entity, and on whether the regulator was acting in a “prudential” capacity. See id.

12See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55186-87. The Commission preliminarily concluded that access by these entities would be appropriate given the mandates of the Federal Reserve Banks and the OFR. See id.

13See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55187-88. The Commission noted that limiting access in this manner may help minimize the risk of unauthorized disclosure, misappropriation or misuse. See id.

Confidentiality condition. To implement the statutory confidentiality condition, the proposal stated that before a repository could provide access, there would have to be in effect an arrangement between the Commission and the entity (in the form of a memorandum of understanding (“MOU”) or otherwise) to address the confidentiality of the information made available. This arrangement would be deemed to satisfy the statutory requirement that the repository receive a written confidentiality agreement from the recipient entity.14

14See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55189-90. The Commission stated that this proposed approach would: build upon the Commission's experience in negotiating MOUs with other regulators with regard to enforcement and supervision, help avoid the possibility of uneven and potentially inconsistent application of confidentiality protections, and appropriately implement the statutory reference to Exchange Act section 24. See id.

Notification requirement. To implement the statutory requirement that the Commission be notified of data access requests, the proposal provided that a repository must notify the Commission of the first request for data from a particular entity, and must maintain records of all information related to the initial and all subsequent request for data access from that entity.15

15See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55188-89. The Commission stated that this approach should place the Commission on notice that an entity has the ability to access data, and place the Commission in a position to examine such access as appropriate, while avoiding the inefficiencies that would accompany an approach that requires a repository to direct to the Commission information regarding each instance of access. See id.

Limitation to security-based swap data. The proposal specified that data access under the rules would apply only to “security-based swap data.” 16

16See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55189.

Scope of application of data access provisions. The proposal stated that the data access provisions and its associated conditions would not apply in certain circumstances, including when information is received directly from the Commission.17

17See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55193.

Indemnification exemption. The proposal set forth a conditional exemption to the then-extant indemnification requirement. The proposed exemption was conditioned in part on the applicable security-based swap information relating to persons or activities being within the recipient entity's “regulatory mandate, or legal responsibility or authority.” 18

18See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55191-93. The indemnification exemption further would have been conditioned on there being one or more arrangements (in the form of an MOU or otherwise) between the Commission and the recipient entity that addressed the confidentiality of the security-based swap information provided and any other matters as determined by the Commission, and that also specified the types of information that would relate to persons or activities within the recipient entity's “regulatory mandate, legal responsibility or authority.” See id.

C. Commenter Views

A commenter criticized the inclusion of a notification requirement,19 suggesting that the scope of certain regulators' access to security-based swap data should be determined on a case-by-case basis,20 and supported elimination of the statutory indemnification requirement.21

19See Depository Trust & Clearing Corp. comment dated Oct. 29, 2015 (“DTCC comment”) at 4 (requesting that rulemaking not include a notification requirement; stating that requiring notice to the Commission of data access requests may cause other regulators to hesitate to make such requests, particularly in connection with investigations, and that a notice requirement could impede the real-time flow of information among regulators; adding that if any notification requirement is included, it should not require a repository to submit the identity of the requesting party).

20See DTCC comment at 5 (stating that for requests by entities other than the prudential regulators, “the Commission should determine on a case-by-case basis whether an SB SDR should make available confidential swap data based on the unique set of facts and circumstances of that request for information and address permissible uses and disclosures of such data, such as for research or publications,” and adding that such an approach would help ensure that “data access is granted based on an entity's regulatory mandate, responsibly balanc[ing] the need for efficient, timely information sharing, and avoid[ing] overly expansive access to confidential information”).

21See DTCC comment at 5-6.

One comment submitted to the comment file did not address the substance of the Commission's proposal. See Zeba Gomez comment dated Sept. 19, 2015. The public comments that the Commission received on the Proposing Release are available on the Commission's Web site at http://www.sec.gov/comments/s7-15-15/s71515.shtml.

The Commission reopened the comment period earlier this year to allow the public the opportunity to comment on the remainder of the proposal in light of the statutory changes, including removal of the statutory indemnification requirement.22 That release recognized that Congress eliminated the indemnification requirement discussed above, making unnecessary paragraph (d) of proposed rule 13n-4. The Commission received two additional comments in response.23

22See Exchange Act Release No. 76922 (Jan. 15, 2016), 81 FR 3354 (Jan. 21, 2016) (“Comment Reopening Release”).

23See Depository Trust & Clearing Corp. comment dated Feb. 22, 2016 (“DTCC 2016 comment”); Suzanne Shatto comment dated Jan. 20, 2016 (“Shatto comment”).

II. Final Data Access Rules

For the reasons discussed below, and after considering commenter concerns, the Commission is adopting final rules to implement the data access statutory provisions. The final rules largely are the same as those that were proposed, apart from eliminating the proposed indemnification exemption in response to the removal of the underlying statutory provision.24

24 As discussed below, the Commission also has revised the proposal regarding the designation of additional entities that may access data, for consistency with the statute as amended. See part II.C.2, infra.

Accordingly, should the confidentiality condition to data access be satisfied, security-based swap data repositories would be legally obligated to provide relevant authorities with access to security-based swap data, consistent with the parameters of any Commission orders, MOUs or other arrangements that are relevant to the availability and scope of access.25

25 We believe that the approach taken by the final rule is generally consistent with the principles expressed by a commenter that supported access, while also putting into effect the statutory conditions to data access for persons identified by statute or subject to a determination by the Commission. See Shatto comment.

A. Application to Prudential Regulators and Federal Reserve Banks 1. Proposed Approach

As noted above, the Exchange Act provides that a repository is conditionally obligated to make information available to, among others, “each appropriate prudential regulator.” 26 To implement this, the proposed rules identified, as being eligible to access data, each of the entities encompassed within the statutory “prudential regulator” definition: The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Board”), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Farm Credit Administration, and the Federal Housing Finance Agency.27 The proposed rules also included “any Federal Reserve Bank” among the entities conditionally eligible to access data,28 in accordance with the Exchange Act provision that extends data access to “any other person that the Commission determines to be appropriate.” 29

26See Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(G)(i), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(G)(i). Exchange Act section 3(a)(74), 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(74), defines “prudential regulator” by reference to the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). The CEA, in turn, defines “prudential regulator” to encompass: (a) The Board, (b) the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (c) the FDIC, (d) the Farm Credit Administration or (e) the Federal Housing Finance Agency—in each case with respect to swap dealers, major swap participants, security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants (cumulatively, “dealers” or “major participants”) that fall within the regulator's authority. See CEA section 1a(39); 7 U.S.C. 1a(39).

For example, the definition provides that the Board is a prudential regulator with regard to, among others, certain dealers and major participants that are: State-chartered banks and agencies, foreign banks that do not operate insured branches, or members of bank holding companies. Also, for example, the definition provides that the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency is a prudential regulator with regard to, among others, certain dealers or major participants that are national banks, federally chartered branches or agencies of foreign banks or federal saving associations.

27See proposed Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(9)(i)-(v).

28See proposed Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(9)(i).

29See Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(G)(v), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(G)(v).

No commenter addressed the proposal to specifically identify the prudential regulators or the Federal Reserve Banks as being eligible to access such data.30

30 As noted, one commenter suggested that data access by recipients other than the prudential regulators should be more circumscribed than the access afforded the prudential regulators, in that the access of the other recipients should be subject to case-by-case review by the Commission. See note 20, supra. As discussed below the Commission will have the ability to tailor access in accordance with each entity's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority. See parts II.C.2.a and II.F.2, infra.

2. Final Rule

The final rule incorporates the elements of proposed Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(9)(i)-(v), as discussed below, without change.31

31See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55185-86; Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(9)(i)-(v).

The final rule accordingly identifies each of the five prudential regulators as being able to access data. Consistent with the discussion in the proposal, this is to specify that those regulators' ability to access security-based swap data would not vary depending on whether entities regulated by the regulators are acting as security-based swap dealers, as major security-based swap participants, or in some other capacity,32 or vary depending on whether the regulator acts in a “prudential” capacity in connection with the information, so long as the prerequisites to data access, including the confidentiality condition, have been met.33

32 This particularly addresses the fact that the statutory “prudential regulator” definition noted above specifically refers to those regulators in connection with dealers and major participants that fall within their authority. The Commission concludes that application of the data access provision should not vary depending on whether an entity regulated by the regulator is acting as a dealer or major participant, or in some other capacity. Such a reading would not further the purposes of Title VII, and the Dodd-Frank Act more generally, including facilitating regulator access to security-based swap information to help address the risks associated with those instruments.

33 Those regulators' ability to access security-based swap data accordingly would not be limited to situations in which they act in the capacity of a prudential supervisor. Thus, for example, the FDIC is conditionally authorized to access security-based swap data from a repository in connection with all of its statutory capacities, including its prudential supervisory capacity as well as other capacities such as the FDIC's resolution authority pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the Orderly Liquidation Authority provisions of Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act.

The final rules also include “any Federal Reserve Bank” among the entities conditionally eligible to access security-based swap data from repositories,34 in accordance with the Exchange Act provision that extends data access to “any other person that the Commission determines to be appropriate.” 35 The Commission believes that it is appropriate for the Federal Reserve Banks to be able to access security-based swap data, subject to the confidentiality condition and other applicable prerequisites. In part, this conclusion is based on the Commission's understanding that the Federal Reserve Banks occupy important oversight roles under delegated authority from the Board, including supervision of banks that are under the Board's authority, and gathering and analyzing information to inform the Federal Open Market Committee regarding financial conditions.36 The Commission further understands that the Federal Reserve Banks, as well as the Board, would use data from security-based swap data repositories to fulfill statutory responsibilities related to prudential supervision and financial stability.37 The Commission accordingly concludes that the Federal Reserve Banks should conditionally have access to the security-based swap data.38

34See Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(9)(i).

35See Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(G)(v), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(G)(v). The CFTC has identified the Federal Reserve Banks as being “appropriate domestic regulators” that may access swap data from swap data repositories. See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55184 n.29. See 17 CFR 49.17(b)(1).

36 Section 11(k) of the Federal Reserve Act grants the Board authority “to delegate, by published order or rule . . . any of its functions, other than those relating to rulemaking or pertaining to monetary and credit policies to . . . members or employees of the Board, or Federal Reserve banks.” 12 U.S.C. 248(k). The Federal Reserve Banks carry out the Board's activities including the supervision, examination and regulation of financial institutions as directed by the Board and under its supervision. See the Board's Rules of Organization, section 3(j) FRRS 8-008 (providing that the Director of the Board's Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation “coordinates the System's supervision of banks and bank holding companies and oversees and evaluates the Reserve Banks' examination procedures”). The Board further has delegated extensive authority to the Reserve Banks with respect to numerous supervisory matters. See 12 CFR 265.11 (functions delegated by the Board to the Federal Reserve Banks).

37 We understand that the Board and the Federal Reserve Banks jointly would use the data in support of the prudential supervision of institutions under the Board's jurisdiction, such as state member banks, bank holding companies, and Edge Act corporations. See, e.g., section 9 of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C. 321-338a (supervision of state member banks); the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1841-1852 (supervision of bank holding companies); the Edge Act, 12 U.S.C. 610 et seq. (supervision of Edge Act corporations). We also understand that the Board and the Federal Reserve Banks would use the data in support of the implementation of monetary policy, such as through market surveillance and research. See, e.g., section 12A of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C. 263 (establishing the Federal Open Market Committee); and section 2A of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C. 225a (setting monetary policy objectives). In addition, we understand that the Board and the Federal Reserve Banks would use the data in fulfilling the Board's responsibilities with respect to assessing, monitoring and mitigating systemic risk, such as supervision of systemically important institutions. See, e.g., section 113 of the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. 5323 (SIFIs); and section 807 of the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. 5466 (designated FMUs).

38 In permitting the Federal Reserve Banks to access security-based swap information pursuant to the data access provisions, the Commission concludes that the Federal Reserve Banks' access should not be limited to information regarding security-based swap transactions entered into by banks supervised by the Board, but should be available more generally with regard to security-based swap transaction data, subject to the confidentiality condition and other applicable prerequisites. This is consistent with the fact that Title VII does not limit the Board's access to data in such a way. This view also reflects the breadth of the Federal Reserve Banks' responsibilities regarding prudential supervision and financial stability, as addressed above. Their access, however, would be subject to the confidentiality condition, including all access limits incorporated as part of implementing that condition.

A Federal Reserve Bank's ability to access such data would be subject to conditions related to confidentiality, as would the ability of any other entity that is identified by statute or determined by the Commission to access such data.39 As discussed below, the Commission may consider the recipient entity's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority, and tailor the entity's access in accordance with that regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority.40

39 In this regard, the Commission notes that personnel of the Board and the Reserve Banks already are subject to a number of confidentiality requirements. See 18 U.S.C. 1905 (imposing criminal sanctions on U.S. government personnel who disclose non-public information except as provided by law), 18 U.S.C. 641 (imposing criminal sanctions on the unauthorized transfer of records), 5 CFR 2635.703 (Office of Government Ethics regulations prohibiting unauthorized disclosure of nonpublic information); see also Federal Reserve Bank Code of Conduct section 3.2 (requiring Reserve Bank employees to maintain the confidentiality of nonpublic information).

40See part II.F.2, infra.

B. FSOC, CFTC, Department of Justice and Office of Financial Research 1. Proposed Approach

The Exchange Act also states that FSOC, CFTC, and the Department of Justice may access security-based swap data,41 and the proposed rules accordingly identified those entities as being conditionally authorized to access such data.42 The proposed rules further stated that the OFR conditionally would be eligible to access such data,43 in accordance with the Exchange Act provision that extends data access to “any other person that the Commission determines to be appropriate.” 44

41See Exchange Act sections 13(n)(5)(G)(ii)-(iv), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(G)(ii)-(iv).

42See proposed Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(9)(vi)-(viii).

43See proposed Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(9)(ix).

44See Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(G)(v), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(G)(v).

No commenter addressed these aspects of the proposal.

2. Final Rule

The final rule incorporates these elements of the proposal without change.45 As discussed in the Proposing Release, the rule includes the FSOC, CFTC, and the Department of Justice among the entities that may access data.

45See Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(9)(vi)-(ix).

Moreover, the Commission believes that such access by the OFR is appropriate in light of the OFR's regulatory mandate and legal responsibility and authority.46 The OFR was established by Title I of the Dodd-Frank Act to support FSOC and FSOC's member agencies by identifying, monitoring and assessing potential threats to financial stability through the collection and analysis of financial data gathered from across the public and private sectors.47 In connection with this statutory mandate to monitor and assess potential threats to financial stability, the OFR's access to security-based swap transaction data may be expected to help assist it in examining the manner in which derivatives exposures and counterparty risks are distributed through the financial system, and in otherwise assessing those risks. The Commission accordingly concludes that the OFR should conditionally have access to the security-based swap data.48

46See Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(9)(ix). We note that the CFTC has identified the OFR as being an “appropriate domestic regulator” that may access swap data from swap data repositories. See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55184 n.29; see also 17 CFR 49.17(b)(1).

47See Dodd-Frank Act section 153(a) (identifying the purpose of the OFR as: (1) Collecting data on behalf of FSOC and providing such data to FSOC and its member agencies; (2) standardizing the types and formats of data reported and collected; (3) performing applied research and essential long-term research; (4) developing tools for risk measurement and monitoring; (5) performing other related services; (6) making the results of the activities of the Office available to financial regulatory agencies; and (7) assisting those member agencies in determining the types and formats of data authorized by the Dodd-Frank Act to be collected by the member agencies); Dodd-Frank Act section 154(c) (requiring that OFR's Research and Analysis Center, on behalf of FSOC, develop and maintain independent analytical capabilities and computing resources to: (A) Develop and maintain metrics and reporting systems for risks to U.S. financial stability; (B) monitor, investigate, and report on changes in systemwide risk levels and patterns to FSOC and Congress; (C) conduct, coordinate, and sponsor research to support and improve regulation of financial entities and markets; (D) evaluate and report on stress tests or other stability-related evaluations of financial entities overseen by FSOC member agencies; (E) maintain expertise in such areas as may be necessary to support specific requests for advice and assistance from financial regulators; (F) investigate disruptions and failures in the financial markets, report findings and make recommendations to FSOC based on those findings; (G) conduct studies and provide advice on the impact of policies related to systemic risk; and (H) promote best practices for financial risk management).

The OFR is also required to report annually to Congress its analysis of any threats to the financial stability of the United States. See Dodd-Frank Act section 154(d).

48 As discussed below, the proposed confidentiality condition could limit an entity's access to data by linking the scope of the access to information that related to persons or activities within an entity's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority, as could be specified in an MOU or other arrangement between the Commission and the entity. See part II.F.2, infra.

As with the other entities that may access data pursuant to the data access provision, the OFR's ability to access such data would be subject to conditions related to confidentiality.49

49 Also, as U.S. government personnel, OFR personnel are subject to the same general confidentiality requirements that are addressed above in the context of the Board and the Federal Reserve Banks. See note 39, supra. In addition, the OFR is required to keep data collected and maintained by the OFR data center secure and protected against unauthorized disclosure. See Dodd-Frank Act section 154(b)(3); see also 12 CFR 1600.1 (ethical conduct standards applicable to OFR employees, including post-employment restrictions linked to access to confidential information); 31 CFR 0.206 (Treasury Department prohibition on employees disclosing official information without proper authority).

C. Future Commission Determination of Additional Entities 1. Proposed Approach

As noted, the Dodd-Frank Act amended the Exchange Act to provide that data access under these provisions would be available to “any other person that the Commission” determines to be appropriate, including foreign financial supervisors (including foreign futures authorities), foreign central banks and foreign ministries.50 To implement that requirement, the proposed rule provided that data access would be available to any other person that the Commission determines to be appropriate, conditionally or unconditionally, by order, including but not limited to foreign financial supervisors, foreign central banks and foreign ministries.51 The Commission noted that one or more self-regulatory organizations potentially may seek such access under this provision.52

50See Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(G)(v). As discussed below, the 2015 legislative change added to that provision. See note 58, infra.

51See proposed Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(9)(x).

52See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55187.

In the proposal, the Commission further stated that in connection with making such a determination, it would consider the presence of a confidentiality-related MOU or other arrangement between the Commission and a relevant authority, and whether the information would be subject to robust confidentiality safeguards. The Commission added that it would consider an authority's interest in access to security-based swap data based on the relevant authority's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority, and that the Commission preliminarily expected that determination orders typically would incorporate conditions that specify the scope of a relevant authority's access to data, and that limit such access in a manner that reflects the relevant authority's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority.53 In addition, the Commission anticipated that it would take into account any other factors appropriate to the determination, including whether the determination was in the public interest, and whether the relevant authority agrees to provide the Commission and other U.S. authorities with reciprocal assistance in matters within their jurisdiction.54

53See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55187-88.

54See id. at 55188.

As part of the proposal, the Commission noted that it may issue determination orders of a limited duration, and that the Commission may revoke a determination at any time.55 The Commission also stated the preliminary belief that it is not necessary to prescribe by rule specific processes to govern a repository's treatment of requests for access.56

55See id.

56See id.

As discussed below, one commenter addressed the Commission's future determination orders regarding data access.57

57See text accompanying notes 62 through 64.

2. Final Rule

To implement its determination authority the Commission largely is adopting these provisions as proposed, except that the final rule, consistent with the recent statutory change, also identifies “other foreign authorities” within the nonexclusive list of the types of entities that may be subject to a determination pursuant to this authority.58 The Commission will make such determinations through the issuance of Commission orders, and such determinations may be conditional or unconditional.59

58See Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(9)(x). The 2015 statutory amendment added the term “other foreign authorities” to the entities identified in Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(G)(v). See note 7, supra. The addition of that term to the rule is consistent with the proposal, which, like the final rule, uses the phrase “including, but not limited to” when identifying the types of authorities that may be subject to a Commission determination.

59See Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(9)(x).

a. Determination Factors and Conditions

As stated in the proposal, the Commission expects that it would consider a variety of factors in connection with making such a determination, and that it may impose associated conditions in connection with the determination. In part, given the importance of maintaining the confidentiality of security-based swap data, the Commission expects to consider whether there is an MOU or other arrangement between the Commission and the relevant authority that is designed to protect the confidentiality of the security-based swap data provided to the authority.60 The Commission also expects to consider whether such data would be subject to robust confidentiality safeguards, such as safeguards set forth in the relevant jurisdiction's statutes, rules or regulations with regard to disclosure of confidential information by an authority or its personnel, and/or safeguards set forth in the authority's internal policies and procedures.

60 Such an MOU or other arrangement will also satisfy the statutory requirement that a security-based swap data repository obtain a confidentiality agreement from the authority. See part II.F.2, infra. To the extent that a relevant authority needs access to additional information, the relevant authority may request that the Commission consider revising its determination order, and MOU or other arrangement, as applicable. See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55187-88.

In addition, the Commission may consider the relevant authority's interest in access to security-based swap data based on the relevant authority's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority. Consistent with that factor, the Commission expects that such determination orders typically would incorporate conditions that specify the scope of a relevant authority's access to data, and that limit this access in a manner that reflects the relevant authority's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority.61 Depending on the nature of the relevant authority's interest in the data, such conditions could address factors such as the domicile of the counterparties to the security-based swap, and the domicile of the underlying reference entity. Limiting the amount of information accessed by an authority in this manner should be expected to help minimize the risk of unauthorized disclosure, misappropriation or misuse of security-based swap data, as each relevant authority will only have access to information within its regulatory mandate, or legal responsibility or authority.62

61See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55187-88. To appropriately limit a relevant authority's access to only security-based swap data that is consistent with the designation order, a repository may, for example, need to customize permissioning parameters to reflect each relevant authority's designated access to security-based swap data. See generally note 140, infra (discussing access criteria currently used by DTCC in connection with current voluntary disclosure practices).

62 As discussed below, the Commission will consider similar issues in connection with implementing the confidentiality condition. See also part II.F.2, infra.

The Commission continues to anticipate taking into account any other factors that are appropriate to the determination, including whether such a determination would be in the public interest, and whether the relevant authority agrees to provide the Commission and other U.S. authorities with reciprocal assistance in matters within their jurisdiction.

One commenter suggested that the ability of authorities (other than prudential regulators) to access data pursuant to these provisions should be subject to request-by-request Commission determinations that address permissible uses and disclosures of such data, to balance the need for information sharing against “overly expansive access to confidential information.” 63 That commenter subsequently expressed the view that the Commission should simplify its proposal to allow access to data by certain named entities, consistent with their interest based on their regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority, “without further action needed to be taken by the requesting body or the [repository].” The commenter added that trade repositories needed “clear and specific guidance”—such as that expressed in the CPMI-IOSCO guidance regarding access to trade repository data—regarding the type of data that should be made accessible to each of the different requesting entities.” 64

63See note 20, supra.

64See DTCC 2016 comment at 2 (citing the Committee on Payments and Market Infrastructure (“CPMI”) and the International Organization of Securities Commissions' (“IOSCO”) guidance on authorities access to trade repository data as an example of such guidance).

The Commission has considered these suggestions, but has determined not to change the approach of the proposal, either by implementing a request-by-request approach toward access for some entities, or by allowing data access to other entities without further action. The Commission concludes that a request-by-request approach for access generally would be impracticable in terms of resources and operational delays, as well as unnecessary in light of the final rule's approach of linking access under the Commission's determination authority in a manner that reflects an entity's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority. In our view, this approach reasonably achieves the goal of providing clear and specific guidance to repositories, as suggested by the commenter, in a manner that appropriately balances the benefits of information sharing with the need to protect the confidentiality of information. Moreover, with respect to the suggestion that data access may be allowed for certain entities without further action by these entities or the repository, in our view such an approach would not achieve the confidentiality benefits that will flow from using MOUs or other arrangements. The final rule's approach of using MOUs or other arrangements between the Commission and recipient entities to satisfy the confidentiality condition, in any event, addresses the commenter's suggestion in part by obviating the need for the repository (as opposed to the recipient entities) to take further action with respect to satisfying the confidentiality condition. In addition, this approach will provide a vehicle for the Commission to provide the type of “clear and specific guidance” requested by the commenter. Moreover, the use of the Commission-negotiated confidentiality arrangements will eliminate the need for each recipient entity to negotiate separate confidentiality arrangements with each trade repository.

b. Additional Matters Related to the Determinations

Consistent with the proposal, the Commission may take various approaches in deciding whether to impose additional conditions in connection with its consideration of requests for determination orders. For example, the Commission may issue a determination order that is of a limited duration. In addition, the Commission further may revoke a determination at any time, such as, for example, if a relevant authority fails to comply with the MOU or other arrangement by failing to keep confidential security-based swap data provided to it by a repository. Even absent such a revocation, an authority's access to data pursuant to these provisions also would cease upon the termination of the MOU or other arrangement used to satisfy the confidentiality condition.65

65See part II.F.2, infra.

The Commission continues to expect that repositories will provide relevant authorities with access to security-based swap data in accordance with the determination orders, and the Commission generally does not expect to be involved in reviewing, signing-off on or otherwise approving relevant authorities' requests for security-based swap data from repositories that are made in accordance with a determination order. The final rule also does not prescribe any specific processes to govern a repository's treatment of requests for access.66

66See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55188.

Finally, consistent with the proposal, the Commission notes that when it designates an authority to receive direct electronic access to data under section 13(n)(5)(D)—which states that a repository must provide such access to the Commission “or any designee of the Commission, including another registered entity”—the Commission may elect to apply these determination factors and consider applying protections similar to those in the data access provisions of Exchange Act sections 13(n)(5)(G) and (H).67

67See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55188. In practice, the Commission expects that security-based swap data repositories may satisfy their obligation to make available data pursuant to sections 13(n)(5)(G) and (H) by providing direct electronic access to appropriate authorities. To the extent a repository were to satisfy those requirements by some method other than electronic access, however, the Commission separately may consider whether to also designate particular authorities as being eligible for direct electronic access to the repository pursuant to section 13(n)(5)(D). In making such assessments under section 13(n)(5)(D), the Commission will have the ability to consider factors similar to the above determination factors, including the presence of confidentiality safeguards, and the authority's interest in the information based on its regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority.

D. Notification Requirement 1. Proposed Approach

The Exchange Act states that a repository must notify the Commission when an entity requests the repository to make available security-based swap data.68 The Commission proposed to implement that notification requirement by requiring that the repository inform the Commission upon its receipt of the first request for data from a particular entity (which may include any request that the entity be provided ongoing online or electronic access to the data), and to maintain records of all information related to the initial and all subsequent requests for data access requests from that entity, including records of all instances of online or electronic access, and records of all data provided in connection with such requests or access.69

68See Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(G), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(G). As discussed below, see part III, infra, the notification requirement does not apply to circumstances in which the Commission provides security-based swap data to an entity.

69See proposed Exchange Act rule 13n-4(e).

In making this proposal, the Commission noted that one commenter had opposed any requirement that the Commission receive notice of a recipient's initial request, on the grounds that such notice may cause other authorities to hesitate to make such requests. The Commission explained, however, that it is necessary for the Commission to be informed of the initial request from a particular entity, and that commenter's concerns that other regulators may be reluctant to place the Commission on notice of such initial requests are mitigated by the Commission's long history of cooperation with other authorities in supervisory and enforcement matters.70 As discussed below, one commenter addressed the notification requirement.71

70See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55189.

71See text accompanying notes 78 through 80, infra.

2. Final Rule

The Commission is adopting as proposed the approach for implementing the notification requirement.72 Accordingly, a security-based swap data repository would be required to inform the Commission upon its receipt of the first request for data from a particular entity (which may include any request that the entity be provided ongoing online or electronic access to the data).73 A repository must keep such notifications and any related requests confidential.74

72See Exchange Act rule 13n-4(d). This provision has been redesignated as paragraph (d) in light of the elimination of the proposed indemnification exemption.

73 The rule does not require the repository to inform the Commission of subsequent requests.

74 Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(G), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(G), and rule 13n-4(b)(9) both require that a repository must make data available “on a confidential basis.” Failure by a repository to treat such notifications and requests as confidential could have adverse effects on the underlying basis for the requests. If, for example, a regulatory use of the data is improperly disclosed, such disclosure could signal a pending investigation or enforcement action, which could have detrimental effects.

Under the final rule, the repository also must maintain records of all information related to the initial and all subsequent requests for data access requests from that entity, including records of all instances of online or electronic access, and records of all data provided in connection with such requests or access.75 For these purposes, we believe that “all information related to” such requests would likely include, among other things: The identity of the requestor or person accessing the data; the date, time and substance of the request or access; date and time access is provided; and copies of all data reports or other aggregations of data provided in connection with the request or access.76

75 We note that Exchange Act rule 13n-7(b)(1) requires security-based swap data repositories to maintain copies of “all documents and policies and procedures required by the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, correspondence, memoranda, papers, books, notices, accounts and other such records as shall be made or received by it in the course of its business as such.” See also SDR Adopting Release, 80 FR at 14501 (“This rule includes all electronic documents and correspondence, such as data dictionaries, emails and instant messages, which should be furnished in their original electronic format.”). Exchange Act rule 13n-4(d) identifies specific types of records that must be maintained in the specific context of access requests to repositories.

76Cf. Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55189.

Consistent with the discussion accompanying the proposal, the Commission concludes that the final rule regarding the notification requirement appropriately accounts for the way in which entities are likely to access such data from repositories, by distinguishing steps that an entity takes to arrange access from subsequent electronic instructions and other means by which the recipient obtains data. By making relevant data available to the Commission in this manner, the approach would place the Commission on notice that a recipient has the ability to access security-based swap data, and place the Commission in a position to examine such access as appropriate, while avoiding the inefficiencies that would accompany an approach whereby a repository must direct to the Commission information regarding each instance of access by each recipient. The approach of the final rule accordingly is more consistent with the manner in which the Commission examines the records of other regulated entities under the Commission's authority.77

77See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55189.

In response to the proposal, one commenter reiterated its opposition to the Commission being provided notice of a recipient's initial request, on the grounds that such notice might cause other authorities to hesitate to make such requests.78 As we discussed at the time of the proposal, the Commission believes that it is necessary that it be informed of the initial request from a particular entity so that the Commission may assess whether the initial conditions to data access (i.e., MOUs or other arrangements as needed to satisfy the confidentiality condition 79 ) have been met at the time the repository first is requested to provide the entity with information pursuant to the data access provisions, and, more generally, to facilitate the Commission's ongoing assessment of the repository's compliance with the data access provisions. Also, as previously stated, the Commission believes that commenter concerns that other regulators may be reluctant to place the Commission on notice of such initial requests are mitigated by the Commission's long history of cooperation with other authorities in supervisory and enforcement matters.80 For the same reasons, we decline to follow that commenter's suggestion that a repository may comply with the notification requirement without submitting the identity of the requesting party to the Commission.

78See note 19, supra.

79See part II.F.2, infra.

80See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55189. As noted in conjunction with the proposal, moreover, data repositories can provide direct electronic access to relevant authorities under this approach. The requirement that the repository inform the Commission when the relevant authority first requests access to security-based swap data maintained by the repository, and to retain records of subsequent access, is designed to facilitate such direct electronic access. See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55189 n.80.

E. Limitation to “Security-Based Swap Data” 1. Proposed Approach

The proposed rule amendments specifically addressed access to “security-based swap data” obtained by a security-based swap data repository.81 In taking that approach, the Commission recognized that repositories that obtain security-based swap data may also obtain data regarding other types of financial instruments, such as swaps under the CFTC's jurisdiction,82 but preliminarily concluded that the relevant data access provisions should not be read to require a repository to make available data that does not involve security-based swaps.83

81See proposed Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(9).

82 Specifically, the Dodd-Frank Act provides that the CFTC will regulate “swaps,” the Commission will regulate “security-based swaps,” and both the CFTC and the Commission will regulate “mixed swaps.” See Dodd-Frank Act section 712.

83See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55189 (noting that those data access provisions were added by Subtitle B of Title VII, which focused on the regulatory treatment of security-based swaps, to the Exchange Act, which generally addresses the regulation of securities such as security-based swaps; also addressing the significance of language in the confidentiality condition).

No commenter addressed this limitation on the type of data made available by repositories.

2. Final Rule

The 2015 amendment to the data access provisions under the Exchange Act clarified that those provisions specifically addressed the disclosure of security-based swap data.84 This clarification is consistent with the proposal. The Commission accordingly is adopting this part of the rule as proposed.

84See note 7, supra.

F. Confidentiality Condition 1. Proposed Approach

As noted, the Exchange Act provides that, prior to providing data, a repository “shall receive a written agreement from each entity stating that the entity shall abide by the confidentiality requirements described in section 24 relating to the information on security-based swap transactions that is provided.” 85

85See Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(H)(i), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(H)(i).

Exchange Act section 24, 15 U.S.C. 78x, generally addresses disclosures of information by the Commission and its personnel. In relevant part it provides that the Commission may, “in its discretion and upon a showing that such information is needed,” provide all records and other information “to such persons, both domestic and foreign, as the Commission by rule deems appropriate if the person receiving such records or information provides such assurances of confidentiality as the Commission deems appropriate.” See Exchange Act section 24(c), 15 U.S.C 78x(c); see also Exchange Act rule 24c-1(b) (providing that the Commission may, upon “such assurances of confidentiality as the Commission deems appropriate,” provide non-public information to persons such as domestic and foreign governments or their political subdivisions, authorities, agencies or instrumentalities, self-regulatory organizations and foreign financial authorities).

The proposed rule implementing this condition would require that, before a repository provides information to an entity pursuant to the data access provisions, the Commission and the entity shall have entered into an MOU or other arrangement addressing confidentiality. This arrangement would be deemed to satisfy the statutory requirement that the repository receive a written confidentiality agreement from the entity.86

86See proposed Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(10).

As discussed below, one commenter addressed the Commission's future determination orders regarding data access in response to the Comment Reopening Release.87

87See text accompanying note 92, infra.

2. Final Rule

The Commission is adopting as proposed the approach for implementing the confidentiality requirement. Accordingly, the final rule provides that “there shall be in effect an arrangement between the Commission and the entity (in the form of a memorandum of understanding or otherwise) to address the confidentiality of the security-based swap information made available to the entity,” and that this arrangement between the Commission and a regulator or other recipient entity will satisfy the statutory confidentiality condition. 88

88See Exchange Act rule13n-4(b)(10). As discussed below, see part III, infra, the confidentiality condition in Exchange Act sections 13(n)(5)(G) and (H) does not apply to circumstances in which the Commission provides security-based swap data to an entity.

As discussed in the proposal, in the Commission's view this approach should help obviate the need for each individual repository to negotiate and enter into multiple agreements and help avoid the possibility of uneven and potentially inconsistent application of confidentiality protections across data repositories and recipient entities. 89 This approach also should appropriately implement the statutory reference to the “confidentiality requirements described in section 24” of the Exchange Act, which articulates an approach whereby the Commission determines standards for confidentiality assurances.90

89 As discussed in the proposal, see Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55190 n. 87, the Commission notes that the Exchange Act does not require that the security-based swap data repository “agree” with the entity, “enter into” an agreement or otherwise be a party to the confidentiality agreement. The Exchange Act merely states that the repository “receive” such an agreement. See Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(H)(i), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(H)(i). Accordingly, we believe that, at a minimum, the statutory language is ambiguous as to whether the data repository must itself be a party to the confidentiality agreement. In light of this ambiguity, we read the statute to permit the Commission to enter into confidentiality agreements with the entity, with the repository receiving the benefits of the agreement. The Commission further concludes that it is appropriate to view a security-based swap data repository as having received a confidentiality agreement when the entity enters into a confidentiality arrangement with the Commission and the arrangement runs to the benefit of the repository.

90See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55190.

Consistent with the importance of protecting confidentiality of the security-based swap data provided, MOUs or other arrangements may include a variety of means of safeguarding confidentiality. These may include, for example, restrictions regarding the personnel who may access the data provided, and limits on the distribution of that data to third parties. Moreover, such MOUs or other arrangements may incorporate conditions that specify the scope of the relevant authority's access to data, and that limit this access in a manner that reflects the relevant authority's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority.

One commenter expressed the view that an MOU should help determine a regulatory body's interest in security-based swap data, notify the Commission of the intent to access the data and provide the Commission with “confirmation that an appropriate confidentiality agreement has been made by the requesting regulatory authority or that statutory confidentiality requirements are applicable to such requesting authority.” The commenter further requested that the rule permit repositories to require entities to certify their ability to keep such data confidential.91 Consistent with that commenter's view, we anticipate that, as appropriate, each MOU or other arrangement will set forth access provisions that reflect a recipient's interest in security-based swap data. We decline to adopt the commenter's suggestion that the MOU or other arrangement should be deemed to provide the Commission with notification of an entity's intent to access data, given that we are adopting separately a requirement with respect to notification from the repository to the Commission.92 While an SDR may seek additional confidentiality certifications from other regulatory authorities, consistent with the statute, an SDR may not decline the regulatory authority access to the data based on another regulatory authority's refusal to agree to these certifications. Allowing repositories to require additional confidentiality certifications, moreover, could lead to an uneven application of the data access provisions, potentially undermining the benefits of using arrangements between the Commission and recipient entities to satisfy the statutory confidentiality condition.

91See DTCC 2016 comment.

92See part II.D.2, infra.

III. Applicability of Exchange Act Data Access Provisions

In the Proposing Release, the Commission discussed how Exchange Act sections 13(n)(5)(G) and (H) 93 do not provide the exclusive means by which regulators or other authorities might access security-based swap data. In part, the Proposing Release suggested that regulators and other authorities may separately access security-based swap data directly from the Commission.94 The Commission preliminarily stated that the conditions associated with the data access provisions of sections 13(n)(5)(G) and 13(n)(5)(H) should not govern access in those circumstances. The Commission received no comments on that proposed interpretation.95

93 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(G) and (H).

94See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55193.

95 In the Proposing Release, the Commission also discussed the application of data access provisions to access that is authorized by foreign law. In light of the repeal of the indemnification requirement, the Commission is not addressing data access in such circumstances.

The Exchange Act provides that relevant authorities may obtain security-based swap data from the Commission, rather than directly from data repositories.96 First, Exchange Act section 21(a)(2) 97 states that, upon request of a foreign securities authority, the Commission may provide assistance in connection with an investigation the foreign securities authority is conducting to determine whether any person has violated, is violating or is about to violate any laws or rules relating to securities matters that the requesting authority administers or enforces.98 That section further provides that, as part of this assistance, the Commission in its discretion may conduct an investigation to collect information and evidence pertinent to the foreign securities authority's request for assistance.99 In addition, the Commission may share “nonpublic information in its possession” with, among others, any “federal, state, local, or foreign government, or any political subdivision, authority, agency or instrumentality of such government . . . [or] a foreign financial regulatory authority,” subject to the recipient providing “such assurances of confidentiality as the Commission deems appropriate.” 100 Consistent with the Commission practice for many years, these sections provide the Commission with separate, additional authority to assist a domestic or a foreign authority in certain circumstances, such as, for example, by providing security-based swap data directly to the authority. At those times, the foreign authority would receive information not from the data repository, but instead from the Commission.

96See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55193.

97 15 U.S.C. 78u(a)(2).

98 Exchange Act section 3(a)(50), 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(50), broadly defines “foreign securities authority” to include “any foreign government, or any governmental body or regulatory organization empowered by a foreign government to administer or enforce its laws as they relate to securities matters.”

99 Exchange Act section 21(a)(2), 15 U.S.C. 78u(a)(2), also states that the Commission may provide such assistance without regard to whether the facts stated in the request also would constitute a violation of U.S. law. That section further states that when the Commission decides whether to provide such assistance to a foreign securities authority, the Commission shall consider whether the requesting authority has agreed to provide reciprocal assistance in securities matters to the United States, and whether compliance with the request would prejudice the public interest of the United States.

100See Exchange Act rule 24c-1(c) (implementing Exchange Act section 24(c), 15 U.S.C. 78x(c), which states that the Commission may, “in its discretion and upon a showing that such information is needed,” provide records and other information “to such persons, both domestic and foreign, as the Commission by rule deems appropriate,” subject to assurances of confidentiality).

IV. Effective Date

These amendments to Exchange Act rule 13n-4 to implement the data access requirements will become effective 60 days following publication of the rule amendments in the Federal Register.

The obligation of a security-based swap data repository to provide data pursuant to the rules will be conditioned on the Commission and a relevant authority entering into an MOU or other arrangement addressing the confidentiality of the security-based swap information that is made available. A repository accordingly will have no disclosure obligation pursuant to these rules until such MOUs or other arrangements have been entered into and become effective.101

101 The Commission anticipates that any such MOU or other arrangement would not become immediately effective after the agreement of the parties, to allow repositories an appropriate amount of time to make any technical arrangements needed to provide access, potentially including electronic access, to the recipient.

V. Paperwork Reduction Act

Certain provisions of the final rules contain “collection of information” requirements within the meaning of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”).102 The Commission has submitted them to the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) for review in accordance with 44 U.S.C. 3507 and 5 CFR 1320.11. The title of the new collection of information is “Security-Based Swap Data Repository Data Access Requirements.” An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. OMB has not yet assigned a control number to the new collection of information.

102 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.

In the Proposing Release, the Commission solicited comment on the collection of information requirements and the accuracy of the Commission's statements.103 Although, as discussed above, one commenter addressed certain substantive issues with regard to the proposal,104 that commenter did not address the burden estimates in the Proposing Release related to the collection of information.

103See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55196.

104See notes 19 through 21, supra, and accompanying text.

Although the final rules have been changed from the proposal to reflect the removal of the proposed indemnification exemption, in the Commission's view this change does not alter the estimates from the Proposing Release. In particular, although the conditions to the proposed indemnification exemption would have caused the Commission and a relevant authority to enter into an MOU or other arrangement to address confidentiality, and to address the types of activities that would be within the regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority of that relevant authority, the Commission would still expect to enter into that type of MOU or other arrangement with the relevant authority in connection with the confidentiality condition. Accordingly, the Commission's estimates remain unchanged from the Proposing Release.

A. Summary of Collection of Information

The final rules would require security-based swap data repositories to make security-based swap data available to other parties, including certain government bodies. This data access obligation would be conditioned on a confidentiality requirement. The final rules further would require such repositories to create and maintain information regarding such data access.

B. Use of Information

The data access requirement and associated conditions would provide the regulators and other authorities that receive the relevant security-based swap data with tools to assist with the oversight of the security-based swap market and of dealers and other participants in the market, and to assist with the monitoring of risks associated with that market.

C. Respondents

The data access requirement will apply to every person required to be registered with the Commission as a security-based swap data repository—that is, every U.S. person performing the functions of a security-based swap data repository, and to every non-U.S. person performing the functions of a security-based swap data repository within the United States absent an exemption. The Commission continues to estimate, for PRA purposes, that ten persons might register with the Commission as security-based swap data repositories.105

105See Proposing Release, 80 FR 55194. The Commission used the same estimate when adopting final rules to implement statutory provisions related to the registration process, duties and core principles applicable to security-based swap data repositories. See SDR Adopting Release, 80 FR at 14521.

The conditions to data access under these rules further will affect all persons that may seek access to security-based swap data pursuant to these provisions. As discussed below, these may include up to 30 domestic entities.

D. Total Annual Reporting and Recordkeeping Burden 1. Data Access Generally

The data access provisions may implicate various types of PRA burdens and costs: (i) Burdens and costs that regulators and other authorities incur in connection with negotiating MOUs or other arrangements with the Commission in connection with the data access provisions; (ii) burdens and costs that certain authorities that have not been determined by statute or Commission rule may incur in connection with requesting that the Commission grant them access to repository data; 106 (iii) burdens and costs associated with information technology systems that repositories develop in connection with providing data to regulators and other authorities; and (iv) burdens and costs associated with the requirement that repositories notify the Commission of requests for access to security-based swap data, including associated recordkeeping requirements.

106 These include MOUs and other arrangements in connection with: the determination of additional entities that may access security-based swap data (see part II.C.2.a, supra), and the confidentiality condition (see part II.F.2, supra). Although under the proposal these also would have included MOUs and other arrangements in connection with the indemnification exemption, as noted above we believe that the original PRA estimates associated with such MOUs or other arrangements remain appropriate.

a. MOUs and Other Arrangements

As discussed above, entities that access security-based swap data pursuant to these data access provisions would be required to enter into MOUs or other arrangements with the Commission to address the confidentiality condition. In some cases, any such entity also would enter into an MOU or other arrangement in connection with the Commission's determination of the entity as authorized to access such data (to the extent that the entity's access is not already determined by statute or by the final rules). For purposes of the PRA requirements, the Commission estimates that up to 30 domestic entities potentially might enter into such MOUs or other arrangements, reflecting the nine entities specifically identified by statute or the final rules, and up to 21 additional domestic governmental entities or self-regulatory organizations that may seek access to such data. Based on the Commission's experience in negotiating similar MOUs that address regulatory cooperation, including confidentiality issues associated with regulatory cooperation, the Commission believes that each regulator on average would expend 500 hours in negotiating such MOUs and other arrangements.107

107 It may be expected that the initial MOU or other arrangement that is entered into between the Commission and another regulator may take up to 1,000 hours for that regulator to negotiate. In practice, however, subsequent MOUs and other arrangements involving other recipient entities would be expected to require significantly less time on average, by making use of the prior MOUs as a basis for negotiation. Based on these principles, the Commission estimates that the average amount of time that domestic and foreign recipients of data would incur in connection with negotiating these arrangements would be 500 hours.

To the extent that each of those 30 domestic entities were to seek to access data pursuant to these provisions, and each of the applicable MOUs or other arrangements were to take 500 hours on average, the total burden would amount to 15,000 hours.

b. Requests for Access

Separately, certain entities that are not identified by statute and/or the final rules may request that the Commission determine that they may access such security-based swap data. For those entities, in light of the relevant information that the Commission may consider in connection with such determinations (apart from the MOU issues addressed above)—including information regarding how the entity would be expected to use the information, information regarding the entity's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority, and information regarding reciprocal access—the Commission estimates that each such entity would expend 40 hours in connection with such request. As noted above, the Commission estimates that 21 domestic entities not encompassed in the final rule may seek access to the data. Accordingly, to the extent that 21 domestic entities were to request access (apart from the nine entities identified by statute or the final rule), the Commission estimates a total burden of 840 hours for these entities to prepare and submit requests for access.

c. Systems Costs

The Commission previously addressed the PRA costs associated with the Exchange Act's data access requirement in 2010, when the Commission initially proposed rules to implement those data access requirements in conjunction with other rules to implement the duties applicable to security-based swap data repositories. At that time, based on discussions with market participants, the Commission estimated that a series of proposed rules to implement duties applicable to security-based swap data repositories—including the proposed data access rules as well as other rules regarding repository duties (e.g., proposed rules requiring repositories to accept and maintain data received from third parties, to calculate and maintain position information, and to provide direct electronic access to the Commission and its designees)—together would result in an average one-time start-up burden per repository of 42,000 hours and $10 million in information technology costs for establishing systems compliant with all of those requirements. The Commission further estimated that the average per-repository ongoing annual costs of such systems would be 25,200 hours and $6 million.108

108See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55194-95 (citing Exchange Act Release No. 63347 (Nov. 19, 2010), 75 FR 77306, 77348-49 (Dec. 10, 2010) (“SDR Proposing Release”)). The Commission further estimated, for PRA purposes, that ten persons may register with the Commission as security-based swap data repositories. Based on the estimate of ten respondents, the Commission estimated total one-time costs of 420,000 hours and $100 million, and total annual ongoing systems costs of 252,000 and $60 million. See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55195 n. 120 (citing SDR Adopting Release, 75 FR at 14523).

The Commission incorporated those same burden estimates in 2015, when the Commission adopted final rules to implement the duties applicable to security-based swap data repositories, apart from the data access requirement.109

109See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55194-95 (citing SDR Adopting Release, 80 FR at 14523).

Subject to the connectivity issues addressed below, the Commission believes that the burden estimates associated with the 2010 proposed repository rules encompassed the costs and burdens associated with the data access requirements in conjunction with other system-related requirements applicable to security-based swap dealers. To comply with those other system-related requirements—including in particular requirements that repositories provide direct electronic access to the Commission and its designees—we believe that it is reasonable to expect that repositories may use the same systems as they would use to comply with the data access requirements at issue here, particularly given that both types of access requirements would require repositories to provide security-based swap information to particular recipients subject to certain parameters.110 As a result, subject to per-recipient connectivity burdens addressed below, the Commission believes that there would be no additional burdens associated with information technology costs to implement the data access requirements of the final rule.

110 The Commission also anticipates that repositories would use the same systems in connection with the Exchange Act data access requirements as they use in connection with the corresponding requirements under the CEA.

The Commission also recognizes, however, that once the relevant systems have been set up, repositories may be expected to incur additional incremental burdens and costs associated with setting up access to security-based swap data consistent with the recipient's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority.111 The Commission believes that, for any particular recipient, security-based swap data repositories on average would incur a burden of 26 hours.112 As discussed below, and consistent with our estimates in the Proposing Release, based on the estimate that approximately 300 relevant authorities may make requests for data from security-based swap data repositories,113 the Commission estimates that each repository would incur a one-time burden of 7,800 hours in connection with providing that connectivity.114

111 In addressing those burdens, the Commission expects that the determination order will set forth objective criteria that delimit the scope of a recipient's ability to access security-based swap data. The Commission may also consider the recipient entity's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority, and tailor the entity's access in accordance with that regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority, when entering into MOUs or other arrangements with recipient entities. The Commission further expects that repositories would use those criteria to program their data systems to reflect the scope of the recipient's access to repository data. Absent such objective and programmable criteria, repositories would be expected to incur greater burdens to assess whether an authority's request satisfies the relevant conditions, particularly with regard to whether particular information relates to persons or activities within the entity's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority.

112 This estimate is based on the view that, for each recipient requesting data, a repository would incur a 25 hour burden associated with programming or otherwise inputting the relevant parameters, encompassing 20 hours of programmer analyst time and five hours of senior programmer time. The estimate also encompasses one hour of attorney time in connection with each such recipient.

113See note 195, infra.

114 Across an estimated ten repositories, accordingly, the Commission estimates that repositories cumulatively would incur a one-time burden of 78,000 hours in connection with providing such connectivity.

d. Providing Notification of Requests, and Associated Records Requirements

Under the final rules, repositories would be required to inform the Commission when it receives the first request for security-based swap data from a particular entity.115 As discussed below, based on the estimate that approximately 300 relevant authorities may make requests for data from security-based swap data repositories, the Commission estimates that each repository would provide the Commission with actual notice approximately 300 times.116 Moreover, based on the estimate that ten persons may register with the Commission as security-based swap data repositories, the Commission estimates that repositories in the aggregate would provide the Commission with actual notice a total of 3,000 times. The Commission estimates that each such notice would take no more than one-half hour to make on average, leading to a cumulative estimate of 1,500 hours associated with the notice requirement.

115See Exchange Act rule 13n-4(d).

116See part VI.C.3.a.ii, infra; see also Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55195.

The final rules further require that repositories must maintain records of all information related to the initial and all subsequent requests for data access, including records of all instances of online or electronic access, and records of all data provided in connection with such access.117 Consistent with our estimates in the Proposing Release, the Commission estimates that there cumulatively may be 360,000 subsequent data requests or instances of direct electronic access per year across all security-based swap data repositories, for which repositories must maintain records as required by the final rule.118 Based on its experience with recordkeeping costs associated with security-based swaps generally, the Commission estimates that for each repository this requirement would create an initial burden of roughly 360 hours, and an annual burden of roughly 280 hours and $40,000 in information technology costs.119

117See Exchange Act rule 13n-4(d).

118See part VI.C.3.a.ii, infra; see also Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55195.

119 Across an estimated ten repositories, accordingly, the Commission preliminarily estimates that repositories cumulatively will incur an initial burden of roughly 3,600 hours in information technology costs, and an annual burden of roughly 2,800 hours and $400,000 in information technology costs.

2. Confidentiality Condition

The Commission does not believe that the confidentiality provision of the final rule will be associated with collections of information that would result in a reporting or recordkeeping burden for security-based swap data repositories. This is because, under the final rule, the confidentiality condition will be satisfied by an MOU or other arrangement between the Commission and the recipient entity (i.e., another regulatory authority) addressing confidentiality. We expect that repositories accordingly will not be involved in the drafting or negotiation of confidentiality agreements.

As discussed above, however, the confidentiality condition is expected to impose burdens on authorities that seek to access data pursuant to these provisions, as a result of the need to negotiate confidentiality MOUs or other arrangements.120

120See part V.D.1.a, supra.

E. Collection of Information is Mandatory

The conditional data access requirements of Exchange Act sections 13(n)(5)(G) and (H) and the underlying rules are mandatory for all security-based swap data repositories. The confidentiality condition is mandatory for all entities that seek access to data under those requirements.

F. Confidentiality

The Commission will make public requests for a determination that an authority is appropriate to conditionally access security-based swap data, as well as Commission determinations issued in response to such requests. The Commission expects that it will make publicly available the MOUs or other arrangements with the Commission used to satisfy the confidentiality condition.121

121 The Commission provides a list of MOUs and most other arrangements with foreign authorities on its public Web site, which are available at: http://www.sec.gov/about/offices/oia/oia_cooparrangements.shtml.

Initial notices of requests for access provided to the Commission by repositories will be kept confidential, subject to the provisions of applicable law. To the extent that the Commission obtains subsequent requests for access that would be required to be maintained by the repositories, such as in connection with an examination or investigation, the Commission also will keep those records confidential, subject to the provisions of applicable law.

VI. Economic Analysis

As discussed above, the Commission is adopting final rules to implement data access requirements for relevant authorities other than the Commission that the Dodd-Frank Act imposes on security-based swap repositories. To carry out their regulatory mandate, or legal responsibility or authority, certain relevant entities other than the Commission may periodically need access to security-based swap data collected and maintained by SEC-registered security-based swap data repositories, and the final rules are intended to facilitate such access.

Although the final rules have been changed from the proposal to reflect the removal of the proposed indemnification exemption, in the Commission's view this change does not significantly alter the economic costs and benefits from the Proposing Release. In particular, although the conditions to the proposed indemnification exemption would have caused the Commission and a relevant authority to enter into an MOU or other arrangement to address confidentiality, and to address the types of activities that would be within the regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority of that relevant authority, such MOU or other arrangement will still be necessary in connection with the confidentiality condition. Accordingly, the Commission's assessment of the costs and benefits remain largely unchanged from the Proposing Release.

The Commission is sensitive to the economic effects of its rules, including the costs and benefits and the effects of its rules on efficiency, competition and capital formation. Section 3(f) 122 of the Exchange Act requires the Commission, whenever it engages in rulemaking pursuant to the Exchange Act and is required to consider or determine whether an action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, to also consider, in addition to the protection of investors, whether the action would promote efficiency, competition, and capital formation. In addition, section 23(a)(2) 123 of the Exchange Act requires the Commission, when promulgating rules under the Exchange Act, to consider the impact such rules would have on competition. Exchange Act section 23(a)(2) also provides that the Commission shall not adopt any rule which would impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act.

122 15 U.S.C. 78c(f).

123 15 U.S.C. 78w(a)(2).

A. Economic Considerations 1. Title VII Transparency Framework

The security-based swap market prior to the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act has been described as being opaque, in part because transaction-level data were not widely available to market participants or to regulators.124 To increase the transparency of the over-the-counter derivatives market to both market participants and regulatory authorities, Title VII requires the Commission to undertake a number of rulemakings, including rules the Commission adopted last year to address the registration process, duties and core principles applicable to security-based swap data repositories,125 and to address regulatory reporting and public dissemination of security-based swap information.126 Among other matters, those rules address market transparency by requiring security-based swap data repositories, absent an exemption, to collect and maintain accurate security-based swap transaction data, and address regulatory transparency by requiring security-based swap data repositories to provide the Commission with direct electronic access to such data.127

124 With respect to one type of security-based swap, credit default swaps (“CDS”), the Government Accountability Office found that “comprehensive and consistent data on the overall market have not been readily available,” “authoritative information about the actual size of the [CDS] market is generally not available” and regulators currently are unable “to monitor activities across the market.” Government Accountability Office, GAO-09-397T, Systemic Risk: Regulatory Oversight and Recent Initiatives to Address Risk Posed by Credit Default Swaps, at 2, 5, 27, (2009) available at: http://www.gao.gov/new.items/d09397t.pdf; see also Robert E. Litan, The Derivatives Dealers' Club and Derivatives Market Reform: A Guide for Policy Makers, Citizens and Other Interested Parties, Brookings Institution (Apr. 7, 2010), http://www.brookings.edu/~/media/research/files/papers/2010/4/07%20derivatives%20litan/0407_derivatives_litan.pdf; Michael Mackenzie, Era of an Opaque Swaps Market Ends, Financial Times, June 25, 2010, available at: http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/f49f635c-8081-11df-be5a-00144feabdc0.html.

125See SDR Adopting Release.

126See Regulation SBSR—Reporting and Dissemination of Security-Based Swap Information, Exchange Act Release No. 74244 (Jan. 14, 2015), 80 FR 14564 (Mar. 19, 2015) (“Regulation SBSR Adopting Release”). In July 2016, the Commission adopted amendments and guidance to Regulation SBSR. See Exchange Act Release No. 78321 (Jul. 14, 2016), 81 FR 53546 (Aug. 12, 2016).

127See Exchange Act rule 13n-5 (requiring repositories to comply with data collection and data maintenance standards related to transaction and position data); Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(5) (requiring repositories to provide direct electronic access to the Commission and its designees).

Consistent with the goal of increasing transparency to regulators, the data access provisions at issue here set forth a framework for security-based swap data repositories to provide access to security-based swap data to relevant authorities other than the Commission. The final rules implement that framework for repositories to provide data access to other relevant entities in order to fulfill their regulatory mandate, or legal responsibility or authority.

2. Transparency in the Market for Security-Based Swaps

The data access rules, in conjunction with the transparency-related requirements generally applicable to security-based swap data repositories, are designed, among other things, to make available to the Commission and other relevant authorities data that will provide a broad view of the security-based swap market and help monitor for pockets of risk and potential market abuses that might not otherwise be observed by those authorities.128 Unlike many other types of securities transactions, security-based swaps involve ongoing financial obligations between counterparties during the life of transactions that typically span several years. Counterparties to a security-based swap rely on each other's creditworthiness and bear this credit risk and market risk until the security-based swap terminates or expires. If a large market participant, such as a security-based swap dealer, major security-based swap participant, or central counterparty were to become financially distressed, a general lack of information about market participants' exposures to the distressed entity could contribute to uncertainty and ongoing market instability. In addition, the default of a large market participant could introduce the potential for sequential counterparty failure; the resulting uncertainty could reduce the willingness of market participants to extend credit, and substantially reduce liquidity and valuations for particular types of financial instruments.129

128See, e.g., Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(D), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(D), and rule 13n-4(b)(5) (requiring SDRs to provide direct electronic access to the Commission and its designees). See also 156 Cong. Rec. S5920 (daily ed. July 15, 2010) (statement of Sen. Lincoln) (“These new `data repositories' will be required to register with the CFTC and the SEC and be subject to the statutory duties and core principles which will assist the CFTC and the SEC in their oversight and market regulation responsibilities.”).

129See, e.g., Markus K. Brunnermeier and Lasse Heje Pedersen, Market Liquidity and Funding Liquidity, 22 Review of Financial Studies 2201 (2009); Denis Gromb and Dimitri Vayanos, A Model of Financial Market Liquidity Based on Intermediary Capital, 8 Journal of the European Economic Association 456 (2010).

A broad view of the security-based swap market, including information regarding aggregate market exposures to particular reference entities (or securities), positions taken by individual entities or groups, and data elements necessary to determine the market value of the transaction, may be expected to provide the Commission and other relevant authorities with a better understanding of the actual and potential risks in the market and promote better risk monitoring efforts. The information provided by security-based swap data repositories also may be expected to help the Commission and other relevant authorities investigate market manipulation, fraud and other market abuses.

3. Global Nature of the Security-Based Swap Market

As highlighted in more detail in the Economic Baseline below, the security-based swap market is a global market. Based on market data in the Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation's Trade Information Warehouse (“DTCC-TIW”), the Commission estimates that only 12 percent of the global transaction volume that involves either a U.S.-domiciled counterparty or a U.S-domiciled reference entity (as measured by gross notional) between 2008 and 2015 was between two U.S.-domiciled counterparties, compared to 48 percent entered into between one U.S.-domiciled counterparty and a foreign-domiciled counterparty and 40 percent entered into between two foreign-domiciled counterparties.130

130 The data the Commission receives from DTCC-TIW does not include transactions between two non-U.S. domiciled counterparties that reference a non-U.S. entity or security. This is approximately 19 percent of global transaction volume. See note 143, infra. Therefore, factoring in these transactions, approximately 10 percent of global transaction volume involves two U.S.-domiciled counterparties, 39 percent involve one U.S.-domiciled counterparty and one foreign counterparty, and 51 percent are between two foreign-domiciled counterparties.

In light of the security-based swap market's global nature there is the possibility that regulatory data may be fragmented across jurisdictions, particularly because a large fraction of transaction volume includes at least one counterparty that is not a U.S. person 131 and the applicable U.S. regulatory reporting rules depend on the U.S. person status of the counterparties.132 As discussed further below, fragmentation of data can increase the difficulty in consolidating and interpreting security-based swap market data from repositories, potentially reducing the general economic benefits derived from transparency of the security-based swap market to regulators. Absent a framework for the cross-border sharing of data reported pursuant to regulatory requirements in various jurisdictions, the relevant authorities responsible for monitoring the security-based swap market may not be able to access data consistent with their regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority.

131 This statement is based on staff analysis of voluntarily reported CDS transaction data to DTCC-TIW, which includes self-reported counterparty domicile. See note 154, infra. The Commission notes that DTCC-TIW entity domicile may not be completely consistent with the Commission's definition of “U.S. person” in all cases but believes that these two characteristics have a high correlation.

132See Regulation SBSR rule 908(a) (generally requiring regulatory reporting and public dissemination of a security-based swap transaction when at least one direct or indirect counterparty is a U.S. person). Note that current voluntary reporting considers the self-reported domicile of the counterparty but Regulation SBSR considers the counterparty's status as a U.S. person.

4. Economic Purposes of the Rulemaking

The data access requirements are designed to increase the quality and quantity of transaction and position information available to relevant authorities about the security-based swap market while helping to maintain the confidentiality of that information. The increased availability of security-based swap information may be expected to help relevant authorities act in accordance with their regulatory mandate, or legal responsibility or authority, and to respond to market developments.

Moreover, by facilitating access to security-based swap data for relevant authorities, including non-U.S. authorities designated by the Commission, the Commission anticipates an increased likelihood that the Commission itself will have commensurate access to security-based swap data stored in trade repositories located in foreign jurisdictions.133 This may be particularly important in identifying transactions in which the Commission has a regulatory interest (e.g., transactions involving a U.S. reference entity or security) but may not have been reported to a registered security-based swap data repository due to the transactions occurring outside of the U.S. between two non-U.S. persons.134 This should assist the Commission in fulfilling its regulatory mandate and legal responsibility and authority, including by facilitating the Commission's ability to detect and investigate market manipulation, fraud and other market abuses, and by providing the Commission with greater access to security-based swap information than that provided under the current voluntary reporting regime.135

133 For example, EU law conditions the ability of non-EU authorities to access data from EU repositories on EU authorities having “immediate and continuous” access to the information they need. See EU regulation 648/2012 (“EMIR”), art. 75(2).

As discussed above, the Commission anticipates considering whether the relevant authority requesting access agrees to provide the Commission and other U.S. authorities with reciprocal assistance in matters within their jurisdiction when making a determination whether the requesting authority shall be granted access to security-based swap data held in registered SDRs. See part II.C.1 supra.

134 For example, it is possible to replicate the economic exposure of either a long or short position in a debt security that trades in U.S. markets by trading in U.S. treasury securities and CDS that reference that debt security. Transactions between two non-U.S. persons on a U.S. reference entity or novations between two non-U.S. persons that reduce exposure to a U.S. registrant may provide information to the Commission about the market's views concerning the financial stability or creditworthiness of the registered entity.

135See part VI.B, supra, for a description of the data the Commission receives from DTCC-TIW under the current voluntary reporting regime.

Such data access may be especially critical during times of market turmoil, by giving the Commission and other relevant authorities information to examine risk exposures incurred by individual entities or in connection with particular reference entities. Increasing the available data about the security-based swap market should further give the Commission and other relevant authorities better insight into how regulations are affecting or may affect the market, which may allow the Commission and other regulators to better craft regulations to achieve desired goals, and therefore increase regulatory effectiveness.

B. Economic Baseline

To assess the economic impact of the data access rules adopted herein, the Commission is using as a baseline the security-based swap market as it exists today, including applicable rules that have already been adopted and excluding rules that have been proposed but not yet finalized. Thus we include in the baseline the rules that the Commission adopted to govern the registration process, duties and core principles applicable to security-based swap data repositories, and to govern regulatory reporting and public dissemination of security-based swap transactions.136

136See SDR Adopting Release and Regulation SBSR Adopting Release.

There are not yet any registered security-based swap data repositories; therefore, the Commission does not yet have access to regulatory reporting data.137 Hence, our characterization of the economic baseline, including the quantity and quality of security-based swap data available to the Commission and other relevant authorities and the extent to which data are fragmented, considers the anticipated effects of the rules that govern the registration process, duties and core principles applicable to SDRs and Regulation SBSR. The Commission acknowledges limitations in the degree to which it can quantitatively characterize the current state of the security-based swap market. As described in more detail below, because the available data on security-based swap transactions do not cover the entire market, the Commission has developed an understanding of market activity using a sample that includes only certain portions of the market.

137See note 157, infra.

1. Regulatory Transparency in the Security-Based Swap Market

There currently is no robust, widely accessible source of information about individual security-based swap transactions. In 2006, a group of major dealers expressed their commitment in support of DTCC's initiative to create a central “industry utility trade contract warehouse” for credit derivatives.138 Moreover, in 2009, the leaders of the G20—whose members include the United States, 18 other countries, and the European Union—addressed global improvements in the over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives markets. They expressed their view on a variety of issues relating to OTC derivatives contracts, including, among other things, that OTC derivatives contracts should be reported to trade repositories.139 A single repository, DTCC-TIW, makes the data reported to it under the voluntary reporting regime available to the Commission and other relevant authorities in accordance with the guidance from the OTC Derivatives Regulatory Forum (“ODRF”), of which the Commission is a member, and similar subsequent guidance.140 Although many jurisdictions have implemented rules concerning reporting of security-based swaps to trade repositories,141 the Commission understands that many market participants continue to report voluntarily to DTCC-TIW.

138See Letter to Timothy Geithner, President, Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Mar. 10, 2006, available at: https://www.newyorkfed.org/medialibrary/media/newsevents/news/markets/2006/industryletter2.pdf.

139See G20 Leaders Statement from the 2009 Pittsburgh Summit, available at: http://www.g20.utoronto.ca/2009/2009communique0925.html.

140See Proposing Release, 80 FR 55181, note 71. See also DTCC 2016 comment at 2 (“DTCC is strongly supportive of the work of the [CPMI], [IOSCO] and the Financial Stability Board (`FSB') to improve regulatory access to OTC derivatives data, including CPMI-IOSCO's guidance on authorities' access to trade repository data”).

141See OTC Derivatives Market Reforms: Tenth Progress Report on Implementation (Nov. 2015), available at: http://www.fsb.org/wp-content/uploads/OTC-Derivatives-10th-Progress-Report.pdf.

The data that the Commission receives from DTCC-TIW do not encompass CDS transactions that both: (i) Do not involve any U.S. counterparty, and (ii) are not based on a U.S. reference entity.142 Based on a comparison of weekly transaction volume publicly disseminated by DTCC-TIW with data provided to the Commission under the voluntary arrangement, we estimate that the transaction data provided to the Commission covers approximately 81 percent of the global single-name CDS market.143

142 The Commission notes that the identification of entity domicile in the voluntary data reported to DTCC-TIW may not be consistent with the Commission's definition of “U.S. person” in all cases. See note 154, infra.

143 In 2015, DTCC-TIW reported on its Web site new trades in single-name CDS with gross notional of $11.8 trillion. During the same period, data provided to the Commission by DTCC-TIW, which include only transactions with a U.S. counterparty or transactions written on a U.S. reference entity or security, included new trades with gross notional equaling $9.6 trillion, or 81% of the total reported by DTCC-TIW.

While DTCC-TIW generally provides detailed data on positions and transactions to regulators that are members of the ODRF, DTCC-TIW makes only summary information available to the public.144

144 DTCC-TIW publishes weekly transaction and position reports for single-name CDS. In addition, ICE Clear Credit provides aggregated volumes of clearing activity, and large multilateral organizations periodically further report measures of market activity. For example, the Bank for International Settlements (“BIS”) reports gross notional outstanding for single-name CDS and equity forwards and swaps semiannually.

2. Current Security-Based Swap Market

The Commission's understanding of the market is informed in part by available data on security-based swap transactions, though the Commission acknowledges that limitations in the data prevent the Commission from quantitatively characterizing certain aspects of the market.145 Because these data do not cover the entire market, the Commission has developed an understanding of market activity using a sample of transaction data that includes only certain portions of the market. The Commission believes, however, that the data underlying its analysis here provide reasonably comprehensive information regarding single-name CDS transactions and the composition of participants in the single-name CDS market.

145 The Commission also relies on qualitative information regarding market structure and evolving market practices provided by commenters, both in letters and in meetings with Commission staff, and knowledge and expertise of Commission staff.

Specifically, the Commission's analysis of the state of the current security-based swap market is based on data obtained from the DTCC-TIW, especially data regarding the activity of market participants in the single-name CDS market during the period from 2008 to 2015. According to data published by the Bank for International Settlements (“BIS”), the global notional amount outstanding in single-name CDS was approximately $7.18 trillion,146 in multi-name index CDS was approximately $4.74 trillion, and in multi-name, non-index CDS was approximately $373 billion. The total gross market value outstanding in single-name CDS was approximately $284 billion, and in multi-name CDS instruments was approximately $137 billion.147 The global notional amount outstanding in equity forwards and swaps as of December 2015 was $3.32 trillion, with total gross market value of $147 billion.148 As these figures show (and as the Commission has previously noted), although the definition of security-based swap is not limited to single-name CDS, single-name CDS make up a majority of security-based swaps in terms of notional amount, and the Commission believes that the single-name CDS data are sufficiently representative of the market to inform the Commission's analysis of the state of the current security-based swap market.149

146 The global notional amount outstanding represents the total face amount of the swap used to calculate payments. The gross market value is the cost of replacing all open contracts at current market prices.

147See Semi-annual OTC derivatives statistics (December 2015), Table D10.1, available at http://stats.bis.org/statx/toc/DER.html (last viewed May 24, 2016). For purposes of this analysis, the Commission assumes that multi-name index CDS are not narrow-based security index CDS, and therefore do not fall within the definition of security-based swap. See Exchange Act section 3(a)(68)(A), 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)(A); see also Further Definition of “Swap,” “Security-Based Swap,” and “Security-Based Swap Agreement”; Mixed Swaps; Security-Based Swap Agreement Recordkeeping, Exchange Act Release No. 67453 (July 18, 2012), 77 FR 48207 (Aug. 13, 2012).

148 These totals include both swaps and security-based swaps, as well as products that are excluded from the definition of “swap,” such as certain equity forwards. See Semi-annual OTC derivatives statistics (December 2015), Table D8, available at http://stats.bis.org/statx/toc/DER.html (last viewed May 24, 2016). The Commission assumes that instruments reported as equity forwards and swaps include instruments such as total return swaps on individual equities that fall with the definition of security-based swap.

149See Proposing Release, 80 FR 55199, note 154.

Based on this information, our analysis below indicates that the current security-based swap market: (i) Is global in scope, and (ii) is concentrated among a small number of dealing entities. Although under the voluntary reporting regime discussed above there was a single repository, as various jurisdictions have implemented mandatory reporting rules in their jurisdictions the number of trade repositories holding security-based swap data has grown.150

150See, for example, the list of trade repositories registered by ESMA, available at: https://www.esma.europa.eu/supervision/trade-repositories/list-registered-trade-repositories. As of May 28, 2016, there were six repositories registered by ESMA, all of which are authorized to receive data on credit derivatives.

a. Security-Based Swap Market Participants

A key characteristic of security-based swap activity is that it is concentrated among a relatively small number of entities that engage in dealing activities.151 Based on the Commission's analysis of DTCC-TIW data, there were 1,957 entities engaged directly in trading CDS between November 2006 and December 2015.152 Table 1 below highlights that of these entities, there were 17, or approximately 0.9 percent, that were ISDA-recognized dealers.153 ISDA-recognized dealers executed the vast majority of transactions (83.7 percent) measured by the number of counterparties (each transaction has two counterparties or transaction sides). Many of these dealers are regulated by entities other than, or in addition to, the Commission. In addition, thousands of other market participants appear as counterparties to security-based swap transactions, including, but not limited to, investment companies, pension funds, private funds, sovereign entities and non-financial companies.

151See Exchange Act Release No. 72472 (Jun. 25, 2014), 79 FR 47278, 47293 (Aug. 12, 2014) (“Cross-Border Definitions Adopting Release”). All data in this section cites updated data from the Proposing Release. See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55196-202.

152 These 1,957 transacting agents represent over 10,000 accounts representing principal risk holders. See Proposing Release, 80 FR 55199, note 158.

As noted above, the data provided to the Commission by DTCC-TIW includes only transactions that either include at least one U.S.-domiciled counterparty or reference a U.S. entity or security. Therefore, any entity that is not domiciled in the U.S., never trades with a U.S.-domiciled entity and never buys or sells protection on a U.S. reference entity or security would not be included in this analysis.

153 For the purpose of this analysis, the ISDA-recognized dealers are those identified by ISDA as a recognized dealer in any year during the relevant period. Dealers are only included in the ISDA-recognized dealer category during the calendar year in which they are so identified. The complete list of ISDA recognized dealers during the applicable period was: JP Morgan Chase NA (and Bear Stearns), Morgan Stanley, Bank of America NA (and Merrill Lynch), Goldman Sachs, Deutsche Bank AG, Barclays Capital, Citigroup, UBS, Credit Suisse AG, RBS Group, BNP Paribas, HSBC Bank, Lehman Brothers, Société Générale, Credit Agricole, Wells Fargo, and Nomura. See ISDA, Operations Benchmarking Surveys, available at: http://www2.isda.org/functional-areas/research/surveys/operations-benchmarking-surveys.

Table 1—The Number of Transacting Agents in the Single-Name CDS Market by Counterparty Type and the Fraction of Total Trading Activity, From November 2006 Through December 2015, Represented by Each Counterparty Type Transacting agents Number Percent Transaction
  • share
  • (%)
  • Investment Advisers 1,499 76.6 12.2 —SEC registered 603 30.8 8.1 Banks 253 12.9 3.6 Pension Funds 29 1.5 0.1 Insurance Companies 39 2.0 0.2 ISDA-Recognized Dealers 17 0.9 83.7 Other 120 6.1 0.2 Total 1,957 100 100

    Although the security-based swap market is global in nature, approximately 60 percent of the transaction volume reflected in DTCC-TIW data during the 2008-2015 period included at least one U.S.-domiciled entity (see Figure 1). Moreover, 48 percent of the single-name CDS transactions that include at least one U.S.-domiciled counterparty or a U.S. reference entity or security were between U.S.-domiciled entities and foreign-domiciled counterparties.

    ER02SE16.006

    The fraction of new accounts with transaction activity that are domiciled in the United States fell through the 2008-2015 period. Figure 2 below is a chart of: (1) The percentage of new accounts with a domicile in the United States,154 (2) the percentage of new accounts with a domicile outside the United States, and (3) the percentage of new accounts that are domiciled outside the United States but managed by a U.S. entity, foreign accounts that include new accounts of a foreign branch of a U.S. bank, and new accounts of a foreign subsidiary of a U.S. entity. Over time, a greater share of accounts entering DTCC-TIW data either have had a foreign domicile or have had a foreign domicile while being managed by a U.S. person. The increase in foreign accounts may reflect an increase in participation by foreign accountholders, and the increase in foreign accounts managed by U.S. persons may reflect the flexibility with which market participants can restructure their market participation in response to regulatory intervention, competitive pressures and other factors. There are, however, alternative explanations for the shifts in new account domicile in Figure 2. Changes in the domicile of new accounts through time may reflect improvements in reporting by market participants to DTCC-TIW. Additionally, because the data include only accounts that are domiciled in the United States, transact with U.S.-domiciled counterparties or transact in single-name CDS with U.S. reference entities or securities, changes in the domicile of new accounts may reflect increased transaction activity between U.S. and non-U.S. counterparties.

    154 The domicile classifications in DTCC-TIW are based on the market participants' own reporting and have not been verified by Commission staff. Prior to enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, account holders did not formally report their domicile to DTCC-TIW because there was no systematic requirement to do so. After enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, DTCC-TIW has collected the registered office location of the account. This information is self-reported on a voluntary basis. It is possible that some market participants may misclassify their domicile status because the databases in DTCC-TIW do not assign a unique legal entity identifier to each separate entity. It is also possible that the domicile classifications may not correspond precisely to the definition of “U.S. person” under the rules defined in Exchange Act rule 3a71-3(a)(4), 17 CFR 240.3a71-3(a)(4). Notwithstanding these limitations, the Commission believes that the cross-border and foreign activity demonstrates the nature of the single-name CDS market.

    We note that cross-border rules related to regulatory reporting and public dissemination of security-based swap transactions depend on, among other things, the U.S.-person status of the counterparties.155 The analyses behind Figures 1 and 2 show that the security-based swap market is global, with an increasing share of the market characterized by cross-border trade.

    155See note 132, supra.

    156 Following publication of the Warehouse Trust Guidance on CDS data access, DTCC-TIW surveyed market participants, asking for the physical address associated with each of their accounts (i.e., where the account is organized as a legal entity). This is designated the registered office location by DTCC-TIW. When an account does not report a registered office location, we have assumed that the settlement country reported by the investment adviser or parent entity to the fund or account is the place of domicile. This treatment assumes that the registered office location reflects the place of domicile for the fund or account.

    ER02SE16.007 b. Security-Based Swap Data Repositories

    No security-based swap data repositories are currently registered with the Commission.157 The Commission is aware of one entity in the market (i.e., DTCC-TIW) that has been accepting voluntary reports of single-name and index CDS transactions. In 2015, DTCC-TIW received approximately 2.5 million records of single-name CDS transactions, of which approximately 798,000 were price-forming transactions.158

    157 ICE Trade Vault, LLC (“ICE Trade Vault”) and DTCC Data Repository (U.S.) LLC (“DDR”) filed with the Commission Form SDRs seeking registration as a security-based swap data repository under Section 13(n) of the Exchange Act and the Commission's rules promulgated thereunder. See Notice of Filing of Application for Registration as a Security-Based Swap Data Repository, Release No. 77699 (Apr. 22, 2016), 81 FR 25475 (Apr. 28, 2016) and Notice of Filing of Application for Registration as a Security-Based Swap Data Repository, Release No. 78216 (Jun. 30, 2016), 81 FR 44379 (July 7, 2016).

    158 Price-forming CDS transactions include new transactions, assignments, modifications to increase the notional amounts of previously executed transactions and terminations of previously executed transactions. Transactions terminated or entered into in connection with a compression exercise, and expiration of contracts at maturity, are not considered price-forming and are therefore excluded, as are replacement trades and all bookkeeping-related trades.

    The CFTC has provisionally registered four swap data repositories.159 These swap data repositories are: BSDR LLC, Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc., DDR, and ICE Trade Vault. The Commission believes that some or all of these entities will likely register with the Commission as security-based swap data repositories and that other persons may seek to register with both the CFTC and the Commission as swap data repositories and security-based swap data repositories, respectively.160

    159 CFTC rule 49.3(b) provides for provisional registration of a swap data repository. 17 CFR 49.3(b).

    160 For the purpose of estimating PRA related costs, the number of security-based swap data repositories is estimated to be as high as ten. See part V.C, supra.

    Efforts to regulate the swap and security-based swap markets are underway not only in the United States, but also abroad. Consistent with the call of the G20 leaders for global improvements in the functioning, transparency and regulatory oversight of OTC derivatives markets,161 substantial progress has been made in establishing the trade repository infrastructure to support the reporting of OTC derivatives transactions.162 Currently, multiple trade repositories operate, or are undergoing approval processes to do so, in a number of different jurisdictions.163 Combined with the fact that the requirements for trade reporting differ across jurisdictions, the result is that security-based swap data is fragmented across many locations, stored in a variety of formats, and subject to many different rules for authorities' access. Authorities will be able to obtain a comprehensive and accurate view of the global OTC derivatives markets to the extent that means exist to aggregate data in these trade repositories.

    161See note 139, supra, and accompanying text.

    162See OTC Derivatives Market Reforms: Tenth Progress Report on Implementation (Nov. 2015), available at: http://www.fsb.org/wp-content/uploads/OTC-Derivatives-10th-Progress-Report.pdf.

    163Id.

    C. Economic Costs and Benefits, Including Impact on Efficiency, Competition and Capital Formation

    As discussed above, the security-based swap market to date largely has developed as an opaque OTC market with limited dissemination of transaction-level price and volume information.164 Accordingly, the Commission envisions that registered security-based swap data repositories, by maintaining security-based swap transaction data and positions, will become an essential part of the infrastructure of the market in part by providing the data to relevant authorities in accordance with their regulatory mandate, or legal responsibility or authority.

    164See part VI.B.1, supra (addressing limited information currently available to market participants and regulators).

    In finalizing these rules to implement the Exchange Act data access requirement, the Commission has attempted to balance different goals. On the one hand, the Commission believes that these rules will facilitate the sharing of information held by repositories with relevant authorities, which should assist those authorities in acting in accordance with their regulatory mandate, or legal responsibility or authority. At the same time, although regulatory access raises important issues regarding the confidentiality of the information, the Commission believes that the rules should appropriately reduce the risk of breaching the confidentiality of the data by providing for a reasonable assurance that confidentiality will be maintained before access is granted.

    Additionally, we note that the magnitude of the costs and benefits of these rules depend in part on the type of access granted to relevant authorities. Ongoing, unrestricted direct electronic access by relevant authorities may be most beneficial in terms of facilitating efficient access to data necessary for those authorities to act in accordance with their regulatory mandate, or legal responsibility or authority, but at the cost of increasing the risk of improper disclosure of confidential information. Restricting each relevant authority's access to only that data consistent with that authority's regulatory mandate, or legal responsibility or authority, reduces the quantity of data that could become subject to improper disclosure. On the other hand, restricting a relevant authority's access to data may make it more difficult for it to effectively act in accordance with its regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority.

    The potential economic effects stemming from the final rules can be grouped into several categories. In this section, we first discuss the general costs and benefits of the final rules, including the benefits of reducing data fragmentation, data duplication and enhancing regulatory oversight, as well as the risks associated with potential breaches of data confidentiality. Next, we discuss the effects of the rules on efficiency, competition and capital formation. Finally, we discuss specific costs and benefits linked to the final rules.

    1. General Costs and Benefits

    As discussed above, the final rules would implement the statutory provisions that require a security-based swap data repository to disclose information to certain relevant authorities. Access under the final rules would be conditioned upon the authority entering into an MOU or other arrangement with the Commission addressing the confidentiality of the information provided.

    a. Benefits

    The final rules should facilitate access to security-based swap transaction and position data by entities that require such information to fulfill their regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority. Market participants accordingly should benefit from relevant domestic authorities other than the Commission having access to the data necessary to fulfill their responsibilities. In particular, such access could help promote stability in the security-based swap market particularly during periods of market turmoil,165 and thus could indirectly contribute to improved stability in related financial markets, including equity and bond markets.166

    165See Proposing Release, 80 FR 55202, note 171.

    166See Darrell Duffie, Ada Li, and Theo Lubke, Policy Perspectives of OTC Derivatives Market Infrastructure, Federal Reserve Bank of New York Staff Report No. 424, dated January 2010, as revised March 2010 (“Transparency can have a calming influence on trading patterns at the onset of a potential financial crisis, and thus act as a source of market stability to a wider range of markets, including those for equities and bonds.”).

    Moreover, as noted in part II.C.1, the Commission anticipates, when making a determination concerning a relevant authority's access to security-based swap data, considering whether the relevant authority agrees to provide the Commission and other U.S. authorities with reciprocal assistance in matters within their jurisdiction. Allowing non-U.S. authorities access to security-based swap data held by registered security-based swap data repositories may be expected to help facilitate the Commission's own ability to access data held by repositories outside the United States.167 Accordingly, to the extent the Commission obtains such access, the rules further may be expected to assist the Commission in fulfilling its regulatory responsibilities, including by detecting market manipulation, fraud and other market abuses by providing the Commission with greater access to global security-based swap information.168

    167See note 133 supra, and accompanying text.

    168See Proposing Release, 80 FR 55203, note 174.

    The ability of other relevant authorities to access data held in trade repositories registered with the Commission, as well as the ability of the Commission to access data held in repositories registered with other regulators, may be especially crucial during times of market turmoil. Increased data sharing should provide the Commission and other relevant authorities more-complete information to monitor risk exposures taken by individual entities and exposures connected to particular reference entities, and should promote global stability through enhanced regulatory transparency. Security-based swap data repositories registered with the Commission are required to retain complete records of security-based swap transactions and maintain the integrity of those records.169 Based on discussions with other regulators, the Commission believes repositories registered with other authorities are likely to have analogous requirements with respect to the data maintained at the repositories. As a result, rules and practices to facilitate regulatory access to those records in line with the recipient authorities' regulatory mandate, or legal responsibility or authority, are designed to help position the Commission and other authorities to: Detect market manipulation, fraud and other market abuses; monitor the financial responsibility and soundness of market participants; perform market surveillance and macroprudential supervision; resolve issues and positions after an institution fails; monitor compliance with relevant regulatory requirements; and respond to market turmoil.170

    169See Proposing Release, 80 FR 55293, note 175.

    170See Proposing Release, 80 FR 55203, note 176.

    Additionally, improving the availability of data regarding the security-based swap market should give the Commission and other relevant authorities improved insight into how regulations are affecting, or may affect, the market. This may be expected to help increase regulatory effectiveness by allowing the Commission and other regulators to better craft regulation to achieve desired goals.

    In addition, the Commission believes that providing relevant foreign authorities with access to data maintained by repositories may help reduce costs to market participants by reducing the potential for duplicative security-based swap transaction reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions. The Commission notes that relevant foreign authorities have imposed their own reporting requirements on market participants within their jurisdictions.171 Given the global nature of the security-based swap market and the large number of cross-border transactions, the Commission recognizes that it is likely that such transactions are or may become subject to the reporting requirements of at least two jurisdictions.172 However, the Commission believes that if relevant authorities are able to access security-based swap data in trade repositories outside their jurisdiction, such as repositories registered with the Commission, as needed, then relevant authorities may be more inclined to permit market participants involved in such transactions to fulfill their reporting requirements by reporting the transactions to a single trade repository.173 If market participants can satisfy their reporting requirements by reporting transactions to a single trade repository rather than to separate trade repositories in each applicable jurisdiction, their compliance costs may be reduced. Similarly, to the extent that security-based swap data repositories provide additional ancillary services,174 if market participants choose to make use of such services, they would likely find such services that make use of all of their data held in a single trade repository more useful than services that are applied only to a portion of that market participant's transactions. Ancillary services applied to only a portion of a participant's transactions could result if data were divided across multiple repositories as a result of regulations requiring participants to report data to separate trade repositories in each applicable jurisdiction.

    171 For example, EU law requires that counterparties to derivatives contracts report the details of the contract to a trade repository, registered or recognized in accordance with EU law, no later than the working day following the conclusion, modification or termination of the contract. See EMIR art. 9; see also EC Delegated Regulation no. 148/2013 (regulatory technical standards implementing the reporting requirement).

    172 For example, as noted above, market data regarding single-name CDS transactions involving U.S.-domiciled counterparties and/or U.S.-domiciled reference entities indicates that 12 percent of such transactions involve two U.S.-domiciled counterparties, while 48 percent involve a U.S.-domiciled counterparty and a foreign-domiciled counterparty. See note 130, supra, and accompanying text.

    173 For example, EU law anticipates the possibility that market participants may be able to satisfy their EU reporting obligations by reporting to a trade repository established in a third country, so long as that repository has been recognized by ESMA. See EMIR art. 77; see also Regulation SBSR, rule 908(c) (providing that to the extent that the Commission has issued a substituted compliance order/determination, compliance with Title VII regulatory reporting and public dissemination requirements may be satisfied by compliance with the comparable rules of a foreign jurisdiction).

    174See Proposing Release, 80 FR 55204, note 181.

    b. Costs

    The Commission believes that although there are benefits to security-based swap data repositories providing access to relevant authorities to data maintained by the repositories, such access will likely involve certain costs and potential risks. For example, the Commission expects that repositories will maintain data that are proprietary and highly sensitive 175 and that are subject to strict privacy requirements.176 Extending access to such data to anyone, including relevant authorities, increases the risk that the confidentiality of the data maintained by repositories may not be preserved.177 A relevant authority's inability to protect the confidentiality of data maintained by repositories could erode market participants' confidence in the integrity of the security-based swap market and increase the overall risks associated with trading.178 As we discuss below, this may ultimately lead to reduced trading activity and liquidity in the market, hindering price discovery and impeding the capital formation process.179

    175See SDR Adopting Release, 80 FR at 14504.

    176See Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(F), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(F) (requiring an SDR to maintain the privacy of security-based swap transaction information); Exchange Act rules 13n-4(b)(8) and 13n-9 (implementing Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(F)).

    177See Proposing Release, 80 FR 55204, note 184.

    178 For example, should it become generally known by market participants that a particular dealer had taken a large position in order to facilitate a trade by a customer and was likely to take offsetting positions to reduce its exposure, other market participants may seek to take positions in advance of the dealer attempting to take its offsetting positions.

    179See Proposing Release, 80 FR 55204, note 186.

    To help mitigate these risks and potential costs to market participants, the Exchange Act and the final data access rules impose certain conditions on relevant authorities' access to data maintained by repositories.180 In part, the Exchange Act and these final rules limit the authorities that may access data maintained by a security-based swap data repository to a specific list of domestic authorities and other persons, including foreign authorities, determined by the Commission to be appropriate,181 and further require that a repository notify the Commission when the repository receives an authority's initial request for data maintained by the repository.182 Restricting access to security-based swap data available to relevant authorities should reduce the risk of unauthorized disclosure, misappropriation or misuse of security-based swap data because each relevant authority will only have access to information within its regulatory mandate, or legal responsibility or authority.

    180 Exchange Act sections 13(n)(5)(G) and (H), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(G) and (H); see also Exchange Act rules 13n-4(b)(9) (implementing Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(G)) and 13n-4(b)(10) (implementing Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(H)).

    181 As discussed above in part II.C, the Commission anticipates that such determinations may be conditioned, in part, by specifying the scope of a relevant authority's access to data, and may limit this access to reflect the relevant authority's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority.

    182See Exchange Act section 13(n)(5)(G), 15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(G); Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(9).

    The final rules further require that, before a repository shares security-based swap information with a relevant authority, there must be an arrangement (in the form of an MOU or otherwise) between the Commission and the relevant authority that addresses the confidentiality of the security-based swap information provided. The arrangement should reduce the likelihood of confidential trade or position data being inadvertently made public.

    2. Effects on Efficiency, Competition and Capital Formation

    The final rules described in this release are intended to facilitate access for relevant authorities to data stored in repositories registered with the Commission and therefore affect such repositories, but do not directly affect security-based swap market participants. As discussed below, access by relevant authorities to security-based swap data could indirectly affect market participants through the benefits that accrue from the relevant authorities' improved ability to fulfill their regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority as well as the potential impact of disclosure of confidential data. However, because these rules will condition access to security-based swap data on the agreement of the relevant authorities to protect the confidentiality of the data, the Commission expects these rules to have little effect on the structure or operations of the security-based swap market. Therefore, the Commission believes that effects of the final rules on efficiency, competition and capital formation will be small.183 Nevertheless, there are some potential effects, particularly with respect to efficiency and capital formation, which flow from efficient collection and aggregation of security-based swap data. We describe these effects below.

    183See part VI.C.1.b supra for a discussion of the potential impact on capital formation of inadequate data confidentiality protections. The Commission believes that its approach balances the need for data confidentiality and the need for regulatory transparency.

    In part VI.B of this release, the Commission describes the baseline used to evaluate the economic impact of the final rules, including the impact on efficiency, competition and capital formation. In particular, the Commission notes that the security-based swap data currently available from DTCC-TIW is the result of a voluntary reporting system and access to that data is made consistent with guidelines published by the ODRF.

    Under the voluntary reporting regime, CDS transaction data involving counterparties and reference entities from most jurisdictions is reported to a single entity, DTCC-TIW. DTCC-TIW, using the ODRF guidelines, then allows relevant authorities, including the Commission, to obtain data necessary to carry out their respective authorities and responsibilities with respect to OTC derivatives and the regulated entities that use derivatives.184 As various regulators implement reporting rules within their jurisdictions, counterparties within those jurisdictions may or may not continue to report to DTCC-TIW. As a result, the ability of the Commission and other relevant authorities to obtain the data required consistent with their regulatory mandate, or legal responsibility or authority, may require the ability to access data held in a trade repository outside of their own jurisdictions. That is, because the market is global and interconnected, effective regulatory monitoring of the security-based swap market may require regulators to have access to information on the global market, particularly during times of market turmoil. The data access rules should facilitate access of relevant authorities other than the Commission to security-based swap data held in repositories, and may indirectly facilitate Commission access to data held by trade repositories registered with regulators other than the Commission. To the extent that the final data access rules facilitate the ability of repositories to collect security-based swap information involving counterparties across multiple jurisdictions, there may be benefits in terms of efficient collection and aggregation of security-based swap data.

    184See note 140, supra.

    To the extent that the final data access provisions increase the quantity of transaction and position information available to regulatory authorities about the security-based swap market, the ability of the Commission and other relevant authorities to respond in an appropriate and timely manner to market developments could enhance investor protection through improved detection, and facilitate the investigation of fraud and other market abuses. Moreover, as noted above, we do not anticipate that the final rules will directly affect market participants, and such enhancements in investor protections may decrease the risks and indirect costs of trading and could therefore encourage greater participation in the security-based swap market for a wider range of entities seeking to engage in a broad range of hedging and trading activities.185 While increased participation is a possible outcome of the Commission's transparency initiatives, including these rules, relative to the level of participation in this market if these initiatives were not undertaken, the Commission believes that the benefits that flow from improved detection, facilitating the investigation of fraud and other market abuses and more-efficient data aggregation are the more direct benefits of the rules.

    185 Indirect trading costs refer to costs other than direct transaction costs. Front running costs described above provide an example of indirect trading costs. In the context of investor protection, the risk of fraud represents a cost of trading in a market with few investor protections or safeguards.

    In addition, the improvement in the quantity of data available to regulatory authorities, including the Commission, should improve their ability to monitor concentrations of risk exposures and evaluate risks to financial stability and could promote the overall stability in the capital markets.186

    186See note 166, supra.

    Aside from the effects that the final data access rules may have on regulatory oversight and market participation, the Commission expects the rules potentially to affect how SDRs are structured. In particular, the data access rules could reduce the potential for SDRs to be established along purely jurisdictional lines. That is, effective data sharing may reduce the need for repositories to be established along jurisdictional lines, reducing the likelihood that a single security-based swap transaction must be reported to multiple swap-data repositories. As noted previously by the Commission, due to high fixed costs and increasing economies of scale, the total cost of providing trade repository services to the market for security-based swaps may be lower if the total number of repositories is not increased due to a regulatory environment that results in trade repositories being established along jurisdictional lines.187 To the extent that the final rules result in fewer repositories that potentially compete across jurisdictional lines, cost savings realized by fewer repositories operating on a larger scale could result in reduced fees, with the subsequent cost to market participants to comply with reporting requirements being lower. At the same time, the Commission acknowledges that fewer repositories operating on a larger scale could result in those repositories having the ability to take advantage of the reduced level of competition to charge higher prices.

    187See Proposing Release, 80 FR 55205, note 197.

    Furthermore, multiple security-based swap data repositories with duplication of reporting requirements for cross-border transactions increase data fragmentation and data duplication, both of which increase the potential for difficulties in data aggregation. To the extent that the data access rules facilitate the establishment of SDRs that accept transactions from multiple jurisdictions, there may be benefits in terms of efficient collection and aggregation of security-based swap data. To the extent that these rules allow relevant authorities to have better access to the data necessary to form a more complete picture of the security-based swap market—including information regarding risk exposures and asset valuations—these rules should help the Commission and other relevant authorities perform their oversight functions in a more effective manner.

    However, while reducing the likelihood of having multiple SDRs established along jurisdictional lines would resolve many of the challenges involved in aggregating security-based swap data, there may be costs associated with having fewer repositories. In particular, the existence of multiple repositories may reduce operational risks, such as the risk that a catastrophic event or the failure of a repository leaves no repositories to which transactions can be reported, impeding the ability of the Commission and relevant authorities to obtain information about the security-based swap market.

    Finally, as we noted above, a relevant authority's inability to protect the privacy of data maintained by repositories could erode market participants' confidence in the integrity of the security-based swap market. More specifically, confidentiality breaches, including the risk that trading strategies may no longer be anonymous due to a breach, may increase the overall risks associated with trading or decrease the profits realized by certain traders. Increased risks or decreased profits may reduce incentives to participate in the security-based swap markets which may lead to reduced trading activity and liquidity in the market. Depending on the extent of confidentiality breaches, as well as the extent to which such breaches lead to market exits, disclosures of confidential information could hinder price discovery and impede the capital formation process.188

    188See Proposing Release, 80 FR 55206, note 199.

    3. Additional Costs and Benefits of Specific Rules

    Apart from the general costs and benefits associated with the structure of the Exchange Act data access provisions and implementing rules, certain discrete aspects of the final rules and related interpretation raise additional issues related to economic costs and benefits.

    a. Benefits i. Determination of Recipient Authorities

    The Commission is adopting an approach to determining whether an authority, other than those expressly identified in the Exchange Act and the implementing rules,189 should be provided access to data maintained by SDRs. The Commission believes that this approach has the benefit of appropriately limiting relevant authorities' access to data maintained by repositories to protect the confidentiality of the data.190 The Commission expects that relevant authorities from a number of jurisdictions may seek to obtain a determination by the Commission that they may appropriately have access to repository data. Each of these jurisdictions may have a distinct approach to supervision, regulation or oversight of its financial markets or market participants and to the protection of proprietary and other confidential information. The Commission believes that the approach of the final rule—which among other things would consider whether an authority has an interest in access to security-based swap data based on the relevant authority's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority, whether there is an MOU or other arrangement between the Commission and the relevant authority that addresses the confidentiality of the security-based swap data provided to the authority, and whether information accessed by the applicable authority would be subject to robust confidentiality safeguards 191 —appropriately condition an authority's ability to access data on the confidentiality protections the authority will afford that data. This focus further would be strengthened by the Commission's ability to revoke its determination where necessary, including, for example, if a relevant authority fails to keep such data confidential.192 This approach should increase market participants' confidence that their confidential trade data will be protected, reducing perceived risks of transacting in security-based swaps.

    189See parts II.A-B supra for a discussion of specific authorities included in the implementing rules.

    190See Proposing Release, 80 FR 55206, note 201.

    191See part II.C.1, supra.

    192See part II.C, supra.

    The Commission also believes that its approach in determining the appropriate relevant authorities would reduce the potential for fragmentation and duplication of security-based swap data among trade repositories by facilitating mutual access to the data. Narrower approaches such as allowing regulatory access to security-based swap data only to those entities specifically identified in the Exchange Act 193 may increase fragmentation and duplication, and hence increase the difficulty in consolidating and interpreting security-based swap market data from repositories, potentially reducing the general economic benefits discussed above.

    193See Exchange Act section 3(a)(74), 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(74).

    Furthermore, the Commission believes that its approach in conditioning access to security-based swap data held in SDRs by requiring there to be in effect an arrangement between the Commission and the authority in the form of a MOU or other arrangement would promote the intended benefits of access by relevant authorities to data maintained by SDRs. Under this approach, rather than requiring regulatory authorities to negotiate confidentiality agreements with multiple SDRs, a single MOU or other arrangement between the Commission and the relevant authority can serve as the confidentiality agreement that will satisfy the requirement for a written agreement stating that the relevant authority will abide by the confidentiality requirements described in section 24 of the Exchange Act relating to the security-based swap data. The Commission routinely negotiates MOUs or other arrangements with relevant authorities to secure mutual assistance or for other purposes, and the Commission believes that this approach is generally consistent with existing practice.

    The Commission further believes that negotiating a single such agreement with the Commission will be less costly for the authority requesting data than negotiating directly with each registered SDR. This approach is intended to eliminate the need for each SDR to negotiate as many as 300 confidentiality agreements with requesting authorities. This approach would also avoid the difficulties that may be expected to accompany an approach that requires SDRs to enter into confidentiality agreements—particularly questions regarding the parameters of an adequate confidentiality agreement, and the presence of uneven and potentially inconsistent confidentiality protections across SDRs and recipient entities.

    ii. Notification Requirement

    The Commission is adopting an approach by which an SDR may satisfy the notification requirement by notifying the Commission upon the initial request for security-based swap data by a relevant authority and maintaining records of the initial request and all subsequent requests.194 The Commission estimates that approximately 300 relevant authorities may make requests for data from security-based swap data repositories.195 Based on the Commission's experience in making requests for security-based swap data from trade repositories, the Commission estimates that each relevant authority will access security-based swap data held in SDRs using electronic access. Such access may be to satisfy a narrow request concerning a specific counterparty or reference entity or security, to create a summary statistic of trading activity or outstanding notional or to satisfy a large request for detailed transaction and position data. Requests may occur as seldom as once per month if the relevant authority is downloading all data to which it has access in order to analyze it on its own systems, or may occur 100 or more times per month if multiple staff of the relevant authority are making specific electronic requests concerning particular counterparties or reference entities and associated positions or transactions. Therefore, under the Commission's approach to notification requirement compliance, the Commission estimates based on staff experience that each repository would provide the Commission with actual notice as many as 300 times, and that repositories cumulatively would maintain records of as many as 360,000 subsequent data requests per year.196 The final rule is expected to permit repositories to respond to requests for data by relevant authorities more promptly and at lower cost than if notification was required for each request for data access, while helping to preserve the Commission's ability to monitor whether the repository provides data to each relevant entity consistent with the applicable conditions.

    194See Exchange Act rule 13n-4(d).

    195See Exchange Act rules 13n-4(b)(9)(i)-(v) for a list of prudential regulators that may request data maintained by SDRs from SDRs. The Exchange Act also states that FSOC, the CFTC and the Department of Justice may access security-based swap data. See parts II.B.1, 2, supra. The rules further state that the OFR may access security-based swap data. See parts II.B.1,2, supra. The Commission also expects that certain self-regulatory organizations and registered futures associations may request security-based swap data from repositories. Therefore, the Commission estimates that up to approximately 30 relevant authorities in the United States may seek to access security-based swap data from repositories. The Commission believes that most requests will come from authorities in G20 countries, and estimates that each of the G20 countries will also have no more and likely fewer than 30 relevant authorities that may request data from SDRs. Certain authorities from outside the G20 also may request data. Accounting for all of those entities, the Commission estimates that there will likely be a total of no more than 300 relevant domestic and foreign authorities that may request security-based swap data from repositories.

    196 The annual estimate of 360,000 is calculated based on 300 recipient entities each making 100 requests per month cumulatively across all repositories. The estimate of 100 requests per authority is based on staff experience with similar data requests in other contexts.

    The Commission's final rule also is designed to simplify a relevant authority's direct access to security-based swap data needed in connection with its regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority, because a repository would not be required to provide the Commission with actual notice of every request prior to providing access to the requesting relevant authority.

    iii. Use of Confidentiality Agreements Between the Commission and Recipient Authorities

    The final rules in part would condition regulatory access on there being an arrangement between the Commission and the recipient entity, in the form of an MOU or otherwise, addressing the confidentiality of the security-based swap information made available to the recipient. These rules add that those arrangements shall be deemed to satisfy the statutory requirement for a written confidentiality agreement.197

    197See Exchange Act rule 13n-4(b)(10).

    As discussed above, the Commission believes that this approach reflects an appropriate way to satisfy the interests associated with the confidentiality condition. The benefits associated with this approach include obviating the need for repositories to negotiate and enter into multiple confidentiality agreements, avoiding difficulties regarding the parameters of an adequate confidentiality agreement, and avoiding uneven and potentially inconsistent confidentiality protections. This approach also would build upon the Commission's experience in negotiating such agreements.198

    198See part II.F, supra.

    b. Costs

    The Commission recognizes that its approach to providing access to relevant authorities other than the Commission to security-based swap data held in repositories has the potential to involve certain costs and risks.

    The relevant authorities requesting security-based swap data would incur some costs in seeking a Commission order deeming the authority appropriate to receive security-based swap data. These costs would include the negotiation of an MOU or other arrangement to address the confidentiality of the security-based swap information it seeks to obtain and providing information to justify that the security-based swap data relates to the entity's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority. As discussed above, the Commission estimates that up to 300 entities potentially might enter into such MOUs or other arrangements.199 Based on the Commission staff's experience in negotiating MOUs that address regulatory cooperation, the Commission estimates the cost to each relevant authority requesting data associated with negotiating such an arrangement of approximately $208,300 per entity for a total of $62,490,000.200

    199See part VI.C.3.a.ii, supra.

    200 These figures are based on 300 entities each requiring 500 personnel hours on average to negotiate an MOU or other arrangement. See part V.D.1.a, supra. The cost per entity is 400 hours × attorney at $386 per hour + 100 hours × deputy general counsel at $539 per hour = $208,300, or a total of $62,490,000. We use salary figures from SIFMA's Management & Professional Earnings in the Securities Industry 2013, modified by Commission staff to account for an 1800-hour year-week, multiplied by 5.35 to account for bonuses, firm size, employee benefits and overhead, and adjusted for inflation using the Consumer Price Index (CPI).

    In addition, authorities that are not specified by the final rule may request that the Commission determine them to be appropriate to receive access to such security-based swap data. Given the relevant information that the Commission would consider in connection with such designations (apart from the MOU issues addressed above)—including information regarding how the authority would be expected to use the information, information regarding the authority's regulatory mandate or legal responsibility or authority, and information regarding reciprocal assistance—the Commission estimates the cost associated with such a request to be approximately $15,440 per requesting entity for a total of $4,632,000.201

    201 These figures are based on roughly 300 entities (noting that certain entities designated by statute or rule would not need to prepare such requests) requiring 40 personnel hours to prepare a request for access. See part V.D.1.b, supra. The cost per entity is 40 hours × attorney at $386 per hour = $15,440, or a total of $4,632,000. We use salary figures from SIFMA's Management & Professional Earnings in the Securities Industry 2013, modified by Commission staff to account for an 1800-hour year-week, multiplied by 5.35 to account for bonuses, firm size, employee benefits and overhead, and adjusted for inflation using the Consumer Price Index (CPI).

    Security-based swap data repositories would incur some costs to verify that an entity requesting data entered into the requisite agreements concerning confidentiality with the Commission. The Commission generally expects that such verification costs would be minimal because information regarding such Commission arrangements would generally be readily available.202

    202 The Commission provides a list of MOUs and most other arrangements on its public Web site, which are available at: http://www.sec.gov/about/offices/oia/oia_cooparrangements.shtml.

    To the extent that the security-based swap data repository provides the requested data through direct electronic means, the repository may incur some cost in providing the requesting authority access to the system that provides such access and setting data permissions to allow access only to the information that relates to the authority's regulatory mandate, or legal responsibility or authority. The Commission believes most of the costs associated with providing such access would be the fixed costs incurred in designing and building the systems to provide the direct electronic access required by rules the Commission adopted last year to address the registration process, duties and core principles applicable to security-based swap data repositories.203 The Commission believes the marginal cost of providing access to an additional relevant authority and setting the associated permissions is approximately $6,406.204 Based on an estimated 300 entities requesting access to each of ten registered SDRs, we estimate the total cost of connecting entities to SDRs to be approximately $19,218,000.

    203See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55208, n. 222.

    204 This figure is based on the view that, for each recipient requesting data, a repository would incur a 25-hour burden associated with programming or otherwise inputting the relevant parameters, encompassing 20 hours of programmer analyst time and five hours of senior programmer time. The estimate also encompasses one hour of attorney time in connection with each such recipient. See part V.D.1.c, supra. The cost per entity is 20 hours × programmer analyst at $224 per hour + 5 hours × senior programmer at $308 per hour + 1 hour × attorney at $386 per hour = $6,406. We use salary figures from SIFMA's Management & Professional Earnings in the Securities Industry 2013, modified by Commission staff to account for an 1800-hour year-week, multiplied by 5.35 to account for bonuses, firm size, employee benefits and overhead, and adjusted for inflation using the Consumer Price Index (CPI).

    In addition, under the Commission's notification compliance rule, SDRs would be required to notify the Commission of the initial request for data but would not have to inform the Commission of all relevant authorities' requests for data prior to a SDR fulfilling such requests. Based on the estimate that approximately 300 relevant authorities may make requests for data from security-based swap data repositories, the Commission estimates that a repository would provide the Commission with actual notice approximately 300 times.205 Moreover, based on the estimate that ten persons may register with the Commission as SDRs,206 this suggests that repositories in the aggregate would provide the Commission with actual notice up to a total of 3,000 times. The Commission estimates that the total cost of providing such notice to be $57,900 per SDR for a total of $579,000 for all SDRs.207

    205See part VI.C.3.a.ii, supra.

    206See note 105, supra, and accompanying text.

    207 These figures are based each of ten SDRs providing notice for each of 300 requesting entities. See part V.D.1.d, supra. The cost per SDR is 300 requesting entities × 0.5 hours × attorney at $386 per hour = $57,900, or a total of $579,000. We use salary figures from SIFMA's Management & Professional Earnings in the Securities Industry 2013, modified by Commission staff to account for an 1800-hour year-week, multiplied by 5.35 to account for bonuses, firm size, employee benefits and overhead, and adjusted for inflation using the Consumer Price Index (CPI).

    Pursuant to the rule, SDRs would be required to maintain records of subsequent requests.208 Not receiving actual notice of all requests may impact the Commission's ability to track such requests, but the Commission believes that the benefits of receiving actual notice of each request would not justify the additional costs that repositories would incur in providing such notices and the potential delay in relevant authorities receiving data that they need to fulfill their regulatory mandate, or legal responsibility or authority. At the same time, providing notice of initial requests will help to preserve the Commission's ability to monitor whether the repository provides data to each relevant entity consistent with the applicable conditions. As discussed above, the Commission estimates that the average initial paperwork burden associated with maintaining certain records related to data requests or access would be roughly 360 hours, and that the annualized burden would be roughly 280 hours and $121,000 for each repository.209 Assuming a maximum of ten security-based swap data repositories, the estimated aggregate one-time dollar cost would be roughly $1 million,210 and the estimated aggregate annualized dollar cost would be roughly $1.21 million.211

    208See part V.D.1.d, supra. As noted above, existing rules require SDRs to maintain copies of all documents they make or receive in their course of business, including electronic documents. See note 75, supra.

    209See part V.D.1.d, supra.

    210 The Commission anticipates that a repository would assign the associated responsibilities primarily to a compliance manager and a senior systems analyst. The total estimated dollar cost would be roughly $102,240 per repository, reflecting the cost of a compliance manager at $288 per hour for 300 hours, and a senior systems analyst at $264 per hour for 60 hours. Across the estimated ten repositories, this equals $1,022,400.

    211 The Commission anticipates that a repository would assign the associated responsibilities primarily to a compliance manager. The total estimated dollar cost would be roughly $121,000 per repository, reflecting $40,000 annualized information technology costs, as well as a compliance manager at $288 per hour for 280 hours. Across the estimated ten repositories, this equals $1.21 million.

    D. Alternatives

    The Commission considered a number of alternative approaches to implementing the Exchange Act data access provisions, but, for the reasons discussed below, is not adopting any of them.

    1. Use of confidentiality arrangements directly between repositories and recipients

    The Commission considered the alternative approach of permitting confidentiality agreement between an SDR and the recipient of the information to satisfy the confidentiality condition to the data access requirement. The Commission believes, however, that the approach taken in the final rules, which would instead make use of confidentiality arrangements between the Commission and the recipients of the data, would avoid difficulties such as questions regarding the parameters of the confidentiality agreement, and the presence of uneven and inconsistent confidentiality protections.212 This also would avoid the need for SDRs to negotiate and potentially enter into hundreds of confidentiality agreements, as under the adopted approach such costs will be borne by the Commission.

    212See part II.A, supra.

    2. Notice of Individual Requests for Data Access

    Finally, the Commission considered requiring repositories to provide notice to the Commission of all requests for data prior to repositories fulfilling such requests, rather than the approach of requiring such notice only of the first request from a particular recipient, with the repository maintaining records of all subsequent requests.213 The Commission believes that the benefits of receiving actual notice for each request would not justify the additional costs that would be imposed on repositories to provide such notice, and providing notice of subsequent requests might not be feasible if data is provided by direct electronic access.

    213See part II.D, supra.

    VII. Regulatory Flexibility Act Certification

    Section 3(a) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (“RFA”) 214 requires Federal agencies, in promulgating rules, to consider the impact of those rules on small entities. The Commission certified in the proposing release, pursuant to Section 605(b) of the RFA,215 that the proposed rule would not, if adopted, have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of “small entities.” The Commission received no comments on this certification.

    214 5 U.S.C. 603(a).

    215 5 U.S.C. 605(b).

    For purposes of Commission rulemaking in connection with the RFA, a small entity includes: (1) When used with reference to an “issuer” or a “person,” other than an investment company, an “issuer” or “person” that, on the last day of its most recent fiscal year, had total assets of $5 million or less; 216 or (2) a broker-dealer with total capital (net worth plus subordinated liabilities) of less than $500,000 on the date in the prior fiscal year as of which its audited financial statements were prepared pursuant to Rule 17a-5(d) under the Exchange Act,217 or, if not required to file such statements, a broker-dealer with total capital (net worth plus subordinated liabilities) of less than $500,000 on the last day of the preceding fiscal year (or in the time that it has been in business, if shorter); and is not affiliated with any person (other than a natural person) that is not a small business or small organization.218

    216See 17 CFR 240.0-10(a).

    217 17 CFR 240.17a-5(d).

    218See 17 CFR 240.0-10(c).

    For purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, the definition of “small entity” also encompasses “small governmental jurisdictions,” which in relevant part means governments of locales with a population of less than fifty thousand. 5 U.S.C. 601(5), (6). Although the Commission anticipates that these final rules may be expected to have an economic impact on various governmental entities that access data pursuant to Dodd-Frank's data access provisions, the Commission does not anticipate that any of those governmental entities will be small entities.

    In initially proposing rules regarding the registration process, duties and core principles applicable to SDRs, the Commission stated that it preliminarily did not believe that any persons that would register as repositories would be considered small entities.219 The Commission further stated that it preliminarily believed that most, if not all, SDRs would be part of large business entities with assets in excess of $5 million and total capital in excess of $500,000, and, as a result, the Commission certified that the proposed rules would not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities and requested comments on this certification.220 The Commission reiterated that conclusion in adopting final rules generally addressing repository registration, duties and core principles.221

    219See 75 FR at 77365.

    220See id. (basing the conclusions on review of public sources of financial information about the current repositories that are providing services in the OTC derivatives market).

    221See SDR Adopting Release, 80 FR at 14549 (noting that the Commission did not receive any comments that specifically addressed whether the applicable rules would have a significant economic impact on small entities).

    In the Proposing Release for these rule amendments, the Commission stated that it continued to hold the view that any persons that would register as SDRs would not be considered small entities. The Commission accordingly certified that the proposed rules would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities for purposes of the RFA.222

    222See Proposing Release, 80 FR at 55210.

    We continue to believe that the entities that will register as SDRs will not be small entities. Accordingly, the Commission certifies that the final rules will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities for purposes of the RFA.

    Statutory Basis and Text of Final Rules

    Pursuant to the Exchange Act, and particularly sections 3(b), 13(n), and 23(a) thereof, 15 U.S.C. 78c(b), 78m(n), and 78w(a), and section 752(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, 15 U.S.C 8325, the Commission is adopting amendments to rule 13n-4 under the Exchange Act by adding paragraphs (b)(9), (b)(10), and (d) to that rule.

    List of Subjects in 17 CFR Part 240

    Confidential business information, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Securities.

    Text of Final Rules

    For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Commission is amending Title 17, Chapter II, of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:

    PART 240—GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 1. The authority citation for part 240 continues to read, in part, as follows: Authority:

    15 U.S.C. 77c, 77d, 77g, 77j, 77s, 77z-2, 77z-3, 77eee, 77ggg, 77nnn, 77sss, 77ttt, 78c, 78c-3, 78c-5, 78d, 78e, 78f, 78g, 78i, 78j, 78j-1, 78k, 78k-1, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78n-1, 78o, 78o-4, 78o-10, 78p, 78q, 78q-1, 78s, 78u-5, 78w, 78x, 78ll, 78mm, 80a-20, 80a-23, 80a-29, 80a-37, 80b-3, 80b-4, 80b-11, 7201 et seq., and 8302; 7 U.S.C. 2(c)(2)(E); 12 U.S.C. 5221(e)(3); 18 U.S.C. 1350; Pub. L. 111-203, 939A, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010); and Pub. L. 112-106, sec. 503 and 602, 126 Stat. 326 (2012), unless otherwise noted.

    2. Amend § 240.13n-4 by removing the “and” after the semicolon in paragraph (b)(8), and adding paragraphs (b)(9), (b)(10), and (d) to read as follows:
    § 240.13n-4 Duties and core principles of security-based swap data repository.

    (b) * * *

    (9) On a confidential basis, pursuant to section 24 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78x), upon request, and after notifying the Commission of the request in a manner consistent with paragraph (d) of this section, make available security-based swap data obtained by the security-based swap data repository, including individual counterparty trade and position data, to the following:

    (i) The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any Federal Reserve Bank;

    (ii) The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency;

    (iii) The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

    (iv) The Farm Credit Administration;

    (v) The Federal Housing Finance Agency;

    (vi) The Financial Stability Oversight Council;

    (vii) The Commodity Futures Trading Commission;

    (viii) The Department of Justice;

    (ix) The Office of Financial Research; and

    (x) Any other person that the Commission determines to be appropriate, conditionally or unconditionally, by order, including, but not limited to—

    (A) Foreign financial supervisors (including foreign futures authorities);

    (B) Foreign central banks;

    (C) Foreign ministries; and

    (D) Other foreign authorities;

    (10) Before sharing information with any entity described in paragraph (b)(9) of this section, there shall be in effect an arrangement between the Commission and the entity (in the form of a memorandum of understanding or otherwise) to address the confidentiality of the security-based swap information made available to the entity; this arrangement shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement, set forth in section 13(n)(5)(H) of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78m(n)(5)(H)), that the security-based swap data repository receive a written agreement from the entity stating that the entity shall abide by the confidentiality requirements described in section 24 of the Act (15 U.S.C. 78x) relating to the information on security-based swap transactions that is provided; and

    (d) Notification requirement compliance. To satisfy the notification requirement of the data access provisions of paragraph (b)(9) of this section, a security-based swap data repository shall inform the Commission upon its receipt of the first request for security-based swap data from a particular entity (which may include any request to be provided ongoing online or electronic access to the data), and the repository shall maintain records of all information related to the initial and all subsequent requests for data access from that entity, including records of all instances of online or electronic access, and records of all data provided in connection with such requests or access.

    Dated: August 29, 2016.

    By the Commission.

    Brent J. Fields, Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21137 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 8011-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF STATE 22 CFR Part 51 [Public Notice: 9678] RIN 1400-AD97 Passports AGENCY:

    State Department.

    ACTION:

    Final rule.

    SUMMARY:

    This final rule provides various changes and updates to the Department of State passport rules as a result of the passage of two laws: International Megan's Law to Prevent Child Exploitation and Other Sexual Crimes Through Advanced Notification of Traveling Sex Offenders (IML); and the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (FAST Act). The final rule incorporates statutory passport denial and revocation requirements for certain covered sex offenders under the IML, those persons with a seriously delinquent tax debt as defined by the FAST Act, and/or those persons who submit a passport application without a correct and valid Social Security number.

    DATES:

    The effective date of this regulation is September 2, 2016.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Stephanie Traub, Office of Legal Affairs, Passport Services, (202) 485-6500. Hearing- or speech-impaired persons may use the Telecommunications Devices for the Deaf (TDD) by contacting the Federal Information Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The Department is amending § 51.60 of subpart E within part 51 of title 22 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The rules incorporate statutory passport denial and revocation requirements as codified at 22 U.S.C. 2714a for certain individuals who have seriously delinquent tax debt or submit passport applications without correct and valid Social Security numbers. The rules incorporate new provisions for denial and revocation of passport books that do not contain conspicuous identifiers for covered sex offenders as defined in 42 U.S.C. 16935a. The rule provides for denial of passport cards to these same covered sex offenders, as passport cards are not able to contain the unique identifier required by 22 U.S.C. 212b.

    The new § 51.60(a)(3) requires denial of a passport to an individual who is certified by the Secretary of the Treasury as having a seriously delinquent tax debt as described in 26 U.S.C. 7345.

    The new § 51.60(f) permits denial of a passport to an individual who does not include his or her Social Security number or willfully, intentionally, negligently, or recklessly includes an incorrect or invalid Social Security number on his or her passport application.

    The new § 51.60(g) requires denial of a passport card to an individual who is a covered sex offender as described in 42 U.S.C. 16935a.

    Regulatory Findings Administrative Procedure Act

    Because this rulemaking implements the Congressional mandates within the FAST Act and IML, the Department is publishing this rulemaking without notice and comment under the “good cause” exemption of 5 U.S.C. 553(b). The Department believes that public comment on this rulemaking would be unnecessary, impractical, and contrary to the public interest. In addition, for the same reasons, the effective date for this rulemaking is the date of publication in accordance with the “good cause” provision of 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3).

    Regulatory Flexibility Act

    The Department of State, in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 605(b)), has reviewed this regulation and, by approving it, certifies that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.

    Unfunded Mandates Act of 1995

    This rule will not result in the expenditure by state, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any year and it will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no actions were deemed necessary under the provisions of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.

    Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996

    This rule is not a major rule as defined by section 804 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Act of 1996. This rule will not result in an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more; a major increase in costs or prices; or significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or on the ability of U.S.-based companies to compete with foreign based companies in domestic and import markets.

    Executive Orders 12866 and 13563

    The Department of State does not consider this rule to be an economically significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review. The Department has nevertheless reviewed the regulation to ensure its consistency with the regulatory philosophy and principles set forth in both Executive Order 12866 and Executive Order 13563, and certifies that the benefits of this regulation outweigh any cost to the public.

    Executive Order 13132

    This regulation will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in accordance with section 6 of Executive Order 13132, it is determined that this rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to require consultations or warrant the preparation of a federalism summary impact statement.

    Executive Order 13175

    The Department has determined that this rulemaking will not have tribal implications, will not impose substantial direct compliance costs on tribal governments, and will not pre-empt tribal law. Accordingly, the requirements of Executive Order 13175 do not apply to this rulemaking.

    Paperwork Reduction Act

    This rule does not impose any new reporting or record-keeping requirements subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35. Prior to the passage of the FAST Act, passport applicants were already asked to provide their Social Security numbers to obtain or renew passports. With respect to the IML requirements, the applicant does not report his or her status as a covered sex offender to the Department during the application process; rather, the Department obtains that information from other government sources. Therefore, this rulemaking imposes no additional burden on the applicant.

    List of Subjects in 22 CFR Part 51

    Passports.

    Accordingly, for the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Department has amended 22 CFR part 51 as follows:

    PART 51—PASSPORTS 1. The authority citation for part 51 is revised to read as follows: Authority:

    8 U.S.C. 1504; 18 U.S.C. 1621; 22 U.S.C. 211a, 212, 212b, 213, 213n (Pub. L. 106-113 Div. B, Sec. 1000(a)(7) [Div. A, Title II, Sec. 236], 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A-430); 214, 214a, 217a, 218, 2651a, 2671(d)(3), 2705, 2714, 2714a, 2721, & 3926; 26 U.S.C. 6039E; 31 U.S.C. 9701; 42 U.S.C. 652(k) [Div. B, Title V of Pub. L. 103-317, 108 Stat. 1760]; E.O. 11295, Aug. 6, 1966, FR 10603, 3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 570; Pub. L. 114-119, 130 Stat. 15; Sec. 1 of Pub. L. 109-210, 120 Stat. 319; Sec. 2 of Pub. L. 109-167, 119 Stat. 3578; Sec. 5 of Pub. L. 109-472, 120 Stat. 3554; Pub. L. 108-447, Div. B, Title IV, Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 2809; Pub. L. 108-458, 118 Stat. 3638, 3823 (Dec. 17, 2004).

    2. Amend § 51.60 by adding paragraphs (a)(3) and (4), (f), and (g) to read as follows:
    § 51.60 Denial and restriction of passports.

    (a) * * *

    (3) The applicant is certified by the Secretary of the Treasury as having a seriously delinquent tax debt as described in 26 U.S.C. 7345.

    (4) The applicant is a covered sex offender as defined in 42 U.S.C. 16935a, unless the passport, no matter the type, contains the conspicuous identifier placed by the Department as required by 22 U.S.C. 212b.

    (f) The Department may refuse to issue a passport to an applicant who fails to provide his or her Social Security account number on his or her passport application or who willfully, intentionally, negligently, or recklessly includes an incorrect or invalid Social Security account number.

    (g) The Department shall not issue a passport card to an applicant who is a covered sex offender as defined in 42 U.S.C. 16935a.

    Dated: August 23, 2016. David T. Donahue, Acting Assistant Secretary, Bureau of Consular Affairs, Department of State.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21087 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4710-13-P
    DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY Internal Revenue Service 26 CFR Parts 1, 20, 25, 26, 31, and 301 [TD 9785] RIN 1545-BM10 Definition of Terms Relating to Marital Status AGENCY:

    Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.

    ACTION:

    Final regulations.

    SUMMARY:

    This document contains final regulations that reflect the holdings of Obergefell v. Hodges, 576 U.S. ___, 135 S. Ct. 2584 (2015), Windsor v. United States, 570 U.S. ___, 133 S. Ct. 2675 (2013), and Revenue Ruling 2013-17 (2013-38 IRB 201), and that define terms in the Internal Revenue Code describing the marital status of taxpayers for federal tax purposes.

    DATES:

    Effective date: These regulations are effective on September 2, 2016.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Mark Shurtliff at (202) 317-3400 (not toll-free number).

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Background

    This document contains amendments to the Income Tax Regulations (26 CFR part 1), the Estate Tax Regulations (26 CFR part 20), the Gift Tax Regulations (26 CFR part 25), the Generation-Skipping Transfer Tax Regulations (26 CFR part 26), the Employment Tax and Collection of Income Tax at Source Regulations (26 CFR part 31), and the Regulations on Procedure and Administration (26 CFR part 301).

    On October 23, 2015, the Department of the Treasury (Treasury) and the IRS published in the Federal Register (80 FR 64378) a notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-148998-13), which proposed to amend the regulations under section 7701 of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) to provide that, for federal tax purposes, the terms “spouse,” “husband,” and “wife” mean an individual lawfully married to another individual, and the term “husband and wife” means two individuals lawfully married to each other. In addition, the proposed regulations provided that a marriage of two individuals will be recognized for federal tax purposes if that marriage would be recognized by any state, possession, or territory of the United States. Finally, the proposed regulations clarified that the term “marriage” does not include registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, or other similar relationships recognized under state law that are not denominated as a marriage under that state's law, and the terms “spouse,” “husband and wife,” “husband,” and “wife” do not include individuals who have entered into such a relationship.

    Written comments responding to the proposed regulations were received, and one person requested a public hearing. A public hearing was held on January 28, 2016; however, the individual who requested the hearing was not able to attend, but did submit supplemental comments. When given the opportunity, no one who attended the hearing asked to speak. After consideration of the comments, Treasury and the IRS adopt the proposed regulations as revised by this Treasury Decision.

    Summary of Comments and Explanation of Revisions

    The IRS received twelve comments in response to the notice of proposed rulemaking. All comments were considered and are available for public inspection at http://www.regulations.gov. The comments are summarized and discussed in this preamble.

    I. Comments on the Proposed Regulations Generally

    The majority of commenters strongly supported the proposed regulations. Many commended Treasury and the IRS for publishing proposed regulations that reflect the holdings of Obergefell v. Hodges, 576 U.S. ___, 135 S. Ct. 2584 (2015), and Windsor v. United States, 570 U.S. ___, 133 S. Ct. 2675 (2013), instead of relying on sub-regulatory guidance. In general, commenters applauded Treasury and the IRS for determining that, in light of the Windsor and Obergefell holdings, marriages of same-sex couples should be treated the same as marriages of opposite-sex couples for federal tax purposes.

    One commenter suggested that the regulations specifically reference “same-sex marriage” so that the definitions apply regardless of gender and to avoid any potential issues of interpretation. Treasury and the IRS believe that the definitions in the proposed regulations apply equally to same-sex couples and opposite-sex couples, and that no clarification is needed. Proposed § 301.7701-18(a) states, without qualification, that, “[f]or federal tax purposes, the terms spouse, husband, and wife mean an individual lawfully married to another individual,” and that the “term husband and wife means two individuals lawfully married to each other.” The language is specifically gender neutral, which reflects the holdings in Windsor and Obergefell and is consistent with Revenue Ruling 2013-17. Similarly, the language in proposed § 301.7701-18(b) refers to a marriage of two individuals, without specifying gender. Amending the regulations to specifically address a marriage of two individuals of the same sex would undermine the goal of these regulations to eliminate distinctions in federal tax law based on gender. For these reasons, the final regulations do not adopt this comment.

    One comment reflected an overall negative view of same-sex marriage. However, the comment did not recommend any specific amendment to the proposed regulations. Because this comment addresses issues outside the scope of these regulations, the final regulations do not address this comment.

    II. Comments on Proposed § 301.7701-18(a) Regarding the Definition of Terms Relating to Marital Status

    Section 301.7701-18(a) of the proposed regulations provides that for federal tax purposes, the terms “spouse,” “husband,” and “wife” mean an individual lawfully married to another individual. The term “husband and wife” means two individuals lawfully married to each other. The preamble to the proposed regulations explains that after Windsor and Obergefell, marriages of couples of the same sex should be treated the same as marriages of couples of the opposite sex for federal tax purposes, and therefore, the proposed regulations interpret these terms in a neutral way to include same-sex as well as opposite-sex couples.

    The overwhelming majority of commenters expressed support for proposed § 301.7701-18(a). However, one of the commenters recommended that the IRS update all relevant forms to use the gender-neutral term “spouse” instead of “husband and wife.” The commenter stated that updating the forms to use gender-neutral terms would be cost-neutral and would more accurately reflect the varied composition of today's families. The commenter further stated that updating the forms to be inclusive of same-sex couples would increase government efficiency by alleviating confusion, delays, and denials caused by current forms using outdated terms.

    The commenter's recommendation relates to forms and is therefore outside the scope of these final regulations. Nevertheless, Treasury and the IRS will consider the commenter's recommendation when updating IRS forms and publications.

    III. Comments on Proposed § 301.7701-18(b) Regarding Persons Who Are Married for Federal Tax Purposes

    Section 301.7701-18(b) of the proposed regulations provides that a marriage of two individuals is recognized for federal tax purposes if the marriage would be recognized by any state, possession, or territory of the United States. The comments received on paragraph (b) are summarized below.

    A. Comment That Proposed § 301.7701-18(b) is Redundant in Light of Obergefell and Should be Removed

    One commenter stated that proposed § 301.7701-18(b) is redundant and unnecessary in light of Obergefell. According to the commenter, after Obergefell, same-sex marriage should be recognized in every state. Therefore, the commenter states that there is no need for a definition of marriage for federal tax purposes and proposed § 301.7701-18 (b) should not be finalized.

    Treasury and the IRS disagree that proposed § 301.7701-18(b) is unnecessary in light of Obergefell. The purpose of publishing these regulations is to ensure that, regardless of the term used in the Code, a marriage between two individuals entered into in, and recognized by, any state, possession, or territory of the United States will be treated as a marriage for federal tax purposes. The majority of comments supporting the proposed regulations agree with this view and specifically applaud Treasury and the IRS for publishing regulations to make this clear rather than relying on sub-regulatory guidance. Accordingly, the comment is not adopted and a definition of marriage for federal tax purposes is included in the final regulations under § 301.7701-18(b). However, the definition in proposed § 301.7701-18(b) is amended by these final regulations, as described below.

    B. Comment That the Language in the Proposed Rule Should be Clarified To Eliminate Unintended Consequences

    Another commenter recommended amending § 301.7701-18(b) of the proposed regulations to simply state that the determination of an individual's marital status will be made under the laws of the relevant state, possession, or territory of the United States or, where appropriate, under the laws of the relevant foreign country (for example, the country where the marriage was celebrated or, if conflict of laws questions arise, another country). The commenter pointed out that this revision is needed to ensure that a couple's intended marital status is recognized by the IRS. Specifically, the commenter explains that the language in proposed § 301.7701-18(b) makes it possible for unmarried couples living in a state that does not recognize common-law marriage to be treated as married for federal tax purposes if the couple would be treated as having entered into a common-law marriage under the law of any state, possession, or territory of the United States.

    Next, the commenter explains that the language of the proposed regulations could result in questions about the validity of a divorce. Under Revenue Ruling 67-442, a divorce is recognized for federal tax purposes unless the divorce is invalidated by a court of competent jurisdiction. The language of the proposed regulations would undermine this longstanding revenue ruling if any state would recognize the couple as still married despite the divorce.

    Finally, the commenter states that the language of proposed § 301.7701-18(b) could create a conflict with proposed § 301.7701-18(c) if at least one state, possession, or territory of the United States recognizes a couple's registered domestic partnership, civil union, or other similar relationship as marriage. The commenter points out that in such a situation, regardless of the couple's intention and where they entered into their alternative legal relationship, they could be treated as married for federal tax purposes under the language of proposed § 301.7701-18(b) if any state, possession, or territory recognizes their alternative legal relationship as a marriage.

    According to the commenter, these examples demonstrate that the language in proposed § 301.7701-18(b) could be interpreted to treat couples who divorce or who never intended to enter into a marriage under the laws of the state where they live or where they entered into an alternative legal relationship as married for federal tax purposes. Without a change to proposed § 301.7701-18(b), these couples would be required to analyze the laws of all the states, possessions, and territories of the United States to determine whether any of these laws would fail to recognize their divorce or would denominate their alternative legal relationship as a marriage

    This was not the intent of the proposed regulations. Rather, the proposed regulations were intended to recognize a marriage only when a couple entered into a relationship denominated as marriage under the law of any state, territory, or possession of the United States or under the law of a foreign jurisdiction if such a marriage would be recognized by any state, possession, or territory of the United States. To address these concerns, § 301.7701-18(b) is revised in the final regulations to provide a general rule for recognizing a domestic marriage for federal tax purposes and a separate rule for recognizing foreign marriages for federal tax purposes (discussed in section III.C. Comments on Marriages Entered Into in Foreign Jurisdictions of this preamble).

    Accordingly, under the general rule in § 301.7701-18(b)(1) of the final regulations, a marriage of two individuals is recognized for federal tax purposes if the marriage is recognized by the state, possession, or territory of the United States in which the marriage is entered into, regardless of the married couple's place of domicile. This revision addresses the concerns raised by the commenter and ensures that only couples entering into a relationship denominated as marriage, and who have not divorced, are treated as married for federal tax purposes. By relying on the place of celebration to determine which state, possession, or territory of the United States is the point of reference for determining whether a couple is married for federal tax purposes, this rule is consistent with the longstanding position of Treasury and the IRS regarding the determination of marital status for federal tax purposes. See Revenue Ruling 2013-17; Revenue Ruling 58-66 (1958-1 CB 60).

    C. Comments on Marriages Entered Into in Foreign Jurisdictions

    Section 301.7701-18(b) of the proposed regulations generally provides that a marriage of two individuals is recognized for federal tax purposes if the marriage would be recognized by any state, possession, or territory of the United States. The preamble to the proposed regulations explains that under this rule, as a matter of comity, a marriage conducted in a foreign jurisdiction will be recognized for federal tax purposes if that marriage would be recognized in at least one state, possession, or territory of the United States. The rule in § 301.7701-18(b) of the proposed regulations was intended to address both domestic and foreign marriages, regardless of where the couple is domiciled and regardless of whether the couple ever resides in the United States (or a possession or territory of the United States). One commenter suggested amending the proposed regulation to recognize marriages performed in any foreign jurisdiction, for federal tax purposes, if the marriage is recognized in at least one state, possession, or territory of the United States. Similarly, another commenter recommended amending the proposed regulation to reflect the discussion in the preamble to the proposed regulation regarding the recognition of marriages conducted in foreign jurisdictions. This commenter noted that the preamble to the proposed regulation states, “[W]hether a marriage conducted in a foreign jurisdiction will be recognized for federal tax purposes depends on whether that marriage would be recognized in at least one state, possession, or territory of the United States.” The commenter recommended that, rather than relying on the preamble, language should be included in the regulations' text making this recognition explicit.

    Proposed § 301.7701-18(b) was drafted to apply to both domestic and foreign marriages. In light of the comments, the proposed rule has been amended to be more explicit. To clarify how foreign marriages will be recognized for federal tax law, § 301.7701-18(b) has been amended to provide a specific rule for foreign marriages. Accordingly, a new paragraph (b)(2) has been added to § 301.7701-18 to provide that two individuals entering into a relationship denominated as marriage under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction are married for federal tax purposes if the relationship would be recognized as marriage under the laws of at least one state, possession, or territory of the United States. This rule enables couples who are married outside the United States to determine marital status for federal tax purposes, regardless of where they are domiciled and regardless of whether they ever reside in the United States. Although this rule requires couples to review the laws of the various states, possessions, and territories to determine if they would be treated as married, it is sufficient if they would be treated as married in a single jurisdiction and there is no need to consider the laws of all of the states, territories, and possessions of the United States. In addition, unlike the language in § 301.7701-18(b) of the proposed regulations, this rule incorporates the place of celebration as the reference point for determining whether the legal relationship is a marriage or a legal alternative to marriage, avoiding the potential conflict with § 301.7701-18(c) identified by the commenter, above. Finally, this rule avoids the concern that a couple intending to enter into a legal alternative to marriage will be treated as married because this rule recognizes only legal relationships denominated as marriage under foreign law as eligible to be treated as marriage for federal tax purposes. This separate rule for foreign marriages in § 301.7701-18(b)(2) is consistent with the proposed regulations' intent, as described in the preamble to the notice of proposed rulemaking, and provides the clarity commenters request.

    D. Comment on Common-Law Marriages

    One commenter stated that some states that recognize common-law marriage only do so in the case of opposite-sex couples. Accordingly, the commenter recommended amending the regulations to clarify that common-law marriages of same-sex couples will be recognized for federal tax purposes. The commenter further suggested that any same-sex couple that would have been considered married under the common law of a state but for the fact that the state's law prohibited same-sex couples from being treated as married under common law be allowed to file an amended return for any open tax year to claim married status.

    As discussed in the preamble to the proposed regulations, on June 26, 2013, the Supreme Court in Windsor held that Section 3 of the Defense of Marriage Act, which generally prohibited the federal government from recognizing marriages of same-sex couples, is unconstitutional because it violates the principles of equal protection and due process. On June 26, 2015, the Supreme Court held in Obergefell that state laws are “invalid to the extent they exclude same-sex couples from civil marriage on the same terms and conditions as opposite-sex couples” and “that there is no lawful basis for a State to refuse to recognize a lawful same-sex marriage performed in another State on the ground of its same-sex character.” Obergefell, 576 U.S. at _(slip op., at 23, 28).

    In light of these holdings, Treasury and the IRS determined that marriages of couples of the same sex should be treated the same as marriages of couples of the opposite sex for federal tax purposes. See 80 FR 64378, 64379. Neither the proposed regulations nor these final regulations differentiate between civil marriages and common-law marriages, nor is such differentiation warranted or required for federal tax purposes. See Revenue Ruling 58-66 (treating common-law marriage as valid, lawful marriage for federal tax purposes) and Revenue Ruling 2013-17 (reiterating that common-law marriages are valid, lawful marriages for federal tax purposes). Thus, the general rules regarding marital status for federal tax purposes provided in the proposed and final regulations address marital status regardless of whether the marriage is a civil marriage or a common-law marriage.

    Furthermore, even after the Obergefell decision, there are several states, including some states that recognize common-law marriage, that still have statutes prohibiting same-sex marriage. However, after Obergefell, we are unaware of any state enforcing such statutes or preventing a couple from entering into a common-law marriage because the couple is a same-sex couple. Accordingly, the commenter's suggestion has not been adopted.

    In addition, Revenue Ruling 2013-17 does not distinguish between civil marriages and common-law marriages of same-sex couples. Therefore, same-sex couples in common-law marriages may rely on Revenue Ruling 2013-17 for the purpose of filing original returns, amended returns, adjusted returns, or claims for credit or refund for any overpayment of tax resulting from the holdings of Revenue Ruling 2013-17 and the definitions provided in these regulations, provided the applicable limitations period for filing such claim under section 6511 has not expired.

    IV. Comments on Proposed § 301.7701-18(c) Regarding Persons Who are not Married for Federal Tax Purposes

    Section 301.7701-18(c) of the proposed regulations provides that the terms “spouse,” “husband,” and “wife” do not include individuals who have entered into a registered domestic partnership, civil union, or other similar relationship not denominated as marriage under the law of a state, possession, or territory of the United States. That section further provides that the term “husband and wife” does not include couples who have entered into such a relationship and that the term “marriage” does not include such relationship.

    The preamble to the proposed regulations provides several reasons for the rule in proposed regulation § 301.7701-18(c). First, except when prohibited by statute, the IRS has traditionally looked to states to define marriage. Second, regardless of rights accorded to relationships such as civil unions, registered domestic partnerships, and similar relationships under state law, states have intentionally chosen not to denominate those relationships as marriage. Third, some couples deliberately choose to enter into or remain in a civil union, registered domestic partnership, or similar relationship even when they could have married or converted these relationships to marriage, and these couples have an expectation that their relationship will not be treated as marriage for purposes of federal tax law. Finally, no Code provision indicates that Congress intended to recognize civil unions, registered domestic partnerships, or similar relationships as marriages. Several commenters submitted comments addressing this section of the proposed regulations. Many agreed with proposed § 301.7701-18(c), but three did not. These comments are discussed below.

    A. Comments That Specifically Agree With Proposed Regulation § 301.7701-18(c)

    In addition to the four commenters that expressed strong support for the proposed regulations generally, two commenters provided specific comments agreeing with the position taken in proposed § 301.7701-18(c). One of these commenters stated that because no Code section requires, or even permits, Treasury and the IRS to allow individuals in registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, and other similar relationships, to elect a married filing status under section 6013, any extension of section 6013 is a policy choice that Congress should make. This commenter also noted that to evaluate the rights and obligations created by various state legal relationships to determine if they are the same as relationships denominated as a marriage would be a significant drain on IRS resources. Finally, the commenter provided historical examples demonstrating how states have attempted to change state family law to reduce their residents' federal income tax obligations. Based on this historical analysis, the commenter concluded that if Treasury and the IRS were to reverse their position on the status of registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, and other similar relationships, there would be nothing to prevent states from permitting a private contract to create an equivalent state-law marriage to enable their residents to choose a filing status that reduces their federal income tax obligations.

    The second commenter that agreed with proposed § 301.7701-18(c) observed that the proposed regulations respect the choices made by couples who entered into a civil union or registered domestic partnership with the expectation that their relationship will not be treated as a marriage for federal law purposes. The commenter also observed that the proposed regulations recognize that couples deliberately remain in these relationships, rather than marry, for lawful reasons.

    B. Comments That Disagree With Proposed Regulation § 301.7701-18(c)

    Three commenters disagreed with the proposed regulations, stating that registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, and similar formal relationships should be treated as marriage for federal tax purposes. Their comments are summarized below.

    1. Comments Regarding Relationships With the Same Rights and Responsibilities as Marriage

    Two of the commenters recommended that the substance of the legal rights and obligations of individuals in registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, and similar relationships should control whether these relationships are recognized as marriage for federal tax purposes, rather than the label applied to the relationship. These commenters stated that regardless of whether a relationship is denominated as marriage, any relationship that has the same rights and responsibilities as marriage under state law should be treated as marriage for federal tax purposes. One commenter cited registered domestic partners in California as an example of a relationship not denominated as marriage but with the same rights and responsibilities as marriage under state law. Another commenter cited civil unions in New Jersey and Connecticut as an example of a relationship not denominated as marriage where the couple has the same rights and obligations as spouses.

    While some states extend the rights and responsibilities of marriage to couples in registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, or other similar relationships, as the commenters point out, these states also retain marriage as a separately denominated legal relationship. We also recognize that some states have permitted couples in those relationships to convert them to marriage under state law. Many of those states have continued to designate marriage separately from alternative legal relationships that are not a marriage, such as registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, or other similar relationships.

    The IRS has traditionally recognized a couple's relationship as a marriage if the state where the relationship was entered into denominates the relationship as a marriage. See Revenue Ruling 58-66 (if a state recognizes a common-law marriage as a valid marriage, the IRS will also recognize the couple as married for purposes of federal income tax filing status and personal exemptions). Similarly, the IRS has not traditionally evaluated the rights and obligations provided by a state to determine if an alternative legal relationship should be treated as marriage for federal tax purposes.

    Adopting the commenters' recommendation to treat registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, and similar relationships as married for federal tax purposes if the couple has the same rights and responsibilities as individuals who are married under state law would be inconsistent with Treasury and the IRS's longstanding position to recognize the marital status of individuals as determined under state law in the administration of the federal income tax. This position is, moreover, consistent with the reasoning of the only federal court that has addressed whether registered domestic partners should be treated as spouses under the Code. See Dragovich v. U.S. Dept. of Treasury, 2014 WL 6844926 (N.D. Cal. Dec. 4, 2014) (on remand following dismissal of appeal by the Ninth Circuit, 12-16628 (9th Cir. Oct. 28, 2013)) (granting government's motion to dismiss claim that section 7702B(f) discriminates because it does not interpret the term spouse to include registered domestic partners).

    In addition, it would be unduly burdensome for the IRS to evaluate state laws to determine if a relationship not denominated as marriage should be treated as a marriage. It would be also be burdensome for taxpayers in these alternative legal relationships, to evaluate state law to determine marital status for federal tax purposes. Besides being burdensome, the determination of whether the relationship should be treated as a marriage could result in controversy between the IRS and the affected taxpayers. This can be avoided by treating a relationship as a marriage only if a state denominates the relationship as a marriage, as the IRS has traditionally done.

    2. Comments Regarding Deference to State Law

    Two of the commenters stated that by not recognizing registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, and other similar relationships as marriage for federal tax purposes, the IRS is disregarding the states' intent in creating these alternative legal relationships rather than deferring to state law.

    To illustrate, one of the commenters noted that Illinois affords parties to a civil union the same rights and obligations as married spouses, and that when Illinois extended marriage to same-sex couples, it enacted a statutory provision permitting parties to a civil union to convert their union to a marriage during the one-year period following the law's enactment. 750 Ill. Comp. Stat. Sec. 75/65 (2014). The Illinois law also provides that, for a couple converting their civil union to a marriage, the date of marriage relates back to the date the couple entered into the civil union. The commenter stated that the fact that couples could convert their civil union to a marriage, and that the date of their marriage would relate back to the date of their union, indicates that Illinois defines civil unions as marriages.

    The commenter further observed that when Delaware extended the right to marry to same-sex couples, it stopped allowing its residents to enter into civil unions. Following a one-year period during which couples could voluntarily convert their civil union into marriage, Delaware automatically converted into marriage all remaining civil unions (except those subject to a pending proceeding for dissolution, annulment or legal separation), with the date of each marriage relating back to the date that each civil union was established. The commenter concluded that the laws in Delaware and Illinois make it clear that by not recognizing civil unions and domestic partnerships as marriage, the IRS is not deferring to the state's judgment in defining marital status.

    Rather than support the commenter's position, these examples actually support proposed § 301.7701-18(c). As discussed in the preamble to the proposed regulations, states have carefully considered which legal relationships will be recognized as a marriage and which will be recognized as a legal alternative to marriage, and have enacted statutes accordingly. For instance, Illinois did not automatically convert all civil unions into marriages or include civil unions in the definition of marriage. Instead, it allowed couples affected by the new law to either remain in a civil union or convert their civil union into a marriage. Furthermore, under Illinois law, couples who waited longer than one year to convert their civil union into marriage must perform a new ceremony and pay a fee to have their civil union converted into and be recognized as a marriage. Moreover, Illinois continues to allow both same-sex couples and opposite-sex couples to enter into civil unions, rather than marriages.

    The law in Delaware also demonstrates the care that states have taken to determine which legal relationships will be denominated as marriage. In 2014, Delaware law eliminated the separate designation of civil union in favor of recognizing only marriages for couples who want the legal status afforded to couples under state law. On July 1, 2014, Delaware automatically converted all civil unions to marriage by operation of law. Del. Code Ann. tit. 13, Sec. 218(c). Civil unions that were subject to a pending proceeding for dissolution, annulment, or legal separation as of the date the law went into effect, however, were not automatically converted. As a result, these couples are not treated as married under Delaware law, and the dissolution, annulment, or legal separation of their civil union is governed by Delaware law relating to civil unions rather than by Delaware law relating to marriage. Del. Code Ann. tit. 13, Sec. 218(d).

    As these examples demonstrate, states have carefully determined which relationships will be denominated as marriage. In addition, states may retain alternatives to marriage even after allowing couples to convert those relationships to marriage. IRS's reliance on a state's denomination of a relationship as marriage to determine marital status for federal tax purposes avoids inconsistencies with a state's intent regarding the status of a couple's relationship under state law.

    3. Comments Regarding Taxpayer Expectations

    As explained in the notice of proposed rulemaking, some couples have chosen to enter into a civil union or registered domestic partnership even when they could have married. In addition, some couples who are in civil unions or registered domestic partnerships have chosen not to convert those relationships into marriage when they had the opportunity to do so. In many cases, the choice not to enter into a relationship denominated as marriage was deliberate, and may have been made to avoid treating the relationship as marriage for purposes of federal law, including federal tax law.

    Two commenters stated that taxpayer expectations do not support § 301.7701-18(c). According to the commenters, many same-sex couples entered into a domestic partnership or civil union because at the time they were prohibited under state law from marrying. According to the commenters, now that they have the option to marry, some of these couples have remained in domestic partnerships or civil unions not by choice, but because one member of the couple has died, has become incapacitated, or otherwise lacks the capacity to enter into a marriage. One of the commenters stated that these couples are trapped in this alternative legal relationship and have no ability to marry, even if they have an expectation that their relationship be treated as a marriage for federal tax purposes. The other commenter pointed out that some taxpayers may have resisted entering into or converting their relationship into marriage because of a principled opposition to the marriage institution, but may still have an expectation of being treated as married for federal tax purposes. Thus, the commenters conclude, many taxpayers do not voluntarily enter into or remain in alternative legal relationships because of any particular expectation that they will not be treated as married for federal purposes.

    The commenters stated that even if the type of relationship entered into represents a decision not to be treated as married for federal purposes, taxpayer expectations should not be taken into account for purposes of determining whether alternative legal relationships are recognized as marriage for federal tax purposes. One commenter stated that taking taxpayer expectations into account encourages tax-avoidance behavior. The other commenter stated that it is inappropriate for the IRS to determine tax policy based on taxpayers' expectations of reaping nontax benefits, such as Social Security.

    However, another commenter, who also disagreed with proposed § 301.7701-18(c), stated the opposite, explaining that non-tax reasons support treating alternative legal relationships as marriage for federal tax purposes. According to this commenter, because nationwide protections for employment and housing are lacking, many same-sex couples remain at risk for termination at work or eviction from an apartment if their sexual orientation is discovered. Similarly, the commenter contends that individuals in the Foreign Service who work overseas may also feel unsafe entering into a same-sex marriage. Therefore, the commenter explained, in light of these realities, registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, and similar relationships provide a level of stability and recognition for many couples through federal programs like Social Security, and, therefore, should be treated as marriages for federal tax purposes. Finally, the commentator stated that recognizing these relationships as marriages for federal tax purposes would not impede the IRS's ability to effectively administer the internal revenue laws.

    Treasury and the IRS disagree with the commenters and continue to believe that the regulation should not treat registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, and other similar relationships—entered into in states that continue to distinguish these relationships from marriages—as marriage for federal tax purposes. While not all same-sex couples in registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, or similar relationships had an opportunity to marry when they entered into their relationship, after Obergefell, same-sex couples now have the option to marry under state law.

    In addition, the fact that some couples may not voluntarily enter into marriage because of a principled opposition to marriage supports not treating alternative legal relationships as marriages for federal tax purposes because this ensures that these couples do not risk having their relationship characterized as marriage. Further, as discussed in the preamble to the proposed regulations, treating alternative legal relationships as marriages for federal tax purposes may have legal consequences that are inconsistent with these couples' expectations. For instance, the filing status of a couple treated as married for federal tax purposes is strictly limited to filing jointly or filing as married filing separately, which often results in a higher tax liability than filing as single or head of household. After Obergefell, a rule that treats a couple as married for federal tax purposes only if their relationship is denominated as marriage for state law purposes allows couples in a registered domestic partnership, civil union, or similar relationship to make a choice: they may either stay in that relationship and avoid being married for federal tax purposes or they may marry under state law and be treated as married for federal tax purposes. The rule recommended by the commenters would eliminate this choice.

    4. Comments Regarding Difficulties Faced by Couples if Alternative Legal Relationships Are Not Treated as Marriage

    Two commenters stated that not recognizing registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, and other similar relationships as marriages for federal tax purposes makes it difficult for couples in these relationships to calculate their federal tax liability. One commenter explained that when these couples dissolve their relationships, they are required to go through the same processes that spouses go through in a divorce; alimony obligations are calculated in the same way, and property divisions occur in the same way as for spouses. Yet, because they are not treated as married for federal tax purposes, these couples cannot rely on the certainty of tax treatment associated with provisions under the Code such as sections 71 (relating to exclusion from income for alimony and separate maintenance), 215 (relating to the deduction for alimony or separate maintenance payments), 414(p) (defining qualified domestic relations orders), 1041 (relating to transfers of property between spouses incident to divorce), 2056 (relating to the estate tax marital deduction), and 2523 (relating to gifts to spouses).

    The purpose of these regulations is to define marital status for federal tax law purposes. The fact that the Code includes rules that address transfers of property between individuals who are or were married should not control how marriage is defined for federal tax purposes. Rather, as discussed in this preamble, the regulations are consistent with the IRS's longstanding position that marital status for federal tax purposes is determined based on state law. See Revenue Ruling 2013-17; Revenue Ruling 58-66. Accordingly, the proposed regulations have not been changed based on this comment. In addition, although not addressed specifically in the Code, guidance relating to registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, and other similar relationships, including answers to frequently asked questions, is available at www.irs.gov.

    5. Comments Regarding the Fact That the Code Does Not Address the Status of Alternative Legal Relationships

    After describing the reasons for not treating civil unions, registered domestic partnerships, and similar relationships as marriage for federal tax purposes, the preamble to the proposed regulations states “Further, no provision of the Code indicates that Congress intended to recognize as marriages civil unions, registered domestic partnerships, or similar relationships.” That language makes clear that the Code is silent with respect to alternative legal relationships, and therefore, does not preclude the IRS from not recognizing these relationships as marriage for federal tax purposes.

    Two commenters took issue with this language and stated that the government should not interpret the lack of a Code provision specifically addressing the marital status of legal alternatives to marriage as an indication of Congressional intent that such relationships should not be recognized as marriage for federal tax purposes. In addition, the commenters explained that the reason Congress did not enact such a provision after DOMA is because it would have been inconsistent with DOMA's restriction on treating same-sex couples as married for federal law purposes.

    These comments are unpersuasive. Since DOMA was enacted on September 21, 1996, many states have allowed both same-sex and opposite-sex couples to enter into registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, and similar relationships. Although it would have been inconsistent for Congress to recognize alternative legal relationships between same-sex couples as marriage under DOMA, nothing prevented Congress from recognizing these relationships as marriages for federal tax purposes in the case of opposite-sex couples. Yet, since DOMA was enacted nearly 20 years ago, Congress has passed no law indicating that opposite-sex couples in registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, or similar relationships are recognized as married for federal tax purposes. Because no Code provision specifically addresses the marital status of alternative legal relationships for federal tax purposes, there is no indication that Congress intended to recognize registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, or similar relationships as marriage for purposes of federal tax law.

    C. Final Regulations Under § 301.7701-18(c)

    In sum, Treasury and the IRS received twelve comments with respect to the proposed regulations. Only three of those comments disagreed with the approach taken in proposed § 301.7701-18(c), which provides that registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, and similar relationships not denominated as marriage by state law are not treated as marriage for federal tax purposes. Of the nine comments that supported the proposed regulations, two provided specific reasons why they agreed with the approach taken in proposed § 301.7701-18(c). Accordingly, the majority of comments supported the approach taken in proposed § 301.7701-18(c).

    For the reasons discussed above, the points raised by the three comments that disagreed with the approach taken in proposed § 301.7701-18(c) are not persuasive. Treasury and the IRS believe that federal tax law should continue to defer to states for the determination of marital status, and the rule in proposed § 301.7701-18(c) does that. Any other approach would unduly burden the IRS and taxpayers by requiring an interpretation of multiple state laws and potential controversy when disagreements arise regarding this interpretation. In addition, Treasury and the IRS continue to believe that treating couples in registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, and similar relationships not denominated as marriage under state law, as married for federal tax purposes could undermine taxpayer expectations regarding the federal tax consequences of these relationships. To provide a rule that concludes otherwise would leave those couples who choose alternative legal relationships over marriage without a remedy to avoid the federal tax consequences of being married. In contrast, couples who wish to be treated as married may do so after Windsor and Obergefell.

    While § 301.7701-18(c) of the regulations will continue to provide that registered domestic partnerships, civil unions, and other similar relationships not denominated as marriage under state law are not recognized as married for federal tax purposes, § 301.7701-18(c) is revised in the final regulations similar to revisions to § 301.7701-18(b) to account for the place of celebration. As discussed in section III. Comments on Proposed § 301.7701-18(b) Regarding Persons Who are Married for Federal Tax Purposes of this preamble, this change is necessary to ensure that there is a point of reference for which state law is applicable when determining whether the alternative legal relationship is recognized as marriage under state law. Accordingly, § 301.7701-18(c) is revised in the final regulations to provide that the terms “spouse,” “husband,” and “wife” and “husband and wife” do not include individuals who have entered into a registered domestic partnership, civil union, or other similar relationship not denominated as a marriage under the law of the state, possession, or territory of the United States where such relationship was entered into, regardless of domicile.

    V. Comment That the Final Regulations Should Address Community-Property Issues

    One commenter recommended amending the proposed regulations to make a clear connection between marital status and community property tax treatment under state law. These regulations provide definitions for purposes of determining marital status for federal tax law purposes. These regulations do not provide substantive rules for the treatment of married or non-married couples under federal tax law. Accordingly, because the federal tax treatment of issues that arise under community-property law involves resolution of issues under substantive tax law, which is outside the scope of these regulations, the commenter's recommendation is not adopted by these final regulations.

    Effect on Other Documents

    These final regulations will obsolete Revenue Ruling 2013-17 as of September 2, 2016. Taxpayers may continue to rely on guidance related to the application of Revenue Ruling 2013-17 to employee benefit plans and the benefits provided under such plans, including Notice 2013-61, Notice 2014-37, Notice 2014-19, Notice 2014-1, and Notice 2015-86 to the extent they are not modified, superseded, obsoleted, or clarified by subsequent guidance.

    Effective Date

    These regulations are effective on September 2, 2016.

    Statement of Availability for IRS Documents

    IRS Revenue Procedures, Revenue Rulings notices, notices and other guidance cited in this preamble are published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (or Cumulative Bulletin) and are available from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402, or by visiting the IRS Web site at http://www.irs.gov.

    Special Analyses

    Certain IRS regulations, including this one, are exempt from the requirements of Executive Order 12866, as supplemented and reaffirmed by Executive Order 13563. Therefore, a regulatory impact assessment is not required. It has also been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to these regulations. In addition, because the regulations do not impose a collection of information on small entities, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply. Accordingly, a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6).

    Drafting Information

    The principal author of these regulations is Mark Shurtliff of the Office of the Associate Chief Counsel, Procedure and Administration.

    List of Subjects 26 CFR Part 1

    Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    26 CFR Part 20

    Estate taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    26 CFR Part 25

    Gift taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    26 CFR Part 26

    Estate, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    26 CFR Part 31

    Employment taxes, Income taxes, Penalties, Pensions, Railroad retirement, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Social Security, Unemployment compensation.

    26 CFR Part 301

    Employment taxes, Estate taxes, Excise taxes, Gift taxes, Income taxes, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    Adoption of Amendments to the Regulations

    Accordingly, 26 CFR parts 1, 20, 25, 26, 31, and 301 are amended as follows:

    PART 1—INCOME TAXES Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 1 continues to read in part as follows: Authority:

    26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *

    Par 2. Section 1.7701-1 is added to read as follows:
    § 1.7701-1 Definitions; spouse, husband and wife, husband, wife, marriage.

    (a) In general. For the definition of the terms spouse, husband and wife, husband, wife, and marriage, see § 301.7701-18 of this chapter.

    (b) Applicability date. The rules of this section apply to taxable years ending on or after September 2, 2016.

    PART 20—ESTATE TAX; ESTATES OF DECEDENTS DYING AFTER AUGUST 16, 1954 Par. 3. The authority citation for part 20 continues to read in part as follows: Authority:

    26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *

    Par. 4. Section 20.7701-2 is added to read as follows:
    § 20.7701-2 Definitions; spouse, husband and wife, husband, wife, marriage.

    (a) In general. For the definition of the terms spouse, husband and wife, husband, wife, and marriage, see § 301.7701-18 of this chapter.

    (b) Applicability date. The rules of this section apply to taxable years ending on or after September 2, 2016.

    PART 25—GIFT TAX; GIFTS MADE AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1954 Par. 5. The authority citation for part 25 continues to read in part as follows: Authority:

    26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *

    Par. 6. Section 25.7701-2 is added to read as follows:
    § 25.7701-2 Definitions; spouse, husband and wife, husband, wife, marriage.

    (a) In general. For the definition of the terms spouse, husband and wife, husband, wife, and marriage, see § 301.7701-18 of this chapter.

    (b) Applicability date. The rules of this section apply to taxable years ending on or after September 2, 2016.

    PART 26—GENERATION-SKIPPING TRANSFER TAX REGULATIONS UNDER THE TAX REFORM ACT OF 1986 Par. 7. The authority citation for part 26 continues to read in part as follows: Authority:

    26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *

    Par. 8. Section 26.7701-2 is added to read as follows:
    § 26.7701-2 Definitions; spouse, husband and wife, husband, wife, marriage.

    (a) In general. For the definition of the terms spouse, husband and wife, husband, wife, and marriage, see § 301.7701-18 of this chapter.

    (b) Applicability date. The rules of this section apply to taxable years ending on or after September 2, 2016.

    PART 31—EMPLOYMENT TAXES AND COLLECTION OF INCOME TAX AT THE SOURCE Par. 9. The authority citation for part 31 continues to read in part as follows: Authority:

    26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *

    Par. 10. Section 31.7701-2 is added to read as follows:
    § 31.7701-2 Definitions; spouse, husband and wife, husband, wife, marriage.

    (a) In general. For the definition of the terms spouse, husband and wife, husband, wife, and marriage, see § 301.7701-18 of this chapter.

    (b) Applicability date. The rules of this section apply to taxable years ending on or after September 2, 2016.

    PART 301—PROCEDURE AND ADMINISTRATION Par. 11. The authority citation for part 301 continues to read in part as follows: Authority:

    26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *

    Par. 12. Section 301.7701-18 is added to read as follows:
    § 301.7701-18 Definitions; spouse, husband and wife, husband, wife, marriage.

    (a) In general. For federal tax purposes, the terms spouse, husband, and wife mean an individual lawfully married to another individual. The term husband and wife means two individuals lawfully married to each other.

    (b) Persons who are lawfully married for federal tax purposes—(1) In general. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section regarding marriages entered into under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction, a marriage of two individuals is recognized for federal tax purposes if the marriage is recognized by the state, possession, or territory of the United States in which the marriage is entered into, regardless of domicile.

    (2) Foreign marriages. Two individuals who enter into a relationship denominated as marriage under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction are recognized as married for federal tax purposes if the relationship would be recognized as marriage under the laws of at least one state, possession, or territory of the United States, regardless of domicile.

    (c) Persons who are not lawfully married for federal tax purposes. The terms spouse, husband, and wife do not include individuals who have entered into a registered domestic partnership, civil union, or other similar formal relationship not denominated as a marriage under the law of the state, possession, or territory of the United States where such relationship was entered into, regardless of domicile. The term husband and wife does not include couples who have entered into such a formal relationship, and the term marriage does not include such formal relationships.

    (d) Applicability date. The rules of this section apply to taxable years ending on or after September 2, 2016.

    John Dalrymple, Deputy Commissioner for Services and Enforcement. Approved: August 12, 2016. Mark J. Mazur, Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Tax Policy).
    [FR Doc. 2016-21096 Filed 8-31-16; 4:15 pm] BILLING CODE 4830-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE 28 CFR Part 104 [Docket No. CIV 151] RIN 1105-AB49 James Zadroga 9/11 Victim Compensation Fund Reauthorization Act AGENCY:

    Department of Justice.

    ACTION:

    Final rule.

    SUMMARY:

    This rule finalizes the Interim Final Rule published on June 15, 2016, which implemented recently-enacted statutory changes governing the September 11th Victim Compensation Fund of 2001 (the “Fund”). After consideration of all of the public comments filed in response to the Interim Final Rule, the Special Master has concluded that no substantive changes to the Interim Final Rule are needed. Accordingly, this Final Rule adopts as final the provisions of the Interim Final Rule, with only two minor technical corrections.

    DATES:

    This final rule takes effect on September 2, 2016.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Jordana H. Feldman, September 11th Victim Compensation Fund, Civil Division, U.S. Department of Justice, 290 Broadway, Suite 1300, New York, NY 10007, telephone 855-885-1555 (TTY 855-885-1558).

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    On December 18, 2015, President Obama signed into law the James Zadroga 9/11 Victim Compensation Fund Reauthorization Act (the “Reauthorized Zadroga Act”), Public Law 114-113, Div. O, Title IV. The Act extends the September 11th Victim Compensation Fund of 2001 (the “Fund”) which provides compensation to any individual (or a personal representative of a deceased individual) who suffered physical harm or was killed as a result of the terrorist-related aircraft crashes of September 11, 2001, or the rescue and recovery efforts during the immediate aftermath of such crashes or the debris removal efforts that took place in the immediate aftermath of those crashes.

    On June 15, 2016, Special Master Sheila L. Birnbaum published an Interim Final Rule to revise the existing regulations to implement changes required by the Reauthorized Zadroga Act. (81 FR 38936). Since the issuance of the Interim Final Rule, Sheila Birnbaum has stepped down as Special Master and the Attorney General has appointed Rupa Bhattacharyya in her place, effective July 21, 2016.

    The Interim Final Rule took effect on the date of publication (June 15, 2016), but provided a 30-day period for interested persons to submit public comments. Special Master Bhattacharyya is issuing this Final Rule, which addresses the issues that have been raised. For the reasons described below, after consideration of all of the public comments, the Special Master has concluded that no substantive changes to the Interim Final Rule are needed. Accordingly, this Final Rule adopts the provisions of the Interim Final Rule without change, except for two minor technical corrections.

    Background

    The June 15, 2016, Interim Final Rule (81 FR 38936) provided a brief history of the September 11th Victim Compensation Fund of 2001, the James Zadroga 9/11 Health and Compensation Act of 2010 (Zadroga Act), and the regulations issued by the Special Masters pursuant to those statutes.

    On December 18, 2015, President Obama signed into law Public Law 114-113, providing for the reauthorization of the Zadroga Act. The Reauthorized Zadroga Act extends the time period during which eligible claimants may submit claims, increases the Fund's total funding available to pay claims, creates different categories of claims, directs the Special Master to issue full compensation to eligible claimants, and instructs the Special Master to implement certain changes to the policies and procedures used to evaluate and process claims.

    The Interim Final Rule addressed those changes mandated by the statute. The Interim Final Rule was published in the Federal Register (81 FR 38936) and became effective on June 15, 2016, and was followed by a 30-day public comment period. The Department received 31 comments since the publication of the Interim Final Rule. The Special Master's office has reviewed and evaluated each of these comments in preparing this Final Rule. Significant comments received in response to the Interim Final Rule are discussed below. After careful review and consideration, and for the reasons described below, the Special Master has concluded that no substantive changes to the Interim Final Rule are warranted.

    Accordingly, this Final Rule adopts the provisions of the Interim Final Rule without change, except for two technical corrections, as follows. These are not substantive changes and merely correct minor drafting errors in the wording of the Interim Final Rule as published.

    (1) In section 104.21, Presumptively covered conditions, this Final Rule corrects an unintended wording error in the second sentence of paragraph (a), by restoring the missing word “or,” in this sentence.

    (2) In section 104.62, Time limit for filing claims, in paragraph (b), this Final Rule restores the missing cross-reference to paragraph “(a)” of the section.

    Summary of Comments on the Interim Final Rule and the Special Master's Response Categories of Claims

    Many comments focused on the statutory definition of Group A claims and the decision by Congress to define the two categories of claims by reference to the date the Special Master “postmarks and transmits” a final award determination to the claimant. Several commenters argued that the “cut-off” date for inclusion in Group A should have been the date the claim was submitted or filed by the claimant, rather than the date the final award amount was determined by the Special Master. The commenters asserted that claims that had been submitted to the Fund on or before December 17, 2015, but did not have a loss determined by that time, should be considered Group A claims and subject to the standards in effect at the time of their submission.

    The Reauthorized Zadroga Act makes clear that the critical date is the date that the final award determination was postmarked and transmitted, not the date the claim was submitted. Therefore, under the plain language of the statute, claims that were pending but not determined as of December 17, 2015 cannot be considered Group A claims. Because Congress expressly set forth this definition in the statute, this definition cannot be changed by the Special Master.

    Some commenters asserted that the statutory definition is unfair or contrary to laws and principles that ensure that certain rights and benefits are not changed or compromised without notice. These comments focused on the unfairness of evaluating a claim submitted prior to reauthorization under the standards set forth in subsequently enacted legislation. In this regard, however, the Special Master is constrained by the law as Congress enacted it, and cannot disregard the clear language of the statute.

    One commenter suggested a change that would violate other applicable law. This commenter proposed that the Special Master backdate loss determination letters to December 17, 2015, for all claims or amendments that were pending at the time of reauthorization. Such an action would be in violation of the law and of generally accepted accounting principles. Therefore, the Special Master cannot accept that suggestion.

    Valuation of Claims $200,000 Annual Gross Income Cap

    Several commenters argued about the fairness of the statutory $200,000 cap on annual gross income. One commenter was concerned about the broad scope of the definition of “annual gross income” in computing economic loss. The Reauthorized Zadroga Act explicitly provides that the term “gross income” is defined as set forth in Section 61 of the Internal Revenue Code. Section 405(b)(7)(B), (C). There, the definition of “gross income” is broadly defined to include “all income from whatever source derived,” including (but not limited to) compensation for services, including fees, commissions, fringe benefits, and other similar items, pensions, annuities, interest, and other sources of income. Sections 104.43 and 104.45 of the Interim Final Rule, the provisions that address the determination of economic loss for decedents and for injured claimants who suffered an eligible physical harm respectively, were revised to account for the $200,000 annual gross income cap as required by the Reauthorized Zadroga Act. Because Congress explicitly provided this definition and annual income cap requirement in the statute, these requirements cannot be changed by the Special Master.

    One commenter noted that the cap may have unintended consequences for a claimant who is disabled at a young age and therefore has a long remaining work life. Another commenter suggested that the Special Master should mitigate the effect of the $200,000 annual gross income cap by adjusting certain components of the loss calculation methodology, such as extending work life, reducing the tax offset, or lowering the residual earnings deduction, in claims where the cap is implicated. The Special Master cannot make adjustments to the loss calculation methodology for the purpose of eliminating the effect of the annual gross income cap, as doing so would violate Congressional intent. The Special Master, however, intends to exercise her discretion to apply the cap in ways that are favorable to claimants, while consistent with the language and intent of the statute. For example, the VCF will apply the tax adjustment to earnings before computing the annual cap, rather than after computing the cap. By applying this adjustment before the annual cap is computed, the amount of gross income is reduced and thus the award reduction resulting from the application of the cap is reduced. This is consistent with the overall purpose of the loss computation which is to determine the amount of earnings—after all deductions—that is lost to the claimant as a result of the September 11th attacks. The Special Master will provide additional information concerning the Fund's valuation methodologies on the Fund's Web site in order to give claimants greater insight into, and confidence in, its decision-making process.

    Other comments questioned how the $200,000 annual gross income cap ended up in the statute. One commenter stated that a citizens group that advocated for the extension of the Zadroga Act in 2015 made no mention of such a cap. Another commenter asked whether the Fund advised Congress to designate the cap. The Fund took no such action. The Special Master cannot respond to questions about the process by which Congress develops legislation.

    Noneconomic Loss Caps

    The Reauthorized Zadroga Act imposes caps on the amount of noneconomic loss that may be awarded for a claim that results from any type of cancer at $250,000 and for a claim that does not result from any type of cancer at $90,000. The Interim Final Rule, sections 104.45 and 104.46, clarified that, in computing the total noneconomic loss, the Special Master has discretion to consider the effect of multiple cancer conditions or multiple cancer and non-cancer conditions, and that, in computing the amount of noneconomic loss for economic loss claims, the Special Master has discretion to consider the extent of disability and the fact that different eligible conditions may contribute to the disability. Several commenters commended the Special Master for interpreting the statutory noneconomic loss caps as not imposing an aggregate cap on noneconomic loss, noting that this interpretation is consistent with both the letter and spirit of the statute. One commenter stated that the Special Master's interpretation appropriately addresses the realities of the first responders who are diagnosed with multiple forms of cancer and non-cancer conditions and is therefore important in ensuring that claimants receive full compensation as contemplated by the Reauthorized Zadroga Act. This commenter also noted that the Interim Final Rule properly interpreted the statute as not affecting the noneconomic loss amounts for claims filed on behalf of decedents.

    Timing of Filing Claims

    The Zadroga Act defines the timing requirements for filing a claim as the date no later than two years after the claimant “knew (or reasonably should have known) . . . that the individual suffered a physical harm at a 9/11 crash site as a result of the terrorist-related aircraft crashes of September 11, 2001, or as a result of debris removal,” and “knew (or should have known) . . . that the individual was eligible to file a claim” with the Fund. Section 405(c)(3)(A). The Reauthorized Zadroga Act does not change this requirement.

    One commenter suggested that the Special Master interpret the “knowledge” component to mean personal knowledge that the claimant's eligible physical condition was related to his/her 9/11-related exposure based on the date the claimant received a diagnosis from the WTC Health Program of an eligible physical harm. The commenter argued that it is not reasonable to assume that a clean-up worker, resident, or other “survivor” knew or reasonably should have known that his/her physical condition was related to his/her 9/11-related exposure until that time, given repeated assurances from public officials regarding the safety of the air quality around the WTC site, the lack of resources available to that community for medical screening and treatment until 2007, and the media's focus on the health-related impact on 9/11 responders.

    While these comments do not require changes in the regulations, they raise issues that merit consideration by the Special Master in evaluating the issue of “timeliness.” The Special Master will provide additional information concerning this issue on the Fund's Web site in order to give claimants greater insight into the decision-making process.

    Fees and Expenses

    Two comments were submitted regarding revisions or clarifications to the provisions on the amounts that a representative of a claimant may charge in connection with a claim to the Fund. One commenter suggested that the Special Master clarify that Section 104.81 be revised to make clear that the limitation on attorneys' fees applies to charges “to a claimant” and that expenses not charged to a claimant need not be approved by the Special Master. The Special Master believes that the existing language is sufficiently clear and that no change is needed.

    Another commenter suggested the addition of a provision to address how costs associated with the transfer of claimant files should be allocated if a claimant terminates counsel and retains new counsel. The commenter suggested that any costs for such a transfer should be borne solely by “incoming” counsel. The Special Master does not believe that this is an issue to be addressed in the regulations and therefore no changes to the Final Rule are made with respect to this issue.

    Other Comments

    The Special Master received a number of additional comments that, while not requiring changes to the regulations, raise important issues for the administration of the Fund. Former Special Master Birnbaum indicated from the reopening of the Fund in 2011 that her goal was to design, implement, and administer a program that is transparent and fair. Special Master Bhattacharyya is similarly committed to those goals in the administration of the Fund for the next five years.

    Comments stressed the importance of transparency so that claimants can understand the reasons for how their claims are handled. Some commenters suggested that certain claims were submitted months or years before the reauthorization and did not receive a loss calculation or other correspondence from the Fund requesting missing information or clarification of previously submitted information, and as a result, those claims will be unfairly subject to Group B statutory standards. These commenters did not identify specific claims and therefore the Special Master could not investigate the reasons why this may have happened or whether the loss amount in those claims would yield a different value under Group B standards. As a general matter, many claims that did not receive a loss calculation letter at the time of reauthorization had incomplete compensation forms, had an eligibility issue that precluded compensation review, were missing required supporting documents that were not submitted with the claim, or presented unique circumstances related to compensation that require additional research or third-party verification. Other claims may have submitted all of the paperwork necessary to process the claim but unfortunately were not fully evaluated and determined when Congress enacted the new legislation. The Fund has prioritized and granted expedited review for claimants suffering from a terminal illness or extreme financial hardship and undertook great efforts to review claims in the order in which they were submitted. The Fund continues its commitment to reviewing claims when they are fully submitted in a first in, first out order.

    The Special Master appreciates these comments. While these comments do not require changes in the regulations, they suggest ways that the Fund can better achieve its mission. The Special Master is attuned to these issues and will take them into account as she works to ensure that the Fund serves the 9/11 community as the Zadroga Act intended.

    Other commenters suggested changes that are outside the scope of this program. For example, two commenters called for the expansion of the New York State World Trade Center (WTC) Disability Law, which allows certain first responders to receive a disability pension due to injuries sustained as a result of 9/11 exposure, to include first responders who voluntarily left their employment or are not otherwise covered. Such an action would have to be addressed by the state legislature.

    One commenter objected to the definition of the “9/11 crash site” on the grounds that the northern boundary line does not encompass the full New York City exposure zone and is inconsistent with the boundary used in the WTC Health Program, but properly recognized that it would require an act of Congress to revise the boundary.

    Regulatory Certifications Administrative Procedure Act

    This Final Rule is being made effective on the date of publication in the Federal Register. The Special Master, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), finds that there is good cause to forgo a 30-day delayed effective date for this Final Rule. The Final Rule makes no change to the provisions of the Interim Final Rule (except for two minor technical corrections fixing unintended errors). The preamble of this Final Rule responds to the public comments and explains why no substantive changes to the Interim Final Rule are needed. In the interests of transparency, the Special Master has deferred the issuance of payments on pending claims until after the publication of this Final Rule, which serves to make clear the final standards applicable to the adjudication of claims under the Fund. Thus, a 30-day delay in the effective date of this Final Rule would also have had the effect of further delaying the issuance of payments on claims under the revised provisions of Part 104, which would be undesirable and contrary to sound public policy.

    Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995

    This Final Rule implements Public Law 114-113 which reauthorizes the September 11th Victim Compensation Fund of 2001. In order to be able to evaluate claims and provide compensation, the Fund must collect information from an individual (or a personal representatives of a deceased individual) who suffered physical harm or was killed as a result of the terrorist-related aircraft crashes of September 11, 2001 or the debris removal efforts that took place in the immediate aftermath of those crashes. Accordingly, in connection with the approval of the Interim Final Rule, the Department of Justice, Civil Division, submitted an information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget for review and clearance in accordance with the emergency review procedures of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This request sought reinstatement of the prior information collection authorized under Public Law 111-347. The Department also published a Notice in the Federal Register soliciting public comment on the information collection associated with this rulemaking. 81 FR 20674 (April 8, 2016). The Office of Management and Budget approved the information collection on June 13, 2016. The information collection will be effective until June 30, 2019.

    Regulatory Flexibility Act

    These regulations set forth procedures by which the Federal government will award compensation benefits to eligible victims of the September 11, 2001, terrorist attacks. Under 5 U.S.C. 601(6), the term “small entity” does not include the Federal government, the party charged with incurring the costs attendant to the implementation and administration of the Victim Compensation Fund. This rule provides compensation to individuals, not to entities.

    Further, because a general notice of proposed rulemaking was not required for the Interim Final rule, and in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 603(a) and 604(a)), a Regulatory Flexibility Act analysis was not required.

    Executive Orders 12866 and 13563—Regulatory Review

    This Final Rule has been drafted and reviewed in accordance with Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review” section 1(b), Principles of Regulation and in accordance with Executive Order 13563 “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” section 1(b) General Principles of Regulation. The Office of Management and Budget had determined that the Interim Final Rule was an “economically significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866, section 3(f), Regulatory Planning and Review, and accordingly the Interim Final Rule had been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget. This Final Rule, however, adopts as final the regulatory provisions promulgated by the Interim Final Rule, with no substantive change. Accordingly, the Department has determined that this Final Rule is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, and this rule has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.

    Executive Order 13132—Federalism

    This regulation will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in accordance with Executive Order 13132, it is determined that this rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the preparation of a Federalism Assessment. This rule is substantively identical to the Interim Final Rule published on June 15, 2016, and the Department of Justice worked cooperatively with state and local officials in the affected communities, and notified national associations representing elected officials, in the preparation of the Interim Final Rule.

    Executive Order 12988—Civil Justice Reform

    This regulation meets the applicable standards set forth in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988.

    Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995

    This rule will not result in the expenditure by State, local and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100,000,000 or more in any one year, and it will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no actions were deemed necessary under the provisions of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.

    Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996

    This rule is not a major rule as defined by section 804 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996. This rule will not result in an annual effect on the economy of $100,000,000 or more, a major increase in costs or prices, or significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or on the ability of United States-based companies to compete with foreign-based companies in domestic and export markets.

    Congressional Review Act

    This rule adopts as final the provisions of the Interim Final Rule published on June 15, 2016 (81 FR 38936). Upon consideration of the public comments submitted in response to the Interim Final Rule, the Special Master has determined that no substantive changes need to be made in the regulations in 28 CFR part 104, which took effect on June 15, 2016. This rule makes no amendments to the existing regulations in 28 CFR part 104, except for two technical changes correcting minor drafting errors.

    The Special Master has determined that this Final Rule does not fall within the definition of a “rule” under the Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 804(3)(C), because it is a rule of agency practice or procedure that does not substantially affect the rights or obligations of non-agency parties. Accordingly, the requirement to submit a report pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 801 is not applicable.

    List of Subjects in 28 CFR Part 104

    Disaster assistance, Disability benefits, Terrorism.

    Accordingly, for the reasons set forth in the preamble, the interim rule amending 28 CFR part 104, which was published at 81 FR 38936, on June 15, 2016, is adopted as final with the following changes:

    PART 104—SEPTEMBER 11TH VICTIM COMPENSATION FUND 1. The authority citation for Part 104 continues to read as follows: Authority:

    Title I V of Pub. L. 107-42, 115 Stat. 230, 49 U.S.C. 40101 note; Title II of Pub. L. 111-347, 124 Stat. 3623; Div. O, Title IV of Pub. L. 114-113, 129 Stat. 2242.

    2. In § 104.21, the last sentence of paragraph (a) is revised to read as follows:
    § 104.21 Presumptively covered conditions.

    (a) * * * Group B claims shall be eligible for compensation only if the Special Master determines based on the evidence presented that a claimant who seeks compensation for physical harm has at least one WTC-Related Physical Health Condition, or, with respect to a deceased individual, the cause of such individual's death is determined at least in part to be attributable to a WTC-Related Physical Health Condition.

    3. In § 104.62, paragraph (b) is revised to read as follows:
    § 104.62 Time limit on filing claims.

    (b) Determination by Special Master. The Special Master or the Special Master's designee should determine the timeliness of all claims under paragraph (a) of this section.

    Dated: August 29, 2016. Rupa Bhattacharyya, Special Master.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21216 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4410-13-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY Coast Guard 33 CFR Part 117 [Docket No. USCG-2016-0613] Drawbridge Operation Regulation; New Jersey Intracoastal Waterway (NJICW), Atlantic City, NJ AGENCY:

    Coast Guard, DHS.

    ACTION:

    Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulation.

    SUMMARY:

    The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the US40-322 (Albany Avenue) Bridge across the NJICW (Inside Thorofare), mile 70.0, at Atlantic City, NJ. The deviation is necessary to facilitate the Atlantic City IRONMAN Triathlon. This deviation allows the bridge to remain in the closed-to-navigation position.

    DATES:

    The deviation is effective from 6:30 a.m. to 2 p.m. on September 18, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    The docket for this deviation, [USCG-2016-0613] is available at http://www.regulations.gov. Type the docket number in the “SEARCH” box and click “SEARCH”. Click on Open Docket Folder on the line associated with this deviation.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Mr. Michael Thorogood, Bridge Administration Branch Fifth District, Coast Guard, telephone 757-398-6557, email [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The DelMoSports, LLC, on behalf of the New Jersey Department of Transportation, who owns the US 40-322 (Albany Avenue) Bridge across the NJICW (Inside Thorofare), mile 70.0, at Atlantic City, NJ, has requested a temporary deviation from the current operating regulations set out in 33 CFR 117.733(f) to ensure the safety of the participants and spectators associated with the Atlantic City IRONMAN Triathlon.

    Under this temporary deviation, the bridge will be maintained in the closed-to-navigation position from 6:30 a.m. to 2 p.m. on September 18, 2016. The bridge is a double bascule bridge and has a vertical clearance in the closed-to-navigation position of 10 feet above mean high water.

    The NJICW (Inside Thorofare) is used by recreational vessels. The Coast Guard has carefully considered the nature and volume of vessel traffic in publishing this temporary deviation.

    Vessels able to pass through the bridge in the closed position may do so at anytime. The bridge will be able to open in case of an emergency. The Coast Guard will also inform the users of the waterways through our Local and Broadcast Notice to Mariners of the change in operating schedule for the bridge so that vessel operators can arrange their transits to minimize any impact caused by the temporary deviation.

    In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.

    Dated: August 23, 2016. Hal R. Pitts, Bridge Program Manager, Fifth Coast Guard District.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21174 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 9110-04-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY Coast Guard 33 CFR Part 117 [Docket No. USCG-2016-0851] Drawbridge Operation Regulation; China Basin, San Francisco, CA AGENCY:

    Coast Guard, DHS.

    ACTION:

    Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulation.

    SUMMARY:

    The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the 3rd Street Drawbridge across China Basin, mile 0.0 at San Francisco, CA. The deviation is necessary to allow participants to cross the bridge during the San Francisco Giant Race at AT&T Park event. This deviation allows the bridge to remain in the closed-to-navigation position during the deviation period.

    DATES:

    This deviation is effective from 5 a.m. to 12 p.m. on September 11, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    The docket for this deviation, [USCG-2016-0851], is available at http://www.regulations.gov. Type the docket number in the “SEARCH” box and click “SEARCH.” Click on Open Docket Folder on the line associated with this deviation.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email David H. Sulouff, Chief, Bridge Section, Eleventh Coast Guard District; telephone 510-437-3516, email [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The City of San Francisco has requested a temporary change to the operation of the 3rd Street Drawbridge, mile 0.0, over China Basin, at San Francisco, CA. The drawbridge navigation span provides a vertical clearance of 3 feet above Mean High Water in the closed-to-navigation position. The draw opens on signal if at least one hour notice is given, as required by 33 CFR 117.149. Navigation on the waterway is recreational.

    The drawspan will be secured in the closed-to-navigation position from 5 a.m. to 12 p.m. on September 11, 2016, to allow participants to cross the bridge during the San Francisco Giant Race at AT&T Park event. This temporary deviation has been coordinated with the waterway users. No objections to the proposed temporary deviation were raised.

    Vessels able to pass through the bridge in the closed position may do so at anytime. The bridge will be able to open for emergencies and there is no immediate alternate route for vessels to pass. The Coast Guard will also inform the users of the waterway through our Local and Broadcast Notices to Mariners of the change in operating schedule for the bridge so vessel operators can arrange their transits to minimize any impact caused by the temporary deviation.

    In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.

    Dated: August 29, 2016. D.H. Sulouff, District Bridge Chief, Eleventh Coast Guard District.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21109 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 9110-04-P
    ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY 40 CFR Part 180 [EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0201; FRL-9950-63] Butanedioic Acid, 2-Methylene-, Polymer With 1,3-Butadiene, Ethylbenzene and 2-Hydroxyethyl-2-Propenoate; Tolerance Exemption AGENCY:

    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

    ACTION:

    Final rule.

    SUMMARY:

    This regulation establishes an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance for residues of butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate; when used as an inert ingredient (emulsifier or binder) in a pesticide chemical formulation. Keller and Heckman on behalf of Trinseo LLC submitted a petition to EPA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA), requesting an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance. This regulation eliminates the need to establish a maximum permissible level for residues of butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate on food or feed commodities.

    DATES:

    This regulation is effective September 2, 2016. Objections and requests for hearings must be received on or before November 1, 2016, and must be filed in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178 (see also Unit I.C. of the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION).

    ADDRESSES:

    The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0201, is available at http://www.regulations.gov or at the Office of Pesticide Programs Regulatory Public Docket (OPP Docket) in the Environmental Protection Agency Docket Center (EPA/DC), West William Jefferson Clinton Bldg., Rm. 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001. The Public Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Public Reading Room is (202) 566-1744, and the telephone number for the OPP Docket is (703) 305-5805. Please review the visitor instructions and additional information about the docket available at http://www.epa.gov/dockets.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Michael Goodis, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address: [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: I. General Information A. Does this action apply to me?

    You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:

    • Crop production (NAICS code 111).

    • Animal production (NAICS code 112).

    • Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).

    • Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).

    B. How can I get electronic access to other related information?

    You may access a frequently updated electronic version of 40 CFR part 180 through the Government Printing Office's e-CFR site at http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?&c=ecfr&tpl=/ecfrbrowse/Title40/40tab_02.tpl.

    C. Can I file an objection or hearing request?

    Under FFDCA section 408(g), 21 U.S.C. 346a, any person may file an objection to any aspect of this regulation and may also request a hearing on those objections. You must file your objection or request a hearing on this regulation in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178. To ensure proper receipt by EPA, you must identify docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0201 in the subject line on the first page of your submission. All objections and requests for a hearing must be in writing, and must be received by the Hearing Clerk on or before November 1, 2016. Addresses for mail and hand delivery of objections and hearing requests are provided in 40 CFR 178.25(b).

    In addition to filing an objection or hearing request with the Hearing Clerk as described in 40 CFR part 178, please submit a copy of the filing (excluding any Confidential Business Information (CBI)) for inclusion in the public docket. Information not marked confidential pursuant to 40 CFR part 2 may be disclosed publicly by EPA without prior notice. Submit the non-CBI copy of your objection or hearing request, identified by docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0201, by one of the following methods.

    Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the online instructions for submitting comments. Do not submit electronically any information you consider to be CBI or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.

    Mail: OPP Docket, Environmental Protection Agency Docket Center (EPA/DC), (28221T), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001.

    Hand Delivery: To make special arrangements for hand delivery or delivery of boxed information, please follow the instructions at http://www.epa.gov/dockets/contacts.html.

    Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at http://www.epa.gov/dockets.

    II. Background and Statutory Findings

    In the Federal Register of May 19, 2016 (81) FR (31585) (FRL-9946-02), EPA issued a document pursuant to FFDCA section 408, 21 U.S.C. 346a, announcing the receipt of a pesticide petition (PP IN-10907) filed by Keller and Heckman (1001 G Street NW., Suite 500, Washington, DC 20001) on behalf of Trinseo LLC (1000 Chesterbrook Blvd., Berwyn, PA 19312-1084). The petition requested that 40 CFR 180.960 be amended by establishing an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance for residues of butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate (CAS Reg. No. 36089-06-2). That document included a summary of the petition prepared by the petitioner and solicited comments on the petitioner's request. The Agency did not receive any comments.

    Section 408(c)(2)(A)(i) of FFDCA allows EPA to establish an exemption from the requirement for a tolerance (the legal limit for a pesticide chemical residue in or on a food) only if EPA determines that the exemption is “safe.” Section 408(c)(2)(A)(ii) of FFDCA defines “safe” to mean that “there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue, including all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information.” This includes exposure through drinking water and use in residential settings, but does not include occupational exposure. Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA requires EPA to give special consideration to exposure of infants and children to the pesticide chemical residue in establishing an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance and to “ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to infants and children from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue . . .” and specifies factors EPA is to consider in establishing an exemption.

    III. Risk Assessment and Statutory Findings

    EPA establishes exemptions from the requirement of a tolerance only in those cases where it can be shown that the risks from aggregate exposure to pesticide chemical residues under reasonably foreseeable circumstances will pose no appreciable risks to human health. In order to determine the risks from aggregate exposure to pesticide inert ingredients, the Agency considers the toxicity of the inert in conjunction with possible exposure to residues of the inert ingredient through food, drinking water, and through other exposures that occur as a result of pesticide use in residential settings. If EPA is able to determine that a finite tolerance is not necessary to ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the inert ingredient, an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance may be established.

    Consistent with FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), EPA has reviewed the available scientific data and other relevant information in support of this action and considered its validity, completeness and reliability and the relationship of this information to human risk. EPA has also considered available information concerning the variability of the sensitivities of major identifiable subgroups of consumers, including infants and children. In the case of certain chemical substances that are defined as polymers, the Agency has established a set of criteria to identify categories of polymers expected to present minimal or no risk. The definition of a polymer is given in 40 CFR 723.250(b) and the exclusion criteria for identifying these low-risk polymers are described in 40 CFR 723.250(d). Butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate conforms to the definition of a polymer given in 40 CFR 723.250(b) and meets the following criteria that are used to identify low-risk polymers.

    1. The polymer is not a cationic polymer nor is it reasonably anticipated to become a cationic polymer in a natural aquatic environment.

    2. The polymer does contain as an integral part of its composition the atomic elements carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen.

    3. The polymer does not contain as an integral part of its composition, except as impurities, any element other than those listed in 40 CFR 723.250(d)(2)(ii).

    4. The polymer is neither designed nor can it be reasonably anticipated to substantially degrade, decompose, or depolymerize.

    5. The polymer is manufactured or imported from monomers and/or reactants that are already included on the TSCA Chemical Substance Inventory or manufactured under an applicable TSCA section 5 exemption.

    6. The polymer is not a water absorbing polymer with a number average molecular weight (MW) greater than or equal to 10,000 daltons.

    7. The polymer does not contain certain perfluoroalkyl moieties consisting of a CF3- or longer chain length as specified in 40 CFR 723.250(d)(6).

    Additionally, the polymer also meets as required the following exemption criteria specified in 40 CFR 723.250(e).

    8. The polymer's number average MW of 10,000 is greater than or equal to 10,000 daltons. The polymer contains less than 2% oligomeric material below MW 500 and less than 5% oligomeric material below MW 1,000.

    Thus, butanedioic acid, 2-methy-lene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate meets the criteria for a polymer to be considered low risk under 40 CFR 723.250. Based on its conformance to the criteria in this unit, no mammalian toxicity is anticipated from dietary, inhalation, or dermal exposure to butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate.

    IV. Aggregate Exposures

    For the purposes of assessing potential exposure under this exemption, EPA considered that the butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate could be present in all raw and processed agricultural commodities and drinking water, and that non-occupational non-dietary exposure was possible. The minimum number average MW of butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate is 10,000 daltons. Generally, a polymer of this size would be poorly absorbed through the intact gastrointestinal tract or through intact human skin. Since butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate conforms to the criteria that identify a low-risk polymer, there are no concerns for risks associated with any potential exposure scenarios that are reasonably foreseeable. The Agency has determined that a tolerance is not necessary to protect the public health.

    V. Cumulative Effects From Substances With a Common Mechanism of Toxicity

    Section 408(b)(2)(D)(v) of FFDCA requires that, when considering whether to establish, modify, or revoke a tolerance, the Agency consider “available information” concerning the cumulative effects of a particular pesticide's residues and “other substances that have a common mechanism of toxicity.”

    EPA has not found butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate to share a common mechanism of toxicity with any other substances, and butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate does not appear to produce a toxic metabolite produced by other substances. For the purposes of this tolerance action, therefore, EPA has assumed that butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate does not have a common mechanism of toxicity with other substances. For information regarding EPA's efforts to determine which chemicals have a common mechanism of toxicity and to evaluate the cumulative effects of such chemicals, see EPA's Web site at http://www.epa.gov/pesticides/cumulative.

    VI. Additional Safety Factor for the Protection of Infants and Children

    Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA provides that EPA shall apply an additional tenfold margin of safety for infants and children in the case of threshold effects to account for prenatal and postnatal toxicity and the completeness of the data base unless EPA concludes that a different margin of safety will be safe for infants and children. Due to the expected low toxicity of butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate, EPA has not used a safety factor analysis to assess the risk. For the same reasons the additional tenfold safety factor is unnecessary.

    VII. Determination of Safety

    Based on the conformance to the criteria used to identify a low-risk polymer, EPA concludes that there is a reasonable certainty of no harm to the U.S. population, including infants and children, from aggregate exposure to residues of butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate.

    VIII. Other Considerations A. Existing Exemptions From a Tolerance

    There are no existing exemptions from the requirements of a tolerance.

    B. Analytical Enforcement Methodology

    An analytical method is not required for enforcement purposes since the Agency is establishing an exemption from the requirement of a tolerance without any numerical limitation.

    C. International Residue Limits

    In making its tolerance decisions, EPA seeks to harmonize U.S. tolerances with international standards whenever possible, consistent with U.S. food safety standards and agricultural practices. EPA considers the international maximum residue limits (MRLs) established by the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(4). The Codex Alimentarius is a joint United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization food standards program, and it is recognized as an international food safety standards-setting organization in trade agreements to which the United States is a party. EPA may establish a tolerance that is different from a Codex MRL; however, FFDCA section 408(b)(4) requires that EPA explain the reasons for departing from the Codex level.

    The Codex has not established a MRL for butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate.

    IX. Conclusion

    Accordingly, EPA finds that exempting residues of butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate from the requirement of a tolerance will be safe.

    X. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews

    This action establishes a tolerance under FFDCA section 408(d) in response to a petition submitted to the Agency. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866, entitled “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). Because this action has been exempted from review under Executive Order 12866, this action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, entitled “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001) or Executive Order 13045, entitled “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997). This action does not contain any information collections subject to OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.), nor does it require any special considerations under Executive Order 12898, entitled “Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations” (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).

    Since tolerances and exemptions that are established on the basis of a petition under FFDCA section 408(d), such as the tolerance in this final rule, do not require the issuance of a proposed rule, the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), do not apply.

    This action directly regulates growers, food processors, food handlers, and food retailers, not States or tribes, nor does this action alter the relationships or distribution of power and responsibilities established by Congress in the preemption provisions of FFDCA section 408(n)(4). As such, the Agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on States or tribal governments, on the relationship between the national government and the States or tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government or between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Thus, the Agency has determined that Executive Order 13132, entitled “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999) and Executive Order 13175, entitled “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments” (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000) do not apply to this action. In addition, this action does not impose any enforceable duty or contain any unfunded mandate as described under Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) (2 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.).

    This action does not involve any technical standards that would require Agency consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).

    XI. Congressional Review Act

    Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801 et seq.), EPA will submit a report containing this rule and other required information to the U.S. Senate, the U.S. House of Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the United States prior to publication of the rule in the Federal Register. This action is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).

    List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 180

    Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    Dated: August 17, 2016. Michael Goodis, Acting Director, Registration Division, Office of Pesticide Programs.

    Therefore, 40 CFR chapter I is amended as follows:

    PART 180—[AMENDED] 1. The authority citation for part 180 continues to read as follows: Authority:

    21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.

    2. In § 180.960, alphabetically add the polymer(s) to the table to read as follows:
    § 180.960 Polymers; exemptions from the requirement of a tolerance. Polymer CAS No. *         *         *         *         *         *         * Butanedioic acid, 2-methylene-, polymer with 1,3-butadiene, ethenylbenzene and 2-hydroxyethyl 2-propenoate, minimum number average molecular weight (in amu), 10,000 36089-06-2 *         *         *         *         *         *         *
    [FR Doc. 2016-21219 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION 47 CFR Part 20 [WT Docket No. 15-285; FCC 16-103] Improvements to Benchmarks and Related Requirements Governing Hearing Aid-Compatible Mobile Handsets AGENCY:

    Federal Communications Commission.

    ACTION:

    Final rule.

    SUMMARY:

    The Commission adopts this Report and Order to implement a historic consensus proposal for ensuring that people with hearing loss have full access to innovative handsets.

    DATES:

    These rules are effective October 3, 2016.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Eli Johnson, Wireless Telecommunications Bureau, (202) 418-1395, email [email protected], and Michael Rowan, Wireless Telecommunications Bureau, (202) 418-1883, email [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    This is a summary of the Federal Communications Commission's Report and Order in WT Docket 15-285, adopted August 4, 2016, and released August 5, 2016. The document is available for download at http://fjallfoss.fcc.gov/edocs_public/. The complete text of this document is also available for inspection and copying during normal business hours in the FCC Reference Information Center, Portals II, 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-A257, Washington, DC 20554. To request materials in accessible formats for people with disabilities (Braille, large print, electronic files, audio format), send an email to [email protected] or call the Consumer & Governmental Affairs Bureau at 202-418-0530 (voice), 202-418-0432 (TTY).

    Introduction

    1. In this Report and Order, the Commission takes several steps to implement a historic consensus proposal for ensuring that people with hearing loss have full access to innovative handsets. First, the Commission amends the hearing aid compatibility requirements that are generally applicable to wireless service providers and manufacturers of digital wireless handsets. Specifically, the Commission increases the number of hearing aid-compatible handsets that service providers and manufacturers are required to offer with two new percentage benchmarks: (1) 66 Percent of offered handset models must be compliant following a two-year transition period for manufacturers, with additional compliance time for service providers, and (2) 85 percent of offered handset models must be compliant following a five-year transition period for manufacturers, with additional compliance time for service providers. The Commission also expands the de minimis exception to provide a more limited obligation for entities offering four or five handsets.

    2. The Commission also reconfirms its commitment to pursuing 100 percent hearing aid compatibility to the extent achievable. The Commission therefore invites consensus plan stakeholders and other interested parties to make supplemental submissions over the next several years on the achievability of a 100 percent hearing aid compatibility deployment benchmark considering technical and market conditions. As part of this process, the Commission also expects stakeholders to make submissions on additional points of agreement regarding other unresolved issues raised in this proceeding, including using alternative technologies to achieve hearing aid compatibility and establishing a safe harbor for service providers based on a public clearinghouse that claims to identify compliant handsets.

    3. In order to advance towards the Commission's proposed 100 percent compatibility deployment benchmark, the Commission seeks to continue the productive collaboration between stakeholders and other interested parties so that it can obtain data and information about the technical and market conditions involving wireless handsets and hearing improvement technologies. In this regard, the Commission suggests a timeline identifying general milestones over the next several years when the consensus plan stakeholders and other interested parties may, at their election, make additional submissions. Based in significant part on the information it receives, the Commission intends to determine the achievability of a 100 percent compliance standard for wireless hearing aid compatibility by no later than 2024.

    Background

    4. The current hearing aid compatibility deployment benchmarks require that, subject to a de minimis exception described below, a handset manufacturer must meet, for each air interface over which its models operate, (1) at least an M3 rating for acoustic coupling for at least one-third of its models using that air interface (rounded down), with a minimum of two models, and (2) at least a T3 rating for inductive coupling for at least one-third of its models using that interface (rounded down), with a minimum of two models. Similarly, a service provider must meet, for each air interface over which its models operate, (1) at least an M3 rating for acoustic coupling for at least 50 percent of its models using that air interface (rounded up) or ten models, and (2) at least a T3 rating for inductive coupling for at least one-third of its models using that interface (rounded up) or ten models.

    5. In general, under the de minimis exception, most manufacturers and service providers that offer two or fewer digital wireless handset models operating over a particular air interface are exempt from the benchmark deployment requirements in connection with that air interface. Larger manufacturers with two or fewer handset models in an air interface have a limited obligation, as do service providers offering two or fewer models that obtain those models only from larger manufacturers. The provision further provides that any manufacturer or service provider that offers three digital wireless handset models operating over a particular air interface must offer at least one such handset model that meets the Commission's acoustic and inductive coupling requirements for that air interface.

    6. To help ensure compliance with these benchmarks, the Commission's hearing aid compatibility rules also require wireless handset manufacturers and wireless service providers to submit annual reports to the Commission detailing the covered handsets that they offer for sale, the models that are hearing aid-compatible (and the specific rating), and other information relating to the requirements of the rule. In June 2009, the Commission introduced the electronic FCC Form 655 as the mandatory form for filing these reports, and since that time, both service providers and manufacturers have filed reports using the electronic system. Service provider compliance filings are due January 15 each year and manufacturer reports are due July 15 each year.

    7. On November 12, 2015, three consumer advocacy organizations and three industry trade associations submitted a Joint Consensus Proposal (JCP) providing for a process for moving away from the current fractional benchmark regime. The parties to the JCP state that they “agree that hearing aid compatibility for all wireless handsets is the Commission's collective goal” and that “the Commission's regulations must balance this goal with the ability to encourage innovations that can benefit all people with disabilities.” With these principles in mind, the JCP proposes staged increases in the applicable deployment benchmarks, culminating in a 100 percent benchmark in eight years, subject to an assessment by the Commission of whether complete compatibility is achievable.

    8. Specifically, the JCP provides that within two years of the effective date of the new rules, 66 percent of wireless handset models offered to consumers should be compliant with the Commission's acoustic coupling (M rating) and inductive coupling (T rating) requirements. The proposal provides further that within five years of the effective date, 85 percent of wireless handset models offered to consumers should be compliant with the Commission's M and T rating requirements.

    9. In addition to these two-year and five-year benchmarks, the proposal provides that “[t]he Commission should commit to pursue that 100% of wireless handsets offered to consumers should be compliant with [the M and T rating requirements] within eight years.” The JCP conditions the transition to 100 percent, however, on a Commission determination within seven years of the rules' effective date that reaching the 100 percent goal is “achievable.” The JCP prescribes the following process for making that determination:

    A task force will be created, including all stakeholders, identifying questions for exploration in year four after the effective date that the benchmarks described above are established. After convening, the stakeholder task force will issue a report to the Commission within two years.

    The Commission, after review and receipt of the report described above, will determine whether to implement 100 percent compliance with [the M and T ratings requirements] based on concrete data and information about the technical and market conditions involving wireless handsets and the landscape of hearing improvement technology collected in years four and five. Any new benchmarks resulting from this determination, including 100 percent compliance, would go into effect no less than twenty-four months after the Commission's determination.

    Consumer groups and the Wireless Industry shall work together to hold meetings going forward to ensure that the process will include all stakeholders: At a minimum, consumer groups, independent research and technical advisors, wireless industry policy and technical representatives, hearing aid manufacturers and Commission representatives.

    10. The proposal provides that these new benchmarks should apply to manufacturers and service providers that offer six or more digital wireless handset models in an air interface, except that compliance dates for Tier I carriers and service providers other than Tier I carriers would be imposed six months and eighteen months, respectively, behind those for manufacturers, to account for the availability of handsets and inventory turn-over rates. The proposal recommends that the existing de minimis exception continue to apply for manufacturers and service providers that offer three or fewer handset models in an air interface and that manufacturers and service providers that offer four or five digital wireless handset models in an air interface should ensure that at least two of those handsets models are compliant with the Commission's M and T rating requirements. In addition, the proposal provides that these benchmarks should only be applicable if testing protocols are available for a particular air interface.

    11. On April 21, 2016 and July 29, 2016, the parties to the JCP filed ex parte letters supplementing their proposal and further addressing the proposed multi-stakeholder task force process.

    Adoption of Enhanced Benchmarks

    12. As proposed in the JCP and the Notice, in place of the current percentage and minimum number handset deployment obligations, the Commission adopts the 66 and 85 percent benchmarks for manufacturers and service providers who offer six or more handset models per air interface. Manufacturers must comply with these benchmarks following a transition period of two and five years, respectively, running from the effective date of the new rules. Each of these transition periods is further extended by six months for Tier I carriers and 18 months for service providers other than Tier I carriers. To satisfy these new benchmarks, handset models must meet both a rating of M3 or higher for reduced RF interference in acoustic coupling mode and T3 or higher for inductive coupling capability. The Commission will maintain its current rounding rules, which means that the Commission's rules will continue to allow manufacturers to round their fractional deployment obligations down and the Commission's rules will continue to require service providers to round their fractional deployment obligations up.

    13. Consistent with the JCP and the Notice, the Commission will also maintain the current de minimis exception that applies to manufacturers and service providers that offer three or fewer handset models in an air interface. In addition, as proposed in the Notice and the JCP, the Commission amends the de minimis rule to additionally provide that when the new benchmarks become applicable, a more limited obligation will apply to manufacturers and service providers that offer 4 or 5 handsets. Specifically, the Commission adopts, in most respects, the amendment proposed in the Notice and the JCP, and provide that (1) manufacturers and service providers that offer four wireless handset models in an air interface must ensure that at least two of those handset models are compliant with the Commission's M and T rating requirements; and (2) manufacturers who offer five wireless handset models in an air interface must similarly offer at least two that are compliant with the Commission's M and T rating requirements.

    14. The Commission modifies the JCP's proposed modification to the de minimis rule with regard to service providers that offer five wireless handset models in an air interface. Under the JCP, such service providers, like manufacturers offering that number of handset models, would in the future only have to offer two handset models that are compliant with the Commission's M and T rating requirements. Unlike in the cases discussed above, however, adoption of this requirement would result in a reduction of the obligations that such service providers have under the current rules. The Commission's current acoustic coupling deployment obligation for service providers offering five handset models in an air interface is 50 percent, or 2.5 handset models. Unlike manufacturers, service providers are required to round up when calculating their fractional deployment obligations and, therefore, under the Commission's existing rules the minimum number of models rated M3 or better for service providers offering five handset models in an air interface is three. No commenter argued that the Commission's current rounding rules should be revised, and considering the broader context—a transition toward universal handset compliance—the Commission is unwilling to reduce the existing obligation. The parties to the JCP argue that fractional obligations for both manufacturers and service providers should be rounded down, but they make this proposal solely on the grounds that it is “consistent with current requirements.” Further, the most recent submission from the parties to the JCP state their understanding that service providers offering five handset models will be required to offer three compatible handsets and raise no objection. Therefore, under the expanded de minimis exception, service providers who offer five handset models will have to ensure that at least three meet the Commission's M and T rating requirements. While this decision results in an increase in the number of T-rated handsets that a service provider who offers five handset models in an air interface currently must offer under the Commission's existing rules (i.e., from two to three), it is consistent with the JCP's proposal that handsets offered to satisfy the new benchmarks meet both an M3 and T3 rating (or better). It is also consistent with a general goal of moving toward 100 percent hearing aid compatibility.

    15. The expanded de minimis rule for manufacturers and service providers offering four or five handset models in an air interface will take effect for manufacturers, Tier I carriers, and service providers other than Tier I carriers at the same time in each case as the new 66 percent benchmark (e.g., it will take effect for manufacturers in two years, and for Tier I carriers in two years and six months). This implementation schedule will run from the effective date of the new rules. For enforcement purposes, however, the Commission will review compliance with the new benchmarks and de minimis requirements starting the first day of the month after the new benchmarks become effective. This approach will eliminate any partial month compliance issues that may arise with the new requirements.

    16. The Commission concludes that the changes it adopts today satisfy the Commission's statutory obligations. The Commission notes that the Section 710(b)(2)(b) four-part test for lifting an exemption does not apply here where the Commission is assessing benchmarks for services and equipment already within the scope of Section 20.19 of the rules. Section 710(e), however, requires the Commission to “consider costs and benefits to all telephone users, including persons with and without hearing loss,” and to “ensure that regulations adopted to implement [the Hearing Aid Compatibility Act] encourage the use of currently available technology and do not discourage or impair the development of improved technology.” Section 710(e) further directs that the Commission should use appropriate timetables and benchmarks to the extent necessary due to technical feasibility or to ensure marketability or availability of new technologies to users. As discussed below, considering the costs and benefits to all end users, including persons with and without hearing loss and the impact on the use and development of technology, the Commission finds the new benchmarks and implementation schedule to be appropriate, reasonable, and technically feasible, and therefore in the public interest. The Commission further finds, given the acceptance of these benchmarks by both industry and consumer stakeholders, there does not appear to be any suggestion or evidence that they would impede the marketability and availability of new technologies to users.

    17. As reflected in the wide and unanimous support in the record for revising the Commission's hearing aid compatibility requirements as described above, these changes strike an appropriate balance between the interests of handset manufacturers, large and small service providers, and consumers with hearing loss. The Commission's actions today will provide significant benefits by expanding access to hearing aid-compatible handsets, while preserving the flexibility that allows competition and innovation in devices to flourish. Consumers with hearing loss, including those who rely on hearing aids or cochlear implants, will have more compatible handsets from which to choose when purchasing new phones, and manufacturers and service providers will have the time they need to meet the Commission's new benchmark requirements. This approach properly accounts for the realities of technology constraints as well as the needs of those with hearing loss. Further, no commenting party has argued that the costs of complying with the new benchmarks and their related implementation provisions would be detrimental to any consumers, with or without hearing loss. In fact, commenters broadly support the new benchmarks, timelines, additional implementation periods, and related provisions.

    18. In addition to benefitting hearing aid users generally, raising the benchmarks to increase the percentage of handset models with at least a T3 rating will be particularly beneficial to wireless users in the deaf and hard of hearing community who rely on telecoil-equipped hearing aids and cochlear implants. Further, given that these benchmarks were agreed to by the parties to the JCP, the stakeholders have already agreed that the associated costs of meeting hearing aid compatibility requirements for a higher percentage of models are reasonable. In light of the support for these changes from both consumers and the industries that would bear the costs, and given the lack of any significant related opposition or evidence to the contrary, the Commission finds it reasonable, consistent with the mandate of Section 710(e), to conclude that the benefits of adopting these benchmarks will exceed their costs.

    19. Further, the Commission finds that the transition periods the Commission adopts today are reasonable and are in the public interest. The Commission notes in particular that the JCP stakeholders crafted and proposed them, signaling broad support for these timelines. Moreover, the Commission has previously determined that two years is an appropriate period to accommodate the typical handset industry product cycle. The Commission believes that the transition periods identified in the JCP provide adequate time for handset manufacturers and service providers to adjust handset portfolios to ensure compliance with the new benchmarks, and the Commission therefore adopts them.

    20. While RWA argues that the compliance deadline for small service providers should be 24 months beyond the end of the two and five year transition periods for manufacturers, the Commission finds that the additional 18 months proposed in the JCP and the Notice is sufficient to address their concerns. In the Fourth Report and Order, the Commission allowed such providers only an additional three months after the compliance date for manufacturers and Tier I carriers to meet new deployment benchmarks and related requirements. In prior hearing aid compatibility transitions, the Commission has consistently allowed service providers that are not Tier I carriers no more than three months' time beyond the transition period provided to Tier I carriers. Here, the Commission is allowing service providers other than Tier I carriers an additional 12 months beyond the compliance date for Tier I carriers before they must be in compliance, and 18 months after manufacturers have to meet the new benchmarks. Therefore, there should be sufficient hearing aid-compatible handsets available to small service providers to integrate into their product lines. The Commission also notes that other commenters—including commenters that represent small wireless service providers—support the transition period for small providers proposed in the JCP and the Notice. Taking into account that the latest hearing aid compatibility reports show a high rate of compliance for such providers, but also considering the significant increase the Commission is adopting in the applicable benchmarks, the Commission believes the agreed upon transition period for service providers other than Tier I carriers is reasonable.

    21. In addition, the Commission finds it in the public interest to continue to use the M3 and T3 ratings as the minimum that covered handsets must meet. The Commission declines to adopt ACI Alliance's proposal to put in place a benchmark or other mechanism that would require manufacturers to offer M4 and T4 rated handsets. The Commission believes this issue is better considered in the ANSI standards setting process or the ongoing stakeholder consensus process. Further, the Commission disagrees with ACI Alliance's assertion that the number of M4 and T4 rated handsets has been decreasing. In fact, manufacturers' compliance filings show the opposite. In light of this increase, it does not appear necessary to revise this component of the hearing aid compatibility requirements at this time.

    22. As proposed by the JCP and the Notice, meeting the new benchmarks of 66 and 85 percent will require offering handset models that have both an M3 rating (or higher) and a T3 rating (or higher). The current rules allow manufacturers and service providers to meet their M rating and T rating benchmarks with handset models that meet one rating but not the other. As a practical matter, however, all T3-rated handsets already meet the M3 rating standard as well. None of the comments the Commission received indicate that requiring manufacturers and service providers to meet their benchmarks only with handsets that meet both standards is technically infeasible or will affect the marketability of these handsets in the United States. The Commission's approach encourages the use of currently available technology by relying on existing M3 and T3 coupling standards. Further, handsets that are hearing aid-compatible in either acoustic or telecoil mode will further benefit consumers with hearing loss by reducing the need for consumers to research whether a handset works only in one mode or the other. Moreover, the Commission's approach will not discourage or impair the development of improved technology. The Commission notes that wireless technology has continued to evolve rapidly over the years that the hearing aid compatibility rules have been in effect. The Commission anticipates that such innovation will continue with these revised benchmarks in place.

    23. The JCP proposed that the new benchmarks apply only “if testing protocols are available for a particular interface.” The Commission notes that, as with the current deployment requirements and consistent with past Commission precedent, manufacturers and service providers will be required to meet the new benchmarks only for technologies operating in the frequency bands covered by the approved technical standards. Further, these approved technical standards specify testing protocols for determining M and T ratings for mobile devices operating within the frequency range covered by the standards. Accordingly, the Commission does not agree that testing protocols are unavailable for new technologies within the scope of the standards. The Commission acknowledges, however, that, there may be cases of new technologies for which additional guidance or clarification on the application of the procedures may be helpful, and that temporary relief may be appropriate pending such guidance. In the past, the Commission has considered such issues on a case-by-case basis as they are raised by parties, and the Commission finds no reason to depart from this approach, given that there is no indication that this approach has not been successful in addressing any industry concerns. Accordingly, to the extent that parties request further guidance on testing procedures in connection with a particular new technology deployed in those bands, the Commission will, as it has in the past, address such requests on a case-by-case basis and provide appropriate guidance, or tailored accommodations pending guidance from the Commission or appropriate standards-setting bodies, as needed. The Commission would not, however, want the development of such testing protocols to delay hearing aid compatibility for new air interfaces or equipment. Therefore, the Commission expects the timely development of such testing protocols, and caution against unnecessary delays.

    24. The Commission also finds that it is in the public interest to retain the existing de minimis exception for manufacturers and service providers that offer three handset models or less, and to expand it to manufacturers and service providers that offer four or five digital wireless handset models in an air interface. No commenter objects to retaining or expanding the current de minimis rule while the new benchmarks of 66 and 85 percent are in effect. The Commission's expansion of the de minimis rule is generally consistent with the JCP and will reduce the burden on small and new industry participants. As discussed above, however, the Commission will require service providers who offer five handset models in an air interface to ensure that at least three meet the Commission's M and T rating requirements. The Commission believes the de minimis rule as revised today appropriately balances the goal of facilitating widespread deployment of hearing aid-compatible devices to consumers while reducing burdens on small and new industry participants.

    25. The Commission finds it in the public interest to maintain the Commission's current rounding rules for fractional deployment obligations. Currently, when calculating the total number of handset models that must be offered over an air interface results in a fractional deployment obligation, manufacturers may round this number down, but service providers must round this number up. The Commission sees no reason to change this current practice.

    Advancement of a 100 Percent Compatibility Deployment Benchmark

    26. By no later than 2024, the Commission intends to make a determination regarding the Commission's proposed requirement that 100 percent of covered handsets be hearing aid-compatible. In consideration of the fact that both the hearing aid and mobile device markets will evolve during the time before the Commission makes this determination, the Commission will keep this docket open for all relevant submissions. The Commission anticipates that it will provide additional notice of wireless hearing aid compatibility proposals as they arise and become appropriate for more specific comment by manufacturers, service providers, consumer groups, and members of the public. The Commission believes this open process will afford all interested parties the same flexibility with which the Commission and stakeholders worked in the past to achieve consensus and establish the current hearing aid compatibility benchmarks and related requirements.

    27. In the discussion below, the Commission sets forth a process and timeline, consistent with the proposals in the JCP and the supplemental filings, for stakeholders to submit information individually or collectively, including from any independent task force or consensus group that they create. The Commission also identifies for specific consideration additional issues. Although the Commission is making a decision to leave many issues open and the Commission defers action on any final rule codifying a possible 100 percent compatibility deployment benchmark, the Commission sets a pathway of milestones for submissions over the next several years that will ensure a resolution of this proceeding within the timeframe agreed to by the parties to the JCP and consistent with the Commission's intent that the Commission revisit this issue. These submissions are purely voluntary, however; the Commission does not require any party to make them, or to make them in the timeframes discussed, and will take no enforcement or other action against any party for failure to file. Further, in making these submissions, parties are not expected to produce any confidential, proprietary, or work product documents, nor, prior to the final report on achievability, does the Commission ask parties to provide more than summary descriptions of activities or any information or data being collected. In addition, the Commission does not expect any submissions to be filed until an independent task force or other consensus group to implement the JCP's commitments is created, and the Commission primarily expects these submissions to be filed by or on behalf of such a group. The Commission welcomes submissions from other parties, however, as well as submissions prior to the creation of the task force to the extent parties find it appropriate, particularly if they experience unanticipated difficulties in convening such a group.

    Open Docket for Supplemental Submissions

    28. In the July Supplemental Filing, the parties to the JCP discussed “how the Commission can be kept apprised of the status of the Task force's progress once the Task Force is established.” Recognizing the need for transparency through the process, they “acknowledge that an annual report once the Task Force is established could satisfy the Commission's interest in the Task Force's activities.” They further recommend that, “[r]ather than prescribe the specific contents of any additional reports . . . the Commission should permit the Task Force the flexibility to work together to determine the best way to communicate the status of the determination process to the FCC and the public.” The consumer group signatories further suggest that “so long as the language is not proscriptive, they would not object to guidance from the Commission on the kind of information that could be included in the yearly reports.”

    29. Consistent with these proposals, and to allow stakeholders to reach further consensus on the various proposals set forth in the JCP and raised in the Commission's subsequent Notice, the Commission asks interested parties to file additional comments, reports, and other submissions in this docket in accordance with the timeline detailed below. The Commission will use this open docket to develop a record on whether and when a regime under which all wireless handsets are required to be hearing aid-compatible is “achievable.” The Commission will also use this docket to collect additional points of consensus on the question of a 100 percent wireless hearing aid compatibility deployment requirement, alternative hearing aid compatibility standards, and the other issues raised in the Commission's Notice.

    30. The Commission finds that maintaining an open docket is the best method to reach an outcome that reflects a consensus among all interested parties. Although the Commission's open docket will permit broad participation among many interested participants over the next several years, the Commission expects that parties will continue to work together to establish whatever task force and/or working groups are necessary to submit consensus filings. The Commission therefore does not expect that every party affected by the outstanding issues in this proceeding will file reports or other submissions, and anticipates that such filings will most likely be filed solely by the task force or other groups that are established. Stakeholders themselves are best positioned to work collectively to obtain and report the data necessary to craft a regime that ensures full hearing aid compatibility while protecting market incentives to innovate and invest. The Commission encourages the formation of groups that represent the broadest number of participants, including representatives of consumers who use hearing aid devices, research and technical advisors, wireless industry policy and technical representatives, and hearing aid manufacturers.

    31. With the assumption that interested parties will convene a task force to make submissions in this docket, the Commission notes that such a group would be established by the stakeholders themselves and would operate separate from the Commission. Although the Commission anticipates that any such task force group will use its best efforts to reach compromises that result in consensus positions, the Commission realizes that it may not be possible in all cases to achieve agreement among all participants or on all issues. Accordingly, by maintaining an open docket for submissions from all interested parties, the Commission also provides an opportunity for any individual, as well as any minority, positions to be presented to the Commission during the course of this proceeding.

    Timeline for Submissions

    32. The Commission asks interested parties to make submissions in accordance with the timeframes outlined below. These timeframes generally correspond to the timeline in the April 21, 2016 ex parte filing from the parties to the JCP, which describes the steps leading to a report helping to inform the Commission whether 100 percent hearing aid compatibility is “achievable considering technical and market conditions.” For example, it states that the signatories will determine appropriate task force participants “within two years, but no later than the start of year four.” The filing states that the parties will develop questions and explore the scope of the issues prior to year four, and that the official start of the achievability determination process will begin in year four. It also states that the task force will take all reasonable steps to file a report with the Commission by no later than the end of year six and, at that point, disband. The proposed submissions described below are intended to encourage transparency and to facilitate a collaborative process among hearing aid manufacturers, digital wireless handset manufacturers, consumer groups representing those with hearing loss, and wireless service providers.

    33. The Commission clarifies that the submissions described below are intended to be illustrative and that it will be up to any task force or consensus group to determine the best means of apprising the Commission of its activities. Guided by the additional data, information, and reports the Commission expects to receive, the Commission's intent is to make a final determination in this proceeding by no later than 2024. The Commission expects that interested parties will work independently and collectively to obtain valuable information and assist the Commission's ultimate achievability determination by making submissions as follows:

    Stakeholder Participation:

    By December 31, 2017 (end of Year 1)—

    Report on outreach efforts by or to relevant stakeholders to gain commitments to participate in a consensus group.

    Report on the formation of any stakeholder consensus group(s), including membership, leadership, and operations.

    By December 31, 2018 (end of Year 2)—

    Report on outreach efforts by or to relevant stakeholders to gain commitments to participate in a consensus group.

    Report on the formation of any stakeholder consensus group(s), including membership, leadership, and operations.

    Consensus Issues and Data:

    By December 31, 2019 (end of Year 3)—

    Report on any meetings, operations, and accomplishments to date of any stakeholder consensus group(s).

    Report on the questions and scope of hearing aid compatibility issues to be evaluated by any stakeholder consensus group(s).

    Report on any information and data planned to be collected by any stakeholder consensus group(s).

    Report on any developments regarding the matters identified above under Stakeholder Participation (if applicable).

    By December 31, 2020 (end of Year 4)—

    Report on any meetings, operations, and accomplishments to date of any stakeholder consensus group(s).

    Report on the information and data collected over Year 4 on those hearing aid compatibility issues being evaluated by any stakeholder consensus group(s).

    By December 31, 2021 (end of Year 5)—

    Report on any meetings, operations, and accomplishments to date of any stakeholder consensus group(s).

    Report on the information and data collected over Year 5 on those hearing aid compatibility issues being evaluated by any stakeholder consensus group(s).

    Determination and Report:

    By December 31, 2022 (end of Year 6)—

    Report on any meetings, operations, and accomplishments to date of any stakeholder consensus group(s).

    Report on the information and data collected over Years 4 and 5 on those hearing aid compatibility issues being evaluated by any stakeholder consensus group(s).

    Submit final report on the achievability of a 100 percent hearing aid compatibility deployment benchmark and on other hearing aid compatibility issues being evaluated by any stakeholder consensus group(s).

    Issues for Consensus

    34. Although the Commission has decided to generally leave matters open and defer action until a future proceeding, the Commission expects stakeholders and other interested parties to use their best efforts to reach consensus on the remaining issues and proposals set forth in the JCP filed on November 12, 2015 and raised in the subsequent Notice. The Commission encourages interested parties to address four issues in particular: (1) Whether 100 percent compatibility is achievable, with any analysis framed under the standard articulated in Section 710(e) of the Act, as appropriate; (2) how a 100 percent deployment benchmark could rely in part or in whole on alternative hearing aid compatibility technologies, bearing in mind the importance of ensuring interoperability between hearing aids and alternative technologies; (3) whether service providers should be able to legally rely on information in the Accessibility Clearinghouse in connection with meeting applicable benchmarks; and (4) whether the Commission should establish a fixed period of time or shot clock for the resolution of petitions for waiver of the hearing aid compatibility requirements. The Commission further discusses these issues below in the context of the record that has developed to date.

    35. The Commission's ultimate approach on the outstanding issues from the JCP and the subsequent Notice depends in many cases on the outcome of the achievability determination. Accordingly, in these cases, the Commission plans to defer specific action on final rules regarding compliance processes, legacy models, burden reduction, the appropriate transition period for any new deployment requirements the Commission adopts, and other alternatives and implementation issues until the point at which the Commission receives a final report on the achievability of a 100 percent hearing aid compatibility standard from the stakeholder consensus group(s) that the Commission anticipates will participate in this proceeding. As such issues are relevant to the milestones the Commission describes above, however, the Commission expects that interested parties will make submissions as appropriate, as these issues remain open for consideration within the scope of this proceeding. Moreover, as interested parties seek points of agreement on these issues separate from the aforementioned milestones, the Commission expects they will make submissions summarizing points of consensus.

    36. Determination of Achievability. The Commission intends to base the determination of the achievability of a 100 percent compatibility deployment benchmark on the factors identified in Section 710(e) of the Act. Section 710(e) requires the Commission to “consider costs and benefits to all telephone users, including persons with and without hearing loss,” and to “ensure that regulations adopted to implement [the Hearing Aid Compatibility Act] encourage the use of currently available technology and do not discourage or impair the development of improved technology.” Section 710(e) further directs that the Commission should use appropriate timetables and benchmarks to the extent necessary due to technical feasibility or to ensure marketability or availability of new technologies to users.

    37. The Commission notes that in response to the Notice, Wireless Associations and Consumer Groups recommend that the Commission use a Section 710 analysis (as opposed to the achievability requirements of Section 716 and 718) to determine whether a 100 percent standard is achievable. The Commission agrees with this recommendation, as it intends to rely on the factors identified in Section 710(e) of the Act. This approach is consistent with the analysis undertaken by the Commission in the 2008 First Report and Order when it adopted modifications to the then-current deployment benchmarks. The Commission does not plan to base its determination of achievability on certain other Section 710 provisions, however, such as Section 710(b)(2)(B) which directs the Commission to use a four-part test to periodically reassess exemptions from the hearing aid compatibility requirements for wireless handsets. Accordingly, as interested parties prepare a report on the achievability of a 100 percent hearing aid compatibility deployment benchmark, the Commission encourages them to submit conclusions based on the factors identified in Section 710(e), including cost/benefit, technical feasibility, marketability, and availability of new technologies.

    38. Alternative Hearing Aid Compatibility Technologies. In connection with the achievability assessment, the Commission encourages stakeholders to work towards consensus submissions on whether a 100 percent standard should permit technologies other than those designed to meet the current M and T rating requirements, and to “consider which data would be needed to determine if the existing definition of [hearing aid compatibility] is the most effective means for ensuring access to wireless handsets for consumers who use hearing aids while encouraging technological innovation.” The JCP provides that the Commission should consider “whether wireless handsets can be deemed compliant with the HAC rules through means other than by measuring RF interference and inductive coupling.” In the Notice, the Commission sought comment on whether any new benchmarks should specifically require both a minimum M3 and T3 rating, or whether manufacturers should be allowed to meet the requirement by incorporating other methods of achieving compatibility with hearing aids, such as Bluetooth®. In response to the Notice, Apple and ASTAC both support rules that recognize solutions such as Bluetooth as alternative hearing aid compatibility technologies, while HIA and other individual commenters oppose permitting certification of Bluetooth profiles that are not universally standardized in the same way as the telecoils found in hearing aids and cochlear implants. Wireless Associations, Consumer Groups, and T-Mobile state that the Commission should use the stakeholder process to evaluate new and innovative ways to consider the definition of hearing aid compatibility.

    39. As interested parties prepare a report on the achievability of a 100 percent hearing aid compatibility deployment benchmark, the Commission expects that they will consider alternative hearing aid compatibility technologies, along with emerging technologies and devices designed to assist in modifying or amplifying sound for individuals with hearing loss, such as personal sound amplification (PSA) products. The Commission also invites parties to explain how these technologies and devices should be incorporated into a future benchmark framework. Because telecoils may be comparable to analog technologies, the Commission invites submissions regarding the inclusion of digital technologies, such as Bluetooth, within the rules as alternatives for meeting some or all of any future deployment benchmark(s). The Commission emphasizes the importance of broad interoperability between hearing aids and compatibility technologies, and the Commission flags the costs the consumers could face if certain technologies work only with select hearing aids. The Commission is encouraged by the extent to which Apple's proprietary solutions may lead to further research towards more universal standards that can someday be recognized by a standards body like ANSI, particularly if they lead to interoperable alternative solutions that can be deployed more widely across all manufacturers' devices and can work reliably with more than just certain select hearing aid models.

    40. Relying on the Accessibility Clearinghouse. The Commission also sought comment in the Notice on whether and how compatibility information that manufacturers supply on Form 655 could be used to automatically supplement the Accessibility Clearinghouse database, and whether service providers should be able to rely on information in the Accessibility Clearinghouse or in manufacturers' Form 655 submissions as a compliance safe harbor. Very few commenters address these issues, and those that did offered only general support without input on how these measures could or should be implemented. The Commission notes that the existing Accessibility Clearinghouse database contains information gathered from and curated by third parties and, despite questions on this issue in the Notice, no commenters addressed whether the database reliably identifies devices that are in fact fully compliant with the hearing aid compatibility rules. The Commission therefore invites interested parties to address these issues regarding the Clearinghouse in supplemental submissions, and the Commission encourages them to offer consensus positions to the extent possible. Because these issues may become less impactful in the event the Commission transitions to 100 percent compatibility, it would be most beneficial to receive stakeholders' views toward the beginning of the timetable presented above.

    41. While the Commission reaches no conclusion at this time about a safe harbor based on the Accessibility Clearinghouse, it finds that the hearing aid compatibility rating information contained in manufacturers' Form 655 reports is reliable. In those reports, manufacturers must identify each handset model's hearing aid compatibility rating, which in turn must reflect the testing results produced by a Commission-approved Telecommunications Certification Body. Manufacturers are further required to certify that statements reported in the form “are accurate, true and correct.” Because the Commission concludes that this information is reliable, it will treat a service provider as compliant with the hearing aid compatibility rules to the extent that its compliance is based on its reasonable reliance on data contained in, or aggregated from, manufacturers' Form 655 submissions.

    42. Waiver Requests. The Commission also sought comment in the Notice on potential modifications to the Commission's compliance processes in the context of implementing the JCP, including how best to apply the Section 710(b)(3) waiver process. In particular, the Commission sought comment on whether it should establish a fixed time period within which the Commission must take action on waiver requests, and if so, whether 180 days or another amount of time would be appropriate considering both the need to develop a full record and the importance of avoiding delay in the introduction of new technologies. While some commenters recommend that a waiver process should continue to be available to provide relief in appropriate cases, no commenter addresses the adoption of such a time period. The Commission again invites interested parties to address in this proceeding the adoption of a shot clock on the resolution of hearing aid compatibility waiver requests involving new technologies or other circumstances, and the extent to which such a measure (or other modifications to the waiver process or the Commission's other compliance processes) may contribute to the achievability of a 100 percent requirement, to addressing the concerns of small entities, or to ensuring that hearing aid compatibility requirements do not hinder the development or deployment of new technologies.

    Procedural Matters A. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis 1. Need for, and Objectives of, the Report and Order

    43. To ensure that a wide selection of digital wireless handset models are available to consumers with hearing loss, the Commission's rules require both manufacturers and service providers to meet defined benchmarks for offering hearing aid-compatible wireless phones.

    44. As proposed in the Joint Consensus Proposal (JCP) and the Notice, the Commission adopted the 66 and 85 percent benchmarks for manufacturers and service providers who offer six or more handset models per air interface, with the two and five year transition periods, respectively, for manufacturers and the additional transition periods of six months for Tier I carriers and 18 months for non-Tier I carriers. To satisfy these benchmarks, handset models must meet both a rating of M3 or higher for acoustic coupling and T3 or higher for inductive coupling capability. The Commission determined to maintain its current rounding rules that allow manufacturers to round their fractional deployment obligations down, but require service providers to round their fractional deployment obligations up.

    45. Consistent with the JCP, the Commission also determined to maintain the current de minimis exception that applies to manufacturers and service providers that offer three or fewer handset models in an air interface and provides that manufacturers and service providers that offer four wireless handset models in an air interface must ensure that at least two of those handsets models are compliant with the Commission's M and T rating requirements.

    46. In the Report and Order, the Commission also set forth a process and timeline, consistent with the proposals in the JCP, for interested parties to make submissions individually or collectively, including from any independent task force or consensus group that they create. The Commission determined to leave many hearing aid compatibility issues open and deferred action on a final rule codifying a 100 percent compatibility deployment benchmark. It also identified for specific consideration several issues raised by parties to the JCP and the Notice. The Commission explained that it will use submissions over the next several years to develop a record on whether and when a regime under which all wireless handsets are required to be hearing aid-compatible is “achievable.” The Commission further explained that it will use this docket to collect additional points of consensus that it anticipates will be the basis for a final rule that codifies a 100 percent wireless hearing aid compatibility deployment standard and addresses the other hearing aid compatibility requirements raised in the Notice.

    2. Summary of Significant Issues Raised by Public Comments in Response to the IRFA

    47. There were no comments filed that specifically addressed the rules and policies proposed in the IRFA.

    3. Response to Comments by the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration

    48. Pursuant to the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, the Commission is required to respond to any comments filed by the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration (SBA), and to provide a detailed statement of any change made to the proposed rules as a result of those comments. The Chief Counsel did not file any comments in response to the proposed rules in this proceeding.

    4. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which the Rules Will Apply

    49. The following small entity licensees and regulatees may be affected by the rules changes adopted in the Report and Order: Small Businesses, Small Organizations, and Small Governmental Jurisdictions; Radio and Television Broadcasting and Wireless Communications Equipment Manufacturing; Part 15 Handset Manufacturers; Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except satellite); Internet Service Providers; and All Other Information and Telecommunications Services.

    4. Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance Requirements for Small Entities

    50. The current hearing aid compatibility regulations impose a number of obligations on covered wireless service providers and the manufacturers of digital wireless handsets used with those services, including: (1) Requirements to deploy a certain number or percentage of handset models that meet hearing aid compatibility standards, (2) “refresh” requirements on manufacturers to meet their hearing aid-compatible handset deployment benchmarks in part using new models, (3) a requirement that service providers offer hearing aid-compatible handsets with varying levels of functionality, (4) a requirement that service providers make their hearing aid-compatible models available to consumers for testing at their owned or operated stores, (5) point of sale disclosure requirements, (6) requirements to make consumer information available on the manufacturer's or service provider's Web site, and (7) annual reporting requirements. In the Report and Order, the Commission did not impose any additional reporting, record keeping, or other compliance requirements.

    5. Steps Taken To Minimize Significant Economic Impact on Small Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered

    51. In the Report and Order, the Commission adopted a number of provisions to help small businesses in meeting the new hearing aid compatibility deployment requirements. Specifically, the Commission decided to keep in place and expand the existing de minimis exception. In addition, the Commission allowed small business service providers an additional 18 months after the effective date of the new rules to comply with the new benchmarks.

    6. Federal Rules That Might Duplicate, Overlap, or Conflict With the Rules

    52. None.

    7. Report to Congress

    53. The Commission will send a copy of the Report and Order, including this FRFA, in a report to Congress pursuant to the Congressional Review Act. In addition, the Commission will send a copy of the Report and Order, including this FRFA, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the SBA. A copy of the Report and Order and FRFA (or summaries thereof) will also be published in the Federal Register.

    B. Final Paperwork Reduction Act Analysis

    54. The Report and Order does not contain substantive new or modified information collection requirements subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), Public Law 104-13. In addition, therefore, it does not contain any substantive new or modified information collection burden for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees, pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198, see 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(4).

    C. Congressional Review Act

    55. The Commission will include a copy of this Report and Order in a report to be sent to Congress and the Government Accountability Office pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, see 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).

    Ordering Clauses

    56. Accordingly, it is ordered, pursuant to Sections 4(i), 303(r), and 710 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i), 303(r), and 610, this Report and Order is hereby adopted.

    57. It is further ordered that the rule amendments set forth in Appendix B will become effective 30 days after publication in the Federal Register.

    58. It is further ordered that the Commission's Consumer Information Bureau, Reference Information Center, shall send a copy of the Report and Order to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration.

    List of Subjects 47 CFR Part 20

    Communications common carriers, Communications equipment, Radio.

    Federal Communications Commission. Marlene H. Dortch, Secretary. Final Rules

    For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal Communications Commission amends part 20 of title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:

    PART 20—COMMERCIAL MOBILE SERVICES 1. The authority citation for part 20 continues to read as follows: Authority:

    47 U.S.C. 151, 152(a) 154(i), 157, 160, 201, 214, 222, 251(e), 301, 302, 303, 303(b), 303(r), 307, 307(a), 309, 309(j)(3), 316, 316(a), 332, 610, 615, 615a, 615b, 615c, unless otherwise noted.

    2. Section 20.19 is amended by adding paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(C) and (D), (c)(2)(iii), (c)(3)(iii), (c)(3)(iv), (d)(1)(ii)(D) and (E), (d)(2)(iii), (d)(3)(iii), (d)(3)(iv), and (e)(3) to read as follows:
    § 20.19 Hearing aid-compatible mobile handsets.

    (c) * * *

    (1) * * *

    (i) * * *

    (C) Beginning October 3, 2018, at least sixty-six (66) percent of those handset models (rounded down to the nearest whole number) must comply with the requirements set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.

    (D) Beginning October 4, 2021, at least eighty-five (85) percent of those handset models (rounded down to the nearest whole number) must comply with the requirements set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.

    (2) * * *

    (iii) Beginning April 3, 2019, each Tier I carrier must ensure that at least sixty-six (66) percent of the handset models it offers comply with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, calculated based on the total number of unique digital wireless handset models the carrier offers nationwide. Beginning April 4, 2022, each Tier I carrier must ensure that at least eighty-five (85) percent of the handset models it offers comply with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, calculated based on the total number of unique digital wireless handset models the carrier offers nationwide.

    (3) * * *

    (iii) Beginning April 3, 2020, ensure that at least sixty-six (66) percent of the handset models it offers comply with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, calculated based on the total number of unique digital wireless handset models the carrier offers.

    (iv) Beginning April 3, 2023, ensure that at least eighty-five (85) percent of the handset models it offers comply with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, calculated based on the total number of unique digital wireless handset models the carrier offers.

    (d) * * *

    (1) * * *

    (ii) * * *

    (D) Beginning October 3, 2018, at least sixty-six (66) percent of the handset models in that air interface, which must comply with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.

    (E) Beginning October 4, 2021, at least eighty-five (85) percent of the handset models in that air interface, which must comply with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.

    (2) * * *

    (iii) Beginning April 3, 2019, each Tier I carrier must ensure that at least sixty-six (66) percent of the handset models it offers comply with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, calculated based on the total number of unique digital wireless handset models the carrier offers nationwide. Beginning April 4, 2022, each Tier I carrier must ensure that at least eighty-five (85) percent of the handset models it offers comply with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, calculated based on the total number of unique digital wireless handset models the carrier offers nationwide.

    (3) * * *

    (iii) Beginning April 3, 2020, ensure that at least sixty-six (66) percent of the handset models it offers comply with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, calculated based on the total number of unique digital wireless handset models the carrier offers;

    (iv) Beginning April 3, 2023, ensure that at least eighty-five (85) percent of the handset models it offers comply with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, calculated based on the total number of unique digital wireless handset models the carrier offers.

    (e) * * *

    (3) Beginning October 3, 2018, manufacturers that offer four or five digital wireless handset models in an air interface must offer at least two handset models compliant with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section in that air interface. Beginning April 3, 2019, Tier I carriers who offer four digital wireless handset models in an air interface must offer at least two handsets compliant with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section in that air interface and Tier I carriers who offer five digital wireless handset models in an air interface must offer at least three handsets compliant with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section in that air interface. Beginning April 3, 2020, service providers, other than Tier I carriers, who offer four digital wireless handset models in an air interface must offer at least two handset models compliant with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section in that air interface and service providers, other than Tier I carriers, who offer five digital wireless handset models in an air interface must offer at least three handsets compliant with paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section in that air interface.

    [FR Doc. 2016-20871 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6712-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration 49 CFR Part 393 and Appendix G to Subchapter B of Chapter III [Docket No. FMCSA-2015-0176] RIN 2126-AB81 Parts and Accessories Necessary for Safe Operation; Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance; Correction AGENCY:

    Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.

    ACTION:

    Final rule; correction.

    SUMMARY:

    This notice makes corrections to a final rule published in the Federal Register on July 22, 2016, regarding amendments to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations in response to several petitions for rulemaking and NTSB recommendations. The Agency makes several minor clerical corrections regarding the rear license plate lamp requirements and the periodic inspection requirements for antilock brake systems (ABS).

    DATES:

    This rule is effective September 2, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    All background documents, comments, and materials related to this rule may be viewed in docket number FMCSA-2015-0176 using either of the following methods:

    Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.

    • Docket Management Facility (M-30), U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Mr. Mike Huntley, Vehicle and Roadside Operations Division, Office of Bus and Truck Standards and Operations, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, telephone: 202-366-5370; [email protected]. Office hours are from 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Public Participation Viewing Documents

    To view comments submitted to previous rulemaking documents on this subject, go to http://www.regulations.gov and click on the “Read Comments” box in the upper right hand side of the screen. Then, in the “Keyword” box, insert “FMCSA-2015-0176” and click “Search.” Next, click “Open Docket Folder” in the “Actions” column. Finally, in the “Title” column, click on the document you would like to review. If you do not have access to the Internet, you may view the docket online by visiting the Docket Management Facility in Room W12-140 on the ground floor of the DOT West Building, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., ET, Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.

    Privacy Act

    All comments received were posted without change to http://www.regulations.gov. In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT previously solicited comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT posted these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to www.regulations.gov, as described in the system of records notice (DOT/ALL-14 FDMS), which can be reviewed at www.dot.gov/privacy.

    Corrections

    FMCSA is making minor corrections to fix errors found in the final rule published on July 22, 2016. In § 393.11, the Agency corrects Footnote 11 of Table 1 to read “No rear license plate lamp is required on vehicles that do not display a rear license plate.” FMCSA inadvertently omitted the word “not” in this footnote.

    The Agency corrects section 1.l.(4)(b) of Appendix G to Subchapter B of Chapter III, to read “only to the vehicle's stop lamp circuit.” FMCSA inadvertently omitted the phrase “vehicle's stop lamp circuit” in this section.

    As noted in the final rule, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration had extended the compliance date for antilock brake systems (ABS) on hydraulic braked vehicles from March 1, 1999, to September 1, 1999, but that action was limited to an extension of the malfunction indicator lamp requirement in S5.3.3(b) of FMVSS No. 105—and not for the general requirement to equip hydraulic-braked vehicles with ABS. As such, all hydraulic-braked vehicles were still expected to be equipped with ABS effective March 1, 1999. While FMCSA included footnotes to help explain the different effective dates for the various ABS requirements in the Appendix G periodic inspection requirements, those footnotes are amended and repositioned to accurately reflect the effective dates for the various ABS requirements in Appendix G.

    Lastly, section 1.l.(5) is amended to note that it only applies to towed vehicles equipped with air brakes.

    List of Subjects in 49 CFR Part 393

    Highway safety, Motor carriers, Motor vehicle safety.

    Accordingly, for reasons set forth in the preamble, FMCSA amends 49 CFR part 393 and appendix G to subchapter B of chapter III as follows:

    PART 393—PARTS AND ACCESSORIES NECESSARY FOR SAFE OPERATION 1. The authority citation for part 393 continues to read as follows: Authority:

    49 U.S.C. 31136, 31151, and 31502; sec. 1041(b) of Pub. L. 102-240, 105 Stat. 1914, 1993 (1991); sec. 5524 of Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1560; and 49 CFR 1.87.

    2. In § 393.11, revise Footnote 11 of Table 1 to read as follows:
    § 393.11 Lamps and reflective devices.

    Table 1 of § 393.11—Required Lamps and Reflectors on Commercial Motor Vehicles

    Footnote—11 To be illuminated when headlamps are illuminated. No rear license plate lamp is required on vehicles that do not display a rear license plate.

    3. In Appendix G to subchapter B of chapter III, revise Section 1.l to read as follows: Appendix G to Subchapter B of Chapter III—Minimum Periodic Inspection Standards

    1. Brake System

    l. Antilock Brake System1 2 3

    (1) Missing ABS malfunction indicator components (i.e., bulb, wiring, etc.).

    (2) ABS malfunction indicator that does not illuminate when power is first applied to the ABS controller (ECU) during initial power up.

    (3) ABS malfunction indicator that stays illuminated while power is continuously applied to the ABS controller (ECU).

    (4) ABS malfunction indicator lamp on a trailer or dolly does not cycle when electrical power is applied (a) only to the vehicle's constant ABS power circuit, or (b) only to the vehicle's stop lamp circuit.

    (5) With its brakes released and its ignition switch in the normal run position, power unit does not provide continuous electrical power to the ABS on any air-braked vehicle it is equipped to tow.

    (6) Other missing or inoperative ABS components.

    1 Power units manufactured after March 1, 2001, have two ABS malfunction indicators, one for the power unit and one for the units that they tow. Both malfunction indicators are required to be fully functional.

    2 Air-braked vehicles: Subsections (1)-(6) of this section are applicable to tractors with air brakes built on or after March 1, 1997, and all other vehicles with air brakes built on or after March 1, 1998.

    3 Hydraulic-braked vehicles: Subsections (1)-(3) of this section are applicable to vehicles over 10,000 lbs. GVWR with hydraulic brakes built on or after September 1, 1999. Subsection (6) of this section is applicable to vehicles over 10,000 lbs. with hydraulic brakes built on or after March 1, 1999.

    Issued under authority delegated in 49 CFR 1.87. August 25, 2016. Larry W. Minor, Associate Administrator for Policy.
    [FR Doc. 2016-20927 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-EX-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 50 CFR Part 648 [Docket No. 160301164-6694-02 ] RIN 0648-BF87 Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act Provisions; Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Northeast Skate Complex; Framework Adjustment 3; Correction AGENCY:

    National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

    ACTION:

    Final rule; correction.

    SUMMARY:

    This action corrects two errors in the total allowable landing values specified in the final rule to implement Framework Adjustment 3 to the Northeast Skate Complex Fishery Management Plan published in the Federal Register on August 17, 2016.

    DATES:

    Effective September 2, 2016.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    William Whitmore, Fishery Policy Analyst, phone: 978-281-9182; email: [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    On August 17, 2016, we published a final rule for Framework Adjustment 3 to the Northeast Skate Complex Fishery Management Plan (81 FR 54744). That final rule included two errors in the 2016-2017 final specifications that are not consistent with the values included in Framework Adjustment 3 and the June 6, 2016, proposed rule (81 FR 36251). The specifications in Framework Adjustment 3 and its proposed rule are correct and will remain.

    The final rule mistakenly stated that the skate complex total allowable landings (TAL) is 12,872 mt. A draft version of Framework 3 specified a TAL of 12,872 mt, but the TAL was later revised through an addendum to the Framework after the formula used to calculate the proportion of dead skate discards was revised. The correct skate TAL for fishing years 2016-2017 is 12,590 mt.

    A typographical error for the Season 1 skate wing TAL was included in Table 1 of the final rule. This correction rule adjusts the Season 1 skate wing TAL from 4,722 mt to the correct value of 4,772 mt, as specified in the Framework 3 proposed rule.

    Corrections

    In FR Doc. 2016-19601 appearing on page 54744 in the Federal Register of Wednesday, August 17, 2016, the following corrections are made:

    1. On page 54744, in the third column, the first paragraph under Specifications for Fishing Years 2016-2017 is corrected to read as follows:

    Specifications including the acceptable biological catch (ABC), annual catch limit (ACL), annual catch target (ACT), and total allowable landings (TALs) for the skate wing and bait fisheries, as well as possession limits, may be specified for up to 2 years. The 2016-2017 skate complex ABC and ACL is 31,081 metric tons (mt). After removing management uncertainty from the ABC, the ACT that remains is 23,311 mt. After removing discards and state landings from the ACT, the TAL that remains is 12,590 mt. Tables 1 and 2 (below) detail TALs and possession limits for the skate wing and skate bait fisheries—there are no possession limit changes from last year. These specifications and possession limits remain in effect until they are replaced.

    2. On pages 54744 and 54745, Table 1 is corrected to read as follows:

    Table 1—Total Allowable Landings for Fishing Years 2016-2017 Total allowable landings
  • (TAL)
  • mt
    Skate Wing Fishery: Season 1 (May 1-Aug 31) 4,772 Season 2 (Sept 1-Apr 30) 3,600 Skate Bait Fishery: Season 1 (May 1-Jul 31) 1,299 Season 2 (Aug 1-Oct 31) 1,565 Season 3 (Nov 1-Apr 30) 1,354
    Dated: August 24, 2016. Samuel D. Rauch III, Deputy Assistant Administrator for Regulatory Programs, National Marine Fisheries Service.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21156 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 50 CFR Part 648 [Docket No. 151130999-6225-01] RIN 0648-XE834 Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Atlantic Bluefish Fishery; Quota Transfer AGENCY:

    National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

    ACTION:

    Temporary rule; approval of quota transfer.

    SUMMARY:

    NMFS announces its approval of the State of North Carolina transferring a portion of its 2016 commercial bluefish quota to the State of New York. This approval of the quota complies with the Atlantic Bluefish Fishery Management Plan quota transfer provision. This announcement also informs the public of the revised commercial quotas for North Carolina and New York.

    DATES:

    Effective September 1, 2016, through December 31, 2016.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Reid Lichwell, Fishery Management Specialist, (978) 281-9112.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Regulations governing the Atlantic bluefish fishery are found in 50 CFR 648.160 through 648.167. The regulations require annual specification of a commercial quota that is apportioned among the coastal states from Maine through Florida. The process to set the annual commercial quota and the percent allocated to each state are described in § 648.162.

    The final rule implementing Amendment 1 to the Bluefish Fishery Management Plan published in the Federal Register on July 26, 2000 (65 FR 45844), and provided a mechanism for transferring bluefish quota from one state to another. Two or more states, under mutual agreement and with the concurrence of the Administrator, Greater Atlantic Region, NMFS (Regional Administrator), can request approval of a transfer of bluefish commercial quota under § 648.162(e)(1)(i) through (iii). The Regional Administrator must first approve any such transfer based on the criteria in § 648.162(e).

    New York and North Carolina have requested the transfer of 100,000 lb (45,359 kg) of Atlantic bluefish commercial quota from North Carolina to New York and have certified that the transfer meets all pertinent state requirements. This quota transfer was requested by the State of New York to ensure that its 2016 quota would not be exceeded. The Regional Administrator has approved this quota transfer based on his determination that the criteria set forth in § 648.162(e)(1)(i) through (iii) have been met. The revised bluefish quotas for calendar year 2016 are: North Carolina, 1,466,100 lb (665,012 kg); and New York, 687,289 lb (311,749 kg). These quota adjustments revise the quotas specified in the final rule implementing the 2016-2018 Atlantic Bluefish Specifications published on August 4, 2016 (81 FR 51370), and reflect all subsequent commercial bluefish quota transfers completed to date.

    Classification

    This action is taken under 50 CFR part 648 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.

    Authority:

    16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.

    Dated: August 30, 2016. Emily H. Menashes, Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21206 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 50 CFR Part 648 [Docket No. 160516426-6426-01] RIN 0648-XE632 Revisions to Framework Adjustment 55 to the Northeast Multispecies Fishery Management Plan and Sector Annual Catch Entitlements; Updated Annual Catch Limits for Sectors and the Common Pool for Fishing Year 2016 AGENCY:

    National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

    ACTION:

    Final rule; adjustment to specifications.

    SUMMARY:

    We, NMFS, are adjusting the 2016 fishing year sub-annual catch limits for commercial groundfish vessels, including sector allocations based on the final Northeast multispecies sector rosters submitted as of May 1, 2016. The revisions to 2016 catch limits are necessary to account for changes in the number of participants electing to fish in either sectors or the common pool fishery. These adjustments are routine and formulaic, and are required to match allocations to sector enrollment.

    DATES:

    Effective September 2, 2016, through April 30, 2017.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Aja Szumylo, Fishery Policy Analyst, (978) 281-9195.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    We recently approved Framework Adjustment 55, which set annual catch limits for groundfish stocks and three jointly managed U.S./Canada stocks for the 2016 fishing year. This action became effective on May 1, 2016 (81 FR 26412). Framework 55 included allocations for the 19 sectors approved to operate in 2016 based on enrollment as of March 15, 2016. A sector receives an allocation of each stock, or annual catch entitlement (referred to as ACE, or allocation), based on its members' catch histories. State-operated permit banks also receive an allocation that can be transferred to qualifying sector vessels. The sum of all sector and state-operated permit bank allocations is referred to as the sector sub-annual catch limit (sub-ACL). The groundfish allocations remaining after sectors and state-operated permit banks receive their allocations are then allocated to the common pool (i.e., vessels not enrolled in a sector), which is referred to as the common pool sub-ACL.

    This rule adjusts the 2016 fishing year sector and common pool allocations based on final sector membership as of May 1, 2016. Permits enrolled in a sector and the vessels associated with those permits have until April 30, the last day prior to the beginning of a new fishing year, to withdraw from a sector and fish in the common pool. As a result, the actual sector enrollment for the new fishing year is unknown when the final specifications are published and sector enrollment from an earlier date is used until final enrollment is known. Consistent with regulatory requirements, each year we subsequently publish an adjustment rule modifying sector and common pool allocations based on final sector enrollment. The Framework 55 proposed and final rules both explained that sector enrollments may change and that there would be a need to adjust the sub-ACLs and sector ACEs accordingly.

    Adjustments to sector ACEs and the sub-ACLs for sectors and the common pool are typically minimal as there has been little change in sector enrollment since 2010. Vessels currently enrolled in sectors have accounted for approximately 99 percent of the historical groundfish landings. This year's sector final rule specified sector ACEs based on the 837 permits enrolled in sectors on March 15, 2016. As of May 1, 2016, there were 841 Northeast multispecies permits enrolled in sectors, which means four additional permits elected to join sectors for the 2016 fishing year. Tables 1, 2, and 3 explain the revised 2016 fishing year allocations. Table 4 compares the allocation changes between the Framework 55 final rule and this adjustment rule.

    This rulemaking also corrects transcription errors in the 2016-2018 Southern New England/Mid-Atlantic (SNE/MA) yellowtail flounder ACLs published in the Framework 55 final rule. Specifically, there were errors in the total groundfish fishery sub-ACL, the sector and common pool sub-ACLs, and the scallop fishery sub-ACL. Table 5 presents both the incorrect values presented in the Framework 55 final rule, as well as the corrected values. Although the values were listed incorrectly in the Framework 55 final rule, the total fishery ACLs for SNE/MA yellowtail flounder (255 mt) were listed correctly for all three years. In addition, the Environmental Assessment and supporting analysis for Framework 55 included the correct values. These adjustments are minor, and will not affect fishery operations.

    BILLING CODE 3510-22-P ER02SE16.008 ER02SE16.009 ER02SE16.010 ER02SE16.011 BILLING CODE 3510-22-C Table 5—Corrected Fishing Year 2016-2016 SNE/MA Yellowtail Flounder Catch Limits (mt) 2016 Framework 55
  • final rule
  • sub-ACL
  • Corrected
  • sub-ACL
  • 2017 Framework 55
  • final rule
  • sub-ACL
  • Corrected
  • sub-ACL
  • 2018 Framework 55
  • final rule
  • sub-ACL
  • Corrected
  • sub-ACL
  • Total groundfish fishery 182 189 187 187 179 186 Sector 145 150 145 149 142 148 Common Pool 37 39 37 39 37 38 Scallop Fishery 39 32 39 34 38 37

    We have completed 2015 fishing year data reconciliation with sectors and determined final 2015 fishing year sector catch and the amount of allocation that sectors may carry over from the 2015 to the 2016 fishing year. With the exception of Georges Bank yellowtail flounder, a sector may carry over up to 10 percent of unused ACE for each stock from the end of 2015 to 2016. Table 6 includes the maximum amount of allocation that sectors may carry over from the 2015 to the 2016 fishing year. Because the amount of unused ACE combined with the overall sector sub-ACL may not exceed the acceptable biological catch (ABC) for each stock, the unused ACE is adjusted down when necessary to ensure the combined carryover of unused ACE and the sector sub-ACL do not exceed each stock's ABC.

    Table 7 includes the de minimis amount of carryover for each sector for the 2016 fishing year. If the overall ACL for any allocated stock is exceeded for the 2016 fishing year, the allowed carryover harvested by a sector, minus the pounds the sector's de minimis amount, will be counted against its allocation to determine whether an overage subject to an accountability measure occurred. Tables 8 and 9 list the final ACE available to sectors for the 2016 fishing year, including finalized carryover amounts for each sector, as adjusted down when necessary to equal each stocks ABC.

    BILLING CODE 3510-22-P ER02SE16.012 ER02SE16.013 ER02SE16.014 ER02SE16.015

    Common pool enrollment also changed after March 15, 2016, and also requires adjustments to applicable catch limits. The common pool sub-ACL for each stock (except for SNE/MA winter flounder, windowpane flounder, ocean pout, Atlantic wolffish, and Atlantic halibut) is divided into trimester total allowable catches (Trimester TACs). In addition, Framework 55 specified incidental catch limits (or incidental total allowable catches, “Incidental TACs”) applicable to the common pool and groundfish Special Management Programs for the 2016 fishing year, including the B day-at-sea (DAS) Program. Because the Trimester and incidental TACs are based on the common-pool allocation, they also must be revised to match current common pool enrollment allocation. Final common pool trimester quotas and incidental catch limits are included in Tables 10-14 below.

    ER02SE16.016 BILLING CODE 3510-22-C Table 11—Fishing Year 2016 Common Pool Incidental Catch TACs Stock Percentage of
  • common pool
  • sub-ACL
  • Incidental
  • catch TAC
  • (mt)
  • GB cod 2 0.229 GOM cod 1 0.09 GB yellowtail flounder 2 0.062 CC/GOM yellowtail flounder 1 0.14 American Plaice 5 1.00 Witch Flounder 5 0.39 SNE/MA winter flounder 1 0.62
    Table 12—Distribution of Common Pool Incidental Catch TACs to Each Special Management Program Stock Regular B
  • DAS program
  • (%)
  • Closed area I
  • hook gear
  • Haddock SAP
  • (%)
  • Eastern
  • U.S./CA
  • Haddock SAP
  • (%)
  • Southern
  • closed area II
  • Haddock SAP
  • (%)
  • GB cod 50 16 34 NA. GOM cod 100 NA NA NA. GB yellowtail flounder 50 NA 50 NA. CC/GOM yellowtail flounder 100 NA NA NA. American Plaice 100 NA NA NA. Witch Flounder 100 NA NA NA. SNE/MA winter flounder 100 NA NA NA.
    Table 13—Fishing Year 2016 Common Pool Incidental Catch TACs for Each Special Management Program (mt) Stock Regular B
  • DAS program
  • Closed area I
  • hook gear
  • Haddock SAP
  • Eastern
  • U.S./Canada
  • Haddock SAP
  • GB cod 0.11 0.04 0.08. GOM cod 0.09 NA NA. GB yellowtail flounder 0.03 NA 0.04. CC/GOM yellowtail flounder 0.14 NA NA. American Plaice 1.00 NA NA. Witch Flounder 0.39 NA NA. SNE/MA winter flounder 0.62 NA NA.
    Table 14—Fishing Year 2016 Common Pool Regular B DAS Program Quarterly Incidental Catch TACs (mt) Stock 1st quarter
  • (13%)
  • 2nd quarter
  • (29%)
  • 3rd quarter
  • (29%)
  • 4th quarter
  • (29%)
  • GB cod 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.03 GOM cod 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.03 GB yellowtail flounder 0.004 0.009 0.009 0.009 CC/GOM yellowtail flounder 0.02 0.04 0.04 0.04 American Plaice 0.13 0.29 0.29 0.29 Witch Flounder 0.05 0.11 0.11 0.11 SNE/MA winter flounder 0.08 0.18 0.18 0.18
    Classification

    The NMFS Assistant Administrator has determined that this final rule is consistent with the FMP, other provisions of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable law.

    This action is exempt from the procedures of E.O. 12866 because this action contains no implementing regulations.

    Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(B), we find good cause to waive prior public notice and opportunity for public comment on the catch limit and allocation adjustments because allowing time for notice and comment is impracticable, unnecessary, and contrary to the public interest. We also find good cause to waive the 30-day delay in effectiveness pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), so that this final rule may become effective upon filing.

    There are several reasons that notice and comment are impracticable, unnecessary, and contrary to the public interest. First, the proposed and final rules for Framework 55 explained the need and likelihood for adjustments of sector and common pool allocations based on final sector rosters. These adjustments are routine and formulaic, required by regulation, and necessary to match allocations to sector enrollment. No comments were received on the potential for these adjustments, which provide an accurate accounting of a sector's or common pool's allocation. Furthermore, we have followed a similar process since Amendment 16 was implemented in 2010; this annual adjustment action is anticipated by industry. Second, these adjustments are based on either objective sector enrollment data or a pre-determined accountability measure and are not subject to NMFS' discretion, so there would be no benefit to allowing time for prior notice and comment. Data regarding final sector enrollment only became available after rosters were finalized in May 2016. In addition, reconciliation of final 2015 fishing year sector catch was completed in August 2016. This information allows us to determine the amount of allocation that sectors may carry over from the 2015 to the 2016 fishing year, and it was not practicable to finalize this information sooner. If this rule is not effective immediately, the sector and common pool vessels will be operating under incorrect information on the catch limits for each stock for sectors and the common pool. This could cause confusion and negative economic impacts to the both sectors and the common pool, depending on the size of the allocation, the degree of change in the allocation, and the catch rate of a particular stock.

    The catch limit and allocation adjustments are not controversial and the need for them was clearly explained in the proposed and final rules for Framework 55. Adjustments for overages are also explained in detail in the Amendment 16 proposed and final rules. As a result, Northeast multispecies permit holders are expecting these adjustments and awaiting their implementation. Fishermen may make both short- and long-term business decisions based on the catch limits in a given sector or the common pool. Any delays in adjusting these limits may cause the affected fishing entities to slow down, or speed up, their fishing activities during the interim period before this rule becomes effective. Both of these reactions could negatively affect the fishery and the businesses and communities that depend on them. Therefore, it is important to implement adjusted catch limits and allocations as soon as possible. For these reasons, we are waiving the public comment period and delay in effectiveness for this rule, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(B) and (d), respectively.

    Also, because advanced notice and the opportunity for public comment are not required for this action under the Administrative Procedure Act, or any other law, the analytical requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601, et seq., do not apply to this rule. Therefore, no new final regulatory flexibility analysis is required and none has been prepared.

    Authority:

    16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.

    Dated: August 29, 2016. Samuel D. Rauch III, Deputy Assistant Administrator for Regulatory Programs, National Marine Fisheries Service.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21154 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 50 CFR Part 679 [Docket No. 150818742-6210-02] RIN 0648-XE837 Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Inseason Adjustment to the 2016 Gulf of Alaska Pollock Seasonal Apportionments AGENCY:

    National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

    ACTION:

    Temporary rule; inseason adjustment.

    SUMMARY:

    NMFS is adjusting the 2016 C seasonal apportionments of the total allowable catch (TAC) for pollock in the Gulf of Alaska (GOA) by re-apportioning unharvested pollock TAC in Statistical Areas 610, 620, and 630 of the GOA. This action is necessary to provide opportunity for harvest of the 2016 pollock TAC, consistent with the goals and objectives of the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska.

    DATES:

    Effective 1200 hours, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), August 30, 2016, until 2400 hours A.l.t., December 31, 2016.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Josh Keaton, 907-586-7228.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    NMFS manages the groundfish fishery in the GOA exclusive economic zone according to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Gulf of Alaska (FMP) prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) under authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Regulations governing fishing by U.S. vessels in accordance with the FMP appear at subpart H of 50 CFR part 600 and 50 CFR part 679.

    The annual pollock TACs in Statistical Areas 610, 620, and 630 of the GOA are apportioned among four seasons, in accordance with § 679.23(d)(2). Regulations at § 679.20(a)(5)(iv)(B) allow the underharvest of a seasonal apportionment to be added to subsequent seasonal apportionments, provided that any revised seasonal apportionment does not exceed 20 percent of the seasonal apportionment for a given statistical area. Therefore, NMFS is increasing the C season apportionment of pollock in Statistical Area 620 of the GOA to reflect the underharvest of pollock in those areas during the B season. In addition, any underharvest remaining beyond 20 percent of the originally specified seasonal apportionment in a particular area may be further apportioned to other statistical areas. Therefore, NMFS also is increasing the C season apportionment of pollock to Statistical Areas 610 and 630 based on the underharvest of pollock in Statistical Areas 620 of the GOA. These adjustments are described below.

    The C seasonal apportionment of the 2016 pollock TAC in Statistical Area 610 of the GOA is 24,421 metric tons (mt) as established by the final 2016 and 2017 harvest specifications for groundfish of the GOA (81 FR 14740, March 18, 2016). In accordance with § 679.20(a)(5)(iv)(B), the Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS (Regional Administrator), hereby increases the C season apportionment for Statistical Area 610 by 4,873 mt to account for the underharvest of the TAC in Statistical Areas 620 in the B season. This increase is in proportion to the estimated pollock biomass and is not greater than 20 percent of the C seasonal apportionment of the TAC in Statistical Area 610. Therefore, the revised C seasonal apportionment of the pollock TAC in Statistical Area 610 is 29,294 mt (24,421 mt plus 4,873 mt).

    The C seasonal apportionment of the pollock TAC in Statistical Area 620 of the GOA is 15,404 mt as established by the final 2016 and 2017 harvest specifications for groundfish of the GOA (81 FR 14740, March 18, 2016). In accordance with § 679.20(a)(5)(iv)(B), the Regional Administrator hereby increases the C seasonal apportionment for Statistical Area 620 by 3,081 mt to account for the underharvest of the TAC in Statistical Areas 620 in the B season. This increase is not greater than 20 percent of the C seasonal apportionment of the TAC in Statistical Area 620. Therefore, the revised C seasonal apportionment of the pollock TAC in Statistical Area 620 is 18,485 mt (15,404 mt plus 3,081 mt).

    The C seasonal apportionment of pollock TAC in Statistical Area 630 of the GOA is 19,822 mt as established by the final 2016 and 2017 harvest specifications for groundfish of the GOA (81 FR 14740, March 18, 2016). In accordance with § 679.20(a)(5)(iv)(B), the Regional Administrator hereby increases the C seasonal apportionment for Statistical Area 630 by 3,243 mt to account for the underharvest of the TAC in Statistical Areas 620 in the B season. This increase is in proportion to the estimated pollock biomass and is not greater than 20 percent of the C seasonal apportionment of the TAC in Statistical Area 630. Therefore, the revised C seasonal apportionment of pollock TAC in Statistical Area 630 is 23,065 mt (19,822 mt plus 3,243 mt).

    Classification

    This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA (AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would provide opportunity to harvest increased pollock seasonal apportionments. NMFS was unable to publish a notice providing time for public comment because the most recent, relevant data only became available as of August 29, 2016.

    The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.

    This action is required by § 679.20 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.

    Authority:

    16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.

    Emily H. Menashes, Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21200 Filed 8-30-16; 4:15 pm] BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
    81 171 Friday, September 2, 2016 Proposed Rules OFFICE OF SPECIAL COUNSEL 5 CFR Part 1800 Filing of Complaints of Prohibited Personnel Practices or Other Prohibited Activities and Filing Disclosures of Information AGENCY:

    U.S. Office of Special Counsel.

    ACTION:

    Notice of proposed rulemaking and related information collection activity.

    SUMMARY:

    The U.S. Office of Special Counsel (OSC) proposes to revise its regulations regarding the filing of complaints and disclosures with OSC, and also to update the prohibited personnel practice provisions. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, and implementing Office of Management and Budget (OMB) regulations, OSC has also requested approval from OMB for a new, dynamic electronic form to be used for filing complaints and disclosures. This new form will replace Forms OSC-11, OSC-12, and OSC-13, which were previously approved by OMB. Access to the new electronic form relevant to this proposed rule has been submitted to the OMB for review.

    DATES:

    Written comments must be received by November 1, 2016. Note, however, that OMB is required to act on the collection of information discussed in this proposed rule between 30 and 60 days after this notice's publication in the Federal Register. Therefore, comments are best assured of having full effect if received by OMB within 30 days of this notice's publication in the Federal Register.

    ADDRESSES:

    You may submit comments by any of methods listed below. Comments received may be posted to http://www.regulations.gov.

    Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the instructions for submitting comments;

    • Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, by email via: [email protected]; or to

    • Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for OSC, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Kenneth Hendricks, Associate General Counsel, U.S. Office of Special Counsel, by telephone at 202-254-3600, by facsimile at (202) 254-3711, or by email at [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Background

    The proposed rule makes minor changes to the existing language in 5 CFR 1800.1(c)(1) through (5) and (d), and 1800.2(b)(1) and (2) by replacing references to, and information about, the old OSC forms with references to, and information about, forms established by OSC. The language in the proposed rule refers to forms established by OSC, and it covers the new form that OSC submitted to OMB for approval. The proposed rule will enable us to revise our forms in the future, while still providing for public notice and OMB's review of future revisions. The proposed rule also updates the prohibited personnel practice provisions, at 5 CFR 1800.1(a)(13), based on the requirements of 5 U.S.C. 2302(b)(13) regarding nondisclosure forms, policies, or agreements. Comments are invited on the proposed rule and the new form.

    OSC is an independent agency responsible for, among other things, (1) investigation of allegations of prohibited personnel practices defined by law at 5 U.S.C. 2302(b), protection of whistleblowers, and certain other illegal employment practices under titles 5 and 38 of the U.S. Code, affecting current or former Federal employees or applicants for employment, and covered state and local government employees; and (2) the interpretation and enforcement of Hatch Act provisions on political activity in chapters 15 and 73 of title 5 of the U.S. Code.

    Procedural Determinations

    Administrative Procedure Act (APA): This action is taken under the Special Counsel's authority at 5 U.S.C. 1212(e) to publish regulations in the Federal Register.

    Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review): OSC does not anticipate that this proposed rule will have significant economic impact, raise novel issues, and/or have any other significant impacts. Thus this proposed rule is not a significant regulatory action under 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 and does not require an assessment of potential costs and benefits under 6(a)(3) of the Order.

    Congressional Review Act (CRA): OSC has determined that this proposed rule is not a major rule under the Congressional Review Act, as it is unlikely to result in an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more; is unlikely to result in a major increase in costs or prices for consumers, individual industries, federal, state, or local government agencies or geographic regions; and is unlikely to have a significant adverse effect on competition, employment, investment, productivity, or innovation, or on the ability of U.S.-based enterprises to compete in domestic and export markets.

    Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA): The Regulatory Flexibility Act does not apply, even though this proposed rule is being offered for notice and comment procedures under the APA. This proposed rule will not directly regulate small entities. OSC therefore need not perform a regulatory flexibility analysis of small entity impacts.

    Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA): This proposed revision does not impose any federal mandates on state, local, or tribal governments, or on the private sector within the meaning of the UMRA.

    National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA): This proposed rule will have no physical impact upon the environment and therefore will not require any further review under NEPA.

    Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA): As noted above, OSC is submitting this proposed rule and collection to OMB for review pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501, et seq. Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of OSC functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of OSC's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. The new form can be reviewed at https://dev.osc.gov/pages/osctest.aspx.

    Title of Collection: Form 14: Electronic Submission of Allegations and Disclosures Access to the new electronic form is available at: https://dev.osc.gov/pages/osctest.aspx.

    Type of Information Collection Request: Approval of new collection of information to replace previously-approved collection of information.

    Affected Public: Current and former Federal employees, applicants for Federal employment, state and local government employees, and their representatives, and the general public.

    Respondent's Obligation: Voluntary.

    Estimated Annual Number of Form OSC-14 Respondents: 6000 (estimated prohibited personnel practice filers = 4000; estimated disclosure filers = 1835; and estimated Hatch Act filers = 165). These estimates are based on a review of recent Annual Reports and an analysis of developing trends for this year.

    Frequency of Use of Form OSC-14: Daily.

    Estimated Average Amount of Time for a Person To Respond Using Form OSC-14: For prohibited personnel practice allegations, one hour and 15 minutes; for whistleblower disclosures, one hour; and for Hatch Act allegations, 30 minutes to complete the form in each of the years covered by this request. These estimates are based on testing completed by OSC employees during the development of the collection form.

    Estimated Annual Burden for Filing Form OSC-14: 6917.5 hours.

    Abstract: The electronic form will be used by current and former Federal employees and applicants for Federal employment to submit allegations of possible prohibited personnel practices or other prohibited activity for investigation and possible prosecution by OSC, or review and possible referral to relevant Inspector General offices.

    Executive Order 13132 (Federalism): This proposed revision does not have new federalism implications under Executive Order 13132.

    Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice Reform): This proposed rule meets applicable standards of 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988.

    List of Subjects in 5 CFR Part 1800

    Filing of complaints and allegations.

    For the reasons stated in the preamble, OSC proposes to revise 5 CFR part 1800 as follows:

    PART 1800—FILING OF COMPLAINTS AND ALLEGATIONS 1. The authority citation for 5 CFR part 1800 continues to read as follows: Authority:

    5 U.S.C. 1212(e).

    2. Section 1800.1 is revised to read as follows:
    § 1800.1 Filing complaints of prohibited personnel practices or other prohibited activities.

    (a) Prohibited personnel practices. The Office of Special Counsel (OSC) has investigative jurisdiction over the following prohibited personnel practices committed against current or former Federal employees and applicants for Federal employment:

    (1) Discrimination, including discrimination based on marital status or political affiliation (see § 1810.1 of this chapter for information about OSC's deferral policy);

    (2) Soliciting or considering improper recommendations or statements about individuals requesting, or under consideration for, personnel actions;

    (3) Coercing political activity, or engaging in reprisal for refusal to engage in political activity;

    (4) Deceiving or obstructing anyone with respect to competition for employment;

    (5) Influencing anyone to withdraw from competition to improve or injure the employment prospects of another;

    (6) Granting an unauthorized preference or advantage to improve or injure the employment prospects of another;

    (7) Nepotism;

    (8) Reprisal for whistleblowing (whistleblowing is generally defined as the disclosure of information about a Federal agency by an employee or applicant who reasonably believes that the information shows a violation of any law, rule, or regulation; gross mismanagement; gross waste of funds; abuse of authority; or a substantial and specific danger to public health or safety);

    (9) Reprisal for:

    (i) Exercising certain appeal rights;

    (ii) Providing testimony or other assistance to persons exercising appeal rights;

    (iii) Cooperating with the Special Counsel or an Inspector General; or

    (iv) Refusing to obey an order that would require the violation of law;

    (10) Discrimination based on personal conduct not adverse to job performance;

    (11) Violation of a veterans' preference requirement;

    (12) Taking or failing to take a personnel action in violation of any law, rule, or regulation implementing or directly concerning merit system principles at 5 U.S.C. 2301(b); and

    (13) Implementing or enforcing nondisclosure policies, forms, or agreements that do not contain the statement required by 5 U.S.C. 2302(b)(13).

    (b) Other prohibited activities. OSC also has investigative jurisdiction over allegations of the following prohibited activities:

    (1) Violation of the Federal Hatch Act at title 5 of the U.S. Code, chapter 73, subchapter III;

    (2) Violation of the state and local Hatch Act at title 5 of the U.S. Code, chapter 15;

    (3) Arbitrary and capricious withholding of information prohibited under the Freedom of Information Act at 5 U.S.C. 552 (except for certain foreign and counterintelligence information);

    (4) Activities prohibited by any civil service law, rule, or regulation, including any activity relating to political intrusion in personnel decision making;

    (5) Involvement by any employee in any prohibited discrimination found by any court or appropriate administrative authority to have occurred in the course of any personnel action (unless the Special Counsel determines that the allegation may be resolved more appropriately under an administrative appeals procedure); and

    (6) Violation of uniformed services employment and reemployment rights under 38 U.S.C. 4301, et seq.

    (c) Procedures for filing complaints alleging prohibited personnel practices or other prohibited activities (other than the Hatch Act). (1) Current or former Federal employees, and applicants for Federal employment, may file a complaint with OSC alleging one or more prohibited personnel practices, or other prohibited activities within OSC's investigative jurisdiction. The Form established by OSC must be used to file all such complaints (except those limited to an allegation or allegations of a Hatch Act violation—see paragraph (d) of this section for information on filing Hatch Act complaints).

    (2) Forms filed in connection with allegations of reprisal for whistleblowing must identify:

    (i) Each disclosure involved;

    (ii) The date of each disclosure;

    (iii) The person to whom each disclosure was made; and

    (iv) The type and date of any personnel action that occurred because of each disclosure.

    (3) Except for complaints limited to alleged violation(s) of the Hatch Act, OSC will not process a complaint filed in any format other than a completed OSC Form. If a filer does not use the OSC Form to submit a complaint, OSC will provide the filer with information about the Form. The complaint will be considered to be filed on the date on which OSC receives a completed Form.

    (4) The OSC Form is available:

    (i) Online, at: http://www.osc.gov (to complete online);

    (ii) By calling OSC, at: (800) 872-9855 (toll-free), or (202) 653-7188 (in the Washington, DC area); or

    (iii) By writing to OSC, at: U.S. Office of Special Counsel, Complaints Examining Unit, 1730 M Street NW., Suite 218, Washington, DC 20036-4505.

    (5) A complainant can file a completed Form with OSC by any of the following methods:

    (i) Electronically, at: http://www.osc.gov (for completion and filing electronically);

    (ii) By fax, to: (202) 653-5151; or

    (iii) By mail, to: U.S. Office of Special Counsel, Complaints Examining Unit, 1730 M Street NW., Suite 218, Washington, DC 20036-4505.

    (d) Procedures for filing complaints alleging violation of the Hatch Act. (1) Complaints alleging a violation of the Hatch Act may be submitted in any written form, but use of the Form established by OSC is encouraged. Complaints should include:

    (i) The complainant's name, mailing address, telephone number, and a time when OSC can contact that person about his or her complaint (unless the matter is submitted anonymously);

    (ii) The department or agency, location, and organizational unit complained of; and

    (iii) A concise description of the actions complained about, names and positions of employees who took the actions, if known to the complainant, and dates of the actions, preferably in chronological order, together with any documentary evidence that the complainant can provide.

    (2) The OSC Form for filing a complaint is available as described in paragraphs (c)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section.

    (3) A written Hatch Act complaint can be filed with OSC by any of the methods listed in paragraphs (c)(5)(i) through (iii) of this section.

    3. Section 1800.2 is revised to read as follows:
    § 1800.2 Filing disclosures of information.

    (a) General. OSC is authorized by law (at 5 U.S.C. 1213) to provide an independent and secure channel for use by current or former Federal employees and applicants for Federal employment in disclosing information that they reasonably believe shows wrongdoing by a Federal agency. OSC must determine whether there is a substantial likelihood that the information discloses a violation of any law, rule, or regulation; gross mismanagement; gross waste of funds; abuse of authority; or a substantial and specific danger to public health or safety. If it does, the law requires OSC to refer the information to the agency head involved for investigation and a written report on the findings to the Special Counsel. The law does not authorize OSC to investigate the subject of a disclosure.

    (b) Procedures for filing disclosures. Current or former Federal employees, and applicants for Federal employment, may file a disclosure of the type of information described in paragraph (a) of this section with OSC. Such disclosures must be filed in writing (including electronically—see paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section).

    (1) Filers are encouraged to use the Form established by OSC to file a disclosure of the type of information described in paragraph (a) of this section with OSC. The Form provides more information about OSC jurisdiction, and procedures for processing whistleblower disclosures. The Form is available:

    (i) Online, at: http://www.osc.gov (to complete online);

    (ii) By calling OSC, at: (800) 572-2249 (toll-free), or (202) 653-9125 (in the Washington, DC area); or

    (iii) By writing to OSC, at: U.S. Office of Special Counsel, Disclosure Unit, 1730 M Street NW., Suite 218, Washington, DC 20036-4505.

    (2) Filers may use another written format to submit a disclosure to OSC, but the submission should include:

    (i) The name, mailing address, and telephone number(s) of the person(s) making the disclosure(s), and a time when OSC can contact that person about his or her disclosure;

    (ii) The department or agency, location and organizational unit complained of; and

    (iii) A statement as to whether the filer consents to disclosure of his or her identity by OSC to the agency involved, in connection with any OSC referral to that agency.

    (3) A disclosure can be filed in writing with OSC by any of the following methods:

    (i) Electronically, at: http://www.osc.gov (for completion and filing electronically);

    (ii) By fax, to: (202) 653-5151; or

    (iii) By mail, to: U.S. Office of Special Counsel, Disclosure Unit, 1730 M Street NW., Suite 218, Washington, DC 20036-4505.

    Dated: August 22, 2016. Mark Cohen, Principal Deputy Special Counsel.
    [FR Doc. 2016-20527 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 7405-01-P
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 17 CFR Part 275 [Release No. IA-4512; File No. S7-17-16] Political Contributions by Certain Investment Advisers: Ban on Third-Party Solicitation; Notice of Order With Respect to MSRB Rule G-37 AGENCY:

    Securities and Exchange Commission.

    ACTION:

    Notice of intent to issue order.

    SUMMARY:

    The Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission” or “SEC”) intends to issue an order pursuant to section 206 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) and rule 206(4)-5 thereunder (the “SEC Pay to Play Rule”) finding that the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (“MSRB”) rule G-37 (the “MSRB Pay to Play Rule”) imposes substantially equivalent or more stringent restrictions on municipal advisors than the SEC Pay to Play Rule imposes on investment advisers and is consistent with the objectives of the SEC Pay to Play Rule.

    DATES:

    Hearing requests should be received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m. on September 19, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Sirimal R. Mukerjee, Senior Counsel, Melissa Roverts Harke, Senior Special Counsel, or Sara Cortes, Assistant Director, at (202) 551-6787 or [email protected], Investment Adviser Regulation Office, Division of Investment Management, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-8549.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Hearing or Notification of Hearing

    An order will be issued unless the Commission orders a hearing. Interested persons may request a hearing by writing to the Commission's Secretary. Hearing requests should be received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m. on September 19, 2016. Pursuant to rule 0-5 under the Advisers Act, hearing requests should state the nature of the writer's interest, any facts bearing upon the desirability of a hearing on the matter, the reason for the request, and the issues contested. Persons who wish to be notified of a hearing may request notification by writing to the Commission's Secretary.

    The Commission intends to issue an order under the Advisers Act.1

    1 15 U.S.C. 80b. Unless otherwise noted, all references to statutory sections are to the Advisers Act, and all references to rules under the Advisers Act, including rule 206(4)-5, are to Title 17, Part 275 of the Code of Federal Regulations [17 CFR part 275].

    I. Background

    The Commission adopted the SEC Pay to Play Rule [17 CFR 275.206(4)-5] under the Advisers Act [15 U.S.C. 80b] to prohibit an investment adviser from providing advisory services for compensation to a government client for two years after the adviser or certain of its executives or employees (“covered associates”) make a contribution to certain elected officials or candidates.2 Rule 206(4)-5 also prohibits an adviser and its covered associates from providing or agreeing to provide, directly or indirectly, payment to any third-party for a solicitation of advisory business from any government entity on behalf of such adviser, unless such third-party is a “regulated person” (“third-party solicitor ban”).3 Rule 206(4)-5 defines a “regulated person” as an SEC-registered investment adviser,4 a registered broker or dealer subject to pay to play restrictions adopted by a registered national securities association that prohibit members from engaging in distribution or solicitation activities if certain political contributions have been made,5 or a registered municipal advisor subject to pay to play restrictions adopted by the MSRB that prohibit members from engaging in distribution or solicitation activities if certain political contributions have been made.6 In addition, in order for a broker-dealer or municipal advisor to be a regulated person under rule 206(4)-5, the Commission must find, by order, that these pay to play rules: (i) Impose substantially equivalent or more stringent restrictions on broker-dealers or municipal advisors than the SEC Pay to Play Rule imposes on investment advisers; and (ii) are consistent with the objectives of the SEC Pay to Play Rule.7

    2Political Contributions by Certain Investment Advisers, Investment Advisers Act Rel. No. 3043 (July 1, 2010) [75 FR 41018 (July 14, 2010)] (“SEC Pay to Play Rule Release”).

    3See id. at section II.B.2.(b). See also 17 CFR 275.206(4)-5(a)(2)(i)(A).

    4See 17 CFR 275.206(4)-5(f)(9)(i).

    5See 17 CFR 275.206(4)-5(f)(9)(ii).

    6See 17 CFR 275.206(4)-5(f)(9)(iii). On June 22, 2011, the Commission amended the SEC Pay to Play Rule to add municipal advisors to the definition of “regulated persons.” See Rules Implementing Amendments to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Investment Advisers Act Rel. No. 3221 (June 22, 2011) [76 FR 42950 (July 19, 2011)] (“Municipal Advisor Addition Release”). The Commission adopted final rules with respect to the registration of municipal advisors on September 20, 2013. See Registration of Municipal Advisors, Exchange Act Rel. No. 70462 (Sept. 20, 2013) [78 FR 67468 (Nov. 12, 2013)] (“Municipal Advisor Registration Release”).

    7See 17 CFR 275.206(4)-5(f)(9).

    Rule 206(4)-5 became effective on September 13, 2010 and the compliance date for the third-party solicitor ban was set to September 13, 2011.8 When the Commission added municipal advisors to the definition of regulated person, the Commission also extended the third-party solicitor ban's compliance date to June 13, 2012.9 In the absence of a final municipal advisor registration rule, the Commission extended the third-party solicitor ban's compliance date from June 13, 2012 to nine months after the compliance date of the final rule,10 which was July 31, 2015.11 On June 25, 2015, the Commission issued notice of the July 31, 2015 compliance date.12

    8See SEC Pay to Play Rule Release, supra footnote 2, at section III.

    9See Municipal Advisor Addition Release, supra footnote 6, at section II.D.1.

    10See Political Contributions by Certain Investment Advisers: Ban on Third-Party Solicitation; Extension of Compliance Date, Investment Advisers Act Rel. No. 3418 (June 8, 2012) [77 FR 35263 (June 13, 2012)].

    11 The final date on which a municipal advisor must file a complete application for registration was October 31, 2014. See Municipal Advisor Registration Release, supra footnote 6, at section V.

    12See Political Contributions by Certain Investment Advisers: Ban on Third-Party Solicitation; Notice of Compliance Date, Investment Advisers Act Rel. No. 4129 (June 25, 2015) [80 FR 37538 (July 2, 2015)]. On June 25, 2015, the Division of Investment Management published an FAQ that provides that the Division would not recommend enforcement action to the Commission against any investment adviser or its covered associates for the payment to any third person to solicit a government entity for investment advisory services until the later of (i) the effective date of a pay to play rule adopted by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or (ii) the effective date of a pay to play rule adopted by the MSRB. See http://www.sec.gov/divisions/investment/pay-to-play-faq.htm#1.4.

    On December 16, 2015, the MSRB filed with the Commission proposed amendments to the MSRB Pay to Play Rule to extend its application to municipal advisors, which the Commission published for notice and comment on December 23, 2015 pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and rule 19b-4 thereunder.13 On February 17, 2016, the MSRB published a regulatory notice announcing that the proposed amendments to the MSRB Pay to Play Rule were deemed approved by the Commission under section 19(b)(2)(D) of the Exchange Act on February 13, 2016 and the effective date of the rule is August 17, 2016.14 Prior to its amendment, the MSRB Pay to Play Rule only applied to brokers, dealers and municipal securities dealers.

    13See Self-Regulatory Organizations; Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board; Notice of Filing of a Proposed Rule Change Consisting of Proposed Amendments to Rule G-37, on Political Contributions and Prohibitions on Municipal Securities Business, Rule G-8, on Books and Records, Rule G-9, on Preservation of Records, and Forms G-37 and G-37x, Exchange Act Rel. No. 76763 (Dec. 24, 2015) [80 FR 81710 (Dec. 30, 2015)] (the “MSRB Pay to Play Release”).

    14 On August 4, 2016, the MSRB published a regulatory notice announcing that it filed with the Commission an amendment to the MSRB Pay to Play Rule, effective on August 17, 2016, to clarify that contributions by persons who become associated with a dealer and become municipal finance professionals of the dealer, if made prior to August 17, 2016, are subject to the two-year look-back and may subject a dealer to a prohibition on municipal securities business. This amendment does not change the rule's application to municipal advisors. See MSRB Files Amendment to Rule G-37 to Clarify its Application to Contributions before August 17, 2016, Regulatory Notice 2016-18, dated August 4, 2016, available at http://msrb.org/~/media/Files/Regulatory-Notices/Announcements/2016-18.ashx?n=1. A dealer may become subject to a ban on municipal securities business for a period of two years from the making of a contribution, even if the contribution is made by a person who, although not a municipal finance professional of the dealer at the time of the contribution, becomes a municipal financial professional of the dealer within two years of making the contribution (frequently referred to as the “two-year look-back”). See Proposed Rule Change to Clarify an Existing Requirement in Rule G-37 Regarding the Two-Year Look-Back, SR-MSRB-2016-10 (Aug. 4, 2016), available at http://msrb.org/~/media/Files/SEC-Filings/2016/MSRB-2016-10.ashx.

    II. Discussion of Order

    Pursuant to section 206 of the Advisers Act and rule 206(4)-5(f)(9)(iii)(B) thereunder, the Commission is providing notice 15 that the Commission intends to issue an order finding that the MSRB Pay to Play Rule (i) imposes substantially equivalent or more stringent restrictions on municipal advisors than the SEC Pay to Play Rule imposes on investment advisers and (ii) is consistent with the objectives of the SEC Pay to Play Rule. The MSRB Pay to Play Rule imposes substantially similar requirements for municipal advisors as the SEC Pay to Play Rule imposes on investment advisers. For example, the MSRB Pay to Play Rule will:

    15See section 211(c) of the Advisers Act (requiring the Commission to provide appropriate notice and opportunity for hearing for orders issued under the Advisers Act).

    • Prohibit a municipal advisor from engaging in municipal advisory business with a municipal entity for two years, subject to exceptions, following the making of a contribution to certain officials of the municipal entity by the municipal advisor, a municipal advisor professional of the municipal advisor, or a political action committee controlled by the municipal advisor or a municipal advisor professional of the municipal advisor; 16

    16 MSRB Pay to Play Release, supra footnote 13, at 81712.

    • Prohibit municipal advisors and municipal advisor professionals from soliciting contributions, or coordinating contributions, to certain officials of a municipal entity with which the municipal advisor is engaging, or seeking to engage, in municipal advisory business; 17

    17Id.

    • Prohibit municipal advisors and certain municipal advisor professionals from soliciting payments, or coordinating payments, to political parties of states and localities with which the municipal advisor is engaging in, or seeking to engage in, municipal advisory business; 18

    18Id.

    • Prohibit municipal advisors and municipal advisor professionals from committing indirect violations of the MSRB Pay to Play Rule; 19

    19Id.

    • Extend applicable interpretive guidance under the existing MSRB pay to play rule to municipal advisors; 20 and

    20Id.

    • Include a new defined term (“municipal advisor third-party solicitor”) for municipal advisors that undertake a solicitation of a municipal entity on behalf of a third-party dealer, municipal advisor or investment adviser. Certain aspects of the rule will apply to this distinct type of municipal advisor.

    The Commission believes that the rule imposes substantially equivalent or more stringent restrictions on municipal advisors than rule 206(4)-5 imposes on investment advisers and would be consistent with the objectives of rule 206(4)-5.

    By the Commission.

    Dated: August 25, 2016. Brent J. Fields, Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-20890 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 8011-01-P
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 17 CFR Part 275 [Release No. IA-4511; File No. S7-16-16] Political Contributions by Certain Investment Advisers: Ban on Third-Party Solicitation; Notice of Order With Respect to FINRA Rule 2030 AGENCY:

    Securities and Exchange Commission.

    ACTION:

    Notice of intent to issue order.

    SUMMARY:

    The Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission” or “SEC”) intends to issue an order pursuant to section 206 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) and rule 206(4)-5 thereunder (the “SEC Pay to Play Rule”) finding that Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) rule 2030 (the “FINRA Pay to Play Rule”), which was approved by the Commission on August 25, 2016, imposes substantially equivalent or more stringent restrictions on brokers-dealers than the SEC Pay to Play Rule imposes on investment advisers and is consistent with the objectives of the SEC Pay to Play Rule.

    DATES:

    Hearing requests should be received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m. on September 19, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Sirimal R. Mukerjee, Senior Counsel, Melissa Roverts Harke, Senior Special Counsel, or Sara Cortes, Assistant Director, at (202) 551-6787 or [email protected], Investment Adviser Regulation Office, Division of Investment Management, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-8549.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Hearing or Notification of Hearing

    An order will be issued unless the Commission orders a hearing. Interested persons may request a hearing by writing to the Commission's Secretary. Hearing requests should be received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m. on September 19, 2016. Pursuant to rule 0-5 under the Advisers Act, hearing requests should state the nature of the writer's interest, any facts bearing upon the desirability of a hearing on the matter, the reason for the request, and the issues contested. Persons who wish to be notified of a hearing may request notification by writing to the Commission's Secretary.

    The Commission intends to issue an order under the Advisers Act.1

    1 15 U.S.C. 80b. Unless otherwise noted, all references to statutory sections are to the Advisers Act, and all references to rules under the Advisers Act, including rule 206(4)-5, are to Title 17, Part 275 of the Code of Federal Regulations [17 CFR part 275].

    I. Background

    The Commission adopted the SEC Pay to Play Rule [17 CFR 275.206(4)-5] under the Advisers Act [15 U.S.C. 80b] to prohibit an investment adviser from providing advisory services for compensation to a government client for two years after the adviser or certain of its executives or employees (“covered associates”) make a contribution to certain elected officials or candidates.2 Rule 206(4)-5 also prohibits an adviser and its covered associates from providing or agreeing to provide, directly or indirectly, payment to any third-party for a solicitation of advisory business from any government entity on behalf of such adviser, unless such third-party is a “regulated person” (“third-party solicitor ban”).3 Rule 206(4)-5 defines a “regulated person” as an SEC-registered investment adviser,4 a registered broker or dealer subject to pay to play restrictions adopted by a registered national securities association that prohibit members from engaging in distribution or solicitation activities if certain political contributions have been made,5 or a registered municipal advisor subject to pay to play restrictions adopted by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (the “MSRB”) that prohibit members from engaging in distribution or solicitation activities if certain political contributions have been made.6 In addition, in order for a broker-dealer or municipal advisor to be a regulated person under rule 206(4)-5, the Commission must find, by order, that these pay to play rules: (i) Impose substantially equivalent or more stringent restrictions on broker-dealers or municipal advisors than the SEC Pay to Play Rule imposes on investment advisers; and (ii) are consistent with the objectives of the SEC Pay to Play Rule.7

    2Political Contributions by Certain Investment Advisers, Investment Advisers Act Rel. No. 3043 (July 1, 2010) [75 FR 41018 (July 14, 2010)] (“SEC Pay to Play Rule Release”).

    3See id. at section II.B.2.(b). See also 17 CFR 275.206(4)-5(a)(2)(i)(A).

    4See 17 CFR 275.206(4)-5(f)(9)(i).

    5See 17 CFR 275.206(4)-5(f)(9)(ii). While rule 206(4)-5 applies to any registered national securities association, FINRA is currently the only registered national securities association under section 19(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [15 U.S.C. 78s(b)] (the “Exchange Act”). As such, for convenience, we will refer directly to FINRA in this Notice when describing the exception for certain broker-dealers from the third-party solicitor ban.

    6See 17 CFR 275.206(4)-5(f)(9)(iii).

    7See 17 CFR 275.206(4)-5(f)(9).

    Rule 206(4)-5 became effective on September 13, 2010 and the compliance date for the third-party solicitor ban was set to September 13, 2011.8 When the Commission added municipal advisors to the definition of regulated person, the Commission also extended the third-party solicitor ban's compliance date to June 13, 2012.9 In the absence of a final municipal advisor registration rule, the Commission extended the third-party solicitor ban's compliance date from June 13, 2012 to nine months after the compliance date of the final rule,10 which was July 31, 2015.11 On June 25, 2015, the Commission issued notice of the July 31, 2015 compliance date.12

    8See SEC Pay to Play Rule Release, supra footnote 2, at section III.

    9See Rules Implementing Amendments to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Investment Advisers Act Rel. No. 3221 (June 22, 2011) [76 FR 42950 (July 19, 2011)], at section II.D.1.

    10See Political Contributions by Certain Investment Advisers: Ban on Third-Party Solicitation; Extension of Compliance Date, Investment Advisers Act Rel. No. 3418 (June 8, 2012) [77 FR 35263 (June 13, 2012)].

    11 The final date on which a municipal advisor must file a complete application for registration was October 31, 2014. See Registration of Municipal Advisors, Exchange Act Rel. No. 70462 (Sept. 20, 2013) [78 FR 67468 (Nov. 12, 2013)], at section V.

    12See Political Contributions by Certain Investment Advisers: Ban on Third-Party Solicitation; Notice of Compliance Date, Investment Advisers Act Rel. No. 4129 (June 25, 2015) [80 FR 37538 (July 2, 2015)]. On June 25, 2015, the Division of Investment Management published an FAQ that provides that the Division would not recommend enforcement action to the Commission against any investment adviser or its covered associates for the payment to any third person to solicit a government entity for investment advisory services until the later of (i) the effective date of the FINRA Pay to Play Rule or (ii) the effective date of a pay to play rule adopted by the MSRB. See http://www.sec.gov/divisions/investment/pay-to-play-faq.htm#1.4.

    On December 16, 2015, FINRA filed with the Commission the proposed rule change relating to the FINRA Pay to Play Rule, which the Commission published for notice and comment in the Federal Register on December 30, 2015 pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Exchange Act and rule 19b-4 thereunder.13 The Commission received ten comment letters, from nine different commenters, in response to the FINRA Pay to Play Rule Notice. On February 8, 2016, FINRA extended the time period by which the Commission must approve or disapprove the FINRA Pay to Play Rule or institute proceedings to determine whether to approve or disapprove the rule change to March 29, 2016. On March 28, 2016, FINRA filed a letter with the Commission stating that it had considered the comments received by the Commission in response to the FINRA Pay to Play Rule Notice and that FINRA is not intending to make changes to the proposed rule text in response to comments received. On March 29, 2016, pursuant to delegated authority, the Commission published an order instituting proceedings under section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act to determine whether to approve or disapprove the FINRA Pay to Play Rule, and solicited additional comment. The Commission received an additional four comments in response to the order instituting proceedings. On July 6, 2016, FINRA submitted a letter responding to all comments and to the order instituting proceedings. After considering the proposed rule change, the comments received and FINRA's responses to the comments, the Commission issued an order on August 25, 2016, approving the proposed rule change pursuant to section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act.14

    13See Self-Regulatory Organizations; Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.; Notice of Filing of a Proposed Rule Change To Adopt FINRA Rule 2030 and FINRA Rule 4580 To Establish “Pay-To-Play” and Related Rules, Exchange Act Rel. No. 76767 (Dec. 24, 2015) [80 FR 81650 (Dec. 30, 2015)] (the “FINRA Pay to Play Rule Notice”).

    14See Self-Regulatory Organizations; Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.; Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change to Adopt FINRA Rule 2030 and FINRA Rule 4580 to Establish “Pay-To-Play” and Related Rules, Exchange Act Rel. No. 78683 (Aug. 25, 2016).

    II. Discussion of Order

    Pursuant to section 206 of the Advisers Act and rule 206(4)-5(f)(9)(ii)(B) thereunder, the Commission is providing notice 15 that the Commission intends to issue an order finding that the FINRA Pay to Play Rule (i) imposes substantially equivalent or more stringent restrictions on brokers-dealers than the SEC Pay to Play Rule imposes on investment advisers and (ii) is consistent with the objectives of the SEC Pay to Play Rule. The FINRA Pay to Play Rule imposes substantially similar requirements for its member firms as the SEC Pay to Play Rule imposes on investment advisers. For example, the FINRA Pay to Play Rule:

    15See section 211(c) of the Advisers Act (requiring the Commission to provide appropriate notice and opportunity for hearing for orders issued under the Advisers Act).

    • Prohibits a covered member from engaging in distribution or solicitation activities for compensation with a government entity on behalf of an investment adviser that provides or is seeking to provide investment advisory services to such government entity within two years after a contribution to an official of the government entity is made by the covered member or a covered associate (including a person who becomes a covered associate within two years or, under certain circumstances, six months after the contribution is made); 16

    16See FINRA Pay to Play Rule Notice, supra footnote 13, at 81651.

    • Prohibits a covered member or covered associate from coordinating or soliciting any person or political action committee to make any (i) contribution to an official of a government entity in respect of which the covered member is engaging in, or seeking to engage in, distribution or solicitation activities on behalf of an investment adviser or (ii) payment to a political party of a state or locality of a government entity with which the covered member is engaging in, or seeking to engage in, distribution or solicitation activities on behalf of an investment adviser; 17

    17See id. at 81653.

    • Provides that it shall be a violation of the rules for any covered member or any of its covered associates to do anything indirectly that, if done directly, would result in a violation of the rule; 18

    18See id. at 81654.

    • Provides that a covered member that engages in distribution or solicitation activities with a government entity on behalf of a covered investment pool in which a government entity invests or is solicited to invest shall be treated as though the covered member was engaging in or seeking to engage in distribution or solicitation activities with the government entity on behalf of the investment adviser to the covered investment pool directly; and 19

    19See id.

    • Provides exceptions under, and an exemption provision in respect of, the rule similar to those in rule 206(4)-5.20

    20See id. In addition, FINRA adopted rule 4580 that requires covered members to maintain books and records related to the FINRA Pay to Play Rule.

    The Commission believes that the rule imposes substantially equivalent or more stringent restrictions on broker-dealers than rule 206(4)-5 imposes on investment advisers and would be consistent with the objectives of rule 206(4)-5.

    By the Commission.

    Dated: August 25, 2016. Brent J. Fields, Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-20889 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 8011-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Office of the Secretary 32 CFR Part 50 [Docket ID: DOD-2015-OS-0075] RIN 0790-AJ39 Personal Commercial Solicitation on DoD Installations AGENCY:

    Office of the Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness, DoD.

    ACTION:

    Proposed rule.

    SUMMARY:

    This rule establishes policy, assigns responsibilities, and provides procedures for personal commercial solicitation on DoD installations, and identifies prohibited practices that may cause withdrawal of personal commercial solicitation privileges on DoD installations and establishes notification requirements when privileges are withdrawn.

    DATES:

    Comments must be received by November 1, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    You may submit comments, identified by docket number or Regulatory Information Number (RIN) number and title, by any of the following methods:

    Federal Rulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.

    Mail: Department of Defense, Office of the Deputy Chief Management Officer, Directorate of Oversight and Compliance, 4800 Mark Center Drive, Mailbox #24, Alexandria, VA 22350-1700.

    Instructions: All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number or RIN for this Federal Register document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is to make these submissions available for public viewing on the Internet at http://www.regulations.gov as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Jane Westbay, 703-588-0953.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    DoD is establishing regulations governing access to DoD installations for purposes of commercial solicitation. This rule is needed to establish the procedures applicable to requests for personal commercial solicitors on DoD installations and identifies prohibited practices that may cause withdrawal of permission for such access.

    Section 577 of Public Law 109-163, “The National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2006,” requires DoD to prescribe regulations on policies and procedures for personal commercial solicitation on DoD installations. In addition, Public Law 109-290, “Military Personnel Financial Services Protection Act,” specifies requirements for engaging military personnel in the sale of insurance, financial, and investment products.

    This rule informs commercial companies, agencies, and agents about the procedures for personal commercial solicitation activities on DoD installations. These procedures include the limitations on commercial solicitation by educational institutions, associations, and companies offering life insurance products and securities on DoD installations. The supervision of installation personal commercial solicitation activities; prohibited practices; advertising and commercial sponsorship; financial education programs; overseas life insurance registration procedures; and denial, suspension, and withdrawal of installation solicitation privileges are also discussed in this rule.

    In recent years, some financial educational institutions have attempted to gain access to installations for marketing purposes, even though they are not approved to operate as an educational institution (or school) on the installation. By including them as a regulated commercial solicitor, DoD aims to prevent circumvention of the system, which will ultimately help protect Service members from unscrupulous advertising and business practices that may harm them.

    This rule has minimal administrative costs to DoD for overseas life insurance registration as well as quarterly solicitation privileges reporting. There is no cost to the public and no cost to solicitors. The rule prevents circumvention of the system that is in place by prohibiting new commercial solicitors from advertising on an installation through a separate agreement with an organization that is already authorized to operate on the installation (e.g., a college or university enters into a partnership with a non-Federal entity that operates on an installation and tries to distribute marketing material on that installation through the non-Federal entity). The benefit of this rule is that it offers protection from unscrupulous solicitation practices to Service members on DoD installations, worldwide.

    Regulatory Procedures Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review” and Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review”

    Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distribute impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. It has been determined that this rule is not a significant regulatory action. The rule does not: (1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the economy; a section of the economy; productivity; competition; jobs; the environment; public health or safety; or State, local, or tribal governments or communities; (2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another Agency; (3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs, or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or (4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in these Executive Orders.

    “Unfunded Mandates Reform Act” (2 U.S.C. Ch. 25)

    Section 1532 of title 2, U.S. Code, of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) (Pub. L. 104-4) requires agencies assess anticipated costs and benefits before issuing any rule whose mandates require spending in any 1 year of $100 million in 1995 dollars, updated annually for inflation. In 2014, that threshold is approximately $141 million. This rule will not mandate any requirements for State, local, or tribal governments, nor will it affect private sector costs.

    “Regulatory Flexibility Act” (5 U.S.C. 601)

    The Department of Defense certifies that this proposed rule is not subject to the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601) because it would not, if promulgated, have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Therefore, the Regulatory Flexibility Act, as amended, does not require us to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis.

    “Paperwork Reduction Act” (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35)

    It has been certified that 32 CFR part 50 does not impose reporting or recordkeeping requirements under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.

    Executive Order 13132, “Federalism”

    Executive Order 13132 establishes certain requirements that an agency must meet when it promulgates a proposed rule (and subsequent final rule) that imposes substantial direct requirement costs on State and local governments, preempts State law, or otherwise has Federalism implications. This proposed rule will not have a substantial effect on State and local governments.

    List of Subjects in 32 CFR Part 50

    Consumer protection, Federal buildings and facilities, Government employees, Life insurance, Military personnel.

    Accordingly, 32 CFR part 50 is proposed to be revised to read as follows:

    PART 50—PERSONAL COMMERCIAL SOLICITATION ON DOD INSTALLATIONS Sec. 50.1 Purpose. 50.2 Applicability. 50.3 Definitions. 50.4 Policy. 50.5 Responsibilities. 50.6 Procedures. Appendix A to Part 50—Life Insurance Products and Securities Appendix B to Part 50—Overseas Life Insurance Registration Program Authority:

    Section 577 of Public Law 109-163, Public Law 109-290.

    § 50.1 Purpose.

    This part:

    (a) Establishes policy, assigns responsibilities, and provides procedures for personal commercial solicitation on DoD installations in accordance with the authority in Section 577 of Public Law 109-163, “The National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2006.”

    (b) Identifies prohibited practices that may cause withdrawal of personal commercial solicitation privileges on DoD installations and establishes notification requirements when privileges are withdrawn.

    § 50.2 Applicability.

    (a) Applies to Office of the Secretary of Defense, the Military Departments, the Office of the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the Joint Staff, the Combatant Commands, the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Defense, the Defense Agencies, the DoD Field Activities, and all other organizational entities within the DoD (referred to collectively in this part as the “DoD Components.”)

    (b) Applies to all personal commercial solicitation on DoD installations, whether conducted individually or in conjunction with meetings on DoD installations involving private, nonprofit, tax-exempt organizations or educational institutions providing educational programs and services through the DoD Voluntary Education Program. Attendance at these meetings is voluntary and the time and place of such meetings are subject to the discretion of the installation commander or his or her designee.

    (c) Does not apply to services furnished by residential service companies, such as deliveries of milk, laundry, newspapers, and related services, to personal residences on the installation requested by the resident and authorized by the installation commander.

    § 50.3 Definitions.

    These terms and their definitions are for the purpose of this part.

    Agency. A business entity which represents one or more insurers or companies and is engaged in the business of selling, soliciting, or negotiating insurance, securities, or other products.

    Agent. An individual who receives remuneration as a salesperson, registered representative, or whose remuneration is dependent on volume of sales of a product or products.

    Agreement. A formal contract or arrangement, either written or verbal, that is sometimes enforceable by law.

    Armed Forces Disciplinary Control Boards. Advisory boards established by installation commanders to make recommendations on matters which may negatively affect the health, safety, morals, welfare, morale, or discipline of Armed Forces personnel. Such boards ensure the establishment and maintenance of the highest degree of liaison and coordination between military commands and appropriate civil authorities.

    Combatant Command. A military command which has a broad, continuing mission and which is composed of forces from two or more Military Departments (unified combatant command) or a single Military Department (specified combatant command).

    Commercial sponsorship. The act of providing assistance, funding, goods, equipment (including fixed assets), or services to Morale, Welfare, and Recreation (MWR) programs or events by an individual, agency, association, company, corporation, or other entity for a specified period of time in return for public recognition or advertising promotions. Commercial sponsorship is either unsolicited or solicited.

    Company. An insurer or business entity selling insurance, securities, or other products.

    Denial. Refusal to grant requested action.

    Disinterested third-party. An impartial person who does not have a vested interest in the outcome of the situation for which he or she is being consulted.

    DoD installation. A base, camp, post, station, yard, center, homeport facility for any ship, or other activity under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of Defense or the Secretary of a Military Department, including any leased facility, or, in the case of an activity in a foreign country, under the operational control of the Secretary of Defense or the Secretary of a Military Department, without regard to the duration of operational control. Such term does not include any facility used primarily for civil works or flood control projects.

    DoD personnel. All active duty officers (commissioned and warrant) and enlisted members of the Military Departments, including members of the Reserve Components, and all civilian employees of the DoD, including nonappropriated fund employees and special government employees.

    Education advisor. A professionally qualified subject matter expert or program manager in the Office of Personnel Management Education Services Series 1740 occupational group or possessing equivalent qualifications, and assigned to the installation education center. Synonymous with: Education Services Specialist, Education Services Officer, Voluntary Education Director, Navy College Office Director, and Education and Training Section Chief.

    Educational institution. A college, university, or other institution of higher education.

    Financial services. Those services commonly associated with financial institutions in the United States, such as electronic banking (e.g., automatic teller machines); in-store banking; checking, share and savings accounts; fund transfers; sale of official checks, money orders and travelers checks; loan services; safe deposit boxes; trust services; sale and redemption of U.S. Savings Bonds; and acceptance of utility payments and any other consumer-related banking services.

    Installation solicitation authorization documentation. A document issued by the installation commander that provides proof of authorization to engage in personal commercial solicitation on the installation.

    Insurance product. A policy, annuity, or certificate of insurance issued by an insurer or evidence of insurance coverage issued by a self-insured association, including those with savings and investment features.

    Insurer. Any business entity licensed by the appropriate governmental agency to act as an indemnitor, surety, or contractor which issues insurance, annuity or endowment contracts, or other contracts of insurance by whatever name called.

    Investment. Something in which money is spent with the goal of making a profit.

    Life insurance product. Any product, including individual and group life insurance, funding agreements, and annuities, that provides insurance for which the probabilities of the duration of human life or the rate of mortality is an element or condition of insurance.

    Market. Promote or advertise.

    MWR. The collection of DoD recreation, leisure, and entertainment programs and services provided on military installations to enhance mission readiness, provide community support, and engage authorized DoD personnel in activities that positively influence behavior and contribute to readiness and resilience.

    Non-federal entity. A self-sustaining person or organization, established, operated, and controlled by an individual or individuals acting outside the scope of any official capacity as officers, employees, or agents of the Federal Government. Non-federal entities may include elements of State, interstate, Indian tribal, and local government, as well as private organizations.

    Non-government, non-commercial organization. An organization that is neither an official agency of local, State, or federal government nor engaged in commerce or work intended for commerce.

    Normal home enterprise. Sales or services that are customarily conducted in a domestic setting and do not compete with an installation's officially sanctioned commerce.

    On-base financial institution. Banks or credit unions selected by the installation commander through open competitive solicitation to provide exclusive on-base delivery of financial services to the installation under a written operating agreement.

    Overseas. Areas other than the 50 United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, the Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa.

    PAS official. An official within DoD that is designated by statute to be appointed from civilian life by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.

    Personal commercial solicitation. Personal contact, to include meetings, meals, or telecommunications, for the purpose of seeking private business or trade.

    Plain language. Communication an audience can understand the first time they read or hear it.

    Promotional item. Item for distribution that is printed with an advertiser's name, logo, message, or offer.

    Quasi-military association. An association that may be partly associated with the military but is not a military organization.

    Securities. Mutual funds, stocks, bonds, or any product registered with or otherwise regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission except for any insurance or annuity product issued by a corporation subject to supervision by State insurance authorities.

    Show cause. An opportunity for an aggrieved party to present facts on an informal basis for the consideration of the installation commander or the commander's designee.

    Suspension. Temporary termination of privileges pending completion of a commander's inquiry or investigation.

    Voluntary Education Program. The DoD entity that regulates and oversees implementation of continuing, adult, or postsecondary education programs of study on DoD installations.

    Withdrawal. Termination of privileges for a set period of time following completion of a commander's inquiry or investigation.

    § 50.4 Policy.

    It is DoD policy that:

    (a) This part will establish uniform rules for conducting all personal commercial solicitation on DoD installations to safeguard and promote the welfare of DoD personnel as consumers. Agents, agencies, and companies failing to follow the policy in this part may be restricted or denied the opportunity to solicit on installations.

    (b) Life insurance agents must register annually with the DoD to sell their products on DoD installations overseas.

    (c) Educational institutions authorized to provide education, guidance, and training opportunities or participate in education fairs on DoD installations, must comply with federal law, DoD Instruction 1322.19, “Voluntary Education Programs in Overseas Areas” (available at http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/pdf/132219p.pdf); DoD Instruction 1322.25, “Voluntary Education Programs” (available at http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/pdf/132225p.pdf), responsible Military Department policies and regulations, and this part.

    (d) Installation commanders will approve or prohibit any personal commercial solicitation covered by this part. Nothing in this part limits an installation commander's inherent authority to deny access to vendors or to establish time and place restriction on personal commercial solicitation activities at the installation.

    (e) Nothing in this part limits the authority of the installation commander or other appropriate authority to request or institute administrative or criminal action against any person, including those who violate the conditions and restrictions upon which installation entry is authorized.

    § 50.5 Responsibilities.

    (a) Under the authority, direction, and control of the Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness (USD(P&R)), and in accordance with DoD Directive 5124.09, “Assistant Secretary of Defense for Readiness and Force Management (ASD(R&FM))” (available at http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/pdf/512409p.pdf), the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Manpower and Reserve Affairs (ASD(M&RA)):

    (1) Identifies and publishes procedures implementing the policies in this part.

    (2) Maintains the current master file on agents, agencies, and companies whose personal commercial solicitation privileges have been withdrawn at any DoD installation.

    (3) Develops and maintains a list of all State insurance commissioner points of contact for DoD matters and forwards this list to the Military Departments.

    (4) Reviews and approves applications for the Overseas Life Insurance Registration Program, as outlined in Appendix B of this part.

    (b) The DoD Component heads:

    (1) Ensure implementation of this part on installations under their authority and compliance with its provisions.

    (2) Require installations under their authority to report each instance of withdrawal of personal commercial solicitation privileges.

    (3) Submit the Solicitation Privileges Report, listing all agents, agencies, and companies whose personal commercial solicitation privileges have been withdrawn at installations under the Component's authority, to the ASD(M&RA), in accordance with this part.

    § 50.6 Procedures.

    (a) Authority to solicit. No person has authority to enter a DoD installation to transact personal commercial solicitation as a matter of right. Personal commercial solicitation may be permitted only if the following requirements are met:

    (1) The solicitor is licensed under applicable federal, State, or municipal laws where the installation is located and has complied with installation regulations pursuant to Section 8 of Public Law 109-290, “Military Personnel Financial Services Protection Act.”

    (2) The solicitor is entering the installation to attend a specific prearranged appointment with an individual, either in family quarters or another designated business appointment area.

    (3) Agents must identify themselves as working for a specific agency or company when scheduling their appointments with DoD personnel. Insurance agents must identify their agency and insurers. Securities agents must identify their registered brokers, dealers, or investment advisors.

    (4) Each scheduled meeting is conducted only in family quarters or in other areas designated by the installation commander.

    (5) The solicitor agrees to provide each person solicited a copy of DD Form 2885, “Personal Commercial Solicitation Evaluation,” (located on the DoD Forms Management Program Web site at www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/forms/index.htm) during the initial appointment. Completion of the evaluation by the solicited person is voluntary. If completed, evaluations should be sent to the installation commander or his or her designated representative.

    (6) The solicitor agrees to provide DoD personnel with a written reminder that free legal advice is available from the Office of the Staff Judge Advocate prior to accepting a financial commitment.

    (7) If overseas, solicitors also observe the applicable laws of the host country. Upon request, the solicitor must present documentation to the installation commander that the agency or company the solicitor represents, and its agents, meet the applicable licensing requirements of the host country.

    (b) Educational institutions. (1) Marketing firms or companies that own, operate, or represent educational institutions will not have access to DoD installations. The privilege is reserved only for educational institution representatives meeting the requirements in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section.

    (2) Educational institutions wishing to provide education, guidance, and training opportunities or participate in educational fairs on a DoD installation must obtain access approval from the installation education advisor, who will review and analyze requests on behalf of the installation commander. The installation education advisor and installation commander, in consultation with the installation's servicing ethics counselor, will approve requests in accordance with Sections 3-200, 3-206, and 3-211 of DoD 5500.07-R, “Joint Ethics Regulation (JER)” (available at http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/pdf/550007r.pdf) and Enclosure 3 of DoD Instruction 1322.25.

    (3) Only educational institutions participating in the Voluntary Education Program at DoD installations worldwide (to include enduring and contingency locations) may conduct or provide any type of education programs and services at those locations. The educational institutions must obtain access approval through the installation education advisor, or, for overseas locations, the contracting officer representative.

    (c) Associations. The recent growth and general acceptability of quasi-military associations offering various insurance plans to Service members is acknowledged. Regardless of the manner in which insurance is offered to Service members (e.g., for profit; not-for-profit, under Internal Revenue Service regulations; outside the supervision of insurance laws of either a State or the Federal Government), the management of the association is responsible for complying fully with the policies contained in this part.

    (d) Life insurance products and securities. (1) Life insurance products and securities offered and sold to DoD personnel will meet the prerequisites described in Appendix A of this part and comply with all applicable requirements set forth in Public Law 109-290.

    (2) Installation commanders may permit insurers and their agents to solicit on DoD installations if the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section are met. Installation commanders will verify the agent's license status and complaint history with the appropriate regulatory authorities before granting the agent permission to solicit on the installation.

    (3) Before approving life insurance products and securities agents' requests for permission to solicit, installation commanders will review the Solicitation Privileges Report at www.militaryonesource.mil. In overseas areas, the DoD Components will limit life insurance solicitation to those insurers registered under the provisions of Appendix B of this part.

    (4) Installation commanders will make disinterested third-party insurance counseling available to any DoD personnel desiring counseling. Financial counselors will encourage DoD personnel to seek legal assistance or other advice from a disinterested third party before entering a contract for life insurance products or securities.

    (e) Supervision of installation personal commercial solicitation activities. Installation commanders will:

    (1) Designate authorized business appointment areas on the installation. Use of these areas will be extended to all solicitors on an equitable basis. The installation commander may develop and publish local policy for the reservation and use of this area, especially where space and other considerations limit availability.

    (2) Post installation personal commercial solicitation regulations in an easily accessible location for those conducting and receiving personal commercial solicitation on the installation.

    (3) Provide the following to anyone conducting personal commercial solicitation activities on the installation:

    (i) A copy of installation personal commercial solicitation regulations.

    (ii) A warning that failure to follow installation personal commercial solicitation regulations may result in the loss of personal commercial solicitation privileges.

    (4) The installation commander will investigate alleged violations of this part and installation personal commercial solicitation regulations, or questionable solicitation practices. Submitted DD Form 2885s are used as a means to monitor solicitation activities on the installation and bring potential violations to the attention of the command.

    (f) Prohibited practices. (1) The following personal commercial solicitation practices are prohibited on all DoD installations:

    (i) Soliciting recruits, trainees, and transient personnel in a group setting or mass audience or solicitation of any DoD personnel in a captive audience where attendance is not voluntary.

    (ii) Meeting with or soliciting DoD personnel during their normally scheduled duty hours.

    (iii) Soliciting in barracks, day rooms, unit areas, transient personnel housing, or other areas where the installation commander has not authorized solicitation.

    (iv) Gaining access to DoD installations with DoD or uniform service identification cards or DoD vehicle decals, for the purpose of soliciting, without presenting installation solicitation authorization documentation.

    (v) Procuring, attempting to procure, supplying, or attempting to supply non-public listings of DoD personnel for purposes of personal commercial solicitation, except for releases made in accordance with 32 CFR part 285.

    (vi) Offering unfair, improper, or deceptive inducements to purchase or trade.

    (vii) Using promotional incentives to facilitate transactions or eliminate competition.

    (viii) Using manipulative, deceptive, or fraudulent devices, schemes, or artifices, including misleading advertising and sales literature. All financial products that contain insurance features must clearly explain the insurance features of those products.

    (ix) Using oral or written representations to suggest or give the appearance that the DoD sponsors or endorses any particular agency, company, its agents, or the goods, services, and commodities it sells.

    (x) Soliciting to DoD personnel who are junior in rank or grade, or to the family members of such personnel, except as authorized in Sections 2-205 and 5-409 of DoD 5500.07-R.

    (xi) Entering an unauthorized or restricted area.

    (xii) Using any portion of installation facilities, including quarters, as a showroom or store for the sale of goods or services, except as specifically authorized by DoD Instruction 1330.09, “Armed Services Exchange Policy” (available at http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/pdf/133009p.pdf); DoD Instruction 1330.17, “DoD Commissary Program” (available at http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/pdf/133017p.pdf); DoD Instruction 1015.10, “Military Morale, Welfare, and Recreation (MWR) Programs” (available at http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/pdf/101510p.pdf); and DoD Instruction 1000.15, “Procedures and Support for Non-Federal Entities Authorized to Operate on DoD Installations” (available at http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/pdf/100015p.pdf). This does not apply to normal home enterprises that comply with applicable State and local laws and installation rules.

    (xiii) Soliciting door to door or without an appointment.

    (xiv) Using the following without authorization for personal commercial solicitation or advertising on the installation:

    (A) Personal addresses or telephone numbers.

    (B) Official positions, titles, or organization names, except as authorized in DoD 5500.07-R. Military grade and military service as part of an individual's name (e.g., Captain Smith, U.S. Marine Corps) may be used in the same manner as conventional titles, such as “Mr.”, “Mrs.”, or “Honorable.”

    (xv) Contacting DoD personnel by way of a government telephone, government fax machine, government computer, or any other government communication device unless a pre-existing relationship exists between the parties (e.g., the DoD member is a current client or requested to be contacted) and the DoD member has not asked for contact to be terminated.

    (2) In addition to the solicitation prohibitions listed in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, the DoD Components will prohibit:

    (i) DoD personnel from representing any insurer; dealing directly or indirectly on behalf of any insurer or any recognized representative of any insurer on the installation; or, acting as an agent or in any official or business capacity, with or without compensation.

    (ii) Agents from:

    (A) Participating in any Military Department-sponsored education or orientation program.

    (B) Using any title that states or implies any type of endorsement from the U.S. Government, the Military Departments, or any State or federal agency or government entity (e.g., “Battalion Insurance Counselor,” “Unit Insurance Advisor,” “Servicemen's Group Life Insurance Conversion Consultant”).

    (C) Using desk space for anything other than a specific prearranged appointment. During such appointment, the agent will not be permitted to display desk signs or other materials announcing his or her name or agency or company affiliation.

    (D) Using an installation daily bulletin, marquee, newsletter, Web page, or other official notice to announce his or her presence or availability.

    (g) Denial, suspension, and withdrawal of installation solicitation privileges.

    (1) The installation commander will deny, suspend, or withdraw permission for an agency or company or its agents to conduct personal commercial solicitation activities on the installation if such action is in the best interests of the command. The grounds for taking these actions may include, but are not limited to:

    (i) Failure to meet the licensing and other regulatory requirements prescribed throughout this part, or violations of the State law where the installation is located. Commanders will request that appropriate State officials determine whether an agency, company or agent violated State law.

    (ii) Engaging in any prohibited practice in paragraph (f) of this section.

    (iii) Substantiated complaints or adverse reports regarding the quality of goods, services, or commodities, and the manner in which they are offered for sale.

    (iv) Knowing and willful violations of 15 U.S.C. 1601 with regard to use of consumer credit and personal property leases.

    (v) Knowing and willful violations of Public Law 109-290 with regard to financial services.

    (vi) Personal misconduct while on the installation.

    (vii) Possession or any attempt to obtain supplies of or use direct deposit forms or any other form or device used by Military Departments to direct a Service member's pay to a third party. This includes using a Service member's “MyPay” account or other similar internet medium for the purpose of establishing a direct deposit for the purchase of insurance or other investment products.

    (viii) Failure to incorporate and abide by the standards of fairness policies contained in DoD Instruction 1344.09, “Indebtedness of Military Personnel” (available at http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/pdf/134409p.pdf).

    (2) Personal commercial solicitation privileges may be immediately suspended while an investigation is conducted, at the discretion of the installation commander. Upon suspending solicitation privileges, the installation commander will promptly inform the agent and the agency or company the agent represents, in writing.

    (3) The installation commander will determine whether to suspend or withdraw personal commercial solicitation privileges to the agent alone or extend it to the agency or company the agent represents. This decision is based on the circumstances of the particular case, including, but not limited to:

    (i) The nature and frequency of the violations.

    (ii) Whether other agents of the agency or company have engaged in such practices.

    (iii) Any other matters showing the culpability of an agent, the agency, or the company.

    (4) If the investigation determines an agent, agency, or company does not possess a valid license or the agent, agency, company, or product has failed to meet other State or federal regulatory requirements, the installation commander will immediately notify the appropriate regulatory authorities.

    (5) In a withdrawal action, the commander will:

    (i) Allow the agent, agency, or company an opportunity to show cause as to why the action should not be taken.

    (ii) Make a final decision regarding withdrawal based upon the entire record in each case.

    (6) The installation commander will report to his or her Military Department concerns or complaints involving the quality or suitability of products or concerns or complaints involving marketing methods used to sell those products.

    (7) The installation commander will report any withdrawal of insurance product or securities solicitation privileges to the appropriate regulatory authorities.

    (8) The installation commander will inform their Military Department of any withdrawal or reinstatement of an agent, agency, or company's personal commercial solicitation privileges and, if warranted, may recommend extending that action to other DoD installations.

    (i) The Secretary of the Military Department concerned will inform the USD(P&R) immediately of the withdrawal or reinstatement and may extend the action to other military installations in that Department.

    (ii) USD(P&R) will maintain a list of companies, agencies, and agents whose privileges have been withdrawn on any or all DoD installations. At a minimum, USD(P&R) will request review of the Solicitation Privileges Report from the Military Departments during the last month of each fiscal quarter. This list may be viewed at www.militaryonesource.mil. Following consultation with the Military Department concerned, the USD(P&R) may order restrictive actions extended to other Military Departments.

    (9) Withdrawal of privileges may be permanent or for a set period of time. If for a set period, the agent, agency, or company may reapply for permission to solicit through the installation commander or Military Department originally imposing the restriction when that period expires. The installation commander or Military Department reinstating permission to solicit will notify the USD(P&R) and appropriate State and federal regulatory agencies when such suspensions or withdrawals are lifted.

    (10) The Secretaries of the Military Departments may direct the Armed Forces Disciplinary Control Boards in all geographical areas in which the grounds for withdrawal action have occurred to consider all applicable information and take action the Boards deem appropriate.

    (h) Advertising and commercial sponsorship. (1) The DoD expects commercial enterprises soliciting DoD personnel to observe the highest business ethics in advertisements in unofficial military publications when describing goods, services, commodities, and the terms of the sale (including guarantees, warranties, etc.).

    (2) The advertising of credit terms will conform to the provisions of 15 U.S.C. 1601 as implemented by Federal Reserve Board Regulation Z, in accordance with 12 CFR part 226.

    (3) Personal commercial solicitors may provide commercial sponsorship to DoD MWR programs or events in accordance with DoD Instruction 1015.10. However, sponsorship may not be used as a means to obtain personal contact information for any participant at these events without written permission from the individual participant. Additionally, commercial sponsors may not use sponsorship to advertise products or services not specifically agreed to in the sponsorship agreement.

    (4) Commercial sponsorship program personnel must obtain concurrence of the installation education advisor prior to accepting sponsorship from educational institutions. The installation educational advisor will ensure that all educational institutions desiring to serve as an MWR program or event sponsor meet the minimum eligibility requirements to enter into a Voluntary Education Partnership memorandum of understanding (MOU) with the DoD, as set forth in Enclosure 3 of DoD Instruction 1322.25, although such an MOU does not need to be in place. Additionally, if an educational institution enters into a partnership or agreement with a non-federal entity through an arrangement such as sponsorship or donation, the educational institution is not authorized to market on the installation or provide promotional items through that partnership or agreement. Only educational institutions participating in an education fair and granted access to the installation in accordance with DoD Instruction 1322.25 may provide promotional items on the installation during the education fair event.

    (5) The installation commander may permit organizations to display sales literature in designated locations, subject to command policies. In accordance with Volume 5 of DoD 7000.14-R, “Department of Defense Financial Management Regulations (FMRS)” (available at http://comptroller.defense.gov/Portals/45/documents/fmr/Volume_05.pdf) distribution of competitive literature or forms by off-base financial institutions is prohibited on installations where on-base financial institutions exist.

    (i) Financial education programs. (1) The Military Departments will develop and disseminate information and provide educational programs for Service members on their personal financial affairs, including such subjects as insurance, government benefits, savings, budgeting, and other financial education and assistance requirements, as outlined in DoD Instruction 1342.22, “Military Family Readiness” (available at http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/pdf/134222p.pdf). In addition, the installation commander will:

    (i) Ensure that all instructors are qualified as appropriate for the subject matter presented. See paragraphs (i)(3) and (i)(4) of this section for guidance on using on-base financial institutions or other non-government organization resources for financial education purposes.

    (ii) Make qualified personnel and facilities available for individual counseling on loans and consumer credit transactions in order to encourage thriftiness and financial responsibility and promote a better understanding of the wise use of credit, as prescribed in Chapter 34 of Volume 5 of DoD 7000.14-R.

    (iii) Encourage Service members to seek advice from a legal assistance officer, the installation financial counselor, their own lawyers, or a financial counselor before making a substantial loan or credit commitment.

    (iv) Provide advice and guidance to DoD personnel who have a complaint pursuant to DoD Instruction 1344.09 or who allege a criminal violation of its provisions, including referral to the appropriate regulatory agency for processing of the complaint.

    (2) On-base financial institutions must provide financial counseling services as an integral part of their financial services offerings.

    (3) Representatives of and materials provided by on-base financial institutions may be used to provide the financial education programs and information required by this part, subject to the following conditions:

    (i) If the on-base financial institution sells insurance products or securities or has any affiliation with an agency or company that sells or markets insurance or other financial products, the installation commander will consider that agency's or company's history of complying with this part before authorizing the on-base financial institution to provide financial education.

    (ii) On-base financial institution educators must agree to use appropriate disclaimers in their presentations and other educational materials. The disclaimers must clearly indicate that the educators do not endorse or favor any commercial supplier, product, or service or promote the services of a specific financial institution.

    (4) Use of other non-government organizations to provide financial education programs is limited as follows:

    (i) Under no circumstances will commercial agents, including employees or representatives of commercial loan, finance, insurance, or investment companies, be used.

    (ii) The limitation in paragraph (i)(4)(i) of this section does not apply to educational programs and information regarding the Survivor Benefits Program. It also does not apply to government benefits provided by tax-exempt organizations pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 501(c) or by organizations providing government benefits under a contract with the government.

    (iii) Expert educators in personal financial affairs from non-government, non-commercial organizations may provide the financial education programs and information required by this part. The presentations and materials used by the educators must contain appropriate disclaimers demonstrating no endorsement of the organization by DoD or the Military Departments concerned. Such expert educators and their materials must be approved by a Presidentially appointed, Senate-confirmed (PAS) official of the Military Department concerned. The initial approval will last for three years; reauthorization for additional three-year periods is subject to review by such a PAS official that a continued need exists for the organization's services. The Military Department will use the following criteria when considering whether to permit a non-government, non-commercial organization to present a financial education program or provide materials on personal financial affairs:

    (A) The organization must qualify as a tax-exempt organization in accordance with paragraph (c)(3) or (c)(23) of 26 U.S.C. 501.

    (B) If the organization has any affiliation with an agency or company that sells or markets insurance or other financial products, the approval authority will consider that agency's or company's history of complying with this part.

    (C) Non-government organization educators must agree to use appropriate disclaimers in their presentations and other educational materials which clearly indicate that they and the DoD do not endorse or favor any commercial supplier, product, or service or promote the services of a specific financial institution.

    (iv) Presentations by approved non-government, non-commercial organizations will be conducted only at the express request of the installation commander.

    (v) Any educational institutions providing financial education programs must be approved by the installation education advisor and meet the criteria outlined in Enclosure 3 of DoD Instruction 1322.25 for offering educational programs on base.

    Appendix A to Part 50—Life Insurance Products and Securities

    (a) Life insurance product content prerequisites. In addition to the required disclosures listed in Section 10 of Public Law 109-290, the following prerequisites apply to the sale of life insurance products to Service members and their families on DoD installations:

    (1) Life insurance agencies and companies must provide a written description for each product or service they intend to market.

    (i) Descriptions must be written in plain language and must fully disclose the fundamental nature of the policy.

    (ii) All forms to be used must be approved by and filed with the insurance department of the State where the installation is located, where applicable.

    (iii) Life insurance products marketed on overseas installations must conform to the standards prescribed by the laws of the State where the agency or company is domiciled.

    (2) Life insurance products offered and sold worldwide, other than certificates or other evidence of insurance issued by a self-insured association, must:

    (i) Comply with the insurance laws of the State or country in which the installation is located and the requirements of this part.

    (ii) Contain no restrictions by reason of the insured's military service or military occupational specialty, unless such restrictions are clearly indicated on the face of the contract.

    (iii) Plainly indicate any extra premium charges imposed by reason of the insured's military service or military occupational specialty.

    (iv) Contain no variation in the amount of death benefit or premium based on the length of time the contract has been in force, unless all such variations are clearly described in the contract.

    (3) Life insurance policies must be written in plain language and use type font large enough to be easily read; all provisions of the policy must be in a font type that is at least as large as the font used for the majority of the policy. The policies must inform Service members of:

    (i) The availability and cost of government-subsidized Servicemen's Group Life Insurance.

    (ii) The address and phone number where consumer complaints are received by the State Insurance Commissioner for the State in which the insurance product is being sold. For policies sold overseas, the disclosure must include the address and phone number where the state insurance commissioner for the State which has issued the agent a resident license or where the agency or company is domiciled receives consumer complaints, as applicable.

    (iii) That the U.S. Government has in no way sanctioned, recommended, or encouraged the sale of the product being offered.

    (4) To comply with paragraphs (a)(2)(ii), (a)(2)(iii), and (a)(2)(iv) of this appendix, an appropriate reference stamped on the first page of the contract will draw the attention of the policyholder to any restrictions by reason of the insured's military service or military occupational specialty. The reference will describe any extra premium charges and any variations in the amount of death benefit or premium based upon the length of time the contract has been in force.

    (5) Variable life insurance products may be offered by appropriately licensed insurance agents or securities dealers, provided the products meet the criteria of the appropriate insurance regulatory agency and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    (6) Life insurance products will not be marketed or sold disguised as investments. If there is a savings component to a life insurance product, the agent will provide the customer written documentation which clearly explains how much of the premium goes to the savings component per year, broken down over the life of the policy. This document also must show the total amount per year allocated to life insurance premiums. The customer must receive a copy of this document signed by the insurance agent.

    (b) Sale of securities. In addition to requirements listed in Section 5 of Public Law 109-290, the following applies to the sale of securities on DoD installations:

    (1) All securities must be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, and all sales must comply with Securities and Exchange Commission regulations and the regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

    (2) Where the accredited insurer's policy permits, an overseas accredited life insurance agent, if qualified to engage in security activities as a registered representative of a broker or dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and the Securities and Exchange Commission, may offer life insurance products and securities for sale simultaneously. In cases of commingled sales, the allotment of pay for the purchase of securities cannot be made to the insurer.

    (c) Use of the allotment of pay system. (1) Allotments of military pay for life insurance products will be made in accordance with DoD 7000.14-R.

    (2) For personnel in pay grades E-4 and below to obtain financial counseling, at least 7 calendar days must elapse between the signing of a life insurance application and the certification of a military pay allotment for any supplemental commercial life insurance. Installation finance officers are responsible for ensuring this 7-day period is monitored and enforced. The purchaser's commanding officer may grant a waiver of the requirement for a 7-day period for good cause, such as the purchaser's imminent deployment or permanent change of station.

    Appendix B to Part 50—Overseas Life Insurance Registration Program

    (a) Registration criteria. (1) Initial registration. (i) Insurers must demonstrate continuous successful operation in the life insurance business for not less than 5 years as of December 31 of the year preceding the date of filing the application.

    (ii) Insurers must be listed in A.M. Best's Rating and Criteria Center and be assigned a financial strength rating of B+ (Very Good) or better, or an equivalent ranking from an independent insurance ranking agency, for the business year preceding the government's fiscal year for which registration is sought.

    (2) Re-registration. (i) Insurers must demonstrate continuous successful operation in the life insurance business, as described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this appendix.

    (ii) Insurers must retain an A.M. Best financial strength rating of B+ or better, as described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this appendix.

    (iii) Insurers must demonstrate a record of compliance with the policies found in this part.

    (2) Waiver provisions. Waivers of the initial registration or re-registration provisions will be considered for those insurers demonstrating substantial compliance with paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this appendix.

    (b) Application instructions—(1) Annual application deadline. Insurers must apply by June 30 of each year for life insurance solicitation privileges on overseas U.S. military installations for the next fiscal year beginning October 1. Applications emailed, faxed, or postmarked after June 30 will not be considered.

    (2) Application prerequisites. (i) An application letter signed by the President, Vice President, or designated official of the insurance agency or company will be forwarded to the USD(P&R), Attention: MWR and Resale Policy Directorate, 4000 Defense Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-4000. The insurance agency or company must meet the registration criteria in paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this appendix, or must obtain a waiver, provided for in paragraph (a)(2) of this appendix, to satisfy application prerequisites.

    (ii) The application letter will contain the following information, submitted in the order listed (where criteria are not applicable, the letter will so state):

    (A) The overseas Combatant Commands (i.e., United States European Command, United States Pacific Command, United States Central Command, United States Southern Command and United States Africa Command) where the agency or company presently solicits, or plans to solicit, on U.S. military installations.

    (B) A statement that the agency or company complies with the applicable laws of the country or countries in which it proposes to solicit. This includes all national, provincial, city, or county laws or ordinances of any country, as applicable.

    (C) A statement that the products for sale conform to the standards prescribed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of Appendix A and those products contain only the standard provisions, such as those prescribed by the laws of the State where the company's headquarters are located.

    (D) A statement that the agency or company will assume full responsibility for the acts of its agents with respect to solicitation. If warranted, the number of agents may be limited by the overseas command concerned.

    (E) A statement that the agency or company will use only agents licensed by the appropriate State and registered by the overseas command concerned to sell to DoD personnel on DoD installations.

    (F) A statement that the agency's or company's agents are appointed in accordance with the prerequisites established in paragraph (c) of this appendix.

    (G) Any explanatory or supplemental comments that will assist in evaluating the application.

    (iii) If requested by the MWR and Resale Policy Directorate, the agency or company will provide additional facts or statistics beyond those normally involved in registration.

    (3) Subsidiaries. If a company is a life insurance company subsidiary, it must be registered separately on its own merits.

    (c) Agent requirements. (1) An agent must possess a current State license. A Combatant Commander may waive this requirement for a registered agent continuously residing and successfully selling life insurance in foreign areas who, through no fault of his or her own and due to State or other jurisdiction law (or regulation) governing domicile or licensing requirements, forfeits eligibility for a State license. The request for a waiver will contain the name of the State or other jurisdiction that would not renew the agent's license.

    (2) Agents may represent only one registered commercial insurance agency or company. This principle may be waived by the overseas Combatant Commander if multiple representations are in the best interest of DoD personnel.

    (3) An agent must have at least 1 year of successful life insurance sales experience in the United States or its territories (including Guam and the Northern Mariana Islands), generally within the 5 years preceding the date of initial application, in order to be approved for overseas solicitation.

    (4) The overseas Combatant Commanders may exercise further agent control procedures as necessary.

    (5) Once registered in an overseas area, an agent may not change affiliation from the staff of one agency or company to another and retain his or her registration, unless the previous agency or company agrees in writing to retaining the registration. Overseas Combatant Commanders have final authority to determine whether the agent may retain his or her registration or will have to re-register.

    (d) Announcement of registration. (1) The DoD will announce approved Overseas Life Insurance Registration applicants as soon as practicable by notice to each applicant and by a list released annually in September to the appropriate overseas Combatant Commanders. Approval does not constitute DoD endorsement of the insurer or its products. Any advertising by insurers or verbal representation by their agents which suggests such endorsement is prohibited.

    (2) In the event registration is denied, specific reasons for the denial will be provided to the applicant.

    (i) The applicant will have 30 days from the receipt of notification of denial of registration (sent certified mail, return receipt requested) in which to request reconsideration of the original decision. This request must be in writing and accompanied by substantiating data or information in rebuttal of the specific reasons upon which the denial was based.

    (ii) Action by USD(P&R) on a request for reconsideration is final.

    (iii) An applicant that is presently registered as an insurer will have 90 calendar days from final action denying registration in which to close operations.

    (3) Upon receiving a registration approval letter, each insurance agency or company will send the applicable overseas Combatant Commander a verified list of agents currently registered for overseas solicitation. Where applicable, the agency or company also will include the names and prior military affiliation of new agents for whom original registration and permission to solicit on the installation is requested. The DoD will furnish issuance for agent registration procedures in overseas areas to these insurers.

    (4) Material changes affecting the corporate status and financial condition of the agency or company that occur during the fiscal year of registration must be reported to USD(P&R) at the address in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this appendix as they occur.

    (i) USD(P&R) reserves the right to terminate registration if such material changes appear to substantially affect the financial and operational standards described in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this appendix, on which registration was based.

    (ii) Failure to report such material changes may result in termination of registration, regardless of how it affects the standards.

    (5) If an analysis of information furnished by the agency or company indicates that unfavorable trends are developing that could adversely affect the agency's or company's future operations, USD(P&R) may opt to bring such matters to the attention of the agency or company and request a statement as to what action, if any, is considered to deal with such unfavorable trends.

    Dated: August 29, 2016. Aaron Siegel, Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21092 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-06-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY Coast Guard 33 CFR Part 165 [Docket Number USCG-2016-0675] RIN 1625-AA87 Security Zone; Potomac River and Anacostia River, and Adjacent Waters; Washington, DC AGENCY:

    Coast Guard, DHS.

    ACTION:

    Notice of proposed rulemaking.

    SUMMARY:

    The Coast Guard proposes to establish a series of security zones in the National Capital Region (NCR) on specified waters of the Potomac River and Anacostia River, and adjacent waters during increased security events. This action is necessary to prevent terrorist acts and incidents immediately before, during, and after events held within the NCR, whenever such an event exists, as determined by the Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region. This rule prohibits vessels and persons from entering the security zone and requires vessels and persons in the security zone to depart the security zone, unless specifically exempt under the provisions in this rule or granted specific permission from the Coast Guard Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region. The proposed regulations will enhance the safety and security of persons and property within the Nation's Capital, while minimizing, to the extent possible, the impact on commerce and legitimate waterway use.

    DATES:

    Comments and related material must be received by the Coast Guard on or before November 1, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    You may submit comments identified by docket number USCG-2016-0675 using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at http://www.regulations.gov. See the “Public Participation and Request for Comments” portion of the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section for further instructions on submitting comments.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    If you have questions about this proposed rulemaking, call or email Mr. Ronald L. Houck, at Sector Maryland-National Capital Region Waterways Management Division, U.S. Coast Guard; telephone 410-576-2674, email [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: I. Table of Abbreviations CFR Code of Federal Regulations COTP Captain of the Port DHS Department of Homeland Security FR Federal Register NPRM Notice of proposed rulemaking §  Section U.S.C. United States Code II. Background, Purpose, and Legal Basis

    The Coast Guard has given each Coast Guard COTP the ability to implement comprehensive port security regimes designed to safeguard human life, vessels, and waterfront facilities while still sustaining the flow of commerce. A security zone is a tool available to the Coast Guard that may be used to control vessel movements in specified waters, which the Coast Guard has determined need additional security measures during certain situations. The COTP has made a determination that it is necessary to establish a series of security zones within the NCR. The purpose of this rulemaking is to enhance public and maritime safety and security in order to safeguard life, property, and the environment on specified navigable waters of the Potomac River and Anacostia River and adjacent waters during increased security events taking place in close proximity to navigable waterways within the COTP's Area of Responsibility.

    The legal basis for the rule is the Coast Guard's authority to establish regulated navigation areas and other limited access areas: 33 U.S.C. 1231.

    III. Discussion of Proposed Rule

    Whenever an event that requires increased security is taking place the proposed security zones will help ensure the safety and security of persons and property on or near the navigable waters of the United States. Accordingly, the COTP Maryland-National Capital Region proposes to establish a series of security zones to protect high-ranking United States officials, foreign dignitaries, and the public; mitigate potential terrorist acts; and enhance public and maritime safety and security in order to safeguard life, property, and the environment on specified waters of the Potomac River, Anacostia River and adjacent waters. The security zones would cover specified navigable waters within the NCR. The duration of the zone is intended to ensure the safety of vessels and these navigable waters before, during, and after the event. No vessel or person would be permitted to enter the security zone without obtaining permission from the COTP or a designated representative. The COTP Maryland-National Capital Region will notify the maritime community, via Broadcast Notice to Mariners (BNM), of the location and duration of the security zone as the increased security event dictates. The security zone established for a specific increased security event will consist of one or more of the security zones categorized below.

    Security zone one includes all navigable waters of the Potomac River, from shoreline to shoreline, bounded to the north by the Francis Scott Key (US-29) Bridge, at mile 113, and bounded to the south by a line drawn from the Virginia shoreline at Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport, at 38°51′21.3″ N., 077°02′00.0″ W., eastward across the Potomac River to the District of Columbia shoreline at Hains Point at position 38°51′24.3″ N., 077°01′19.8″ W., including the waters of the Boundary Channel, Pentagon Lagoon, Georgetown Channel Tidal Basin, and Roaches Run. Events that typically require enforcement of the zone include activities associated with the U.S. Presidential Inauguration and State funerals for former Presidents of the U.S.

    Security zone two includes all navigable waters of the Anacostia River, from shoreline to shoreline, bounded to the north by the John Philip Sousa (Pennsylvania Avenue) Bridge, at mile 2.9, and bounded to the south by a line drawn from the District of Columbia shoreline at Hains Point at position 38°51′24.3″ N., 077°01′19.8″ W., southward across the Anacostia River to the District of Columbia shoreline at Giesboro Point at position 38°50′52.4″ N., 077°01′10.9″ W., including the waters of the Washington Channel. Events that typically require enforcement of the zone include activities associated with the U.S. Presidential Inauguration and State funerals for former Presidents of the U.S.

    Security zone three includes all navigable waters of the Potomac River, from shoreline to shoreline, bounded to the north by a line drawn from the Virginia shoreline at Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport, at 38°51′21.3″ N., 077°02′00.0″ W., eastward across the Potomac River to the District of Columbia shoreline at Hains Point at position 38°51′24.3″ N., 077°01′19.8″ W., thence southward across the Anacostia River to the District of Columbia shoreline at Giesboro Point at position 38°50′52.4″ N., 077°01′10.9″ W., and bounded to the south by the Woodrow Wilson Memorial (I-95/I-495) Bridge, at mile 103.8. Events that typically require enforcement of the zone include activities associated with the U.S. Presidential Inauguration and State funerals for former Presidents of the U.S.

    The above zones may also be enforced for unplanned events requiring increased security, including but not limited to, presidential nominating conventions; international summits and conferences; and meetings of international organizations.

    Security zone four, currently described at 33 CFR 165.508, includes all navigable waters of the Georgetown Channel of the Potomac River, 75 yards from the eastern shore measured perpendicularly to the shore, between the Long Railroad Bridge (the most eastern bridge of the 5-span, Fourteenth Street Bridge Complex) to the Theodore Roosevelt Memorial Bridge and all waters in between, totally including the waters of the Georgetown Channel Tidal Basin. This zone is enforced annually from 12:01 a.m. to 11:59 p.m. local time on July 4. There are no proposed changes to this zone; it is retained and included in this rulemaking.

    Security zone five includes all navigable waters in the Potomac River, including the Boundary Channel and Pentagon Lagoon, bounded on the west by a line running north to south from points along the shoreline at 38°52′50″ N./077°03′25″ W., thence to 38°52′49″ N./077°03′25″ W.; and bounded on the east by a line running from points at 38°53′10″ N./077°03′30″ W., thence northeast to 38°53′12″ N./077°03′26″ W., thence southeast to 38°52′31″ N./077°02′34″ W., and thence southwest to 38°52′28″ N./077°02′38″ W. This zone will be enforced on three days each year: Memorial Day (observed), September 11, and November 11. Specifically, the zone will be enforced from 10 a.m. until 1 p.m. on Memorial Day (observed); from 8 a.m. until 11:59 a.m. on September 11; and from 10 a.m. until 1 p.m. on November 11.

    Security zone six includes all navigable waters of the Potomac River, from shoreline to shoreline, bounded on the north by the Francis Scott Key (U.S. Route 29) Bridge at mile 113.0, downstream to and bounded on the south by the Woodrow Wilson Memorial (I-95/I-495) Bridge, at mile 103.8, including the waters of the Boundary Channel, Pentagon Lagoon, Georgetown Channel Tidal Basin, and Roaches Run; and all waters of the Anacostia River, from shoreline to shoreline, bounded on the north by the John Philip Sousa (Pennsylvania Avenue) Bridge, at mile 2.9, downstream to and bounded on the south by its confluence with the Potomac River. This zone will be enforced annually for the State of the Union Address, starting at 9 a.m. on the day of the State of the Union Address through 2 a.m. the following day.

    IV. Regulatory Analyses

    We developed this proposed rule after considering numerous statutes and Executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on a number of these statutes and Executive orders and we discuss First Amendment rights of protestors.

    A. Regulatory Planning and Review

    Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This NPRM has not been designated a “significant regulatory action,” under Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the NPRM has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.

    This regulatory action determination is based on the size, location, duration and time of year of the security zones. The Coast Guard determined that this rulemaking would not be a significant regulatory action for the following reasons: Security zones one, two and three are expected to be enforced for only a week or two at a time and on only a few occasions per year. Additionally, the Coast Guard designed the areas for security zones one, two and three to cover only a portion of the navigable waterways while still sustaining the flow of commerce, and mariners may request permission from the COTP Maryland-National Capital Region or the designated representative to transit the zone. Security zones four and five are expected to be enforced for only less than 24 hours at a time and on only a few occasions per year. Additionally, the Coast Guard designed the areas for security zones four and five to cover only a small portion of the navigable waterways, waterway users may transit the Potomac River around the areas, and mariners may request permission from the COTP Maryland-National Capital Region or the designated representative to transit the zone. Security zone six is expected to be enforced for only less than 24 hours at a time and on only on one occasion per year when vessel traffic is normally low. Additionally, the Coast Guard designed the area for security zone six to cover only a portion of the navigable waterways while still sustaining the flow of commerce, and mariners may request permission from the COTP Maryland-National Capital Region or the designated representative to transit the zone. Moreover, the Coast Guard would issue a Broadcast Notice to Mariners via VHF-FM marine channel 16 about the zone, and the rule would allow vessels to seek permission to enter the zone.

    B. Impact on Small Entities

    The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.

    While some owners or operators of vessels intending to transit the safety zone may be small entities, for the reasons stated in section IV.A above this proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on any vessel owner or operator.

    If you think that your business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction qualifies as a small entity and that this rule would have a significant economic impact on it, please submit a comment (see ADDRESSES) explaining why you think it qualifies and how and to what degree this rule would economically affect it.

    Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this proposed rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section. The Coast Guard will not retaliate against small entities that question or complain about this proposed rule or any policy or action of the Coast Guard.

    C. Collection of Information

    This proposed rule would not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).

    D. Federalism and Indian Tribal Governments

    A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this proposed rule under that Order and have determined that it is consistent with the fundamental federalism principles and preemption requirements described in Executive Order 13132.

    Also, this proposed rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it would not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. If you believe this proposed rule has implications for federalism or Indian tribes, please contact the person listed in the FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section.

    E. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act

    The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this proposed rule would not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.

    F. Environment

    We have analyzed this proposed rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have made a preliminary determination that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This proposed rule involves security zones that would prohibit entry on specified waters of the Potomac River and Anacostia River, and adjacent waters, during increased security events. Normally such actions are categorically excluded from further review under paragraph 34(g) of Figure 2-1 of Commandant Instruction M16475.lD. A preliminary environmental analysis checklist and Categorical Exclusion Determination are available in the docket where indicated under ADDRESSES. We seek any comments or information that may lead to the discovery of a significant environmental impact from this proposed rule.

    G. Protest Activities

    The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section to coordinate protest activities so that your message can be received without jeopardizing the safety or security of people, places, or vessels.

    V. Public Participation and Request for Comments

    We view public participation as essential to effective rulemaking, and will consider all comments and material received during the comment period. Your comment can help shape the outcome of this rulemaking. If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this rulemaking, indicate the specific section of this document to which each comment applies, and provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation.

    We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at http://www.regulations.gov. If your material cannot be submitted using http://www.regulations.gov, contact the person in the FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section of this document for alternate instructions.

    We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to http://www.regulations.gov and will include any personal information you have provided. For more about privacy and the docket, you may review a Privacy Act notice regarding the Federal Docket Management System in the March 24, 2005, issue of the Federal Register (70 FR 15086).

    Documents mentioned in this NPRM as being available in the docket, and all public comments, will be in our online docket at http://www.regulations.gov and can be viewed by following that Web site's instructions. Additionally, if you go to the online docket and sign up for email alerts, you will be notified when comments are posted or a final rule is published.

    List of Subjects in 33 CFR Part 165

    Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Waterways.

    For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard proposes to amend 33 CFR part 165 as follows:

    PART 165—REGULATED NAVIGATION AREAS AND LIMITED ACCESS AREAS 1. The authority citation for part 165 continues to read as follows: Authority:

    33 U.S.C. 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191, 195; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.

    2. Revise § 165.508 to read as follows:
    § 165.508 Security Zone; Potomac River and Anacostia River, and adjacent waters; Washington, DC.

    (a) Location. Coordinates used in this paragraph are based on NAD83. The following areas are security zones:

    (1) Zone 1. All navigable waters of the Potomac River, from shoreline to shoreline, bounded to the north by the Francis Scott Key (US-29) Bridge, at mile 113, and bounded to the south by a line drawn from the Virginia shoreline at Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport, at 38°51′21.3″ N., 077°02′00.0″ W., eastward across the Potomac River to the District of Columbia shoreline at Hains Point at position 38°51′24.3″ N., 077°01′19.8″ W., including the waters of the Boundary Channel, Pentagon Lagoon, Georgetown Channel Tidal Basin, and Roaches Run;

    (2) Zone 2. All navigable waters of the Anacostia River, from shoreline to shoreline, bounded to the north by the John Philip Sousa (Pennsylvania Avenue) Bridge, at mile 2.9, and bounded to the south by a line drawn from the District of Columbia shoreline at Hains Point at position 38°51′24.3″ N., 077°01′19.8″ W., southward across the Anacostia River to the District of Columbia shoreline at Giesboro Point at position 38°50′52.4″ N., 077°01′10.9″ W., including the waters of the Washington Channel;

    (3) Zone 3. All navigable waters of the Potomac River, from shoreline to shoreline, bounded to the north by a line drawn from the Virginia shoreline at Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport, at 38°51′21.3″ N., 077°02′00.0″ W., eastward across the Potomac River to the District of Columbia shoreline at Hains Point at position 38°51′24.3″ N., 077°01′19.8″ W., thence southward across the Anacostia River to the District of Columbia shoreline at Giesboro Point at position 38°50′52.4″ N., 077°01′10.9″ W., and bounded to the south by the Woodrow Wilson Memorial (I-95/I-495) Bridge, at mile 103.8.

    (4) Zone 4. All navigable waters of the Georgetown Channel of the Potomac River, 75 yards from the eastern shore measured perpendicularly to the shore, between the Long Railroad Bridge (the most eastern bridge of the 5-span, Fourteenth Street Bridge Complex) to the Theodore Roosevelt Memorial Bridge; and all waters in between, totally including the waters of the Georgetown Channel Tidal Basin.

    (5) Zone 5. All navigable waters in the Potomac River, including the Boundary Channel and Pentagon Lagoon, bounded on the west by a line running north to south from points along the shoreline at 38°52′50″ N., 077°03′25″ W., thence to 38°52′49″ N., 077°03′25″ W.; and bounded on the east by a line running from points at 38°53′10″ N., 077°03′30″ W., thence northeast to 38°53′12″ N., 077°03′26″ W., thence southeast to 38°52′31″ N., 077°02′34″ W., and thence southwest to 38°52′28″ N., 077°02′38″ W.

    (6) Zone 6. All navigable waters described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of this section.

    (b) Regulations. The general security zone regulations found in 33 CFR 165.33 apply to the security zones created by this section, § 165.508.

    (1) Entry into or remaining in a zone listed in paragraph (a) in this section is prohibited unless authorized by the Coast Guard Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region. Public vessels and vessels already at berth at the time the security zone is implemented do not have to depart the security zone. All vessels underway within the security zone at the time it is implemented are to depart the zone at the time the security zone is implemented.

    (2) Persons desiring to transit the area of the security zone must first obtain authorization from the Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region or his or her designated representative. To seek permission to transit the area, the Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region and his or her designated representatives can be contacted at telephone number 410-576-2693 or on Marine Band Radio, VHF-FM channel 16 (156.8 MHz). The Coast Guard vessels enforcing this section can be contacted on Marine Band Radio, VHF-FM channel 16 (156.8 MHz). Upon being hailed by a U.S. Coast Guard vessel, or other Federal, State, or local agency vessel, by siren, radio, flashing light, or other means, the operator of a vessel shall proceed as directed. If permission is granted, all persons and vessels must comply with the instructions of the Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region or his designated representative and proceed at the minimum speed necessary to maintain a safe course while within the zone.

    (3) The U.S. Coast Guard may be assisted in the patrol and enforcement of the security zones listed in paragraph (a) in this section by Federal, State, and local agencies.

    (c) Definitions. As used in this section:

    Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region means the Commander, U.S. Coast Guard Sector Maryland-National Capital Region or any Coast Guard commissioned, warrant or petty officer who has been authorized by the Captain of the Port to act on his or her behalf.

    Designated representative means any Coast Guard commissioned, warrant, or petty officer who has been authorized by the Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region to assist in enforcing the security zones described in paragraph (a) of this section.

    Public vessel means a vessel that is owned or demise-(bareboat) chartered by the government of the United States, by a State or local government, or by the government of a foreign country and that is not engaged in commercial service.

    (d) Enforcement. (1) In addition to the specified times in paragraphs (d)(2)-(4) of this section, the security zones created by this section will be enforced only upon issuance of a notice of enforcement by the Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region. The Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region will cause notice of enforcement of these security zones to be made by all appropriate means to the affected segments of the public of the enforcement dates and times of the security zones including publication in the Federal Register, in accordance with 33 CFR 165.7(a). Such means of notification may also include, but are not limited to Broadcast Notice to Mariners or Local Notice to Mariners.

    (2) Security Zone 4, established in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, will be enforced annually, from 12:01 a.m. to 11:59 p.m. on July 4.

    (3) Security Zone 5, established in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, will be enforced annually on three dates: Memorial Day (observed), September 11, and November 11. Security Zone 5 will be enforced from 10 a.m. until 1 p.m. on Memorial Day (observed); from 8 a.m. until 11:59 a.m. on September 11; and from 10 a.m. until 1 p.m. on November 11.

    (4) Security Zone 6, established in paragraph (a)(6) of this section, will be enforced annually on the day the State of the Union Address is delivered. Security Zone 6 will be enforced from 9 a.m. on the day of the State of the Union Address until 2 a.m. on the following day.

    (e) Suspension of enforcement. The Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region may suspend enforcement of the enforcement period in paragraphs (d)(1)-(4) in this section earlier than listed in the notice of enforcement. Should the Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region suspend the zone earlier than the duration listed, he or she will make the public aware of this suspension by Broadcast Notice to Mariners and/or on-scene notice by his or her designated representative.

    Dated: August 24, 2016. Lonnie P. Harrison, Jr., Captain, U.S. Coast Guard, Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21175 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 9110-04-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 50 CFR Part 648 RIN 0648-BG21 Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act Provisions; Fisheries of the Northeastern United States; Atlantic Mackerel, Squid, and Butterfish Fisheries; Amendment 16 AGENCY:

    National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

    ACTION:

    Notice of availability of fishery management plan amendment; request for comments.

    SUMMARY:

    NMFS announces that the Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council has submitted Amendment 16 to the Atlantic Mackerel, Squid, and Butterfish Fishery Management Plan, incorporating the Environmental Assessment and the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, for review by the Secretary of Commerce, and is requesting comments from the public. Amendment 16 would establish a deep-sea coral protection area in Mid-Atlantic waters where fishing vessels would be prohibited from using most fishing gear that contacts the ocean bottom. The Council developed Amendment 16 to protect deep-sea corals under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act's discretionary provision for deep-sea coral protection. The coral protection measures would prevent expansion of fisheries using ocean bottom-tending fishing gear in areas where there is a high likelihood of deep-sea coral presence and would prevent damage to deep-sea corals in areas where they been observed.

    DATES:

    Comments must be received on or before November 1, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    The Council prepared an environmental assessment (EA) for Amendment 16 that describes the proposed action and other considered alternatives and provides a thorough analysis of the impacts of the proposed measures and alternatives. Copies of Amendment 16, including the EA, the Regulatory Impact Review (RIR), and the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA), are available from: Christopher Moore, Executive Director, Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council, Suite 201, 800 State Street, Dover, DE 19901. The EA/RIR/IRFA are accessible online at http://www.greateratlantic.fisheries.noaa.gov/.

    You may submit comments on this document, identified by NOAA-NMFS-2016-0086, by any of the following methods:

    Electronic Submission: Submit all electronic public comments via the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal. Go to www.regulations.gov/#!docketDetail;D=NOAA-NMFS-2016-0086, click the “Comment Now!” icon, complete the required fields, and enter or attach your comments.

    Mail: John K. Bullard, Regional Administrator, NMFS, Greater Atlantic Regional Fisheries Office, 55 Great Republic Drive, Gloucester, MA 01930. Mark the outside of the envelope, “Comments on MSB Amendment 16 NOA.”

    Instructions: Comments sent by any other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the end of the comment period, may not be considered by NMFS. All comments received are a part of the public record and will generally be posted for public viewing on www.regulations.gov without change. All personal identifying information (e.g., name, address, etc.), confidential business information, or otherwise sensitive information submitted voluntarily by the sender will be publicly accessible. NMFS will accept anonymous comments (enter “N/A” in the required fields if you wish to remain anonymous).

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Peter Christopher, Fishery Policy Analyst, 978-281-9288; fax 978-281-9135.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Background

    On January 16, 2013, the Council published a Notice of Intent (NOI) to prepare an Environmental Impact Statement (78 FR 3401) for Amendment 16 to the Atlantic Mackerel, Squid, and Butterfish Fishery Management Plan (FMP) to consider measures to protect deep-sea corals from the impacts of commercial fishing gear in the Mid-Atlantic. The Council conducted scoping meetings during February 2013 to gather public comments on these issues. Following further development of Amendment 16 through 2013 and 2014, the Council conducted public hearings in January 2015. Following these public hearings, and with disagreement about the boundaries of the various alternatives, the Council held a workshop with various stakeholders on April 29-30, 2015, to further refine the deep-sea coral area boundaries. The workshop was an example of effective collaboration among fishery managers, the fishing industry, environmental organizations, and the public to develop management recommendations with widespread support. The Council adopted Amendment 16 on June 10, 2015. The Council submitted Amendment 16 on August 15, 2016, for final review by NMFS, acting on behalf of the Secretary of Commerce. The Council developed the action, and the measures described in this notice, under the discretionary provisions for deep-sea coral protection in section 303(b) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Act. This provision gives the Regional Fishery Management Councils the authority to:

    • Designate zones where, and periods when, fishing shall be limited, or shall not be permitted, or shall be permitted only by specified types of fishing vessels or with specified types and quantities of fishing gear;

    • Designate such zones in areas where deep-sea corals are identified under section 408 (this section describes the deep-sea coral research and technology program), to protect deep-sea corals from physical damage from fishing gear or to prevent loss or damage to such fishing gear from interactions with deep-sea corals, after considering long-term sustainable uses of fishery resources in such areas; and

    • With respect to any closure of an area under the Magnuson-Stevens Act that prohibits all fishing, ensure that such closure

    o Is based on the best scientific information available;

    ○ Includes criteria to assess the conservation benefit of the closed area;

    ○ Establishes a timetable for review of the closed area's performance that is consistent with the purposes of the closed area; and

    ○ Is based on an assessment of the benefits and impacts of the closure, including its size, in relation to other management measures (either alone or in combination with such measures), including the benefits and impacts of limiting access to: Users of the area, overall fishing activity, fishery science, and fishery and marine conservation.

    Consistent with these provisions, the Council proposed the measures in Amendment 16 to balance the impacts of measures implemented under this discretionary authority with the management objectives of the Mackerel, Squid, and Butterfish FMP and the value of potentially affected commercial fisheries. Measures recommended by the Council would:

    • Establish a deep-sea coral protection area that would be in Mid-Atlantic waters only. It would consist of a broad zone that would start at a depth contour of approximately 450 meters (m) and extend to the U.S. Exclusive Economic Zone boundary, and to the north and south to the boundaries of the Mid-Atlantic waters (as defined in the Magnuson-Stevens Act). In addition, the deep-sea coral protection area would include 15 discrete zones that outline deep-sea canyons on the continental shelf in Mid-Atlantic waters. The deep-sea coral area, including both broad and discrete zones, would be one continuous area.

    • Restrict the use of bottom-tending commercial fishing gear within the designated deep-sea coral area, including bottom-tending otter trawls; bottom-tending beam trawls; hydraulic dredges; non-hydraulic dredges; bottom-tending seines; bottom-tending longlines; sink or anchored gill nets; and pots and traps except those used to fish for red crab and American lobster;

    • Require the use of vessel monitoring systems for Illex squid moratorium permit holders to facilitate enforcement of the deep-sea coral area and gear restrictions;

    • Allow vessels to transit the deep-sea coral area protection area provided the vessels bring bottom-tending fishing gear onboard the vessel, and reel bottom-tending trawl gear onto the net reel; and

    • Expand framework adjustment provisions in the FMP for future modifications to the deep-sea coral protection measures.

    The Council recommended that the deep-sea coral protection area should be named in honor of the late Senator Frank R. Lautenberg. Senator Lautenberg was responsible for several important pieces of ocean conservation legislation and authored several provisions included in the reauthorized Magnuson-Stevens Act, including the discretionary provision for coral. Therefore, the Council proposed that the combined broad and discrete zones be officially known as the “Frank R. Lautenberg Deep-Sea Coral Protection Area.”

    The proposed geographic range and gear restrictions in this action overlap with several fisheries outside the Atlantic Mackerel, Squid, and Butterfish FMP and could potentially affect any federally permitted vessel intending to fish within the proposed deep-sea coral area. However, during the initiation and scoping of this action, the Council determined that this action would not apply to the American lobster fishery. Therefore, this action would not restrict the use of lobster pots in the proposed deep-sea coral area. Deep-sea red crab pots and traps would also be allowed in the deep-sea coral zone under the proposed action. The Council proposed the exemption for this gear because red crab fishing occurs entirely within the deep-sea coral protection zone. Prohibiting the gear in the area would eliminate a large portion of the red crab fishery, with likely disproportional negative impacts on the red crab fishery relative to other fisheries.

    Through this document, NMFS seeks comments on Amendment 16 and its incorporated documents through the end of the comment period stated in the DATES section of this notice of availability (NOA). Following NMFS's review of the amendment under the Magnuson-Stevens Act procedures, a rule proposing the implementation of measures in Amendment 16 is anticipated to be published in the Federal Register for public comment. Public comments must be received by the end of the comment period provided in this NOA of Amendment 16 to be considered in the approval/disapproval decision on the amendment. All comments received by the end of the comment period on the NOA of Amendment 16, whether specifically directed to the NOA or the proposed rule, will be considered in the approval/disapproval decision. Comments received after the end of the comment period for the NOA will not be considered in the approval/disapproval decision of Amendment 16.

    Authority:

    16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.

    Dated: August 30, 2016. Emily H. Menashes, Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21193 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
    81 171 Friday, September 2, 2016 Notices DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE Food and Nutrition Service Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request August 29, 2016.

    The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments are requested regarding (1) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.

    Comments regarding this information collection received by October 3, 2016 will be considered. Written comments should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), [email protected] or fax (202) 395-5806 and to Departmental Clearance Office, USDA, OCIO, Mail Stop 7602, Washington, DC 20250-7602. Copies of the submission(s) may be obtained by calling (202) 720-8958.

    An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.

    Food and Nutrition Service

    Title: State Agency (NSLP/SNAP) Direct Certification Rate Data Element Report (FNS-834).

    OMB Control Number: 0584-0577.

    Summary of Collection: Section 101(b) of the HHFKA (Pub. L. 111-296), amended section 9(b)(4) of the NSLA (42 U.S.C. 1758(b)(4)) to define required percentage benchmarks for directly certifying children in households that receive assistance SNAP and further amended the NSLA to require State agencies that do not meet the benchmark for a particular school year develop, submit, and implement a continuous improvement plan (CIP) to fully meet the benchmarks and to improve direct certification for the following school year. The purpose of the State Agency (NSLP/SNAP) Direct Certification Rate Data Element Report (FNS-834) is to collect direct certification data elements from SNAP State agencies and NSLP State agencies to calculate these direct certification rates.

    Need and Use of the Information: The data collection is necessary to monitor compliance with the requirements of Section 101(b) of Public Law 111-296. The form FNS-834, State Agency Direct Certification Rate Data Element Report, provides for the collection of data elements needed to compute each State's direct certification performance rate to compare with the benchmarks.

    Description of Respondents: State, Local, or Tribal Government.

    Number of Respondents: 106.

    Frequency of Responses: Reporting Annually.

    Total Burden Hours: 53.

    Ruth Brown, Departmental Information Collection Clearance Officer.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21112 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3410-30-P
    DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE Forest Service Tahoe National Forest; Placer County, California; Sugar Pine Project Water Right Permit 15375 Extension and Radial Gates Installation AGENCY:

    Forest Service, USDA.

    ACTION:

    Notice of intent to prepare an environmental impact statement.

    SUMMARY:

    Foresthill Public Utility District (Foresthill) has submitted an application to the Tahoe National Forest (TNF) to amend their existing Special Use Permit (Permit) for Sugar Pine Dam and Reservoir (Sugar Pine Project) to increase water storage capacity of the reservoir and improve the stability of Foresthill's water supply by installing radial steel gates in the spillway of the dam. Installation of the radial gates would increase water storage capacity by 3,950 acre-feet (AF) up from 6,922 AF currently to 10,872 AF after installation; the maximum surface elevation of the reservoir would rise 20 vertical feet and inundate approximately 44 additional acres of NFS lands. The surface area of the reservoir would increase from 160 acres to approximately 204 acres if the project is implemented. Important NFS resources would be impacted by the project; popular reservoir recreation facilities would be inundated along with habitat for plants and wildlife, including habitat for Forest Service Sensitive Species.

    DATES:

    Comments concerning the scope of the analysis must be received by October 3, 2016 for purposes of standing pursuant to Forest Service predecisional administrative review regulations at 36 CFR part 218; however, public input will be continue to be accepted and considered by the Forest Service throughout the course of the environmental analysis. The draft environmental impact statement is expected in winter 2016 and the final environmental impact statement is expected by fall of 2017.

    ADDRESSES:

    Send written comments to: Eli Ilano, Tahoe National Forest Supervisor, c/o NEPA Contractor, 2525 Warren Drive, Rocklin, CA 95677. Comments may also be sent via email to [email protected]. Two public scoping meetings will be held during the scoping comment period:

    September 19, 2016 from 6 to 7:30 p.m. at Foresthill Veterans Memorial Hall, 24601 Harrison Street, Foresthill, CA 95631 And September 20, 2016 from 6 to 7:30 p.m. at ECORP Consulting, 2529 Warren Drive, Rocklin, CA 95677 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Additional information concerning the proposed project can be obtained from the TNF projects Web page at http://www.fs.usda.gov/projects/tahoe/landmanagement/projects, or by contacting Tim Cardoza, Forest Land Use Program Manager, by phone (530) 478-6210 or email [email protected].

    Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8 a.m. and 8 p.m., Eastern Time, Monday through Friday.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Purpose and Need for Action

    Applications for use and occupancy of NFS lands are required to be consistent with the Forest Plan. The TNF's purpose in responding to Foresthill's Permit amendment application is to achieve Forest Plan desired conditions for issuance of permits, or permit amendments, when such uses maximize public benefits and impacts to NFS resources are mitigated. The Forest Plan recognizes the importance of Sugar Pine Reservoir as a municipal water supply and describes the potential for installation of radial gates in the existing spillway of the dam. The Forest Plan emphasizes recreation management for the Sugar Pine Reservoir basin in conjunction with other uses.

    The TNF needs to respond to Foresthill's application in order to comply with Title V of the Federal Land Policy Management Act and related Forest Service land use regulations. Amendment of the Permit to authorize installation of the radial gates would be consistent with provisions of the Sugar Pine Dam and Reservoir Conveyance Act which require that changes in use or operation of reservoir facilities comply with all applicable laws and regulations at the time of the changes. Foresthill proposes to increase the water storage capacity of Sugar Pine Reservoir to ensure the availability of the reliable long term water supply for existing development and planned future land uses within the existing water right place of use for State Water Resources Control Board Permit Number 15375 and the Foresthill Divide Community Plan. The additional water storage provided by the proposed project is also intended to enhance water supply reliability needed to protect Foresthill from a prolonged drought; climate change concerns and state initiatives to increase water storage in California are also factors which support the need for action on Foresthill's requested permit amendment.

    Prior to full implementation of the Foresthill Divide Community Plan, or build-out, Foresthill may continue to carry out short-term transfers of stored reservoir water to reduce shortages in downstream communities, to provide ecological benefits or for other beneficial uses consistent with the California Water Code and State Water Resources Control Board's water transfer program. Foresthill used revenue generated from a 2015 water transfer to help fund replacement of an aging storage tank used to provide potable water for the Foresthill community and to maintain water system pressure necessary to comply with state requirements for firefighting; revenue generated by Foresthill from future water transfers may be used to fund similar water system infrastructure projects.

    Proposed Action

    The proposed action is to amend Foresthill's existing Permit to authorize an increase the size and water storage capacity of the reservoir. The proposed action has four components: (1) Installation of radial gates in the spillway of the existing dam, (2) changes in reservoir operations, (3) timber harvest and hazard tree abatement involving one to two million board feet (mmbf) of timber on lands affected by the project and (4) implementation of project design features and mitigation measures to avoid, minimize or compensate for projected impacts to NFS recreation and habitat resources; including replacement of recreation facilities affected by inundation of additional NFS lands.

    Lead and Cooperating Agencies

    The Tahoe National Forest is the lead federal agency for the Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) pursuant to requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). Foresthill Public Utility District is a cooperating agency and the lead state agency for the Environmental Impact Report (EIR) pursuant to requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). The Tahoe National Forest and Foresthill Public Utility District will be preparing a joint environmental document (EIS/EIR) to meet NEPA and CEQA requirements.

    Responsible Official

    The Responsible Official is the Forest Supervisor of the Tahoe National Forest.

    Nature of Decision To Be Made

    The decision to be made is whether to approve the Permit amendment as described above, to modify the project to meet the purpose and need while addressing issues raised in public scoping, or to take no action at this time.

    Permits or Licenses Required

    Amendment of Foresthill's Special Use Permit for Sugar Pine Dam and Reservoir.

    Scoping Process

    This notice of intent initiates the scoping process, which guides the development of the environmental impact statement. Two public scoping meetings will be held during the scoping comment period:

    September 19, 2016 from 6 to 7:30 p.m. at Foresthill Veterans Memorial Hall, 24601 Harrison Street, Foresthill, CA 95631 And September 20, 2016 from 6 to 7:30 p.m. at ECORP Consulting, 2529 Warren Drive, Rocklin, CA 95677

    It is important that reviewers provide their comments at such times and in such manner that they are useful to the agency's preparation of the environmental impact statement. Therefore, comments should be provided prior to the close of the comment period and should clearly articulate the reviewer's concerns and contentions. The most useful comments to inform development of the environmetnal impact statement are those that identify issues in the context of a cause and effect relationship associated with the proposed action or alternatives to the proposed action.

    This project will be subject to 36 CFR 218 Project-level Predecisional Administrative Review Process (Parts A and B). Individuals and entities who have submitted timely, specific written comments regarding a proposed project or activity during public comment periods, including this 30-day public scoping period, may file an objection (36 CFR 218.5(a)). Written comments received, including the names and addresses of those who comment, will be considered part of the public record on this proposal and will be available for public inspection (36 CFR 218.25(b)(2)). For purposes of meeting the 36 CFR 218.5 eligibility requirements, the public scoping period will end 30 days from the date this legal notice is published. Comments submitted anonymously will be accepted and considered.

    Dated: August 24, 2016. Eli Ilano, Forest Supervisor, Tahoe National Forest.
    [FR Doc. 2016-20921 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3411-15-P
    ARCTIC RESEARCH COMMISSION Notice of 106th Commission Meeting

    A notice by the U.S. Arctic Research Commission on August 26, 2016

    Notice is hereby given that the U.S. Arctic Research Commission will hold its 106th meeting in Washington, DC, on September 29-30, 2016. The business sessions, open to the public, will convene at 8:30 a.m. at the U.S. Global Change Research Program, 1800 G St. NW., #9100, Conf. Rm. A, Washington, DC 20006. Photo identification is required to enter the building. Forms of acceptable identification are a driver's license, federal identification card, or passport. All attendees and visitors are required to go through a metal detector with the exception of pregnant women, and individuals with heart conditions. Security must be advised by those individuals with the above mentioned health conditions.

    The Agenda items include:

    (1) Call to order and approval of the agenda (2) Approval of the minutes from the 105th meeting (3) Commissioners and staff reports (4) Discussion and presentations concerning Arctic research activities

    The focus of this meeting will include reports and updates on programs and research projects affecting Alaska and the greater Arctic.

    The Arctic Research and Policy Act of 1984 (Title I Pub. L. 98-373) and the Presidential Executive Order on Arctic Research (Executive Order 12501) dated January 28, 1985, established the United States Arctic Research Commission.

    If you plan to attend this meeting, please notify us via the contact information below. Any person planning to attend, who requires special accessibility features and/or auxiliary aids, such as sign language interpreters, must inform the Commission of those needs in advance of the meeting.

    Contact person for further information: Kathy Farrow, Communications Specialist, U.S. Arctic Research Commission, 703-525-0111 or TDD 703-306-0090.

    Kathy Farrow, Communications Specialist.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21215 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 7555-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE International Trade Administration [A-583-850] Certain Oil Country Tubular Goods From Taiwan: Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2014-2015 AGENCY:

    Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.

    SUMMARY:

    On June 13, 2016 the Department of Commerce (the Department) published the preliminary results of the administrative review of the antidumping duty order on certain oil country tubular goods (OCTG) from Taiwan. The period of review (POR) is July 18, 2014, through August 31, 2015. The review covers one producer/exporter of the subject merchandise, Tension Steel Industries Co., Ltd. (Tension Steel). We invited parties to comment on the preliminarily results. None were received. Accordingly, for the final results, we continue to find that Tension Steel did not make sales of subject merchandise at less than normal value.

    DATES:

    Effective September 2, 2016.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Thomas Schauer, AD/CVD Operations, Office I, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-0410.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Background

    On June 13, 2016, the Department published the Preliminary Results of the administrative review.1 The Department gave interested parties an opportunity to comment on the Preliminary Results. None were received. The Department conducted this review in accordance with section 751(a)(2) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act).

    1See Certain Oil Country Tubular Goods from Taiwan: Preliminary Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2014-2015, 81 FR 38135 (June 13, 2016) (Preliminary Results).

    Scope of the Order

    The merchandise covered by the order is certain OCTG, which are hollow steel products of circular cross-section, including oil well casing and tubing, of iron (other than cast iron) or steel (both carbon and alloy), whether seamless or welded, regardless of end finish (e.g., whether or not plain end, threaded, or threaded and coupled) whether or not conforming to American Petroleum Institute (API) or non-API specifications, whether finished (including limited service OCTG products) or unfinished (including green tubes and limited service OCTG products), whether or not thread protectors are attached. The scope of the order also covers OCTG coupling stock.

    Excluded from the scope of the order are: Casing or tubing containing 10.5 percent or more by weight of chromium; drill pipe; unattached couplings; and unattached thread protectors.

    The merchandise subject to the order is currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item numbers: 7304.29.10.10, 7304.29.10.20, 7304.29.10.30, 7304.29.10.40, 7304.29.10.50, 7304.29.10.60, 7304.29.10.80, 7304.29.20.10, 7304.29.20.20, 7304.29.20.30, 7304.29.20.40, 7304.29.20.50, 7304.29.20.60, 7304.29.20.80, 7304.29.31.10, 7304.29.31.20, 7304.29.31.30, 7304.29.31.40, 7304.29.31.50, 7304.29.31.60, 7304.29.31.80, 7304.29.41.10, 7304.29.41.20, 7304.29.41.30, 7304.29.41.40, 7304.29.41.50, 7304.29.41.60, 7304.29.41.80, 7304.29.50.15, 7304.29.50.30, 7304.29.50.45, 7304.29.50.60, 7304.29.50.75, 7304.29.61.15, 7304.29.61.30, 7304.29.61.45, 7304.29.61.60, 7304.29.61.75, 7305.20.20.00, 7305.20.40.00, 7305.20.60.00, 7305.20.80.00, 7306.29.10.30, 7306.29.10.90, 7306.29.20.00, 7306.29.31.00, 7306.29.41.00, 7306.29.60.10, 7306.29.60.50, 7306.29.81.10, and 7306.29.81.50.

    The merchandise subject to the order may also enter under the following HTSUS item numbers: 7304.39.00.24, 7304.39.00.28, 7304.39.00.32, 7304.39.00.36, 7304.39.00.40, 7304.39.00.44, 7304.39.00.48, 7304.39.00.52, 7304.39.00.56, 7304.39.00.62, 7304.39.00.68, 7304.39.00.72, 7304.39.00.76, 7304.39.00.80, 7304.59.60.00, 7304.59.80.15, 7304.59.80.20, 7304.59.80.25, 7304.59.80.30, 7304.59.80.35, 7304.59.80.40, 7304.59.80.45, 7304.59.80.50, 7304.59.80.55, 7304.59.80.60, 7304.59.80.65, 7304.59.80.70, 7304.59.80.80, 7305.31.40.00, 7305.31.60.90, 7306.30.50.55, 7306.30.50.90, 7306.50.50.50, and 7306.50.50.70.

    While the HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes, the written description is dispositive.

    Final Results of Review

    The Department made no changes to the Preliminary Results. As a result of this review, we determine that a weighted-average dumping margin of 0.00 percent exists for Tension Steel Industries Co., Ltd. for the period July 18, 2014, through August 31, 2015.

    Assessment

    In accordance with 19 CFR 351.212(b) and the Final Modification, 2 the Department will instruct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to liquidate all appropriate entries for Tension Steel without regard to antidumping duties.

    2See Antidumping Proceedings: Calculation of the Weighted-Average Dumping Margin and Assessment Rate in Certain Antidumping Duty Proceedings; Final Modification, 77 FR 8101, 8103 (February 14, 2012) (Final Modification).

    For entries of subject merchandise during the POR produced by Tension Steel for which it did not know that the merchandise was destined for the United States, we will instruct CBP to liquidate un-reviewed entries at the all-others rate if there is no rate for the intermediate company(ies) involved in the transaction. We intend to issue instructions to CBP 15 days after publication of the final results of this review.

    Cash Deposit Requirements

    The following deposit requirements will be effective upon publication of the final results of administrative review for all shipments of subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication date as provided by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) The cash deposit rate for Tension Steel will be 0.00 percent, the weighted-average dumping margin established in the final results of this administrative review; (2) for merchandise exported by manufacturers or exporters not covered in this review but covered in a prior segment of the proceeding, the cash deposit rate will continue to be the company-specific rate published for the most recently completed segment of this proceeding; (3) if the exporter is not a firm covered in this review, a prior review, or the less-than-fair-value investigation but the manufacturer is, the cash deposit rate will be the rate established for the most recently completed segment of this proceeding for the manufacturer of the merchandise; (4) if neither the exporter nor the manufacturer has its own rate, the cash deposit rate will be 2.34 percent.3 These cash deposit requirements, when imposed, shall remain in effect until further notice.

    3See Certain Oil Country Tubular Goods From India, the Republic of Korea, Taiwan, the Republic of Turkey, and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Antidumping Duty Orders; and Certain Oil Country Tubular Goods From the Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Amended Final Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value, 79 FR 53691, 53693 (September 10, 2014).

    Notification to Importers

    This notice serves as a final reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this review period. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Secretary's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.

    Administrative Protective Orders

    This notice also serves as a reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.

    We are issuing and publishing these results in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act.

    Dated: August 26, 2016. Paul Piquado, Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21212 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE International Trade Administration [A-580-867] Large Power Transformers From the Republic of Korea: Preliminary Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2014-2015 AGENCY:

    Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.

    SUMMARY:

    The Department of Commerce (the Department) is conducting an administrative review of the antidumping duty order on large power transformers (LPTs) from the Republic of Korea (Korea). The period of review is August 1, 2014, through July 31, 2015. The review covers five producers/exporters of the subject merchandise. We preliminarily determine that sales of subject merchandise by Hyosung Corporation (Hyosung) and Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. (Hyundai), the two companies selected for individual examination, were made at less than normal value during the period of review. Interested parties are invited to comment on these preliminary results.

    DATES:

    Effective September 2, 2016.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    John Drury or Edythe Artman, AD/CVD Operations, Office VI, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-0195 or (202) 482-3931, respectively.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Scope of the Order

    The scope of this order covers large liquid dielectric power transformers having a top power handling capacity greater than or equal to 60,000 kilovolt amperes (60 megavolt amperes), whether assembled or unassembled, complete or incomplete. The merchandise subject to the order is currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States at subheadings 8504.23.0040, 8504.23.0080 and 8504.90.9540. This tariff classification is provided for convenience and Customs purposes; however, the written description of the scope of the order is dispositive.1

    1 The full text of the scope of the order is contained in the memorandum to Paul Piquado, Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, from Gary Taverman, Associate Deputy Assistant Secretary for Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Operations, entitled “Decision Memorandum for Preliminary Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review: Large Power Transformers from the Republic of Korea; 2014-2015” (Preliminary Decision Memorandum), which is issued concurrent with and hereby adopted by this notice.

    The Preliminary Decision Memorandum is a public document and is on file electronically via Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (ACCESS). Access to ACCESS is available to registered users at http://access.trade.gov and is available to all parties in the Central Records Unit, Room B8024 of the main Department of Commerce building. In addition, a complete version of the Preliminary Decision Memorandum can be accessed directly on the Internet at http://enforcement.trade.gov/frn/index.html. A list of topics discussed in the Preliminary Decision Memorandum is attached as an Appendix to this notice. The signed Preliminary Decision Memorandum and the electronic versions of the Preliminary Decision Memorandum are identical in content.

    Tolling of Deadline

    As explained in the memorandum from the Acting Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, the Department exercised its discretion to toll all administrative deadlines due to a closure of the Federal Government. All deadlines in this segment of the proceeding have been extended by four business days. The revised deadline for the preliminary results of this review is now August 26, 2016.2

    2See Memorandum to the File from Ron Lorentzen, Acting Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, regarding “Tolling of Administrative Deadlines As a Result of the Government Closure During Snowstorm Jonas,” dated January 27, 2016.

    Methodology

    The Department is conducting this review in accordance with section 751(a)(2) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act). Constructed export price is calculated in accordance with section 772 of the Act. Normal value is calculated in accordance with section 773 of the Act. For a full description of the methodology underlying our conclusions, see the Preliminary Decision Memorandum.

    Preliminary Results of Review

    We preliminarily determine that, for the period August 1, 2014, through July 31, 2015, the following weighted-average dumping margins exist: 3

    3 As we did not have a publicly-ranged total U.S. sales value for Hyosung for the period August 1, 2014, through July 31, 2015, to calculate a weighted-average dumping margin for the non-examined companies (i.e., Iljin, Iljin Electric Co., Ltd, and LSIS Co., Ltd.), the rate applied to these companies is a simple average of the weighted-average dumping margins calculated for Hyosung and Hyundai.

    Producer or exporter Weighted-
  • average
  • dumping
  • margin
  • (percent)
  • Hyosung Corporation 1.76 Hyundai Heavy Industries Co., Ltd 3.09 Iljin Electric Co., Ltd 2.43 Iljin 2.43 LSIS Co., Ltd 2.43
    Disclosure and Public Comment

    The Department will disclose to parties to the proceeding any calculations performed in connection with these preliminary results of review within five days after the date of publication of this notice.4 The Department will announce the briefing schedule to interested parties at a later date. Interested parties may submit case briefs on the deadline that the Department will announce.5 Rebuttal briefs, the content of which is limited to the issues raised in the case briefs, must be filed within five days from the deadline date for the submission of case briefs.6

    4See 19 CFR 351.224(b)

    5See 19 CFR 351.309(c)(1)(ii) and (d)(1).

    6See 19 CFR 351.309(d)(1) and (2).

    Parties who submit case or rebuttal briefs in this proceeding are requested to submit with each argument: (1) A statement of the issue; (2) a brief summary of the argument; and (3) a table of authorities.7 Case and rebuttal briefs should be filed using ACCESS.8 Case and rebuttal briefs must be served on interested parties.9 Executive summaries should be limited to five pages total, including footnotes.

    7See 19 CFR 351.309(c)(2).

    8See generally 19 CFR 351.303.

    9See 19 CFR 351.303(f).

    Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.310(c), interested parties who wish to request a hearing must submit a written request to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance within 30 days of the date of publication of this notice. Requests should contain: (1) The party's name, address and telephone number; (2) the number of participants; and (3) a list of issues parties intend to discuss. Issues raised in the hearing will be limited to those raised in the respective case and rebuttal briefs. If a request for a hearing is made, the Department intends to hold the hearing at the U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230, at a date and time to be determined.10 Parties should confirm the date, time, and location of the hearing two days before the scheduled date.

    10See 19 CFR 351.310(d).

    The Department intends to publish the final results of this administrative review, including the results of its analysis of issues raised in any case or rebuttal brief, no later than 120 days after publication of these preliminary results, unless extended.11

    11See section 751(a)(3)(A) of the Act; 19 CFR 351.213(h).

    Assessment Rates

    Upon completion of this administrative review, the Department shall determine, and Customs and Border Protection (CBP) shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries. If a respondent's weighted-average dumping margin is not zero or de minimis in the final results of this review and the respondent reported reliable entered values, we will calculate importer-specific ad valorem assessment rates for the merchandise based on the ratio of the total amount of dumping calculated for the examined sales made during the period of review to each importer to the total entered value of those same sales in accordance with 19 CFR 351.212(b)(1). If the respondent has not reported reliable entered values, we will calculate a per-unit assessment rate for each importer by dividing the total amount of dumping for the examined sales made during the period of review to that importer by the total sales quantity associated with those transactions. Where an importer-specific ad valorem assessment rate is zero or de minimis, we will instruct CBP to liquidate the appropriate entries without regard to antidumping duties in accordance with 19 CFR 351.106(c)(2). If the respondent's weighted-average dumping margin is zero or de minimis in the final results of review, we will instruct CBP not to assess duties on any of its entries in accordance with the Final Modification for Reviews, i.e., “{w}here the weighted-average margin of dumping for the exporter is determined to be zero or de minimis, no antidumping duties will be assessed.” 12

    12See Antidumping Proceedings: Calculation of the Weighted-Average Dumping Margin and Assessment Rate in Certain Antidumping Proceedings: Final Modification, 77 FR 8101, 8102 (February 14, 2012) (Final Modification for Reviews).

    Regarding entries of subject merchandise during the period of review that were produced by Hyosung and Hyundai and for which they did not know that the merchandise was destined for the United States, we will instruct CBP to liquidate un-reviewed entries at the all-others rate of 22.00 percent, as established in the less-than-fair-value investigation of the order, if there is no rate for the intermediate company(ies) involved in the transaction.13 For a full discussion of this matter, see Assessment Policy Notice. 14

    13See Large Power Transformers From the Republic of Korea: Antidumping Duty Order, 77 FR 53177 (August 31, 2012).

    14See Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Assessment of Antidumping Duties, 68 FR 23954 (May 6, 2003) (Assessment Policy Notice).

    We intend to issue liquidation instructions to CBP 15 days after publication of the final results of this review.

    Cash Deposit Requirements

    The following cash deposit requirements will be effective upon publication of the final results of this administrative review for all shipments of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication date of the final results of this administrative review, as provided by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) The cash deposit rate for Hyosung and Hyundai and other companies listed above will be equal to the weighted-average dumping margin established in the final results of this administrative review; (2) for previously reviewed or investigated companies not listed above, the cash deposit rate will continue to be the company-specific rate published for the most recently completed segment of this proceeding in which they were reviewed; (3) if the exporter is not a firm covered in this review, a prior review, or in the investigation but the producer is, the cash deposit rate will be the rate established for the most recently completed segment of this proceeding for the producer of the merchandise; and (4) the cash deposit rate for all other producers or exporters will continue to be the all-others rate of 22.00 percent, the rate established in the investigation of this proceeding.15 These cash deposit requirements, when imposed, shall remain in effect until further notice.

    15See Large Power Transformers From the Republic of Korea: Antidumping Duty Order, 77 FR 53177 (August 31, 2012).

    Notification to Importers

    This notice also serves as a reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this review period. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Department's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.

    Notification to Interested Parties

    We are issuing and publishing this notice in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act.

    Dated: August 26, 2016. Paul Piquado, Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance. Appendix—List of Topics Discussed in the Preliminary Decision Memorandum 1. Background 2. Companies Not Selected for Individual Examination 3. Deadline for Submission of Updated Sales and Cost Information 4. Scope of the Order 5. Comparisons to Normal Value A. Determination of Comparison Method B. Results of the Differential Pricing Analysis 6. Product Comparisons 7. Date of Sale 8. Constructed Export Price 9. Normal Value A. Home Market Viability as Comparison Market B. Level of Trade C. Sales to Affiliates D. Cost of Production 1. Calculation of Cost of Production 2. Test of Comparison Market Sales Prices 3. Results of the Cost of Production Test E. Calculation of Normal Value Based on Comparison Market Prices F. Price-to-Constructed Value Comparison 10. Currency Conversion 11. Recommendation
    [FR Doc. 2016-21211 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration RIN 0648-XE855 North Pacific Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting AGENCY:

    National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

    ACTION:

    Notice of public meeting.

    SUMMARY:

    The North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) Crab Plan Team (CPT) will meet September 20 through September 23, 2016.

    DATES:

    The meeting will be held on Tuesday, September 20, 2016 through Friday, September 23, 2016, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.

    ADDRESSES:

    The meeting will be held at the Alaska Fishery Science Center Traynor Room 2076, 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Building 4, Seattle, WA 98115.

    Council address: North Pacific Fishery Management Council, 605 W. 4th Ave., Suite 306, Anchorage, AK 99501-2252; telephone: (907) 271-2809.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Diana Stram, Council staff; telephone: (907) 271-2809.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Agenda Tuesday, September 20, 2016 Through Friday, September 23, 2016

    The CPT will review updated stock assessments to determine overfishing status and catch specifications for PIBKC (Pribilof Islands Blue King Crab), BBRKC (Bristol Bay Red King Crab), PIRKC (Pribilof Island Red King Crab), SMBKC (St. Matthew Blue King Crab), Bering Sea Snow Crab, and Bering Sea Tanner Crab. The Agenda is subject to change, and the latest version will be posted at http://www.npfmc.org/.

    Special Accommodations

    These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Shannon Gleason at (907) 271-2809 at least 7 working days prior to the meeting date.

    Dated: August 30, 2016. Tracey L. Thompson, Acting Deputy Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21188 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration RIN 0648-XE856 North Pacific Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting AGENCY:

    National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

    ACTION:

    Notice of public meeting.

    SUMMARY:

    The North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) Observer Advisory Committee (OAC) will meet in Seattle, WA.

    DATES:

    The meeting will be held on Monday, September 19, 2016, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. and on Tuesday, September 20, 2016, from 8:30 a.m. to 1 p.m.

    ADDRESSES:

    The meeting will be in the Observer Training Room, Building 4 at the Alaska Fisheries Science Center, 7700 Sand Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115. Please call (907) 271-2896.

    Council address: North Pacific Fishery Management Council, 605 W. 4th Ave., Suite 306, Anchorage, AK 99501-2252; telephone: (907) 271-2809.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Diana Evans, Council staff; telephone: (907)-271-2809.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Agenda Monday, September 19 and Tuesday, September 20, 2016

    The agenda will include a review of the Draft 2017 Observer Annual Deployment Plan, the lead level 2 discussion paper, the EM (Electronic Monitoring) analysis and 2017 EM Plan, other analytic project priorities, and scheduling and other issues. The Agenda is subject to change, and the latest version will be posted at http://www.npfmc.org/observer-program/

    Special Accommodations

    These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Shannon Gleason at (907) 271-2809 at least 7 working days prior to the meeting date.

    Dated: August 30, 2016. Tracey L. Thompson, Acting Deputy Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21189 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration RIN 0648-XE817 Fisheries of the South Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico, and Caribbean; Southeast Data, Assessment, and Review (SEDAR); Public Meeting AGENCY:

    National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

    ACTION:

    Notice of public meeting.

    SUMMARY:

    The SEDAR Steering Committee will meet to discuss the SEDAR process and assessment schedule. See SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION.

    DATES:

    The SEDAR Steering Committee will meet from 1 p.m. on Tuesday, September 20, until 4 p.m. on Wednesday, September 21, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Meeting address: The Steering Committee meeting will be held at the Town and Country Inn, 2008 Savannah Highway, Charleston, SC 29407; telephone: (843) 571-1000.

    SEDAR address: South Atlantic Fishery Management Council, 4055 Faber Place Drive, Suite 201, N. Charleston, SC 29405; www.sedarweb.org.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    John Carmichael, Deputy Executive Director, 4055 Faber Place Drive, Suite 201, North Charleston, SC 29405; phone: (843) 571-4366 or toll free: (866) SAFMC-10; fax: (843) 769-4520; email: [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The items of discussion are as follows:

    SEDAR Steering Committee Agenda, Tuesday, September 20, 2016, 1 p.m.-5 p.m. and Wednesday, September 21, 2016, 8:30 a.m.-4 p.m.

    1. Review Assessment Projects Status Reports 2. Consider the Research Track Assessment Process and Changes in the SEDAR Standard Operating Procedures and Policies (SOPPs). 3. Review State-Sponsored Assessment Process: Goliath Grouper Benchmark Case Study 4. Address the SEDAR Assessment Schedule: Identify assessment capability, determine 2018 priorities and identify projects for 2019-20. 5. Review Data Best Practices Terms of References (TORs) and Charge statement. 6. Progress Report on the Stock Identification and Meristics workshop: Timing, TORs, and stocks list. 7. Update on the NOAA Fisheries Stock Assessment Prioritization Plan: Cooperator progress and SEDAR role.

    Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during this meeting. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the intent to take final action to address the emergency.

    Special Accommodations

    This meeting is accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for auxiliary aids should be directed to the SAFMC office (see ADDRESSES) at least 10 business days prior to the meeting.

    Note:

    The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.

    Authority:

    16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.

    Dated: August 30, 2016. Tracey L. Thompson, Acting Deputy Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21187 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration RIN 0648-XE853 Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act AGENCY:

    National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

    ACTION:

    Notice of availability; request for comments.

    SUMMARY:

    NMFS has completed a Draft Environmental Assessment (EA) to consider the potential impacts of authorizing an exempted fishing permit (EFP) for longline vessels to fish within the U.S. West Coast exclusive economic zone (EEZ).

    DATES:

    Written comments on the draft EA must be submitted by October 3, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Written comments on the draft EA should be submitted to the Sustainable Fisheries Division, NMFS, 501 West Ocean Blvd., Suite 4200, Long Beach, CA 90802. Comments may also be submitted by email to [email protected].

    The EA is available for review upon written request or by appointment in the following office: The Sustainable Fisheries Division, NMFS, 501 West Ocean Blvd., Suite 4200, Long Beach, CA 90802; or on NMFS' West Coast Region Web site: http://www.westcoast.fisheries.noaa.gov/fisheries/migratory_species/highly_migratory_species_rules_req.html.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Amber Rhodes (ph: 562-980-3231; email: [email protected]) or Chris Fanning (ph: 562-980-4198; email: [email protected]), Long Beach, CA.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    This Draft EA was completed to consider potential impacts of issuing an EFP authorizing the applicants to fish with longline gear in the U.S. West Coast EEZ, under specific terms and conditions. According to regulations, a NMFS Regional Administrator may authorize “for limited testing, public display, data collection, exploratory, health and safety, environmental cleanup, and/or hazard removal purposes, the target or incidental harvest of species managed under an FMP [fishery management plan] or fishery regulations that would otherwise be prohibited” (50 CFR 600.745(b)). Issuance of an EFP, which is the proposed action analyzed in this EA, would provide such authorization as fishing with longline gear in the U.S. West Coast EEZ is currently prohibited under the Fishery Management Plan for U.S. West Coast Highly Migratory Species Fisheries and Federal regulation at 550 CFR 660.712(a). The original application for the EFP was discussed during the March 2015 Pacific Fishery Management Council meeting and published on the Council's Web site at: http://www.pcouncil.org/wp-content/uploads/H3a_Att1_Dupuy_etal_MAR2015BB.pdf. A revised application for the EFP and the Council's additional recommendations regarding EFP issuance were published in the Federal Register on May 22, 2015 (80 FR 29662).

    Authority:

    16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.

    Dated: August 30, 2016. Emily H. Menashes, Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21196 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Notice of Public Hearing and Availability of the Draft Environmental Impact Statement and Draft Management Plan for the Proposed Designation of the He`eia National Estuarine Research Reserve in Hawai`i AGENCY:

    Office for Coastal Management (OCM), National Ocean Service (NOS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Department of Commerce (DOC).

    ACTION:

    Notice of Public Hearing and Availability of Draft Environmental Impact Statement and Draft Management Plan for the proposed designation of the He`eia National Estuarine Research Reserve in Hawai`i.

    SUMMARY:

    Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Coastal Zone Management Act, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Office for Coastal Management (OCM) is announcing a forty-five day public comment period and will hold a public hearing for the purpose of receiving comments on the Draft Environmental Impact Statement and Draft Management Plan (DEIS/DMP) prepared for the proposed designation of the He`eia National Estuarine Research Reserve in Hawai`i. The DMP addresses research, monitoring, education, and stewardship/cultural resource needs for the proposed reserve, and the DEIS analyzes alternatives to the proposed action along with their potential environmental impacts. The National Estuarine Research Reserve System (NERRS) is a federal-state partnership administered by NOAA. The system protects more than 1.3 million acres of estuarine habitat for long-term research, monitoring, education and stewardship throughout the coastal United States. Established by the Coastal Zone Management Act of 1972, as amended, each reserve is managed by a lead state agency or university, with input from local partners. NOAA provides funding and national programmatic guidance.

    DATES:

    NOAA is accepting public comments through 5:00 p.m. (HST), October 17, 2016. In addition, NOAA will also accept public comments, conveyed orally or through submitted written statements, during a public hearing held from 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m. on October 6, 2016, at He`eia State Park, 46-465 Kamehameha Highway, Kāne`ohe, HI 96744. NOAA is soliciting the views of interested persons and organizations on the adequacy of the DEIS/DMP. All relevant comments received at the hearing and during the 45-day public comment period ending 5:00 p.m. (HST), October 17, 2016, will be considered in the preparation of the Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) and Final Management Plan (FMP).

    ADDRESSES:

    Comments may be submitted by any one of the following methods:

    Electronic Submissions: Submit all electronic public comments via the Federal e-Rulemaking Portal. Go to www.regulations.gov/#!docketDetail;D=NOAA-NOS-2016-0114, click the “Comment Now!” icon, complete the required fields and enter or attach your comments.

    Mail: Joelle Gore, Stewardship Division, Office for Coastal Management, National Ocean Service, NOAA, 1305 East West Highway,N/ORM2, Room 10622 Silver Spring, MD 20910. Instructions: Comments sent by any other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the end of the comment period, may not be considered by NOAA. All comments received are a part of the public record and will generally be posted for public viewing on www.regulations.gov without change. All personal identifying information (e.g., name, address, etc.), confidential business information, or otherwise sensitive information submitted voluntarily by the sender will be publicly accessible.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Jean Tanimoto, Coastal Management Specialist, Policy, Planning, and Communications Division, Office for Coastal Management at (808) 725-5253 or via email at [email protected].

    Electronic copies of the Draft Environmental Impact Statement and Draft Management Plan may be found on the OCM Web site at http://coast.noaa.gov/czm/compliance/ or may be obtained upon request from [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The requirements of 40 CFR parts 1500-1508 (Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) regulations to implement the National Environmental Policy Act) apply to the preparation of Environmental Impact Statements. Specifically, 40 CFR 1506.6 requires agencies to provide public notice of the availability of environmental documents. Likewise, the NERRS implementing regulations at 15 CFR 921.13(d) require NOAA to provide notice, in the Federal Register, of the DEIS availability and the public hearing. This notice is part of NOAA's action to comply with these requirements.

    Dated: August 23, 2016. John R. King, Deputy Director, Office for Coastal Management, National Ocean Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21059 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-08-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Solicitation for Members of the NOAA Science Advisory Board AGENCY:

    National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Office of Oceanic and Atmospheric Research, Department of Commerce.

    ACTION:

    Notice of solicitation for members of the NOAA Science Advisory Board.

    SUMMARY:

    NOAA is soliciting nominations for members of the NOAA Science Advisory Board (SAB). The SAB is the only Federal Advisory Committee with the responsibility to advise the Under Secretary of Commerce for Oceans and Atmosphere and NOAA Administrator on long- and short-range strategies for research, education, and application of science to resource management and environmental assessment and prediction. The SAB consists of approximately fifteen members reflecting the full breadth of NOAA's areas of responsibility and assists NOAA in maintaining a complete and accurate understanding of scientific issues critical to the agency's missions.

    Composition and Points of View: The Board will consist of approximately fifteen members, including a Chair, designated by the Under Secretary in accordance with FACA requirements.

    Members will be appointed for three-year terms, renewable once, and serve at the discretion of the Under Secretary. If a member resigns before the end of his or her first term, the vacancy appointment shall be for the remainder of the unexpired term, and shall be renewable twice if the unexpired term is less than one year. Members will be appointed as special government employees (SGEs) and will be subject to the ethical standards applicable to SGEs. Members are reimbursed for actual and reasonable travel and per diem expenses incurred in performing such duties but will not be reimbursed for their time. As a Federal Advisory Committee, the Board's membership is required to be balanced in terms of viewpoints represented and the functions to be performed as well as the interests of geographic regions of the country and the diverse sectors of U.S. society.

    The SAB meets in person three times each year, exclusive of teleconferences or subcommittee, task force, and working group meetings. Board members must be willing to serve as liaisons to SAB working groups and/or participate in periodic reviews of the NOAA Cooperative Institutes and overarching reviews of NOAA's research enterprise.

    Nominations: Interested persons may nominate themselves or third parties.

    Applications: An application is required to be considered for Board membership, regardless of whether a person is nominated by a third party or self-nominated. The application package must include: (1) The nominee's full name, title, institutional affiliation, and contact information; (2) the nominee's area(s) of expertise; (3) a short description of his/her qualifications relative to the kinds of advice being solicited by NOAA in this Notice; and (4) a current resume (maximum length four [4] pages).

    DATES:

    Nominations should be sent to the web address specified below and must be received by October 17, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Applications should be submitted electronically to [email protected].

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Dr. Cynthia Decker, Executive Director, Science Advisory Board, NOAA, Rm. 11230, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, Maryland 20910. (Phone: 301-734-1156, Fax: 301-713-1459, Email: [email protected]); or visit the NOAA SAB Web site at http://www.sab.noaa.gov.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    At this time, individuals are sought with expertise in marine ecosystem science and `omics, formal and informal education, oceanography, risk management and resilience, and data science. Individuals with expertise in other NOAA mission areas are also welcomed to apply.

    Dated: August 26, 2016. Jason Donaldson, Chief Financial Officer, Office of Oceanic and Atmospheric Research, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21078 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-KD-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration RIN 0648-XE790 Schedules for Atlantic Shark Identification Workshops and Protected Species Safe Handling, Release, and Identification Workshops AGENCY:

    National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

    ACTION:

    Notice of public workshops.

    SUMMARY:

    Free Atlantic Shark Identification Workshops and Protected Species Safe Handling, Release, and Identification Workshops will be held in October, November, and December of 2016. Certain fishermen and shark dealers are required to attend a workshop to meet regulatory requirements and to maintain valid permits. Specifically, the Atlantic Shark Identification Workshop is mandatory for all federally permitted Atlantic shark dealers. The Protected Species Safe Handling, Release, and Identification Workshop is mandatory for vessel owners and operators who use bottom longline, pelagic longline, or gillnet gear, and who have also been issued shark or swordfish limited access permits. Additional free workshops will be conducted during 2017 and will be announced in a future notice.

    DATES:

    The Atlantic Shark Identification Workshops will be held on October 13, November 10, and December 8, 2016.

    The Protected Species Safe Handling, Release, and Identification Workshops will be held on October 20, October 26, November 4, November 7, December 7, and December 16, 2016.

    See SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION for further details.

    ADDRESSES:

    The Atlantic Shark Identification Workshops will be held in Somerville, MA; Mount Pleasant, SC; and Clearwater, FL.

    The Protected Species Safe Handling, Release, and Identification Workshops will be held in Charleston, SC; Manahawkin, NJ; Kitty Hawk, NC; Panama City, FL; Key Largo, FL; and Ronkonkoma, NY.

    See SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION for further details on workshop locations.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Rick Pearson by phone: (727) 824-5399, or by fax: (727) 824-5398.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The workshop schedules, registration information, and a list of frequently asked questions regarding these workshops are posted on the Internet at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/sfa/hms/compliance/workshops/index.html.

    Atlantic Shark Identification Workshops

    Since January 1, 2008, Atlantic shark dealers have been prohibited from receiving, purchasing, trading, or bartering for Atlantic sharks unless a valid Atlantic Shark Identification Workshop certificate is on the premises of each business listed under the shark dealer permit that first receives Atlantic sharks (71 FR 58057; October 2, 2006). Dealers who attend and successfully complete a workshop are issued a certificate for each place of business that is permitted to receive sharks. These certificate(s) are valid for 3 years. Approximately 124 free Atlantic Shark Identification Workshops have been conducted since January 2007.

    Currently, permitted dealers may send a proxy to an Atlantic Shark Identification Workshop. However, if a dealer opts to send a proxy, the dealer must designate a proxy for each place of business covered by the dealer's permit which first receives Atlantic sharks. Only one certificate will be issued to each proxy. A proxy must be a person who is currently employed by a place of business covered by the dealer's permit; is a primary participant in the identification, weighing, and/or first receipt of fish as they are offloaded from a vessel; and who fills out dealer reports. Atlantic shark dealers are prohibited from renewing a Federal shark dealer permit unless a valid Atlantic Shark Identification Workshop certificate for each business location that first receives Atlantic sharks has been submitted with the permit renewal application. Additionally, trucks or other conveyances that are extensions of a dealer's place of business must possess a copy of a valid dealer or proxy Atlantic Shark Identification Workshop certificate.

    Workshop Dates, Times, and Locations

    1. October 13, 2016, 12 p.m.-4 p.m., LaQuinta Inn, 23 Cummings Street, Somerville, MA 02145.

    2. November 10, 2016, 12 p.m.-4 p.m. Hampton Inn, 1104 Isle of Palms Connector, Mount Pleasant, SC 29464.

    3. December 8, 2016, 12 p.m.-4 p.m. LaQuinta Inn, 5000 Lake Boulevard, Clearwater, FL 33760.

    Registration

    To register for a scheduled Atlantic Shark Identification Workshop, please contact Eric Sander at [email protected] or at (386) 852-8588.

    Registration Materials

    To ensure that workshop certificates are linked to the correct permits, participants will need to bring the following specific items to the workshop:

    • Atlantic shark dealer permit holders must bring proof that the attendee is an owner or agent of the business (such as articles of incorporation), a copy of the applicable permit, and proof of identification.

    • Atlantic shark dealer proxies must bring documentation from the permitted dealer acknowledging that the proxy is attending the workshop on behalf of the permitted Atlantic shark dealer for a specific business location, a copy of the appropriate valid permit, and proof of identification.

    Workshop Objectives

    The Atlantic Shark Identification Workshops are designed to reduce the number of unknown and improperly identified sharks reported in the dealer reporting form and increase the accuracy of species-specific dealer-reported information. Reducing the number of unknown and improperly identified sharks will improve quota monitoring and the data used in stock assessments. These workshops will train shark dealer permit holders or their proxies to properly identify Atlantic shark carcasses.

    Protected Species Safe Handling, Release, and Identification Workshops

    Since January 1, 2007, shark limited-access and swordfish limited-access permit holders who fish with longline or gillnet gear have been required to submit a copy of their Protected Species Safe Handling, Release, and Identification Workshop certificate in order to renew either permit (71 FR 58057; October 2, 2006). These certificate(s) are valid for 3 years. As such, vessel owners who have not already attended a workshop and received a NMFS certificate, or vessel owners whose certificate(s) will expire prior to the next permit renewal, must attend a workshop to fish with, or renew, their swordfish and shark limited-access permits. Additionally, new shark and swordfish limited-access permit applicants who intend to fish with longline or gillnet gear must attend a Protected Species Safe Handling, Release, and Identification Workshop and submit a copy of their workshop certificate before either of the permits will be issued. Approximately 238 free Protected Species Safe Handling, Release, and Identification Workshops have been conducted since 2006.

    In addition to certifying vessel owners, at least one operator on board vessels issued a limited-access swordfish or shark permit that uses longline or gillnet gear is required to attend a Protected Species Safe Handling, Release, and Identification Workshop and receive a certificate. Vessels that have been issued a limited-access swordfish or shark permit and that use longline or gillnet gear may not fish unless both the vessel owner and operator have valid workshop certificates onboard at all times. Vessel operators who have not already attended a workshop and received a NMFS certificate, or vessel operators whose certificate(s) will expire prior to their next fishing trip, must attend a workshop to operate a vessel with swordfish and shark limited-access permits that uses longline or gillnet gear.

    Workshop Dates, Times, and Locations

    1. October 20, 2016, 9 a.m.-5 p.m., Hampton Inn, 678 Citadel Haven Drive, Charleston, SC 29414.

    2. October 26, 2016, 9 a.m.-5 p.m., Holiday Inn, 151 Route 72 East, Manahawkin, NJ 08050.

    3. November 4, 2016, 9 a.m.-5 p.m., Hilton Garden Inn, 5353 North Virginia Dare Trail, Kitty Hawk, NC 27949.

    4. November 7, 2016, 9 a.m.-5 p.m., Hilton Garden Inn, 1101 US Highway 231, Panama City, FL 32405.

    5. December 7, 2016, 9 a.m.-5 p.m., Holiday Inn, 99701 Overseas Highway, Key Largo, FL 33037.

    6. December 16, 2016, 9 a.m.-5 p.m., Hilton Garden Inn, 3485 Veterans Memorial Highway, Ronkonkoma, NY 11779.

    Registration

    To register for a scheduled Protected Species Safe Handling, Release, and Identification Workshop, please contact Angler Conservation Education at (386) 682-0158.

    Registration Materials

    To ensure that workshop certificates are linked to the correct permits, participants will need to bring the following specific items with them to the workshop:

    • Individual vessel owners must bring a copy of the appropriate swordfish and/or shark permit(s), a copy of the vessel registration or documentation, and proof of identification.

    • Representatives of a business-owned or co-owned vessel must bring proof that the individual is an agent of the business (such as articles of incorporation), a copy of the applicable swordfish and/or shark permit(s), and proof of identification.

    • Vessel operators must bring proof of identification.

    Workshop Objectives

    The Protected Species Safe Handling, Release, and Identification Workshops are designed to teach longline and gillnet fishermen the required techniques for the safe handling and release of entangled and/or hooked protected species, such as sea turtles, marine mammals, and smalltooth sawfish. In an effort to improve reporting, the proper identification of protected species will also be taught at these workshops. Additionally, individuals attending these workshops will gain a better understanding of the requirements for participating in these fisheries. The overall goal of these workshops is to provide participants with the skills needed to reduce the mortality of protected species, which may prevent additional regulations on these fisheries in the future.

    Authority:

    16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.

    Dated: August 30, 2016. Emily H. Menashes, Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21194 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration RIN 0648-XE857 New England Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting AGENCY:

    National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

    ACTION:

    Notice; public meeting.

    SUMMARY:

    The New England Fishery Management Council (Council) is scheduling a public meeting of its Ecosystem Based Fishery Management (EBFM) Committee to consider actions affecting New England fisheries in the exclusive economic zone (EEZ). Recommendations from this group will be brought to the full Council for formal consideration and action, if appropriate.

    DATES:

    This meeting will be held on Monday, September 19, 2016 at 10 a.m.

    ADDRESSES:

    The meeting will be held at the DoubleTree Hotel, 50 Ferncroft Road, Danvers, MA 01923; telephone: (978) 777-2500; fax: (978) 750-7991.

    Council address: New England Fishery Management Council, 50 Water Street, Mill 2, Newburyport, MA 01950.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, New England Fishery Management Council; telephone: (978) 465-0492.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Agenda

    The committee will discuss and provide feedback on a Draft Operating Model for the Georges Bank Ecosystem Production Unit description prepared by the EBFM Plan Development Team. This operating model will provide the foundation for a Georges Bank Fishery Ecosystem Plan and Management Strategy Evaluation. The committee will also review and draft comments on a Draft NOAA Fisheries EBFM Policy and Roadmap. Other business will be discussed if time permits.

    Special Accommodations

    This meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, at (978) 465-0492, at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.

    Authority:

    16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.

    Dated: August 30, 2016. Tracey L. Thompson, Acting Deputy Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21190 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
    DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration RIN 0648-XE852 Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting AGENCY:

    National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

    ACTION:

    Notice of a public meeting.

    SUMMARY:

    The Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council will hold a one and a half day meeting of its Standing, Reef Fish, Shrimp, Coastal Migratory Pelagics Scientific and Statistical Committees (SSC).

    DATES:

    The meeting will begin at 1 p.m. on Tuesday, September 20, 2016, and end at 5 p.m. on Wednesday, September 21, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    The meeting will be held at the Gulf Council's Conference Room, and via Webinar. You may attend the meeting via Webinar by registering at: https://attendee.gotowebinar.com/register/816513104821884417.

    Council address: Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council, 2203 N. Lois Avenue, Suite 1100, Tampa, FL 33607; telephone: (813) 348-1630.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Steven Atran, Senior Fishery Biologist, Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council; [email protected], telephone: (813) 348-1630.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Agenda Tuesday, September 20, 2016 I. Introductions and Adoption of Agenda II. Election of Chair and Vice-chair III. Approval of minutes a. January 6-8, 2015 Standing, Reef Fish, and Mackerel SSC meeting b. June 1, 2016 Standing, Shrimp, and Socioeconomic SSC meeting c. Standing Reef Fish socioeconomic Shrimp and Spiny Lobster SSC meeting June 2016-verbatim minutes d. August 2, 2016 Standing and Reef Fish SSC Webinar IV. Selection of SSC representative at October 17-20, 2016 Council meeting Standing and Mackerel SSC Session V. Updated OFL and ABC yield streams for Gulf migratory group king mackerel for 2017/2018 to 2019/2020 fishing seasons Standing and Reef Fish SSC Session #1 VI. Goliath Grouper benchmark assessment VII. Evaluation of candidate species for future data-poor assessments Wednesday, September 21, 2016 Standing and Shrimp SSC Session VIII. Risk assessment for threshold permit numbers relative to sea turtle incidental take constraints Standing and Reef Fish SSC Session #2 a. Decision tools for gray triggerfish b. Commercial seasons and trip limits c. Recreational seasons, size limits, bag limits, and effort shifting IX. Evaluation of recreational red snapper split seasons X. Review of updated SEDAR schedule XI. Discussion on limit and target reference points and MSY proxies for reef fish a. Discussion of limit and target reference points b. Discussion of components of risk and uncertainty associated with the choice and estimation of reference points c. Discussion of the components of risk and uncertainty associated with choosing MSY proxies i. General discussion ii. Discussion specific to red snapper d. Ad Hoc Working Group on MSY proxies i. Charge to the working group ii. Recommendations for working group participants XII. Review of ABC Control Rule Alternatives a. Current ABC control rule b. Modified from the method described in Martel and Froese (2012) c. Fixed proportion of FMSY or MSY d. Bucket method for setting P* XIII. Dates for next SSC meeting XIV. Other Business —Meeting Adjourns—

    You may register for SSC Meeting: Standing, Reef Fish, Mackerel, and Shrimp on September 20 and 21, 2016 at: https://attendee.gotowebinar.com/register/816513104821884417.

    The Agenda is subject to change, and the latest version along with other meeting materials will be posted on the Council's file server. To access the file server, the URL is https://public.gulfcouncil.org:5001/webman/index.cgi, or go to the Council's Web site and click on the FTP link in the lower left of the Council Web site (http://www.gulfcouncil.org). The username and password are both “gulfguest”. Click on the “Library Folder,” then scroll down to “SSC meeting-2016-09.”

    The meeting will be Webcast over the internet. A link to the Webcast will be available on the Council's Web site, at http://www.gulfcouncil.org.

    Although other non-emergency issues not on the agenda may come before the Scientific and Statistical Committee for discussion, in accordance with the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during this meeting. Actions of the Scientific and Statistical Committee will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in the agenda and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the Council's intent to take action to address the emergency.

    Special Accommodations

    This meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Kathy Pereira, at the Gulf Council Office (see ADDRESSES), at least 5 working days prior to the meeting.

    Authority:

    16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.

    Dated: August 30, 2016. Tracey L. Thompson, Acting Director, Office of Sustainable Fisheries, National Marine Fisheries Service.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21183 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
    COMMITTEE FOR PURCHASE FROM PEOPLE WHO ARE BLIND OR SEVERELY DISABLED Procurement List; Additions and Deletions AGENCY:

    Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.

    ACTION:

    Additions to and Deletions from the Procurement List.

    SUMMARY:

    This action adds products to the Procurement List that will be furnished by a nonprofit agency employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities, and deletes products and a service from the Procurement List previously furnished by such agencies.

    DATES:

    Effective: October 2, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 1401 S. Clark Street, Suite 715, Arlington, Virginia 22202-4149.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Barry S. Lineback, Telephone: (703) 603-7740, Fax: (703) 603-0655, or email [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Additions

    On 7/29/2016 (81 FR 49960-49961), the Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled published notice of proposed additions to the Procurement List.

    After consideration of the material presented to it concerning capability of qualified nonprofit agencies to provide the products and impact of the additions on the current or most recent contractors, the Committee has determined that the products listed below are suitable for procurement by the Federal Government under 41 U.S.C. 8501-8506 and 41 CFR 51-2.4.

    Regulatory Flexibility Act Certification

    I certify that the following action will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The major factors considered for this certification were:

    1. The action will not result in any additional reporting, recordkeeping or other compliance requirements for small entities other than the small organizations that will furnish the products to the Government.

    2. The action will result in authorizing small entities to furnish the products to the Government.

    3. There are no known regulatory alternatives which would accomplish the objectives of the Javits-Wagner-O'Day Act (41 U.S.C. 8501-8506) in connection with the products proposed for addition to the Procurement List.

    End of Certification

    Accordingly, the following products are added to the Procurement List:

    Products NSN(s)—Product Name(s): MR 13001—Greensaver Produce Keeper, 1.6 Qt. MR 13002—Greensaver Produce Keeper, 4.3 Qt. MR 13004—Greensaver Crisper Insert Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Cincinnati Association for the Blind, Cincinnati, OH Mandatory Purchase for: The requirements of military commissaries and exchanges in accordance with the Code of Federal Regulations, Chapter 51, 51-6.4. Contracting Activity: Defense Commissary Agency Distribution: C-List Deletions

    On 5/6/2016 (81 FR 27419-27420) and 7/29/2016 (81 FR 49960-49961), the Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled published notices of proposed deletions from the Procurement List.

    After consideration of the relevant matter presented, the Committee has determined that the products and service listed below are no longer suitable for procurement by the Federal Government under 41 U.S.C. 8501-8506 and 41 CFR 51-2.4.

    Regulatory Flexibility Act Certification

    I certify that the following action will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The major factors considered for this certification were:

    1. The action will not result in additional reporting, recordkeeping or other compliance requirements for small entities.

    2. The action may result in authorizing small entities to furnish the products and service to the Government.

    3. There are no known regulatory alternatives which would accomplish the objectives of the Javits-Wagner-O'Day Act (41 U.S.C. 8501-8506) in connection with the products and service deleted from the Procurement List.

    End of Certification

    Accordingly, the following products and service are deleted from the Procurement List:

    Products NSN(s)—Product Name(s): 8470-01-442-2990—Suspension Assembly for PASGT Helmet, Improved. Specification MIL-S-44097 8470-01-442-2995—Suspension Assembly for PASGT Helmet, Improved. Specification MIL-S-44097 8470-01-442-3001—Suspension Assembly for PASGT Helmet, Improved. Specification MIL-S-44097 8470-01-442-3021—Suspension Assembly for PASGT Helmet, Improved. Specification MIL-S-44097 Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Georgia Industries for the Blind, Bainbridge, GA; Travis Association for the Blind, Austin, TX; Winston-Salem Industries for the Blind, Inc., Winston-Salem, NC Contracting Activity: Defense Logistics Agency Troop Support NSN(s)—Product Name(s): MR 890—Barbecue, Display, 4 Tool Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Cincinnati Association for the Blind, Cincinnati, OH Contracting Activity: Defense Commissary Agency NSN(s)—Product Name(s): MR 1032—Rag, Cleaning, White; MR 1145—Server, Gravy Boat Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Winston-Salem Industries for the Blind, Inc., Winston-Salem, NC Contracting Activity: Defense Commissary Agency NSN(s)—Product Name(s): 6230-00-643-3562—Lantern, Electric, Head; 6230-01-493-7630—Lighting Pro VR-5AA Headlight Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Easter Seals Capital Region & Eastern Connecticut, Inc., Windsor, CT Contracting Activity: General Services Administration, Fort Worth, TX NSN(s)—Product Name(s): 6230-01-285-4396—Lantern, Electric, Fireman's Helmet Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Easter Seals Capital Region & Eastern Connecticut, Inc., Windsor, CT Contracting Activity: Defense Logistics Agency Aviation Service Service Type: Janitorial/Custodial Service Mandatory for: Veterans Center #402: 4161 Cass, Detroit, MI Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Jewish Vocational Service and Community Workshop, Southfield, MI Contracting Activity: Department of Veterans Affairs Barry S. Lineback, Director, Business Operations.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21208 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6353-01-P
    COMMITTEE FOR PURCHASE FROM PEOPLE WHO ARE BLIND OR SEVERELY DISABLED Procurement List; Proposed Additions and Deletions AGENCY:

    Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.

    ACTION:

    Proposed Additions to and Deletions from the Procurement List.

    SUMMARY:

    The Committee is proposing to add products to the Procurement List that will be furnished by the nonprofit agency employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities, and deletes products and services previously furnished by such agencies.

    DATES:

    Comments must be received on or before October 2, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 1401 S. Clark Street, Suite 715, Arlington, Virginia 22202-4149.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Barry S. Lineback, Telephone: (703) 603-7740, Fax: (703) 603-0655, or email [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    This notice is published pursuant to 41 U.S.C. 8503(a)(2) and 41 CFR 51-2.3. Its purpose is to provide interested persons an opportunity to submit comments on the proposed actions.

    Additions

    If the Committee approves the proposed additions, the entities of the Federal Government identified in this notice will be required to procure the products listed below from the nonprofit agency employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities.

    The following products are proposed for addition to the Procurement List for production by the nonprofit agency listed:

    Products NSN(s)—Product Name(s): 8465-01-608-7503—Bag, Sleeping, Outer, Extreme Cold Weather (ECW OSB) U.S. Marine Corps, Regular; 8465-01-623-2346—Bag, Sleeping, Outer, Extreme Cold Weather (ECW OSB) U.S. Marine Corps, Extra Long Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: ReadyOne Industries, Inc., El Paso, TX Mandatory Purchase for: 50% of the requirements of Department of Defense Contracting Activity: Defense Logistics Agency Troop Support Distribution: C-List Deletions

    The following products and services are proposed for deletion from the Procurement List:

    Products Product Name(s)—NSN(s): 8415-01-519-7867—Jacket, Level 3, PCU, Marine Corps, Brown, L 8415-01-519-7868—Jacket, Level 3, PCU, Marine Corps, Brown, M 8415-01-519-8079—Jacket, Level 3, PCU, Marine Corps, Brown, L-L 8415-01-519-8083—Jacket, Level 3, PCU, Marine Corps, Brown, S 8415-01-519-8084—Jacket, Level 3, PCU, Marine Corps, Brown, XL-L 8415-01-519-8087—Jacket, Level 3, PCU, Marine Corps, Brown, XL Contracting Activities: Commander, Quantico, VA, Army Contracting Command—Aberdeen Proving Ground, Natick Contracting Division 8415-01-535-7954—Shirt, Level 3, PCU, Army, Brown, XXL 8415-01-542-8541—Jacket, Lightweight Extreme Cold Weather Insulating Level 3, PCU, Army, Brown, XXLL 8415-01-542-8544—Jacket, Lightweight Extreme Cold Weather Insulating, Level 3, PCU, Army, Brown, S 8415-01-542-8548—Jacket, Lightweight Extreme Cold Weather Insulating, Level 3, PCU, Army, Brown, M 8415-01-542-8551—Jacket, Lightweight Extreme Cold Weather Insulating, Level 3, PCU, Army, Brown, L 8415-01-542-8554—Jacket, Lightweight Extreme Cold Weather Insulating, Level 3, PCU, Army, Brown, L-L 8415-01-542-8557—Jacket, Lightweight Extreme Cold Weather Insulating, Level 3, PCU, Army, Brown, XL-L 8415-01-542-8558—Jacket, Lightweight Extreme Cold Weather Insulating, Level 3, PCU, Army, Brown, XL 8415-01-542-8560—Jacket, Lightweight Extreme Cold Weather Insulating, Level 3, PCU, Army, Brown, XXL 8415-01-542-8561—Jacket, Lightweight Extreme Cold Weather Insulating, Level 3, PCU, Army, Brown, XS 8415-01-543-7040—Jacket, Extreme Cold Weather Level 3, PCU, Army, Brown, M-L 8415-01-544-6756—Jacket, Extreme Cold Weather Level 3, PCU, Army, Brown, XXXL 8415-01-544-6759—Jacket, Extreme Cold Weather Level 3, PCU, Army, Brown, XXXLL Contracting Activity: Army Contracting Command—Aberdeen Proving Ground, Natick Contracting Division Product Name(s)—NSN(s): 7930-01-436-7950—Phenolic Disinfectant Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Beacon Lighthouse, Inc., Wichita Falls, TX Contracting Activities: U.S. Postal Service, Department of Veterans Affairs, General Services Administration, Fort Worth, TX Product Name(s)—NSN(s): 7530-01-354-2327—Envelope, Translucent, 41/2 x 11″, 7530-01-354-3982—Envelope, Translucent, 4 x 7″, 7530-01-354-3983—Envelope, Translucent, 91/2 x 11″ Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Industries for the Blind, Inc., West Allis, WI Contracting Activity: General Services Administration, New York, NY Product Name(s)—NSN(s): 7520-00-255-7081—Clipboard, Arch, Brown, 9″ x 17″, 7520-00-191-1075—Clipboard, Arch, With Perforator, Brown, 9″ x 17″ Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Industries of the Blind, Inc., Greensboro, NC Contracting Activity: General Services Administration, New York, NY Product Name(s)—NSN(s): 7520-01-424-4849—Marker, Permanent Ink (Colossal) (Black) Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Dallas Lighthouse for the Blind, Inc., Dallas, TX Contracting Activity: General Services Administration, New York, NY Product Name(s)—NSN(s): 8415-01-487-5148—Cap, Baseball, embroidered, Navy, Blue Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: ReadyOne Industries, Inc., El Paso, TX Contracting Activity: Defense Logistics Agency Troop Support Services Service Type: Interior Landscaping/Copier Operation Service Mandatory for: Department of Agriculture, 5601 Sunnyside Avenue, Beltsville, MD Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Blind Industries & Services of Maryland, Baltimore, MD Contracting Activity: Dept of Agriculture, Procurement Operations Division Service Type: Mailing Service Mandatory for: Department of Housing and Urban Development, 7 7th St. NW., Washington, DC Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Virginia Industries for the Blind, Charlottesville, VA Contracting Activity: Dept of Housing and Urban Development Service Type: ShadowBoarding Service Mandatory for: Fleet and Industrial Supply Center, P.O. Box 97, Naval Air Station, Jacksonville, FL Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Mississippi Industries for the Blind, Jackson, MS Contracting Activity: DOD/Department of the Navy Service Type: Order Processing Service Mandatory for: GSA, Northeast Distribution Center: Federal Supply Service (3FS), 1900 River Rd, Burlington, NJ Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Bestwork Industries for the Blind, Inc., Cherry Hill, NJ Contracting Activity: GSA/FAS Tools Acquisition Division II Service Type: Microfilming Tax Forms Service Mandatory for: Internal Revenue Service, 312 Elm St #2300, Cincinnati, OH Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Blind Industries & Services of Maryland, Baltimore, MD Contracting Activity: Department of the Treasury Service Type: Assembly Service Mandatory for: U.S. Information Agency, 400 C Street SW., Washington, DC Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Virginia Industries for the Blind, Charlottesville, VA Contracting Activity: Dept of State, Office of Acquisition Mgmt—MA Service Type: Duplicating Service Mandatory for: U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 10 S Howard St, Baltimore, MD Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: North Central Sight Services, Inc., Williamsport, PA Contracting Activity: Dept of the Army, W40M NORTHEREGION Contract Ofc Service Type: Employment Placement Service Mandatory for Defense Logistics Agency: National Human Resource Offices (HRO) Locations—Columbus, OH; Richmond, VA; Battle, Fort Belvoir, VA Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Center for the Blind and Visually Impaired, Chester, PA Contracting Activity: Defense Logistics Agency Aviation Service Type: Administrative Service Mandatory for: General Services Administration, 100 Penn Square East, Philadelphia, PA Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Center for the Blind and Visually Impaired, Chester, PA Contracting Activity: General Services Administration, FPDS Agency Coordinator Service Type: Administrative/General Support Service Mandatory for: GSA, Southwest Supply Center, 819 Taylor Street, Fort Worth, TX Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: NewView Oklahoma, Inc., Oklahoma City, OK Contracting Activity: General Services Administration, FPDS Agency Coordinator Service Type: Customer Service Representatives Service Mandatory for: GSA, Philadelphia Region 3: Federal Supply Service Bureau, Philadelphia, PA Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Center for the Blind and Visually Impaired, Chester, PA Contracting Activity: General Services Administration, FPDS Agency Coordinator Service Type: Parts Machining Service Mandatory for: Mare Island Naval Shipyard, Vallejo, CA Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: West Texas Lighthouse for the Blind, San Angelo, TX Contracting Activity: DOD/Department of the Navy Service Type: Employment Placement Service Mandatory for: Defense Logistics Agency: National Human Resource Offices, 8725 John J Kingman Rd #2545, Fort Belvoir, VA Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Columbia Lighthouse for the Blind, Washington, DC Contracting Activity: Defense Logistics Agency Aviation Service Type: Order Processing Service Mandatory for: Federal Prison Industries, Lexington, KY Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Clovernook Center for the Blind and Visually Impaired, Cincinnati, OH Contracting Activity: Federal Prison System, Central Office Service Type: Medical Transcription Service Mandatory for: Patuxent River Naval Air Station: U.S. Naval Hospital, 47149 Buse Road, Unit 1370, Patuxent River, MD Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Lighthouse for the Blind of Houston, Houston, TX Contracting Activity: DOD/Department of the Navy Service Type: Photocopying Service Mandatory for: James E. Van Zandt Veterans Affairs Medical Center, 2907 Pleasant Valley Blvd., Altoona, PA Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: North Central Sight Services, Inc., Williamsport, PA Contracting Activity: Department of Veterans Affairs Service Type: HTML Coding of Forest Health Monitoring Service Mandatory for: USDA, Forest Service, North Central Forest Experiment Station, St. Paul, MN Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: North Central Sight Services, Inc., Williamsport, PA Contracting Activity: Dept of Agriculture, Procurement Operations Division Service Type: Duplicating Service Mandatory for: U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 100 Liberty Avenue, Pittsburgh, PA Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: North Central Sight Services, Inc., Williamsport, PA Contracting Activity: Dept of the Army, W40M NORTHEREGION Contract Ofc Service Type: Medical Transcription Service Mandatory for: Veterans Affairs Medical Center, 150 S. Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Massachusetts Commission for the Blind Ferguson Industries for the Blind (Deleted), Malden, MA Contracting Activity: Department of Veterans Affairs Service Type: Administrative/General Support Service Mandatory for: GSA, Northeast Distribution Center, Federal Supply Service (3FS), Burlington, NJ Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Bestwork Industries for the Blind, Inc., Cherry Hill, NJ Contracting Activity: General Services Administration, FPDS Agency Coordinator Service Type: Administrative Support Service Mandatory for: Federal Bureau of Prisons, Old North Carolina Highway 75, Butner, NC Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: RLCB, Inc., Raleigh, NC Contracting Activity: Federal Prison System, Terminal Island, FCI Service Type: Electronic Service Customer Representative Service Mandatory for: Securities & Exchange Commission Library, 2100 2nd St., SW., Rm. 110, Washington, DC Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Columbia Lighthouse for the Blind, Washington, DC Contracting Activity: Securities and Exchange Commission Service Type: Fulfillment Service Mandatory for: Veterans Affairs Blind Rehabilitation Center, 1 Freedom Way, Augusta, GA Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Columbia Lighthouse for the Blind, Washington, DC Contracting Activity: Department of Veterans Affairs Service Type: Administrative/General Support Service Mandatory for: Office of Personnel Management: Inspector General Office, 1900 E Street NW., Washington, DC Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Columbia Lighthouse for the Blind, Washington, DC Contracting Activity: Office of Personnel Management Service Type: Sponge Rubber Mattress Rehabilitation Service Mandatory for: Requirements for GSA Region 3, 100 S Independence Mall West, Philadelphia, PA Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Virginia Industries for the Blind, Charlottesville, VA Contracting Activity: DOD/Department of the Navy Service Type: Order Processing Service Mandatory for: McGuire Air Force Base, 2786 Mitchell Rd, McGuire AFB, NJ Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Bestwork Industries for the Blind, Inc., Cherry Hill, NJ Contracting Activity: Dept of the Air Force, FA7014 AFDW PK Service Type: Operation of Postal Service Center Service Mandatory for: Seymour-Johnson Air Force Base, 1630 Martin St, Seymour-Johnson AFB, NC Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Lions Industries for the Blind, Inc., Kinston, NC Contracting Activity: Dept of the Air Force, FA7014 AFDW PK Service Type: Janitorial/Custodial Service Mandatory for: Defense Supply Center Columbus, 3990 East Broad Street, Columbus, OH Contracting Activity: Defense Logistics Agency Land and Maritime Service Type: Administrative/General Support Service Mandatory for: GSA, Southwest Supply Center, 819 Taylor Street, Fort Worth, TX Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: New Mexico Industries for the Blind (Deleted), Santa Fe, NM Contracting Activity: General Services Administration, FPDS Agency Coordinator Service Type: Release of Information Copying Service Mandatory for: Veterans Affairs Medical Center, 421 North Main Street, Leeds, MA Mandatory Source(s) of Supply: Massachusetts Commission for the Blind Ferguson Industries for the Blind (Deleted), Malden, MA Contracting Activity: Department of Veterans Affairs Barry S. Lineback, Director, Business Operations.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21207 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6353-01-P
    COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION Sunshine Act Meetings TIME AND DATE:

    10:00 a.m., Friday, September 9, 2016.

    PLACE:

    Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street NW., Washington, DC, 9th Floor Commission Conference Room.

    STATUS:

    Closed.

    MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED:

    Surveillance, enforcement, and examinations matters. In the event that the time, date, or location of this meeting changes, an announcement of the change, along with the new time, date, and/or place of the meeting will be posted on the Commission's Web site at http://www.cftc.gov.

    CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:

    Christopher Kirkpatrick, 202-418-5964.

    Natise Allen, Executive Assistant.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21323 Filed 8-31-16; 4:15 pm] BILLING CODE 6351-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION [Docket ID ED-2016-FSA-0044] Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records AGENCY:

    Federal Student Aid, Department of Education.

    ACTION:

    Notice of an altered system of records.

    SUMMARY:

    In accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (Privacy Act), the Chief Operating Officer for Federal Student Aid (FSA) of the U.S. Department of Education (the Department) publishes this notice to revise the system of records entitled “Common Services for Borrowers (CSB)” (18-11-16).

    The Department publishes this notice to supplement the description of the CSB system to include paper records obtained from guarantee agencies as part of the appeal of guarantee agencies' decisions to the Department and to revise the CSB system of records as a result of receiving multiple requests for documents from Federal, State, local, or tribal governmental entities seeking to verify Department contractors' compliance with consumer protection, debt collection, financial, and other applicable statutory, regulatory, or local requirements. To more easily accommodate these requests, FSA proposes to add a new routine use to allow the Department to make disclosures to governmental entities at the Federal, State, or local levels regarding the practices of Department contractors who have been provided with access to the CSB system (e.g., Federal Loan servicers, including not-for-profit servicers, the Federal Perkins Loan servicer, and private collection agencies) with regards to all aspects of loans and grants made under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (HEA), in order to permit these governmental entities to verify the contractor's compliance with debt collection, financial, and other applicable statutory, regulatory, or local requirements, thus allowing such contractors to continue with their contracted activities for loans and grants made under title IV of the HEA.

    DATES:

    Submit your comments on this altered system of records notice on or before October 3, 2016.

    The Department has filed a report describing the altered system of records covered by this notice with the Chair of the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, the Chair of the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, and the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB) on August 22, 2016. This altered system of records will become effective on the later date of: (1) The expiration of the 40-day period for OMB review on August 22, 2016; or (2) October 3, 2016, unless the altered system of records notice needs to be changed as a result of public comment or OMB review. The Department will publish any changes to the altered system of records notice that result from public comment or OMB review.

    ADDRESSES:

    Submit your comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal or via postal mail, commercial delivery, or hand delivery. We will not accept comments submitted by fax or by email or those submitted after the comment period. To ensure that we do not receive duplicate copies, please submit your comments only once. In addition, please include the Docket ID at the top of your comments.

    Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to www.regulations.gov to submit your comments electronically. Information on using Regulations.gov, including instructions for accessing agency documents, submitting comments, and viewing the docket, is available on the site under the “help” tab.

    Postal Mail, Commercial Delivery, or Hand Delivery: If you mail or deliver your comments about this altered system of records, address them to: William Leith, Director, Program Management Services, Business Operations, Federal Student Aid, U.S. Department of Education, 830 First Street NE., Union Center Plaza (UCP), Room 111I1, Washington, DC 20202-5132.

    Privacy Note:

    The Department's policy is to make all comments received from members of the public available for public viewing in their entirety on the Federal eRulemaking Portal at www.regulations.gov. Therefore, commenters should be careful to include in their comments only information that they wish to make publicly available.

    Assistance to Individuals with Disabilities in Reviewing the Rulemaking Record: On request, we will supply an appropriate accommodation or auxiliary aid to an individual with a disability who needs assistance to review the comments or other documents in the public rulemaking record for this notice. If you want to schedule an appointment for this type of accommodation or auxiliary aid, please contact the person listed under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    William Leith, Director, Program Management Services, Business Operations, Federal Student Aid, U.S. Department of Education, UCP, 830 First Street NE., Room 111I1, Washington, DC 20202-5132. Telephone number: (202) 377-3676.

    If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), you may call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Introduction

    The CSB system of records covers records for all activities that the Department carries out with regard to making and servicing Federal title IV, HEA loans, and collecting or otherwise resolving obligations owed by an individual with respect to a Federal title IV, HEA loan or grant program. The CSB system contains records of an individual's Federal title IV, HEA loans or grants and of transactions performed by the Department to carry out the purposes of this notice.

    Authority to collect data to make and service title IV, HEA loans, and to otherwise resolve obligations owed by an individual with respect to a Federal title IV, HEA grant program, is provided by titles IV-A, IV-B, IV-D, and IV-E of the HEA.

    The Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4) and (11)) requires Federal agencies to publish in the Federal Register this notice of an altered system of records. The Department's regulations implementing the Privacy Act are contained in part 5b of title 34 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR).

    The Privacy Act applies to records about individuals that contain individually identifying information and that are retrieved by a unique identifier associated with each individual, such as a name or Social Security number. The information about each individual is called a “record,” and the system, whether manual or computer-based, is called a “system of records.”

    Whenever the Department makes a significant change to an established system of records, the Privacy Act requires the Department to publish a notice of an altered system of records in the Federal Register and to prepare and send a report to the Chair of the Committee on Oversight and Government Reform of the House of Representatives, the Chair of the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate, and the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB. These reports are intended to permit an evaluation of the probable effect of the proposal on the privacy rights of individuals.

    A change to a system of records is considered to be a significant change that must be reported whenever an agency expands the types or categories of information maintained, significantly expands the number, types, or categories of individuals about whom records are maintained, changes the purpose for which the information is used, changes the equipment configuration in a way that creates substantially greater access to the records, or adds a routine use disclosure to the system. The CSB system of records was first published in the Federal Register on January 23, 2006 (71 FR 3503), and subsequently updated on September 12, 2014 (79 FR 54685).

    This notice will add a new category of records to the categories of records in the CSB system. This category will include records obtained by the Department as part of the appeal of guarantee agency decisions. These records are kept by the Department in paper form and are not included in any electronic systems. Including these records in the CSB system will ensure the accurate description of the records used by the Department to carry out student loan-related activities.

    This notice will also add a new programmatic routine use (1)(r) to allow the Department to make disclosures to governmental entities at the Federal, State, local, or tribal levels regarding the practices of Department contractors who have been provided with access to the CSB system (e.g., Federal Loan servicers, including not-for-profit servicers, the Federal Perkins Loan servicer, and private collection agencies) with regards to all aspects of loans and grants made under title IV of the HEA in order to permit these entities to verify the contractors' compliance with debt collection, financial, and other applicable statutory, regulatory, or local requirements, which will allow such contractors to continue their work on title IV programs. Before making a disclosure to these Federal, State, local, or tribal governmental entities, the Department will require them to maintain Privacy Act safeguards to protect the security and confidentiality of the disclosed records.

    Accessible Format: Individuals with disabilities can obtain this document in an accessible format (e.g., braille, large print, audiotape, or compact disc) on request to the person listed under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT.

    Electronic Access to This Document: The official version of this document is the document published in the Federal Register. Free Internet access to the official edition of the Federal Register and the Code of Federal Regulations is available via the Federal Digital System at: www.thefederalregister.org/fdsys. At this site you can view this document, as well as all other documents of this Department published in the Federal Register, in text or Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF). To use PDF you must have Adobe Acrobat Reader, which is available free at the site.

    You may also access documents of the Department published in the Federal Register by using the article search feature at: www.federalregister.gov.

    Specifically, through the advanced search feature at this site, you can limit your search to documents published by the Department.

    Dated: August 30, 2016. James W. Runcie, Chief Operating Officer, Federal Student Aid.

    For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Chief Operating Officer of Federal Student Aid (FSA), U.S. Department of Education (Department), publishes a notice of an altered system of records. The following amendment is made to the Notice of Altered and Deleted Systems of Records entitled “Common Services for Borrowers (CSB)” (18-11-16), as last published in the Federal Register on September 12, 2014 (79 FR 54685-54695):

    SYSTEM NUMBER: 18-11-16 SYSTEM NAME:

    Common Services for Borrowers (CSB).

    SECURITY CLASSIFICATION:

    None.

    SYSTEM LOCATION:

    Maximus Federal Services, Inc., 9651 Hornbaker Road, Manassas, VA 20109 [Department contractor—Debt Management Collection System (DMCS) Data Center].

    U.S. Department of Education, Federal Student Aid, 830 First Street NE., Union Center Plaza (UCP), Washington, DC 20202-5132.

    See Appendix II to this notice for the name and location of additional Department locations as well as those of Department contractors with access to this system of records.

    Federal Loan Servicers:

    • Great Lakes Educational Loan Services, Inc., 2401 International Lane, Madison, WI 53704-3121;

    • Nelnet Servicing LLC, 1001 Fort Crook Road N., Suite 132, Bellevue, NE 68005, 6420 Southpoint Parkway, Jacksonville, FL 32216-8009 and 3015 South Parker Road, Aurora, CO 80014-2906;

    • Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency (PHEAA), 1200 North 7th Street, Harrisburg, PA 17102-1419;

    and

    • Navient Corporation, 11100 USA Parkway, Fishers, IN 46037-9203.

    The Department contracts with the aforementioned four Federal Loan Servicers group to effectively manage the servicing and processing of the large number of Federal Family Education Loan Program loans purchased by the Department and as a result of the transition to 100 percent Direct Loans.

    The Department also contracts with Not-for-Profit (NFP) Servicers, which also serve as Federal Loan Servicers to support loan servicing. See Appendix II to this notice for the name and location of each NFP Servicer with which the Department contracts.

    In addition to the Federal Loan Servicers listed above, the Department contracts with Educational Computer Systems, Inc. (ECSI), 181 Montour Run Road, Coraopolis, PA 15108-9408, to service Federal Perkins Loans.

    The Department also contracts with Private Collection Agencies (PCAs) to collect delinquent or defaulted loans. See Appendix II to this notice for the name and location of each PCA with which the Department contracts.

    Other contractors that the Department contracts with to maintain this system of records are found in Appendix II to this notice along with the name of the system that they support.

    CATEGORIES OF INDIVIDUALS COVERED BY THE SYSTEM:

    The CSB system contains records on those individuals who received a loan or who are otherwise obligated to repay a loan or grant made under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (HEA), held and collected by the Department, which was made under: (1) The Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL) Program, including Stafford Loans, Federal Insured Student Loans (FISL), Supplemental Loans for Students (SLS), PLUS Loans (formerly Parental Loans for Undergraduate Students), and Consolidation Loans; (2) the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan (Direct Loan) Program, including Federal Direct Unsubsidized and Subsidized Stafford/Ford Loans, Federal Direct Consolidation Loans, and Federal Direct PLUS Loans; (3) the Federal Perkins Loan Program; (4) the Federal Pell Grant Program; (5) the Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) Program; (6) the Leveraging Educational Assistance Partnership (LEAP) Program; (7) the Special Leveraging Educational Assistance Partnership (SLEAP) Program; (8) Academic Competiveness Grant (ACG) Program; (9) National Science and Mathematics Access to Retain Talent (SMART) Grant Program; (10) Teach Education Assistance for College and Higher Education (TEACH) Grant Program; (11) the Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant Program; (12) the Civil Legal Assistance Attorney Student Loan Repayment Program (CLAARP); and (13) the Public Service Loan Forgiveness (PSLF) Program.

    This system also contains records on individuals who apply for, but do not receive a Direct Loan, as well as individuals identified by the borrower or recipient of the Federal title IV, HEA loan or grant as references or as household members whose income and expenses are considered in connection with the making or the enforcement of the grant or loan.

    CATEGORIES OF RECORDS IN THE SYSTEM:

    This system of records covers the records in all systems used by the Department to carry out activities with regard to making and servicing loans, including collecting or otherwise resolving obligations owed by an individual under title IV of the HEA. The following systems are covered by this system of records notice: DMCS, CLAARP system, PSLF system, systems operated by the Federal Loan Servicers to accomplish the purpose(s) of this system of records, systems operated by the Federal Perkins Loan Program Servicer to accomplish the purpose(s) of this system of records, systems operated by the PCAs to accomplish the purpose(s) of this system of records, and Total and Permanent Disability (TPD) system, as well as paper records obtained by the Department from guarantee agencies in the process of considering appeals by title IV loan borrowers of guarantee agency decisions.

    This system of records contains the employment information, educational status, family income, Social Security number (SSN), address(es), email address(es), and telephone number(s) of the individuals obligated on the debt or whose income and expenses are included in a financial statement submitted by the individual. This system also contains records including, but not limited to, the application for, agreement to repay, and disbursements on the loan, and loan guaranty, if any; the repayment history, including deferments and forbearances; claims by lenders on the loan guaranty; and cancellation or discharges on grounds of qualifying service, bankruptcy discharge, disability (including medical records submitted to support application for discharge by reason of disability), death, or other statutory or regulatory grounds for relief.

    Additionally, for title IV, HEA grant overpayments, the system contains records about the amount disbursed, the school that disbursed the grant, and the basis for overpayment; for all debts, the system contains demographic, employment, and other data on the individuals obligated on the debt or provided as references by the obligor, and the collection actions taken by any holder, including write-off amounts and compromise amounts.

    AUTHORITY FOR MAINTENANCE OF THE SYSTEM:

    Titles IV-A, IV-B, IV-D, and IV-E of the HEA.

    PURPOSES:

    The information maintained in this system of records is used for the following purposes:

    (1) To verify the identity of an individual;

    (2) To determine program eligibility and benefits;

    (3) To facilitate default reduction efforts by program participants;

    (4) To enforce the conditions or terms of a loan or grant;

    (5) To make, service, collect, assign, adjust, transfer, refer, or discharge a loan or collect a grant obligation;

    (6) To counsel a debtor in repayment efforts;

    (7) To investigate possible fraud or abuse or verify compliance with program regulations;

    (8) To locate a delinquent or defaulted borrower or an individual obligated to repay a loan or grant;

    (9) To prepare a debt for litigation, provide support services for litigation on a debt, litigate a debt, or audit the results of litigation on a debt;

    (10) To prepare for, conduct, or enforce a limitation, suspension, termination, or debarment action;

    (11) To ensure that program requirements are met by educational and financial institutions, Federal Loan Servicers, the Federal Perkins Loan Servicer, PCAs, and guaranty agencies;

    (12) To verify whether a debt qualifies for discharge, cancellation, or forgiveness;

    (13) To conduct credit checks or respond to inquiries or disputes arising from information on the debt already furnished to a credit-reporting agency;

    (14) To investigate complaints, update information, or correct errors contained in Department records;

    (15) To refund credit balances to the individual or loan holder;

    (16) To allow educational institutions, financial institutions, Federal Loan Servicers, the Federal Perkins Loan Servicer, PCAs, and guaranty agencies to report information to the Department on all aspects of loans and grants made under title IV of the HEA in uniform formats to permit the Department directly to compare data submitted to the Department by individual educational institutions, financial institutions, third-party servicers, guaranty agencies, Federal Loan Servicers, the Federal Perkins Loan Servicer, or PCAs; and

    (17) To report to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) information required by law to be reported, including, but not limited to, reports required by 26 U.S.C. 6050P and 6050S.

    ROUTINE USES OF RECORDS MAINTAINED IN THE SYSTEM, INCLUDING CATEGORIES OF USERS AND THE PURPOSES OF SUCH USES:

    The Department may disclose information contained in a record in this system of records under the routine uses listed in this system of records without the consent of the individual if the disclosure is compatible with the purposes for which the information in the record was collected. These disclosures may be made on a case-by-case basis, or, if the Department has complied with the computer matching requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (Privacy Act), under a computer matching agreement. Return information that the Department obtains from the IRS (i.e., taxpayer mailing address) per a computer matching program (discussed in Appendix I to this notice) under the authority of 26 U.S.C. 6103(m)(2) or (m)(4) may be disclosed only as authorized by 26 U.S.C. 6103.

    (1) Program Disclosures. The Department may disclose records for the following program purposes:

    (a) To verify the identity of the individual whom records indicate has applied for or received the loan or grant, disclosures may be made to guaranty agencies, educational and financial institutions, and their authorized representatives; to Federal, State, or local agencies, and their authorized representatives; to private parties, such as relatives, business and personal associates, and present and former employers; to creditors; to consumer reporting agencies; to adjudicative bodies; and to the individual whom the records identify as the party obligated to repay the debt;

    (b) To determine program eligibility and benefits, disclosures may be made to guaranty agencies, educational and financial institutions, and their authorized representatives; to Federal, State, or local agencies, and their authorized representatives; to private parties, such as relatives, business and personal associates, and present and former employers; to creditors; to consumer reporting agencies; and to adjudicative bodies;

    (c) To facilitate default reduction efforts by program participants, disclosures may be made to guaranty agencies, educational and financial institutions, and their authorized representatives; to Federal, State, or local agencies, and their authorized representatives; to consumer reporting agencies; and to adjudicative bodies;

    (d) To enforce the conditions or terms of the loan or grant, disclosures may be made to guaranty agencies, educational and financial institutions, and their authorized representatives; to Federal, State, or local agencies, and their authorized representatives; to private parties, such as relatives, business and personal associates, and present and former employers; to creditors; to consumer reporting agencies; and to adjudicative bodies;

    (e) To permit making, servicing, collecting, assigning, adjusting, transferring, referring, or discharging a loan or collecting a grant obligation, disclosures may be made to guaranty agencies, educational institutions, or financial institutions that made, held, serviced, or have been assigned the debt, and their authorized representatives; to a party identified by the debtor as willing to advance funds to repay the debt; to Federal, State, or local agencies, and their authorized representatives; to private parties, such as relatives, business and personal associates, and present and former employers; to creditors; to consumer reporting agencies; and to adjudicative bodies;

    (f) To counsel a debtor in repayment efforts, disclosures may be made to guaranty agencies, educational and financial institutions, and their authorized representatives; and to Federal, State, or local agencies, and their authorized representatives;

    (g) To investigate possible fraud or abuse or verify compliance with program regulations, disclosures may be made to guaranty agencies, educational and financial institutions, and their authorized representatives; to Federal, State, or local agencies, and their authorized representatives; to private parties, such as relatives, present and former employers, and business and personal associates; to creditors; to consumer reporting agencies; and to adjudicative bodies;

    (h) To locate a delinquent or defaulted borrower, or an individual obligated to repay a loan or grant, disclosures may be made to guaranty agencies, educational and financial institutions, and their authorized representatives; to Federal, State, or local agencies, and their authorized representatives; to private parties, such as relatives, business and personal associates, and present and former employers; to creditors; to consumer reporting agencies; and to adjudicative bodies;

    (i) To prepare a debt for litigation, to provide support services for litigation on a debt, to litigate a debt, or to audit the results of litigation on a debt, disclosures may be made to guaranty agencies and their authorized representatives; to Federal, State, or local agencies, and their authorized representatives; and to adjudicative bodies;

    (j) To prepare for, conduct, or enforce a limitation, suspension, and termination or a debarment action, disclosures may be made to guaranty agencies, educational or financial institutions, and their authorized representatives; to Federal, State, or local agencies, and their authorized representatives; and to adjudicative bodies;

    (k) To ensure that HEA program requirements are met by educational and financial institutions, guaranty agencies, Federal Loan Servicers, the Federal Perkins Loan Servicer, and PCAs, disclosures may be made to guaranty agencies, educational or financial institutions, and their authorized representatives, and to auditors engaged to conduct an audit of a guaranty agency or an educational or financial institution; to Federal, State, or local agencies, their authorized representatives, or accrediting agencies; and to adjudicative bodies;

    (l) To verify whether a debt qualifies for discharge, forgiveness, or cancellation, disclosures may be made to guaranty agencies, educational and financial institutions, and their authorized representatives; to Federal, State, or local agencies, and their authorized representatives; to private parties, such as relatives, present and former employers, and business and personal associates; to creditors; to consumer reporting agencies; and to adjudicative bodies;

    (m) To conduct credit checks or to respond to inquiries or disputes arising from information on the debt already furnished to a credit reporting agency, disclosures may be made to credit reporting agencies; to guaranty agencies, educational and financial institutions, and their authorized representatives; to Federal, State, or local agencies, and their authorized representatives; to private parties, such as relatives, present and former employers, and business and personal associates; to creditors; and to adjudicative bodies;

    (n) To investigate complaints or to update information or correct errors contained in Department records, disclosures may be made to guaranty agencies, educational and financial institutions, and their authorized representatives; to Federal, State, or local agencies, and their authorized representatives; to private parties, such as relatives, present and former employers, and business and personal associates; to creditors; to credit reporting agencies; and to adjudicative bodies;

    (o) To refund credit balances that are processed through the Department's systems, as well as the U.S. Department of the Treasury's (Treasury's) payment applications, to the individual or loan holder, disclosures may be made to guaranty agencies, educational and financial institutions, and their authorized representatives; to Federal, State, or local agencies, and their authorized representatives; to private parties, such as relatives, present and former employers, and business and personal associates; and to creditors;

    (p) To allow the reporting of information to the Department on all aspects of loans and grants made under title IV of the HEA in uniform formats and to permit the Department directly to compare data submitted to the Department by individual educational institutions, financial institutions, third-party servicers, guaranty agencies, Federal Loan Servicers, the Federal Perkins Loan Servicer, or PCAs, disclosures may be made to educational institutions, financial institutions, guaranty agencies, Federal Loan Servicers, the Federal Perkins Loan Servicer, and PCAs; and

    (q) To report information required by law to be reported, including, but not limited to, reports required by 26 U.S.C. 6050P and 6050S, disclosures may be made to the IRS.

    (r) To allow the Department to make disclosures to governmental entities at the Federal, State, local, or tribal levels regarding the practices of Department contractors who have been provided with access to the CSB system (e.g., Federal Loan servicers, including not-for-profit servicers, the Federal Perkins Loan servicer, and private collection agencies) with regards to all aspects of loans and grants made under title IV of the HEA, in order to permit these governmental entities to verify the contractor's compliance with debt collection, financial, and other applicable statutory, regulatory, or local requirements. Before making a disclosure to these Federal, State, local, or tribal governmental entities, the Department will require them to maintain Privacy Act safeguards to protect the security and confidentiality of the disclosed records.

    (2) Feasibility Study Disclosure. The Department may disclose information from this system of records to other Federal agencies, and to guaranty agencies and to their authorized representatives, to determine whether computer matching programs should be conducted by the Department for purposes such as to locate a delinquent or defaulted debtor or to verify compliance with program regulations.

    (3) Disclosure for Use by Other Law Enforcement Agencies. The Department may disclose information to any Federal, State, local, tribal, or foreign agency or other public authority responsible for enforcing, investigating, or prosecuting violations of administrative, civil, or criminal law or regulation if that information is relevant to any enforcement, regulatory, investigative, or prosecutorial responsibility within the receiving entity's jurisdiction.

    (4) Enforcement Disclosure. In the event that information in this system of records indicates, either alone or in connection with other information, a violation or potential violation of any applicable statutory, regulatory, or legally binding requirement, the Department may disclose the relevant records to an entity charged with the responsibility for investigating or enforcing those violations or potential violations.

    (5) Litigation and Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) Disclosure.

    (a) Introduction. In the event that one of the parties listed below is involved in judicial or administrative litigation or ADR, or has an interest in such litigation or ADR, the Department may disclose certain records to the parties described in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this routine use under the conditions specified in those paragraphs:

    (i) The Department or any of its components;

    (ii) Any Department employee in his or her official capacity;

    (iii) Any Department employee in his or her individual capacity where the Department of Justice (DOJ) has been requested to or agrees to provide or arrange for representation for the employee;

    (iv) Any Department employee in his or her individual capacity where the Department has agreed to represent the employee; and

    (v) The United States, where the Department determines that the litigation is likely to affect the Department or any of its components.

    (b) Disclosure to the DOJ. If the Department determines that disclosure of certain records to the DOJ is relevant and necessary to the judicial or administrative litigation or ADR, the Department may disclose those records as a routine use to the DOJ.

    (c) Adjudicative Disclosure. If the Department determines that disclosure of certain records to an adjudicative body before which the Department is authorized to appear or to an individual or an entity designated by the Department or otherwise empowered to resolve or mediate disputes is relevant and necessary to the judicial or administrative litigation or ADR, the Department may disclose those records as a routine use to the adjudicative body, individual, or entity.

    (d) Parties, Counsel, Representatives, and Witnesses. If the Department determines that disclosure of certain records to a party, counsel, representative, or witness is relevant and necessary to the judicial or administrative litigation or ADR, the Department may disclose those records as a routine use to the party, counsel, representative, or witness.

    (6) Employment, Benefit, and Contracting Disclosure.

    (a) For Decisions by the Department. The Department may disclose a record to a Federal, State, or local agency maintaining civil, criminal, or other relevant enforcement or other pertinent records, or to another public authority or professional organization, if necessary to obtain information relevant to a Department decision concerning the hiring or retention of an employee or other personnel action, the issuance of a security clearance, the letting of a contract, or the issuance of a license, grant, or other benefit.

    (b) For Decisions by Other Public Agencies and Professional Organizations. The Department may disclose a record to a Federal, State, local, or other public authority or professional organization, in connection with the hiring or retention of an employee or other personnel action, the issuance of a security clearance, the reporting of an investigation of an employee, the letting of a contract, or the issuance of a license, grant, or other benefit, to the extent that the record is relevant and necessary to the receiving entity's decision on the matter.

    (7) Employee Grievance, Complaint, or Conduct Disclosure. If a record is relevant and necessary to an employee grievance, complaint, or disciplinary action, the Department may disclose the record in this system of records in the course of investigation, fact-finding, or adjudication to any witness, designated fact-finder, mediator, or other person designated to resolve issues or decide the matter.

    (8) Labor Organization Disclosure. The Department may disclose a record from this system of records to an arbitrator to resolve disputes under a negotiated grievance procedure or to officials of a labor organization recognized under 5 U.S.C. chapter 71 when relevant and necessary to their duties of exclusive representation.

    (9) Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) and Privacy Act Advice Disclosure. The Department may disclose records to the DOJ or to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) if the Department determines that disclosure is desirable or necessary in determining whether particular records are required to be disclosed under the FOIA or the Privacy Act.

    (10) Disclosure to the DOJ. The Department may disclose records to the DOJ, or the authorized representative of DOJ, to the extent necessary for obtaining DOJ advice on any matter relevant to an audit, inspection, or other inquiry related to the programs covered by this system.

    (11) Contracting Disclosure. If the Department contracts with an entity for the purposes of performing any function that requires disclosure of records in this system to employees of the contractor, the Department may disclose the records to those employees. Before entering into such a contract, the Department shall require the contractor to maintain Privacy Act safeguards as required under 5 U.S.C. 552a(m) of the Privacy Act with respect to the records in the system.

    (12) Research Disclosure. The Department may disclose records to a researcher if the Department determines that the individual or organization to which the disclosure would be made is qualified to carry out specific research related to functions or purposes of this system of records. The Department may disclose records from this system of records to that researcher solely for the purpose of carrying out that research related to the functions or purposes of this system of records. The researcher shall be required to maintain Privacy Act safeguards with respect to the disclosed records.

    (13) Congressional Member Disclosure. The Department may disclose the records of an individual to a Member of Congress in response to an inquiry from the Member made at the written request of that individual whose records are being disclosed. The Member's right to the information is no greater than the right of the individual who requested the inquiry.

    (14) Disclosure to OMB for Credit Reform Act (CRA) Support. The Department may disclose records to OMB as necessary to fulfill CRA requirements. These requirements currently include transfer of data on lender interest benefits and special allowance payments, defaulted loan balances, and supplemental pre-claims assistance payments information.

    (15) Disclosure in the Course of Responding to a Breach of Data. The Department may disclose records to appropriate agencies, entities, and persons when (a) the Department suspects or has confirmed that the security or confidentiality of information in a system covered by this system of records notice has been compromised; (b) the Department has determined that as a result of the suspected or confirmed compromise there is a risk of harm to economic or property interests, identity theft or fraud, or harm to the security or integrity of this system or other system or programs (whether maintained by the Department or another agency or entity) that rely upon the compromised information; and (c) the disclosure made to such agencies, entities, and persons is reasonably necessary to assist in connection with the Department's efforts to respond to the suspected or confirmed compromise and prevent, minimize, or remedy such harm.

    (16) Disclosure to Third Parties through Computer Matching Programs. Unless otherwise prohibited by other laws, any information from this system of records, including personal information obtained from other agencies through computer matching programs, may be disclosed to any third party through a computer matching program, which is conducted under a Computer Matching Agreement between the Department and the third party, and requires that the matching be conducted in compliance with the requirements of the Privacy Act. Purposes of these disclosures may be: (a) To establish or verify program eligibility and benefits, (b) to establish or verify compliance with program regulations or statutory requirements, such as to investigate possible fraud or abuse; and (c) to recoup payments or delinquent debts under any Federal benefit programs, such as to locate or take legal action against a delinquent or defaulted debtor. Appendix I to this notice includes a listing of the computer matching programs that the Department currently engages in or has recently engaged in with respect to this system of records.

    (17) Disclosure of Information to Treasury. The Department may disclose records of this system to (a) a Federal or State agency, its employees, agents (including contractors of its agents), or contractors, or (b) a fiscal or financial agent designated by the Treasury, including employees, agents, or contractors of such agent, for the purpose of identifying, preventing, or recouping improper payments to an applicant for, or recipient of, Federal funds, including funds disbursed by a State in a State-administered, Federally funded program; and disclosure may be made to conduct computerized comparisons for this purpose.

    DISCLOSURE TO CONSUMER REPORTING AGENCIES:

    Disclosure pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(12): The Department may disclose to a consumer reporting agency information regarding a valid overdue claim of the Department; such information is limited to: (1) The name, address, taxpayer identification number, and other information necessary to establish the identity of the individual responsible for the claim; (2) the amount, status, and history of the claim; and (3) the program under which the claim arose. The Department may disclose the information specified in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(12) and the procedures contained in 31 U.S.C. 3711(e). A consumer reporting agency to which these disclosures may be made is defined in 15 U.S.C. 1681a(f) and 31 U.S.C. 3701(a)(3).

    POLICIES AND PRACTICES FOR STORING, RETRIEVING, ACCESSING, RETAINING, AND DISPOSING OF RECORDS IN THE SYSTEM: STORAGE:

    The records are maintained in hardcopy, microfilm, magnetic storage, and optical storage media, such as tape, disk, etc.

    RETRIEVABILITY:

    Records in this system pertaining to a title IV, HEA loan borrower or grant recipient are retrieved by a single data element or a combination of the following data elements to include the SSN, name, address, randomly generated number, debt number, phone number, debt type reference, debt type extension debt number, commercial name, commercial contact name, legacy ID, driver's license number, American Bankers Association (ABA) routing number, bankruptcy docket number, debt placement date, debt user defined page (UDP), email address, last worked date, payment additional extension reference ID, payment extension reference ID, tag short name, total balance, credit bureau legacy ID, debt type group short name, debt type short name, department name, institution account number, judgment docket number, license-issuing State, next scheduled payment amount, next scheduled payment date, office name, original debt type name, PCA group short name, and PCA short name.

    SAFEGUARDS:

    All physical access to the Department's site, and to the sites of the Federal Loan Servicers, PCAs, the Federal Perkins Loan Servicer, and other contractors listed in Appendix II to this notice, where this system of records is maintained, is controlled and monitored by security personnel who check each individual entering the building for his or her employee or visitor badge.

    In accordance with the Department's Administrative Communications System Directive OM: 5-101 entitled “Contractor Employee Personnel Security Screenings,” all contract and Department personnel who have facility access and system access are required to undergo a security clearance investigation. Individuals requiring access to Privacy Act data are required to hold, at a minimum, a moderate-risk security clearance level. These individuals are required to undergo periodic screening at five-year intervals.

    In addition to conducting security clearances, contract and Department employees are required to complete security awareness training on an annual basis. Annual security awareness training is required to ensure that contract and Department users are appropriately trained in safeguarding Privacy Act data in accordance with OMB Circular No. A-130, Appendix III.

    The computer system employed by the Department offers a high degree of resistance to tampering and circumvention. This security system limits data access to Department and contract staff on a “need-to-know” basis, and controls individual users' ability to access and alter records within the system. All users of this system of records are given a unique user identification and password. The Department's FSA Information Security and Privacy Policy requires the enforcement of a complex password policy. In addition to the enforcement of a complex password policy, users are required to change their password at least every 60 to 90 days in accordance with the Department's Information Technology standards.

    At the system locations of the Federal Loan Servicers, PCAs, the Federal Perkins Loan Servicer, and other contractors, as listed in Appendix II entitled “Additional System Locations,” additional physical security measures are in place and access is monitored 24 hours per day, 7 days a week.

    RETENTION AND DISPOSAL:

    In accordance with the Department's record retention and disposition schedule, records for Pell Grant Program awards are retained for fifteen years after final payment or audit, whichever is sooner, and thereafter destroyed. Insured loans are retained for three years after repayment or cancellation of the loan and thereafter destroyed. The Department will work with the National Archives and Records Administration to develop a disposition schedule for the other records in this system of records. The records will be maintained until such a schedule has been established.

    SYSTEM MANAGER AND ADDRESS:

    Sue O'Flaherty, Director, Program Management Services, Business Operations, Federal Student Aid, U.S. Department of Education, 830 First Street NE., Room 64E1, UCP, Washington, DC 20202-5132.

    NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE:

    If you wish to determine whether a record exists regarding you in this system of records, provide the system manager with your name, date of birth, and SSN. Requests must meet the requirements of the regulations in 34 CFR 5b.5 and 5b.7, including proof of identity.

    RECORD ACCESS PROCEDURES:

    If you wish to gain access to a record in this system, provide the system manager with your name, date of birth, and SSN. Requests by an individual for access to a record must meet the requirements of the regulations in 34 CFR 5b.5, including proof of identity.

    CONTESTING RECORD PROCEDURE:

    If you wish to contest the content of a record in this system of records, contact the system manager with your name, date of birth, and SSN; identify the specific items to be changed; and provide a written justification for the change. Requests to amend a record must meet the requirements of the regulations in 34 CFR 5b.7.

    RECORD SOURCE CATEGORIES:

    The system includes information that the Department obtains from applicants and those individuals and their families who received, or who are otherwise obligated to repay, a loan or grant held and collected by the Department. The Department also obtains information from Federal Loan Servicers, PCAs, the Federal Perkins Loan Servicer, references, guaranty agencies, educational and financial institutions and their authorized representatives, and Federal, State, and local agencies and their authorized representatives; private parties, such as relatives and business and personal associates; present and former employers; creditors; consumer reporting agencies; and adjudicative bodies.

    EXEMPTIONS CLAIMED FOR THE SYSTEM:

    None.

    APPENDIX I TO 18-11-16 COMPUTER MATCHING PROGRAMS IN WHICH THE DEPARTMENT CURRENTLY ENGAGES OR HAS RECENTLY ENGAGED WITH RESPECT TO THIS SYSTEM:

    (1) The Department is performing, or has recently engaged in, computer matching programs involving a computerized comparison between this system of records and systems of records maintained by the following Federal agencies:

    (a) The U.S. Department of the Treasury, IRS [matching notice last published on May 31, 2012 (77 FR 32085-32086)], as authorized under section 6103(m)(2) and (m)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 6103(m)(2) and (m)(4)), to obtain taxpayer mailing addresses for use in locating individuals to collect or compromise Federal claims, in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3711, 3717, and 3718, and in locating individuals who received overpayments of grants made under subpart 1 of part A of title IV of the HEA or who defaulted on loans made under part B, D, or E of title IV of the HEA;

    (b) The Department of Housing and Urban Development's Credit Alert Interactive Voice Response System (CAIVRS) [matching notice last published on July 5, 2011 (76 FR 39119-39120)] to allow program agencies to prescreen applicants for loans made or loans guaranteed by the Federal government to determine if the applicant is delinquent or has defaulted on a debt owed to, or insured by, the Federal government; and

    (c) The Department of Health and Human Services' National Directory of New Hires Data Base (NDNH) [matching notice last published on May 9, 2006 (71 FR 26934-26935)], as authorized under Section 453(j)(6) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 653(j)(6)), to obtain employment-related and address information on individuals who have defaulted on a loan made under title IV of the HEA or have an obligation to refund a grant overpayment awarded under title IV of the HEA.

    These computer matching programs are conducted in compliance with the requirements of the Privacy Act, including publishing in the Federal Register a notice describing the new or altered matching program and the entry into a Computer Matching Agreement between the Department and the Federal agencies listed above, which are approved by the Data Integrity Boards of the Department and the Federal agency with which the Department conducts the computer matching program.

    APPENDIX II TO 18-11-16 ADDITIONAL SYSTEM LOCATIONS The Department and its Contractors:

    U.S. Department of Education, 50 Beale Street, San Francisco, CA 94105.

    U.S. Department of Education, 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, IL 60661.

    U.S. Department of Education, 61 Forsyth Street, Atlanta, GA 30303.

    Nelnet Servicing LLC, 1001 Fort Crook Road N., Suite 132, Bellevue, NE 68005 (Department contractor—TPD).

    PHEAA [FedLoan Servicing (FedLoan) & American Education Services (AES)], 1200 North 7th Street, Harrisburg, PA 17102-1419 (FedLoan: Department contractor—TEACH Grant; AES: Department contractor—FFEL Program).

    Maximus Federal Services, Inc.:

    Maximus Federal Services, Inc., 5202 Presidents Court, Frederick, MD 21703 (Department contractor—DMCS Program Management and Help Desk).

    Maximus Federal Services, Inc., 1891 Metro Center Drive, Reston, VA 20190 (Department contractor—Help Desk Application).

    Maximus Federal Services, Inc., 11400 Westmoor Circle, Westminster, CO 80021 (Department contractor—DMCS Disaster Recovery Site).

    Maximus Federal Services, Inc., 501 Bleecker Street, Utica, NY 13501 (Department contractor—DMCS Business and Financial Operations Management).

    Maximus Federal Services, Inc., 6201 I-30, Greenville, TX 75403 (Department contractor—DMCS Financial Processing).

    MPM Communications, 3480 Catterton Place, Suite 102, Waldorf, MD 20602 (sub-contractor—Fulfillment Services for DMCS mailings).

    Call Centers:

    General Dynamics Information Technology, 2400 Oakdale Boulevard, Coralville, IA 52241 (Department contractor—DMCS).

    General Dynamics Information Technology, 1 Imeson Park Boulevard, Jacksonville, FL 32218 (Department contractor—DMCS).

    Not-For-Profit (NFP) Servicers:

    • Missouri Higher Education Loan Authority (MOHELA): 633 Spirit Drive, Chesterfield, MO 63005; 400 East Walnut Street, Columbia, MO 65201; 1001 N. 6th Street, Harrisburg, PA 17102; 300 Long Meadow Road, Sterling Forest, NY 10979.

    • Education Servicers of America, Inc. (ESA)/Edfinancial: 298 N. Seven Oaks Drive, Knoxville, TN 37922; 120 N. Seven Oaks Drive, Knoxville, TN 37922; 5600 United Drive, Smyrna, GA 30082; 1001 Fort Crook Road N., Suite 132, Bellevue, NE 68005-4247; 700 East 54th Street North, Suite 200, Sioux Falls, SD 57104; 13271 North Promenade Boulevard, Stafford, TX 77477-3957; 2307 Directors Row, Indianapolis, IN 46241.

    • Utah Higher Education Assistance Authority (UHEAA)/Cornerstone Education Loan Services: 60 S. 400 W., Board Of Regents' Building, Gateway Two, Salt Lake City, UT 84101-1284; 350 S. 900 W., Richfield, UT 84701; 6279 East Little Cottonwood Road, Sandy, UT 84092; 1001 N. 6th Street, Harrisburg, PA 17102.

    • Oklahoma Student Loan Authority (OSLA): 525 Central Park Drive, Suite 600, Oklahoma City, OK 73154; 7499 East Paradise Lane Suite 108, Scottsdale, AZ 85260; 11300 Partnership Drive #C, Oklahoma City, OK 73013; 1001 Fort Crook Road N., Suite 132, Bellevue, NE 68005; 700 East 54th Street North, Suite 200, Sioux Falls, SD 57104; 13100 North Promenade Boulevard, Stafford, TX 77477; 1601 Leavenworth Street, Omaha, NE 68102.

    • Vermont Student Assistance Corporation (VSAC): 10 East Allen Street, Winooski, VT 05404; 1001 Fort Crook Road N., Suite 132, Bellevue, NE 68005-4247; 700 East 54th Street North, Suite 200, Sioux Falls, SD 57104.

    • ISL Service Corporation/Aspire Resources Inc.: 6775 Vista Drive, West Des Moines, IA 50266; 6955 Vista Drive, West Des Moines, IA 50266; 3096 104th Street, Urbandale, IA 50322; 1870 East Euclid Avenue, Des Moines, IA 50313; 1435 Northridge Cr., NE., Altoona, IA 50009; 1001 N. 6th Street, Harrisburg, PA 17102; 300 Long Meadow Road, Sterling Forest, NY 10979.

    • New Hampshire Higher Education Loan Corporation (NHHELCO)/Granite State Management & Resources (GSM&R): 3 and 4 Barrell Court, Concord, NH 03301; 401 N. Broad Street, Suite 600, Philadelphia, PA 19108; 21 Terry Avenue, Burlington, MA 01803; 1001 Fort Crook Road N., Suite 132, Bellevue, NE 68005-4247; 700 East 54th Street North, Suite 200, Sioux Falls, SD 57104; 13100 North Promenade Boulevard, Stafford, TX 77477; 1601 Leavenworth Street, Omaha, NE., 68102.

    • South Carolina Student Loan Corporation: 16 Berryhill Road, Ste. 121, Columbia, SC 29210; 401 North Broad Street, Philadelphia, PA 19108; 2400 Reynolda Road, Winston-Salem, NC 27106.

    • Tru Student, Inc.: 2500 Broadway, Helena, MT 59601; 680 E. Swedesford Road, Wayne, PA 19087; 1424 National Avenue, Helena, MT 59601; 1700 National Avenue, Helena, MT 59601; 1001 N. 6th Street, Harrisburg, PA 17102; 300 Long Meadow Road, Sterling Forest, NY 10979.

    • Kentucky Higher Education Student Loan Corporation (KHESLC): 10180 Linn Station Road, Louisville, KY 40223; 2400 Reynolda Road, Winston-Salem NC 27106; 6825 Pine Street, Omaha, NE 68106; 1001 Fort Crook Road N., Suite 132, Bellevue, NE 68005-4247.

    • College Foundation, Inc.: 2917 Highwoods Boulevard, Raleigh, NC 27604; 3120 Poplarwood Court, Raleigh, NC 27604; 924 Ellis Road, Durham, NC 27703; 2400 Reynolda Road, Winston-Salem, NC 27106.

    • Council for South Texas Economic Progress (COSTEP): 2540 W. Trenton Road, Edinburg, TX 78539; 1044 Liberty Park Drive, Austin, TX 78746; 2400 Reynolda Road, Winston-Salem, NC 27106.

    • Georgia Student Finance Authority: 2082 East Exchange Place, Tucker, Georgia 30084; 401 North Broad Street, Philadelphia, PA 19130; 5600 United Drive, Smyrna, GA 30082; 2400 Reynolda Road, Winston-Salem, NC 27106.

    • New Mexico Educational Assistance Foundation: 7400 Tiburon NE., Albuquerque, NM 87109; 123 Central Ave NW., Albuquerque, NM 87102; 1200 North Seventh Street, Harrisburg, PA 17102-1444; 300 Long Meadow Lane, Sterling Forest, NY 10979.

    • Connecticut (Campus Partners): 2400 Reynolda Road, Winston-Salem, NC 27106; 8906 Two Notch Road, Columbia, SC 29223; 10180 Linn Station Road, Suite C200, Louisville, KY 40223; 2917 Highwoods Boulevard, Raleigh, NC 27629; 1001 Fort Crook Road North, Suite 132, Bellevue, NE 68005; 11425 South 84th Street, Papillion, NE 68046; 20441 Century Boulevard, Germantown, MD 20874; 400 Perimeter Park Drive, Morrisville, NC 27560; 1600 Malone Street, Millville, NJ 08332; 123 Wyoming Avenue, Scranton, PA 18503.

    Private Collection Agencies (PCAs):

    • Collecto, Inc. Dba EOS CCA: 700 Longwater Drive, Norwell, MA 02061.

    • GC Services: 4326 N. Broadway Northgate Plaza, Knoxville, TN 37917.

    • Allied Interstate: 335 Madison Avenue, 27th floor, New York, NY 10017.

    • The CBE Group, Inc.: 1309 Technology Parkway, Cedar Falls IA 50613.

    • Diversified Collection Service (DCS): 333 North Canyons Parkway, Suite 100, Livermore, California 94551.

    • Financial Asset Management Systems, Inc. (FAMS): 1967 Lakeside Parkway, Suite 402, Tucker, GA 30084.

    • NCO Financial Systems, Inc.: 507 Prudential Road, Horsham, PA 19044.

    • Pioneer Credit Recovery, Inc.: 26 Edward Street, Arcade, NY 14009.

    • Account Control Technology, Inc.: 6918 Owensmouth Avenue, Canoga Park, CA 91303.

    • Van Ru Credit Corporation: 1350 E. Touhy Avenue, Suite 300E, Des Plaines, IL 60018.

    • Progressive Financial Services: 1510 Chester Pike Suite 250, Eddystone, PA 19022.

    • West Asset Management Enterprises, Inc.: 2221 New Market Parkway, Suite 120, Marietta, GA 30067.

    • Premiere Credit of North America: 2002 Wellesley Boulevard, Suite 100, Indianapolis, IN 46219.

    • ConServe: 200 CrossKeys Office Park, Fairport, NY 14450.

    • Financial Management Systems (FMS): 1000 E. Woodfield Road, Suite 102, Schaumburg, IL 60173-4728.

    • Collection Technology, Inc.: 1200 Corporate Center Drive, Suite 325, Monterey Park, CA 91754.

    • Enterprise Recovery Systems, Inc. (ERS): 2400 S. Wolf Road, Suite 200, Westchester, IL 60154.

    • Windham Professionals, Inc.: 380 Main Street, Salem, NH 03079.

    • Delta Management Associates, Inc.: 100 Everett Avenue Suite 6, Chelsea, MA 02150.

    • Immediate Credit Recovery, Inc.: 169 Myers Corners Road Suite 110, Wappingers Falls, NY 12590.

    • National Recoveries: 14735 Hwy. 65, Ham Lake, MN 55403.

    • Coast Professional, Inc.: 214 Expo Circle, West Monroe, LA 71292.

    [FR Doc. 2016-21218 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4000-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board, Nevada AGENCY:

    Department of Energy.

    ACTION:

    Notice of open meeting.

    SUMMARY:

    This notice announces a meeting of the Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board (EM SSAB), Nevada. The Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 86 Stat. 770) requires that public notice of this meeting be announced in the Federal Register.

    DATES:

    Wednesday, September 21, 2016, 4:00 p.m.

    ADDRESSES:

    Frank H. Rogers Science and Technology Building, 755 East Flamingo, Las Vegas, Nevada 89119.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Barbara Ulmer, Board Administrator, 232 Energy Way, M/S 167, North Las Vegas, Nevada 89030. Phone: (702) 630-0522; Fax (702) 295-2025 or Email: [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Purpose of the Board: The purpose of the Board is to make recommendations to DOE-EM and site management in the areas of environmental restoration, waste management, and related activities.

    Tentative Agenda:

    1. Fiscal Year 2017 Work Plan Development 2. Election of Officers 3. Recommendation Development for Communication Improvement Opportunities—Work Plan Item #10

    Public Participation: The EM SSAB, Nevada, welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with physical disabilities or special needs. If you require special accommodations due to a disability, please contact Barbara Ulmer at least seven days in advance of the meeting at the phone number listed above. Written statements may be filed with the Board either before or after the meeting. Individuals who wish to make oral presentations pertaining to agenda items should contact Barbara Ulmer at the telephone number listed above. The request must be received five days prior to the meeting and reasonable provision will be made to include the presentation in the agenda. The Deputy Designated Federal Officer is empowered to conduct the meeting in a fashion that will facilitate the orderly conduct of business. Individuals wishing to make public comments can do so during the 15 minutes allotted for public comments.

    Minutes: Minutes will be available by writing to Barbara Ulmer at the address listed above or at the following Web site: http://nv.energy.gov/nssab/MeetingMinutes.aspx.

    Issued at Washington, DC, on August 26, 2016. LaTanya R. Butler, Deputy Committee Management Officer.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21158 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Proposed Agency Information Collection AGENCY:

    Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, U.S. Department of Energy.

    ACTION:

    Notice and request for OMB review and comment.

    SUMMARY:

    The Department of Energy (DOE) invites public comment on a proposed collection of information that DOE is developing for submission to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.

    DATES:

    Comments regarding this collection must be received on or before September 16, 2016. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, please advise the DOE Desk Officer at OMB of your intention to make a submission as soon as possible. The Desk Officer may be telephoned at 202-395-4718.

    ADDRESSES:

    Written comments may be sent to Kelly Yaker, National Renewable Energy Laboratory, Attn: Recipient's Name Mail Stop: RSF034, 15013 Denver West Parkway, Golden, CO 80401, or by fax at 303-630-2108, or by email at [email protected].

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument and instructions should be directed to: Brian Naughton, Sandia National Laboratories, 505.844.4033, [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    This information collection request contains: (1) OMB No. “New”; (2) Information Collection Request Title: Wind Technology to Market Industry Survey; (3) Type of Request: New collection; (4) Purpose: In an effort to improve technology transfer from the Department of Energy and the national labs, to the U.S. wind energy industry, this survey is necessary to collect data from industry members in order to identify:

    • New and improved research capabilities and tools that would be valuable to the wind industry.

    • Opportunities for, and barriers to, national laboratory and industry collaboration on technology development and transfer in those high-value areas.

    Currently, no such information is available to labs. The information collected in this survey will be published in a report and help to inform new possibilities for the national labs. (5) Annual Estimated Number of Respondents: 80; (6) Annual Estimated Number of Total Responses: 80; (7) Annual Estimated Number of Burden Hours: 19.5 Hours; (8) Annual Estimated Reporting and Recordkeeping Cost Burden: $200,000.

    Authority:

    Statutory Authority: DOE Org Act (42 U.S.C. 7373)

    Issued in Washington, DC on August 26, 2016. José Zayas, Office Director, Wind and Water Power Technologies Office.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21182 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Secretary of Energy Advisory Board; Notice of Renewal AGENCY:

    Office of the Secretary, Department of Energy.

    ACTION:

    Notice of renewal.

    SUMMARY:

    Pursuant to Section 14(a)(2)(A) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, (Pub. L. 92-463), and in accordance with Title 41 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Section 102-3.65(a), and following consultation with the Committee Management Secretariat, General Services Administration, notice is hereby given that the Secretary of Energy Advisory Board (SEAB) will be renewed for a two-year period beginning on August 29, 2016.

    The Committee will provide advice and recommendations to the Secretary of Energy on a range of energy-related issues.

    Additionally, the renewal of the SEAB has been determined to be essential to conduct business of the Department of Energy and to be the in the public interest in connection with the performance of duties imposed upon the Department of Energy, by law and agreement. The Committee will continue to operate in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, adhering to the rules and regulations in implementation of that Act.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Karen Gibson, Designated Federal Officer at (202) 586-3787.

    Issued at Washington, DC, on August 29, 2016. Amy Bodette, Committee Management Officer.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21181 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Federal Energy Regulatory Commission Combined Notice of Filings

    Take notice that the Commission has received the following Natural Gas Pipeline Rate and Refund Report filings:

    Filings Instituting Proceedings

    Docket Numbers: RP16-1182-000.

    Applicants: Colorado Interstate Gas Company, L.L.C.

    Description: 2016 Penalties Assessed Compliance Filing of Colorado Interstate Gas Company, L.L.C.

    Filed Date: 8/22/16.

    Accession Number: 20160822-5143.

    Comments Due: 5 p.m. ET 9/6/16.

    Docket Numbers: RP16-1183-000.

    Applicants: Algonquin Gas Transmission, LLC.

    Description: § 4(d) Rate Filing: Negotiated Rate—Bay State Release to BBPC 791947 to be effective 9/1/2016.

    Filed Date: 8/23/16.

    Accession Number: 20160823-5048.

    Comments Due: 5 p.m. ET 9/6/16.

    Docket Numbers: RP16-1184-000.

    Applicants: Guardian Pipeline, L.L.C.

    Description: § 4(d) Rate Filing: Update to Pro Forma Service Agreements to be effective 9/23/2016.

    Filed Date: 8/23/16.

    Accession Number: 20160823-5164.

    Comments Due: 5 p.m. ET 9/6/16.

    The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.

    Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and § 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.

    eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at: http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/efiling/filing-req.pdf. For other information, call (866) 208-3676 (toll free). For TTY, call (202) 502-8659.

    Dated: August 25, 2016. Nathaniel J. Davis, Sr., Deputy Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21115 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6717-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Federal Energy Regulatory Commission [Docket No. EL16-108-000] Tilton Energy LLC v. Midcontinent Independent System Operator, Inc.; Notice of Complaint

    Take notice that on August 25, 2016, pursuant to sections 206 and 306 of the Federal Power Act, 16 U.S.C. 824e and 825h (2012), and Rule 206 of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (Commission) Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.206 (2015), Tilton Energy LLC (Complainant) filed a formal complaint against Midcontinent Independent System Operator, Inc. (Respondent) alleging that Respondent has been improperly charging Complainant certain congestion costs, all as more fully explained in the complaint.

    Complainant states that copies of the complaint were served on the contacts for Respondent listed on the Commission's list of Corporate Officials.

    Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. The Respondent's answer and all interventions, or protests must be filed on or before the comment date. The Respondent's answer, motions to intervene, and protests must be served on the Complainant.

    The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at http://www.ferc.gov. Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the protest or intervention to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.

    This filing is accessible on-line at http://www.ferc.gov, using the “eLibrary” link and is available for review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an “eSubscription” link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email [email protected], or call (866) 208-3676 (toll free). For TTY, call (202) 502-8659.

    Comment Date: 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on September 26, 2016.

    Dated: August 26, 2016. Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21172 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6717-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Federal Energy Regulatory Commission Combined Notice of Filings #1

    Take notice that the Commission received the following electric corporate filings:

    Docket Numbers: EC16-173-000.

    Applicants: The Dayton Power and Light Company, AES Ohio Generation, LLC.

    Description: Application under FPA Section 203 of The Dayton Power and Light Company to transfer generation facilities and related assets to AES Ohio Generation, LLC.

    Filed Date: 8/25/16.

    Accession Number: 20160825-5201.

    Comments Due: 5 p.m. ET 9/15/16.

    Take notice that the Commission received the following exempt wholesale generator filings:

    Docket Numbers: EG16-143-000.

    Applicants: Grand View PV Solar Two, LLC.

    Description: Grand View PV Solar Two LLC submits Notice of Self-Certification of Exempt Wholesale Generator Status.

    Filed Date: 8/26/16.

    Accession Number: 20160826-5212.

    Comments Due: 5 p.m. ET 9/16/16.

    Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:

    Docket Numbers: ER16-2364-000.

    Applicants: Algonquin SKIC 10 Solar, LLC.

    Description: Report Filing: Supplement to Application for Order Accepting Initial Tariff to be effective N/A.

    Filed Date: 8/24/16.

    Accession Number: 20160824-5136.

    Comments Due: 5 p.m. ET 9/14/16.

    Docket Numbers: ER16-2491-000.

    Applicants: Elwood Energy LLC.

    Description: Compliance filing: Rate Schedule FERC No. 2 Compliance Filing to be effective 12/31/9998.

    Filed Date: 8/25/16.

    Accession Number: 20160825-5177.

    Comments Due: 5 p.m. ET 9/15/16.

    Docket Numbers: ER16-2492-000.

    Applicants: Phoenix Energy New England, LLC.

    Description: Baseline eTariff Filing: Phoenix Energy New England LLC MBR Application to be effective 9/26/2016.

    Filed Date: 8/26/16.

    Accession Number: 20160826-5179.

    Comments Due: 5 p.m. ET 9/16/16.

    Docket Numbers: ER16-2493-000.

    Applicants: South Carolina Electric & Gas Company.

    Description: Section 205(d) Rate Filing: SCPSA Interchange Agreement to be effective 8/26/2016.

    Filed Date: 8/26/16.

    Accession Number: 20160826-5181.

    Comments Due: 5 p.m. ET 9/16/16.

    Docket Numbers: ER16-2494-000.

    Applicants: PJM Interconnection, L.L.C.

    Description: Section 205(d) Rate Filing: Original Service Agreement No. 4515, Queue Position AB1-174 to be effective 7/27/2016.

    Filed Date: 8/26/16.

    Accession Number: 20160826-5193.

    Comments Due: 5 p.m. ET 9/16/16.

    Docket Numbers: ER16-2495-000.

    Applicants: NextEra Blythe Solar Energy Center, LLC.

    Description: Baseline eTariff Filing: NextEra Blythe Solar Energy Center, LLC Shared Facilities Agreement to be effective 8/26/2016.

    Filed Date: 8/26/16.

    Accession Number: 20160826-5219.

    Comments Due: 5 p.m. ET 9/16/16.

    Take notice that the Commission received the following electric securities filings:

    Docket Numbers: ES16-42-000.

    Applicants: Trans Bay Cable LLC.

    Description: Informational Filing to July 12, 2016 Application for Authority to Issue Securities of Trans Bay Cable LLC.

    Filed Date: 8/25/16.

    Accession Number: 20160825-5200.

    Comments Due: 5 p.m. ET 9/6/16.

    Docket Numbers: ES16-54-000.

    Applicants: Wolverine Power Supply Cooperative, Inc.

    Description: Application of Wolverine Power Supply Cooperative, Inc. for Authorization of the Assumption of Liabilities and the Issuance of Securities under Section 204 of the Federal Power Act.

    Filed Date: 8/26/16.

    Accession Number: 20160826-5059.

    Comments Due: 5 p.m. ET 9/16/16.

    The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.

    Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.

    eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at: http://www.ferc.gov/docs-filing/efiling/filing-req.pdf. For other information, call (866) 208-3676 (toll free). For TTY, call (202) 502-8659.

    Dated: August 26, 2016. Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21170 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6717-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY Federal Energy Regulatory Commission [Docket No. EF16-5-000] Western Area Power Administration; Notice of Filing

    Take notice that on August 17, 2016, Western Area Power Administration submitted a tariff filing: RMR_WACM_LAP_CRSP_174-20160817 (Formula Rate Adjustment for Rocky Mountain Region Transmission Service, Ancillary Services, Transmission Losses, and Sales of Surplus Products—Western Area Power Administration—Rate Order No. WAPA-174), to be effective 10/1/2016.

    Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. Such notices, motions, or protests must be filed on or before the comment date. On or before the comment date, it is not necessary to serve motions to intervene or protests on persons other than the Applicant.

    The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at http://www.ferc.gov. Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the protest or intervention to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.

    This filing is accessible on-line at http://www.ferc.gov, using the “eLibrary” link and is available for review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an “eSubscription” link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email [email protected], or call (866) 208-3676 (toll free). For TTY, call (202) 502-8659.

    Comment Date: 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on September 16, 2016.

    Dated: August 26, 2016. Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21171 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6717-01-P
    ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY [FRL-9951-82-OAR] Alternative Method for Calculating Off-cycle Credits Under the Light-Duty Vehicle Greenhouse Gas Emissions Program: Applications From BMW Group, Ford Motor Company, General Motors Corporation, and Volkswagen Group of America AGENCY:

    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is requesting comment on applications from BMW of North American (BMW), Ford Motor Company (Ford), General Motors Corporation (GM), and Volkswagen Group of America (VW) for off-cycle carbon dioxide (CO2) credits under EPA's light-duty vehicle greenhouse gas emissions standards. “Off-cycle” emission reductions can be achieved by employing technologies that result in real-world benefits, but where that benefit is not adequately captured on the test procedures used by manufacturers to demonstrate compliance with emission standards. EPA's light-duty vehicle greenhouse gas program acknowledges these benefits by giving automobile manufacturers several options for generating “off-cycle” carbon dioxide (CO2) credits. Under the regulations, a manufacturer may apply for CO2 credits for off-cycle technologies that result in off-cycle benefits. In these cases, a manufacturer must provide EPA with a proposed methodology for determining the real-world off-cycle benefit. These four manufacturers have submitted applications that describe methodologies for determining off-cycle credits. The off-cycle technologies vary by manufacturer and include active aerodynamics systems, active cabin ventilation, active seat ventilation, solar reflective glass/glazing, solar reflective surface coating (paint), active engine warmup, active transmission warmup, engine idle stop-start systems, and high efficiency lighting. Pursuant to applicable regulations, EPA is making descriptions of each manufacturer's off-cycle credit calculation methodologies available for public comment.

    DATES:

    Comments must be received on or before October 3, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ- OAR-2016-0503, to the Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the online instructions for submitting comments. Once submitted, comments cannot be edited or withdrawn. The EPA may publish any comment received to its public docket. Do not submit electronically any information you consider to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Multimedia submissions (audio, video, etc.) must be accompanied by a written comment. The written comment is considered the official comment and should include discussion of all points you wish to make. The EPA will generally not consider comments or comment contents located outside of the primary submission (i.e. on the web, cloud, or other file sharing system). For additional submission methods, the full EPA public comment policy, information about CBI or multimedia submissions, and general guidance on making effective comments, please visit http://www2.epa.gov/dockets/commenting-epa-dockets.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Roberts French, Environmental Protection Specialist, Office of Transportation and Air Quality, Compliance Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2000 Traverwood Drive, Ann Arbor, MI 48105. Telephone: (734) 214-4380. Fax: (734) 214-4869. Email address: [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    I. Background

    EPA's light-duty vehicle greenhouse gas (GHG) program provides three pathways by which a manufacturer may accrue off-cycle carbon dioxide (CO2) credits for those technologies that achieve CO2 reductions in the real world but where those reductions are not adequately captured on the test used to determine compliance with the CO2 standards, and which are not otherwise reflected in the standards' stringency. The first pathway is a predetermined list of credit values for specific off-cycle technologies that may be used beginning in model year 2014.1 This pathway allows manufacturers to use conservative credit values established by EPA for a wide range of technologies, with minimal data submittal or testing requirements, as long as the technologies meet EPA regulatory definitions. In cases where the off-cycle technology is not on the menu but additional laboratory testing can demonstrate emission benefits, a second pathway allows manufacturers to use a broader array of emission tests (known as “5-cycle” testing because the methodology uses five different testing procedures) to demonstrate and justify off-cycle CO2 credits.2 The additional emission tests allow emission benefits to be demonstrated over some elements of real-world driving not adequately captured by the GHG compliance tests, including high speeds, hard accelerations, and cold temperatures. These first two methodologies were completely defined through notice and comment rulemaking and therefore no additional process is necessary for manufacturers to use these methods. The third and last pathway allows manufacturers to seek EPA approval to use an alternative methodology for determining the off-cycle CO2 credits.3 This option is only available if the benefit of the technology cannot be adequately demonstrated using the 5-cycle methodology. Manufacturers may also use this option for model years prior to 2014 to demonstrate off-cycle CO2 reductions for technologies that are on the predetermined list, or to demonstrate reductions that exceed those available via use of the predetermined list.

    1 See 40 CFR 86.1869-12(b).

    2 See 40 CFR 86.1869-12(c).

    3 See 40 CFR 86.1869-12(d).

    Under the regulations, a manufacturer seeking to demonstrate off-cycle credits with an alternative methodology (i.e., under the third pathway described above) must describe a methodology that meets the following criteria:

    • Use modeling, on-road testing, on-road data collection, or other approved analytical or engineering methods;

    • Be robust, verifiable, and capable of demonstrating the real-world emissions benefit with strong statistical significance;

    • Result in a demonstration of baseline and controlled emissions over a wide range of driving conditions and number of vehicles such that issues of data uncertainty are minimized;

    • Result in data on a model type basis unless the manufacturer demonstrates that another basis is appropriate and adequate.

    Further, the regulations specify the following requirements regarding an application for off-cycle CO2 credits:

    • A manufacturer requesting off-cycle credits must develop a methodology for demonstrating and determining the benefit of the off-cycle technology, and carry out any necessary testing and analysis required to support that methodology.

    • A manufacturer requesting off-cycle credits must conduct testing and/or prepare engineering analyses that demonstrate the in-use durability of the technology for the full useful life of the vehicle.

    • The application must contain a detailed description of the off-cycle technology and how it functions to reduce CO2 emissions under conditions not represented on the compliance tests.

    • The application must contain a list of the vehicle model(s) which will be equipped with the technology.

    • The application must contain a detailed description of the test vehicles selected and an engineering analysis that supports the selection of those vehicles for testing.

    • The application must contain all testing and/or simulation data required under the regulations, plus any other data the manufacturer has considered in the analysis.

    Finally, the alternative methodology must be approved by EPA prior to the manufacturer using it to generate credits. As part of the review process defined by regulation, the alternative methodology submitted to EPA for consideration must be made available for public comment.4 EPA will consider public comments as part of its final decision to approve or deny the request for off-cycle credits.

    4 See 40 CFR 86.1869-12(d)(2).

    II. Off-Cycle Credit Applications A. BMW of North America

    Using the alternative methodology approach discussed above, BMW of North America (BMW) is applying for credits for model years prior to 2014, and thus prior to when the list of default credits became available. BMW has applied for off-cycle credits using the alternative demonstration methodology pathway for the following technologies: high efficiency exterior lighting, solar reflective glass/glazing, active seat ventilation, active cabin ventilation, and active engine warmup. With the exception of active cabin ventilation, EPA has already approved credits for these technologies for model years prior to 2014.5 BMW's request is consistent with previously approved methodologies and credits. The application covers 2009-2013 model year vehicles. All of these technologies are described in the predetermined list of credits available in the 2014 and later model years. The methodologies described by BMW are consistent with those used by EPA to establish the predetermined list of credits in the regulations, and would result in the same credit values as described in the regulations. The magnitude of these credits is determined by specification or calculations in the regulations based on vehicle-specific measurements (e.g., the area of glass or the lighting locations using the specified technologies), but would be no higher than the following established regulatory values:

    5 “EPA Decision Document: Off-cycle Credits for Fiat Chrysler Automobiles, Ford Motor Company, and General Motors Corporation.” Compliance Division, Office of Transportation and Air Quality, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA-420-R-15-014, September 2015.

    Technology Off-cycle
  • credit—cars
  • (grams/mile)
  • Off-cycle
  • credit—trucks
  • (grams/mile)
  • High efficiency lighting 1.0 1.0 Solar reflective glass/glazing 2.9 3.9 Active seat ventilation 1.0 1.3 Active cabin ventilation 2.1 2.8 Active engine warmup 1.5 3.2
    B. Ford Motor Company

    Using the alternative methodology approach discussed above, Ford Motor Company (Ford) is applying for credits for model years prior to 2014, and thus prior to when the list of default credits became available. Ford has applied for off-cycle credits using the alternative demonstration methodology pathway for the following technologies: high efficiency exterior lighting, active seat ventilation, active aerodynamics, active transmission warmup, active engine warmup, and engine idle stop-start systems. EPA has already approved credits for these technologies for the 2012 and 2013 model years for Ford, and for some of these technologies for Fiat Chrysler for the 2009-2013 model years.6 Ford's request is consistent with previously approved methodologies and credits. The application covers the 2009-2011 model year vehicles, model years which were inadvertently omitted from Ford's previous request. All of these technologies are described in the predetermined list of credits available in the 2014 and later model years. The methodologies described by Ford are consistent with those used by EPA to establish the predetermined list of credits in the regulations, and would result in the same credit values as described in the regulations. The magnitude of these credits is determined by specification or calculations in the regulations based on vehicle-specific measurements (e.g., the area of glass or the lighting locations using the specified technologies), but would be no higher than the following established regulatory values:

    6 “EPA Decision Document: Off-cycle Credits for Fiat Chrysler Automobiles, Ford Motor Company, and General Motors Corporation.” Compliance Division, Office of Transportation and Air Quality, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA-420-R-15-014, September 2015.

    Technology Off-cycle
  • credit—cars
  • (grams/mile)
  • Off-cycle
  • credit—trucks
  • (grams/mile)
  • high efficiency lighting 1.0 1.0 Active seat ventilation 1.0 1.3 Active aerodynamics Based on measured reduction in the coefficient of drag. Active transmission warm-up 1.5 3.2 Active engine warm-up 1.5 3.2 Engine idle start-stop 2.5 4.4
    C. General Motors Corporation

    Using the alternative methodology approach discussed above, General Motors Corporation (GM) is applying for credits for model years prior to 2014, and thus prior to when the list of default credits became available. GM has applied for off-cycle credits using the alternative demonstration methodology pathway for the following technologies: high efficiency exterior lighting, solar reflective glass/glazing, solar reflective paint, active seat ventilation, active aerodynamics, active engine warmup, and engine idle stop-start systems. EPA has already approved credits for these technologies for model years prior to 2014.7 GM's request is consistent with previously approved methodologies and credits. The application covers the 2009-2013 model year vehicles. All of these technologies are described in the predetermined list of credits available in the 2014 and later model years. The methodologies described by GM are consistent with those used by EPA to establish the predetermined list of credits in the regulations, and would result in the same credit values as described in the regulations. The magnitude of these credits is determined by specification or calculations in the regulations based on vehicle-specific measurements (e.g., the area of glass or the lighting locations using the specified technologies), but would be no higher than the following established regulatory values:

    7 “EPA Decision Document: Off-cycle Credits for Fiat Chrysler Automobiles, Ford Motor Company, and General Motors Corporation.” Compliance Division, Office of Transportation and Air Quality, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA-420-R-15-014, September 2015.

    Technology Off-cycle
  • credit—cars
  • (grams/mile)
  • Off-cycle
  • credit—trucks
  • (grams/mile)
  • High efficiency lighting 1.0 1.0 Solar reflective glass/glazing 2.9 3.9 Solar reflective paint 0.4 0.5 Active seat ventilation 1.0 1.3 Active aerodynamics Based on measured reduction in the coefficient of drag. Active engine warm-up 1.5 3.2 Engine idle start-stop 2.5 4.4
    D. Volkswagen of America

    Using the alternative methodology approach discussed above, Volkswagen of America (VW) is applying for credits for model years prior to 2014, and thus prior to when the list of default credits became available. VW has applied for off-cycle credits using the alternative demonstration methodology pathway for the following technologies: Active aerodynamics systems, active seat ventilation, solar reflective glass/glazing, solar reflective surface coating (paint), active engine warmup, active transmission warmup, engine idle stop-start systems, and high efficiency lighting. EPA has already approved credits for these technologies for model years prior to 2014.8 VW's request is consistent with previously approved methodologies and credits. The application covers the 2012-2013 model year vehicles. All of these technologies are described in the predetermined list of credits available in the 2014 and later model years. The methodologies described by VW are consistent with those used by EPA to establish the predetermined list of credits in the regulations, and would result in the same credit values as described in the regulations. The magnitude of these credits is determined by specification or calculations in the regulations based on vehicle-specific measurements (e.g., the area of glass or the lighting locations using the specified technologies), but would be no higher than the following established regulatory values:

    8 “EPA Decision Document: Off-cycle Credits for Fiat Chrysler Automobiles, Ford Motor Company, and General Motors Corporation.” Compliance Division, Office of Transportation and Air Quality, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA-420-R-15-014, September 2015.

    Technology Off-cycle
  • credit—cars
  • (grams/mile)
  • Off-cycle
  • credit—trucks
  • (grams/mile)
  • High efficiency lighting 1.0 1.0 Solar reflective glass/glazing 2.9 3.9 Solar reflective paint 0.4 0.5 Active seat ventilation 1.0 1.3 Active aerodynamics Based on measured reduction in the coefficient of drag. Active engine warm-up 1.5 3.2 Active transmission warm-up 1.5 3.2 Engine idle start-stop 2.5 4.4
    III. EPA Decision Process

    EPA has reviewed the applications for completeness and is now making the applications available for public review and comment as required by the regulations. The off-cycle credit applications submitted by BMW, Ford, GM, and VW (with confidential business information redacted) have been placed in the public docket (see ADDRESSES section above) and on EPA's Web site at http://www.epa.gov/otaq/regs/ld-hwy/greenhouse/ld-ghg.htm. EPA is providing a 30-day comment period on the applications for off-cycle credits described in this notice, as specified by the regulations. The manufacturers may submit a written rebuttal of comments for EPA's consideration, or may revise an application in response to comments. After reviewing any public comments and any rebuttal of comments submitted by manufacturers, EPA will make a final decision regarding the credit requests. EPA will make its decision available to the public by placing a decision document (or multiple decision documents) in the docket and on EPA's Web site at http://www.epa.gov/otaq/regs/ld-hwy/greenhouse/ld-ghg.htm. While the broad methodologies used by these manufacturers could potentially be used for other vehicles and by other manufacturers, the vehicle specific data needed to demonstrate the off-cycle emissions reductions would likely be different. In such cases, a new application would be required, including an opportunity for public comment.

    Dated: August 26, 2016. Byron J. Bunker, Director, Compliance Division, Office of Transportation and Air Quality, Office of Air and Radiation.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21217 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY [ER-FRL-9028-8] Environmental Impact Statements; Notice of Availability AGENCY:

    Office of Federal Activities, EPA.

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    Weekly receipt of Environmental Impact Statements (EISs).

    Filed 08/22/2016 Through 08/26/2016.
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    General Information (202) 564-7146 or http://www.epa.gov/nepa

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Pursuant to 40 CFR 1506.9.

    Section 309(a) of the Clean Air Act requires that EPA make public its comments on EISs issued by other Federal agencies. EPA's comment letters on EISs are available at: http://www.epa.gov/compliance/nepa/eisdata.html.

    EIS No. 20160193, Final, DOS, CA, Otay Mesa Conveyance and Disinfection System Project, Review Period Ends: 10/03/2016, Contact: Jill Reilly 202-647-9798. EIS No. 20160194, Final, FAA, AK, Angoon Airport Project, Review Period Ends: 10/03/2016, Contact: Leslie Grey 907-271-5453. EIS No. 20160195, Draft, FHWA, NC, I-4400/I-4700—I-26 Widening, Comment Period. Ends: 10/31/2016, Contact: Clarence Coleman 919-747-7014. EIS No. 20160196, Final, NPS, PRO, Revision of 9B Regulations Governing Non-Federal Oil and Gas Activities, Review Period Ends: 10/03/2016, Contact: Michael B. Edwards 303-969-2694. EIS No. 20160197, Draft, NOAA, HI, Heeia National Estuarine Research Reserve, Comment Period Ends: 10/17/2016, Contact: Jean Tanimoto 808-725-5253. EIS No. 20160198, Final, NOAA, USFWS, MI, Programmatic—Restoration Resulting from the Kalamazoo River Natural Resource Damage Assessment, Review Period Ends: 10/03/2016, Contact: Lisa Williams 517-351-8324. The U.S. Department of the Interior's Fish and Wildlife Service and the U.S. Department of Commerce's National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration are joint lead agencies for the above project. EIS No. 20160199, Final, BLM, UT, Proposed Resource Management Plans for the Beaver Dam Wash and Red Cliffs National Conservation Areas; Proposed Amendment to the St. George Field Office Resource Management Plan, Review Period Ends: 10/03/2016, Contact: Keith Rigtrup 435-865-3063. EIS No. 20160200, Draft, USACE, NY, Atlantic Coast of New York, East Rockaway Inlet to Rockaway Inlet and Jamaica Bay, Comment Period Ends: 11/02/2016, Contact: Robert J. Smith 917-790-8729. Amended Notices EIS No. 20160188, Final, NHTSA, NAT, Phase 2 Fuel Efficiency Standards for Medium- and Heavy-Duty Engines and Vehicles, Contact: James Tamm 202-493-0515.

    Revision to FR Notice Published 08/26/2016; Change Review Period to No Review Period.

    Under 49 U.S.C. 304a(b), NHTSA has issued a Final EIS and ROD. Therefore, the 30-day wait/review period under NEPA does not apply to this action.

    Dated: August 30, 2016. Dawn Roberts, Management Analyst, NEPA Compliance Division, Office of Federal Activities.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21198 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY [EPA-HQ-OPP-2015-0022 FRL-9949-89] Pesticide Product Registration; Receipt of Applications for New Uses; Correction and Reopening of Comment Period AGENCY:

    Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

    ACTION:

    Notice; correction and reopening of comment period.

    SUMMARY:

    EPA issued a notice in the Federal Register of July 22, 2016 (81 FR 47795) concerning Pesticide Product Registration; Receipt of Applications for New Uses. The notice inadvertently identified the applications listed as being new active ingredients rather than new uses. This document corrects that error and also reopens the comment period for an additional 15 days.

    DATES:

    Comments, identified by the docket identification (ID) listed in the body of this document, must be received on or before September 19, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Follow the detailed instructions as provided in the Federal Register document of July 22, 2016 (81 FR 47795).

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Michael Goodis, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address: [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: I. General Information A. Does this action apply to me?

    The Agency included in the July 22, 2016, notice a list of those who may be potentially affected by this action.

    B. How can I get copies of this document and other related information?

    The docket for this action, identified by the following docket identification (ID) number: EPA-HQ-OPP-2015-0022 is available at http://www.regulations.gov or at the Office of Pesticide Programs Regulatory Public Docket (OPP Docket) in the Environmental Protection Agency Docket Center (EPA/DC), West William Jefferson Clinton Bldg., Rm. 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001. The Public Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Public Reading Room is (202) 566-1744, and the telephone number for the OPP Docket is (703) 305-5805. Please review the visitor instructions and additional information about the docket available at http://www.epa.gov/dockets.

    C. Why is the comment period being reopened?

    This document reopens the public comment period for the Pesticide Product Registration; Receipt of Applications for New Uses notice, which was published in the Federal Register of July 22, 2016 (81 FR 47795) (FRL-9947-94). EPA is hereby reopening the comment period for 15 days because EPA has received applications to register new uses for pesticide products containing currently registered active ingredients. Pursuant to the provision of FIFRA section 3(c)(4)(7 U.S.C. 136a(c)(4)), EPA is hereby providing notice of receipt and opportunity to comment on these applications. Notice of receipt of these applications does not imply a decision by the Agency on these applications.

    II. What does this correction do?

    FR Doc. 2016-17407 published in the Federal Register of July 22, 2016, (81 FR 47795) (FRL-9941-24) is corrected as follows:

    First, on page 47795, in the first column, under SUMMARY, the first sentence is corrected to read “EPA has received applications to register new uses for pesticide products containing currently registered active ingredients.”

    Second, on page 47795, in the second column under the heading II. Registration Applications, the first sentence is corrected to read “EPA has received applications to register new uses for pesticide products containing currently registered active ingredients.”

    Authority:

    7 U.S.C. 136 et seq.

    Dated: August 19, 2016. Daniel J. Rosenblatt, Acting Director, Registration Division, Office of Pesticide Programs.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21220 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6560-50-P
    FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request (3064-0030, -0104 & -0122) AGENCY:

    Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).

    ACTION:

    Notice and request for comment.

    SUMMARY:

    The FDIC, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the renewal of existing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. On June 29, 2016, (81 FR 42353), the FDIC requested comment for 60 days on a proposal to renew the information collections described below. No comments were received. The FDIC hereby gives notice of its plan to submit to OMB a request to approve the renewal of these collections, and again invites comment on this renewal.

    DATES:

    Comments must be submitted on or before October 3, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Interested parties are invited to submit written comments to the FDIC by any of the following methods:

    http://www.FDIC.gov/regulations/laws/federal/.

    Email: [email protected]. Include the name of the collection in the subject line of the message.

    Mail: Manny Cabeza, (202.898.3767), Counsel, Room MB-3007, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 550 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20429.

    Hand Delivery: Comments may be hand-delivered to the guard station at the rear of the 17th Street Building (located on F Street), on business days between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m.

    All comments should refer to the relevant OMB control number. A copy of the comments may also be submitted to the OMB desk officer for the FDIC: Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503.
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Manny Cabeza, at the FDIC address above.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Proposal to renew the following currently-approved collections of information:

    1. Title: Securities of Insured Nonmember Banks and State Savings Associations.

    OMB Number: 3064-0030.

    Affected Public: Generally, any issuer of securities, reporting company, or shareholder of an issuer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to securities registered under 12 CFR part 335.

    Annual Number of Respondents: 396 separate respondents, some filing multiple forms, resulting in 535 estimated total annual responses.

    Burden Estimate:

    Estimated
  • number of
  • responses
  • Hours per
  • response
  • Frequency of
  • response
  • Number of
  • responses
  • per year
  • Estimated
  • burden
  • Form 3—Initial Statement of Beneficial Ownership 58 1 On Occasion 1 58 Form 4—Statement of Changes in Beneficial Ownership 297 0.5 On Occasion 4 594 Form 5—Annual Statement of Beneficial Ownership 69 1 Annual 1 69 Form 8-A 2 3 On Occasion 2 12 Form 8-C 2 2 On Occasion 1 4 Form 8-K 21 2 On Occasion 4 168 Form 10 2 215 On Occasion 1 430 Form 10-C 1 1 On Occasion 1 1 Form10-K 21 140 Annual 1 2,940 Form 10-Q 21 100 Quarterly 3 6,300 Form 12b-25 6 3 On Occasion 1 18 Form 15 2 1 On Occasion 1 2 Form 25 2 1 On Occasion 1 2 Schedule 13D 2 3 On Occasion 1 6 Schedule 13E-3 2 3 On Occasion 1 6 Schedule 13G 2 3 On Occasion 1 6 Schedule 14A 21 40 Annual 1 840 Schedule 14C 2 40 On Occasion 1 80 Schedule 14D-1 (Schedule TO) 2 5 On Occasion 1 10 Totals 535 11,546

    General Description: Section 12(i) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”) grants authority to the Federal banking agencies to administer and enforce Sections 10A(m), 12, 13, 14(a), 14(c), 14(d), 14(f), and 16 of the Exchange Act and Sections 302, 303, 304, 306, 401(b), 404, 406, and 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Pursuant to Section 12(i), the FDIC has the authority, including rulemaking authority, to administer and enforce these enumerated provisions as may be necessary with respect to state nonmember banks and state savings associations over which it has been designated the appropriate Federal banking agency. Section 12(i) generally requires the FDIC to issue regulations substantially similar to those issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to carry out these responsibilities. Thus, Part 335 of the FDIC regulations incorporates by cross-reference the SEC rules and regulations regarding the disclosure and filing requirements of registered securities of state nonmember banks and state savings associations. This information collection includes the following:

    Beneficial Ownership Forms: FDIC Forms 3, 4, and 5 (FDIC Form Numbers 6800/03, 6800/04, and 6800/05.) Pursuant to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, every director, officer, and owner of more than ten percent of a class of equity securities registered with the FDIC under Section 12 of the Exchange Act must file with the FDIC a statement of ownership regarding such securities. The initial filing is on Form 3 and changes are reported on Form 4. The Annual Statement of beneficial ownership of securities is on Form 5. The forms contain information on the reporting person's relationship to the company and on purchases and sales of such equity securities. 12 CFR Sections 335.601 through 336.613 of the FDIC's regulations, which cross-reference 17 CFR 240.16a of the SEC's regulations, provide the FDIC form requirements for FDIC Forms 3, 4, and 5 in lieu of SEC Forms 3, 4, and 5, which are described at 17 CFR 249.103 (Form 3), 249.104 (Form 4), and 249.105 (Form 5).

    Forms 8-A and 8-C for Registration of Certain Classes of Securities. Form 8-A is used for registration of any class of securities of any issuer which is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Exchange Act, or pursuant to an order exempting the exchange on which the issuer has securities listed from registration as a national securities exchange. Form 8-C has been replaced by Form 8-A. Form 8-A is described at 17 CFR 249.208a.

    Form 8-K: Current Report. This is the current report that is used to report the occurrence of any material events or corporate changes that are of importance to investors or security holders and have not been reported previously by the registrant. It provides more current information on certain specified events than would Forms 10-Q and 10-K. The form description is at 17 CFR 249.308.

    Forms 10 and 10-C: Forms for Registration of Securities. Form 10 is the general reporting form for registration of securities pursuant to section 12(b) or (g) of the Exchange Act, of classes of securities of issuers for which no other reporting form is prescribed. It requires certain business and financial information about the issuer. Form 10-C has been replaced by Form 10. Form 10 is described at 17 CFR 249.210.

    Form 10-K: Annual Report. This annual report is used by issuers registered under the Exchange Act to provide information described in Regulation S-K, 17 CFR 229. The form is described at 17 CFR 249.310.

    Form 10-Q: Quarterly Reports. The Form 10-Q is a report filed quarterly by most reporting companies. It includes unaudited financial statements and provides a continuing overview of major changes in the company's financial position during the year, as compared to the prior corresponding period. The report must be filed for each of the first three fiscal quarters of the company's fiscal year and is due within 40 or 45 days of the close of the quarter, depending on the size of the reporting company. The description of Form 10-Q is at 17 CFR 249.308a.

    Form 12b-25: Notification of Late Filing. This notification extends the reporting deadlines for filing quarterly and annual reports for qualifying companies. The form is described at 17 CFR 249.322.

    Form 15: Certification and Notice of Termination of Registration. This form is filed by each issuer to certify that the number of holders of record of a class of security registered under section 12(g) of the Exchange Act is reduced to a specified level in order to terminate the registration of the class of security. For a bank, the number of holders of record of a class of registered security must be reduced to less than 1,200 persons. For a savings association, the number of record holders of a class of registered security must be reduced to (1) less than 300 persons or (2) less than 500 persons and the total assets of the issuer have not exceeded $10 million on the last day of each of the issuer's most recent three fiscal years. In general, registration terminates 90 days after the filing of the certification. This form is described at 17 CFR 249.323.

    Schedule 13D: Certain Beneficial Ownership Changes. This Schedule discloses beneficial ownership of certain registered equity securities. Any person or group of persons who acquire a beneficial ownership of more than 5 percent of a class of registered equity securities of certain issuers must file a Schedule 13D reporting such acquisition together with certain other information within ten days after such acquisition. Moreover, any material changes in the facts set forth in the Schedule generally precipitates a duty to promptly file an amendment on Schedule 13D. The SEC's rules define the term beneficial owner to be any person who directly or indirectly shares voting power or investment power (the power to sell the security). This schedule is described at 17 CFR 240.13d-101.

    Schedule 13E-3: Going Private Transactions by Certain Issuers or Their Affiliates. This schedule must be filed if an issuer engages in a solicitation subject to Regulation 14A or a distribution subject to Regulation 14C, in connection with a going private merger with its affiliate. An affiliate and an issuer may be required to complete, file, and disseminate a Schedule 13E-3, which directs that each person filing the schedule state whether it reasonably believes that the Rule 13e-3 transaction is fair or unfair to unaffiliated security holders. This schedule is described at 17 CFR 240.13e-100.

    Schedule 13G: Certain Acquisitions of Stock. Certain acquisitions of stock that are more than 5 percent of an issuer's stock must be reported to the public. Schedule 13G is a much abbreviated version of Schedule 13D that is only available for use by a limited category of persons (such as banks, broker/dealers, and insurance companies) and even then only when the securities were acquired in the ordinary course of business and not with the purpose or effect of changing or influencing the control of the issuer. This schedule is described at 17 CFR 240.13d-102.

    Schedule 14A: Proxy Statements. State law governs the circumstances under which shareholders are entitled to vote. When a shareholder vote is required and any person solicits proxies with respect to securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, that person generally is required to furnish a proxy statement containing the information specified by Schedule 14A. The proxy statement is intended to provide shareholders with the proxy information necessary to enable them to vote in an informed manner on matters intended to be acted upon at shareholders' meetings, whether the traditional annual meeting or a special meeting. Typically, a shareholder is also provided with a proxy card to authorize designated persons to vote his or her securities on the shareholder's behalf in the event the holder does not vote in person at the meeting. Copies of preliminary and definitive (final) proxy statements and proxy cards are filed with the FDIC. The description of this schedule is at 17 CFR 240.14a-101.

    Schedule 14C: Information Required in Information Statements. An information statement prepared in accordance with the requirements of the SEC's Regulation 14C is required whenever matters are submitted for shareholder action at an annual or special meeting when there is no proxy solicitation under the SEC's Regulation 14A. This schedule is described at 17 CFR 240.14c-101.

    Schedule 14D-1: Tender Offer. This schedule is also known as Schedule TO. Any person, other than the issuer itself, making a tender offer for equity securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, is required to file this schedule if acceptance of the offer would cause that person to own over 5 percent of that class of the securities. This schedule must be filed and sent to various parties, such as the issuer and any competing bidders. In addition, the SEC's Regulation 14D sets forth certain requirements that must be complied with in connection with a tender offer. This schedule is described at 17 CFR 240.14d-100.

    2. Title: Activities and Investments of Savings Associations.

    OMB Number: 3064-0104.

    Affected Public: Insured financial institutions.

    Estimated Number of Respondents: 19.

    Frequency of Response: On occasion.

    Estimated annual Burden Hours per Response: 12 hours.

    Total Estimated Annual Burden: 228 hours.

    General Description of Collection: Section 28 of the FDI Act (12 U.S.C. 1831e) imposes restrictions on the powers of savings associations, which reduce the risk of loss to the deposit insurance funds and eliminate some differences between the powers of state associations and those of federal associations. Some of the restrictions apply to all insured savings associations and some to state chartered associations only. The statute exempts some federal savings banks and associations from the restrictions, and provides for the FDIC to grant exemptions to other associations under certain circumstances. In addition, Section 18(m) of the FDI Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(m)) requires that notice be given to the FDIC prior to an insured savings association (state or federal) acquiring, establishing, or conducting new activities through a subsidiary.

    3. Title: Forms Relating to FDIC Outside Counsel Legal Support and Expert Services Programs.

    OMB Number: 3064-0122.

    Affected Public: Entities providing legal and expert services to the FDIC.

    Frequency of Response: On occasion.

    Estimated Number of Respondents and Burden Hours:

    FDIC Document No. Estimated
  • number of
  • respondents
  • Estimated
  • hours per
  • response
  • Hours of
  • burden
  • 5000/26 85 0.5 42.5 5000/31 376 0.5 188 5000/33 63 0.5 31.5 5000/35 722 0.5 361 5200/01 500 0.75 375 5210/01 100 0.5 50 5210/02 55 0.5 27.5 5210/03 50 1 50 5210/03A 50 1 50 5210/04 200 1 200 5210/04A 200 1 200 5210/06 100 1 100 5210/06(A) 100 1 100 5210/08 240 0.5 120 5210/09 100 1 100 5210/10 100 1 100 5210/10(A) 100 1 100 5210/11 100 1 100 5210/12 100 1 100 5210/12A 100 1 100 5210/14 100 0.5 50 5210/15 25 0.5 12.5 Total 3,556 2,558

    General Description: The information collected enables the FDIC to ensure that all individuals, businesses and firms seeking to provide legal support services to the FDIC meet the eligibility requirements established by Congress. The information is also used to manage and monitor payments to contractors, document contract amendments, expiration dates, billable individuals, minority law firms, and to ensure that law firms, experts, and other legal support services providers comply with statutory and regulatory requirements.

    Request for Comment

    Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the FDIC's functions, including whether the information has practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the estimates of the burden of the information collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the information collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. All comments will become a matter of public record.

    Dated at Washington, DC, this 30th day of August, 2016.

    Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

    Robert E. Feldman, Executive Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21176 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6714-01-P
    FEDERAL MARITIME COMMISSION Notice of Request for Additional Information

    The Commission gives notice that it has formally requested that the parties to the below listed agreement provide additional information pursuant to 46 U.S.C. 40304(d). This action prevents the agreement from becoming effective as originally scheduled. Interested parties may file comments within fifteen (15) days after publication of this notice in the Federal Register.

    Agreement No.: 012426.

    Title: OCEAN Alliance Agreement.

    Parties: COSCO Container Lines Co., Ltd.; CMA CGM S.A., APL Co. Pte Ltd, and American President Lines, Ltd. (acting as one party); Evergreen Marine Corporation (Taiwan) Ltd. acting on its own behalf and/or on behalf of other members of the Evergreen Line Joint Service Agreement (ELJSA); and Orient Overseas Container Line Limited and OOCL (Europe) Limited (acting as one party).

    By Order of the Federal Maritime Commission.

    Dated: August 30, 2016. Rachel E. Dickon, Assistant Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21141 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6731-AA-P
    FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies

    The companies listed in this notice have applied to the Board for approval, pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.) (BHC Act), Regulation Y (12 CFR part 225), and all other applicable statutes and regulations to become a bank holding company and/or to acquire the assets or the ownership of, control of, or the power to vote shares of a bank or bank holding company and all of the banks and nonbanking companies owned by the bank holding company, including the companies listed below.

    The applications listed below, as well as other related filings required by the Board, are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The applications will also be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing on the standards enumerated in the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(c)). If the proposal also involves the acquisition of a nonbanking company, the review also includes whether the acquisition of the nonbanking company complies with the standards in section 4 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1843). Unless otherwise noted, nonbanking activities will be conducted throughout the United States.

    Unless otherwise noted, comments regarding each of these applications must be received at the Reserve Bank indicated or the offices of the Board of Governors not later than September 30, 2016.

    A. Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (Adam M. Drimer, Assistant Vice President) 701 East Byrd Street, Richmond, Virginia 23261-4528. Comments can also be sent electronically to or [email protected]:

    1. South State Corporation, Columbia, South Carolina; to acquire 100 percent of the voting securities of Southeastern Bank Financial Corporation, Augusta, Georgia, and thereby indirectly acquire Georgia Bank and Trust Company of Augusta, Augusta, Georgia.

    B. Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas (Robert L. Triplett III, Senior Vice President) 2200 North Pearl Street, Dallas, Texas 75201-2272:

    1. Anchor Bancshares, Inc., Houston, Texas; to acquire First Bancshares of Texas, Inc., McGregor, Texas, and thereby indirectly acquire Security Bank of Crawford, Crawford, Texas.

    Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, August 30, 2016. Michele Taylor Fennell, Assistant Secretary of the Board.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21191 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6210-01-P
    FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM Change in Bank Control Notices; Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding Company

    The notificants listed below have applied under the Change in Bank Control Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)) and § 225.41 of the Board's Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.41) to acquire shares of a bank or bank holding company. The factors that are considered in acting on the notices are set forth in paragraph 7 of the Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(7)).

    The notices are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The notices also will be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing to the Reserve Bank indicated for that notice or to the offices of the Board of Governors. Comments must be received not later than September 20, 2016.

    A. Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City (Dennis Denney, Assistant Vice President) 1 Memorial Drive, Kansas City, Missouri 64198-0001:

    1. Rhonda Rainforth, O'Neill, Nebraska; Steven Ott and Adam Ott, both of Wisner, Nebraska; Renee Cleveland and Robert Cheney, both of Norfolk, Nebraska; James Cheney, Charlotte, North Carolina; and John Cheney, Dekalb, Illinois; to acquire shares of Citizens National Corporation, Wisner, Nebraska, as members of the Kvols/Ott/Cheney Family Group. Citizens National Corporation controls Citizens State Bank, Wisner, Nebraska, and Cass County State Company, parent of Cass County Bank, Inc., both of Plattsmouth, Nebraska.

    Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, August 30, 2016. Michele Taylor Fennell, Assistant Secretary of the Board.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21192 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6210-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Centers for Disease Control and Prevention [60Day-16-16BBS; Docket No. CDC-2016-0088] Proposed Data Collection Submitted for Public Comment and Recommendations AGENCY:

    Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).

    ACTION:

    Notice with comment period.

    SUMMARY:

    The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), as part of its continuing efforts to reduce public burden and maximize the utility of government information, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This notice invites comment on the information collection request Airline and Traveler Information Collection: Domestic Manifests and the Passenger Locator Form. This information aligns with current activities with regard to the collection of manifests from domestic flights within the United States, as well as the collection of traveler information using the Passenger Locator Form (PLF) on both international and domestic flights, in the event that a communicable disease has been confirmed during travel that puts other passengers at risk.

    DATES:

    Written comments must be received on or before November 1, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CDC-2016-0088 by any of the following methods:

    Federal eRulemaking Portal: Regulations.gov. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.

    Mail: Leroy A. Richardson, Information Collection Review Office, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road NE., MS-D74, Atlanta, Georgia 30329.

    Instructions: All submissions received must include the agency name and Docket Number. All relevant comments received will be posted without change to Regulations.gov, including any personal information provided. For access to the docket to read background documents or comments received, go to Regulations.gov.

    Please note: All public comment should be submitted through the Federal eRulemaking portal (Regulations.gov) or by U.S. mail to the address listed above.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    To request more information on the proposed project or to obtain a copy of the information collection plan and instruments, contact the Information Collection Review Office, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Road NE., MS-D74, Atlanta, Georgia 30329; phone: 404-639-7570; Email: [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. In addition, the PRA also requires Federal agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the Federal Register concerning each proposed collection of information, including each new proposed collection, each proposed extension of existing collection of information, and each reinstatement of previously approved information collection before submitting the collection to OMB for approval. To comply with this requirement, we are publishing this notice of a proposed data collection as described below. Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and (e) estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information. Burden means the total time, effort, or financial resources expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, disclose or provide information to or for a Federal agency. This includes the time needed to review instructions; to develop, acquire, install and utilize technology and systems for the purpose of collecting, validating and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; to train personnel and to be able to respond to a collection of information, to search data sources, to complete and review the collection of information; and to transmit or otherwise disclose the information.

    Proposed Project

    Airline and Traveler Information Collection: Domestic Manifests and the Passenger Locator Form—Existing Information Collection in use without an OMB Control Number—National Center for Emerging Zoonotic and Infectious Diseases (NCEZID), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).

    Background and Brief Description

    Stopping a communicable disease outbreak—whether it is naturally occurring or intentionally caused—requires the use of the most rapid and effective public health tools available. Basic public health practices, such as collaborating with airlines in the identification and notification of potentially exposed contacts, are critical tools in the fight against the introduction, transmission, and spread of communicable diseases in the United States.

    The collection of timely, accurate, and complete contact information enables Quarantine Public Health Officers in CDC's Division of Global Migration and Quarantine (DGMQ) to notify state and local health departments in order for them to make contact with individuals who may have been exposed to a contagious person during travel and identify appropriate next steps.

    Under the Public Health Service Act (42 United States Code § 264) and under 42 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) § 70.2 CDC can order airlines traveling between states to submit a data set, including airline flight details, and passenger and crew member information, if CDC reasonably believes that a traveler exposed to or infected with a communicable disease of public health concern could have put other passengers at risk for a communicable disease.

    In order to collect this data set, aka a manifest, CDC seeking approval for domestic airline and traveler information orders under current authorities in 42 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 70.2. This activity is already current practice.

    Additionally, CDC requests to transition the Passenger Locator Form (PLF), previously included and approved by OMB in 0920-0134 Foreign Quarantine Regulations, into this Information Collection Request. Further, CDC is requesting approval for the use of the PLF for the collection of traveler information from individuals on domestic flights. The PLF, a formed developed by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) in concert with its international member states and other aviation organizations, is used when there is a confirmation or strong suspicion that an individual(s) aboard a flight is infected with or exposed to a communicable disease that is a threat to co-travelers, and CDC is made aware of the individual(s) prior to arrival in the United States. This prior awareness can provide CDC with an opportunity to collect traveler contact information directly from the traveler prior to departure from the arrival airport. CDC conducts this information collection under its regulations at 42 CFR 70.6 for domestic flights and 71.32 and 71.33 for flights arriving from foreign countries.

    CDC is seeking three years of OMB clearance for this information collection request.

    Estimated Annualized Burden Hours

    CDC estimates that for each set of airline and traveler information ordered, airlines require approximately six hours to review the order, search their records, and send those records to CDC. CDC anticipates that travelers will need approximately five minutes to complete the PLF. There is no cost to respondents other than their time to perform these actions. For manifest information, CDC does not have a specified format for these submissions, only that it is one acceptable to both CDC and the respondent.

    Type of respondent Form name Number of
  • respondents
  • Number of
  • responses per respondent
  • Average
  • burden per
  • response
  • (in hours)
  • Total burden
  • (in hours)
  • Airline Medical Officer or Equivalent/Computer and Information Systems Manager Domestic TB Manifest Template 1 1 360/60 6 Airline Medical Officer or Equivalent/Computer and Information Systems Manager Domestic Non-TB Manifest Template 28 1 360/60 168 Traveler Public Health Passenger Locator Form: Outbreak of public health significance (international flights) 2,700,000 1 5/60 225,000 Traveler Public Health Passenger Locator Form: Limited onboard exposure (international flights) 800 1 5/60 67 Traveler Public Health Passenger Locator Form (domestic flights) 800 1 5/60 67 Total 225,308
    Leroy A. Richardson, Chief, Information Collection Review Office, Office of Scientific Integrity, Office of the Associate Director for Science, Office of the Director, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21103 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4163-18-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services [Document Identifier: CMS-10476] Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request AGENCY:

    Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, HHS.

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) is announcing an opportunity for the public to comment on CMS' intention to collect information from the public. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (the PRA), federal agencies are required to publish notice in the Federal Register concerning each proposed collection of information (including each proposed extension or reinstatement of an existing collection of information) and to allow 60 days for public comment on the proposed action. Interested persons are invited to send comments regarding our burden estimates or any other aspect of this collection of information, including any of the following subjects: The necessity and utility of the proposed information collection for the proper performance of the agency's functions; the accuracy of the estimated burden; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology to minimize the information collection burden.

    DATES:

    Comments must be received by November 1, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    When commenting, please reference the document identifier or OMB control number. To be assured consideration, comments and recommendations must be submitted in any one of the following ways:

    1. Electronically. You may send your comments electronically to http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the instructions for “Comment or Submission” or “More Search Options” to find the information collection document(s) that are accepting comments.

    2. By regular mail. You may mail written comments to the following address: CMS, Office of Strategic Operations and Regulatory Affairs, Division of Regulations Development, Attention: Document Identifier/OMB Control Number __, Room C4-26-05, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland 21244-1850.

    To obtain copies of a supporting statement and any related forms for the proposed collection(s) summarized in this notice, you may make your request using one of following:

    1. Access CMS' Web site address at http://www.cms.hhs.gov/PaperworkReductionActof1995.

    2. Email your request, including your address, phone number, OMB number, and CMS document identifier, to [email protected].

    3. Call the Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Contents

    This notice sets out a summary of the use and burden associated with the following information collections. More detailed information can be found in each collection's supporting statement and associated materials (see ADDRESSES).

    CMS-10476 Medical Loss Ratio (MLR) Report for Medicare Advantage (MA) Plans and Prescription Drug Plans (PDP)

    Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. The term “collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA requires federal agencies to publish a 60-day notice in the Federal Register concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension or reinstatement of an existing collection of information, before submitting the collection to OMB for approval. To comply with this requirement, CMS is publishing this notice.

    Information Collection

    1. Type of Information Collection Request: Revision of a currently approved collection; Title of Information Collection: Medical Loss Ratio (MLR) Report for Medicare Advantage (MA) Plans and Prescription Drug Plans (PDP); Use: We will use the data collection of annual reports provided by plan sponsors for each contract to ensure that beneficiaries are receiving value for their premium dollar by calculating each contract's medical loss ratio (MLR) and any remittances due for the respective MLR reporting year. The recordkeeping requirements will be used to determine plan sponsors' compliance with the MLR requirements, including compliance with how plan sponsors' experience is to be reported, and how their MLR and any remittances are calculated. Form Number: CMS-10476 (OMB control number: 0938-1232); Frequency: Yearly; Affected Public: Private sector (Business or other for-profits and Not-for-profit institutions); Number of Respondents: 616; Total Annual Responses: 616; Total Annual Hours: 130,004. (For policy questions regarding this collection contact Diane Spitalnic at 410-786-5745.)

    Dated: August 30, 2016. William N. Parham, III, Director, Paperwork Reduction Staff, Office of Strategic Operations and Regulatory Affairs.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21199 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services [Document Identifier: CMS-R-142 and CMS-10148] Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request AGENCY:

    Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) is announcing an opportunity for the public to comment on CMS' intention to collect information from the public. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), federal agencies are required to publish notice in the Federal Register concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension or reinstatement of an existing collection of information, and to allow a second opportunity for public comment on the notice. Interested persons are invited to send comments regarding the burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including any of the following subjects: The necessity and utility of the proposed information collection for the proper performance of the agency's functions; the accuracy of the estimated burden; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology to minimize the information collection burden.

    DATES:

    Comments on the collection(s) of information must be received by the OMB desk officer by October 3, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    When commenting on the proposed information collections, please reference the document identifier or OMB control number. To be assured consideration, comments and recommendations must be received by the OMB desk officer via one of the following transmissions: OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attention: CMS Desk Officer, Fax Number: (202) 395-5806 OR, Email: [email protected].

    To obtain copies of a supporting statement and any related forms for the proposed collection(s) summarized in this notice, you may make your request using one of following:

    1. Access CMS' Web site address at http://www.cms.hhs.gov/PaperworkReductionActof1995.

    2. Email your request, including your address, phone number, OMB number, and CMS document identifier, to [email protected].

    3. Call the Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. The term “collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires federal agencies to publish a 30-day notice in the Federal Register concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension or reinstatement of an existing collection of information, before submitting the collection to OMB for approval. To comply with this requirement, CMS is publishing this notice that summarizes the following proposed collection(s) of information for public comment:

    1. Type of Information Collection Request: Extension of a currently approved collection; Title of Information Collection: Examination and Treatment for Emergency Medical Conditions and Women in Labor; Use: Pursuant to regulation sections 488.18, 489.20 and 489.24, during Medicare surveys of hospitals and State agencies CMS will review hospital records for lists of on-call physicians, and will review and obtain the information which must be recorded on hospital medical records for individuals with emergency medical conditions and women in labor, and the emergency department reporting information Medicare participating hospitals and Medicare State survey agencies must pass on to CMS. Additionally, CMS will use the QIO Report assessing whether an individual had an emergency condition and whether the individual was stabilized to determine whether to impose a CMP or physician exclusion sanctions. Without such information, CMS will be unable to make the hospital emergency services compliance determinations that Congress expects CMS to make under sections 1154, 1866 and 1867 of the Act. Form Number: CMS-R-142 (OMB control number: 0938-0667); Frequency: Occasionally; Affected Public: Private Sector; Number of Respondents: 6,149; Total Annual Responses: 6,149; Total Annual Hours: 1. (For policy questions regarding this collection contact Renate Dombrowski at 410-786-4645.)

    2. Type of Information Collection Request: Reinstatement with change of a previously approved collection; Title of Information Collection: HIPAA Administrative Simplification Complaint Form; Use: The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) became law in 1996 (Pub. L. 104-191). Subtitle F of Title II of HIPAA, titled “Administrative Simplification,” (A.S.) requires the Secretary of HHS to adopt national standards for certain information-related activities of the health care industry. The HIPAA provisions, by statute, apply only to “covered entities” referred to in section 1320d-2(a)(1) of this title. Responsibility for administering and enforcing the HIPAA A.S. Transactions, Code Sets, Identifiers has been delegated to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS). This updated information collection will be used to initiate enforcement actions.

    This reinstatement request clarifies the removal of the HIPAA Security complaint category. Specifically, the information collection revisions clarify the “Identify the HIPAA Non-Privacy/Security complaint category” section of the complaint form. In this section, complainants are given an opportunity to check the “Unique Identifiers” and “Operating Rules” option to additionally categorize the type of HIPAA complaint being filed. The revised form now includes an option for identifying Unique Identifier and Operating Rules complaints. It also requests email information about filed against entities, if available. Form Number: CMS-10148 (OMB control number: 0938-0948); Frequency: Occasionally; Affected Public: Individuals; Number of Respondents: 500; Total Annual Responses: 500; Total Annual Hours: 500. (For policy questions regarding this collection contact Cecily Austin at 410-786-0895.)

    Dated: August 30, 2016. William N. Parham, III, Director, Paperwork Reduction Staff, Office of Strategic Operations and Regulatory Affairs.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21201 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4120-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Food and Drug Administration [Docket No. FDA-2013-N-0450] Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Abbreviated New Animal Drug Applications AGENCY:

    Food and Drug Administration, HHS.

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that a proposed collection of information has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.

    DATES:

    Fax written comments on the collection of information by October 3, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    To ensure that comments on the information collection are received, OMB recommends that written comments be faxed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Attn: FDA Desk Officer, FAX: 202-395-7285, or emailed to [email protected]. All comments should be identified with the OMB control number 0910-0669. Also include the FDA docket number found in brackets in the heading of this document.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    FDA PRA Staff, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North, 10A63, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD 20852, [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    In compliance with 44 U.S.C. 3507, FDA has submitted the following proposed collection of information to OMB for review and clearance.

    Abbreviated New Animal Drug Applications—Sections (b)(2) and (n)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360b(b)(2) and (n)(1))—OMB Control Number 0910-0669—Extension

    Under section 512(b)(2) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&C Act), any person may file an abbreviated new animal drug application (ANADA) seeking approval of a generic copy of an approved new animal drug. The information required to be submitted as part of an ANADA is described in section 512(n)(1) of the FD&C Act. Among other things, an ANADA is required to contain information to show that the proposed generic drug is bioequivalent to, and has the same labeling as, the approved new animal drug. We use the information submitted, among other things, to assess bioequivalence to the originally approved drug and thus, the safety and effectiveness of the generic new animal drug. We allow applicants to submit a complete ANADA or to submit information in support of an ANADA for phased review. Applicants may submit Form FDA 356v with a complete ANADA or a phased review submission to ensure efficient and accurate processing of information.

    In the Federal Register of May 11, 2016 (81 FR 29273), FDA published a 60-day notice requesting public comment on the proposed collection of information. No comments were received.

    FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:

    Table 1—Estimated Annual Reporting Burden 1 FD&C Act sections 512(b)(2) and (n)(1) FDA Form Number of
  • respondents
  • Number of
  • responses
  • per
  • respondent
  • Total
  • annual
  • responses
  • Average
  • burden
  • per
  • response
  • Total
  • hours
  • ANADA 356v 18 1 18 159 2,862 Phased Review with Administrative ANADA 356v 3 5 15 31.8 477 Total 3,339 1 There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information.

    We base our estimates on our experience with ANADA submissions and requests for phased review. We estimate that we will receive 21 ANADA submissions per year over the next three years and that three of those submissions will request phased review. We estimate that each applicant that uses the phased review process will have approximately five phased reviews per application. We estimate that an applicant will take approximately 159 hours to prepare either an ANADA or the estimated 5 ANADA phased review submissions and the administrative ANADA.

    Dated: August 26, 2016. Leslie Kux, Associate Commissioner for Policy.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21128 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4164-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Food and Drug Administration [Docket No. FDA-2013-N-0520] Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Substances Prohibited From Use in Animal Food or Feed; Animal Proteins Prohibited in Ruminant Feed AGENCY:

    Food and Drug Administration, HHS.

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that a proposed collection of information has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.

    DATES:

    Fax written comments on the collection of information by October 3, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    To ensure that comments on the information collection are received, OMB recommends that written comments be faxed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Attn: FDA Desk Officer, FAX: 202-395-7285, or emailed to [email protected]. All comments should be identified with the OMB control number 0910-0339. Also include the FDA docket number found in brackets in the heading of this document.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    FDA PRA Staff, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North, 10A63, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, 20852, [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    In compliance with 44 U.S.C. 3507, FDA has submitted the following proposed collection of information to OMB for review and clearance.

    Substances Prohibited From Use in Animal Food or Feed; Animal Proteins Prohibited in Ruminant Feed—21 CFR 589.2000(e)(1)(iv) OMB Control Number 0910-0339—Extension

    This information collection was established because epidemiological evidence gathered in the United Kingdom suggested that bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE), a progressively degenerative central nervous system disease, is spread to ruminant animals by feeding protein derived from ruminants infected with BSE. This regulation places general requirements on persons that manufacture, blend, process, and distribute products that contain, or may contain, protein derived from mammalian tissue, and feeds made from such products.

    Specifically, this regulation requires renderers, feed manufacturers, and others involved in feed and feed ingredient manufacturing and distribution to maintain written procedures specifying the cleanout procedures or other means, and specifying the procedures for separating products that contain or may contain protein derived from mammalian tissue from all other protein products from the time of receipt until the time of shipment. These written procedures are intended to help the firm formalize their processes, and then to help inspection personnel confirm that the firm is operating in compliance with the regulation. Inspection personnel will evaluate the written procedure and confirm it is being followed when they are conducting an inspection.

    These written procedures must be maintained as long as the facility is operating in a manner that necessitates the record, and if the facility makes changes to an applicable procedure or process the record must be updated. Written procedures required by this section shall be made available for inspection and copying by FDA.

    In the Federal Register of March 15, 2016 (81 FR 13803), FDA published a 60-day notice requesting public comment on the proposed collection of information. FDA received one comment; however, it did not pertain to the information collection.

    FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:

    Table 1—Estimated Annual Recordkeeping Burden 1 21 CFR Section Number of
  • recordkeepers
  • Number of
  • records per
  • recordkeeper
  • Total
  • annual
  • records
  • Average
  • burden per
  • recordkeeping
  • Total
  • hours
  • 589.2000(e)(1)(iv); written procedures 320 1 320 14 4,480 1 There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information.

    We base our estimate of the number of recordkeepers on inspectional data, which reflect a decline in the number of recordkeepers. We attribute this decline to a reduction in the number of firms handling animal protein for use in animal feed.

    Dated: August 29, 2016. Leslie Kux, Associate Commissioner for Policy.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21157 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4164-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Food and Drug Administration [Docket No. FDA-2011-N-0655] Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Animal Generic Drug User Fee Act Cover Sheet AGENCY:

    Food and Drug Administration, HHS.

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the Agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (the PRA), Federal Agencies are required to publish notice in the Federal Register concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension of an existing collection of information, and to allow 60 days for public comment in response to the notice. This notice solicits comments on the information collection requirements of the Animal Generic Drug User Fee Act (AGDUFA) cover sheet.

    DATES:

    Submit either electronic or written comments on the collection of information by November 1, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    You may submit comments as follows:

    Electronic Submissions

    Submit electronic comments in the following way:

    Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the instructions for submitting comments. Comments submitted electronically, including attachments, to http://www.regulations.gov will be posted to the docket unchanged. Because your comment will be made public, you are solely responsible for ensuring that your comment does not include any confidential information that you or a third party may not wish to be posted, such as medical information, your or anyone else's Social Security number, or confidential business information, such as a manufacturing process. Please note that if you include your name, contact information, or other information that identifies you in the body of your comments, that information will be posted on http://www.regulations.gov.

    • If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).

    Written/Paper Submissions

    Submit written/paper submissions as follows:

    Mail/Hand delivery/Courier (for written/paper submission): Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852.

    • For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”

    Instructions: All submissions received must include the Docket No. FDA-2011-N-0655 for “Animal Generic Drug User Fee Act Cover Sheet.” Received comments will be placed in the docket and, except for those submitted as “Confidential Submissions,” publicly viewable at http://www.regulations.gov or at the Division of Dockets Management between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday.

    • Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on http://www.regulations.gov. Submit both copies to the Division of Dockets Management. If you do not wish your name and contact information to be made publicly available, you can provide this information on the cover sheet and not in the body of your comments and you must identify this information as “confidential.” Any information marked as “confidential” will not be disclosed except in accordance with 21 CFR 10.20 and other applicable disclosure law. For more information about FDA's posting of comments to public dockets, see 80 FR 56469, September 18, 2015, or access the information at: http://www.fda.gov/regulatoryinformation/dockets/default.htm.

    Docket: For access to the docket to read background documents or the electronic and written/paper comments received, go to http://www.regulations.gov and insert the docket number, found in brackets in the heading of this document, into the “Search” box and follow the prompts and/or go to the Division of Dockets Management, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    FDA PRA Staff, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North, 10A63, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD 20852, [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal Agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes Agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires Federal Agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the Federal Register concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension of an existing collection of information,] before submitting the collection to OMB for approval. To comply with this requirement, FDA is publishing notice of the proposed collection of information set forth in this document.

    With respect to the following collection of information, FDA invites comments on these topics: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of FDA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of FDA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques, when appropriate, and other forms of information technology.

    Form FDA 3728, Animal Generic User Fee Act Cover Sheet—21 U.S.C. 379j-21 OMB Control Number 0910-0632—Extension

    Section 741 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&C Act) (21 U.S.C. 379j-21) establishes three different kinds of user fees: (1) Fees for certain types of abbreviated applications for generic new animal drugs; (2) annual fees for certain generic new animal drug products; and (3) annual fees for certain sponsors of abbreviated applications for generic new animal drugs and/or investigational submissions for generic new animal drugs (21 U.S.C. 379j-21(a)). Because concurrent submission of user fees with applications is required, the review of an application cannot begin until the fee is submitted. Form FDA 3728 is the AGDUFA Cover Sheet, which is designed to provide the minimum necessary information to determine whether a fee is required for review of an application, to determine the amount of the fee required, and to account for and track user fees.

    FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:

    Table 1—Estimated Annual Reporting Burden 1 Form FDA No. Number of
  • respondents
  • Number of
  • responses per
  • respondent
  • Total annual
  • responses
  • Average
  • burden per
  • response
  • Total
  • hours
  • 3728 20 2 40 .08 (5 min.) 3.2 1 There are no capital costs or operating and maintenance costs associated with this collection of information

    Respondents to this collection of information are generic animal drug applicants. Based on FDA's data base system, there are an estimated 20 sponsors of new animal drugs potentially subject to AGDUFA.

    Dated: August 29, 2016. Leslie Kux, Associate Commissioner for Policy.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21177 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4164-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Health Resources and Services Administration Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission to OMB for Review and Approval; Public Comment Request; Countermeasures Injury Compensation Program AGENCY:

    Health Resources and Services Administration, HHS.

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, HRSA has submitted an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval. Comments submitted during the first public review of this ICR will be provided to OMB. OMB will accept further comments from the public during the review and approval period.

    DATES:

    Comments on this ICR should be received within 30 days of this notice.

    ADDRESSES:

    Submit your comments, including the ICR Title, to the desk officer for HRSA, either by email to [email protected] or by fax to 202-395-5806.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    To request a copy of the clearance requests submitted to OMB for review, email the HRSA Information Collection Clearance Officer at [email protected] or call (301) 443-1984.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Information Collection Request Title: Countermeasures Injury Compensation Program OMB No. 0915-0334—Extension.

    Abstract: This is a request for an extension of OMB approval of the information collection requirements for the Countermeasures Injury Compensation Program (CICP). The CICP, within the Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), administers the compensation program specified by the Public Readiness and Emergency Preparedness Act of 2005 (PREP Act). The CICP provides compensation to eligible individuals who suffer serious injuries directly caused by a covered countermeasure administered or used pursuant to a PREP Act Declaration, or to their estates and/or to certain survivors (all of these parties may be “requesters”). A declaration is issued by the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (Secretary). The purpose of a declaration is to identify a disease, health condition, or a threat to health that is currently, or may in the future constitute, a public health emergency. In addition, the Secretary, through a declaration, may recommend and encourage the development, manufacturing, distribution, dispensing, and administration or use of one or more covered countermeasures to treat, prevent, or diagnose the disease, condition, or threat specified in the declaration.

    To determine whether a requester is eligible for CICP benefits (compensation) for the injury, the CICP must review the Request for Benefits Package, which includes the Request for Benefits Form and Authorization for Use or Disclosure of Health Information Form(s), as well as the injured countermeasure recipient's medical records and supporting documentation.

    A requester who is an injured countermeasure recipient may be eligible to receive benefits for unreimbursed medical expenses and/or lost employment income. The estate of a deceased countermeasure recipient may be eligible to receive medical benefits and/or benefits for lost employment income accrued prior to the injured countermeasure recipient's death. If death was the result of the administration or use of the countermeasure, certain survivor(s) of deceased eligible countermeasure recipients may be eligible to receive a death benefit, but not unreimbursed medical expenses or lost employment income benefits. 42 CFR 110.33. The death benefit is calculated using either the “standard calculation” or the “alternative calculation.” The “standard calculation” is based on the death benefit available under the Public Safety Officers' Benefits (PSOB) Program. 42 CFR 110.82(b). The “alternative calculation” is based on the deceased countermeasure recipient's income and is only available to the recipient's dependent(s) younger than age 18 at the time of the countermeasure recipient's death. 42 CFR 110.82(c).

    Approval is requested for the required continued information collection via the Request for Benefits Package and for the continued use of CICP's mechanisms for obtaining medical documentation and supporting documentation collection. During the eligibility review, the CICP provides requesters with the opportunity to supplement their Request for Benefits with additional medical records and supporting documentation before a final determination is made. The CICP asks requesters to complete and sign a form indicating whether they intend to submit additional documentation prior to the final determination of their case.

    Approval is requested for the continued use of the benefits documentation package that the CICP sends to requesters who may be eligible for compensation, which includes certification forms and instructions outlining the documentation needed to determine the types and amounts of benefits. This documentation is required under 42 CFR 110.61-110.63 of the CICP's implementing regulation to enable the CICP to determine the types and amounts of benefits the requester may be eligible to receive.

    Need and Proposed Use of the Information: The information collected from requesters provides data and documentation that is needed for the CICP to determine: (1) The requester's eligibility to receive benefits; and (2) if applicable, the type and amount of benefits that may be awarded.

    Burden Statement: Burden in this context means the time expended by persons to generate, maintain, retain, disclose or provide the information requested. This includes the time needed to review instructions; to develop, acquire, install and utilize technology and systems for the purpose of collecting, validating and verifying information, processing and maintaining information, and disclosing and providing information; to train personnel and to be able to respond to a collection of information; to search data sources; to complete and review the collection of information; and to transmit or otherwise disclose the information. The total annual burden hours estimated for this ICR are summarized in the table below.

    Total Estimated Annualized Burden—Hours Form name Number of
  • respondents
  • Number of
  • responses
  • per
  • respondent
  • Total
  • responses
  • Average
  • burden per
  • response
  • (in hours)
  • Total
  • burden
  • hours
  • Request for Benefits Form and Supporting Documentation 100 1 100 11 1100 Authorization for Use or Disclosure of Health Information Form 100 1 100 2 200 Additional Documentation and Certification 30 1 30 .75 22.5 Benefits Package and Supporting Documentation 30 1 30 .125 3.75 Total * 100 100 1326.25 * The number 100 represents an estimate of individuals applying for Program benefits. The 4 documents are required of the same 100 individuals or subset of the 100 individuals.
    Jason E. Bennett, Director, Division of the Executive Secretariat.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21168 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4165-15-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES National Institutes of Health Prospective Grant of Exclusive Patent License: Development of Integrin αvβ3 Antagonists for Use in Imaging and Therapy AGENCY:

    National Institutes of Health, HHS.

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    This is notice, in accordance with 35 U.S.C. 209(c)(1) and 37 CFR part 404.7(a)(1)(i), that the National Cancer Institute (NCI) and the Clinical Center (CC), National Institutes of Health, Department of Health and Human Services, are contemplating the grant of an exclusive license to Advanced Imaging Projects, LLC, a company having a place of business in Boca Raton, FL, to practice the inventions embodied in the following patent applications:

    Intellectual Property

    U.S. Patent No. 7,300,940, filed 4 August 2004, titled “Integrin α-v β-3 antagonists for use in imaging and therapy” (HHS Ref. No.: E-170-2004/0-US-01);

    PCT Application No. PCT/US2005/027868, filed 3 August 2005, now abandoned, titled “Integrin α-v β-3 antagonists for use in imaging and therapy” (HHS Ref. No.: E-170-2004/0-PCT-02);

    Switzerland Patent No. 1781622, titled “Integrin α-v β-3 antagonists for use in imaging and therapy” filed 4 March 2007, issued 18 May 2011 (HHS Ref. No.: E-170-2004/0-CH-04);

    Germany Patent No. 602005028137.1, titled “Integrin α-v β-3 antagonists for use in imaging and therapy” filed 4 March 2007, issued 18 May 2011 (HHS Ref. No.: E-170-2004/0-DE-05);

    France Patent No. 1781622, titled “Integrin α-v β-3 antagonists for use in imaging and therapy” filed 4 March 2007, issued 18 May 2011 (HHS Ref. No.: E-170-2004/0-FR-060); and

    Ireland Patent No. 1781622, titled “Integrin α-v β-3 antagonists for use in imaging and therapy” filed 4 March 2007, issued 18 May 2011 (HHS Ref. No.: E-170-2004/0-IE-07).

    The patent rights in these inventions have been assigned to the Government of the United States of America. The territory of the prospective exclusive license may be worldwide, and the field of use may be limited to “Conjugate of Alpha-V beta-3 antagonist NIH-CC-013 for theranostic application to diagnose, prevent and treat oncological, infectious, ocular and cardiovascular disorders.”

    DATES:

    Only written comments and/or applications for a license which are received by the NCI Technology Transfer Center on or before September 19, 2016 will be considered.

    ADDRESSES:

    Requests for copies of the patent application(s), inquiries, comments, and other materials relating to the contemplated exclusive license should be directed to: Jaime M. Greene, M.S., Senior Licensing and Patenting Manager, Technology Transfer Center, National Cancer Institute, 9609 Medical Center Drive, Rockville, MD 20850; telephone: 240-276-6633; email: [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    This technology concerns small molecule compositions that are antagonists for the receptor integrin αvβ3. Integrins are functional molecules for cell adhesion activity that are expressed by the majority of normal and cancer cells. They are trans-membrane heterodimer receptors that include two subunits, α and β chains, that primarily allow cell adhesion to extracellular matrix components such as fibrillar collagen, vitronectin and osteopontin. This technology may be useful for the development of diagnostics and therapeutics for cancers and other conditions involving the integrin αvβ3.

    The prospective exclusive license will be royalty bearing and will comply with the terms and conditions of 35 U.S.C. 209 and 37 CFR part 404.7. The prospective exclusive license may be granted unless within fifteen (15) days from the date of this published notice, the NIH receives written evidence and argument that establishes that the grant of the license would not be consistent with the requirements of 35 U.S.C. 209 and 37 CFR part 404.7.

    Complete applications for a license in the prospective field of use that are filed in response to this notice will be treated as objections to the grant of the contemplated Exclusive Patent License Agreement. Comments and objections submitted to this notice will not be made available for public inspection and, to the extent permitted by law, will not be released under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552.

    Dated: August 29, 2016. Richard U. Rodriguez, Associate Director, Technology Transfer Center, National Cancer Institute.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21113 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4140-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES National Institutes of Health Government-Owned Inventions; Availability for Licensing AGENCY:

    National Institutes of Health, HHS.

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    The inventions listed below are owned by an agency of the U.S. Government and are available for licensing in the U.S. in accordance with 35 U.S.C. 209 and 37 CFR part 404 to achieve expeditious commercialization of results of federally-funded research and development. Foreign patent applications are filed on selected inventions to extend market coverage for companies and may also be available for licensing.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Licensing information and copies of the U.S. patent applications listed below may be obtained by writing to the indicated licensing contact at the National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute, Office of Technology Transfer and Development, National Institutes of Health, 31 Center Drive Room 4A29, MSC2479, Bethesda, MD 20892-2479; telephone: 301-402-5579. A signed Confidential Disclosure Agreement may be required to receive copies of the patent applications.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Technology descriptions follow.

    Microscopy Systems for Instant Internal Reflection Fluorescence/Structured Illumination

    Description of Technology: Structured illumination microscopy (SIM) is a method that uses sharply patterned light and post-processing of images to enhance image resolution (in its linear form, doubling resolution). In traditional SIM, a series of images are acquired with a camera and computationally processed to improve resolution. This implementation of SIM has also been combined with total internal reflection fluorescence (TIRF), but the implementation still requires raw images relative to normal TIRF microscopy, thereby slowing acquisition 9-fold relative to conventional, diffraction-limited imaging. This TIRF/SIM system includes a radial aperture block positioned at a plane conjugate to the back focal plane of the objective lens, thus allowing only high-angle marginal annular light beams from a laser source to excite the sample. The radial aperture block can be replaced with a digital micromirror device for varying the evanescent wave to allow nanometric localization of features in the axial direction. A spatial light modulator (SLM) can be used to alter the phase of the excitation to optimally induce evanescent, patterned excitation at the sample. Various embodiments of the TIRF/SIM system allows for high-speed, super-resolution microscopy at very high signal-to-noise (SNR) ratios for biological applications within ~200 nm (e.g., the evanescent wave decay length) distance of a coverslip surface.

    Potential Commercial Applications: • High speed microscopy.

    Competitive Advantages: • Low cost of manufacture.

    Development Stage: • Prototype.

    Inventors: Hari Shroff (NIBIB), Justin Taraska (NHBLI), John Giannini (NIBIB), Yicong Wu (NIBIB), Abhishek Kumar (NIBIB), Min Guo (NIBIB).

    Publications 1. Christensen RP, et al. Untwisting the Caenorhabditis elegans embryo. Elife. 2015 Dec 3;4. [PMID: 26633880] 2. Curd A., et al. Construction of an instant structured illumination microscope. Methods. 2015 Oct 15;88:37-47. [PMID: 26210400]

    Intellectual Property: HHS Reference No. E-006-2016/0.

    • US Provisional Patent Application No. 62/378,307 filed 23 Aug 2016.

    Licensing Contact: Michael Shmilovich, Esq, CLP; 301-435-5019; [email protected].

    Dated: August 29, 2016. Michael Shmilovich, National Heart, Lung and Blood Institute, Office of Technology Transfer and Development, National Institutes of Health.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21114 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4140-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES National Institutes of Health National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting

    Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.

    The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.

    Name of Committee: National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Special Emphasis Panel, NIAID Clinical Trial Implementation Cooperative Agreement (U01).

    Date: October 5, 2016.

    Time: 9:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m.

    Agenda: To review and evaluate grant applications.

    Place: National Institutes of Health, 5601 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20892, (Telephone Conference Call).

    Contact Person: Lynn Rust, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Program, Division of Extramural Activities, Room 3G42A, National Institutes of Health/NIAID, 5601 Fishers Lane, MSC 9823, Bethesda, MD 20892-9823, (240) 669-5069, [email protected].

    (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.855, Allergy, Immunology, and Transplantation Research; 93.856, Microbiology and Infectious Diseases Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)
    Dated: August 29, 2016. Natasha M. Copeland, Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21117 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4140-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES National Institutes of Health National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting

    Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.

    The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.

    Name of Committee: National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; NIAID Clinical Trial Implementation Cooperative Agreement (U01).

    Date: September 26, 2016.

    Time: 10:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m.

    Agenda: To review and evaluate grant applications.

    Place: National Institutes of Health, 5601 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20892 (Telephone Conference Call).

    Contact Person: Lynn Rust, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Program, Division of Extramural Activities, Room 3G42A, National Institutes of Health/NIAID, 5601 Fishers Lane, MSC 9823, Bethesda, MD 20892-9823, (240) 669-5069, [email protected].

    (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.855, Allergy, Immunology, and Transplantation Research; 93.856, Microbiology and Infectious Diseases Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)
    Dated: August 29, 2016. Natasha M. Copeland, Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21119 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4140-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES National Institutes of Health National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting

    Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.

    The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.

    Name of Committee: National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Special Emphasis Panel NIAID Clinical Trial Implementation Cooperative Agreement (U01).

    Date: September 28, 2016.

    Time: 10:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m.

    Agenda: To review and evaluate grant applications.

    Place: National Institutes of Health, 5601 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20892 (Telephone Conference Call).

    Contact Person: Lynn Rust, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Program, Division of Extramural Activities, Room 3G42A, National Institutes of Health/NIAID, 5601 Fishers Lane, MSC 9823, Bethesda, MD 20892-9823, (240) 669-5069, [email protected].

    (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.855, Allergy, Immunology, and Transplantation Research; 93.856, Microbiology and Infectious Diseases Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)
    Dated: August 29, 2016. Natasha M. Copeland, Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21120 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4140-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES National Institutes of Health National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Notice of Closed Meeting

    Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.

    The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.

    Name of Committee: National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; NIAID Clinical Trial Implementation Cooperative Agreement (U01).

    Date: October 27, 2016.

    Time: 8:30 a.m. to 10:30 a.m.

    Agenda: To review and evaluate grant applications.

    Place: National Institutes of Health, 5601 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20892 (Telephone Conference Call).

    Contact Person: Lynn Rust, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer Scientific Review Program, Division of Extramural Activities, Room 3G42A National Institutes of Health/NIAID, 5601 Fishers Lane, MSC 9823, Bethesda, MD 20892-9823, (240) 669-5069, [email protected].

    (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.855, Allergy, Immunology, and Transplantation Research; 93.856, Microbiology and Infectious Diseases Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)
    Dated: August 29, 2016. Natasha M. Copeland, Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21118 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4140-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES National Institutes of Health National Institute on Drug Abuse; Notice of Closed Meeting

    Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.

    The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.

    Name of Committee: National Institute on Drug Abuse Special Emphasis Panel; Identification of Genetic and Genomic Variants by Next-Gen Sequencing in Non-Human Animal Models (U01).

    Date: September 23, 2016.

    Time: 12:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m.

    Agenda: To review and evaluate grant applications.

    Place: National Institutes of Health, Neuroscience Center, 6001 Executive Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20852 (Telephone Conference Call).

    Contact Person: Jagadeesh S. Rao, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Office of Extramural Policy and Review, Division of Extramural Research, National Institute on Drug Abuse, National Institutes of Health, DHHS, 6001 Executive Boulevard, Room 4234, MSC 9550, Bethesda, MD 02892, 301-443-9511, [email protected].

    (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos.: 93.279, Drug Abuse and Addiction Research Programs, National Institutes of Health, HHS)
    Dated: August 29, 2016. Natasha M. Copeland, Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21121 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4140-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES National Institutes of Health National Eye Institute; Notice of Meeting

    Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of a meeting of the National Advisory Eye Council.

    The meeting will be open to the public as indicated below, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting.

    The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.

    Name of Committee: National Advisory Eye Council.

    Date: October 20, 2016.

    Open: 8:30 a.m. to 1:00 p.m.

    Agenda: Following opening remarks by the Director, NEI, there will be presentations by the staff of the Institute and discussions concerning Institute programs.

    Place: National Institutes of Health, Terrace Level Conference Rooms, 5635 Fishers Lane, Bethesda, MD 20892.

    Closed: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.

    Agenda: To review and evaluate grant applications.

    Place: National Institutes of Health, Terrace Level Conference Rooms, 5635 Fishers Lane, Bethesda, MD 20892.

    Contact Person: Paul A. Sheehy, Ph.D., Director, Division of Extramural Affairs, National Eye Institute, National Institutes of Health, 5635 Fishers Lane, Suite 12300, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-451-2020, [email protected].

    Information is also available on the Institute's/Center's home page: www.nei.nih.gov, where an agenda and any additional information for the meeting will be posted when available.

    (Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.867, Vision Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)
    Dated: August 29, 2016. Natasha M. Copeland, Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21116 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4140-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY [Docket No. DHS-2016-0062] Homeland Security Advisory Council—New Tasking AGENCY:

    The Office of Partnership and Engagement, DHS.

    ACTION:

    Notice of tasking assignment for the Homeland Security Advisory Council.

    SUMMARY:

    The Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), Jeh Johnson, tasked the Homeland Security Advisory Council to establish a subcommittee entitled the Privatized Immigration Detention Facilities Subcommittee on August 26, 2016. The Subcommittee will provide findings and recommendations to the Homeland Security Advisory Council on the Department's U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement's (ICE) current policy and practices concerning privatized immigration detention facilities and evaluate whether they should be eliminated. This notice informs the public of the establishment of the Privatized Immigration Detention Facilities Subcommittee and is not a notice for solicitation.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Sarah E. Morgenthau, Executive Director of the Homeland Security Advisory Council, Office of Partnership and Engagement, U.S. Department of Homeland Security at (202) 447-3135 or [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The Homeland Security Advisory Council provides organizationally independent, strategic, timely, specific, and actionable advice and recommendations for the consideration of the Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security on matters related to homeland security. The Council is comprised of leaders of law enforcement, first responders, State and local government, the private sector, and academia.

    Tasking: The Subcommittee will develop actionable findings and recommendations for the Department of Homeland Security. The Subcommittee will address ICE's current policy and practices concerning the use of private immigration detention facilities and evaluate whether this practice should be eliminated. This evaluation should consider all factors concerning policy and practice with respect to ICE's detention facilities, including fiscal considerations.

    Schedule: The Subcommittee's findings and recommendations will be submitted to the Homeland Security Advisory Council for their deliberation and vote during a public meeting. Once the report is reviewed and voted on by the Homeland Security Advisory Council, the Council will provide its advice to the Secretary for his review and acceptance.

    Dated: August 29, 2016. Sarah E. Morgenthau, Executive Director.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21126 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 9110-9M-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY Office of the Secretary [Docket No. DHS-2016-0054] Privacy Act of 1974; Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Customs and Border Protection—009 Electronic System for Travel Authorization System of Records AGENCY:

    Privacy Office, Department of Homeland Security.

    ACTION:

    Notice of Privacy Act System of Records.

    SUMMARY:

    In accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) proposes to update and reissue the DHS system of records titled, “DHS/U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP)-009 Electronic System for Travel Authorization (ESTA) System of Records.” This system of records allows DHS/CBP to collect and maintain records on nonimmigrant aliens seeking to travel to the United States under the Visa Waiver Program and other persons, including U.S. citizens and lawful permanent residents, whose names are provided to DHS as part of a nonimmigrant alien's ESTA application or Form I-94W. The system is used to determine whether an applicant is eligible to travel to and enter the United States under the Visa Waiver Program (VWP) by vetting his or her ESTA application information or Form I-94W information against selected security and law enforcement databases at DHS, including TECS (not an acronym) and the Automated Targeting System (ATS). In addition, ATS retains a copy of ESTA application and Form I-94W data to identify individuals from Visa Waiver Program countries who may pose a security risk to the United States. The ATS maintains copies of key elements of certain databases in order to minimize the impact of processing searches on the operational systems and to act as a backup for certain operational systems. DHS may also vet ESTA application information against security and law enforcement databases at other federal agencies to enhance DHS's ability to determine whether the applicant poses a security risk to the United States and is eligible to travel to and enter the United States under the VWP. The results of this vetting may inform DHS's assessment of whether the applicant's travel poses a law enforcement or security risk and whether the application should be approved.

    DHS/CBP is updating this system of records notice, last published on June 17, 2016, to clarify the category of individuals, expand a routine use, and expand the record source categories to include information collected from publicly available sources, such as social media.

    DATES:

    Submit comments on or before October 3, 2016. This updated system will be effective October 3, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    You may submit comments, identified by docket number DHS-2016-0054 by one of the following methods:

    Federal e-Rulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.

    Fax: 202-343-4010.

    Mail: Jonathan Cantor, Acting Chief Privacy Officer, Privacy Office, Department of Homeland Security, Washington, DC 20528-0655.

    Instructions: All submissions received must include the agency name and docket number for this rulemaking. All comments received will be posted without change to http://www.regulations.gov, including any personal information provided.

    Docket: For access to the docket to read background documents or comments received, please visit http://www.regulations.gov.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    For general questions, please contact: Debra L. Danisek, (202) 344-1610, Acting CBP Privacy Officer, Privacy and Diversity Office, 1300 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20229. For privacy questions, please contact: Jonathan R. Cantor, (202) 343-1717, Acting Chief Privacy Officer, Privacy Office, Department of Homeland Security, Washington, DC 20528-0655.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    I. Background

    In accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) is updating and reissuing a current DHS system of records titled, “DHS/CBP-009 Electronic System for Travel Authorization (ESTA) System of Records.”

    In the wake of September 11, 2001, Congress enacted the Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007, Public Law 110-53. Section 711 of that Act sought to address the security vulnerabilities associated with Visa Waiver Program (VWP) travelers not being subject to the same degree of screening as other international visitors. As a result, section 711 required DHS to develop and implement a fully automated electronic travel authorization system to collect biographical and other information necessary to evaluate the security risks and eligibility of an applicant to travel to the United States under the VWP. The VWP is a travel facilitation program that has evolved to include more robust security standards that are designed to prevent terrorists and other criminal actors from exploiting the program to enter the country.

    Electronic System for Travel Authorization is a web-based system that DHS/CBP developed in 2008 to determine the eligibility of foreign nationals to travel by air or sea to the United States under the VWP. Using the ESTA Web site, applicants submit biographic information and answer questions that permit DHS to determine eligibility for travel under the VWP. DHS/CBP uses the information submitted to ESTA to make a determination regarding whether the applicant is eligible to travel under the VWP, including whether his or her intended travel poses a law enforcement or security risk. If eligible individuals from VWP countries attempt to enter the United States without an ESTA, they must file a Form I-94W at the time of entry. DHS/CBP vets the ESTA applicant information and Form I-94W information against selected security and law enforcement databases, including TECS (DHS/CBP-011 U.S. Customs and Border Protection TECS, 73 FR 77778 (December 19, 2008)) and ATS (DHS/CBP-006 Automated Targeting System, 77 FR 30297 (May 22, 2012)).

    The ATS also retains a copy of the ESTA application and Form I-94W data to identify individuals who may pose a security risk to the United States. The ATS maintains copies of key elements of certain databases in order to minimize the impact of processing searches on the operational systems and to act as a backup for certain operational systems. DHS may also vet ESTA and Form I-94W application information against security and law enforcement databases at other federal agencies to enhance DHS's ability to determine whether the applicant poses a security risk to the United States or is otherwise eligible to travel to and enter the United States under the VWP. The results of this vetting may inform DHS's assessment of whether the applicant's travel poses a law enforcement or security risk. The ESTA eligibility determination is made prior to a visitor boarding a carrier en route to the United States.

    Due to the ongoing national security concerns surrounding foreign fighters exploiting the VWP, DHS/CBP is updating this system of records notice, last published on June 17, 2016 (81 FR 39680), to give notice of a clarification to the category of individuals to include individuals who are eligible for an ESTA but instead submit a Form I-94W (likely during a land border crossing) and an expanded category of records to include responses to a voluntary question requesting ESTA applicants provide their social media identifiers (such as username), to assist DHS/CBP in determining eligibility to travel under the VWP. DHS/CBP is also modifying the overall description of when information may be shared as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3), and expanding Routine Use G to include additional DHS/CBP requirements for information sharing. Lastly, DHS/CBP is also expanding the record source categories to include information collected from publicly available sources, such as social media.

    On June 23, 2016 DHS/CBP published in the Federal Register a notice of a proposed revision to ESTA and the I-94W under the Paperwork Reduction Act to add an optional data field to request social media identifiers (see 81 FR 40892). The 60-day public comment period on the proposed revision to ESTA and the I-94W closed on August 22, 2016. Individuals who submitted comments during the 60-day public comment period can find DHS/CBP response on www.reginfo.gov (Reference OMB Control Number 1651-0111). On August 31, 2016, DHS will publish a notice in the Federal Register that will give the public an additional 30 days to submit comments on the proposed revision to the ESTA and I-94W.

    DHS is publishing this revised system of records notice to include, among other things, the social media identifiers included in the proposed revision to ESTA and the I-94W. While this SORN will allow DHS to maintain the information described herein, DHS will not be able to collect social media identifiers using ESTA and I-94W until OMB approves the DHS/CBP's Information Collection Request under the Paperwork Reduction Act (OMB Control Number 1651-0111).

    Adding social media data will enhance the existing process, and provide DHS/CBP greater clarity and visibility to possible nefarious activity and connections by providing an additional tool set which DHS/CBP may use to make better informed eligibility determinations. DHS/CBP's collection of a subject's social media identifiers adds another layer of information to the analysis for eligibility determination by providing potential further leads to terrorism or criminal activity.

    DHS/CBP is modifying the overall description of when information may be shared as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3), to clarify that information covered by this system of records notice may be shared either in bulk, or on a case-by-case basis. DHS/CBP is expanding Routine Use G to clarify that DHS may share information when it determines that the information would assist in the enforcement of civil or criminal matters, and not only when the record itself facially indicates a violation or potential violation of law. DHS/CBP is frequently called upon to share information in connection with specific cases, DHS/CBP also shares data (including in bulk) that may be used by another agency to vet against the other agency's databases to identify violations proactively. The updated Routine Use G also clarifies that DHS/CBP is able to share information, consistent with its many international arrangements, relating to the enforcement of licenses or treaties.

    Consistent with DHS's information sharing mission, information stored in the “DHS/CBP-009 Electronic System for Travel Authorization System of Records” may be shared with other DHS Components that have a need to know the information to carry out their national security, law enforcement, immigration, intelligence, or other homeland security functions. In addition, DHS/CBP may share information stored in ESTA in bulk as well as on a case-by-case basis with appropriate federal, state, local, tribal, territorial, foreign, or international government agencies consistent with the routine uses set forth in this system of records notice. DHS/CBP documents ongoing, systematic sharing with partners, including documenting the need to know, authorized users and uses, and the privacy protections that will be applied to the data.

    DHS/CBP previously issued a Final Rule to exempt this system of records from certain provisions of the Privacy Act on August 31, 2009 (74 FR 45069). These regulations remain in effect. This updated system will be included in DHS's inventory of record systems.

    II. Privacy Act

    The Privacy Act embodies fair information practice principles in a statutory framework governing the means by which Federal Government agencies collect, maintain, use, and disseminate individuals' records. The Privacy Act applies to information that is maintained in a “system of records.” A “system of records” is a group of any records under the control of an agency from which information is retrieved by the name of an individual or by some identifying number, symbol, or other identifying particular assigned to the individual. In the Privacy Act, an individual is defined to encompass U.S. citizens and lawful permanent residents. As a matter of policy, DHS extends administrative Privacy Act protections to all individuals when systems of records maintain information on U.S. citizens, lawful permanent residents, and visitors.

    Given the importance of providing privacy protections to international travelers, and because the ESTA application has generally solicited contact information about U.S. persons, DHS always administratively applied the privacy protections and safeguards of the Privacy Act to all international travelers subject to ESTA. The ESTA falls within the mixed system policy and DHS will continue to extend the administrative protections of the Privacy Act to information about travelers and non-travelers whose information is provided to DHS as part of the ESTA application.

    Below is the description of the DHS/U.S. Customs and Border Protection-009 Electronic System for Travel Authorization System of Records System of Records.

    In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552a(r), DHS has provided a report of this system of records to the Office of Management and Budget and to Congress.

    SYSTEM OF RECORDS:

    Department of Homeland Security (DHS)/U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP)-009.

    System name:

    DHS/CBP-009 Electronic System for Travel Authorization System (ESTA).

    Security classification:

    Unclassified. The data may be retained on classified networks but this does not change the nature and character of the data until it is combined with classified information.

    System location:

    DHS/CBP maintains records at the CBP Headquarters in Washington, DC and field offices. Records are replicated from the operational system and maintained on the DHS unclassified and classified networks.

    Categories of individuals covered by the system:

    Categories of individuals covered by this system include:

    1. Persons who seek to enter the United States under the VWP; and,

    2. Persons, including U.S. Citizens and lawful permanent residents, whose information is provided in response to ESTA application or Form I-94W questions.

    Categories of records in the system:

    Visa Waiver Program travelers may seek the required travel authorization by electronically submitting an application consisting of biographical and other data elements via the ESTA Web site. The categories of records in ESTA include:

    • Full name (first, middle, and last);

    • Other names or aliases, if available;

    • Date of birth;

    • City of birth;

    • Country of birth;

    • Gender;

    • Email address;

    • Social media identifiers, such as username(s) and platforms used;

    • Publicly available information from social media Web sites or platforms;

    • Telephone number (home, mobile, work, other);

    • Home address (address, apartment number, city, state/region);

    • Internet protocol (IP) address;

    • ESTA application number;

    • Global Entry Program Number;

    • Country of residence;

    • Passport number;

    • Passport issuing country;

    • Passport issuance date;

    • Passport expiration date;

    • Department of Treasury Pay.gov payment tracking number (i.e., confirmation of payment; absence of payment confirmation will result in a “not cleared” determination);

    • Country of citizenship;

    • Other citizenship (country, passport number);

    • National identification number, if available;

    • Address while visiting the United States (number, street, city, state);

    • Emergency point of contact information (name, telephone number, email address);

    • U.S. Point of Contact (name, address, telephone number);

    • Parents' names;

    • Current job title;

    • Current or previous employer name;

    • Current or previous employer street address; and

    • Current or previous employer telephone number.

    The categories of records in ESTA also include responses to the following questions:

    • Do you have a physical or mental disorder, or are you a drug abuser or addict,1 or do you currently have any of the following diseases (communicable diseases are specified pursuant to sec. 361(b) of the Public Health Service Act):

    1 Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) 212(a)(1)(A). Pursuant to INA 212(a), aliens may be inadmissible to the United States if they have a physical or mental disorder and behavior associated with the disorder that may pose, or has posed, a threat to the property, safety, or welfare of the alien or others, or (ii) to have had a physical or mental disorder and a history of behavior associated with the disorder, which behavior has posed a threat to the property, safety, or welfare of the alien or others and which behavior is likely to recur or to lead to other harmful behavior, or are determined (in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Health and Human Services) to be a drug abuser or addict.

    • Cholera

    • Diphtheria

    • Tuberculosis, infection

    • Plague

    • Smallpox

    • Yellow Fever

    • Viral Hemorrhagic Fevers, including Ebola, Lassa, Marburg, Crimean-Congo

    • Severe acute respiratory illnesses capable of transmission to other persons and likely to cause mortality.

    • Have you ever been arrested or convicted for a crime that resulted in serious damage to property, or serious harm to another person or government authority?

    • Have you ever violated any law related to possessing, using, or distributing illegal drugs?

    • Do you seek to engage in or have you ever engaged in terrorist activities, espionage, sabotage, or genocide?

    • Have you ever committed fraud or misrepresented yourself or others to obtain, or assist others to obtain, a visa or entry into the United States?

    • Are you currently seeking employment in the United States or were you previously employed in the United States without prior permission from the U.S. Government?

    • Have you ever been denied a U.S. visa you applied for with your current or previous passport, or have you ever been refused admission to the United States or withdrawn your application for admission at a U.S. port of entry? If yes, when and where?

    • Have you ever stayed in the United States longer than the admission period granted to you by the U.S. Government?

    • Have you traveled to, or been present in, Iraq, Syria, Iran, Sudan, Somalia, Libya, or Yemen on or after March 1, 2011? If yes, provide the country, date(s) of travel, and reason for travel. Depending on the purpose of travel to these countries, additional responses may be required including:

    • Previous countries of travel;

    • Dates of previous travel;

    • Countries of previous citizenship;

    • Other current or previous passports;

    • Visa numbers;

    • Laissez-Passer numbers;

    • Identity card numbers;

    • Organization, company, or entity on behalf of which you traveled;

    • Official position/title with the organization, company, or entity behalf of which you traveled;

    • Contact information for organization, company, or entity on behalf of which you traveled;

    • Iraqi, Syrian, Iranian, Sudanese, Somali, Libyan, or Yemeni Visa Number;

    • I-Visa, G-Visa, or A-Visa number, if issued by a U.S. Embassy or Consulate;

    • All organizations, companies, or entities with which you had business dealings, or humanitarian contact;

    • Grant number, if applicant's organization has received U.S. Government funding for humanitarian assistance within the last five years;

    • Additional passport information (if issued a passport or national identity card for travel by any other country), including country, expiration year, and passport or identification card number;

    • Any other information provided voluntarily in open, write-in fields provided to the ESTA applicant.

    • Have you ever been a citizen or national of any other country? If yes, other countries of previous citizenship or nationality? If Iraq, Syria, Iran, Sudan, Somalia, Libya, or Yemen are selected, follow-up questions are asked regarding status of current citizenship including dual-citizenship information, and how citizenship was acquired.

    Applicants who identify Iraq, Syria, Iran, Sudan, Somalia, Libya, or Yemen as their Country of Birth on ESTA will be directed to follow-up questions to determine whether they currently are a national or dual national of their country of birth.

    Authority for maintenance of the system:

    Title IV of the Homeland Security Act of 2002, 6 U.S.C. 201 et seq., the Immigration and Naturalization Act, as amended, including 8 U.S.C. 1187(a)(11) and (h)(3), and implementing regulations contained in part 217, title 8, Code of Federal Regulations; the Travel Promotion Act of 2009, Public Law 111-145, 22 U.S.C. 2131.

    Purpose(s):

    The purpose of this system is to collect and maintain a record of persons who want to travel to the United States under the VWP, and to determine whether applicants are eligible to travel to and enter the United States under the VWP. The information provided through ESTA is also vetted—along with other information that the Secretary of Homeland Security determines is necessary, including information about other persons included on the ESTA application—against various security and law enforcement databases to identify those applicants who pose a security risk to the United States. This vetting includes consideration of the applicant's IP address, social media information, and all information provided in response to the ESTA application questionnaire, including all free text write-in responses.

    The Department of Treasury Pay.gov tracking number (associated with the payment information provided to Pay.gov and stored in the Credit/Debit Card Data System, DHS/CBP-003 Credit/Debit Card Data System (CDCDS) 76 FR 67755 (November 2, 2011)) will be used to process ESTA and third party administrator fees and to reconcile issues regarding payment between ESTA, CDCDS, and Pay.gov. Payment information will not be used for vetting purposes and is stored in a separate system (CDCDS) from the ESTA application data.

    DHS maintains a replica of some or all of the data in ESTA on the unclassified and classified DHS networks to allow for analysis and vetting consistent with the above stated uses and purposes and this published notice.

    Routine uses of records maintained in the system, including categories of users and the purposes of such uses:

    In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act, all or a portion of the records or information contained in this system may be disclosed outside DHS as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows:

    A. To the Department of Justice (DOJ), including Offices of the United States Attorneys, or other federal agency conducting litigation or in proceedings before any court, adjudicative, or administrative body, when it is relevant or necessary to the litigation and one of the following is a party to the litigation or has an interest in such litigation:

    1. DHS or any Component thereof;

    2. Any employee or former employee of DHS in his/her official capacity;

    3. Any employee or former employee of DHS in his/her individual capacity when DOJ or DHS has agreed to represent the employee; or

    4. The United States or any agency thereof.

    B. To a congressional office from the record of an individual in response to an inquiry from that congressional office made at the request of the individual to whom the record pertains.

    C. To the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or General Services Administration pursuant to records management inspections being conducted under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 2904 and 2906.

    D. To an agency or organization for the purpose of performing audit or oversight operations as authorized by law, but only such information as is necessary and relevant to such audit or oversight function.

    E. To appropriate agencies, entities, and persons when:

    1. DHS suspects or has confirmed that the security or confidentiality of information in the system of records has been compromised;

    2. DHS has determined that as a result of the suspected or confirmed compromise, there is a risk of identity theft or fraud, harm to economic or property interests, harm to an individual, or harm to the security or integrity of this system or other systems or programs (whether maintained by DHS or another agency or entity) that rely upon the compromised information; and

    3. The disclosure made to such agencies, entities, and persons is reasonably necessary to assist in connection with DHS's efforts to respond to the suspected or confirmed compromise and prevent, minimize, or remedy such harm.

    F. To contractors and their agents, grantees, experts, consultants, and others performing or working on a contract, service, grant, cooperative agreement, or other assignment for DHS, when necessary to accomplish an agency function related to this system of records. Individuals provided information under this routine use are subject to the same Privacy Act requirements and limitations on disclosure as are applicable to DHS officers and employees.

    G. To an appropriate federal, state, tribal, local, international, or foreign law enforcement agency or other appropriate authority charged with investigating or prosecuting a violation or enforcing or implementing a law, rule, regulation, or order, when a record, either on its face or in conjunction with other information, indicates a violation or potential violation of law, which includes criminal, civil, or regulatory violations and such disclosure is proper and consistent with the official duties of the person making the disclosure.

    H. To appropriate federal, state, local, tribal, or foreign governmental agencies or multilateral governmental organizations for the purpose of protecting the vital health interests of a data subject or other persons (e.g., to assist such agencies or organizations in preventing exposure to or transmission of a communicable or quarantinable disease or to combat other significant public health threats; appropriate notice will be provided of any identified health threat or risk).

    I. To third parties during the course of a law enforcement investigation to the extent necessary to obtain information pertinent to the investigation, provided disclosure is appropriate in the proper performance of the official duties of the officer making the disclosure.

    J. To a federal, state, tribal, local, international, or foreign government agency or entity for the purpose of consulting with that agency or entity: (1) To assist in making a determination regarding redress for an individual in connection or program; (2) for the purpose of verifying the identity of an individual seeking redress in connection with the operations of a DHS Component or program; or (3) for the purpose of verifying the accuracy of information submitted by an individual who has requested such redress on behalf of another individual.

    K. To federal and foreign government intelligence or counterterrorism agencies or components when DHS becomes aware of an indication of a threat or potential threat to national or international security to assist in countering such threat, or to assist in anti-terrorism efforts.

    L. To the Department of State in the processing of petitions or applications for benefits under the Immigration and Nationality Act, and all other immigration and nationality laws including treaties and reciprocal agreements.

    M. To an organization or individual in either the public or private sector, either foreign or domestic, when there is a reason to believe that the recipient is or could become the target of a particular terrorist activity or conspiracy, to the extent the information is relevant to the protection of life or property.

    N. To the carrier transporting an individual to the United States, prior to travel, in response to a request from the carrier, to verify an individual's travel authorization status.

    O. To the Department of Treasury's Pay.gov, for payment processing and payment reconciliation purposes.

    P. To a court, magistrate, or administrative tribunal in the course of presenting evidence, including disclosures to opposing counsel or witnesses in the course of civil discovery, litigation, or settlement negotiations, in response to a subpoena, or in connection with criminal law proceedings.

    Q. To the news media and the public, with the approval of the Chief Privacy Officer in consultation with counsel, when there exists a legitimate public interest in the disclosure of the information, when disclosure is necessary to preserve confidence in the integrity of DHS, or when disclosure is necessary to demonstrate the accountability of DHS's officers, employees, or individuals covered by the system, except to the extent the Chief Privacy Officer determines that release of the specific information in the context of a particular case would constitute an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.

    Disclosure to consumer reporting agencies:

    None.

    Policies and practices for storing, retrieving, accessing, retaining, and disposing of records in the system: Storage:

    DHS/CBP stores records in this system electronically or on paper in secure facilities in a locked drawer behind a locked door. The records may be stored on magnetic disc, tape, and digital media.

    Retrievability:

    DHS/CBP may retrieve records by any of the data elements supplied by the applicant.

    Safeguards:

    DHS/CBP safeguards records in this system according to applicable rules and policies, including all applicable DHS automated systems security and access policies. DHS/CBP has imposed strict controls to minimize the risk of compromising the information that is being stored. Access to the computer system containing the records in this system is limited to those individuals who have a need to know the information for the performance of their official duties and who have appropriate clearances or permissions.

    Retention and disposal:

    Application information submitted to ESTA generally expires and is deemed “inactive” two years after the initial submission of information by the applicant. In the event that a traveler's passport remains valid for less than two years from the date of the ESTA approval, the ESTA travel authorization will expire concurrently with the passport. Information in ESTA will be retained for one year after the ESTA travel authorization expires. After this period, the inactive account information will be purged from online access and archived for 12 years. Data linked at any time during the 15-year retention period (Generally 3 years active, 12 years archived), to active law enforcement lookout records, will be matched by DHS/CBP to enforcement activities, and/or investigations or cases, including ESTA applications that are denied authorization to travel, will remain accessible for the life of the law enforcement activities to which they may become related. NARA guidelines for retention and archiving of data will apply to ESTA and DHS/CBP continues to negotiate with NARA for approval of the ESTA data retention and archiving plan. Records replicated on the unclassified and classified networks will follow the same retention schedule. Payment information is not stored in ESTA, but is forwarded to Pay.gov and stored in DHS/CBP's financial processing system, CDCDS, pursuant to the DHS/CBP-018, CDCDS system of records notice. When a VWP traveler's ESTA data is used for purposes of processing his or her application for admission to the United States, the ESTA data will be used to create a corresponding admission record in the DHS/CBP-016 Non-Immigrant Information System (NIIS). This corresponding admission record will be retained in accordance with the NIIS retention schedule, which is 75 years.

    System Manager and address:

    Director, Office of Automated Systems, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, 1300 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20229.

    Notification procedure:

    Applicants may access their ESTA information to view and amend their applications by providing their ESTA number, birth date, and passport number. Once they have provided their ESTA number, birth date, and passport number, applicants may view their ESTA status (authorized to travel, not authorized to travel, pending) and submit limited updates to their travel itinerary information. If an applicant does not know his or her application number, he or she can provide his or her name, passport number, date of birth, and passport issuing country to retrieve his or her application number.

    In addition, ESTA applicants and other individuals whose information is included on ESTA applications may submit requests and receive information maintained in this system as it relates to data submitted by or on behalf of a person who travels to the United States and crosses the border, as well as, for ESTA applicants, the resulting determination (authorized to travel, pending, or not authorized to travel). However, the Secretary of Homeland Security has exempted portions of this system from certain provisions of the Privacy Act related to providing the accounting of disclosures to individuals because it is a law enforcement system. DHS/CBP will, however, consider individual requests to determine whether or not information may be released. In processing requests for access to information in this system, DHS/CBP will review the records in the operational system and coordinate with DHS to ensure that records that were replicated on the unclassified and classified networks, are reviewed and based on this notice provide appropriate access to the information.

    Individuals seeking notification of and access to any record contained in this system of records, or seeking to contest its content, may submit a request in writing to the Chief Privacy Officer and Headquarters Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) Officer, whose contact information can be found at http://www.dhs.gov/foia under “FOIA Contact Information.” If an individual believes more than one component maintains Privacy Act records concerning him or her, the individual may submit the request to the Chief Privacy Officer and Chief Freedom of Information Act Officer, Department of Homeland Security, 245 Murray Drive SW., Building 410, STOP-0655, Washington, DC 20528.

    When seeking records about yourself from this system of records or any other Departmental system of records, your request must conform with the Privacy Act regulations set forth in 6 CFR part 5. You must first verify your identity, meaning that you must provide your full name, current address, and date and place of birth. You must sign your request, and your signature must either be notarized or submitted under 28 U.S.C. 1746, a law that permits statements to be made under penalty of perjury as a substitute for notarization. While no specific form is required, you may obtain forms for this purpose from the Chief Privacy Officer and Chief FOIA Officer, http://www.dhs.gov/foia or 1-866-431-0486. In addition, individuals should:

    • Explain why you believe the Department would have information on you;

    • Identify which component(s) of the Department you believe may have the information about you;

    • Specify when you believe the records would have been created; and

    • Provide any other information that will help the FOIA staff determine which DHS component agency may have responsive records.

    If your request is seeking records pertaining to another living individual, you must include a statement from that individual certifying his or her agreement for you to access his or her records.

    Without the above information, the component(s) may not be able to conduct an effective search, and your request may be denied due to lack of specificity or lack of compliance with applicable regulations.

    Record access procedures:

    See “Notification procedure” above.

    Contesting record procedures:

    See “Notification procedure” above.

    Record source categories:

    DHS/CBP obtains records from information submitted by travelers via the online ESTA application at https://esta.cbp.dhs.gov/esta/. DHS/CBP may also use information obtained from publicly available sources, including social media, to determine ESTA eligibility.

    Exemptions claimed for the system:

    No exemption shall be asserted with respect to information maintained in the system as it relates to data submitted by or on behalf of a person who travels to visit the United States and crosses the border, nor shall an exemption be asserted with respect to the resulting determination (authorized to travel, pending, or not authorized to travel). Information in the system may be shared with law enforcement and/or intelligence agencies pursuant to the above routine uses. The Privacy Act requires DHS to maintain an accounting of the disclosures made pursuant to all routines uses. Disclosing the fact that a law enforcement or intelligence agency has sought and been provided particular records may affect ongoing law enforcement activities. As such, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2), DHS will claim exemption from Sections (c)(3), (e)(8), and (g) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, as is necessary and appropriate to protect this information. Further, DHS will claim exemption from sec. (c)(3) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(2) as is necessary and appropriate to protect this information.

    Dated: August 30, 2016. Jonathan R. Cantor, Acting Chief Privacy Officer, Department of Homeland Security.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21210 Filed 8-31-16; 4:15 pm] BILLING CODE 9111-14-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT [Docket No. FR-5900-FA-19] Announcement of Funding Awards for the Self-Help Homeownership Opportunity Program Fiscal Year 2015 AGENCY:

    Office of the Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and Development, HUD.

    ACTION:

    Notice of funding awards.

    SUMMARY:

    In accordance with section 102(a)(4)(C) of the Department of Housing and Urban Development Reform Act of 1989, this announcement notifies the public of funding decisions made by the Department in a competition for funding under the Notice of Funding Availability (NOFA) for the Self-Help Homeownership Opportunity Program. This announcement contains the names of the awardees and the amounts of the awards made available by HUD.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Jackie L. Williams, Ph.D., Director, Office of Rural Housing and Economic Development, Office of Community Planning and Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 7240, Washington, DC 20410-7000; telephone (202) 708-2290 (this is not a toll free number). Hearing- and- speech impaired persons may access this number via TTY by calling the Federal Relay Service toll-free at 1-800-877-8339.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    SHOP is authorized by Section 11 of the Housing Opportunity Program Extension Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-120, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 12805 note). Funding for this NOFA is provided by the “Transportation, Housing and Urban Development, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2015” (Pub. L. 113-235, Division K, approved December 16, 2014). The competition was announced in the Federal Register (FR Doc. No. FR-5900-N-19) on Thursday, October 28, 2015. Applications were rated and selected for funding on the basis of selection criteria contained in that notice.

    The Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance number for this Self-Help Homeownership Opportunity Program Appalachia Economic Development Initiative program is 14.247. The Self-Help Homeownership Opportunity Program SHOP funding is intended to facilitate and encourage innovative homeownership opportunities on a national and geographically-diverse basis. The program supports self-help housing programs that require a significant amount of sweat equity by the homebuyer toward the construction or rehabilitation of his or her home. Volunteer labor is also required. Eligible applicants for SHOP funding include national and regional non-profit organizations and consortia with experience facilitating homeownership opportunities on a national, geographically-diverse basis through the provision of self-help homeownership housing programs. The funds made available under this program were awarded competitively through a selection process conducted by HUD.

    In accordance with section 102(a)(4)(C) of the Department of Housing and Urban Development Reform Act of 1989 (103 Stat. 1987. 42 U.S.C. 3545), the Department is publishing the grantees and amounts of the awards in Appendix A to this document.

    APPENDIX A FY 2015 Self-Help Homeownership Opportunity Program Grantees Grantee State Amount awarded Housing Assistance Council DC $1,040,000.00 Community Frameworks WA 1,066,000.00 Tierra Del Sol Housing Corporation NM 1,682,632.00 Habitat for Humanity International, Inc GA 6,188,868.00 Dated: August 22, 2016. Harriet Tregoning, Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and Development.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21107 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4210-67-P
    DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT [Docket No. FR-5910-N-13] Youth Homelessness Demonstration Program Application Notice of Emergency Approval of an Information Collection, and 60-Day Notice To Commence Extended Approval AGENCY:

    Office of Community Planning and Development, HUD.

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    HUD is announcing that it received approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) of the information collection in the application to obtain funding under HUD's Youth Homeless Demonstration Program (YHDP) Notice of Funding Availability (NOFA). In accordance with the implementing regulations of the PRA, HUD requested emergency review under 5 CFR 1320.13(a)(2)(i) because public harm was reasonably likely to occur if the regular clearance procedures were followed. OMB granted emergency approval in response to HUD's request.

    While HUD has PRA approval for the YHDP NOFA application, HUD needs to establish traditional approval of this application (i.e. 3-year approval). Therefore, this notice, which solicits public comment for a period of 60 days, commences the process to obtain traditional approval under the PRA

    DATES:

    Comments Due Date: November 1, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806. Email: [email protected].

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Matthew Aronson, SNAPS Specialist, CPD, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 10 Causeway St., Boston, MA 02114; email Matthew Aronson at [email protected] or telephone 617-994-8408. This is not a toll-free number. Persons with hearing or speech impairments may access this number through TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Relay Service at (800) 877-8339. Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Mr. Aronson.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    This notice informs the public that HUD has submitted to OMB a request for approval of the information collection described in section A. HUD's Youth Homeless Demonstration Program NOFA and accompanying application can be found at https://www.hudexchange.info/resources/documents/YHDP-NOFA.pdf.

    A. Overview of Information Collection

    Title of Information Collection: Youth Homelessness Demonstration Program Application.

    OMB Approval Number: 2506-0210.

    Type of Request: Renewal of previously approved collection.

    Form Number: Youth Homelessness Demonstration Application (all parts), SF 424, HUD-2991, HUD-2993, HUD-2880, and SF-LLL, HUD-50070.

    Description of the need for the information and proposed use: The appropriation for the Youth Homelessness Demonstration Program (YHDP) was made available through the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2016 (Pub. L. 114-113, approved December 18, 2015), “the Act”. The Act appropriated $33,000,000 to HUD “to implement projects to demonstrate how a comprehensive approach to serving homeless youth, age 24 and under, in up to 10 communities, including at least four rural communities, can dramatically reduce youth homelessness,” $5 million to HUD “to provide technical assistance on youth homelessness, and collection, analysis, and reporting of data and performance measures under the comprehensive approaches to serve homeless youth, in addition to and in coordination with other technical assistance funds provided under this title,” and a further $2.5 million to HUD “for homeless youth program evaluations conducted in partnership with the Department of Health and Human Services.” Through this NOFA, HUD is holding a competition in order to identify those 10 communities that will make best use of the congressionally appropriated funds and provide HUD with the best opportunity to meet the YHDP objectives. Without asking for this information, HUD will be unable to meet the congressional mandate within the Act.

    Once communities have been selected, HUD must collect individual grant applications to meet the Act requirement that YHDP projects be renewable under the Continuum of Care (CoC) Program authorized by the McKinney-Vento Act, as amended by S. 896 The Homeless Emergency Assistance and Rapid Transition to Housing (HEARTH) Act of 2009 (42 U.S.C. 11371 et seq.) and the CoC Program Homeless Assistance Grant Application requirements (OMB 2506-0112).

    Finally, HUD must collect the Coordinated Community Plan to meet the appropriations requirement “to demonstrate how a comprehensive approach to serving homeless youth . . . can dramatically reduce youth homelessness.” In HUD's experience leading similar coordinated community efforts (e.g. LGBTQ Youth Homelessness Prevention Pilot, OMB 2506-0204), the planning process is a challenging and resource intensive endeavor, requiring systems analysis, values sharing, priority negotiating, the creation of leadership structure, the development of a logic model, and a plan for constant feedback and continuous process improvement, among other things. The submission of a coordinated community plan will allow HUD to assess the ability of the selected communities to appropriately use the funding made available by Congress.

    Respondents (i.e. affected public): CoC collaborative applicants, which can be States, local governments, private nonprofit organizations, public housing authorities, and community mental health associations that are public nonprofit organizations.

    Estimated Number of Respondents: 200 applicants 10 communities (project applications and plans).

    Estimated Number of Responses: 200 community selection applications, 50 project applications, 10 community plans.

    Frequency of Response: 1 community selection application per applicant, project applications per selected community, 1 community plan per selected community.

    Average Hours per Response: 25 hours, 10 hours, 240.17 hours.

    Total Estimated Burdens: 5,000 + 500 + 2,401.7 = 7,901.7 hours.

    B. Solicitation of Public Comment

    This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in section A on the following:

    (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;

    (2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;

    (3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and

    (4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology, e.g., permitting electronic submission of responses.

    HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.

    Authority:

    Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. chapter 35.

    Dated: August 29, 2016. Ann Marie Oliva, Deputy Assistant Secretary for Special Needs.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21106 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4210-67-P
    DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Fish and Wildlife Service [FWS-HQ-ES-2016-132; FF09E42000 156 FXES11130900000] Endangered Species; Issuance of Recovery Permits AGENCY:

    Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.

    ACTION:

    Notice of issuance of recovery permits.

    SUMMARY:

    We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, have issued the following permits to conduct activities with endangered and threatened species under the authority of the Endangered Species Act (Act), as amended. With some exceptions, the Act prohibits activities involving listed species unless a Federal permit is issued that allows such activity. We provide this list for the convenience of the public as a summary of our permit issuances for the first half of calendar year 2016.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    See the contact information in the Permits Issued section.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    We have issued the following permits to conduct activities with endangered and threatened species in response to recovery permit applications that we received under the authority of section 10(a)(1)(A) of the Endangered Species Act (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.). These permits were issued between January 1, 2016, and June 30, 2016. Each permit was issued only after we determined that it was applied for in good faith, that granting the permit would not be to the disadvantage of the listed species, that the proposed activities were for scientific research or would benefit the recovery or the enhancement of survival of the species, and that the terms and conditions of the permits were consistent with the purposes and policy set forth in the Act.

    Permits Issued Region 1 (Pacific Region: Hawaii, Idaho, Oregon (Except for the Klamath Basin), Washington, American Samoa, Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, and the Pacific Trust Territories)

    The following permits were applied for and issued in Region 1. For more information about any of the following permits, contact the Recovery Permit Coordinator by email at [email protected] or by telephone at 503-231-6131.

    Permit No. Date issued Applicant name 126985 01/25/16 COLVILLE CONFEDERATED TRIBES. 63598B 02/03/16 AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. 82107B 02/18/16 MT. HOOD NATIONAL FOREST. 40123A 02/18/16 U.S. ARMY GARRISON—POHAKULOA TRAINING AREA. 702631 02/18/16 U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, REGION 1. 82106B 02/29/16 NOAA FISHERIES—NORTHWEST FISHERIES SCIENCE CENTER. 043875 03/03/16 U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, COLUMBIA RIVER RESEARCH LABORATORY. 05166B 03/17/16 YAKAMA NATION FISHERIES. 49790B 04/11/16 U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 22353B 04/14/16 CENTER FOR NATURAL LANDS MANAGEMENT. 86029B 04/21/16 JOINT BASE LEWIS—MCCHORD. 81239B 04/21/16 WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES. 89863B 04/22/16 OREGON STATE UNIVERSITY. 27877B 04/28/16 HAAN, NATHAN L. 081309 04/28/16 WEYERHAEUSER COMPANY. 89855B 05/05/16 U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, CRUSTAL GEOPHYSICS AND GEOCHEMISTRY SCIENCE CENTER. 844503 05/11/16 BURNS PAIUTE TRIBE. 80996B 05/11/16 BUTLER-HIGA, MARGUERITE A. 66384A 05/25/16 IDAHO DEPARTMENT OF FISH AND GAME. 63382B 05/25/16 NYMAN, STEPHEN. 02348A 05/25/16 RAEDEKE ASSOCIATES, INC. 72986A 05/25/16 WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES. 012136 05/27/16 OREGON DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY. 041023 06/01/16 DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY. 91338B 06/06/16 BUREAU OF LAND MANAGMENT—IDAHO. 61798A 06/06/16 MONNIN, DAVID P. 101141 06/09/16 WASHINGTON STATE UNIVERSITY, VANCOUVER. 829250 06/13/16 HAWAII WILDLIFE FUND. 210255 06/13/16 MONTANA FISH, WILDLIFE, AND PARKS. 003483 06/15/16 U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES DISCIPLINE. 041672 06/16/16 U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS, PORTLAND DISTRICT. 92903B 06/29/16 SKAGIT FISHERIES ENHANCEMENT GROUP. 63568A 06/30/16 CLINCH, JASON O. 72084A 06/30/16 DESCHUTES VALLEY WATER DISTRICT. Region 2 (Southwest Region: Arizona, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas)

    The following permits were applied for and issued in Region 2. For more information about any of the following permits, contact the Recovery Permit Coordinator by email at [email protected] or by telephone at 505-248-6665.

    Permit No. Date issued Applicant name 78582B 01/04/16 DOLMAN, RICHARD WILLIAM. 174552 01/05/16 ANIMAS BIOLOGICAL STUDIES, LLC. 78170B 01/08/16 CLARDY, KENDRA BREANN. 58226B 01/08/16 HALL, JAMES A. 84338B 01/08/16 LEE, ERICA T. 34030A 01/08/16 MCBRIDE, DUSTIN LEE. 78168B 01/08/16 MCMATH, RACHEL BROOKE. 78959A 01/08/16 WEBER, SARAH ANNE. 64595A 01/14/16 GULF SOUTH RESEARCH CORPORATION. 00975A 01/15/16 OSAGE NATION, DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES. 73970B 01/22/16 BUTLER, ALAN RYAN. 814829 01/29/16 OKLAHOMA DEPARTMENT OF WILDLIFE CONSERVATION. 37047A 01/29/16 SEA WORLD PARKS AND ENTERTAINMENT. 148363 02/08/16 MARTIN, KEITH WILLIAM. 85077A 02/08/16 ZARA ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. 800611 02/12/16 SWCA ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS—SAN ANTONIO. 836329 02/18/16 BLANTON & ASSOCIATES. 73327B 02/19/16 NORTHEASTERN STATE UNIVERSITY. 039544 02/22/16 FORSTNER, MICHAEL R.J. 826091 02/25/16 BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT—PHOENIX. 839848 02/25/16 USDA FOREST SERVICE—CARSON NATIONAL FOREST. 022582 03/01/16 MUROV, MARILYN BETH. 039466 03/03/16 USGS—IDAHO COOPERATIVE FISH & WILDLIFE RESEARCH UNIT. 012642 03/04/16 BLUE EARTH ECOLOGICAL CONSULTANTS. 146537 03/06/16 NEW MEXICO STATE LAND OFFICE. 143922 03/07/16 BIO-SPATIAL SERVICES, INC. 80964B 03/07/16 RIECK, JEAN MARIE LOVERICH. 78414B 03/07/16 TAYLOR, ANTOINETTE C. 776123 03/07/16 TEXAS A & M UNIVERSITY—GALVESTON. 78250B 03/18/16 HATCHETT, ERIN SIEGEL. 053839 03/18/16 SME ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS. 89857B 03/21/16 ODYSEA AQUARIUM, LLC. 78390B 04/01/16 COSBY, KRISTY L. 89857B 04/01/16 ODYSEA AQUARIUM, LLC. 841359 04/01/16 USDA FOREST SERVICE, GILA NATIONAL FOREST. 829761 04/11/16 BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT—LAS CRUCES. 118414 04/11/16 CHEROKEE NATION. 84336B 04/11/16 KRAEMER, REED ALAN. 819451 04/11/16 TRAVIS COUNTY TRANSPORTATION & NATURAL RESOURCES. 80165B 04/11/16 WETEKAMM, KALE FREDERICK. 82339B 04/11/16 WHITE, TRACY R. 046447 04/15/16 U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, CERC, YANKTON FIELD RESEARCH STATION. 798920 05/02/16 CITY OF AUSTIN. 776123 05/02/16 TEXAS A & M UNIVERSITY—GALVESTON. 802211 05/02/16 TEXAS STATE UNIVERSITY—SAN MARCOS. 198057 05/06/16 BLACKBIRD ENVIRONMENTAL, LLC. 086559 05/06/16 JONES, RICKY LEE. 799099 05/16/16 EAGLE ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. 835139 05/16/16 HAWKS ALOFT, INC. 23162B 05/16/16 HERMAN, ERIC L. 837751 05/16/16 USDI, BUREAU OF RECLAMATION—PHOENIX. 083956 05/16/16 WOLF, SANDY A. 89788B 06/13/16 ATTWOOD, ERIC T. 61046B 06/13/16 PEREZ , CHRISTINA MICHELLE. 028605 06/13/16 SWCA ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS—FLAGSTAFF. 078189 06/22/16 ADKINS CONSULTING, INC. 160521 06/24/16 TETRA TECH, INC. 182699 06/27/16 CARTRON, JEAN-LUC E. 87751B 06/27/16 COOLEY, CHRISTINE LOUISE. 53840A 06/27/16 GRIFFIN, DAVID J. 230274 06/27/16 KELLER, DAVID C. 92366A 06/27/16 KIMLEY-HORN AND ASSOCIATES, INC. 66060A 06/27/16 SPENCER, JANINE A. 105165 06/27/16 U.S.ARMY—WHITE SANDS MISSILE RANGE. 87020B 06/29/16 MOOSO, ANDREW MORGAN. Region 3 (Midwest Region: Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Ohio, and Wisconsin)

    The following permits were applied for and issued in Region 3. For more information about any of the following permits, contact the Recovery Permit Coordinator by email at [email protected] or by telephone at 612-713-5343.

    Permit No. Date issued Applicant name 38087B 01/04/16 HICKEY-MILLER, JESSICA L. 212440 01/11/16 BAT CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT, INC. 023666 01/11/16 BRITZKE, ERIC R. 98032A 01/11/16 GARDNER, JAMES E. 21821B 02/04/16 CALDWELL, KATHERINE LEE. 35855B 02/05/16 D'ACUNTO, LAURA ELIZABETH. 98295A 02/16/16 SETTLE, DALLAS SCOTT. 64072B 02/23/16 AQUATIC SYSTEMS INC. 03494B 02/23/16 GAI CONSULTANTS, INC. 98296A 02/29/16 HOFFMAN, BRADEN A. 66724A 03/01/16 CLEVELAND METROPARKS. 15027A 03/02/16 STANTEC CONSULTING SERVICES, INC. 212427 03/03/16 ECOLOGY & ENVIRONMENT, INC. 62297A 03/03/16 WHITBY, MICHAEL D. 697830 03/04/16 U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE. 98063A 03/04/16 WOMACK, KATHRYN M. 64068B 03/08/16 USDA FOREST SERVICE. 71524B 03/14/16 BURKE, THERESA SYDNEY. 71044B 03/21/16 HASSLER, JOSHUA S. 66634A 03/21/16 US ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS. 206778 03/24/16 U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE. 106220 03/25/16 WALTERS, BRIANNE LORRAINE. 64236B 03/31/16 MAINE, JOSIAH J. 90090B 04/05/16 POWER ENGINEERS, INC. 06797A 04/06/16 MCCLANAHAN, ROD DANIEL. 71737A 04/08/16 KLOCEK, ROGER A. 64239B 04/08/16 LIGHT, NATHANAEL RYAN. 70868B 04/08/16 ORTMAN, BRIAN L. 81973B 04/08/16 USDA FOREST SERVICE. 71021B 04/11/16 INDIANA DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES. 64069B 04/13/16 US FOREST SERVICE. 90114B 04/18/16 AECOM. 77530A 04/18/16 KAPUSINSKI, DOUGLAS J. 40451B 04/20/16 SOUTH DAKOTA STATE UNIVERSITY. 64234B 04/25/16 BARNHART, MILES C. 86141B 04/27/16 RUSSELL, ROBIN E. 31310A 04/29/16 MINNESOTA POLLUTION CONTROL AGENCY. 06778A 04/29/16 SHAWNEE NATIONAL FOREST. 64079B 05/02/16 MINNESOTA ZOOLOGICAL GARDEN. 60257B 05/05/16 MISSOURI DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION. 06809A 05/05/16 USDA FOREST SERVICE. 30970B 05/17/16 MILLER, JEFFREY C. 82666A 05/19/16 BOYLES, JUSTIN G. 73587A 05/31/16 MISSOURI DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION. 135297 06/16/16 SAINT LOUIS ZOO. 35517B 06/20/16 ARNOLD, BRYAN D. 27915B 06/20/16 WILDLIFE SPECIALISTS, LLC. 07358A 06/22/16 CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS, INC. 48832A 06/24/16 ROE, KEVIN J. 89558A 06/25/16 ROMELING, SHANNON ELIZABETH. 71718A 06/30/16 STEFFEN, BRADLEY JAMES. Region 4 (Southeast Region: Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee, Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands)

    The following permits were applied for and issued in Region 4. For more information about any of the following permits, contact the Recovery Permit Coordinator by email at [email protected] or by telephone at 404-679-7140.

    Permit No. Date issued Applicant name 68616B 01/11/16 ATKINSON, CARLA LEE. 12399A 01/15/16 AUDUBON NATURE INSTITUTE. 38522A 01/21/16 UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY. 54891B 02/01/16 EASTERN KY UNIVERSITY. 007748 02/01/16 NOLDE, JASON. 171577 02/08/16 FORT CHAFFEE MANEUVER TRAINING CENTER—ENVIRONMENTAL BRANCH. 68773B 02/10/16 MUNZER, OLIVIA M. 834056 02/17/16 KEYS, MICHAEL L. 148282 02/18/16 WILHIDE, JACK (J.D.) D. 132772 02/29/16 USDA FOREST SERVICE, NATIONAL FORESTS IN ALABAMA. 178643 03/08/16 WEST, JEFFREY C. 48833A 03/09/16 CARVER, BRIAN D. 13910A 03/17/16 DERTING, TERRY L. 55286B 03/17/16 MATTINGLY, HAYDEN THOMAS. 25612A 03/17/16 SAMORAY, STEPHEN T. 212106 03/21/16 CAMPBELLSVILLE UNIVERSITY. 59008 03/25/16 CCR ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. 807672 04/08/16 CARTER, J. H. 051552 04/08/16 FREDERICK, PETER C. 045109 04/08/16 KILGORE, KENNETH JACK. 069754 04/11/16 DINKINS, GERALD R. 171516 04/14/16 COPPERHEAD ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTING, INC. 121073 04/20/16 SKELTON, CHRISTOPHER E. 156392 04/20/16 SKYBAX ECOLOGICAL SERVICES, LLC. 56028B 04/25/16 HOPKINS, TERRY JOE. 48582B 04/27/16 ROMANO, KIM A. 97394A 05/09/16 COUCH, ZACHARY L. 37661B 05/09/16 DEEP SOUTH ECO GROUP. 65002A 05/09/16 ONEY, ROBERT C. 83013B 05/11/16 O'CONNOR, KATHLEEN ELIZABETH. 83011B 05/11/16 WELDON, PRESCOTT. 48579B 06/02/16 ECOLOGICAL SOLUTIONS INC. 102292 06/02/16 JACKSON, JEREMY LYNN. 65346A 06/02/16 ROBERTS, MATTHEW S. 90833B 06/03/16 GEORGIA POWER COMPANY. 56746B 06/09/16 JOHNSON, JOSEPH S. 66480B 06/10/16 GILBERT, THOMAS S. 62778B 06/14/16 OSBORNE, CHANSTON T. 121059 06/14/16 ROUND MOUNTAIN BIOLOGICAL & ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES, INC. 43704A 06/14/16 SAUGEY, DAVID ALAN. 40178B 06/15/16 WASHINGTON, ERIC C. 98424B 06/16/16 U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 35313B 06/16/16 WILLCOX, EMMA VICTORIA. 53910B 06/17/16 PORTER, TERESA A. 61981B 06/22/16 THE PEREGRINE FUND. 86220A 06/23/16 FLORIDA MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. 56430B 06/24/16 HOOTMAN, JONATHAN ROBERT. Region 5 (Northeast Region: Connecticut, Delaware, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont, Virginia, and West Virginia)

    The following permits were applied for and issued in Region 5. For more information about any of the following permits, contact the Recovery Permit Coordinator by email at [email protected] or by telephone 703-358-2402.

    Permit No. Date issued Applicant name 01771C 02/08/16 STURGES, LESLIE. 01783C 03/04/16 NEW HAMPSHIRE ARMY NATIONAL GUARD. 01789C 03/18/16 PORTER, MEGAN L. 01721C 04/07/16 US FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE. 01753C 05/05/16 BLACK BEAR HYDRO PARTNERS, LLC. 01353C 05/17/16 DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENT. 01355C 06/02/16 USFWS SILVIO O. CONTE NATIONAL FISH AND WILDLIFE REFUGE. Region 6 (Mountain-Prairie Region: Colorado, Kansas, Montana, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, and Wyoming)

    The following permits were applied for and issued in Region 6. For more information about any of the following permits, contact the Recovery Permit Coordinator by email at [email protected] or by telephone 719-628-2670.

    Permit No. Date issued Applicant name 65611B 01/15/16 SKADSEN, DENNIS RAY. 100193 02/01/16 CENTRAL PLATTE NATURAL RESOURCES DISTRICT. 86215B 02/15/16 SWCA ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS. 58526B 03/15/16 BIRD CONSERVANCY OF THE ROCKIES. 049623 03/15/16 DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY. 056001 03/15/16 EAST DAKOTA WATER DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT. 237961 03/15/16 HAYDEN-WING ASSOCIATES, LLC. 047288 03/15/16 NATIONAL PARK SERVICE, HEARTLAND NETWORK. 86044B 03/15/16 US FOREST SERVICE BLACK HILLS NATIONAL FOREST. 79842A 03/21/16 WHITE, JEREMY A. 91126B 04/01/16 THEODORE ROOSEVELT NATIONAL PARK. 64613B 04/14/16 PHILLIPS, ANDREW L. 36792A 04/15/16 BIO-LOGIC INC. 85057B 04/19/16 CUNNINGHAM, GEORGE RICHARD. 047283 04/19/16 WASHINGTON STATE UNIVERSITY. 051841 04/23/16 TORONTO ZOO. 71872A 05/02/16 WYOMING NATURAL DIVERSITY DATABASE. 67112A 05/31/16 WESTWATER ENGINEER INC. 85110B 06/01/16 BROWN, BRYAN T. 75449B 06/01/16 MEANEY, CARRON A. 66521B 06/01/16 WESTERN BIOLOGY, LLC. 13024B 06/02/16 BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT. 91807B 06/02/16 DICKINSON STATE UNIVERSITY. 91328B 06/02/16 NORTH DAKOTA STATE UNIVERSITY. 93334B 06/02/16 UNITED TRIBES TECHNICAL COLLEGE. 85664B 06/02/16 WINGATE BIOLOGICAL SOLUTIONS, LLC. 94242B 06/03/16 BATWORKS, LLC. 79311B 06/03/16 ECOSYSTEM RESEARCH GROUP, LLC. 92132B 06/03/16 USDA FOREST SERVICE. 047381 06/20/16 BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS, SOUTHERN UTE TRIBE. 186566 06/20/16 WESTERN STATE COLORADO UNIVERSITY. 040834 06/21/16 BOULDER COUNTY PARKS AND OPEN SPACE. 90023B 06/21/16 EA ENGINEERING, SCIENCE, AND TECHNOLOGY, INC., PBC. 97250B 06/21/16 NATIONAL PARK SERVICE CURECANTI NATIONAL RECREATION AREA. 93273B 06/21/16 SAGEBRUSH ADVISORS, LLC. Region 7 (Alaska Region)

    The following permits were applied for and issued in Region 7. For more information about any of the following permits, contact the Recovery Permit Coordinator by email at [email protected] or by telephone at 907-786-3323.

    Permit No. Date issued Applicant name 95012B 05/11/16 U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE. 012155 05/18/16 ABR, INC. 042711 05/24/16 YUKON DELTA NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE. Region 8 (Pacific Southwest Region: California, Nevada, and the Klamath Basin Portion of Oregon)

    The following permits were applied for and issued in Region 8. For more information about any of the following permits, contact the Recovery Permit Coordinator by email at [email protected] or by telephone at 760-431-9440.

    Permit No. Date issued Applicant name 95006A 01/21/16 CHEN, STEVEN CHUNG-LI. 053372 01/21/16 SAN FRANCISCO BAY NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE COMPLEX. 58452B 01/21/16 WARD, DARREN M. 067347 01/28/16 DICKSON, CRYSTA L. 789253 01/28/16 FOSTER, BRIAN D. 036034 01/28/16 TIERRA DATA INCORPORATED. 59587B 02/03/16 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES. 022230 02/03/16 KIDD, JEFF W. 61650B 02/03/16 NORMANDEAU ASSOCIATES, INCORPORATED. 58889A 02/03/16 PRESTERA, WENDY J. 786714 02/03/16 ROBERTSON, ELYSSA K. 768251 02/22/16 BIOSEARCH ASSOCIATES. 59557B 02/22/16 D'AMICO, LIDIA ANDREA. 829554 02/22/16 KUS, BARBARA ELAINE. 78251B 02/22/16 PARMENTER, AMBER S. 097511 02/22/16 WOOD, LESLIE L. 135948 02/24/16 BRODIE, NATALIE J. 832717 02/24/16 DOSSEY, ROD K. 88969B 02/24/16 MULLIGAN BIOLOGICAL CONSULTING. 179013 02/24/16 WERNER, SCOTT M. 053020 02/26/16 PIGNIOLO, ANDREW ROBERT. 61175B 02/26/16 WILLRICK, LINDSAY RAE. 048739 03/03/16 CORDOVA, DANIEL A. 051236 03/03/16 EIDSON, ERIKA. 063230 03/03/16 ROCKS, JIM J. 082908 03/03/16 ROCKS, MELANIE S. 29658A 03/04/16 DUNN, CINDY MARCELLA. 60218B 03/04/16 HICKMAN, JAMES C. 134338 03/06/16 OGG, BRENNA A. 051242 03/07/16 ALFARO, MONICA. 29522A 03/09/16 GILLILAND, KENNETH LEE. 020548 03/15/16 U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, WERC, SAN FRANCISCO BAY ESTUARY F.S. 839211 03/16/16 MCKERNAN, MARNIE S. 64138A 03/16/16 MERSY TU, MELISSA. 62868B 03/16/16 THE KLAMATH TRIBES. 834492 03/16/16 THOMAS, JULIE. 074017 03/17/16 CHARBONNEAU, JACKIE C. 045153 03/17/16 JANEKE, DUSTIN SCOTT. 63371B 03/17/16 NEIDINGER, RHEANNA MARGO. 72045A 03/17/16 ZYCH, ALISA CATHERINE. 28317A 03/18/16 SIMI, DAVID JOSEPH. 73361A 03/21/16 COLWELL, MARK A. 36500A 03/24/16 WESTERN FOUNDATION OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. 833230 03/25/16 ARAMAYO, ROBERT A. 71222B 03/25/16 CLEVELAND, CINDY M. 72637B 03/25/16 DAMAN, CAROLYN E. 816187 03/25/16 DAVID COOK. 63359B 03/25/16 RADTKEY, JENNIFER R. 69070B 03/26/16 BOROKINI, TEMITOPE ISRAEL. 097516 03/29/16 RYAN, THOMAS P. 60151B 03/30/16 FRANKLIN, LISA A. 161483 03/31/16 DAVENPORT, LINETTE A. 61177B 04/01/16 RICKETTS, MATTHEW S. 198910 04/01/16 UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 37418A 04/11/16 BEAN, WILLIAM T. 233367 04/11/16 GORMAN, LAURA ELIZABETH. 744878 04/11/16 INSTITUTE FOR WILDLIFE STUDIES. 40090B 04/12/16 KNAPP, ROLAND A. 21744B 04/12/16 SAN FRANCISCO PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISION, NRLMD. 100008 04/15/16 COOPER, DANIEL STEVE. 122632 04/15/16 FERREE, KIMBERLY. 006112 04/15/16 FLOHR, GRETCHEN E. 780566 04/15/16 RAMIREZ, RUBEN S. 35207A 04/15/16 ZYLSTRA, JORDAN J. 057714 04/18/16 REIS, DAWN K. 40087B 04/18/16 USDA FOREST SERVICE. 835549 04/19/16 BLACK, CHARLES H. 749872 04/21/16 GERMANO, DAVID J. 815214 04/22/16 OCEANO DUNES STATE VEHICULAR RECREATION AREA. 181713 04/25/16 HARTLEY, CYNTHIA ANN. 119861 04/25/16 QUAD KNOPF, INC. 136973 04/25/16 TAMASI, JUDI A. 007907 05/04/16 U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. 044846 05/04/16 U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY AND NATIONAL PARK SERVICE. 62464B 05/05/16 GRIFFIN, LINDSAY D. 003314 05/05/16 KLAMATH FALLS FISH AND WILDLIFE OFFICE. 78075B 05/10/16 BARLOW, STEPHEN H. 78073B 05/10/16 LEVOY, ADRIENNE E. 58760A 05/11/16 YAKICH, JASON D. 27460A 05/11/16 ZITT, BRIAN A. 135974 05/12/16 MARANGIO, MICHAEL S. 70880B 05/19/16 HOBBS, MICHAEL T. 034093 05/20/16 VENTURA FISH AND WILDLIFE OFFICE. 69046B 05/23/16 ASMUS, JAMES L. 065741 05/23/16 LOVIO, JOHN C. 79454A 05/23/16 SANTA BARBARA ZOOLOGICAL FOUNDATION. 063429 05/24/16 CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES. 778195 05/24/16 HELIX ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING, INC. 026659 05/24/16 VENTANA WILDLIFE SOCIETY. 137006 05/27/16 BENSON, THEA B. 799557 05/27/16 HAMILTON, ROBERT A. 036065 05/27/16 KLUTZ, KOREY M. 172638 05/27/16 LIVERGOOD, KEVIN S. 64580A 05/27/16 RICE, NICHOLAS A. 67397A 05/31/16 RICKS, TIMOTHY W. 43610A 06/01/16 ORSOLINI, JESSICA A. 71221B 06/02/16 BOYDSTUN, KIMBERLY A. 824123 06/08/16 SWCA ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS. 170389 06/09/16 COOPER, TRAVIS B. 821401 06/13/16 DANIELS, BRIAN E. 827493 06/13/16 LEATHERMAN, BRIAN M. 820658 06/15/16 AECOM. 86461B 06/16/16 CIRRUS ECOLOGICAL SOLUTIONS, LLC. 837760 06/16/16 OSBORNE, KENDALL H. 844645 06/21/16 KANN “AKA ROGERS”, RICHARD U. 83957B 06/23/16 BRICK, MONICA J. 71214B 06/23/16 COLLINS, TARA L. 052072 06/23/16 HOOPA VALLEY TRIBAL COUNCIL. Availability of Documents

    The Federal Register documents publishing the receipt of applications for these permits may be viewed here: https://www.fws.gov/policy/frsystem/1999rules.cfm?date=16&doc_type=notices. Documents and other information submitted with these applications are available for review subject to the requirements of the Privacy Act and Freedom of Information Act, by any party who submits a written request for a copy of such documents. For detailed information regarding a particular permit, please contact the Region that issued the permit.

    Authority

    We provide this notice under the authority of section 10 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.).

    Don Morgan, Chief, Branch of Recovery and State Grants.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21169 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4333-15-P
    DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Bureau of Land Management [LLNVS00000 L19200000.ET0000 WBS LRORF1608700] Notice of Application for Withdrawal Extension; Notice of Application for Withdrawal Expansion; and Opportunity for Public Meeting; Department of the Air Force, Nevada Test and Training Range, Nevada AGENCY:

    Bureau of Land Management, Interior.

    ACTION:

    Notice of Withdrawal Applications.

    SUMMARY:

    The Department of the Air Force (DAF) has filed an application with the Department of the Interior to extend the current withdrawal of public lands from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining laws, the mineral leasing laws, and the geothermal leasing laws, subject to valid existing rights, for military use of the Nevada Test and Training Range (NTTR), in Clark, Lincoln, and Nye Counties, Nevada. The DAF has also requested the withdrawal of approximately 301,507 additional acres of public lands from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining laws, the mineral leasing laws, and the geothermal leasing laws, subject to valid existing rights. This notice temporarily segregates these lands from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining laws, the mineral leasing laws, and the geothermal leasing laws, for 2 years; gives the public an opportunity to comment on the extension and withdrawal applications; and announces the date, time, and location of public meetings.

    DATES:

    Comments on the extension and withdrawal applications, including their environmental consequences, should be received on or before December 10, 2016. In addition, the BLM and DAF will hold joint public meetings on the extension and withdrawal applications, and DAF's National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) evaluation of the withdrawals. The dates and locations of the public meetings are listed in the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section.

    ADDRESSES:

    Comments pertaining to the DAF withdrawal extension proposal and/or the DAF withdrawal expansion proposal should be sent to Nellis Air Force Base 99th Air Base Wing Public Affairs, 4430 Grissom Ave., Suite 107, Nellis AFB, NV 89191. Comments pertaining to this Notice should be submitted by any of the following methods:

    Email: [email protected] Fax: (702) 515-5023 Mail: BLM Southern Nevada District Office, Attn: NTTR Withdrawal, 4701 North Torrey Pines Drive, Las Vegas, NV, 89130-2301.
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Tom Seley, Project Manager, BLM Southern Nevada District Office, 4701 North Torrey Pines Drive, Las Vegas, NV, 89130-2301; email: [email protected]. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 to contact the above individual during normal business hours. The FIRS is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week, to leave a message or question with the above individual. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Pursuant to section 3016 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2000 (FY 2000 NDAA), Pub. L. 106-65, and section 3092(k) of the Carl Levin and Howard P. “Buck” McKeon National Defense Authorization Act of Fiscal Year 2015 (FY 2015 NDAA), the Department of the Air Force (DAF) has filed an application to extend the current withdrawal of public lands from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining laws, the mineral leasing laws, and the geothermal leasing laws, subject to valid existing rights, for military use of the Nevada Test and Training Range (NTTR), in Clark, Lincoln, and Nye Counties, Nevada. The lands are currently withdrawn under the Act, which reserves these lands for defense-related purposes for a period of 20 years. Unless Congress extends the withdrawal, it will expire on November 5, 2021.

    In addition to the DAF's request that the current withdrawal be extended, the DAF filed an application requesting the withdrawal and reservation of additional public lands for military use as a national security testing and training range at the NTTR, located in Clark, Lincoln, and Nye Counties, Nevada. The application to expand the acreage of lands withdrawn for the Air Force's use at the NTTR seeks the withdrawal of approximately 301,507 additional acres of public lands from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining laws, the mineral leasing laws, and the geothermal leasing laws, subject to valid existing rights.

    As required by section 204(b)(1) of the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976 (FLPMA), 43 U.S.C. 1714(b)(1), and the BLM regulations at 43 CFR part 2300, the BLM is publishing Notice of the DAF applications. While the BLM and the Department of the Interior (DOI) assist the DAF with the processing of this application, and the Secretary of the Interior makes a recommendation to Congress on the proposed withdrawal, Congress, not the Secretary, will make the decision on the requested extension and expansion of the existing NTTR withdrawal.

    Extension Request. This application requests extension of the withdrawal of the following area at the NTTR, Nevada, subject to valid existing rights as described below:

    Lands Withdrawn by the FY 2000 NDAA

    The DAF lands not withdrawn from the public domain and non-Federal lands are contained within the lands withdrawn boundary. Portions of the lands are unsurveyed and the acres were based upon protraction diagrams.

    Mount Diablo Meridian, Nevada Tps. 1, 2, 3, and 4 S., R. 44 E. T. 5 S., R. 44 E., partly unsurveyed, Secs. 1 and 2; Secs. 10 thru 16; Secs. 20 thru 36. T. 6 S., R. 44 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 6; Secs. 8 thru 17; Secs. 21 thru 27; Secs. 34 thru 36. T. 7 S., R. 44 E., partly unsurveyed, Secs. 1 and 2; Secs. 11 thru 13. Tps. 1, 2, 3, and 4 S., R. 45 E. Tps. 5 and 6 S., R. 45 E., unsurveyed. T. 7 S., R 45 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 30; Secs. 32 thru 36. T. 8 S., R. 45 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 4; Secs. 10 thru 14; Secs. 24 and 25. Tps. 1 and 2 S., R. 46 E. Tps. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 S., R. 46 E., unsurveyed. T. 9 S., R. 46 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 5; Secs. 9 thru 15; Secs. 23 and 24. Tps. 1 and 2 S., R. 47 E. Tps. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 S., R. 47 E., unsurveyed. T. 9 S., R. 47 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 30; Secs. 33 thru 36. T. 10 S., R. 47 E., partly unsurveyed, Secs. 1, 2, and 12. Tps. 1 and 2 S., R. 48 E. Tps. 3, 4, and 5 S., R. 48 E., unsurveyed. T. 6 S., R. 48 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 34; Sec. 35, N1/2; Sec. 36. N1/2. T. 7 S., R. 48 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 3 thru 10; Secs. 15 thru 23; Sec. 25, W1/2; Secs. 26 thru 36. Tps. 8 and 9 S., R. 48 E., unsurveyed. T. 10 S., R. 48 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 17; Secs. 21 thru 26; Sec. 36. Tps. 1 and 2 S., R. 49 E. Tps. 3, 4, and 5 S., R. 49 E., unsurveyed. T. 6 S., R. 49 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 30; Sec. 31, N1/2 and SE1/4; Secs. 32 thru 36. T. 7 S., R. 49 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 5; Sec. 6, E1/2. T. 8 S., R. 49 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 6, W1/2; Sec. 7; Sec. 17, W1/2; Secs. 18 thru 20; Secs. 28 thru 33; Sec. 34, W1/2. T. 9 S., R. 49 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 3 thru 11; Secs. 14 thru 23; Secs. 24 and 25, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 2568; Secs. 26 thru 35; Sec. 36, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 2568. T. 10 S., R. 49 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 1, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 2568; Secs. 2 thru 11; Secs. 12 and 13, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 2568; Secs. 14 thru 23; Secs. 24 and 25, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 2568; Secs. 26 thru 35; Sec. 36, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 2568. T. 11 S., R. 49 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 1, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 2568; Secs. 2 thru 11; Secs. 12 and 13, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 2568; Secs. 14 thru 23; Secs. 24 and 25, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 2568; Secs. 26 thru 35; Sec. 36, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 2568. T. 12 S., R. 49 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 1, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 2568; Secs. 2 thru 11; Secs. 12 and 13, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 2568; secs 14 thru 23; Secs. 24 and 25, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 2568; Secs. 26 thru 35; Sec. 36, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 2568. Tps. 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 S., R. 50 E., unsurveyed. T. 6 S., R. 50 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 33. T. 7 S., R. 50 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 6. Tps. 2, 3, 4, and 5 S., R. 51 E., unsurveyed. T. 6 S., R. 51 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 30; Secs. 34 thru 36. T. 7 S., R. 51 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 1. Tps. 3 and 4 S., R. 51 1/2 E., unsurveyed. Tps. 3, 4, 5, and 6 S., R. 52 E., unsurveyed. T. 7 S., R. 52 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 16; Secs. 21 thru 28; Secs. 33 thru 36. T. 8 S., R. 52 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 4; Secs. 9 thru 12, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805. Tps. 3 and 4 S., R. 53 E. Tps. 5, 6, and 7 S., R 53 E., unsurveyed. T. 8 S., R. 53 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 6; Secs. 7 thru 12, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805. T. 3 S., R. 54 E., Secs. 4 thru 9; Secs. 16 thru 21; Secs. 28 thru 33. T. 4 S., R. 54 E., Secs. 4 thru 9; Secs. 16 thru 21; Secs. 28 thru 33. Tps. 5, 6, and 7 S., R 54 E., unsurveyed. T. 8 S., R. 54 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 6; Secs. 7 thru 11, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 12 and 13; Secs. 14 and 23, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 24 and 25; Secs. 26 and 35, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Sec. 36. T. 9 S., R. 54 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 1; Secs. 2 and 11, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 12 and 13; Secs. 14 and 23, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 24 and 25; Secs. 26 and 35, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Sec. 36. T. 10 S., R. 54 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 1; Secs. 2 and 11, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 12 and 13; Secs. 14 and 23, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 24 and 25; Secs. 26 and 35, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Sec. 36. T. 11 S., R. 54 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 1; Secs. 2 and 11, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 12 and 13; Secs. 14 and 23, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 24 and 25; Secs. 26 and 35, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Sec. 36. T. 12 S., R. 54 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 1; Secs. 2 and 11, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 12 and 13; Secs. 14 and 23, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 24 and 25; Secs. 26 and 35, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Sec. 36. T. 13 S., R. 54 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 9, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 10 thru 15; Secs. 16 and 21, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 22 thru 27; Secs. 28 and 33, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 34 thru 36. T. 14 S., R. 54 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 3; Secs. 4 and 9, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 10 thru 15; Secs. 16 and 21, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 22 thru 27; Secs. 28 and 33, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 34 thru 36. Tps. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14 S., R. 55 E., unsurveyed. T. 5 S., R. 551/2 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 6 thru 8; Secs. 16 thru 21; Secs. 28 thru 33. Tps. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15 S., R. 551/2 E., unsurveyed. T. 16 S., R. 551/2 E., Sec. 1, N1/2; Sec. 2, lots 1 and 2; NE1/4. T. 5 S., R. 56 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 19 and 20; Secs. 27 thru 35. T. 6 S., R. 56 E., partly unsurveyed, Secs. 2 thru 11; Secs. 14 thru 23; Secs. 25 thru 36. T. 7 S., R. 56 E., partly unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 11; Sec. 13, W1/2; Secs. 14 thru 23; Sec. 24, NW1/4; Secs. 26 thru 35. Tps. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14 S., R. 56 E., unsurveyed. T. 15 S., R. 56 E. T. 16 S., R. 56 E., Secs. 1 thru 6; Sec. 8, lot 1; Sec. 9, lot 1; Tracts 38, 39, 40, 41; Tract 42, lots A, B and C. T. 6 S., R. 57 E., Sec. 30, lots 1 thru 4, E1/2NW1/4, E1/2SW1/4; Sec. 31. T. 7 S., R. 57 E., Sec. 6. Tps. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15 S., R. 57 E., unsurveyed. T. 16 S., R. 57 E., partly unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 6; Sec. 7, NE1/4; Secs. 8 thru 16; Sec. 17, NE1/4; Sec. 20, SE1/4SW1/4, S1/2SE1/4; Secs. 21 thru 26; Sec. 27, NE1/4; Sec. 28, NW1/4NW1/4; Sec. 29, N1/2NE1/4, NE1/4NW1/4; Sec. 35, NE1/4; Sec. 36. Tps. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15 S., R. 58 E., unsurveyed. T. 16 S., R. 58 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 10; Secs. 15 thru 22; Secs. 27 thru 34. T. 17 S., R. 58 E., Secs. 1 thru 4; Sec. 5, NE1/4; Sec. 9, NE1/4; Sec. 10, N1/2, N1/2SW1/4, SE1/4SW1/4, SE1/4; Secs. 11 and 12; Sec. 13, NW1/4; Sec. 14, N1/2, NE1/4SW1/4, SE1/4; Sec.15, NE1/4NE1/4. Tps. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14 S., R. 59 E., unsurveyed.

    The area described aggregates 361,558 acres in Clark County, 778,681 acres in Lincoln County, and 1,808,244 acres in Nye County.

    DAF Lands Not Withdrawn From the Public Domain Mount Diablo Meridian, Nevada General Land Office Patent #1660 T. 7 S., R. 551/2 E., Sec. 5. General Land Office Patent #1661 T. 7 S., R. 551/2 E., Secs. 5 and 8. Patent #1034979 T. 7 S., R. 551/2 E., Sec. 8. Patent #1055957 T. 7 S., R. 551/2 E., Sec. 17.

    The area described aggregates 87.49 acres in Lincoln County.

    Non-Federally Owned Land Mount Diablo Meridian, Nevada Patent #284077 T. 2 S., R. 44 E., Secs. 18 and 19. Patent #1001726 T. 1 S., R. 49 E., Sec. 2. Patent #861377 T. 1 S., R. 49 E., Sec. 9, SW1/4NW1/4 and NW1/4SW1/4. Patent #83152 T. 3 S., R. 44 E., Secs. 1 and 12. Patent #572555 T. 4 S., R. 46 E., Sec. 27. Patent #31381 T. 5 S., R. 45 E., Secs. 1 and 12. T. 5 S., R. 46 E., Secs. 6 and 7. Patent #296554 T. 5 S., R. 46 E., Secs. 1 and 2. Patent #285880 T. 5 S., R. 46 E., Sec. 1.

    The area described aggregates 365 acres in Nye County.

    Lands Withdrawn by the FY 2015 NDAA Mount Diablo Meridian, Nevada T. 19 S., R. 62 E., Sec. 13, lots 2, 4 and 5, excepting those portions lying within the right-of-way of the Union Pacific Railroad; Sec. 14, lots 1, 2, 5, 6, and 8, N1/2NE1/4, NW1/4, excepting those portions lying within the right-of-way of the Union Pacific Railroad; Sec. 24, SE1/4, excepting those portions lying within the right-of-way of Nevada State Route 604 (Las Vegas Blvd.); Sec. 25, lot 2. T. 19 S., R. 63 E.; Sec. 19, lot 4, S1/2SW1/4, SW1/4SE1/4, excepting those portions lying within the right-of-way of Nevada State Route 604 (Las Vegas Blvd.); Sec. 27, S1/2NW1/4 and SE1/4SE1/4; Sec. 28, S1/2NE1/4 and SE1/4NW1/4; Sec. 30, lots 1 and 2, W1/2NE1/4 and NW1/4.

    The area described aggregates 1,120 acres in Clark County.

    The total area aggregates 2,949,603 acres.

    Expansion Request. In addition, in accordance with the Engle Act, (43 U.S.C. 155-158), the DAF has filed an application requesting withdrawal and reservation of additional public lands for military use as a national security testing and training range at the NTTR, in Clark, Lincoln, and Nye Counties, Nevada (the “expansion area”). The DAF requests that the lands be withdrawn from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining laws, the mineral leasing laws, and the geothermal leasing laws, subject to valid existing rights, and reserved for use by the DAF for training for aerial gunnery, rocketry, electronic warfare, and tactical maneuvering and air support; as an armament and high-hazard testing area; for equipment and tactics development and testing; as well as for other defense-related purposes. The expansion area consists of the lands and interests in lands described below and adjacent to the exterior boundaries of the NTTR, located in Clark, Lincoln, and Nye Counties, Nevada. Portions of the lands are unsurveyed and the acres were based upon protraction diagrams.

    Mount Diablo Meridian, Nevada EC South/Range 77 T. 9 S., R. 46 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 16, 22, 25, 26, and 36. T. 9 S., R. 47 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 31 and 32. T. 10 S., R. 47 E., partly unsurveyed, Secs. 3 thru 11. T. 10 S., R. 48 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 18 thru 20; Secs. 27 thru 35.

    The area described aggregates 17,960 acres in Nye County.

    Mount Diablo Meridian, Nevada Range 65D T. 15 S., R. 54 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 3; Sec. 4, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Land Order 805; Secs. 9 thru 16; Secs. 21 thru 28; Secs. 33 thru 36. T. 16 S., R. 54 E., Secs. 1 and 2; Sec. 3, lots 1 thru 4, S1/2NE1/4, S1/2NW1/4, N1/2SW1/4, and SE1/4; Sec. 4, lots 1 thru 4, and S1/2NE1/4. T. 15 S., R. 55 E., unsurveyed. T. 16 S., R. 55 E., Secs. 1 thru 6. T. 16 S., R. 551/2 E., Sec. 1, lot 1, E1/2SW1/4, NW1/4SW1/4, and SE1/4; Sec. 2, lots 3 thru 5, NE1/4SE1/4, and W1/2SE1/4.

    The area described aggregates 39,119 acres in Clark County and 9,780 acres in Nye County.

    Mount Diablo Meridian, Nevada Ranges 63/64 T. 16 S., R. 56 E., Sec. 7, those portions lying northerly of the northerly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 95; Sec. 9, lot 2, that portion lying northerly of the northerly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 95; Secs. 10 and 11, those portions lying northerly of the northerly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 95; Sec. 12; Secs. 13 and 14, those portions lying northerly of the northerly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 95; Tract 37. T. 16 S., R. 57 E., partly unsurveyed, Sec. 7, W1/2 and SE1/4; Sec. 17, W1/2 and SE1/4; Secs. 18 and 19, those portions lying northerly of the northerly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 95; Sec. 20, those portions lying northerly of the northerly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 95, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Law 106-65; Sec. 27, W1/2 and SE1/4; Sec. 28, those portions lying northerly of the northerly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 95, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Law 106-65; Secs. 33 and 34, those portions lying northerly of the northerly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 95; Sec. 35, those portions lying northerly of the northerly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 95, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Law 106-65. T. 17 S., R. 58 E., Sec. 5, those portions lying northerly of the northerly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 95, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Law 106-65; Sec. 6, those portions lying northerly of the northerly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 95; Sec. 8, those portions lying northerly of the northerly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 95; Secs. 9 and 10, those portions lying northerly of the northerly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 95, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Law 106-65; Sec. 13, NE1/4 and S1/2; Secs. 14 and 15, those portions lying northerly of the northerly right-of-way line of U.S. Highway 95, excepting those portions withdrawn by Public Law 106-65;

    The area described aggregates 7,621 acres in Clark County.

    Mount Diablo Meridian, Nevada Alamos T. 16 S., R. 58 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 11; Sec. 12, W1/2; Sec. 13, NW1/4, that portion lying westerly of the westerly boundary of Alamo Road; Sec. 14; Sec. 23, NE1/4 and W1/2; Sec. 26, W1/2. T. 15 S., R. 59 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 2 thru 11; Secs. 14 thru 19; Sec. 20, W1/2, that portion lying westerly of the westerly boundary of Alamo Road; Sec. 30, that portion lying westerly of the westerly boundary of Alamo Road; Sec. 31, NW1/4. Tps. 9, 10, 11, 12, 121/2, and 13 S., R. 60 E., unsurveyed. T. 14 S., R 60 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 11; Sec. 12, NE1/4 and W1/2; Sec. 14, NE1/4 and W1/2; Secs. 15 thru 22; Sec. 23, NW1/4; Sec. 27, NW1/4; Secs. 28 thru 32; Sec. 33, NW1/4. T. 15 S., R. 60 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 5, NW1/4; Sec. 6; Sec. 7, NE1/4 and W1/2. T. 9 S., R. 61 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 3 thru 10; Secs. 15 thru 22; Secs. 27 thru 34. T. 10 S., R. 61 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 3 thru 10; Secs. 15 thru 22; Secs. 27 thru 34. T. 11 S., R. 61 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 3 thru 10; Secs. 15 thru 22; Secs. 27 thru 34. T. 12 S., R. 61 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 3 thru 10; Secs. 15 thru 22; Secs. 27 thru 34. T. 121/2 S., R. 61 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 31 thru 34. T. 13 S., R 61 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 3 thru 10; Secs. 15 thru 21; Sec. 22, NE1/4 and W1/2; Sec. 28, NE1/4 and W1/2; Secs. 29 thru 31; Sec. 32, NE1/4 and W1/2. T. 14 S., R. 61 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 6, NE1/4 and W1/2.

    The area described aggregates 72,649 acres in Clark County, and 154,378 acres in Lincoln County.

    The Total Area Aggregates 301,507 Acres

    In the event any non-Federally owned lands within these areas described above return or pass to Federal ownership in the future, they would be subject to the terms and conditions described.

    The purpose of the requested extension and expansion of the withdrawals at NTTR is to withdraw and reserve the lands for use by the DAF for training for aerial gunnery, rocketry, electronic warfare, and tactical maneuvering and air support; as an armament and high-hazard testing area; for equipment and tactics development and testing; as well as other defense-related purposes. National defense requirements are rapidly evolving in response to changing world conditions, modern conflicts, developing technologies, and new emerging threats. The NTTR is a Major Range and Test Facility Base national asset and is used to accommodate two major national defense necessities: Test and Evaluation (T&E) and large-scale training. It is sized, operated, and maintained to provide T&E information to Department of Defense (DoD) component users in support of DoD research, development, and acquisition. The NTTR must provide a broad base of T&E capabilities that is sufficient to support the full spectrum of DoD T&E requirements. The NTTR also contributes to combat readiness training, providing a venue for major training events, 5th-generation aircraft training, and training for other Federal agencies, state and local governments, allied foreign governments, and commercial entities. The NTTR is the Air Combat Command's premier range for Tactics Development and Evaluations due to its focus on high-end combat training and operationally relevant testing. The DAF indicates that the requested withdrawals are essential to enhance large-scale training at the NTTR to support advanced weapons systems and large-scale combat training exercises while providing for public safety.

    Copies of the legal descriptions and the maps depicting the lands that are the subject of the DAF's applications are available for public inspection at the following offices: State Director, BLM Nevada State Office, 1430 Financial Blvd., Reno, Nevada 89502 District Manager, BLM Southern Nevada District Office, 4701 North Torrey Pines Drive, Las Vegas, NV, 89130-2301.

    For a period until December 1, 2016 all persons who wish to submit comments, suggestions, or objections in connection with the withdrawal applications may present their comments in writing to the persons and offices listed in the ADDRESSES section above. All comments received will be considered before the Secretary of the Interior makes any recommendation for withdrawal to Congress.

    Notice is hereby given that public meetings addressing the withdrawal applications will be held concurrently with the DAF's public meetings associated with NEPA evaluation of the proposed withdrawals. Public meetings will be held at the following locations:

    • Beatty Community Center, Beatty, NV, October 12, 2016, 5-9 p.m.; • Tonopah Convention Center, Tonopah, NV, October 13, 2016, 5-9 p.m.; • Caliente Elementary School, Caliente, NV, October 18, 2016, 5-9 p.m.; • Pahranagat Valley High School, Alamo, NV, October 19, 2016, 5-9 p.m.; • Aliante Hotel, North Las Vegas, October 20, 2016, 5-9 p.m.

    The DAF will be the lead agency for evaluation of the proposed withdrawal extension and expansion pursuant to NEPA and other applicable environmental and cultural resources authorities, and will be publishing its own scoping and other notices.

    Comments, including names and street addresses of respondents, will be available for public review at the DAF and BLM addresses noted above, during regular business hours Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. Subject to valid existing rights, the public lands that are the subject of the DAF application for expansion of the withdrawal, and that are described in this Notice, will be segregated from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining laws, the mineral leasing laws, and the geothermal leasing laws. The segregation will be effective for a period until [two years from date of publication in FR], unless the expansion application is denied or canceled or the requested withdrawal is approved prior to that date. Licenses, permits, cooperative agreements, or discretionary land use authorizations may be allowed during the period of segregation, but only with the approval of the authorized officer and, as appropriate, with the concurrence of DAF.

    The applications for withdrawal and reservation will be processed in accordance with the regulations at 43 CFR part 2300.

    Authority:

    43 U.S.C. 1714(b)(1) and 43CFR 2300.

    John F. Ruhs, State Director, Nevada.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21214 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4310-HC-P
    DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Bureau of Land Management [16X L1109AF LLUTC03000.L16100000.DQ0000.LXSS004J0000 24-1A] Notice of Availability of the Proposed Resource Management Plans for the Beaver Dam Wash and Red Cliffs National Conservation Areas; Proposed Amendment to the St. George Field Office Resource Management Plan; and Abbreviated Final Environmental Impact Statement, Utah AGENCY:

    Bureau of Land Management, Interior.

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    In accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (NEPA), the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976, as amended (FLPMA), and the Omnibus Public Lands Management Act of 2009 (OPLMA), the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) has prepared proposed resource management plans (RMPs) for the Beaver Dam Wash National Conservation Area and the Red Cliffs National Conservation Area and a proposed amendment to the St. George Field Office RMP (Proposed Amendment). The three planning efforts were initiated concurrently and are supported by a single environmental impact statement (EIS), and by this notice, the BLM is announcing their availability.

    DATES:

    The BLM planning regulations state that any person who meets the conditions described in those regulations may protest the BLM's Proposed RMPs/Proposed Amendment and abbreviated Final EIS and must file the protest within 30 days following the date that the Environmental Protection Agency publishes its Notice of Availability in the Federal Register.

    ADDRESSES:

    Copies of the Proposed RMPs/Proposed Amendment and abbreviated Final EIS have been sent to affected Federal and State agencies, tribal governments, local governmental entities, and to other stakeholders and members of the public who have requested copies. Copies of the Proposed RMPs/Proposed Amendment and abbreviated Final EIS are available for inspection at the Interagency Public Lands Information Center, 345 East Riverside Drive, St. George, UT 84790, and the BLM Utah State Office Public Room, 440 West 200 South, Suite 500, Salt Lake City, Utah 84101; during normal business hours (8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.), Monday through Friday, except holidays. The Proposed RMPs/Proposed Amendment and abbreviated Final EIS are also available online at: http://bit.ly/2av3Q1i.

    All protests must be in writing and mailed to one of the following addresses:

    Regular Mail: BLM Director (210), Attention: Protest Coordinator, P.O. Box 71383, Washington, DC 20024-1383.

    Overnight Delivery: BLM Director (210), Attention: Protest Coordinator, 20 M Street SE., Room 2134LM, Washington, DC 20003.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Keith Rigtrup, RMP Planner, telephone 435-865-3000; address: 345 East Riverside Drive, St. George, Utah 84790; email: [email protected].

    Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 to contact the above individual during normal business hours. The FIRS is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to leave a message or question with the above individual. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The purpose of this planning process is to satisfy specific mandates from the Omnibus Public Land Management Act of 2009 (Pub. L. 111-11, at Title 1, Subtitle O, hereinafter OPLMA) that directed the Secretary of the Interior, through the BLM, to develop comprehensive management plans for the Beaver Dam Wash National Conservation Area (63,480 acres of public land) and the Red Cliffs National Conservation Area (44,859 acres of public land), located in Washington County, Utah. Both National Conservation Areas (NCAs) were established on March 30, 2009, when President Barack Obama signed OPLMA into law. The need to amend the St. George Field Office RMP (approved in 1999) is also derived from OPLMA. Section 1979(a)(1) and (2) of OPLMA directed the Secretary, through the BLM, to identify areas located in the county where biological conservation is a priority, and undertake activities to conserve and restore plant and animal species and natural communities within such areas. The decisions contained in the Proposed Amendment and abbreviated Final EIS do not pertain to private and State lands within the boundaries of the St. George Field Office planning area or the NCAs.

    Section 1977(b)(1) of OPLMA, directed the BLM to develop a comprehensive travel management plan for public lands in Washington County. The St. George Field Office RMP must be amended to modify certain existing off-highway vehicle (OHV) area designations (open, limited or closed) before this comprehensive travel management plan can be developed.

    BLM Utah developed the Proposed RMPs and Proposed Amendment by combining components of the four alternatives that were presented in the Draft RMPs and Draft Amendment and associated Draft EIS, released for public review on July 17, 2015. These alternatives contained goals, objectives, and management decisions for the two NCAs that were designed to address the long-term management of public land resources and land uses, while fulfilling the conservation purpose of the NCAs included in OPLMA. The alternatives identified in the Draft Amendment were developed to satisfy the requirements of OPLMA related to biological conservation and travel management and to comply with FLPMA and other relevant Federal laws, regulations, and agency policies.

    Alternatives Considered in the Draft RMPs for the Beaver Dam Wash and Red Cliffs NCAs and Draft EIS

    The four alternatives considered in the Draft RMPs and Draft EIS included the following:

    Alternative A was the No Action alternative required by NEPA and served as a baseline against which to compare potential environmental consequences that could be associated with implementation of the other alternatives. Under this alternative, management for the two NCAs would be derived primarily from management decisions in the 1999 St. George Field Office RMP, as amended.

    Alternative B, the BLM's Preferred Alternative in the Draft, emphasized resource protection, while allowing land uses that were consistent with the NCA purposes, current laws, Federal regulations, and agency policies. Management actions would strive to protect ecologically important areas, native vegetation communities, habitats for wildlife, including special status species, cultural resources, and the scenic qualities of each NCA from natural and human-caused impacts.

    Alternative C emphasized the conservation and protection of NCA ecological, cultural, and scenic values and the restoration of damaged lands. Higher levels of restrictions on certain land uses and activities were proposed to achieve conservation goals, while continuing to allow for compatible public uses in the two NCAs.

    Alternative D proposed a broader array and higher levels of public use and access by emphasizing diverse and sustainable recreation uses of the two NCAs, through the development of new, non-motorized trails and visitor amenities. In Alternative D of the Draft RMP for the Red Cliffs NCA, the BLM also proposed the designation of a new utility and transportation corridor to accommodate all of the potential highway alignments that Washington County provided to the BLM for the “northern transportation route”. Also under Alternative D, rights-of-way could be granted for new utilities, water lines, and associated roads within the designated utility and transportation corridor.

    Proposed RMPs and Proposed Amendment and Abbreviated Final EIS

    The Proposed RMPs for the Beaver Dam Wash and Red Cliffs NCAs and Proposed Amendment to the St. George Field Office RMP are primarily based on the management goals, objectives, and actions identified in the draft plans as the BLM's Preferred Alternative, Alternative B. However, in response to public comments and input from the Cooperating Agencies, other Federal and State agencies, tribal governments, and local governmental entities, components of the other alternatives that were presented in the draft plans and analyzed in the Draft EIS were selected to comprise management decisions in the Proposed RMPs and Proposed Amendment. In some cases, minor edits or clarifications were made and these are shown in italicized text surrounded by brackets in the proposed plans. None of the minor edits or clarifications required modifications to the analysis of the environmental consequences presented in Chapter 4 of the Draft EIS. The BLM has prepared an abbreviated Final EIS to support the Proposed NCA RMPs and Proposed Amendment, consistent with Federal regulations at 40 CFR 1503.4 (c). The resulting Proposed RMPs and Proposed Amendment address the range of public, agency, and governmental concerns about resource management and land uses in the planning area raised during the planning process, and meet the Congressionally-defined purposes of the NCAs and OPLMA's mandates related to public land management in Washington County.

    Proposed Areas of Critical Environmental Concern

    In accordance with 43 CFR 1610.7-2(b), the Notice of Availability for the Draft RMPs and Draft Amendment/Draft EIS (80 FR 42527, July 17, 2015) announced a concurrent public comment period on proposed ACECs. The Proposed Amendment includes proposed ACEC designations for the following areas:

    South Hills ACEC: (1,950 acres)

    Value: Endangered Species Dwarf Bearclaw Poppy (Arctomecon humilis) and Holmgren Milkvetch (Astragalus holmgreniorum).

    Limitations on the Following Uses: Commercial and personal use woodland products harvesting (green wood, dead and down, poles, and Christmas trees) and firewood gathering would be prohibited; closed to mineral materials disposal; managed as exclusion area for linear, site-type, and material site ROWs; closed to native seed, plants, and plant materials harvesting for commercial purposes and personal use; open to fluid mineral leasing with a no surface occupancy stipulation; closed to dispersed camping; OHV area designation would be limited to designated roads and trails; and managed as Visual Resources Management (VRM) Class II.

    State Line ACEC: (1,410 acres)

    Value: Endangered Species Holmgren's Milkvetch and Gierisch Globemallow (Sphaeralcea gierischii).

    Limitations on the Following Uses: Commercial and personal use woodland products harvesting (green wood, dead and down, poles, and Christmas trees) and firewood gathering would be prohibited; closed to mineral materials disposal; managed as exclusion area for linear, site-type, and material site ROWs; closed to native seed, plants, and plant materials harvesting for commercial purposes and personal use; open to fluid mineral leasing with a no surface occupancy stipulation; closed to dispersed camping; OHV area designation would be limited to designated roads and trails; and managed as VRM Class II.

    Webb Hill ACEC: (520 acres)

    Value: Endangered Species Dwarf Bearclaw Poppy.

    Limitations on the Following Uses: Commercial and personal use woodland products harvesting (green wood, dead and down, poles, and Christmas trees) and firewood gathering would be prohibited; closed to mineral materials disposal; managed as exclusion area for linear, site-type, and material site ROWs; closed to native seed, plants, and plant materials harvesting for commercial purposes and personal use; closed to fluid mineral leasing; closed to dispersed camping; OHV area designation would be limited to designated roads and trails; and managed as VRM Class II.

    Instructions for filing a protest with the Director of the BLM regarding the proposed plans may be found in the “Dear Reader” Letter of the Proposed RMPs for the Beaver Dam Wash National Conservation Area and the Red Cliffs National Conservation Area, and Proposed Amendment to the St. George Field Office RMP/abbreviated Final EIS and at 43 CFR 1610.5-2. All protests must be in writing and mailed to the appropriate address, as set forth in the ADDRESSES section above. Emailed protests will not be accepted as valid protests unless the protesting party also provides the original letter, either by regular or overnight mail and it is postmarked by the close of the protest period. Under these conditions, the BLM will consider the emailed protest as an advance copy and it will receive full consideration. If you wish to provide the BLM with such advance notification, please direct emails to [email protected]. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your protest, you should be aware that your entire protest—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you may ask us in your protest to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.

    Authority:

    40 CFR 1506.6, 40 CFR 1506.10, 43 CFR 1610.2, 43 CFR 1610.5.

    Jenna Whitlock, Acting State Director.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21185 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4310-DQ-P
    DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Bureau of Land Management [LLORV00000.L10200000.DF0000. LXSSH1040000.16XL1109AF. HAG 16-0208] Notice of Public Meetings for the John Day-Snake Resource Advisory Council AGENCY:

    Bureau of Land Management, Interior.

    ACTION:

    Notice of public meeting.

    SUMMARY:

    In accordance with the Federal Land Policy and Management Act and the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972, and the U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management (BLM), the John Day-Snake Resource Advisory Council (RAC) will meet as indicated below.

    DATES:

    The John Day-Snake RAC will hold a meeting Friday, October 7, 2016, at the River Lodge and Grill in Boardman, Oregon. The meeting will run from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. A public comment period will be offered from 10:30 a.m. to 11 a.m.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Larry Moore, Public Affairs Specialist, BLM Vale District Office, 100 Oregon St., Vale, Oregon 97918, phone (541) 473-6218, or email [email protected]. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1(800) 877-8339 to contact the above individual during normal business hours. The FIRS is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to leave a message or question with the above individual. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The John Day-Snake RAC consists of 15 members, chartered and appointed by the Secretary of the Interior. Their diverse perspectives are represented in commodity, conservation, and general interests. They provide advice to BLM and Forest Service resource managers regarding management plans and proposed resource actions on public land in central and eastern Oregon.

    Agenda items for the meeting include a discussion on fees associated with the Snake and Deschutes Rivers. Other topics will be posted along with the agenda on the John Day Snake RAC Web site at: http://www.blm.gov/or/rac/jdrac_meetingnotes.php.

    All meetings are open to the public. Information to be distributed to the John Day-Snake RAC is requested prior to the start of each meeting. A public comment period will be offered on October 7, 2016, from 10:30 a.m. to 11 a.m. Unless otherwise approved by the John Day-Snake RAC Chairs, the public comment period in each meeting will last no longer than 30 minutes. Each speaker may address the John Day-Snake RAC for a maximum of 5 minutes. A public call-in number for both meeting locations is provided on the John Day-Snake RAC Web site at http://www.blm.gov/or/rac/jdrac.php.

    Meeting times and the duration scheduled for public comment periods may be extended or altered when the authorized representative considers it necessary to accommodate business and all who seek to be heard regarding matters before the John Day-Snake RAC.

    Don Gonzalez, Vale District Manager.
    [FR Doc. 2016-20819 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4310-33-P
    DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Bureau of Land Management [LLMTM01000.L12320000.FV0000.LVRDMT110000XXX MO#4500080126] Proposed Supplementary Rules for the Zortman Ranger Station and Buffington Day Use Area on Public Land in Phillips County Near Zortman, MT AGENCY:

    Bureau of Land Management, Interior.

    ACTION:

    Proposed Supplementary Rules.

    SUMMARY:

    The Bureau of Land Management (BLM), Malta Field Office is proposing additional supplementary rules for the Zortman Ranger Station, a historic U.S. Forest Service Ranger Station now administered by the BLM in Zortman, Montana, and Buffington Day Use Area at the Camp Creek Recreation Area. The supplementary rules are necessary to maintain the public health and safety and to protect the environment of the recreation areas. They will help reduce erosion, reduce fire hazards, provide for public safety, prevent damage to natural resources, reduce user conflicts, and increase visitor satisfaction.

    DATES:

    To ensure that comments will be considered, the BLM must receive written comments on the proposed supplementary rules by November 1, 2016. In developing final supplementary rules, the BLM may not consider comments postmarked or received in person or by electronic mail after this date.

    ADDRESSES:

    Comments may be mailed or hand delivered to the BLM Malta Field Office, Attn: Field Manager, 501 South 2nd Street East, Malta, MT 59538. You may also submit comments via email to [email protected] or fax to 406-654-5150. Copies of the fee proposal are available at the BLM Malta Field Office, 501 South 2nd Street East, Malta, MT 59538 or on line at: http://www.blm.gov/mt/st/en/fo/malta_field_office.html.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Vinita Shea, Malta Field Manager, at the above address, or by calling 406-654-5131. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 to contact the above individual during normal business hours. The FIRS is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to leave a message or question with the above individual. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Public Comment Procedures

    You may mail, email, or hand-deliver comments to the Malta Field Office, at the addresses listed above (See ADDRESSES). Written comments on the proposed supplementary rules should be specific and confined to issues pertinent to the proposed rules, and should explain the reason for any recommended change. Where possible, comments should reference the specific section or paragraph of the proposal that the commenter is addressing. The BLM is not obligated to consider, or include in the Administrative Record for the final supplementary rules, comments delivered to an address other than those listed above (See ADDRESSES), or comments that the BLM receives after the close of the comment period (See DATES), unless they are postmarked or electronically dated before the deadline.

    Comments, including names, street addresses, and other contact information for respondents, will be available for public review at the Malta Field Office address listed in the section ADDRESSES during regular business hours (8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays). Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.

    Background

    The Zortman Ranger Station, built in 1905, was part of the Lewis and Clark National Forest until 1965, when management of public lands in the area was transferred to the BLM. The site includes the four-room main building, a storage shed, and amphitheater which was built for the Lewis and Clark Bicentennial celebration. The main building is eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places. In 2013, the BLM partnered with the Forest Service's historic preservation team to repair the outside of the main building and landscape the yard to divert runoff which was undermining the foundation. The interior of the building has been inventoried and abated for asbestos and lead paint. The site also features an amphitheater which is used for interpretive presentations.

    Buffington Day Use Area is located within the Camp Creek Recreation Area just northeast of Zortman, Montana. Buffington Day Use Area is utilized by individuals and groups as a parking site for day hikes, family and group gatherings such as picnics, reunions, church group outings, and birthday parties. In September 1994, the BLM completed the Record of Decision and Approved Phillips Resource Area Resource Management Plan, which provide for the maintenance and enhancement of the recreational quality of BLM land and resources to ensure enjoyable recreation experiences.

    The proposed supplementary rules are authorized by 43 CFR 8365.1-6, which states, “The State Director may establish such supplementary rules as he/she deems necessary. These rules may provide for the protection of persons, property, and public lands and resources. No person shall violate such supplementary rules.”

    Discussion of Proposed Supplementary Rules

    The supplementary rules are necessary to maintain the public health and safety, and to protect the environment and facilities of the recreation areas. The rules will also help reduce erosion and fire hazards, prevent damage to natural resources, reduce user conflicts, and increase visitor satisfaction.

    The proposed rules would limit the number of days that a person or group could rent the Zortman Ranger Station allowing more people to access the facility and thereby increase visitor satisfaction and reduce user conflicts. Game carcasses would not be allowed to be stored and no fish or game would be allowed to be cleaned inside the Zortman Ranger Station. These rules would protect facilities, assist in ensuring visitor satisfaction, and protect public health.

    Pets would be required to be leashed if left unattended outside or kenneled if left unattended inside the Zortman Ranger Station. These rules would protect the Ranger Station. Pets would be required to be leashed and would not be allowed to be left unattended at the Buffington Day Use Area. This rule would protect public safety. No cutting of standing trees or any vegetation at the Zortman Ranger Station or the Buffington Day Use Area would be allowed. These rules would prevent damage to natural resources and reduce erosion. Campfires would only be allowed in BLM-provided fire rings to prevent fire hazards.

    Visitors would be prohibited from leaving any personal property or refuse after vacating the Zortman Ranger Station or the Buffington Day Use Area, even if that property is intended for other campers or occupants, in order to increase visitor satisfaction and safety. Quiet hours at the Zortman Ranger Station would be 10:00 p.m.-7:00 a.m. and site usage at the Buffington Day Use Area would be 6:00 a.m.-11:00 p.m. These rules would enhance visitor satisfaction.

    The proposed supplementary rules would apply to the Zortman Ranger Station, a historic U.S. Forest Service Ranger Station now administered by the BLM in Zortman, Montana, and Buffington Day Use Area at the Camp Creek Recreation Area. Both areas comprise approximately 3 acres of public lands within Phillips County, Montana.

    Procedural Matters Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review

    These supplementary rules are not significant regulatory actions and are not subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Order 12866. The supplementary rules will result in an annual cost of less than $100 million or more on the economy. They will not adversely affect in a material way the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities. These supplementary rules will not create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency. The rules do not alter the budgetary effects of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights or obligations of their recipients, nor do they raise novel legal or policy issues. These rules would merely impose rules of conduct within the recreation sites.

    Clarity of the Supplementary Rules

    Executive Order 12866 requires each agency to write regulations that are simple and easy to understand.

    The BLM invites your comments on how to make these proposed supplementary rules easier to understand, including answers to questions such as the following:

    (1) Are the requirements in the proposed supplementary rules clearly stated?

    (2) Do the proposed supplementary rules contain technical language or jargon interfering with their clarity?

    (3) Does the format of the proposed supplementary rules (grouping and order of sections, use of headings, paragraphing, etc.) aid or reduce their clarity?

    (4) Would the proposed supplementary rules be easier to understand if they were divided into more (but shorter) sections?

    (5) Is the description of the proposed supplementary rules in the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of this preamble helpful to your understanding of the proposed supplementary rules? How could this description be more helpful in making the proposed supplementary rules easier to understand?

    Please send any comments you have on the clarity of the proposed supplementary rules to the address specified in the ADDRESSES section.

    National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)

    Supplementary rules are made under the Visitor Services regulations of the Bureau of Land Management found at 43 CFR 8365.1-6. The BLM has determined that these proposed supplementary rules are administrative in nature, and are therefore categorically excluded from environmental review under Section 102(2)(C) of NEPA, 43 CFR 46.205, and 43 CFR 46.210(c) and (i). The BLM's Malta Field Office has prepared a Categorical Exclusion (CX) document to determine that these proposed supplementary rules do not meet any of the 12 criteria for exceptions to categorical exclusions listed at 43 CFR 46.215. Pursuant to the Council on Environmental Quality regulations (40 CFR 1508.4) and the environmental regulations, policies, and procedures of the Department of the Interior, the term “categorical exclusions” means a category of actions which do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment and that have been found to have no such effect in procedures adopted by a Federal agency and for which neither an environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is required. The supplementary rules merely contain rules of conduct for certain recreational lands in Montana. These rules are designed to protect the environment and the public health and safety. The BLM has placed the CX and the Decision Record (DR) on file in the BLM Administrative Record at the address specified in the ADDRESSES section.

    Regulatory Flexibility Act

    Congress enacted the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA), as amended, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, to ensure that government regulations do not unnecessarily or disproportionately burden small entities. The RFA requires a regulatory flexibility analysis if a rule would have a significant economic impact, either detrimental or beneficial, on a substantial number of small entities. These supplementary rules pertain to recreational use of specific public lands, and do not affect commercial or governmental entities of any size. Therefore, the BLM has determined under the RFA that these supplementary rules will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, and do not necessitate preparation of a regulatory flexibility analysis.

    Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act

    These fees and supplementary rules do not constitute a “major rule” as defined at 5 U.S.C. 804(2). They would not result in an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more, in a major increase in costs or prices, or in significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or on the ability of United States-based enterprises to compete with foreign-based enterprises in domestic and export markets. They will merely impose reasonable restrictions on certain actions within the Malta Field Office fee campgrounds.

    Unfunded Mandates Reform Act

    The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA), 2 U.S.C. 1501 et seq., requires an assessment of unfunded mandates on State, local or tribal governments. These supplementary rules do not impose any unfunded mandate on State, local, or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or the private sector, of more than $100 million per year. The rules also will not have a significant or unique effect on small governments. They restrict certain actions within the subject fee sites. Therefore, the BLM is not required to prepare a statement containing the information required by the UMRA.

    Executive Order 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference With Constitutionally Protected Property Rights (Takings)

    These supplementary rules are not a government action capable of interfering with constitutionally protected property rights. The rules will have no effect on private lands or property. Therefore, the BLM has determined that these supplementary rules will not cause a taking of private property or require preparation of a takings assessment under this Executive Order.

    Executive Order 13132, Federalism

    These supplementary rules will not have a substantial direct effect on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. These supplementary rules will have little or no effect on State or local government. Therefore, in accordance with Executive Order 13132, the BLM has determined that these supplementary rules do not have sufficient Federalism implications to warrant preparation of a Federalism Assessment.

    Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform

    The BLM has determined that the supplementary rules will not unduly burden the judicial system and that they meet the requirements of sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of the Order.

    Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments

    The proposed supplementary rules would merely establish rules of conduct for public use of a limited area of public land and would not affect land held for the benefit of Indians or Alaska Natives or impede their rights. The BLM has found that the supplementary rules do not include policies that have tribal implications.

    Executive Order 13352, Facilitation of Cooperative Conservation

    In accordance with Executive Order 13352, the BLM has determined that the proposed supplementary rules would not impede facilitating cooperative conservation; would take appropriate account of and consider the interests of persons with ownership or other legally recognized interests in land or other natural resources; would properly accommodate local participation in the Federal decision-making process; and would provide that the programs, projects, and activities are consistent with protecting public health and safety.

    Information Quality Act

    In developing these proposed supplementary rules, the BLM did not conduct or use a study, experiment, or survey requiring peer review under the Information Quality Act (Section 515 of Pub. L. 106-554).

    Paperwork Reduction Act

    These supplementary rules do not contain information collection requirements that the Office of Management and Budget must approve under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.

    Executive Order 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use

    The supplementary rules do not comprise a significant energy action. They will not have an adverse effect on energy supplies, production, or consumption. They address recreational use of specific public lands, and have no connection with energy policy.

    Proposed Supplementary Rules: For the reasons stated in this preamble, and under the authority of 43 CFR 8365.1-6, the State Director proposes to establish supplementary rules for public lands managed by the BLM, Malta Field Office. The proposed supplementary rules for the Zortman Ranger Station are:

    1. Rental of the Zortman Ranger Station is limited to no more than 7 consecutive days and no more than 14 days per year per person or group.

    2. Campfires are allowed only in BLM-provided fire rings.

    3. Fish and game are not to be cleaned inside the building.

    4. No game carcasses are allowed in the building.

    5. Pets must be leashed and cannot be left unattended outside the building.

    6. Pets must be kenneled if left unattended inside the building.

    7. Quiet hours are 10:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m.

    8. No cutting of standing trees or any vegetation is allowed at the site.

    9. You must not leave any personal property or refuse after vacating the premises. This includes any property left for the purposes of use by another camper or occupant.

    The proposed supplementary rules for Buffington Day Use Area are:

    1. Site occupancy is limited to day use from 6:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m.

    2. Campfires are allowed only in BLM-provided fire rings.

    3. Pets must be leashed and must not be left unattended.

    4. No cutting of standing trees or any vegetation is allowed at the site.

    5. You must not leave any personal property or refuse after vacating the premises. This includes any property left for the purposes of use by another camper or occupant.

    Enforcement

    Any person who violates any of these supplementary rules may be tried before a United States Magistrate and fined in accordance with 18 U.S.C. 3571, imprisoned no more than 12 months under 43 U.S.C. 1733(a) and 43 CFR 8560.0-7, or both. In accordance with 43 CFR 8365.1-7, State or local officials may also impose penalties for violations of Montana law.

    Exemptions

    The following persons are exempt from these supplementary rules: Any Federal, State, local, and/or military employees acting within the scope of their duties; members of any organized rescue or fire-fighting force performing an official duty; and persons, agencies, municipalities or companies holding an existing special-use permit and operating within the scope of their permit.

    Jamie Connell, State Director, Bureau of Land Management, Montana/Dakotas.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21178 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4310-DN-P
    DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Bureau of Land Management [LLNVC01000.L19200000.ET0000; LRORF1608600; MO# 4500096048] Notice of Application for withdrawal extension; Notice of Application for Withdrawal Expansion; and Opportunity for Public Meeting; Naval Air Station, Fallon, Nevada AGENCY:

    Bureau of Land Management, Interior.

    ACTION:

    Notice of withdrawal applications.

    SUMMARY:

    The Department of the Navy (DON) has filed an application to extend the current withdrawal of public lands from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining laws, the mineral leasing laws, and the geothermal leasing laws, subject to valid existing rights, for military use of the Naval Air Station (NAS) Fallon, Fallon Range Training Complex (FRTC) in Churchill County, Nevada (withdrawal extension). The DON has also requested the withdrawal of approximately 604,789 additional acres of public lands from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining laws, the mineral leasing laws, and the geothermal leasing laws, subject to valid existing rights (withdrawal expansion). This notice temporarily segregates the 604,789 acres from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining laws, the mineral leasing laws, and the geothermal leasing laws, for 2 years; gives the public an opportunity to comment on the proposed withdrawal extension and withdrawal expansion; and announces the date, time, and location of public meetings on both the extension and the expansion.

    DATES:

    Comments on the withdrawal applications, including their environmental consequences, should be received on or before December 1, 2016. In addition, public meetings on the withdrawal applications will be held jointly with the DON's public meetings associated with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (NEPA) evaluation of the withdrawals.. The dates and locations of the public meetings are listed in the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section.

    ADDRESSES:

    Comments pertaining to the DON withdrawal extension proposal and/or the DON withdrawal expansion proposal should be sent to: Naval Facilities Engineering Command Southwest; Attention: Amy P. Kelley, Code EV21.AK; 1220 Pacific Highway; Building 1, 5th Floor; San Diego, California 92132. Comments pertaining to this Notice should be submitted by any of the following methods:

    Email: [email protected] Fax: (775) 885-6147 Mail: BLM Carson City District, Attn: NAS Fallon FRTC, 5665 Morgan Mill Road, Carson City, NV 89701
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Colleen Sievers, BLM, Carson City District Office, 775-885-6168; address: 5665 Morgan Mill Road, Carson City, NV 89701; email: [email protected]. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 to contact the above individual during normal business hours. The FIRS is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week, to leave a message or question with the above individual. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Pursuant to section 3016 of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for Fiscal Year 2000, Pub. L. 106-65, the Department of the Navy (DON) has filed an application to extend the current withdrawal of public lands from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining laws, the mineral leasing laws (except for approximately 68,804 acres in the Dixie Valley Training Area which is currently included in the overall withdrawal but not withdrawn from the mineral leasing laws), and the geothermal leasing laws, subject to valid existing rights, for military use of the Naval Air Station (NAS) Fallon, Fallon Range Training Complex (FRTC) in Churchill County, Nevada. The lands are currently withdrawn under the Military Lands Withdrawal Act of 1999, which is part of the NDAA for Fiscal Year 2000, which reserves these lands for defense-related purposes for a period of 20 years. Unless Congress extends the withdrawal, it will expire on November 5, 2021.

    In addition to the DON's request that the current withdrawal be extended, the DON filed an application requesting the withdrawal and reservation of additional public lands for military training exercises involving the NAS Fallon at Fallon, Churchill County, Nevada. The application to expand the acreage of lands withdrawn for the Navy's use at Fallon seeks the withdrawal of approximately 604,789 additional acres of public lands from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining laws, the mineral leasing laws, and the geothermal leasing laws, subject to valid existing rights.

    In addition, the application seeks to extend the existing withdrawal of 68,804 acres in the Dixie Valley Training Area (DVTA). Pursuant to Section 3011 of the NDAA for Fiscal Year 2000, the FRTC DVTA acres are currently withdrawn from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining and geothermal leasing laws, but not withdrawn from the mineral leasing laws. This application seeks the withdrawal of these 68,804 acres of the DVTA from the mineral leasing laws, subject to valid existing rights. The DON's requested 604,789 expansion acres do not include the 68,804 DVTA acres, as the DVTA acres are already withdrawn from the other public land laws, and reserved for DON use.

    As required by section 204(b)(1) of the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976 (FLPMA), 43 U.S.C. 1714(b)(1), and the BLM regulations at 43 CFR part 2300, the BLM is publishing this Notice of the DON applications. While the BLM and the Department of the Interior (DOI) assist the DON with the processing of withdrawal applications, and the Secretary of the Interior makes a recommendation to Congress on proposed withdrawals, it will be Congress, not the Secretary of the Interior, that will make the final decision on the requested extension and expansion of the existing NAS Fallon withdrawal.

    Extention request. This application requests extension of the withdrawal of the following area at the NAS FRTC, Nevada, subject to valid existing rights as described below: The areas B-16, B-17, B-19, B-20, Shoal Site, and the Dixie Valley Training Area aggregate 223,557 acres. Portions of these lands are unsurveyed and the acres were obtained from protraction diagrams or calculated using Geographic Information System.

    Mount Diablo Meridian, Nevada B-16 Bureau of Land Management T. 17 N., R. 27 E., partly unsurveyed, Sec. 11, E1/2; Sec. 14, E1/2. T. 18 N., R. 27 E., Sec. 35, E1/2. T. 17 N., R. 28 E., Secs. 4 thru 9 and 16 thru 21; Secs. 29 thru 32.

    The area described for B-16 aggregates 18,270.20 acres in Churchill County.

    Bureau of Reclamation T.17 N., R. 27 E., partly unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 3; Secs. 12 and 13; Secs. 23 thru 26, 35, and 36. T. 18 N., R. 27 E., Secs. 25, 26, and 36. T. 16 N., R. 28 E., partly unsurveyed, Sec. 3, lots 2 thru 4, SW1/4NE1/4, and S1/2NW1/4; Sec. 4, lots 1 thru 4, S1/2NE1/4, and S1/2NW1/4. T. 17 N., R. 28 E., Sec. 22, W1/2NE1/4, NW1/4, and S1/2; Secs. 27, 28, 33, and 34. T. 18 N., R. 28 E., Sec. 28, W1/2NE1/4, W1/2, and W1/2SE1/4; Secs. 29 thru 32; Sec. 33, W1/2NE1/4, W1/2, and W1/2SE1/4.

    The area described for B-16 aggregates 9,088.77 acres in Churchill County.

    B-17 Bureau of Land Management T. 15 N., R. 33 E., partly unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 5; Sec. 6, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Sec. 7, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Secs. 8 thru 11; Sec. 12, except patented lands; Secs. 13 thru 17; Sec. 18, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Sec. 19, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Secs. 20 thru 28, 35, and 36. T. 16 N., R. 33 E., Sec. 1, that portion south of the southerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Sec. 2, that portion south of the southerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Sec. 3, that portion south of the southerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50, except patented lands; Sec. 4, that portion south of the southerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Sec. 5, that portion south of the southerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50 and east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Sec. 8, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Secs. 9 thru 16; Sec. 17, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Sec. 18, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Sec. 19, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Secs. 20 thru 29; Sec. 30, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Sec. 31, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Sec. 32, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Secs. 33 thru 36. T. 16 N., R. 331/2 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 1, that portion south of the southerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Secs. 12 and 13; Sec. 24, except patented lands; Secs. 25 and 36. T. 15 N., R. 34 E., partly unsurveyed, Sec. 4, lot 4 and W1/2SW1/4; Secs. 5 and 6; Sec. 7, except patented lands; Sec. 8; Sec. 9, W1/2NW1/4 and W1/2SW1/4; Sec. 16, W1/2NW1/4 and W1/2SW1/4; Sec. 17; Sec. 18 except patented lands; Secs. 19 and 20; Sec. 21, W1/2NW1/4 and NW1/4SW1/4; Secs. 29 thru 31. T. 16 N., R. 34 E., partly unsurveyed, Sec. 4, lots 4, 6, 7, 8, 13, 14, and SW1/4; Sec. 5, that portion south of the southerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Sec. 6, that portion south of the southerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Sec. 7, except patented lands; Sec. 8, except patented lands; Sec. 9, W1/2, except patented lands; Sec. 16, W1/2, except patented lands; Sec. 17, except patented lands; Sec. 18, except patented lands; Sec. 19, except patented lands; Sec. 20, except patented lands; Sec. 21, W1/2, except patented lands; Sec. 28, W1/2; Secs. 29 thru 32; Sec. 33, W1/2.

    The area described for B-17 aggregates 53,546.45 acres in Churchill County.

    Department of Navy Lands Not Withdrawn From the Public Domain T. 16 N., R. 33 E., Sec. 3, those portions of the S1/2SW1/4NW1/4 and SE1/4NW1/4, south of the southerly right-of-way for U.S. Highway 50.

    The area described for B-17 contains 25.42 acres in Churchill County.

    Non-Federally Owned Lands T. 15 N., R. 33 E., partly unsurveyed, A portion of M.S. No. 3914 (Gold Coin No. 1 Lode). T. 16 N., R. 331/2 E., unsurveyed, A portion of M.S. No. 3213 (Ivy No. 2 Lode). T. 15 N., R. 34 E., partly unsurveyed, A portion of M.S. No. 3914 (Bluff, Gold Coin, Gold Coin No. 1, Gold Coin No. 2, and Fraction Lodes). T. 16 N., R. 34 E., partly unsurveyed, M.S. No. 2657 (Ida M No. 1, Ida M No. 2, Ida M No. 3, Ida M No. 4, and Ida M No. 5 Lodes); M.S. No. 2664 (Boulder, Boulder No. 1, Florence No. 4, and Nappias Lodes); M.S. No. 2668 (Florence No. 3, Blue Bell, and Little Fellow Lodes); M.S. No. 2728 (Lena No. 3 Lode); M.S. No. 2730 (Boulder No. 2, Boulder No. 3, Fairview, Eagles Nest No. 3, and Eagles Nest No. 4 Lodes); M.S. No. 2731 (Arizona, Montana, Cyclone, Golden West, Lone Tree, Whirlwind, Zephyr, Little Lena, and Triangle Lodes); M.S. No. 2732 (Juniper, Washington, Dakota, and California Lodes); M.S. No. 2733 (Oregon, Idaho, and Colorado Lodes); M.S. No. 2745 (Detroit and Tiger Lodes); M.S. No. 2755 (Seymour Lode); M.S. No. 2762 (Lena No. 1 and Lena No. 2 Lodes); M.S. No. 2800 (Redrock, Denver Fraction, Crosscut No. 1, Paymaster No. 1, Crosscut Fraction, Bellweather No. 1, Crosscut, and Crosscut No. 2 Lodes); M.S. No. 3022 (Lena No. 4, Lena No. 5, Lena No. 6, and Borealis No. 2 Lodes); M.S. No. 3206 (Ohio and Ohio No. 1 Lodes); A portion of M.S. No. 3213 (Paymaster No. 4, Bellweather No.2, Bradshaw Fraction, Ivy, and Ivy No. 2 Lodes); M.S. No. 3219 (Atlanta Lode); M.S. No. 3277 (Lena Annex Lode); M.S. No. 3383 (Lookout No. 2, Lookout No. 3, Lookout No. 4, Lookout No. 9, Lookout No. 10, and Fairplay Lodes); M.S. No. 3430 (Boulder No. 6 Wedge Lode); A portion of M.S. No. 3630 (Kimberly No. 3 and Kimberly No. 4 Lodes); M.S. No. 3673 (Jackrabbit and Jackrabbit No. 1 Lodes); M.S. No. 3752 (Great Falls Lode); A portion of M.S. No. 3927 (Lookout No. 5, Lookout No. 6, Lookout No. 7, Lookout No. 11, and Silver Butte Lodes).

    The area described for B-17 aggregates 1,214.97 acres in Churchill County.

    B-19 Bureau of Land Management T. 15 N., R. 29 E., Secs. 1 thru 3; Sec. 4, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 95; Sec. 9, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 95; Secs. 10 thru 15; Sec. 16, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 95; Sec. 21, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 95; Secs. 22 thru 24. T. 15 N., R. 30 E., Secs. 1 thru 24. T. 16 N., R. 30 E., partly unsurveyed, Sec. 32, SE1/4; Sec. 33, S1/2; Sec. 34, S1/2; Sec. 35, S1/2. T. 15 N., R. 31 E., partly unsurveyed, Secs. 5 thru 8 and 17 thru 20.

    The area described for B-19 aggregates 29,012.14 acres in Churchill County.

    B-20 Bureau of Land Management T. 23 N., R. 32 E., Secs. 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, and 30. T. 24 N., R. 32 E., Secs. 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, and 36. T. 23 N., R. 33 E., Secs. 6 and 8; Sec. 17, SE1/4; Sec. 18; Sec. 19, lots 3 and 4, E1/2SW1/4, and SE1/4; Secs. 20 and 29. T. 24 N., R. 33 E., Secs. 20, 30, and 32;

    The area described for B-20 aggregates 20,948.44 acres in Churchill County.

    Department of Defense Lands Not Withdrawn From the Public Domain T. 23 N., R. 32 E., Secs. 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, and 29. T. 24 N., R. 32 E., Secs. 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, and 35. T. 23 N., R. 33 E., Secs. 5 and 7; Sec. 17, N1/2 and SW1/4; Sec. 19, N1/2. T. 24 N., R. 33 E., Secs. 19, 29, and 31.

    The area described for B-20 aggregates 19,429.35 acres in Churchill County.

    Bureau of Reclamation T. 23 N., R. 33 E., Sec. 30.

    The area described for B-20 contains 627.96 acres in Churchill County.

    Shoal Site Bureau of Land Management T. 15 N., R. 32 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 3, that portion included in PLO 2771 and PLO 2834, “Shoal Site”; Sec. 4; Sec. 5, that portion included in PLO 2771 and PLO 2834, “Shoal Site” Sec. 8, that portion included in PLO 2771 and PLO 2834, “Shoal Site”; Sec. 9, that portion included in PLO 2771 and PLO 2834, “Shoal Site”; Sec. 10, that portion included in PLO 2771 and PLO 2834, “Shoal Site”. T. 16 N., R. 32 E., Secs. 33 and 34.

    The area described for Shoal Site aggregates 2,560.90 acres in Churchill County.

    Dixie Valley Training Area Bureau of Land Management T. 16 N., R. 33 E., Sec. 1, that portion north of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Sec. 2, that portion north of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Sec. 3, that portion north of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50, except patented lands; Sec. 4, that portion north of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Sec. 5, that portion north of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50. T. 17 N., R. 33 E., Secs. 1 thru 5, 8 thru 17, 20 thru 29, and 32 thru 36. T. 18 N., R. 33 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 9, E1/2; Sec. 10, that portion south of Elevenmile Canyon Wash; Sec. 13, that portion south of Elevenmile Canyon Wash; Sec. 14, that portion south of Elevenmile Canyon Wash; Sec. 15; Sec. 16, E1/2; Secs. 21 thru 28; Sec. 29, E1/2; Secs. 32 thru 36. T. 16 N., R. 331/2 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 1, that portion north of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50. T. 17 N., R. 331/2 E. T. 18 N., R. 331/2 E., Sec. 13, that portion south of Elevenmile Canyon Wash; Sec. 24, that portion south of Elevenmile Canyon Wash; Secs. 25 and 36. T. 16 N., R. 34 E., partly unsurveyed, Sec. 4, lots 3 and 5; Sec. 5, that portion north of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Sec. 6, that portion north of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50. T. 17 N., R. 34 E., Sec. 3, lots 3 and 4, S1/2NW1/4, and SW1/4; Secs. 4 thru 9; Sec. 10, W1/2; Sec. 15, W1/2; Secs. 16 thru 21; Sec. 22, W1/2; Sec. 27, W1/2; Secs. 28 thru 33; Sec. 34, W1/2. T. 18 N., R. 34 E., Sec. 3; Sec. 4, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Sec. 9, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Secs. 10 and 15; Sec. 16, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Sec. 19, that portion south of Elevenmile Canyon Wash; Sec. 20, that portion south of Elevenmile Canyon Wash; Sec. 21, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121 and that portion south of Elevenmile Canyon Wash; Sec. 22; Secs. 27 thru 34. T. 19 N., R. 34 E., Sec. 3; Sec. 4, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Sec. 9, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Secs. 10 and 15; Sec. 16, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Sec. 21, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Secs. 22 and 27; Sec. 28, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Sec. 33, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Sec. 34. T. 20 N., R. 34 E., partly unsurveyed, Sec. 2, lots 2 thru 4, SW1/4NE1/4, S1/2NW1/4, SW1/4, and W1/2SE1/4; Sec. 3, lot 1, SE1/4NE1/4, and E1/2SE1/4; Sec. 10, E1/2NE1/4 and E1/2SE1/4; Sec. 11, W1/2NE1/4, W1/2SE1/4, and W1/2; Sec. 26, W1/2NE1/4, W1/2SE1/4, and W1/2; Sec. 27; Sec. 28, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Sec. 33, that portion east of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Sec. 34. T. 21 N., R. 34 E., Sec. 25, lots 1 and 2, W1/2NE1/4, and NW1/4. T. 21 N., R. 35 E., Sec. 17, W1/2, except patented lands; Sec. 18, lots 5 thru 11 and E1/2SE1/4SE1/4NE1/4.

    The area described for Dixie Valley Training Area aggregates 68,804.44 acres in Churchill County.

    Department of Defense Lands Not Withdrawn from the Public Domain T. 16 N., R. 33 E., Sec. 3, those portions of the S1/2SW1/4NW1/4 and SE1/4NW1/4 north of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50.

    The area described for Dixie Valley Training Area contains 28.10 acres in Churchill County.

    Expansion request. In accordance with the Engle Act, (43 U.S.C. 155-158), the DON has filed an application requesting withdrawal and reservation of additional Federal lands for military training exercises involving the NAS Fallon at Fallon, Churchill County, Nevada (the “expansion area”). The DON requests that the land be withdrawn from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining laws, the mineral leasing laws, and the geothermal leasing laws, subject to valid existing rights, and reserved for use of the DON for testing and training involving air-to-ground weapons delivery, tactical maneuvering, use of electromagnetic spectrum, land warfare maneuver, and air support, as well as other defense-related purposes consistent with these purposes. Pursuant to the Act, the FRTC Dixie Valley Training Area (DVTA) is currently withdrawn from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining and geothermal leasing laws, but not the mineral leasing laws. The DON application also seeks to withdraw the DVTA acres from the mineral leasing laws, subject to valid existing rights. The expansion area consists of the lands and interests in lands described below and adjacent to the exterior boundaries of the NAS FRTC, located in Churchill, Lyon, Mineral, Nye, and Pershing Counties, Nevada.

    The areas B-16, B-17, B-20, and the Dixie Valley Training Area aggregate 678,671 acres. Portions of these lands are unsurveyed and the acres obtained from protraction diagram information or calculated using Geographic Information System.

    Mount Diablo Meridian, Nevada B-16 Bureau of Land Management T. 16 N., R. 26 E., Sec. 1, lots 1 thru 4; Sec. 2, lots 1 and 2. T. 17 N., R. 26 E., partly unsurveyed, Secs. 1, 2, and 11 thru 13; Sec. 14, E1/2; Sec. 23, E1/2; Secs. 24 and 25; Sec. 26, E1/2; Sec. 35, E1/2; Sec. 36. T. 18 N., R. 26 E., Sec. 35, S1/2; Sec. 36. T. 16 N., R. 27 E., Sec. 1, lots 1 thru 5, SW1/4NE1/4, S1/2NW1/4, N1/2SW1/4, and SW1/4SW1/4; Secs. 2 and 3; Sec. 4, lots 1 thru 4, S1/2NE1/4, S1/2NW1/4, N1/2SW1/4, and N1/2SE1/4; Sec. 5, lots 1 thru 4, S1/2NE1/4, S1/2NW1/4, SW1/4, and N1/2SE1/4; Sec. 6, lots 1 thru 5, S1/2NE1/4, NE1/4SE1/4, and E1/2SE1/4SE1/4. T. 17 N., R. 27 E., partly unsurveyed, Secs. 4 thru 10; Sec. 11, W1/2; Sec. 14, W1/2; Secs. 15 thru 22 and 27 thru 34. T. 18 N., R. 27 E., Secs. 27 thru 34; Sec. 35, W1/2. T. 16 N., R. 28 E., partly unsurveyed, Sec. 5, lots 1 thru 4, S1/2NE1/4, and S1/2NW1/4; Sec. 6, lots 1 thru 5, SE1/4NW1/4, and S1/2NE1/4.

    The area described for B-16 aggregates 32,201.17 acres in Churchill and Lyon Counties.

    B-17 Bureau of Land Management T. 13 N., R. 32 E., Sec. 1, except patented lands. T. 14 N., R. 32 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 3, 10 thru 15, 22 thru 26, 35, and 36. T. 15 N., R. 32 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 25, 26, 35, and 36. T. 12 N., R. 33 E., Secs. 1 thru 8; Sec. 9, N1/2, N1/2SW1/4, SW1/4SW1/4, N1/2SE1/4, and SE1/4SE1/4; Secs. 10 thru 15; Sec. 16, W1/2SW1/4; Secs. 17, 18, and 20 thru 24. Tps. 13 and 14 N., R. 33 E., unsurveyed. T. 15 N., R. 33 E., partly unsurveyed, Sec. 6, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Sec. 7, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Sec. 18, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Sec. 19, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Secs. 29 thru 34. T. 12 N., R. 34 E., Secs. 2 thru 5; Sec. 6, lots 1 and 3 thru 7, SE1/4NE1/4, SE1/4NW1/4, E1/2SW1/4, and S1/2SE1/4; Sec. 7, lots 1, 2, and 4, E1/2, E1/2NW1/4, and SE1/4SW1/4; Secs. 8 thru 10 and 16 thru 18. Tps. 13 and 14 N., R. 34 E., unsurveyed. T. 15 N., R. 34 E., partly unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 3; Sec. 4, lots 1 thru 3, E1/2SW1/4, and SE1/4; Sec. 9, E1/2, E1/2NW1/4, and E1/2SW1/4; Secs. 10 thru 15; Sec. 16, E1/2, E1/2NW1/4, and E1/2SW1/4; Sec. 21, E1/2, E1/2NW1/4, E1/2SW1/4, and SW1/4SW1/4; Secs. 22 thru 28 and 32 thru 36. T. 16 N., R. 34 E., partly unsurveyed, Sec. 15, lots 1 and 2, N1/2, SE1/4, and E1/2SW1/4; Sec. 16, lots 1 thru 8 and 13, NE1/4NE1/4, and SW1/4SE1/4; Sec. 21, lot 1, E1/2NE1/4, SW1/4NE1/4, and SE1/4; Secs. 22 thru 23 and 25 thru 27; Sec. 28, E1/2; Sec. 33, E1/2; Secs. 34 thru 36. T. 13 N., R. 35 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 4, W1/2; Secs. 5 thru 8; Sec. 9, NW1/4; Secs. 17 thru 20 and 30. T. 14 N., R. 35 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 4, W1/2; Secs. 5 thru 8; Sec. 9, that portion west of the westerly right-of-way boundary for State Route 361; Sec. 16, that portion west of the westerly right-of-way boundary for State Route 361; Secs. 17 thru 20; Sec. 21, that portion west of the westerly right-of-way boundary for State Route 361; Sec. 28, W1/2NE1/4, W1/2, and W1/2SE1/4; Secs. 29 thru 32; Sec. 33, W1/2NE1/4, W1/2, and W1/2SE1/4. T. 15 N., R. 35 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 6 thru 8 and 17 thru 20; Sec. 28, W1/2; Secs. 29 thru 32; Sec. 33, W1/2. T. 16 N., R. 35 E., Sec. 31.

    The area described for B-17 aggregates 176,977.16 acres in Churchill, Nye, and Mineral Counties.

    Non-Federally Owned Lands T. 13 N., R. 32 E., partly unsurveyed,

    A portion of M.S. No. 4773 (Viking's Daughter, Turtle, Tungsten, and Don).

    T. 12 N., R. 33 E., Sec. 9, SE1/4SW1/4 and SW1/4SE1/4; Sec. 16, N1/2, E1/2SW1/4, and SE1/4. T. 12 N., R. 34 E., Sec. 6, lot 2, SW1/4NE1/4, and N1/2SE1/4; Sec. 7, lot 3 and NE1/4SW1/4. T. 16 N., R. 34 E., partly unsurveyed, A portion of M.S. No. 4184 (Eva B, Eva B No. 2, Argel No. 1, Argel No. 2, Argel No. 3, and Prince Albert Lodes); A portion of M.S. No. 3927 (Lookout No. 11 Lode).

    The area described for B-17 aggregates 1,036.37 acres in Churchill, Nye, and Mineral Counties.

    B-20 Bureau of Land Management T. 24 N., R. 31 E., Secs. 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 28, and 30. T. 25 N., R. 31 E., Secs. 34 and 36. T. 24 N., R. 32 E., Secs. 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, and 18. T. 25 N., R. 32 E., Secs. 10, 12, and 14; Sec. 15, SE1/4NE1/4, NE1/4SE1/4, and SE1/4SE1/4; Secs. 16, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 32, 34, and 36. T. 22 N., R. 33 E., Secs. 4, 5, and 8. T. 23 N., R. 33 E., Secs. 2, 4, 10, 11, 14 thru 16, 21, 22, 27, 28, and 32 thru 34. T. 24 N., R. 33 E., Secs. 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 22, 24, 26, 28, 34, and 36. T. 25 N., R. 33 E., Secs. 6, 8, 16, 18, 20, 22, 26, 28, 30, 32, and 34.

    The area described for B-20 aggregates 49,986.79 acres in Churchill and Pershing Counties.

    Bureau of Reclamation T. 22 N., R. 30 E., Secs. 12 and 24. T. 23 N., R. 30 E., Secs. 25, 35, and 36. T. 22 N., R. 31 E., Secs. 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32 thru 34, and 36. T. 23 N., R. 31 E., Secs. 1 thru 4; Sec. 5, S1/2; Secs. 6 thru 36. T. 24 N., R. 31 E., Secs. 24, 26, 32, 34, and 36. T. 22 N., R. 32 E., Secs. 1, 2, 4, 6, and 8; Sec. 9, E1/2; Secs. 10 thru 16, 18, and 20 thru 36. T. 23 N., R. 32 E., Secs. 32 and 34 thru 36. T. 22 N., R. 33 E., Secs. 6, 7, and 18. T. 23 N., R. 33 E., Sec. 31.

    The area described for B-20 aggregates 65,375.88 acres in Churchill County.

    Fish and Wildlife Service T. 22 N., R. 30 E., Secs. 2, 10, 14, 22, and 26.

    The area described for B-20 contains 3,201.00 acres in Churchill County.

    Non-Federally Owned Lands T. 22 N., R. 30 E., Secs. 1, 11, 13, 15, 23, and 25. T. 22 N., R. 31 E., Secs. 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, and 35. T. 23 N., R. 31 E., Sec. 5, lots 1 thru 4, S1/2NE1/4, and S1/2NW1/4. T. 24 N., R. 31 E., Secs. 1, 3, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, and 35. T. 25 N., R. 31 E., Sec. 35. T. 22 N., R. 32 E., Secs. 3, 5, and 7; Sec. 9, W1/2; Secs. 17 and 19. T. 23 N., R. 32 E., Secs. 31 and 33. T. 24 N., R. 32 E., Secs. 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, and 17. T. 25 N., R. 32 E., Secs. 1, 11, and 13; Sec. 15, N1/2NE1/4, SW1/4NE1/4, W1/2, and W1/2SE1/4; Secs. 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, and 35. T. 23 N., R. 33 E., Secs. 3 and 9. T. 24 N., R. 33 E., Secs. 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 21, 23, 25, 27, 33, and 35. T. 25 N., R. 33 E Secs. 5, 7, 15, 17, 19, 21, 27, 29, 31, 33, and 35.

    The area described for B-20 contains 61,764.88 acres in Churchill and Pershing Counties.

    Dixie Valley Training Area Bureau of Land Management T. 13 N., R. 32 E., Sec. 2; Sec. 3, lots 1 thru 4, S1/2NE1/4, S1/2NW1/4, and SE1/4; Sec. 4, lots 1 and 2 and S1/2NE1/4; Sec. 11; Sec. 12, except patented lands; Secs. 13 and 24. T. 14 N., R. 32 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 4, 5, 8, 9, and 16; Sec. 21, E1/2; Sec. 27; Sec. 28, E1/2; Sec. 33, E1/2; Sec. 34. T. 15 N., R. 32 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 and 2; Sec. 3, except lands withdrawn under PLO 2771 and PLO 2834, “Shoal Site”; Sec. 5, except lands withdrawn under PLO 2771 and PLO 2834, “Shoal Site”; Sec. 8, except lands withdrawn under PLO 2771 and PLO 2834, “Shoal Site”; Sec. 9, except lands withdrawn under PLO 2771 and PLO 2834, “Shoal Site”; Sec. 10, except lands withdrawn under PLO 2771 and PLO 2834, “Shoal Site”; Secs. 11 thru 17, 20 thru 24, 27 thru 29, and 32 thru 34. T. 16 N., R. 32 E., Secs. 13 and 14, 23 thru 26, 35, and 36. T. 17 N., R. 32 E., partly unsurveyed, Sec. 1, E1/2; Sec. 12, E1/2. T. 18 N., R. 32 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1, 12, 13, 24, 25, and 36. T. 19 N., R. 32 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 24, 25, and 36. T. 16 N., R. 33 E., Sec. 1, that portion north of the southerly right-of-way boundary and south of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Sec. 2, that portion north of the southerly right-of-way boundary and south of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Sec. 3, that portion north of the southerly right-of-way boundary and south of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50, except patented lands; Sec. 4, that portion north of the southerly right-of-way boundary and south of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Sec. 5, that portion north of the southerly right-of-way boundary and south of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Sec. 17, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Sec. 18, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Sec. 19, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Sec. 30, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Sec. 31, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839; Sec. 32, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 839. T. 17 N., R. 33 E., Secs. 6 and 7. T. 18 N., R. 33 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1, 2, and 4 thru 8; Sec. 9, W1/2; Sec. 10, that portion north of Elevenmile Canyon Wash; Secs. 11 and 12; Sec. 13, that portion north of Elevenmile Canyon Wash; Sec. 14, that portion north of Elevenmile Canyon Wash; Sec. 16, W1/2; Secs. 17 thru 20; Sec. 29, W1/2; Secs. 30 and 31. T. 19 N., R. 33 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 19; Sec. 20, SW1/4; Sec. 28, W1/2; Secs. 29 thru 33 and 36. T. 20 N., R. 33 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 1, N1/2 and SW1/4; Secs. 2 thru 6; Sec. 9, NE1/4; Sec. 10, N1/2, Sec. 11, NW1/4. T. 21 N., R. 33 E., Secs. 1 thru 3; Sec. 9, E1/2; Secs. 10 thru 16; Sec. 20, E1/2; Secs. 21 and 22; Sec. 23, except patented lands; Sec. 24, except patented lands; Secs. 25 thru 29; Sec. 31, E1/2; Secs. 32 thru 36. T. 16 N., 33 1/2 E., Sec. 1, that portion north of the southerly right-of-way boundary and south of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; T. 18 N., R. 33 1/2 E., Secs. 1 and 12; Sec. 13, that portion north of Elevenmile Canyon Wash; Sec. 24, that portion north of Elevenmile Canyon Wash. T. 19 N., R. 33 1/2 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 24, 25, and 36. T. 20 N., R. 33 1/2 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 1, N1/2. T. 16 N., R. 34 E., partly unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 3; Sec. 4, lots 1, 2, and 9 thru 12, and SE1/4; Sec. 5, that portion north of the southerly right-of-way boundary and south of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Sec. 6, that portion north of the southerly right-of-way boundary and south of the northerly right-of-way boundary for U.S. Highway 50; Sec. 9, lots 2 and 6, NE1/4, and E1/2SE1/4; Secs. 10 thru 14 and 24. T. 17 N., R. 34 E., Secs. 1 and 2; Sec. 3, lots 1 and 2, S1/2NE1/4, and SE1/4; Sec. 10, E1/2; Secs. 11 thru 13; Sec. 14, lots 1 thru 4, N1/2, N1/2SW1/4, and E1/2SE1/4; Sec. 15, E1/2; Sec. 22, E1/2; Sec. 23, lots 1 thru 3, E1/2NE1/4, SW1/4NE1/4, S1/2NW1/4, and S1/2; Secs. 24 thru 26; Sec. 27, E1/2; Sec. 34, E1/2; Secs. 35 and 36. T. 18 N., R. 34 E., Secs. 1 and 2; Sec. 4, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Secs. 5 thru 8; Sec. 9, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Secs. 11 thru 14; Sec. 16, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Secs. 17 and 18; Sec. 19, that portion north of Elevenmile Canyon Wash; Sec. 20, that portion north of Elevenmile Canyon Wash; Sec. 21, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121 and north of Elevenmile Canyon Wash; Secs. 23 thru 26, 35, and 36. T. 19 N., R. 34 E., Secs. 1 and 2; Sec. 4, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Secs. 5 thru 8; Sec. 9, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Secs. 11 thru 14; Sec. 16, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Secs. 17 thru 20; Sec. 21, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Secs. 23 and 24; Sec. 25, lots 1 thru 9, N1/2NE1/4, SW1/4NE1/4, NW1/4, and NW1/4SE1/4; Sec. 26, lots 1 thru 5, N1/2NE1/4, SE1/4NE1/4, and W1/2; Sec. 28, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Secs. 29 thru 32; Sec. 33, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Sec. 35, lot 1, W1/2NE1/4, SE1/4NE1/4, W1/2, and SE1/4; Sec. 36, lots 1 thru 11, SW1/4NE1/4, S1/2NW1/4, and SW1/4. T. 20 N., R. 34 E., partly unsurveyed, Sec. 1; Sec. 2, lot 1, SE1/4NE1/4, and E1/2SE1/4; Sec. 3, lots 2 thru 4, SW1/4NE1/4, S1/2NW1/4, SW1/4, and W1/2SE1/4; Secs. 4 and 5; Sec. 6, N1/2; Secs. 8 and 9; Sec. 10, W1/2NE1/4, W1/2, and W1/2SE1/4; Sec. 11, E1/2NE1/4 and E1/2SE1/4; Secs. 12 and 13; Sec. 14, E1/2NE1/4 and E1/2SE1/4; Sec. 15, W1/2NE1/4, W1/2, and W1/2SE1/4; Secs. 16, 17, 20, and 21; Sec. 22, W1/2NE1/4, W1/2, and W1/2SE1/4; Sec. 23, E1/2NE1/4 and E1/2SE1/4; Secs. 24 and 25; Sec. 26, E1/2NE1/4 and E1/2SE1/4; Sec. 28, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Secs. 29 thru 32; Sec. 33, that portion west of the easterly right-of-way boundary for State Route 121; Secs. 35 and 36. T. 21 N., R. 34 E., Sec. 1, lots 1 thru 7, SW1/4NE1/4, S1/2NW1/4, and W1/2SE1/4; Secs. 2 thru 18 Sec. 19, except patented lands; Secs. 20 thru 23 and 26; Sec. 27, N1/2, N1/2SW1/4, SW1/4SW1/4, N1/2SE1/4SW1/4, W1/2SW1/4SE1/4SW1/4, SE1/4SW1/4SE1/4SW1/4, SE1/4SE1/4SW1/4, and SE1/4; Secs. 28 thru 33; Sec. 34, W1/2. T. 22 N., R. 34 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 34, 35, and 36. T. 15 N., R. 35 E., unsurveyed, Sec. 5. T. 16 N., R. 35 E., Secs. 5 thru 8, 17 thru 20, 29, 30, and 32. T. 17 N., R. 35 E., Secs. 2 thru 10; Sec. 11, W1/2; Sec. 15, N1/2; Secs. 16 thru 20; Sec. 21, N1/2 and SW1/4; Secs. 29 thru 32. T. 18 N., R. 35 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 1 thru 3; Sec. 4, except patented lands; Sec. 5, except patented lands; Sec. 6, except patented lands; Sec. 7; Sec. 8, except patented lands; Sec. 9, except patented lands; Secs. 10 thru 24 and 26 thru 35. T. 19 N., R. 35 E., Sec. 2; Sec. 3, lots 1 thru 4, S1/2NE1/4, S1/2NW1/4, SW1/4, N1/2SE1/4, NE1/4SW1/4SE1/4, N1/2NW1/4SW1/4SE1/4, E1/2SE1/4SE1/4, NW1/4SE1/4SE1/4, N1/2SW1/4SE1/4SE1/4, and SE1/4SW1/4SE1/4SE1/4; Secs. 4 thru 9; Sec. 10, S1/2SW1/4NE1/4NE1/4, S1/2SE1/4NE1/4NE1/4, S1/2NE1/4NW1/4NE1/4, S1/2NW1/4NW1/4NE1/4, S1/2NW1/4NE1/4, S1/2NE1/4, W1/2, and SE1/4; Sec. 11, NE1/4, E1/2SE1/4NE1/4NW1/4, NW1/4NW1/4NW1/4, S1/2SW1/4NW1/4NW1/4, S1/2SE1/4NW1/4NW1/4, SW1/4NW1/4, NE1/4NE1/4SW1/4, SE1/4NW1/4NE1/4SW1/4, N1/2SE1/4NE1/4SW1/4, SE1/4SE1/4NE1/4SW1/4, W1/2SW1/4, S1/2NE1/4SE1/4SW1/4, S1/2NW1/4SE1/4SW1/4, S1/2SE1/4SW1/4, N1/2NE1/4SE1/4, N1/2SW1/4NE1/4SE1/4, N1/2SE1/4NE1/4SE1/4, N1/2NW1/4SE1/4, W1/2SW1/4NW1/4SE1/4, N1/2SE1/4NW1/4SE1/4, S1/2SW1/4SE1/4, and S1/2SE1/4SE1/4; Secs. 14 thru 29; Sec. 30, lots 1 thru 6, E1/2, and E1/2NW1/4; Sec. 31, lots 1 thru 7, NE1/4, E1/2SW1/4, N1/2SE1/4, and SW1/4SE1/4; Sec. 32, lots 1 thru 8, NW1/4, and N1/2SW1/4; Sec. 33, lots 1 thru 9, E1/2NE1/4, and SE1/4; Secs. 34 thru 36. T. 20 N., R. 35 E., unsurveyed, Secs. 3 thru 10, 15 thru 22, and 26 thru 35. T. 21 N., R. 35 E., Secs. 1 thru 3; Sec. 4, lots 3 thru 8 and S1/2NW1/4; Sec. 5, lots 1 thru 4, S1/2NE1/4, and S1/2NW1/4; Secs. 6 and 7; Sec. 10, N1/2; Sec. 11, W1/2; Secs. 12 and 13; Sec. 14, NE1/4 and S1/2; Sec. 15, S1/2NE1/4, S1/2NW1/4, and SE1/4; Sec. 16, SE1/4; Sec. 17, W1/2; Sec. 19, lots 5 thru 15; Sec. 20, W1/2 and SE1/4SE1/4; Sec. 21, E1/2 and SW1/4; Sec. 22, E1/2 and SW1/4; Secs. 23 and 24; Sec. 25, lots 3 thru 6 and 11 thru 14; Secs. 26 thru 35; Sec. 36, lots 3 thru 6 and 9 thru 12. T. 22 N., R. 35 E., Secs. 31 thru 36. T. 19 N., R. 36 E., Sec. 19, lots 1 thru 4, E1/2NW1/4, and E1/2SW1/4; Sec. 30, lots 1 thru 3, NE1/4, E1/2NW1/4, NE1/4SW1/4, N1/2SE1/4, and SE1/4SE1/4; Sec. 31, lot 4, E1/2, and E1/2SW1/4. T. 21 N., R. 36 E., Secs. 2 thru 9 and 16 thru 20. T. 22 N., R. 36 E., Secs. 31 thru 35.

    The area described for Dixie Valley Training Area aggregates 277,046.69 acres in Churchill and Mineral Counties.

    Department of Navy Lands Not Withdrawn From the Public Domain T. 20 N., R. 34 E., Sec. 14, W1/2NE1/4, W1/2, and W1/2SE1/4; Sec. 15, E1/2NE1/4 and E1/2SE1/4; Sec. 22, E1/2NE1/4 and E1/2SE1/4; Sec. 23, W1/2NE1/4, W1/2, and W1/2SE1/4. T. 21 N., R. 34 E., Sec. 1, SW1/4; Sec. 24; Sec. 25, lots 3 and 4, SW1/4, and W1/2SE1/4; Sec. 34, E1/2; Secs. 35 and 36. T. 19 N., R. 35 E., Sec. 3, S1/2NW1/4SW1/4SE1/4, S1/2SW1/4SE1/4, and SW1/4SW1/4SE1/4SE1/4; Sec. 10, N1/2NE1/4NE1/4, N1/2SW1/4NE1/4NE1/4, N1/2SE1/4NE1/4NE1/4, N1/2NE1/4NW1/4NE1/4, and N1/2NW1/4NW1/4NE1/4; Sec. 11, N1/2NE1/4NW1/4, SW1/4NE1/4NW1/4, W1/2SE1/4NE1/4NW1/4, NE1/4NW1/4NW1/4, N1/2SW1/4NW1/4NW1/4, N1/2SE1/4NW1/4NW1/4, SE1/4NW1/4, N1/2NW1/4NE1/4SW1/4, SW1/4NW1/4NE1/4SW1/4, SW1/4NE1/4SW1/4, SW1/4SE1/4NE1/4SW1/4, N1/2NE1/4SE1/4SW1/4, N1/2NW1/4SE1/4SW1/4, S1/2SW1/4NE1/4SE1/4, S1/2SE1/4NE1/4SE1/4, E1/2SW1/4NW1/4SE1/4, S1/2SE1/4NW1/4SE1/4, N1/2SW1/4SE1/4, N1/2SE1/4SE1/4, and SW1/4SE1/4NE1/4SW1/4. T. 21 N., R. 35 E., Sec. 4, W1/2SW1/4, SE1/4SW1/4, and SE1/4; Sec. 5, S1/2; Sec. 8, N1/2, NW1/4SW1/4, and SE1/4; Sec. 9, N1/2, SW1/4, N1/2NE1/4SE1/4, N1/2NW1/4SE1/4, SW1/4NW1/4SE1/4, W1/2SE1/4NW1/4SE1/4, W1/2NE1/4SW1/4SE1/4, SE1/4NE1/4SW1/4SE1/4, W1/2SW1/4SE1/4, SE1/4SW1/4SE1/4, S1/2NE1/4SE1/4SE1/4, S1/2NW1/4SE1/4SE1/4, and S1/2SE1/4SE1/4; Sec. 10, S1/2; Sec. 14, NW1/4; Sec. 15, N1/2NE1/4, N1/2NW1/4, and SW1/4; Sec. 16, N1/2 and SW1/4; Sec. 17, E1/2; Sec. 18, lots 1 thru 4, E1/2NW1/4, E1/2SW1/4, W1/2SE1/4, and NE1/4SE1/4 except Parcel 1 of Logan Turley Parcel Map, filed in the office of the County Recorder of Churchill County of July 9, 1979, under filing number 165908; Sec. 19, lots 1 and 2, NW1/4NE1/4, and E1/2NW1/4; Sec. 20, NE1/4, N1/2SE1/4, and SW1/4SE1/4; Sec. 21, NW1/4; Sec. 22, NW1/4.

    The area described for Dixie Valley Training Area aggregates 8,722.47 acres in Churchill, and Mineral Counties.

    Non-Federally Owned Lands T. 13 N., R. 32 E., A portion of M.S. No. 4773A (Don and Tungsten No. 1 Lodes). T. 16 N., R. 33 E., Sec. 3, the right-of-way for U.S. Highway 50, as described in deed recorded July 27, 1934, Book 20, Deed Records, page 353, Doc. No. 48379 of Churchill County, NV. T. 21 N., R. 33 E., M.S. No. 1877 (IXL, 1st Ext. IXL, Black Prince, 1st Ext. Black Prince, Twin Sister, and Twin Sister No. 2 Lodes); M.S. No. 1936 A (Bonanza); M.S. No. 1937 (Spring Mine). T. 16 N., R. 34 E., A portion of M.S. No. 3630 (Kimberly No. 3 and Kimberly No. 4 Lodes). T. 17 N., R. 34 E., M.S. No. 4180 (Copper King, Central and Horn Silver Lodes). T. 19 N., R. 34 E., M.S. No. 3064 (Spider, Wasp, Tony Pah, Long Nel, and Last Chance Lodes); A portion of M.S. No. 3122 (Great Eastern No. 1, Great Eastern No. 3, and Great Eastern No. 4 Lodes); A portion of M.S. No. 3398 (Nevadan, Little Witch, Silver Tip, Valley View, and Panhandle Lodes); M.S. No. 3424 (Bumblebee, Grey Horse, Grey Horse No. 2, Grey Horse No. 1, Triangle Fraction, and Kingstone Lodes); M.S. No. 3885 (Last Chord, King Midas, King Midas No. 1, King Midas No. 2, and King Midas No. 3 Lodes). T. 21 N., R. 34 E., Sec. 27, NE1/4SW1/4SE1/4SW1/4 (Dixie Cemetery). T. 18 N., R. 35 E., unsurveyed, M.S. No. 2954 (Blue Jay Lode); M.S. No. 3070 (Mars Lode); M.S. No. 3071 (Scorpion Lode); M.S. No. 3072 (B. and S. Lode); M.S. No. 3078 (Nevada Wonder Lode); M.S. No. 3079 (Ruby No. 1 Lode); M.S. No. 3123 (Last Chance Lode); M.S. No. 3124 (Last Chance No. 1 Lode); M.S. No. 3325 (Nevada Wonder No. 2 Lode); M.S. No. 3326 (Last Chance No. 2 Lode); M.S. No. 3327 (Nevada Wonder No. 1, Ruby, and Ruby No. 2 Lodes); M.S. No. 3416 (Starr Lode); M.S. No. 3417 (Moss Fraction Lode); A portion of M.S. No. 3671 (Gold Dawn No. 1, Gold Dawn No. 2, Gold Dawn No. 3, and Gold Dawn No. 6 Lodes); A portion of M.S. No. 3750 (Hercules, Jackrabbit, Hilltop, and Hercules No. 2 Lodes); M.S. No. 4225 (Nevada Wonder No. 3 Lode); M.S. No. 4226 (Hidden Treasure, Hidden Treasure No. 1, and Hidden Treasure No. 2 Lodes); M.S. No. 4227 (North Star, Rose No. 1, Twilight No. 2, and Twilight No. 3 Lodes); Wonder Townsite, (Patent No. 214499, July 3, 1911); Wonder Townsite, Blocks 31 and 42. T. 19 N., R. 35 E., M.S. No. 2826 (Jackpot and Grand View Lodes); A portion of M.S. No. 3122 (Great Eastern, Great Eastern No. 1, Great Eastern No. 3, Great Eastern No. 4, and Great Eastern Fraction Lodes); A portion of M.S. No. 3398 (Little Witch, Silver Tip, Valley View, Pan Handle, and Yellow Jacket Lodes); M.S. No. 3671 (Gold Dawn No. 1, Gold Dawn No. 2, and Gold Dawn No. 3 Lodes); M.S. No. 3732 (Gold Bar No. 4, New York No. 2, and Blister Foot Lodes); A portion of M.S. No. 3750 (Hilltop Fraction, Hercules, Hercules No. 2, Hercules No. 3, Hilltop, Jackrabbit, Worm, Beauty, Lizard No. 1, and Grand View Fraction Lodes); M.S. No. 3786 (Queen, Queen No. 1, Queen No. 4, Queen No. 5, Queen No. 7, Queen No. 8, Queen No. 9, Queen No. 10, Queen No. 11, Queen Bee, and Great Bend Lodes). T. 21 N., R. 35 E., Sec. 4, NE1/4SW1/4; Sec. 8, E1/2SW1/4 and SW1/4SW1/4; Sec. 9, S1/2NE1/4SE1/4, E1/2SE1/4NW1/4SE1/4, NE1/4NE1/4SW1/4SE1/4, N1/2NE1/4SE1/4SE1/4, and N1/2NW1/4SE1/4SE1/4; Sec. 11, E1/2; Sec. 18, a portion of NE1/4SE1/4 being Parcel 1 of Logan Turley Parcel Map, filed in the office of the County Recorder of Churchill County of July 9, 1979, under filing number 165908. T. 19 N., R. 36 E., Sec. 30, lot 4, SE1/4SW1/4, and SW1/4SE1/4; Sec. 31, lots 1 thru 3 and E1/2NW1/4.

    The area described for Dixie Valley Training Area aggregates 2,351.80 acres in Churchill and Mineral Counties.

    In the event any non-federally owned lands within the requested withdrawal area return or pass to Federal ownership in the future, they would be subject to the terms and conditions described above.

    The purpose of the requested withdrawal extension and expansion at NAS FRTC is to withdraw and reserve the lands for use by the DON for testing and training involving air-to-ground weapons delivery, tactical maneuvering, use of electromagnetic spectrum, land warfare maneuver, and air support, as well as other defense-related purposes consistent with these purposes. National defense requirements are rapidly evolving in response to new and emerging worldwide threat conditions. The Department of Defense has responded to these new and emerging threats with advances in combat platform and weapon technologies, in an effort to maintain a competitive edge in combat operations abroad. The evolution of modern combat systems has placed an increased demand on tactical training ranges to meet combat pre-deployment training requirements. All deploying naval strike aviation units train at the FRTC prior to deployment. Many deploying Naval Special Warfare units also train at FRTC. The introduction of modern and advanced weapons systems already exceeds the DON's ability to train realistically at the FRTC while maintaining public safety. According to the DON, Training protocols are severely limited due to a lack of adequate training space at the FRTC. These limitations diminish the DON's ability to train to realistic deployment methods of existing weapons systems. The DON indicates that extension and expansion of the withdrawn and reserved Federal lands at Fallon are essential to provide a realistic tactical training at the FRTC while continuing to provide for public safety.

    Copies of the legal descriptions and the maps depicting the lands that are the subject of the DON's applications are available for public inspection at the following offices:

    State Director, BLM Nevada State Office, 1430 Financial Blvd., Reno, Nevada 89502 District Manager, BLM Carson City District Office, 5665 Morgan Mill Road, Carson City, Nevada 89701

    For a period until December 1, 2016 all persons who wish to submit comments, suggestions, or objections in connection with the withdrawal applications may present their comments in writing to the persons and offices listed in the ADDRESSES section above. All comments received will be considered before the Secretary of the Interior makes any recommendation for withdrawal to Congress.

    Notice is hereby given that public meetings addressing the withdrawal applications will be held jointly with the DON's public meetings associated with NEPA evaluation of the proposed withdrawals. Public meetings will be held at the following locations:

    • Fallon Convention Center, Fallon, NV, October 3, 2016, 3-7 p.m.; • Pershing County Community Center, Lovelock, NV, October 4, 2016, 11 a.m.-1 p.m.; • Evelyn Mount NE Community Center, Reno, NV, October 4, 2016, 5-7 p.m.; • Emma Nevada Town Hall, Austin, NV, October 5, 2016, 5-7 p.m.; • Eureka Elementary School, Eureka, NV, October 6, 2016, 5-7 p.m.; • Hawthorne Convention Center, Hawthorne, NV, October 7, 2016, 11 a.m.-1 p.m.; • Gabbs School Gymnasium Gabbs, NV, October 7, 2016, 5-7 p.m.

    The DON will be the lead agency for evaluation of the proposed withdrawal extension and expansion pursuant to NEPA and other applicable environmental and cultural resources authorities, and will be publishing its own scoping and other notices.

    Comments, including names and street addresses of respondents, will be available for public review at the DON and BLM addresses noted above, during regular business hours Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.

    Subject to valid existing rights, the Federal lands that are the subject of the DON application for expansion of the withdrawal and reservation for DON use at Fallon, and that are described in this Notice, will be segregated from all forms of appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining laws, the mineral leasing laws, and the geothermal leasing laws. The segregation will continue for a period until [two years from date of publication in Federal Register], unless the applications/proposal are denied or canceled or the withdrawal is approved prior to that date. In addition, subject to valid existing rights, 68,804 acres of land in the DVTA, described in this Notice, will be segregated from operation of the mineral leasing laws for the same two year period, unless the applications/proposal are denied or canceled or the withdrawal is approved within that period. Licenses, permits, cooperative agreements, or discretionary land use authorizations may be allowed during the period of segregation, but only with the approval of the authorized officer and, as appropriate, with the concurrence of DON.

    The applications for withdrawal and reservation will be processed in accordance with the regulations at 43 CFR part 2300.

    Authority:

    43 U.S.C. 1714(b)(1) and 43 CFR 2300.

    John F. Ruhs, State Director, Nevada.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21213 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4310-HC-P
    DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR National Park Service [NPS-IMR-GRTE-21184; PX.PD202594I.00.1] Moose-Wilson Corridor Comprehensive Management Plan, Final Environmental Impact Statement, Grand Teton National Park, Wyoming AGENCY:

    National Park Service, Interior.

    ACTION:

    Notice of availability.

    SUMMARY:

    The National Park Service announces the availability of the Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) for the Moose-Wilson Corridor Comprehensive Management Plan, Grand Teton National Park, Wyoming. The FEIS analyzes four alternatives for future management of the corridor. Alternative C has been identified as the NPS preferred alternative.

    DATES:

    The National Park Service will execute a Record of Decision (ROD) no sooner than 30 days following publication by the Environmental Protection Agency of the Notice of Availability of the Final Environmental Impact Statement.

    ADDRESSES:

    The FEIS is available to the public online at http://parkplanning.nps.gov/MooseWilson, and at the Grand Teton National Park Headquarters Building, 1 Teton Park Road, Moose, Wyoming, and at the Reference Desk of the Teton County Library, 125 Virginian Lane, Jackson, Wyoming.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    David Vela, Superintendent, Grand Teton National Park, P.O. Drawer 170, Moose, Wyoming 83012-0170, (307) 739-3411, [email protected], or Daniel Noon, Chief of Planning and Environmental Compliance, P.O. Drawer 170, Moose, Wyoming 83012-0170, (307) 739-3465, [email protected]

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    In recent years, the Moose-Wilson corridor in Grand Teton National Park has experienced changes in ecological conditions, development patterns, and use by visitors and local residents. As a result, the National Park Service is conducting a comprehensive planning and environmental impact process to determine how best to protect park resources and values while providing appropriate opportunities for visitor use, experience, and enjoyment of the corridor. The final plan: (1) Identifies management strategies to address natural and cultural resource protection; (2) identifies management strategies to address visitor safety concerns and conflicts with wildlife; (3) addresses vehicle/bicycle management related to road use, trailhead parking areas and pullouts; (4) identifies management strategies related to the operation of facilities within the corridor; (5) considers if a multi-use pathway should be provided along Moose-Wilson Road; and (6) examines specific road realignment and paving options for the Moose-Wilson and Death Canyon Roads.

    Four management alternatives, Alternatives A through D, are analyzed in the FEIS. Alternative A, the no-action alternative, would continue current management practices related to resources, visitor use, park operations, and maintenance of facilities within the Moose-Wilson corridor. Alternatives B through D address increases in traffic and volume-related congestion on the Moose-Wilson Road during peak use periods by either restricting its use as a through-travel route or limiting the number of vehicles entering the corridor at any one time.

    Alternative B emphasizes managing the corridor as a visitor destination. Reduced crowding on Moose-Wilson Road and at destinations within the corridor would provide visitors an opportunity for self-discovery. This would be accomplished by restricting through-traffic in either direction during peak use periods through the management of a gate system on Moose-Wilson Road within the Laurance S. Rockefeller Preserve. Existing developed areas and facilities would be maintained where appropriate and removed or relocated in some areas to protect natural and cultural resources.

    Alternative C, the NPS preferred alternative, emphasizes the conservation legacy stories within the corridor. The intensity and timing of visitor use would be managed to effectively provide high quality visitor opportunities by reducing high traffic volumes and congestion. This would be accomplished using time sequencing techniques and the establishment of vehicle queuing lanes on the north and south ends of the corridor during peak visitation periods. Development within the corridor would generally be maintained within the existing development footprint.

    Alternative D would enhance recreational opportunities with additional amenities, including the construction of a separated multi-use pathway parallel to Moose-Wilson Road. This alternative would integrate the Moose-Wilson corridor with the region's larger recreational network, and would enhance the recreational scenic driving experience by reducing high traffic volumes and congestion by establishing a reservation system during peak use periods.

    Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.

    Authority:

    The authority for publishing this notice is contained in 40 CFR 1506.6.

    Dated: July 13, 2016. Sue E. Masica, Regional Director, Intermountain Region, National Park Service.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21184 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4312-CB-P
    DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR National Park Service [NPS-WASO-NRNHL-21759; PPWOCRADI0, PCU00RP14.R50000] National Register of Historic Places; Notification of Pending Nominations and Related Actions AGENCY:

    National Park Service, Interior.

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    The National Park Service is soliciting comments on the significance of properties nominated before August 6, 2016, for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places.

    DATES:

    Comments should be submitted by September 19, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Comments may be sent via U.S. Postal Service to the National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1849 C St. NW., MS 2280, Washington, DC 20240; by all other carriers, National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1201 Eye St. NW., 8th floor, Washington, DC 20005; or by fax, 202-371-6447.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The properties listed in this notice are being considered for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places. Nominations for their consideration were received by the National Park Service before August 6, 2016. Pursuant to section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60, written comments are being accepted concerning the significance of the nominated properties under the National Register criteria for evaluation.

    Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.

    ARIZONA Maricopa County Regency House, 2323 N. Central Ave., Phoenix, 16000630 Yavapai County Beaver Creek School, 4810 E. Beaver Creek Rd., Rimrock, 16000631 CALIFORNIA Los Angeles County Covina Bowl, 1060 W. San Bernardino Rd., Covina, 16000633 Monterey County Walker, Mrs. Clinton, House, Scenic Rd. approx. 1/4 mi. SW. of Martin Way, Carmel-by-the-Sea, 16000634 Riverside County Hamrick House, 875 W. Chino Canyon Rd., Palm Springs, 16000635 San Luis Obispo County Montebello (shipwreck and remains), Address Restricted, Cambria, 16000636 Sonoma County Carrillo, Maria, Adobe, Address Restricted, Santa Rosa, 16000632 COLORADO Kiowa County Sand Creek Massacre Site (Boundary Increase), Jct. of Cty. Rds. 54 & W, Eads, 16000637 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA District of Columbia Glenwood Cemetery, 2219 Lincoln Rd. NE., Washington, 16000638 GEORGIA DeKalb County Lithonia Historic District, Centered on jct. of CSX RR. & Main St., Lithonia, 16000639 IOWA Cass County Hotel Whitney, 222 Chestnut St., Atlantic, 16000640 Woodbury County Sioux City Central High School and Central Annex (Boundary Increase), 1212 Nebraska & 1121 Jackson Sts., Sioux City, 16000641 NEW HAMPSHIRE Carroll County Bolduc Block, 36 Main St., Conway, 16000642 Coos County Noyes, George Washington, House, 2 Prospect Terrace, Gorham, 16000643 Grafton County Chocorua Island Chapel, (Squam MPS), 40 Chocorua Island, Holderness, 16000644 Rockingham County Drake Farm, 148 Lafayette Rd., North Hampton, 16000645 NORTH CAROLINA Henderson County Berkeley Mills Ballpark, 69 Balfour Rd., Hendersonville, 16000646 Stanly County Richfield Milling Company, 303 S. Main St., Richfield, 16000647 WYOMING Sublette County Craig Cabin, Approx. 4 mi. E. of Dell & Jack Creeks, Bondurant, 16000648 Authority:

    60.13 of 36 CFR part 60.

    Dated: August 12, 2016. J. Paul Loether, Chief, National Register of Historic Places/National Historic Landmarks Program.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21140 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4312-51-P
    DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR National Park Service [NPS-WASO-NRNHL-21773; PPWOCRADI0, PCU00RP14.R50000] National Register of Historic Places; Notification of Pending Nominations and Related Actions AGENCY:

    National Park Service, Interior.

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    The National Park Service is soliciting comments on the significance of properties nominated before August 13, 2016, for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places.

    DATES:

    Comments should be submitted by September 19, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Comments may be sent via U.S. Postal Service to the National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1849 C St. NW., MS 2280, Washington, DC 20240; by all other carriers, National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1201 Eye St. NW., 8th floor, Washington, DC 20005; or by fax, 202-371-6447.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The properties listed in this notice are being considered for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places. Nominations for their consideration were received by the National Park Service before August 13, 2016. Pursuant to section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60, written comments are being accepted concerning the significance of the nominated properties under the National Register criteria for evaluation.

    Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.

    ALASKA Yukon-Koyukuk Borough—Census Area Alaska Road Commission Cabin (Fritz's), (Iditarod Trail MPS), N. side of Hunter Trail, approx. 34 mi. from Ophir, Ophir, 16000649 ARKANSAS Garland County Hill Wheatley Downtowner Motor Inn, 135 Central Ave., Hot Springs, 16000650 Mississippi County Wilson Commercial Historic District, Roughly bounded by Union Ave., S. Jefferson, Madison, Adams & 2nd Sts., Wilson, 16000651 Wilson Residential Historic District, 4737, 4785, 4877 & 5101 US 61, Wilson, 16000652 Ouachita County Green Cemetery, W. of Cty. Rd. 1, Stephens, 16000653 Washington County McNair, Wiley P., House, 301 Mountain St., Fayetteville, 16000654 Yell County Mt. Nebo State Park Cabin No. 60, (Facilities Constructed by the CCC in Arkansas MPS), 10707 Cty. Rd. 102, Dardanelle, 16000656 Mt. Nebo State Park Cabin No. 61, (Facilities Constructed by the CCC in Arkansas MPS), 10775 Cty. Rd. 102, Dardanelle, 16000657 Mt. Nebo State Park Cabin No. 62, (Facilities Constructed by the CCC in Arkansas MPS), 10913 Cty. Rd. 102, Dardanelle, 16000658 Mt. Nebo State Park Cabin No. 63, (Facilities Constructed by the CCC in Arkansas MPS), 10919 Cty. Rd. 102, Dardanelle, 16000659 Mt. Nebo State Park Cabin No. 64, (Facilities Constructed by the CCC in Arkansas MPS), 10070 Cty. Rd. 93, Dardanelle, 16000660 Mt. Nebo State Park Cabin No. 65, (Facilities Constructed by the CCC in Arkansas MPS), 10034 Cty. Rd. 93, Dardanelle, 16000661 Mt. Nebo State Park Cabins Historic District, (Facilities Constructed by the CCC in Arkansas MPS), 10006, 10105, 10115 & 10129 Cty. Rd. 92, Dardanelle, 16000655 CALIFORNIA Los Angeles County Hollywood Palladium, 6215 Sunset Blvd., Los Angeles, 16000662 San Mateo County Holbrook—Palmer Estate, “Elmwood”, 150 Watkins Ave., Atherton, 16000663 Santa Barbara County Lompoc Veterans Memorial Building, 100 E. Locust Ave., Lompoc, 16000664 Santa Clara County Miller Red Barn, 7049 Miller Ave., Gilroy, 16000665 COLORADO Bent County Santa Fe Trail Mountain Route—Bent's New Fort, (Santa Fe Trail MPS), Address Restricted, Lamar, 16000666 Gunnison County Johnson Stage Station, 2.2 mi. S. of the jct. of Cty. Rd. 64 & US 149, Powderhorn, 16000667 Jefferson County Romano, Samuel and Albina, House, 16300 S. Golden Rd., Golden, 16000668 LOUISIANA Avoyelles Parish Fort DeRussy, 379 Fort DeRussy Rd., Marksville, 16000669 Caddo Parish Jacobs, Walter B., 5935 E. Ridge Dr., Shreveport, 16000670 Lafayette Parish Bank of Scott, 1102 St. Mary St., Scott, 16000671 Orleans Parish McDonogh 19 Elementary School, 5909 St. Claude Ave., New Orleans, 16000672 St. Helena Parish Bazoon, William Lee and Eudora Courtney, Farmstead, George Wright Ln., Darlington, 16000673 West Baton Rouge Parish Homestead Plantation, 1323 N. River Rd., Port Allen, 16000674 MAINE Kennebec County Waterville Main Street Historic District, 129-179 Main & 13 Appleton Sts., Waterville, 16000675 Oxford County Fives Court, 55 Fairburn Way, Lovell, 16000676 Sagadahoc County Robinhood Free Meetinghouse, 210 Robinhood Rd., Georgetown, 16000677 SOUTH CAROLINA Aiken County Warren Mill, Cty. Rd. P-1201 & SC 421, Warrenville, 16000678 UTAH Salt Lake County Fitzgerald House, (Draper, Utah MPS), 12934 S. Fort St., Draper, 16000679 Tooele County Reddick Hotel—Ophir LDS Meetinghouse, 2nd Bldg. W. of Moore St., S. Side of Main St., Ophir, 16000680

    A request to move has been received for the following resource:

    ARKANSAS Faulkner County Springfield Bridge, Cty. Rd. 222 at Cadron Creek, Springfield, 88000660 Authority:

    60.13 of 36 CFR part 60

    Dated: August 16, 2016. J. Paul Loether, Chief, National Register of Historic Places/National Historic Landmarks Program.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21142 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4312-51-P
    INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION [Investigation Nos. 701-TA-502 and 731-TA-1227 (Final) (Remand)] Steel Concrete Reinforcing Bar From Mexico and Turkey AGENCY:

    United States International Trade Commission.

    ACTION:

    Notice of remand proceedings.

    SUMMARY:

    The U.S. International Trade Commission (“Commission”) hereby gives notice of the remand of its final determinations in the antidumping and countervailing duty investigations of steel concrete reinforcing bar (“rebar”) from Mexico and Turkey. For further information concerning the conduct of these remand proceedings and rules of general application, consult the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, part 201, subparts A through E (19 CFR part 201), and part 207, subpart A (19 CFR part 207).

    DATES:

    Effective Date: September 2, 2016.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Douglas Corkran (202-205-3057), Office of Investigations, or John Henderson (202-205-2130), Office of General Counsel, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on 202-205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at 202-205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server (https://www.usitc.gov). The public record of Investigation Nos. 701-TA-502 and 731-TA-1227 (Final) may be viewed on the Commission's electronic docket (EDIS) at https://edis.usitc.gov.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Background.—In October 2014, the Commission unanimously determined that an industry in the United States was materially injured by reason of imports of rebar from Mexico that were sold in the United States at less than fair value and imports of rebar from Turkey that were subsidized by the government of Turkey. Respondents Deacero S.A.P.I., de C.V. and Deacero USA, Inc. contested the Commission's determinations concerning subject imports from Mexico before a bi-national Panel established pursuant to Article 1904 of the North American Free Trade Agreement. The Panel remanded one issue to the Commission and affirmed all other aspects of the Commission's determinations. In the Matter of Steel Concrete Reinforcing Bar from Mexico and Turkey: Final Affirmative Antidumping Injury Determination, Secretariat File No. USA-MEX-2014-1904-02 (July 14, 2016). Specifically, the Panel remanded for the Commission to reconsider whether rebar and in-scope deformed steel wire are part of a single domestic like product.

    Participation in the proceeding.—Only those persons who were interested parties that participated in the investigations (i.e., persons listed on the Commission Secretary's service list) may participate in the remand proceedings. Such persons need not make any additional notice of appearances or applications with the Commission to participate in the remand proceedings, unless they are adding new individuals to the list of persons entitled to receive business proprietary information (“BPI”) under administrative protective order (“APO”). BPI referred to during the remand proceedings will be governed, as appropriate, by the APO issued in the investigations. The Secretary will maintain a service list containing the names and addresses of all persons or their representatives who are parties to the remand proceedings, and the Secretary will maintain a separate list of those authorized to receive BPI under the APO during the remand proceedings.

    Written Submissions.—The Commission is not reopening the record and will not accept the submission of new factual information for the record. The Commission will permit the parties to file comments concerning how the Commission could best comply with the Panel's remand instructions.

    The comments must be based solely on the information in the Commission's record. The Commission will reject submissions containing additional factual information or arguments pertaining to issues other than the specific one on which the Panel has remanded this matter. The deadline for filing comments is September 13, 2016. Comments shall be limited to no more than fifteen (15) double-spaced and single-sided pages of textual material.

    Parties are advised to consult with the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, part 201, subparts A through E (19 CFR part 201), and part 207, subpart A (19 CFR part 207) for provisions of general applicability concerning written submissions to the Commission. All written submissions must conform with the provisions of section 201.8 of the Commission's rules; any submissions that contain BPI must also conform with the requirements of sections 201.6, 207.3, and 207.7 of the Commission's rules. The Commission's Handbook on E-Filing, available on the Commission's Web site at https://edis.usitc.gov, elaborates upon the Commission's rules with respect to electronic filing.

    Additional written submissions to the Commission, including requests pursuant to § 201.12 of the Commission's rules, shall not be accepted unless good cause is shown for accepting such submissions or unless the submission is pursuant to a specific request by a Commissioner or Commission staff.

    In accordance with §§ 201.16(c) and 207.3 of the Commission's rules, each document filed by a party to the investigation must be served on all other parties to the investigation (as identified by either the public or BPI service list), and a certificate of service must be timely filed. The Secretary will not accept a document for filing without a certificate of service.

    By order of the Commission.

    Issued: August 29, 2016. Lisa R. Barton, Secretary to the Commission.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21104 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 7020-02-P
    DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE Antitrust Division Notice Pursuant to the National Cooperative Research and Production Act of 1993—ODVA, Inc.

    Notice is hereby given that, on August 5, 2016, pursuant to section 6(a) of the National Cooperative Research and Production Act of 1993, 15 U.S.C. 301 et seq. (“the Act”), ODVA, Inc. (“ODVA”) has filed written notifications simultaneously with the Attorney General and the Federal Trade Commission disclosing changes in its membership. The notifications were filed for the purpose of extending the Act's provisions limiting the recovery of antitrust plaintiffs to actual damages under specified circumstances. Specifically, Accutron Instruments Inc., Sudbury, Ontario, CANADA; Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd., Tokyo, JAPAN; Control Chief Corporation, Bradford, PA; and nLIGHT, Inc., Vancouver, WA, have been added as parties to this venture.

    Also, Smarteye Corporation, Rochester Hills, MI; HB-Softsolution, Kirchberg, AUSTRIA; Shanghai Huajian Electric Power Equipment Co., Ltd., Shanghai, PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA; KWANGIL Electric Wire Co., Ltd., Gyeonggi-do, REPUBLIC OF KOREA; and CSE Servelec, Sheffield, South Yorkshire, UNITED KINGDOM, have withdrawn as parties to this venture.

    No other changes have been made in either the membership or planned activity of the group research project. Membership in this group research project remains open, and ODVA intends to file additional written notifications disclosing all changes in membership.

    On June 21, 1995, ODVA filed its original notification pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act. The Department of Justice published a notice in the Federal Register pursuant to section 6(b) of the Act on February 15, 1996 (61 FR 6039).

    The last notification was filed with the Department on May 12, 2016. A notice was published in the Federal Register pursuant to section 6(b) of the Act on June 21, 2016 (81 FR 40352).

    Patricia A. Brink, Director of Civil Enforcement, Antitrust Division.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21223 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE P
    DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE Antitrust Division Notice Pursuant to the National Cooperative Research and Production Act of 1993—Cooperative Research Group on CHEDE-VII

    Notice is hereby given that, on July 18, 2016, pursuant to section 6(a) of the National Cooperative Research and Production Act of 1993, 15 U.S.C. 4301 et seq. (“the Act”), Southwest Research Institute—Cooperative Research Group on CHEDE-VII (“CHEDE-VII”) has filed written notifications simultaneously with the Attorney General and the Federal Trade Commission disclosing changes in its membership. The notifications were filed for the purpose of extending the Act's provisions limiting the recovery of antitrust plaintiffs to actual damages under specified circumstances. Specifically, Denso, Aichi-ken, JAPAN, has been added as parties to this venture.

    No other changes have been made in either the membership or planned activity of the group research project. Membership in this group research project remains open, and CHEDE-VII intends to file additional written notifications disclosing all changes in membership.

    On January 6, 2016, CHEDE-VII filed its original notification pursuant to section 6(a) of the Act. The Department of Justice published a notice in the Federal Register pursuant to section 6(b) of the Act on February 2, 2016, (81 FR 5484).

    The last notification was filed with the Department on April 21, 2016. A notice was published in the Federal Register pursuant to section 6(b) of the Act on May 12, 2016, (81 FR 29577).

    Patricia A. Brink, Director of Civil Enforcement, Antitrust Division.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21222 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE P
    DEPARTMENT OF LABOR Employment and Training Administration Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request for Federal-State Unemployment Insurance Program Data Exchange Standardization ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    The Department of Labor (DOL) Employment And Training Administration (ETA) is soliciting comments concerning a proposed extension for the authority to conduct the information collection request (ICR) titled, “Federal-State Unemployment Insurance Program Data Exchange Standardization.” This comment request is part of continuing Departmental efforts to reduce paperwork and respondent burden in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.

    DATES:

    Consideration will be given to all written comments received by November 1, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation; including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free by contacting Subri Raman by telephone at 202-693-3058, (this is not a toll-free number) or by email at [email protected].

    Submit written comments about, or requests for a copy of, this ICR by mail or courier to the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment And Training Administration, 200 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20210; by email: [email protected]; or by Fax 202-693-3975.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The DOL, as part of continuing efforts to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, conducts a pre-clearance consultation program to provide the general public and Federal agencies an opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing collections of information before submitting them to the OMB for final approval. This program helps to ensure requested data can be provided in the desired format, reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are clearly understood, and the impact of collection requirements can be properly assessed.

    On February 22, 2012, the President signed the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 (78 FR 12655). Section 2104 of the Act amends Title IX, SSA (42 U.S.C. 1111 et seq.) by adding a new section 911, which requires the Department to issue rules, developed in consultation with an interagency workgroup established by the OMB, that establish data exchange standards for certain functions related to administration of the UI program. The Act authorizes this information collection.

    This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid Control Number. See 5 CFR 1320.5(a) and 1320.6.

    Interested parties are encouraged to provide comments to the contact shown in the ADDRESSES section. Comments must be written to receive consideration, and they will be summarized and included in the request for OMB approval of the final ICR. In order to help ensure appropriate consideration, comments should mention Federal-State Unemployment Insurance Program Data Exchange Standardization, OMB control number 1205-0510.

    Submitted comments will also be a matter of public record for this ICR and posted on the Internet, without redaction. The DOL encourages commenters not to include personally identifiable information, confidential business data, or other sensitive statements/information in any comments.

    The DOL is particularly interested in comments that:

    • Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;

    • Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;

    • Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and

    • Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology, e.g., permitting electronic submission of responses.

    Agency: DOL-ETA.

    Type of Review: Extension without changes.

    Title of Collection: Federal-State Unemployment Insurance Program Data Exchange Standardization.

    Form: N/A.

    OMB Control Number: 1205-0510.

    Affected Public: State Workforce Agencies.

    Estimated Number of Respondents: 53.

    Frequency: Once.

    Total Estimated Annual Responses: 53.

    Estimated Average Time per Response: 120 hours.

    Estimated Total Annual Burden Hours: 6,360 hours.

    Total Estimated Annual Other Cost Burden: $0.

    Authority:

    44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A).

    Portia Wu, Assistant Secretary for Employment and Training Administration.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21110 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4510-FW-P
    NEIGHBORHOOD REINVESTMENT CORPORATION Audit Committee Meeting; Sunshine Act TIME AND DATE:

    10:00 a.m., Tuesday, September 13, 2016.

    PLACE:

    NeighborWorks America—Gramlich Boardroom, 999 North Capitol Street NE., Washington, DC 20002.

    STATUS:

    Open (with the exception of Executive Sessions).

    CONTACT PERSON:

    Jeffrey Bryson, General Counsel/Secretary, (202) 760-4101; [email protected].

    AGENDA:

    I. CALL TO ORDER II. Executive Session with External Auditor III. Executive Session with the Chief Audit Executive IV. Executive Session with Officers: Pending Litigation V. Presentation of the FY17 Internal Audit Plan VI. Internal Audit Reports with Management's Response VII. Update to FY15 Correction Plan & Responses to Management Letter Recommendations VIII. Internal Audit Status Reports IX. Adjournment

    The General Counsel of the Corporation has certified that in his opinion, one or more of the exemptions set forth in 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4) permit closure of the following portions of this meeting:

    • Executive Session with the External Auditor • Executive Session with the Chief Audit Executive • Executive Session—Pending Litigation Jeffrey T. Bryson, EVP & General Counsel/Corporate Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21362 Filed 8-31-16; 4:15 pm] BILLING CODE 7570-02-P
    NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION [Docket Nos. 52-027 and 52-028; NRC-2008-0441] South Carolina Electric & Gas Company, South Carolina Public Service Authority; Virgil C. Summer Nuclear Station, Units 2 and 3; Diverse Actuation System Cabinet Changes AGENCY:

    Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

    ACTION:

    Exemption and combined license amendment; issuance.

    SUMMARY:

    The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is granting an exemption to allow a departure from the certification information of Tier 1 of the generic design control document (DCD) and is issuing License Amendment No. 50 to Combined Licenses (COLs), NPF-93 and NPF-94. The COLs were issued to South Carolina Electric & Gas Company, (the licensee); for construction and operation of the Virgil C. Summer Nuclear Station (VCSNS) Units 2 and 3, located in Fairfield County, South Carolina.

    The granting of the exemption allows the changes to Tier 1 information asked for in the amendment. Because the acceptability of the exemption was determined in part by the acceptability of the amendment, the exemption and amendment are being issued concurrently.

    DATES:

    The exemption was issued on July 20, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2008-0441 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:

    Federal Rulemaking Web site: Go to http://www.regulations.gov and search for Docket ID NRC-2008-0252. Address questions about NRC dockets to Carol Gallagher; telephone: 301-415-3463; email: [email protected]. For technical questions, contact the individual listed in the FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section of this document.

    NRC's Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS): You may obtain publicly-available documents online in the ADAMS Public Documents collection at http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html. To begin the search, select “ADAMS Public Documents” and then select “Begin Web-based ADAMS Search.” For problems with ADAMS, please contact the NRC's Public Document Room (PDR) reference staff at 1-800-397-4209, 301-415-4737, or by email to [email protected]. The ADAMS accession number for each document referenced (if it is available in ADAMS) is provided the first time that it is mentioned in this document. The request for the amendment and exemption was submitted by letter dated November 4, 2015 (ADAMS Accession No. ML15308A595).

    NRC's PDR: You may examine and purchase copies of public documents at the NRC's PDR, Room O1-F21, One White Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Paul Kallan, Office of New Reactors, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-2809; email: [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    I. Introduction

    The NRC is granting an exemption from Paragraph B of Section III, “Scope and Contents,” of appendix D, “Design Certification Rule for the AP1000,” to part 52 of title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (10 CFR), and issuing License Amendment No. 50 to COLs, NPF-93 and NPF-94, to the licensee. The exemption is required by Paragraph A.4 of Section VIII, “Processes for Changes and Departures,” appendix D, to 10 CFR part 52 to allow the licensee to depart from Tier 1 information. With the requested amendment, the licensee sought proposed changes that would revise the Updated Final Safety Analysis Report in the form of departures from the incorporated plant-specific Design Control Document Tier 2 information. The proposed amendment also involves related changes to plant-specific Tier 1 information, with corresponding changes to the associated COL Appendix C information. Specifically, the licensee requested reconfiguration and relocation of the diverse actuation system cabinets.

    Part of the justification for granting the exemption was provided by the review of the amendment. Because the exemption is necessary in order to issue the requested license amendment, the NRC granted the exemption and issued the amendment concurrently, rather than in sequence. This included issuing a combined safety evaluation containing the NRC staff's review of both the exemption request and the license amendment. The exemption met all applicable regulatory criteria set forth in 10 CFR 50.12, 10 CFR 52.7, and Section VIII.A.4 of appendix D to 10 CFR part 52. The license amendment was found to be acceptable as well. The combined safety evaluation is available in ADAMS under Accession No. ML16203A071.

    Identical exemption documents (except for referenced unit numbers and license numbers) were issued to the licensee for VCSNS Units 2 and 3 (COLs NPF-93 and NPF-94). The exemption documents for VCSNS Units 2 and 3 can be found in ADAMS under Accession Nos. ML16202A516 and ML16202A518, respectively. The exemption is reproduced (with the exception of abbreviated titles and additional citations) in Section II of this document. The amendment documents for COLs NPF-93 and NPF-94 are available in ADAMS under Accession Nos. ML16202A508 and ML16202A514, respectively. A summary of the amendment documents is provided in Section III of this document.

    II. Exemption

    Reproduced below is the exemption document issued to Summer Units 2 and Unit 3. It makes reference to the combined safety evaluation that provides the reasoning for the findings made by the NRC (and listed under Item 1) in order to grant the exemption:

    1. In a letter dated November 4, 2015, the licensee requested from the Commission an exemption from the provisions of 10 CFR part 52, appendix D, Section III.B, as part of license amendment request 15-04, “Diverse Actuation System (DAS) Cabinet Changes (LAR-15-04).”

    For the reasons set forth in Section 3.1, “Evaluation of Exemption,” of the NRC staff's Safety Evaluation, which can be found in ADAMS under Accession No. ML16203A071, the Commission finds that:

    A. The exemption is authorized by law;

    B. the exemption presents no undue risk to public health and safety;

    C. the exemption is consistent with the common defense and security;

    D. special circumstances are present in that the application of the rule in this circumstance is not necessary to serve the underlying purpose of the rule;

    E. the special circumstances outweigh any decrease in safety that may result from the reduction in standardization caused by the exemption; and

    F. the exemption will not result in a significant decrease in the level of safety otherwise provided by the design.

    2. Accordingly, the licensee is granted an exemption from the certified DCD Tier 1 information, with corresponding changes to Appendix C of the Facility Combined Licenses as described in the licensee's request dated November 4, 2015. This exemption is related to, and necessary for, the granting of License Amendment No. 50, which is being issued concurrently with this exemption.

    3. As explained in Section 5.0, “Environmental Consideration,” of the NRC staff's Safety Evaluation (ADAMS Accession No. ML16203A071), this exemption meets the eligibility criteria for categorical exclusion set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9). Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment needs to be prepared in connection with the issuance of the exemption.

    4. This exemption is effective as of the date of its issuance.

    III. License Amendment Request

    By letter dated November 4, 2015, the licensee requested that the NRC amend the COLs for VCSNS, Units 2 and 3, COLs NPF-93 and NPF-94. The proposed amendment is described in Section I of this Federal Register Notice.

    The Commission has determined for these amendments that the application complies with the standards and requirements of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (the Act), and the Commission's rules and regulations. The Commission has made appropriate findings as required by the Act and the Commission's rules and regulations in 10 CFR Chapter I, which are set forth in the license amendment.

    A notice of consideration of issuance of amendment to facility operating license or combined license, as applicable, proposed no significant hazards consideration determination, and opportunity for a hearing in connection with these actions, was published in the Federal Register on January 19, 2016 (81 FR 2915). No comments were received during the 30-day comment period.

    The Commission has determined that these amendments satisfy the criteria for categorical exclusion in accordance with 10 CFR 51.22. Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need be prepared for these amendments.

    IV. Conclusion

    Using the reasons set forth in the combined safety evaluation, the staff granted the exemption and issued the amendment that the licensee requested on November 4, 2015.

    The exemption and amendment were issued on July 20, 2016 as part of a combined package to the licensee (ADAMS Accession No. ML16202A486).

    Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 26th day of August 2016.

    For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

    Donald Habib, Acting Branch Chief, Licensing Branch 4, Division of New Reactor Licensing, Office of New Reactors.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21162 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 7590-01-P
    NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION [Docket Nos. 052-00027 and 052-00028; NRC-2008-0441] Virgil C. Summer Nuclear Station, Units 2 and 3 AGENCY:

    Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

    ACTION:

    License amendment application; notice of opportunity to comment, request a hearing, and petition for leave to intervene.

    SUMMARY:

    The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is considering issuance of an amendment to Combined Licenses (NPF-93 and NPF-94), issued to South Carolina Electric & Gas (SCE&G) and South Carolina Public Service Authority (Santee Cooper) (the licensee), for construction and operation of the Virgil C. Summer Nuclear Station (VCSNS), Units 2 and 3 located in Fairfield County, South Carolina.

    DATES:

    Submit comments by October 3, 2016. Requests for a hearing or petition for leave to intervene must be filed by November 1, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    You may submit comments by any of the following methods:

    Federal Rulemaking Web site: Go to http://www.regulations.gov and search for Docket ID NRC-2008-0441. Address questions about NRC dockets to Carol Gallagher; telephone: 301-415-3463; email: [email protected]. For technical questions, contact the individual listed in the FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section of this document.

    Mail comments to: Cindy Bladey, Office of Administration, Mail Stop: OWFN-12-H08, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001.

    For additional direction on obtaining information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of this document.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    William (Billy) Gleaves, Office of New Reactors, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-000; telephone: 301-415-5848; email: [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: I. Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments A. Obtaining Information

    Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2008-0441 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:

    Federal Rulemaking Web site: Go to http://www.regulations.gov and search for Docket ID NRC-2008-0441.

    NRC's Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS): You may obtain publicly-available documents online in the ADAMS Public Documents collection at http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html. To begin the search, select “ADAMS Public Documents” and then select “Begin Web-based ADAMS Search.” For problems with ADAMS, please contact the NRC's Public Document Room (PDR) reference staff at 1-800-397-4209, 301-415-4737, or by email to [email protected]. The revised application for amendment, dated August 17, 2016, is available in ADAMS under Accession No. ML16230A179.

    NRC's PDR: You may examine and purchase copies of public documents at the NRC's PDR, Room O1-F21, One White Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852.

    B. Submitting Comments

    Please include Docket ID NRC-2008-0441 in your comment submission.

    The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC posts all comment submissions at http://www.regulations.gov as well as entering the comment submissions into ADAMS. The NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove identifying or contact information.

    If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment submissions into ADAMS.

    II. Introduction

    The NRC is considering issuance of an amendment to Facility Operating License Nos. NPF-93 and NPF-94, issued to SCE&G and Santee Cooper for operation of the Virgil C. Summer Nuclear Station, Units 2 and 3, located in Fairfield County, South Carolina.

    The proposed amendment, as revised, requests change to the Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR) in the form of departures from the incorporated plant-specific Design Control Document Tier 2* and associated Tier 2 information. Specifically, the proposed departures consist of changes to the UFSAR to revise the details of the structural design of auxiliary building floors within module CA20 at approximate design elevations between 82′-6″ and 135′-3″ and at the north end of the auxiliary building at approximate design elevations between 117′-6″ and 135′-3″.

    A Biweekly Federal Register notice was published on August 2, 2016 (81 FR 50729), providing an opportunity to comment, request a hearing, and petition for leave to intervene for a License Amendment Request (LAR) for the VCSNS combined licenses. Since that time, the licensee has submitted a revision to the original LAR, dated August 17, 2016, that increases the scope of the original LAR.

    Before any issuance of the proposed license amendment, the NRC will need to make the findings required by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (the Act), and the NRC's regulations.

    The NRC has made a proposed determination that the license amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration. Under the NRC's regulations in § 50.92 of title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (10 CFR), this means that operation of the facility in accordance with the proposed amendment would not (1) involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated; or (2) create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated; or (3) involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety. As required by 10 CFR 50.91(a), the licensee has provided its analysis of the issue of no significant hazards consideration, which is presented below:

    1. Does the proposed change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?

    Response: No.

    The design functions of the auxiliary building floors are to provide support, protection, and separation for the seismic Category I mechanical and electrical equipment located in the auxiliary building. The auxiliary building is a seismic Category I structure and is designed for dead, live, thermal, pressure, safe shutdown earthquake loads, and loads due to postulated pipe breaks. The proposed changes to UFSAR descriptions and figures are intended to address changes in the detail design of floors in the auxiliary building. The thickness and strength of the auxiliary building floors are not reduced. As a result, the design function of the auxiliary building structure is not adversely affected by the proposed changes. There is no change to plant systems or the response of systems to postulated accident conditions. There is no change to the predicted radioactive releases due to postulated accident conditions. The plant response to previously evaluated accidents or external events is not adversely affected, nor do the changes described create any new accident precursors.

    Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.

    2. Does the proposed change create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?

    Response: No.

    The changes to UFSAR descriptions and figures are proposed to address changes in the detail design of floors in the auxiliary building. The thickness, geometry, and strength of the structures are not adversely altered. The concrete and reinforcement materials are not altered. The properties of the concrete are not altered. The changes to the design details of the auxiliary building structure do not create any new accident precursors. As a result, the design function of the auxiliary building structure is not adversely affected by the proposed changes.

    Therefore, the proposed amendment does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated.

    3. Does the proposed change involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?

    Response: No.

    The criteria and requirements of American Concrete Institute (ACI) 349 and American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) N690 provide a margin of safety to structural failure. The design of the auxiliary building structure conforms to criteria and requirements in ACI 349 and AISC N690 and therefore maintains the margin of safety. Analysis of the connection design confirms that code provisions are appropriate to the floor to wall connection. The proposed changes to the UFSAR address changes in the detail design of floors in the auxiliary building. The proposed changes also incorporate the requirements for development and anchoring of headed reinforcement which were previously approved. There is no change to design requirements of the auxiliary building structure. There is no change to the method of evaluation from that used in the design basis calculations. There is not a significant change to the in structure response spectra.

    Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.

    The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the license amendment request involves a No Significant Hazards Consideration.

    The NRC is seeking public comments on this proposed determination that the license amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration. Any comments received within 30 days after the date of publication of this notice will be considered in making any final determination.

    Normally, the Commission will not issue the amendment until the expiration of 60 days after the date of publication of this notice. The Commission may issue the license amendment before expiration of the 60-day notice period if the Commission concludes the amendment involves no significant hazards consideration. In addition, the Commission may issue the amendment prior to the expiration of the 30-day comment period should circumstances change during the 30-day comment period such that failure to act in a timely way would result, for example, in derating or shutdown of the facility. Should the Commission take action prior to the expiration of either the comment period or the notice period, it will publish in the Federal Register a notice of issuance. Should the Commission make a final No Significant Hazards Consideration Determination, any hearing will take place after issuance. The Commission expects that the need to take this action will occur very infrequently.

    III. Opportunity To Request a Hearing and Petition for Leave To Intervene

    Within 60 days after the date of publication of this notice, any person(s) whose interest may be affected by this proceeding and who desires to participate as a party in the proceeding must file a written request for hearing or a petition for leave to intervene specifying the contentions which the person seeks to have litigated in the hearing with respect to the license amendment request. Requests for hearing and petitions for leave to intervene shall be filed in accordance with the NRC's “Agency Rules of Practice and Procedure” in 10 CFR part 2. Interested person(s) should consult a current copy of 10 CFR 2.309, which is available at the NRC's PDR. The NRC's regulations are accessible electronically from the NRC Library on the NRC's Web site at http://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/doc-collections/cfr/. If a request for a hearing or petition for leave to intervene is filed within 60 days, the Commission or a presiding officer designated by the Commission or by the Chief Administrative Judge of the Atomic Safety and Licensing Board Panel, will rule on the request and/or petition; and the Secretary or the Chief Administrative Judge of the Atomic Safety and Licensing Board will issue a notice of a hearing or an appropriate order.

    If a request for a hearing or petition for leave to intervene is filed within 60 days, the Commission or a presiding officer designated by the Commission or by the Chief Administrative Judge of the Atomic Safety and Licensing Board Panel, will rule on the request and/or petition; and the Secretary or the Chief Administrative Judge of the Atomic Safety and Licensing Board will issue a notice of a hearing or an appropriate order.

    As required by 10 CFR 2.309, a petition for leave to intervene shall set forth with particularity the interest of the petitioner in the proceeding, and how that interest may be affected by the results of the proceeding. The petition should specifically explain the reasons why intervention should be permitted with particular reference to the following general requirements: (1) The name, address, and telephone number of the requestor or petitioner; (2) the nature of the requestor's/petitioner's right under the Act to be made a party to the proceeding; (3) the nature and extent of the requestor's/petitioner's property, financial, or other interest in the proceeding; and (4) the possible effect of any decision or order which may be entered in the proceeding on the requestor's/petitioner's interest. The petition must also set forth the specific contentions which the requestor/petitioner seeks to have litigated at the proceeding.

    Each contention must consist of a specific statement of the issue of law or fact to be raised or controverted. In addition, the requestor/petitioner shall provide a brief explanation of the bases for the contention and a concise statement of the alleged facts or expert opinion which support the contention and on which the requestor/petitioner intends to rely in proving the contention at the hearing. The requestor/petitioner must also provide references to those specific sources and documents of which the petitioner is aware and on which the requestor/petitioner intends to rely to establish those facts or expert opinion to support its position on the issue. The petition must include sufficient information to show that a genuine dispute exists with the applicant on a material issue of law or fact. Contentions shall be limited to matters within the scope of the amendment under consideration. The contention must be one which, if proven, would entitle the requestor/petitioner to relief. A requestor/petitioner who fails to satisfy these requirements with respect to at least one contention will not be permitted to participate as a party.

    Those permitted to intervene become parties to the proceeding, subject to any limitations in the order granting leave to intervene, and have the opportunity to participate fully in the conduct of the hearing with respect to resolution of that person's admitted contentions, including the opportunity to present evidence and to submit a cross-examination plan for cross-examination of witnesses, consistent with the NRC's regulations, policies, and procedures.

    Petitions for leave to intervene must be filed no later than 60 days from the date of publication of this notice. Requests for hearing, petitions for leave to intervene, and motions for leave to file new or amended contentions that are filed after the 60-day deadline will not be entertained absent a determination by the presiding officer that the filing demonstrates good cause by satisfying the three factors in 10 CFR 2.309(c)(1)(i)-(iii).

    If a hearing is requested, and the Commission has not made a final determination on the issue of no significant hazards consideration, the Commission will make a final determination on the issue of no significant hazards consideration. The final determination will serve to decide when the hearing is held. If the final determination is that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration, the Commission may issue the amendment and make it immediately effective, notwithstanding the request for a hearing. Any hearing held would take place after issuance of the amendment. If the final determination is that the amendment request involves a significant hazards consideration, then any hearing held would take place before the issuance of any amendment unless the Commission finds an imminent danger to the health or safety of the public, in which case it will issue an appropriate order or rule under 10 CFR part 2.

    A State, local governmental body, Federally-recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof, may submit a petition to the Commission to participate as a party under 10 CFR 2.309(h)(1). The petition should state the nature and extent of the petitioner's interest in the proceeding. The petition should be submitted to the Commission by November 1, 2016. The petition must be filed in accordance with the filing instructions in the “Electronic Submissions (E-Filing)” section of this document, and should meet the requirements for petitions for leave to intervene set forth in this section, except that under 10 CFR 2.309(h)(2) a State, local governmental body, or Federally-recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof does not need to address the standing requirements in 10 CFR 2.309(d) if the facility is located within its boundaries. A State, local governmental body, Federally-recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof may also have the opportunity to participate under 10 CFR 2.315(c).

    If a hearing is granted, any person who does not wish, or is not qualified, to become a party to the proceeding may, in the discretion of the presiding officer, be permitted to make a limited appearance pursuant to the provisions of 10 CFR 2.315(a). A person making a limited appearance may make an oral or written statement of position on the issues, but may not otherwise participate in the proceeding. A limited appearance may be made at any session of the hearing or at any prehearing conference, subject to the limits and conditions as may be imposed by the presiding officer. Details regarding the opportunity to make a limited appearance will be provided by the presiding officer if such sessions are scheduled.

    IV. Electronic Submissions (E-Filing)

    All documents filed in NRC adjudicatory proceedings, including a request for hearing, a petition for leave to intervene, any motion or other document filed in the proceeding prior to the submission of a request for hearing or petition to intervene, and documents filed by interested governmental entities participating under 10 CFR 2.315(c), must be filed in accordance with the NRC's E-Filing rule (72 FR 49139; August 28, 2007, as amended at 77 FR 46562, August 3, 2012). The E-Filing process requires participants to submit and serve all adjudicatory documents over the internet, or in some cases to mail copies on electronic storage media. Participants may not submit paper copies of their filings unless they seek an exemption in accordance with the procedures described below.

    To comply with the procedural requirements of E-Filing, at least 10 days prior to the filing deadline, the participant should contact the Office of the Secretary by email at [email protected], or by telephone at 301-415-1677, to request (1) a digital identification (ID) certificate, which allows the participant (or its counsel or representative) to digitally sign documents and access the E-Submittal server for any proceeding in which it is participating; and (2) advise the Secretary that the participant will be submitting a request or petition for hearing (even in instances in which the participant, or its counsel or representative, already holds an NRC-issued digital ID certificate). Based upon this information, the Secretary will establish an electronic docket for the hearing in this proceeding if the Secretary has not already established an electronic docket.

    Information about applying for a digital ID certificate is available on the NRC's public Web site at http://www.nrc.gov/site-help/e-submittals/getting-started.html. System requirements for accessing the E-Submittal server are detailed in the NRC's “Guidance for Electronic Submission to the NRC,” which is available on the agency's public Web site at http://www.nrc.gov/site-help/electronic-sub-ref-mat.html. Participants may attempt to use other software not listed on the Web site, but should note that the NRC's E-Filing system does not support unlisted software, and the NRC Electronic Filing Help Desk will not be able to offer assistance in using unlisted software.

    If a participant is electronically submitting a document to the NRC in accordance with the E-Filing rule, the participant must file the document using the NRC's online, Web-based submission form.

    Once a participant has obtained a digital ID certificate and a docket has been created, the participant can then submit a request for hearing or petition for leave to intervene. Submissions should be in Portable Document Format (PDF) in accordance with NRC guidance available on the NRC's public Web site at http://www.nrc.gov/site-help/electronic-sub-ref-mat.html. A filing is considered complete at the time the documents are submitted through the NRC's E-Filing system. To be timely, an electronic filing must be submitted to the E-Filing system no later than 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the due date. Upon receipt of a transmission, the E-Filing system time-stamps the document and sends the submitter an email notice confirming receipt of the document. The E-Filing system also distributes an email notice that provides access to the document to the NRC's Office of the General Counsel and any others who have advised the Office of the Secretary that they wish to participate in the proceeding, so that the filer need not serve the documents on those participants separately. Therefore, applicants and other participants (or their counsel or representative) must apply for and receive a digital ID certificate before a hearing request/petition to intervene is filed so that they can obtain access to the document via the E-Filing system.

    A person filing electronically using the NRC's adjudicatory E-Filing system may seek assistance by contacting the NRC Electronic Filing Help Desk through the “Contact Us” link located on the NRC's public Web site at http://www.nrc.gov/site-help/e-submittals.html, by email to [email protected], or by a toll-free call at 1-866-672-7640. The NRC Electronic Filing Help Desk is available between 9 a.m. and 7 p.m., Eastern Time, Monday through Friday, excluding government holidays.

    Participants who believe that they have a good cause for not submitting documents electronically must file an exemption request, in accordance with 10 CFR 2.302(g), with their initial paper filing stating why there is good cause for not filing electronically and requesting authorization to continue to submit documents in paper format. Such filings must be submitted by: (1) First class mail addressed to the Office of the Secretary of the Commission, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001, Attention: Rulemaking and Adjudications Staff; or (2) courier, express mail, or expedited delivery service to the Office of the Secretary, Sixteenth Floor, One White Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland, 20852, Attention: Rulemaking and Adjudications Staff. Participants filing a document in this manner are responsible for serving the document on all other participants. Filing is considered complete by first-class mail as of the time of deposit in the mail, or by courier, express mail, or expedited delivery service upon depositing the document with the provider of the service. A presiding officer, having granted an exemption request from using E-Filing, may require a participant or party to use E-Filing if the presiding officer subsequently determines that the reason for granting the exemption from use of E-Filing no longer exists.

    Documents submitted in adjudicatory proceedings will appear in the NRC's electronic hearing docket which is available to the public at http://ehd1.nrc.gov/ehd/, unless excluded pursuant to an order of the Commission, or the presiding officer. Participants are requested not to include personal privacy information, such as social security numbers, home addresses, or home phone numbers in their filings, unless an NRC regulation or other law requires submission of such information. However, in some instances, a request to intervene will require including information on local residence in order to demonstrate a proximity assertion of interest in the proceeding. With respect to copyrighted works, except for limited excerpts that serve the purpose of the adjudicatory filings and would constitute a Fair Use application, participants are requested not to include copyrighted materials in their submission.

    For further details with respect to this action, see the application for license amendment dated June 16, 2016 and revised August 12, 2016.

    Attorney for licensee: Ms. Kathryn M. Sutton, Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLC, 1111 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20004-2514. NRC Branch Chief: Jennifer Dixon-Herrity.

    Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 26th day of August 2016.

    For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

    Donald Habib, Acting Branch Chief, Licensing Branch 4, Division of New Reactor Licensing, Office of New Reactors.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21161 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 7590-01-P
    NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION [NRC-2016-0001] Sunshine Act Meeting Notice DATE:

    September 5, 12, 19, 26, October 3, 10, 2016.

    PLACE:

    Commissioners' Conference Room, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland.

    STATUS:

    Public and Closed.

    Week of September 5, 2016 Friday, September 9, 2016 2:45 p.m. Affirmation Session (Public Meeting) (Tentative) CB&I AREVA MOX Services, LLC (Mixed Oxide Fuel Fabrication Facility Possession and Use License), Intervenors' Motion to Amend Protective Order (Tentative) Week of September 12, 2016—Tentative Monday, September 12, 2016 1:30 p.m. NRC All Employees Meeting (Public Meeting), Marriott Bethesda North Hotel, 5701 Marinelli Road, Rockville, MD 20852 Tuesday, September 13, 2016 2:00 p.m. Briefing on NRC International Activities (Closed—Ex. 1 & 9) Friday, September 16, 2016 9:00 a.m. Briefing on Fee Process (Public Meeting) (Contact: Michele Kaplan: 301-415-5256)

    This meeting will be webcast live at the Web address—http://www.nrc.gov/.

    Week of September 19, 2016—Tentative Monday, September 19, 2016 9:00 a.m. Briefing on NRC Tribal Policy Statement (Public Meeting) (Contact: Michelle Ryan: 630-829-9724)

    This meeting will be webcast live at the Web address—http://www.nrc.gov/.

    Week of September 26, 2016—Tentative

    There are no meetings scheduled for the week of September 26, 2016.

    Week of October 3, 2016—Tentative Wednesday, October 5, 2016 9:00 a.m. Hearing on Combined Licenses for William States Lee III Nuclear Station, Units 1 and 2: Section 189a. of the Atomic Energy Act Proceeding (Public Meeting) (Contact: Brian Hughes: 301-415-6582)

    This meeting will be webcast live at the Web address—http://www.nrc.gov/.

    Thursday, October 6, 2016 10:00 a.m. Meeting with Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards (ACRS) (Public Meeting) (Contact: Mark Banks: 301-415-3718)

    This meeting will be webcast live at the Web address—http://www.nrc.gov/.

    Week of October 10, 2016—Tentative

    There are no meetings scheduled for the week of October 10, 2016.

    The schedule for Commission meetings is subject to change on short notice. For more information or to verify the status of meetings, contact Denise McGovern at 301-415-0681 or via email at [email protected].

    The NRC Commission Meeting Schedule can be found on the Internet at http://www.nrc.gov/public-involve/public-meetings/schedule.html.

    The NRC provides reasonable accommodation to individuals with disabilities where appropriate. If you need a reasonable accommodation to participate in these public meetings, or need this meeting notice or the transcript or other information from the public meetings in another format (e.g. braille, large print), please notify Kimberly Meyer, NRC Disability Program Manager, at 301-287-0739, by videophone at 240-428-3217, or by email at [email protected]. Determinations on requests for reasonable accommodation will be made on a case-by-case basis.

    Members of the public may request to receive this information electronically. If you would like to be added to the distribution, please contact the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Office of the Secretary, Washington, DC 20555 (301-415-1969), or email [email protected] or [email protected].

    Dated: August 31, 2016. Denise L. McGovern, Policy Coordinator, Office of the Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21304 Filed 8-31-16; 4:15 pm] BILLING CODE 7590-01-P
    POSTAL SERVICE Temporary Emergency Committee of the Board of Governors; Sunshine Act Meeting DATES AND TIMES:

    Thursday, September 15, 2016, at 10:00 a.m.

    PLACE:

    Las Vegas, Nevada.

    STATUS:

    Closed.

    MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED:

    Thursday, September 15, 2016, at 10:00 a.m.

    1. Strategic Issues.

    2. Financial Matters.

    3. Personnel Matters and Compensation Issues.

    4. Executive Session—Discussion of prior agenda items and Board governance.

    GENERAL COUNSEL CERTIFICATION:

    The General Counsel of the United States Postal Service has certified that the meeting may be closed under the Government in the Sunshine Act.

    CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:

    Julie S. Moore, Secretary of the Board, U.S. Postal Service, 475 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Washington, DC 20260-1000. Telephone: (202) 268-4800.

    Julie S. Moore, Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21244 Filed 8-31-16; 11:15 am] BILLING CODE 7710-12-P
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Proposed Collection; Comment Request Upon Written Request, Copies Available From: Securities and Exchange Commission, Office of Investor Education and Advocacy, Washington, DC 20549-0213. Extension: Rule 17a-6, SEC File No. 270-506, OMB Control No. 3235-0564.

    Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501), the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) is soliciting comments on the collections of information summarized below. The Commission plans to submit these existing collections of information to the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) for extension and approval.

    Section 17(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act”) generally prohibits affiliated persons of a registered investment company (“fund”) from borrowing money or other property from, or selling or buying securities or other property to or from, the fund or any company that the fund controls.1 Rule 17a-6 (17 CFR 270.17a-6) permits a fund and a “portfolio affiliate” (a company that is an affiliated person of the fund because the fund controls the company, or holds five percent or more of the company's outstanding voting securities) to engage in principal transactions that would otherwise be prohibited under section 17(a) of the Act under certain conditions. A fund may not rely on the exemption in the rule to enter into a principal transaction with a portfolio affiliate if certain prohibited participants (e.g., directors, officers, employees, or investment advisers of the fund) have a financial interest in a party to the transaction. Rule 17a-6 specifies certain interests that are not “financial interests,” including any interest that the fund's board of directors (including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the fund) finds to be not material. A board making this finding is required to record the basis for the finding in its meeting minutes. This recordkeeping requirement is a collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”).2

    1 15 U.S.C. 80a-17(a).

    2 44 U.S.C. 3501.

    The rule is designed to permit transactions between funds and their portfolio affiliates in circumstances in which it is unlikely that the affiliate would be in a position to take advantage of the fund. In determining whether a financial interest is “material,” the board of the fund should consider whether the nature and extent of the interest in the transaction is sufficiently small that a reasonable person would not believe that the interest affected the determination of whether to enter into the transaction or arrangement or the terms of the transaction or arrangement. The information collection requirements in rule 17a-6 are intended to ensure that Commission staff can review, in the course of its compliance and examination functions, the basis for a board of director's finding that the financial interest of an otherwise prohibited participant in a party to a transaction with a portfolio affiliate is not material.

    Based on staff discussions with fund representatives, we estimate that funds currently do not rely on the exemption from the term “financial interest” with respect to any interest that the fund's board of directors (including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the fund) finds to be not material. Accordingly, we estimate that annually there will be no principal transactions under rule 17a-6 that will result in a collection of information.

    The Commission requests authorization to maintain an inventory of one burden hour to ease future renewals of rule 17a-6's collection of information analysis should funds rely on this exemption to the term “financial interest” as defined in rule 17a-6.

    The estimate of burden hours is made solely for the purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act. The estimate is not derived from a comprehensive or even a representative survey or study of the costs of Commission rules. Complying with this collection of information requirement is necessary to obtain the benefit of relying on rule 17a-6. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number.

    Written comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted in writing within 60 days of this publication.

    Please direct your written comments to Pamela Dyson, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, C/O Remi Pavlik-Simon, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549; or send an email to: [email protected].

    Dated: August 29, 2016. Robert W. Errett, Deputy Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21136 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 8011-01-P
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Investment Company Act of 1940; Release No. 32242/August 29, 2016; Order Under Sections 26(c) and 17(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Act”)

    In the Matter of:

    Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America Allianz Life Variable Account A Allianz Life Variable Account B Allianz Variable Insurance Products Trust 5701 Golden Hills Dr. Minneapolis, MN 55416-1297 Allianz Life Insurance Company of New York Allianz Life of NY Variable Account C 28 Liberty Street, 38th Floor New York, NY 10005-1423 (812-14580):

    Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America, Allianz Life Variable Account A, Allianz Life Variable Account B, Allianz Life Insurance Company of New York, Allianz Life of NY Variable Account C (collectively, the “Section 26 Applicants”); and Allianz Variable Insurance Products Trust (together with the Section 26 Applicants, the “Section 17 Applicants”) filed an application on November 16, 2015, and an amended and restated application on June 27, 2016. The Section 26 Applicants requested an order pursuant to section 26(c) of the Act to approve the substitutions of shares of certain registered management investment companies with shares of certain other registered management investment companies (“Substitutions”). The Section 17 Applicants requested an order under section 17(b) of the Act exempting them from section 17(a) of the Act to the extent necessary to permit them to engage in certain in-kind transactions in connection with the Substitutions.

    On August 3, 2016, a notice of the filing of the application was issued (Investment Company Act Release No. 32207). The notice gave interested persons an opportunity to request a hearing and stated that an order disposing of the application would be issued unless a hearing was ordered. No request for a hearing has been filed, and the Commission has not ordered a hearing.

    The matter has been considered, and it is found that the Substitutions are consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Act.

    It is also found that the terms of the proposed transactions, including the consideration to be paid or received, are reasonable and fair and do not involve overreaching on the part of any person concerned, and that the proposed transactions are consistent with the policy of each registered investment company concerned, as recited in its registration statement and reports filed under the Act, and with the general purposes of the Act.

    Accordingly, in the matter of Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America, et al. (File No. 812-14580),

    It is ordered, under section 26(c) of the Act, that the proposed Substitutions are approved, effective immediately, subject to the conditions contained in the application, as amended.

    It is further ordered, under section 17(b) of the Act, that the requested exemption from section 17(a) of the Act is granted, effective immediately, subject to the conditions contained in the application, as amended.

    For the Commission, by the Division of Investment Management, under delegated authority.

    Robert W. Errett, Deputy Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21134 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 8011-01-P
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Proposed Collection; Comment Request Upon Written Request Copies Available From: Securities and Exchange Commission, Office of FOIA Services, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-2736. Extension: Rule 12h-1(f), SEC File No. 270-570, OMB Control No. 3235-0632.

    Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.), the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) is soliciting comments on the collection of information summarized below. The Commission plans to submit this existing collection of information to the Office of Management and Budget for extension and approval.

    Rule 12h-1(f) (17 CFR 240.12h-1(f)) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) provides an exemption from the Exchange Act Section 12(g) registration requirements for compensatory employee stock options of issuers that are not required to file periodic reports under the Exchange Act. The information required under Exchange Act Rule 12h-1 is not filed with the Commission. Exchange Act Rule 12h-1(f) permits issuers to provide the required information to the option holders either by: (i) Physical or electronic delivery of the information; or (ii) written notice to the option holders of the availability of the information on a password-protected Internet site. We estimate that it takes approximately 2 burden hours per response to prepare and provide the information required under Rule 12h-1(f) and that the information is prepared and provided by approximately 40 respondents. We estimate that 25% of the 2 hours per response (0.5 hours per response) is prepared by the company for a total annual reporting burden of 20 hours (0.5 hours per response × 40 responses).

    Written comments are invited on: (a) Whether this proposed collection of information is necessary for the performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden imposed by the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted in writing within 60 days of this publication.

    An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number.

    Please direct your written comment to Pamela Dyson, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, c/o Remi Pavlik-Simon, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549 or send an email to: [email protected].

    Dated: August 29, 2016. Robert W. Errett, Deputy Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21135 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 8011-01-P
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION [Release No. 34-78714; File No. SR-Phlx-2016-84] Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 1042A, Exercise of Options Contracts and Options Floor Procedure Advice G-1, Index Option Exercise Advice Forms August 29, 2016.

    Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),1 and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,2 notice is hereby given that on August 22, 2016, NASDAQ PHLX LLC (“Phlx” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III, below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.

    1 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).

    2 17 CFR 240.19b-4.

    I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change

    The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 1042A, Exercise of Options Contracts and Options Floor Procedure Advice G-1, Index Option Exercise Advice Forms

    The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at http://nasdaqphlx.cchwallstreet.com/, at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.

    II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change

    In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.

    A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change 1. Purpose

    The Exchange is amending Rule 1042A to provide additional clarity to member organizations and add additional requirements regarding the procedures to be followed in order to exercise American style index option contracts. Currently, Rule 1042A states that “[a] memorandum to exercise any American style stock index option contract, issued or to be issued in a customer, market maker or firm account at the Options Clearing Corporation must be received or prepared by the member organization no later than five minutes after the close of trading on that day and must be time-stamped at the time it is received or prepared.” 3 Commentary .01 further states that “[a]ll memoranda of exercise instructions prepared pursuant to this Rule 1042A are subject to Securities and Exchange Commission rules 17a-3(a)(6) and 17a-4(b).” However, the rule does not state what a “memorandum of exercise” is. Nor does it state from whom the member organization may “receive” it.

    3See existing Rule 1042A(i).

    Rule 1042A also requires a member or member organization to that intends to submit an “exercise notice” for any American style option contract(s) on behalf of a customer, specialist, Registered Options Trader, or firm account to deliver an “Exercise Advice” on a form prescribed by the Exchange, to a place designated by the Exchange, no later than five minutes after the close of trading.4 However, the rule does not state what an “Exercise Advice” or an “exercise notice” is, or whether they may be the same thing or a different thing, or how they relate to the “memorandum to exercise” (though both the memorandum to exercise and the exercise advice are due no later than five minutes after the close of trading). The Exchange believes therefore that the current rule is susceptible to misinterpretation and confusion on the part of the reader.

    4See existing Rule 1042A(ii).

    The Exchange has consequently determined to provide additional clarity to member organizations regarding procedures to be followed in order to exercise an American-style index option contract. It proposes to delete all rule text currently found in section (a) of Rule 1042A with the exception of the first part of the first sentence, which reads simply and clearly that “[w]ith respect to index option contracts, clearing members are required to follow the procedures of the Options Clearing Corporation for tendering exercise notices”. In place of the deleted text, the Exchange proposes to adopt several new provisions that clearly articulate the procedures to be followed.

    The new language specifies that Clearing Members must follow the procedures of the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) when exercising American-style cash-settled index options contracts issued or to be issued in any account at OCC. Member organizations must also observe certain procedures with respect to American-style cash-settled index options. Specifically, for all contracts exercised by the member organization or by any customer of the member organization, an “exercise advice” must be delivered by the member organization in such form or manner prescribed by the Exchange no later than five (5) minutes after the close of trading on that day.5 Subsequent to the delivery of an “exercise advice,” should the member organization or a customer of the member organization determine not to exercise all or part of the advised contracts, the member organization must also deliver an “advice cancel” in such form or manner prescribed by the Exchange no later than five (5) minutes after the close of trading on that day.6 These procedures would not apply on the business day prior to expiration in a series expiring on a day other than a business day, or on the expiration day in series expiring on a business day.7

    5See proposed Rule 1042A(i). An exercise advice is a notification to the Exchange of a member's intention to exercise one or more options contracts.

    6See proposed Rule 1042A(ii).

    7See proposed Rule 1042A(vii). Existing Rule 1042A(b) is being deleted as redundant.

    The new rule language also adds some new provisions not covered by the existing rule text. It provides that the Exchange may determine to extend the applicable deadline for the delivery of “exercise advice” and “advice cancel” notifications pursuant to this paragraph if unusual circumstances are present.8 It prohibits member organizations from time stamping or submitting an “exercise advice” prior to the purchase of the contracts to be exercised if the member organization knew or had reason to know that the contracts had not yet been purchased.9 The new language adds a provision specifying that the failure of any member organization to follow the procedures in the rule could result in the assessment of a fine, which may include but is not limited to disgorgement of potential economic gain obtained or loss avoided by the subject exercise, as determined by the Exchange.10 The new language also states that preparing or submitting an “exercise advice” or “advice cancel” after the applicable deadline on the basis of material information released after such deadline, in addition to constituting a violation of the Rule, is activity inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade.11

    8See proposed Rule 1042A(iii).

    9See proposed Rule 1042A(iv).

    10See proposed Rule 1042A(v). Exchange Rule 960.1 provides that any member alleged to have violated rules of the Exchange shall be subject to the disciplinary jurisdiction of the Exchange, and after notice and opportunity for a hearing may be appropriately disciplined by expulsion, suspension, fine, censure, limitation or termination as to activities, functions, operations, or association with a member or member organization, or any other fitting sanction in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange's disciplinary rules.

    11See proposed Rule 1042A(vi).

    The new language requires each member organization to prepare a memorandum of every exercise instruction received showing by time stamp the time when such instruction was so received. It provides that such memoranda shall be subject to the requirements of Commission Rule 17a-4(b).12 Finally, the new language requires each member organization to establish fixed procedures to ensure secure time stamps in connection with their electronic systems employed for the recording of submissions to exercise or not exercise expiring options.13

    12See proposed Rule 1042A(viii). The Exchange is deleting existing Commentary .01 of Rule 1042A as redundant. The Exchange believes that including the requirement in the text of the rule rather than as a “Commentary” is a preferable approach in terms of organization and presentation of the rule. Although the proposed language does not contain the requirement that memoranda of exercise instructions are subject to Commission Rule 17a-3(a)(6), the Exchange notes that the rule upon which its proposal is based, NOM Rulebook chapter VIII, Exercises and Deliveries, section 1, Exercise of Options Contracts, Supplementary Material .02, does not contain this requirement. The Exchange seeks to conform its Rule 1042A to the counterpart NOM rule in this respect.

    13See proposed Rule 1042A(ix).

    The Exchange also proposes to amend Options Floor Procedure Advice (“OFPA”) G-1 by conforming it to the requirements of updated Rule 1042A. References to a specific “Exercise Advice Form” are replaced with general references to exercise advices to eliminate any suggestion that a specified form must be used in order to comply with Rule 1042A. The Exchange intends that any written evidence reflecting that Rule 1042A's requirements have been met will be sufficient to constitute an exercise advice.14 The amendments also eliminate an outdated reference to C/MACS, which is no longer in use at OCC,15 and modify the OFPA to reflect that expiration now typically occurs on a business day rather than on a Saturday.

    14 The Exchange currently does not require the use of a specific form of exercise advice. Nonetheless, certain floor-based members currently use a “Phlx Index Option Exercise Advice Form.” The Exchange has attached as Exhibit 3 a revised version of the form, updated to conform to this proposed rule change. These updates include (1) the addition of a statement that the rule does not apply in series expiring on a day other than a business day or on the expiration day in series expiring on a business day, (2) the deletion of capitalization of the terms memorandum of exercise and exercise advice, as these are not defined terms in the rule, (3) the addition of a reference to memorandum of exercise instructions, which is a term used in the rule, (4) the deletion of a statement that the form must be time stamped “contemporaneously with its submission” and addition of new language that conforms to the rule, (5) the adjustment of a cross reference to the rule, in order for the form to refer to the correct rule section required by the context, and (6) the updating of the name of the Exchange from Philadelphia Stock Exchange to NASDAQ OMX PHLX. Members may continue to use the form, updated as reflected in Exhibit 3, if they choose to do so. Members will also able to continue to fill the Rule 1042A exercise advice requirements by sending an email to the Exchange, or by providing the required exercise advice notification in any other manner directed by the Exchange. The Exchange accepts the time indicated on an email as satisfaction of the time stamp requirement.

    15 According to OCC, C/MACS was an on-line, menu-driven system that allowed OCC member firms to access or input trade information directly from or to OCC's clearing systems. See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 35982 (July 18, 1995), 60 FR 38072 (July 25, 1995), at footnote 6.

    2. Statutory Basis

    The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with section 6(b) of the Act 16 in general, and furthers the objectives of section 6(b)(5) of the Act 17 in particular, in that it is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general to protect investors and the public interest, by adding rules providing clear procedures concerning exercise of American index options. Rule 1042A is intended to provide for the maintenance of a level playing field between holders of long and short positions in expiring index options. After trading has ended on the final trading day before expiration, persons who are short the option have no way to close out their short positions. To put option holders on equal footing, the rule minimizes the time period in which a holder can exercise an index option after the close of trading on the last business day prior to expiration in series expiring on a day other than a business day or on the expiration day in series expiring on a business day.

    16 15 U.S.C. 78f(b).

    17 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).

    The Exchange believes that the introductory language of Rule 1042A as revised, as well as sections (i), (vii) and (viii) largely restate the existing rule, but in a much more clear and understandable way. New sections (ii) and (iii) provide, respectively, for the delivery of “advice cancels” if made on a timely basis and for the extension of applicable deadlines for delivery of exercise advices and advice cancel notifications in unusual circumstances. The advice cancel language codifies existing practice that is not spelled out in the current rule, and the rule providing for extension of deadlines provides the Exchange with flexibility to deal with unusual market circumstances in a way that is fair to market participants. New subsection (iv) clearly prohibits the preparation, time stamping or submitting an “exercise advice” prior to the purchase of the contracts to be exercised, if the member organization knew or had reason to know that the contracts had not yet been purchased. New sections (v) and (vi) articulate clearly that violation of Rule 1042A may result in consequences including disgorgement and that preparing or submitting an exercise advice or advice cancel after the applicable deadline on the basis of material information released after the deadline violates Rule 1042A and constitutes activity inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade. These provisions should discourage lack of compliance with Rule 1042A. Finally, compliance should be enhanced by the adoption of section (ix), a new requirement to establish procedures to ensure secure time stamps for the recording of submissions to exercise or not exercise expiring options. The proposed amendments to OFPA G-1 are designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade and to protect investors and the public interest by conforming it to the requirements of updated Rule 1042A, eliminating potential confusion concerning a requirement that a specified form must be used in order to comply with Rule 1042A, eliminating an outdated reference to C/MACS, reflecting current practice that exercise advices may be delivered to Exchange staff in the trading crowd as well as at the Surveillance Post on the Exchange floor, and acknowledging that expiration now typically occurs on a business day rather than on a Saturday.

    B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition

    The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act because the rule provides additional detail and requirements relating to procedures for exercise of American index options that apply to all members equally.

    C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others

    No written comments were either solicited or received.

    III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action

    Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 18 and subparagraph (f)(6) of Rule 19b-4 thereunder.19

    18 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(a)(iii).

    19 17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Exchange has satisfied this requirement.

    At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.

    IV. Solicitation of Comments

    Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:

    Electronic Comments

    • Use the Commission's Internet comment form (http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml); or

    • Send an email to [email protected]. Please include File Number SR-Phlx-2016-84 on the subject line.

    Paper Comments

    • Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.

    All submissions should refer to File Number SR-Phlx-2016-84. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet Web site (http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-Phlx-2016-84 and should be submitted on or before September 23, 2016.

    For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.20

    20 17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).

    Robert W. Errett, Deputy Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21131 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 8011-01-P
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION [Investment Company Act Release No. 32241; 812-14630] Starboard Investment Trust and Cavalier Investments, Inc.; Notice of Application August 29, 2016. AGENCY:

    Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”).

    ACTION:

    Notice of an application under section 6(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Act”) for an exemption from section 15(a) of the Act and rule 18f-2 under the Act, as well as from certain disclosure requirements in rule 20a-1 under the Act, Item 19(a)(3) of Form N-1A, Items 22(c)(1)(ii), 22(c)(1)(iii), 22(c)(8) and 22(c)(9) of Schedule 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and Sections 6-07(2)(a), (b), and (c) of Regulation S-X (“Disclosure Requirements”). The requested exemption would permit an investment adviser to hire and replace certain sub-advisers without shareholder approval and grant relief from the Disclosure Requirements as they relate to fees paid to the sub-advisers.

    Applicants:

    Starboard Investment Trust (the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust registered under the Act as an open-end management investment company with multiple series, and Cavalier Investments, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Adviser,” and, collectively with the Trust, the “Applicants”).

    DATES

    Filing Dates: The application was filed March 18, 2016, and amended on June 20, 2016.

    Hearing or Notification of Hearing:

    An order granting the application will be issued unless the Commission orders a hearing. Interested persons may request a hearing by writing to the Commission's Secretary and serving applicants with a copy of the request, personally or by mail. Hearing requests should be received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m. on September 23, 2016, and should be accompanied by proof of service on the applicants, in the form of an affidavit or, for lawyers, a certificate of service. Pursuant to rule 0-5 under the Act, hearing requests should state the nature of the writer's interest, any facts bearing upon the desirability of a hearing on the matter, the reason for the request, and the issues contested. Persons who wish to be notified of a hearing may request notification by writing to the Commission's Secretary.

    ADDRESSES:

    Secretary, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090. Applicants: The Trust, 116 South Franklin Street, Rocky Mount, NC 27804; the Adviser, 50 Braintree Hill Park #105, Braintree, MA 02184.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Hae-Sung Lee, Attorney-Adviser, at (202) 551-7345, or Mary Kay Frech, Branch Chief, at (202) 551-6821 (Division of Investment Management, Chief Counsel's Office).

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The following is a summary of the application. The complete application may be obtained via the Commission's Web site by searching for the file number, or an applicant using the Company name box, at http://www.sec.gov/search/search.htm or by calling (202) 551-8090.

    Summary of the Application

    1. The Adviser will serve as the investment adviser to the Subadvised Series pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Trust (the “Investment Management Agreement”).1 The Adviser will provide the Subadvised Series with continuous and comprehensive investment management services subject to the supervision of, and policies established by, each Subadvised Series' board of trustees (“Board”). The Investment Management Agreement permits the Adviser, subject to the approval of the Board, to delegate to one or more sub-advisers (each, a “Sub-Adviser” and collectively, the “Sub-Advisers”) the responsibility to provide the day-to-day portfolio investment management of each Subadvised Series, subject to the supervision and direction of the Adviser. The primary responsibility for managing the Subadvised Series will remain vested in the Adviser. The Adviser will hire, evaluate, allocate assets to and oversee the Sub-Advisers, including determining whether a Sub-Adviser should be terminated, at all times subject to the authority of the Board.

    1 Applicants request relief with respect to any existing and any future series of the Trust and any other registered open-end management company or series thereof that: (a) Is advised by the Adviser or its successor or by a person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Adviser or its successor (each, also an “Adviser”); (b) uses the manager of managers structure described in the application; and (c) complies with the terms and conditions of the application (each, a “Subadvised Series”). For purposes of the requested order, “successor” is limited to an entity that results from a reorganization into another jurisdiction or a change in the type of business organization.

    2. Applicants request an exemption to permit the Adviser, subject to Board approval, to hire certain Sub-Advisers pursuant to Sub-Advisory Agreements and materially amend existing Sub-Advisory Agreements without obtaining the shareholder approval required under section 15(a) of the Act and rule 18f-2 under the Act.2 Applicants also seek an exemption from the Disclosure Requirements to permit each Subadvised Series to disclose (as both a dollar amount and a percentage of the Subadvised Series' net assets): (a) The aggregate fees paid to the Adviser and any Affiliated Sub-Advisers; and (b) the aggregate fees paid to Sub-Advisers other than Affiliated Sub-Advisers (collectively, “Aggregate Fee Disclosure”). For any Subadvised Series that employs an Affiliated Sub-Adviser, the Subadvised Series will provide separate disclosure of any fees paid to the Affiliated Sub-Adviser.

    2 The requested relief will not extend to any sub-adviser that is an affiliated person, as defined in section 2(a)(3) of the Act, of the Subadvised Series, the Trust or the Adviser, other than by reason of serving as a sub-adviser to one or more of the Subadvised Series (“Affiliated Sub-Adviser”).

    3. Applicants agree that any order granting the requested relief will be subject to the terms and conditions stated in the application. Such terms and conditions provide for, among other safeguards, appropriate disclosure to Subadvised Series shareholders and notification about sub-advisory changes and enhanced Board oversight to protect the interests of the Subadvised Series' shareholders.

    4. Section 6(c) of the Act provides that the Commission may exempt any person, security, or transaction or any class or classes of persons, securities, or transactions from any provisions of the Act, or any rule thereunder, if such relief is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Act. Applicants believe that the requested relief meets this standard because, as further explained in the application, the Investment Management Agreements will remain subject to shareholder approval, while the role of the Sub-Advisers is substantially similar to that of individual portfolio managers, so that requiring shareholder approval of Sub-Advisory Agreements would impose unnecessary delays and expenses on the Subadvised Series. Applicants believe that the requested relief from the Disclosure Requirements meets this standard because it will improve the Adviser's ability to negotiate fees paid to the Sub-Advisers that are more advantageous for the Subadvised Series.

    For the Commission, by the Division of Investment Management, under delegated authority.

    Robert W. Errett, Deputy Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21133 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 8011-01-P
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION [Release No. 34-78712; File No. SR-NYSEArca-2016-70] Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1 Thereto, Regarding Use of Rule 144A Securities by the Fidelity Corporate Bond ETF, Fidelity Investment Grade Bond ETF, Fidelity Limited Term Bond ETF, and Fidelity Total Bond ETF August 29, 2016. I. Introduction

    On May 11, 2016, NYSE Arca, Inc. (“Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) 1 and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,2 a proposed rule change to permit the Fidelity Corporate Bond ETF, Fidelity Investment Grade Bond ETF, Fidelity Limited Term Bond ETF, and Fidelity Total Bond ETF (individually, “Fund,” and collectively, “Funds”) to consider securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”) as debt securities eligible for principal investment. The proposed rule change was published for comment in the Federal Register on May 31, 2016.3 On June 30, 2016, pursuant to section 19(b)(2) of the Act,4 the Commission designated a longer period within which to approve the proposed rule change, disapprove the proposed rule change, or institute proceedings to determine whether to disapprove the proposed rule change.5 On July 26, 2016, the Exchange filed Amendment No. 1 to the proposed rule change.6 The Commission has received no comments on the proposed rule change. This order institutes proceedings under section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act7 to determine whether to approve or disapprove the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1 thereto.

    1 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).

    2 17 CFR 240.19b-4.

    3See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 77891 (May 24, 2016), 81 FR 34388 (“Notice”).

    4 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2).

    5See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 78207, 81 FR 44338 (Jul. 7, 2016). The Commission designated August 29, 2016 as the date by which the Commission shall either approve or disapprove, or institute proceedings to determine whether to disapprove, the proposed rule change.

    6 In Amendment No. 1, which amended and replaced the proposed rule change in its entirety, the Exchange: (a) Corrected certain aspects of the the investment descriptions for each Fund in accordance with the Prior Corporate Bond Releases and Prior Total Bond Releases (as defined herein); (b) confirmed that all of the Rule 144A securities in which a Fund invests will be corporate debt securities for which transactions are reported to TRACE (as defined herein); and (c) confirmed that FINRA (as defined herein), on behalf of the Exchange, is able to access, as needed, trade information for the Rule 144A securities as well as certain other fixed income securities held by the Funds reported to TRACE. Amendment No. 1 is available at: https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-nysearca-2016-70/nysearca201670-1.pdf. Because Amendment No. 1 to the proposed rule change does not materially alter the substance of the proposed rule change or raise unique or novel regulatory issues, Amendment No. 1 is not subject to notice and comment.

    7 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).

    II. Exchange's Description of the Proposal

    The Commission approved the listing and trading of shares (“Shares”) of the Funds under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600,8 which governs the listing and trading of Managed Fund Shares. The Exchange proposes to amend the representation in the Prior Corporate Bond Notice and Prior Total Bond Notice to provide that each Fund may include Rule 144A securities within a Fund's principal investments in debt securities (i.e., debt securities in which at least 80% of a Fund's assets are invested).

    8See Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 72068 (May 1, 2014), 79 FR 25923 (May 6, 2014) (SR-NYSEArca-2014-47) (notice of filing of proposed rule change relating to listing and trading of Shares of Fidelity Corporate Bond ETF Managed Shares under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600) (“Prior Corporate Bond Notice”); 72439 (Jun. 20, 2014), 79 FR 36361 (Jun. 26, 2014) (SR-NYSEArca-2014-47) (order approving proposed rule change relating to listing and trading of Shares of Fidelity Corporate Bond ETF Managed Shares under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600) (“Prior Corporate Bond Order” and, together with the Prior Corporate Bond Notice, “Prior Corporate Bond Releases”); 72064 (May 1, 2014), 79 FR 25908 (May 6, 2014) (SR-NYSEArca-2014-46) (notice of filing of proposed rule change relating to listing and trading of Shares of Fidelity Investment Grade Bond ETF; Fidelity Limited Term Bond ETF; and Fidelity Total Bond ETF under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600) (“Prior Total Bond Notice”); 72748 (Aug. 4, 2014), 79 FR 46484 (Aug. 8, 2014) (SR-NYSEArca-2014-46) (order approving proposed rule change relating to listing and trading of Shares of the Fidelity Investment Grade Bond ETF, Fidelity Limited Term Bond ETF, and Fidelity Total Bond ETF under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600) (“Prior Total Bond ETF Order” and, together with the Prior Total Bond Notice, “Prior Total Bond Releases”).

    A. Exchange's Description of the Funds

    Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc. (“FIMM”), an affiliate of Fidelity Management & Research Company (“FMR”), is the manager (“Manager”) of each Fund. FMR Co., Inc. (“FMRC”) serves as a sub-adviser for the Fidelity Total Bond ETF. FMRC has day-to-day responsibility for choosing certain types of investments of foreign and domestic issuers for Fidelity Total Bond ETF. Other investment advisers, which also are affiliates of FMR, serve as sub-advisers to the Funds and assist FIMM with foreign investments, including Fidelity Management & Research (U.K.) Inc., Fidelity Management & Research (Hong Kong) Limited, and Fidelity Management & Research (Japan) Inc. (individually, “Sub-Adviser,” and together with FMRC, collectively “Sub-Advisers”). Fidelity Distributors Corporation is the distributor for the Funds' Shares.

    The Funds are funds of Fidelity Merrimack Street Trust (“Trust”), a Massachusetts business trust.9 The Exchange represents that the Shares of the Fidelity Corporate Bond ETF, Fidelity Limited Term Bond ETF, and Fidelity Total Bond ETF are currently trading on the Exchange.

    9 The Trust is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”). According to the Exchange, on December 29, 2015, the Trust filed with the Commission an amendment to its registration statement on Form N-1A under the Securities Act and the 1940 Act relating to the Funds (File Nos. 333-186372 and 811-22796) (“Registration Statement”). In addition, the Exchange states that the Trust has obtained certain exemptive relief under the 1940 Act. See Investment Company Act Release No. 30513 (May 10, 2013) (File No. 812-14104).

    1. Fidelity Corporate Bond ETF

    As described in the Prior Corporate Bond Notice, the Fidelity Corporate Bond ETF seeks a high level of current income. The Manager normally invests at least 80% of Fidelity Corporate Bond ETF assets in investment-grade corporate bonds and other corporate debt securities.10 Corporate debt securities are bonds and other debt securities issued by corporations and other business structures, as described in the Prior Corporate Bond Notice.

    10 According to the Exchange, investment-grade debt securities include all types of debt instruments, including corporate debt securities that are of medium and high-quality. An investment-grade rating means the security or issuer is rated investment-grade by a credit rating agency registered as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization with the Commission (for example, Moody's Investors Service, Inc.), or is unrated but considered to be of equivalent quality by the Fidelity Corporate Bond ETF's Manager or Sub-Advisers.

    The Fidelity Corporate Bond ETF may hold uninvested cash or may invest it in cash equivalents such as money market securities, or shares of short-term bond exchanged-traded funds registered under the 1940 Act (“ETFs”), or mutual funds or money market funds, including Fidelity central funds (special types of investment vehicles created by Fidelity for use by the Fidelity funds and other advisory clients). The Manager uses the Barclays U.S. Credit Bond Index as a guide in structuring the Fund and selecting its investments. FIMM manages the Fund to have similar overall interest rate risk to the Barclays U.S. Credit Bond Index.

    As stated in the Prior Corporate Bond Releases, in buying and selling securities for the Fund, the Manager analyzes the credit quality of the issuer, security-specific features, current valuation relative to alternatives in the market, short-term trading opportunities resulting from market inefficiencies, and potential future valuation. In managing the Fund's exposure to various risks, including interest rate risk, the Manager considers, among other things, the market's overall risk characteristics, the market's current pricing of those risks, information on the Fund's competitive universe and internal views of potential future market conditions.

    While the Manager normally invests at least 80% of assets of the Fund in investment grade corporate bonds and other corporate debt securities, as described above, the Manager may invest up to 20% of the Fund's assets in other securities and financial instruments, as summarized below.

    In addition to corporate debt securities, the debt securities in which the Fund may invest are U.S. Government securities; repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements; mortgage- and other asset-backed securities; loans; loan participations, loan assignments, and other evidences of indebtedness, including letters of credit, revolving credit facilities, and other standby financing commitments; structured securities; stripped securities; municipal securities; sovereign debt obligations; obligations of international agencies or supranational entities; and other securities believed to have debt-like characteristics, including hybrid securities, which may offer characteristics similar to those of a bond security such as stated maturity and preference over equity in bankruptcy.

    The Fund may invest in restricted securities, which are subject to legal restrictions on their sale. Restricted securities generally can be sold in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, or in a registered public offering.

    2. Fidelity Investment Grade Bond ETF

    As described in the Prior Total Bond Notice, the Fidelity Investment Grade Bond ETF (which has not yet commenced operation) will seek a high level of current income. The Manager normally will invest at least 80% of the Fund's assets in investment-grade debt securities (those of medium and high quality). The debt securities in which the Fund may invest are corporate debt securities; U.S. Government securities; repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements; money market securities; mortgage- and other asset-backed securities; senior loans; loan participations and loan assignments and other evidences of indebtedness, including letters of credit, revolving credit facilities and other standby financing commitments; stripped securities; municipal securities; sovereign debt obligations; and obligations of international agencies or supranational entities (collectively, “Debt Securities”).

    As described in the Prior Total Bond Notice, the Fidelity Investment Grade Bond ETF may hold uninvested cash or may invest it in cash equivalents such as repurchase agreements, shares of short term bond ETFs, mutual funds, or money market funds, including Fidelity central funds (special types of investment vehicles created by Fidelity for use by the Fidelity funds and other advisory clients). The Manager will use the Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (“Aggregate Index”) as a guide in structuring the Fund and selecting its investments, and will manage the Fund to have similar overall interest rate risk to the Aggregate Index.

    As described in the Prior Total Bond Notice, the Manager will consider other factors when selecting the Fidelity Investment Grade Bond ETF's investments, including the credit quality of the issuer, security-specific features, current valuation relative to alternatives in the market, short-term trading opportunities resulting from market inefficiencies, and potential future valuation. In managing the Fidelity Investment Grade Bond ETF's exposure to various risks, including interest rate risk, the Manager will consider, among other things, the market's overall risk characteristics, the market's current pricing of those risks, information on the Fidelity Investment Grade Bond ETF's competitive universe, and internal views of potential future market conditions.

    3. Fidelity Limited Term Bond ETF

    As described in the Prior Total Bond Notice, the Fidelity Limited Term Bond ETF seeks to provide a high rate of income. The Manager normally invests at least 80% of the Fidelity Limited Term Bond ETF's assets in investment-grade Debt Securities (those of medium and high quality).

    The Fidelity Limited Term Bond ETF may hold uninvested cash or may invest it in cash equivalents such as repurchase agreements, shares of short term bond ETFs, mutual funds, or money market funds, including Fidelity central funds (special types of investment vehicles created by Fidelity for use by the Fidelity funds and other advisory clients). The Manager uses the Fidelity Limited Term Composite Index (“Composite Index”) as a guide in structuring the Fund and selecting its investments. The Manager manages the Fidelity Limited Term Bond ETF to have similar overall interest rate risk to the Composite Index.

    The Manager considers other factors when selecting the Fidelity Limited Term Bond ETF's investments, including the credit quality of the issuer, security-specific features, current valuation relative to alternatives in the market, short-term trading opportunities resulting from market inefficiencies, and potential future valuation. In managing the Fidelity Limited Term Bond ETF's exposure to various risks, including interest rate risk, the Manager considers, among other things, the market's overall risk characteristics, the market's current pricing of those risks, information on the Fund's competitive universe, and internal views of potential future market conditions.

    4. Fidelity Total Bond ETF

    As described in the Prior Total Bond Notice, the Fidelity Total Bond ETF seeks a high level of current income. The Manager normally invests at least 80% of the Fidelity Total Bond ETF's assets in Debt Securities. The Manager allocates the Fidelity Total Bond ETF's assets across investment-grade, high yield, and emerging market Debt Securities. The Manager may invest up to 20% of the Fund's assets in lower-quality Debt Securities.

    The Fidelity Total Bond ETF may hold uninvested cash or may invest it in cash equivalents such as repurchase agreements, shares of short term bond ETFs, mutual funds, or money market funds, including Fidelity central funds (special types of investment vehicles created by Fidelity for use by the Fidelity funds and other advisory clients).

    The Manager uses the Barclays U.S. Universal Bond Index (“Universal Index”) as a guide in structuring and selecting the investments of the Fidelity Total Bond ETF and selecting its investments, and in allocating the Fidelity Total Bond ETF's assets across the investment-grade, high yield, and emerging market asset classes. The Manager manages the Fidelity Total Bond ETF to have similar overall interest rate risk to the Universal Index. The Manager considers other factors when selecting the Fund's investments, including the credit quality of the issuer, security-specific features, current valuation relative to alternatives in the market, short-term trading opportunities resulting from market inefficiencies, and potential future valuation. In managing the Fund's exposure to various risks, including interest rate risk, the Manager considers, among other things, the market's overall risk characteristics, the market's current pricing of those risks, information on the Fund's competitive universe, and internal views of potential future market conditions.

    As described in the Prior Total Bond Notice, the Manager may invest the Fidelity Total Bond ETF's assets in Debt Securities of foreign issuers in addition to securities of domestic issuers.

    5. Other Investments of the Funds

    While, as described above, the Manager normally invests at least 80% of assets of Fidelity Limited Term Bond ETF in investment-grade Debt Securities (and will normally invest at least 80% of assets of the Fidelity Investment Grade Bond ETF in investment-grade Debt Securities), and the Manager normally invests at least 80% of assets of the Fidelity Total Bond ETF in Debt Securities, the Manager may invest up to 20% of a Fund's assets in other securities and financial instruments (“Other Investments,” as described in the Prior Total Bond Notice). As described in the Prior Corporate Bond Notice and Prior Total Bond Notice, as part of a Fund's Other Investments, (i.e., up to 20% of a Fund's assets), each Fund may invest in restricted securities, which are subject to legal restrictions on their sale.11

    11 Restricted securities are subject to legal restrictions on their sale. Restricted securities generally can be sold in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, or in a registered public offering. Rule 144A securities are securities which, while privately placed, are eligible for purchase and resale pursuant to Rule 144A. Rule 144A permits certain qualified institutional buyers, such as a Fund, to trade in privately placed securities even though such securities are not registered under the Securities Act.

    B. Exchange's Description of the Proposed Change to the Principal Investments of the Funds

    The Exchange proposes that each Fund may include Rule 144A securities within a Fund's principal investments in debt securities (i.e., debt securities in which at least 80% of a Fund's assets are invested). As discussed below, the Exchange believes it is appropriate for Rule 144A securities to be included as principal investments of a Fund in view of (1) the high level of liquidity in the market for such securities compared to other debt securities asset classes, and (2) the high level of transparency in the market for Rule 144A securities, particularly in light of reporting of transaction data in such securities through the Trade Reporting and Compliance Engine (“TRACE”) operated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). All of the Rule 144A securities in which a Fund invests will be corporate debt securities for which transactions are reported in TRACE.

    FMR has represented to the Exchange that Rule 144A securities account for approximately 20% of daily trading volume in U.S. corporate bonds. Dealers trade and report transactions in Rule 144A securities in the same manner as registered corporate bonds. While the average number of daily trades and U.S. dollar volume in registered corporate bonds is much higher than in Rule 144A securities, the average lot size is higher for Rule 144A securities.12 Specifically, the average lot size for 144A securities for the period January 1, 2015 through August 31, 2015 was approximately $2.2 million, compared to an average lot size for the same period of approximately $500,000 for registered corporate bonds.

    12Source: MarketAxess Trace Data. For example, for the period January 1, 2015 through August 31, 2015, for registered bonds and Rule 144A securities with $1 billion to $1.999 billion the average daily dollar volume outstanding was approximately $6.8 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively, and the average lot size was $666,647 and $2,398,292, respectively.

    In addition, in 2013, the Commission approved FINRA rules relating to dissemination of information regarding transactions in Rule 144A securities in TRACE.13 In approving FINRA's proposed rule change to amend its rules regarding dissemination of Rule 144A transactions, the Commission stated:

    13See Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 70009 (Jul. 19, 2013), 78 FR 44997 (Jul. 25, 2103) (SR-FINRA-2013-029) (notice of filing of a proposed rule change relating to the dissemination of transactions in TRACE-Eligible securities effected pursuant to Rule 144A); 70345 (Sept. 6, 2013), 78 FR 56251 (Sept. 12, 2013) (SR-FINRA-2013-029) (order approving proposed rule change relating to the dissemination of transactions in TRACE-Eligible securities effected pursuant to Rule 144A). In the proposed rule change, FINRA proposed to amend FINRA Rule 6750 to provide for the dissemination of Rule 144A transactions, provided the asset type (e.g., corporate bonds) currently is subject to dissemination under FINRA Rule 6750; to amend the dissemination protocols to extend the dissemination caps currently applicable to the non-Rule 144A transactions in such asset type (e.g., non-Rule 144A corporate bond transactions) to Rule 144A transactions in such securities; to amend FINRA Rule 7730 to establish a data set for real-time Rule 144A transaction data and a second data set for historic Rule 144A transaction data; to amend the definition of “Historic TRACE Data” to reference the three data sets currently included therein and the proposed fourth data set; and to make other clarifying and technical amendments. FINRA Rule 6730(a) requires any transaction in a TRACE-Eligible security to be reported to TRACE as soon as practicable, but no later than within 15 minutes of the transaction, subject to specified exceptions. FINRA Rule 6730(c) requires the trade report to contain information on size, price, time of execution, amount of commission, the date of settlement, and other information.

    Real-time dissemination of last-sale information could aid dealers in deriving better quotations, because they would know the prices at which other market participants had recently transacted in the same or similar instruments. This information could aid all market participants in evaluating current quotations, because they could inquire why dealer quotations might differ from the prices of recently executed transactions. Furthermore, post-trade transparency affords market participants a means of testing whether dealer quotations before the last sale were close to the price at which the last sale was executed. In this manner, post-trade transparency can promote price competition between dealers and more efficient price discovery and ultimately lower transaction costs in the market for Rule 144A securities.

    Transactions executed by FINRA members became subject to dissemination through FINRA's TRACE on June 30, 2014, thus providing a level of transparency to the Rule 144A market comparable to that of registered bonds.14

    14 In its June 30, 2014 press release “FINRA Brings 144A Corporate Debt Transactions Into the Light,” FINRA stated: “144A transactions—resales of restricted corporate debt securities to large institutions called qualified institutional buyers (QIBs)—account for a significant portion of the volume in corporate debt securities. In the first quarter of 2014, 144A transactions comprised nearly 13 percent of the average daily volume in investment-grade corporate debt, and nearly 30 percent of the average daily volume in high-yield corporate debt. 144A transactions comprised nearly 20 percent of the average daily volume in the corporate debt market as a whole. Through the Trade Reporting and Compliance Engine (TRACE), FINRA will disseminate 144A transactions subject to the same dissemination caps that are currently in effect for non-144A transactions. The same dissemination cap for investment-grade corporate bonds ($5 million) applies to both 144A and non-144A corporate bond transactions, and the $1 million dissemination cap for high-yield corporate bonds similarly applies to both 144A and non-144A transactions. 144A transactions are also subject to the same 15-minute reporting requirement as non-144A corporate debt transactions.” See also FINRA Regulatory Notice 13-35 October 2013.

    The Exchange notes that, while the proposed rule change would categorize Rule 144A securities within a Fund's principal investments in debt securities, any investments in Rule 144A securities, of course, would be required to comply with restrictions under the 1940 Act and rules thereunder relating to investment in illiquid assets. As stated in the Prior Corporate Bond Notice and Prior Total Bond Notice, each Fund may hold up to an aggregate amount of 15% of its net assets in illiquid assets (calculated at the time of investment), including Rule 144A securities deemed illiquid by the Manager or Sub-Advisers. Each Fund monitors its portfolio liquidity on an ongoing basis to determine whether, in light of current circumstances, an adequate level of liquidity is being maintained, and will consider taking appropriate steps in order to maintain adequate liquidity if, through a change in values, net assets, or other circumstances, more than 15% of a Fund's net assets are held in illiquid assets. Illiquid assets include assets subject to contractual or other restrictions on resale and other instruments that lack readily available markets as determined in accordance with Commission staff guidance.15

    15 In its recent rulemaking proposal relating to open-end fund liquidity risk management programs, the Commission noted that “[s]ecurities offered pursuant to rule 144A under the Securities Act may be considered liquid depending on certain factors.” The Commission, citing to the “Statement Regarding `Restricted Securities'” noted: “The Commission stated [in the “Statement Regarding `Restricted Securities'”] that `determination of the liquidity of Rule 144A securities in the portfolio of an investment company issuing redeemable securities is a question of fact for the board of directors to determine, based upon the trading markets for the specific security' and noted that the board should consider the unregistered nature of a rule 144A security as one of the factors it evaluates in determining its liquidity.” See Release Nos. 33-9922; IC-31835; File Nos. S7-16-15; S7-08-15 (Sept. 22, 2015); n.94.

    Moreover, as stated in the Prior Corporate Bond Notice and Prior Total Bond Notice, each Fund does not currently intend to purchase any asset if, as a result, more than 10% of its net assets would be invested in assets that are deemed to be illiquid because they are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale or because they cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business at approximately the prices at which they are valued. For purposes of a Fund's illiquid assets limitation discussed above, if through a change in values, net assets, or other circumstances, a Fund were in a position where more than 10% of its net assets were invested in illiquid assets, it would consider appropriate steps to protect liquidity.

    The Prior Corporate Bond Notice and Prior Total Bond Notice stated that various factors may be considered in determining the liquidity of a Fund's investments, including: (1) The frequency of trades and quotes for the asset; (2) the number of dealers wishing to purchase or sell the asset and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the asset; and (4) the nature of the asset and the nature of the marketplace in which it trades (including any demand, put or tender features, the mechanics and other requirements for transfer, any letters of credit or other credit enhancement features, any ratings, the number of holders, the method of soliciting offers, the time required to dispose of the security, and the ability to assign or offset the rights and obligations of the asset).

    The Exchange believes that the size of the Rule 144A market (approximately 20% of daily trading volume in U.S. corporate bonds), the active participation of multiple dealers utilizing trading protocols that are similar to those in the corporate bond market, and the transparency of the 144A market resulting from reporting of Rule 144A transactions in TRACE will deter manipulation in trading the Shares. The Exchange notes that all of the Rule 144A securities in which a Fund invests will be corporate debt securities for which transactions are reported in TRACE.

    The Exchange represents that, except for the change described above, all other representations made in the Prior Corporate Bond Releases and the Prior Total Bond Releases remain unchanged. The Funds will continue to comply with all initial and continued listing requirements under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600.

    The Exchange further represents that the trading in the Shares will be subject to the existing trading surveillances administered by the Exchange, as well as cross-market surveillances administered by FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, which are designed to detect violations of Exchange rules and applicable federal securities laws.16 The Exchange represents that these procedures are adequate to properly monitor Exchange trading of the Shares in all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules and federal securities laws applicable to trading on the Exchange. The Exchange or FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, or both, will communicate as needed regarding trading in the Shares and underlying exchange-traded options, futures, exchange-traded equity securities (including ADRs, EDRs, and GDRs), and other exchange-traded instruments with other markets and other entities that are members of the ISG, and the Exchange or FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, or both, may obtain trading information regarding trading in the Shares and underlying exchange-traded options, futures, exchange-traded equity securities (including ADRs, EDRs, and GDRs), and other exchange-traded instruments from such markets and other entities. The Exchange may obtain information regarding trading in the Shares and underlying exchange-traded options, futures, exchange-traded equity securities (including ADRs, EDRs, and GDRs), and other exchange-traded instruments from markets and other entities that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has in place a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement.17 FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, is able to access, as needed, trade information for the Rule 144A securities as well as certain other fixed income securities held by the Funds reported to TRACE. In addition, as stated in the Prior Corporate Bond Releases and the Prior Total Bond Releases, investors have ready access to information regarding the Funds' holdings, the Portfolio Indicative Value, the Disclosed Portfolio, and quotation and last-sale information for the Shares.

    16 FINRA conducts cross-market surveillances on behalf of the Exchange pursuant to a regulatory services agreement. The Exchange is responsible for FINRA's performance under this regulatory services agreement.

    17 For a list of the current members of ISG, see www.isgportal.org. The Exchange notes that not all of the components of the portfolio for a Fund may trade on exchanges that are members of the ISG or with which the Exchange has in place a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement.

    The Exchange also represents that all statements and representations made in this filing and the Prior Corporate Bond Releases and Prior Total Bond Releases regarding (a) the description of the Funds' respective portfolios, (b) limitations on portfolio holdings or reference assets, or (c) the applicability of Exchange rules and surveillance procedures shall constitute continued listing requirements for listing the Shares of the Funds on the Exchange. The Adviser has represented to the Exchange that it will advise the Exchange of any failure by a Fund to comply with the continued listing requirements, and, pursuant to its obligations under section 19(g)(1) of the Act, the Exchange will monitor for compliance with the continued listing requirements. If a Fund is not in compliance with the applicable listing requirements, the Exchange will commence delisting procedures under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.5(m).

    III. Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove SR-NYSEArca-2016-70 and Grounds for Disapproval Under Consideration

    The Commission is instituting proceedings pursuant to section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act 18 to determine whether the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1 thereto, should be approved or disapproved. Institution of such proceedings is appropriate at this time in view of the legal and policy issues raised by the proposed rule change. Institution of proceedings does not indicate that the Commission has reached any conclusions with respect to any of the issues involved. Rather, as described below, the Commission seeks and encourages interested persons to provide comments on the proposed rule change.

    18 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).

    Pursuant to section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act,19 the Commission is providing notice of the grounds for disapproval under consideration. The Commission is instituting proceedings to allow for additional analysis of the proposed rule change's consistency with section 6(b)(5) of the Act, which requires, among other things, that the rules of a national securities exchange be “designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade,” and “to protect investors and the public interest.” 20

    19Id.

    20 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).

    IV. Procedure: Request for Written Comments

    The Commission requests that interested persons provide written submissions of their views, data, and arguments with respect to the issues identified above, as well as any other concerns they may have with the proposal, as modified by Amendment No. 1. In particular, the Commission invites the written views of interested persons concerning whether the proposal, as modified by Amendment No. 1, is consistent with section 6(b)(5) or any other provision of the Act, or the rules and regulations thereunder. Although there do not appear to be any issues relevant to approval or disapproval that would be facilitated by an oral presentation of views, data, and arguments, the Commission will consider, pursuant to Rule 19b-4, any request for an opportunity to make an oral presentation.21

    21 Section 19(b)(2) of the Act, as amended by the Securities Act Amendments of 1975, Public Law 94-29 (June 4, 1975), grants the Commission flexibility to determine what type of proceeding—either oral or notice and opportunity for written comments—is appropriate for consideration of a particular proposal by a self-regulatory organization. See Securities Act Amendments of 1975, Senate Comm. on Banking, Housing & Urban Affairs, S. Rep. No. 75, 94th Cong., 1st Sess. 30 (1975).

    Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments regarding whether the proposal should be approved or disapproved by September 23, 2016. Any person who wishes to file a rebuttal to any other person's submission must file that rebuttal by October 7, 2016. The Commission asks that commenters address the sufficiency of the Exchange's statements in support of the proposal, which are set forth in the Notice,22 as modified by Amendment No. 1 thereto,23 in addition to any other comments they may wish to submit about the proposed rule change.

    22See supra note 3.

    23See supra note 6.

    The Commission generally seeks comment on whether the Exchange's representations relating to the proposed portfolio holdings in Rule 144A securities are sufficient to prevent the susceptibility of the Funds to manipulation and are thereby consistent with the requirements of section 6(b)(5) of the Act, which, among other things, requires that the rules of an exchange be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices and to protect investors and the public interest. In particular, the Commission seeks comment on the following:

    As described above, the Exchange has proposed that each Fund be permitted to include Rule 144A securities within a Fund's principal investments in debt securities. As a result of the proposed change, each Fund would be permitted to invest 100% of its principal investments in Rule 144A securities. The Exchange also provides that all of the Rule 144A securities in which a Fund invests will be corporate debt securities for which transactions are reported in TRACE. Rule 144A securities are restricted securities, which, as described above, are subject to legal restrictions on their sale and generally are sold in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, or in a registered public offering. The Exchange has not proposed additional quantitative criteria with respect to minimum liquidity or minimum diversification measures to be applied to the Rule 144A securities. Do commenters have views on whether the specific Rule 144A securities in which each Fund may invest would be sufficiently liquid and sufficiently diversified so as to reduce the extent to which Managed Fund Shares holding principally restricted securities may be susceptible to manipulation?

    Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:

    Electronic Comments

    • Use the Commission's Internet comment form (http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml); or

    • Send an email to [email protected]. Please include File Number SR-NYSEArca-2016-70 on the subject line.

    Paper Comments

    • Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.

    All submissions should refer to File Number SR-NYSEArca-2016-70. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet Web site (http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-NYSEArca-2016-70 and should be submitted on or before September 23, 2016. Rebuttal comments should be submitted by October 7, 2016.

    For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.24

    24 17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(57).

    Robert W. Errett, Deputy Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21129 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 8011-01-P
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION [File No. 500-1] In the Matter of Luxeyard, Inc., and SuperDirectories, Inc.; Order of Suspension of Trading August 31, 2016.

    It appears to the Securities and Exchange Commission that there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of Luxeyard, Inc. (CIK No. 1493587), a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business listed as Los Angeles, California, with stock quoted on OTC Link (previously, “Pink Sheets”) operated by OTC Markets Group, Inc. (“OTC Link”) under the ticker symbol LUXR, because it has not filed any periodic reports since April 9, 2013. On August 19, 2015, Luxeyard, Inc. was sent a delinquency letter by the Division of Corporation Finance requesting compliance with its periodic filing obligations, but did not receive the delinquency letter due to its failure to maintain a valid address on file with the Commission as required by Commission rules (Rule 301 of Regulation S-T, 17 CFR 232.301 and Section 5.4 of EDGAR Filer Manual).

    It appears to the Securities and Exchange Commission that there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of SuperDirectories, Inc. (CIK No. 1338624), a delinquent Wyoming corporation with its principal place of business listed as Merrill, New York, with stock quoted on OTC Link under the ticker symbol SDIR, because it has not filed any periodic reports since the period ended June 30, 2014. On September 25, 2015, SuperDirectories, Inc. was sent a delinquency letter by the Division of Corporation Finance requesting compliance with its periodic filing obligations, but did not receive the delinquency letter due to its failure to maintain a valid address on file with the Commission as required by Commission rules (Rule 301 of Regulation S-T, 17 CFR 232.301 and Section 5.4 of EDGAR Filer Manual).

    The Commission is of the opinion that the public interest and the protection of investors require a suspension of trading in the securities of the above-listed company.

    Therefore, it is ordered, pursuant to Section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, that trading in the securities of the above-listed company is suspended for the period from 9:30 a.m. EDT on August 31, 2016, through 11:59 p.m. EDT on September 14, 2016.

    By the Commission.

    Jill M. Peterson, Assistant Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21301 Filed 8-31-16; 4:15 pm] BILLING CODE 8011-01-P
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION [Release No. 34-78715; File No. SR-ISE-2016-18] Self-Regulatory Organizations; International Securities Exchange, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Expand the Short Term Option Series Program August 29, 2016.

    Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),1 and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,2 notice is hereby given that on August 26, 2016, the International Securities Exchange, LLC (“Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II, below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.

    1 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).

    2 17 CFR 240.19b-4.

    I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change

    The Exchange proposes to expand the Short Term Option Series Program to allow Wednesday expirations for SPY options.

    The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at www.ise.com, at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.

    II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change

    In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.

    A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change 1. Purpose

    The Exchange proposes to amend ISE Rule 100 and 504 at Supplementary Material .02 to expand the Short Term Option Series Program to permit the listing and trading of options with Wednesday expirations. The Exchange also proposes to amend the definition of Short Term Options Series in Rule 100(47) to conform the rule text to include Thursday, which is currently included in the Short Terms Options Series Program at Rule 504 at Supplementary Material .02.

    Currently, under the Short Term Option Series Program, the Exchange may open for trading on any Thursday or Friday that is a business day series of options on that class that expire on each of the next five consecutive Fridays, provided that such Friday is not a Friday in which monthly options series or Quarterly Options Series expire (“Short Term Option Series”). The Exchange is now proposing to amend its rule to permit the listing of options expiring on Wednesdays. Specifically, the Exchange is proposing that it may open for trading on any Tuesday or Wednesday that is a business day, series of options on the SPDR S&P 500 ETF Trust (SPY) to expire on any Wednesday of the month that is a business day and is not a Wednesday in which Quarterly Options Series expire (“Wednesday SPY Expirations”) 3 The proposed Wednesday SPY Expiration series will be similar to the current Short Term Option Series, with certain exceptions, as explained in greater detail below. The Exchange notes that having Wednesday expirations is not a novel proposal. Specifically, BOX recently received approval to list Wednesday SPY expirations for SPY options.4

    3See ISE Rule 504 at Supplementary Material .02.

    4See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 78668 (SR-BOX-2016-28) (pending publication in the Federal Register).

    In regards to Wednesday SPY Expirations, the Exchange is proposing to remove the current restriction preventing the Exchange from listing Short Term Option Series that expire in the same week in which monthly option series in the same class expire. Specifically, the Exchange will be allowed to list Wednesday SPY Expirations in the same week in which monthly option series in SPY expire. The current restriction to prohibit the expiration of monthly and Short Term Option Series from expiring on the same trading day is reasonable to avoid investor confusion. This confusion will not apply with Wednesday SPY Expirations and standard monthly options because they will not expire on the same trading day, as standard monthly options do not expire on Wednesdays. Additionally, it would lead to investor confusion if Wednesday SPY Expirations were not listed for one week every month because there was a monthly SPY expiration on the Friday of that week.

    Under the proposed Wednesday SPY Expirations, the Exchange may list up to five consecutive Wednesday SPY Expirations at one time. The Exchange may have no more than a total of five Wednesday SPY Expirations listed. This is the same listing procedure as Short Term Option Series that expire on Fridays. The Exchange is also proposing to clarify that the five series limit in the current Short Term Option Series Program Rule will not include any Wednesday SPY Expirations.5 This means, under the proposal, the Exchange would be allowed to list five Short Term Option Series expirations for SPY expiring on Friday under the current rule and five Wednesday SPY Expirations. The interval between strike prices for the proposed Wednesday SPY Expirations will be the same as those for the current Short Term Option Series. Specifically, the Wednesday SPY Expirations will have $0.50 strike intervals.

    5 ISE may open for trading on any Thursday or Friday that is a business day series of options on that class that expire on each of the next five Fridays that are business days and are not Fridays in which monthly options series or Quarterly Options Series expire (“Short Term Option Expiration Dates”). See ISE Rule 504 at Supplementary Material .02.

    Currently, for each Short Term Option Expiration Date, the Exchange is limited to opening thirty (30) series for each expiration date for the specific class. The thirty (30) series restriction does not include series that are open by other securities exchanges under their respective short term option rules; the Exchange may list these additional series that are listed by other exchanges.6 The thirty (30) series restriction shall apply to Wednesday SPY Expiration series as well. In addition, the Exchange will be able to list series that are listed by other exchanges, assuming they file similar rules with the Commission to list SPY options expiring on Wednesdays.

    6See ISE Rule 504 at Supplementary Material .02.

    As is the case with current Short Term Option Series, the Wednesday SPY Expiration series will be P.M.-settled. The Exchange does not believe that any market disruptions will be encountered with the introduction of P.M.-settled Wednesday SPY Expirations. The Exchange currently trades P.M.-settled Short Term Option Series that expire almost every Friday, which provide market participants a tool to hedge special events and to reduce the premium cost of buying protection. The Exchange seeks to introduce Wednesday SPY Expirations to, among other things, expand hedging tools available to market participants and to continue the reduction of the premium cost of buying protection. The Exchange believes that Wednesday expirations, similar to Friday expirations, would allow market participants to purchase an option based on their timing as needed and allow them to tailor their investment and hedging needs more effectively.

    The Exchange is also amending the definition of Short Term Option Series to make clear that it includes Wednesday and Thursday.7 With this proposal, the Exchange is amending the definition at ISE Rule 100(a)(47) to expand Short Term Option Series to add Thursday. Specifically, the Exchange is amending the definition to expand Short Term Option Series to those listed on any Tuesday, Wednesday or Thursday and that expire on the Wednesday of the next business week. If a Tuesday, Wednesday or Thursday is not a business day, the series may be opened (or shall expire) on the first business day immediately prior to that Tuesday, Wednesday or Thursday. The Exchange believes that the introduction of Wednesday SPY Expirations and conforming the definition at Rule 100 to match Rule 504 at Supplementary Material .02 to specifically add Thursday, will provide investors with a flexible and valuable tool to manage risk exposure, minimize capital outlays, and be more responsive to the timing of events affecting the industry and would clarify the definition. The proposed amendment to add Thursday to ISE Rule 100(a)(47), which is currently included in the Short Terms Options Series Program at Rule 504 at Supplementary Material .02, is a non-substantive, non-controversial rule change.

    7 The Exchange is taking the opportunity to add Thursday to Rule 100 to conform that language to Rule 504 at Supplementary Material .02. The Exchange inadvertently did not update Rule 100 previously to include Thursday.

    2. Statutory Basis

    The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with section 6(b) of the Act,8 in general, and furthers the objectives of section 6(b)(5) of the Act,9 in particular, in that it is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general to protect investors and the public interest.

    8 15 U.S.C. 78f(b).

    9 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).

    In particular, the Exchange believes the Short Term Option Series Program has been successful to date and that Wednesday SPY Expirations simply expand the ability of investors to hedge risk against market movements stemming from economic releases or market events that occur throughout the month in the same way that the Short Term Option Series Program has expanded the landscape of hedging.

    Similarly, the Exchange believes Wednesday SPY Expirations should create greater trading and hedging opportunities and flexibility, and provide customers with the ability to more closely tailor their investment objectives. The Exchange believes that allowing Wednesday SPY Expirations and monthly SPY expirations in the same week will benefit investors and minimize investor confusion by providing Wednesday SPY Expirations in a continuous and uniform manner.

    Finally, the Exchange represents that it has an adequate surveillance program in place to detect manipulative trading in Wednesday SPY Expirations in the same way it monitors trading in the current Short Term Option Series. The Exchange also represents that it has the necessary systems capacity to support the new options series. Also, the Exchange notes that BOX Options Exchange LLC (“BOX”) recently received approval to list Wednesday expirations for SPY options.10

    10See supra, note 4.

    B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition

    The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange notes that having Wednesday expirations is not a novel proposal, BOX has received approval to list Wednesday expirations for SPY options.11 The Exchange does not believe the proposal will impose any burden on intra-market competition, as all market participants will be treated in the same manner. Additionally, the Exchange does not believe the proposal will impose any burden on inter-market competition, as nothing prevents the other options exchanges from proposing similar rules. The proposed amendment to add Thursday to ISE Rule 100(a)(47), which is currently included in the Short Terms Options Series Program at Rule 504 at Supplementary Material .02, is a non-substantive, non-controversial rule change.

    11See supra, note 4.

    C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others

    No written comments were either solicited or received.

    III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action

    Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act 12 and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.13

    12 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A).

    13 17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intention to file the proposed rule change at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Exchange has satisfied this requirement.

    A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) normally does not become operative for 30 days from the date of filing. However, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) 14 permits the Commission to designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has asked the Commission to waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. The Commission notes that it recently approved BOX's substantially similar proposal to list and trade Wednesday SPY Expirations.15 The Exchange has stated that waiver of the operative delay will allow the Exchange to list and trade Wednesday SPY Expirations as soon as possible, and therefore, promote competition among the option exchanges. For these reasons, the Commission believes that the proposed rule change presents no novel issues and that waiver of the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, and will allow the Exchange to remain competitive with other exchanges. Therefore, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay and designates the proposal effective upon filing.16 At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.

    14 17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii).

    15See supra note 4.

    16 For purposes only of waiving the 30-day operative delay, the Commission has also considered the proposed rule's impact on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. See 15 U.S.C. 78c(f).

    IV. Solicitation of Comments

    Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:

    Electronic Comments

    • Use the Commission's Internet comment form (http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml); or

    • Send an email to [email protected]. Please include File Number SR-ISE-2016-18 on the subject line.

    Paper Comments

    • Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.

    All submissions should refer to File Number SR-ISE-2016-18. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet Web site (http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-ISE-2016-18 and should be submitted on or before September 23, 2016.

    For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.17

    17 17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).

    Robert W. Errett, Deputy Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21132 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 8011-01-P
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION In the Matter of Multi-Corp. International, Inc., Pan American Goldfields Ltd., and Sky Harvest Energy Corp., File No. 500-1; Order of Suspension of Trading August 31, 2016.

    It appears to the Securities and Exchange Commission that there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of Multi-Corp. International, Inc. (CIK No. 1405260), a defaulted Nevada corporation with its principal place of business listed as Las Vegas, Nevada, with stock quoted on OTC Link (previously, “Pink Sheets”) operated by OTC Markets Group, Inc. (“OTC Link”) under the ticker symbol MULI, because it has not filed any periodic reports since the period ended March 31, 2013. On June 6, 2014, Multi-Corp. International, Inc. was sent a delinquency letter sent by the Division of Corporation Finance requesting compliance with its periodic filing obligations, but did not receive the delinquency letter due to its failure to maintain a valid address on file with the Commission as required by Commission rules (Rule 301 of Regulation S-T, 17 CFR 232.301 and Section 5.4 of EDGAR Filer Manual).

    It appears to the Securities and Exchange Commission that there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of Pan American Goldfields Ltd. (CIK No. 1046672), a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business listed as Toronto, Ontario, Canada, with stock quoted on OTC Link under the ticker symbol MXOM, because it has not filed any periodic reports since the period ended November 30, 2013. On March 25, 2015, Pan American Goldfields Ltd. was sent a delinquency letter by the Division of Corporation Finance requesting compliance with its periodic filing obligations, and Pan American Goldfields Ltd. received the delinquency letter on April 10, 2015, but failed to cure its delinquencies.

    It appears to the Securities and Exchange Commission that there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of Sky Harvest Energy Corp. (CIK No. 1332445), a revoked Nevada corporation with its principal place of business listed as Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada with stock quoted on OTC Link under the ticker symbol SKYH, because it has not filed any periodic reports since the period ended May 31, 2013. On January 26, 2015, Sky Harvest Energy Corp. was sent a delinquency letter by the Division of Corporation Finance requesting compliance with its periodic filing obligations, but did not receive the delinquency letter due to its failure to maintain a valid address on file with the Commission as required by Commission rules (Rule 301 of Regulation S-T, 17 CFR 232.301 and Section 5.4 of EDGAR Filer Manual).

    The Commission is of the opinion that the public interest and the protection of investors require a suspension of trading in the securities of the above-listed company.

    Therefore, it is ordered, pursuant to Section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, that trading in the securities of the above-listed company is suspended for the period from 9:30 a.m. EDT on August 31, 2016, through 11:59 p.m. EDT on September 14, 2016.

    By the Commission.

    Jill M. Peterson, Assistant Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21300 Filed 8-31-16; 4:15 pm] BILLING CODE 8011-01-P
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION [Release No. 34-78713; File No. SR-Nasdaq-2016-120] Self-Regulatory Organizations; The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change To Adopt the Third Party Connectivity Service Under Rules 7034(b) and 7051 August 29, 2016.

    Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),1 and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,2 notice is hereby given that on August 16, 2016, The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.

    1 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).

    2 17 CFR 240.19b-4.

    I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of the Substance of the Proposed Rule Change

    The Exchange proposes to adopt the Third Party Connectivity Service under Rules 7034(b) and 7051.

    The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at http://nasdaq.cchwallstreet.com, at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.

    II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change

    In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.

    A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change 1. Purpose

    The Exchange is proposing to adopt the Third Party Connectivity Service under Rules 7034(b) and 7051, in light of increased capacity requirements, including recent changes to the Consolidated Tape Association (“CTA”) and Options Price Reporting Authority (“OPRA”) feeds 3 as well as planned changes to the Unlisted Trading Privileges Plan (“UTP”) data feed requirements.4

    3See https://www.nyse.com/publicdocs/ctaplan/notifications/trader-update/CTA%20SIP%201Q16%20Consolidated%20Data%20Operating%20Metrics%20Report.pdf; see also, http://www.opradata.com/specs/opra_bandwidth_apr2016.pdf.

    4 The Exchange is also making minor technical changes to Rules 7034(b) and 7051 to remove rule text concerning temporary waivers of fees that have since expired.

    Background

    Under both Rules 7034 and 7051, the Exchange assesses fees for various means to connect to the Exchange. Under Rule 7034 the Exchange provides charges for co-location services, and subparagraph (b) of the rule provides the fees assessed for connectivity, which include capacity options ranging from 1 Gb copper connectivity to 10 Gb Ultra fiber connectivity. Co-location services are a suite of hardware, power, telecommunication, and other ancillary products and services that allow market participants and vendors to place their trading and communications equipment in close physical proximity to the quoting and execution facilities of the Exchange and other Nasdaq, Inc. markets.5 By contrast, under Rule 7051 the Exchange provides fees for 10 Gb, 1 Gb and 1 Gb Ultra direct circuit connections, to customers who are not co-located at the Exchange's data center. Thus, direct connectivity subscribers are not located within the Exchange's data center, but rather connect to it through third-party direct connection carriers.6

    5 The Exchange provides co-location services and imposes fees through its wholly-owned subsidiary Nasdaq Technology Services LLC and pursuant to agreements with the owner/operator of its data center where both the Exchange's quoting and trading facilities and co-located customer equipment are housed. Users of co-location services include private extranet providers, data vendors, as well as Exchange members and non-members. The Exchange notes that co-location customers are not provided any separate or superior means of direct access to Exchange quoting and trading facilities in contrast to non-co-location customers. Nor does the Exchange offer any separate or superior means of access to the Exchange quoting and trading facilities as among co-location customers themselves within in the datacenter. Likewise, the Exchange does not make available to co-located customers any market data or data feed product or service for data going into, or out of, Exchange systems that is not likewise available to all the Exchange members. Finally, all orders sent to the Exchange enter the market center through same central system quote and order gateway regardless of whether the sender is co-located in the Exchange data center or not.

    6See http://www.nasdaqtrader.com/content/ProductsServices/Trading/direct_connect_providers.pdf.

    Subscribers to the connectivity options provided under Rules 7034(b) and 7051 may use the connectivity provided to link them to the Exchange for order entry and to receive proprietary data feeds, to receive public quote feeds from Securities Information Processors (“SIPs”),7 and to connect to facilities of FINRA, such as the FINRA/Nasdaq TRF.8 The Exchange provides various co-location and direct connectivity options based on the capacity of the connection. A subscriber generally determines the capacity of the connection it needs based on the number of data services it wishes to receive and its estimated usage for trading and trade reporting purposes; however, the Exchange will inform a subscriber that a certain connectivity option will not suffice for the use it proposes when the connection is clearly insufficient.

    7 The SIPs link the U.S. markets by processing and consolidating all protected bid/ask quotes and trades from every registered exchange trading venue and FINRA into a single data feed, and they disseminate and calculate critical regulatory information, including the National Best Bid and Offer, Limit Up Limit Down price bands, short sale restrictions and regulatory halts.

    8See http://www.nasdaqtrader.com/Trader.aspx?id=DPSpecs for a list of proprietary feeds. See http://www.nasdaqtrader.com/content/ProductsServices/trading/NasdaqThirdPartyServices.pdf for a list of third party services and feeds.

    The Exchange has observed a steady increase in the capacity requirements of the various data services to which a member may connect through the connectivity options under Rules 7034(b) and 7051. The increased capacity requirements are reducing the number of data feeds that may be provided in any single connectivity option. In addition to increased capacity requirements of proprietary data feeds, the CTA and OPRA SIPs recently increased their capacity requirements. Moreover, the UTP SIP Operating Committee approved a migration plan for the UTP SIP to the Nasdaq, Inc.'s INET technology for the UTP data services. The new enhanced technology will significantly increase the data transmitted, handling a minimum peak rate of two million messages per second, per data feed. The initial capacity recommendation per multicast group is 1.7 Gb.9 In light of the increased data provided by the enhanced SIPs, current connectivity will not be adequate to support all SIP data through a connection less than 10 Gb. Customers currently using 1 Gb circuits to connect to the UTP feeds will need to upgrade to 10 Gb circuits due to the increase in bandwidth requirements for the new feeds. Migration of the UTP SIP to the Exchange's INET technology is scheduled to occur on October 10, 2016, and current subscribers receiving SIP data through a 1 Gb connection under Rules 7034(b) or 7051 would be compelled to upgrade to a 10 Gb connection to continue receiving UTP SIP data.

    9See http://www.nasdaqtrader.com/TraderNews.aspx?id=utp2016-13.

    Proposed New Connectivity

    To address the issue caused by the increased capacity requirements of data feeds, the Exchange is proposing to segregate connectivity to the Exchange and its proprietary data feeds from connectivity to third party services and data feeds, including SIP data feeds. The Exchange is proposing to offer the new Third Party Connectivity Service to both non-co-location and co-location customers alike, which will enable customers to receive third party market data feeds, including SIP data, and other non-exchange services.10 The Exchange will offer this to customers in both 10 Gb Ultra and 1 Gb Ultra hand-offs.11 To receive the SIP feeds, customers must subscribe to the 10 Gb Ultra connectivity options under Rules 7034(b) and 7051(b). The proposed 1 Gb Ultra Third Party Connectivity Service options under Rules 7034(b) and 7051(b) will support data feeds from other exchanges and markets only.12 The Exchange notes that it is not offering 10 Gb connectivity under the proposed Third Party Connectivity Service because the current 10 Gb option uses older technology switches, which the Exchange would have to procure to [sic] in order to include in the proposed new service and which would not provide an adequate performance margin for future enhancements to the data feeds. Customers seeking connectivity to the Exchange and its proprietary data feeds may continue to do so through the existing connectivity options under Rules 7034(b) and Rule 7051(a).13

    10 Third Party Services includes not only SIP data feeds, but also data feeds from other exchanges and markets. For example, Third Party Connectivity will support connectivity to the FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility, BATS Depth Feeds, and NYSE Feeds. See http://www.nasdaqtrader.com/content/ProductsServices/trading/NasdaqThirdPartyServices.pdf for a list of third party services and feeds. A customer must separately subscribe to the third party services to which it connects with a Third Party Connectivity subscription.

    11 A hand-off includes either a 1 Gb Ultra or 10 Gb Ultra switch port and a cross connect.

    12 For example, a customer may use the 1 Gb Ultra Third Party Connectivity Service for connecting to facilities of FINRA, such as the FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility for trade reporting purposes. FINRA publishes bandwidth reports for its services and facilities. See, e.g., http://www.finra.org/file/equity-data-feed-bandwidth-report.

    13 The Exchange is placing the current connectivity options of Rule 7051 under a new paragraph (a). The proposed Direct Connectivity to Third Party Services will fall under a new paragraph (b) of Rule 7051.

    The Exchange notes that, as is the case with current connectivity options, customers that do not wish to subscribe to the Third Party Connectivity Service may alternatively connect through an extranet provider or a market data redistributor.

    Last, the Exchange is proposing to offer services currently available to Direct Connectivity subscribers under Rule 7051 to subscribers to Third Party Services. Specifically, the Exchange currently offers Optional Cable Router and Per U of Cabinet Space services for its direct connectivity options under Rule 7051. The Exchange provides customers who are not co-located in the Exchange's data center, but require shared cabinet space and power for optional routers, switches, or modems to support their direct circuit connections. The Exchange assesses an install fee of $925 per router, switch or modem, and monthly fees of $150 for space based on a unit height of approximately 1.75 inches, commonly called a “U” space, and a maximum power of 125 Watts per U space. The Exchange is proposing to also offer these services to customers of the Third Party Connectivity Service because they may have the same connectivity needs as customers of the existing Direct Connectivity service.

    Proposed New Fees

    The Exchange is proposing to assess fees for Third Party Connectivity Service under Rules 7034(b) and 7051(b). Under Rules 7034(b) and 7051(b), the Exchange is proposing to assess an installation fee of $1,500 for installation of either a 10 Gb Ultra or 1 Gb Ultra Third Party Services co-location or direct connectivity subscription, as applicable. The Exchange is proposing to assess an ongoing monthly fee of $5,000 for a 10 Gb Ultra connection and $2,000 for a 1 Gb Ultra connection, under each of the rules. The Exchange is proposing to waive all of these fees through October 31, 2016.

    2. Statutory Basis

    The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with section 6(b) of the Act,14 in general, and furthers the objectives of sections 6(b)(4) and 6(b)(5) of the Act,15 in particular, in that it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees and other charges among members and issuers and other persons using any facility or system which the Exchange operates or controls, and is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest; and are [sic] not designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.

    14 15 U.S.C. 78f(b).

    15 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4) and (5).

    The Exchange believes that the proposal facilitates transactions in securities, removes impediments to and perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, protects investors and the public interest by ensuring that market participants are provided with adequate capacity to receive data feeds, and to access trading and trade reporting venues in times of high demand. As noted above, the ever-increasing demand for capacity has strained current connectivity options. As an example, the UTP SIP data feeds will require significantly greater capacity than current UTP SIP data feeds. The Exchange is segregating the various services and data feeds that may be connected to between existing and proposed connectivity options based on whether the service or data feed is provided by the Exchange or by a third party. The Exchange notes that there is no difference in the connectivity provided under the current analogous connectivity options and the proposed connectivity. Thus, a subscriber to an Exchange service or data feed over a 10 Gb Ultra co-location connectivity option under Rule 7051(a), for example, will have the same connectivity that a subscriber to a third party data feed over a 10 Gb Ultra co-location connectivity option under Rule 7051(b) [sic]. The Exchange determined to segregate the services and data feeds as proposed because it is the most efficient means to allocate the services and it will assist subscribers with risk management, since Exchange connectivity will be separated from third party services and data feeds.

    The Exchange believes that [sic] proposed fees are reasonable because they are comparable to the fees currently assessed for analogous connectivity under Rules 7034(b) and 7051. In terms of the installation fees, the proposed fees are identical to the installation fees assessed for analogous connectivity under Rules 7034(b) and 7051. The proposed monthly fees are less than the monthly fees assessed for analogous connectivity under Rules 7034(b) and 7051. Specifically, a subscriber to a 1 Gb Ultra Third Party Connectivity Service option under the proposed rules will pay $500 less than a subscriber to the analogous 1 Gb Ultra connectivity options under Rules 7034(b) and 7051. The Exchange believes that the installation fees are reasonable because they cover the costs the Exchange incurs in installing the hardware necessary to connect the subscriber, and they are identical to the fees assessed for installation of the same equipment for the analogous co-location and direct connectivity options under current Rules 7034(b) and 7051. The Exchange believes that the proposed monthly fees are reasonable because they are set at a level high enough for the Exchange to cover the ongoing expenses it incurs in offering the connectivity options and to make a profit, while also reducing the economic burden placed on subscribers that will be compelled to subscribe to new Third Party Connectivity Service offerings under Rules 7034(b) and 7051(b). In this regard, the Exchange notes that, to the extent a market participant subscribes to an Exchange connectivity option under Rules 7034(b) and 7051 for connectivity to the market for trading and/or proprietary data feeds, it will invariably need to subscribe to one of the existing co-location or direct connectivity options under those rules. Because the capacity requirements are increasing, subscribers will be compelled to subscribe to new connectivity to meet the increased capacity requirements. The Exchange is proposing to assess a lower monthly fee for third party connectivity because many current subscribers will be compelled to subscribe to a new connectivity option under the proposed new rules. The Exchange believes that the proposed installation fee waiver is reasonable because it will reduce the burden on customers that will be compelled to subscribe to new connectivity due to the increased demands of the data feeds.

    The Exchange believes that the proposed new fees are an equitable allocation and are not unfairly discriminatory because the Exchange will apply the same fees to all subscribers to the same connectivity option. The Exchange notes that, although the ongoing monthly fees are less than the comparable connectivity offered to subscribers to the Exchange services and data feeds, these fees are not unfairly discriminatory because the lower fees are designed to account for the fact that most members will be required to acquire a new connectivity subscription due to the change. In this regard, the Exchange has assessed the impact of the new fees and found that the majority of current subscribers will need to subscribe to a Third Party Connectivity Service subscription; however, the Exchange notes that in the absence of the new service, the same current subscribers would be compelled to subscribe to a new connectivity option under the current rules, with certain subscribers that do not currently have a 10 Gb Ultra connection and that receive a SIP feed through a 1 Gb subscription being compelled to subscribe to a 10 Gb Ultra co-location subscription under Rule 7034(b) at $15,000 per month or a 10 Gb direct connectivity option under Rule 7051 at $7,500 per month. Both of these options would represent a significant premium over the proposed Third Party Connectivity Service 10 Gb Ultra offerings under Rules 7034(b) and 7051(b) at $5,000 per month each. Existing clients that currently have multiple connections to the Exchange subscribed to under Rules 7034(b) and 7051 may realize a fee decrease by segregating its [sic] data feeds under the proposal. For example, a client that has four 10 Gb connections under Rule 7051 is currently assessed a total monthly fee of $30,000. If that client subscribes to two 10 Gb Ultra Third Party Services Direct Connections under new Rule 7051(b) in lieu of two existing 10 Gb connections, the client would be assessed a total monthly fee of $25,000.16 The Exchange notes that a client currently subscribing to a single 10 Gb option under Rules 7034(b) or 7051(a) will have to additionally subscribe to a new 10 Gb Ultra Third Party Service option under the proposed rules at a cost of $5,000 per month in addition to its existing 10 Gb connectivity, if the client wanted to continue receiving connectivity to Nasdaq and its proprietary data feeds. This client will pay $5,000 in additional monthly fees, but will be receiving an additional/separate 10G connection, which enables for additional capacity growth and separation of data feeds flow and access to Third Party services. This additional connection would have cost $7,500 to $15,000 more per month, if not for the proposed change. Last, the Exchange believes that waiving the installation fees of the new service through October 31, 2016 is an equitable allocation and is not unfairly discriminatory because the Exchange will apply the waiver to all subscribers to the new service, and the waiver is limited to a reasonable time for customers to act to addresses [sic] the issues caused by the increased capacity requirements of the SIP feeds.

    16 The client would not be assessed a fee of $1,500 per installation if it subscribes before October 31, 2016.

    B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition

    The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. In terms of inter-market competition, the Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive. Moreover, market participants have many other options to choose from to connect to the Exchange, other than the proposed connectivity of this filing. In such an environment, the Exchange must act cautiously when increasing or implementing a new fee because market participants may easily unsubscribe to the Exchange's connectivity options and instead contract with a third-party connectivity provider. As discussed above, the capacity requirements of the data feeds and services to [sic] which the current connectivity options under Rules 7034(b) and 7051 provide have grown significantly, leaving the Exchange with the option of decreasing the number of services and data feeds that may be linked with any given connectivity option, which would in turn require subscribers to have more connectivity subscriptions to maintain the status quo in terms of data feeds and services, or, alternatively, dividing the services itself in a manner it deems best and offering a lower monthly price based on that division. Here, the Exchange has selected the latter, and determined that the most efficient and logical divide is to distinguish between Exchange data feeds and services and those of third parties. For these reasons, the Exchange does not believe that any of the proposed changes will impair the ability of members or competing order execution venues to maintain their competitive standing in the financial markets. Because there are numerous competitive alternatives to Exchange's connectivity options, it is likely that the Exchange will lose market share as a result of the changes if they are unattractive to market participants.

    C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others

    The Exchange has neither solicited nor received written comments on the proposed rule change.

    III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action

    Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the Federal Register or within such longer period up to 90 days (i) as the Commission may designate if it finds such longer period to be appropriate and publishes its reasons for so finding or (ii) as to which the self-regulatory organization consents, the Commission will: (a) By order approve or disapprove such proposed rule change; or (b) institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved.

    IV. Solicitation of Comments

    Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:

    Electronic Comments

    • Use the Commission's Internet comment form (http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml); or

    • Send an email to [email protected]. Please include File Number SR-Nasdaq-2016-120 on the subject line.

    Paper Comments

    • Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.

    All submissions should refer to File Number SR-Nasdaq-2016-120. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Internet Web site (http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549 on official business days between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Copies of such filing will also be available for inspection and copying at the principal offices of the Exchange. All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-Nasdaq-2016-120, and should be submitted on or before September 23, 2016.

    For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.17

    17 17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).

    Robert W. Errett, Deputy Secretary.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21130 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 8011-01-P
    SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION [Disaster Declaration #14775 and #14776] Oklahoma Disaster Number OK-00105 AGENCY:

    U.S. Small Business Administration.

    ACTION:

    Amendment 1.

    SUMMARY:

    This is an amendment of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for Public Assistance Only for the State of OKLAHOMA (FEMA-4274-DR), dated 07/15/2016.

    Incident: Severe Storms and Flooding.

    Incident Period: 06/11/2016 through 06/13/2016.

    Effective Date: 08/24/2016.

    Physical Loan Application Deadline Date: 09/13/2016.

    Economic Injury (EIDL) Loan Application Deadline Date: 04/17/2017.

    ADDRESSES:

    Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The notice of the President's major disaster declaration for Private Non-Profit organizations in the State of OKLAHOMA, dated 07/15/2016, is hereby amended to include the following areas as adversely affected by the disaster.

    Primary Counties: Tillman

    All other information in the original declaration remains unchanged.

    (Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Number 59008) Lisa Lopez-Suarez, Acting Associate Administrator for Disaster Assistance.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21127 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 8025-01-P
    SURFACE TRANSPORTATION BOARD [Docket No. AB 1239 (Sub-No. 2X)] City of Tacoma, Department of Public Utilities, Beltline Division—Discontinuance of Service Exemption—in Thurston County, WA

    On August 15, 2016, the City of Tacoma (the City) filed with the Surface Transportation Board (Board) a petition under 49 U.S.C. 10502 for exemption from the prior approval requirements of 49 U.S.C. 10903 to discontinue common carrier service over approximately 10.2 miles of rail lines consisting of the following two segments (the Lines): (1) From milepost 3.72Q at Quadlok to milepost 0.0Q at St. Clair in Thurston County, Washington (the Quadlok-St. Clair line) and (2) from milepost 16.0B at Belmore to milepost 9.07B at Olympia in Thurston County, Washington (the Belmore-Olympia line). The Lines are owned by BNSF Railway Company (BNSF).

    In 2004, the City acquired authority from the Board to operate over the Lines through a lease with BSNF.1 The City states that its lease with BNSF expired on March 16, 2016, and that common carrier freight service obligations under the expired lease have now reverted back to BNSF. According to the City, BNSF has entered into a new operating lease over portions of the Lines with Genesee & Wyoming Inc.

    1See City of Tacoma, Dep't of Pub. Utils., Beltline Div.—Acquis. & Operation Exemption—Lakeview Subdiv., Quadlok-St. Clair & Belmore-Olympia Rail Lines in Pierce & Thurston Ctys., Wash., FD 34555 (STB served Oct. 19, 2004).

    The City states that it is not the owner of the Lines. As the former lessee, the City states that it does not know if the Lines contain federally granted rights-of-way, but that any documentation in its possession will be made available promptly to those requesting it.

    The interest of railroad employees will be protected by the conditions set forth in Oregon Short Line Railroad—Abandonment Portion Goshen Branch Between Firth & Ammon, in Bingham & Bonneville Counties, Idaho, 360 I.C.C. 91 (1979).

    Because this is a discontinuance proceeding and not an abandonment proceeding, trail use/rail banking and public use conditions are not appropriate. Because there will be environmental review during abandonment, this discontinuance does not require an environmental review.

    By issuance of this notice, the Board is instituting an exemption proceeding pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 10502(b). A final decision will be issued by December 2, 2016.

    Any offer of financial assistance (OFA) under 49 CFR 1152.27(b)(2) to subsidize continued rail service will be due no later than December 12, 2016, or 10 days after service of a decision granting the petition for exemption, whichever occurs first. Each OFA must be accompanied by a $1,700 filing fee. See Regulations Governing Fees for Servs. Performed in Connection with Licensing & Related Servs.—2016 Update, EP 542 (Sub-No. 24) (STB Served August 2, 2016).

    All filings in response to this notice must refer to Docket No. AB 1239 (Sub-No. 2X) and must be sent to: (1) Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20423-0001; and (2) William Fosbre, Chief Deputy City Attorney, City of Tacoma-City Attorney's Office, 3628 S. 35th St., Tacoma, WA 98409. Replies to the petition are due on or before September 22, 2016.

    Persons seeking further information concerning discontinuance procedures may contact the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance at (202) 245-0238 or refer to the full abandonment or discontinuance regulations at 49 CFR part 1152. Questions concerning environmental issues may be directed to the Board's Office of Environmental Analysis (OEA) at (202) 245-0305. Assistance for the hearing impaired is available through the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339.

    Board decisions and notices are available on our Web site at “WWW.STB.DOT.GOV.”

    Decided: August 30, 2016.

    By the Board, Rachel D. Campbell, Director, Office of Proceedings.

    Tammy Lowery, Clearance Clerk.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21195 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4915-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Federal Aviation Administration Forty-Third Meeting of the SC-224 Airport Security Access Control Systems AGENCY:

    Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT).

    ACTION:

    Forty-Third Meeting of the SC-224 Airport Security Access Control Systems.

    SUMMARY:

    The FAA is issuing this notice to advise the public of a meeting of Forty-Third Meeting of the SC-224 Airport Security Access Control Systems.

    DATES:

    The meeting will be held September 29, 2016, 10:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m.

    ADDRESSES:

    The meeting will be held at: 1150 18th Street NW., Suite 910, Washington, DC 20036.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Karan Hofmann at [email protected] or (202) 330-0680, or The RTCA Secretariat, 1150 18th Street NW., Suite 910, Washington, DC 20036, or by telephone at (202) 833-9339, fax at (202) 833-9434, or Web site at http://www.rtca.org.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Pursuant to section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 5 U.S.C., App.), notice is hereby given for a meeting of the Forty-Third Meeting of the SC-224 Airport Security Access Control Systems. The agenda will include the following:

    Thursday, September 29, 2016, 10:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. 1. Welcome/Introductions/Administrative Remarks 2. Review/Approve Previous Meeting Summary 3. Report from the TSA 4. Report on Safe Skies on Document Distribution 5. Report on TSA Security Construction Guidelines progress 6. Review of DO-230H Sections 7. Action Items for Next Meeting 8. Time and Place of Next Meeting 9. Any Other Business 10. Adjourn

    Attendance is open to the interested public but limited to space availability. With the approval of the chairman, members of the public may present oral statements at the meeting. Persons wishing to present statements or obtain information should contact the person listed in the FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section. Members of the public may present a written statement to the committee at any time.

    Issued in Washington, DC, on August 29, 2016. Mohannad Dawoud, Management & Program Analyst, Partnership Contracts Branch, ANG-A17 NextGen, Procurement Services Division, Federal Aviation Administration.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21111 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-13-P
    DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Federal Aviation Administration Notice of Intent To Release Certain Properties From All Terms, Conditions, Reservations and Restrictions of a Quitclaim Deed Agreement Between the City of Vero Beach and the Federal Aviation Administration for the Vero Beach Regional Airport, Vero Beach, FL AGENCY:

    Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.

    ACTION:

    Request for Public Comment.

    SUMMARY:

    The FAA hereby provides notice of intent to release certain airport properties 8.73 acres at the Vero Beach Regional Airport, Florida from the conditions, reservations, and restrictions as contained in a Quitclaim Deed agreement between the FAA and the Vero Beach Regional Airport, dated October 3, 1947. The City of Vero Beach dedicated an 8.73 acre tract along 27th Avenue, Aviation Boulevard and Airport Drive to become a Public Right-of-Way. This release will be retroactive for the improvements along the airport entrance roadway by the City of Vero Beach. The Fair Market Value (FMV) of this parcel has been determined to be $228,510.16.

    Documents reflecting the Sponsor's request are available, by appointment only, for inspection at the Vero Beach Regional Airport and the FAA Airports District Office.

    DATES:

    Comments are due on or before October 3, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Documents are available for review at the Vero Beach Regional Airport, P.O. Box 1389, 3400 Cherokee Drive, Vero Beach, FL 32961 and the FAA Airports District Office, 5950 Hazeltine National Drive, Suite 400, Orlando, FL 32822. Written comments on the Sponsor's request must be delivered or mailed to: Stephen Wilson, Program Manager, Orlando Airports District Office, 5950 Hazeltine National Drive, Suite 400, Orlando, FL 32822-5024.

    In addition, a copy of any comments submitted to the FAA must be mailed or delivered to Mr. Eric Menger, Airport Director, Vero Beach Regional Airport, P.O. Box 1389, 3400 Cherokee Drive, Vero Beach, FL 32961-1389.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Stephen Wilson, Program Manager, Orlando Airports District Office, 5950 Hazeltine National Drive, Suite 400, Orlando, FL 32822-5024.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Section 125 of The Wendell H. Ford Aviation Investment and Reform Act for the 21st Century (AIR-21) requires the FAA to provide an opportunity for public notice and comment prior to the “waiver” or “modification” of a sponsor's Federal obligation to use certain airport land for non-aeronautical purposes.

    Issued in Orlando, FL, on August 23, 2016. Bart Vernace, P.E., Manager, Orlando Airports District Office, Southern Region.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21108 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-13-P
    DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Federal Aviation Administration Notice of Availability for Final Environmental Impact Statement (Final EIS), Department of Transportation Act of 1966 Section 4(f) Evaluation, and Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act Subsistence Evaluation for the Proposed Airport, Angoon, Alaska AGENCY:

    Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation.

    ACTION:

    Notice of Availability (NOA).

    SUMMARY:

    In accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 and Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) regulations, the FAA issues this notice to advise the public that a Final EIS for the proposed airport in Angoon, Alaska, has been prepared. Included in the Final EIS are a subsistence evaluation consistent with Section 810 of the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act (ANILCA) and a final evaluation pursuant to Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act of 1966. The FAA will not make a decision on the proposed action for a minimum of 30 days following the publication of this NOA in the Federal Register. The FAA will record their decision or decisions in a Record of Decision.

    ADDRESSES:

    Copies of the Final EIS and the evaluations are available at the following locations. Paper copies may be viewed during regular business hours.

    1. Online at www.angoonairporteis.com.

    2. Juneau Public Library:

    • Downtown Branch, 292 Marine Way, Juneau, AK 99801 • Douglas Branch, 1016 3rd Street, Douglas, AK 99824 • Mendenhall Mall Branch, 9109 Mendenhall Mall Road, Juneau, AK 99801

    3. U.S. Forest Service, Admiralty Island National Monument Office, 8510 Mendenhall Loop Road, Juneau, AK 99801.

    4. Angoon Community Association Building, 315 Heendae Road, Angoon, AK 99820.

    5. Angoon City Government Office, 700 Aan Deina Aat Street, Angoon, AK 99820.

    6. Angoon Senior Center, 812 Xootz Road, Angoon, AK 99820.

    7. The FAA Airports Division in Anchorage, AK. Please contact Leslie Grey at (907) 271-5453 to schedule.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Leslie Grey, AAL-611, Federal Aviation Administration, Alaskan Region, Airports Division, 222 W. 7th Avenue, Box #14, Anchorage, AK 99513. Ms. Grey may be contacted by telephone during business hours at (907) 271-5453, by fax at (907) 271-2851, or by email at [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The Alaska Department of Transportation and Public Facilities (DOT&PF) has requested funding and approval from the FAA for a new land-based airport and an access road to improve the availability and reliability of transportation services to and from Angoon. The DOT&PF's proposed action would be located in the Admiralty Island National Monument and Kootznoowoo Wilderness Area (Monument-Wilderness Area). The FAA has proposed alternatives to the proposed action, including the no action alternative. The purpose and need for the airport are discussed in detail in the Final EIS.

    The project would consist of a paved, 3,300-foot-long and 75-foot-wide runway, with future expansion to 4,000 feet long.

    Construction of the proposed airport would be completed in two to three construction seasons. Many of the impact categories considered in the Final EIS are required by FAA Orders 1050.1E and 5050.4B. In addition, subsistence activities, wilderness character, and impacts to the Admiralty Island National Monument are evaluated. Because the DOT&PF's proposed action is located in the Monument-Wilderness Area, the DOT&PF has submitted an application to the FAA, the U.S. Forest Service, and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers under ANILCA Title XI to use the lands. The federal agencies have drafted findings and a notification of tentative disapproval of the application. At this time, no notification will be sent to the President pending discussions with the sponsor and the cooperating agencies on next steps.

    Additional details regarding the project can be found on the project Web site at www.angoonairporteis.com.

    Issued in Anchorage, Alaska, on August 23, 2016. Byron K. Huffman, Manager, Airports Division, AAL-600.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21083 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-13-P
    DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Federal Aviation Administration Notice of Intent To Release Certain Properties From All Terms, Conditions, Reservations and Restrictions of a Quitclaim Deed Agreement Between the City of Vero Beach and the Federal Aviation Administration for the Vero Beach Regional Airport, Vero Beach, FL AGENCY:

    Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.

    ACTION:

    Request for Public Comment.

    SUMMARY:

    The FAA hereby provides notice of intent to release certain airport properties 2.58 acres at the Vero Beach Regional Airport, Florida from the conditions, reservations, and restrictions as contained in a Quitclaim Deed agreement between the FAA and the Vero Beach Regional Airport, dated October 3, 1947. The City of Vero Beach dedicated a 2.58 acre tract along Airport Drive to become a Public Right-of-Way. This release will be retroactive for the improvements along the airport entrance roadway by the City of Vero Beach. The Fair Market Value (FMV) of this parcel has been determined to be $112,134.12.

    Documents reflecting the Sponsor's request are available, by appointment only, for inspection at the Vero Beach Regional Airport and the FAA Airports District Office.

    DATES:

    Comments are due on or before October 3, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Documents are available for review at the Vero Beach Regional Airport, P.O. Box 1389, 3400 Cherokee Drive, Vero Beach, FL 32961 and the FAA Airports District Office, 5950 Hazeltine National Drive, Suite 400, Orlando, FL 32822. Written comments on the Sponsor's request must be delivered or mailed to: Stephen Wilson, Program Manager, Orlando Airports District Office, 5950 Hazeltine National Drive, Suite 400, Orlando, FL 32822-5024.

    In addition, a copy of any comments submitted to the FAA must be mailed or delivered to Mr. Eric Menger, Airport Director, Vero Beach Regional Airport, P.O. Box 1389, 3400 Cherokee Drive, Vero Beach, FL 32961-1389.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Stephen Wilson, Program Manager, Orlando Airports District Office, 5950 Hazeltine National Drive, Suite 400, Orlando, FL 32822-5024.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Section 125 of The Wendell H. Ford Aviation Investment and Reform Act for the 21st Century (AIR-21) requires the FAA to provide an opportunity for public notice and comment prior to the “waiver” or modification” of a sponsor's Federal obligation to use certain airport land for non-aeronautical purposes.

    Issued in Orlando, FL, on August 23, 2016. Bart Vernace, Manager, Orlando Airports District Office, Southern Region.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21225 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-13-P
    DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Federal Railroad Administration [Docket No. FRA-2010-0061] Union Pacific Railroad's Request for Positive Train Control Safety Plan Approval and System Certification AGENCY:

    Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT).

    ACTION:

    Notice of availability and request for comments.

    SUMMARY:

    This document provides the public with notice that the Union Pacific Railroad (UP) submitted to FRA its Positive Train Control (PTC) Safety Plan (PTCSP) Version 1.0, dated June 1, 2016. UP requests that FRA approve its PTCSP and issue a PTC System Certification for UP's Interoperable Electronic Train Management System (I-ETMS).

    DATES:

    FRA will consider communications received by October 3, 2016 before taking final action on the PTCSP. FRA will consider comments received after that date if practicable.

    ADDRESSES:

    All communications concerning this proceeding should identify Docket Number FRA-2010-0061 and may be submitted by any of the following methods:

    Web site: http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the online instructions for submitting comments.

    Fax: 202-493-2251.

    Mail: Docket Operations Facility, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., W12-140, Washington, DC 20590.

    Hand Delivery: 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal Holidays.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Dr. Mark Hartong, Senior Scientific Technical Advisor, at (202) 493-1332, [email protected]; or Mr. David Blackmore, Staff Director, Positive Train Control Division, at (312) 835-3903, [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    In its PTCSP, UP asserts that the I-ETMS system it is implementing is designed as a vital overlay PTC system as defined in 49 CFR 236.1015(e)(2). The PTCSP describes UP's I-ETMS implementation and the associated I-ETMS safety processes, safety analyses, and test, validation, and verification processes used during development of I-ETMS. The PTCSP also contains UP's operational and support requirements and procedures.

    UP's PTCSP and the accompanying request for approval and system certification are available for review online at www.regulations.gov (Docket No. FRA-2010-0061) and in person at the U.S. Department of Transportation's (DOT) Docket Operations Facility, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., W12-140, Washington, DC 20590. The Docket Operations Facility is open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal Holidays.

    Interested parties are invited to comment on the PTCSP by submitting written comments or data. See 49 CFR 236.1011(e). During its review of the PTCSP, FRA will consider any comments or data submitted. However, FRA may elect not to respond to any particular comment and, under 49 CFR 236.1009(d)(3), FRA maintains the authority to approve or disapprove the PTCSP at its sole discretion. FRA does not anticipate scheduling a public hearing regarding UP's PTCSP because the circumstances do not appear to warrant a hearing. If any interested party desires an opportunity for oral comment, the party should notify FRA in writing before the end of the comment period and specify the basis for his or her request.

    Privacy Act Notice

    Anyone can search the electronic form of any written communications and comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the document, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). In accordance with 49 CFR 211.3, FRA solicits comments from the public to better inform its decisions. DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to www.regulations.gov, as described in the system of records notice (DOT/ALL-14 FDMS), which you can review at www.dot.gov/privacy. See https://www.regulations.gov/privacyNotice for the privacy notice of regulations.gov.

    Issued in Washington, DC, on August 29, 2016. Patrick T. Warren, Acting Associate Administrator for Railroad Safety, Chief Safety Officer.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21139 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-06-P
    DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Federal Transit Administration Notice of Intent To Prepare an Environmental Impact Statement for the Southwest Corridor Light Rail Project, Multnomah and Washington Counties, Oregon AGENCY:

    Federal Transit Administration (FTA), DOT.

    ACTION:

    Notice of intent to prepare an environmental impact statement.

    SUMMARY:

    The Federal Transit Administration (FTA), Metro (the regional government and metropolitan planning organization that serves the cities and counties of the Portland, Oregon metropolitan area) and the Tri-County Metropolitan Transportation District of Oregon (TriMet) intend to prepare an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) to evaluate the benefits and impacts of the proposed Southwest Corridor Light Rail Project (Project). The Project would improve public transportation between and through southwest Portland, Tigard and Tualatin. FTA may provide funding for the Project through its Capital Investment Grant program. FTA, Metro and TriMet will prepare the EIS in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), FTA environmental regulations, and the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (FAST Act). This Notice initiates formal scoping for the EIS, provides information on the nature of the proposed transit Project, invites participation in the EIS process, and identifies potential environmental effects to be considered. It also invites comments from interested members of the public, tribes, and agencies on the scope of the EIS and announces upcoming public scoping meetings. Comments should address (1) feasible alternatives that may better achieve the Project's need and purposes with fewer adverse impacts and (2) any significant environmental impacts relating to the alternatives.

    DATES:

    The public scoping period will begin on the date of publication of this Notice and will continue through September 30, 2016 or 30 days from the date of publication, whichever is later. Please send written comments on the scope of the EIS, including the preliminary statement of the purpose of and need for the Project, the alternatives to be considered in the EIS, the environmental and community impacts to be evaluated, and any other Project-related issues, to the address below. Public scoping meetings will be held at the times and locations indicated in ADDRESSES below. FTA, Metro and TriMet will take oral and written comments at the scoping meeting. FTA, Metro and TriMet have also scheduled a meeting to collect comments of tribes and agencies with an interest in the proposed Project.

    ADDRESSES:

    Written comments on the scope of the EIS must be received by September 30, 2016 or 30 days from the publication date of this Notice, whichever is later. Please send them to Chris Ford, Investment Areas Project Manager, Metro, 600 NE Grand Avenue, Portland Oregon 97232 or to [email protected] . Comments may also be offered at the public scoping meeting, which will be held at:

    • Wilson High School, 1151 SW. Vermont Street, Portland, Oregon, on September 22, 2016, from 6 to 8 p.m.

    A scoping meeting for interested tribes and Federal and non-Federal agencies will be at:

    • TriMet, 1800 SW 1st Ave, 3rd Floor, Columbia Conference Room, Portland, Oregon on September 20 from 1 to 3 p.m.

    All meeting places are accessible to persons with disabilities. Any individual with a disability who requires special assistance, such as a sign language interpreter, or any individual who requires translation or interpretation services, must contact Yuliya Kharitonova at (503) 813-7535 at least 48 hours before the meeting. A scoping information packet will be available before the meetings on the Project Web site or by calling Yuliya Kharitonova at (503) 813-7535; copies will also be available at the public scoping meeting.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    John Witmer, FTA Community Planner, [email protected], phone: (206) 220-7954.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Background. NEPA “scoping” (40 CFR 1501.7) has specific and fairly limited objectives, one of which is to identify the alternatives' significant issues that will be examined in detail in the EIS, while simultaneously limiting consideration and development of issues that are not truly significant. The NEPA scoping process should identify potentially significant environmental impacts caused by the Project and that give rise to the need to prepare an EIS; impacts that are deemed not to be significant need not be developed extensively in the context of the impact statement. The EIS must be focused on impacts of consequence consistent with the ultimate objectives of the NEPA implementing regulations—“to make the environmental impact statement process more useful to decision makers and the public; and to reduce paperwork and the accumulation of extraneous background data, in order to emphasize the need to focus on real environmental issues and alternatives. . . [by requiring] impact statements to be concise, clear, and to the point, and supported by evidence that agencies have made the necessary environmental analyses.” Executive Order 11991, of May 24, 1977. Transit projects may also generate environmental benefits, which should also be highlighted; the EIS process should draw attention to positive impacts, not just negative impacts.

    FTA, Metro and TriMet are considering two alternatives for the Project: (1) A No-Build Alternative, as required by NEPA, that reflects the existing transportation system plus the future transportation improvements included in the Metro Regional Transportation Plan, but not including the Project; and (2) a Light Rail Transit (LRT) Alternative (Build Alternative) that would extend the existing TriMet MAX system 12 miles from the Transit Mall in downtown Portland to Bridgeport Village in Tualatin, generally running along the SW Barbur Boulevard/Interstate 5 corridor through Southwest Portland, the Tigard Triangle and downtown Tigard. The Build Alternative has design options in several locations.

    Metro and TriMet developed the proposed Build Alternative through an early scoping process and an analysis of a wide range of potential alternatives. FTA and Metro published notice of the early scoping process in the Federal Register on Sept. 29, 2011. Please see the Project Web site (http://www.swcorridorplan.org) for information about the early scoping and other planning activities, the analysis of alternatives, the decisions of the Project steering committee, and background technical reports.

    The Southwest Corridor is a fast-growing part of the Portland metropolitan region. Its major transportation facilities, including Interstate 5 (I-5), Oregon State Highway 217, and Oregon State Highway 99W, are congested and unreliable. As more people and employers locate in the corridor, worsening traffic conditions will impact economic development and livability. The corridor ranked as the highest priority corridor in Metro's 2009 High Capacity Transit System Plan, and in May 2016 the Project's steering committee chose light rail as the preferred mode to provide high capacity transit (HCT) service.

    Preliminary purpose of and need for the Project: The Project's purpose is to directly connect Tualatin, downtown Tigard, Southwest Portland, and the region's central city with light rail, other high-quality transit, and appropriate community investments to improve mobility and create the conditions that will allow communities in the corridor to achieve their land use vision. Specifically, within the Southwest Corridor, the Project aims to:

    • Provide light rail transit service that is cost-effective to build and operate, and that can serve existing and anticipated demand in the corridor;

    • Improve transit reliability, frequency, and travel times, and connect to Westside Express Service (WES) commuter rail and other existing and future transit networks;

    • Support adopted regional and local plans including the 2040 Growth Concept, the Barbur Concept Plan, the Tigard Triangle Strategic Plan and the Tigard Downtown Vision;

    • Create multimodal transportation networks to provide safe and convenient access to transit and adjacent land uses;

    • Advance active transportation and encourage physical activity;

    • Provide travel options that reduce overall transportation costs;

    • Improve multimodal access to existing jobs, housing and educational opportunities and foster opportunities for commercial development and a range of housing types adjacent to transit;

    • Ensure that benefits and impacts promote community equity; and

    • Advance transportation projects that are sensitive to the environment, improve water and air quality, and help achieve the sustainability goals in applicable plans.

    The Project is needed because:

    • Transit service to important destinations in the corridor is limited, and unmet demand for transit is increasing due to growth;

    • Limited street connectivity and gaps in pedestrian and bicycle networks create barriers and unsafe conditions for transit access and active transportation;

    • Travel is slow and unreliable on congested roadways;

    • The corridor has a limited supply and range of housing options with good access to multimodal transportation networks, and has inadequate transportation between residences, employment, and services;

    • Regional and local plans call for High Capacity Transit in the corridor to meet land use goals; and

    • State, regional and local goals require investments to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

    Proposed alternatives: NEPA requires the Draft EIS to analyze a No-Build Alternative as a baseline against which to assess the impacts of the proposed project. The proposed Project in this case is the Light Rail Transit (LRT) Alternative. The Project steering committee chose light rail as the preferred mode because of its greater long-term carrying capacity and superior projected transit performance compared to other modes, ability to integrate into the existing light rail system and higher level of public support. The alignment and design options proposed for the Draft EIS resulted from several years of planning, technical analysis, public engagement, and input from affected jurisdictions.

    The LRT Alternative travels generally southwest from the south end of the Downtown Portland Transit Mall through southwest Portland and Tigard to Bridgeport Village in Tualatin. The route is about 12 miles long.

    FTA, Metro and TriMet propose to consider several design options for the LRT Alternative. The scoping materials (at http://www.swcorridorplan.org) describe the primary alignment and the possible options in detail. For purposes of this Notice, the Project can be generally described as follows:

    In South Portland, the alignment runs along either SW Barbur Boulevard or SW Naito Parkway. Between SW 13th Avenue and SW 60th Avenue, the alignment could run either in the center of SW Barbur, crossing I-5 at-grade at SW Capitol Highway, or next to I-5, crossing I-5 and SW Capitol Highway with an above-grade structure. Near the Portland-Tigard city limits the alignment would turn south over I-5 into the Tigard Triangle on a new structure and then proceed south and west to SW 70th Avenue. There are two options from SW 70th Avenue: (1) Through-Routed LRT and (2) Branched LRT. Through-Routed LRT would extend south from the Portland Transit Mall to downtown Tigard following one of two routes—crossing Highway 217 on a new structure extending from SW Clinton Street to SW Hall Boulevard, or extending from SW Beveland Street to SW Ash Street—and then traveling to Bridgeport Village following one of two routes, either generally next to I-5 or generally next to the existing WES and freight rail line. Branched LRT would diverge at the Tigard Triangle, with one branch turning west to terminate in downtown Tigard following one of three routes—crossing Highway 217 on a new structure extending from SW Clinton Street to SW Hall Boulevard, from SW Beveland Street to SW Ash Street, or from SW Beveland Street to SW Wall Street—and one branch continuing south on a separate crossing of Highway 217 to terminate at Bridgeport Village without traveling through downtown Tigard.

    Under any of the options, the Project would include stations at these locations:

    • Between SW Gibbs Street and SW Grover Street (on SW Barbur or SW Naito)

    • Between SW Custer Street and SW 13th Avenue (on SW Barbur or adjacent to I-5)

    • At the Barbur Transit Center with a modified or expanded park-and-ride

    • At SW 53rd Avenue with a new park-and-ride (on SW Barbur or adjacent to I-5)

    • On SW 70th Avenue between SW Atlanta Street and SW Baylor Street (could include a new park-and-ride)

    • At SW Bonita Road (adjacent to freight rail or adjacent to I-5) (at location next to I-5, could include a new park-and-ride)

    • At SW Upper Boones Ferry Road (adjacent to freight rail or adjacent to I-5) (could include a park-and-ride)

    • Bridgeport Village (could include an expanded park-and-ride)

    In addition, depending on the option, there would be stations at these locations:

    • SW Capitol Hill Road and SW Barbur Boulevard

    • SW 19th Avenue and SW Barbur Boulevard

    • SW 26th or SW 30th Avenue and SW Barbur Boulevard

    • SW Spring Garden Street and adjacent to I-5

    • SW 26th Avenue and adjacent to I-5

    • On SW Beveland Street near SW 70th Avenue,

    • Adjacent to the WES commuter rail tracks near the existing Tigard Transit Center, (could include an expanded park-and-ride)

    • On SW Ash Street near SW Commercial Street (could include an expanded park-and-ride for the nearby Tigard Transit Center)

    • Near SW Wall Street and SW Hunziker Street (could include a new park-and-ride)

    The LRT Alternative will include a light rail maintenance facility. This could be a new facility, either near SW Wall Street and the WES Commuter Rail line, or just west of I-5 north of SW Bonita Road, or an expansion of the existing Ruby Junction maintenance facility in Gresham.

    The LRT Alternative also includes associated roadway, bicycle and pedestrian projects that may be eligible for federal funding and could be constructed together with the transit Project, thereby meriting joint environmental analysis. Among the most notable are mechanized bike/ped connections to Marquam Hill (Oregon Health Sciences University) and Mt. Sylvania (Portland Community College); new opportunities for bicycles and pedestrians to cross I-405; new and upgraded sidewalks, bike lanes, and safe crossings on SW Barbur Boulevard from SW 3rd Avenue to SW 60th Avenue, including reconstruction of the Vermont and Newbury viaducts; and both major and minor roadway improvements along the alignment, including possible revisions to the west end of the Ross Island Bridge, crossings of I-5, and crossings of Highway 217. Please refer to the scoping materials for detailed information about these and many other potential improvements.

    Public and agency input received during scoping will help FTA, Metro and TriMet select a range of reasonable alternatives and options to evaluate in the Draft EIS. FTA, Metro and TriMet also invite comment on potential Joint Development opportunities along the alignment.

    Possible adverse effects: Consistent with NEPA, FTA, Metro and TriMet will evaluate, with input from the public and tribes and agencies, the potential impacts of the alternatives on the physical, human, and natural environment. Likely areas of investigation include effects on air quality and greenhouse gas emissions, property acquisition and displacements, ecosystems (including threatened and endangered species), community livability, energy use, environmental justice, geology and soils, hazardous materials, historic and cultural resources, land use and economic effects, noise and vibration, parks and recreation, safety and security, transportation, utilities and public services, visual and aesthetic qualities, water quality and hydrology, and wetlands. Significant impacts prior to the development of mitigation measures may occur in the areas of property acquisition and displacements, historic and cultural resources, noise and vibration, parks and recreation, transportation, visual and aesthetic qualities, water quality and hydrology, and wetlands. Significant beneficial impacts could occur in the areas of air quality and greenhouse gas emissions, energy use, environmental justice, safety and security, and transportation. The EIS will evaluate short-term construction impacts and long-term operating impacts and will also consider indirect and cumulative impacts. The EIS will propose measures to avoid, minimize, and mitigate adverse impacts.

    In accordance with FTA policy and regulations, FTA, Metro and TriMet will comply with all Federal environmental laws, regulations, and executive orders applicable to the proposed project during the environmental review process.

    Roles of Agencies and the Public: NEPA, and FTA's regulations for implementing NEPA, call for broad involvement in the EIS process. FTA, Metro and TriMet therefore invite Federal and non-Federal agencies and Indian tribes to participate in the NEPA process. Any agency or tribe interested in the Project that does not receive such an invitation should promptly notify the Metro Investment Area Project Manager identified above under ADDRESSES.

    Interested parties may review a draft Coordination Plan for public and agency involvement at the Project Web site. It identifies the Project's coordination approach and structure, details the major milestones for agency and public involvement, and includes an initial list of interested agencies and organizations.

    Combined FEIS and Record of Decision: Under 23 U.S.C. 139, FTA should combine the Final EIS and Record of Decision if it is practicable. FTA invites interested parties to comment on a combined FEIS/ROD for the Project to help FTA decide whether combining the FEIS/ROD is practicable.

    Paperwork Reduction. The Paperwork Reduction Act seeks, in part, to minimize the cost to the taxpayer of the creation, collection, maintenance, use, dissemination, and disposition of information. Consistent with this goal and with principles of economy and efficiency in government, FTA tries to limit insofar as possible distribution of complete printed sets of NEPA documents. Accordingly, unless a specific request for a complete printed set of the NEPA document is received before the document is printed, FTA, Metro and TriMet will distribute only electronic copies of the NEPA document. A complete printed set of the environmental document will be available for review at Metro's offices; an electronic copy of the complete environmental document will be available on the Project Web site.

    Other: Metro and TriMet may seek funding for the proposed Project under FTA's Capital Investment Grant Program, 49 U.S.C. 5309, and would therefore be subject to New Starts regulations (49 CFR part 611). The New Starts regulations also require the submission of certain project-justification information to support a request to initiate preliminary engineering. This information is normally developed in conjunction with the NEPA process. The EIS will include pertinent New Starts evaluation criteria.

    Dated: August 25, 2016. Kenneth A. Feldman, Deputy Regional Administrator, Federal Transit Administration, Region 10, Seattle, WA.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21160 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE P
    DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration [Docket No. PHMSA-2016-0097; PDA-38(R)] Hazardous Materials: California Meal and Rest Break Requirements AGENCY:

    Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), DOT.

    ACTION:

    Public notice and invitation to comment.

    SUMMARY:

    Interested parties are invited to comment on an application by the National Tank Truck Carriers, Inc. (NTTC) for an administrative determination as to whether Federal hazardous material transportation law preempts regulations of the State of California that prohibit an employer from requiring an employee to work during any mandatory meal or rest period.

    DATES:

    Comments received on or before October 17, 2016 and rebuttal comments received on or before December 1, 2016 will be considered before an administrative determination is issued by PHMSA's Chief Counsel. Rebuttal comments may discuss only those issues raised by comments received during the initial comment period and may not discuss new issues.

    ADDRESSES:

    The NTTC's application and all comments received may be reviewed in the Docket Operations Facility (M-30), U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. The application and all comments are available on the U.S. Government Regulations.gov Web site: http://www.regulations.gov.

    Comments must refer to Docket No. PHMSA-2016-0097 and may be submitted by any of the following methods:

    Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to http://www.regulations.gov. Follow the online instructions for submitting comments.

    Fax: 1-202-493-2251.

    Mail: Docket Operations Facility (M-30), U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.

    Hand Delivery: Docket Operations Facility (M-30), U.S. Department of Transportation, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590, between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.

    A copy of each comment must also be sent to (1) Prasad Sharma, Esq., Scopelitis, Garvin, Light, Hanson & Feary, 1850 M Street, NW., Suite 280, Washington, DC 20036, and (2) Kamala D. Harris, Attorney General, Office of the Attorney General, 1300 “I” Street, Sacramento, CA 95814-2919. A certification that a copy has been sent to these persons must also be included with the comment. (The following format is suggested: “I certify that copies of this comment have been sent to Mr. Sharma and Ms. Harris at the addresses specified in the Federal Register.”)

    Anyone is able to search the electronic form of all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing a comment submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may review DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement in the Federal Register published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR 19477-78), or you may visit http://www.regulations.gov.

    A subject matter index of hazardous materials preemption cases, including a listing of all inconsistency rulings and preemption determinations, is available through PHMSA's home page at http://phmsa.dot.gov. From the home page, click on “Hazardous Materials Safety,” then on “Standards & Rulemaking,” then on “Preemption Determinations” located on the right side of the page. A paper copy of the index will be provided at no cost upon request to Mr. Lopez, at the address and telephone number set forth in the FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section below.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Vincent Lopez, Office of Chief Counsel (PHC-10), Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590; telephone No. 202-366-4400; facsimile No. 202-366-7041.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: I. Application for a Preemption Determination

    NTTC has applied to PHMSA for a determination whether Federal hazardous material transportation law, 49 U.S.C. 5101 et seq., preempts California meal and rest break requirements, as applied to hazardous materials carriers. NTTC states “California law . . . generally prohibits an employer (e.g., a motor carrier) from requiring an employee (e.g., a driver) to work during any meal or rest period mandated by an applicable order of the Industrial Welfare Commission (`IWC').” 1 The IWC Order for the transportation industry, codified in the California Code of Regulations (CCR), title 8, section 11090, contains the requirements for meal and rest periods. Under the rules, an employee is entitled to a thirty minute meal period after five hours of work and a second thirty minute meal period after ten hours of work. Generally, the employee must be “off duty” during the meal period. For rest periods, employees are entitled to a ten minute rest period for every four hours worked. And, if a meal or rest period is not provided, the employer shall pay the employee one hour of pay.2

    1See CA LABOR §§ 226.7 (2015); 512 (2015).

    2 The relevant IWC provisions for meal and rest periods are located in section 11 (Meal Periods) and section 12 (Rest Periods). See 8 CCR §§ 11090(11) and (12).

    NTTC presents three main arguments for why it believes the meal and rest break requirements should be preempted. First, NTTC contends that the California requirements “were not promulgated with an eye toward safe transportation of hazardous materials[,]” or the Federal hours of service regulations, and thus, they create the potential for unnecessary delay when a driver must deviate from his or her route to comply with the requirements. Next, NTTC argues that the meal and rest break requirements conflict with the Hazardous Material Regulations (HMR)'s attendance requirements because under certain circumstances, the HMR “implicate the driver `working' under California law.” As such, NTTC says that a carrier (employer) cannot comply with both the State and Federal requirements. Last, NTTC points out that although not mandatory in the HMR security plan requirements, many motor carriers include a “constant attendance of cargo” requirement in their written security plans. However, NTTC contends that the California meal and rest break requirements are inflexible and may create unnecessary stops or prohibit constant attendance. Therefore, NTTC believes the requirements are an obstacle to the security objectives of the HMR.

    In summary, NTTC contends the California meal and rest break regulations should be preempted because they:

    • Create unnecessary delay for the transportation of hazardous materials;

    • Conflict with the HMR attendance requirements; and

    • Create an obstacle to accomplishing the security objectives of the HMR.

    II. Federal Preemption

    Section 5125 of 49 U.S.C. contains express preemption provisions relevant to this proceeding. As amended by Section 1711(b) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-296, 116 Stat. 2319), 49 U.S.C. 5125(a) provides that a requirement of a State, political subdivision of a State, or Indian tribe is preempted—unless the non-Federal requirement is authorized by another Federal law or DOT grants a waiver of preemption under § 5125(e)—if

    (1) complying with a requirement of the State, political subdivision, or tribe and a requirement of this chapter, a regulation prescribed under this chapter, or a hazardous materials transportation security regulation or directive issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security is not possible; or

    (2) the requirement of the State, political subdivision, or tribe, as applied or enforced, is an obstacle to accomplishing and carrying out this chapter, a regulation prescribed under this chapter, or a hazardous materials transportation security regulation or directive issued by the Secretary of Homeland Security.

    These two paragraphs set forth the “dual compliance” and “obstacle” criteria that PHMSA's predecessor agency, the Research and Special Programs Administration, had applied in issuing inconsistency rulings prior to 1990, under the original preemption provision in the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (HMTA). Pub. L. 93-633 § 112(a), 88 Stat. 2161 (1975). The dual compliance and obstacle criteria are based on U.S. Supreme Court decisions on preemption. Hines v. Davidowitz, 312 U.S. 52 (1941); Florida Lime & Avocado Growers, Inc. v. Paul, 373 U.S. 132 (1963); Ray v. Atlantic Richfield, Inc., 435 U.S. 151 (1978).

    Subsection (b)(1) of 49 U.S.C. 5125 provides that a non-Federal requirement concerning any of the following subjects is preempted—unless authorized by another Federal law or DOT grants a waiver of preemption—when the non-Federal requirement is not “substantively the same as” a provision of Federal hazardous material transportation law, a regulation prescribed under that law, or a hazardous materials security regulation or directive issued by the Department of Homeland Security:

    (A) the designation, description, and classification of hazardous material.

    (B) the packing, repacking, handling, labeling, marking, and placarding of hazardous material.

    (C) the preparation, execution, and use of shipping documents related to hazardous material and requirements related to the number, contents, and placement of those documents.

    (D) the written notification, recording, and reporting of the unintentional release in transportation of hazardous material and other written hazardous materials transportation incident reporting involving State or local emergency responders in the initial response to the incident.

    (E) the designing, manufacturing, fabricating, inspecting, marking, maintaining, reconditioning, repairing, or testing a package, container, or packaging component that is represented, marked, certified, or sold as qualified for use in transporting hazardous material in commerce.

    To be “substantively the same,” the non-Federal requirement must conform “in every significant respect to the Federal requirement. Editorial and other similar de minimis changes are permitted.” 49 CFR 107.202(d).3

    3 Additional standards apply to preemption of non-Federal requirements on highway routes over which hazardous materials may or may not be transported and fees related to transporting hazardous material. See 49 U.S.C. 5125(c) and (f). See also 49 CFR 171.1(f) which explains that a “facility at which functions regulated under the HMR are performed may be subject to applicable laws and regulations of state and local governments and Indian tribes.”

    The 2002 amendments and 2005 reenactment of the preemption provisions in 49 U.S.C. 5125 reaffirmed Congress's long-standing view that a single body of uniform Federal regulations promotes safety (including security) in the transportation of hazardous materials. More than thirty years ago, when it was considering the HMTA, the Senate Commerce Committee “endorse[d] the principle of preemption in order to preclude a multiplicity of State and local regulations and the potential for varying as well as conflicting regulations in the area of hazardous materials transportation.” S. Rep. No. 1102, 93rd Cong. 2nd Sess. 37 (1974). When Congress expanded the preemption provisions in 1990, it specifically found:

    (3) many States and localities have enacted laws and regulations which vary from Federal laws and regulations pertaining to the transportation of hazardous materials, thereby creating the potential for unreasonable hazards in other jurisdictions and confounding shippers and carriers which attempt to comply with multiple and conflicting registration, permitting, routing, notification, and other regulatory requirements,

    (4) because of the potential risks to life, property, and the environment posed by unintentional releases of hazardous materials, consistency in laws and regulations governing the transportation of hazardous materials is necessary and desirable,

    (5) in order to achieve greater uniformity and to promote the public health, welfare, and safety at all levels, Federal standards for regulating the transportation of hazardous materials in intrastate, interstate, and foreign commerce are necessary and desirable.

    Public Law 101-615 § 2, 104 Stat. 3244. (In 1994, Congress revised, codified and enacted the HMTA “without substantive change,” at 49 U.S.C. Chapter 51. Public Law 103-272, 108 Stat. 745 (July 5, 1994).) A United States Court of Appeals has found uniformity was the “linchpin” in the design of the Federal laws governing the transportation of hazardous materials. Colorado Pub. Util. Comm'n v. Harmon, 951 F.2d 1571, 1575 (10th Cir. 1991).

    III. Preemption Determinations

    Under 49 U.S.C. 5125(d)(1), any person (including a State, political subdivision of a State, or Indian tribe) directly affected by a requirement of a State, political subdivision or tribe may apply to the Secretary of Transportation for a determination whether the requirement is preempted. The Secretary of Transportation has delegated authority to PHMSA to make determinations of preemption, except for those concerning highway routing (which have been delegated to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration). 49 CFR 1.97(b).

    Section 5125(d)(1) requires notice of an application for a preemption determination to be published in the Federal Register. Following the receipt and consideration of written comments, PHMSA publishes its determination in the Federal Register. See 49 CFR 107.209(c). A short period of time is allowed for filing of petitions for reconsideration. 49 CFR 107.211. A petition for judicial review of a final preemption determination must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia or in the Court of Appeals for the United States for the circuit in which the petitioner resides or has its principal place of business, within 60 days after the determination becomes final. 49 U.S.C. 5127(a).

    Preemption determinations do not address issues of preemption arising under the Commerce Clause, the Fifth Amendment or other provisions of the Constitution, or statutes other than the Federal hazardous material transportation law unless it is necessary to do so in order to determine whether a requirement is authorized by another Federal law, or whether a fee is “fair” within the meaning of 49 U.S.C. 5125(f)(1). A State, local or Indian tribe requirement is not authorized by another Federal law merely because it is not preempted by another Federal statute. Colorado Pub. Util. Comm'n v. Harmon, above, 951 F.2d at 1581 n.10.

    In making preemption determinations under 49 U.S.C. 5125(d), PHMSA is guided by the principles and policies set forth in Executive Order No. 13132, entitled “Federalism” (64 FR 43255 (Aug. 10, 1999)), and the President's May 20, 2009 memorandum on “Preemption” (74 FR 24693 (May 22, 2009)). Section 4(a) of that Executive Order authorizes preemption of State laws only when a statute contains an express preemption provision, there is other clear evidence Congress intended to preempt State law, or the exercise of State authority directly conflicts with the exercise of Federal authority. The President's May 20, 2009 memorandum sets forth the policy “that preemption of State law by executive departments and agencies should be undertaken only with full consideration of the legitimate prerogatives of the States and with a sufficient legal basis for preemption.” Section 5125 contains express preemption provisions, which PHMSA has implemented through its regulations.

    IV. Public Comments

    All comments should be directed to whether 49 U.S.C. 5125 preempts regulations of the State of California that prohibit an employer from requiring an employee to work during any mandatory meal or rest period. Comments should specifically address the preemption criteria discussed in Part II above.

    Issued in Washington, DC, on August 23, 2016. Joseph Solomey, Senior Assistant Chief Counsel.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21205 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-60-P
    DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration [Docket No. PHMSA-2016-0066 (Notice No. 16-16)] Information Collection Activities AGENCY:

    Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), Department of Transportation (DOT).

    ACTION:

    Notice and request for comments.

    SUMMARY:

    In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, PHMSA issues this notice to announce that the Information Collection Requests (ICR) discussed below will be forwarded to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for renewal and extension. This ICR describes the nature of the information collection and its expected burden. On June 27, 2016 [81 FR 41648], PHMSA published a Federal Register notice with a 60-day comment period under Docket No. PHMSA-2016-0066 (Notice No. 2016-10) that solicited comments pertaining to this ICR. PHMSA did not receive any comments in response to the June 27, 2016 notice.

    DATES:

    Interested persons are invited to submit comments on, or before October 3, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Send comments regarding the burden estimate, including suggestions for reducing the burden, by any of the following methods:

    Mail: Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for DOT-PHMSA, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503.

    Fax: 1-202-395-5806.

    Email: [email protected].

    Instructions: Comments should refer to the information collection by title and/or OMB Control Number.

    We invite comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Department, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the Department's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.

    Docket: For access to the dockets to read background documents or comments received, go to http://www.regulations.gov.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Steven Andrews or T. Glenn Foster, Standards and Rulemaking Division (PHH-12), Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., East Building, 2nd Floor, Washington, DC 20590-0001, Telephone (202) 366-8553.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Section 1320.8 (d), title 5, Code of Federal Regulations requires PHMSA to provide interested members of the public and affected agencies an opportunity to comment on information collection and recordkeeping requests. This notice identifies an information collection request that PHMSA will be submitting to OMB for renewal and extension. This information collection is contained in 49 CFR 171.6 of the Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR; 49 CFR parts 171-180). PHMSA has revised burden estimates, where appropriate, to reflect current reporting levels or adjustments based on changes in proposed or final rules published since the information collection was last approved. The following information is provided for the information collection: (1) Title of the information collection, including former title if a change is being made; (2) OMB control number; (3) summary of the information collection activity; (4) description of affected public; (5) estimate of total annual reporting and recordkeeping burden; and (6) frequency of collection. PHMSA will request a three-year term of approval for the information collection activity and, when approved by OMB, publish a notice of the approval in the Federal Register.

    PHMSA requests comments on the following information collection:

    Title: Hazardous Materials Incident Reports.

    OMB Control Number: 2137-0039.

    Summary: This collection is applicable upon occurrence of an incident as prescribed in §§ 171.15 and 171.16. A Hazardous Materials Incident Report, DOT Form F 5800.1, must be completed by a person in physical possession of a hazardous material at the time a hazardous material incident occurs in transportation, such as a release of materials, serious accident, evacuation, or closure of a main artery. Incidents meeting criteria in § 171.15 also require a telephonic report. This information collection enhances the Department's ability to evaluate the effectiveness of its regulatory program, determine the need for regulatory changes, and address emerging hazardous materials transportation safety issues. The requirements apply to all interstate and intrastate carriers engaged in the transportation of hazardous materials by rail, air, water, and highway.

    Affected Public: Shippers and carriers of hazardous materials.

    Annual Reporting and Recordkeeping Burden:

    Number of Respondents: 1,781.

    Total Annual Responses: 17,810.

    Total Annual Burden Hours: 23,746.

    Frequency of collection: On occasion.

    Issued in Washington, DC, on August 10, 2016, under authority delegated in 49 CFR part 107. William S. Schoonover, Acting Associate Administrator, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21202 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4910-60-P
    DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY Office of the Comptroller of the Currency [Docket ID: OCC-2016-0023] Mutual Savings Association Advisory Committee and Minority Depository Institutions Advisory Committee AGENCY:

    Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Department of the Treasury (OCC).

    ACTION:

    Request for nominations.

    SUMMARY:

    The OCC is seeking nominations for members of the Mutual Savings Association Advisory Committee (MSAAC) and the Minority Depository Institutions Advisory Committee (MDIAC). The MSAAC and the MDIAC assist the OCC in assessing the needs and challenges facing mutual savings associations and minority depository institutions, respectively. The OCC is seeking nominations of individuals who are officers and/or directors of federal mutual savings associations, or officers and/or directors of federal stock savings associations that are part of a mutual holding company structure, to be considered for selection as MSAAC members. The OCC also is seeking nominations of individuals who are officers and/or directors of OCC-regulated minority depository institutions, or officers and/or directors of other OCC-regulated depository institutions with a commitment to supporting minority depository institutions, to be considered for selection as MDIAC members.

    DATES:

    Nominations must be received on or before October 7, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Nominations of MSAAC members should be sent to [email protected] or mailed to: Michael R. Brickman, Deputy Comptroller for Thrift Supervision, 400 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20219. Nominations of MDIAC members should be sent to [email protected] or mailed to: Beverly F. Cole, Deputy Comptroller for Compliance Supervision, 400 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20219.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    About the MSAAC, Michael R. Brickman, Deputy Comptroller for Thrift Supervision, 400 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20219; (202) 649-6450; [email protected]. About the MDIAC, Beverly F. Cole, Deputy Comptroller for Compliance Supervision, 400 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20219; (202) 649-5688; email: [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    The MSAAC and the MDIAC will be administered in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App. 2. The MSAAC will advise the OCC on ways to meet the goals established by section 5(a) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1464. The Committee will advise the OCC with regard to mutual savings associations on means to: (1) Provide for the organization, incorporation, examination, operation and regulation of associations to be known as federal savings associations (including federal savings banks); and (2) issue charters therefore, giving primary consideration of the best practices of thrift institutions in the United States. The MSAAC will help meet those goals by providing the OCC with informed advice and recommendations regarding the current and future circumstances and needs of mutual savings associations. The MDIAC will advise the OCC on ways to meet the goals established by section 308 of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, Public Law 101-73, Title III, 103 Stat. 353, 12 U.S.C. 1463 note. The goals of section 308 are to preserve the present number of minority institutions, preserve the minority character of minority-owned institutions in cases involving mergers or acquisitions, provide technical assistance, and encourage the creation of new minority institutions. The MDIAC will help the OCC meet those goals by providing informed advice and recommendations regarding a range of issues involving minority depository institutions. Nominations should describe and document the proposed member's qualifications for MSAAC or MDIAC membership, as appropriate. Existing MSAAC or MDIAC members may reapply themselves or may be renominated. The OCC will use this nomination process to achieve a balanced advisory committee membership and ensure that diverse views are represented among the membership of officers and directors of mutual and minority institutions. The MSAAC and MDIAC members will not be compensated for their time, but will be eligible for reimbursement of travel expenses in accordance with applicable federal law and regulations.

    Dated: August 29, 2016. Thomas J. Curry, Comptroller of the Currency.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21167 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4810-33-P
    DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY Internal Revenue Service Art Advisory Panel—Notice of Closed Meeting AGENCY:

    Internal Revenue Service, Treasury.

    ACTION:

    Notice of closed meeting of Art Advisory Panel.

    SUMMARY:

    Closed meeting of the Art Advisory Panel will be held in Washington, DC.

    DATES:

    The meeting will be held September 14, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    The closed meeting of the Art Advisory Panel will be held at 999 North Capitol Street NE., Washington, DC 20003.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Maricarmen Cuello, AP:SO:AAS, 51 SW 1st Avenue, Room 1014, Miami, FL 33130. Telephone (305) 982-5364 (not a toll free number).

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Notice is hereby given pursuant to section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App., that a closed meeting of the Art Advisory Panel will be held at 999 North Capitol Street NE., Washington, DC 20003.

    The agenda will consist of the review and evaluation of the acceptability of fair market value appraisals of works of art involved in Federal income, estate, or gift tax returns. This will involve the discussion of material in individual tax returns made confidential by the provisions of 26 U.S.C. 6103.

    A determination as required by section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act has been made that this meeting is concerned with matters listed in sections 552b(c)(3), (4), (6), and (7), of the Government in the Sunshine Act, and that the meeting will not be open to the public.

    Kirsten B. Wielobob, Chief, Appeals.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21180 Filed 8-30-16; 4:15 pm] BILLING CODE 4830-01-P
    DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY United States Mint Citizens Coinage Advisory Committee September 16, 2016, Public Meeting ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    Pursuant to United States Code, Title 31, section 5135(b)(8)(C), the United States Mint announces the Citizens Coinage Advisory Committee (CCAC) public meeting scheduled for March 15, 2016.

    Date: September 16, 2016.

    Time: 10:00 a.m. to 12:45 p.m.

    Location: Conference Room A, United States Mint, 801 9th Street NW., Washington, DC 20220.

    Subject: Review and discussion of candidate designs for the 2018, 2019, and 2020 American Eagle Platinum Proof Program “Life, Liberty and the Pursuit of Happiness”; election of jurors for the Breast Cancer Awareness Commemorative Coin Design Competition; and a discussion of the 2015 and 2016 Annual Reports.

    Interested persons should call the CCAC HOTLINE at (202) 354-7502 for the latest update on meeting time and room location.

    In accordance with 31 U.S.C. 5135, the CCAC:

    Advises the Secretary of the Treasury on any theme or design proposals relating to circulating coinage, bullion coinage, Congressional Gold Medals, and national and other medals.

    Advises the Secretary of the Treasury with regard to the events, persons, or places to be commemorated by the issuance of commemorative coins in each of the five calendar years succeeding the year in which a commemorative coin designation is made.

    Makes recommendations with respect to the mintage level for any commemorative coin recommended.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Betty Birdsong, Acting United States Mint Liaison to the CCAC; 801 9th Street NW., Washington, DC 20220; or call 202-354-7200.

    Any member of the public interested in submitting matters for the CCAC's consideration is invited to submit them by fax to the following number: 202-756-6525.

    Authority:

    31 U.S.C. 5135(b)(8)(C).

    Dated: August 29, 2016. David Motl, Acting Deputy Director for Management, United States Mint.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21179 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 3510-22-P
    81 171 Friday, September 2, 2016 Proposed Rules Part II Department of Energy 10 CFR Parts 429 and 430 Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for Residential Conventional Cooking Products; Proposed Rule DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY 10 CFR Parts 429 and 430 [Docket Number EERE-2014-BT-STD-0005] RIN 1904-AD15 Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for Residential Conventional Cooking Products AGENCY:

    Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy.

    ACTION:

    Supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking (SNOPR).

    SUMMARY:

    The Energy Policy and Conservation Act of 1975 (EPCA), as amended, prescribes energy conservation standards for various consumer products and certain commercial and industrial equipment, including residential conventional cooking products. EPCA also requires the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) to determine whether more-stringent, amended standards would be technologically feasible and economically justified, and would save a significant amount of energy. In this SNOPR, DOE proposes new and amended energy conservation standards for residential conventional cooking products, specifically conventional cooking tops and conventional ovens.

    DATES:

    Comments: DOE will accept comments, data, and information regarding this supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking (SNOPR) no later than October 3, 2016. See section VII, “Public Participation” for details.

    Comments regarding the likely competitive impact of the proposed standard should be sent to the Department of Justice contact listed in the ADDRESSES section before October 3, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Instructions: Any comments submitted must identify the SNOPR for Energy Conservation Standards for residential conventional cooking products, and provide docket number EERE-2014-BT-STD-0005 and/or regulatory information number (RIN) number 1904-AD15. Comments may be submitted using any of the following methods:

    1. Federal eRulemaking Portal: www.regulations.gov. Follow the instructions for submitting comments.

    2. Email: [email protected]. Include the docket number and/or RIN in the subject line of the message.

    3. Mail: Mr. John Cymbalsky, U.S. Department of Energy, Building Technologies Program, Mailstop EE-5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. If possible, please submit all items on a CD. It is not necessary to include printed copies.

    4. Hand Delivery/Courier: Mr. John Cymbalsky, U.S. Department of Energy, Building Technologies Program, 950 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Room 6094, Washington, DC 20024. Telephone: (202) 586-6636. If possible, please submit all items on a CD, in which case it is not necessary to include printed copies.

    No telefacsimilies (faxes) will be accepted. For detailed instructions on submitting comments and additional information on the rulemaking process, see section VII of this document (“Public Participation”).

    Written comments regarding the burden-hour estimates or other aspects of the collection-of-information requirements contained in this proposed rule may be submitted to Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy through the methods listed above and by email to [email protected].

    EPCA requires the Attorney General to provide DOE a written determination of whether the proposed standard is likely to lessen competition. The U.S. Department of Justice Antitrust Division invites input from market participants and other interested persons with views on the likely competitive impact of the proposed standard. Interested persons may contact the Division at [email protected] before October 3, 2016. Please indicate in the “Subject” line of your email the title and Docket Number of this SNOPR.

    Docket: The docket, which includes Federal Register notices, public meeting attendee lists and transcripts, comments, and other supporting documents/materials, is available for review at www.regulations.gov. All documents in the docket are listed in the www.regulations.gov index. However, some documents listed in the index may not be publicly available, such as those containing information that is exempt from public disclosure.

    A link to the docket Web page can be found at: http://www.regulations.gov/#!docketDetail;D=EERE-2014-BT-STD-0005. This Web page will contain a link to the docket for this document on the www.regulations.gov site. The regulations.gov Web page will contain simple instructions on how to access all documents, including public comments, in the docket. See section VII, “Public Participation,” for further information on how to submit comments through www.regulations.gov.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Mr. John Cymbalsky, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Program, EE-2J, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 287-1692. Email: [email protected]. Ms. Celia Sher, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 287-6122. Email: [email protected]. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Table of Contents I. Synopsis of the Proposed Rule A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers B. Impact on Manufacturers C. National Benefits and Costs D. Conclusion II. Introduction A. Authority B. Background 1. Current Standards 2. History of Standards Rulemaking for Residential Conventional Cooking Products III. General Discussion A. Scope of Coverage B. Prescriptive Standard for Conventional Ovens C. Test Procedure D. Technological Feasibility 1. General 2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels E. Energy Savings 1. Determination of Savings 2. Significance of Savings F. Economic Justification 1. Specific Criteria 2. Rebuttable Presumption G. Changes to 10 CFR 429.23 Addressing the Certification, Compliance and Enforcement Criteria for Conventional Cooking Products H. Other Issues IV. Methodology and Discussion of Comments A. Market and Technology Assessment 1. General 2. Product Classes 3. Technology Options B. Screening Analysis 1. Screened-Out Technologies 2. Remaining Technologies C. Engineering Analysis 1. Methodology 2. Product Testing and Reverse Engineering 3. Efficiency Levels 4. Incremental Manufacturing Production Cost Estimates 5. Consumer Utility D. Markups Analysis E. Energy Use Analysis F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis 1. Product Costs 2. Installation Costs 3. Unit Energy Consumption 4. Energy Prices 5. Repair and Maintenance Costs 6. Product Lifetime 7. Discount Rates 8. Compliance Date 9. No-New-Standards Case Efficiency Distribution 10. Inputs to Payback Period Analysis 11. Rebuttable-Presumption Payback Period G. Shipments Analysis H. National Impact Analysis 1. Efficiency Trends 2. National Energy Savings 3. Net Present Value of Customer Benefit I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis 1. Overview 2. GRIM Analysis and Key Inputs 3. Discussion of Comments 4. Manufacturer Interviews K. Emissions Analysis L. Monetizing Carbon Dioxide and Other Emissions Impacts 1. Social Cost of Carbon 2. Social Cost of Other Air Pollutants M. Utility Impact Analysis N. Employment Impact Analysis V. Analytical Results A. Trial Standard Levels B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings 1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers 2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers 3. National Impact Analysis 4. Impact on Utility or Performance of Products 5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition 6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy 7. Other Factors 8. Summary of National Economic Impacts C. Conclusion 1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for Conventional Cooking Products 2. Summary of Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Proposed Standards VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act 1. Description and Estimated Number of Small Entities Regulated 2. Description and Estimate of Compliance Requirements 3. Duplication, Overlap, and Conflict With Other Rules and Regulations 4. Significant Alternatives to the Rule C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 E. Review Under Executive Order 13132 F. Review Under Executive Order 12988 G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 I. Review Under Executive Order 12630 J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 K. Review Under Executive Order 13211 L. Review Under the Information Quality Bulletin for Peer Review VII. Public Participation A. Submission of Comments B. Issues on Which DOE Seeks Comment VIII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary I. Synopsis of the Proposed Rule

    Title III, Part B 1 of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act of 1975 (EPCA or the Act), Public Law 94-163 (42 U.S.C. 6291-6309, as codified), established the Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products Other Than Automobiles.2 These products include residential conventional cooking products, and specifically conventional cooking tops 3 and conventional ovens,4 the subject of this document.

    1 For editorial reasons, upon codification in the U.S. Code, Part B was redesignated Part A.

    2 All references to EPCA in this document refer to the statute as amended through the Energy Efficiency Improvement Act of 2015, Public Law 114-11 (Apr. 30, 2015).

    3 Conventional cooking top means a class of kitchen ranges and ovens which is a household cooking appliance consisting of a horizontal surface containing one or more surface units which include either a gas flame or electric resistance heating. (10 CFR 430.2) This includes any conventional cooking top component of a combined cooking product.

    4 Conventional oven means a class of kitchen ranges and ovens which is a household cooking appliance consisting of one or more compartments intended for the cooking or heating of food by means of either a gas flame or electric resistance heating. It does not include portable or countertop ovens which use electric resistance heating for the cooking or heating of food and are designed for an electrical supply of approximately 120 volts. (10 CFR 430.2) This includes any conventional oven(s) component of a combined cooking product.

    Pursuant to EPCA, any new or amended energy conservation standard must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) Furthermore, the new or amended standard must result in a significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) EPCA also provides that not later than 6 years after issuance of any final rule establishing or amending a standard, DOE must publish either a notice of determination that standards for the product do not need to be amended, or a notice of proposed rulemaking including new proposed energy conservation standards. (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(1))

    In accordance with these and other statutory provisions discussed in this document, DOE proposes new and amended energy conservation standards for residential conventional cooking products. Per its authority in 42 U.S.C. 6295(h)(2), DOE proposes to remove the existing prescriptive standard for gas cooking tops prohibiting a constant burning pilot light. Instead, for conventional cooking tops, DOE proposes performance standards only, shown in Table I.1, which are the maximum allowable integrated annual energy consumption (IAEC). The IAEC includes active mode, standby mode, and off mode energy use. These proposed standards for conventional cooking tops, if adopted, would apply to all product classes listed in Table I.1 and manufactured in, or imported into, the United States starting on the date 3 years after the publication of any final rule for this rulemaking. The proposed standards correspond to trial standard level (TSL) 2, which is described in section V.A. DOE notes that constant burning pilot lights, which are currently prohibited under the existing prescriptive standard for gas cooking tops (10 CFR 430.32(j)), consume approximately 2,000 kilo British thermal units (kBtu) per year. While DOE's proposal would remove this prescriptive requirement from its regulations, DOE notes that, based on its review of the existing prescriptive standard prohibiting constant burning pilots for gas cooking tops and the proposed efficiency levels presented in section IV.C.3.b, the proposed performance standards of 924.4 kBtu per year for gas cooking tops would not be achievable by products if they were to incorporate a constant burning pilot.

    Table I.1—Proposed Energy Conservation Performance Standards for Conventional Cooking Tops Product class Maximum integrated annual
  • energy consumption (IAEC)
  • Electric Open (Coil) Element Cooking Tops 113.2 kWh/yr. Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops 121.2 kWh/yr. Gas Cooking Tops 924.4 kBtu/yr.

    For conventional ovens, the proposed standard is a prescriptive design requirement for the control system of the oven. Conventional electric ovens shall not be equipped with a control system that uses a linear power supply. Conventional gas ovens shall be equipped with a control system that uses an intermittent/interrupted ignition or intermittent pilot ignition and does not use a linear power supply (See Table I.2). These proposed standards for conventional ovens, if adopted, would apply to all conventional ovens manufactured in, or imported into, the United States starting on the date 3 years after the publication of any final rule for this rulemaking. DOE considered a combination of factors in developing its proposal to prescribe a control system design requirement for conventional ovens, rather than proposing to regulate IAEC with a performance standard. The rationale for this tentative decision is further explained in sections IV.C.5 and V.B.8 of this SNOPR. DOE also notes that the current prescriptive standards for conventional gas ovens prohibiting constant burning pilot lights would continue to be applicable. (10 CFR 430.32(j)). Table I.2 provides a summary of the proposed standards for conventional ovens.

    Table I.2—Proposed Prescriptive Energy Conservation Standards for Conventional Ovens Oven product class Current standard Current SNOPR proposed standards Electric Standard, Freestanding
  • Electric Standard, Built-In/Slide-In
  • None Shall not be equipped with a control system that uses linear power supply.*
    Electric Self-Clean, Freestanding. Electric Self-Clean, Built-In/Slide-In. Gas Standard, Freestanding
  • Gas Standard, Built-In/Slide-In
  • Gas Self-Clean, Freestanding
  • Gas Self-Clean, Built-In/Slide-In
  • No constant burning pilot light The control system for gas ovens shall:
  • (1) Not be equipped with a constant burning pilot light;
  • (2) Be equipped with an intermittent/interrupted ignition or intermittent pilot ignition; and
  • (3) Not be equipped with a linear power supply.
  • * A linear power supply produces unregulated as well as regulated power. The unregulated portion of a linear power supply typically consists of a transformer that steps alternating current (AC) line voltage down, a voltage rectifier circuit for AC to direct current (DC) conversion, and a capacitor to produce unregulated, direct current output. Linear power supplies are described in section IV.A.3 of this SNOPR.
    A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers

    Table I.3 presents DOE's evaluation of the economic impacts of the proposed standards on consumers of residential conventional cooking products, as measured by the average life-cycle cost (LCC) savings and the simple payback period (PBP).5 The average LCC savings are positive for all product classes, and the PBP is less than the average lifetime of the equipment, which is estimated to be 16 years for electric cooking tops and 13 years for gas cooking products (see section IV.F.6 for additional detail).

    5 The average LCC savings are measured relative to the no-new-standards-case efficiency distribution, which depicts the market in the compliance year (see section IV.F.9 of this notice) and is the savings achieved over the average lifetime of the product. The simple PBP, which is designed to compare specific efficiency levels, is measured relative to the baseline model.

    Table I.3—Impacts of Proposed Energy Conservation Standards (TSL2) on Consumers of Residential Conventional Cooking Products Product class Average
  • LCC savings
  • (2015$)
  • Simple
  • payback
  • period
  • (years)
  • Average
  • lifetime
  • (years)
  • Electric Open (Coil) Element Cooking Tops 3 0.5 16 Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops 24 1.0 16 Gas Cooking Tops 1 9.1 13 Electric Standard Oven, Free-standing 6 0.9 16 Electric Standard Oven, Built-in/Slide-in 6 0.9 16 Electric Self-Clean Oven, Free-Standing 7 0.9 16 Electric Self-Clean Oven, Built-in/Slide-in 7 0.9 16 Gas Standard Oven, Free-Standing 44 1.1 13 Gas Standard Oven, Built-in/Slide-in 44 1.1 13 Gas Self-Clean Oven, Free-Standing 48 1.1 13 Gas Self-Clean Oven, Built-In/Slide-in 48 1.1 13

    DOE's analysis of the impacts of the proposed standards on consumers is described in section IV.F of this SNOPR.

    B. Impact on Manufacturers

    The industry net present value (INPV) is the sum of the discounted cash flows to the industry from the reference year through the end of the analysis period (2016 to 2048). Using a real discount rate of 9.1 percent, DOE estimates that the INPV for manufacturers of residential conventional cooking products is $1,238.1 million in 2015$. Under the proposed standards, DOE expects that manufacturers may lose up to 7.2 percent of their INPV, which is approximately $89.6 million in 2015$. Additionally, based on DOE's interviews with the manufacturers of residential conventional cooking products, DOE does not expect any plant closings or significant loss of employment.

    Table I.4 and Table I.5 show the financial impacts (represented by changes in INPV) of new and amended energy conservation standards on residential conventional cooking product manufacturers as well as the conversion costs that DOE estimates manufacturers would incur under the preservation of gross margin and preservation of operating profit markup scenarios (described in section IV.J.2). As noted above, the proposed standards correspond to TSL 2.

    Table I.4—Manufacturer Impact Analysis for Residential Conventional Cooking Products—Preservation of Gross Margin Markup Scenario Units No-new-
  • standards
  • case
  • Trial standard level 1 2 3 4
    INPV (2015$ millions) 1,238.1 1,200.1 1,156.7 868.0 511.1 Change in INPV (2015$ millions)
  • (%)
  • (38.0)
  • (3.1)
  • (81.4)
  • (6.6)
  • (370.1)
  • (29.9)
  • (727.1)
  • (58.7)
  • Product Conversion Costs (2015$ millions) 19.9 71.3 261.8 525.4 Capital Conversion Costs (2015$ millions) 29.9 47.9 248.2 580.2 Total Conversion Costs (2015$ millions) 49.8 119.2 510.0 1,105.7 * Numbers in parentheses indicate negative numbers.
    Table I.5—Manufacturer Impact Analysis for Residential Conventional Cooking Products—Preservation of Operating Profit Markup Scenario Units No-new-
  • standards case
  • Trial standard level 1 2 3 4
    INPV (2015$ millions) 1,238.1 1,198.3 1,148.5 844.7 314.6 Change in INPV (2015$ millions)
  • (%)
  • (39.8)
  • (3.2)
  • (89.6)
  • (7.2)
  • (393.5)
  • (31.8)
  • (923.6)
  • (74.6)
  • Product Conversion Costs (2015$ millions) 19.9 71.3 261.8 525.4 Capital Conversion Costs (2015$ millions) 29.9 47.9 248.2 580.2 Total Conversion Costs (2015$ millions) 49.8 119.2 510.0 1,105.7

    DOE's analysis of the impacts of the proposed standards on manufacturers is described in section IV.J of this SNOPR.

    C. National Benefits and Costs  6

    6 All monetary values in this document are expressed in 2015 dollars, and where appropriate, are discounted to 2016 unless explicitly stated otherwise. Energy savings in this section refer to the full-fuel-cycle savings (see section IV.H of this SNOPR for discussion).

    DOE's analyses indicate that the proposed standards would save a significant amount of energy. The lifetime energy savings from residential conventional cooking products purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the assumed year of compliance with the proposed standards (2019-2048), relative to the no-new-standards case without the proposed standards, amount to 0.76 quadrillion British thermal units (quads).7 This represents a savings of 5.9 percent relative to the energy use of these products in the no-new-standards case.

    7 A quad is equal to 1015 British thermal units (Btu). The quantity refers to full-fuel-cycle (FFC) energy savings. FFC energy savings includes the energy consumed in extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal, natural gas, petroleum fuels), and thus presents a more complete picture of the impacts of energy efficiency standards. For more information on the FFC metric, see section IV.H.2 of this SNOPR.

    The cumulative net present value (NPV) of total consumer costs and savings of the proposed standards for residential conventional cooking products ranges from $2.72 billion (at a 7-percent discount rate) to $6.24 billion (at a 3-percent discount rate). This NPV expresses the estimated present value of future operating-cost savings minus the estimated increased product costs for products purchased in 2019-2048.

    In addition, the proposed standards are projected to yield significant environmental benefits. The energy savings described above are estimated to result in cumulative emission reductions of 45.3 million metric tons (Mt) 8 of carbon dioxide (CO2), 6,369 thousand tons of methane, 23.6 thousand tons of sulfur dioxide (SO2), 88.0 thousand tons of nitrogen oxides (NOX), 0.50 thousand tons of nitrous oxide (N2O), and 0.09 tons of mercury (Hg).9 The cumulative reduction in CO2 emissions through 2030 amounts to 9.057 Mt, which is equivalent to the emissions resulting from the annual electricity use of 0.826 million homes.

    8 A metric ton is equivalent to 1.1 short tons. Results for emissions other than CO2 are presented in short tons.

    9 DOE calculated emissions reductions relative to the no-new-standards case, which reflects key assumptions in the Annual Energy Outlook 2015 (AEO 2015) Reference case. AEO 2015 generally represents current legislation and environmental regulations for which implementing regulations were available as of October 31, 2014.

    The value of the CO2 reductions is calculated using a range of values per metric ton of CO2 (otherwise known as the “Social Cost of Carbon”, or SCC) developed by a Federal interagency working group.10 The derivation of the SCC values is discussed in section IV.L of this SNOPR. Using discount rates appropriate for each set of SCC values (see Table I.7), DOE estimates the present monetary value of the CO2 emissions reduction (not including CO2 equivalent emissions of other gases with global warming potential) is between $0.3 billion and $4.5 billion, with a value of $1.5 billion using the central SCC case represented by $40.6/t in 2015. DOE also estimates the present monetary value of the NOX emissions reduction to be $0.08 billion at a 7-percent discount rate and $0.19 billion at 3-percent discount rate.11 DOE is investigating appropriate valuation of the reduction in methane and other emissions, and did not include any values in this rulemaking.

    10Technical Update of the Social Cost of Carbon for Regulatory Impact Analysis Under Executive Order 12866, Interagency Working Group on Social Cost of Carbon, United States Government (May 2013; revised July 2015) (Available at: https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/omb/inforeg/scc-tsd-final-july-2015.pdf).

    11 DOE estimated the monetized value of NOX emissions reductions associated with electricity savings using benefit per ton estimates from the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan Final Rule, published in August 2015 by EPA's Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards. (Available at: http://www.epa.gov/cleanpowerplan/clean-power-plan-final-rule-regulatory-impact-analysis.) See section IV.L.2 of this SNOPR for further discussion. The U.S. Supreme Court has stayed the rule implementing the Clean Power Plan until the current litigation against it concludes. Chamber of Commerce, et al. v. EPA, et al., Order in Pending Case, 577 U.S._(2016). However, the benefit-per-ton estimates established in the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan are based on scientific studies that remain valid irrespective of the legal status of the Clean Power Plan. DOE is primarily using a national benefit-per-ton estimate for NOX emitted from the Electricity Generating Unit sector based on an estimate of premature mortality derived from the ACS study (Krewski et al., 2009). If the benefit-per-ton estimates were based on the Six Cities study (Lepuele et al., 2011), the values would be nearly two-and-a-half times larger.

    Table I.6 summarizes the national economic costs and benefits expected to result from the proposed standards for residential conventional cooking products.

    Table I.6—Summary of National Economic Benefits and Costs of Proposed Energy Conservation Standards (TSL2) for Residential Conventional Cooking Products * Category Present value
  • (billion 2015$)
  • Discount rate
  • (%)
  • Benefits Consumer Operating Cost Savings 3.2
  • 7.0
  • 7
  • 3
  • CO2 Reduction Monetized Value ($12.4/t case) ** 0.3 5 CO2 Reduction Monetized Value ($40.6/t case) ** 1.5 3 CO2 Reduction Monetized Value ($63.2/t case) ** 2.4 2.5 CO2 Reduction Monetized Value ($118/t case) ** 4.5 3 NOX Reduction Monetized Value † 0.08
  • 7
  • 0.19
  • 3
  • Total Benefits †† 4.8
  • 8.7
  • 7
  • 3
  • Costs Consumer Incremental Installed Costs 0.5
  • 0.8
  • 7
  • 3
  • Total Net Benefits Including CO2 and NOX Reduction Monetized Value †† 4.3
  • 7.9
  • 7
  • 3
  • * This table presents the costs and benefits associated with residential conventional cooking products shipped in 2019-2048. These results include impacts to consumers which accrue after 2048 from the products purchased in 2019-2048. The results account for the incremental variable and fixed costs incurred by manufacturers due to any final standard, some of which may be incurred in preparation for the rule. ** The CO2 values represent global monetized values of the SCC, in 2015$, in 2015 under several scenarios of the updated SCC values. The first three cases use the averages of SCC distributions calculated using 5%, 3%, and 2.5% discount rates, respectively. The fourth case represents the 95th percentile of the SCC distribution calculated using a 3% discount rate. The SCC time series incorporate an escalation factor. † DOE estimated the monetized value of NOX emissions reductions associated with electricity savings using benefit per ton estimates from the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan Final Rule, published in August 2015 by EPA's Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards. (Available at:http://www.epa.gov/cleanpowerplan/clean-power-plan-final-rule-regulatory-impact-analysis .) See supra note 11 and accompanying text. †† Total Benefits for both the 3% and 7% cases are derived using the series corresponding to average SCC with 3-percent discount rate ($40.6/t case).

    The benefits and costs of the proposed standards, for products sold in 2019-2048, can also be expressed in terms of annualized values. The annualized monetary values are the sum of: (1) The national economic value of the benefits in reduced consumer operating costs, minus (2) the increase in product purchase prices and installation costs, plus (3) the value of the benefits of CO2 and NOX emission reductions, all annualized.12

    12 To convert the time-series of costs and benefits into annualized values, DOE calculated a present value in 2015, the year used for discounting the NPV of total consumer costs and savings. For the benefits, DOE calculated a present value associated with each year's shipments in the year in which the shipments occur (e.g., 2020 or 2030), and then discounted the present value from each year to 2015. The calculation uses discount rates of 3 and 7 percent for all costs and benefits except for the value of CO2 reductions, for which DOE used case-specific discount rates, as shown in Table I.7. Using the present value, DOE then calculated the fixed annual payment over a 30-year period, starting in the compliance year, that yields the same present value.

    Although the values of operating cost savings and CO2 emission reductions are both important, two issues are relevant. First, the national operating savings are domestic U.S. consumer monetary savings that occur as a result of market transactions, whereas the value of CO2 reductions is based on a global value. Second, the assessments of operating cost savings and CO2 savings are performed with different methods that use different time frames for analysis. The national operating cost savings is measured for the lifetime of residential conventional cooking products shipped in 2019-2048. Because CO2 emissions have a very long residence time in the atmosphere,13 the SCC values in future years reflect future climate-related impacts resulting from the emission of CO2 that continue well beyond 2100.

    13 The atmospheric lifetime of CO2 is estimated of the order of 30-95 years. Jacobson, MZ (2005). “Correction to “Control of fossil-fuel particulate black carbon and organic matter, possibly the most effective method of slowing global warming.” ” J. Geophys. Res. 110. pp. D14105.

    Estimates of annualized benefits and costs of the proposed standards are shown in Table I.7. The results under the primary estimate are as follows.

    Using a 7-percent discount rate for benefits and costs other than CO2 reductions (for which DOE used a 3-percent discount rate along with the average SCC series corresponding to a value of $40.6/ton in 2015 (2015$)), the estimated cost of the proposed standards for cooking products is $42.6 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the benefits are $293 million per year in reduced equipment operating costs, $80.8 million in CO2 reductions, and $7.4 million in reduced NOX emissions. In this case, the net benefit amounts to $339 million per year.

    Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs and the average SCC series corresponding to a value of $40.6/ton in 2015 (2015$), the estimated cost of the proposed standards for cooking products is $42.3 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the benefits are $380 million per year in reduced operating costs, $80.8 million in CO2 reductions, and $10.1 million in reduced NOX emissions. In this case, the net benefit amounts to $429 million per year.

    Table I.7—Annualized Benefits and Costs of Proposed Amended Standards (TSL 2) for Conventional Cooking Products Sold in 2019-2048 Discount rate Million 2015$/year Primary
  • estimate *
  • Low net
  • benefits
  • estimate *
  • High net
  • benefits
  • estimate *
  • Benefits Consumer Operating Cost Savings 7%
  • 3%
  • 293
  • 380
  • 262
  • 336
  • 332.
  • 439.
  • CO2 Reduction Value ($12.4/t case) ** 5% 23.8 21.7 26.5. CO2 Reduction Value ($40.6/t case) ** 3% 80.8 73.6 90.5. CO2 Reduction Value ($63.2/t case) ** 2.5% 118.6 107.9 132.8. CO2 Reduction Value ($118/t case) ** 3% 246.3 224.1 275.6. NOX Reduction Value † 7%
  • 3%
  • 7.4
  • 10.1
  • 6.8
  • 9.2
  • 18.2.
  • 25.6.
  • Total Benefits †† 7% plus CO2 range 325 to 547 290 to 493 377 to 626. 7% 382 342 441. 3% plus CO2 range 414 to 637 367 to 569 491 to 740. 3% 471 418 555. Costs Consumer Incremental Installed Product Costs 7%
  • 3%
  • 42.6
  • 42.3
  • 41.6
  • 41.3
  • 45.3.
  • 45.2.
  • Net Benefits Total †† 7% plus CO2 range 282 to 504 249 to 451 332 to 581. 7% 339 301 396. 3% plus CO2 range 372 to 594 325 to 528 446 to 695. 3% 429 377 510. * This table presents the annualized costs and benefits associated with cooking products shipped in 2019-2048. Note that the benefits and costs may not exactly sum to the net benefits due to rounding. These results include benefits to consumers which accrue after 2048 from the products purchased in 2019-2048. The results account for the incremental variable and fixed costs incurred by manufacturers due to the standard, some of which may be incurred in preparation for the rule. The Primary, Low Benefits, and High Benefits Estimates utilize projections of energy prices from the AEO 2015 Reference case, Low Economic Growth case, and High Economic Growth case, respectively. In addition, incremental product costs reflect a medium decline rate in the Primary Estimate, a low decline rate in the Low Benefits Estimate, and a high decline rate in the High Benefits Estimate. The methods used to derive projected price trends are explained in section IV.F.1 of this SNOPR. ** The CO2 values represent global monetized values of the SCC, in 2015$, in 2015 under several scenarios of the updated SCC values. The first three cases use the averages of SCC distributions calculated using 5%, 3%, and 2.5% discount rates, respectively. The fourth case represents the 95th percentile of the SCC distribution calculated using a 3% discount rate. The SCC time series incorporate an escalation factor. † DOE estimated the monetized value of NOX emissions reductions associated with electricity savings using benefit per ton estimates from the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan Final Rule, published in August 2015 by EPA's Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards. (Available at: http://www.epa.gov/cleanpowerplan/clean-power-plan-final-rule-regulatory-impact-analysis.) See section IV.L.2 of this SNOPR for further discussion. For DOE's Primary Estimate and Low Net Benefits Estimate, the agency used a national benefit-per-ton estimate for NOX emitted from the Electric Generating Unit sector based on an estimate of premature mortality derived from the ACS study (Krewski et al., 2009). For DOE's High Net Benefits Estimate, the benefit-per-ton estimates were based on the Six Cities study (Lepuele et al., 2011), which are nearly two-and-a-half times larger than those from the ACS study. †† Total Benefits for both the 3% and 7% cases are derived using the series corresponding to the average SCC with a 3-percent discount rate ($40.6/t case). In the rows labeled “7% plus CO2 range” and “3% plus CO2 range,” the operating cost and NOX benefits are calculated using the labeled discount rate, and those values are added to the full range of CO2 values.

    DOE's analysis of the national impacts of the proposed standards is described in sections IV.H, IV.K and IV.L of this SNOPR.

    D. Conclusion

    DOE has tentatively concluded that the proposed standards represent the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified, and would result in the significant conservation of energy. DOE further notes that products achieving these standard levels are already commercially available for at least some, if not most, product classes covered by this proposal. Based on the analyses described above, DOE has tentatively concluded that the benefits of the proposed standards to the Nation (energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, consumer LCC savings, and emission reductions) would outweigh the burdens (loss of INPV for manufacturers and LCC increases for some consumers).

    DOE also considered more-stringent energy efficiency levels as TSLs, and is considering them in this rulemaking. However, DOE has tentatively concluded that the potential burdens of the more-stringent energy efficiency levels would outweigh the projected benefits. Based on consideration of the public comments DOE receives in response to this SNOPR and related information collected and analyzed during the course of this rulemaking effort, DOE may adopt energy efficiency levels presented in this SNOPR that are either higher or lower than the proposed standards, or some combination of level(s) that incorporate the proposed standards in part.

    II. Introduction

    The following section briefly discusses the statutory authority underlying this proposal, as well as some of the relevant historical background related to the establishment of standards for residential conventional cooking products.

    A. Authority

    Title III, Part B of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act of 1975 (EPCA or the Act), Public Law 94-163 (codified as 42 U.S.C. 6291-6309) established the Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products Other Than Automobiles, a program covering most major household appliances (collectively referred to as “covered products”), which includes residential cooking products,14 and specifically residential conventional cooking tops and conventional ovens that are the subject of this rulemaking. (42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(10)) EPCA prescribed energy conservation standards for these products (42 U.S.C. 6295(h)(1)), and directs DOE to conduct rulemakings to determine whether to amend these standards. (42 U.S.C. 6295(h)(2)) Under 42 U.S.C. 6295(m), the agency must periodically review its already established energy conservation standards for a covered product. Under this requirement, the next review that DOE would need to conduct must occur no later than 6 years from the issuance of a final rule establishing or amending a standard for a covered product.

    14 DOE's regulations define kitchen ranges and ovens, or “cooking products”, as consumer products that are used as the major household cooking appliances. They are designed to cook or heat different types of food by one or more of the following sources of heat: Gas, electricity, or microwave energy. Each product may consist of a horizontal cooking top containing one or more surface units and/or one or more heating compartments. Based on this definition, in this SNOPR, DOE interprets kitchen ranges and ovens to refer more generally to all types of cooking products including, for example, microwave ovens.

    Pursuant to EPCA, DOE's energy conservation program for covered products consists essentially of four parts: (1) Testing; (2) labeling; (3) the establishment of Federal energy conservation standards; and (4) certification and enforcement procedures. The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) is primarily responsible for labeling, and DOE implements the remainder of the program. Subject to certain criteria and conditions, DOE is required to develop test procedures to measure the energy efficiency, energy use, or estimated annual operating cost of each covered product. (42 U.S.C. 6293) Manufacturers of covered products must use the prescribed DOE test procedure as the basis for certifying to DOE that their products comply with the applicable energy conservation standards adopted under EPCA and when making representations to the public regarding the energy use or efficiency of those products. (42 U.S.C. 6293(c) and 6295(s)) Similarly, DOE must use these test procedures to determine whether the products comply with standards adopted pursuant to EPCA. Id. The DOE test procedures for residential conventional cooking products, including conventional cooking tops and ovens, currently appear at title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) part 430, subpart B, appendix I (Appendix I).

    DOE must follow specific statutory criteria for prescribing new or amended standards for covered products. As indicated above, any new or amended standard for a covered product must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) Furthermore, DOE may not adopt any standard that would not result in the significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)) Moreover, DOE may not prescribe a standard: (1) For certain products, including residential conventional cooking products, if no test procedure has been established for the product, or (2) if DOE determines by rule that the standard is not technologically feasible or economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(A)-(B)) In deciding whether a standard is economically justified, DOE must determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) DOE must make this determination after receiving comments on the proposed standard, and by considering, to the greatest extent practicable, the following seven statutory factors:

    1. The economic impact of the standard on manufacturers and consumers of the products subject to the standard;

    2. The savings in operating costs throughout the estimated average life of the covered products in the type (or class) compared to any increase in the price, initial charges, or maintenance expenses for the covered products that are likely to result from the imposition of the standard;

    3. The total projected amount of energy, or as applicable, water, savings likely to result directly from the imposition of the standard;

    4. Any lessening of the utility or the performance of the covered products likely to result from the imposition of the standard;

    5. The impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in writing by the Attorney General, that is likely to result from the imposition of the standard;

    6. The need for national energy and water conservation; and

    7. Other factors the Secretary of Energy (Secretary) considers relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)-(VII))

    EPCA, as codified, also contains what is known as an “anti-backsliding” provision, which prevents the Secretary from prescribing any amended standard that either increases the maximum allowable energy use or decreases the minimum required energy efficiency of a covered product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(1)) Also, the Secretary may not prescribe an amended or new standard if interested persons have established by a preponderance of the evidence that the standard is likely to result in the unavailability in the United States of any covered product type (or class) of performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as those generally available in the United States. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(4))

    Further, EPCA, as codified, establishes a rebuttable presumption that a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that the additional cost to the consumer of purchasing a product complying with an energy conservation standard level will be less than three times the value of the energy savings during the first year that the consumer will receive as a result of the standard, as calculated under the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii))

    Additionally, EPCA specifies requirements when promulgating a standard for a type or class of covered product that has two or more subcategories. DOE must specify a different standard level than that which applies generally to such type or class of products for any group of covered products that have the same function or intended use if DOE determines that products within such group (A) consume a different kind of energy from that consumed by other covered products within such type (or class); or (B) have a capacity or other performance-related feature which other products within such type (or class) do not have and such feature justifies a higher or lower standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(1)) In determining whether a performance-related feature justifies a different standard for a group of products, DOE must consider such factors as the utility to the consumer of the feature and other factors DOE deems appropriate. Id. Any rule prescribing such a standard must include an explanation of the basis on which such higher or lower level was established. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(2))

    Federal energy conservation requirements generally supersede State laws or regulations concerning energy conservation testing, labeling, and standards. (42 U.S.C. 6297(a)-(c)) DOE may, however, grant waivers of Federal preemption for particular State laws or regulations, in accordance with the procedures and other provisions set forth under 42 U.S.C. 6297(d)).

    Finally, pursuant to the amendments contained in the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA 2007), Public Law 110-140, any final rule for new or amended energy conservation standards promulgated after July 1, 2010, is required to address standby mode and off mode energy use. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(3)) Specifically, when DOE adopts a standard for a covered product after that date, it must, if justified by the criteria for adoption of standards under EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)), incorporate standby mode and off mode energy use into the standard, or, if that is not feasible, adopt a separate standard for such energy use for that product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(3)(A)-(B)) DOE's current test procedures for residential conventional cooking tops address standby mode and off mode energy use. In this rulemaking, DOE intends to incorporate such energy use into any new or amended energy conservation standards it adopts in the final rule. As discussed in section III.C, DOE is proposing to repeal the test procedures for conventional ovens. As a result, a performance standard that addresses standby mode and off mode energy use is not feasible for conventional ovens. However, as discussed in section III.B, DOE is proposing in this SNOPR to adopt prescriptive design requirements for the control system of conventional ovens that would address standby mode and off mode energy use.

    B. Background 1. Current Standards

    In a final rule published on April 8, 2009 (April 2009 Final Rule), DOE prescribed the current energy conservation standards for residential cooking products to prohibit constant burning pilots for all gas cooking products (i.e., gas cooking products both with or without an electrical supply cord) manufactured on or after April 9, 2012. 74 FR 16040, 16041-16044. DOE's regulations, codified at 10 CFR 430.2, define conventional cooking tops and conventional ovens as classes of cooking products. As noted in the April 2009 Final Rule, DOE considered standards for conventional cooking tops and conventional ovens separately, and noted that any cooking top or oven standard would apply to the individual components of a conventional range. 74 FR 16040, 16053.

    2. History of Standards Rulemaking for Residential Conventional Cooking Products

    The National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987 (NAECA), Public Law 100-12, amended EPCA to establish prescriptive standards for gas cooking products, requiring gas ranges and ovens with an electrical supply cord that are manufactured on or after January 1, 1990, not to be equipped with a constant burning pilot light. NAECA also directed DOE to conduct two cycles of rulemakings to determine if more stringent or additional standards were justified for kitchen ranges and ovens. (42 U.S.C. 6295 (h)(1)-(2))

    DOE undertook the first cycle of these rulemakings and published a final rule on September 8, 1998, which found that no standards were justified for conventional electric cooking products at that time. In addition, partially due to the difficulty of conclusively demonstrating that elimination of standing pilots for conventional gas cooking products without an electrical supply cord was economically justified, DOE did not include amended standards for conventional gas cooking products in the final rule. 63 FR 48038. For the second cycle of rulemakings, DOE published the April 2009 Final Rule amending the energy conservation standards for conventional cooking products to prohibit constant burning pilots for all gas cooking products (i.e., gas cooking products both with or without an electrical supply cord) manufactured on or after April 9, 2012. DOE decided to not adopt energy conservation standards pertaining to the cooking efficiency of conventional electric cooking products because it determined that such standards would not be technologically feasible and economically justified at that time. 74 FR 16040, 16041-16044.15

    15 As part of the April 2009 Final Rule, DOE decided not to adopt energy conservation standards pertaining to the cooking efficiency of microwave ovens. DOE also published a final rule on June 17, 2013 adopting energy conservation standards for microwave oven standby mode and off mode. 78 FR 36316. DOE is not considering energy conservation standards for microwave ovens as part of this rulemaking.

    EPCA also requires that, not later than 6 years after the issuance of a final rule establishing or amending a standard, DOE publish a notice of proposed rulemaking (NOPR) proposing new standards or a notice of determination that the existing standards do not need to be amended. (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(1)) Based on this provision, DOE was required to publish by March 31, 2015, either a NOPR proposing new standards for conventional electric cooking products and/or amended standards for conventional gas cooking products 16 or a notice of determination that the existing standards do not need to be amended. Consequently, DOE initiated a rulemaking to determine whether to adopt new or amended standards for conventional cooking products.

    16 As discussed in section III.A of this SNOPR, DOE is also tentatively planning to consider new energy conservation standards for commercial-style gas cooking products with higher burner input rates, for which DOE did not previously consider energy conservation standards.

    On February 12, 2014, DOE published a request for information (RFI) notice (the February 2014 RFI) to initiate the mandatory review process imposed by EPCA. As part of the RFI, DOE sought input from the public to assist with its determination on whether new or amended standards pertaining to conventional cooking products are warranted. 79 FR 8337. In making this determination, DOE must evaluate whether new or amended standards would (1) yield a significant savings in energy use and (2) be both technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))

    On June 10, 2015, DOE published a NOPR (the June 2015 NOPR) proposing new and amended energy conservation standards for residential conventional ovens. 80 FR 33030. The June 2015 NOPR also announced that a public meeting would be held on July 14, 2015 at DOE headquarters in Washington, DC. At this meeting, DOE presented the methodologies and results of the analyses set forth in the NOPR, and interested parties that participated in the public meeting discussed a variety of topics. DOE received a number of comments from interested parties in response to the June 2015 NOPR. DOE considered these comments, as well as comments from the public meeting, in preparing this SNOPR. The commenters are summarized in Table II.1. Relevant comments, and DOE's responses, are provided in the appropriate sections of this SNOPR.

    Table II.1—Interested Parties Providing Comments on the June 2015 NOPR for Conventional Ovens Name Acronyms Commenter type * Air-conditioning, Heating, & Refrigeration Institute AHRI TA Appliance Standards Awareness Project (ASAP), Alliance to Save Energy (ASE), American Council for an Energy-Efficient Economy (ACEEE), Consumer Federation of America (CFA), Consumers Union (CU), National Consumer Law Center (NCLC), Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), and Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance (NEEA) Joint Efficiency Advocates EA Arizona Senator CM Arizona Congressional Delegation CM Arizona Congress Member CM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers AHAM TA BSH Home Appliances BSH M California Congress Member CM Cato Institute Center for the Study of Science Cato RO Edison Electric Institute EEI UA Electrolux North America Electrolux M Environmental Defense Fund, Institute for Policy Integrity at New York University School of Law, Natural Resources Defense Council, and Union of Concerned Scientists EDF, IPI, NRDC, UCS EA GE Appliances GE M Haier America Haier M Miele, Inc Miele M National Propane Gas Association NPGA TA Pacific Gas and Electric PG&E U Sub-Zero Group, Inc Sub-Zero M Tennessee Congress Member TM U.S. Chamber of Commerce, American Chemistry Council, American Coke and Coal Chemicals Institute, American Forest & Paper Association, American Fuel & Petrochemical Manufacturers, American Petroleum Institute, Brick Industry Association, Council of Industrial Boiler Owners, National Association of Home Builders, National Association of Manufacturers, National Mining Association, National Oilseed Processors Association, Portland Cement Association The Associations TA Whirlpool Corporation Whirlpool M Wisconsin Senators CM * CM: Congress Member; EA: Efficiency Advocate; GA: Government Agency; IR: Industry Representative; M: Manufacturer; RO: Research Organization; TA: Trade Association; U: Utility.

    As part of the June 2015 NOPR, DOE also noted that it was deferring its decision regarding whether to adopt amended energy conservation standards for conventional cooking tops, pending further study. 80 FR 33030, 33038-33040. In both the test procedure NOPR published on January 30, 2013 (78 FR 6232, the January 2013 TP NOPR) and the test procedure SNOPR published on December 3, 2014 (79 FR 71894, the December 2014 TP SNOPR), DOE proposed amendments to the cooking products test procedure in Appendix I that would allow for the testing of active mode energy consumption of induction cooking tops. After reviewing public comments on the December 2014 TP SNOPR, conducting further discussions with manufacturers, and performing additional analyses, DOE decided that further study was required before an updated cooking top test procedure could be established that produces test results which measure energy use during a representative average use cycle for all types of cooking tops, is repeatable and reproducible, and is not unduly burdensome to conduct. 80 FR 37954 (July 2, 2015).

    As discussed in section III.C, on August 22, 2016, DOE published in the Federal Register a SNOPR proposing amendments to the test procedures for conventional cooking tops and ovens that include, among other things, test methods for induction cooking tops and gas cooking tops with high burner input rates. 81 FR 57374. DOE is publishing this document to propose new and amended energy conservation standards for conventional cooking tops based on the proposed amendments to the test procedure. As discussed in section III.C, DOE also proposed to repeal the test procedure for conventional ovens in the August 2016 TP SNOPR. As a result, DOE has also revised its proposal from the June 2015 NOPR for conventional ovens from a performance-based standard to a prescriptive standard.

    III. General Discussion A. Scope of Coverage

    As discussed in section II.A of this SNOPR, 42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(10) of EPCA covers kitchen ranges and ovens, or “cooking products.” DOE's regulations define “cooking products” as consumer products that are used as the major household cooking appliances. They are designed to cook or heat different types of food by one or more of the following sources of heat: Gas, electricity, or microwave energy. Each product may consist of a horizontal cooking top containing one or more surface units 17 and/or one or more heating compartments. (10 CFR 430.2) In this SNOPR, DOE is considering energy conservation standards for certain residential conventional cooking products, namely, conventional cooking tops and conventional ovens.

    17 The term surface unit refers to burners for gas cooking tops, electric resistance heating elements for electric cooking tops, and inductive heating elements for induction cooking tops.

    DOE proposed in the August 2016 TP SNOPR to define a combined cooking product as a household cooking appliance that combines a conventional cooking top and/or conventional oven with other appliance functionality, which may or may not include another cooking product. 81 FR 57374, 57378. In this rulemaking, DOE is not considering combined cooking products as a distinct product category and is not basing its product classes on that category. Instead, DOE is considering energy conservation standards for conventional cooking tops and conventional ovens separately. Because combined cooking products consist, in part, of a cooking top and/or oven, any potential cooking top or oven standards would apply to the individual components of the combined cooking product.

    As part of the 2009 standards rulemaking for conventional cooking products, DOE did not consider energy conservation standards for residential conventional gas cooking products with higher burner input rates, including products marketed as “commercial-style” or “professional-style,” due to a lack of available data for determining efficiency characteristics of those products. DOE considered such products to be gas cooking tops with burner input rates greater than 14,000 British thermal units (Btu)/hour (h) and gas ovens with burner input rates greater than 22,500 Btu/h. 74 FR 16040, 16054 (Apr. 8, 2009); 72 FR 64432, 64444-64445 (Nov. 15, 2007). DOE also stated that the DOE cooking products test procedures at that time may not adequately measure performance of gas cooking tops and ovens with higher burner input rates. 72 FR 64432, 64444-64445 (Nov. 15, 2007).

    As part of the February 2014 RFI, DOE stated that it tentatively planned to consider energy conservation standards for all residential conventional cooking products, including commercial-style gas cooking products with higher burner input rates. In addition, DOE stated that it may consider developing test procedures for these products and determine whether separate product classes are warranted. 79 FR 8337, 8340 (Feb. 12, 2014).

    As discussed in section III.C of this SNOPR, DOE is proposing to amend the conventional cooking top test procedure in Appendix I to, in part, measure the energy use of commercial-style gas cooking tops with high burner input rates. See 81 FR 57374, 57385-57386. As discussed in section III.B of this SNOPR, DOE proposed to repeal the conventional oven test procedure in the August 2016 TP SNOPR. Due to the uncertainties in analyzing a performance-based standard using oven testing provisions that DOE is proposing to remove from the test procedure, DOE is proposing to adopt prescriptive design requirements for the control system of conventional ovens, including commercial-style ovens with higher burner input rates.

    DOE notes that the current definitions for “conventional cooking top” and “conventional oven” in 10 CFR 430.2 already cover commercial-style gas cooking products with higher burner input rates, as these products are household cooking appliances with surface units or compartments intended for the cooking or heating of food by means of a gas flame. As a result, DOE is proposing energy conservation standards for all residential conventional cooking tops and conventional ovens, including commercial-style products with higher burner input rates. As discussed in section IV.A.2 of this SNOPR, DOE is not proposing to establish a separate product class for gas cooking tops and ovens with higher burner input rates that are marketed as “commercial-style” and, as a result, DOE is not proposing separate definitions for these products.

    In response to the June 2015 NOPR, AHAM and GE commented that DOE should revise the definition of conventional ovens to make it clear that the definition encompasses the primary cooking product in a home and does not include ancillary cooking products that do not fit conventional cooking product use patterns (i.e., intermittent use products). Specifically, AHAM and GE stated that the definition should specify that conventional ovens include a thermostat setting that can be set to control the internal temperature of the oven to 325 degrees Fahrenheit (°F) higher than room ambient air temperature. (AHAM, No. 29 at p. 7; 18 GE, No. 32 at p. 2)

    18 A notation in the form “AHAM, No. 29 at p. 7” identifies a written comment (1) made by AHAM; (2) recorded in document number 29 that is filed in the docket of this energy conservation standards rulemaking (Docket No. EERE-2014-BT- STD-0005) and maintained in the Resource Room of the Building Technologies Program; and (3) which appears on page 7 of document number 29.

    DOE notes that the change to the conventional oven definition proposed by AHAM and GE could result unintentionally in certain products not being covered. DOE currently defines “conventional ovens” in 10 CFR 430.2 as cooking products that are used as the major household cooking appliance and consist of one or more compartments intended for the cooking or heating of food by means of either a gas flame or electric resistance heating. DOE notes that the means of heating and description of the product are clearly specified in the current definition. DOE's definition relates to the functionality of the product, not its intended use, so a conventional oven would be considered a covered product whether it serves a primary or ancillary application. DOE is not proposing to define conventional ovens based on their intended use and a product that meets the existing definition would be considered a covered product. If a manufacturer is unable to test a product in accordance with the provisions in the test procedure (e.g., setting the oven thermostat), a manufacturer may apply for a waiver from the test procedure, in accordance with 10 CFR 430.27, if it is able to provide an explanation for why its product design is unique and would require different considerations for the test conditions. DOE welcomes comments on whether there are products that would meet the definition of a conventional oven, but that could not be tested according to the DOE test procedure.

    B. Prescriptive Standard for Conventional Ovens

    This SNOPR proposes to adopt a prescriptive design requirement for the control system of conventional ovens. DOE considered a combination of factors in developing its proposal to prescribe a control design requirement for conventional ovens, rather than proposing to regulate IAEC with a performance standard. The rationale for this tentative decision is explained below.

    DOE's analysis determined that the baseline efficiency level for conventional ovens corresponds to a linear power supply control design. For conventional gas ovens, DOE's analysis showed that the baseline control design also uses an “intermittent ignition” system with a glo-bar (also referred to as a hot surface) igniter. As discussed in section V.A of this SNOPR, the design options analyzed to achieve the proposed standard level for conventional ovens involved changing from a control design that uses a linear power supply to one that incorporates a switch-mode power supply (SMPS). In addition, for gas ovens, the proposed standard level corresponds to switching from an intermittent glo-bar ignition system to an “intermittent/interrupted ignition” or “intermittent pilot ignition” (e.g., electronic spark ignition). Descriptions of these design options are discussed further in section IV.A.3.b of this SNOPR. DOE notes that the currently applicable prescriptive standards for gas ovens prohibit constant burning pilot lights, which are a type of continuous ignition system that would be precluded by the proposed standards.

    DOE conducted the analysis for conventional ovens for this SNOPR based on the test procedure adopted in the July 2, 2015 final rule (80 FR 37954, hereinafter referred to as the July 2015 TP Final Rule), which was the current test procedure at the time the standards analysis was conducted. After reviewing public comments and considering additional feedback and test data from manufacturers, DOE concluded that commercial-style ovens have inherently lower efficiencies than for residential-style ovens with comparable cavity sizes when measured using the previous version of the test procedure adopted in the July 2015 TP Final Rule, due to the greater thermal mass of the cavity and racks in commercial-style ovens. Due to uncertainty regarding such efficiency measurement, DOE is proposing to repeal the conventional oven test procedure, as described in the August 2016 TP SNOPR, and determined that further investigation would be required to develop test methods that appropriately account for the effects of certain commercial-style oven design features (e.g., heavier-gauge cavity construction, high input rate burners, extension racks, etc.). 81 FR 57374, 57378-57379. The uncertainties in analyzing a performance-based standard using oven testing provisions that DOE proposed to remove from the test procedure in the August 2016 TP SNOPR have led DOE to propose prescriptive design requirements for the control system of conventional ovens.

    As discussed in section II.B.1 of this SNOPR, manufacturers are not currently required to conduct testing to certify compliance with standards because DOE has promulgated only prescriptive standards for gas cooking products. The prescriptive-based standard for conventional ovens proposed in this SNOPR would continue to minimize burden on manufacturers because it would not require manufacturers to test, rate, and label conventional ovens.

    For the reasons cited above, DOE is proposing a prescriptive requirement for conventional ovens that would require conventional electric ovens to not be equipped with a control system that uses a linear power supply. The proposed standards would also require that conventional gas ovens be equipped with a control system that uses intermittent/interrupted ignition or intermittent pilot ignition and does not use a linear power supply.

    C. Test Procedure

    EPCA sets forth generally applicable criteria and procedures for DOE's adoption and amendment of test procedures. (42 U.S.C. 6293) Manufacturers of covered products must use these test procedures to certify to DOE that their product complies with energy conservation standards and to quantify the efficiency of their product. DOE's test procedures for conventional cooking tops, conventional ovens, and microwave ovens are codified at appendix I to subpart B of Title 10 of the CFR part 430.

    DOE established the test procedures in a final rule published in the Federal Register on May 10, 1978. 43 FR 20108, 20120-20128. DOE revised its test procedures for cooking products to more accurately measure their efficiency and energy use, and published the revisions as a final rule in 1997. 62 FR 51976 (Oct. 3, 1997). These test procedure amendments included: (1) A reduction in the annual useful cooking energy; (2) a reduction in the number of self-clean oven cycles per year; and (3) incorporation of portions of International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Standard 705-1988, “Methods for measuring the performance of microwave ovens for household and similar purposes,” and Amendment 2-1993 for the testing of microwave ovens. Id. The test procedures for conventional cooking products establish provisions for determining estimated annual operating cost, cooking efficiency (defined as the ratio of cooking energy output to cooking energy input), and energy factor (defined as the ratio of annual useful cooking energy output to total annual energy input). 10 CFR 430.23(i); Appendix I. These provisions for conventional cooking products are not currently used for compliance with any energy conservation standards because the present standards are design requirements; in addition, there is no EnergyGuide 19 labeling program for cooking products.

    19 For more information on the EnergyGuide labeling program, see: www.access.thefederalregister.org/nara/cfr/waisidx_00/16cfr305_00.html.

    DOE subsequently conducted a rulemaking to address standby and off mode energy consumption, as well as certain active mode (i.e., fan-only mode) testing provisions, for residential conventional cooking products. DOE published a final rule on October 31, 2012 (77 FR 65942, the October 2012 TP Final Rule), adopting standby and off mode provisions that satisfy the EPCA requirement that DOE include measures of standby mode and off mode power in its test procedures for residential products, if technically feasible. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(2)(A))

    On January 30, 2013, DOE published a NOPR (78 FR 6232, the January 2013 TP NOPR) proposing amendments to Appendix I that would allow for testing the active mode energy consumption of induction cooking products; i.e., conventional cooking tops equipped with induction heating technology for one or more surface units on the cooking top. DOE proposed to incorporate induction cooking tops by amending the definition of “conventional cooking top” to include induction heating technology. Furthermore, DOE proposed to require for all cooking tops the use of test equipment compatible with induction technology. Specifically, DOE proposed to replace the solid aluminum test blocks currently specified in the test procedure for cooking tops with hybrid test blocks comprising two separate pieces: An aluminum body and a stainless steel base. 78 FR 6232, 6234 (Jan. 30, 2013).

    In response to the February 2014 RFI, AHAM commented that DOE should rely on the finalized version of the test procedure (i.e., the October 2012 TP Final Rule) and not a proposed test procedure when evaluating energy conservation standards, particularly given the significant comments opposing the proposed test procedure (as discussed in AHAM's comments on the January 2013 TP NOPR). Accordingly, AHAM stated that DOE should finalize amendments to the test procedure before conducting any analysis for the standards rulemaking, or else proceed without addressing induction cooking products in this round of standards rulemaking. (AHAM, No. 9 at pp. 3-4, 6, 7)

    AHAM and Whirlpool commented that a test procedure should be developed to address commercial-style cooking products if DOE plans to evaluate them in a standards analysis. (AHAM, No. 9 at p. 2; Whirlpool, No. 13 at p. 1) AHAM also commented that DOE should either proceed without addressing commercial-style products as it did for the April 2009 Final Rule or delay the rulemaking analysis until there is a finalized test procedure that can measure commercial-style products. (AHAM, No. 9 at p. 4, 6, 7) AHAM added that it could not provide data regarding the differences between residential-style and commercial-style gas cooking products without a test procedure to measure higher input rate burners. (AHAM, No. 9 at p. 7) The California IOUs supported amending the test procedure to measure the energy use of residential commercial-style gas cooking products with higher burner input rates. (California IOUs, No. 11 at p. 2)

    On December 3, 2014, DOE published an SNOPR (the December 2014 TP SNOPR), in which DOE modified its proposal from the January 2013 TP NOPR to specify different test equipment that would allow for measuring the energy efficiency of induction cooking tops, and would include an additional test block size for electric surface units with large diameters (both induction and electric resistance). 79 FR 71894. In addition, DOE proposed methods to test non-circular electric surface units, electric surface units with flexible concentric cooking zones, and full-surface induction cooking tops. Id. In the December 2014 TP SNOPR, DOE also proposed amendments to add a larger test block size to test gas cooking top burners with higher input rates. Id.

    In the December 2014 TP SNOPR, DOE also proposed methods for measuring conventional oven volume, clarification that the existing oven test block must be used to test all ovens regardless of input rate, and a method to measure the energy consumption and efficiency of conventional ovens equipped with an oven separator. 79 FR 71894 (Dec. 3, 2014). DOE published the July 2015 TP Final Rule adopting the test procedure amendments discussed above for conventional ovens only. 80 FR 37954.

    AHAM and Electrolux commented that DOE did not provide sufficient time after finalizing the test procedure for conventional ovens for stakeholders to evaluate the proposed conventional oven standards. AHAM and Electrolux stated that manufacturers do not regularly conduct energy tests because there is no current standard for conventional ovens. As a result, they stated that more time was needed for manufacturers to fully understand the impact of the final test procedure and evaluate the proposed standards for conventional ovens. (AHAM, No. 29 at pp. 4-5; Electrolux, No. 27 at pp. 2-3)

    AHRI commented that DOE states in its regulations that it will finalize amended test procedures before introducing applicable amended standards.20 AHRI noted that for conventional ovens, DOE published a final rule to amend the test procedure more than 3 weeks after the publication of the June 2015 NOPR which introduced amended standards and thus did not comply with the codified procedures noted above. AHRI believes that the comment period did not provide manufacturers with sufficient time to fully evaluate the proposed standards with the amended test procedure. (AHRI, No. 34 at p. 2)

    20 AHRI made this comment in reference to 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A(7)(c).

    Sub-Zero expressed concern that limitations in the test procedures and available data might unfairly impact commercial-style products in a rulemaking establishing energy conservation standards. (Sub-Zero, No. 25 at p. 2)

    AHAM submitted an additional comment after the end of the June 2015 NOPR comment period to discuss additional industry product testing. As part of this comment, AHAM reiterated its concern that manufacturers were unable to adequately analyze DOE's proposed rule during the comment period because DOE did not provide sufficient time after finalizing the conventional oven test procedure for stakeholders to evaluate the proposed standards. (AHAM, No. 38 at p. 2)

    DOE has considered these comments as part of this rulemaking and notes that this SNOPR provides additional opportunity for interested parties to provide comment based on the proposed cooking product test procedure discussed below. With respect to the process of establishing test procedures and standards for a given product, DOE notes that, while not legally obligated to do so, it generally follows the approach laid out in guidance found in 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, Appendix A (Procedures, Interpretations and Policies for Consideration of New or Revised Energy Conservation Standards for Consumer Products). That guidance provides, among other things, that, when necessary, DOE will issue final, modified test procedures for a given product prior to publication of the NOPR proposing energy conservation standards for that product. While DOE strives to follow the procedural steps outlined in its guidance, there may be circumstances in which it may be necessary or appropriate to deviate from it. In such instances, the guidance indicates that DOE will provide notice and an explanation for the deviation. Accordingly, DOE is providing notice that it continues to develop the final test procedure for conventional cooking products. As discussed below, DOE has carefully considered the significant comments regarding the test procedures for both induction cooking tops and commercial-style cooking products, which led to DOE publishing an additional SNOPR on August 22, 2016. DOE believes proposed amendments in the August 2016 TP SNOPR address the significant concerns regarding the conventional cooking products test procedure and will issue the final test procedure before the standards final rule. Furthermore, as discussed in section IV.C.5 of this SNOPR, DOE is proposing to adopt a prescriptive design requirement for conventional ovens. Because this proposed standard is a design requirement and not a performance standard (i.e., minimum efficiency or maximum energy consumption), manufacturers would not be required to test using the DOE test procedure for conventional ovens to certify products to the proposed standards in this SNOPR.

    As discussed in the June 2015 NOPR for conventional ovens, DOE received a significant number of comments regarding the proposed hybrid test block test method for cooking tops in response to the December 2014 TP SNOPR and in separate interviews conducted with conventional cooking product manufacturers in February and March of 2015. AHAM and manufacturers commented that the hybrid test block method, as proposed, presented many issues with the construction and configuration of the test block which had not yet been addressed, and which left the repeatability and reproducibility of the test procedure in question. 80 FR 33030, 33039-33040 (June 10, 2015). A number of manufacturers that produce and sell products in Europe supported the use of a water-heating test method and harmonization with International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Standard 60350-2 Edition 2, “Household electric appliances—Part 2: Hobs—Method for measuring performance” (IEC Standard 60350-2) for measuring the energy consumption of electric cooking tops. These manufacturers noted the test methods in IEC Standard 60350-2 are compatible with all electric cooking top types, specify additional cookware diameters to account for the variety of surface unit sizes on the market, and use test loads that represent real-world cooking top loads. Efficiency advocates also recommended that DOE require water-heating test methods to produce a measure of cooking efficiency for conventional cooking tops that is more representative of actual cooking performance than the hybrid test block method. 80 FR 33030, 33039-33040 (June 10, 2015).

    For these reasons, DOE decided to defer its decision regarding adoption of energy conservation standards for conventional cooking tops until a representative, repeatable and reproducible test method for cooking tops was finalized. 80 FR 33030, 33040 (June 10, 2015).

    AHAM, GE, and Electrolux commented in response to the June 2015 NOPR supporting DOE's decision to not propose standards for cooking tops because there was not yet a representative, repeatable, reproducible test procedure for this product category. (AHAM, No. 29 at p. 2; GE, No. 32 at p. 1; Electrolux, No. 27 at p. 2) AHAM stated that in addition to the time required to identify an appropriate test method for cooking tops, manufacturers will need time to obtain test equipment, verify that the test method is repeatable and reproducible, test their full product lines, and provide data to DOE to form the basis for any energy conservation standards. Therefore, AHAM believed that consideration of energy conservation standards for cooking tops would only be possible and appropriate in the next standards rulemaking cycle for conventional cooking products. (AHAM, No. 29 at p. 3)

    AHAM, GE and Electrolux commented that 42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(4)(B), which specifies that a manufacturer shall not be required to apply new standards to a product with respect to which other new standards have been required during the prior 6-year period, prohibits DOE from proceeding with cooking tops on a different schedule than conventional ovens if DOE decides to proceed with standards for conventional ovens. (AHAM, No. 29 at pp. 2,3; GE, No. 32 at p. 2; Electrolux, No. 27 at p. 2) GE added that, regardless of when standards for cooking tops are proposed or finalized, the compliance date must not be until at least 6 years after the compliance date for the proposed standards for conventional ovens. (GE, No. 32 at p. 2)

    Whirlpool commented that, although the FTC has not ruled on whether EnergyGuide labels will be justified for conventional ranges, Natural Resources Canada requires a comprehensive label that declares the energy consumption of the combined product. Whirlpool stated that DOE should consider this possibility when evaluating whether to align the compliance dates for conventional cooking tops and ovens. (Whirlpool, No. 33 at p. 4)

    EEI commented that if DOE adopts new standards for both conventional cooking tops and ovens, the compliance dates for both products should be as close as possible to be market neutral. (EEI, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 35 at p. 18) 21

    21 A notation in the form “EEI, Public Meeting Transcript, No. 35 at p. 18” identifies an oral comment that DOE received during the July 14, 2015, residential conventional oven energy conservation standards NOPR public meeting. Oral comments were recorded in the public meeting transcript and are available in the residential conventional cooking products energy conservation standards rulemaking docket (Docket No. EERE-2014-BT-STD-0005). This particular notation refers to a comment: (1) Made by Edison Electric Institute during the public meeting; (2) recorded in document number 35, which is the public meeting transcript that is filed in the docket of this energy conservation standards rulemaking; and (3) which appears on page 18 of document number 35.

    DOE published an additional test procedure SNOPR on August 22, 2016 (81 FR 57374) that proposes to amend the test procedures for conventional cooking tops. Given the feedback from interested parties discussed above and based on the additional testing and analysis conducted for the test procedure rulemaking, in the August 2016 TP SNOPR, DOE withdrew its proposal for testing conventional cooking tops with a hybrid test block. Instead, DOE is proposing to amend its test procedure to incorporate by reference the relevant sections of European Standard EN 60350-2:2013 “Household electric cooking appliances Part 2: Hobs—Methods for measuring performance” 22 23 (EN 60350-2:2013), which provide a water-heating test method to measure the energy consumption of electric cooking tops. The test method specifies the quantity of water to be heated in a standardized test vessel whose size is selected based on the diameter of the surface unit under test. The test vessels specified in EN 60350-2:2013 are compatible with all cooking top technologies and surface unit diameters available on the U.S. market. 81 FR 57374, 57381-57384.

    22 Hob is the British English term for cooking top.

    23 On April 25, 2014, IEC made available the draft version of IEC Standard 60350-2 Edition 2.0 Committee Draft (IEC 60350-2 CD). DOE notes that the draft amendment to IEC 60350-2 on which testing for the January 2013 NOPR was based includes the same basic test method as the 2014 IEC 60350-2 CD. DOE also notes that the European standard EN 60350-2:2013 is based on the draft amendment to IEC 60350-2. DOE believes that the IEC procedure, once finalized, will retain the same basic test method as currently contained in EN 60350-2:2013.

    DOE is also proposing to extend the test methods provided in EN 60530-2:2013 to gas cooking tops by correlating the burner input rate and test vessel diameters specified in EN 30-2-1:1998 “Domestic cooking appliances burning gas—Part 2-1: Rational use of energy—General” (EN 30-2-1) to the test vessel diameters and water loads already included in EN 60350-2:2013. The range of gas burner input rates covered by EN 30-2-1 includes surface units with burners exceeding 14,000 Btu/h, and thus EN 30-2-1 provides a method to test gas surface units with high input rate burners, which previously had not been addressed in the DOE test procedure or energy conservation standards. 81 FR 57374, 57385-57386.

    In the August 2016 TP SNOPR, DOE proposed to amend the conventional cooking top test procedure to specify that the test energy consumptions measured for each surface unit be averaged together and then normalized to a representative load size to determine the total per-cycle energy consumption of the cooking top. The annual active mode energy consumption of the cooking top would be calculated by multiplying the total per-cycle energy consumption of the cooking top by the “adjusted cooking frequency.” 81 FR 57374, 57387-57388. As discussed in the August 2016 TP SNOPR, DOE determined the adjusted cooking frequency by comparing the energy use determined based on cooking frequency data from 2009 DOE Energy Information Administration (EIA) Residential Energy Consumption Survey (RECS 2009) 24 and the water heating test method, to recent field use data for cooking products.25 26 Based on this review, DOE determined that the estimated annual active mode cooking top energy consumption using the cooking frequency based on RECS 2009 data and the water heating test method did not adequately represent consumer use. As a result, DOE proposed in the August 2016 TP SNOPR to normalize the cooking frequency to account for differences between the duration of a cooking event represented in the RECS data and the water heating test method. DOE also proposed to calculate the integrated annual energy consumption for the cooking top as the sum of the annual active mode energy consumption and the combined low-power mode energy consumption. Id.

    24 U.S. Department of Energy: Energy Information Administration, Residential Energy Consumption Survey: 2009 RECS Survey Data (2013) (Available at: http://www.eia.gov/consumption/residential/data/2009/).

    25 California Energy Commission. 2009 California Residential Appliance Saturation Study, October 2010. Prepared for the California Energy Commission by KEMA, Inc. Contract No. 200-2010-004. <http://www.energy.ca.gov/2010publications/CEC-200-2010-004/CEC-200-2010-004-V2.PDF>.

    26 FSEC 2010. Updated Miscellaneous Electricity Loads and Appliance Energy Usage Profiles for Use in Home Energy Ratings, the Building America Benchmark and Related Calculations. Published as FSEC-CR-1837-10, Florida Solar Energy Center, Cocoa, FL.

    Because DOE has proposed test procedures for conventional cooking tops that produce representative, repeatable, reproducible test results, DOE is now combining the rulemaking to consider energy conservation standards for conventional cooking tops and ovens and is correspondingly aligning the compliance dates for both product categories. For this SNOPR, DOE evaluated its proposed energy conservation standards for conventional cooking tops based on the proposed cooking top test procedure discussed above.

    As discussed in section III.B, DOE is proposing to repeal the conventional oven test procedure as discussed in the August 2016 TP SNOPR and is proposing to adopt prescriptive design requirements for the control system of conventional ovens. As a result, manufacturers would not need to test, rate, and label conventional ovens to demonstrate compliance with the proposed prescriptive design requirements.

    Whirlpool and EEI support the use of an IAEC metric that includes cooking energy, standby energy, and self-clean energy because it allows manufacturers flexibility in incorporating cost-effective design options that improve energy efficiency. Whirlpool also believes it would allow manufacturers to consider tradeoffs between consumer utility and energy efficiency improvements. (Whirlpool, No. 33 at p. 5; EEI, No. 30 at p. 3) EEI added that an integrated metric would facilitate the development of “smart” ovens that are more interactive with energy supply grids to allow consumers to determine the most energy-efficient and cost-effective times to operate them. EEI stated that a smart oven may need to communicate with an energy grid on a continuous basis, but the communication function may require a very small increase in the energy used in the standby mode or off mode. According to EEI, a separate standard for standby mode or off mode could result in appliances that are not able to have the “smart” functionality. (EEI, No. 30 at p. 3)

    In this SNOPR, DOE performed its analysis for both ovens and cooking tops using the IAEC metric to account for both active mode and standby mode design options. As described in section V.C.1 of this SNOPR, DOE is proposing a prescriptive standard for conventional ovens and a performance standard using the IAEC metric for conventional cooking tops. For conventional ovens, DOE tentatively determined that a prescriptive requirement would be a more effective means of achieving energy savings for all oven product types (i.e., residential-style and commercial-style ovens) due to uncertainties in the methods used to measure conventional oven IAEC that DOE is proposing to remove from the test procedure in the August 2016 TP SNOPR. DOE also notes that the proposed prescriptive standards for conventional ovens would not preclude the introduction of connected products because the prescriptive design requirements for the control systems does not directly affect the design of the connected feature. Moreover, because DOE is not proposing a separate standby mode and off mode performance standard for conventional cooking tops, connected cooking tops would not be precluded.

    In response to the June 2015 NOPR, Whirlpool also questioned the energy use metric for conventional ranges in light of the potentially separate standards schedule for conventional cooking tops and conventional ovens. Whirlpool stated that an integrated metric would allow manufacturers to pursue the most technically-feasible and/or economically-justifiable design options to meet the relevant standard while still achieving the same national energy conservation had they been separate. (Whirlpool, No. 33 at p. 3) Whirlpool noted that since standby power is included in the oven and cooking top test procedures, and that standby power for conventional ranges cannot be separated into oven and cooking top portions of standby energy, it is unclear how manufacturers would test and certify the oven and cooking top portions of conventional ranges separately. (Whirlpool, No. 33 at p. 3)

    As discussed above, DOE is now proposing standards for both conventional cooking tops and ovens with the same compliance date. As noted in section III.A of this SNOPR, any potential cooking top or oven standard would apply to the individual components of the combined cooking product. As a result, DOE does not foresee any issues with compliance for combined cooking products, such as conventional ranges, that include both a conventional cooking top and conventional oven. The test procedure amendments proposed in the August 2016 TP SNOPR include provisions for measuring the standby power of combined cooking products and calculating the IAEC for the conventional cooking top component of combined cooking products. In addition, as discussed above, because DOE is proposing prescriptive standards for conventional ovens, manufacturers would not be required to conduct testing according to Appendix I to demonstrate compliance with standards.

    D. Technological Feasibility 1. General

    In each energy conservation standards rulemaking, DOE conducts a screening analysis based on information gathered on all current technology options and prototype designs that could improve the efficiency of the products or equipment that are the subject of the rulemaking. As the first step in such an analysis, DOE develops a list of technology options for consideration in consultation with manufacturers, design engineers, and other interested parties. DOE then determines which of those means for improving efficiency are technologically feasible. DOE considers technologies incorporated in commercially available products or in working prototypes to be technologically feasible. 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A, section 4(a)(4)(i).

    After DOE has determined that particular technology options are technologically feasible, it further evaluates each technology option in light of the following additional screening criteria: (1) Practicability to manufacture, install, and service; (2) adverse impacts on product utility or availability; and (3) adverse impacts on health or safety. 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A, section 4(a)(4)(ii)-(iv). Section IV.B of this SNOPR discusses the results of the screening analysis for residential conventional cooking products, particularly the designs DOE considered, those it screened out, and those that are the basis for the TSLs in this rulemaking. For further details on the screening analysis for this rulemaking, see chapter 4 of the SNOPR Technical Support Document (TSD).

    2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels

    When DOE proposes to adopt an amended standard for a type or class of covered product, it must determine the maximum improvement in energy efficiency or maximum reduction in energy use that is technologically feasible for such product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(1)) Accordingly, in the engineering analysis, DOE determined the maximum technologically feasible (“max-tech”) improvements in energy efficiency for residential conventional cooking tops, using the design parameters for the most efficient products available on the market or in working prototypes, and information from the previous rulemaking. The max-tech levels that DOE determined for this rulemaking are described in section IV.C.3 of this proposed rule and in chapter 5 of the SNOPR TSD.

    E. Energy Savings 1. Determination of Savings

    For each TSL, DOE projected energy savings from the products that are the subject of this rulemaking purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of compliance with new and amended standards (2019 to 2048).27 The savings are measured over the entire lifetime of products purchased in the 30-year analysis period. DOE quantified the energy savings attributable to each TSL as the difference in energy consumption between each standards case and the no-new-standards case. The no-new-standards case represents a projection of energy consumption in the absence of new and amended efficiency standards, and it considers market forces and policies that affect demand for more efficient products.

    27 Each TSL is comprised of specific efficiency levels for each product class. The TSLs considered for this SNOPR are described in section V.A of this SNOPR. DOE conducted a sensitivity analysis that considers impacts for products shipped in a 9-year period.

    DOE uses its national impact analysis (NIA) spreadsheet models to estimate national energy savings (NES) from potential new and amended standards. The NIA spreadsheet model (described in section IV.H of this SNOPR) calculates energy savings in terms of site energy, which is the energy directly consumed by products at the locations where they are used. Based on the site energy, DOE calculates NES in terms of primary energy savings at the site or at power plants, and also in terms of full-fuel-cycle (FFC) energy savings. The FFC metric includes the energy consumed in extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal, natural gas, petroleum fuels), and thus presents a more complete picture of the impacts of energy conservation standards.28 DOE's approach is based on the calculation of an FFC multiplier for each of the energy types used by covered products or equipment. For more information on FFC energy savings, see section IV.H.2 of this SNOPR. For natural gas, the primary energy savings are considered to be equal to the site energy savings.

    28 The FFC metric is discussed in DOE's statement of policy and notice of policy amendment. 76 FR 51282 (Aug. 18, 2011), as amended at 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012).

    2. Significance of Savings

    To adopt any new or amended standards for a covered product, DOE must determine that such action would result in “significant” energy savings. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) Although the term “significant” is not defined in the Act, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, in Natural Resources Defense Council v. Herrington, 768 F.2d 1355, 1373 (D.C. Cir. 1985), opined that Congress intended “significant” energy savings in the context of EPCA to be savings that were not “genuinely trivial.” The energy savings for the proposed standards (presented in section IV.H.2 of this SNOPR) are nontrivial, and, therefore, DOE considers them “significant” within the meaning of section 325 of EPCA.

    F. Economic Justification 1. Specific Criteria

    As noted above, EPCA provides seven factors to be evaluated in determining whether a potential energy conservation standard is economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) The following sections discuss how DOE has addressed each of those seven factors in this rulemaking.

    a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers

    In determining the impacts of a potential amended standard on manufacturers, DOE conducts a manufacturer impact analysis (MIA), as discussed in section IV.J of this SNOPR. DOE first uses an annual cash-flow approach to determine the quantitative impacts. This step includes both a short-term assessment—based on the cost and capital requirements during the period between when a regulation is issued and when entities must comply with the regulation—and a long-term assessment over a 30-year period. The industry-wide impacts analyzed include (1) INPV, which values the industry on the basis of expected future cash flows; (2) cash flows by year; (3) changes in revenue and income; and (4) other measures of impact, as appropriate. Second, DOE analyzes and reports the impacts on different types of manufacturers, including impacts on small manufacturers. Third, DOE considers the impact of standards on domestic manufacturer employment and manufacturing capacity, as well as the potential for standards to result in plant closures and loss of capital investment. Finally, DOE takes into account cumulative impacts of various DOE regulations and other regulatory requirements on manufacturers. For individual consumers, measures of economic impact include the changes in LCC and PBP associated with new or amended standards. These measures are discussed further in the following section. For consumers in the aggregate, DOE also calculates the national net present value of the economic impacts applicable to a particular rulemaking. DOE also evaluates the LCC impacts of potential standards on identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be affected disproportionately by a national standard.

    b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared to Increase in Price (LCC and PBP)

    EPCA requires DOE to consider the savings in operating costs throughout the estimated average life of the covered product in the type (or class) compared to any increase in the price of, or in the initial charges for, or maintenance expenses of, the covered product that are likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(II)) DOE conducts this comparison in its LCC and PBP analysis.

    The LCC is the sum of the purchase price of a product (including its installation) and the operating expense (including energy, maintenance, and repair expenditures) discounted over the lifetime of the product. The LCC analysis requires a variety of inputs, such as product prices, product energy consumption, energy prices, maintenance and repair costs, product lifetime, and consumer discount rates appropriate for consumers. To account for uncertainty and variability in specific inputs, such as product lifetime and discount rate, DOE uses a distribution of values, with probabilities attached to each value.

    The PBP is the estimated amount of time (in years) it takes consumers to recover the increased purchase cost (including installation) of a more-efficient product through lower operating costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost due to a more-stringent standard by the change in annual operating cost for the year that standards are assumed to take effect.

    For its LCC and PBP analysis, DOE assumes that consumers will purchase the covered products in the first year of compliance with amended standards. The LCC savings for the considered efficiency levels are calculated relative to the case that reflects projected market trends in the absence of amended standards. DOE's LCC and PBP analysis is discussed in further detail in section IV.F of this SNOPR.

    c. Energy Savings

    Although significant conservation of energy is a separate statutory requirement for adopting an energy conservation standard, EPCA requires DOE, in determining the economic justification of a standard, to consider the total projected energy savings that are expected to result directly from the standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(III)) As discussed in section III.E of this SNOPR, DOE uses the NIA spreadsheet models to project national energy savings.

    d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of Products

    In establishing product classes and in evaluating design options and the impact of potential standard levels, DOE evaluates potential standards that would not lessen the utility or performance of the considered products. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(IV)) Based on data available to DOE, the standards proposed in this SNOPR would not reduce the utility or performance of the products under consideration in this rulemaking.

    e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition

    EPCA directs DOE to consider the impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in writing by the Attorney General, that is likely to result from a proposed standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(V)) It also directs the Attorney General to determine the impact, if any, of any lessening of competition likely to result from a proposed standard and to transmit such determination to the Secretary within 60 days of the publication of a proposed rule, together with an analysis of the nature and extent of the impact. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(ii)) DOE will transmit a copy of this proposed rule to the Attorney General with a request that the Department of Justice (DOJ) provide its determination on this issue. DOE will publish and respond to the Attorney General's determination in the final rule. DOE invites comment from the public regarding the competitive impacts that are likely to result from this proposed rule. In addition, stakeholders may also provide comments separately to DOJ regarding these potential impacts. See ADDRESSES section for information to send comments to DOJ.

    f. Need for National Energy Conservation

    DOE also considers the need for national energy conservation in determining whether a new or amended standard is economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VI)) The energy savings from new or amended standards are likely to provide improvements to the security and reliability of the nation's energy system. Reductions in the demand for electricity also may result in reduced costs for maintaining the reliability of the nation's electricity system. DOE conducts a utility impact analysis to estimate how standards may affect the nation's needed power generation capacity, as discussed in section IV.M of this SNOPR.

    The proposed standards also are likely to result in environmental benefits in the form of reduced emissions of air pollutants and greenhouse gases (GHGs) associated with energy production and use. DOE conducts an emissions analysis to estimate how standards may affect these emissions, as discussed in section IV.K of this SNOPR; the emissions impacts are reported in section V.B of this SNOPR. DOE also estimates the economic value of emissions reductions resulting from the considered TSLs, as discussed in section IV.L of this proposed rule.

    g. Other Factors

    EPCA allows the Secretary of Energy, in determining whether a standard is economically justified, to consider any other factors that the Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) To the extent interested parties submit any relevant information regarding economic justification that does not fit into the other categories described above, DOE could consider such information under “other factors.”

    2. Rebuttable Presumption

    As set forth in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii), EPCA creates a rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation standard is economically justified if the additional cost to the consumer of a product that meets the standard is less than three times the value of the first year's energy savings resulting from the standard, as calculated under the applicable DOE test procedure. DOE's LCC and PBP analyses generate values used to calculate the effects that proposed energy conservation standards would have on the payback period for consumers. These analyses include, but are not limited to, the 3-year payback period contemplated under the rebuttable-presumption test. In addition, DOE routinely conducts an economic analysis that considers the full range of impacts to consumers, manufacturers, the Nation, and the environment, as required under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i). The results of this analysis serve as the basis for DOE's evaluation of the economic justification for a potential standard level (thereby supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary determination of economic justification). The rebuttable presumption payback calculation is discussed in section IV.F.10 of this proposed rule.

    G. Changes to 10 CFR 429.23 Addressing the Certification, Compliance and Enforcement Criteria for Conventional Cooking Products

    In this SNOPR, DOE is proposing to update the certification requirements for cooking products in 10 CFR 429.23 to include the annual energy use and integrated annual energy use metrics for conventional gas and electric cooking tops in the sampling plan requirements. Additionally, DOE is proposing to update the reporting requirements for conventional ovens to reflect the proposed prescriptive design requirements. DOE notes that the certification and reporting requirements for conventional cooking tops and conventional ovens also apply to the conventional cooking top component and conventional oven component of combined cooking products.

    H. Other Issues

    AHAM submitted a late comment discussing additional industry product testing, and provided a recommendation regarding the proposed standard levels selected for electric self-clean ovens. In this comment, AHAM stated that DOE did not analyze a sufficient sample size of electric standard ovens and, as a result, the efficiency levels for electric standard ovens presented in the June 2015 NOPR are significantly stricter than for electric self-clean ovens. (AHAM, No. 39 at pp. 2-4) AHAM claimed that the standard levels proposed in the June 2015 NOPR could result in manufacturers adding a self-clean cycle to electric standard ovens instead of improving the oven's efficiency to meet the proposed standard for electric standard ovens, thus eliminating or reducing the availability of electric standard ovens from the market. AHAM further stated that electric standard ovens are the lowest-priced conventional ovens in the retail market, so eliminating them would provide a hardship for low-income and other consumers who rely on low purchase prices. (AHAM, No. 39 at pp. 4-5)

    AHAM recommended standards for electric standard ovens that are based on subtracting the average self-clean energy consumption from the corresponding standard for electric self-clean ovens. AHAM believes this approach would mitigate the uncertainties of the analysis, avoid discriminating against consumers of electric standard ovens, and have a negligible effect on the total energy savings compared to the standard levels proposed in the June 2015 NOPR. (AHAM, No. 39 at pp. 7-8)

    For the reasons discussed in section III.B of this SNOPR, DOE is proposing a prescriptive design requirement for the control system for conventional ovens in this SNOPR. This prescriptive standard would require the same design changes for both standard and self-clean ovens. As a result, DOE expects that the standards proposed in this SNOPR would not impose stricter requirements on electric standard ovens than on electric self-clean ovens, and would not eliminate or reduce the availability of electric standard ovens.

    IV. Methodology and Discussion of Comments

    DOE used several analytical tools to estimate the impact of the proposed standards. The first tool is a spreadsheet that calculates the LCC and PBP of potential energy conservation standards. The national impacts analysis uses a spreadsheet set that provides shipments forecasts and calculates national energy savings and net present value resulting from potential energy conservation standards. DOE uses the third spreadsheet tool, the Government Regulatory Impact Model (GRIM), to assess manufacturer impacts of potential standards. These three spreadsheet tools are available at the Web site for this rulemaking: http://www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/appliance_standards/rulemaking.aspx?ruleid=85. Additionally, DOE used output from the EIA's AEO 2015, a widely known energy forecast for the United States, for the emissions and utility impact analyses.

    A. Market and Technology Assessment 1. General

    For the market and technology assessment, DOE develops information that provides an overall picture of the market for the products concerned, including the purpose of the products, the industry structure, and market characteristics. This activity includes both quantitative and qualitative assessments, based primarily on publicly available information. Chapter 3 of the SNOPR TSD contains additional discussion of the market and technology assessment.

    2. Product Classes

    When evaluating and establishing energy conservation standards, DOE divides covered products into product classes by the type of energy used or by capacity or other performance-related features that justifies a different standard. In making a determination whether a performance-related feature justifies a different standard, DOE must consider such factors as the utility to the consumer of the feature and other factors DOE determines are appropriate. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q))

    a. Conventional Cooking Tops

    During the previous energy conservation standards rulemaking for cooking products, DOE evaluated product classes for conventional cooking tops based on energy source (i.e., gas or electric). These distinctions initially yielded two conventional cooking product classes: (1) Gas cooking tops; and (2) electric cooking tops. For electric cooking tops, DOE determined that the ease of cleaning smooth elements provides enhanced consumer utility over coil elements. Because smooth elements typically use more energy than coil elements, DOE defined two separate product classes for electric cooking tops. DOE defined the following product classes in the TSD for the April 2009 Final Rule (2009 TSD) 29 for conventional cooking tops:

    29 The technical support document from the previous residential cooking products standards rulemaking is available at: http://www.regulations.gov/#!documentDetail;D=EERE-2006-STD-0127-0097.

    • Electric cooking tops—low or high wattage open (coil) elements;

    • Electric cooking tops—smooth elements; and

    • Gas cooking tops—conventional burners.

    Induction Heating

    As part of the February 2014 RFI, DOE stated that it tentatively planned to maintain the product classes for conventional cooking tops from the previous standards rulemaking, as presented above. DOE also stated that it planned to consider induction heating as a technology option for electric smooth cooking tops rather than as a separate product class. DOE noted that induction heating provides the same basic function of cooking or heating food as heating by gas flame or electric resistance, and that the installation options available to consumers are also the same for both cooking products with induction and electric resistance heating. DOE stated that it might consider whether separate product classes are warranted for commercial-style gas cooking products with higher burner input rates. 79 FR 8337, 8341-8342 (Feb. 12, 2014).

    In response to the February 2014 RFI, Laclede Gas Company (Laclede) claimed that the two product classes for electric cooking tops are based solely on aesthetics, which is not a sufficient reason for establishing separate product classes. (Laclede, No. 8 at p. 5) As noted above, DOE determined that the ease of cleaning smooth elements provides enhanced consumer utility over coil elements. Because smooth elements typically use more energy than coil elements, DOE defined two separate product classes for electric cooking tops. DOE maintains this determination that electric smooth cooking tops provide enhanced utility while using more energy than coil elements, and as a result, proposes to consider separate product classes for this SNOPR.

    Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC) agreed with DOE that induction heating should not be considered a separate product class, and further recommended classifying all electric cooking tops in a single product class. NRDC commented that DOE determined in the previous standards rulemaking that smooth element cooking tops warranted a separate product class because they consume more energy than open coil element cooking tops and provide the consumer utility of ease of cleaning. NRDC stated, however, that electric cooking tops using induction technology are now available that provide both high energy efficiency and ease of cleaning. NRDC believes that open coil elements do not provide any additional benefit to consumers and therefore may not necessitate a separate product class. (NRDC, No. 12 at p. 2) DOE recognizes that smooth cooking tops with induction technology can achieve higher energy efficiency than electric coil cooking tops while providing ease of cleaning, as suggested by NRDC. However, DOE notes that the electric resistance heating technology more commonly found in smooth element cooking tops are typically less efficient than coil elements. As a result, DOE is not proposing to establish a single product class for all electric cooking tops.

    In response to the February 2014 RFI, AHAM and Whirlpool commented that induction cooking tops should be considered a separate product class and not a technology option for electric smooth cooking tops, due to the following claimed performance and consumer utility differences:

    • Induction cooking tops are easier to clean than smooth cooking tops with electric resistance heating because there is less likelihood of baked-on foods, which are difficult to clean. With induction cooking tops, the pot alone is heated through electromagnetic energy, while the spilled food on the cooking top receives only a small amount of conduction heating from the pot;

    • Induction cooking tops heat faster than smooth cooking tops with electric resistance heating. AHAM and Whirlpool stated that there is a precedent to establishing separate product classes based on cycle time. According to these commenters, in the clothes washer rulemaking, DOE separated front-loading and top-loading clothes washers because the cycle times varied, significantly impacting consumer utility and product performance;

    • Standby energy use will typically be higher for induction cooking tops than for smooth cooking tops because there are more advanced electronics, especially for full surface induction cooking tops that sense a pot when it is placed anywhere on the unit's surface. To maintain that consumer utility, induction cooking tops need a higher standby energy for the sensors to detect the placement of a pot;

    • Magnetic cookware is needed for induction cooking tops, but not for smooth cooking tops with electric resistance heating. This may affect cooking performance and energy use by the end user, as certain non-magnetic cookware, such as aluminum, does not retain heat well; and

    • Induction is an entirely different method of heating food (electromagnetic energy) than smooth cooking tops with electric resistance heating (radiant and conduction energy). (AHAM, No. 9 at pp. 4-5, 6, 7; Whirlpool, No. 13 at pp. 3, 4, 5)

    NRDC and the California IOUs agreed with DOE that induction heating should be considered as a technology option for electric smooth cooking tops. (NRDC, No. 12 at p. 2; California IOUs, No. 11 at p. 2) NRDC noted that many induction cooking top models from multiple brands and manufacturers have entered the market, and that some manufacturers offer induction “hot plates,” as well as hybrid ranges and cooking tops that have electric and induction elements. NRDC also stated that induction cooking tops hold a significant portion of the market in Europe and Asia. For these reasons, NRDC urged DOE to consider induction technology in its analysis. (NRDC, No. 12 at pp. 1-2) The California IOUs urged DOE to review the Food Service Technology Center reports available on induction technology for commercial cooking products, which include measurements of energy input rate, heat-up temperature response, and heavy-load energy efficiency under the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard F1521-03. According to the California IOUs, these reports would be helpful in assessing the test procedures and measured energy efficiency of induction cooking tops. (California IOUs, No. 11 at p. 2)

    DOE observes that induction cooking tops provide the same basic function of cooking or heating food as does electric resistance heating. In addition, in considering whether there are any performance-related features that justify a higher energy use standard to establish a separate product class, DOE notes that the utility of speed of cooking, ease of cleaning, and requirements for specific cookware for induction cooking tops do not appear to be uniquely associated with higher energy use compared to other smooth cooking tops with electric resistance heating elements. DOE recognizes that induction cooking tops are only compatible with ferromagnetic cooking vessels. However, DOE does not identify any consumer utility unique to any specific type of cookware that would warrant establishing separate product classes. As discussed in section IV.F.2 of this SNOPR, DOE considered the cost of replacing cookware as part of the LCC analysis. DOE also conducted standby testing on full-surface induction cooking tops. Based on DOE's testing, the sensors required to detect the presence of a pot placed on the cooking surface do not remain active while the product is in standby mode. In addition, DOE notes that the standby power required for the tested model (0.25 watts (W)) was below the average standby power for other cooking tops in DOE's test sample (2.25 W). For these reasons, DOE is not considering a separate product class for induction cooking products in this proposal. As noted in section IV.A.3 of this SNOPR, DOE is considering induction heating as a technology option for electric smooth cooking tops. Because residential induction cooking tops are available on the market, DOE analyzed these products rather than information from commercial products, as suggested by the California IOUs, as part of the engineering analysis, including testing and tearing down multiple sample units.

    Commercial-Style Cooking Tops

    With regard to commercial-style cooking products, including those with higher burner input rates, AHAM commented in response to the February 2014 RFI that without a definition or test procedure for commercial-style cooking products, neither AHAM nor DOE can determine whether these products would warrant a separate product class. AHAM stated that DOE should first develop a test procedure for these products to allow for analysis of them. (AHAM, No. 9 at p. 12)

    Based on DOE's review of conventional gas cooking tops available on the market, DOE determined that products marketed as commercial-style cannot be distinguished from standard residential-style products based on performance characteristics or consumer utility. While conventional gas cooking tops marketed as commercial-style have more than one burner rated above 14,000 Btu/h and cast iron grates, approximately 50 percent of cooking top models marketed as residential-style also have one or more burners rated above 14,000 Btu/h and cast iron grates.

    DOE considered whether separate product classes for commercial-style gas cooking tops with higher burner input rates are warranted by comparing the test energy consumption of individual surface units in a sample of cooking tops tested by DOE.30 DOE measured the test energy consumption of gas surface units in a sample of twelve gas cooking tops, which included six products marketed as commercial-style. The number of surface units per cooking top ranged from four to six. Figure IV.1 shows test energy consumption for an individual surface unit, normalized by the mass of the test load (as specified in the proposed cooking tops test procedure in the August 2016 TP SNOPR), versus burner input rate for each surface unit in the test sample. Because the mass of the test load depends on the input rate of the burner, the test energy consumption must be normalized for comparison. The higher the ratio of test energy consumption to test load mass, the less efficient the surface unit.

    30 DOE originally conducted testing on its test sample using the withdrawn hybrid test block method proposed in the December 2014 TP SNOPR. DOE tested four of the twelve units in its test sample using both the withdrawn hybrid test block method and the water heating test method proposed in the August 2016 TP SNOPR. DOE then used the relative difference in results between the two test methods to scale the normalized test energy consumption by surface unit for the remaining units in its test sample. Additional details of this analysis are provided in chapter 5 of the NOPR TSD.

    EP02SE16.000

    As indicated in Figure IV.1, there was no statistically significant correlation between burner input rate and the ratio of surface unit energy consumption to test load mass for cooking tops marketed as either residential-style or commercial-style. DOE's testing, as presented further in section IV.C.2 of this SNOPR, showed that this efficiency ratio for gas cooking tops is more closely related to burner and grate design rather than input rate.

    In response to the June 2015 NOPR, Sub-Zero and BSH submitted late comments regarding commercial-style cooking tops. Sub-Zero commented that “high-performance cooking” is a better descriptor of this product segment than “commercial-style.” Sub-Zero stated that high-performance cooking products can be defined as cooking products that offer residential consumers performance similar to that found in restaurant equipment at a safety and convenience level that is acceptable for residential use. (Sub-Zero, No. 40 at p. 2)

    Sub-Zero commented that a separate product class should be established for high-performance gas cooking tops to recognize the unique utility and performance attributes associated with high-performance cooking products. Sub-Zero expressed concern that DOE may not be adequately considering cooking performance in its analysis for cooking tops, and that DOE may not be fully addressing any combustion and emissions issues arising from potential design changes made to improve the efficiency of gas cooking tops. (Sub-Zero, No. 40 at p. 2)

    Sub-Zero and BSH stated that customer input drives the design and cooking performance requirements for their gas cooking tops, and that high-performance gas cooking tops include design features that enhance cooking performance (rapid boiling, precision simmering, and even heat distribution) but negatively impact efficiency. (Sub-Zero, No. 25 at pp. 2-3; BSH, No. 41 at pp. 1-2) Sub-Zero and BSH noted that these features include:

    • High input rate burners with large diameters provide faster heat up times and allow consumers to use larger cooking vessels while maintaining even heat distribution (Sub-Zero, No. 25 at p. 3; BSH, No. 41 at p. 2);

    • High input rate burners with high levels of flame controllability, specifically high turndown ratios, allow for simmering of foods such as chocolates and sauces while also providing faster heat up times (Sub-Zero, No. 25 at p. 3; BSH, No. 41 at p. 2);

    • Spacing between the gas flame, grate, and cooking vessel must be greater for high input rate burners than low input rate burners to meet performance and safety requirements, specifically even heat distribution and reduction of carbon monoxide. Reducing the spacing between the gas flame and the cooking vessel can increase efficiency, but flame quenching due to flame impingement and contact with the grate/cooking vessel can lead to increased carbon monoxide emissions and combustion by-products (Sub-Zero, No. 25 at p. 3);

    • Heavy cast iron grates allow for better heat distribution to cooking vessels while also providing the strength required to support large loads and increased product longevity. (Sub-Zero, No. 25 at p. 4; BSH, No. 41 at p. 2) Heavier cast iron grates also retain more heat once the burner is turned down during simmer or shut off. (Sub-Zero, No. 25 at p. 2-4)

    Sub-Zero and BSH commented that safety, performance, and efficiency attributes of the cooking top must be considered systematically in terms of product design (e.g., mass of the grates, diameter of the burner, distance from the burner to the cooking vessel, and open area allotted for exhaust of combustion by-products), because changes to one attribute can significantly impact the others (Sub-Zero, No. 40 at p. 3; BSH, No. 41 at p. 2)

    For these reasons, Sub-Zero requested that DOE consider the impact that any proposed standard levels would have on small, niche-market, high-performance cooking product manufacturers and their ability to serve their unique set of customers. According to Sub-Zero, eliminating the unique features of commercial-style gas cooking tops would not allow companies such as Sub-Zero to adequately serve their customer base. (Sub-Zero, No. 40 at p. 4)

    BSH commented that although it agrees with DOE's general approach of not analyzing cooking performance, commercial-style products must meet greater customer demands than residential-style products. BSH also commented that if DOE does not differentiate between commercial-style and residential-style products, more stringent standards would apply primarily to commercial-style products and have no effect on residential-style products. BSH commented that this could result in the elimination of commercial-style products from the market and limit consumer choice. BSH commented, therefore, that DOE should consider either a different test procedure or a separate product class for commercial-style products. (BSH, No. 41 at p. 3)

    The Wisconsin Senators expressed concern that recombining the rulemaking to consider standards for both cooking tops and ovens would likely impact high performance products and would require significant design changes resulting in lessened consumer utility and product performance. (Wisconsin Senators, No. 45 at p. 1) Arizona Congress Member Grijalva and the Arizona Congressional Delegation similarly noted that recombining the rulemaking will make it more difficult to have separate product classes to account for the unique features of high performance products. (Arizona Congress Member Grijalva, No. 43 at p. 1; Arizona Congressional Delegation, No. 44 at pp. 1-2) The Wisconsin Senators, Arizona Congress Member Grijalva, and the Arizona Congressional Delegation noted that new standards could negatively impact manufacturers like Sub-Zero and their ability to compete in the marketplace if high performance cooking products are not distinguished from conventional residential-style products. (Wisconsin Senators, No. 45 at p. 1; Arizona Congress Member Grijalva, No. 43 at p. 1)

    DOE recognizes that the presence of certain features, such as heavy cast iron grates and multiple high input rate burners, may help consumers perceive a difference between commercial-style and residential-style gas cooking top performance. However, DOE is not aware of clearly-defined and consistent design differences and corresponding utility provided by commercial-style gas cooking tops as compared to residential-style gas cooking tops. Although DOE's testing, presented in section IV.C.2, indicates there is a difference in energy consumption between residential-style and commercial-style gas cooking tops, this difference could not be correlated to any specific utility provided to consumers. Moreover, DOE is not aware of an industry test standard that evaluates cooking performance and that would quantify the utility provided by these products. In addition, as discussed above, DOE's testing showed that there was no statistically significant correlation between burner input rate and the ratio of surface unit energy consumption to test load mass for cooking tops marketed as either residential-style or commercial-style.

    For these reasons, DOE is not proposing to establish a separate product class for gas cooking tops marketed as commercial-style or conventional gas cooking tops with higher burner input rates. However, as discussed in sections IV.C.3.b and V.C.1 of this SNOPR, DOE conducted its engineering analysis consistent with products currently available on the market and is proposing energy conservation standards for gas cooking tops in this SNOPR that would maintain the features available in conventional cooking tops marketed as commercial-style (e.g., multiple high input rate burners, cast iron gates, etc.) that may be used to differentiate these products in the marketplace. In addition, the standards proposed in this SNOPR are based on burner and grate system designs that are available on the market and thus would not alter the safety of existing commercial-style gas cooking top in terms of combustion products or emissions.

    b. Conventional Ovens

    During the first energy conservation standards rulemaking for cooking products, DOE evaluated product classes for conventional ovens based on energy source (i.e., gas or electric). These distinctions initially yielded two conventional oven product classes: (1) Gas ovens; and (2) electric ovens. DOE more recently determined that the type of oven-cleaning system is a utility feature that affects performance. DOE found that standard ovens and ovens using a catalytic continuous-cleaning process use roughly the same amount of energy. On the other hand, self-clean ovens use a pyrolytic process that provides enhanced consumer utility with lower overall energy consumption as compared to either standard or catalytically lined ovens. Therefore, DOE defined the following product classes in the TSD for the April 2009 Final Rule (2009 TSD) 31 for conventional ovens:

    31 The technical support document from the previous residential cooking products standards rulemaking is available at: http://www.regulations.gov/#!documentDetail;D=EERE-2006-STD-0127-0097.

    • Electric ovens—standard oven with or without a catalytic line;

    • Electric ovens—self-clean oven;

    • Gas ovens—standard oven with or without a catalytic line; and

    • Gas ovens—self-clean oven.

    As part of the February 2014 RFI, DOE stated that it tentatively planned to maintain the product classes for conventional ovens from the previous standards rulemaking, as presented above. DOE stated that it might consider whether separate product classes are warranted for commercial-style gas ovens with higher burner input rates. 79 FR 8337, 8341-8342 (Feb. 12, 2014).

    Self-Cleaning Technology

    Based on DOE's review of conventional gas ovens available on the U.S. market, and based on manufacturer interviews and testing conducted as part of the engineering analysis, DOE noted in the June 2015 NOPR that the self-cleaning function of the self-clean oven may employ methods other than a high-temperature pyrolytic cycle to perform the cleaning action. 80 FR 33030, 33043. Specifically, DOE noted that it is aware of a type of self-cleaning oven that uses a proprietary oven coating and water to perform a self-clean cycle with a shorter duration and at a significantly lower temperature setting. The self-cleaning cycle for these ovens, unlike catalytically-lined standard ovens that provide continuous cleaning during normal baking, still have a separate self-cleaning mode that is user-selectable and must be tested separately. In the June 2015 NOPR, DOE clarified that a conventional self-clean electric or gas oven is an oven that has a user-selectable mode separate from the normal baking mode, not intended to heat or cook food, which is dedicated to cleaning and removing cooking deposits from the oven cavity walls. Id.

    Whirlpool agreed that separate product classes are justified for standard and self-clean ovens. (Whirlpool, No. 33 at p. 6) Whirlpool also agreed with DOE that ovens that provide the same consumer utility and benefits of self-clean via means other than a standard pyrolytic process should be subject to the same standards as those that employ a pyrolytic process because this framework promotes innovation in self-clean performance and energy efficiency. (Whirlpool, No. 33 at p. 5) GE commented that, while it supports the treatment of self-clean ovens as a separate product class, including non-pyrolytic models in the definition of self-clean would require unique provisions in the test procedure for this technology. In particular, GE suggested that DOE determine whether a usage factor of four times per year is appropriate for both pyrolytic and non-pyrolytic self-clean technologies, since the former is not as effective and requires additional cycles per year to achieve the same performance. (GE, No. 32 at p. 3)

    DOE is not aware of any differences in consumer behavior in terms of the frequency of use of the self-clean function that would be predicated on the type of self-cleaning technology rather than on cleaning habits or cooking usage patterns that are not dependent on the type of technology. Therefore, DOE is not proposing a different usage factor for non-pyrolytic self-clean operation. However, DOE welcomes data on the consumer usage patterns of pyrolytic versus non-pyrolytic self-cleaning functions in conventional ovens.

    Commercial-Style Ovens

    With regards to gas oven burner input rates, DOE noted in the June 2015 NOPR that based on its review of the residential conventional gas ovens available on the market, residential-style gas ovens typically have an input rate of 16,000 to 18,000 Btu/h whereas residential gas ovens marketed as commercial-style typically have burner input rates ranging from 22,500 to 30,000 Btu/h.32 80 FR 33030, 33043. Additional review of both the residential-style and commercial-style gas oven cavities indicated that there is significant overlap in oven cavity volume between the two oven types. Standard residential-style gas oven cavity volumes range from 2.5 to 5.6 cubic feet (ft 3) and gas ovens marketed as commercial-style have cavity volumes ranging from 3.0 to 6.0 ft 3. Sixty percent of the commercial-style models surveyed had cavity volumes between 4.0 and 5.0 ft 3, while fifty percent of the standard models had cavity volumes between 4.0 and 5.0 ft 3. The primary differentiating factor between the two oven types was burner input rate, which is greater than 22,500 Btu/h for commercial-style gas ovens. Id.

    32 However, DOE noted that many gas ranges, while marketed as commercial- or professional-style and having multiple surface units with high input rates, did not have a gas oven with a burner input rate above 22,500 Btu/h.

    DOE conducted testing for the June 2015 NOPR using the version of the test procedure later adopted in the July 2015 TP Final Rule to determine whether commercial-style gas ovens with higher burner input rates warrant establishing a separate product class.

    DOE evaluated the cooking efficiency of eight conventional gas ovens, including five ovens with burners rated at 18,000 Btu/h or less and the remaining three with burner input rates ranging from 27,000 Btu/h to 30,000 Btu/h. 80 FR 33030, 33043. DOE's testing showed that the measured cooking efficiencies for ovens with burner input rates above 22,500 Btu/h were lower than for ovens with ratings below 22,500 Btu/h, even after normalizing cooking efficiency to a fixed cavity volume. However, DOE also noted that the conventional gas ovens with higher burner input rates in DOE's test sample were marketed as commercial-style and had greater total thermal mass, including heavier racks and thicker cavity walls, even after normalizing for cavity volume. DOE's testing of a 30,000 Btu/h oven suggested that much of the energy input to commercial-style ovens with higher burner input rates goes to heating the added mass of the cavity, rather than the test load, resulting in relatively lower measured efficiency when measured according to the test procedure adopted in the July 2015 TP Final Rule. 80 FR 33030, 33043-33044. DOE also investigated the time it took each oven in the test sample to heat the test load to a final test temperature of 234 °F above its initial temperature, as specified in the DOE test procedure in Appendix I at the time of the testing. DOE's testing showed that gas ovens with burner input rates greater than 22,500 Btu/h do not heat the test load significantly faster than the ovens with lower burner input rates, and two out of the three units with the higher burner input rates took longer than the average time to heat the test load. Therefore, DOE concluded in the June 2015 NOPR that there is no unique utility associated with faster cook times that is provided by gas ovens with burner input rates greater than 22,500 Btu/h. 80 FR 33030, 33045.

    Based on DOE's testing, reverse engineering, and additional discussions with manufacturers, DOE posited in the June 2015 NOPR that the major differentiation between conventional gas ovens with lower burner input rates and those with higher input rates, including those marketed as commercial-style, was design and construction related to aesthetics rather than improved cooking performance. Further, DOE did not identify any unique utility conferred by commercial-style gas ovens. For the reasons discussed above, DOE did not propose to establish a separate product class for commercial-style gas ovens with higher burner input rates. 80 FR 33030, 33045.

    The Joint Efficiency Advocates agreed with DOE's determination that commercial-style gas ovens do not provide any unique utility. The Joint Efficiency Advocates added that Consumer Reports similarly found in their tests that “higher Btu hasn't guaranteed faster heating.” They noted that Consumer Reports also found that “pro-style ranges are big on style, but aren't the best ranges” and that “even regular ranges now have beefy knobs, rugged grates, and stainless trim for a lot less money,” observations which support DOE's decision not to establish a separate product class for commercial-style gas ovens with higher burner input rates. (Joint Efficiency Advocates, No. 31 at p. 2)

    As noted for cooking tops, Sub-Zero commented that “high performance cooking” is a better descriptor of this product segment than “commercial-style.” Sub-Zero commented that a separate product class should be established for high performance electric and gas ovens to recognize the unique utility and performance attributes associated with high performance cooking products. Sub-Zero expressed concern that DOE did not consider cooking performance in its analysis for this rulemaking. According to Sub-Zero, the ability of any oven to bake and broil evenly, allow yeast products to rise consistently, and produce consistent quality from rack to rack when several racks are being used are key criteria for consumer acceptance. (Sub-Zero, No. 25 at p. 2)

    Sub-Zero and BSH stated that inputs from their customers drive the design and cooking performance requirements for their ovens. (Sub-Zero, No. 25 at pp. 2, 3; BSH, No. 41 at pp. 1-2) Sub-Zero commented that high performance ovens include the following design features that enhance cooking performance (professional quality baking, broiling, roasting, slow bake, proofing, and other functions) but negatively impact efficiency:

    • Heavier gauge materials which extend product life and enhance product quality, cooking functionality and durability;

    • Configurations that allow for up to six-rack baking capability with full extension, heavy-gauge oven racks to support large loads and provide enhanced safety and ergonomic benefit;

    • Full oven-height dual convection blowers to optimize cooking air flow;

    • Hidden bake elements that enhance customer safety, cleanability and heat distribution for better cooking performance;

    • Controls and software to maximize the long-term reliability of oven cavity porcelain when employing a hidden bake element; and

    • Cooling fans for the electronic printed circuit boards that provide precise oven control and touch-screen user interface for cooking modes and other features. (Sub-Zero, No. 25 at pp. 3, 5-6)

    BSH also noted that commercial-style ovens include design features identified by Sub-Zero, including: Robust, full-extension ball-bearing oven racks to support heavy food loads; the ability to cook on three racks simultaneously with high output heating elements for even heat distribution; hidden bake elements. (BSH, No. 41 at p. 2) BSH also noted the following additional design features associated with commercial-style products:

    • Soft-close hinges to handle constant loading and unloading of the oven to eliminate the noise of slamming doors;

    • A variety of modes and options not typically found in residential-style products (e.g., rapid steam generator, additional convection heating element, high power combination modes such as convection broil and steam convection);

    • Powerful heating elements to maintain set temperatures during sessions of loading and unloading food (e.g., caterers and entertainers at large house parties); and

    • Very large usable baking space, e.g., two ovens in a 60-inch range that operate independently to provide more versatility in cooking with each cavity capable of cooking one to three racks of food. In addition, commercial-style ovens can accommodate commercial baking pans that are more than twice the size of standard residential baking pans. (BSH, No. 41 at p. 2)

    Sub-Zero commented that testing of their products shows that the standard levels must be increased for ovens with enhanced high performance and customer utility attributes. Its test data showed that there are significant differences in efficiency levels when comparing high performance oven designs to conventional oven designs. (Sub-Zero, No. 25 at pp. 2-3)

    For these reasons, Sub-Zero requested that DOE reconsider the impact that the proposed standard levels will have on small, niche-market, high-performance cooking manufacturers and their ability to serve their unique set of customers. According to Sub-Zero, the proposed standard levels would not allow companies such as Sub-Zero to adequately serve their customer base. Sub-Zero added that the proposed standards would force them and other high performance cooking product manufacturers to compete in the conventional oven market space by requiring them to employ lighter gauge materials, exposed heating elements, lighter racks, simpler controls, and single versus dual convection fan systems, which Sub-Zero claims would eliminate the utility and performance features that market analysis shows is needed for its company to stay viable. (Sub-Zero, No. 25 at p. 6)

    An Arizona Senator, California Congress Member, and Tennessee Congress Member separately commented that the proposed rule lacks any sort of distinction among residential ovens based on the cooking features they provide to the consumer, and may compromise the quality, functionality, and features associated with high-performance ovens. (Arizona Senator, No. 37 at p. 1; California Congress Member, No. 47 at p. 1; Tennessee Congress Member, No. 46 at p. 1) The Arizona Senator, the Arizona Congressional Delegation, California Congress Member, and Tennessee Congress Member encouraged DOE to work with the affected industry entities to reevaluate its proposal to prescribe a separate set of standards for high-performance ovens that acknowledges the unique characteristics of high-performance products and preserves customer choice. (Arizona Senator, No. 37 at p. 1; Arizona Congressional Delegation, No. 36 at p. 1; California Congress Member, No. 47 at pp. 1-2; Tennessee Congress Member, No. 46 at p. 2) The Arizona Congressional Delegation, California Congress Member, and Tennessee Congress Member also commented that the proposed rule is overly burdensome and would impose significant costs for companies in the high-performance oven market, including Sub-Zero and BSH. (Arizona Congressional Delegation, No. 36 at pp. 1; California Congress Member, No. 47 at pp. 1; Tennessee Congress Member, No. 46 at p. 1) The Arizona Congressional Delegation added that forcing a manufacturers like Sub-Zero to abandon its distinct line of cooking products and to manufacture mass-market products would lessen customer utility and the performance of its ovens, and create a significant disparity in the company's competitive landscape. (Arizona Congressional Delegation, No. 36 at p. 1)

    As discussed previously for cooking tops, BSH commented that although it agrees with DOE's general approach of not analyzing cooking performance for ovens, commercial-style products have to fulfill higher customer demands than residential-style products. BSH stated that if DOE does not differentiate between commercial-style and residential-style products, more stringent standards would apply mainly to commercial-style products and have no effect on residential-style products. BSH commented that this could result in the elimination of commercial-style products from the market and limit consumer choice. Based on this, BSH commented that DOE should either consider a different test procedure or a separate product class for commercial-style products. (BSH, No. 41 at p. 3)

    Miele also submitted a late comment in response to the June 2015 NOPR regarding commercial-style ovens. Miele commented that DOE should either consider establishing a separate product class and exempt commercial-style ovens from standards or delay the rulemaking until there is a finalized test procedure that adequately measures commercial-style products energy use and accounts for the enhanced cooking performance so that these products are not eliminated from the market. Miele commented that the DOE test procedure does not adequately reflect the energy use of commercial-style products because it does not account for the effects of door openings and the energy required for thermal recovery. Miele noted that the added mass of commercial-style ovens provides the advantage of requiring less energy and time to recover, which alters the quality of foods being cooked. (Miele, No. 42 at pp. 1-2)

    To further address whether commercial-style ovens provide a unique utility that would warrant establishing a separate product class, DOE conducted additional interviews with manufacturers of commercial-style cooking products and reviewed additional commercial-style test data. While these data demonstrated a difference in energy consumption between residential-style and commercial-style ovens when measured according to the test procedure adopted in the July 2015 TP Final Rule, this difference could not be correlated to any specific utility provided to consumers. Moreover, DOE is not aware of an industry test standard that evaluates cooking performance and that would quantify the utility provided by these products. DOE also notes that all conventional ovens, regardless of whether or not the product is marketed as commercial-style, must meet the same safety standards for the construction of the oven. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Z21.1 “Household Cooking Gas Appliances” (ANSI Z21.1), Section 1.21.1, requires that the oven structure, and specifically the baking racks, have sufficient strength to sustain a load of up to 25 pounds depending on the width of the rack. A similar standard (Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 858 “Household Electric Ranges” (UL 858)) exists for electric ovens.

    Furthermore, DOE has observed many of the design features identified by manufacturers as unique to commercial-style ovens and that may impact the energy consumption, such as extension racks, convection fans, cooling fans, and hidden bake elements, in residential-style products. DOE recognizes that the presence of these features, along with thicker oven cavity walls and higher burner input rates, may help consumers perceive a difference between commercial-style and residential-style ovens. However, DOE is not aware of a clearly-defined and consistent design difference and corresponding utility provided by commercial-style ovens as compared to residential-style ovens.

    For these reasons, DOE is not proposing to establish a separate product class for commercial-style ovens. As discussed in sections III.B and III.C of this SNOPR, DOE is proposing to repeal the oven test procedure in the August 2016 TP SNOPR, noting that further investigation would be required to develop test methods that appropriately account for the effects of certain commercial-style oven design features (e.g., heavier-gauge cavity construction, high input rate burners, extension racks, etc.). However, as discussed in sections III.B and V.C.1 of this SNOPR, the prescriptive control system design requirements proposed in this SNOPR would apply to all conventional oven product types and would maintain the features available in conventional ovens marketed as commercial-style that may be used to differentiate these products in the marketplace.

    Installation Configuration

    As discussed in section III.C of this SNOPR, in the October 2012 TP Final Rule, DOE amended Appendix I to include methods for measuring fan-only mode.33 Based on DOE's testing of freestanding, built-in, and slide-in conventional gas and electric ovens, DOE observed that all of the built-in and slide-in ovens tested consumed energy in fan-only mode, whereas freestanding ovens did not. The energy consumption in fan-only mode for built-in and slide-in ovens ranged from approximately 1.3 to 37.6 watt-hours (Wh) per cycle, which corresponds to 0.25 to 7.6 kWh/yr. Based on DOE's reverse engineering analyses discussed in section IV.C of this SNOPR, DOE noted that built-in and slide-in products incorporated an additional exhaust fan and vent assembly that was not present in freestanding products. The additional energy required to exhaust air from the oven cavity is necessary for slide-in and built-in installation configurations to meet safety-related temperature requirements because the oven is enclosed in cabinetry. For these reasons, DOE proposed in the June 2015 NOPR to include separate product classes for freestanding and built-in/slide-in ovens. 80 FR 33030, 33045.

    33 Fan-only mode is an active mode that is not user-selectable in which a fan circulates air internally or externally to the cooking product for a finite period of time after the end of the heating function.

    AHAM, Whirlpool, and Electrolux supported DOE's proposal to establish separate product classes for freestanding and built-in/slide-in ovens. (AHAM, No. 29 at p. 8; Whirlpool, No. 33 at p. 6; Electrolux, No. 27 at p. 4) In the absence of adverse comments, and for the reasons discussed above, DOE is maintaining its proposal to establish separate product classes for freestanding and built-in/slide-in ovens.

    In summary, DOE proposes the product classes listed in Table IV.1 for this SNOPR.

    Table IV.1—Proposed Product Classes for Conventional Cooking Products Product class Product type Sub-category Installation type 1 Electric cooking top Open (coil) elements. 2 Smooth elements. 3 Gas cooking top Conventional burners. 4
  • 5
  • Electric oven
  • Standard with or
  • without a catalytic line
  • Freestanding.
  • Built-in/Slide-in.
  • 6
  • 7
  • Self-clean
  • Freestanding.
  • Built-in/Slide-in.
  • 8
  • 9
  • Gas oven
  • Standard with or
  • without a catalytic line
  • Freestanding.
  • Built-in/Slide-in.
  • 10 Self-clean Freestanding. 11 Built-in/Slide-in.
    3. Technology Options

    As part of the market and technology assessment, DOE uses information about existing and past technology options and prototype designs to help identify technologies that manufacturers could use to improve energy efficiency. Initially, these technologies encompass all those that DOE believes are technologically feasible. Chapter 3 of the NOPR TSD includes the detailed list and descriptions of all technology options identified for this equipment.

    a. Conventional Cooking Tops

    In the February 2014 RFI, DOE stated that based on a preliminary review of the cooking products market and information published in recent trade publications, technical reports, and manufacturer literature, the results of the technology screening analysis performed during the previous standards rulemaking remain largely relevant for this rulemaking. 79 FR 8337, 8341 (Feb. 12, 2014). DOE stated in the February 2014 RFI that it planned to consider the technology options presented in Table IV.2 for conventional cooking tops. 79 FR 8337, 8342-8343.

    Table IV.2—February 2014 RFI Technology Options for Conventional Cooking Tops Open (coil) element electric cooking tops: 1. Electronic controls. 2. Improved contact conductance. 3. Insulation. 4. Reflective Surfaces. Smooth element electric cooking tops: 5. Electronic controls. 6. Halogen elements. 7. Induction elements. 8. Low-standby-loss electronic controls. Gas Cooking Tops: 9. Catalytic burners. 10. Insulation. 11. Radiant gas burners. 12. Reduced excess air at burner. 13. Reflective surfaces. 14. Sealed burners. 15. Thermostatically controlled burners.

    In response to the February 2014 RFI, DOE received a number of comments regarding the technology options for conventional cooking tops.

    Whirlpool commented that there would not be efficiency gains from insulation for electric coil and gas cooking tops. Whirlpool further questioned where extra insulation would be placed on an electric coil or gas cooking top and whether consumers would accept that in the product's design. (Whirlpool, No. 13 at pp. 3, 4) Based on discussions with multiple manufacturers, DOE agrees that it is unclear where insulation could be placed in electric coil and gas cooking tops to improve efficiency, nor were manufacturers able to provide data demonstrating any measurable efficiency improvement association with added insulation. As a result, DOE did not further analyze this technology option for these proposed product classes.

    Whirlpool commented that small energy savings are associated with thermostatically controlled burners for gas cooking tops, and that manufacturers would need to assess the possible quality impact from subjecting the electronics to high temperatures. (Whirlpool, No. 13 at p. 4) Whirlpool also commented that most electric coil element and smooth element cooking tops on the market today have electronic controls. (Whirlpool, No. 13 at p. 4) Based on DOE's review of products on the market, DOE agrees that the majority of electric smooth cooking tops on the market today have electronic controls. However, all of the electric coil cooking tops reviewed by DOE were equipped with electromechanical controls. Nonetheless, DOE determined that thermostatically controlled burners and electronic controls, which allow the burners or heating elements to automatically adjust in response to cooking-state set points (e.g., cooking vessel temperature), would not improve efficiency based on the current DOE test procedure because the efficiency benefits of these design options can only be realized under variable burner or heating element conditions. As a result, DOE is not proposing to include these technologies in its analyses.

    AHAM and Whirlpool commented that halogen elements should not be considered as a technology option for electric smooth cooking tops because they may not heat enough to properly cook food. AHAM and Whirlpool stated that they do not believe that these elements typically are capable of achieving temperatures greater than about 350 °F. (AHAM, No. 9 at p. 5; Whirlpool, No. 13 at p. 4) DOE notes that this technology option would incorporate radiant heating coils around the halogen element to provide supplemental heat around the element's edge, producing a highly responsive element with an even temperature distribution. Based on data presented in the 2009 TSD, halogen elements may increase efficiency by approximately 1.5 percent. As a result, DOE is retaining halogen elements as a technology option for electric smooth cooking tops.

    Whirlpool commented that there may be negligible savings from improved contact conductance, as the coil element changes shape when heating, making it difficult to keep the element completely flat throughout the cooking cycle. According to Whirlpool, radiation also acts like conduction at very short distances (i.e., the distance between test load and surface of non-flat coil element). Additionally, Whirlpool commented that the possible energy savings from improved contact conductance would not be realized by consumers because many do not have the completely flat cookware. (Whirlpool, No. 13 at pp. 4, 6) DOE recognizes that only minimal energy savings may be possible due to improved contact conductance. However, DOE understands that the thermal contact resistance between two bodies results in a temperature drop and that improving the flatness of this interface, by improving the overall flatness of either surface, can improve the heat transfer between the two bodies. According to the 2009 TSD, DOE determined that improved contact conductance, by improving the flatness of the coil heating element, could result in a relative efficiency increase of approximately 3 percent.34 As a result, DOE retained the technology option for the purposes of this SNOPR. DOE welcomes additional comment on whether improved contact conductance should be considered as a technology option, in particular information and data substantiating the claims that radiation acts like conduction at very short distances and the degree to which the heating element or cookware may deform and impact the heat transfer between the two surfaces.

    34TSD: Energy Efficiency Program for Consumer Products and Commercial and Industrial Equipment: Residential Dishwashers, Dehumidifiers, and Cooking Products, and Commercial Clothes Washers. March 2009. Washington, DC. Chapter 3, p. 3-54.

    Whirlpool commented that small energy savings are possible with low-standby-loss electronic controls for electric smooth cooking tops, but they are not expected to be economically justified. (Whirlpool, No. 13 at p. 4) As part of DOE's testing and reverse engineering analyses, DOE observed that a large percentage of cooking top models incorporate SMPS, which result in lower standby power consumption compared to products with conventional linear power supplies. Based on discussions with manufacturers, DOE notes that multiple manufacturers are already transitioning to SMPS for their full product offerings. DOE also observed that one electric smooth cooking top in its test sample is equipped with an automatic power-down function in addition to the SMPS that powers down the controls to a lower-power state after a period of user inactivity to reduce standby power. As a result, DOE maintained low-standby-loss electronic controls as a technology option and assessed the associated costs in the engineering analysis.

    Whirlpool commented that about 99 percent of electric coil cooking tops already have chrome drip bowls, which act as a reflective surface. (Whirlpool, No. 13 at p. 4) Whirlpool commented that there are possible savings associated with reflective surfaces for gas cooking tops, which could be implemented by the use of stainless steel, but consumers would not accept cooking products being available only in stainless steel. (Whirlpool, No. 13 at p. 3) Based on DOE's review of products on the market, DOE is unaware of any electric coil cooking tops that do not have chrome drip bowls. As a result, DOE believes this technology is associated with the baseline design and did not consider reflective surfaces as a technology option for further improving product efficiency for electric coil cooking tops. DOE agrees with Whirlpool's assertion that there is a potential for energy savings associated with reflective surfaces for gas cooking tops. As a result, DOE retained this technology option for the SNOPR. DOE considers issues related to consumer utility, such as the lack of consumer acceptance of cooking top surfaces being available only in stainless steel noted by Whirlpool, as part of the screening analysis.

    Whirlpool commented that there could be savings from less waste heat and increased burner efficiency from radiant gas burners, but it would not be economically justifiable. (Whirlpool, No. 13 at p. 3) DOE notes that the 2009 TSD indicated that prototype designs using radiant gas burners showed improved efficiency for gas cooking tops. As a result, DOE retained this as a technology option for further consideration. Economic impacts are addressed in the engineering, LCC, and PBP analyses.

    DOE notes that sealed burners for conventional gas cooking tops were considered a technology option in the 2009 TSD. However, as discussed in section IV.C.2 of this SNOPR, DOE determined based on its testing that neither sealed nor open burner types clearly performed better or worse than the other. As a result, DOE is not considering sealed burners as a technology option for conventional gas cooking tops for this SNOPR.

    DOE is proposing to consider an additional technology option for conventional gas cooking tops based on product testing and reverse engineering analyses conducted for this SNOPR. DOE testing, described in in section IV.C.2 of this SNOPR and chapter 5 of the SNOPR TSD, revealed that gas cooking top efficiency was correlated to burner system design (e.g., grate weight, flame angle, distance from burner ports to the cooking surface). For example, heavier grates result in more input energy being absorbed by the grate instead of the pan. Because design of burner system components are interdependent and must also consider combustion efficiency to maintain approved levels of carbon monoxide emissions, DOE included optimized gas cooking top burner and grate designs for increasing efficiency consistent with products available on the market.

    Table IV.3 lists the proposed technology options for cooking tops that DOE is considering for this SNOPR.

    Table IV.3—Proposed Technology Options for Conventional Cooking Tops Open (coil) element electric cooking tops: 1. Improved contact conductance. Smooth element electric cooking tops: 2. Halogen elements. 3. Induction elements. 4. Low-standby-loss electronic controls. Gas Cooking Tops: 5. Radiant gas burners. 6. Reduced excess air at burner. 7. Reflective surfaces. 8. Optimized burner and grate design. b. Conventional Ovens

    In the June 2015 NOPR, DOE proposed to consider the technology options listed in Table IV.4. 80 FR 33030, 33046-33047.

    Table IV.4—June 2015 NOPR Technology Options for Conventional Ovens 1. Bi-radiant oven (electric only). 2. Electronic spark ignition (gas only). 3. Forced convection. 4. Halogen lamp oven (electric only). 5. Improved and added insulation (standard ovens only). 6. Improved door seals. 7. No oven-door window. 8. Oven separator (electric only). 9. Reduced conduction losses. 10. Reduced vent rate (electric standard ovens only). 11. Reflective surfaces. 12. Low-standby-loss electronic controls. 13. Optimized burner and cavity design.

    In the June 2015 NOPR, DOE stated that it was considering an additional technology option for optimizing the burner and cavity design for gas ovens based on product testing and reverse engineering analyses. DOE's testing indicated that reducing the thermal mass of the oven cavity can increase cooking efficiency. Because oven cavity and burner design are interdependent, DOE proposed to consider optimized burner and cavity design as a technology option for increasing efficiency for gas ovens consistent with products available on the market rather than the reduced thermal mass technology option considered for the previous rulemaking. 80 FR 33030, 33047.

    AHAM commented that the market already incentivizes manufacturers to reduce the gauge of the metals they use to the extent practical, and that products that just meet the proposed standard level are already doing this t. AHAM stated that there is only so far a manufacturer can reduce gauge and retain consumer utility, product functionality and performance, and safety. (AHAM, No. 29 at p. 8) Electrolux similarly disagreed with the DOE position that optimizing the oven cavity, by reducing the gauge of steel (and thus thermal mass) used in manufacturing the oven cavity, is a viable means for reducing energy consumption. Electrolux stated that it has already reduced the thermal mass of the oven cavity in its products and there is no more efficiency that can be safely gained by reducing the gauge of steel any further. (Electrolux, No. 27 at p. 4)

    As part of DOE's reverse-engineering analyses, described in section IV.C of this SNOPR and chapter 5 of the SNOPR TSD, DOE observed that the commercial-style ovens in its test sample had wall thicknesses approximately 1.5 times greater than those of residential-style ovens. Additionally, DOE observed that these products had heavier rack weights. DOE's testing showed that by optimizing the burner/cavity design, IAEC could be reduced by approximately 22 percent, depending on the oven cavity volume. DOE also notes that, as discussed in section IV.A.2.b of this SNOPR, ANSI Z21.1 and UL 858 include requirements for the oven structure and racks to be able to support loads with a certain weight range, depending on the width of the rack. For these reasons, DOE maintained the optimized burner/cavity design as a technology option.

    DOE's analysis revealed that conventional ovens at the baseline efficiency level use a conventional linear power supply control design. A linear power supply typically produces unregulated as well as regulated power. The main characteristic of an unregulated power supply is that its output may contain significant voltage ripple and that the output voltage will usually vary with the current drawn. The voltages produced by regulated power supplies are typically more stable, exhibiting less ripple than the output from an unregulated power supply and maintaining a relatively constant voltage within the specified current limits of the device(s) regulating the power. The unregulated portion of a linear power supply typically consists of a transformer that steps alternating current (AC) line voltage down, a voltage rectifier circuit for AC to direct current (DC) conversion, and a capacitor to produce unregulated, direct current output. However, there are many means of producing and implementing an unregulated power supply such as transformerless capacitive and/or resistive rectification circuits.

    Within a linear power supply, the unregulated output serves as an input into a single or multiple voltage-regulating devices. Such regulating devices include Zener diodes, linear voltage regulators, or similar components which produce a lower-potential, regulated power output from a higher-potential direct current input. This approach results in a rugged power supply which is reliable, but typically has an efficiency of about 40 percent. As discussed in section IV.C.3.b of this SNOPR, DOE's analysis showed that switching from a conventional linear power supply to an SMPS reduces the standby mode energy consumption for conventional ovens. An SMPS offer higher conversion efficiencies of up to 75 percent in appliance applications for power supply sizes similar to those of conventional ovens. An SMPS also reduces the no-load standby losses.

    AHRI commented that DOE's discussion of the electronic spark ignition design option and the proposed standard levels in the June 2015 NOPR strongly suggest a practical effect of eliminating glo-bar ignition systems. AHRI commented that the typical glo-bar ignition systems currently used in gas ovens remain energized during the entire time that the main burner is on. AHRI noted that this is directly related to a key safety feature of these ignition systems—that the electric current sufficient to open the gas valve cannot pass through the igniter until the igniter has attained a temperature that will ignite the gas at the burner. According to AHRI, DOE's analysis is technically inaccurate and the major reduction in the electrical consumption of the ignition systems is not due to replacing the glo-bar with a spark igniter, but instead to changing the ignition system to an “interrupted” type of system. AHRI noted that the North American safety standard for automatic gas ignition systems specifies that an intermittent/interrupted ignition system is energized prior to the admission of fuel to the main burner and is de-energized when the main burner flame is established. AHRI stated that this is the proper technical description of the technology option that was analyzed. (AHRI, No. 34 at p. 1)

    AHRI also commented that it understands that the proposed maximum energy use standards for gas ovens in the June 2015 NOPR do not require the use of an electronic spark ignition system, but that if this understanding is not correct, then DOE would be proposing a prescriptive design requirement within a rule that is intended to be a performance standard. (AHRI, No. 34 at p. 2)

    DOE acknowledges that by describing the gas ignition system technology option analyzed in the June 2015 NOPR as electronic spark ignition, DOE could potentially preclude certain ignition types from consideration that may result in reduced energy consumption. As a result, DOE conducted a review of ignition systems available on the market as well as various industry definitions for automatic gas ignition available in household gas appliances. DOE based its analysis on existing industry terminology such as definitions available in ANSI Z21.1 and ANSI Z21.20, “Automatic Electrical Controls for Household and Similar Use Part 2: Particular Requirements for Automatic Burner Ignition Systems and Components.”

    When a conventional gas oven cooking cycle is initiated, an ignition system is energized before gas is allowed to flow to the main burner to be lit. Ignition types observed on the market for conventional gas ovens fall under four categories: (1) Continuous (e.g., constant-burning or “standing” pilot) (2) intermittent ignition (3) intermittent/interrupted ignition and (4) intermittent pilot ignition. These ignition types are described in the following paragraphs.

    Continuous ignition systems are a type of ignition that, once placed in operation, are intended to remain ignited or energized continuously until manually interrupted. Thus, they would remain energized throughout, and outside of, a cooking cycle. Constant burning pilot igniters are considered continuous ignition systems. As noted in section II.B.1 of this SNOPR, in the April 2009 Final Rule, DOE prescribed the current energy conservation standards for conventional cooking products to prohibit constant burning pilots for all gas cooking products.

    For intermittent ignition systems, the ignition source is ignited or energized when the appliance controls call for heat. The ignition source remains continuously ignited or energized during each period of main burner operation and is extinguished or de-energized when each main burner operating cycle is completed. DOE's analysis determined that baseline conventional gas ovens are equipped with an intermittent ignition system that uses a glo-bar igniter (also referred to as a hot surface igniter). For these ignition systems, when the thermostat is set to a specific temperature and the oven controls call for heat, line voltage is applied to the igniter. As the glo-bar heats and increases in temperature, the current draw decreases. A safety valve is installed in series with the igniter such that the valve allows gas flow to the main burner only when the current draw of the glo-bar falls below a certain point, which corresponds to a temperature capable of igniting the gas at the burner. Because the safety valve remains open only when the glo-bar igniter is drawing the correct current, the igniter must continually draw power to keep the burner ignited. Based on DOE's testing, glo-bar ignition systems consume between 300 W and 450 W when energized.

    For intermittent/interrupted ignition systems, the ignition source is ignited or energized each time the appliance controls call for heat. However, the ignition source is extinguished or de-energized after the main burner flame is ignited. DOE notes that some conventional ovens on the market use a direct electronic spark ignition, which is a type of intermittent/interrupted ignition system. When the direct electronic spark igniter receives a signal from the controls (either by a rotary-actuated control dial or from an electronic control system), the spark electrode sparks to ignite the main burner directly. The spark igniter is de-energized once ignition of the main burner is complete. DOE is also aware of a ceramic glo-bar igniter designed to be used in an intermittent/interrupted ignition system, which is energized when there is a call for heat and de-energized once the main burner flame has been ignited.

    For intermittent pilot ignition systems, upon a call for the burner to ignite, a spark module lights a pilot flame, which in turn ignites the main burner. In the systems reviewed by DOE, DOE observed that when the main burner shuts off, the pilot also shuts off. DOE welcomes comment that would confirm the operation sequence of intermittent pilot ignition systems used in conventional gas oven applications. DOE notes that battery-power ignition systems would be considered an intermittent pilot ignition system and already exist in conventional gas ovens available on the market. DOE further notes that a similar electronic spark ignition system that uses line power and that ignites a pilot flame would also be considered an intermittent pilot ignition system.

    As discussed in section IV.C.3.b of this SNOPR, DOE's testing conducted for the June 2015 NOPR showed that intermittent pilot ignition systems (i.e.. electronic spark ignition systems) reduce energy consumption as compared to intermittent glo-bar ignition systems. However, based on DOE's review of different ignition systems, DOE has additionally determined that energy savings can be achieved from switching from the baseline intermittent glo-bar ignition system to either an intermittent/interrupted ignition or intermittent pilot ignition. As a result, DOE is expanding the gas ignition system technology option to account for both of these options.

    As discussed in section I and section III.B of this SNOPR, DOE is proposing to adopt a prescriptive standard for the control system of conventional gas ovens to require the use an intermittent/interrupted ignition or intermittent pilot ignition. As a result, DOE is proposing to define intermittent/interrupted ignition and intermittent pilot ignition in 10 CFR 430.2. DOE would define intermittent/interrupted ignition to be an ignition source which is ignited or energized upon initiation of each main burner operational cycle and which is extinguished or no longer energized after the main burner is ignited. DOE would define intermittent pilot ignition to be an ignition source which, upon initiation of each main burner operational cycle, ignites a pilot that remains lit continuously during the main burner operational cycle and is extinguished when the main burner operational cycle is completed. DOE seeks comment on the use of these terms as descriptors for the ignition systems capable of reducing the energy consumption of conventional gas ovens.

    In the June 2015 NOPR, DOE proposed to consider reducing the vent rate as a technology option for standard-clean electric ovens. 80 FR 33030, 33047. Electrolux stated that the technology option of providing for a reduced vent rate is not practical and cannot be used to increase the energy efficiency of conventional ovens because venting of the oven cavity during the cooking operation is necessary for the optimum cooking performance of the oven. (Electrolux, No. 27 at p. 5)

    DOE recognizes that some electric standard ovens may already have a reduced vent rate. However, this may not be the case for all electric standard ovens on the market. For example, DOE's test sample included standard and self-clean versions of the same basic model of electric oven, and during the reverse engineering analysis described in section IV.C.2 of this SNOPR, DOE observed that both units had the same design, construction, and fan-only mode energy consumption, indicating that their vent rate was identical. This indicates that a reduced vent rate could be considered for the standard version of this model. Additionally, in the previous rulemaking, manufacturers themselves confirmed that vent rate could be reduced for electric standard ovens. Thus, DOE continues to include this design option as part of its analysis but requests comment on whether a reduced vent rate could be used to increase the energy efficiency of conventional electric standard ovens.

    In the June 2015 NOPR, DOE proposed to consider improved insulation as a technology option for standard-clean ovens. 80 FR 33030, 33047. AHAM and Electrolux commented that DOE has not clearly defined high density insulation. AHAM added that, as a result, they cannot comment on the whether this technology is already in use in standard-clean ovens. (AHAM, No. 29 at p. 8; Electrolux, No. 27 at pp. 4-5) As noted in chapter 5 of the NOPR TSD, DOE considers the improved insulation technology option to consist of switching from the low-density (~1.09 pounds (lb)/ft3) fiberglass insulation typically used in standard-clean ovens, to a higher density (~1.90 lb/ft3) insulation, as commonly incorporated in self-clean ovens to meet UL surface temperature requirements during the high-temperature pyrolysis self-clean cycle.

    B. Screening Analysis

    DOE uses the following four screening criteria to determine which technology options are suitable for further consideration in an energy conservation standards rulemaking:

    1. Technological feasibility. Technologies that are not incorporated in commercial products or in working prototypes will not be considered further.

    2. Practicability to manufacture, install, and service. If it is determined that mass production and reliable installation and servicing of a technology in commercial products could not be achieved on the scale necessary to serve the relevant market at the time of the compliance date of the standard, then that technology will not be considered further.

    3. Impacts on product utility or product availability. If it is determined that a technology would have significant adverse impact on the utility of the product to significant subgroups of consumers or would result in the unavailability of any covered product type with performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as products generally available in the United States at the time, it will not be considered further.

    4. Adverse impacts on health or safety. If it is determined that a technology would have significant adverse impacts on health or safety, it will not be considered further.

    10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A, 4(a)(4) and 5(b).

    In sum, if DOE determines that a technology, or a combination of technologies, fails to meet one or more of the above four criteria, it will be excluded from further consideration in the engineering analysis. The reasons for eliminating any technology are discussed below.

    The subsequent sections include comments from interested parties pertinent to the screening criteria, DOE's evaluation of each technology option against the screening analysis criteria, and whether DOE determined that a technology option should be excluded (“screened out”) based on the screening criteria.

    1. Screened-Out Technologies a. Conventional Cooking Tops

    For conventional cooking tops, DOE screened out radiant gas burners, catalytic burners, reduced excess air at burner, and reflective surfaces for the reasons that follow.

    In the previous rulemaking, manufacturers concluded that infrared jet-impingement radiant gas burners would not be able to comply with the ANSI Standard Z21.1-2005, “Household Cooking Gas Appliances.” Field testing had shown that users were unable to turn down the burner satisfactorily, which indicated a potential health and safety risk. 72 FR 64432, 64455 (Nov. 15, 2007). No more recent designs of radiant gas burners for residential cooking tops have resolved this issue, and therefore, due to potential impacts on consumer health and safety, DOE screened out radiant gas burners from further analysis.

    In response to the February 2014 RFI, Whirlpool commented that catalytic burners are not applicable to today's market for gas cooking tops. Whirlpool stated that these seem to be more applicable to industrial furnaces than residential gas cooking top burners. (Whirlpool, No. 13 at p. 3) In the absence of any commercialized catalytic burners for residential gas cooking tops, DOE asserts that it would not be practicable to manufacture, install and service this technology on the scale necessary to serve the relevant market at the time of the effective date of an amended standard. Also, because this technology is in the research stage, it is not possible to assess whether it will have any adverse impacts on utility to consumers or product availability, or any adverse impacts on consumers' health or safety. As a result, DOE screened out catalytic burners from further analysis.

    Whirlpool commented that reduced excess air at burner does not seem to be applicable to residential gas cooking tops, as excess air is needed for clean, safe, and complete combustion. (Whirlpool, No. 13 at p. 3) Reduced excess air at the burner has not been definitively shown to increase efficiency. In addition, DOE cannot assess adverse impacts on consumers' utility, health, or safety or equipment availability for this technology. Reducing excess air at the burner increases the possibility of adverse conditions such as poor flame quality and elevated carbon monoxide levels, which would suggest adverse impacts on consumers' utility, health, and safety. For these reasons, DOE screened out reduced excess air at the burner from further analysis.

    Reflective surfaces for gas cooking tops utilize highly polished or chromed drip pans underneath the burner. The primary mechanism for heat transfer to the cooking vessel for gas cooking tops is convection. As a result, the efficiency gains resulting from using reflective pans are extremely small because gas flames and burners have minimal infrared emissions. Based on data provided by manufacturers through AHAM, DOE estimated in the 2009 TSD that an efficiency increase of only 0.1 percent was possible. Also, as reported in the 1996 TSD,35 manufacturers stated that any increase in efficiency due to a reflective surface could easily be negated if the consumer fails to regularly clean the surface or uses an abrasive pad to clean the surface. As a result, DOE screened out this technology option from further analysis.

    35 Available online at http://www.regulations.gov/#!documentDetail;D=EERE-2006-STD-0070-0053.

    b. Conventional Ovens

    For conventional ovens, in the June 2015 NOPR, DOE screened out added insulation, bi-radiant oven, halogen lamp oven, no oven door window, and reflective surfaces. 80 FR 33030, 33047-33048.

    DOE did not receive any comments opposing the technology options screened out in the June 2015 NOPR. For the same reasons discussed in the June 2015 NOPR, DOE is continuing to screen out added insulation, bi-radiant oven, halogen lamp oven, no oven door window, and reflective surfaces from further analysis.

    Additionally, as discussed in section IV.A.3.b of this SNOPR, the optimized burner and cavity design technology option would require changes to commercial-style ovens that include reducing the thermal mass of the oven cavity. DOE recognizes that an energy conservation standard that requires this technology option may result in the unavailability of a certain product type, i.e., commercial-style ovens that include features (e.g., thicker oven cavity walls, high input rate burners, extension racks, etc.) that are used to differentiate these products from residential-style products. As a result, DOE has screened out optimized burner and cavity design from further analysis.

    2. Remaining Technologies

    Based on the screening analysis, DOE considered the design options listed in Table IV.5 for conventional cooking tops and Table IV.6 for conventional ovens.

    Table IV.5—Remaining Conventional Cooking Top Technology Options Open (coil) element electric cooking tops: 1. Improved contact conductance. Smooth element electric cooking tops: 2. Halogen elements. 3. Induction elements. 4. Low-standby-loss electronic controls. Gas Cooking Tops: 5. Optimized burner and grate design. Table IV.6—Remaining Conventional Oven Technology Options 1. Intermittent/interrupted ignition or intermittent pilot ignition system. 2. Forced convection. 3. Improved insulation. 4. Improved door seals (standard ovens only). 5. Oven separator (electric only). 6. Reduced conduction losses. 7. Reduced vent rate (electric standard ovens only). 8. Low-standby-loss electronic controls. C. Engineering Analysis

    The engineering analysis estimates the cost-efficiency relationship of products at different levels of increased energy efficiency. This relationship serves as the basis for the cost-benefit calculations for consumers, manufacturers, and the Nation. In determining the cost-efficiency relationship, DOE estimates the increase in manufacturer cost associated with increasing the efficiency of products from the baseline up to the maximum technologically feasible (“max-tech”) efficiency level for each product class.

    1. Methodology

    DOE typically structures the engineering analysis using one of three approaches: (1) The design-option approach, which provides the incremental costs of adding design options to a baseline model that will improve its efficiency (i.e., lower its energy use); (2) the efficiency-level approach, which provides the incremental costs of moving to higher energy efficiency levels, without regard to the particular design option(s) used to achieve such increases; and (3) the reverse-engineering (or cost-assessment) approach, which provides “bottom-up” manufacturing cost assessments for achieving various levels of increased efficiency, based on teardown analyses (or physical teardowns) that provide detailed data on costs for parts and material, labor, overhead, and equipment, tooling, conveyor, and space investments for models that operate at particular efficiency levels.

    To determine the cost-efficiency relationship, DOE structured its engineering analysis for this SNOPR using a design-option approach, supplemented by reverse engineering (physical teardowns and testing of existing products in the market) to identify the incremental cost and efficiency improvement associated with each design option or design option combination. In addition, DOE considered cost-efficiency data from the 2009 TSD. DOE also conducted interviews with manufacturers of conventional cooking products to develop a deeper understanding of the various combinations of design options used to increase product efficiency, and their associated manufacturing costs.

    2. Product Testing and Reverse Engineering

    To develop the cost-efficiency relationships for the engineering analysis, DOE conducted testing and reverse engineering teardowns on products available on the market. Because there are no performance-based energy conservation standards or energy reporting requirements for conventional cooking products, DOE selected test units based on performance-related features and technologies advertised in product literature.

    a. Conventional Cooking Tops

    For conventional cooking tops, DOE's test sample included four gas cooking tops, eight gas ranges, six electric cooking tops, and two electric ranges for a total of 20 conventional cooking tops covering all of the product classes considered in this SNOPR. The test units are described in detail in chapter 5 of the SNOPR TSD.

    DOE first conducted testing on each cooking top in its test sample. DOE then conducted physical teardowns on each test unit to develop a manufacturing cost model and to evaluate key design features. DOE supplemented its reverse engineering analyses by conducting manufacturer interviews to obtain feedback on efficiency levels, design options, inputs for the manufacturing cost model, and resulting manufacturing costs. DOE used the results from testing, reverse engineering, and manufacturer interviews to develop the efficiency levels and manufacturing costs discussed in section IV.C.3 and section IV.C.4 of this SNOPR.

    Table IV.7 and Table IV.8 present the testing results for the conventional gas and electric cooking tops, respectively. Residential conventional ranges include both a cooking top and oven but each component is tested individually and falls into a separate product class. Thus, DOE separated the range components for its analysis and each of the units in the following tables represent a cooking top that may be either a standalone unit or a component of a range.

    Table IV.7—DOE Conventional Gas Cooking Top Test Results 36 Test unit No. Cooking top product class Burner type Burner input rating
  • (Btu)
  • Grate material Grate weight per burner
  • (pounds (lbs)) *
  • IAEC
  • (kBtu/yr)
  • 1 Conventional Gas Open 4 × 9,000 Steel 0.5 655.2 2 Conventional Gas Open 4 × 9,100 Steel 1.1 760.5 3 Conventional Gas Open 4 × 9,100 Steel 1.1 834.3 4 Conventional Gas Sealed 5,000; 9,500; 10,000; 15,000; 17,000 Cast Iron 2.2 960.4 5 Conventional Gas Sealed 2 × 7,000; 2 × 8,000 Cast Iron 2.1 730.4 6 Conventional Gas Sealed 4 × 18,000 Cast Iron 6.1 1067.0 7 Conventional Gas Sealed 5,000; 2 × 9,100; 11,000; 20,000 Cast Iron 4.2 1033.5 8 Conventional Gas Sealed 4 × 18,000 Cast Iron 4.8 928.6 9 Conventional Gas Sealed 2 × 9,500; 2 × 15,000; 2 × 18,500 Cast Iron 5.4 924.4 10 Conventional Gas Open 4 × 23,000 Cast Iron 8.6 909.1 11 Conventional Gas Open 12,000; 2 × 18,000; 3 × 25,000 Cast Iron 6.3 1104.8 12 Conventional Gas Closed 2 × 15,000; 9,500 5,000 Cast Iron 3.7 837.9 * For cooking tops with continuous grates covering multiple surface unit burners, the total grate weight was divided by the number of burners.
    Table IV.8—DOE Conventional Electric Cooking Top Test Results 37 Test unit
  • No.
  • Cooking top product class Surface unit input rating *
  • (W)
  • IAEC
  • (kWh/yr)
  • 1 Smooth Element—Induction 1,900; 2,600; 3,200; 3,400 119.9 2 Smooth Element—Induction Max 3,600 105.7 3 Smooth Element—Induction 1,800; 2 × 2,500; 3,700 121.0 4 Smooth Element—Electric Resistance 3 × 1,200; 2,000; 2,400; 3,000 139.1 5 Smooth Element—Electric Resistance 3 × 1,200; 1,500; 2,400; 2 × 3,000 125.9 6 Open (Coil) Element 3 × 1,300; 1 × 2,100 111.4 7 Open (Coil) Element 2 × 1,300; 2 × 2,400 115.0 8 Open (Coil) Element 3 × 1,250; 2,100 124.1 * Includes wattages for surface units with multiple concentric heating elements for a single surface unit.
    b. Conventional Ovens

    As noted in the June 2015 NOPR, DOE's test sample for conventional ovens included 1 gas wall oven, 7 gas ranges, 5 electric wall ovens, and 2 electric ranges for a total of 15 conventional ovens covering all of the considered product classes. DOE conducted testing according to the test procedure adopted in the July 2015 TP Final Rule. 80 FR 33030, 33048-33049. As discussed in section III.B of this SNOPR, although DOE has since proposed to repeal the conventional oven test procedure in Appendix I, DOE based its analyses for this SNOPR on the data measured using that test procedure. Table IV.9 and Table IV.10 present the testing results for the conventional gas and electric ovens, respectively. As with cooking tops, DOE used the results from testing, reverse engineering, and manufacturer interviews to develop the efficiency levels and manufacturing costs for conventional ovens discussed in section IV.C.3 and section IV.C.4 of this SNOPR.

    36 As discussed in section IV.A.2 of this SNOPR, DOE originally conducted testing using the withdrawn hybrid test block method proposed in the December 2014 TP SNOPR. DOE tested four of the twelve units in its test sample using both the hybrid test block method and the water heating test method proposed in the August 2016 TP SNOPR. DOE then used the relative difference in results between the two test methods to scale the normalized total cooking top energy consumption for the remaining units in its test sample.

    37 DOE originally conducted testing using the withdrawn hybrid test block method proposed in the December 2014 TP SNOPR. DOE tested five of the eight electric units in its test sample using both the hybrid test block method and the water heating test method proposed in the August 2016 TP SNOPR. DOE then used the relative difference in results between the two test methods to scale the normalized test energy consumption by surface unit for the remaining units in its test sample. Additional details of this analysis for electric cooking tops are provided in chapter 5 of the SNOPR TSD.

    Table IV.9—DOE Conventional Gas Oven Test Results Test unit No. Oven product class Burner input rate
  • (Btu/h)
  • Cavity volume
  • (ft3)
  • Ignition type Convection
  • (Y/N)
  • IAEC *
  • (kBtu/yr)
  • 1 Gas Standard—Freestanding 18,000 4.8 Spark N 1341.4 2 Gas Standard—Freestanding 18,000 4.8 Glo-bar N 1489.1 3 Gas Self-Clean—Freestanding 18,000 5.0 Glo-bar Y 1403.4 4 Gas Standard—Freestanding 16,500 4.4 Glo-bar N 1501.3 5 Gas Self-Clean—Built-in/Slide-in 13,000 2.8 Glo-bar N 1159.9 6 Gas Standard—Freestanding 28,000 5.3 Glo-bar Y 2061.3 7 Gas Standard—Built-in/Slide-in 27,000 4.4 Glo-bar Y 1922.9 8 Gas Standard—Freestanding 30,000 5.4 Glo-bar Y 2296.9 * The IAEC values presented here differ slightly from those in the June 2015 NOPR due to a minor technical correction in the method used to calculate the electrical energy contribution to IAEC for gas ovens in the test procedure adopted in the July 2015 TP Final Rule. Further information on this correction is available in section IV.C.3.c and chapter 5 of the SNOPR TSD.
    Table IV.10—DOE Conventional Electric Oven Test Results Test unit No. Oven product class Heating
  • element
  • wattage
  • (W)
  • Cavity volume
  • (ft3)
  • Convection
  • (Y/N)
  • IAEC
  • (kWh/yr)
  • 1 Electric Self-Clean—Freestanding 3,000 5.9* Y 266.2 2 Electric Standard—Freestanding 2,000 2.4 N 213.6 3 Electric Self-Clean—Built-in/Slide-in 3,400 2.7 N 158.7 4 Electric Standard—Built-in/Slide-in 2,600 4.3 N 287.7 5 Electric Self-Clean—Built-in/Slide-in 2,600 4.3 N 308.8 6 Electric Self-Clean—Built-in/Slide-in 2,600 4.3 Y 341.8 7 Electric Self-Clean—Built-in/Slide-in 2,800 4.3 N 370.0 * Test Unit 1 was equipped with an oven separator that allowed for splitting the single cavity into two separate smaller cavities with volumes of 2.7 ft3 and 3.0 ft3.
    3. Efficiency Levels a. Baseline Efficiency Levels

    A baseline unit is a product that just meets current Federal energy conservation standards. DOE uses the baseline unit for comparison in several phases of the SNOPR analyses, including the engineering analysis, LCC analysis, PBP analysis, and NIA. To determine energy savings that will result from an amended energy conservation standard, DOE compares energy use at each of the higher energy efficiency levels to the energy consumption of the baseline unit. Similarly, to determine the changes in price to the consumer that will result from an amended energy conservation standard, DOE compares the price of a unit at each higher efficiency level to the price of a unit at the baseline.

    Conventional Cooking Tops

    As part of the February 2014 RFI, DOE initially developed baseline efficiency levels by considering the current standards for conventional gas cooking tops and the baseline efficiency levels for conventional electric cooking tops from the previous standards rulemaking analysis. DOE developed tentative baseline efficiency levels for the February 2014 RFI using the former test block-based test procedure and the proposed test procedure amendments in the January 2013 TP NOPR that included modifications to the test block to allow for the test of induction cooking tops. The baseline efficiency levels proposed in the February 2014 RFI are presented in Table IV.11. 79 FR 8337, 8343 (Feb. 12, 2014). DOE developed baseline efficiency levels for standby mode and off mode based on test data presented in the microwave oven test procedure SNOPR.38

    38 In the May 2012 microwave oven test procedure SNOPR, DOE considered test procedure amendments for measuring the standby mode and off mode energy consumption of combined cooking products and, as a result, presented standby power data for microwave ovens, conventional cooking tops, and conventional ovens. 77 FR 28805, 28811 (May 16, 2012).

    Table IV.11—February 2014 RFI Conventional Cooking Top Baseline Efficiency Levels Product class 2009 standards rulemaking Cooking
  • efficiency
  • Energy factor
  • (EF)
  • Proposed test procedure cooking
  • efficiency
  • Proposed IAEC
    Electric Cooking Tops—Open (Coil) Elements 0.737 0.737 0.674 256.7 kWh/yr. Electric Cooking Tops—Smooth Elements 0.742 0.742 0.679 280.6 kWh/yr. Gas Cooking Tops 0.399 0.399 0.365 1445.0 kBtu/yr.

    As discussed in III.C, DOE recently published the August 2016 TP SNOPR proposing to amend the cooking tops test procedure in Appendix I to be based on the water heating test method. DOE developed baseline efficiency levels for this SNOPR considering both data from the previous standards rulemaking and the energy use for the test units based on the water heating test procedure proposed in the August 2016 TP SNOPR. DOE conducted testing for units in its test sample to measure IAEC, which includes energy use in active mode and standby mode. DOE also requested energy use data as part of the manufacturer interviews. However, because manufacturers are not currently required to conduct testing according to the DOE test procedure, very little energy use information was available.

    The baseline efficiency levels for this SNOPR differ from those presented in the 2014 RFI for each product class. This is primarily due to the difference between the withdrawn hybrid test block method and the adopted water-heating test methods, and the differences in the calculation of annual energy consumption. As outlined in section III.C of this SNOPR, in the August 2016 TP SNOPR, DOE proposed to adjust its calculation of annual energy consumption for cooking tops to account for changes in consumer cooking frequency and differences between actual field usage of the cooking top and the DOE test method. 81 FR 57374, 57387-57388. As a result, the IAEC for each cooking top included in DOE's test sample, as calculated using the methods adopted in the August 2016 TP SNOPR, is lower than the baseline IAEC values established in the 2009 cooking products energy conservation standards rulemaking as well as those presented in the 2014 RFI for each product class. However, after scaling the baseline values from the 2014 RFI to reflect the updated IAEC calculation method, the highest measured IAEC in DOE's test sample for this SNOPR was higher than the baseline IAEC observed during the 2009 rulemaking for each cooking top product class, suggesting that the baseline energy consumption of cooking tops has increased since 2009. Thus, to establish the new baseline IAEC for cooking tops, DOE set the baseline IAEC equal to the maximum IAEC measured in the test sample for each product class.

    Because baseline electric coil cooking tops and gas cooking tops have only electromechanical controls, the baseline IAEC for these product classes is calculated based on zero standby mode and off mode energy consumption. In contrast, baseline electric cooking tops with smooth elements have electronic controls which consume energy in standby and off mode. To determine the baseline IAEC for smooth element electric cooking tops, DOE set baseline standby energy consumption equal to that of the cooking top with the highest standby energy consumption in its test sample to maintain the full functionality of controls for consumer utility.

    The proposed baseline efficiency levels for conventional cooking tops for this SNOPR are presented in Table IV.12. Additional details on the development of the proposed baseline efficiency levels for conventional cooking tops are included in chapter 5 of the SNOPR TSD. The baseline efficiency levels were based on testing of DOE's sample of products, as presented in section IV.C.2. DOE recognizes that manufacturers implement different heating element or burner designs and welcomes additional data regarding the proposed baseline efficiency levels.

    Table IV.12—Conventional Cooking Top Baseline Efficiency Levels Product class Proposed IAEC Electric Cooking Tops—Open (Coil) Elements 118.1 kWh/yr. Electric Cooking Tops—Smooth Elements 144.7 kWh/yr. Gas Cooking Tops 1104.8 kBtu/yr. Conventional Ovens

    For the June 2015 NOPR, DOE developed baseline efficiency levels for conventional ovens considering both data from the previous standards rulemaking and the measured energy use for the test units. DOE conducted testing for all units in its test sample to measure IAEC, which includes energy use in active mode (including fan-only mode) and standby mode. DOE also requested energy use data as part of the manufacturer interviews. However, because manufacturers are not currently required to conduct testing according to the DOE test procedure, DOE noted that very little energy use information was available. 80 FR 33030, 33050.

    To establish the baseline efficiency levels for conventional ovens, first DOE derived a relationship between IAEC and cavity volume as discussed in section IV.C.3.c of this SNOPR. Using the slope from the previous rulemaking, DOE selected new intercepts corresponding to the ovens in its test sample with the lowest efficiency, so that no ovens in the test sample were cut off by the baseline curve. DOE then set baseline standby energy consumption for conventional ovens equal to that of the oven (including the oven component of a range) with the highest standby energy consumption in DOE's test sample to maintain the full functionality of controls for consumer utility. While only DOE test data was available to validate the baseline equation for gas ovens, DOE compared the new baseline equation for electric ovens with data available in the Natural Resources Canada (NRCan) databases, which showed that DOE's assumptions for slopes and intercepts reasonably represented the market. Id.

    DOE developed separate baseline efficiency levels for each proposed product class based on testing conducted for the June 2015 NOPR. The proposed baseline efficiency levels for the NOPR are presented in Table IV.13 and are based on an oven with a cavity volume of 4.3 ft3. Id.

    Table IV.13—June 2015 NOPR Conventional Oven Baseline Efficiency Levels Product class Sub type Proposed IAEC * Electric Oven—Standard Oven with or without a Catalytic Line Freestanding
  • Built-in/Slide-in
  • 294.5 kWh.
  • 301.5 kWh.
  • Electric Oven—Self-Clean Oven Freestanding
  • Built-in/Slide-in
  • 355.0 kWh.
  • 361.1 kWh.
  • Gas Oven—Standard Oven with or without a Catalytic Line Freestanding
  • Built-in/Slide-in
  • 2118.2 kBtu.
  • 2128.1 kBtu.
  • Gas Oven—Self-Clean Oven Freestanding
  • Built-in/Slide-in
  • 1883.8 kBtu.
  • 1893.7 kBtu.
  • * Proposed IAEC baseline efficiency levels are normalized based on a 4.3 ft3 volume oven.

    As noted in section III.H of this SNOPR, AHAM, Whirlpool, and Electrolux expressed concern that DOE has based its analysis on an insufficient sample size of models, in particular for the electric standard oven baseline efficiency levels. (AHAM, No. 29 at p. 5; AHAM, No. 38 at pp. 2-3; Whirlpool, No. 33 at p. 5; Electrolux, No. 27 at pp. 3-4)

    To address concerns regarding the limited data used to establish the baseline efficiency levels for the electric standard oven product classes, DOE augmented its analysis of electric standard ovens by considering the energy use of the electric self-clean units in its test sample, adjusted to account for the differences between standard-clean and self-clean ovens. For these electric self-clean ovens, DOE first subtracted the annual self-cleaning energy consumption and adjusted the cycles per year 39 to recalculate IAEC. DOE also adjusted the IAEC for each electric self-clean oven model to account for the design differences between self-clean ovens and standard clean ovens, noting that baseline self-clean ovens are typically designed with the improved insulation and improved door seals design options that were not considered to be part of the baseline efficiency level for standard clean ovens. Additional details regarding this analysis are presented in chapter 5 of the SNOPR TSD. The resulting expanded dataset is shown in Figure IV.2.

    39 In the current DOE test procedure for conventional ovens in Appendix I, the cycles per year used to calculate IAEC is 219 for electric standard ovens and 204 for electric self-clean ovens.

    EP02SE16.001

    Augmenting the electric standard oven dataset with self-clean models from the DOE test sample allowed DOE to consider a wider range of cavity volumes in its analysis. Based on this analysis, DOE adjusted the baseline IAEC versus cavity volume relationship for electric standard ovens so that no models in DOE's dataset, including those in the augmented sample, were cut off by the baseline curve.

    The proposed baseline efficiency levels for this SNOPR are presented in Table IV.14 and are based on an oven with a cavity volume of 4.3 ft3.

    Table IV.14—Conventional Oven Baseline Efficiency Levels Product class Sub type Proposed IAEC *† Electric Oven—Standard Oven with or without a Catalytic Line Freestanding
  • Built-in/Slide-in
  • 315.2 kWh.
  • 322.3 kWh.
  • Electric Oven—Self-Clean Oven Freestanding
  • Built-in/Slide-in
  • 354.9 kWh.
  • 362.0 kWh.
  • Gas Oven—Standard Oven with or without a Catalytic Line Freestanding
  • Built-in/Slide-in
  • 2083.1 kBtu.
  • 2093.0 kBtu.
  • Gas Oven—Self-Clean Oven Freestanding
  • Built-in/Slide-in
  • 1959.6 kBtu.
  • 1969.6 kBtu.
  • * Proposed IAEC baseline efficiency levels are normalized based on a 4.3 ft3 volume oven. † The baseline IAEC values presented here differ slightly from those in the June 2015 NOPR due to a minor technical correction in the method used to calculate the electrical energy contribution to IAEC for gas ovens in the test procedure adopted in the July 2015 TP Final Rule. Further information on this correction is available in section IV.C.3.c and chapter 5 of the SNOPR TSD.
    b. Incremental Efficiency Levels

    For each product class for both conventional cooking tops and conventional ovens, DOE analyzes several efficiency levels and determines the incremental cost at each of these levels.

    Conventional Cooking Tops

    For the February 2014 RFI, DOE tentatively proposed the incremental efficiency levels for conventional cooking tops presented in Table IV.15 through Table IV.17. DOE developed these levels based primarily on the efficiency levels presented in the 2009 TSD, adjusted using the former test block-based test procedure and the proposed test procedure amendments in the January 2013 TP NOPR that included modifications to the test block to allow for the test of induction cooking tops. DOE also considered separate efficiency levels associated with reducing standby mode and off mode energy use by first changing conventional linear power supplies to SMPS and then by meeting the 1 W maximum standby power limit set forth in the Commission of the European Communities Regulation 1275/2008 (hereinafter “Ecodesign regulation”). 79 FR 8337, 8345-8346 (Feb. 12, 2014).

    Table IV.15—February 2014 RFI Open (Coil) Element Electric Cooking Top Efficiency Levels Level Efficiency level source Proposed IAEC
  • (kWh/yr)
  • Baseline 2009 TSD (Baseline) 256.7 1 2009 TSD (Improved Contact Conductance) 246.0
    Table IV.16—February 2014 RFI Smooth Element Electric Cooking Top Efficiency Levels Level Efficiency level source Proposed IAEC
  • (kWh/yr)
  • Baseline 2009 TSD (Baseline) 280.6 1 Baseline + Switch-Mode Power Supply (SMPS) 268.6 2 Baseline + 1 W Standby 263.5 3 2009 TSD (Halogen Lamp Element) + 1 W Standby 259.8 4 Induction + SMPS 245.9 5 Induction + 1 W Standby 240.7
    Table IV.17—February 2014 RFI Gas Cooking Top Efficiency Levels Level Efficiency level source Proposed IAEC
  • (kBtu/yr)
  • Baseline 2009 TSD (Electronic Ignition) 1445.0 1 2009 TSD Max-Tech (Sealed Burners) 1372.7

    In response to the February 2014 RFI, AHAM disagreed with DOE's consideration of the 1-W Ecodesign regulation standby power requirement because products sold in the European Union are different from the products sold in the United States. (AHAM, No. 9 at p. 6) As discussed below, DOE reevaluated the efficiency levels associated with standby power improvements based on product testing and reverse engineering. As a result, DOE is no longer considering an efficiency level specifically associated with the 1-W Ecodesign regulation standby power requirement.

    Laclede commented that induction cooking tops save a significant amount of energy and meet the criteria of technologically feasible and economically justified based upon their widespread commercial availability. Consequently, Laclede urged DOE to use electric induction cooking top efficiencies to set the minimum efficiencies of electric cooking tops. (Laclede, No. 8 at pp. 4, 5) DOE included an efficiency level associated with this technology based on product testing. As discussed in section II.A of this SNOPR, DOE follows specific statutory criteria prescribed by EPCA for determining whether proposed energy conservation standards are technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)-(VII)) DOE considered these criteria when evaluating each proposed efficiency level, including the level associated with induction heating.

    Whirlpool commented that sealed burners already comprise a majority of the market (<90 percent), so this technology is not appropriate as a max-tech level for gas cooking tops. Whirlpool commented that it is unaware of any technologies or efficiency levels for max-tech for gas cooking tops. (Whirlpool, No. 13 at p. 6) Based on DOE's testing of both sealed and open burners, presented in section IV.C.2 of this SNOPR, DOE noted that neither burner type clearly performed better or worse than the other. As a result, DOE did not consider an efficiency level associated with sealed burners for conventional gas cooking tops.

    For this SNOPR, DOE developed incremental efficiency levels for each cooking top product class by first considering information from the 2009 TSD. In cases where DOE identified design options during testing and reverse engineering teardowns, DOE updated the efficiency levels based on the tested data. In addition to the efficiency levels associated with design options identified in the February 2014 RFI, DOE identified an additional efficiency level for smooth element electric cooking tops associated with low-standby-loss controls for an automatic power-down function that shuts off certain power-consuming components after a specified period of user inactivity that was observed during testing and teardowns.

    DOE also considered additional efficiency levels associated with optimized burner and grate design for conventional gas cooking tops. DOE's testing, as presented in sections IV.A.2 and IV.C.2 of this SNOPR, showed that energy use was correlated to burner design (e.g., grate weight, flame angle, distance from burner ports to the cooking surface) and could be reduced by optimizing the design of the burner and grate system. DOE reviewed the test data for the conventional gas cooking tops in its test sample and identified three efficiency levels associated with improving the burner and grate design.

    Although, as discussed in section IV.A.2 of this SNOPR, DOE's testing showed that there was no statistically significant correlation between burner input rate and cooking energy consumption of the cooking top, DOE notes that cooking tops that incorporate different combinations of burners, including high input rate burners for larger food loads, have differing capabilities to cook or heat different sized food loads. As a result, DOE is proposing multiple efficiency levels that take into account key burner configurations. DOE is proposing Efficiency Level 1 based on an optimized burner and improved grate design of the unit in the test sample with the lowest measured IAEC among those with cast iron grates and a six surface unit configuration with at least four out of the six surface units having burner input rates exceeding 14,000 Btu/h. DOE selected these criteria to maintain the full functionality of cooking tops marketed as commercial-style. DOE notes that while there are some such products with fewer than six surface units and fewer than four high burner input rate burners, DOE did not observe any products marketed as residential-style with the burner configuration DOE is associating with Efficiency Level 1.

    DOE is proposing Efficiency Level 2 for conventional gas cooking tops based on an optimized burner and further improved grate design of the unit in the DOE test sample with the lowest measured IAEC among those units with cast iron grates and at least one surface unit having a burner input rate exceeding 14,000 Btu/h. None of the gas units in the DOE test sample marketed as commercial-style were capable of achieving this efficiency level. The cooking tops in the DOE test sample capable of meeting this efficiency level were marketed as residential-style and had significantly lighter cast-iron grates than the commercial-style units.

    DOE established Efficiency Level 3 (max-tech) based on the unit in the DOE test sample with the lowest measured IAEC among those with cast iron grates, regardless of the number of burners or burner input rate. DOE notes that the grate weight for this unit was not lowest in the DOE test sample, confirming that a fully optimized burner and grate design, and not a reduction in grate weight alone, is required to improve cooking top efficiency.

    Table IV.18 through Table IV.20 show the incremental efficiency levels for each cooking top product class, including whether the efficiency level is from the 2009 TSD or based on testing for the SNOPR. Details of the derivations of each efficiency level are provided in chapter 5 of the SNOPR TSD. The efficiency levels were based, in part, on testing of DOE's sample of products, as presented in section IV.C.2 of this SNOPR. DOE recognizes that manufacturers implement different heating element or burner designs and welcomes additional test data regarding the proposed efficiency levels.

    Table IV.18—Open (Coil) Element Electric Cooking Top Efficiency Levels Level Efficiency
  • level source
  • Design option Proposed IAEC
  • (kWh/yr)
  • Relative %
  • decrease in
  • IAEC
  • Baseline SNOPR Testing Baseline 118.1 1 2009 TSD Baseline + Improved Contact Conductance 113.2 −4.2
    Table IV.19—Smooth Element Electric Cooking Top Efficiency Levels Level Efficiency level source Design option Proposed IAEC
  • (kWh/yr)
  • Relative %
  • decrease in IAEC
  • Baseline SNOPR Testing Baseline 144.7 1 SNOPR Testing Baseline + SMPS 137.0 −5.3 2 SNOPR Testing 1 + Automatic Power Down 121.2 −11.5 3 2009 TSD 2 + Halogen Lamp Element 119.5 −1.4 4 SNOPR Testing 2 + Induction Heating Element 102.3 −14.4
    Table IV.20—Gas Cooking Top Efficiency Levels Level Efficiency level source Design option Proposed IAEC
  • (kBtu/yr)
  • Relative %
  • decrease in IAEC
  • Baseline SNOPR Testing Baseline 1104.6 1 SNOPR Testing Baseline + Optimized Burner/Improved Grates (Achievable with a 6 surface unit configuration with 4 or more high input rate burners and cast iron grates) 924.4 −16.3 2 SNOPR Testing Baseline + Optimized Burner/Optimized Grates (Achievable with at least one high input rate burners and cast iron grates) 837.8 −9.4 3 SNOPR Testing Baseline + Optimized Burner/Optimized Grates (Highest efficiency unit with cast iron grates) 730.2 −12.8
    Conventional Ovens

    For the June 2015 NOPR, DOE developed incremental efficiency levels for each conventional oven product class by first considering information from the 2009 TSD. In cases where DOE identified design options during testing and reverse engineering teardowns, DOE updated the efficiency levels based on the tested data. In addition to the efficiency levels associated with design options identified in the 2009 TSD, DOE also included an efficiency level for electric ovens based on a test unit equipped with an oven separator that allowed for reducing the cavity volume that is used for cooking. For conventional gas ovens, DOE's testing showed that energy use was correlated to oven burner and cavity design (e.g., thermal mass of the cavity and racks) and can be significantly reduced when optimized. DOE determined the efficiency level associated with optimized burner and cavity design based on the tested units normalized for cavity volume. 80 FR 33030, 33051-33052.

    Table IV.21 through Table IV.24 show the incremental efficiency levels presented in the June 2015 for each conventional oven product class, including whether the efficiency level is from the 2009 TSD or based on testing for the NOPR. The efficiency levels are normalized based on an oven with a cavity volume of 4.3 ft3. Id.

    Table IV.21—June 2015 NOPR Electric Standard Oven Efficiency Levels Level Efficiency level source Design option Proposed IAEC
  • (kWh)
  • Freestanding Built-in/slide-in
    Baseline NOPR Testing Baseline 294.5 301.5 1 NOPR Testing Baseline + SMPS 284.6 291.4 2 2009 TSD 1 + Reduced Vent Rate 271.7 278.2 3 2009 TSD 2 + Improved Insulation 259.2 265.4 4 2009 TSD 3 + Improved Door Seals 254.9 261.0 5 NOPR Testing 4 + Forced Convection 244.6 250.5 6 NOPR Testing 5 + Oven Separator 207.8 212.8 7 2009 TSD 6 + Reduced Conduction Losses 207.3 212.2
    Table IV.22—June 2015 NOPR Electric Self-Clean Oven Efficiency Levels Level Efficiency level source Design option Proposed IAEC
  • (kWh)
  • Freestanding Built-in/slide-in
    Baseline NOPR Testing Baseline 355.0 361.1 1 NOPR Testing Baseline + SMPS 345.1 351.0 2 NOPR Testing 1 + Forced Convection 327.2 332.7 3 NOPR Testing 2 + Oven Separator 278.9 283.7 4 2009 TSD 3 + Reduced Conduction Losses 278.1 282.9
    Table IV.23—June 2015 NOPR Gas Standard Oven Efficiency Levels Level Efficiency level source Design option Proposed IAEC (kBtu) Freestanding Built-in/slide-in Baseline 2009 TSD Baseline 2118.2 2128.1 1 NOPR Testing Baseline + Optimized Burner/Cavity 1649.3 1657.0 2 NOPR Testing 1 + SMPS 1614.7 1622.2 3 NOPR Testing 2 + Electronic Spark Ignition 1490.7 1497.7 4 2009 TSD 3 + Improved Insulation 1414.8 1421.5 5 2009 TSD 4 + Improved Door Seals 1400.6 1407.2 6 NOPR Testing 5 + Forced Convection 1355.6 1362.0 7 2009 TSD 6 + Reduced Conduction Losses 1347.0 1353.3 Table IV.24—June 2015 NOPR Gas Self-Clean Oven Efficiency Levels Level Efficiency level source Design option Proposed IAEC (kBtu) Freestanding Built-in/slide-in Baseline 2009 TSD Baseline 1883.8 1893.7 1 NOPR Testing Baseline + SMPS 1848.2 1858.0 2 NOPR Testing 1 + Electronic Spark Ignition 1668.7 1677.5 3 NOPR Testing 2 + Forced Convection 1596.3 1604.7 4 2009 TSD 3 + Reduced Conduction Losses 1591.0 1599.4

    GE commented that DOE's estimate of a 9.71 percent decrease in IAEC when converting from glo-bar to spark ignition is overestimated. GE stated that its data indicate that the actual improvement would be only 60 percent of DOE's estimate. (GE, No. 32 at p. 3) As discussed in chapter 5 of the SNOPR TSD, DOE determined the relative decrease in energy consumption due to electronic spark ignition by comparing two gas ovens of similar design but different ignition systems. DOE notes that this efficiency improvement is also on the same order of magnitude considered in the 2009 rulemaking analysis. Therefore, DOE retains its estimated decrease in IAEC for this technology option in this SNOPR. DOE also notes that, as discussed in section IV.A.3.b of this SNOPR, it has revised the description of this technology option to include intermittent/interrupted ignition systems in addition to intermittent pilot ignition systems, recognizing that other ignition systems are available that reduce the energy of consumption of a gas oven. DOE welcomes any additional data demonstrating the reduction in IAEC resulting from use of intermittent/interrupted ignition or intermittent pilot ignition systems as compared to intermittent glo-bar ignition systems.

    AHAM and Electrolux commented that, once DOE establishes an accurate baseline for conventional ovens, as discussed in section IV.C.3.a of this SNOPR, DOE should adjust the proposed efficiency levels to be proportionate to the new baseline efficiency levels. (AHAM, No. 29 at p. 7; Electrolux, No. 27 at p. 4)

    As discussed in section IV.C.3.a of this SNOPR, DOE has updated its estimates of the baseline efficiency levels for conventional ovens for this SNOPR. DOE has accordingly updated the incremental efficiency levels relative to the new baseline estimates for each product class. In addition, as discussed in section IV.A.3.b and IV.B.1.b of this SNOPR, DOE revised its description of the design options pertaining to gas ignition systems and screened out the optimized burner and cavity design option from the engineering analysis. Table IV.25 through Table IV.28 present the updated efficiency levels for each product class, normalized based on an oven with a cavity volume of 4.3 ft3.

    Table IV.25—Electric Standard Oven Efficiency Levels Level Efficiency level source Design option Proposed IAEC
  • (kWh)
  • Freestanding Built-in/slide-in
    Baseline NOPR Testing Baseline 315.2 322.3 1 NOPR Testing Baseline + SMPS 306.3 313.3 2 2009 TSD 1 + Reduced Vent Rate 292.3 299.0 3 2009 TSD 2 + Improved Insulation 278.7 285.0 4 2009 TSD 3 + Improved Door Seals 274.0 280.3 5 NOPR Testing 4 + Forced Convection 262.8 268.8 6 NOPR Testing 5 + Oven Separator 222.8 227.8 7 2009 TSD 6 + Reduced Conduction Losses 222.2 227.2
    Table IV.26—Electric Self-Clean Oven Efficiency Levels Level Efficiency level source Design option Proposed IAEC
  • (kWh)
  • Freestanding Built-in/slide-in
    Baseline NOPR Testing Baseline 354.9 362.0 1 NOPR Testing Baseline + SMPS 346.0 353.0 2 NOPR Testing 1 + Forced Convection 327.9 334.5 3 NOPR Testing 2 + Oven Separator 279.3 284.9 4 2009 TSD 3 + Reduced Conduction Losses 278.5 284.1
    Table IV.27—Gas Standard Oven Efficiency Levels Level Efficiency level source Design option Proposed IAEC
  • (kBtu)
  • Freestanding Built-in/slide-in
    Baseline Baseline (Intermittent Glo-bar Ignition) 2083.1 2093.0 1 NOPR Testing Baseline + SMPS 2052.5 2062.4 2 NOPR Testing 1 + Intermittent/interrupted Ignition or Intermittent Pilot Ignition 1849.9 1858.8 3 2009 TSD 2 + Improved Insulation 1754.6 1763.1 4 2009 TSD 3 + Improved Door Seals 1736.8 1745.1 5 NOPR Testing 4 + Forced Convection 1665.7 1673.7 6 2009 TSD 5 + Reduced Conduction Losses 1654.9 1662.9
    Table IV.28—Gas Self-Clean Oven Efficiency Levels Level Efficiency level source Design option Proposed IAEC
  • (kBtu)
  • Freestanding Built-in/slide-in
    Baseline Baseline (Intermittent Glo-bar Ignition) 1959.6 1969.6 1 NOPR Testing Baseline + SMPS 1929.0 1939.0 2 NOPR Testing 1 + Intermittent/interrupted Ignition or Intermittent Pilot Ignition 1740.5 1749.4 3 NOPR Testing 2 + Forced Convection 1664.5 1673.0 4 2009 TSD 3 + Reduced Conduction Losses 1658.9 1667.4

    Implicit in the design option descriptor for Efficiency Level 1 for each conventional oven product class is that an SMPS replaces any linear power supply in the control system. DOE notes that conventional ovens equipped with electromechanical control systems have neither a linear power supply nor an SMPS, but do not consume energy in standby mode. As a result, DOE is not proposing a prescriptive design standard to require SMPS and is instead proposing to exclude linear power supplies for all conventional ovens.

    c. Relationship Between IAEC and Oven Cavity Volume

    The conventional oven efficiency levels detailed above are predicated upon baseline ovens with a cavity volume of 4.3 ft3. Based on DOE's testing of conventional gas and electric ovens and discussions with manufacturers, IAEC scales with oven cavity volume due to larger ovens having higher thermal masses and larger volumes of air (including larger vent rates) than smaller ovens. Because the DOE test procedure for measuring IAEC uses a fixed test load size, larger ovens with higher thermal mass will have a higher measured IAEC. As a result, DOE considered available data to characterize the relationship between IAEC and oven cavity volume.

    For the June 2015 NOPR, DOE established the slopes by first evaluating the data from the 2009 TSD, which presented the relationship between measured energy factor (EF) and cavity volume, then translated from EF to IAEC considering the range of cavity volume for the majority of products available on the market. DOE suggested in the June 2015 NOPR that these slopes continue to be relevant based on DOE's testing. 80 FR 33030, 33053 (June 10, 2015). For electric ovens, DOE considered the data for standard and self-clean ovens available in the Natural Resources Canada product databases.40 DOE noted that these data are based on the same test procedure considered for the previous DOE standards rulemaking, and as a result, DOE stated that the slopes based on these larger datasets are relevant for this analysis. The intercepts for each efficiency level were then chosen so that the equations pass through the desired IAEC corresponding to a particular volume. The values for the slopes and intercepts for each conventional oven product class developed in the June 2015 NOPR are presented in Table IV.29 and Table IV.30. 80 FR 33030, 33053.

    40 Available at: http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/pml-lmp/index.cfm?action=app.search-recherche&appliance=OVENS_E.

    Table IV.29—June 2015 NOPR Slopes and Intercepts of Electric Oven IAEC versus Cavity Volume Relationship Level Standard electric ovens Slope = 31.8 Freestanding
  • intercepts
  • Built-in/slide-in
  • intercepts
  • Self-clean electric ovens Slope = 42.3 Freestanding
  • intercepts
  • Built-in/slide-in
  • intercepts
  • Baseline 157.74 164.78 173.12 179.18 1 147.82 154.62 163.24 169.13 2 134.98 141.47 145.28 150.86 3 122.45 128.64 97.05 101.81 4 118.20 124.29 96.24 100.98 5 107.91 113.75 6 71.10 76.07 7 70.54 75.49
    Table IV.30—June 2015 NOPR Slopes and Intercepts of Gas Oven IAEC Versus Cavity Volume Relationship Level Standard gas ovens Slope = 214.4 Freestanding intercepts Built-in/slide-in intercepts Self-clean gas ovens Slope = 214.4 Freestanding intercepts Built-in/slide-in intercepts Baseline 1196.3 1206.2 961.8 971.8 1 727.4 735.1 926.3 936.0 2 692.7 700.3 746.7 755.5 3 568.8 575.8 674.4 682.8 4 492.9 499.5 669.1 677.5 5 478.7 485.2 6 433.7 440.1 7 425.1 431.4

    As part of the analyses conducted for this SNOPR, DOE reviewed the slopes for electric ovens derived for the 2009 rulemaking analysis. Both electric standard and self-clean ovens but a different baseline y-intercept. As noted in the SNOPR TSD, due to the conversion from EF to IAEC, the relationship between IAEC and cavity volume developed for the June 2015 NOPR analysis, using the 2009 slope, was not linear. Thus, for this SNOPR, DOE performed a linear curve fit on the IAEC evaluated at discrete cavity volumes that were considered to represent the range of cavity volumes available on the market. This resulted in different slopes for the electric standard and self-clean oven product classes. After expanding the dataset used to establish baseline energy consumption for electric standard ovens, as described in section IV.C.3.a of this SNOPR, to include a wider range of cavity volumes, DOE modified the slope for the electric oven product classes so that it was representative of the augmented dataset.

    Table IV.31 and Table IV.32 present the updated results. IAEC versus cavity volume relationship for each product class. DOE also notes that for gas ovens, the slope and y-intercepts have changed slightly from the values presented in June 2015 NOPR. This is related to a minor technical error in IAEC calculation specified in the test procedure. The conventional oven test procedure adopted in the July 2015 TP Final Rule calculates the annual secondary energy consumption for gas ovens (i.e., the electrical energy component of the total annual energy consumption) using the annual useful cooking energy output constant intended for electric ovens instead of the constant specified for gas ovens. Because, this constant represents the typical field usage of the oven, the factor used to calculate the annual secondary energy consumption for gas ovens should correspond to the same usage factor used to calculate the annual primary energy consumption. Specific information on this minor technical change is available in chapter 5 of the SNOPR TSD.

    Table IV.31—Slopes and Intercepts of Electric Oven IAEC Versus Cavity Volume Relationship Level Standard electric ovens Slope = 46.3 Freestanding intercepts Built-in/slide-in intercepts Self-clean electric ovens Slope = 46.3 Freestanding intercepts Built-in/slide-in intercepts Baseline 116.3 123.3 156.0 163.1 1 107.3 114.4 147.1 154.1 2 93.4 100.1 129.0 135.6 3 79.7 86.1 80.4 86.0 4 75.1 81.4 79.5 85.1 5 63.9 69.9 6 23.9 28.9 7 23.3 28.2 Table IV.32—Slopes and Intercepts of Gas Oven IAEC Versus Cavity Volume Relationship Level Standard gas ovens Slope = 229.5 Freestanding intercepts Built-in/slide-in intercepts Self-clean gas ovens Slope = 229.5 Freestanding intercepts Built-in/slide-in intercepts Baseline 1096.1 1106.1 972.7 982.6 1 1065.5 1075.5 942.1 952.0 2 863.0 871.9 753.6 762.5 3 767.7 776.1 677.6 686.1 4 749.8 758.2 672.0 680.5 5 678.7 686.7 6 668.0 675.9 4. Incremental Manufacturing Production Cost Estimates a. Conventional Cooking Tops

    Based on the analyses discussed above, DOE developed the cost-efficiency results for each conventional cooking top product class shown in Table IV.33. Where available, DOE developed incremental manufacturing production costs (MPCs) based on manufacturing cost modeling of test units in its sample featuring the proposed design options. For design options that were not observed in DOE's sample of test units for this SNOPR, DOE used the incremental manufacturing costs developed as part of the 2009 TSD, then adjusted the values to reflect changes in the Bureau of Labor Statistics' Producer Price Index (PPI) for household cooking appliance manufacturing.41

    41 Available at: http://www.bls.gov/ppi/.

    Table IV.33—Conventional Cooking Top Incremental Manufacturing Production Cost (2014$) Level Open (coil)
  • element
  • electric
  • cooking tops
  • Smooth
  • element
  • electric
  • cooking tops
  • Gas cooking tops
    Baseline 1 $2.71 $0.70 $11.33 2 2.42 11.33 3 108.19 11.33 4 186.08
    b. Conventional Ovens

    For the June 2015 NOPR, DOE developed the cost-efficiency results for each conventional oven product class shown in Table IV.34. DOE noted that the estimated incremental MPCs would be equivalent for the freestanding and built-in/slide-in oven product classes. 80 FR 33030, 33053-33054.

    Table IV.34—June 2015 NOPR Conventional Oven Incremental Manufacturing Production Cost (2014$) Level Electric ovens Standard Self-clean Gas ovens Standard Self-clean Baseline 1 0.82 0.82 0.00 0.82 2 2.76 25.00 0.82 7.31 3 7.89 56.74 7.31 27.96 4 10.22 61.93 12.44 33.15 5 34.40 14.77 6 66.14 35.43 7 70.36 39.74

    AHAM disagreed with DOE's conclusion that the optimized burner/cavity design option has a zero-cost. AHAM stated that for manufacturers that have not reduced the gauge of the metals, this change would require a retooling cost for reducing the gauge. (AHAM, No. 29 at p. 8) As discussed in section IV.B.1.b of this SNOPR, DOE screened out the optimized burner and cavity design option from the engineering analysis. As a result, DOE removed this efficiency level from the analysis for this SNOPR. The cost-efficiency results for each conventional oven product class are shown in Table IV.35.

    Table IV.35—Conventional Oven Incremental Manufacturing Production Cost (2014$) Level Electric ovens Standard Self-clean Gas ovens Standard Self-clean Baseline 1 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.82 2 2.76 25.00 7.31 7.31 3 7.89 56.74 12.44 27.96 4 10.22 61.93 14.77 33.15 5 34.40 35.43 6 66.14 39.74 7 70.36 5. Consumer Utility

    In determining whether a standard is economically justified, EPCA requires DOE to consider “any lessening of the utility or the performance of the covered products likely to result from the imposition of the standard.” (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(IV))

    a. Conventional Cooking Tops

    In response to the February 2014 RFI, AHAM and Whirlpool commented that new energy conservation standards could likely impact the utility of conventional cooking tops in the following ways:

    • A standard could lower burner input rates, which will impact cooking times. Higher burner input rates allow for quicker cooking time, which is an important consumer utility;

    • A standard could require changes to grate materials. Heavy duty grates, such as cast iron grates, hold larger cooking vessels and provide for better pot stability. Thus, a change to less sturdy grates would impact consumer utility;

    • A standard could also result in the removal of accent lighting and large displays which are preferred consumer features. There is reduced consumer utility from further reducing standby power from what products use today. According to Whirlpool, the market is still pushing manufacturers to add more advanced electronics that use more standby power. (AHAM, No. 9 at p. 7; Whirlpool, No. 13 at pp. 5, 8).

    Accordingly, AHAM and Whirlpool opposed amendment of the existing standards for cooking products. AHAM and Whirlpool stated that not only would amended standards fail to be technologically feasible or economically justified, but they would also impact the utility of cooking products. (AHAM, No. 9 at p. 7; Whirlpool, No. 13 at p. 8)

    DOE conducted the engineering analysis by considering cooking top design options that are consistent with products currently on the market, and as a result, DOE did not consider changes that would result in removal of accent lighting and display features. For gas cooking tops, DOE considered efficiency levels associated with optimizing the burner and grates, but selected efficiency levels based on products tested with cast iron grates to maintain ability to provide stability for pots containing larger loads. As discussed in section V.B.8 of this SNOPR, the energy conservation standards for gas cooking tops proposed in this SNOPR correspond to the efficiency level that maintains features of gas cooking tops marketed as commercial-style, namely multiple high input rate burners (i.e., greater than 14,000 Btu/h) that would allow for quicker cooking times. As a result, DOE does not believe that the design options and efficiency levels associated with the proposed standards in this SNOPR would impact the consumer utility of conventional cooking tops, as suggested by AHAM and Whirlpool, nor preclude the availability of cooking tops marketed as commercial-style.

    b. Conventional Ovens

    In the June 2015 NOPR, DOE noted that it conducted the engineering analysis by considering design options that are consistent with products currently on the market and that it did not believe that any of the design options and efficiency levels considered would impact the consumer utility of conventional ovens. 80 FR 33030, 33054.

    DOE also noted that gas ovens with higher burner input rates did not have significantly faster cooking times when tested according to the test procedure adopted in the July 2015 TP Final Rule. This is likely due in large part to the fact that gas ovens with higher burner input rates marketed as commercial-style often have significantly larger thermal masses, which absorb a significant amount of additional heat. 80 FR 33030, 33054.

    Sub-Zero commented in response to the June 2015 NOPR for conventional ovens in which DOE did not consider a separate product class for commercial-style products, that manufacturers of commercial-style ovens differentiate their product offerings based on features such as heavier gauge materials and higher input rate burners. According to Sub-Zero, these manufacturers may be forced to exit the market if a standard were to require that they produce gas ovens that can no longer meet customer expectations. (Sub-Zero, No. 25 at p. 7)

    As discussed in section IV.A.2.b of this SNOPR, DOE was not able to identify a clearly-defined utility provided to consumers by commercial-style ovens and, as a result, DOE did not establish separate product classes for these products. However, DOE recognizes that commercial-style ovens are a product type that typically incorporate certain features that may be expected by purchasers of such products (e.g., heavier-gauge cavity construction, high input rate burners, and extension racks). DOE also recognizes that these features result in inherently lower efficiencies for commercial-style ovens than for residential-style ovens with comparable cavities sizes, due to the greater thermal mass of the cavity and racks, when measured using the test procedure adopted in the July 2015 TP Final Rule. As discussed in section III.B and III.C of this SNOPR, DOE is proposing to repeal the oven test procedure in the August 2016 TP SNOPR due to uncertainties in its ability to measure representative energy use of commercial-style ovens, and thus is not proposing a performance-based standard for conventional ovens. Instead, DOE is proposing to adopt a prescriptive design requirement for the conventional oven control system.

    D. Markups Analysis

    The markups analysis develops appropriate markups in the distribution chain to convert the MPC estimates derived in the engineering analysis to consumer prices. At each step in the distribution channel, companies mark up the price of the product to cover business costs and profit margin. For conventional cooking products, the main parties in the distribution chain are manufacturers and retailers.

    Thus, DOE analyzed a manufacturer-to-consumer distribution channel consisting of three parties: (1) The manufacturers of the products; (2) the retailers purchasing the products from manufacturers and selling them to consumers; and (3) the consumers who purchase the products.

    The manufacturer markup converts MPC to manufacturer selling price (MSP). DOE developed an average manufacturer markup by examining the annual Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) 10-K reports filed by publicly traded manufacturers primarily engaged in appliance manufacturing and whose combined product range includes conventional cooking products.

    For retailers, DOE developed separate markups for baseline products (baseline markups) and for the incremental cost of more efficient products (incremental markups). Incremental markups are coefficients that relate the change in the MSP of higher-efficiency models to the change in the retailer sales price. DOE relied on economic data from the U.S. Census Bureau to estimate average baseline and incremental markups.42

    42 U.S. Census, 2007 Annual Retail Trade Survey (ARTS), Electronics and Appliance Stores sectors.

    AHAM criticized DOE's reliance on the concept of incremental markups, stating that its theory has been disproved and it is in contradiction to empirical evidence. (AHAM, No. 29 at p. 9) In an attachment to AHAM's comment, Shorey Consulting, Inc. (Shorey Consulting) stated that (1) DOE requires a strong form of economic theory, since it is saying that something will happen solely because theory says it should; and (2) an a priori resort to economic theory without clear empirical support is highly problematic. Shorey Consulting interviewed a sample of local/regional and national appliance retailers and reported that, with very few exceptions, they reacted to the DOE concept that percentage margins will be lower in a post-standards situation with incredulity. It concluded that DOE needs to abandon the incremental margin approach and revert to the average margin approach that corresponds to actual industry practice. (AHAM, No. 29 at pp. A-10-A-11)

    DOE disagrees that the theory behind the concept of incremental markups has been disproved. The concept is based on a simple notion: An increase in profitability, which is implied by keeping a fixed markup when the product price goes up, is not likely to be viable over time in a business that is reasonably competitive. DOE agrees that empirical data on markup practices would be desirable, but such information is closely held and difficult to obtain.

    Regarding the interviews with appliance retailers, it is difficult for DOE to evaluate the characterization of the responses without knowing what questions were posed to the retailers. DOE's analysis necessarily considers a very simplified version of the world of appliance retailing: Namely, a situation in which nothing changes except for those changes in appliance offerings that occur in response to amended standards. DOE implicitly asks: Assuming the product cost increases while the other costs remain constant (no change in labor, material and operating costs), are retailers still able to keep the same markup over time as before? DOE recognizes that retailers are likely to seek to maintain the same markup on appliances if the price they pay goes up as a result of appliance standards, but it believes that over time adjustment is likely to occur due to competitive pressures. Other retailers may find that they can gain sales by reducing the markup and maintaining the same per-unit operating profit. The incremental markup approach reflects a similar perspective as the “preservation of per-unit operating profit markup scenario” used in the MIA (see section IV.J of this document).

    In summary, DOE acknowledges that its approach to estimating retailer markup practices after amended standards take effect is an approximation of real-world practices that are both complex and varying with business conditions. However, DOE maintains that its assumption that standards do not facilitate a sustainable increase in profitability is reasonable. DOE welcomes information that could support improvement in its methodology.

    Chapter 6 of the SNOPR TSD provides details on DOE's development of markups for conventional cooking products.

    E. Energy Use Analysis

    The energy use analysis provides estimates of the annual energy consumption of cooking tops and ovens at the considered efficiency levels. DOE uses these values in the LCC and PBP analyses and in the NIA to establish the savings in consumer operating costs at various product efficiency levels. DOE developed energy consumption estimates for all product classes analyzed in the engineering analysis. DOE's energy use analysis estimated the range of energy use of cooking products in the field, i.e., as they are actually used by consumers.

    For this SNOPR, DOE used the 2009 California Residential Appliance Saturation Survey (RASS) 43 and a Florida Solar Energy Center (FSEC) study 44 to establish representative annual energy use values for conventional cooking tops and ovens. These studies confirmed that annual cooking energy use has been consistently declining since the late 1970s.

    43 California Energy Commission, Residential Appliance Saturation Survey (RASS) (2009).

    44 Parker, D., Fairey, P., Hendron, R., “Updated Miscellaneous Electricity Loads and Appliance Energy Usage Profiles for Use in Home Energy Ratings, the Building America Benchmark Procedures and Related Calculations,” Florida Solar Energy Center (FSEC) (2010).

    Energy use by residential cooking products varies greatly based on consumer usage patterns. DOE established a range of energy use from data in the Energy Information Administration (EIA)'s 2009 Residential Energy Consumption Survey (RECS 2009).45 RECS 2009 does not provide the annual energy consumption of cooking products, but it does provide the frequency of cooking product use.46 DOE was unable to use the frequency of use to calculate the annual energy consumption using a bottom-up approach, as data in RECS did not include information about the duration of a cooking event to allow for an annual energy use calculation. DOE therefore relied on California RASS and FSEC studies to establish the average annual energy consumption of conventional cooking tops and ovens.

    45 U.S. Department of Energy: Energy Information Administration, Residential Energy Consumption Survey: 2009 RECS Survey Data (2013) (Available at: http://www.eia.gov/consumption/residential/data/2009/). RECS 2009 is based on a sample of 12,083 households statistically selected to represent 113.6 million housing units in the United States. (Available at: www.eia.gov/consumption/residential/).

    46 DOE was unable to use the frequency of use to calculate the annual energy consumption using a bottom-up approach, as data in RECS did not include information about the duration of a cooking event to allow for an annual energy use calculation.

    From RECS 2009, DOE developed household samples for each product class. For each household using a conventional cooking product, RECS provides data on the frequency of use and number of meals cooked in the following bins: (1) Less than once per week, (2) once per week, (3) a few times per week, (4) once per day, (5) two times per day, and (6) three or more times per day. DOE utilized the frequency of use to define the variability of the annual energy consumption. First, DOE assumed that the weighted-average cooking frequency from RECS represents the average energy use values based on the California RASS and FSEC studies. DOE then varied the annual energy consumption across the RECS households based on their reported cooking frequency relative to the weighted-average cooking frequency.

    Chapter 7 of the SNOPR TSD describes the energy use analysis in detail.

    F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis

    The purpose of the LCC and PBP analysis is to evaluate the economic impacts of potential energy conservation standards for cooking products on individual consumers. The LCC is the total consumer expense over the life of the product, including purchase and installation expense and operating costs (energy expenditures, repair costs, and maintenance costs). The PBP is the number of years it would take for the consumer to recover the increased costs of purchasing a higher efficiency product through energy savings. To calculate LCC, DOE discounted future operating costs to the time of purchase and summed them over the lifetime of the product.

    For any given efficiency level, DOE measures the change in LCC relative to an estimate of the base-case product efficiency distribution. The base-case estimate reflects the market in the absence of new or amended energy conservation standards, including the market for products that exceed the current energy conservation standards. In contrast, the PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.

    DOE calculated the LCC and payback periods for conventional cooking tops and ovens for a nationally representative set of housing units selected from RECS 2009. By using a representative sample of households, the analysis captured the variability in energy consumption and energy prices associated with cooking product use.

    For each sample household, DOE determined the energy consumption for the cooking product and the appropriate energy price. DOE first calculated the LCC associated with a baseline cooking product for each household. To calculate the LCC savings and PBP associated with products meeting higher efficiency standards, DOE substituted the baseline unit with more efficient designs.

    As part of the LCC and PBP analyses, DOE developed data that it used to establish product prices, installation costs, annual household energy consumption, energy prices, maintenance and repair costs, product lifetime, and discount rates. Inputs to the LCC and PBP analysis are categorized as: (1) Inputs for establishing the total installed cost and (2) inputs for calculating the operating costs. DOE models the uncertainty and the variability in the inputs to the LCC and PBP analysis using Monte Carlo simulations and probability distributions.47

    47 The Monte Carlo process statistically captures input variability and distribution without testing all possible input combinations. Therefore, while some atypical situations may not be captured in the analysis, DOE believes the analysis captures an adequate range of situations in which the conventional cooking products operate.

    Table IV.36—Summary of Inputs and Methods for the LCC and PBP Analysis * Inputs Source/method Product Cost Derived by multiplying MPCs by manufacturer and retailer markups and sales tax, as appropriate. Used historical data to derive a price scaling index to forecast product costs. Installation Costs Baseline installation cost determined with data from RS Means. Assumed no change with efficiency level, except for induction heating design option of electric smooth cooking top. Annual Energy Use The total annual energy use was based on CA RASS and FSEC Studies.
  • Variability: Based on the 2009 RECS.
  • Energy Prices Electricity: Based on EIA's Form 861 data for 2012.
  • Variability: Regional energy prices determined for 27 regions.
  • Energy Price Trends Based on AEO2015 price forecasts. Repair and Maintenance Costs Assumed no change with efficiency level for all cooking tops and electric ovens. Used industry input to estimate change in repair and maintenance costs to switch from glo-bar ignition to electronic spark ignition. Product Lifetime 16 years for electric and 13 years for gas cooking products. Discount Rates Approach involves identifying all possible debt or asset classes that might be used to purchase the considered appliances, or might be affected indirectly. Primary data source was the Federal Reserve Board's Survey of Consumer Finances. Compliance Date 2019. * References for the data sources mentioned in this table are provided in the sections following the table and in chapter 8 of the SNOPR TSD.

    The following sections contain comments on the inputs and key assumptions of DOE's LCC and PBP analysis and explain how DOE took these comments into consideration. Chapter 8 of the TSD accompanying this SNOPR contains detailed discussion of the methodology and data utilized for the LCC and PBP analysis.

    1. Product Costs

    To calculate the prices faced by cooking products purchasers, DOE multiplied the manufacturing costs developed from the engineering analysis by the supply chain markups it developed (along with sales taxes).

    To project future product prices, DOE examined the electric and gas cooking products PPI for the period 1982-2013. This index, adjusted for inflation, shows a declining trend. The decline for gas cooking products is somewhat more significant than that for electric cooking products (see appendix 10-D of the SNOPR TSD). Based on an exponential fit of the adjusted PPIs, DOE utilized a declining price trend for both electric and gas cooking products as the default case to project future product price.

    2. Installation Costs

    Installation costs include labor, overhead, and any miscellaneous materials and parts. For this SNOPR, DOE used data from the 2013 RS Means Mechanical Cost Data on labor requirements to estimate installation costs for conventional cooking products.48

    48 RS Means Company Inc., RS Means Mechanical Cost Data (2013) (Available at http://rsmeans.reedconstructiondata.com/default.aspx).

    In general, DOE estimated that installation costs would be the same for different efficiency levels. In the case of electric smooth cooking tops, the induction heating design option requires a change of utensils to those that are ferromagnetic to operate the cooking tops. DOE treated this as additional installation cost for this particular design option. DOE used average number of pots and pans utilized by a representative household to estimate this portion of the installation cost. See chapter 8 of the SNOPR TSD for details about this component. Given the installation costs of the induction cooktop, the market share is expected to remain at 2.6% in the standards case. See section IV.F.9 and IV.H.1 for details on the market shares.

    3. Unit Energy Consumption

    Section IV.E of this SNOPR describes the derivation of annual energy use for conventional cooking products.

    DOE did not find any evidence of a rebound effect, in which consumers use a more efficient appliance more intensively, for conventional cooking products. Cooking practices are affected by people's eating habits, which are unlikely to change due to higher product efficiency. DOE requests comment on its decision to not use a rebound effect for cooking products (see issue 11 in section VII.E of this SNOPR).

    4. Energy Prices

    DOE derived marginal residential electricity and natural gas prices for 27 geographic areas.49 Marginal prices are appropriate for determining energy cost savings associated with possible changes to efficiency standards.

    49 DOE characterized the geographic distribution into 27 geographic areas to be consistent with the 27 states and group of states reported in RECS 2009.

    For electricity, DOE derived marginal and average prices which vary by season, region, and baseline electricity consumption level. DOE estimated these prices using data published with EEI, Typical Bill and Average Rates reports for summer and winter 2014.50 For the residential sector each report provides, for most of the major investor-owned utilities (IOUs) in the country, the total bill assuming household consumption levels of 500, 750, and 1,000 kWh for the billing period. DOE defined the average price as the ratio of the total bill to the total electricity consumption. DOE also used the EEI data to define a marginal price as the ratio of the change in the bill to the change in energy consumption.

    50 Edison Electric Institute. Typical Bills and Average Rates Report. Winter 2014 published April 2014, Summer 2014 published October 2014. Available at: http://www.eei.org/resourcesandmedia/products/Pages/Products.aspx.

    For the residential sector, DOE defined the average price as the ratio of the total bill to the total electricity consumption. DOE also used the EEI data to define a marginal price as the ratio of the change in the bill to the change in energy consumption. DOE first calculated weighted-average values for each geographic area for each type of price. Each EEI utility in an area was assigned a weight based on the number of consumers it serves. Consumer counts were taken from the most recent EIA Form 861 data (2012).51

    51 U. S. Department of Energy, Energy Information Administration. Form EIA-861 Annual Electric Power Industry Database. http://www.eia.doe.gov/cneaf/electricity/page/eia861.html.

    DOE assigned seasonal average prices to each household in the LCC sample based on its location and its baseline monthly electricity consumption for an average summer or winter month. For sampled households who were assigned a product efficiency greater than or equal to the considered level for a standard in the no-new-standards case, DOE assigned marginal price to each household based on its location and the decremented electricity consumption. In the LCC sample, households could be assigned to one of 27 geographic areas.

    DOE obtained data for calculating prices of natural gas from the EIA publication, Natural Gas Navigator.52 DOE used the complete annual data for 2013 to calculate an average annual price for each geographic area. (For use in the LCC model, prices were scaled to 2015$.) For each State, DOE calculated the annual residential price of natural gas using a simple average of data. DOE then calculated a price for each geographic area, weighting each State in an area by its number of households.

    52 U.S. Department of Energy—Energy Information Administration. Natural Gas Navigator. 2013. (Last accessed April 26, 2015.) http://tonto.eia.doe.gov/dnav/ng/ng_pri_sum_dcu_nus_m.htm.

    The method used to calculate marginal natural gas prices differs from that used to calculate electricity prices, because EIA does not provide consumer- or utility-level data on gas consumption and prices. EIA provides historical monthly natural gas consumption and expenditures by State. This data was used to determine 10-year average marginal price factors for the geographical areas. These factors are then used to convert average monthly energy prices into marginal monthly energy prices. Because cooking products operate all year around, DOE determined summer and winter marginal price factors.

    To estimate future trends in electricity and natural gas prices, DOE used price forecasts in AEO 2015. To arrive at prices in future years, DOE multiplied the average and marginal prices described above by the forecast of annual average changes in national-average residential electricity and natural gas prices. Because the AEO 2015 forecasts prices only to 2040, DOE used the average rate of change during 2025-2040 to estimate the price trends beyond 2040.

    The spreadsheet tool used to conduct the LCC and PBP analysis allows users to select the AEO 2015 high-growth case or low-growth case price forecasts to estimate the sensitivity of the LCC and PBP to different energy price forecasts.

    See Chapter 8 of the SNOPR TSD for more information on the derivation of energy prices.

    5. Repair and Maintenance Costs

    Repair costs are associated with repairing or replacing components that have failed in the appliance. Maintenance costs are associated with maintaining the operation of the equipment.

    Typically, small incremental changes in product efficiency incur no, or only very small, changes in repair and maintenance costs over baseline products. For all electric cooking products, DOE did not include any changes in repair and maintenance costs for products more efficient than baseline products.

    For gas ovens, DOE determined the repair and maintenance costs associated with different types of ignition systems. For the July 2015 NOPR for conventional ovens, DOE estimated an average repair cost of $170 occurring every fifth year during the product's lifetime. 80 FR 33030, 33056.

    For electronic spark ignition systems, DOE estimated an average repair cost of $206 occurring in the tenth year of the product's life. DOE received comments regarding the frequency of repair for the electric globar/hot surface ignition systems. AHAM commented that a globar is replaced less often than three times during the lifetime of an oven. (AHAM, No. 29 at p. 8) Electrolux noted that during their life-cycle testing of an oven using globars, they estimated a replacement rate of approximately 0.70 glo-bars. (Electrolux, No. 27 at p.5) GE commented that the globar replacement occurs significantly less frequently than the three times DOE estimated. (GE, No.32 at p.3) Utilizing these inputs along with the earlier data from manufacturer inputs, DOE revised the average repair cost attributable to globar and electronic spark ignition systems and annualized it over the life of the unit at $21.04 and $20.60 for globar and electronic spark ignition systems, respectively. Based on input from manufacturers, DOE did not include maintenance costs for glo-bars or electronic ignitions.

    DOE seeks comments on its repair cost estimation for gas ovens, as well as on its decision not to include changes in repair and maintenance costs for products more efficient than baseline products for electric cooking products (see section VII.B of this SNOPR).

    See chapter 8 of the TSD accompanying this SNOPR for further information regarding repair and maintenance costs.

    6. Product Lifetime

    Equipment lifetime is the age at which the equipment is retired from service. DOE used a variety of sources to establish low, average, and high estimates for product lifetime. In the July 2015 NOPR, DOE utilized data from Appliance Magazine Market Insight, and established average product lifetimes of 15 years for conventional electric cooking products and 17 years for conventional gas cooking products.53 80 FR 33030, 33056. AHAM commented that their data indicated average product lifetimes of 16 years for conventional electric ovens and 13 years for conventional gas ovens. (AHAM, No. 29 at p. 9) For the SNOPR, DOE revised the average lifetime estimates to reflect the new data, extending the revision as applicable also to electric and gas cooking tops, thereby establishing an average product lifetimes of 16 years for all electric cooking products and 13 years for all conventional gas cooking products. DOE characterized the product lifetimes with Weibull probability distributions. DOE requests comment on using the data it received from AHAM on the average lifetime for gas and electric ovens and extending it to cooktops (See Section VII E. Issues on Which DOE Seeks Comment).

    53 Appliance Magazine, Market Insight. The U.S. Appliance Industry: Market Value, Life Expectancy & Replacement Picture 2012.

    See chapter 8 of the TSD accompanying this SNOPR for further details on the sources used to develop product lifetimes, as well as the use of Weibull distributions.

    7. Discount Rates

    In the calculation of LCC, DOE applies discount rates appropriate to households to estimate the present value of future operating costs. DOE estimated a distribution of residential discount rates for conventional cooking products based on consumer financing costs and opportunity cost of funds related to appliance energy cost savings and maintenance costs.

    To establish residential discount rates for the LCC analysis, DOE's approach involved identifying all relevant household debt or asset classes in order to approximate a consumer's opportunity cost of funds related to appliance energy cost savings and maintenance costs. DOE estimated the average percentage shares of the various types of debt and equity by household income group using data from the Federal Reserve Board's Survey of Consumer Finances (SCF) for 1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2010, and 2013.54 Using the SCF and other sources, DOE then developed a distribution of rates for each type of debt and asset by income group to represent the rates that may apply in the year in which amended standards would take effect. DOE assigned each sample household a specific discount rate drawn from one of the distributions. The average rate across all types of household debt and equity and income groups, weighted by the shares of each class, is 4.4 percent. See chapter 8 in the SNOPR TSD for further details on the development of consumer discount rates.

    54 Note that two older versions of the SCF are also available (1989 and 1992). These surveys were not used in this analysis because they do not provide all of the necessary types of data (e.g., credit card interest rates). DOE determines that the 15-year span covered by the six surveys included is sufficiently representative of recent debt and equity shares and interest rates.

    8. Compliance Date

    The compliance date is the date when a covered product is required to meet a new or amended standard. DOE calculated the LCC and PBP for all customers as if each were to purchase a new product in the year that compliance with amended standards is required. Any final rule establishing amended standards would apply to conventional cooking products manufactured 3 years after the date on which the final rule is published (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(4)(A)(i)). For purposes of its analysis, DOE assumed that a final rule would be published in 2016, which results in 2019 being the first year of compliance with amended standards.

    9. No-New-Standards Case Efficiency Distribution

    To estimate the share of consumers that would be affected by a potential energy conservation standard at a particular efficiency level, DOE's LCC analysis considered the projected distribution (market shares) of product efficiencies in the no-new-standards case (i.e., the case without amended or new energy conservation standards). This approach reflects the fact that some consumers may purchase products with efficiencies greater than the baseline levels.

    To establish the current efficiency distribution for electric cooking products and conventional gas ovens, DOE developed and implemented a consumer-choice model 55 that assumes most consumers (i.e., home owners 56 ) are sensitive to the appliance first cost, and calculates the market share for available efficiency options based on the initial cost of electric cooking products and gas ovens at each efficiency level. DOE used a logit model to characterize historical shipments as a function of purchase price. In order to develop the logit model, DOE utilized shipments data collected by Market Research Magazine 57 and the PPI of household cooking appliance manufacturing 58 in the years 2002-2012, along with the consumer purchase price derived from the engineering analysis, to analyze factors that influence consumer purchasing decisions. Using this model, DOE found that historical shipments show a strong dependence on the first costs for electric cooking products and conventional gas ovens, and developed the best-fit logit parameters to capture this relationship. DOE then used the parameters to derive the market share for available efficiency options for home owners. Given that landlords generally have little incentive to install higher-efficiency products, DOE assigned the purchases of renters in the RECS sample to the baseline efficiency level.

    55 DOE developed this consumer choice model for this rulemaking, the details of which are outlined in Chapter 8 of the SNOPR TSD. This consumer choice framework has been used in many rulemakings and is also a key component in EIA's NEMS residential model to simulate appliance purchases over a range of efficiencies.

    56 DOE assumed that landlords would have no economic incentive to purchase higher-efficiency products and renters would have no decision making power to purchase or replace an electric cooking products or gas oven.

    57 UBM Canon, Market Research Magazine: Appliance Historical Statistical Review, 2014.

    58 U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, Producer Price Index Industry Data: Household cooking appliance manufacturing, 2014.

    To establish the current efficiency distribution for gas cooking tops, DOE relied on publicly available data on gas cooking top models in the market 59 and their configuration with regard to grates and burner input rates to characterize the efficiency distribution.

    59 Model data collected from the Web sites of A J Madison, Best Buy, and Lowe's.

    Given the lack of data on historic efficiency trends, DOE assumed that the estimated current distributions would apply in 2019.

    Table IV.37, Table IV.38, and Table IV.39 present the market shares of the efficiency levels in the no-new-standards case for conventional cooking products.60 See chapter 8 of the SNOPR TSD for further details on the development of these market shares.

    60 For the conventional oven product classes, the efficiency levels are based on an oven with a cavity volume of 4.3 ft3. As discussed in section IV.C.3 of this notice, DOE developed slopes and intercepts to characterize the relationship between IEAC and cavity volume for each efficiency level.

    EP02SE16.003 EP02SE16.004

    DOE seeks comments on its use of consumer choice model for establishing no-new standards efficiency distribution for some of the product classes (see section VII.B of this SNOPR).

    See chapter 8 of the TSD accompanying this SNOPR for further information regarding no-new standards efficiency distribution.

    10. Inputs to Payback Period Analysis

    The PBP is the amount of time it takes the consumer to recover the additional installed cost of more efficient equipment, compared to baseline equipment, through energy cost savings. PBPs are expressed in years. PBPs that exceed the life of the product mean that the increased total installed cost is not recovered in reduced operating expenses.

    The inputs to the PBP calculation are the total installed cost of the product to the customer for each efficiency level and the annual first year operating expenditures for each efficiency level. The PBP calculation uses the same inputs as the LCC analysis, except that energy price trends and discount rates are not needed.

    11. Rebuttable-Presumption Payback Period

    EPCA establishes a rebuttable presumption that a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that the additional cost to the consumer of purchasing a product complying with an energy conservation standard level will be less than three times the value of the energy savings during the first year that the consumer will receive as a result of the standard, as calculated under the test procedure in place for that standard. (42 U.S.C. (o)(2)(B)(iii) For each considered efficiency level, DOE determines the value of the first year's energy savings by calculating the quantity of those savings in accordance with the applicable DOE test procedure, and multiplying that amount by the average energy price forecast for the year in which compliance with the amended standards would be required. While DOE examined the rebuttable-presumption criterion, it considered whether the standard levels considered for this rule are economically justified through a more detailed analysis of the economic impacts of those levels pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i) (See section V.B.1.c.).

    G. Shipments Analysis

    DOE uses projections of product shipments to calculate the national impacts of standards on energy use, NPV, and future manufacturer cash flows. DOE develops shipment projections based on historical data and an analysis of key market drivers for each product. Historical shipments data are used to build up an equipment stock and also to calibrate the shipments model. For conventional cooking products, DOE accounted for three market segments: (1) New construction, (2) existing homes (i.e., replacing failed products), and (3) retired but not replaced products.

    To determine new construction shipments, DOE used a forecast of new housing coupled with product market saturation data for new housing. For new housing completions and mobile home placements, DOE adopted the projections from EIA's AEO 2015 through 2040. The market saturation data for new housing came from RECS 2009.

    DOE estimated replacements using product retirement functions developed from product lifetimes. DOE used retirement functions based on Weibull distributions.

    To reconcile the historical shipments with the model, DOE assumed that every retired unit is not replaced. DOE attributed the reason for this non-replacement to building demolition occurring over the period 2013-2048. The not-replaced rate is distributed across electric and gas cooking products.

    DOE allocated shipments to each product class based on the current market share of the class. DOE developed the market shares based on data collected from Appliance Magazine Market Research report 61 and U.S. Appliance Industry Statistical Review.62 The shares are kept constant over time.

    61 Appliance Magazine Market Research. The U.S. Appliance Industry: Market Value, Life Expectancy & Replacement Picture 2012.

    62 Appliance 2011. U.S. Appliance Industry Statistical Review: 2000 to YTD 2011.

    DOE did not estimate any fuel switching for electric and gas cooking products, as no significant switching was observed from historical data.

    Table IV.40 summarizes the approach and data DOE used to derive the inputs to the shipments analysis for the SNOPR.

    Table IV.40—Approach and Data Used To Derive the Inputs to the Shipments Analysis Inputs Approach New Construction Shipments Determined by multiplying housing forecasts by forecasted saturation of cooking products for new housing. Housing forecasts based on AEO2015 projections. New housing product saturations based on RECS 2009. Saturations maintained at 2009 levels. Replacements Determined by tracking total product stock by vintage and establishing the failure of the stock using retirement functions from the LCC and PBP analysis. Retirement functions were based on Weibull lifetime distributions. Retired but not replaced Used to calibrate shipments model to historical shipments data to account for a decline in the replacement shipments. Historical Shipments Data sources include U.S. Statistical Review of Appliance Industry, Appliance Magazine and Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers. Impacts Due to Efficiency Standards Considered an impact on the replacement market through possible repair of older cooking units to extend their lifetime, in response to an increase in price.

    DOE considered the impact of prospective standards on product shipments. DOE concluded that it is unlikely that the price increase due to the proposed standards would impact the decision to install a cooking product in the new construction market. In the replacement market, DOE assumed that, in response to an increased product price, some consumers will choose to repair their old cooking product and extend its lifetime instead of replacing it immediately. DOE estimated the magnitude of such impact through a purchase price elasticity of demand. The estimated price elasticity of −0.367 is based on data on cooking products as described in appendix 9A of the SNOPR TSD. This elasticity relates the repair or replace decision to the incremental installed cost of higher efficiency cooking products. DOE estimated that the average extension of life of the repaired unit would be 5 years, and then that unit will be replaced with a new cooking unit.

    DOE seeks comments on its approach and use of data for shipments analysis (see section VII.B of this SNOPR).

    For further details on the shipments analysis, please refer to chapter 9 of the SNOPR TSD.

    H. National Impact Analysis

    The NIA assesses the national energy savings and the national NPV of total consumer costs and savings that would be expected to result from amended standards at specific efficiency levels.

    DOE used an MS Excel spreadsheet model to calculate the national energy savings and the consumer costs and savings from each TSL.63 The NIA calculations are based on the annual energy consumption and total installed cost data from the energy use analysis and the LCC analysis. DOE projected the lifetime energy savings, energy cost savings, equipment costs, and NPV of customer benefits for each product class over the lifetime of equipment sold from 2019 through 2048.

    63 DOE's use of MS Excel as the basis for the spreadsheet models provides interested parties with access to the models within a familiar context. In addition, the TSD and other documentation that DOE provides during the rulemaking help explain the models and how to use them. Interested parties can review DOE's analyses by changing various input quantities within the spreadsheet.

    DOE evaluated the impacts of potential standards for conventional cooking products by comparing a case without such standards with standards-case projections. The no-new-standards case characterizes energy use and customer costs for each product class in the absence of proposed energy conservation standards. DOE compares the no-new-standards case with projections characterizing the market for each product class if DOE adopted new or amended standards at specific energy efficiency levels (i.e., the TSLs or standards cases) for that class.

    Table IV.41 summarizes the key inputs for the NIA. The sections following provide further details, as does chapter 10 of the SNOPR TSD.

    Table IV.41—Inputs for the National Impact Analysis Input Description Shipments Annual shipments from shipments model. Compliance date January 1, 2019. No-new-standards-case efficiency Based on consumer choice model for electric cooking products and gas ovens and model web-based data for gas cooking tops. Standards-case efficiency Based on a “roll up” scenario to establish a 2019 shipment weighted efficiency. Annual energy consumption per unit Calculated for each efficiency level and product class based on inputs from the energy use analysis. Total installed cost per unit Calculated by efficiency level using manufacturer selling prices and weighted-average overall markup values. Energy expense per unit Annual energy use is multiplied by the corresponding average electricity and gas price. Escalation of electricity and gas prices AEO 2015 forecasts (to 2040) and extrapolation beyond 2040 for electricity and gas prices. Electricity site-to-primary energy conversion A time series conversion factor; includes electric generation, transmission, and distribution losses. Discount rates 3% and 7%. Present year 2016. 1. Efficiency Trends

    A key component of DOE's estimates of national energy savings and NPV is the energy efficiencies forecasted over time. For the no-new-standards case, DOE utilized the consumer choice model (as described in section IV.F.9 of this SNOPR) in combination with the equipment price projection (as described in section IV.F.1 of this SNOPR) to determine the efficiencies in each future year.

    To estimate the impact that standards would have in the year compliance becomes required, DOE assumed that equipment efficiencies in the no-new-standards case that do not meet the standard level under consideration would “roll up” to meet the new standard level, and market shares at efficiencies above the standard level under consideration will shift based on the consumer choice model. In the case of gas cooking tops, which do not follow a consumer choice model, the market shares at efficiencies above the standard level under consideration would remain unchanged.

    2. National Energy Savings

    For each year in the forecast period, DOE calculates the national energy savings for each standard level by multiplying the shipments of cooking products by the per-unit annual energy savings. Cumulative energy savings are the sum of the annual energy savings over the lifetime of all equipment shipped during 2019-2048.

    The annual energy consumption per unit depends directly on equipment efficiency. DOE used the shipment-weighted energy efficiencies associated with the no-new-standards case and each standards case, in combination with the annual energy use data, to estimate the shipment-weighted average annual per-unit energy consumption under the no-new-standards case and standards cases. The national energy consumption is the product of the annual energy consumption per unit and the number of units of each vintage, which depends on shipments. DOE calculates the total annual site energy savings for a given standards case by subtracting total energy use in the standards case from total energy use in the no-new-standards case. Note that total shipments are nearly the same in the standards cases as in the no-new-standards case.

    DOE converted the site electricity consumption and savings to primary energy (power sector energy consumption) using annual conversion factors derived from the AEO 2015 version of the National Energy Modeling System (NEMS).

    In response to the recommendations of a committee on “Point-of-Use and Full-Fuel-Cycle Measurement Approaches to Energy Efficiency Standards” appointed by the National Academy of Science, DOE announced its intention to also use FFC measures of energy use, GHG emissions and other emissions in the national impact analyses and emissions analyses included in future energy conservation standards rulemakings. 76 FR 51281 (August 18, 2011). After evaluating the approaches discussed in the August 18, 2011 notice, DOE published a statement of amended policy in the Federal Register in which DOE explained its determination that NEMS is the most appropriate tool for its FFC analysis and its intention to use NEMS for that purpose. 77 FR 49701 (August 17, 2012). The FFC factors incorporate losses in production and delivery in the case of natural gas (including fugitive emissions), and energy used to produce and deliver the fuels used by power plants. The approach used for this SNOPR, and the FFC multipliers that were applied, are described in appendix 10A of the SNOPR TSD. Table IV.42 through Table IV.46 present the FFC equivalent of IAEC for the considered efficiency levels.

    EP02SE16.005 Table IV.43—Conventional Electric Standard Ovens: FFC Equivalent of IAEC Standard level IAEC—Site
  • (kWh)
  • Free-standing Built-in/
  • slide-in
  • IAEC—FFC
  • (kWh)
  • Free-standing Built-in/
  • slide-in
  • Baseline 315.2 322.3 1,039 1,062 1 306.3 313.3 1,009 1,032 2 292.3 299.0 963 985 3 278.7 285.0 918 939 4 274.0 280.3 903 924 5 262.8 268.8 866 886 6 222.8 227.8 734 751 7 222.2 227.2 732 749
    Table IV.44—Conventional Electric Self-Clean Ovens: FFC Equivalent of IAEC Standard level IAEC—Site
  • (kWh)
  • Free-standing Built-in/
  • slide-in
  • IAEC—FFC
  • (kWh)
  • Free-standing Built-in/
  • slide-in
  • Baseline 354.9 362.0 1,170 1,193 1 346.0 353.0 1,140 1,163 2 327.9 334.5 1,080 1,102 3 279.3 284.9 920 939 4 278.5 284.1 918 936
    Table IV.45—Conventional Gas Standard Ovens: FFC Equivalent of IAEC Standard level IAEC—Site
  • (kBtu)
  • Free-standing Built-in/
  • slide-in
  • IAEC—FFC
  • (kBtu)
  • Free-standing Built-in/
  • slide-in
  • Baseline 2,083.1 2,093.0 2,332 2,343 1 2,052.5 2,062.4 2,297 2,308 2 1,849.9 1,858.8 2,071 2,081 3 1,754.6 1,763.1 1,964 1,973 4 1,736.8 1,745.1 1,944 1,953 5 1,665.7 1,673.7 1,864 1,873 6 1,654.9 1,662.9 1,852 1,861
    Table IV.46—Conventional Gas Self-Clean Ovens: FFC Equivalent of IAEC Standard level IAEC—Site
  • (kBtu)
  • Free-standing Built-in/
  • slide-in
  • IAEC—FFC
  • (kBtu)
  • Free-standing Built-in/
  • slide-in
  • Baseline 1,959.6 1,969.6 2,193 2,204 1 1,929.0 1,939.0 2,159 2,170 2 1,740.5 1,749.4 1,948 1,958 3 1,664.5 1,673.0 1,863 1,873 4 1,658.9 1,667.4 1,857 1,866

    The National Propane Gas Association (NPGA) commented that DOE uses FFC to project the energy savings and energy consumption of ovens under the proposed standards, but DOE also employs a separate methodology exclusively to forecast savings for electricity, which seems to double estimates of electricity savings. NPGA stated that DOE's primary energy savings calculations are in addition to FFC energy savings. Therefore, electricity receives two energy savings estimates: That of primary energy savings calculations and FFC energy savings calculations. (NPGA, No. 35 at p. 3)

    The estimated primary energy savings from energy conservation standards are not in addition to the FFC savings. DOE continues to report primary energy savings because this is a metric that has been familiar to stakeholders. However, DOE regards FFC energy savings as providing a more complete picture of the impacts of potential standards.

    3. Net Present Value of Customer Benefit

    The inputs for determining the NPV of the total costs and benefits experienced by consumers are: (1) Total annual installed cost; (2) total annual operating costs; and (3) a discount factor to calculate the present value of costs and savings. DOE calculates the lifetime net savings for equipment shipped each year as the difference between the no-new-standards case and each standards case in total savings in lifetime operating costs and total increases in installed costs. DOE calculates lifetime operating cost savings over the life of each considered conventional cooking products shipped during the forecast period.

    a. Total Annual Installed Cost

    The total installed cost includes both the equipment price and the installation cost. For each product class, DOE calculated equipment prices by efficiency level using manufacturer selling prices and weighted-average overall markup values. Because DOE calculated the total installed cost as a function of equipment efficiency, it was able to determine annual total installed costs based on the annual shipment-weighted efficiency levels determined in the shipments model. DOE accounted for the repair and maintenance costs associated with typical repairs in cooking products.

    As noted in section IV.F.1 of this SNOPR, DOE assumed a declining trend in the conventional cooking product prices over the analysis period. In addition, DOE conducted sensitivity analyses using alternative price trends: one in which the rate of decline in prices is greater than the reference trend, and one in which the rate of decline is lower. These price trends, and the NPV results from the associated sensitivity cases, are described in appendix 10B of the SNOPR TSD.

    b. Total Annual Operating Cost Savings

    The per-unit energy savings were derived as described in section IV.H.2 of this SNOPR. To calculate future electricity and natural gas prices, DOE applied the projected trend in national-average residential electricity and natural gas prices from the AEO 2015 Reference case, which extends to 2040, to the prices derived in the LCC and PBP analysis. DOE used the trend from 2025 to 2040 to extrapolate beyond 2040.

    In addition, DOE analyzed scenarios that used the energy price projections in the AEO 2015 Low Economic Growth and High Economic Growth cases. These cases have higher and lower energy price trends compared to the Reference case. These price trends, and the NPV results from the associated cases, are described in appendix 10C of the SNOPR TSD.

    In calculating the NPV, DOE multiplies the net dollar savings in future years by a discount factor to determine their present value. DOE estimates the NPV using both a 3-percent and a 7-percent real discount rate in accordance with guidance provided by the OMB to Federal agencies on the development of regulatory analysis.64 The discount rates for the determination of NPV are in contrast to the discount rates used in the LCC analysis, which are designed to reflect a consumer's perspective. The 7-percent real value is an estimate of the average before-tax rate of return to private capital in the U.S. economy. The 3-percent real value represents the “social rate of time preference,” which is the rate at which society discounts future consumption flows to their present value.

    64 U.S. Office of Management and Budget, “Circular A-4: Regulatory Analysis,” Section E, (Sept. 17, 2003) (Available at: http://www.whitehouse.gov/omb/circulars_a004_a-4/).

    I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis

    In analyzing the potential impact of new or amended standards on individual consumers, DOE evaluates the impact on identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be disproportionately affected by a national standard level. The purpose of a subgroup analysis is to determine the extent of any such disproportional impacts. DOE evaluates impacts on particular subgroups of consumers by analyzing the LCC impacts and PBP for those particular consumers from alternative standard levels. For this SNOPR, DOE used RECS 2009 data to analyze the potential effect of standards for residential cooking products on two consumer subgroups: (1) Households with low income levels, and (2) households comprised of seniors. DOE used the LCC and PBP spreadsheet model to estimate the impacts of the considered efficiency levels on these subgroups.

    More details on the consumer subgroup analysis can be found in chapter 11 of the SNOPR TSD accompanying this SNOPR.

    J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis 1. Overview

    DOE conducted an MIA for residential conventional cooking products to estimate the financial impact of new and amended energy conservation standards on manufacturers of these products. The MIA has both quantitative and qualitative aspects. The quantitative part of the MIA relies on the GRIM, an industry cash-flow model customized for residential conventional cooking products covered in this rulemaking. The key GRIM inputs are data on the industry cost structure, manufacturer production costs, shipments, and assumptions about manufacturer markups and conversion costs. The key MIA output is INPV. DOE used the GRIM to calculate cash flows using standard accounting principles and to compare changes in INPV between a no-new-standards case and various TSLs in the standards cases. The difference in INPV between the no-new-standards and standards cases represent the financial impact of new and amended energy conservation standards on residential conventional cooking product manufacturers. Different sets of assumptions (scenarios) produce different INPV results. The qualitative part of the MIA addresses factors such as manufacturing capacity; characteristics of, and impacts on, any particular subgroup of manufacturers; and impacts on competition.

    DOE conducted the MIA for this rulemaking in three phases. In the first phase DOE prepared an industry characterization based on the market and technology assessment, as well as publicly available information. In the second phase, DOE developed an interview guide based on the industry financial parameters derived in the first phase. In the third phase, DOE conducted interviews with a variety of residential conventional cooking product manufacturers, all of whom accounted for more than 85 percent of domestic residential conventional cooking product sales covered by this rulemaking. During these interviews, DOE discussed engineering, manufacturing, procurement, and financial topics specific to each company and obtained each manufacturer's view of the residential conventional cooking product industry as a whole. The interviews provided information that DOE used to evaluate the impacts of new and amended standards on manufacturers' cash flows, manufacturing capacities, and direct domestic manufacturing employment levels. Section V.B.2 of this SNOPR contains a discussion on the estimated changes in the number of domestic employees involved in manufacturing residential conventional cooking products covered by the proposed standards. Section IV.J.4 of this SNOPR contains a description of the key issues manufacturers raised during the interviews.

    During the third phase, DOE also used the results of the industry characterization analysis in the first phase and feedback from manufacturer interviews to group together manufacturers that exhibit similar production and cost structure characteristics. DOE identified two manufacturer subgroups for a separate impact analysis—small business manufacturers and commercial-style manufacturers.

    Small business manufacturers are defined by the Small Business Administration (SBA) for this particular industry as having less than 1,500 total employees. This threshold includes all employees in a business' parent company and any other subsidiaries. Based on this classification, DOE identified nine residential conventional cooking product manufacturers that qualify as small businesses. Commercial-style manufacturers are defined as manufacturers primarily selling residential gas cooking products that are marketed as commercial-style. DOE identified five commercial-style manufacturers primarily selling commercial-style cooking products covered by this rulemaking. The impacts on the small business manufacturer subgroup are discussed in greater detail in section VI.B of this SNOPR and the impacts on the commercial-style manufacturer subgroup are discussed in greater detail in section V.B.2.d of this SNOPR.

    2. GRIM Analysis and Key Inputs

    DOE uses the GRIM to quantify the changes in cash flows over time due to new and amended energy conservation standards. These changes in cash flows result in either a higher or lower INPV for the standards cases compared to a case where new and amended standards have not been set (no-new-standards case). The GRIM analysis uses a standard annual cash flow analysis that incorporates manufacturer costs, manufacturer markups, industry shipments, and industry financial information as inputs. It then models changes in manufacturer production costs, manufacturer investments, and manufacturer margins that result from new and amended standards. The GRIM uses these inputs to calculate a series of annual cash flows beginning with the reference year of the analysis, 2016, and continuing to 2048. DOE computes INPV by summing the stream of annual discounted cash flows during the analysis period. DOE used a real discount rate of 9.1 percent for residential conventional cooking product manufacturers. The discount rate estimates were derived from industry corporate annual reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC 10-Ks). During manufacturer interviews residential conventional cooking product manufacturers were asked to provide feedback on this discount rate. Most manufacturers agreed that a discount rate of 9.1 was appropriate to use for residential conventional cooking product manufacturers. Many inputs into the GRIM came from the engineering analysis, the shipment analysis, manufacturer interviews, and other research conducted during the MIA. The major GRIM inputs are described in detail in the following sections.

    a. Capital and Product Conversion Costs

    DOE expects new and amended energy conservation standards for residential conventional cooking products to cause manufacturers to incur conversion costs to bring their production facilities and product designs into compliance with the new and amended standards. For the MIA, DOE classified these conversion costs into two major groups: (1) Capital conversion costs, and (2) product conversion costs. Capital conversion costs are investments in property, plant, and equipment necessary to adapt or change existing production facilities such that new product designs can be fabricated and assembled. Product conversion costs are investments in research, development, testing, marketing, certification, and other non-capitalized costs necessary to make product designs comply with new and amended standards.

    Using feedback from manufacturer interviews, DOE conducted a top-down analysis to calculate the capital and product conversion costs for residential conventional cooking product manufacturers. DOE asked manufacturers during interviews to estimate the total capital and product conversion costs they would need to incur to be able to produce each residential conventional cooking product at specific efficiency levels. DOE then summed these values provided by manufacturers to arrive at total top-down industry conversion cost for residential conventional cooking products.

    See chapter 12 of the SNOPR TSD for a complete description of DOE's assumptions for the capital and product conversion costs.

    b. Manufacturer Production Costs

    Manufacturing more efficient residential conventional cooking products is typically more expensive than manufacturing baseline products due to the need for more costly materials and components. The higher MPCs for these more efficient products can affect the revenue, gross margin, and the cash flows of residential conventional cooking product manufacturers. DOE developed MPCs for each representative unit at each efficiency level analyzed. DOE purchased a number of units from each product class, then tested and tore down those units to create a unique bill of materials for the purchased unit. Using the bill of materials for each residential conventional cooking product, DOE was able to create an aggregated MPC based on the material costs from the bill of materials; the labor costs based on an average labor rate and the labor hours necessary to manufacture the residential conventional cooking products; and the overhead costs, including depreciation, based on a markup applied to the material and labor costs based on the materials used. For more information about MPCs, see section IV.C of this SNOPR.

    c. Shipment Scenarios

    INPV, the key GRIM output, depends on industry revenue, which depends on the quantity and prices of residential conventional cooking products shipped in each year of the analysis period. Industry revenue calculations require forecasts of: (1) The total annual shipment volume of residential conventional cooking products; (2) the distribution of shipments across product classes (because prices vary by product class); and (3) the distribution of shipments across efficiency levels (because prices vary with efficiency).

    For the no-new-standards case scenario of the shipment analysis, DOE develops shipment projections based on historical data and an analysis of key market drivers. In the standards cases, DOE modeled a roll-up scenario. The roll-up scenario represents the case in which all shipments in the no-new-standards case that do not meet the new and amended standards are redesigned to now meet the new and amended standards levels, but do not exceed the new and amended standards levels. Also, no shipments that meet or exceed the new and amended standards have an increase in efficiency due to the new and amended standards.

    For a complete description of the shipments used in the no-new-standards case and standards cases see the shipments analysis discussion in section IV.G of this SNOPR.

    d. Markup Scenarios

    As discussed in the manufacturer production costs section previously, the MPCs for each of the product classes of residential conventional cooking products are the manufacturers' factory costs for those units. These costs include materials, direct labor, depreciation, and overhead, which are collectively referred to as the cost of goods sold (COGS). The MSP is the price received by residential conventional cooking product manufacturers from their customers, typically retail outlets, regardless of the downstream distribution channel through which the residential conventional cooking products are ultimately sold. The MSP is not the cost the end-user pays for residential conventional cooking products because there are typically multiple sales along the distribution chain and various markups applied to each sale. The MSP equals the MPC multiplied by the manufacturer markup. The manufacturer markup covers all the residential conventional cooking product manufacturer's non-production costs (i.e., selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A), research and development (R&D), and interest, etc.) as well as profit. Total industry revenue for residential conventional cooking product manufacturers equals the MSPs at each efficiency level for each product class multiplied by the number of shipments at each efficiency level for each product class.

    Modifying these manufacturer markups in the standards cases yields a different set of impacts on residential conventional cooking product manufacturers than in the no-new-standards case. For the MIA, DOE modeled two standards case markup scenarios for residential conventional cooking products to represent the uncertainty regarding the potential impacts on prices and profitability for residential conventional cooking product manufacturers following the implementation of new and amended energy conservation standards. The two scenarios are: (1) A preservation of gross margin markup scenario and (2) a preservation of operating profit markup scenario. Each scenario leads to different manufacturer markup values, which, when applied to the inputted MPCs, result in varying revenue and cash flow impacts on residential conventional cooking product manufacturers.

    The preservation of gross margin markup scenario assumes that the COGS for each residential conventional cooking product is marked up by a flat percentage to cover SG&A expenses, R&D expenses, interest expenses, and profit. This allows manufacturers to preserve the same gross margin percentage in the standards cases as in the no-new-standards case throughout the entire analysis period. This markup scenario represents the upper bound of the residential conventional cooking product industry profitability in the standards cases because residential conventional cooking product manufacturers are able to fully pass through additional costs due to standards to their consumers.

    To derive the preservation of gross margin markup percentages for residential conventional cooking products, DOE examined the SEC 10-Ks of all publicly traded residential conventional cooking product manufacturers to estimate the industry average gross margin percentage. DOE estimated that the manufacturer markup is 1.20 for all residential conventional cooking products. Manufacturers were then asked about this industry gross margin percentage derived from SEC 10-Ks during interviews. Residential conventional cooking product manufacturers agreed that the 1.20 average industry gross margin calculated from SEC 10-Ks was an appropriate estimate to use in the MIA. DOE seeks comment on the use of 1.20 as a manufacturer markup for all residential conventional cooking products.

    DOE included an alternative markup scenario, the preservation of operating profit markup scenario, because manufacturers stated they do not expect to be able to markup the full cost of production in the standards cases, given the highly competitive residential conventional cooking product market. The preservation of operating profit markup scenario assumes that manufacturers are able to maintain only the no-new-standards case total operating profit in absolute dollars in the standards cases, despite higher production costs and investment. The no-new-standards case total operating profit is derived from marking up the COGS by the preservation of gross margin markup previously described. In the standards cases for the preservation of operating profit markup scenario, DOE adjusted the residential conventional cooking product manufacturer markups in the GRIM at each TSL to yield approximately the same earnings before interest and taxes in the standards cases in the year after the compliance date of the new and amended standards as in the no-new-standards case. Under this scenario manufacturers are not able to earn additional operating profit on higher per unit production costs and increased capital and product investments required to comply with new and amended energy conservation standards. However, they are able to maintain the same operating profit in absolute dollars in the standards cases that was earned in the no-new-standards case.

    The preservation of operating profit markup scenario represents the lower bound of industry profitability in the standards cases. This is because manufacturers are not able to fully pass through the additional costs necessitated by new and amended energy conservation standards, as they are able to do in the preservation of gross margin markup scenario. Therefore, manufacturers earn less revenue in the preservation of operating profit markup scenario than they do in the preservation of gross margin markup scenario.

    3. Discussion of Comments

    The February 2014 RFI for residential conventional cooking products did not focus on the MIA or specifically address any issues relating to the MIA. Therefore, DOE did not receive any MIA-specific comments from this February 2014 RFI. However, during the July 2015 NOPR public meeting for residential conventional ovens, interested parties commented on the assumptions and results of the residential conventional ovens NOPR. These issues included, test procedure, safety requirements, and the cumulative regulatory burden placed on manufacturers.

    a. Test Procedure

    AHAM commented that DOE's recent practice of amending the test procedure parallel to proposing amended standards increases the burden on manufacturers of residential conventional cooking products in responding to DOE's proposed rules. When the rulemakings are parallel to each other, it is difficult to comment on the proposed energy conservation standard because the test procedure is not yet finalized. (AHAM, No. 38 at p. 10) DOE has considered these comments as part of this rulemaking and notes that this SNOPR provides additional opportunity for interested parties to provide comment based on the proposed cooking product test procedure discussed in section III.C.

    b. Safety Requirements

    Manufacturers expressed concern that the new safety requirements, UL 858 and Canadian Standards Association (CSA) C22.2.61 “Household Cooking Ranges,” for conventional cooking products would consume a significant amount of human and capital resources until 2018, which would cause a strain on resources needed for the implementation of energy conservation standards. It was suggested that the effective date of standards be shifted to allow manufacturers first to meet safety standards and then focus their limited resources on meeting the new and amended energy conservation standards. (Whirlpool, No. 33 at p. 4, 5, and 7; Electrolux, No. 27 at p. 5) DOE understands manufacturers must comply with several regulations, including UL 858 and CSA C22.2.61, and included this in analyzing impacts of the proposed standard on manufacturers in the cumulative regulatory burden section, section V.B.2.e of this SNOPR. DOE understands manufacturers have limited resources, however DOE feels that setting an effective date at the end of 2019 balances the benefits and costs associated with this rulemaking.

    c. Cumulative Regulatory Burden

    Several manufacturers noted the regulatory burden that numerous regulations will have on manufacturers. The regulatory burden of new safety requirements, UL 858 and CSA C22.2.61; DOE energy conservation standards on other home appliances; and the dual investments for adopting oven and cooking top standards are a concern amongst manufacturers. Manufacturers stated that DOE should also consider additional products that manufacturers of residential conventional cooking products make, which are also subject to potential DOE energy conservation standards. This places further cumulative regulatory burden on time and resources needed to evaluate and respond to both test procedures and energy conservation standards. (Whirlpool, No. 33 at p. 4 and 7; Electrolux, No. 27 at p. 5; AHAM, No. 38 at p. 10) DOE analyzed cumulative regulatory burden, V.B.2.e, and included this in analyzing impacts of the proposed standard on manufacturers.

    4. Manufacturer Interviews

    DOE conducted manufacturer interviews following publication of the February 2014 RFI in preparation for the June 2015 NOPR analysis. In these interviews, DOE asked manufacturers to describe their major concerns with this residential conventional cooking products rulemaking. The following section describes the key issues identified by residential conventional cooking product manufacturers during these interviews. DOE conducted additional discussions with select manufacturers to follow up on information received on the June 2015 NOPR, but those discussions focused primarily on the engineering analysis.

    a. Premium Products Tend To Be Less Efficient

    Manufacturers stated that their premium products (i.e., gas cooking tops and ovens marketed as commercial-style) are usually less efficient than products marketed as residential-style. Commercial-style cooking tops typically have less efficient features such as larger cast iron grates that act as an additional thermal load. Also, this style of gas cooking top typically has a wider gap between the burner and grate surface, further reducing the efficiency of the cooking top. Conversely, gas cooking tops marketed as residential-style tend to have inner, lower grates so the cooking vessels resting on them are closer to the heat sources. Commercial-style ovens typically have large, heavier-gauge cavity construction and extension racks that result in inherently lower efficiencies compared to residential-style ovens with comparable cavities sizes, due to the greater thermal mass of the cavity and racks, when measured according to the DOE test procedure in effect at the time of the interviews. Manufacturers warned DOE that focusing only on the efficiency of residential conventional cooking products could cause some manufacturers to redesign their products in a way that reduces consumer satisfaction as consumers tend to value premium features, even though they may be less efficient.

    b. Induction Cooking Products

    Some manufacturers stated that induction cooking tops should be considered as a separate product class apart from electric smooth cooking tops. Manufacturers stated that while induction cooking tops tends to be more efficient that other electric smooth cooking tops, induction cooking tops could require consumers to replace some or all of their cookware if they are not ferromagnetic.

    c. Product Utility

    Manufacturers stated that energy efficiency is not one of the most important attributes that consumers value when purchasing residential conventional cooking products. Manufacturers stated that there are several other factors, such as performance and durability, which consumers value more when purchasing residential conventional cooking products. Forcing manufacturers to improve the efficiency of their products could lead to some manufacturers removing premium features that consumers desire from their products, reducing overall consumer utility.

    d. Testing and Certification Burdens

    Several manufacturers expressed concern about the testing and recertification costs associated with new and amended energy conservation standards for residential conventional cooking products. Because testing and certification costs are incurred on a per model basis, if a large number of models are required to be redesigned to meet new and amended standards, manufacturers would be forced to spend a significant amount of money testing and certifying products that were redesigned due to new and amended standards. Manufacturers stated that these testing and certification costs associated with residential conventional cooking products could significantly strain their limited resources if these costs were all incurred in the 3-year time frame from the publication of a final rule to the implementation of the new and amended standards.

    K. Emissions Analysis

    The emissions analysis consists of two components. The first component estimates the effect of potential energy conservation standards on power sector and site (where applicable) combustion emissions of CO2, NOX, SO2, and Hg. The second component estimates the impacts of potential standards on emissions of two additional greenhouse gases, CH4 and N2O, as well as the reductions to emissions of all species due to “upstream” activities in the fuel production chain. These upstream activities comprise extraction, processing, and transporting fuels to the site of combustion. The associated emissions are referred to as upstream emissions.

    The analysis of power sector emissions uses marginal emissions factors that were derived from data in AEO 2015, as described in section IV.M of this SNOPR. The methodology is described in chapter 13 and chapter 15 of the SNOPR TSD.

    Combustion emissions of CH4 and N2O are estimated using emissions intensity factors published by the EPA, GHG Emissions Factors Hub.65 The FFC upstream emissions are estimated based on the methodology described in chapter 15 of the SNOPR TSD. The upstream emissions include both emissions from fuel combustion during extraction, processing, and transportation of fuel, and “fugitive” emissions (direct leakage to the atmosphere) of CH4 and CO2.

    65 Available at: http://www2.epa.gov/climateleadership/center-corporate-climate-leadership-ghg-emission-factors-hub.

    The emissions intensity factors are expressed in terms of physical units per MWh or MMBtu of site energy savings. Total emissions reductions are estimated using the energy savings calculated in the national impact analysis.

    For CH4 and N2O, DOE calculated emissions reduction in tons and also in terms of units of carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2eq). Gases are converted to CO2eq by multiplying each ton of gas by the gas' global warming potential (GWP) over a 100-year time horizon. Based on the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change,66 DOE used GWP values of 28 for CH4 and 265 for N2O.

    66 IPCC, 2013: Climate Change 2013: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [Stocker, T.F., D. Qin, G.-K. Plattner, M. Tignor, S.K. Allen, J. Boschung, A. Nauels, Y. Xia, V. Bex and P.M. Midgley (eds.)]. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA. Chapter 8.

    Because the on-site operation of gas cooking tops requires use of fossil fuels and results in emissions of CO2, NOX, and SO2 at the sites where these appliances are used, DOE also accounted for the reduction in these site emissions and the associated upstream emissions due to potential standards. Site emissions were estimated using emissions intensity factors from an EPA publication.67

    67 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, AP-42, Fifth Edition, Volume I: Stationary Point and Area Sources (1998) (Available at: http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ap42/index.html).

    The AEO incorporates the projected impacts of existing air quality regulations on emissions. AEO 2015 generally represents current legislation and environmental regulations, including recent government actions, for which implementing regulations were available as of October 31, 2015. DOE's estimation of impacts accounts for the presence of the emissions control programs discussed in the following paragraphs.

    SO2 emissions from affected electric generating units (EGUs) are subject to nationwide and regional emissions cap-and-trade programs. Title IV of the Clean Air Act sets an annual emissions cap on SO2 for affected EGUs in the 48 contiguous States and the District of Columbia (DC). (42 U.S.C. 7651 et seq.) SO2 emissions from 28 eastern States and DC were also limited under the Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR). 70 FR 25162 (May 12, 2005). CAIR created an allowance-based trading program that operates along with the Title IV program. In 2008, CAIR was remanded to EPA by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit, but it remained in effect.68 In 2011, EPA issued a replacement for CAIR, the Cross-State Air Pollution Rule (CSAPR). 76 FR 48208 (August 8, 2011). On August 21, 2012, the D.C. Circuit issued a decision to vacate CSAPR,69 and the court ordered EPA to continue administering CAIR. On April 29, 2014, the U.S. Supreme Court reversed the judgment of the D.C. Circuit and remanded the case for further proceedings consistent with the Supreme Court's opinion.70 On October 23, 2014, the D.C. Circuit lifted the stay of CSAPR.71 Pursuant to this action, CSAPR went into effect (and CAIR ceased to be in effect) as of January 1, 2015.

    68 See North Carolina v. EPA, 550 F.3d 1176 (D.C. Cir. 2008); North Carolina v. EPA, 531 F.3d 896 (D.C. Cir. 2008).

    69 See EME Homer City Generation, LP v. EPA, 696 F.3d 7, 38 (D.C. Cir. 2012), cert. granted, 81 U.S.L.W. 3567, 81 U.S.L.W. 3696, 81 U.S.L.W. 3702 (U.S. June 24, 2013) (No. 12-1182).

    70See EPA v. EME Homer City Generation, 134 S. Ct. 1584, 1610 (U.S. 2014). The Supreme Court held in part that EPA's methodology for quantifying emissions that must be eliminated in certain States due to their impacts in other downwind States was based on a permissible, workable, and equitable interpretation of the Clean Air Act provision that provides statutory authority for CSAPR.

    71See Georgia v. EPA, Order (D.C. Cir. filed October 23, 2014) (No. 11-1302),

    EIA was not able to incorporate CSAPR into AEO 2015, so it assumes implementation of CAIR. Although DOE's analysis used emissions factors that assume that CAIR, not CSAPR, is the regulation in force, the difference between CAIR and CSAPR is not relevant for the purpose of DOE's analysis of emissions impacts from energy conservation standards.

    The attainment of emissions caps is typically flexible among EGUs and is enforced through the use of emissions allowances and tradable permits. Under existing EPA regulations, any excess SO2 emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand caused by the adoption of an efficiency standard could be used to permit offsetting increases in SO2 emissions by any regulated EGU. In past rulemakings, DOE recognized that there was uncertainty about the effects of efficiency standards on SO2 emissions covered by the existing cap-and-trade system, but it concluded that negligible reductions in power sector SO2 emissions would occur as a result of standards.

    Beginning in 2016, however, SO2 emissions will fall as a result of the Mercury and Air Toxics Standards (MATS) for power plants. 77 FR 9304 (Feb. 16, 2012). In the MATS rule, EPA established a standard for hydrogen chloride as a surrogate for acid gas hazardous air pollutants (HAP), and also established a standard for SO2 (a non-HAP acid gas) as an alternative equivalent surrogate standard for acid gas HAP. The same controls are used to reduce HAP and non-HAP acid gas; thus, SO2 emissions will be reduced as a result of the control technologies installed on coal-fired power plants to comply with the MATS requirements for acid gas. AEO 2015 assumes that, in order to continue operating, coal plants must have either flue gas desulfurization or dry sorbent injection systems installed by 2016. Both technologies, which are used to reduce acid gas emissions, also reduce SO2 emissions. Under the MATS, emissions will be far below the cap established by CAIR, so it is unlikely that excess SO2 emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand would be needed or used to permit offsetting increases in SO2 emissions by any regulated EGU.72 Therefore, DOE believes that energy conservation standards will generally reduce SO2 emissions in 2016 and beyond.

    72 DOE notes that the Supreme Court remanded EPA's 2012 rule regarding national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants from certain electric utility steam generating units. See Michigan v. EPA (Case No. 14-46, 2015). DOE has tentatively determined that the remand of the MATS rule does not change the assumptions regarding the impact of energy efficiency standards on SO2 emissions. Further, while the remand of the MATS rule may have an impact on the overall amount of mercury emitted by power plants, it does not change the impact of the energy efficiency standards on mercury emissions. DOE will continue to monitor developments related to this case and respond to them as appropriate.

    CAIR established a cap on NOX emissions in 28 eastern States and the District of Columbia.73 Energy conservation standards are expected to have little effect on NOX emissions in those States covered by CAIR because excess NOX emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand could be used to permit offsetting increases in NOX emissions from other facilities. However, standards would be expected to reduce NOX emissions in the States not affected by the caps, so DOE estimated NOX emissions reductions from the standards considered in this SNOPR for these States.

    73 As stated previously, the current analysis assumes that CAIR, not CSAPR, is the regulation in force. The difference between CAIR and CSAPR with regard to DOE's analysis of NOX emissions is slight.

    The MATS limit mercury emissions from power plants, but they do not include emissions caps and, as such, DOE's energy conservation standards would likely reduce Hg emissions. DOE estimated mercury emissions reduction using emissions factors based on AEO 2015, which incorporates the MATS.

    EEI commented that DOE's general approach to the long-term assessment of the impacts of energy conservation standards on electricity usage and the related upstream emissions from the power sector is flawed due to their failure to address significant and expected changes in the power sector that will change demand for electricity and the composition of the generating fleet through the period that is covered by the life of a new residential cooking product. EEI also commented that this focus on existing regulations results in predictions about the future composition of the electric generating fleet and the related emissions from that fleet that are unlikely to be borne out by actual experience. (EEI, No. 30 at p. 4)

    DOE believes it would be inappropriate to use projections of the power sector that attempt to incorporate regulations that have not been finalized. The final shape of a regulation affects its impacts on the power sector and is not certain until the regulation has become effective.74

    74 In many cases, newly-issued regulations face challenge in the courts, the outcome of which is uncertain. However, DOE believes that it is reasonable to include the impacts of regulations that have already been issued.

    L. Monetizing Carbon Dioxide and Other Emissions Impacts

    As part of the development of this proposed rule, DOE considered the estimated monetary benefits from the reduced emissions of CO2 and NOX that are expected to result from each of the TSLs considered. In order to make this calculation similar to the calculation of the NPV of consumer benefit, DOE considered the reduced emissions expected to result over the lifetime of equipment shipped in the forecast period for each TSL. This section summarizes the basis for the monetary values used for each of these emissions and presents the values considered in this SNOPR.

    1. Social Cost of Carbon

    The SCC is an estimate of the monetized damages associated with an incremental increase in carbon emissions in a given year. It is intended to include (but is not limited to) changes in net agricultural productivity, human health, property damages from increased flood risk, and the value of ecosystem services. Estimates of the SCC are provided in dollars per metric ton of carbon dioxide. A domestic SCC value is meant to reflect the value of damages in the United States resulting from a unit change in carbon dioxide emissions, while a global SCC value is meant to reflect the value of damages worldwide.

    Under section 1(b)(6) of Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993), agencies must, to the extent permitted by law, assess both the costs and the benefits of the intended regulation and, recognizing that some costs and benefits are difficult to quantify, propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that the benefits of the intended regulation justify its costs. The purpose of the SCC estimates presented here is to allow agencies to incorporate the monetized social benefits of reducing CO2 emissions into cost-benefit analyses of regulatory actions. The estimates are presented with an acknowledgement of the many uncertainties involved and with a clear understanding that they should be updated over time to reflect increasing knowledge of the science and economics of climate impacts.

    As part of the interagency process that developed the SCC estimates, technical experts from numerous agencies met on a regular basis to consider public comments, explore the technical literature in relevant fields, and discuss key model inputs and assumptions. The main objective of this process was to develop a range of SCC values using a defensible set of input assumptions grounded in the existing scientific and economic literatures. In this way, key uncertainties and model differences transparently and consistently inform the range of SCC estimates used in the rulemaking process.

    a. Monetizing Carbon Dioxide Emissions

    When attempting to assess the incremental economic impacts of carbon dioxide emissions, the analyst faces a number of challenges. A report from the National Research Council points out that any assessment will suffer from uncertainty, speculation, and lack of information about: (1) Future emissions of greenhouse gases; (2) the effects of past and future emissions on the climate system; (3) the impact of changes in climate on the physical and biological environment; and (4) the translation of these environmental impacts into economic damages.75 As a result, any effort to quantify and monetize the harms associated with climate change will raise serious questions of science, economics, and ethics and should be viewed as provisional.

    75 National Research Council. Hidden Costs of Energy: Unpriced Consequences of Energy Production and Use. National Academies Press: Washington, DC (2009).

    Despite the limits of both quantification and monetization, SCC estimates can be useful in estimating the social benefits of reducing carbon dioxide emissions. The agency can estimate the benefits from reduced (or costs from increased) emissions in any future year by multiplying the change in emissions in that year by the SCC values appropriate for that year. The NPV of the benefits can then be calculated by multiplying each of these future benefits by an appropriate discount factor and summing across all affected years.

    It is important to emphasize that the interagency process is committed to updating these estimates as the science and economic understanding of climate change and its impacts on society improves over time. In the meantime, the interagency group will continue to explore the issues raised by this analysis and consider public comments as part of the ongoing interagency process.

    b. Development of Social Cost of Carbon Values

    In 2009, an interagency process was initiated to offer a preliminary assessment of how best to quantify the benefits from reducing carbon dioxide emissions. To ensure consistency in how benefits are evaluated across Federal agencies, the Administration sought to develop a transparent and defensible method, specifically designed for the rulemaking process, to quantify avoided climate change damages from reduced CO2 emissions. The interagency group did not undertake any original analysis. Instead, it combined SCC estimates from the existing literature to use as interim values until a more comprehensive analysis could be conducted. The outcome of the preliminary assessment by the interagency group was a set of five interim values: global SCC estimates for 2007 (in 2006$) of $55, $33, $19, $10, and $5 per metric ton of CO2. These interim values represented the first sustained interagency effort within the U.S. government to develop an SCC for use in regulatory analysis. The results of this preliminary effort were presented in several proposed and final rules.

    c. Current Approach and Key Assumptions

    After the release of the interim values, the interagency group reconvened on a regular basis to generate improved SCC estimates. Specifically, the group considered public comments and further explored the technical literature in relevant fields. The interagency group relied on three integrated assessment models commonly used to estimate the SCC: The FUND, DICE, and PAGE models. These models are frequently cited in the peer-reviewed literature and were used in the last assessment of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). Each model was given equal weight in the SCC values that were developed.

    Each model takes a slightly different approach to model how changes in emissions result in changes in economic damages. A key objective of the interagency process was to enable a consistent exploration of the three models while respecting the different approaches to quantifying damages taken by the key modelers in the field. An extensive review of the literature was conducted to select three sets of input parameters for these models: Climate sensitivity, socio-economic and emissions trajectories, and discount rates. A probability distribution for climate sensitivity was specified as an input into all three models. In addition, the interagency group used a range of scenarios for the socio-economic parameters and a range of values for the discount rate. All other model features were left unchanged, relying on the model developers' best estimates and judgments.

    In 2010, the interagency group selected four sets of SCC values for use in regulatory analyses.76 Three sets of values are based on the average SCC from three integrated assessment models, at discount rates of 2.5 percent, 3 percent, and 5 percent. The fourth set, which represents the 95th-percentile SCC estimate across all three models at a 3-percent discount rate, is included to represent higher-than-expected impacts from climate change further out in the tails of the SCC distribution. The values grow in real terms over time. Additionally, the interagency group determined that a range of values from 7 percent to 23 percent should be used to adjust the global SCC to calculate domestic effects,77 although preference is given to consideration of the global benefits of reducing CO2 emissions. Table IV.47 presents the values in the 2010 interagency group report, which is reproduced in appendix 14A of the SNOPR TSD.

    76Social Cost of Carbon for Regulatory Impact Analysis Under Executive Order 12866. Interagency Working Group on Social Cost of Carbon, United States Government (February 2010) (Available at: http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/omb/inforeg/for-agencies/Social-Cost-of-Carbon-for-RIA.pdf.).

    77 It is recognized that this calculation for domestic values is approximate, provisional, and highly speculative. There is no a priori reason why domestic benefits should be a constant fraction of net global damages over time.

    Table IV.47—Annual SCC Values From 2010 Interagency Report, 2010-2050 [2007$ per metric ton CO2] Year Discount rate (%) 5 Average 3 Average 2.5 Average 3 95th Percentile 2010 4.7 21.4 35.1 64.9 2015 5.7 23.8 38.4 72.8 2020 6.8 26.3 41.7 80.7 2025 8.2 29.6 45.9 90.4 2030 9.7 32.8 50.0 100.0 2035 11.2 36.0 54.2 109.7 2040 12.7 39.2 58.4 119.3 2045 14.2 42.1 61.7 127.8 2050 15.7 44.9 65.0 136.2

    The SCC values used for this SNOPR were generated using the most recent versions of the three integrated assessment models that have been published in the peer-reviewed literature.78 Table IV.48 shows the updated sets of SCC estimates from the 2013 interagency update in 5-year increments from 2010 to 2050. Appendix 14B of the SNOPR TSD provides the full set of values. The central value that emerges is the average SCC across models at 3-percent discount rate. However, for purposes of capturing the uncertainties involved in regulatory impact analysis, the interagency group emphasizes the importance of including all four sets of SCC values.

    78Technical Update of the Social Cost of Carbon for Regulatory Impact Analysis Under Executive Order 12866. Interagency Working Group on Social Cost of Carbon, United States Government (May 2013; revised July 2015) (Available at: http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/omb/inforeg/scc-tsd-final-july-2015.pdf).

    Table IV.48—Annual SCC Values From 2013 Interagency Update (Revised July 2015), 2010-2050 [2007$ per metric ton CO2] Year Discount rate (%) 5 Average 3 Average 2.5 Average 3 95th Percentile 2010 10 31 50 86 2015 11 36 56 105 2020 12 42 62 123 2025 14 46 68 138 2030 16 50 73 152 2035 18 55 78 168 2040 21 60 84 183 2045 23 64 89 197 2050 26 69 95 212

    AHAM suggested that DOE rely on the 2010 estimates for SCC until it has resolved all comments on the derivation of the SCC estimates from the 2013 report. DOE notes that the 2013 report provides an update of the SCC estimates based solely on the latest peer-reviewed version of the models, replacing model versions that were developed up to 10 years ago in a rapidly evolving field. It does not revisit other assumptions with regard to the discount rate, reference case socio-economic and emission scenarios, or equilibrium climate sensitivity. Improvements in the way damages are modeled are confined to those that have been incorporated into the latest versions of the models by the developers themselves in the peer-reviewed literature. Given the above, using the 2010 estimates would be inconsistent with DOE's objective of using the best available information in its analyses.

    It is important to recognize that a number of key uncertainties remain, and that current SCC estimates should be treated as provisional and revisable since they will evolve with improved scientific and economic understanding. The interagency group also recognizes that the existing models are imperfect and incomplete. The National Research Council report mentioned above points out that there is tension between the goal of producing quantified estimates of the economic damages from an incremental ton of carbon and the limits of existing efforts to model these effects. There are a number of analytical challenges that are being addressed by the research community, including research programs housed in many of the Federal agencies participating in the interagency process to estimate the SCC. The interagency group intends to periodically review and revise those estimates to reflect increasing knowledge of the science and economics of climate impacts, as well as improvements in modeling.

    In summary, in considering the potential global benefits resulting from reduced CO2 emissions, DOE used the values from the 2013 interagency report (revised July 2015), adjusted to 2015$ using the implicit price deflator for gross domestic product (GDP) from the Bureau of Economic Analysis. For each of the four sets of SCC cases specified, the values for emissions in 2015 were $12.4, $40.6, $63.2, and $118 per metric ton avoided (values expressed in 2015$). DOE derived values after 2050 using the relevant growth rates for the 2040-2050 period in the interagency update.

    DOE multiplied the CO2 emissions reduction estimated for each year by the SCC value for that year in each of the four cases. To calculate a present value of the stream of monetary values, DOE discounted the values in each of the four cases using the specific discount rate that had been used to obtain the SCC values in each case.

    The Cato Institute stated that the SCC is not supported by scientific literature, not in accordance with OMB guidelines, fraught with uncertainty, illogical and thus unsuitable and inappropriate for Federal rulemaking. The comment emphasized that the SCC is discordant with the best scientific literature on the equilibrium climate sensitivity and the fertilization effect of carbon dioxide. Further, the estimates should make a clear distinction between global and domestic cost-benefit estimates and delineate the potential positive impact on agriculture. The Cato Institute argued that use of the SCC in cost/benefit analyses in this rulemaking should be suspended. (Cato Institute, No. 24 at pp. 3, 13) NPGA also commented on the issue of a clear distinction between global and domestic cost-benefit estimates. (NPGA, No. 35 at p. 2)

    DOE acknowledges the limitations of the SCC estimates, which are discussed in detail in the 2010 Report. Specifically, the 2010 Report discusses and explains the reasons for uncertainties in the assumptions regarding climate sensitivity, as well as other model inputs such as economic growth and emissions trajectories.79 The three integrated assessment models used to estimate the SCC are frequently cited in the peer-reviewed literature and were used in the last assessment of the IPCC. In addition, new versions of the models that were used in 2013 to estimate revised SCC values were published in the peer-reviewed literature (see appendix 14B of the final rule TSD for discussion). Although uncertainties remain, the revised estimates in the 2013 Report are based on the best available scientific information on the impacts of climate change. The current SCC estimates have been developed over many years, using the best science available, and with input from the public. In November 2013, OMB announced a new opportunity for public comment on the interagency technical support document underlying the revised SCC estimates. 78 FR 70586. In July 2015 OMB published a detailed summary and formal response to the many comments that were received.80 It also stated its intention to seek independent expert advice on opportunities to improve the estimates, including many of the approaches suggested by commenters. DOE stands ready to work with OMB and the other members of the interagency working group on further review and revision of the SCC estimates as appropriate.

    79Interagency Working Group on Social Cost of Carbon, Social Cost of Carbon for Regulatory Impact Analysis Under Executive Order 12866 (2010), Available at http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/omb/inforeg/for-agencies/Social-Cost-of-Carbon-for-RIA.pdf.

    80 This is available at https://www.whitehouse.gov/blog/2015/07/02/estimating-benefits-carbon-dioxide-emissions-reductions.

    With respect to distinguishing between global and domestic benefits from reducing CO2 emissions, DOE's analysis estimates both global and domestic benefits of CO2 emissions reductions. Following the recommendation of the interagency working group, DOE places more focus on a global measure of SCC. As discussed in appendix 14A of the SNOPR TSD, the climate change problem is highly unusual in at least two respects. First, it involves a global externality: Emissions of most greenhouse gases contribute to damages around the world even when they are emitted in the United States. Consequently, to address the global nature of the problem, the SCC must incorporate the full (global) damages caused by GHG emissions. Second, climate change presents a problem that the United States alone cannot solve. Even if the United States were to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions to zero, that step would be far from enough to avoid substantial climate change. Other countries would also need to take action to reduce emissions if significant changes in the global climate are to be avoided. Emphasizing the need for a global solution to a global problem, the United States has been actively involved in seeking international agreements to reduce emissions and in encouraging other nations, including emerging major economies, to take significant steps to reduce emissions. When these considerations are taken as a whole, the interagency group concluded that a global measure of the benefits from reducing U.S. emissions is preferable.

    2. Social Cost of Other Air Pollutants

    As noted previously, DOE has estimated how the considered energy conservation standards would reduce site NOX emissions nationwide and decrease power sector NOX emissions in those 22 States not affected by the CAIR.

    DOE estimated the monetized value of NOX emissions reductions from electricity generation using benefit per ton estimates from the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan Final Rule, published in August 2015 by EPA's Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards.81 The report includes high and low values for NOX (as PM2.5) for 2020, 2025, and 2030 discounted at 3 percent and 7 percent, which are presented in chapter 14 of the SNOPR TSD. DOE primarily relied on the low estimates to be conservative.82 DOE assigned values for 2021-2024 and 2026-2029 using, respectively, the values for 2020 and 2025. DOE assigned values after 2030 using the value for 2030. DOE developed values specific to the end-use category for cooking products using a method described in appendix 14C of the NOPR TSD.

    81 Available at www.epa.gov/cleanpowerplan/clean-power-plan-final-rule-regulatory-impact-analysis. See Tables 4A-3, 4A-4, and 4A-5 in the report. The U.S. Supreme Court has stayed the rule implementing the Clean Power Plan until the current litigation against it concludes. Chamber of Commerce, et al. v. EPA, et al., Order in Pending Case, 577 U.S. __ (2016). However, the benefit-per-ton estimates established in the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan are based on scientific studies that remain valid irrespective of the legal status of the Clean Power Plan.

    82 For the monetized NOX benefits associated with PM2.5, the related benefits are primarily based on an estimate of premature mortality derived from the ACS study (Krewski et al., 2009), which is the lower of the two EPA central tendencies. Using the lower value is more conservative when making the policy decision concerning whether a particular standard level is economically justified so using the higher value would also be justified. If the benefit-per-ton estimates were based on the Six Cities study (Lepuele et al., 2012), the values would be nearly two-and-a-half times larger. (See chapter 14 of the SNOPR TSD for further description of the studies mentioned above.)

    DOE estimated the monetized value of NOX emissions reductions from combustion in homes using benefit per ton estimates from the EPA's Technical Support Document Estimating the Benefit per Ton of Reducing PM 2.5 Precursors from 17 Sectors. 83 Although none of the sectors refers specifically to residential and commercial buildings, DOE believes that the sector called “Area sources” would be a reasonable proxy for residential and commercial buildings. “Area sources” represents all emission sources for which states do not have exact (point) locations in their emissions inventories. Since exact locations would tend to be associated with larger sources, “area sources” would be fairly representative of small dispersed sources like homes and businesses. The Technical Support Document provides high and low estimates for 2016, 2020, 2025, and 2030 at 3-percent and 7-percent discount rates. As with the benefit per ton estimates for NOX emissions reductions from electricity generation, DOE primarily relied on the low estimates to be conservative.

    83http://www.epa.gov/sites/production/files/2014-10/documents/sourceapportionmentbpttsd.pdf.

    DOE multiplied the emissions reduction (in tons) in each year by the associated $/ton values, and then discounted each series using discount rates of 3 percent and 7 percent as appropriate. DOE will continue to evaluate the monetization of avoided NOX emissions and will make any appropriate updates of the current analysis for the final rulemaking.

    DOE is evaluating appropriate monetization of avoided SO2 and Hg emissions in energy conservation standards rulemakings. It has not included monetization of these emissions in the current analysis.

    M. Utility Impact Analysis

    The utility impact analysis estimates several effects on the electric power industry that would result from the adoption of new or amended energy conservation standards. The utility impact analysis estimates the changes in installed electrical capacity and generation that would result for each TSL. The analysis is based on published output from the NEMS associated with AEO 2015. NEMS produces the AEO Reference case, as well as a number of side cases that estimate the economy-wide impacts of changes to energy supply and demand. DOE uses published side cases to estimate the marginal impacts of reduced energy demand on the utility sector. These marginal factors are estimated based on the changes to electricity sector generation, installed capacity, fuel consumption and emissions in the AEO Reference case and various side cases. Details of the methodology are provided in the appendices to chapters 13 and 15 of the SNOPR TSD.

    The output of this analysis is a set of time-dependent coefficients that capture the change in electricity generation, primary fuel consumption, installed capacity and power sector emissions due to a unit reduction in demand for a given end use. These coefficients are multiplied by the stream of electricity savings calculated in the NIA to provide estimates of selected utility impacts of new or amended energy conservation standards.

    N. Employment Impact Analysis

    Employment impacts from new or amended energy conservation standards include direct and indirect impacts. Direct employment impacts are any changes in the number of employees of manufacturers of the equipment subject to standards; the MIA addresses those impacts. Indirect employment impacts are changes in national employment that occur due to the shift in expenditures and capital investment caused by the purchase and operation of more efficient equipment. Indirect employment impacts from standards consist of the jobs created or eliminated in the national economy, other than in the manufacturing sector being regulated, due to: (1) Reduced spending by end users on energy; (2) reduced spending on new energy supply by the utility industry; (3) increased consumer spending on the purchase of new equipment; and (4) the effects of those three factors throughout the economy.

    One method for assessing the possible effects on the demand for labor of such shifts in economic activity is to compare sector employment statistics developed by the Labor Department's Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS). BLS regularly publishes its estimates of the number of jobs per million dollars of economic activity in different sectors of the economy, as well as the jobs created elsewhere in the economy by this same economic activity. Data from BLS indicate that expenditures in the utility sector generally create fewer jobs (both directly and indirectly) than expenditures in other sectors of the economy.84 There are many reasons for these differences, including wage differences and the fact that the utility sector is more capital-intensive and less labor-intensive than other sectors. Energy conservation standards have the effect of reducing consumer utility bills. Because reduced consumer expenditures for energy likely lead to increased expenditures in other sectors of the economy, the general effect of efficiency standards is to shift economic activity from a less labor-intensive sector (i.e., the utility sector) to more labor-intensive sectors (e.g., the retail and service sectors). Thus, the BLS data suggest that net national employment may increase because of shifts in economic activity resulting from amended standards.

    84 See U.S. Department of Commerce—Bureau of Economic Analysis. Regional Multipliers: A User Handbook for the Regional Input-Output Modeling System (RIMS II). 1997. U.S. Government Printing Office: Washington, DC. Available at http://www.bea.gov/scb/pdf/regional/perinc/meth/rims2.pdf.

    DOE estimated indirect national employment impacts for the standard levels considered in this SNOPR using an input/output model of the U.S. economy called Impact of Sector Energy Technologies, Version 3.1.1 (ImSET).85 ImSET is a special-purpose version of the “U.S. Benchmark National Input-Output” (I-O) model, which was designed to estimate the national employment and income effects of energy-saving technologies. The ImSET software includes a computer-based I-O model having structural coefficients that characterize economic flows among the 187 sectors most relevant to industrial, commercial, and residential building energy use.

    85 M.J. Scott, O.V. Livingston, P.J. Balducci, J.M. Roop, and R.W. Schultz, ImSET 3.1: Impact of Sector Energy Technologies, PNNL-18412, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory (2009) (Available at: www.pnl.gov/main/publications/external/technical_reports/PNNL-18412.pdf).

    DOE notes that ImSET is not a general equilibrium forecasting model, and understands the uncertainties involved in projecting employment impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Because ImSET does not incorporate price changes, the employment effects predicted by ImSET may over-estimate actual job impacts over the long run. Therefore, DOE generated results for near-term timeframes, where these uncertainties are reduced. For more details on the employment impact analysis, see chapter 16 of the SNOPR TSD.

    V. Analytical Results

    The following section addresses the results from DOE's analyses with respect to potential energy conservation standards for conventional cooking products. It addresses the TSLs examined by DOE and the projected impacts of each of these levels if adopted as energy conservation standards for conventional cooking products. Additional details regarding DOE's analyses are contained in the SNOPR TSD supporting this SNOPR.

    A. Trial Standard Levels

    DOE analyzed the benefits and burdens of four TSLs for conventional cooking products. These TSLs were developed by combining specific efficiency levels for each of the product classes analyzed by DOE. DOE presents the results for the TSLs in this document, while the results for all efficiency levels that DOE analyzed are in the SNOPR TSD.

    Table V.1 through Table V.3 present the TSLs and the corresponding efficiency levels for conventional cooking products.86 TSL 4 represents the maximum technologically feasible (“max-tech”) improvements in energy efficiency for all product classes. TSL 3 comprises efficiency levels providing maximum NES with positive NPV. TSL 2 includes the prescriptive standards for conventional ovens control design and represents a level between TSL 1 and TSL 3 that does not eliminate commercial-style cooking tops from the market and yields an NPV greater than TSL 1. TSL 1 was configured with a control strategy approach with maximum NES.

    86 For the conventional oven product classes, the efficiency levels are based on an oven with a cavity volume of 4.3 ft3. As discussed in section IV.C.3 of this notice, DOE developed slopes and intercepts to characterize the relationship between IEAC and cavity volume for each efficiency level.

    Table V.1—Trial Standard Levels for Cooking Tops TSL Electric open (coil) element cooking tops Efficiency level IAEC (kWh/yr) Electric smooth element
  • cooking tops
  • Efficiency level IAEC (kWh/yr) Gas cooking tops Efficiency level IAEC (kWh/yr)
    1 Baseline 118.1 2 121.2 Baseline 1,104.6 2 1 113.2 2 121.2 1 924.4 3 1 113.2 2 121.2 3 730.4 4 1 113.2 4 102.3 3 730.4
    Table V.2—Trial Standard Levels for Ovens, Electric TSL Electric standard ovens, free-standing Efficiency
  • level
  • IAEC
  • (kWh/yr)
  • Electric standard ovens, built-in/slide-in Efficiency
  • level
  • IAEC
  • (kWh/yr)
  • Electric self-cleaning ovens, free-standing Efficiency
  • level
  • IAEC
  • (kWh/yr)
  • Electric self-cleaning ovens, built-in/slide-in Efficiency
  • level
  • IAEC
  • (kWh/yr)
  • 1 1 306.3 1 313.3 1 346.0 1 353.0 2 1 306.3 1 313.3 1 346.0 1 353.0 3 4 274.0 4 280.3 1 346.0 1 353.0 4 7 222.2 7 227.2 4 278.5 4 284.1
    Table V.3—Trial Standard Levels for Ovens, Gas TSL Gas standard ovens, free-standing Efficiency
  • level
  • IAEC
  • (kWh/yr)
  • Gas standard ovens, built-in/slide-in Efficiency
  • level
  • IAEC
  • (kWh/yr)
  • Gas self-clean ovens, free-standing Efficiency
  • level
  • IAEC
  • (kWh/yr)
  • Gas self-clean ovens, built-in/slide-in Efficiency
  • level
  • IAEC
  • (kWh/yr)
  • 1 1 2,052.5 1 2,062.4 1 1,929.0 1 1,939.0 2 2 1,849.9 2 1,858.8 2 1,740.5 2 1,749.4 3 6 1,654.9 6 1,662.9 4 1,658.9 4 1,667.4 4 6 1,654.9 6 1,662.9 4 1,658.9 4 1,667.4
    B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings 1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers

    DOE analyzed the economic impacts on conventional cooking products consumers by looking at the effects potential amended standards would have on the LCC and PBP. DOE also examined the impacts of potential standards on consumer subgroups. These analyses are discussed below.

    a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period

    In general, higher-efficiency products affect consumers in two ways: (1) Purchase price increases, and (2) operating costs decrease. Inputs used for calculating the LCC and PBP include total installed costs (i.e., product price plus installation costs), and operating costs (i.e., annual energy savings, energy prices, energy price trends, repair costs, and maintenance costs). The LCC calculation also uses product lifetime and a discount rate. Chapter 8 of the SNOPR TSD provides detailed information on the LCC and PBP analyses.

    Table V.4 through Table V.25 show the LCC and PBP results for all efficiency levels considered for each conventional cooking product class. In the first of each pair of tables, the simple payback is measured relative to the baseline product. In the second table, the LCC savings are measured relative to the no-new-standards case efficiency distribution in the compliance year (see section IV.F.9 of this SNOPR). Because some consumers purchase products with higher efficiency in the no-new-standards case, the average savings are less than the difference between the average LCC of the lowest-efficiency level and the average LCC at each TSL. The savings refer only to consumers who are affected by a standard at a given TSL. Those who already purchase a product with efficiency at or above a given TSL are not affected. Consumers for whom the LCC increases at a given TSL experience a net cost.

    Table V.4—Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for PC1 Electric Open (Coil) Element Cooking Tops TSL Efficiency level Average costs 2015$ Installed cost First year's operating cost Lifetime operating cost LCC Simple
  • payback
  • years
  • 1 Baseline $253 $16 $337 $590 2,3,4 1 256 15 329 585 0.5 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
    Table V.5—Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case Efficiency Distribution for PC1 Electric Open (Coil) Element Cooking Tops TSL Efficiency level Life-cycle cost savings % of Consumers that experience Average savings* Net cost 2015$ 1 Baseline 0 $0.00 2,3,4 1 19 2.87 * The calculation includes households with zero LCC savings (no impact). Table V.6—Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for PC2 Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops TSL Efficiency level Average costs 2015$ Installed cost First year's operating cost Lifetime operating cost LCC Simple
  • payback
  • years
  • 1,2,3 2 $483 $16 $343 $825 1.0 4 4 835 14 312 1,146 61.9 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
    Table V.7—Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case Efficiency Distribution for PC2 Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops TSL Efficiency level Life-cycle cost savings % of Consumers that experience Average savings* Net cost 2015$ 1,2,3 2 0 $24.37 4 4 98 (280.82) * The calculation includes households with zero LCC savings (no impact). Table V.8—Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for PC3 Gas Cooking Tops TSL Efficiency level Average costs 2015$ Installed cost First year's operating cost Lifetime operating cost LCC Simple
  • payback
  • years
  • 1 Baseline $345 $12 $266 $611 2 1 361 10 246 607 9.1 3,4 3 361 8 225 586 4.4 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
    Table V.9—Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case Efficiency Distribution for PC3 Gas Cooking Tops TSL Efficiency level Life-cycle cost savings % of Consumers that experience Average savings* Net cost 2015$ 1 Baseline 0 $0.00 2 1 14 1.10 3,4 3 6 15.83 *The calculation includes households with zero LCC savings (no impact). Table V.10—Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for PC4 Electric Standard Ovens, Free-Standing TSL Efficiency level Average costs 2015$ Installed cost First year's operating cost Lifetime operating cost LCC Simple
  • payback
  • years
  • 1,2 1 $557 $17 $386 $942 0.9 3 4 569 16 364 934 4.7 4 7 652 13 332 984 17.1 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
    Table V.11—Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case Efficiency Distribution for PC4 Electric Standard Ovens, Free-Standing TSL Efficiency level Life-cycle cost savings % of Consumers that experience Average savings* Net cost 2015$ 1,2 1 0 $5.93 3 4 20 10.23 4 7 80 (30.82) *The calculation includes households with zero LCC savings (no impact). Table V.12—Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for PC5 Electric Standard Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In TSL Efficiency level Average costs 2015$ Installed cost First year's operating cost Lifetime operating cost LCC Simple
  • payback
  • years
  • 1,2 1 $583 $17 $386 $968 0.9 3 4 596 16 364 960 4.7 4 7 678 13 332 1,010 17.1 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
    Table V.13—Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case Efficiency Distribution for PC5 Electric Standard Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In TSL Efficiency level Life-cycle cost savings % of Consumers that experience Net cost Average savings* 2015$ 1,2 1 0 $5.96 3 4 20 10.23 4 7 80 (30.83) * The calculation includes households with zero LCC savings (no impact). Table V.14—Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for PC6 Electric Self-Clean Ovens, Free-Standing TSL Efficiency level Average costs 2015$ Installed cost First year's
  • operating cost
  • Lifetime
  • operating cost
  • LCC Simple
  • payback
  • years
  • 1,2,3 1 $600 $25 $482 $1,083 0.9 4 4 684 21 433 1,117 16.2 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
    Table V.15—Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case Efficiency Distribution for PC6 Electric Self-Clean Ovens, Free-Standing TSL Efficiency level Life-cycle cost savings % of Consumers that experience Net cost Average savings* 2015$ 1,2,3 1 0 $7.04 4 4 72 (17.19) * The calculation includes households with zero LCC savings (no impact). Table V.16—Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for PC7 Electric Self-Clean Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In TSL Efficiency level Average costs 2015$ Installed cost First year's operating cost Lifetime operating cost LCC Simple
  • payback
  • years
  • 1,2,3 1 $626 $25 $484 $1,110 0.9 4 4 710 21 435 1,145 16.2 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
    Table V.17—Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case Efficiency Distribution for PC7 Electric Self-Clean Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In TSL Efficiency level Life-cycle cost savings % of Consumers that experience Net cost Average savings* 2015$ 1,2,3 1 0 $7.08 4 4 72 $17.21) * The calculation includes households with zero LCC savings (no impact). Table V.18—Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for PC8 Gas Standard Ovens, Free-Standing TSL Efficiency level Average costs 2015$ Installed cost First year's operating cost Lifetime operating cost LCC Simple
  • payback
  • years
  • 1 1 $602 $35 $529 $1,130 0.6 2 2 611 28 452 1,063 1.1 3,4 6 655 28 450 1,105 6.0 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
    Table V.19—Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case Efficiency Distribution for PC8 Gas Standard Ovens, Free-Standing TSL Efficiency level Life-cycle cost savings % of Consumers that experience Net cost Average savings* 2015$ 1 1 0 $7.60 2 2 0 43.64 3,4 6 61 9.77 * The calculation includes households with zero LCC savings (no impact). Table V.20—Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for PC9 Gas Standard Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In TSL Efficiency level Average costs 2015$ Installed cost First year's operating cost Lifetime operating cost LCC Simple
  • payback
  • years
  • 1 1 $628 $35 $529 $1,156 0.6 2 2 637 28 452 1,089 1.1 3,4 6 681 28 450 1,131 6.0 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
    Table V.21—Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case Efficiency Distribution for PC9 Gas Standard Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In TSL Efficiency level Life-cycle cost savings % of Consumers that experience Net cost Average savings* 2015$ 1 1 0 $7.60 2 2 0 43.65 3,4 6 61 9.77 * The calculation includes households with zero LCC savings (no impact). Table V.22—Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for PC10 Gas Self-Clean Ovens, Free-Standing TSL Efficiency level Average costs
  • 2015$
  • Installed cost First year's
  • operating cost
  • Lifetime
  • operating cost
  • LCC Simple
  • payback years
  • 1 1 $716 $38 $559 $1,275 0.7 2 2 725 31 484 1,209 1.1 3,4 4 760 31 485 1,245 5.3 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
    Table V.23—Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case Efficiency Distribution for PC10 Gas Self-Clean Ovens, Free-Standing TSL Efficiency level Life-cycle cost savings % of consumers that experience Net cost Average savings* 2015$ 1 1 0 $7.73 2 2 0 48.03 3,4 4 49 20.27 * The calculation includes households with zero LCC savings (no impact). Table V.24—Average LCC and PBP Results by Efficiency Level for PC11 Gas Self-Clean Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In TSL Efficiency level Average costs
  • 2015$
  • Installed cost First year's
  • operating cost
  • Lifetime
  • operating cost
  • LCC Simple
  • payback years
  • 1 1 $742 $38 $559 $1,301 0.7 2 2 751 31 484 1,235 1.1 3,4 4 786 31 485 1,271 5.3 Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
    Table V.25—Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case Efficiency Distribution for PC11 Gas Self-Clean Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In TSL Efficiency level Life-cycle cost savings % of consumers that experience Net cost Average savings* 2015$ 1 1 0 $7.73 2 2 0 48.05 3,4 4 49 20.27 * The calculation includes households with zero LCC savings (no impact). b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis

    As described in section IV.I of this SNOPR, DOE determined the impact of the considered TSLs on low-income households and senior-only households. Table V.26 through Table V.36 compare the average LCC savings and PBP at each efficiency level for the two consumer subgroups, along with the average LCC savings for the entire sample. In most cases, the average LCC savings and PBP for low-income households and senior-only households at the considered efficiency levels are not substantially different from the average for all households. Chapter 11 of the SNOPR TSD presents the complete LCC and PBP results for the subgroups.

    Table V.26—Comparison of Average LCC Savings for Consumer Subgroups and All Households for PC1 Electric Open (Coil) Element Cooking Tops TSL Average life-cycle cost savings
  • (2015$)
  • Low-income households Senior-only households All households Simple payback period (years) Low-income households Senior-only households All households
    1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 2,3,4 2.95 2.66 2.60 0.5 0.5 0.5
    Table V.27—Comparison of Average LCC Savings for Consumer Subgroups and All Households for PC2 Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops TSL Average life-cycle cost savings
  • (2015$)
  • Low-income households Senior-only households All households Simple payback period (years) Low-income households Senior-only households All households
    1,2,3 $24.36 $24.72 $24.37 1.0 1.0 1.0 4 (280.72) (282.11) (282.36) 62.0 62.8 63.4
    Table V.28—Comparison of Average LCC Savings for Consumer Subgroups and All Households for PC3 Gas Cooking Tops TSL Average life-cycle cost savings
  • (2015$)
  • Low-income households Senior-only households All households Simple payback period (years) Low-income households Senior-only households All households
    1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 2 1.94 0.84 0.83 7.6 9.6 9.6 3,4 19.67 15.04 14.82 3.6 4.6 4.6
    Table V.29—Comparison of Average LCC Savings for Consumer Subgroups and All Households for PC4 Electric Standard Ovens, Free-Standing TSL Average life-cycle cost savings
  • (2015$)
  • Low-income households Senior-only households All households Simple payback period (years) Low-income households Senior-only households All households
    1,2 $5.94 $6.09 $5.71 0.9 0.9 0.9 3 9.77 7.96 11.54 4.7 5.2 4.4 4 (32.05) (38.77) (24.65) 17.4 20.0 15.4
    Table V.30—Comparison of Average LCC Savings for Consumer Subgroups and All Households for PC5 Electric Standard Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In TSL Average life-cycle cost savings
  • (2015$)
  • Low-income households Senior-only households All households Simple payback period (years) Low-income households Senior-only households All households
    1,2 $5.97 $6.12 $5.73 0.9 0.9 0.9 3 9.77 7.96 11.59 4.7 5.2 4.4 4 (32.06) (38.78) (24.58) 17.4 20.0 15.3
    Table V.31—Comparison of Average LCC Savings for Consumer Subgroups and All Households PC6 Electric Self-Cleaning Ovens, Free-Standing TSL Average life-cycle cost savings
  • (2015$)
  • Low-income households Senior-only households All households Simple payback period (years) Low-income households Senior-only households All households
    1,2,3 $6.68 $7.17 $6.83 0.9 0.8 0.9 4 (10.81) (23.62) (12.86) 14.1 18.8 14.9
    Table V.32—Comparison of Average LCC Savings for Consumer Subgroups and All Households PC7 Electric Self-Cleaning Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In TSL Average life-cycle cost savings
  • (2015$)
  • Low-income households Senior-only households All households Simple payback period (years) Low-income households Senior-only households All households
    1,2,3 $6.73 $7.20 $6.84 0.9 0.8 0.9 4 (10.83) (23.64) (12.86) 14.1 18.8 14.9
    Table V.33—Comparison of Average LCC Savings for Consumer Subgroups and All Households PC8 Gas Standard Ovens, Free-Standing TSL Average life-cycle cost savings
  • (2015$)
  • Low-income households Senior-only households All households Simple payback period (years) Low-income households Senior-only households All households
    1 $7.18 $7.41 $7.53 0.7 0.6 0.7 2 51.40 38.30 25.11 0.9 1.2 1.8 3,4 17.71 4.24 3.86 5.1 6.6 7.6
    Table V.34—Comparison of Average LCC Savings for Consumer Subgroups and All Households for PC9 Gas Standard Oven, Built-In/Slide-In TSL Average life-cycle cost savings
  • (2015$)
  • Low-income households Senior-only households All households Simple payback period (years) Low-income households Senior-only households All households
    1 $7.18 $7.41 $7.53 0.7 0.6 0.7 2 51.41 38.31 25.14 0.9 1.2 1.8 3,4 17.70 4.23 3.87 5.1 6.6 7.6
    Table V.35—Comparison of Average LCC Savings for Consumer Subgroups and All Households for PC10 Gas Self-Cleaning Ovens, Free-Standing TSL Average life-cycle cost savings
  • (2015$)
  • Low-income households Senior-only households All households Simple payback period (years) Low-income households Senior-only households All households
    1 $7.50 $7.69 $7.66 0.7 0.7 0.7 2 45.86 42.33 26.80 1.2 1.2 1.8 3,4 18.15 14.67 1.63 5.3 5.6 8.1
    Table V.36—Comparison of Average LCC Savings for Consumer Subgroups and All Households for PC11 Gas Self-Cleaning Oven, Built-In/Slide-In TSL Average life-cycle cost savings
  • (2015$)
  • Low-income households Senior-only households All households Simple payback period (years) Low-income households Senior-only households All households
    1 $7.50 $7.69 $7.66 0.7 0.7 0.7 2 45.87 42.34 26.85 1.2 1.2 1.8 3,4 18.15 14.67 1.66 5.3 5.6 8.1
    c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback

    As discussed above, EPCA provides a rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation standard is economically justified if the increased purchase cost for a product that meets the standard is less than three times the value of the first-year energy savings resulting from the standard. In calculating a rebuttable presumption payback period for the considered TSLs, DOE used discrete values rather than distributions for input values, and, as required by EPCA, based the energy use calculation on the DOE test procedures for conventional cooking products. In contrast, the PBPs presented in section V.B.1.a of this SNOPR were calculated using distributions that reflect the range of energy use in the field.

    Table V.37 presents the rebuttable-presumption payback periods for the considered TSLs. While DOE examined the rebuttable-presumption criterion, it considered whether the standard levels considered for this rule are economically justified through a more detailed analysis of the economic impacts of those levels pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i). The results of that analysis serve as the basis for DOE to evaluate the economic justification for a potential standard level (thereby supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary determination of economic justification).

    Table V.37—Conventional Cooking Products: Rebuttable PBPs (years) Product class Trial standard level 1 2 3 4 PC1: Electric Open (Coil) Element Cooking Tops 4.8 4.8 4.8 PC2: Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops 0.9 0.9 0.9 53.3 PC3: Gas Cooking Tops 8.6 4.1 4.1 PC4: Electric Standard Ovens, Free-Standing 0.8 0.8 2.2 6.7 PC5: Electric Standard Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In 0.8 0.8 2.2 6.6 PC6: Electric Self-Clean Ovens, Free-Standing 0.8 0.8 0.8 7.1 PC7: Electric Self-Clean Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In 0.8 0.8 0.8 7.0 PC8: Gas Standard Ovens, Free-Standing 3.7 4.4 12.9 12.9 PC9: Gas Standard Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In 3.7 4.3 12.8 12.8 PC10: Gas Self-Clean Ovens, Free-Standing 3.6 4.5 15.0 15.0 PC11: Gas Self-Clean Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In 3.6 4.5 14.9 14.9 2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers

    DOE performed an MIA to estimate the impact of new and amended energy conservation standards on manufacturers of residential conventional cooking products. The following sections describe the expected impacts on residential conventional cooking product manufacturers at each TSL. Chapter 12 of the SNOPR TSD explains the MIA in further detail.

    a. Industry Cash-Flow Analysis Results

    Table V.38 through Table V.39 depict the financial impacts (represented by changes in INPV) of new and amended energy conservation standards on residential conventional cooking product manufacturers as well as the conversion costs that DOE estimates manufacturers would incur at each TSL. To evaluate the range of cash flow impacts on the residential conventional cooking product industry, DOE modeled two markup scenarios that correspond to the range of anticipated market responses to new and amended standards. Each markup scenario results in a unique set of cash flows and corresponding industry values at each TSL.

    In the following discussion, the INPV results refer to the difference in industry value between the no-new-standards case and the standards cases that result from the sum of discounted cash flows from the reference year (2016) through the end of the analysis period. The results also discuss the difference in cash flows between the no-new-standards case and the standards cases in the year before the compliance date for new and amended energy conservation standards. This figure represents the size of the required conversion costs relative to the cash flow generated by the residential conventional cooking product industry in the absence of new and amended energy conservation standards. In the engineering analysis, DOE enumerates common technology options that achieve the efficiencies for each of the product classes. For descriptions of these technology options and the required efficiencies at each TSL, see section IV.C and section V.A, respectively, of this SNOPR.

    To assess the upper (less severe) end of the range of potential impacts on residential conventional cooking product manufacturers, DOE modeled a preservation of gross margin markup scenario. This scenario assumes that in the standards cases, manufacturers would be able to pass along all the higher production costs required for more efficient products to their consumers. Specifically, the industry would be able to maintain its average no-new-standards case gross margin (as a percentage of revenue) despite the higher production costs in the standards cases. In general, the larger the product price increases, the less likely manufacturers are to achieve the cash flow from operations calculated in this scenario because it is less likely that manufacturers would be able to fully mark up these larger production cost increases.

    To assess the lower (more severe) end of the range of potential impacts on the residential conventional cooking product manufacturers, DOE modeled the preservation of operating profit markup scenario. This scenario represents the lower end of the range of potential impacts on manufacturers because no additional operating profit is earned on the higher production costs, eroding profit margins as a percentage of total revenue.

    Table V.38 and Table V.39 present the projected results for residential conventional cooking products under the preservation of gross margin and preservation of operating profit markup scenarios. DOE examined results for all product classes together since the majority of manufacturers sell products across a variety of the analyzed product classes.

    Table V.38—Manufacturer Impact Analysis for Residential Conventional Cooking Products—Preservation of Gross Margin Markup Scenario Units No-new-standards case Trial standard level 1 2 3 4 INPV (2015$ millions) 1,238.1 1,200.1 1,156.7 868.0 511.1 Change in INPV (2015$ millions) (38.0) (81.4) (370.1) (727.1) (%) (3.1) (6.6) (29.9) (58.7) Product conversion costs (2015$ millions) 19.9 71.3 261.8 525.4 Capital conversion costs (2015$ millions) 29.9 47.9 248.2 580.2 Total conversion costs (2015$ millions) 49.8 119.2 510.0 1,105.7 * Numbers in parentheses indicate negative numbers. Table V.39—Manufacturer Impact Analysis for Residential Conventional Cooking Products—Preservation of Operating Profit Markup Scenario Units No-new-standards case Trial standard level 1 2 3 4 INPV (2015$ millions) 1,238.1 1,198.3 1,148.5 844.7 314.6 Change in INPV (2015$ millions) (39.8) (89.6) (393.5) (923.6) (%) (3.2) (7.2) (31.8) (74.6) Product conversion costs (2015$ millions) 19.9 71.3 261.8 525.4 Capital conversion costs (2015$ millions) 29.9 47.9 248.2 580.2 Total conversion costs (2015$ millions) 49.8 119.2 510.0 1,105.7

    TSL 1 sets the efficiency level at baseline for two product classes, electric open (coil) element cooking tops and gas cooking tops; EL 1 for all electric and gas ovens; and EL 2 for one product class, electric smooth element cooking tops. At TSL 1, DOE estimates impacts on INPV range from −$39.8 million to −$38.0 million, or a change in INPV of −3.2 percent to −3.1 percent. At TSL 1, industry free cash flow (operating cash flow minus capital expenditures) is estimated to decrease to $83.2 million, or a drop of 19.1 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $102.8 million in 2018, the year leading up to new and amended energy conservation standards.

    Percentage impacts on INPV are slightly negative at TSL 1. DOE does not anticipate that manufacturers would lose a significant portion of their INPV at this TSL, given the limited conversion costs and number of residential conventional cooking products projected to comply with the analyzed standards at this TSL. DOE projects that in the expected year of compliance (2019), 100 percent of electric open (coil) element cooking top and gas cooking top shipments; 28 percent of electric smooth element cooking top shipments; 60 percent of electric standard free standing oven and electric standard built-in oven shipments; 53 percent of electric self-clean free standing oven and electric self-clean built-in oven shipments; 56 percent of gas standard free standing oven and gas standard built-in oven shipments; and 52 percent of gas self-clean free standing oven and gas self-clean built-in oven shipments would meet or exceed the efficiency levels required at TSL 1.

    DOE expects conversion costs to be small at TSL 1 because the design changes prescribed at this TSL only affect standby mode power consumption and do not apply to active mode power consumption. DOE expects residential conventional cooking product manufacturers would incur $19.9 million in product conversion costs for product redesigns that include converting electric smooth cooking tops and both gas and electric ovens to transition from using linear power supplies to SMPS in order to reduce standby power consumption; as well as implementing automatic power down controls for electric smooth cooking tops. DOE expects $29.9 million in capital conversion costs for manufacturers to upgrade production lines and retool equipment associated with achieving this reduction in standby power.

    At TSL 1, under the preservation of gross margin markup scenario, the shipment-weighted average MPC increases very slightly by approximately 0.2 percent relative to the no-new-standards case MPC. This extremely slight price increase is significantly outweighed by the $49.8 million in conversion costs estimated at TSL 1, resulting in slightly negative INPV impacts at TSL 1 under the preservation of gross margin markup scenario.

    Under the preservation of operating profit markup scenario, manufacturers earn the same nominal operating profit as would be earned in the no-new-standards case, but manufacturers do not earn additional profit from their investments. The very slight increase in the shipment weighted-average MPC results in a slightly lower average manufacturer markup (slightly smaller than the 1.20 manufacturer markup used in the no-new-standards case). This slightly lower average manufacturer markup and the $49.8 million in conversion costs, results in slightly negative INPV impacts at TSL 1 under the preservation of operating profit.

    TSL 2 sets the efficiency level at EL 1 for six product classes, electric open (coil) element cooking tops, gas cooking tops, electric standard free-standing ovens, electric standard built-in ovens, electric self-clean free-standing ovens, and electric self-clean built-in ovens; and EL 2 for five product classes, electric smooth element cooking tops, gas standard free-standing ovens, gas standard built-in ovens, gas self-clean free-standing ovens, and gas self-clean built-in ovens. At TSL 2, DOE estimates impacts on INPV to range from −$89.6 million to −$81.4 million, or a change in INPV of −7.2 percent to −6.6 percent. At TSL 2, industry free cash flow is estimated to decrease to $59.3 million, or a drop of 42.3 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $102.8 million in 2018, the year leading up to new and amended energy conservation standards.

    Percentage impacts on INPV are moderately negative at TSL 2. While the $119.2 million in industry conversion costs represent a larger investment for manufacturers than at TSL 1, DOE does not anticipate that manufacturers would lose a significant portion of their INPV at this TSL since the no-new-standards case INPV for manufacturers is more than $1,238.1 million. DOE projects that in 2019, 33 percent of electric open (coil) element cooking top shipments; 28 percent of electric smooth element cooking top shipments; 74 percent of gas cooking top shipments; 60 percent of electric standard free standing oven and electric standards built-in oven shipments; 53 percent of electric self-clean free standing oven and electric self-clean built-in oven shipments; 46 percent of gas standard free standing oven and gas standard built-in oven shipments; and 39 percent of gas self-clean free standing oven and gas self-clean built-in oven shipments would meet or exceed the efficiency levels required at TSL 2.

    DOE expects that product conversion costs will rise from $19.9 million at TSL 1 to $71.3 million at TSL 2 for extensive product redesigns and testing. Capital conversion costs will also increase from $29.9 million at TSL 1 to $47.9 million at TSL 2 to upgrade production equipment to accommodate for added or redesigned features in each product class. The large conversion costs at TSL 2 are driven by the need to improve contact conductance for electric open (coil) cooking tops; transition from using linear power supplies to SMPS to reduce standby power consumption while also implementing automatic power down controls for electric smooth cooking tops; improve burner and grate design for gas cooking tops; transition from using linear power supplies to SMPS to reduce standby power consumption for electric ovens; and transition from using linear power supplies to SMPS to improve power consumption in gas ovens.

    At TSL 2, under the preservation of gross margin markup scenario, the shipment weighted-average MPC only slightly increases by 0.9 percent, relative to the no-new-standards case MPC. In this scenario, INPV impacts are moderately negative because manufacturers incur larger conversion costs, $119.2 million, and are not able to recover much of those conversion costs through the slight increase in the shipment weighted-average MPC at TSL 2.

    Under the preservation of operating profit markup scenario, the 0.9 percent shipment weighted-average increase in MPC results in a slightly lower average manufacturer markup (slightly smaller than the 1.20 manufacturer markup used in the no-new-standards case). This slightly lower average manufacturer markup and the $119.2 million in conversion costs result in moderately negative INPV impacts at TSL 2.

    TSL 3 sets the efficiency level at EL 1 for three product classes, electric open (coil) cooking tops, electric self-clean free-standing ovens, and electric self-clean built in ovens; EL 2 for one product class, electric smooth element cooking tops; EL 3 for one product class, gas cooking tops; EL 4 for four product classes, electric standard free-standing ovens, electric standard built-in ovens, gas self-clean free-standing ovens, and gas self-clean built-in ovens; and EL 6 for two product classes, gas standard free-standing ovens and gas standard built-in ovens. At TSL 3, DOE estimates impacts on INPV to range from −$393.5 million to −$370.1 million, or a change in INPV of −31.8 percent to −29.9 percent. At this standard level, industry free cash flow is estimated to decrease to −$89.7, or a drop of 187.2 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $102.8 million in 2018, the year leading up to new and amended energy conservation standards.

    Percentage impacts on INPV are significantly negative at TSL 3. The $510.0 million in industry conversion costs represent a significant investment for manufacturers, and is the primary cause of the potential drop in INPV of up to 31.8 percent and a negative free cash flow in the year leading up to the new and amended standards. DOE projects that in 2019, 33 percent of electric open (coil) cooking top shipments; 28 percent of electric smooth element cooking top shipments; 13 percent of gas cooking top shipments; 31 percent of electric standard free standing oven and electric standard built-in oven shipments; 53 percent of electric self-clean free standing oven and electric self-clean built-in oven shipments; 9 percent of gas standard free standing oven and gas standard built-in oven shipments; and 13 percent of gas self-cleaning free standing oven and gas self-cleaning built-in oven shipments would meet or exceed the efficiency levels at TSL 3.

    DOE expects that product conversion costs will significantly rise from $71.3 million at TSL 2 to $261.8 million at TSL 3 for extensive product redesigns and testing. Capital conversion costs will also significantly increase from $47.9 million at TSL 2 to $248.2 million at TSL 3 to upgrade production equipment to accommodate for added or redesigned features in each product class. The large conversion costs at TSL 3 are driven by the need to optimize burners and grates for gas cooking tops; improve insulation and door seals for electric standard ovens; electronic spark ignition, improve insulation, increase the efficiency of door seals, forcing convection, and reducing convection losses for gas standard ovens; and forcing convection and reducing convection losses in gas self-clean ovens.

    At TSL 3, under the preservation of gross margin markup scenario, the shipment weighted-average MPC increases by 2.5 percent, relative to the no-new-standards case MPC. In this scenario, INPV impacts are negative because manufacturers incur sizable conversion costs ($510.0 million) and are not able to recover much of those conversion costs through the 2.5 percent increase in the shipment weighted-average MPC at TSL 3.

    Under the preservation of operating profit markup scenario, the 2.5 percent shipment weighted-average increase in MPC results in a slightly lower average manufacturer markup (1.199, compared to the 1.20 manufacturer markup used in the no-new-standards case). This slightly lower average manufacturer markup and the $510.0 million in conversion costs results in significantly negative INPV impacts at TSL 3.

    Commercial-style manufacturers, manufacturers producing gas cooking products that are primarily marketed as commercial-style, would not be able to meet the standards required at TSL 3. As described in sections IV.C.3.b and IV.C.5 of this SNOPR, the features inherent to such gas cooking products would preclude this product configuration from being able to meet the standards required at TSL 3, and would likely force commercial-style manufacturers to exit the gas cooking product market.

    TSL 4 sets the efficiency level at EL 1 for one product class, electric open (coil) element cooking tops; EL 3 for one product class, gas cooking tops; EL 4 for five product classes, electric smooth element cooking tops, electric self-clean free-standing ovens, electric self-clean built-in ovens, gas self-clean free-standing ovens, and gas self-clean built-in ovens; EL 6 for two product classes, gas standard free-standing ovens and gas standard built-in ovens; and EL 7 for two product classes, electric standard free-standing ovens and electric standard built-in ovens. This represents max-tech for all product classes. At TSL 4, DOE estimates impacts on INPV to range from −$923.6 million to −$727.1 million, or a change in INPV of −74.6 percent to −58.7 percent. At TSL 4, industry free cash flow is estimated to decrease to −$340.7 million, or a drop of 431.3 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $102.8 million in 2018, the year leading up to new and amended energy conservation standards.

    At TSL 4 conversion costs significantly increase, causing free cash flow to become significantly negative, −$340.7 million, in the year leading up to energy conservation standards and causing manufacturers to lose a substantial amount of INPV. Also, the percent change in INPV at TSL 4 is significantly negative due to the extremely large conversion costs, $1,105.7 million. Manufacturers at this TSL would have a very difficult time in the short term to make the necessary investments to comply with new and amended energy conservation standards prior to when standards went into effect. Also, the long-term profitability of residential conventional cooking product manufacturers could be seriously jeopardized as several manufacturers would struggle to comply with standards at this TSL, especially the commercial-style manufacturer subgroup. These manufacturers produce gas cooking products that are primarily marketed as commercial-style. As described in sections IV.C.3.b and IV.C.5 of this SNOPR, the features inherent to such gas cooking products would preclude this product configuration from being able to meet the standards required at TSL 4, and would likely force commercial-style manufacturers to exit the gas cooking product market.

    A high percentage of total shipments will need to be redesigned to meet the efficiency levels prescribed at TSL 4. DOE projects that in 2019, 33 percent of electric open (coil) element cooking top shipments; 3 percent of electric smooth element cooking top shipments; 13 percent of gas cooking top shipments; 7 percent of electric standard free standing oven and electric standard built-in oven shipments; 12 percent of electric self-clean free standing oven and electric self-clean built-in oven shipments; 9 percent of gas standard free standing oven and gas standard built-in oven shipments; and 13 percent of gas self-clean free standing oven and gas self-clean built-in oven shipments would meet the efficiency levels at TSL 4.

    DOE expects significant conversion costs at TSL 4, which represents max-tech. DOE expects product conversion costs to significantly increase from $261.8 million at TSL 3 to $525.4 million at TSL 4. Large increases in product conversion are due to the vast majority of shipments needing extensive redesign as well as a significant increase in testing and recertification for redesigned products. DOE estimates that capital conversion costs will also significantly increase from $248.2 million at TSL 3 to $580.2 million at TSL 4. Capital conversion costs are driven by investments in production equipment to accommodate for the addition of induction heating elements for electric smooth cooking tops; improved contact conductance for electric open (coil) element cooking tops; and by optimizing the burner and grate system for residential-style gas cooking tops; reducing vent rate, improving insulation and door seals, forcing convection, developing oven separators, and reducing conduction loses for electric standard ovens; forcing convection, developing oven separators, and reducing conduction loses for electric self-clean ovens; electronic spark ignition, improve insulation, increase the efficiency of door seals, forcing convection, and reducing convection losses for gas standard ovens; and forcing convection and reducing conduction losses in gas self-clean ovens. DOE estimates that most commercial-style manufacturers would not be able to meet the gas cooking product standards prescribed at TSL 4 and would be forced to exit the gas cooking product market.

    At TSL 4, under the preservation of gross margin markup scenario, the shipment weighted-average MPC increases by 18.0 percent relative to the no-new-standards case MPC. In this scenario, INPV impacts are severely negative because the $1,105.7 million in conversion costs outweigh the modest increase in shipment weighted-average MPC, resulting in significantly negative INPV impacts at TSL 4.

    Under the preservation of operating profit markup scenario, the 18.0 percent shipment weighted-average increase in MPC results in a slightly lower average manufacturer markup of 1.192 (compared to 1.20 used in the no-new-standards case). This lower average manufacturer markup and the $1,105.7 million in conversion costs, results in significantly negative INPV impacts at TSL 4.

    b. Impacts on Employment

    DOE quantitatively assessed the impacts of new and amended energy conservation standards on direct employment. DOE used the GRIM to estimate the domestic labor expenditures and number of domestic production workers in the no-new-standards case and at each TSL from 2019 to 2048. DOE used statistical data from the U.S. Census Bureau's 2014 Annual Survey of Manufactures (ASM), the results of the engineering analysis, and interviews with manufacturers to determine the inputs necessary to calculate industry-wide labor expenditures and domestic employment levels. Labor expenditures involved with the manufacturing of the products are a function of the labor intensity of the products, the sales volume, and an assumption that wages remain fixed in real terms over time.

    In the GRIM, DOE used the labor content of the MPCs to estimate the annual labor expenditures in the industry. DOE used census data and interviews with manufacturers to estimate the portion of the total labor expenditures that is attributable to domestic labor.

    The production worker estimates in this section cover only workers up to the line-supervisor level directly involved in fabricating and assembling a product within a manufacturing facility. Workers performing services that are closely associated with production operations, such as material handing with a forklift, are also included as production labor. DOE's estimates account for production workers who manufacture only the specific products covered in this rulemaking.

    The employment impacts shown in Table V.40 represent the potential domestic production employment that could result following new and amended energy conservation standards. The upper bound of the results estimates the maximum change in the number of production workers that could occur after compliance with new and amended energy conservation standards when assuming that manufacturers continue to produce the same scope of covered products in the same production facilities. It also assumes that domestic production does not shift to lower labor-cost countries. Because there is a real risk of manufacturers evaluating sourcing decisions in response to new and amended energy conservation standards, the lower bound of the employment results includes DOE's estimate of the total number of U.S. production workers in the industry who could lose their jobs if some or all existing domestic production were moved outside of the United States. While the results present a range of domestic employment impacts following 2019, the following sections also include qualitative discussions of the likelihood of negative employment impacts at the various TSLs. Finally, the direct employment impacts shown are independent of the employment impacts from the broader U.S. economy, documented in chapter 17 of the SNOPR TSD.

    Using 2014 ASM data and interviews with manufacturers, DOE estimates that approximately 60 percent of the residential conventional cooking products sold in the United States are manufactured domestically. With this assumption, DOE estimates that in the absence of new and amended energy conservation standards, there would be approximately 8,663 domestic production workers involved in manufacturing residential conventional cooking products in 2019. Table V.40 shows the range of the impacts of new and amended energy conservation standards on U.S. production workers in the residential conventional cooking product industry.

    Table V.40—Potential Changes in the Total Number of Domestic Residential Conventional Cooking Product Production Workers in 2019 No-New-
  • Standards
  • case
  • Trial standard level 1 2 3 4
    Total Number of Domestic Production Workers in 2019 (without changes in production locations) 8,663 8,675 8,724 8,832 9,635 Potential Changes in Domestic Production Workers in 2019 * (433)−12 (866)−61 (2,166)−169 (4,332)−972 * DOE presents a range of potential employment impacts. Numbers in parentheses indicate negative numbers.

    At the upper end of the range, all examined TSLs show a slight increase in the number of domestic employment for residential conventional cooking products. DOE believes that manufacturers would increase production hiring due to the increase in the labor associated with adding the required components to make residential conventional cooking products more efficient. However, as previously stated, this assumes that in addition to hiring more production employees, all existing domestic production would remain in the United States and not shift to lower labor-cost countries.

    DOE expects any significant changes in domestic employment at TSL 1 to be limited because standards would only affect standby mode power consumption at this TSL. Most manufacturers stated that this TSL would not require significant design changes and therefore would not have a significant impact on domestic employment decisions.

    At TSL 2, TSL 3, and TSL 4, all product classes would require higher efficiency standards and therefore most manufacturers would be required to make modifications to their existing production lines. However, manufacturers stated that due to the larger size of most residential conventional cooking products, very few units are manufactured and shipped from far distances such as Asia or Europe. The vast majority of residential conventional cooking products are currently made in North America. Some manufacturers stated that even significant changes to production line would not cause them to shift their production to lower labor-cost countries, as several manufacturers either only produce residential conventional cooking products domestically or have recently made significant investments to continue to produce residential conventional cooking products domestically. DOE estimates that, at most, 10 percent of the domestic labor for residential conventional cooking products could move to other countries in response to the standards proposed at TSL 2.

    At TSL 3, manufacturers could alter production locations in response to standards since all product classes would be required to meet more stringent standards than at TSL 2. DOE estimated that at most 25 percent of the domestic labor for residential conventional cooking products could move to other countries in response to the standards prescribed at TSL 3.

    At TSL 4, manufacturers could alter production locations in response to standards since all product classes would be required to meet max-tech. DOE estimated that at most 50 percent of the domestic labor for residential conventional cooking products could move to other countries in response to the standards prescribed at TSL 4.

    DOE seeks comment on the potential domestic employment impacts to residential conventional cooking product manufacturers at the proposed efficiency levels.

    c. Impacts on Manufacturer Capacity

    Residential conventional cooking product manufacturers stated that they did not anticipate any capacity constraints at the proposed standards, TSL 2. Some manufacturers stated that any standard requiring induction heating technology for all electric smooth element cooking tops would present a very difficult standard to meet since only around 3 percent of the existing electric smooth element cooking tops use induction technology. Manufacturers stated that converting 97 percent of their electric smooth element cooking tops in the 3-year compliance window would present a significant challenge since the production of induction heating cooking tops differs significantly from current cooking top production. However, DOE is not proposing to set efficiency standards that would require manufacturers to use induction technology. Therefore, DOE does not anticipate a manufacturer capacity constraint at TSL 2, the proposed standard.

    DOE requests comment on any potential manufacturer capacity constraints caused by the proposed standards in this SNOPR, TSL 2.

    d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers

    Using average cost assumptions to develop an industry cash-flow estimate may not be adequate for assessing differential impacts among manufacturer subgroups. Small manufacturers, niche product manufacturers, and manufacturers exhibiting cost structures substantially different from the industry average could be affected disproportionately. DOE analyzed the impacts to small businesses in section VI.B of this SNOPR. DOE also identified the commercial-style manufacturer subgroup as a potential manufacturer subgroup that could be adversely impacted by this rulemaking based on the results of the industry characterization.

    The commercial-style manufacturer subgroup consists of cooking product manufacturers that primarily sell gas cooking tops, gas ovens, and electric self-clean ovens marketed as commercial-style, either as a standalone product or as a component of a conventional range. Commercial-style gas cooking tops typically have heavy cast iron grates that act as an additional thermal load and up to six high input rate burners that contribute to reduced cooking top efficiency. No commercial-style manufacturers sell electric coil element cooking tops and the subgroup would be unaffected by any standard required for this product class. However, some, but not all, commercial-style manufacturers produce electric smooth element cooking tops. Of those commercial-style manufacturers that do produce electric smooth element cooking tops, all have products that use induction technology that would be capable of meeting max-tech for this product class. Commercial-style electric and gas ovens typically have cavities with thick gauge cavity walls and heavier racks that result in inherently lower efficiencies as compared to residential-style ovens with comparable cavities sizes, due to the greater thermal mass of the cavity and racks, when measured by the previous DOE test procedure DOE assumes that the commercial-style manufacturer subgroup is primarily impacted by the proposed energy conservation standards required for the gas cooking top, gas oven, and electric self-clean oven product classes and are not significantly impacted by the standards proposed for the electrical cooking top and the electric standard oven product classes.

    For the gas cooking top product class, EL 1 represents DOE's estimate of the most efficient cooking top available on the market with cast-iron grates and six burners, at least four of which are high input rate, which are features associated with gas cooking tops marketed as commercial-style. Commercial-style manufacturers would not be able to meet a gas cooking top standard set at EL 2 or EL 3 while retaining the full functionality of a commercial-style product. Therefore, these commercial-style manufacturers would likely be forced to exit the gas cooking top market as a result of gas cooking top standards set at EL 2 or EL 3. TSL 3 and TSL 4 require EL 3 for the gas cooking top product class.

    For the gas oven and electric self-clean oven product classes, TSL 2 represents a prescriptive design requirement for the oven control systems that would maintain features associated with ovens marketed as commercial-style, such as thick gauge cavity walls and heavier extension racks. Commercial-style manufacturers would not be able to meet a performance-based standard for ovens set at a TSL higher than TSL 2 while retaining the full functionality of their commercial-style product. Therefore, these commercial-style manufacturers would be likely forced to exit the conventional oven market as a result of conventional oven standards set above TSL 2.

    DOE requests comment on the two manufacturer subgroups that DOE identified, the impacts of the proposed standards on those manufacturer subgroups, and any other potential manufacturer subgroups that could be disproportionally impacted by this rulemaking.

    e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden

    While any one regulation may not impose a significant burden on manufacturers, the combined effects of recent or impending regulations may have serious consequences for some manufacturers, groups of manufacturers, or the entire industry. Assessing the impact of a single regulation may overlook this cumulative regulatory burden. In addition to energy conservation standards, other regulations can significantly affect manufacturers' financial operations. Multiple regulations affecting the same manufacturer can strain profits and lead companies to abandon product lines or markets with lower expected future returns than competing products. For these reasons, DOE conducts a cumulative regulatory burden analysis as part of its rulemakings pertaining to appliance efficiency.

    As discussed in section II.B.2 of this SNOPR, DOE published a separate NOPR proposing energy conservation standards for conventional ovens. 80 FR 33030 (June 10, 2015). AHAM and Electrolux commented in response to the June 2015 NOPR that DOE's proposal to bifurcate standards for cooking tops and ovens means that conventional ranges, a single product which makes up over 80 percent of conventional cooking product shipments, could be subject to two different standards on two different timelines. AHAM and Electrolux stated that DOE's proposal to promulgate separate standards for cooking tops and ovens on two separate timelines would likely result in two product redesigns and dual investments for conventional ranges. AHAM added that this would potentially mean unnecessary increased costs for both manufacturers and consumers. AHAM and Electrolux commented that manufacturers will be likely left with stranded investments and unnecessary additional investments. (AHAM, No. 29 at pp. 2, 3, 10; Electrolux, No. 27 at p. 2)

    Whirlpool agreed with AHAM's comments and opposed DOE's proposal to pursue energy conservation standards for cooking tops on a different regulatory timeline than standards for ovens. Whirlpool noted that along with potentially imposing dual product redesigns and investments for conventional ranges, manufacturers may also choose to redesign these products together and launch models to the market in advance of the lagging standard compliance date in order to meet both standards; the net effect of this is a shortened lead-in period for the product tied to the lagging standard. Whirlpool urged DOE to reconsider its proposal and align regulatory timelines for ovens and cooking tops to prevent unnecessary and substantial regulatory burden on industry. (Whirlpool, No. 33 at pp. 3, 4, 8)

    DOE recognizes that combined cooking products that include both a conventional cooking top and oven (e.g., conventional ranges) may be assembled on a single assembly line in manufacturing production facilities. DOE also notes that some components and parts (e.g., cabinet housing, controls) may be shared between the oven and cooking top portion of the combined cooking product. DOE recognizes that setting standards with different compliance dates for ovens and cooking tops could result in the need for manufacturers to redesign the oven and cooking top portions of combined cooking products (including shared components and assembly lines) separately on different timelines. As discussed in section II.B.2 of this SNOPR, DOE is now combining the rulemaking to consider energy conservation standards for conventional cooking tops and ovens and will align the compliance dates for both product categories.

    Manufacturers also commented that conventional electric ranges are facing an additional redesign in the same time period in order to comply with a recent change to UL 858. That change to the voluntary safety standard will require conventional electric ranges, a combined cooking product covered by this rule, to monitor pan bottom temperature and is aimed at reducing the incidences of unattended cooking fires. Manufacturers noted that the change to UL 858 would likely occur just before the compliance date of new and amended residential conventional cooking product standards. Manufacturers added that changes to comply with the requirements in UL 858 to significantly reduce surface temperatures during a prescribed baking operation may also impact the measured efficiency for these products. Manufacturers further explained that the changes in UL 858 will require a major redesign for all electric coil cooking tops by every manufacturer.

    DOE acknowledges that most residential conventional cooking product manufacturers also make appliances that are or could be subject to future energy conservation standards implemented by DOE. DOE looks at these regulations that could affect residential conventional cooking product manufacturers that will take effect approximately 3 years before or after the estimated 2019 compliance date of new and amended energy conservation standards for residential conventional cooking products. These energy conservation standards include those for microwave ovens with a compliance date in 2016,87 commercial refrigeration equipment with a compliance date in 2017,88 commercial clothes washers with a compliance date in 2018,89 residential clothes washers with a compliance date in 2018,90 furnace fans with a compliance date in 2019,91 dehumidifiers with a compliance date in 2019,92 and dishwashers with a potential compliance date in 2019.93

    87 Energy conservation standards final rule for microwave ovens. 78 FR 36316 (June 17, 2013).

    88 Energy conservation standards final rule for commercial refrigeration equipment. 79 FR 17726 (March 28, 2014).

    89 Energy conservation standards final rule for commercial clothes washers. 79 FR 74492 (December 15, 2014).

    90 Energy conservation standards direct final rule for residential clothes washers. 77 FR 32308 (May 31, 2012).

    91 Energy conservation standards final rule for furnace fans. 79 FR 38130 (July 3, 2014).

    92 Energy conservation standards final rule for dehumidifiers. 81 FR 38338 (June 13, 2016).

    93 Energy conservation standards NOPR for dishwashers. 79 FR 76142 (December 19, 2014).

    The compliance years and expected industry conversion costs of relevant new and amended energy conservation standards are indicated in Table V.41.

    Table V.41—Compliance Dates and Expected Conversion Expenses of Federal Energy Conservation Standards Affecting Conventional Cooking Product Manufacturers Regulation Number of manufacturers * Number of manufacturers from today's rule ** Approximate standards year Industry conversion costs
  • (millions $)
  • Industry conversion costs/revenue ***
  • (%)
  • Microwave Ovens, 78 FR 36316 (Jun. 17, 2013) 12 7 2016 43.1(2011$) <1 Commercial Refrigeration Equipment, 79 FR 17726 (Mar. 28, 2014) 54 3 2017 184 (2012$) 2.0 Residential Clothes Washers, 77 FR 32308 (May 31, 2012) 16 10 2018 (Second Round) 418.5 (2010$) 1.4 Commercial Clothes Washers, 79 FR 74492 (Dec. 15, 2014) 6 4 2018 10.2 (2013$) 2.2 Furnace Fans, 79 FR 38130 (Jul. 3, 2014) 27 1 2019 40.6 (2012$) 1.6 Dehumidifiers, 81 FR 38338 (Jun. 13, 2016) 25 4 2019 52.5 (2014$) 4.5 Dishwashers (NOPR) †, 79 FR 76142 (Dec. 19, 2014) 18 13 2019 316.9 (2013$) 5.6 * This column presents the total number of manufacturers identified in the energy conservation standard rule contributing to cumulative regulatory burden. ** This column presents the number of manufacturers producing residential conventional cooking products that are also listed as manufacturers in the listed energy conservation standard contributing to cumulative regulatory burden. *** This column presents conversion costs as a percentage of cumulative revenue for the industry during the conversion period. The conversion period is the timeframe over which manufacturers must make conversion costs investments and lasts from the announcement year of the final rule to the standards year of the final rule. This period typically ranges from 3 to 5 years, depending on the energy conservation standard. † The final rule for this energy conservation standard has not been published. The compliance date and analysis of conversion costs have not been finalized at this time. Values in this row are estimates for the standard level proposed in the NOPR.

    DOE discusses these and other requirements and includes the full details of the cumulative regulatory burden analysis in Chapter 12 of the SNOPR TSD. DOE will continue to evaluate its approach to assessing cumulative regulatory burden for use in future rulemakings to ensure that it is effectively capturing the overlapping impacts of its regulations. In particular, DOE will assess whether looking at rules where any portion of the compliance period potentially overlaps with the compliance period for the subject rulemaking would yield a more accurate reflection of cumulative regulatory burden.

    DOE seeks comment on the compliance costs of any other regulations residential conventional cooking product manufacturers must follow, especially if compliance with those regulations is required three years before or after the estimated compliance date of this proposed standard (2019). Additionally, DOE welcomes comment on how it analyzes and considers cumulative regulatory burden.

    3. National Impact Analysis a. Significance of Energy Savings

    To estimate the energy savings attributable to potential standards for conventional cooking products, DOE compared the energy consumption of those products under the no-new-standards case to their anticipated energy consumption under each TSL. The savings are measured over the entire lifetime of products purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of anticipated compliance with amended standards (2019-2048). Table V.42 presents DOE's projections of the national energy savings for each TSL considered for conventional cooking products. The savings were calculated using the approach described in section IV.H of this SNOPR.

    Table V.42—Conventional Cooking Products: Cumulative National Energy Savings for Products Shipped in 2019-2048 [Quads] Product type Energy savings Trial standard level 1 2 3 4 Conventional Cooking Tops Primary energy
  • FFC energy
  • 0.22
  • 0.23
  • 0.31
  • 0.33
  • 0.48
  • 0.52
  • 0.70
  • 0.75
  • Conventional Ovens Primary energy
  • FFC energy
  • 0.17
  • 0.18
  • 0.41
  • 0.43
  • 0.47
  • 0.50
  • 1.05
  • 1.10
  • TOTAL (All Products) Primary energy
  • FFC energy
  • 0.39
  • 0.41
  • 0.72
  • 0.76
  • 0.95
  • 1.01
  • 1.75
  • 1.85
  • OMB Circular A-4 94 requires agencies to present analytical results, including separate schedules of the monetized benefits and costs that show the type and timing of benefits and costs. Circular A-4 also directs agencies to consider the variability of key elements underlying the estimates of benefits and costs. For this rulemaking, DOE undertook a sensitivity analysis using nine, rather than 30, years of product shipments. The choice of a 9-year period is a proxy for the timeline in EPCA for the review of certain energy conservation standards and potential revision of and compliance with such revised standards.95 The review timeframe established in EPCA is generally not synchronized with the product lifetime, product manufacturing cycles, or other factors specific to conventional cooking products. Thus, such results are presented for informational purposes only and are not indicative of any change in DOE's analytical methodology. The NES sensitivity analysis results based on a 9-year analytical period are presented in Table V.43. The impacts are counted over the lifetime of conventional cooking products purchased in 2019-2027.

    94 U.S. Office of Management and Budget, “Circular A-4: Regulatory Analysis” (Sept. 17, 2003) (Available at: http://www.whitehouse.gov/omb/circulars_a004_a-4/).

    95 Section 325(m) of EPCA requires DOE to review its standards at least once every 6 years, and requires, for certain products, a 3-year period after any new standard is promulgated before compliance is required, except that in no case may any new standards be required within 6 years of the compliance date of the previous standards. While adding a 6-year review to the 3-year compliance period adds up to 9 years, DOE notes that it may undertake reviews at any time within the 6 year period and that the 3-year compliance date may yield to the 6-year backstop. A 9-year analysis period may not be appropriate given the variability that occurs in the timing of standards reviews and the fact that for some consumer products, the compliance period is 5 years rather than 3 years.

    Table V.43—Conventional Cooking Products: Cumulative National Energy Savings for Products Shipped in 2019-2027 [Quads] Product type Energy savings Trial standard level 1 2 3 4 Conventional Cooking Tops Primary energy
  • FFC energy
  • 0.06
  • 0.06
  • 0.08
  • 0.09
  • 0.13
  • 0.14
  • 0.20
  • 0.21
  • Conventional Ovens Primary energy
  • FFC energy
  • 0.05
  • 0.05
  • 0.12
  • 0.12
  • 0.14
  • 0.14
  • 0.30
  • 0.32
  • TOTAL (All Products) Primary energy
  • FFC energy
  • 0.11
  • 0.11
  • 0.20
  • 0.21
  • 0.27
  • 0.28
  • 0.50
  • 0.53
  • a. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs and Benefits

    DOE estimated the cumulative NPV to the nation of the total costs and savings for consumers that would result from particular standard levels for conventional cooking products. In accordance with the OMB's guidelines on regulatory analysis (OMB Circular A-4, section E, September 17, 2003),96 DOE calculated NPV using both a 7-percent and a 3-percent real discount rate. Table V.44 shows the consumer NPV results for each TSL DOE considered for conventional cooking products. The impacts are counted over the lifetime of products purchased in 2019-2048.

    96 Available at: www.whitehouse.gov/omb/circulars_a004_a-4.

    Table V.44—Conventional Cooking Products: Cumulative Net Present Value of Consumer Benefits for Products Shipped in 2019-2048 Equipment type Discount rate
  • (%)
  • Billion 2015$ Trial standard level 1 2 3 4 *
    Conventional Cooking Tops 3
  • 7
  • 1.97
  • 0.85
  • 2.39
  • 0.99
  • 3.62
  • 1.54
  • (13.00)
  • (8.22)
  • Conventional Ovens 3
  • 7
  • 1.55
  • 0.69
  • 3.85
  • 1.73
  • 2.66
  • 0.96
  • 1.10
  • (0.72)
  • TOTAL (All Products) 3
  • 7
  • 3.52
  • 1.53
  • 6.24
  • 2.72
  • 6.28
  • 2.50
  • (11.91)
  • (8.94)
  • *Parentheses indicate negative (−) values.

    The NPV results based on the aforementioned 9-year analytical period are presented in Table V.45. The impacts are counted over the lifetime of products purchased in 2019-2027. As mentioned previously, such results are presented for informational purposes only and is not indicative of any change in DOE's analytical methodology or decision criteria.

    Table V.45—Conventional Cooking Products: Cumulative Net Present Value of Consumer Benefits for Products Shipped in 2019-2027 Equipment type Discount rate Billion 2015$ Trial standard level 1 2 3 4 * Conventional Cooking Tops 3
  • 7
  • 0.66
  • 0.40
  • 0.78
  • 0.45
  • 1.17
  • 0.69
  • (4.78)
  • (4.03)
  • Conventional Ovens 3
  • 7
  • 0.54
  • 0.33
  • 1.35
  • 0.83
  • 0.87
  • 0.42
  • 0.12
  • (0.50)
  • TOTAL (All Products) 3
  • 7
  • 1.20
  • 0.73
  • 2.13
  • 1.28
  • 2.04
  • 1.12
  • (4.66)
  • (4.54)
  • * Parentheses indicate negative (−) values.

    The above results reflect the use of a default trend to estimate the change in price for conventional cooking products over the analysis period (see section IV.F.1 of this SNOPR). DOE also conducted a sensitivity analysis that considered one scenario with a lower rate of price decline than the reference case and one scenario with a higher rate of price decline than the reference case. The results of these alternative cases are presented in appendix 10C of the SNOPR TSD. In the high price decline case, the NPV is higher than in the default case. In the low price decline case, the NPV is lower than in the default case.

    b. Impacts on Employment

    DOE expects energy conservation standards for conventional cooking products to reduce energy bills for consumers of those products, and the resulting net savings to be redirected to other forms of economic activity. These expected shifts in spending and economic activity could affect the demand for labor. As described in section IV.N of this SNOPR, DOE used an input/output model of the U.S. economy to estimate indirect employment impacts of the TSLs that DOE considered in this rulemaking. DOE understands that there are uncertainties involved in projecting employment impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Therefore, DOE generated results for near-term timeframes, where these uncertainties are reduced.

    The results suggest that the proposed standards are likely to have negligible impact on the net demand for labor in the economy. The net change in jobs is so small that it would be imperceptible in national labor statistics and might be offset by other, unanticipated effects on employment. Chapter 16 of the SNOPR TSD presents detailed results.

    4. Impact on Utility or Performance of Products

    Based on testing conducted in support of this proposed rule, discussed in section IV.C.2 of this SNOPR, DOE concluded that the standards proposed in this SNOPR would not reduce the utility or performance of the conventional cooking products under consideration in this rulemaking. Manufacturers of these products currently offer units that meet or exceed the proposed standards.

    5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition

    DOE has also considered any lessening of competition that is likely to result from the proposed standards. The Attorney General determines the impact, if any, of any lessening of competition likely to result from a proposed standard, and transmits such determination to DOE, together with an analysis of the nature and extent of such impact. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(V) and (B)(ii))

    DOE will transmit a copy of this SNOPR and the accompanying TSD to the Attorney General, requesting that the DOJ provide its determination on this issue. DOE will consider DOJ's comments on the proposed rule in determining whether to proceed with the proposed energy conservation standards. DOE will also publish and respond to DOJ's comments in the Federal Register.

    6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy

    Enhanced energy efficiency, where economically justified, improves the nation's energy security, strengthens the economy, and reduces the environmental impacts (costs) of energy production. Reduced electricity demand due to energy conservation standards is also likely to reduce the cost of maintaining the reliability of the electricity system, particularly during peak-load periods. As a measure of this reduced demand, chapter 15 in the SNOPR TSD presents the estimated reduction in generating capacity, relative to the no-new-standards case, for the TSLs that DOE considered in this rulemaking.

    Energy conservation resulting from proposed standards for conventional cooking products are expected to yield environmental benefits in the form of reduced emissions of air pollutants and greenhouse gases. Table V.46 provides DOE's estimate of cumulative emissions reductions to result from the TSLs considered in this rulemaking. The table includes site emissions, power sector emissions and upstream emissions. The emissions were calculated using the multipliers discussed in section IV.K of this SNOPR. DOE reports annual emissions reductions for each TSL in chapter 13 of the SNOPR TSD.

    Table V.46—Conventional Cooking Products: Cumulative Emissions Reduction for Products Shipped in 2019-2048 Trial standard level 1 2 3 4 Power Sector and Site Emissions CO2 (million metric tons) 23.0 42.6 54.7 102.3 SO2 (thousand tons) 13.7 23.2 24.2 52.4 NOX (thousand tons) 25.4 48.1 64.9 117.4 Hg (tons) 0.05 0.09 0.09 0.19 CH4 (thousand tons) 2.0 3.4 3.8 7.8 N2O (thousand tons) 0.28 0.48 0.52 1.09 Upstream Emissions CO2 (million metric tons) 1.3 2.7 4.3 7.0 SO2 (thousand tons) 0.2 0.4 0.4 0.9 NOX (thousand tons) 18.6 39.8 65.7 104.2 Hg (tons) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 CH4 (thousand tons) 102.5 224.1 378.5 591.1 N2O (thousand tons) 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.05 Total FFC Emissions CO2 (million metric tons) 24.3 45.3 59.1 109.3 SO2 (thousand tons) 13.9 23.6 24.6 53.3 NOX (thousand tons) 43.9 88.0 130.6 221.6 Hg (tons) 0.05 0.09 0.09 0.20 CH4 (thousand tons) 104.5 227.5 382.2 598.9 CH4 (thousand tons CO 2 eq)* 2,926 6,369 10,703 16,769 N2O (thousand tons) 0.29 0.50 0.54 1.14 N2O (thousand tons CO 2 eq)* 76.8 132.6 144.3 302.9 * CO2eq is the quantity of CO2 that would have the same GWP.

    As part of the analysis for this proposed rule, DOE estimated monetary benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of CO2 and NOX that DOE estimated for each of the considered TSLs for conventional cooking products. As discussed in section IV.L of this SNOPR, for CO2, DOE used the most recent values for the SCC developed by an interagency working group. The four sets of SCC values for CO2 emissions reductions resulting from that process refer to the average value from a distribution that uses a 5-percent discount rate, the average value from a distribution that uses a 3-percent discount rate, the average value from a distribution that uses a 2.5-percent discount rate, and the 95th-percentile value from a distribution that uses a 3-percent discount rate. The values for later years are higher due to increasing damages (emissions-related costs) as the projected magnitude of climate change increases.

    Table V.47 presents the global value of CO2 emissions reductions at each TSL. For each of the four cases, DOE calculated a present value of the stream of annual values using the same discount rate as was used in the studies upon which the dollar-per-ton values are based. DOE calculated domestic values as a range from 7 percent to 23 percent of the global values; these results are presented in chapter 14 of the SNOPR TSD.

    Table V.47—Conventional Cooking Products: Estimates of Global Present Value of CO2 Emissions Reduction for Products Shipped in 2019-2048 TSL Million 2015$ SCC Case 5% discount rate, average 3% discount rate, average 2.5% discount rate, average 3% discount rate, 95th
  • percentile
  • Power Sector and Site Emissions 1 166 751 1,190 2,289 2 312 1,405 2,222 4,279 3 400 1,805 2,856 5,498 4 742 3,354 5,311 10,219 Upstream Emissions 1 9.2 41.9 66.6 128 2 19.6 88.9 141 271 3 31.5 142 226 434 4 50.4 229 363 699 Total FFC Emissions 1 175 793 1,257 2,417 2 331 1,494 2,363 4,550 3 432 1,947 3,081 5,933 4 792 3,584 5,674 10,917

    DOE is well aware that scientific and economic knowledge about the contribution of CO2 and other GHG emissions to changes in the future global climate and the potential resulting damages to the world economy continues to evolve rapidly. Thus, any value placed on reducing CO2 emissions in this rulemaking is subject to change. DOE, together with other Federal agencies, will continue to review various methodologies for estimating the monetary value of reductions in CO2 and other GHG emissions. This ongoing review will consider the comments on this subject that are part of the public record for this and other rulemakings, as well as other methodological assumptions and issues. However, consistent with DOE's legal obligations, and taking into account the uncertainty involved with this particular issue, DOE has included in this proposed rule the most recent values and analyses resulting from the interagency process.

    DOE also estimated the cumulative monetary value of the economic benefits associated with NOX emissions reductions anticipated to result from the considered TSLs for conventional cooking products. The dollar-per-ton values that DOE used are discussed in section IV.L of this SNOPR. Table V.48 presents the cumulative present values for each TSL calculated using 7-percent and 3-percent discount rates. This table presents values that use the low dollar-per-ton values, which reflect DOE's primary estimate. Results that reflect the range of NOX dollar-per-ton values are presented in Table V.50.

    Table V.48—Conventional Cooking Products: Estimates of Present Value of NOX Emissions Reduction for Products Shipped in 2019-2048 TSL Million 2015$ 3% discount rate 7% discount rate Power Sector and Site Emissions 1 48.1 20.3 2 109.5 47.0 3 189.7 80.9 4 288.9 122.7 Upstream Emissions 1 35.3 14.5 2 77.5 32.7 3 128.6 54.7 4 201.4 84.6 Total FFC Emissions 1 83.4 34.9 2 187.0 79.7 3 318.3 135.6 4 490.4 207.3 7. Other Factors

    The Secretary of Energy, in determining whether a standard is economically justified, may consider any other factors that the Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) No other factors were considered in this analysis.

    8. Summary of National Economic Impacts

    The NPV of the monetized benefits associated with emissions reductions can be viewed as a complement to the NPV of the consumer savings calculated for each TSL considered in this rulemaking. Table V.49 presents the NPV values that result from adding the estimates of the potential economic benefits resulting from reduced CO2 and NOX emissions in each of four valuation scenarios to the NPV of consumer savings calculated for each TSL considered in this rulemaking, at both a 7-percent and 3-percent discount rate. The CO2 values used in the columns of each table correspond to the 2015 values in the four sets of SCC values discussed above.

    Table V.49—Conventional Cooking Products: Net Present Value of Consumer Savings Combined With Present Value of Monetized Benefits From CO2 and NOX Emissions Reductions [Billion 2015 $] TSL Consumer NPV at 3% discount rate added with: SCC case $12.4/t and 3% low NOX values SCC case $40.6/t and 3% low NOX values SCC case $63.2/t and 3% low NOX values SCC case $118/t and 3% low NOX
  • values
  • 1 3.8 4.4 4.9 6.0 2 6.8 7.9 8.8 11.0 3 7.0 8.5 9.7 12.5 4 (10.6) (7.8) (5.7) (0.5)
    TSL Consumer NPV at 7% discount rate added with: SCC case $12.4/t and 7% low NOX values SCC case $40.6/t and 7% low NOX values SCC case $63.2/t and 7% low NOX values SCC case $118/t and 7% low NOX
  • values
  • 1 1.7 2.4 2.8 4.0 2 3.1 4.3 5.2 7.3 3 3.1 4.6 5.7 8.6 4 (7.9) (5.1) (3.1) 2.2 Note: The SCC case values represent the global SCC in 2015, in 2015$, for each case.

    Although adding the value of consumer savings to the values of emission reductions provides a valuable perspective, two issues should be considered. First, the national operating cost savings are domestic U.S. monetary savings that occur as a result of market transactions, while the value of CO2 reductions is based on a global value. Second, the assessments of operating cost savings and the SCC are performed with different methods that use different time frames for analysis. The national operating cost savings is measured for the lifetime of equipment shipped in 2019 to 2048. Because CO2 emissions have a very long residence time in the atmosphere,97 the SCC values in future years reflect future climate-related impacts resulting from the emission of CO2 that continue well beyond 2100.

    97 The atmospheric lifetime of CO2 is estimated of the order of 30-95 years. Jacobson, MZ (2005). “Correction to “Control of fossil-fuel particulate black carbon and organic matter, possibly the most effective method of slowing global warming.” ” J. Geophys. Res. 110. pp. D14105.

    C. Conclusion

    When considering new or amended energy conservation standards that DOE adopts for any type or class of covered product, they must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that the Secretary determines is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) In determining whether a standard is economically justified, the Secretary must determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens, considering to the greatest extent practicable the seven statutory factors discussed previously. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) The new or amended standard must also result in a significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))

    For this SNOPR, DOE considered the impacts of potential amended standards for conventional cooking products at each TSL, beginning with the maximum technologically feasible level, to determine whether that level was economically justified. Where the max-tech level was not justified, DOE then considered the next most efficient level and undertook the same evaluation until it reached the highest efficiency level that is both technologically feasible and economically justified and saves a significant amount of energy.

    To aid the reader as DOE discusses the benefits and/or burdens of each trial standard level, tables present a summary of the results of DOE's quantitative analysis for each TSL. In addition to the quantitative results presented in the tables, DOE also considers other burdens and benefits that affect economic justification. Those include the impacts on identifiable subgroups of consumers who may be disproportionately affected by a national standard. Section V.B.1 of this SNOPR presents the estimated impacts of each TSL for these subgroups.

    DOE also notes that the economics literature provides a wide-ranging discussion of how consumers trade off upfront costs and energy savings in the absence of government intervention. Much of this literature attempts to explain why consumers appear to undervalue energy efficiency improvements. This undervaluation suggests that regulation that promotes energy efficiency can produce significant net private gains (as well as producing social gains by, for example, reducing pollution). There is evidence that consumers undervalue future energy savings as a result of (1) a lack of information; (2) a lack of sufficient salience of the long-term or aggregate benefits; (3) a lack of sufficient savings to warrant delaying or altering purchases; (4) excessive focus on the short term, in the form of inconsistent weighting of future energy cost savings relative to available returns on other investments; (5) computational or other difficulties associated with the evaluation of relevant tradeoffs; and (6) a divergence in incentives (between renters and owners, or builders and purchasers). Having less than perfect foresight and a high degree of uncertainty about the future, consumers may trade off these types of investments at a higher than expected rate between current consumption and uncertain future energy cost savings.

    In DOE's current regulatory analysis, potential changes in the benefits and costs of a regulation due to changes in consumer purchase decisions are included in two ways: First, if consumers forego a purchase of a product in the standards case, this decreases sales for product manufacturers, and the impact on manufacturers attributed to lost revenue is included in the MIA. Second, DOE accounts for energy savings attributable only to products actually used by consumers in the standards case; if a regulatory option decreases the number of products used by consumers, this decreases the potential energy savings from an energy conservation standard. DOE provides estimates of shipments and changes in the volume of product purchases in chapter 9 of the SNOPR TSD. However, DOE's current analysis does not explicitly control for heterogeneity in consumer preferences, preferences across subcategories of products or specific features, or consumer price sensitivity variation according to household income.98

    98 P.C. Reiss and M.W. White. Household Electricity Demand, Revisited. Review of Economic Studies (2005) 72, 853-883.

    While DOE is not prepared at present to provide a fuller quantifiable framework for estimating the benefits and costs of changes in consumer purchase decisions due to an energy conservation standard, DOE is committed to developing a framework that can support empirical quantitative tools for improved assessment of the consumer welfare impacts of appliance standards. DOE has posted a paper that discusses the issue of consumer welfare impacts of appliance energy efficiency standards, and potential enhancements to the methodology by which these impacts are defined and estimated in the regulatory process.99 DOE welcomes comments on how to more fully assess the potential impact of energy conservation standards on consumer choice and how to quantify this impact in its regulatory analysis in future rulemakings.

    99 Alan Sanstad, Notes on the Economics of Household Energy Consumption and Technology Choice. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. 2010. Available online at: www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/appliance_standards/pdfs/consumer_ee_theory.pdf.

    1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for Conventional Cooking Products

    Table V.51 summarize the quantitative impacts estimated for each TSL for conventional cooking products. The national impacts are measured over the lifetime of conventional cooking products purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated year of compliance with amended standards (2019-2048). The energy savings, emissions reductions, and value of emissions reductions refer to full-fuel-cycle results. The efficiency levels contained in each TSL are described in section V.A of this SNOPR.

    Table V.50—Conventional Cooking Products: Summary of National Impacts Category TSL 1 TSL 2 TSL 3 TSL 4 Cumulative FFC Energy Savings (quads) 0.41 0.76 1.01 1.85 NPV of Consumer Costs and Benefits (2015$ billion) 3% discount rate $3.52 $6.24 $6.28 ($11.91). 7% discount rate 1.53 2.72 2.50 (8.94). Cumulative FFC Emissions Reduction CO2 million metric tons 24.3 45.3 59.1 109. SO2 thousand tons 13.9 23.6 24.6 53.3. NOX thousand tons 43.9 88.0 131 222. Hg tons 0.05 0.09 0.09 0.20. CH4 thousand tons 104 227 382 599. CH4 thousand tons CO 2 eq* 2,926 6,369 10,703 16,769. N2O thousand tons 0.29 0.50 0.54 1.14. N2O thousand tons CO 2 eq* 76.8 133 144 303. Value of Emissions Reduction CO2 2015$ million** 175 to 2,417 331 to 4,550 432 to 5,933 792 to 10,917. NOX—3% discount rate 2015$ million 83.4 to 190.2 187.0 to 426.3 318.3 to 725.7 490.4 to 1,118.0. NOX—7% discount rate 2015$ million 34.9 to 78.7 79.7 to 179.7 135.6 to 305.7 207.3 to 467.4. Parentheses indicate negative (−) values. * CO2eq is the quantity of CO2 that would have the same GWP. ** Range of the economic value of CO2 reductions is based on estimates of the global benefit of reduced CO2 emissions. Table V.51—Conventional Cooking Products: Summary of Manufacturer and Consumer Impacts Category TSL 1 TSL 2 TSL 3 TSL 4 Manufacturer Impacts Industry NPV (2015$ million) (No-New-Standards Case INPV = $1,238.1) 1,198.3-1,200.1 1,148.5-1,156.7 844.7-868.0 314.6-511.1 Industry NPV (% change)* (3.2)-(3.1) (7.2)-(6.6) (31.8)-(29.9) (74.6)-(58.7) Consumer Average LCC Savings (2015$) PC1: Electric Open (Coil) Element Cooking Tops $0.00 $2.87 $2.87 $2.87 PC2: Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops * 24.37 24.37 24.37 (280.82) PC3: Gas Cooking Tops 0.00 1.10 15.83 15.83 PC4: Electric Standard Ovens, Free-Standing * 5.93 5.93 10.23 (30.82) PC5: Electric Standard Ovens, Built-in/Slide-in * 5.96 5.96 10.23 (30.83) PC6: Electric Self-Clean Ovens, Free-Standing * 7.04 7.04 7.04 (17.19) PC7: Electric Self-Clean Ovens, Built-in/Slide-in * 7.08 7.08 7.08 (17.21) PC8: Gas Standard Ovens, Free-Standing 7.60 43.64 9.77 9.77 PC9: Gas Standard Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In 7.60 43.65 9.77 9.77 PC10: Gas Self-Cleaning Ovens, Free-Standing 7.73 48.03 20.27 20.27 PC11: Gas Self-Cleaning Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In 7.73 48.05 20.27 20.27 Consumer Simple PBP (years) PC1: Electric Open (Coil) Element Cooking Tops 0.5 0.5 0.5 PC2: Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops 1.0 1.0 1.0 61.9 PC3: Gas Cooking Tops 9.1 4.4 4.4 PC4: Electric Standard Ovens, Free-Standing 0.9 0.9 4.7 17.1 PC5: Electric Standard Ovens, Built-in/Slide-in 0.9 0.9 4.7 17.1 PC6: Electric Self-Clean Ovens, Free-Standing 0.9 0.9 0.9 16.2 PC7: Electric Self-Clean Ovens, Built-in/Slide-in 0.9 0.9 0.9 16.2 PC8: Gas Standard Ovens, Free-Standing 0.6 1.1 6.0 6.0 PC9: Gas Standard Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In 0.6 1.1 6.0 6.0 Built-In/Slide-In PC10: Gas Self-Cleaning Ovens, Free-Standing 0.7 1.1 5.3 5.3 PC11: Gas Self-Cleaning Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In 0.7 1.1 5.3 5.3 % of Consumers That Experience Net Cost PC1: Electric Open (Coil) Element Cooking Tops 0 19 19 19 PC2: Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops 0 0 0 98 PC3: Gas Cooking Tops 0 14 6 6 PC4: Electric Standard Ovens, Free-Standing 0 0 20 80 PC5: Electric Standard Ovens, Built-in/Slide-in 0 0 20 80 PC6: Electric Self-Clean Ovens, Free-Standing 0 0 0 72 PC7: Electric Self-Clean Ovens, Built-in/Slide-in 0 0 0 72 PC8: Gas Standard Ovens, Free-Standing 0 0 61 61 PC9: Gas Standard Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In 0 0 61 61 PC10: Gas Self-Cleaning Ovens, Free-Standing 0 0 49 49 PC11: Gas Self-Cleaning Ovens, Built-In/Slide-In 0 0 49 49 * Parentheses indicate negative (−) values.

    DOE first considered TSL 4, which represents the max-tech efficiency levels. TSL 4 would save 1.85 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 4, the NPV of consumer benefit would be negative 8.94 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and negative 11.91billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.

    The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 4 are 109 Mt of CO2, 222 thousand tons of NOX, 53.3 thousand tons of SO2, 0.20 ton of Hg, 599 thousand tons of CH4, and 1.14 thousand tons of N2O. The estimated monetary value of the CO2 emissions reduction at TSL 4 ranges from $792 million to $10,917 million.

    At TSL 4, the average LCC impact ranges from a loss of $280.82 for PC2 (Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops) to a savings of $15.83 for PC3 (Gas Cooking Tops). The simple payback period ranges from 0.5 years for PC1 (Electric Open Element Cooking Tops) to 61.9 years for PC2 (Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops). The fraction of consumers experiencing an LCC net cost ranges from 6 percent for PC3 (Gas Cooking Tops) to 98 percent for PC2 (Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops).

    DOE notes that the reduction in IAEC at TSL 4 could result in the unavailability of certain product types, specifically commercial-style cooking tops that incorporate certain features that may be expected by purchasers of such products, e.g., heavier cast iron grates to support larger loads and high input rate burners to provide faster cooking times for larger loads. Because it is uncertain how greatly consumers value these product types, DOE is concerned that TSL 4 may result in the unavailability of certain product types for PC3 (Gas Cooking Tops). In addition, as discussed in section III.B, DOE recognizes that there may be uncertainty in conducting the standards analysis and analyzing energy savings from performance standards for conventional ovens based on efficiency levels using the oven test procedure adopted in the July 2015 TP Final Rule, which DOE is now proposing to repeal due to concerns whether the test procedure accurately reflects the energy use of all product types.

    At TSL 4, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of $923.6 million to a decrease of $727.1 million, equivalent to a loss of 74.6 percent and a loss of 58.7 percent, respectively.

    Products that meet the efficiency standards specified by TSL 4 are forecast to represent 13 percent of shipments in the year leading up to new and amended standards. As such, manufacturers would have to redesign nearly all products by the 2019 compliance date to meet demand. Redesigning all units to meet max-tech would require considerable capital and product conversion expenditures. At TSL 4, DOE estimates capital conversion costs would total $580.2 million and product conversion costs would total $525.4 million. Total capital and product conversion costs associated with the changes in products and manufacturing facilities required at TSL 4 would require significant use of manufacturers' financial reserves and would significantly reduce manufacturer INPV. Additionally, manufacturers are more likely to reduce their margins to maintain a price-competitive product at higher TSLs, so DOE expects that TSL 4 would yield impacts closer to the most severe range of INPV impacts. If the most severe range of impacts is reached, as DOE expects could happen, TSL 4 could result in a net loss of 74.6 percent in INPV to residential conventional cooking product manufacturers. As a result, at TSL 4, DOE expects that some companies could be forced to exit the residential conventional cooking product market or shift production abroad, both of which would negatively impact domestic manufacturing capacity and employment. The commercial-style manufacturer subgroup, which primarily produces gas cooking products that are marketed as commercial-style, would not be able to meet the gas cooking product standards required at this TSL and would likely be forced to exit the gas cooking product market, which could negatively impact domestic employment.

    In view of the foregoing, DOE has tentatively concluded that, at TSL 4 for conventional cooking products, the benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of total customer benefits, customer LCC savings for six of the eleven product classes, emission reductions and the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions would be outweighed by the negative customer impacts for product classes 2, 4, 5, 6 and 7 (Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops and all Electric Ovens), the potential burden on consumers from the unavailability of certain product types for PC3 (Gas Cooking Tops), the uncertainty of performance-based standards for PC4 through PC11 (Conventional Ovens) since DOE is proposing to repeal its conventional oven test procedure, the significant reduction in industry value at TSL 4, as well as the potential for loss of domestic manufacturing. Consequently, DOE has tentatively concluded that TSL 4 is not economically justified.

    DOE then considered TSL 3, which comprises efficiency levels providing maximum NES with positive NPV. TSL 3 would save 1.01 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 3, the NPV of consumer benefit would be $2.50 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $6.28 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.

    The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 3 are 59.1 Mt of CO2, 131 thousand tons of NOX, 24.6 thousand tons of SO2, 0.09 ton of Hg, 382 thousand tons of CH4, and 0.54 thousand tons of N2O. The estimated monetary value of the CO2 emissions reduction at TSL 3 ranges from $432 million to $5,933 million.

    At TSL 3, the average LCC impact is a savings ranging from $2.87 for PC1 (Electric Coil Cooking Tops) to $24.37 for PC2 (Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops). The simple payback period ranges from 0.5 years for PC1 (Electric Open Element Cooking Tops) to 6.0 years for Gas Standard Ovens. The fraction of consumers experiencing an LCC net cost ranges from zero percent for PC2, PC6, and PC7 (Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops, and all Electric Self-Clean Ovens) to 61 percent for all Gas Standard Ovens.

    As described for TSL 4, the reduction in IAEC at TSL 3 could also result in a lack in the availability of commercial-style cooking tops that incorporate certain features that may be expected by purchasers of such products, e.g., heavier cast iron grates to support larger loads and high input rate burners to provide faster cooking times for larger loads. DOE is concerned that TSL 3 may also result in the unavailability of certain product types for PC3 (Gas Cooking Tops). In addition, as discussed in section III.B, DOE recognizes that there may be uncertainty in conducting the standards analysis and analyzing energy savings from performance standards for conventional ovens based on efficiency levels using the oven test procedure adopted in the July 2015 TP Final Rule, which DOE is now proposing to repeal due to concerns whether the test procedure accurately reflects the energy use of all product types.

    At TSL 3, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of $393.5 million to a decrease of $370.1 million, equivalent to a loss of 31.8 percent and a loss of 29.9 percent, respectively.

    Products that meet the efficiency standards specified by TSL 3 are forecast to represent 30 percent of shipments in the year leading up to new and amended standards. As such, manufacturers would have to redesign a large portion of products by the 2019 compliance date to meet demand. Redesigning the majority of units to meet efficiency requirements at TSL 3 would require considerable capital and product conversion expenditures. At TSL 3, DOE estimates capital conversion costs would total $248.2 million and product conversion costs would total $261.8 million. Total capital and product conversion costs associated with the changes in products and manufacturing facilities required at TSL 3 would require significant use of manufacturers' financial reserves and would significantly reduce manufacturer INPV. As a result, at TSL 3, DOE expects that some companies could be forced to exit the residential conventional cooking product market or shift production abroad, both of which would negatively impact domestic manufacturing capacity and employment. The commercial-style manufacturer subgroup, which primarily produces gas cooking products that are marketed as commercial-style, would not be able to meet the gas cooking product standards required at this TSL and would likely be forced to exit the gas cooking product market, which could negatively impact domestic employment.

    In view of the foregoing, DOE has tentatively concluded that, at TSL 3 for conventional cooking products, the benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of total customer benefits, customer LCC savings for all the product classes, emission reductions and the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions would be outweighed by the negative customer impacts for product classes 8 through 11 (all Gas Ovens), the potential burden on consumers from the unavailability of certain product types for PC3 (Gas Cooking Tops), the uncertainty of performance-based standards for PC4 through PC11 (Conventional Ovens) since DOE has proposed to repeal its conventional oven test procedure, the significant reduction in industry value at TSL 3, as well as the potential for loss of domestic manufacturing. Consequently, DOE has tentatively concluded that TSL 3 is not economically justified.

    DOE then considered TSL 2. TSL 2 includes the prescriptive standards for conventional ovens and represents a level between TSL 1 and TSL 3 that does not eliminate commercial-style cooking tops from the market and yields an NPV greater than TSL 1. TSL 2 would save 0.76 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 2, the NPV of consumer benefit is $2.72 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $6.24 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.

    The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 2 are 45.3 Mt of CO2, 88.0 thousand tons of NOX, 23.6 thousand tons of SO2, 0.09 tons of Hg, 227 thousand tons of CH4, and 0.50 thousand tons of N2O. The estimated monetary value of the CO2 emissions reduction at TSL 3 ranges from $331 million to $4,550 million.

    At TSL 2, the average LCC impact is a savings ranging from $1.10 for PC3 (Gas Cooking Tops) to $48.05 for PC11 (Gas Self-Cleaning Ovens, Built-in/Slide-in). The simple payback period ranges from 0.5 years for PC1 (Electric Open Element Cooking Tops) to 9.1 years for PC3 (Gas Cooking Tops). The fraction of consumers experiencing a LCC net cost ranges from zero percent for PC2 and PC4 through PC11 (Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops, and all Electric and Gas Ovens) to 19 percent for PC1 (Electric Open Element Cooking Tops).

    At TSL 2, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of $89.6 million to a decrease of $81.4 million, equivalent to a loss of 7.2 percent and a loss of 6.6 percent, respectively. Products that meet the efficiency standards specified by this TSL are forecast to represent 49 percent of shipments in the year leading up to new and amended standards. DOE estimates that compliance with TSL 2 would require manufacturers to make an estimated $47.9 million in capital conversion costs and would require manufacturers to make an estimated $71.3 million in product conversion costs primarily relating to the research and development programs needed to improve upon existing platforms to meet the specified efficiency levels. The substantial reduction in conversion costs corresponding to compliance with TSL 2, compared to compliance with TSL 3 and TSL 4, greatly mitigates the operational risk and impact on manufacturer INPV.

    DOE estimates that the reduction in IAEC due to a performance standard under TSL 2 for PC3 (Gas Cooking Tops) would not result in the unavailability of certain product types and features. Specifically, the commercial-style gas cooking tops that may be lost under TSL 3 would be retained at TSL 2. Based on DOE's testing, as presented in section IV.C.2 of this SNOPR, commercial-style gas cooking tops are available on the market that meet the proposed efficiency level under TSL 2.

    Additionally, because TSL 2 is composed of prescriptive requirements for conventional ovens, the industry would not face the costs associated with complying with performance requirements for these product classes. TSL 2 would require conventional gas ovens to be equipped with a control system that uses intermittent/interrupted ignition or intermittent pilot ignition and does not use a linear power supply. For conventional electric ovens, TSL 2 would require that conventional electric ovens not be equipped with a control system that uses a linear power supply. Current prescriptive standards for conventional gas cooking products require that gas cooking products with or without an electrical supply cord not be equipped with a constant burning pilot. As a result, conventional cooking product manufacturers are not currently subject to the costs of testing the rated performance of their products to label and comply with performance-based energy conservation standards. By maintaining prescriptive standards at TSL 2, DOE avoids burdening manufacturers of conventional ovens with testing, labeling, and compliance costs that they currently do not bear. As discussed in section III.B of this SNOPR, the prescriptive standards for conventional ovens that are proposed under TSL 2 would also avoid the issues with uncertainty in measured energy use values for different oven product types, particularly since DOE is proposing to repeal the oven test procedure.

    After considering the analysis and weighing the benefits and burdens, the Secretary tentatively concludes that at TSL 2 for residential conventional cooking products, the benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the CO2 emissions reductions, and positive average LCC savings would outweigh the negative impacts on some consumers and on manufacturers. Although TSL 2 could result in a reduction in INPV for manufacturers, DOE has concluded that it would not place a significant burden on manufacturers to comply with the standards in terms of changes to existing manufacturing processes and certification testing. Accordingly, the Secretary has tentatively concluded that TSL 2 would offer the maximum improvement in efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified, and would result in significant conservation of energy.

    Therefore, based on the above considerations, DOE proposes TSL 2 for conventional cooking products. The proposed energy conservation standards for conventional cooking tops are shown in Table V.52. As discussed in section IV.C.3 in this SNOPR, the efficiency levels analyzed in this SNOPR are based, in part, on DOE's testing of products in its test sample. DOE recognizes that manufacturers implement different heating element or burner designs and welcomes additional test data regarding the proposed standard levels.

    Table V.52—Proposed Amended Energy Conservation Standards for Conventional Cooking Tops [Compliance date: January 1, 2019] Product class Integrated
  • annual energy
  • consumption (IAEC)
  • (kWh/year)
  • Electric Open (Coil) Element Cooking Tops 113.2 Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops 121.2 Gas Cooking Tops 924.4

    For conventional ovens, the proposed standards at TSL 2 correspond to a prescriptive design requirement for the control system of the oven. DOE is proposing to require that conventional electric ovens not be equipped with a control system that uses a linear power supply. DOE is also proposing that conventional gas ovens be equipped with a control system that uses an intermittent/interrupted ignition or intermittent pilot ignition and does not use a linear power supply. DOE also notes that the current prescriptive standards for conventional gas ovens prohibiting constant burning pilot lights would continue to be applicable. (10 CFR 430.32(j)).

    2. Summary of Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Proposed Standards

    The benefits and costs of the proposed standards can also be expressed in terms of annualized values. The annualized net benefit is the sum of (1) the annualized national economic value (expressed in 2015$) of the benefits from operating products that meet the proposed standards (consisting primarily of operating cost savings from using less energy, minus increases in product purchase costs, which is another way of representing consumer NPV), and (2) the monetary value of the benefits of CO2 and NOX emission reductions.100

    100 To convert the time-series of costs and benefits into annualized values, DOE calculated a present value in 2015, the year used for discounting the NPV of total consumer costs and savings. For the benefits, DOE calculated a present value associated with each year's shipments in the year in which the shipments occur (2020, 2030, etc.), and then discounted the present value from each year to 2015. The calculation uses discount rates of 3 and 7 percent for all costs and benefits except for the value of CO2 reductions, for which DOE used case-specific discount rates. Using the present value, DOE then calculated the fixed annual payment over a 30-year period, starting in the compliance year that yields the same present value.

    Table V.53 shows the annualized values for conventional cooking products under TSL 2, expressed in 2015$. The results under the primary estimate are as follows.

    Using a 7-percent discount rate for benefits and costs other than CO2 reductions, for which DOE used a 3-percent discount rate along with the SCC series corresponding to a value of $40.6/ton in 2015 (in 2015$), the cost of the standards for conventional cooking products in today's rule is $42.6 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the annualized benefits are $293 million per year in reduced equipment operating costs, $80.8 million in CO2 reductions, and $7.4 million in reduced NOX emissions. In this case, the net benefit amounts to $339 million per year. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs and the SCC series corresponding to a value of $40.6/ton in 2015 (in 2015$), the cost of the standards for conventional cooking products in today's rule is $42.3 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the benefits are $380 million per year in reduced operating costs, $80.8 million in CO2 reductions, and $10.1 million in reduced NOX emissions. In this case, the net benefit amounts to $429 million per year.

    Table V.53—Annualized Benefits and Costs of Proposed Amended Standards (TSL 2) for Conventional Cooking Products Sold in 2019-2048 Discount rate Primary estimate* Low net benefits estimate* High net benefits estimate* Million 2015$/year Benefits Consumer Operating Cost Savings 7%
  • 3%
  • 293
  • 380
  • 262
  • 336
  • 332.
  • 439.
  • CO2 Reduction at $12.4/t ** 5% 23.8 21.7 26.5. CO2 Reduction at $40.6/t ** 3% 80.8 73.6 90.5. CO2 Reduction at $63.2/t ** 2.5% 118.6 107.9 132.8. CO2 Reduction at $118/t ** 3% 246.3 224.1 275.6. NOX Reduction Value † 7%
  • 3%
  • 7.4
  • 10.1
  • 6.8
  • 9.2
  • 18.2.
  • 25.6.
  • Total Benefits †† 7% plus CO2 range
  • 7%
  • 325 to 547
  • 382
  • 290 to 493
  • 342
  • 377 to 626.
  • 441.
  • 3% plus CO2 range 414 to 637 367 to 569 491 to 740. 3% 471 418 555. Costs Consumer Incremental Product Costs 7%
  • 3%
  • 42.6
  • 42.3
  • 41.6
  • 41.3
  • 45.3.
  • 45.2.
  • Total † 7% plus CO2 range
  • 7%
  • 282 to 504
  • 339
  • 249 to 451
  • 301
  • 332 to 581.
  • 396.
  • 3% plus CO2 range 372 to 594 325 to 528 446 to 695. 3% 429 377 510. * This table presents the annualized costs and benefits associated with cooking products shipped in 2019-2048. Note that the benefits and costs may not exactly sum to the net benefits due to rounding. These results include benefits to consumers which accrue after 2048 from the products purchased in 2019-2048. The results account for the incremental variable and fixed costs incurred by manufacturers due to the standard, some of which may be incurred in preparation for the rule. The Primary, Low Benefits, and High Benefits Estimates utilize projections of energy prices from the AEO 2015 Reference case, Low Economic Growth case, and High Economic Growth case, respectively. In addition, incremental product costs reflect a medium decline rate in the Primary Estimate, a low decline rate in the Low Benefits Estimate, and a high decline rate in the High Benefits Estimate. The methods used to derive projected price trends are explained in section IV.F.1 of this SNOPR. ** The CO2 values represent global monetized values of the SCC, in 2015$, in 2015 under several scenarios of the updated SCC values. The first three cases use the averages of SCC distributions calculated using 5%, 3%, and 2.5% discount rates, respectively. The fourth case represents the 95th percentile of the SCC distribution calculated using a 3% discount rate. The SCC time series incorporate an escalation factor. † DOE estimated the monetized value of NOX emissions reductions associated with electricity savings using benefit per ton estimates from the Regulatory Impact Analysis for the Clean Power Plan Final Rule, published in August 2015 by EPA's Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards. (Available at: http://www.epa.gov/cleanpowerplan/clean-power-plan-final-rule-regulatory-impact-analysis.) See section IV.L.2 of this SNOPR for further discussion. For DOE's Primary Estimate and Low Net Benefits Estimate, the agency used a national benefit-per-ton estimate for NOX emitted from the Electric Generating Unit sector based on an estimate of premature mortality derived from the ACS study (Krewski et al., 2009). For DOE's High Net Benefits Estimate, the benefit-per-ton estimates were based on the Six Cities study (Lepuele et al., 2011), which are nearly two-and-a-half times larger than those from the ACS study. †† Total Benefits for both the 3% and 7% cases are derived using the series corresponding to the average SCC with a 3-percent discount rate ($40.6/t case). In the rows labeled “7% plus CO2 range” and “3% plus CO2 range,” the operating cost and NOX benefits are calculated using the labeled discount rate, and those values are added to the full range of CO2 values.
    VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563

    Section 1(b)(1) of Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993), requires each agency to identify the problem that it intends to address, including, where applicable, the failures of private markets or public institutions that warrant new agency action, as well as to assess the significance of that problem. The problems that the proposed standards address are as follows:

    (1) Insufficient information and the high costs of gathering and analyzing relevant information leads some consumers to miss opportunities to make cost-effective investments in energy efficiency.

    (2) In some cases the benefits of more efficient products are not realized due to misaligned incentives between purchasers and users. An example of such a case is when the products purchase decision is made by a building contractor or building owner who does not pay the energy costs.

    (3) There are external benefits resulting from improved energy efficiency of appliances that are not captured by the users of such products. These benefits include externalities related to public health, environmental protection, and national security that are not reflected in energy prices, such as reduced emissions of air pollutants and greenhouse gases that impact human health and global warming.

    The Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) in the OMB has determined that the proposed regulatory action is a significant regulatory action under section (3)(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, pursuant to section 6(a)(3)(B) of the Order, DOE has provided to OIRA: (i) The text of the draft regulatory action, together with a reasonably detailed description of the need for the regulatory action and an explanation of how the regulatory action will meet that need; and (ii) An assessment of the potential costs and benefits of the regulatory action, including an explanation of the manner in which the regulatory action is consistent with a statutory mandate. DOE has included these documents in the rulemaking record.

    In addition, DOE has determined that this regulatory action is an “economically significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, pursuant to section 6(a)(3)(C) of the Order, DOE has provided to OIRA an assessment, including the underlying analysis, of benefits and costs anticipated from the regulatory action, together with, to the extent feasible, a quantification of those costs; and an assessment, including the underlying analysis, of costs and benefits of potentially effective and reasonably feasible alternatives to the planned regulation, and an explanation why the planned regulatory action is preferable to the identified potential alternatives. These assessments can be found in the technical support document for this rulemaking.

    DOE has also reviewed this regulation pursuant to Executive Order 13563. 76 FR 3281 (Jan. 21, 2011). Executive Order 13563 is supplemental to and explicitly reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing regulatory review established in Executive Order 12866. To the extent permitted by law, agencies are required by Executive Order 13563 to: (1) Propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify); (2) tailor regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives, taking into account, among other things, and to the extent practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations; (3) select, in choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than specifying the behavior or manner of compliance that regulated entities must adopt; and (5) identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including providing economic incentives to encourage the desired behavior, such as user fees or marketable permits, or providing information upon which choices can be made by the public.

    DOE emphasizes as well that Executive Order 13563 requires agencies to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible. In its guidance, OIRA has emphasized that such techniques may include identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes. For the reasons stated in the preamble, DOE believes that this SNOPR is consistent with these principles, including the requirement that, to the extent permitted by law, benefits justify costs and that net benefits are maximized.

    B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act

    The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires preparation of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (IRFA) for any rule that by law must be proposed for public comment, unless the agency certifies that the rule, if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. As required by Executive Order 13272, “Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking,” 67 FR 53461 (August 16, 2002), DOE published procedures and policies on February 19, 2003, to ensure that the potential impacts of its rules on small entities are properly considered during the rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE has made its procedures and policies available on the Office of the General Counsel's Web site (http://energy.gov/gc/office-general-counsel). DOE has prepared the following IRFA for the products that are the subject of this rulemaking.

    1. Description and Estimated Number of Small Entities Regulated a. Methodology for Estimating the Number of Small Entities

    For manufacturers of residential conventional cooking products, the SBA has set a size threshold, which defines those entities classified as “small businesses” for the purposes of the statute. DOE used the small business size standards published by SBA to determine whether any small entities would be required to comply with this rule. The size standards are codified at 13 CFR part 121. The size standards are listed by North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code and industry description and are available at http://www.sba.gov/sites/default/files/files/Size_Standards_Table.pdf. Residential conventional cooking products manufacturing is classified under NAICS 335221, “Household Cooking Appliance Manufacturing.” The SBA sets a threshold of 1,500 employees or fewer for an entity to be considered a small business for this category.

    DOE reviewed the potential standard levels considered in this SNOPR under the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act and the procedures and policies published on February 19, 2003. To better assess the potential impacts of this rulemaking on small entities, DOE conducted a more focused inquiry of the companies that could be small businesses of products covered by this rulemaking. During its market survey, DOE used available public information to identify potential small businesses. DOE's research involved industry trade association membership directories (e.g., AHAM), information from previous rulemakings, individual company Web sites, and market research tools (e.g., Hoover's reports) to create a list of companies that manufacture or sell residential conventional cooking products covered by this rulemaking.

    Table VI.1—Sources Used To Identify Residential Conventional Cooking Product Businesses Source Number of large businesses
  • identified
  • Number of small businesses
  • identified
  • AHAM Trade Association Directory 9 2 Previous Rulemaking 2 4 Market Research 0 4 Total 11 10

    DOE also asked stakeholders and industry representatives if they were aware of any additional small businesses during manufacturer interviews and at DOE public meetings. DOE reviewed publicly available data and contacted various companies on its complete list of businesses, as necessary, to determine whether they met the SBA's definition of a small business. DOE screened out companies that do not offer products impacted by this rulemaking, do not meet the definition of a “small business,” or are foreign owned and operated.

    DOE identified 21 companies that either manufacture or sell residential conventional cooking products that would be affected by this proposal. Of these 21 companies, DOE identified 10 that met the SBA's definition of a small business. However, DOE believes that only eight of these 10 small businesses actually manufacture the products they sell. The other two are rebranders and do not manufacture the products they sell.

    b. Manufacturer Participation

    DOE contacted identified businesses to invite them to take part in a manufacturer impact analysis interview. DOE contacted all 10 potential small businesses to participate in manufacturer interviews. DOE was able to reach and discuss potential standards with two small businesses. DOE also obtained information about small businesses and potential impacts on small businesses while interviewing large manufacturers.

    c. Residential Conventional Cooking Product Industry Structure and Nature of Competition

    Three major manufacturers supply approximately 85 percent of the market for residential conventional cooking products. None of the three major manufacturers of residential conventional cooking products affected by this rulemaking is a small business. DOE estimates that the remaining 15 percent of the market is served by a combination of 10 small businesses and eight large businesses, not counting the three major manufacturers.

    d. Comparison Between Large and Small Manufacturers

    In general, small manufacturers differ from large manufacturers in several ways that affect the extent to which a manufacturer may be impacted by proposed standards. Characteristics of small manufacturers typically include: lower production volumes, fewer engineering resources, and less access to capital. Lower production volumes in particular may place small manufacturers at a competitive disadvantage relative to large manufacturers as they convert products and facilities to comply with new and amended standards. When producing at lower volumes, a small manufacturer's conversion costs must be spread over fewer units than a larger competitor's. Therefore, unless a small manufacturer can differentiate its products in order to earn a price premium, the small manufacturer may experience a disproportionate cost penalty as it spreads one-time conversion costs over fewer unit sales. Additionally, when producing at lower volumes, small manufacturers may lack the purchasing power of their larger competitors and may therefore face higher costs when sourcing components for more efficient products. Disadvantages tied to lower production volumes may be further exacerbated by the fact that small manufacturers often have more limited engineering resources than their larger competitors, thereby complicating the redesign effort required to comply with new and amended standards. Finally, small manufacturers often have less access to capital, which may be needed to cover the conversion costs associated with new and amended standards. Combined, these factors may entail a disproportionate burden on small manufacturers compared to large manufacturers.

    2. Description and Estimate of Compliance Requirements

    DOE discovered that small businesses can be divided into two groups; (1) small manufacturers, that manufacture their products; and (2) rebranders, that label already-manufactured products under their company name. Even though small businesses that re-label already-manufactured products may experience slightly higher unit costs, DOE does not anticipate this rulemaking having a significant effect on these businesses, since these rebranders are not responsible for the conversion costs associated with the proposed standards.

    There are two types of small businesses responsible for manufacturing the products they sell; niche small manufacturers and premium small manufacturers. Niche small manufacturers typically produce inexpensive cooking products in non-conventional sizes for unique applications. They typically do not compete with large manufacturers due to the lower sales volumes associated with these non-conventional sizes and unique applications. In order to comply with the proposed oven standards, several niche small manufacturers would need to purchase SMPS for their ovens. However, since this is a purchased part, DOE does not anticipate a significant impact to these manufacturers due to the proposed standards for ovens. For cooking tops, most niche small manufacturers use lighter metal grates in their cooking tops that are more efficient and would already meet the proposed standards for cooking tops.

    Premium small manufacturers sell premium cooking products that typically do not compete in the market place on price. These products can be significantly more expensive than the mass volume cooking products that large manufacturers typically sell. Most premium small manufacturers already use switch mode power supplies in their ovens and would not be significantly impacted by the proposed standards for ovens. While some premium manufacturers would have to redesign their cooking tops to meet the proposed standards, there are premium cooking tops on the market that are able to meet these standards while still retaining their premium quality.

    At TSL 2, the level proposed in this SNOPR, DOE estimates capital conversion costs of $1.5 million and product conversion costs of $4.0 million for an average small manufacturer. This brings the total conversion costs to approximately $5.5 million for an average small manufacturer. Based on publicly available information from online sources such as Hoovers,101 Cortera,102 and Glassdoor,103 DOE estimates the average annual revenue of a small manufacturer to be approximately $161.5 million. Table VI.2 presents the estimated conversion costs as a percentage of annual revenue for an average small manufacturer.

    101 See: http://www.hoovers.com/.

    102 See: https://www.cortera.com/.

    103 See: https://www.glassdoor.com/.

    Table VI.2—Conversion Costs as a Percentage of Annual Revenue for an Average Small Manufacturer of Residential Conventional Cooking Products Annual
  • revenue
  • (millions 2014$)
  • Conversion costs
  • (millions 2014$)
  • Conversion costs as a
  • percentage
  • of annual
  • revenue
  • Average Small Manufacturer $161.5 $5.5 3.4

    Since the proposed standards could impact up to eight small manufacturers' level of investment and profitability, DOE cannot certify that the proposed standards would not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small businesses.

    DOE requests comments on the number of small businesses identified and on the impacts of new and amended energy conservation standards on small businesses, including small rebranders and small manufacturers.

    3. Duplication, Overlap, and Conflict With Other Rules and Regulations

    DOE is not aware of any rules or regulations that duplicate, overlap, or conflict with the rule being proposed.

    4. Significant Alternatives to the Rule

    The discussion in the previous section analyzes impacts on small businesses that would result from the proposed standards. In reviewing alternatives to the proposed rule, DOE examined energy conservation standards set at higher and lower efficiency levels, TSL 4, TSL 3, and TSL 1. DOE estimates that for an average small manufacturer, conversion costs would be 86.8 percent lower at TSL 2 ($5.5 million) compared to the conversion costs at TSL 4 ($41.8 million) and would be 75.5 percent lower at TSL 2 ($5.5 million) compared to the conversion costs at TSL 3 ($22.6 million). The substantial reduction in small manufacturer conversion costs corresponding to TSL 2 compared to TSL 4 and TSL 3 greatly mitigates the operational risk and the impact of the standards on small manufacturer's profitability.

    While TSL 1 would reduce the impacts on small businesses, it would come at the expense of a significant reduction in energy savings and NPV benefits to consumers, achieving 29 percent lower energy savings and 36 percent less NPV benefits to consumers compared to the energy savings and NPV benefits at TSL 2.

    DOE believes that establishing standards at TSL 2 balances the benefits of the energy savings and the NPV benefits to consumers created at TSL 2 with the potential burdens placed on residential conventional products manufacturers, including small businesses. Accordingly, DOE is declining to adopt one of the other TSLs, or the other policy alternatives detailed as part of the regulatory impacts analysis included in chapter 17 of the SNOPR TSD.

    Additional compliance flexibilities may be available through other means. For example EPCA provides that a manufacturer whose annual gross revenue from all of its operations does not exceed $8 million may apply for an exemption from all or part of an energy conservation standard for a period not longer than 24 months after the effective date of a final rule establishing the standards. (42 U.S.C. 6295(t)) DOE estimates that three of the nine small manufacturers could potentially petition for a waiver based on their annual gross revenue not exceeding $8 million. Additionally, Section 504 of the Department of Energy Organization Act, 42 U.S.C. 7194, provides authority for the Secretary to adjust a rule issued under EPCA in order to prevent “special hardship, inequity, or unfair distribution of burdens” that may be imposed on that manufacturer as a result of such rule. Manufacturers should refer to 10 CFR part 430, subpart E, and part 1003 for additional details.

    DOE continues to seek input from businesses that would be affected by this rulemaking and will consider comments received in the development of any final rule (See section VII.B of this SNOPR that solicits specific data as well as input on the results of the analyses contained in this section VI.B.4.)

    C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act

    Manufacturers of covered products must certify to DOE that their products comply with any applicable energy conservation standards. In certifying compliance, manufacturers must test their products according to the applicable DOE test procedure, including any amendments adopted for that test procedure. DOE has established regulations for the certification and recordkeeping requirements for all covered consumer products and commercial equipment, including conventional cooking products. 76 FR 12422 (March 7, 2011). The collection-of-information requirement for the certification and recordkeeping is subject to review and approval by OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). This requirement has been approved by OMB under OMB control number 1910-1400. DOE requested OMB approval of an extension of this information collection for 3 years, specifically including the collection of information proposed in the present rulemaking, and estimated that the annual number of burden hours under this extension is 30 hours per company. In response to DOE's request, OMB approved DOE's information collection requirements covered under OMB control number 1910-1400 through November 30, 2017. 80 FR 5099 (Jan. 30, 2015).

    Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB Control Number.

    D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969

    Pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969, DOE has determined that the proposed rule fits within the category of actions included in Categorical Exclusion (CX) B5.1 and otherwise meets the requirements for application of a CX. See 10 CFR part 1021, App. B, B5.1(b); 1021.410(b) and App. B, B(1)-(5). The proposed rule fits within the category of actions because it is a rulemaking that establishes energy conservation standards for consumer products or industrial equipment, and for which none of the exceptions identified in CX B5.1(b) apply. Therefore, DOE has made a CX determination for this rulemaking, and DOE does not need to prepare an Environmental Assessment or Environmental Impact Statement for this proposed rule. DOE's CX determination for this proposed rule is available at http://cxnepa.energy.gov/.

    E. Review Under Executive Order 13132

    Executive Order 13132, “Federalism.” 64 FR 43255 (Aug. 10, 1999) imposes certain requirements on Federal agencies formulating and implementing policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have Federalism implications. The Executive Order requires agencies to examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the States and to carefully assess the necessity for such actions. The Executive Order also requires agencies to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have Federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE published a statement of policy describing the intergovernmental consultation process it will follow in the development of such regulations. 65 FR 13735. EPCA governs and prescribes Federal preemption of State regulations as to energy conservation for the products that are the subject of this proposed rule. States can petition DOE for exemption from such preemption to the extent, and based on criteria, set forth in EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6297) No further action is required by Executive Order 13132.

    F. Review Under Executive Order 12988

    With respect to the review of existing regulations and the promulgation of new regulations, section 3(a) of Executive Order 12988, “Civil Justice Reform,” imposes on Federal agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1) Eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity; (2) write regulations to minimize litigation; (3) provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general standard; and (4) promote simplification and burden reduction. 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996). Regarding the review required by section 3(a), section 3(b) of Executive Order 12988 specifically requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation: (1) Clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly specifies any effect on existing Federal law or regulation; (3) provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and burden reduction; (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately defines key terms; and (6) addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of Executive Order 12988 requires Executive agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in section 3(a) and section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by law, this proposed rule meets the relevant standards of Executive Order 12988.

    G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995

    Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the private sector. Public Law 104-4, sec. 201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531). For a proposed regulatory action likely to result in a rule that may cause the expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year (adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The UMRA also requires a Federal agency to develop an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers of State, local, and Tribal governments on a proposed “significant intergovernmental mandate,” and requires an agency plan for giving notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially affected small governments before establishing any requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect small governments. On March 18, 1997, DOE published a statement of policy on its process for intergovernmental consultation under UMRA. 62 FR 12820. DOE's policy statement is also available at http://energy.gov/gc/office-general-counsel.

    Although the proposed rule does not contain a Federal intergovernmental mandate, it may require expenditures of $100 million or more in any one year by the private sector. Such expenditures may include: (1) Investment in research and development and in capital expenditures by conventional cooking product manufacturers in the years between the final rule and the compliance date for the new standards, and (2) incremental additional expenditures by consumers to purchase higher-efficiency conventional cooking products.

    Section 202 of UMRA authorizes a Federal agency to respond to the content requirements of UMRA in any other statement or analysis that accompanies the proposed rule. 2 U.S.C. 1532(c). The content requirements of section 202(b) of UMRA relevant to a private sector mandate substantially overlap the economic analysis requirements that apply under section 325(o) of EPCA and Executive Order 12866. The SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of this SNOPR and the “Regulatory Impact Analysis” section of the TSD for this proposed rule respond to those requirements.

    Under section 205 of UMRA, the Department is obligated to identify and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives before promulgating a rule for which a written statement under section 202 is required. 2 U.S.C. 1535(a). DOE is required to select from those alternatives the most cost-effective and least burdensome alternative that achieves the objectives of the proposed rule unless DOE publishes an explanation for doing otherwise, or the selection of such an alternative is inconsistent with law. As required by 42 U.S.C. 6295(d), (f), and (o), 6313(e), and 6316(a), this proposed rule would establish new and amended energy conservation standards for conventional cooking products that are designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that DOE has determined to be both technologically feasible and economically justified. A full discussion of the alternatives considered by DOE is presented in the “Regulatory Impact Analysis” section of the TSD for the proposed rule.

    H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999

    Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family Policymaking Assessment for any rule that may affect family well-being. This rule would not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it is not necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment.

    I. Review Under Executive Order 12630

    Pursuant to Executive Order 12630, “Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights” 53 FR 8859 (Mar. 18, 1988), DOE has determined that this regulation would not result in any takings that might require compensation under the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.

    J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001

    Section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note) provides for Federal agencies to review most disseminations of information to the public under information quality guidelines established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB's guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). DOE has reviewed the SNOPR under the OMB and DOE guidelines and has concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those guidelines.

    K. Review Under Executive Order 13211

    Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” 66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OIRA at OMB, a Statement of Energy Effects for any proposed significant energy action. A “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency that promulgates or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final rule, and that: (1) Is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, or any successor order; and (2) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a significant energy action. For any proposed significant energy action, the agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use.

    DOE has tentatively concluded that this regulatory action, which sets forth energy conservation standards for conventional cooking products, is not a significant energy action because the proposed standards are not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, nor has it been designated as such by the Administrator at OIRA. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects on the proposed rule.

    L. Review Under the Information Quality Bulletin for Peer Review

    On December 16, 2004, OMB, in consultation with the Office of Science and Technology Policy (OSTP), issued its Final Information Quality Bulletin for Peer Review (the Bulletin). 70 FR 2664 (Jan. 14, 2005). The Bulletin establishes that certain scientific information shall be peer reviewed by qualified specialists before it is disseminated by the Federal Government, including influential scientific information related to agency regulatory actions. The purpose of the bulletin is to enhance the quality and credibility of the Government's scientific information. Under the Bulletin, the energy conservation standards rulemaking analyses are “influential scientific information,” which the Bulletin defines as scientific information the agency reasonably can determine will have, or does have, a clear and substantial impact on important public policies or private sector decisions. 70 FR 2667.

    In response to OMB's Bulletin, DOE conducted formal in-progress peer reviews of the energy conservation standards development process and analyses and has prepared a Peer Review Report pertaining to the energy conservation standards rulemaking analyses. Generation of this report involved a rigorous, formal, and documented evaluation using objective criteria and qualified and independent reviewers to make a judgment as to the technical/scientific/business merit, the actual or anticipated results, and the productivity and management effectiveness of programs and/or projects. The “Energy Conservation Standards Rulemaking Peer Review Report” dated February 2007 has been disseminated and is available at the following Web site: www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/appliance_standards/peer_review.html.

    VII. Public Participation A. Submission of Comments

    DOE will accept comments, data, and information regarding this proposed rule no later than the date provided in the DATES section at the beginning of this proposed rule. Interested parties may submit comments, data, and other information using any of the methods described in the ADDRESSES section at the beginning of this SNOPR.

    Submitting comments via www.regulations.gov. The www.regulations.gov Web page will require you to provide your name and contact information. Your contact information will be viewable to DOE Building Technologies staff only. Your contact information will not be publicly viewable except for your first and last names, organization name (if any), and submitter representative name (if any). If your comment is not processed properly because of technical difficulties, DOE will use this information to contact you. If DOE cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, DOE may not be able to consider your comment.

    However, your contact information will be publicly viewable if you include it in the comment itself or in any documents attached to your comment. Any information that you do not want to be publicly viewable should not be included in your comment, nor in any document attached to your comment. Otherwise, persons viewing comments will see only first and last names, organization names, correspondence containing comments, and any documents submitted with the comments.

    Do not submit to www.regulations.gov information for which disclosure is restricted by statute, such as trade secrets and commercial or financial information (hereinafter referred to as Confidential Business Information (CBI)). Comments submitted through www.regulations.gov cannot be claimed as CBI. Comments received through the Web site will waive any CBI claims for the information submitted. For information on submitting CBI, see the Confidential Business Information section below.

    DOE processes submissions made through www.regulations.gov before posting. Normally, comments will be posted within a few days of being submitted. However, if large volumes of comments are being processed simultaneously, your comment may not be viewable for up to several weeks. Please keep the comment tracking number that www.regulations.gov provides after you have successfully uploaded your comment.

    Submitting comments via email, hand delivery/courier, or mail. Comments and documents submitted via email, hand delivery/courier, or mail also will be posted to www.regulations.gov. If you do not want your personal contact information to be publicly viewable, do not include it in your comment or any accompanying documents. Instead, provide your contact information in a cover letter. Include your first and last names, email address, telephone number, and optional mailing address. The cover letter will not be publicly viewable as long as it does not include any comments

    Include contact information each time you submit comments, data, documents, and other information to DOE. If you submit via mail or hand delivery/courier, please provide all items on a CD, if feasible, in which case it is not necessary to submit printed copies. No telefacsimiles (faxes) will be accepted.

    Comments, data, and other information submitted to DOE electronically should be provided in PDF (preferred), Microsoft Word or Excel, WordPerfect, or text (ASCII) file format. Provide documents that are not secured, that are written in English, and that are free of any defects or viruses. Documents should not contain special characters or any form of encryption and, if possible, they should carry the electronic signature of the author.

    Campaign form letters. Please submit campaign form letters by the originating organization in batches of between 50 to 500 form letters per PDF or as one form letter with a list of supporters' names compiled into one or more PDFs. This reduces comment processing and posting time.

    Confidential Business Information. Pursuant to 10 CFR 1004.11, any person submitting information that he or she believes to be confidential and exempt by law from public disclosure should submit via email, postal mail, or hand delivery/courier two well-marked copies: One copy of the document marked “confidential” including all the information believed to be confidential, and one copy of the document marked “non-confidential” with the information believed to be confidential deleted. Submit these documents via email or on a CD, if feasible. DOE will make its own determination about the confidential status of the information and treat it according to its determination.

    Factors of interest to DOE when evaluating requests to treat submitted information as confidential include: (1) A description of the items; (2) whether and why such items are customarily treated as confidential within the industry; (3) whether the information is generally known by or available from other sources; (4) whether the information has previously been made available to others without obligation concerning its confidentiality; (5) an explanation of the competitive injury to the submitting person that would result from public disclosure; (6) when such information might lose its confidential character due to the passage of time; and (7) why disclosure of the information would be contrary to the public interest.

    It is DOE's policy that all comments may be included in the public docket, without change and as received, including any personal information provided in the comments (except information deemed to be exempt from public disclosure).

    B. Issues on Which DOE Seeks Comment

    Although DOE welcomes comments on any aspect of this proposal, DOE is particularly interested in receiving comments and views of interested parties concerning the following issues:

    1. DOE welcomes comments on whether there are products currently available on the market that would meet DOE's definition of a conventional oven, but that could not be tested according to the DOE test procedures adopted in adopted in the July 2015 TP Final Rule (see section III.A of this SNOPR).

    2. DOE requests comment on the proposed product classes for residential conventional cooking products. DOE welcomes comment and data on the determination that conventional gas cooking products with higher input rates (i.e., “commercial-style” products) do not warrant establishing a separate product class. DOE also requests comment on its conclusion that cooking efficiency for gas cooking tops is more closely related to burner and grate design rather than input rate per se (see section IV.A.2.a of this SNOPR).

    3. DOE seeks comment the proposed determination to consider induction heating as a technology option for electric smooth cooking tops rather than as a separate product class. DOE noted that induction heating provides the same basic function of cooking or heating food as heating by gas flame or electric resistance and that the installation options available to consumers are also the same for both cooking products with induction and electric resistance heating. DOE also noted that the utility of speed of cooking, ease of cleaning, and requirements for specific cookware for induction cooking tops do not appear to be uniquely associated with higher energy use compared to other smooth cooking tops with electric resistance heating elements (see section IV.A.2.a of this SNOPR).

    4. DOE requests comment on its determination to consider self-clean ovens as a separate product class and that the self-cleaning function of the self-clean oven may employ methods other than a high temperature pyrolytic cycle to perform the cleaning action. DOE welcomes data on the effectiveness and frequency of consumer use of pyrolytic versus non-pyrolytic self-cleaning technologies (see section IV.A.2.b of this SNOPR).

    5. DOE welcomes comment on whether improved contact conductance should be considered as a technology option, in particular information and data substantiating the claims that radiation acts like conduction at very short distances and the degree to which the heating element or cookware may deform and impact the heat transfer between the two surfaces (see section IV.A.3.a of this SNOPR).

    6. DOE requests comment on the proposed definitions of the terms “intermittent/interrupted ignition” and “intermittent pilot ignition” (see section IV.A.3.b of this SNOPR).

    7. DOE requests comment on whether a reduced vent rate should be considered a design option and whether a reduction in vent rate could be used to reduce the energy consumption of conventional electric standard ovens (see section IV.A.3.b of this SNOPR).

    8. DOE requests comment and data regarding additional design options or variants of the considered design options that can increase the range of considered efficiency improvements for conventional cooking tops, including design options that may not yet be found in the market (see section IV.B.2 of this SNOPR).

    9. DOE requests comment on the proposed baseline and incremental efficiency levels. DOE specifically requests inputs and test data on the baseline efficiency levels and the efficiency improvements associated with the design options identified at each incremental efficiency level that were determined based on either the analysis from the 2009 TSD or updated based on testing and reverse engineering analyses for this SNOPR (see section IV.C.3 of this SNOPR).

    10. DOE requests input and data on the proposed incremental manufacturing production costs for each efficiency level analyzed that were determined based on either the analysis from the 2009 TSD adjusted to reflect changes in the PPI or costs determined based on testing and reverse engineering analyses conducted for this SNOPR (see section IV.C.4 of this SNOPR).

    11. DOE seeks comment on the tentative determination that the proposed efficiency levels and design options would not impact the consumer utility of conventional cooking products (see section IV.C.5 of this SNOPR).

    12. DOE requests comments on its repair cost estimation for gas ovens, as well as on its decision not to include changes in repair and maintenance costs for products more efficient than baseline products for electric cooking products (see section IV.F.5 of this SNOPR).

    13. DOE requests comments on the use of a consumer choice model to establish the no-new standards case and standards case efficiency distribution for both electric and gas cooking products (see section of this IV.F.9 SNOPR)

    14. DOE requests comments on it approach to developing the shipments forecast and the use of relevant data in the shipments analysis (see section IV.G of this SNOPR).

    15. DOE requests comment on extending data it received from AHAM on the average lifetime for ovens to cooktop products as well, resulting in an average lifetime estimate for all gas ovens and cooktops of 13 years and all electric ovens and cooktops of 16 years (See section IV.F. 6).

    16. DOE requests data that would allow for use of different price trend projections for electric and gas cooking products (see section IV.H.3.b of this SNOPR).

    17. To estimate the impact on shipments of the price increase for the considered efficiency levels, DOE determined that the new construction market will be inelastic to price changes and will not impact shipments, and any impact of the price increase would be on the replacement market. DOE welcomes input on the effect of new and amended standards on impacts across products within the same fuel class and equipment (see section IV.G of this SNOPR).

    18. DOE requests comment on the reasonableness of the approach DOE has used to consider the rebound effect with higher-efficiency cooking products (see section IV.F.3 of this document).

    19. DOE requests comment on DOE's approach for estimating monetary benefits associated with emissions reductions (see section IV.L of this SNOPR).

    20. DOE seeks comment on the use of 1.20 as a manufacturer markup for all residential conventional cooking products (see section IV.J.2 of this SNOPR).

    21. DOE seeks comment on the potential domestic employment impacts to residential conventional cooking product manufacturers at the proposed efficiency levels (see section V.B.2 of this SNOPR).

    22. DOE requests comment on any potential manufacturer capacity constraints caused by the proposed standards in this SNOPR, TSL 2 (see section V.B.2 of this SNOPR).

    23. DOE requests comment on the two manufacturer subgroups that DOE identified, the impacts of the proposed standards on those manufacturer subgroups, and any other potential manufacturer subgroups that could be disproportionally impacted by this rulemaking (see section V.B.2 of this SNOPR).

    24. DOE seeks comment on the compliance costs of any other regulations that residential conventional cooking product manufacturers may incur, especially if compliance with those regulations is required 3 years before or after the estimated compliance date of this proposed standard (2019) (see section V.B.2 of this SNOPR).

    25. DOE requests comments on the number of small businesses identified and on the impacts of new and amended energy conservation standards on small businesses, including small rebranders and small manufacturers (see section VI.B of this SNOPR).

    VIII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary

    The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of this proposed rule.

    List of Subjects 10 CFR Part 429

    Confidential business information, Energy conservation, Household appliances, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

    10 CFR Part 430

    Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business information, Energy conservation, Household appliances, Imports, Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, and Small businesses.

    Issued in Washington, DC, on August 16, 2016. David Friedman, Acting Assistant Secretary, Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy.

    For the reasons set forth in the preamble, DOE proposes to amend parts 429 and 430 of chapter II, subchapter D, of title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:

    PART 429—CERTIFICATION, COMPLIANCE, AND ENFORCEMENT FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS AND COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT 1. The authority citation for part 429 continues to read as follows: Authority:

    42 U.S.C. 6291-6317; 28 U.S.C, 2461 note.

    2. Section 429.23 is revised to read as follows:
    § 429.23 Cooking products.

    (a) Sampling plan for selection of units for testing. (1) The requirements of § 429.11 are applicable to cooking products; and

    (2) For each basic model of cooking products a sample of sufficient size shall be randomly selected and tested to ensure that any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, standby mode power consumption, off mode power consumption, annual energy consumption, integrated annual energy consumption, or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be greater than or equal to the higher of:

    EP02SE16.002

    And x is the sample mean; s is the sample standard deviation; n is the number of samples; and t 0.975 is the t statistic for a 97.5% one-tailed confidence interval with n-1 degrees of freedom (from Appendix A).

    (b) Certification reports. (1) The requirements of § 429.12 are applicable to cooking products; and

    (2) Pursuant to § 429.12(b)(13), a certification report shall include the following public product-specific information:

    (i) Conventional gas cooking tops: The integrated annual energy consumption in thousand British thermal units per year (kBtu/yr);

    (ii) Conventional electric cooking tops: The integrated annual energy consumption in thousand watt-hours per year (kWh/yr);

    (iii) Conventional gas ovens: The type of gas ignition and power supply with a declaration that the manufacturer has incorporated the applicable design requirements;

    (iv) Conventional electric ovens: The type of power supply with a declaration that the manufacturer has incorporated the applicable design requirements; and

    (v) Microwave ovens: The average standby power in watts (W).

    PART 430—ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS 3. The authority citation for part 430 continues to read as follows: Authority:

    42 U.S.C. 6291-6309; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note.

    4. Section 430.2 is amended by adding definitions for “intermittent/interrupted ignition” and “intermittent pilot ignition” in alphabetical order to read as follows:
    § 430.2 Definitions.

    Intermittent/interrupted ignition is an ignition source which is ignited or energized upon initiation of each main burner operational cycle and which is extinguished or no longer energized after the main burner is ignited.

    Intermittent pilot ignition is an ignition source which, upon initiation of each main burner operational cycle, ignites a pilot that remains lit continuously during the main burner operational cycle and is extinguished when the main burner operational cycle is completed.

    5. In § 430.32, revise paragraph (j) to read as follows:
    § 430.32 Energy and water conservation standards and their compliance dates.

    (j) Cooking Products. (1) The control system of a conventional oven shall:

    (i) Not be equipped with a constant burning pilot light for gas ovens manufactured on or after April 9, 2012;

    (ii) Be equipped with an intermittent/interrupted ignition or intermittent pilot ignition for gas ovens manufactured on or after [DATE 3 years after final rule Federal Register publication]; and

    (iii) Not be equipped with a linear power supply for electric and gas ovens manufactured on or after [DATE 3 years after final rule Federal Register publication].

    (2) Conventional cooking tops manufactured on or after [Date 3 years after final rule Federal Register publication] shall have an integrated annual energy consumption no greater than:

    Product class Maximum
  • Integrated Annual
  • Energy
  • Consumption (IAEC)
  • (kWh/yr)
  • Electric Open (Coil) Element Cooking Tops 113.2 Electric Smooth Element Cooking Tops 121.2 Gas Cooking Tops 924.4

    (3) Microwave-only ovens and countertop convection microwave ovens manufactured on or after June 17, 2016 shall have an average standby power not more than 1.0 watt. Built-in and over-the-range convection microwave ovens manufactured on or after June 17, 2016 shall have an average standby power not more than 2.2 watts.

    [FR Doc. 2016-20721 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
    81 171 Friday, September 2, 2016 Notices Part III Department of Housing and Urban Development Federal Property Suitable as Facilities To Assist the Homeless; Notices DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT [Docket No. FR-5907-N-36] Federal Property Suitable as Facilities To Assist the Homeless AGENCY:

    Office of the Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and Development, HUD.

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    This Notice identifies unutilized, underutilized, excess, and surplus Federal property reviewed by HUD for suitability for use to assist the homeless.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Juanita Perry, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 7266, Washington, DC 20410; telephone (202) 402-3970; TTY number for the hearing- and speech-impaired (202) 708-2565 (these telephone numbers are not toll-free), call the toll-free Title V information line at 800-927-7588 or send an email to [email protected].

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    In accordance with 24 CFR part 581 and section 501 of the Stewart B. McKinney Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11411), as amended, HUD is publishing this Notice to identify Federal buildings and other real property that HUD has reviewed for suitability for use to assist the homeless. The properties were reviewed using information provided to HUD by Federal landholding agencies regarding unutilized and underutilized buildings and real property controlled by such agencies or by GSA regarding its inventory of excess or surplus Federal property. This Notice is also published in order to comply with the December 12, 1988 Court Order in National Coalition for the Homeless v. Veterans Administration, No. 88-2503-OG (D.D.C.).

    Properties reviewed are listed in this Notice according to the following categories: Suitable/available, suitable/unavailable, and suitable/to be excess, and unsuitable. The properties listed in the three suitable categories have been reviewed by the landholding agencies, and each agency has transmitted to HUD: (1) Its intention to make the property available for use to assist the homeless, (2) its intention to declare the property excess to the agency's needs, or (3) a statement of the reasons that the property cannot be declared excess or made available for use as facilities to assist the homeless.

    Properties listed as suitable/available will be available exclusively for homeless use for a period of 60 days from the date of this Notice. Where property is described as for “off-site use only” recipients of the property will be required to relocate the building to their own site at their own expense. Homeless assistance providers interested in any such property should send a written expression of interest to HHS, addressed to: Ms. Theresa M. Ritta, Chief Real Property Branch, the Department of Health and Human Services, Room 5B-17, Parklawn Building, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20857, (301) 443-2265 (This is not a toll-free number.) HHS will mail to the interested provider an application packet, which will include instructions for completing the application. In order to maximize the opportunity to utilize a suitable property, providers should submit their written expressions of interest as soon as possible. For complete details concerning the processing of applications, the reader is encouraged to refer to the interim rule governing this program, 24 CFR part 581.

    For properties listed as suitable/to be excess, that property may, if subsequently accepted as excess by GSA, be made available for use by the homeless in accordance with applicable law, subject to screening for other Federal use. At the appropriate time, HUD will publish the property in a Notice showing it as either suitable/available or suitable/unavailable.

    For properties listed as suitable/unavailable, the landholding agency has decided that the property cannot be declared excess or made available for use to assist the homeless, and the property will not be available.

    Properties listed as unsuitable will not be made available for any other purpose for 20 days from the date of this Notice. Homeless assistance providers interested in a review by HUD of the determination of unsuitability should call the toll free information line at 1-800-927-7588 for detailed instructions or write a letter to Ann Marie Oliva at the address listed at the beginning of this Notice. Included in the request for review should be the property address (including zip code), the date of publication in the Federal Register, the landholding agency, and the property number.

    For more information regarding particular properties identified in this Notice (i.e., acreage, floor plan, existing sanitary facilities, exact street address), providers should contact the appropriate landholding agencies at the following addresses: ARMY: Ms. Veronica Rines, Office of the Assistant Chief of Staff for Installation Management, Department of Army, Room 5A128, 600 Army Pentagon, Washington, DC 20310, (571) 256-8145; (This is not a toll-free number).

    Dated: August 25, 2016. Brian P. Fitzmaurice, Director, Community Assistance Division, Office of Special Needs Assistance Programs. TITLE V, FEDERAL SURPLUS PROPERTY PROGRAM FEDERAL REGISTER REPORT FOR 09/02/2016 Suitable/Available Properties Building Alabama C1301 Ft. McClellan Ft. McClellan AL 36205 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201220017 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 2,232 sf.; barracks; extensive repairs needed; secured area; need prior approval to access property. 4811 Redstone Arsenal Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430024 Status: Unutilized Directions: 4811 Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 221 sq. ft.; Flammable/explosive storage facility; 12+ months vacant; deteriorated; secured area; contact Army for more information. 6 Buildings Redstone Arsenal Madison AL 35898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510040 Status: Unutilized Directions: 3757 (800 sq. ft.); 3759 (39 sq. ft.); 3762 (288 sq. ft.); 6209 (130 sq. ft.); 6210 (130 sq. ft.); 7859 (522 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; prior approval to gain access is required; for more info. contact Army. 2 Buildings Redstone Arsenal Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530058 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 7359 (4,547 sq. ft.); 7369 (7,288 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal; 48-70+ yrs. old; rocket plants; vacant 4 mos.; major reno. needed; contaminates; asbestos; no future agency need; prior approval needed to gain access; contact Army for more infor. Building 3540 Redstone Arsenal Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530092 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 150 sq.ft.; range support; removal may be diff. due to type (brick); major renov.; LBP; endangered species—var. bat species; contact Army for more info. 4 Buildings Bldg 30815 AL 85 Peters St. Doleville AL 36362 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620022 Status: Unutilized Directions: 4011T: RPUID: 186097 (720 sq.ft.); 414: RPUID: 186545 (288 sq.ft.); 30815: RPUID: 671439 (144 sq.ft.); 4513: RPUID: 186563 (400 sq.ft.) Comments: Off-site removal only; no future agency need 24+-47+ yrs. old; sq. ft. above; storage; rec shelter; flam mat; 1+-6+ mos. vacant; poor & fair condition; contact Army for more information. 2 Buildings Fort Rucker Fort Rucker AL 36362 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630018 Status: Unutilized Directions: 424-RPUID: 186376 & 60125 Comments: Off-site removal only; 40+ & 50+ yrs. old; 848 total sq. ft.; airfield ops bldg., & flam mat str in; vacant 1+ mos.; fair condition; contact Army for more information. Alaska Bldg. 00001 Holy Cross Armory High Cross AK 99602 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710051 Status: Excess Comments: 1200 sq. ft. armory, off-site use only. Building 00001 9679 Tuluksak Rd. Toksook AK 99679 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320038 Status: Excess Comments: 1,200 sf.; armory; 60 months vacant; poor conditions. Building 00001 Lot 7 Block 11 US Survey 5069 Noorvik AK 99763 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330030 Status: Excess Comments: 1,200 sf. armory; 60+ months vacant; poor conditions; contact Army for more info. Building 00001 P.O. Box 22 Gambell AK 99742 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330031 Status: Excess Comments: 1,208 sf.; armory; 60+ months vacant; poor conditions; contact Army for more info. Building 0001 Kivalina Armory Kivalina AK 99750 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330032 Status: Excess Comments: 1,200 sf. armory; 600+ months vacant; poor conditions; contact Army for more info. Akiachak 00001 500 Philips St. Akiachak AK 99551 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330033 Status: Excess Comments: 1,200 sf.; armory; 60+ months vacant; poor conditions; contact Army for more info. Arizona Building 90890 Fort Huachuca Fort Huachuca AZ 85613 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440051 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 40 sq. ft.; 80+ months vacant; repairs needed; contact Army for more information. 7 Buldings Papago Park Military Reservation Phoenix AZ 85008 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510025 Status: Excess Directions: M5358(1500 sq. ft.); M5356 (1,500 sq. ft.) M5354 (1,500 sq. ft.); M5352 (1,500 sq. ft.); M5218 (1,097 sq. ft.); M5331 (2,460 sq. ft.); M5502 (5,856 sq. ft.) Comments: fair condition prior approve to gain access is required, for more information contact Army about a specific property. 2 Building 5636 E. McDowell Road Phoenix AZ 85008 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520007 Status: Excess Directions: Building M5502 (5,856 sq. ft.)& M5331 (2,460 sq. ft.) Comments: 45+ & 62+ yrs. old for buildings respectively above; administration; restricted access; escort required; contact Army for more information. California Bldgs. 18026, 18028 Camp Roberts Monterey CA 93451-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200130081 Status: Excess GSA Number: Comments: 2024 sq. ft. sq. ft., concrete, poor condition, off-site use only. 1201T Tower Rd. Dubin CA 94568 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310060 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 30 sf.; control tower; poor conditions; restricted area; transferee must obtain real estate doc. to access/remove; contact Army for more info. 1201S & 1205S Tower Rd. Dublin CA 94568 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310062 Status: Unutilized Directions: previously reported under 21201010006 Comments: REDETERMINATION: off-site removal only; 396 & 252 sf. repectitively; storage; poor conditions; transferee will need to obtain real estate doc. to acccess/remove property; contact Army for more info. 2 Building Parks Reserve Forces Training Area Dublin CA 94568 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330002 Status: Underutilized Directions: 1108, 1109 Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; sf. varies; poor conditions; secured area; contact Army for info. on a specific property & accessibility removal reas. 7 Building Parks Reserve Forces Training Area Dublin CA 94568 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330003 Status: Unutilized Directions: 200, 00974, 1080, 1085, 1100, 1101, 1176 Comments: sf varies; no future agency need; poor/deteriorated conditions; secured area; escort required; contact Army for more info. on a specific property & accessibility reqs./removal options. Building 4230 Ord Military Community Seaside CA 93955 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330007 Status: Unutilized Directions: 4230 Comments: 15,908 sf.; theater; vacant since 2000; 43 yrs. old; mold; lead-based paint; asbestos; contact Army for more info. 11 Building Fort Hunter Liggett FF Hunter Liggett CA 93928 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330018 Status: Unutilized Directions: 0100A, 0178B, 00306, 00408, 0418A, 00850, 00851, 00932, 00945, 00946, 00947 Comments: offsite removal only; no future agency need; St. varies, conditions range from good to dilapidated secured area, contact Army for more info. on a specific property & accessibility/removal reqs. 22 Buildings Hwy. 101, Bldg. 109 Camp Roberts CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330019 Status: Excess Directions: 00902, 00936, 01019, 06079, 06080, 06125, 06320, 14212, 14308, 14801, 25012, 25013, 27108, 27110, 27126, RB001, RB003, RB004, RB005, RB006, RB007, RB043 Comments: CORRECTION: Bldg. 14801 incorrectly published on 08/30/2013; off-site removal only; 6+ months vacant; poor conditions; contamination; secured area; contact Army for info. 11 Building Fort Hunter Liggett Fort Hunger Liggett CA 93928 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330023 Status: Unutilized Directions: 0100A, 0178B, 00306, 00408, 0418A, 00850, 00851, 00932, 00945, 00946, 00947 Comments: offsite removal only; no future agency need; St. varies, conditions range from good to dilapidated secured area, contact Army for more info. on a specific property & accessibility/removal reqs. 23 Buildings Hwy 101, Bldg. 109 Camp Robert CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330025 Status: Excess Directions: T0805, T0831, T0834, T0874, T0876, T0917, T0920, T0922, T0923, T0925, T0933, T0934, T0935, T0955, T0956, T0955, T0956, T0966, T0967, T0992, T6005, T6029, T6406, T7025, T7037 Comments: off-site removal only; sf varies; 6+ months vacant; poor conditions; contamination; secured area; contact Army for more info. on a specific property & accessility removal reqs. 11 Building Fort Hunter Liggett Fort Hunter Ligget CA 93928 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330026 Status: Unutilized Directions: 0100A, 0178B, 00306, 00408, 0418A, 00850, 00851, 00932, 00945, 00946, 00947 Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; St. varies, conditions range from good to dilapidated secured area, contact Army for more info. on a specific property & accessibility/removal reqs. 7 Buildings Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330067 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00478, 00548, 00681, 00682, 00683, 00684, and 00685 Comments: sf. varies, 36-204+ months vacant; fair to deteriorated; secured area; extensive background check required; contact Amry for info. on a specifc property & accessibility reqs. 2 Buildings Camp Roberts MTC Camp Roberts CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410024 Status: Excess Directions: 14102 (864 sq. ft); 14801 (200 sq. ft) Comments: off-site removal only; 72+ yrs. old; secured area; contact Army for accessbility/removal requirements. 4 Buildings Fort Hunter Liggett 711 ASP Road Fort Hunter Liggett CA 93928 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201420004 Status: Unutilized Directions: 711; 710; 0408A; 719 Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; poor conditions; must obtain access documentation; contact Army for information on a specific property and accessibility/removal request. Bldg. 53 Navy Lodge on RT Jones Rd. Mountain View CA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430003 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 960 sq. ft.; storage; poor conditions; contact Army for more information. 00294 Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base (JFTB) Los Alamitos CA 90720-5002 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430018 Status: Underutilized Directions: 00294 Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 980 sq. ft.; storage/general purpose; very poor condition; secured area; contact Army for more information. Camp Roberts MTC (H) Bldg. # T0864 Hwy 101; Bldg. 109 Camp Roberts CA 93451-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510028 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal; 73+ yrs. old; 400 sq. ft. storage; residential; fair to poor condition; vacant 72 months; contact Army for more info. 3 Buildings Park Reserve Forces Training Area Dubin CA 94568 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530048 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building: 973 RPUID: 376805 (1,933 sq. ft.); 1194 RPUID: 377058 (1,020 sq. ft.); 1195 RPUID: 377059 (1,020 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 61/71+ yrs. old; Vacant Storage; recreation center; poor condition; contact Army for more info. on a specific property accessibility/removal requirements. 6 Buildings Fort Hunter Liggett Fort Hunter Liggett CA 93928 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530049 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building: 0100B (124 sq. ft.); 124 (2,001 sq. ft.); 149 (1,196 sq. ft.); 283 (4,225 sq. ft.) 393 (58 sq. ft.); 394 (58 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 35/86+ yrs. old; usage varies; contact Army for more info. on a specific property; access./removal requirements. Building 0132A Fort Hunter Liggett For Hunter Liggett CA 93928 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530050 Status: Underutilized Comments: off-site removal; no future agency need; 64+ yrs. old; 943 sq. ft.; residential; poor condition; contact Army for more information and accessibility/removal requirements. Colorado Building 00209 4809 Tevis Street Fort Carson CO 80913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520018 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal; 49+ yrs. old; 400 sq. ft.; housing; vacant 3 mos.; repairs required; asbestos; no future agency need; contact Army for more information. Building 00220 4860 Tevis Street Fort Carson CO 80913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520033 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 73+ yrs. old; 690 sq. ft.; Eng./housing; repairs required; concrete; maybe difficult to move; asbestos; no future agency need; contact Army for more information. Building R005F Range 5 Specker Avenue Fort Carson CO 80913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620003 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 13+ yrs. old; 800 sq. ft.; storage; 6+ mos. vacant; repairs required; contact Army for more information. 6 Buildings Fort Carson Fort Carson CO 80913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620014 Status: Unutilized Directions: 02554: RPUID: 572361 (22,441 sq.ft.); 02552: RPUID: 591052 (22,441 sq.ft.); 01950: RPUID: 606520 (11,819 sq.ft.); 01954: RPUID: 583977 (22,386 sq.ft.); 01951: RPUID: 576840 (22,386 sq.ft.); 02551: RPUID: 576791 (22,441 sq.ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; 38+-42+ yrs. old; sq. ft. above; barracks; 2+ mos. vacant; repairs required; contact Army for more information. Georgia Building 904 2022 Veterans Pkwy Ft. Stewart GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310004 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 9,993 sf.; museum; poor conditions; asbestos & lead-based paint; w/in secured area; Gov't escort required to access/remove property. Building 862 259 N. Lightining Rd. Hunter Army Airfield GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310010 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 826 sf.; Battery Shop; poor conditions; w/in secured area; contact Army for info. on accessibility/removal reqs. Building 853 140 Barren Loop Rd. Hunter Army Airfield GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310011 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 4,100 sf.; Admin. 3 mons. vacant; fair conditions; w/in secured area; contact Army for accessibility/removal reqs. Building 866 null 395 N. Lightining Rd. Hunter Army Airfield GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310012 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 2,100 sf.; Admin.; fair conditions; w/in secured area; contact Army for info. on accessibility/removal reqs. Building 9597 Bultman Ave. Ft. Stewart GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310013 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 324 sf.; storage; 6 mons. vacant; poor conditions; w/in secured area; Gov't escort only to access/remove property. Building 8056 N. Lightining Rd. Hunter Army Airfield GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310015 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 3,790 sf.; navigation bldg.; 10 mons. vacant; fair conditions; asbestos; w/in secured area; Gov't escort only to access/remove property. Buildings 7736 & 7740 Chip Rd. Ft. Stewart GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310016 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; sf. varies; poor conditions; w/in secured area; Gov't escort only to access/remove property. 3 Buildings McFarland Ave. Ft. Stewart GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310017 Status: Excess Directions: 1710, 1711, 1712 Comments: off-site removal only; sf. varies; poor conditions; w/in secured area; Gov't escort only to access/remove property. Buildings 1303 & 1304 Warrior Rd. Ft. Stewart GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310018 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; sf. varies; poor conditions; w/in secured area; Gov't escort only to access/remove property. Building 1155 & 1156 N. Lightining Rd. Hunter Army Airfield GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310019 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; sf. varies; poor conditions; w/in secured area; Gov't escort only to access/remove property. Buildings 1139 & 1151 Veterans Pkwy Ft. Stewart GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310020 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; sf. varies; poor conditions; w/in secured area; Gov't escort only to access/remove property. Building 1104 Frank Cochran Dr. Hinesville GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310022 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 240 sf.; storage; poor conditions; w/in secured area; Gov't escort required to access/remove property. Building 1105 Veterans Pkwy Ft. Stewart GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310023 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 7,132 sf.; Maint. Facility; poor conditions; asbestos & lead; w/in secured area; Gov't escort required to access/remove property. Building 1130 Veterans Pkwy Ft. Stewart GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310024 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 322 sf.; storage; poor conditions; w/in secured area; Gov't escort only to access/remove property. Building 1132 Veterans Pkwy Ft. Stewart GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310025 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 182 sf.; latrine; poor conditions; w/in secured area; Gov't escort only to access/remove property Building 1133 Veterans Pkwy Ft. Stewart GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310026 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 501 sf.; latrine; poor conditions; w/in secured area; Gov't escort only to access/remove property Building OT022 46 22nd Street Fort Gordon GA 30905 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330005 Status: Unutilized Comments: No future agency need; Off-site removal only; 960 sf.; classroom; 120 months; dilapidated; contamination; closed post; contact Army for accessibility/removal requirements. Building OT007 31 22nd Street Fort Gordon GA 30905 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330006 Status: Unutilized Comments: Off-site removal only; no future agency need; 960 sf.; classroom; 120+ months; dilapidated; contamination; closed post; contact Army for accessibility/removal reqs. 3 Buildings Veterans Pkwy. Fort Stewart GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330036 Status: Excess Directions: 1101, 1108, 1129 Comments: Off-site removal only; poor conditions; contaminatin; secured area; contact Army for info. on a specific property; accessiblity removal reqs. Building 00TR4 43 Pistol Range Road Whitfield GA 30755 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330045 Status: Excess Comments: Off-site removal only; 2,560 sf.; dining facility; 78 yrs. old; poor conditions; contact Army for more info. Building 1157 Hunter Army Airfield Hunter Army Airfield GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410033 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 5,809 sq. ft.; poor conditions; secured area; gov't escort required; contact Army for more info. Building 7097 Fort Stewart Ft. Stewart GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440007 Status: Underutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; relocation difficult due to size/type; 9,520 sq. ft.; child development center; 6+ months vacant; poor conditions; contact Army for more information. Hunter Army Airfield Hunter Army Airfield GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440008 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; relocation extremely difficult due to size; 13,331 sq. ft.; classroom; poor conditions; contact Army for more information. 1020 Hunter Army Airfield Hunter Army Airfield GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440009 Status: Underutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; relocation extremely difficult due to size/type; 39,653 sq.ft.; storage; 1+ month vacant; contact Army for more information. 9002 Hunter Army Airfield Hunter Army Airfield GA 31406 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440010 Status: Underutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; relocation difficult due to type; 221 sq. ft.; 12+ months vacant; poor conditions; asbestos; contact Army for more information. 10 Buildings Fort Benning Fort Benning GA 31905 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520011 Status: Underutilized Directions: 00035 (890 sq. ft.); 00036 (890 sq. ft.); 00235 (4,390 sq. ft.); 08001 (288 sq. ft.); 08007 (288 sq. ft.); 08012 (288 sq. ft.); 08014 (288 sq. ft.); 08034(192 sq. ft.); 08582 (192 sq. ft.); 08597 (192 sq. ft.); Comments: Off-site removal; 10-94 yrs. old for buildings respectively above; toilet/shower; laundry; administrative; poor condition; no future agency need; contact Army for more information; 9 Buildings Fort Benning Fort Bebbing GA 31905 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520012 Status: Underutilized Directions: 08821 (192 sq. ft.), 8781 (1,007 sq. ft.), 08730 (800 sq. ft.), 08729 (192 sq. ft.), 08721 (384 sq. ft.), 08681 (192 sq. ft.), 08637 (384 sq. ft.), 08600 (192 sq. ft.), 08618 (192 sq. ft.) Comments: Off-site removal; 10-50 yrs. old for buildings respectively above; poor condition; toilet/shower, range; no future agency need; contact Army for more information. 2 Buildings Fort Benning Fort Benning GA 31905 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520028 Status: Unutilized Directions: Buildings 04969 (8,416 sq. ft.), 04960 (3,335 sq. ft.) Comments: Off-site removal; 34+ & 48+ yrs.old; vehicle MAINT.; poor conditions; contaminants; restricted access; no future agency need; contact Army for more information. Building 14 Camp Frank D. Merrill Fort Benning GA 31905 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540052 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 120 sq. ft.; 51+ yrs. old; veh. fuel mogas; poor conditions; contact Army for information. Building 08638-RPUID 283107 Mortar Training Area off Wildcat Road Fort Benning GA 31905 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540053 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 192 sq. ft.; 10+ yrs.-old; sep toil/shower; poor conditions; contact Army for more information. Building 08728 3279 10th Armored Division Road Fort Benning GA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540054 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 192 sq. ft.; 9+ yrs.-old; sep toil/shower; poor conditions; contact Army for more information. 3 Buildings Fort Benning Fort Benning GA 31905 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610041 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 04977 RPUID:281480 192 sq. ft.; 04978 RPUID:282355 630 sq. ft.; 04979 RPUID:282356 400 sq. ft. Comments: off-site removal only; 11+ & 48+ yrs. old; veh maint shops; haz mat str ins; poor condition; no future agency need; contact Army for more information. 5 Buildings Fort Benning Fort Benning GA 31905 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620006 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 00485:RPUID:281444 (148 sq.ft.); 08848:RPUID:282680 (288 sq.ft.); 08830:RPUID:282664; (288 sq.ft.) 08020:RPUID:282782; (192 sq.ft.); 04022:RPUID:1006195 (144 sq.ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; 7+-74+ yrs. old; veh; toil/shower; storage; poor conditions; contact Army for more information. Hawaii P-88 Aliamanu Military Reservation Honolulu HI 96818 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199030324 Status: Unutilized Directions: Approximately 600 feet from Main Gate on Aliamanu Drive. Comments: 45,216 sq. ft. underground tunnel complex, pres. of asbestos clean-up required of contamination, use of respirator required by those entering property, use limitations. 3377Z Schofield Barracks Wahiawa HI 96786 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201210054 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 196 sf.; current use: transformer bldg.; poor conditions—needs repairs. Bldg 0300B 308 Paalaa Uka Pupukea Wahiawa HI 96786 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201210083 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 114 sf.; current use: valve house for water tank; fair conditions. 12 Bldgs. Schofield Barracks Wahiawa HI Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201220009 Status: Unutilized Directions: 2509, 2510, 2511, 2512, 2513, 2514, 2516, 2517, 3030, 3031, 3032, 3035 Comments: off-site removal only; sf. varies; usage varies; storage; good conditions. A0300 308 Paalaa Uka Pupukea Rd. Helemano Wahiawa HI 96786 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230009 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 17.25 X 21ft.; water storage. Buildings 1421 & 1422 510 CW2 Latchum Rd. Wahiawa HI 97686 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310046 Status: Underutilized Comments: off-site removal only; sf. varies; office & toilet; fair conditions; military reservation. Buildings 3363, 3366, & 3371 Schofield Barracks Wahiawa HI 96786 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310047 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; sf. varies; abandoned; 230 mons. vacant; transformer bldgs. Building A0750 613 Ayers Ave. (Schofield Barracks) Wahiawa HI 96786 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330038 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 512 sf.; storage; 46 yrs.-old; poor conditions; contact Army for more info. 00038 Pohakuloa Training Area Hilo HI 96720 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410007 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 102 sq. ft.; storage; 49+ yrs.-old; poor conditions; contact Army for more information. 3 Buildings Joint Base Pearl Harbor Hickam Joint Base Pearl Harb HI 96860 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530046 Status: Excess Directions: Building: 2266 (1,536 sq. ft.);2267 (1,536 sq. ft.) 2268 (2,190 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; 32+ yrs. old; Child Development Centers; 24 mos. Vacant; poor condition; relocation may not be feasible due to deteriorated condition; contact Army for more information. Idaho R1A11 16 Miles South Boise ID 83634 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320005 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 1,040 sf., dilapidated, repairs a must, temp. shelter, 9 months vacant, has hanta virus presence. R1A13 16 Miles South Boise ID 83634 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320015 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 1,040 sf.; temp. shelter; 9 months vacant; dialpidated; Hanta virus; repairs a must. R1A10 16 Miles South Boise ID 83634 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320041 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 1,040 sf.; dilapidated; repairs a must; 9 months vacant; Hanta virus. R1A12 16 Miles South Boise ID 83634 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320042 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 1,040 sf.; temp. shelter; 9 months vacant; dilapidated; repairs a must; Hanta virus. R1A15 16 Miles South Boise ID 83634 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320043 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 1,040 sf.; temp. shelter; 9 months vacant; dilapidated; Hanta virus; repair a must. Illinois Building GC444 195 E Street Granite City IL 62040 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610061 Status: Unutilized Directions: RPUID:967743 Comments: off-site removal only; 63+ yrs. old; 21,954 sq. ft.; training center; vacant 1+ mos.; no future agency need; size makes this economically & structurally unfeasible to move; contact Army for more info. Iowa Y11Q0 Camp Dodge Johnston IA 50131 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330060 Status: Unutilized Comments: 3,076 sf.; family housing; 816+months vacant; deteriorated; secured area; escort required; contact Army for accessibility requirements. 2 Buildings Camp Dodge Johnston IA 50131 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330064 Status: Unutilized Directions: Y1200 & TC030 Comments: 1,686 & 1,026 sf. respectively; garage; deteriorated; secured area; escort required; contact Army for accessibility requirements. Kansas Building 9109 Mallon Rd. Ft. Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310051 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 128 sf.; latrine; deteriorating conditions; located on controlled area; contact Army for more info. Building 00620 Mitchell Terr. Ft. Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320014 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 12,640 sf.; lodging; deteriorating; asbestos. Building 09098 Vinton School Rd. Ft. Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320016 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 120 sf.; guard shack; fair/moderate conditions. Building 07856 Drum St. Ft. Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320017 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 13,493 sf.; dining facility; detereriorating; asbestos. Building 07636 Normandy Dr. Ft. Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320018 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 9,850 sf.; deteriorating; asbestos. Building 05309 Ewell St. Ft. Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320019 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 23,784 sf.; lodging; deteriorating; asbestos. Building 00918 Caisson Hill Rd. Ft. Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320020 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 3,536 sf.; admin. general purpose; deteriorating; possible contamination; secured area; however, prior approval to access is needed; contact Army for more info. Building 00621 Mitchell Terr. Ft. Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320021 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 12, 640 sf.; lodging; deteriorating; asbestos. Building 7610 Fort Riley Fort Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410049 Status: Excess Comments: Off-site removal only; may not be feasible to relocate due to sq. ft./type of structure; 41,892 sq. Ft. barracks contact Army for more information. 8 Buildings Fort Riley 610 Warrior Rd. Fort Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201420002 Status: Excess Directions: 610, 7610, 7614, 7616, 7842, 7846, 7850, 8063 Comments: off-site removal only; major repairs needed, mold and asbestos; secured area; contact Army for information on a specific property and accessibility/removal request. 502 Fort Riley Fort Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430009 Status: Excess Directions: 502 Comments: off-site removal only; 316 sq. ft.; office; structure type: Police Station; 55+ years old; fair condition; contact Army for more information. Kentucky Building A7140 Fort Campbell Ft. Campbell KY 42223 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530102 Status: Underutilized Comments: 414 sq. ft.; 56+ yrs. old; fair conditions; registration required on daily basis to access property; contact Army for more information. 3 Buildings Fort Campbell Fort Campbell KY 42223 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610036 Status: Underutilized Directions: Buildings 04053 (22,053 sq. ft.); 04057 (33,104 sq. ft.); 04067 (44,106 sq. ft.) Comments: 38+ yrs. old; barracks; fair condition; no future agency need; daily registration renewal to access property; contact Army for more information. 2 Buildings Fort Campbell Fort Campbell KY 42223 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620004 Status: Underutilized Directions: A0127:RPUID:582404 (400 sq. ft.); B0127:RPUID:320594 (783 sq. ft.) Comments: 25+-27+ yrs. old; heating plant; refrig/AC building; fair condition; prior approval needed to gain access; contact Army for more information. Louisiana 7604B Fort Polk Fort Polk LA 71459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530038 Status: Unutilized Comments: Off-site removal only; no future agency need; 3,740 sq. ft.; contact Army for more information. 7604C Fort Polk Fort Polk LA 71459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530039 Status: Unutilized Comments: Off-site removal only; no future agency need; 3,740 sq. ft.; relocatable company building; contact Army for more information. 7308E Fort Polk Fort Polk LA 71459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530040 Status: Unutilized Comments: Off-site removal only; no future agency need; 5,396 sq. ft.; relocatable office; contact Army for more information. 7604D Fort Polk Ft. Polk LA 71459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530045 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 3,740 sq. ft.; relocatable office; contact Army for more information. 9 Buildings Fort Polk Ft. Polk LA 71459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530073 Status: Underutilized Directions: 00002(190857; 4,070 sq. ft.); 00003(292997; 97 sq. ft.); 02531 (191515; 4,830 sq. ft.); 02599(191521; 159 sq. ft.); 04250(191272; 240 sq. ft.); 07526(299361; 480 sq. ft.); 09787(293242; 608 sq. ft.); 09806(188086; 2,834 sq. ft.); M0350(188086)? Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; removal difficult due to type/size; poor conditions; contact Army for more details on a specific property. Building 07043 Fort Polk Fort Polk LA 71459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530101 Status: Underutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 1,200 sq. ft.; maintenance building; poor conditions; contact Army for more information. 2 Buildings Fort Polk Fort Polk LA 71459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610051 Status: Underutilized Directions: 02501-RPUID:299625 (3,308 sq. ft.); 00830-RPUID:301695 (82,431 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; 39+-74+ yrs. old; shed; org club; poor condition; maybe difficult to move; contact Army for more information. Building 04274 4274 California Ave. Fort Polk LA 71459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610066 Status: Unutilized Directions: RPUID:292651 Comments: off-site removal only; 63+ yrs. old; 240 sq. ft.; toilet/shower; poor conditions; contact Army for more information. Maryland 5 Buildings Ft. George G. Meade Ft. George MD 20755 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330008 Status: Unutilized Directions: 4, 239, 700, 2790, 8608 Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; sf. varies; fair to deteriorating conditions; secured area; contact Army re. info. on a specific property & accessibility/removal reqs. Michigan 6 Buildings Detroit Arsenal Warren MI 48092 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201340026 Status: Unutilized Directions: WH001 (4,680 sq. ft.); WH002 (3,910 sq. ft.); WH003 (5,256 sq. ft.); WH004 (3,840 sq. ft.) WH005 (5,236 sq. ft.); WH006 (5,940 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; residential; repairs needed; contamination; secured area; contact Army for more information on a specific property accessibility requires. 6 Buildings Detroit Arsenal Warren MI 48092 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201340027 Status: Unutilized Directions: WH013(4,680 sq.ft.); WH014(5,236 sq.ft.); WH015 (3,000 sq.ft.); WH016(3,840 sq.ft.); WH017(3,000 sq.ft.); WH018 (5,940 sq.ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; residential; repairs needed; contamination; secured area; contact Army for more infomation on a specific property & accessiblity requirements. 6 Building Detroit Arsenal Warren MI 48092 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201340028 Status: Unutilized Directions: WH007(3,840 sq. ft.); WH008 (5,940 sq. ft.); WH009 (5,236 sq. ft.); WH010 (4,680 sq. ft.); WH011 (5,236 sq. ft.); WH012 (5,236 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; residential; repairs needed; contamination; secured area; contact Army for more information on a specific property and accessibility requires. 6 Buildings Detroit Arsenal Warren MI 48092 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201340029 Status: Unutilized Directions: WH019(4,680 sq.ft.); WH020(5,940 sq.ft.); WH021(5,940 sq.ft.); WH022(4,680 sq.ft.); WH023(5,940 sq.ft.); WH024(1,760 sq.ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; residential; repairs needed; contamination; secured area; contact Army for more information on a specific property & accessiblity requirements. 4 Buildings Detroit Arsenal Warren MI 48092 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201340031 Status: Unutilized Directions: WH025 (1,760 sq.ft.); WH026 (1,760 sq. ft.); WH027 (1,760 sq.ft.); WH028(400 sq.ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; residential; repairs needed; contamination; secured area; contact Army for more information on a specific property & accessiblity requirements. Minnesota 18 Bldgs. 1245 Hwy 96 West Arden Hills Army TRNG Site Arden Hills MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201210059 Status: Unutilized Directions: 12155, 12156, 12157, 01200, 01201, 01202, 01203, 01204, 01205, 01206, 04202, 11218, 11219, 11220, 11221, 11222, 11223, 04203 Comments: off-site removal only; sf. varies; current use: storage; poor conditions-need repairs. Missouri Bldg. T2139 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65473-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420446 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: 3663 sq. ft., 1-story, presence of lead base paint, most recent use—admin/gen. purpose, off-site use only. Bldg. 2167 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65473-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820179 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: 1296 sq. ft., presence of asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—admin., off-site use only. Bldgs. 2192, 2196, 2198 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65473-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820183 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: 4720 sq. ft., presence of asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—barracks, off-site use only. 12 Bldgs Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200410110 Status: Unutilized Directions: 07036, 07050, 07054, 07102, 07400, 07401, 08245, 08249, 08251,08255,08257,08261. Comments: 7152 sq. ft. 6 plex housing quarters, potential contaminants, off-site use only. 6 Bldg Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200410111 Status: Unutilized Directions: 07044, 07106, 07107, 08260, 08281, 08300 Comments: 9520 sq ft., 8 plex housing quarters, potential contaminants, off-site use only. Bldgs 08283, 08285 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200410113 Status: Unutilized Comments: 2240 sq ft, 2 plex housing quarters, potential contaminants, off-site use only. 15 Bldgs Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-0827 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200410114 Status: Unutilized Directions: 08267, 08269, 08271, 08273, 08275, 08277, 08279, 08290, 08296, 08301 Comments: 4784 sq ft., 4 plex housing quarters, potential contaminants, off-site use only. Bldg 09432 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200410115 Status: Unutilized Comments: 8724 sq ft., 6-plex housing quarters, potential contaminants, off-site use only. Bldgs. 5006 and 5013 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200430064 Status: Unutilized Comments: 192 sq. ft., needs repair, most recent use—generator bldg., off-site use only. Bldgs. 13210, 13710 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200430065 Status: Unutilized Comments: 144 sq. ft. each, needs repair, most recent use—communication, off-site use only. P0002 88th Reginal Support Command Cape Girardeau MO 63701 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510006 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 96 sq. ft.; storage; no future agency need; 14+ mons. vacant; asbestos; contact Army for more information. Building 5332 Range 4 Fort Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610052 Status: Unutilized Directions: RPUID:611105 Comments: 15+ yrs. old; 80 sq. ft.; weapons; 12+ mos. vacant; poor conditions; contact Army for more information. Building #5333 Range 4 Fort Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610058 Status: Unutilized Directions: RPUID:578451 Comments: 15+ yrs. old; 80 sq. ft.; weapons; 12+ mos. vacant; not adequate for reuse; contact Army for more information. Building 319A Intersection of Headquarters and Illonoise Ave. Fort Leonand Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620023 Status: Unutilized Directions: RPUID:1239157 Comments: 4+ yrs. old; 384 sq. ft.; recreation; adequate condition; contact Army for more information. Montana Bldg. 00405 Fort Harrison Ft. Harrison MT 59636 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200130099 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 3467 sq. ft., most recent use—storage, security limitations. Bldg. T0066 Fort Harrison Ft. Harrison MT 59636 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200130100 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 528 sq. ft., needs rehab, presence of asbestos, security limitations. New Jersey 4 Bldgs. Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201220011 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1179, 1179A, 1179C, 1179D Comments: off-site removal only; sf varies; usage varies; need repairs; contamination; remediation required; secured area; need proir approval to access property; contact Army for more details. 4 Building Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201240026 Status: Unutilized Directions: 3701, 3702, 3706, 3709 Comments: off-site removal only, sq. varies, moderate conditions, restricted area; contact Army for information on accessibility removal and specific details on a particular property. Building 00063 Picatinny Arsenal Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310039 Status: Underutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 44,000 sf.; storage; very poor conditions; w/in secured area; contact Army for accessibility/removal requirements. Building 01186 Pictinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310040 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 192 sf.; storage; very poor conditions; w/in restricted area; contact Army for info. on accessibility/removal requirements. Building 03223 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330046 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 312 sf.; 102 yrs.-old; poor conditions; secured area; contact Army for more info. New York Bldg. 2218 Stewart Newburg USARC New Windsor NY 12553-9000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200510067 Status: Unutilized Comments: 32,000 sq. ft., poor condition, requires major repairs, most recent use—storage/services. 7 Bldgs. Stewart Newburg USARC New Windsor NY 12553-9000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200510068 Status: Unutilized Directions: 2122, 2124, 2126, 2128, 2106, 2108, 2104 Comments: sq. ft. varies, poor condition, needs major repairs, most recent use—storage/services. Bldgs. 02700 and 22630 Fort Drum Fort Drum NY 13602 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201210080 Status: Underutilized Comments: off-site removal only; sf. varies; current use: varies; need repairs. North Carolina Building 42843 Ft. Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201240034 Status: Underutilized Directions: 42843 Comments: located in a secured area, public access is denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Building D1209 4285 Gruber Road Ft. Bragg NC 28308 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330069 Status: Unutilized Comments: 15,327 sf; 21 yrs. old; extensive repairs needed; secured area; extensive background check required; contact Army for accessibility requirements. D3039 3912 Donovan Street Ft. Bragg NC 28308 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330070 Status: Unutilized Comments: 13,247 sf.; 42 yrs. old; dining facility; extensive repairs; extensive background check; secured area; contact Army for accessibiity requirements. 3 Buildings Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540061 Status: Unutilized Directions: Q3113-1034505 (64 sq. ft.); Q3414-1034511 (64 sq. ft.); Q2322-296150 (17 sq. ft.) Comments: very poor conditions; contact Army for more information on a specific property listed above. Ohio 125 1155 Buckeye Rd. Lima OH 45804 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230025 Status: Underutilized Directions: Joint Systems Manufacturing Center Comments: off-site removal only; 2,284 sf.; use: Storage; poor conditions; asbestos identified; secured area; contact Army re: accessibility requirements. Oklahoma Bldg. T-838, Fort Sill 838 Macomb Road Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220609 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: 151 sq. ft., wood frame, 1 story, off-site removal only, most recent use—vet facility (quarantine stable). Bldg. T-3325, Fort Sill 3325 Naylor Road Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199240681 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: 8832 sq. ft., 1 story wood frame, needs rehab, off-site use only, most recent use—warehouse. Bldg. T-810 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199730350 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: 7205 sq. ft., possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—hay storage, off-site use only. Bldgs. T-837, T-839 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199730351 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: approx. 100 sq. ft. each, possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—storage, off-site use only. Bldg. P-934 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199730353 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: 402 sq. ft., possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—storage, off-site use only. Bldg. T-2184 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199730364 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: 454 sq. ft., possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—storage, off-site use only. Bldgs. T-3001, T-3006 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199730383 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: approx. 9300 sq. ft., possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—storage, off-site use only. Bldg. T-3314 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199730385 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: 229 sq. ft., possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—office, off-site use only. Bldg. T-7775 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199730419 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: 1452 sq. ft., possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—private club, off-site use only. 4 Bldgs. Fort Sill P-617, P-1114, P-1386, P-1608 Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910133 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 106 sq. ft., possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—utility plant, off-site use only. Bldg. P-746 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910135 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 6299 sq. ft., possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—admin., off-site use only. Bldg. S-6430 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910156 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 2080 sq. ft., possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—range support, off-site use only. Bldg. T-6461 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910157 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 200 sq. ft., possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—range support, off-site use only. Bldg. T-6462 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910158 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 64 sq. ft., possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—control tower, off-site use only. Bldg. P-7230 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910159 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 160 sq. ft., possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—transmitter bldg., off-site use only. Bldg. P-747 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200120120 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 9232 sq. ft., possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—lab, off-site use only. Bldg. P-842 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200120123 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 192 sq. ft., possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—storage, off-site use only. Bldg. P-1672 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200120126 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 1056 sq. ft., possible asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—storage, off-site use only. 6 Buildings Fort Sill Ft. Sill OK 73503 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540034 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1500 (100 SQ. FT.; Fueling/POL/Wash Support Bldg); 1501 (9,802 SQ. FT.; Vehicle Maintenance Shop); 1502 (9,938 SQ. FT.; Vehicle Maintenance Shop); 1503 (10,190 SQ. FT.; Limited Use Instructional Bldg); 1521 (80 SQ. FT.; Oil Storage Building); 2590 (3,626 SQ. FT.; ADMIN GENERAL PURPOSE) Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; removal difficult due to type/size; 6+ mons.vacant; contamination; contact Army for more information on a specific property listed above. 6 Buildings Fort Sill Fort Sill OK 73503 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610027 Status: Unutilized Directions: 852 (13,379 sq.ft.); 1929 (3,200 sq.ft.); 851 (14,360 sq.ft.); 850 (22,941 sq.ft.); 745 (6,533 sq. ft.); 2037 (5,197 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal; 52+-100+ yrs. old; storage; admin. building; enlisted uph; vacant 6+ mos.; no future agency need; due to size may not be feasible to move; contact Army for more information. 9 Buildings Fort Sill Fort Sill OK 73503 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610028 Status: Unutilized Directions: 2870 (3,658 sq.ft.); 3682 (23,502 sq.ft.); 2873 (3,658 sq.ft.); 2874 (3,872 sq.ft.); M6307 (94 sq.ft.); 6305 (879 sq.ft.); 2875 (3,682 sq.ft.); 2871 (3,872 sq.ft.); 2872 (3,658 sq.ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; 28+-75+ yrs. old; 6+ mos. vacant; HQ. bldg.; general purpose; training; no future agency need; due to size may not be feasible to move; contact Army for more information. 7 Buildings Fort Sill Fort Sill OK 73503 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620020 Status: Unutilized Directions: 3336 (8,883 sq.ft.); 1620 (800 sq.ft.); 2598 (3,670 sq.ft.); 2599 (3,670 sq.ft.); 1608 (108 sq.ft.); 3602 (8,883 sq.ft.); 4744 (2,108 sq.ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 21+-82+ yrs. old; sq. ft. above; warehouse; admin.; toilet/shower; instruction bldg.; 6+mos. vacant; contact Army for more information. Pennsylvania Building 01015 11 Hap Arnold Blvd. Tobyhanna PA 18466 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320031 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 3,120 sf.; recruiting station; 1 month vacant; poor conditions; asbestos; secured area; contact Army for more info. Building 01001 11 Hap Arnold Blvd. Tobyhanna PA 18466 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320035 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 4,830 sf.; youth center/admin.; 1 month vacant; poor conditions; asbestos; secured area; contact Army for more info. Puerto Rico 5 Buildings Ft. Buchanan Guaynabo PR 00934 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330037 Status: Excess Directions: 00141, 00551, 00558, 00570, 00579 Comments: off-site removal only; deteriorated; secured area; contact Army for info. on a specific property & accessibility removal reqs. 2 Buildings USAG Fort Buchanan RQ327 Fort Buchanan PR 00934 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540057 Status: Excess Directions: 01024 (300 sq. ft.; storage); 01026 (300 sq. ft.; storage) Comments: off-site removal only; poor conditions; contact Army for more information on a property listed above. Tennessee 00869 Fort Campbell Fort Campbell TN 42223 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430036 Status: Excess Comments: 3,076 sq. ft.; storage; fair conditions; asbestos in floor tiles; secured area; contact Army for more information. 07612 Fort Campbell Fort Campbell TN 42223 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430044 Status: Excess Comments: 600 sq. ft.; storage; fair condition; secured area; contact Army for more information. 9 Buildings Fort Campbell Ft. Campbell TN 42223 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440002 Status: Excess Directions: 00039; 00846; 05123; 05638; 05640; 05641; 05646; 07540; 07811 Comments: off-site removal only; relocation may be extremely difficult due to size/type; sq. ft. varies; poor conditions; contamination; contact Army for more information. 03R28, 02r28, & 01R28 Fort Campbell Ft. Campbell TN 42223 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440005 Status: Underutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 552 sq. ft.; range support facility; major repairs; secured area; contact Army for more information. 05127 Fort Campbell Ft. Campbell TN 42223 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440058 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 224 sq. ft.; storage; fair conditions; contact Army for more information on accessibility/removal requirements. 4 Buildings Fort Campbell Ft. Campbell TN 42223 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440059 Status: Excess Directions: 05211 (320 sq. ft.); 05665 (800 sq. ft.); 00100 (800 sq. ft.); 01604 (126 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; fair conditions; usage varies; contact Army for more information on a specific property. 06907 Ft. Campbell Ft. Campbell TN 42223 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530029 Status: Unutilized Comments: 2,581 Sq. ft.; office; 50+ yrs. old; fair conditions; needs repair; daily repair; contamination; daily registration required to access property; contact Army for more information. 3 Buildings Fort Campbell Ft. Campbell TN Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540017 Status: Unutilized Directions: 6995 (RPUID: 594789; 3,687 SQ. FT.; OFFICE); 07825 (RPUID: 590376; 15,111 SQ. FT.; Ammo Repair); A6924 (RPUID: 598990; 3,688 SQ. FT.; OFFICE) Comments: Fair to poor conditions; asbestos present; contact Army for more information on a specific property listed above. Building 763 Mississippi Avenue Fort Campbell TN 42223 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630020 Status: Excess Directions: RPUID: 584686 Comments: 19+ yrs. old; 3,055 sq. ft.; maintenance shop; fair condition; prior approval needed to gain access; contact Army for more information. 2 Buildings Fort Campbell Fort Campbell TN 42223 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630025 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 05R28-RPUID: 233469, 7874-RPUID: 594209 Comments: 27+ & 63+ yrs. old; 3,324 sq. ft.; office/storage; toilet/shower; 3+ & 5+ mos. vacant; poor condition; contact Army for more information. 7820-590375 Fort Campbell Fort Campbell TN 42223 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630038 Status: Unutilized Comments: 3,224 sq. ft.; poor conditions; drum repair facility; 6+ months vacant; sewage contamination—remediation needed; daily approval to access property; contact Army for more details. 9 Buildings Fort Campbell Fort Campbell TN 42223 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630039 Status: Underutilized Directions: 07862-2,171 sq. ft. (570558); 07863-2,171 sq. ft. (584687); 07865-2,171 sq. ft. (563162); 02525-4,800 sq. ft.; (611262); 07819-7,750 sq. ft. (580705); 07821-648 sq. ft.; (229972); 078656-8,618 sq. ft. (586791); 07860-2,171 sq. ft. (570557); 07861-2,171 sq. ft. (614055) Comments: fair conditions; usage varies; daily approval to access; remediation needed; contact Army for more details on a specific property listed above. Bldgs. P6220, P6222 Fort Sam Houston Camp Bullis San Antonio TX Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200330197 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 384 sq. ft., most recent use—carport/storage, off-site use only. Bldgs. P6224, P6226 Fort Sam Houston Camp Bullis San Antonio TX Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200330198 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 384 sq. ft., most recent use—carport/storage, off-site use only. Bldgs. 04281, 04283 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720085 Status: Excess Comments: 4000/8020 sq. ft., most recent use—storage shed, off-site use only. Bldg. 04285 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720087 Status: Excess Comments: 8000 sq. ft., most recent use—storage shed, off-site use only. Bldg. 04286 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720088 Status: Excess Comments: 36,000 sq. ft., presence of asbestos, most recent use—storage shed, off-site use only. Bldg. 04291 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720089 Status: Excess Comments: 6400 sq. ft., presence of asbestos, most recent use—storage shed, off-site use only. Bldg. 00324 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200810049 Status: Unutilized Comments: 13,319 sq. ft., most recent use—roller skating rink, off-site use only. Bldg. 04449 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200810056 Status: Unutilized Comments: 3822 sq. ft., most recent use—police station, off-site use only. B-42 Fort Hood Ft. Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201210007 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 893 sq. ft.; current use: Storage; asbestos identified. B-1301 Ft. Bliss Ft. Bliss TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201220001 Status: Underutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 18,739 sf.; current use: Thift shop; poor conditions; need repairs. Bldg. 7194 Ft. Bliss Ft. Bliss TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201220002 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 2,125 sf.; current use: housing; poor conditions—need repairs; asbestos & lead identified; need remediation. Building 6951 11331 Montana Ave. Ft. Bliss TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201240010 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 288 sf.; utlity bldg.; poor conditions; limited public access; contact Army for info. on accessibility/removal. Building 6942 11331 Montana Ave. Ft. Bliss TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201240011 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 1,059 sf.; storage; poor conditions; limited public access; contact Army for info. on accessibility/removal. Bldg. 2432 Carrington Rd. Ft. Bliss TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201240013 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 180 sf.; dispatch bldg.; poor conditions; limited public access; asbestos/lead identified; contact Army for info. on accessibility/removal. Building 50 50 Slater Rd. Ft. Bliss TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201240014 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 9,900 sf.; office; poor conditions; limited public access; asbestos/lead identified; contact Army for info. on accessibility/removal. 2 Building Fort Bliss Fort Bliss TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330029 Status: Unutilized Directions: 05015 (22,915 sf.); 05019 (23,495 sf.) Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; poor conditions; 6+ months vacant; contact Army for info. on accessibility; removal reqs. 92065 92065 Supply Rd. Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201420021 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 3,994 sq. ft.; admin general purpose; 1+ month vacant; contact Army for more information. 4285 Fort Hood Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430019 Status: Unutilized Directions: 4285 Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; semi-perm. Structure type; 10,552 sq. ft.; removal may be difficult due to size; poor condition; secured area; contact Army for more information. 2 Buildings Fort Hood Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430020 Status: Excess Directions: 4461 (6,515 sq. ft.); 4611 (3,311 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; removal may be difficult due to size/type; fair to poor condition; asbestos present in building 4611; secured area; contact Army for more information. 4408 Fort Hood Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430021 Status: Excess Directions: 4408 Comments: off-site removal only; semi-perm. Structure type; 9,812 sq. ft.; removal difficult due to size; fair condition; secured area; contact Army for more information. 9 Buildings Fort Hood Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430030 Status: Unutilized Directions: 4640 (1,606sq.ft.); 4641 (2,021sq.ft.); 4644 (4,080sq.ft.); 4656 (4,045sq.ft.); 4657 (4,040sq.ft.); 36019 (3,192sq.ft.); 36027 (2,425sq.ft.); 36028 (2,400sq.ft.); 36043 (5,000sq.ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; due to site relocation may be difficult; poor condition; secured area; contact Army for more information. 715 Fort Hood Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430047 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 2,810 sq. ft.; semi-permanent structure type; 11+ months vacant; fair condition; contamination; secured area; contact Army for more information. 07133 Fort Bliss Ft. Bliss TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440011 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; relocation difficult due to size/type; 12,178 sq. ft.; storage; 120+ months vacant; poor conditions; contact Army for more information. 5 Buildings Fort Bliss Ft. Bliss TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440012 Status: Unutilized Directions: 07134; 07142; 07153; 07162; 07178 Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; relocation difficult due to size/type; sq. ft. varies; 120+ months vacant; poor conditions; contact Army for more information. 05095 Fort Bliss Ft. Bliss TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440022 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 12+ months vacant; good conditions; secured area; contact Army for more information. 07113 Fort Bliss Ft. Bliss TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440023 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; 8,855 sq. ft.; no future agency need; relocation difficult due to size/type; 120+ months vacant; child-care center; poor conditions; contact Army for more information. 2 Buildings Yoakum USARC Yoakum TX 77995 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440035 Status: Underutilized Directions: P1005; P1006 Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 30 sq. ft.; storage for flammable materials; 53+ yrs.-old; remediation needed; contact Army for more information. 10 Buildings USAG Fort Bliss USAG Fort Bliss TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520043 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 05096 (768 sq.ft.); 08396 (198 sq.ft.); 08395 (198 sq.ft.); 08380 (900 sq.ft.); 08365 (132 sq.ft.); 08364 (432 sq.ft.); 08309 (120 sq.ft.); 08348 (108 sq.ft.); 08268 (432 sq.ft.); 08349 (100 sq.ft.) Comments: off-site removal; 28-70 yrs. old for bldgs. respectively above; admin; toliet; storg; range bldg; off. qtrs.; vacant 12-60 mos.; poor cond; no future agency need; contact Army for more info. 90005; RPUID:285770 Clarke Road Fort Hood TX Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540012 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; removal extremely difficult due to type; 181 sq. ft.; Navigation Building, Air; contact Army for more information. 92044; RPUID: 286348 Loop Road Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540021 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; removal extremely difficult due to type/size; 1,920 sq. ft.; Admin General Purpose; lead and asbestos contamination; contact Army for more information. 1348 (RPUID: 313187) North Avenue Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540022 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 654 sq. ft.; Admin General Purpose; fair/moderate conditions; Asbestos located in Building caulking and putties; contact Army for more information. 91003; RPUID: 286087 West Headquarters Avenue Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540025 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; removal extremely difficult due to type; 325 sq. ft.; Storage General Purpose; possible lead and asbestos contamination; contact Army for more information. 36017; RPUID: 174093 Wratten Drive Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540027 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; removal extremely difficult due to type/size; 2,400 sq. ft.; Laboratory; contact Army for more information. 12 Buildings Fort Hood Fort Hood TX Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610030 Status: Excess Directions: 56204:311933 240 sq.ft; 56191:170499 200 sq.ft; 56167:171025 240 sq.ft; 56153:172770 200 sq.ft; 56186:312163 240 sq.ft; 56178:312162 350 sq.ft; 56144:172878 240 sq.ft; 56141:17255 240 sq.ft; 56119:314224 200 sq.ft; 56123:314228 240 sq.ft; 56116:314216 240 sq.ft; 56003:172568 248 sq.ft. Comments: off-site removal only; 13+-22+yrs old; toilet/shower; contact Army for more information. 4 Buildings Fort Hood Fort Hood TX Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610032 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 92062 RPUID:286949 96 Sq. ft.; A4211 RPUID:182761 87 sq. ft.; 92043 RPUID:286347 464 sq. ft.; 90073 RPUID:286004 120 sq. ft. Comments: off-site removal only; 34+-64+ yrs. old; power plant; storage; no future agency need; contact Army for more information. 5 Buildings Fort Hood Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610053 Status: Excess Directions: 2028-RPUID:171488 (7,848 sq. ft.); 51018-RPUID:169913 (11,854 sq. ft.); 2032-RPUID:171492 (1,288 sq. ft.); 51019-RPUID:169914 (11,854 sq. ft.); 4262-RPUID: 312301 (11,854 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; 14+-79+ yrs. old; storage; maintenance shop; toilet/shower; maybe difficult to move; contact Army for more information. 5 Buildings Fort Hood Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610055 Status: Excess Directions: 11020-RPUID:181444 (1,224 sq. ft.); 4611-RPUID:314513 (11,854 sq. ft.); 51017-RPUID:169912 (11,854 sq. ft.); 51015-RPUID:169910 (11,854 sq. ft.); 7020-RPUID:584784 (6,104 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; 13+-49+ yrs. old; storage; battery shop; battalion hdqts.; may be difficult to move; contact Army for more information. 6 Buildings Fort Hood Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610056 Status: Excess Directions: 51020-RPUID:169909 (11,854 sq. ft.); 51016-RPUID:169911 (11,854 sq. ft.); 91003-RPUID:286087 (325 sq. ft.); 92065-RPUID:286952 (3,994 sq. ft.); 421-RPUID:171462 (10,752 sq. ft.); 1156-RPUID:171784 (7,079 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; 10+-73+ yrs. old; storage; administrative; health clinic; may be difficult to move; contact Army for more information. 3 Buildings Fort Hood Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610057 Status: Unutilized Directions: 233-RPUID:170829 (2,250 sq. ft.); 230-RPUID:170826 (5,851 sq. ft.); 229-RPUID:170825 (7,310 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; 73+-74+ yrs. old; training aids center; no future agency need; contact Army for more information. Building Number 4499 77th Street Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610059 Status: Excess Directions: RPUID:314497 Comments: 29+ yrs. old; 2,449 sq. ft.; shed; contact Army for more information. Utah Building 00118 1 Tooele Army Depot Tooele UT 84074 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310002 Status: Underutilized Directions: previously reported under HUD property number 21200740163 Comments: off-site removal only; 6,136 sf.; 4 mons. vacant; barracks; major repairrs needed; w/in secured area; contact Army for info. on accessibility/removal reqs. Building 00155 1 Tooele Army Depot Tooele UT 84074 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310003 Status: Underutilized Directions: previously reported under HUD propertty number 21200740165 Comments: off-site removal only; 8,960 sf.; bowling ctr.; major repairs neeeded; w/in secured area; contact Army for info. on accessibility/removal reqs. Building 00030 Tooele Army Depot Tooele UT 84074 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310067 Status: Underutilized Comments: off-site removal only; playground; disassembly required; minor restoration needed; restricted area; contact Army for accessibility/removal reqs. Building 01322 1 Tooele Army Depot Tooele UT 84074 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330047 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 53 sf.; 26+ months vacant; access control facility; poor conditions; secured area; contact Army for more info. on accessibility removal reqs. Virginia Fort Story null Ft. Story VA 23459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720065 Status: Unutilized Comments: 525 sq. ft., most recent use—power plant, off-site use only. 8 Bldgs. Ft. Belvoir Ft. Belvoir VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201220004 Status: Excess Directions: 808, 1150, 1197, 2303, 2903, 2905, 2907, 3137 Comments: off-site removal only; sf. varies; usage varies; good to poor conditions; may require repairs; contact Army for more details on specific properties. 9 Buildings Ft. Belvoir Ft. Belvoir VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201240003 Status: Unutilized Directions: 358, 361, 1140, 1141, 1142, 1143, 1498, 1499, 2302 Comments: off-site removal only; sf. varies; Admin.; fair conditions; located in restricted area; contact Army for info. on accessibility/removal & specific info. on a property. 510 Defense Supply Center Richmond VA 23237 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430007 Status: Excess Directions: 510 Comments: off-site removal only; removal may be difficult due to structure type; Barbeque Pit; 20 sq. ft.; 22+ years old; secured area; contact Army for more information. Building 22696 Fort Drum Ft. Drum VA 13602 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510015 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; removal may be difficult; 400 sq. ft.; range operations bldg.; deteriorated; contact Army for more information. T-482 JB Myer HendersonHall Ft. Myer VA 22211 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520003 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 8,267 sq. ft.; relocation may be difficult to size; office; 6+ months vacant; contact Army for more information. Building 8400 Fort Lee Fort Lee VA 23801 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610029 Status: Underutilized Comments: 61+ yrs. old; 9,878 sq. ft.; dining facility; requires extensive renovation; prior approval to gain access is required; building in use; contact Army for more information. Washington Bldg. 8956 Fort Lewis Ft. Lewis WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199920308 Status: Excess GSA Number: Comments: 100 sq. ft., needs repair, presence of asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—storage, off-site use only. E1302 & R7610 JBLM JBLM WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230028 Status: Unutilized Comments: 80 sf. (E1302); 503 sf. (R7610); use: Varies; major repairs needed; secured area; contact Army re: Accessibility requirements. Bldg. 06239 Joint Base Lewis McChord JBLM WA 90433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430053 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; deconstruct to relocate; difficult to relocate due to size/type; poor conditions; contact Army for more info. 23 Buildings Joint Base Lewis McChord JBLM WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430054 Status: Underutilized Directions: 03223; 03225; 03627; 03628; 03629; 03632; 03638; 03640; 03641; 03643; 03644; 03645; 06991; 09663; 09998; 11680; A0303; C1342; F0017; F0018; J0831; J0833; W3641 Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; deconstruct to relocate; difficult to relocate due to type/size; poor conditions; secured area; contact for more info. Building 02080 Joint Base Lewis McChord JBLM WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440048 Status: Underutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; relocation may be difficult due to type/size; 2,031 sq. ft.; storage; 1+ month vacant; major repairs needed; contact Army for more information. 2 Buildings Joint Base Lewis McChord JBLM WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440057 Status: Underutilized Directions: 01036; 01037 Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; relocation extremely difficult due to size; 8,142 sq. ft. for each; major repairs needed; contact Army for more information. 5 Buildings Joint Base Lewis McChord JBLM WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510042 Status: Underutilized Directions: D0110 (148 sq. ft.); 03933 (192 sq. ft.); O04ED (48 sq. ft.); 14109 (225 sq. ft.); 09643 (720 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; significant repairs needed; contact Army for more information on a specific property. Building 03932 Joint Base Lweis McChord JBLM WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520001 Status: Underutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 120 sq. ft.; storage; 49+ yrs.; significant repairs for restoration; contamination; contact Army for accessibility and removal requirements. Wisconsin 2 Buildings Fort McCoy Fort McCoy WI 54656 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610026 Status: Unutilized Directions: 08035 RPUID: 299270 (300 sq. ft.) & 08037 RPUID: 608421 (300 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; 44+ yrs. old; restroom; poor conditions; no future agency need; contact Army for more information. 6 Buildings Fort McCoy Fort McCoy WI 54656 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630019 Status: Unutilized Directions: 01129-RPUID: 603572, 01127-RPUID: 600263, 01121-RPUID: 617753, 01133-RPUID: 581511, 01132-RPUID: 572211, 01130-RPUID: 600008 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Suitable/Unavailable Properties Building Arizona Bldg. 22541 Fort Huachuca Cochise AZ 85613-7010 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200520078 Status: Excess Comments: 1300 sq. ft., most recent use—storage, off-site use only. Bldg. 22040 Fort Huachuca Cochise AZ 85613 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540076 Status: Excess Comments: 1131 sq. ft., presence of asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—storage, off-site use only. California 00806 Fort Hunter Liggett Fort Hunter Liggett CA 93928 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410017 Status: Unutilized Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; 1,600 sq. ft.; 60+ months vacant; poor conditions; exposed to elements/wildlife; secured area; contact Army for more info. Georgia 1096 Fort Stewart Ft. Stewart GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410001 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; due to structure type relocation may be difficult; poor conditions; 7,643 sq. ft; secured area; contact Army for more information. 3 Buildings Hunter Army Airfield Hunter Army Airfield GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410002 Status: Excess Directions: 1126 (1,196 sq. ft.); 1127 (1,196 sq. ft.); 1129 (5,376 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; dissemble required; poor conditions; secured area; gov't escort required; contact Army for more information. 1124 Hunter Army Airfield Hunter Army Airfield GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410010 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 1,188 sq. ft.; due to struture type relocation may be difficult; poor conditions; secured area; contact Army for more info. Louisiana Bldgs. T406, T407, T411 Fort Polk Ft. Polk LA 71459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540085 Status: Unutilized Comments: 6165 sq. ft., most recent use—admin., off-site use only. 8 Buildings Fort Polk Fort Polk LA 71459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201340023 Status: Underutilized Directions: 3337, 3339, 3405, 3409, 3491, 3728, 4550, 4798? (Please Note: buildigs 3728 and 4798 are Suitable/Available) Comments: off-site removal only; no future agency need; sq. ft. varies; poor conditions; contact Army for more information on a specific property & removal requirements. Maryland Bldg. 1007 Ft. George G. Meade Ft. Meade MD 20755 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200140085 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 3108 sq. ft., presence of asbestos/lead paint, most recent use—storage, off-site use only. Bldg. 8608 Fort George G. Meade Ft. Meade MD 20755-5115 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200410099 Status: Unutilized Comments: 2372 sq. ft., concrete block, most recent use—PX exchange, off-site use only. Bldg. 0001C Federal Support Center Olney MD 20882 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200520115 Status: Unutilized Comments: 2904 sq. ft., most recent use—mess hall. Bldgs. 00032, 00H14, 00H24 Federal Support Center Olney MD 20882 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200520116 Status: Unutilized Comments: various sq. ft., most recent use—storage. Bldgs. 00034, 00H016 Federal Support Center Olney MD 20882 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200520117 Status: Unutilized Comments: 400/39 sq. ft., most recent use—storage. Bldgs. 00H10, 00H12 Federal Support Center Olney MD 20882 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200520118 Status: Unutilized Comments: 2160/469 sq. ft., most recent use—vehicle maintenance. Missouri Bldg. 1230 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340087 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 9160 sq. ft., most recent use—training, off-site use only. Bldg. 1621 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340088 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 2400 sq. ft., most recent use—exchange branch, off-site use only. Bldg. 5760 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200410102 Status: Unutilized Comments: 2000 sq. ft., most recent use—classroom, off-site use only. Bldg. 5762 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200410103 Status: Unutilized Comments: 104 sq. ft., off-site use only. Bldg. 5763 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200410104 Status: Unutilized Comments: 120 sq. ft., most recent use—observation tower, off-site use only. Bldg. 5765 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200410105 Status: Unutilized Comments: 800 sq. ft., most recent use—range support, off-site use only. Bldg. 5760 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200420059 Status: Unutilized Comments: 2000 sq. ft., most recent use—classroom, off-site use only. Bldg. 5762 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200420060 Status: Unutilized Comments: 104 sq. ft., off-site use only. Bldg. 5763 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200420061 Status: Unutilized Comments: 120 sq. ft., most recent use—obs. tower, off-site use only. Bldg. 5765 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200420062 Status: Unutilized Comments: 800 sq. ft., most recent use—support bldg., off-site use only. Bldg. 00467 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200530085 Status: Unutilized Comments: 2790 sq. ft., most recent use—fast food facility, off-site use only. Texas Bldg. 04632 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200620093 Status: Excess Comments: 4000 sq. ft., presence of asbestos, most recent use—storage, off-site use only. Bldg. 04640 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200620094 Status: Excess Comments: 1600 sq. ft., presence of asbestos, most recent use—storage, off-site use only. Bldg. 4207 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740076 Status: Excess Comments: 2240 sq. ft., presence of asbestos, most recent use—maint. shop, off-site use only. Bldg. 4219A Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740079 Status: Excess Comments: 446 sq. ft., presence of asbestos, most recent use—storage, off-site use only. Bldg. 04485 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740084 Status: Excess Comments: 640 sq. ft., presence of asbestos, most recent use—maint., off-site use only. Bldg. 04489 Fort Hood Ft. Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740086 Status: Excess Comments: 880 sq. ft., presence of asbestos, most recent use—admin., off-site use only. Bldg. 20102 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740091 Status: Excess Comments: 252 sq. ft., presence of asbestos, most recent use—recreation services, off-site use only. Bldg. 56329 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740100 Status: Excess Comments: 2080 sq. ft., presence of asbestos, most recent use—officers qtrs., off-site use only. Bldg. 92043 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740102 Status: Excess Comments: 450 sq. ft., presence of asbestos, most recent use—storage, off-site use only. Bldg. 4404 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740190 Status: Excess Comments: 8043 sq ft., presence of asbestos, most recent use—training bldg., off-site use only. Bldg. 94031 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740194 Status: Excess Comments: 1008 sq. ft., presence of asbestos, most recent use—training, off-site use only. Building 6924 11331 Montana Ave. Ft. Bliss TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201240012 Status: Excess Comments: off-site removal only; 10,340 sf.; aircraft hanger; poor conditions; limited public access; contact Army for info. on accessibility/removal. 8 Buildings Fort Hood Ft. Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410020 Status: Excess Directions: 94030 (2,567 sq. ft); 90083 (150 sq. ft.); 26011 (4,789 sq. ft.); 26010 (4,735 sq. ft.); 26009 (4,735 sq. ft.); 26008 (4,735 sq. ft.); 26007 (4,735 sq. ft.); 08640 (3,735 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; removal difficult due to structure type; contamination; secured area; contact Army for more information. 9 Buildings Fort Hood Fort Hood TX 96544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410021 Status: Excess Directions: 04481 (48 sq. ft.); 4292 (1,830 sq. ft.); 4291 (6,400 sq. ft.); 04290 (674 sq. ft.); 4283 (8,940 sq. ft.); 4281 (2,000 sq. ft.); 04273 (687 sq. ft.); 04206 (651 sq. ft.); 04203 (2,196 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; removal may be difficult due to structure type; secured area; contact Army for more information. 8 Buildings Fort Hood Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410023 Status: Excess Directions: 07035 (1,702 sq. ft.); 7008 (288 sq. ft.); 6987 (192 sq. ft.); 04643 (4,017 sq. ft.); 04642 (4,017 sq. ft.); 04619 (4,103 sq. ft.); 04496 (284 sq. ft.); 04495 (347 sq. ft.) Comments: off-site removal only; removal may be difficult due to structure type; secured area; contact Army for more information. 8 Buildings Fort Hood Ft. Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410028 Status: Excess Directions: 04163, 04165, 51015, 51016, 51017, 51018, 51019, 51020 Comments: off-site removal only; sq. ft. varies; secured area; contact Army for specific property and/or accessibility/removal reqs. Virginia Bldg. T2827 Fort Pickett Blackstone VA 23824 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320172 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Comments: 3550 sq. ft., presence of asbestos, most recent use—dining, off-site use only. Bldg. 01014 Fort Story Ft. Story VA 23459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720067 Status: Unutilized Comments: 1014 sq. ft., most recent use—admin., off-site use only. Bldg. 01063 Fort Story Ft. Story VA 23459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720072 Status: Unutilized Comments: 2000 sq. ft., most recent use—storage, off-site use only. Bldg. 00215 Fort Eustis Ft. Eustis VA 23604 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720073 Status: Unutilized Comments: 2540 sq. ft., most recent use—admin., off-site use only. Washington 03215 Joint Base Lewis McChord JBLM WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410008 Status: Underutilized Comments: off-site removal only; still existing Federal need; due to age/structure relocation may be difficult; 33,460 sq. ft.; 61+ yrs.-old; barracks; signficant renovations; secured area; contact Army. 03221 Joint Base Lewis McChord JBLM WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410039 Status: Underutilized Comments: off-site removal only; still existing Federal need; dissemble may be required; 33,460 sq. ft.; may be difficult to relocate due to sq. ft. & structure type; contact Army for more info. **Suitable/Undefined** Building Texas 12 Buildings Foot Hood Foot Hood TX Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610031 Status: Excess Directions: 56224:172687 80 sq.ft; 56211:172817 200 sq.ft; 56243:172623 240 sq.ft; 56256:172644 220 sq.ft; 56264:312164 240 sq.ft; 56283:171026 240 sq.ft; 56258:172645 220 sq.ft; 56338 117 sq.ft; 56291:170733 200 sq.ft; 56236:172643 384 sq.ft; 56228:314213 80 sq.ft; 56226:172828 80 sq.ft. Comments: off-site removal only; 1+-28+ yrs. old; toilet/shower; contact Army for more information. Washington Pair of Adjacent one-hole pit State Hwy 261/Lyons Ferry State Park Starbuck WA 99359 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610046 Status: Excess Comments: 36+ yrs. old; 36 sq. ft. each; toilets; poor conditions; contact ARMY for more information. Unsuitable Properties Building Alabama Bldg. 7339A Redstone Arsenal Redstone Arsenal AL 35898-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340011 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldgs. 04122, 04184 Redstone Arsenal Madison AL 35898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200920011 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg 7358A Sandpiper Road Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140047 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg C1302 null Fort McClellan AL 36205 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140073 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area 106 Red Arsenal Red Arsenal AL 35898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430048 Status: Unutilized Comments: documented Deficiencies: Building is collapsing; extensive conditions that represents a clear threat to personal physical safety. Reasons: Extensive deterioration C1310 Fort McClellan Ft. McClellan AL 36205 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440032 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 4812 Redstone Arsenal Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440039 Status: Unutilized Comments: documented deficiencies: suffered major damage from tornado; roof torn completely off; clear threat to physical safety. Reasons: Extensive deterioration 2 Buildings Restone Arsenal Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520024 Status: Unutilized Directions: Buildings 4122, 4123 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building 4120A 4120A Redstone Road Redstone AL 35898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520025 Status: Unutilized Comments: flammable/explosive material are located on adjacent industrial, commercial, or Federal facility. Further detailed provided under “comments” below. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building 4120 4120 Redstons Road Madison AL 35898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520045 Status: Unutilized Comments: flam./explosive material are located on adjacent indus.; commercial, or Federal facility; Further details provided. Public access denied & no alt. method to gain access w/out compromising Nat. Sec. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building 7352 Redstone Arsenal; Flicker Rd. Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530090 Status: Unutilized Comments: 2,000 ft. within explosive testing conducted on surrounding properties; suffered major damage due to explosive testing; structurally unsound. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration 3 Buildings Redstone Arsenal Redstone Arsenal AL Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530091 Status: Unutilized Directions: 7358; 7309; 7810 Comments: 2,000 ft. w/in explosive testing conducted on surrounding properties. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 8 Buildings Ft. McClellan Training Center Ft. McClellan AL 36205 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610004 Status: Unutilized Directions: C1328:300651; C1327:300650; C1323:300647; C1356:300653; C1324:300648; C1355:302115; C1321:299707; C1317:299705 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 454 Anniston Army Depot Anniston AL 36201 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610013 Status: Unutilized Directions: RPUID: 236244 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Ft. McClellan Training Center Ft. McClellan AL 36206 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610033 Status: Unutilized Directions: P8205 RPUID:303146; P8604 RPUID:302852 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Redstone Arsenal Redstone Arsenal AL 35898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610038 Status: Unutilized Directions: 115 RPUID:365235 (2,787 sq. ft.); 7549 RPUID:367945 (3,200 sq. ft.) Comments: flammable/explosive materials are located on adjacent industrial, commercial, or Federal facility; which covers 38,138 acres. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 5 Buildings Military Ocean Terminal Concord Concord AL 94520 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620018 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00350:RPUID:959486; 00352:RPUID:959488; 00100:RPUID:959345; 00262:RPUID:1039404; 00283:RPUID:959484 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 30908 Bldg. 30908 AL 85 Specker St. Daleville AL 36362 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620021 Status: Unutilized Directions: RPUID:598532 Comments: property located within an airport runway clear zone or military airfield. Reasons: Within airport runway clear zone 2 Buildings 7 Frankford Avenue Anniston AL 36207-4199 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630016 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00065 RPUID:235545, 00144 RPUID:237397 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Anniston Army Depot Anniston AL 36207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630034 Status: Unutilized Directions: 139 (236595); 0065A (234484); 467 (236256) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Alaska Bldgs. 55294, 55298, 55805 Fort Richardson Ft. Richardson AK 99505 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340006 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 02A60 Noatak Armory Kotzebue AK Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740105 Status: Excess Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 00604 Ft. Richardson Ft. Richardson AK 99505 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200830006 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 789-790 Fort Richardson Anchorage AK 99505 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030001 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Building 2092 Kinney Rd. Fort Wainwright AK 99703 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540005 Status: Underutilized Comments: located w/in floodway which has not been corrected or contained; public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area, Floodway Building 3562B 3562B Neely Road Fort Wainwright AK 99703 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610048 Status: Underutilized Directions: RPUID:1176767 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Arizona Bldg. 004 (4118) Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014560 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014561 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 8 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014562 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 31 (45) Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014569 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 33 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014570 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 211 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014582 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 214 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014583 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 216 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014584 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 218 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014585 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 239 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014587 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 240 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014588 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 241 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014589 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 304 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014590 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 351 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014591 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area G101-242 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014592 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40. (91 Earth covered igloos) Comments: Reasons: Secured Area H101-220 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014593 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40. (80 Earth covered igloos) Comments: Reasons: Secured Area C101-518 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014595 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40. (100 Earth covered igloos) Comments: Reasons: Secured Area A101-434 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014597 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40. (90 Earth covered igloos) Comments: Reasons: Secured Area B386-387 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014598 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40. (2 Earth covered igloos) Comments: Reasons: Secured Area D101-433 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014600 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40. (100 Earth covered igloos) Comments: Reasons: Secured Area F101-324 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014601 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff, Arizona on I-40. (100 Earth covered igloos) Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 308 Navajo Depot Activity Bellemont AZ 86015-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199030273 Status: Unutilized Directions: 12 miles west of Flagstaff on I-40 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 316—Navajo Depot Activity 12 Miles West of Flagstaff on I-40 Bellemont AZ 86015-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199120177 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 318—Navajo Depot Activity 12 Miles West of Flagstaff on I-40 Bellemont AZ 86015-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199120178 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 350—Navajo Depot Activity 12 Miles West of Flagstaff on I-40 Bellemont AZ 86015-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199120181 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S0220 Camp Navajo Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200140006 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 00310 Camp Navajo Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200140008 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration Bldg. S0327 Camp Navajo Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200140010 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldgs. M5218, M5219, M5222 Papago Park Military Rsv Phoenix AZ 85008 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740001 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration, Within airport runway clear zone 4 Bldgs. Papago Park Military Rsv M5234, M5238, M5242, M5247 Phoenix AZ 85008 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740002 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration, Within airport runway clear zone Bldg. 00002 Camp Navajo Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740109 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 00203, 00216, 00218 Camp Navajo Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740110 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 00244, 00252, 00253 Camp Navajo Bellemont AZ Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740111 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration 7 Bldgs. Camp Navajo Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740112 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00302, 00303, 00304, 00311, S0312, S0313, S0319 Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Camp Navajo Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740113 Status: Unutilized Directions: S0320, 00323, S0324, 00329 Reasons: Secured Area 7 Bldgs. Camp Navajo Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740114 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00330, 00331, 00332, 00335, 00336, 00338, S0340 Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 30025, 43003 Fort Huachuca Cochise AZ 85613 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200920030 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration S0350 Camp Navajo Bellemont AZ 86015 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410006 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area L5322 FMR East Florence AZ 85232 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510044 Status: Underutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings 5636 E. McDowell Road Phoenix AZ 85008 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520006 Status: Excess Directions: Building M5352, M5354, M5358, M5356 Comments: flammable materials located on adjacent property w/in 200 ft. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Arkansas Bldg. 1672 Fort Chaffee Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199640466 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 1682 Fort Chaffee Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199640467 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 1756 Fort Chaffee Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199640468 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 1786 Fort Chaffee Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199640470 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 2327 Fort Chaffee Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199640475 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 2425 Fort Chaffee Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199640476 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration 11 Bldgs. Ft. Chaffee Maneuver Training Center Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-1370 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200110001 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 1300, 1304, 1307, 1308, 1311, 1363, 1431, 1434, 1534, 1546, Demo 2 Reasons: Extensive deterioration 17 Bldgs. Ft. Chaffee Maneuver Training Center Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-1370 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200110002 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 1301, 1302, 1303, 1305, 1306, 1309, 1310, 1360, 1505, 1529, 1537, 1543, 1577, 1581, 1700, 1711, Demo 1 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 1326 Ft. Chaffee Maneuver Training Center Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-1370 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200110003 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration 7 Bldgs. Ft. Chaffee Maneuver Training Center Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-1370 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200110005 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 1449, 1528, 1591, 1592, 1593, 1596, 1735 Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Ft. Chaffee Maneuver Training Center Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-1370 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200110006 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 1571, 1703, 1758, 1760 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 1692, 1693 Ft. Chaffee Maneuver Training Center Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-1370 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200110007 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 1707, Demo 3 Ft. Chaffee Maneuver Training Center Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-1370 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200110008 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration 7 Bldgs. Ft. Chaffee Maneuver Training Center Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-1370 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200110009 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 1749-1754, 1551 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 2040, 2041 Ft. Chaffee Maneuver Training Center Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-1370 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200110010 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 2208 Ft. Chaffee Maneuver Training Center Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-1370 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200110012 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 2421 Ft. Chaffee Maneuver Training Center Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-1370 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200110014 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 3850 Ft. Chaffee Maneuver Training Center Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-1370 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200110016 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 1336 Fort Chaffee Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-1370 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200140011 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 1759 Fort Chaffee Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-1370 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200140012 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 2513, 2515 Fort Chaffee Ft. Chaffee AR 72905-1370 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200140014 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration 16340 Fleming Drive Pine Bluff Arsenal AR 71602 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540035 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 11 Buildings Pine Bluff Arsenal Pine Bluff AR 71602 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610006 Status: Unutilized Directions: #60090; 60520; 34160; 60070; 32130; 32140; 32150; 60060; 64251; 64351; 34985 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 3 Buildings Pine Bluff Arsenal Pine Bluff AR 71602 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610049 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building #85131, 83611, 81020 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area California Bldg. 18 Riverbank Army Ammunition Plant 5300 Claus Road Riverbank CA 95367 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012554 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 2 Riverbank Army Ammunition Plant 5300 Claus Road Riverbank CA 95367 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013582 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 3 Riverbank Army Ammunition Plant 5300 Claus Road Riverbank CA 95367 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013583 Status: Underutilized Directions: 0 0000000 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 5 Riverbank Army Ammunition Plant 5300 Claus Road Riverbank CA 95367 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013585 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6 Riverbank Army Ammunition Plant 5300 Claus Road Riverbank CA 95367 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013586 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 7 Riverbank Army Ammunition Plant 5300 Claus Road Riverbank CA 95367 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013587 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 8 Riverbank Army Ammunition Plant 5300 Claus Road Riverbank CA 95367 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013588 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 13 Riverbank Ammun Plant 5300 Claus Road Riverbank CA 95367 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199120162 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 171 Riverbank Ammun Plant 5300 Claus Road Riverbank CA 95367 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199120163 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 178 Riverbank Ammun Plant 5300 Claus Road Riverbank CA 95367 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199120164 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 120 Riverbank Army Ammunition Plant Riverbank CA 95367 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199240445 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 181 Riverbank Army Ammunition Plant Riverbank CA 95367 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199240446 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building S-45 DDRW Sharpe Facility Lathrop CA 95331 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610289 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 18013, 18030 Camp Roberts Camp Roberts CA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199730014 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration 2 Div. HQ Bldgs. Camp Roberts Camp Roberts CA 93446 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820205 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Clorinator Bldg. Camp Roberts Camp Roberts CA 93446 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820217 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Scale House Camp Roberts Camp Roberts CA 93446 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820222 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Insect. Storage Fac. Camp Roberts Camp Roberts CA 93446 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820225 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Oil Storage Bldg. Camp Roberts Camp Roberts CA 93446 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820234 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldg. 576 Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199920033 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 578 Sierra ArmyDepot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199920034 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 597 Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199920035 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 598 Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199920036 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. S-9 Sharpe Site French Camp CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199930021 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area 24 Garages Presidio of Monterey Monterey CA 93944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199940051 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. S-10 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200030005 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S-11 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200030006 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S-14 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200030007 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S-380 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200030010 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S-648 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200030012 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S-654 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200030013 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S-508 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200040015 Status: Underutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S-1 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200120029 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S-2 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200120030 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. P-32 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200120031 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S-42 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200120032 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S-213 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200120034 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. P-217 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200120035 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S-218 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200120036 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S-288 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200120037 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. P-403 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200120038 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. P-405 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200120039 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S-647 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200130004 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldg. T-451 Fort Irwin Ft. Irwin CA 92310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200210002 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration 3 Bldgs. DDJC Sharpe S00004, 00006, 00012 Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200240025 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S00108 DDJC Sharpe Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200240026 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. S00161, 00162 DDJC Sharpe Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200240027 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S00221 DDJC Sharpe Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200240028 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. P00620 DDJC-Sharpe Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200330007 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 00079 Riverbank Army Ammo Plant Stanaslaus CA 95357-7241 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200530003 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 00302, 00306, 00321 Camp Roberts San Miguel CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540008 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Camp Roberts 00921, T0929, T2014, T0948 San Miguel CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540009 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. T1003, T1008 Camp Roberts San Miguel CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540010 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. T1121, T1221, T3014 Camp Roberts San Miguel CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540012 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 54 Bldgs. Camp Roberts San Miguel CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540014 Status: Unutilized Directions: T1202-T1209, T1212-T1219, T1302, T3102-T3109, T3112-T3119, T3302-T3309, T3312-T3316, T6102-T6107, T6308-T6309 Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Camp Roberts San Miguel CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540015 Status: Unutilized Directions: T1222, T1223, T1225, T1226 Reasons: Extensive deterioration 8 Bldgs. Camp Roberts San Miguel CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540021 Status: Unutilized Directions: 03121, 03122, 03124-03125, T1122, T1123, T1125-T1126 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. T3321, T3322, T3324 Camp Roberts San Miguel CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540022 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. T3325 Camp Roberts San Miguel CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540023 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 06409, T6411 Camp Roberts San Miguel CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540027 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 07006 Camp Roberts San Miguel CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540028 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 27110 Camp Roberts San Miguel CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540030 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 76910 Camp Roberts San Miguel CA 93451 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540031 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 00548, 00549, 00550 March AFRC Riverside CA 92518 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710001 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00117 Riverbank AAP Stanislaus CA 95367 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200840009 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldgs. 00040, 00412 SHARPE Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200920031 Status: Underutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 00005 Los Alamitos Joint Force Training Base Orange CA 90720 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200940023 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration 13 Bldgs. Fort Irwin San Bernardino CA 92310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201040003 Status: Unutilized Directions: 100, 338, 343, 385, 411, 412, 413, 486, 489, 490, 491, 493, 5006 Reasons: Secured Area 4 Bldgs. JFTB Los Alanitos CA 90720 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201110046 Status: Excess Directions: 00147, 00207, 00259, 00297 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00023 Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120054 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area 2 Bldgs Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140076 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00349, 00587 Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area, Contamination Bldg 00203 4th Street, Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140077 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Contamination, Secured Area 13 Building Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201240032 Status: Unutilized Directions: 10, 20, 54, 141, 202, 227, 633, 634, 639, 640, 641, 642, 643 Comments: located in a secured area, public access is denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 179 Sharpe Site Lathrop CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330072 Status: Unutilized Directions: 179 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to sain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 178 Defense Distribution San Joaquin, Sharpe Site 700 E Roth Road San Joaquin CA 95231 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201340024 Status: Unutilized Directions: 178 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access wihout compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 3 Buildings Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520023 Status: Unutilized Directions: Buildings 00502, 00503, 00504 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 275 275 7th Division Road Fort Hunter Liggett CA 93928 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520027 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Military Ocean Terminal Concord Concord CA 94520 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530033 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building's 0E103-RPUID:960149, 0E101-960148, 00A32-959952, 00A29-959951, 00A17-959945, 00A16-959944, 00A14-1039400, 00A11-1039401, 00A10-959942, 00407-959923 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 00083 Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530034 Status: Underutilized Directions: RPUID:200781 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530035 Status: Unutilized Directions: 536-RPUID:7277536, 129-197360,? 00577-202547, 679-203542 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530036 Status: Excess Directions: Building 00187-RPUID:197384, 00183-197382 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 01265 Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530057 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530086 Status: Unutilized Directions: 02105 RPUID:203564; 02106 RPUID:203565 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530097 Status: Unutilized Directions: 02105 (203564); 012106 (203565) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Defense Distribution San Joaqu #1; 26500 S. Chrisman Road Tracy CA 95304 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620008 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 6 Buildings Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620010 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00180:RPUID:197379; 00182:RPUID:197381; 00319:RPUID:197415; 00176:RPUID:197375; 0179:RPUID:197378; 00181:RPUID:197380 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 8 Buildings Sierra Army Depot Herlong CA 96113 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620011 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00019:RPUID:200744; 00018:RPUID:200743; 00016:RPUID:200741; 00015:RPUID:200740; 00025:RPUID:200750; 00024:RPUID:200749; 00022:RPUID:200747; 00021:RPUID:200746 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 5 Buildings Military Ocean Terminal Concord Military Ocean Termin CA 94520 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620012 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 00E61:RPUID:959953; 00A31:RPUID:1039399; 00S51:RPUID:960038; 00S45:RPUID:960035 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 00IA2:RPUID:1039398 Military Ocean Terminal Concord Concord CA 94520 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620016 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings 5604 Exercise Street Dublin CA 94568 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620026 Status: Unutilized Directions: 985:RPUID:376808; 986:RPUID:376809; 987:RPUID:376810; 984:RPUID:376807 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Military Ocean Terminal Concord Concord CA 94520 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630024 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00297-RPUID:1095150, 00296-RPUID:1095149 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Colorado Bldg. T-317 Rocky Mountain Arsenal Commerce CO 80022-2180 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199320013 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. T-412 Rocky Mountain Arsenal Commerce CO 80022-2180 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199320014 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Other—Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 4 Bldgs. Fort Carson 56231, 56232, 56234, 56250 El Paso CO 80913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720003 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Building 00593 45825 Hay 96 East Pueblo CO 81006 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320006 Status: Underutilized Comments: public access denied & no alter. method w/out compromising nat'l sec. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Fort Carson Fort Carson CO 80913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520016 Status: Underutilized Directions: Buildings 01669, 00221, 00210, 00207 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Fort Carson Fort Carson CO 80913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520017 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 00812, 0209A Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 7 Buildings Fort Carson Fort Carson CO 80902 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540018 Status: Unutilized Directions: 5557 (RPUID: 591785); 5559 (RPUID: 596873); 5561 (RPUID: 601301); 5563 (RPUID: 577607); 5565 (RPUID: 593788); 5567 (RPUID: 591786); 5569 (RPUID: 591787) Comments: (property located within floodway which has not been correct or contained) Reasons: Floodway 8 Buildings Fort Carson Ft. Carson CO 80902 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540019 Status: Unutilized Directions: 5540 (RPUID:610022); 5541 (RPUID: 586846); 5542 (RPUID: 616626); 5543 (RPUID: 598076); 5544(RPUID:567013); 5545 (RPUID:596871); 5546 (RPUID: 593098); 5547 (RPUID: 616627); 5549 (RPUID: 616627); 5551 (RPUID: 596872); 5553 (RPUID: 606097); 5555 (RPUID: 606639) Comments: (property located within floodway which has not been correct or contained) Reasons: Floodway. Building 00318 Fort Carson Fort Carson CO 80913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610025 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Fort Carson Fort Carson CO 80913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620002 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 00300 & 00301 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security; property located within floodway which has not been correct or contained. Reasons: Secured Area Georgia Fort Stewart Sewage Treatment Plant Ft. Stewart GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013922 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Other—Sewage treatment Bldg. 308, Fort Gillem null Ft. Gillem GA 30050-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620815 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldg. P8121 Fort Stewart Ft. Stewart GA 31314-3913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199940060 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00933 Fort Gillem Ft. Gillem GA 30050-5233 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200220011 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00934 Fort Gillem Ft. Gillem GA 30050-5233 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200220012 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00111 Fort Gillem Ft. Gillem GA 30050-5101 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340013 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00116 Fort Gillem Ft. Gillem GA 30050-5101 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340014 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00226 Fort Gillem Ft. Gillem GA 30050-5101 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340015 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 00733, 00753 Fort Gillem Ft. Gillem GA 30050-5101 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340016 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 404 Fort Gillem Forest Park GA 30297 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200420075 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00813 Fort Gillem Forest Park GA 30297 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200420076 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00814 Fort Gillem Forest Park GA 30297 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200420077 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00817 Fort Gillem Forest Park GA 30297 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200420078 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00819 Fort Gillem Forest Park GA 30297 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200420080 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00822 Fort Gillem Forest Park GA 30297 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200420082 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00022 Fort Stewart Hinesville GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710005 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 01001, 01080, 0113 Fort Stewart Hinesville GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710006 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 02110, 02111 Fort Stewart Hinesville GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710007 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 07703, 07783 Fort Stewart Hinesville GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710008 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 08061, 08091 Fort Stewart Hinesville GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710009 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 08053 Hunter Army Airfield Savannah GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710010 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 00205, 01016, 01567 Fort Stewart Hinesville GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720011 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 00129, 00145 Hunter Army Airfield Savannah GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720012 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 00956, 00958, 00966 Fort Stewart Hinesville GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740007 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00930 Hunter Army Airfield Savannah GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740117 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 01241, 01246 Hunter Army Airfield Savannah GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740118 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 06052 Hunter Army Airfield Savannah GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740119 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 00957, 01001 Fort Stewart Hinesville GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740123 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 01013, 01014, 01016 Fort Stewart Hinesville GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740124 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 01080, 07337, 15016 Fort Stewart Hinesville GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740125 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00902 Fort Gillem Forest Park GA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200810003 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 00816 Hunter Army Airfield Savannah GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200820065 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00021 Fort Stewart Hinesville GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200820066 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 00705, 00706, 00803 Hunter Army Airfield Chatham GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200920012 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area 5 Bldgs. Fort Stewart Liberty GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200920013 Status: Excess Directions: 00270, 00272, 00276, 00277, 00616, 00718 Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 728, 729 Fort Stewart Liberty GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200920034 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area 7 Bldgs. Fort Stewart Liberty GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200940025 Status: Excess Directions: 918, 1076, 1103, 1268, 7803, 7804, 7805 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 240, 701, 719 Hunter Army Airfield Savannah GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200940026 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 815 Hunter Army Airfield Savannah GA 31409 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030008 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 1257 Fort Stewart Hinesville GA 31314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030009 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 08708 Hunter Army Airfield Savannah GA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120050 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 08711 Hunter Army Airfield Savannah GA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120051 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 08712 Hunter Army Airfield Savannah GA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120052 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration 2 Buildings Ft. Bragg FT. Bragg GA 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530016 Status: Unutilized Directions: 42101 (RPUID: 297832); 83846 (RPUID: 289837) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Fort Benning Fort Benning GA 31905 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620007 Status: Excess Directions: Building 02831:RPUID:282470 & 02836:RPUID:282475 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Hawaii PU-01, 02, 03, 04, 05 Schofield Barracks Kolekole Pass Road Wahiawa HI 96786 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014836 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area PU-06, 07, 08, 09, 10, 11 Schofield Barracks Kolekole Pass Road Wahiawa HI 96786 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014837 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area 71 Tunnels Aliamanu Honolulu HI 96818 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200440015 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other—contamination 10 Tunnels Aliamanu Honolulu HI 96818 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200440016 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other—contamination 49 Tunnels Aliamanu Honolulu HI 96818 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200440017 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other—contamination Bldgs. 01500 thru 01503 Wheeler Army Airfield Honolulu HI 96786 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200520008 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 10 Bldgs. Aliamanu Honolulu HI 96818 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200620005 Status: Unutilized Directions: 9, A0043, A0044, C0001, C0002, C0003, C0004, C0005, C0029, E0027 Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 1124, 1125 Schofield Barracks Wahiawa HI 96786 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200620009 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00182 Kalaeloa Kapolei HI Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200640108 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 01676, 01677 Kalaeloa Kapolei HI 96707 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200640110 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 01818, 01875 Kalaeloa Kapolei HI 96707 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200640111 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 01954 Kalaeloa Kapolei HI 96707 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200640112 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 75073 Wheeler Army Airfield Wahiawa HI 96786 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030011 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within airport runway clear zone 6 Bldgs. Schofield Barracks Wahiawa HI 96786 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201110020 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 01070 Wheeler Army Airfield Denny Rd Wahiawa HI 96786 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201110021 Status: Unutilized Directions: Between Denny Rd & wastewater treatment plant on Wheeler Army Airfield Reasons: Within airport runway clear zone, Extensive deterioration Bldg. 224 124 Danis Road Wahiawa HI 96857 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120101 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Within airport runway clear zone 7 Bldgs. 91-1227 Enterprise Ave Kalaeloa Kapolei HI 96707 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140046 Status: Unutilized Directions: 01676, 01677, 01818, 01875, 01954, 00537, 00182 Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldg 01537 124 Takata Road Honolulu HI 96819 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140075 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Idaho Bldg 00253 4097 W. Cessna St. Gowen Field 16A20 Boise ID 83705 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140068 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Illinois Bldgs. T-20, T-21, T-23 Charles Melvin Price Support Center Granite City IL 62040 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820027 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area Bldg. T-105 Charles Melvin Price Support Center Granite City IL 62040 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199930042 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Floodway, Secured Area Bldg. T-108 Charles Melvin Price Support Center Granite City IL 62040 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199930043 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Floodway Bldg. T-401 Charles Melvin Price Support Center Granite City IL 62040 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199930045 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Floodway, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. T-402 Charles Melvin Price Support Center Granite City IL 62040 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199930046 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Floodway, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. T-404 Charles Melvin Price Support Center Granite City IL 62040 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199930047 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Floodway Bldg. T-413 Charles Melvin Price Support Center Granite City IL 62040 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199930048 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Floodway, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. T-416 Charles Melvin Price Support Center Granite City IL 62040 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199930049 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Floodway Bldg. S-434 Charles Melvin Price Support Center Granite City IL 62040 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199930050 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Floodway, Secured Area Bldg. S-593 Charles Melvin Price Support Center Granite City IL 62040 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199930051 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area Bldg. S-594 Charles Melvin Price Support Center Granite City IL 62040 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199930052 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area Bldg. S-595 Charles Melvin Price Support Center Granite City IL 62040 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199930053 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area 2 Buildings Peoria AASF #3 Peoria IL 61607 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610003 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 00003 & 00020 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security; Property located within an airport runway clear zone or military airfield. Reasons: Secured Area Building 98G02 1612/98G02 Walker Ct. Rock Island IL 61299 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610063 Status: Underutilized Directions: RPUID:366349 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 3 Buildings Rock Island Arsenal Rock Island IL 61299 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620015 Status: Underutilized Directions: 0030G:RPUID:366331; 31:RPUID:610280; 30:RPUID:610255 Comments: property located within floodway which has not been correct or contained. Reasons: Floodway Indiana Bldg. 1417-51 Newport Army Ammunition Plant Newport IN 47966 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011640 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Fuel Station Atterbury Reserve Forces Training Area Edinburgh IN 46124-1096 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199230030 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Post Exchange Atterbury Reserve Forces Training Area Edinburgh IN 46124-1096 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199230031 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration 2 Buildings 3008 Hospital Rd. Edinburgh IN 46124 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320002 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00126 & 00331 Comments: located in secured area; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 00400 3008 Hospital Road (Camp Atterbury) Edinburgh IN 46124 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330034 Status: Underutilized Comments: public access denied & no alternative to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 00435 Camp Atterbury Edinburgh IN 46124 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530003 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area Building AR009 1LT Charles L. Waples USARC Anderson IN 46016 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540047 Status: Unutilized Comments: documented deficiencies: structurally unsound; clear threat to physical safety. Reasons: Extensive deterioration Building AR033 1LT Charles L. Waples USARC Anderson IN 46016 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540048 Status: Unutilized Comments: documented deficiencies: structurally unsound; clear threat to physical safety. Reasons: Extensive deterioration 7 Buildings Camp Atterbury Edinburgh IN 46124 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630037 Status: Underutilized Directions: 00700; 00516; 00609; 00501; 00125; 00328; 00400 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Iowa Bldg. 5B-137-1 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012605 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 5B-137-2 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012607 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 600-52 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012609 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 6-137-3 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012611 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 30-137-2 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012613 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1-129 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012620 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1-78 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012624 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 600-85 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013706 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 800-70-2 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013708 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 5B-03-3 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013712 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 5B-09-1 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013713 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 5B-25 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013715 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 5B-26 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013716 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 5B-27 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013717 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 5B-28 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013718 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 5B-55 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013720 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 5B-56 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013721 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6-98 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013722 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6-28 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013723 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6-33 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013724 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6-34 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013725 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6-69-6 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013727 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6-88 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013728 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6-09-1 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013730 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 1-08-1A Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013733 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 1-60 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013734 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 1-67-2E Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013736 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 1-207-1 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013738 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 5A-137-2 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199120173 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 5A-137-3 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199120174 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1021 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199230024 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 6-09-2 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199310017 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. A218 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440112 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 219 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440113 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 220 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440114 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 221 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440115 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 222 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440116 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 223 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440117 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 224 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440118 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 225 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440119 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 227 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440121 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 228 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440122 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 230 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440123 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 231 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440124 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. CO231 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440125 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 233 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440127 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 234 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440128 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 235 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440129 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 236 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440130 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 238-256 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440131 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 259 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440133 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. A0260 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440134 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 261-263 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440135 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 264-266 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440136 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 267 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440137 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 276 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440138 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 280 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440139 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 284 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440140 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 285 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440141 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 312 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440142 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 313 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440143 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 317 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440144 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 743 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440145 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 745 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440146 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 973-990 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440147 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 992 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440148 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 994-995 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440149 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 998-1005 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440150 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1008 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440151 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1010-1018 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440152 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1040 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440154 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1064 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440155 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1088 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440157 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 5390 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440158 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 27, 340 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199520002 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 237 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199520070 Status: Surplus Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 500-128 Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740027 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 01075 Iowa AAP Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200220022 Status: Underutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00310 Iowa AAP Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200230019 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 00887 Iowa AAP Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200230020 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 00912, 00913 Iowa AAP Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200230021 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 01059 Iowa AAP Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200230023 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 00765 Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200330012 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 05274 Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200330013 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 05325 Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200330014 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 01073 Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200420083 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 01072, 01074 Iowa AAP Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200430018 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 00677, 00671 Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200440018 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area Facility 00844 Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200510004 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Facilities 01025, 01026 Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200510006 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00700 Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540038 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration Bldg. 01091, 01092 Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540039 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 01039 Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200620012 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 00344 Iowa AAP Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710020 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 4 Bldgs. Iowa AAP Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710021 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00903, 00993, 00996, 00997 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 4 Bldgs. Iowa AAP 01000, 01006, 01007, 01009 Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710022 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 01063 Iowa AAP Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710023 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 05366 Iowa AAP Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710024 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 9 Bldgs. Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740126 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00176, 00204, B0205, C0205, 00206, 00207, 00208, 00209, 00210 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 6 Bldgs. Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletow IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740127 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00211, 00212, 00213, 00217, 00218, C0218 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 13 Bldgs. Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740128 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00287, 00288, 00289, 00290, A0290, 00291, 00292, 00293, A0293, B0293, C0293, D0293, E0293 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 8 Bldgs. Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740129 Status: Unutilized Directions: A0294, 00295, 00296, 00316, 00326, 00328, 00330 00341 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 11 Bldgs. Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740130 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00949, 00962, 00963, 00964, 00965, 00967, 00968, 00969, 00970, 00971, 00972 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 9 Bldgs. Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740131 Status: Unutilized Directions: 01028, 01029, 01030, 01031, 01032, 01033, 01035, 01036, 01037 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 7 Bldgs. Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740132 Status: Unutilized Directions: 01038, B1038, C1038, D1038, E1038, 01042, 01043 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 00013, C0847 Iowa Army Ammo Plant Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200810008 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. TD010, TD020 Camp Dodge Johnson IA 50131 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200920036 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. A0190, 00190, 01069 Iowa AAP Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201040007 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 01110, Iowa Army Ammo 17575 State Highway 79 Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120005 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Not accessible by road, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 10 Buildings Iowa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52638 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230019 Status: Underutilized Directions: 620, 626, 641, 642, 643, 644, 645, 646, 647, 5207 Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Iwa Army Ammunition Plant Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201340034 Status: Unutilized Directions: 0023A, 00128, 00153, 05213 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 9 Buildings Iowa Army Ammunition Plant 17575 Highway 79 Middletown IA 52601 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201420031 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00028; 00029; 00030; 00031; 00033; 00918; 00920; 05026; 05072 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Kansas Bldg. 3013 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011909 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 1066 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011911 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 507 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011912 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 502 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011913 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 805 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011915 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 810 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011916 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 811 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011917 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1013 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011918 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 806 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011919 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 807 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011920 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 914 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011921 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 926 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011922 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1021 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011923 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1078 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011924 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 540 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011925 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 541 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011926 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 922 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011927 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 928 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011929 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 985 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011930 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1096 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Ara Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011931 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 511 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Ara Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011932 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 814 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011933 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 909 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011934 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 719 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011935 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 918 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011936 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1014 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011937 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1015 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011938 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 932 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011939 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 933 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011940 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 934 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011941 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 809 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011942 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 816 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011943 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3001 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011944 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3002 KAAP Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Production Area Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011945 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building 50 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620518 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 112 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620519 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 210 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620520 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 212, 221 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620521 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 219 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620522 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 209, 509, 724, 813, Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620523 Status: Unutilized Directions: 902, 1002 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 231, 244 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620524 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 247 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620526 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 248, 252 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620527 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 302 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620528 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 304 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620529 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 305 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620530 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 306 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620531 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 308 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620532 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 311 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620533 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 312 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620534 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 315 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620535 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 316 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620536 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 321 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620537 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 324 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620539 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 325 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620540 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 326 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620541 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 327 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620542 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 328 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620543 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 503 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620545 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 504, 512 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620546 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 513 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620548 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 515 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620549 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 701 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620550 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 702, 704, 707, 709, Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620551 Status: Unutilized Directions: 711, 712, 727, 729, 735, 737, 738, 742, 743, 747 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 705, 706, Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620553 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 715, 716, 717 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620554 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 722 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620555 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 723 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620556 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 725 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620557 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 726 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620558 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 741 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620560 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 744 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620561 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 745 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620562 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 749 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620563 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 750 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620564 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 782 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620565 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 802, 808 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620566 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 804 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620567 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 812 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620568 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 818 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620569 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 841 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620571 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 903 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620573 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 905 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620575 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 906, 908, 911, Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620576 Status: Unutilized Directions: 916, 993 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 910 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620578 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 912 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620579 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 913 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620580 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 915 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620581 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 921, 923, 973, 974, Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620583 Status: Unutilized Directions: 983, 984, 986, 989 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 924 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620584 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 929 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620586 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 946 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620588 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 951 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620589 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 927 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620591 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 997 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620592 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 1004, 1018 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620594 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1005 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620595 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 1007, 1009 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620597 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1008 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620598 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1011 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620599 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 1012, 1022, 1023 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620600 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1019 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620602 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1020 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620603 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1025 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620604 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1028 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620605 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1047 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620606 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 1048, 1068, 1090 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620607 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1064 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620608 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1065 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620609 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 1072, 1082, 1095 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620610 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1202 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620612 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1205 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620613 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1206 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620614 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1207 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620615 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1223 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620616 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 1225 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620617 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 1402, 1403, 1404 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620618 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1405, 1406, 1407, 1408, 1409, 1410 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 1502 thru 1556 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620619 Status: Unutilized Directions: (55 total) Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 1602 thru 1625 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620620 Status: Unutilized Directions: (24 total) Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 1702 thru 1721 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620621 Status: Unutilized Directions: (20 total) Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 1803, 1804, 1805, Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620622 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1806, 1807, 1810, 1811, 1812, 1813, 1816, 1818, 1819, 1823, 1825 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 1931 thru 1989 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620623 Status: Unutilized Directions: Except 1961, 1974, 1976 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 2002 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620624 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 2105A Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620625 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 3004 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620626 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 3007 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620629 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 3008 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620630 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 3009 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620631 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 3011 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620633 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 3012 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620634 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 3015 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620636 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 3016 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620637 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Building 3017 Kansas Army Ammunition Plant Parsons KS 67357 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620638 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 09451 9455 Rifle Range Road Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120068 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other—Temporary bldg., gas chamber Bldg. 00745 745 Ray Rd. Fort Riley USAR Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120069 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other—aviation storage shed; off site removal Bldg. 8329 8329 Wells St. Ft. Riley Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120072 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other—vehicle maint.; oil storage Bldg. 08324 8324 Wells St. Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120073 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other—to be demolished Bldg. 07634 7634 McGlachlin Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120074 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other—Power Plant Bldg. 00747 747 Ray Rd. Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120078 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other—Power plant; off site removal Bldg. 00613 null Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120079 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other—off site removal only Bldg. 01781 1781 “K” Street Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120082 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other environmental, Other—work animal storage (DNE) Bldg. 09455 9455 Rifle Range Road Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120085 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other—Gas Chamber; off site removal only Bldg. 00615 615 Huebner Rd. Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120087 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other—off site removal only Bldg. 08323 8323 Wells St. Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120088 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other—vehicle maint. shop; off site removal Bldg. 08328 8328 Wells St. Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120089 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other environmental Bldg. 07739 7739 Apennines Drive Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120090 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other—oil storage bldg.; off site removal, Other environmental Bldg. 01780 1780 “K” Street Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120091 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Other environmental Bldg. 09382 Fort Riley Fort Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130035 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. null Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130037 Status: Unutilized Directions: 09081, 07123, 1865, 00747 Reasons: Extensive deterioration 6 Bldgs. null Fort Riley KS Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130038 Status: Unutilized Directions: 09079, 09078, 09455, 09382, 09087, 09381 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 09133 and 1865 null Fort Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130043 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg, 612 null Fort Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130045 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 5 Bldgs. null Fort Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130060 Status: Unutilized Directions: 09455, 07634, 00852, 00853 Reasons: Extensive deterioration 2 Bldgs. null Fort Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130064 Status: Unutilized Directions: 09098, 00613 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00512 & 00617 Fort Riley Fort Riley KS 66442 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140064 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Kentucky Bldg. 126 Lexington-Blue Grass Army Depot Lexington KY 40511 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011661 Status: Unutilized Directions: 12 miles northeast of Lexington, Kentucky. Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Other—Sewage treatment facility Bldg. 12 Lexington—Blue Grass Army Depot Lexington KY 40511 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011663 Status: Unutilized Directions: 12 miles Northeast of Lexington Kentucky. Comments: Reasons: Other—Industrial waste treatment plant Fort Knox Bldg. #487 Spearhead Division Avenue Fort Knox KY 40121 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510022 Status: Unutilized Directions: 487 Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising Nat'l Sec. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Fort Knox Fort Knox KY 40121 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610017 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1069 RPUID:310462; 1478 RPUID:309724; 4556 RPUID:286473; 6295: RPUID:3072543 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Porter River Road Fort Knox KY 40121 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620028 Status: Unutilized Directions: 9606:RPUID:310162; 9475:RPUID:286869; 9322:RPUID:182117; 9679:RPUID:309686; 9395:RPUID:293399; 9676:RPUID:286480; 9353:RPUID:310217; 9671:RPUID:1104885; 9342:RPUID:309470; 9660:RPUID:308904 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Main Range Road Fort Knox KY 40121 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620029 Status: Unutilized Directions: 9282:RPUID:286483; 9240:RPUID:286705; 9284:RPUID:309690; 9241:RPUID:309683; 9290:RPUID:309737; 9242:RPUID:310425; 9234:RPUID:310217; 9258:RPUID:309480; 9265:RPUID:309473; 9235:RPUID:310418 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 13 Buildings Ft. Knox Ft. Knox KY 40121 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620036 Status: Unutilized Directions: 9697 (310446); 9701 (310071); 9702 (310072); 9704 (309327); 9751 (178549); 9682 (309486); 9684 (310449); 9685 (309485); 9686 (309483); 9687 (309484); 9694 (310043); 9695 (310444); 9696 (310445) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Louisiana Bldg. 108 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Area A Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011714 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 110 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Area A Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011715 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 111 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Area A Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011716 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. A133 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doylin LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011735 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. A132 Louisiana Army Amnmunition Plant Area K Doylin LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011736 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. A131 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doylin LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011737 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. A130 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Area A Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012112 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. X5093 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013863 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. X5094 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013865 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. S1627 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013868 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. X5032 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013869 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. J1015m Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doylin LA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199110131 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. B-1442 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199240138 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. B-1453 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199240139 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. D1249 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199240140 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. K1104 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199240147 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. X-5033 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420332 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldg. D1253 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610050 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration Bldg. E1727 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610051 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. C1300, C1346, D1200 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610054 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. S1600, S1606 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610055 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. M2700 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610056 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. S-1636 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610060 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. S-1635 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610061 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. D-1237 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610063 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. C-1344 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610064 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. C-1309 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610065 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. B-1461 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610066 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. S-1604 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610067 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. S-1620, S-1621 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610069 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. A-120 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610070 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. S-1602 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610072 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. C-1310 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610074 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. S-1605 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610075 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. A-118 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610076 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. A-129 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610078 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. A-116 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610079 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. C-1301, C-1303 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610083 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. S-1601 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610086 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. K-1101, K-1103 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610087 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. J-1002 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610088 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. D-1201, D-1203 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610091 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. S-1612, S-1618, S-1615 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610092 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. C-1360 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610093 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. S-1603 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610096 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. O-1503 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610097 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. K-1100 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610098 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. J-1001 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610099 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. D-1202 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610101 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. C-1302 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610102 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. S-1613 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610104 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. K-1105, K-1111, K-1110 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610105 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. A-149 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610107 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. J-1011 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610115 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 4 Bldgs. Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant X-5013, X-5043, X-5083, X-5091 Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610116 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. D-1262, D-1263, D-1264 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610118 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. C-1370 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610119 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. S-1637 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610126 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. E-1736, E-1734, E-1733 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610129 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. Y-2621 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610130 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. D-1256 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610131 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. X-5016 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610132 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. X-5026, X-5106 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610133 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. D-1248, D-1251 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610134 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. E-1715 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610135 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. S-1629 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610137 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. D-1239 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610139 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. E-1732 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610140 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. J-1014 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610141 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. C-1347, C-1349 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610142 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. C-1362 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610143 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. D-1259 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610144 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. M-2702, M-2706 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610145 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. X-6112 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610147 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. C-1361 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610148 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. D-1257, D-1267 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610149 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. A-154, A-155 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610151 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. S-1652, S-1653 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610153 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. Y-2613, Y-2614 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610154 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. A-115, A-153 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610155 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. M-2708, M-2709 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610157 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. S-1639, S-1646 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610158 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. C-1356, C-1366, C-1367 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610164 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. A-157 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610165 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. S-1624 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610170 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. M-0218 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610171 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. M-0217 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610172 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. D-1258 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610173 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. C-1363 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610174 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building C-1319 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610175 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1317 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610176 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building C-1345 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610178 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1333 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610180 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building C-1331 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610181 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1321 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610182 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1307 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610183 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building S-1648 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610184 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building S-1640 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610185 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building S-1625 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610186 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building S-1619 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610191 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building S-1617 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610192 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building S-1611 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610193 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building S-1610 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610194 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building E-1720 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610196 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building E-1710 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610198 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building E-1707 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610200 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building B-1475 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610201 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building B-1426 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610203 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building J-1018 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610204 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-219 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610205 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building Y-2609 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610206 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building E-1726 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610210 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building E-1724 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610211 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building K-1114 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610213 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building K-1112 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610214 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building D-1220 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610215 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building K-1117 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610216 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building K-1106 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610217 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building J-1013 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610219 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building J-1007 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610220 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1335 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610221 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building C-1334 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610222 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building C-1325 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610223 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building C-1313 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610224 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building D-1228 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610225 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building D-1233 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610226 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building D-1227 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610227 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building D-1217 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610228 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building D-1226 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610229 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building D-1207 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610230 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building S-1623 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610233 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building S-1616 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610235 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building E-1716 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610236 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building D-1242 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610237 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building D-1223 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610238 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1330 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610239 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1305 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610240 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 4 Buildings Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610241 Status: Unutilized Directions: S1631, S1632, S1633, S1634 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building D-1238 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610242 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building B-1435 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610245 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building E-1712 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610253 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building B-1476 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610254 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-2100 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610255 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-0600 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610256 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2346 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610258 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-0700 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610260 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building K-1102 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610263 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building K-1119 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620002 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building A-0150 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620006 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building M-2109 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620008 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building M-2108 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620009 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-2107 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620010 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building J-1009 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620011 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building J-1004 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620012 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1368 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620020 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building D-1260 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620021 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building C-1369 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620022 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building B-1414 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620025 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1340 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620026 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building X-5103 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620027 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building D-1234 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620029 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building S-1630 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620032 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building J-1003 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620033 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building X-5072 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620035 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building J-1016 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620036 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building O-1500 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620037 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building X-5000 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620038 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building O-1501 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620039 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building D-1218 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620042 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building D-1216 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620043 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building D-1213 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620044 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building D-1211 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620045 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building D-1209 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620046 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building D-1208 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620047 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1327 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620048 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1326 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620049 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building C-1324 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620050 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1336 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620052 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building C-1320 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620053 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building K-1116 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620054 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building K-1118 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620055 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building K-1113 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620056 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building S-1628 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620057 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building D-1214 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620059 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building D-1229 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620060 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building E-1713 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620061 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building E-1711 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620062 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building E-1721 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620064 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building E-1718 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620065 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building E-1714 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620066 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building C-1316 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620068 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1318 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620070 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building C-1312 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620073 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1311 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620074 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1308 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620075 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building C-1315 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620076 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-0634 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620084 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-0633 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620085 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-0632 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620086 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building B-1473 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620089 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building M-0635 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620092 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building K-1108 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620093 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building M-0203 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620095 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-0204 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620096 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building S-1607 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620097 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building C-1304 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620098 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-0647 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620102 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-0646 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620104 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building B-1424 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620105 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building B-1456 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620106 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building B-1457 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620107 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building B-1458 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620108 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building C-1306 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620111 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building E-1725 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620113 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building B-1449 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620117 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building B-1443 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620118 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building S-1609 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620119 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building K-1121 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620120 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building M-0612 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620124 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building M-0611 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620125 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building M-0610 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620126 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building M-0609 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620127 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-0613 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620128 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-0607 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620129 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-0606 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620130 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building M-0605 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620131 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building M-0604 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620132 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-0603 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620133 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-0211 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620134 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-0210 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620136 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building M-0207 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620137 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-0206 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620138 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-2110 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620139 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building M-2105 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620140 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building M-2104 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620141 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building M-2103 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620142 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-2102 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620143 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building M-2101 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620144 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building X-5070 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620145 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building X-5100 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620146 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building B-1463 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620149 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building N-1814 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620150 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building N-1815 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620151 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building Y-2612 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620152 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building A-0151 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620153 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2220 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620173 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2219 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620174 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2218 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620175 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2217 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620176 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2221 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620177 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2215 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620179 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2213 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620180 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2214 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620181 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2212 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620182 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2211 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620183 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2210 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620184 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2208 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620186 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2249 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620187 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2238 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620188 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2236 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620189 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2250 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620190 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2235 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620191 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2233 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620192 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2232 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620193 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2231 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620194 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2230 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620195 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2229 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620196 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2222 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620197 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2223 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620198 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2227 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620199 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2228 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620200 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building M-650 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620749 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building B-1462 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620752 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building S-1651 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620754 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building E-1741 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620755 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building N-1820 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620757 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building N-1823 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620758 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building N-1824 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620759 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2301 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620760 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2302 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620761 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2303 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620762 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2304 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620763 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2305 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620764 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2306 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620765 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2308 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620767 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2309 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620768 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2310 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620769 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2312 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620771 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2313 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620772 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2314 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620773 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2315 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620774 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2316 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620775 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2318 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620777 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building L-2319 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620778 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2320 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620779 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building L-2321 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620780 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Buildings L-2322, L-2323, Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620781 Status: Unutilized Directions: L-2324, L-2325, L-2326, L-2327, L-2328 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Buildings L-2329, L-2330, Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620782 Status: Unutilized Directions: L-2331, L-2332, L-2333, L-2334, L-2335 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building P-2500 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620793 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building P-2501 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620794 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building Y-2608 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620795 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building Y-2632 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620797 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building Y-2633 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620798 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building Y-2640 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620799 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Building X-5108 Louisiana Army Ammunition Plant Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620801 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. M3-208 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820047 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area Bldg. M4-2704 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820049 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Floodway Bldg. B-1412 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820051 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. B-1427 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820052 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. B-1433 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820053 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Floodway Bldg. B-1434 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820054 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area Bldg. B-1472 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820058 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area Bldg. C-1322 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820059 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Floodway Bldg. C-1323 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820060 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Floodway Bldg. C-1348 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820061 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. D-1232 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820063 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. STP-2000, 2001, 2002 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820065 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area Bldg. STP-2004 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820066 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area Bldg. W-2900 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820067 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Floodway Bldgs. W-2905, 2906 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820069 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area Bldg. W-2907 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820070 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area Bldgs. X-5080, 5101, 5102 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820071 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Floodway Bldg. X-5104 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820072 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Floodway Bldg. X-5105 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820073 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area Bldgs. X-5107, X-5115 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820074 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Floodway Bldg. X-5114 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820075 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area Bldg. X-5116 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820076 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area Bldg. X-5117 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820077 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Floodway Bldg. Y-2604 Louisiana AAP Doyline LA 71023 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820078 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area 2 Bldgs. Fort Polk 00414, 00418 Vernon LA 71459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200530008 Status: Unutilized Comments: 00417 is demolished. Reasons: Secured Area, Floodway Maryland Bldg. E5760 Aberdeen Proving Ground Edgewood Area Aberdeen City MD 21010-5425 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012610 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. E5375 Aberdeen Proving Ground Edgewood Area Aberdeen City MD 21010-5425 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012638 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. E5441 Aberdeen Proving Ground Edgewood Area Aberdeen City MD 21010-5425 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012640 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 0909A Aberdeen Proving Ground MD 21005-5001 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199730077 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00211 Curtis Bay Ordnance Depot Baltimore MD 21226-1790 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320024 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 0001B Federal Support Center Olney MD 20882 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200530018 Status: Underutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. SPITO Adelphi Lab Center Prince George MD 20783 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201010008 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00517 517 Blossom Point Road Blossom Point Research Facility Welcome MD 20693 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140040 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00402 402 Blossom Point Road Blossom Point Research Facility Welcome MD 20693 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140041 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 0184C Fort Detrick Forest Glen Annex Silver Spring MD 20910 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430031 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied & no alternative without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 01247 Fort Detrick Frederick MD 21702 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520029 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area E5868 Aberdeen Proving Ground 5868 Austin Rd. Harford MD 21005 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520049 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Aberdeen Proving Ground Aberdeen Proving Grou MD 21005 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540006 Status: Unutilized Directions: 530-RPUID: 232987; 00502-RPUID: 231120; 00504-RPUID: 231122; 00507-RPUID: 231124 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Aberdeen Proving Ground Aberdeen Proving Grou MD 21005 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540008 Status: Unutilized Directions: E2499-RPUID: 1115220; 248-RPUID: 233131; 324-RPUID: 233380; 00325-RPUID: 233381; 335-RPUID: 233389; 00336-RPUID: 233390; 00342-RPUID: 233396; 00343-RPUID: 233397; 00501-RPUID: 21119; 00503-RPUID: 231121 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Aberdeen Proving Ground Aberdeen Proving Grou MD 21005 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540009 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1100A-RPUID: 232502; 5112-RPUID: 231874; E1426-RPUID: 230361; E2144-RPUID: 231462; E2180-RPUID: 231474; E2200-RPUID: 236777; E3100-RPUID: 229840; E3240-RPUID: 225691; E3245-RPUID: 1233661; E5027-RPUID: 235043 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Aberdeen Proving Ground Aberdeen MD 21005 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540010 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00320-RPUID: 233377; 00534-RPUID: 232990; 00894-RPUID: 229860; 01096-RPUID: 230735; 2352-RPUID: 232067; 4314-RPUID: 230781; 00938-RPUID: 229876; E1932-RPUID: 231449; E1942-RPUID: 230062; 00535-RPUID: 232991 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Aberdeen Proving Ground Aberdeen Proving Grou MD 21005 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540011 Status: Unutilized Directions: E3032-RPUID: 981051; E5060-RPUID: 235049; E5140-RPUID: 235827; E5172-RPUID: 235834; E5173-RPUID: 235835; E5244-RPUID: 235853; E5352-RPUID: 236079; E5429-RPUID: 236092; E5826-RPUID: 237105; E7987-RPUID: 234070 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Aberdeen Proving Ground Aberdeen Proving Grou MD 21005 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540043 Status: Underutilized Directions: E2162-RPUID: 231464; E2166-RPUID: 231465; E2182-RPUID: 231475; E2188-RPUID: 236771; E2194-RPUID: 236773; E2198-RPUID: 236776; E5061-RPUID: 235050; E5101-RPUID: 230074; E5842-RPUID: 237111; E5844-RPUID: 237112? Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 8 Buildings Aberdeen Providing Ground Aberdeen Providing Gr MD 21005 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540044 Status: Unutilized Directions: E5848-RPUID:37114; E5860-RPUID:237116; E5862-RPUID:237117; E5884-RPUID:237129;E5886-RPUID:237130; E5892-RPUID:237888; E5894-RPUID:237889; E5896-RPUID:237890 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 00922 922 Live Fire Lane Aberdeen Proving Grou MD 21005 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540045 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Aberdeen Proving Ground Aberdeen Proving Grou MD 21005 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610007 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building #714A RPUID:231382; 714B RPUID:231383; 714C RPUID:231384; 892 RPUID:229858; 893 RPUID:229859; 2482 RPUID:232910; 2482 RPUID:232910; 2483 RPUID:232911; 2484 RPUID:232912 E5106 RPUID:235814 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Aberdeen Proving Ground Aberdeen Proving Grou MD 21010 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610008 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building #E7248 RPUID:230927; E7931 RPUID:234069; 1103A RPUID:233336; E1407 RPUID:230346; E1410 RPUID:230349; E2195 RPUID:236774; E3220 RPUID:225680; E5282 RPUID:236063; 713 RPUID: 233259; 714 RPUID:233260 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 12 Buildings Aberdeen Proving Grounds Aberdeen Proving Grou MD 21010 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610014 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building #E7012 RPUID:234053; E6833 RPUID:234044; E5916 RPUID:237898; E5738 RPUID:236872; E5664 RPUID:236854; E5604 RPUID:236842; E5265 RPUID:233752; E3728 RPUID:237182; E3640 RPUID: 237173; E3623 RPUID:237171; E3561 RPUID:236930; E3517 RPUID:236913 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 5 Buildings Fort Detrick Frederick MD 21702 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610015 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 00121; 00387; 00722; 01531; 01656 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 11 Buildings Aberdeen Proving Ground Aberdeen Proving Grou MD 21010 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610020 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building #E3349 RPUID:225917; E3109 RPUID:225672; E3106 RPUID:225670; E2650 RPUID:237053; E2340 RPUID:236789; E2340 RPUID:236789; E2338 RPUID:236788; E1485 RPUID: 231226; E1443 RPUID:231202; E1041 RPUID:957911; 5650 RPUID: 231144 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 12 Buildings Aberdeen Proving Ground Aberdeen Proving Grou MD 21010 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610067 Status: Unutilized Directions: E5354 RPUID:236080; 4025A RPUID:233596; E5179 RPUID:235837; E3160 RPUID:225676; E1426: RPUID:230361; 797 RPUID:229641; 655 RPUID:233016; 459B RPUID:230811; 2334 RPUID:232061; 1132 RPUID: 230962; E5554 RPUID:236839; E5560 RPUID:236840 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 6 Buildings Aberdeen Proving Ground APG MD 21010 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620031 Status: Unutilized Directions: E5181 (235839); E4655 (235019); E6882 (234049); E5286 (236064); E5920 (237899); E3966 (237859) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Aberdeen Proving Ground APG MD 21010 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620032 Status: Unutilized Directions: E3965 (237858); E2300 (236780); E3334 (225912); E3335 (225913); E3346 (225915); E3508 (236906); E3727 (237181); E3860 (237205); E3951 (237844); E3955 (237848) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Aberdeen Proving Ground APG MD 21010 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620033 Status: Unutilized Directions: E1421 (230356); E1425 (230360); 5608E (233610); E1467 (231217); 1128 (230958); 1149A (233364); 1169 (231805); 4303 (230771); 4725 (231020); E1406 (230345) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Abredeen Proving Ground APG MD 21005 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620034 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1076B (1197700); 1101A (2333334); 714D (231385); 718 (233262); 783 (229636); 852A (232469); 798 (229642); 806 (229846); 807 (229847); 808 (229848) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Abredeen Proving Ground APG MD 21005 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620035 Status: Unutilized Directions: 303 (233151); 312 (957898); 335A (233192); 347A (229683); 457 (231108); 526 (232983); 527 (232984); 700h (251369); 00036 (232287); 279 (233148) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area E5950 (RPUID:237908) Callahan St. Aberdeen Proving Ground APG MD 21010 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620038 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Massachusetts Bldg. 3713 USAG Devens Devens MA 01434 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200840022 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Soldier Systems Center Natick Natick MA 01760 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620013 Status: Underutilized Directions: T0024:RPUID:206927 & T0025:RPUID:206928 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Michigan Bldg. 5756 Newport Weekend Training Site Carleton MI 48166 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199310061 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldg. 930 U.S. Army Garrison-Selfridge Selfridge MI 48045 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200420093 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 001 Crabble USARC Saginaw MI 48601-4099 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200420094 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00714 Selfridge Air Natl Guard Base Macomb MI 48045 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200440032 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 20 Bldgs. U.S. Army Garrison-Selfridge Macomb MI 48045 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200510020 Status: Unutilized Directions: 227, 229, 231, 233, 235, 256 thru 270 Reasons: Secured Area 4 Bldgs. U.S. Army Garrison-Selfridge Macomb MI 48045 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200510021 Status: Unutilized Directions: 769, 770, 774, 775 Reasons: Secured Area 9 Bldgs. U.S. Army Garrison-Selfridge Macomb MI 48045 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200510022 Status: Unutilized Directions: 905, 907-909, 929-931, 935-936 Reasons: Secured Area 5 Bldgs. U.S. Army Garrison-Selfridge Macomb MI 48045 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200510023 Status: Unutilized Directions: 50905, 50907-50909, 50911 Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Detroit Arsenal T0209, T0216, T0246, T0247 Warren MI 48397-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200520022 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area 6 Bldgs. Detroit Arsenal Warren MI 48397 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201010009 Status: Unutilized Directions: 521, 213, 214, 237, 00007, 00008 Reasons: Secured Area Building 01197 Bldg. #1197 Flight Line Road Grayling MI 49738 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610012 Status: Excess Directions: RPUID:324513 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Grayling Army Airfield Grayling MI 49738 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610037 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 01107 RPUID:324301 & 01106 RPUID:324302 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Grayling Army Airfield Grayling MI 49738 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630041 Status: Unutilized Directions: 01143 (324485); 01145 (324486) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 02551 Fort Custer Training Center Augusta MI 49012 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630042 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Minnesota Bldg. 575 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199120166 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 187 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220227 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 188 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220228 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 507 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220231 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 972 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220233 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 973 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220234 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 975 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220235 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 595 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199240328 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 586 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199310056 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 598 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199320152 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 901 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199320153 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 5530 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199320155 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 5554 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199320156 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 174 null Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199330096 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 176 null Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199330097 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 517A null Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199330100 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 517B null Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199330101 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 517C null Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199330102 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 576 null Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199330106 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 585 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199340015 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldg. 101 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410159 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 108 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410161 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 111 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410162 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 112 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410163 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 114 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410164 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 115 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410165 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 117C Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410166 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 146 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410167 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 151 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410168 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 152 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410169 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 153 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410170 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 155 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410171 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 157 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410172 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 167 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410173 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 172 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410174 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 502 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410175 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 599 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410186 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 950 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410187 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 951 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410188 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 955 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199410189 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 119H Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420198 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 119P Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420199 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 119R Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420200 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 119U Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420203 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldg. 126 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420207 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 127 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420208 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 128 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420209 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 129A Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420210 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 129B Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420211 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 130 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420212 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldg. 131 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420213 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 132A Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420214 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 132B Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420215 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 135 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420216 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 136 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420217 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 137 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420218 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 138A Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420219 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 138B Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420220 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 138C Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420221 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 139A Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420222 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 139B Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420223 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 139C Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420224 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 139D Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420225 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 140A Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420226 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 140B Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420227 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 140C Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420228 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 141A Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420229 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 141B Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420230 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 142 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420231 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 144A Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420233 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 144C Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420234 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 144D Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420235 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 144F Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420237 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 144H Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420239 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 149A Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420240 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 149C Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420242 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 149D Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420243 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 149F Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420245 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 149G Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420246 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 149H Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420247 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 149I Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420248 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 149J Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420249 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 149K Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420250 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 149M Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420252 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 149N Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420253 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 159 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420254 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 177 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420256 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 180 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420257 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 191 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420258 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 192A Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420259 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 192B Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420260 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 195 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420261 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 196 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420262 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 199 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420263 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 303 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420264 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 304 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420265 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 314 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420266 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration Bldg. 315 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420267 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 327 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420268 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 328 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420269 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 329 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420270 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 330 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420271 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 338B Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420272 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 338C Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420273 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 338D Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420274 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 372 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420275 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 908 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420279 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldg. 1190 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420281 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldg. 1490 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420282 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 5154 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420283 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 158 Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199430060 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 567A Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199430062 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 567B Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199430063 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 570, 571 Twin Cities AAP Arden Hills MN 55112-3928 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200130053 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 917A, 917B Twin Cities AAP Arden Hills MN 55112-3928 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200130054 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Missouri Lake City Army Ammo. Plant 59 Independence MO 64050 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013666 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Lake City Army Ammo. Plant 59A Independence MO 64050 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013667 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Lake City Army Ammo. Plant 59C Independence MO 64050 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013668 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. #1 St. Louis Army Ammunition Plant 4800 Goodfellow Blvd. St. Louis MO 63120-1798 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199120067 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. #2 St. Louis Army Ammunition Plant 4800 Goodfellow Blvd. St. Louis MO 63120-1798 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199120068 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. T-2350 Ft. Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199430075 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 149 Lake City Army Ammunition Plant Independence MO 64050 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199530136 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 4 St. Louis Army Ammunition Plant St. Louis MO 63120-1584 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610469 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldg. 7 St. Louis Army Ammunition Plant St. Louis MO 63120-1584 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610470 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 11 St. Louis Army Ammunition Plant St. Louis MO 63120-1584 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610471 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 13 St. Louis Army Ammunition Plant St. Louis MO 63120-1584 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610472 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 14 St. Louis Army Ammunition Plant St. Louis MO 63120-1584 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610473 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldg. 15 St. Louis Army Ammunition Plant St. Louis MO 63120-1584 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610474 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldg. 16 St. Louis Army Ammunition Plant St. Louis MO 63120-1584 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199610475 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldg. 5396 Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473-8994 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910020 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 5539 Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473-8994 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910021 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration 6 Bldgs. Lake City Army Ammunition Plant 40A, B, C, 41A, 41B, 41C Independence MO 64050 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910023 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 3 Bldgs. Lake City Army Ammunition Plant 52B, 52C, 71A Independence MO 64050 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910025 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 131A, 132A Lake City Army Ammunition Plant Independence MO 64050 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910028 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 133A-133E Lake City Army Ammunition Plant Independence MO 64050 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910029 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 10 Bldgs. Lake City Army Ammunition Plant 134A-134E, 135A-135E Independence MO 64050 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910030 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 141A-141B Lake City Army Ammunition Plant Independence MO 64050 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910033 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 144A, 144B Lake City Army Ammunition Plant Independence MO 64050 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910034 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 3 Bldgs. Lake City Army Ammunition Plant 145A, 145B, 145C Independence MO 65050 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910035 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3A Lake City Army Ammunition Plant Independence MO 64050 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199920082 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 58A Lake City AAP Independence MO 64050 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200030049 Status: Underutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. P4122 U.S. Army Reserve Center St. Louis MO 63120-1794 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200240055 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. P4074, P4072, P4073 St. Louis Ordnance Plant St. Louis MO 63120-1794 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200310019 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 02200, 02205, 02223 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320025 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 01360 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200330030 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 01361 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200330031 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 5402, 5742 Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65743-8944 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200430029 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00645 Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65743 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200640051 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 02553 Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65743 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200640052 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 1448, 1449 Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740145 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 2841, 2842 Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740146 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Fort Leonard Wood 5234, 5339, 5345, 5351 Pulaski MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740147 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 5535, 5742 Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740148 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 0071B, 0072 Lake City Army Ammo Plant Independence MO 64056 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200820001 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldgs. 2282, 2841, 2842 Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200830017 Status: Underutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 528 Weldon Springs LTA Saint Charles MO 63304 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200840034 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 5 Bldgs. Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200840035 Status: Unutilized Directions: 05360, 05361, 05367, 05368, 05369 Reasons: Secured Area 6 Bldgs. Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200840036 Status: Unutilized Directions: 05370, 05371, 05372, 05373, 05374, 05376 Reasons: Secured Area 9 Bldgs. Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200840037 Status: Unutilized Directions: 06120, 06124, 06125, 06128, 06129, 06130, 06131, 06133, 06135 Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 204, 802, 2563 Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200930012 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area 13 Bldgs. Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200940044 Status: Unutilized Directions: 401, 761, 762, 766, 790, 791, 792, 793, 794, 795, 796, 797, 798 Reasons: Secured Area 7 Bldgs. Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200940045 Status: Unutilized Directions: 851, 852, 853, 854, 857, 859, 2305 Reasons: Secured Area 9 Bldgs. Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200940047 Status: Unutilized Directions: 9031, 9033, 9035, 9037, 9039, 9041, 9043, 9045, 9047 Reasons: Secured Area 6 Bldgs. Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200940048 Status: Unutilized Directions: 9057, 9059, 9061, 9063, 9071, 12315 Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 06020 Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201010010 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Floodway, Secured Area 15 Bldgs. Lake City Army Ammo Plant Independence MO 64051 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201010011 Status: Unutilized Directions: 11A, 20B, 22A, 22B, 22C, 23A, 23B, 23C, 24A, 24B, 24C, 24D, 24E, 25A, 29A Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 9 Bldgs. Lake City Army Ammo Plant Independence MO 64051 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201010012 Status: Unutilized Directions: 31, 32A, 33A, 33B, 34A, 34B, 38F, 38G, 38H Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 9 Bldgs. Lake City Army Ammo Plant Independence MO 64051 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201010013 Status: Unutilized Directions: 52A, 53, 55, 59, 60, 73W, 79, 79A, 79B Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 7 Bldgs. Lake City Army Ammo Plant Independence MO 64051 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201010014 Status: Unutilized Directions: 80F, 91D, 91F, 94D 120A, 120D, 120G Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 6 Bldgs. Lake City Army Ammo Plant Independence MO 64051 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201010015 Status: Unutilized Directions: T056R, T94B, T94C, T239, T247, T260 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 14 Bldgs. Lake City AAP Independence MO 64051 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201040010 Status: Unutilized Directions: 59, 59A, 59B, 59C, 60, 66A, 66B, 66C, 66D, 66E, 67, 70A, 70B, 80D Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 10 Bldgs. Fort Leonard Wood Pulaski MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201040011 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1228, 1255, 1269, 2101, 2112, 2551, 2552, 5280, 5506, 6824 Reasons: Secured Area Harry S. Truman Reservior 15968 Truman Rd. Warsaw MO 65355 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201110001 Status: Underutilized Directions: 07015 and L43002 Reasons: Extensive deterioration 12 Bldgs. Ft. Leonard Woods Ft. Leonard Woods MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201110043 Status: Excess Directions: 00642, 00650, 00651, 00652, 00653, 00654, 00655, 00656, 00657, 00658, 00659, 00660 Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 01604 and 05130 Ft. Leonard Woods Ft. Leonard Woods MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201110044 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area 8 Bldgs. Ft. Leonard Woods Ft. Leonard Woods MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201110062 Status: Excess Directions: 00618, 0618A, 00618B, 00619, 0619A, 0619B, 00906, 00907 Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 5130 and 5136 Ft. Leonard Woods FLW MO Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120011 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldg. 1269 Ft. Leonard Woods FLW MO Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120013 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 1255 Ft. Leonard Woods FLW MO Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120014 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 1228 Ft. Leonard Woods FLW MO Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120015 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 906 and 907 Ft. Leonard Woods FLW MO Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120016 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area 14 Bldgs. Camp Clark Nevada MO 64772 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130046 Status: Unutilized Directions: K0001, K0002, K0003, K0004, K0005, K0006, K0007, K0008, K0010, K0012, K0014, K0016, K0018, K0020 Reasons: Extensive deterioration 11 Bldgs. Camp Clark Nevada MO 64772 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130047 Status: Unutilized Directions: J0006, J0007, J0008, J0009, J0010, J0011, J0012, J0013, J0015, J0017, J0019 Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration 12 Bldgs. Camp Clark Nevada MO 64772 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130048 Status: Unutilized Directions: 435, 436, 438, 460, 466, 504, 506, J0001, J0002, J0003, J0004, J0005 Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration 13 Bldgs. Camp Clark Nevada MO 64772 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130049 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00383, 00384, 00385, 00386, 00388, 00389, 00391, 00392, 00402, 00410, 00411, 00425, 00433 Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldg. T62-9 Lake City Army Ammunition Plant Independence MO 64051 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140071 Status: Underutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Contamination 2 Bldgs. Railroad Ave. Fort Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140072 Status: Unutilized Directions: 02351, 02352 Reasons: Secured Area 11 Bldgs. Ft. Leonard Woods Ft. Leonard Woods MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201220019 Status: Excess Directions: 499, 720, 745, 2555, 2556, 2557, 2558, 5076, 8208, 8370, 30 Comments: nat'l security concerns; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 14 Buildings Camp Crowder Neosho MO 64850 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230010 Status: Unutilized Directions: 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 18, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 51 Comments: military personnel only; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 11 Buildings Ft. Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230032 Status: Underutilized Directions: 2314, 2313, 1614, 1230, 786, 689, 404, 690, 763, 764, 766 Comments: no public access & no alternative method w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 19 Buildings Ft. Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230033 Status: Unutilized Directions: 9613, 9611, 6127, 6125, 6124, 6120, 5125, 5124, 5122, 5073, 2565, 2349, 1134, 978, 975, 758, 9615, 9617, 9619 Comments: no public access & no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Ft. Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230038 Status: Unutilized Directions: 565, 566, 567, 569 Comments: no public access & no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 5 Buildings Ft. Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230039 Status: Underutilized Directions: 664, 665, 669, 686, 687 Comments: no public access & no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 3 Buildings Ft. Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230040 Status: Unutilized Directions: 688, 759, 760 Comments: no public access & no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 9 Buildings Ft. Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230041 Status: Excess Directions: 711, 712, 713, 714, 715, 720, 721, 722, 723 Comments: no public access & no alternative method to gain access w/out compring nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 724 Utah St. Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230059 Status: Excess Comments: no public access; no alternative method for public to gain access w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 31 Camp Crowder Neosha MO 64850 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230061 Status: Unutilized Comments: military personnel/authorized use personnel; public access denied & no alternative method for public to gain access w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Ft. Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201240017 Status: Unutilized Directions: 691, 692, 693, 694 Comments: located in secured area, public access denied & no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Ft. Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320022 Status: Unutilized Directions: 05343, 05382, 05394, 06501 Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 00007 890 Ray A. Carver Ave. (Camp Crowder) Neosho MO 64850 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330035 Status: Excess Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 15 Buildings Camp Clark MOARING Nevada MO 64772 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201340003 Status: Unutilized Directions: H0001, H0002, H0003, H0004, H0005, H00006, H0007, H0008, H0009, H0010, H0011, H0012, H0013, H0015, H0016 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area T151D Lake City Army Ammunition Plant Independence MO 64056 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430017 Status: Excess Directions: T151D Comments: public access denied and no alternative without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 13 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Fort Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440024 Status: Unutilized Directions: 02431; 02433; 02435; 02462; 02464; 02466; 02468; 02470; 02472; 02474; 02476; 02478; 02480 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 11 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Fort Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440029 Status: Unutilized Directions: 02461; 02463; 02465; 02467; 02469; 02471; 02473; 02475; 02477; 02479; 02481 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 3 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Fort Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440030 Status: Unutilized Directions: 02430; 02432; 02434 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Lake of Ozarks Rec. Area Fort Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440031 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00550; 00500 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 3 Building Ft. Leonard Wood Lake of the Ozarks Rec. Area Fort Leonard Wood MO 65049 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510026 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00555; 00550; 00500 Comments: Fair condition prior approve to gain access is required, for more information contact Army about a specific property. Reasons: Secured Area 39 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leaonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530076 Status: Unutilized Directions: 600OL; 00671; 06695; 700OL; 00769; 773; 775; 777; 777A; 780; 800OL; 00860; 00870; 00981; 0981A; 0981B; 0981C; 0981D; 0981E; 0981F; 0981G; 0981H; 0981I; 0981J; 0981K; 0981L; 0981M; 0981N; 0981O; 0981P; 1027; 02370; 5015; 5270; 5282; 0981Q; 771; 772 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530096 Status: Unutilized Directions: 662; 1611; 2387; 2388 Comments: properties w/in an airport military airfield; public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Within airport runway clear zone, Secured Area 9 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Ft. Leonard Wood MO Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540058 Status: Unutilized Directions: 682-RPUID: 575534; 683-RPUID: 581273; 781-RPUID: 593764; 887-RPUID: 593487; 2307-RPUID: 573663; 2341-RPUID: 597115; 4199-RPUID: 579050; 5027-RPUID: 595346; 5167-RPUID: 593968 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 9 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Fort Leonard Wood MO Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540059 Status: Unutilized Directions: 5279-RPUID: 618544; 5422-RPUID: 598786; 5426-RPUID: 618281; 5432-RPUID: 615691; 5442-RPUID: 582917; 5452-RPUID: 587677; 5502-RPUID: 606152; 5584-RPUID: 582723; 5733-RPUID: 594089 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Fort Leonard Wood MO Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540060 Status: Unutilized Directions: 12652-RPUID: 607957; 668 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 0033A 25201 East 78 Hwy Independence MO 64056 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610039 Status: Excess Directions: RPUID: 341156 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 11 Buildings Lake City Army Ammunition Plant Independence MO 64056 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610040 Status: Unutilized Directions: T0227: 340480; T151D:340508; T0231:340482; T0230:340481; 0038A:341172; 0093C:339706; 0070A:341261; 0068B:341250; T038F:340492; 0020A:336462; 00146:341081 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 15 Buildings Lake City Army Ammunition Plant Independence MO 64056 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610042 Status: Underutilized Directions: 11430:336781; 11433:336783; 11423:336774; 1146:580777; 1144:608662; 1142: 615420; 11424: 336775; 11421:336772; 11426:336777; 1143: 595736; 11422: 336773; 1141:608663; 11410:609475; 11411: 595737; 11431: 336782 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 0033A 25201 East 78 Hwy Independence MO 64056 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610062 Status: Excess Directions: RPUID:341156 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 6 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Fort Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630027 Status: Unutilized Directions: 9117-RPUID:608686, 9115E-RPUID:1238461, 9115-RPUID:591801, 5304-RPUID:614942, 89050-RPUID:600719, 10379-RPUID:589252 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 8 Buildings 9109 Immell Road Fort Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630028 Status: Unutilized Directions: 9109-RPUID:575806, 9108-RPUID:604405, 9107-RPUID:608685, 9102E-RPUID:1238527, 9113-RPUID:604407, 9111G-RPUID:1238481, 9112-RPUID:599404, 9111-RPUID:614478 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 3 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Fort Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630029 Status: Unutilized Directions: 9100 (608684); 9101 (614477); 9102 (582746) Comments: documented deficiencies: roof has numerous leaks which caused significant interior damage; clear threat to physical safety. Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Fort Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630030 Status: Unutilized Directions: 2336 (598203); 2337 (619148); 2338 (577352); 2339 (600697) Comments: documented deficiencies: structurally unsound; clear threat to physical safety. Reasons: Extensive deterioration 3 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Fort Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630031 Status: Unutilized Directions: 2250 (591793); 2322 (585224); 2327 (1086582) Comments: documented deficiencies: severely dilapidated; structurally unsound; clear threat to physical safety. Reasons: Extensive deterioration 3 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Fort Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630032 Status: Unutilized Directions: 837 (594613); 2200A (604024); 2201 (604799) Comments: documented deficiencies: structurally unsound due to wind storm; severe mold damage due to unsound roof; significant water damage due to water line breaks/flooding; clear threat to physical safety. Reasons: Extensive deterioration 3 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Fort Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630033 Status: Unutilized Directions: 2323 (573662); 2324 (616667); 2394 (585616) Comments: documented deficiencies: structurally unsound; clear threat to physical safety. Reasons: Extensive deterioration 6 Buildings Fort Leonard Wood Fort Leonard Wood MO 65473 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630048 Status: Unutilized Directions: 2320 (611632); 2321 (608450); 9104 (604404); 9110 (604406); 9041G (1233463); 9059G (1238460) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Montana Bldg. P0516 Fort Harrison Ft. Harrison MT 59636 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200420104 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Ft. Harrison 0003A, T0003, T0024, T0562 Lewis & Clark MT 59636 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740018 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Nevada Bldg. 101-2 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013615 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 101-3 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthrone NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013616 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 101-4 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013617 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 101-5 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013618 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 101-7 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013619 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 101-8 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013620 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 101-9 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013621 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 101-10 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013622 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 101-19 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013625 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 101-20 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013626 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 101-31 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013627 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 101-32 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013628 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 101-35 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013630 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 101-36 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013631 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 101-37 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013632 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 101-52 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013633 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 101-53 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013634 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 101-54 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013635 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 101-56 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013636 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 101-57 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013637 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 101-58 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013638 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 101-59 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013639 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 101-63 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013640 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 101-66 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013641 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 101-67 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013642 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 101-69 Hawthorne Army Ammunition Plant Group Mine Filling Plant, Central Mag. Area Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013643 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 17 Buildings Hawthorne Army Depot Howthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530055 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building's 00522 RPUID:327231; 00524-327232; 00525-330745; 00539-317384; 01038-324157; 01039-319502; 01072-330014; 01073-327412; 01075-321403; 01084-322599; 01085-330760; 01086-324111; 01087-324112; 01088-319045; 02021-322596; 04932-330789; 0A273-327372 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area 24 Buildings Hawthorne Army Depot Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530075 Status: Unutilized Directions: 0A350(322632); 0A354(326593); 0A388(327371); 0A395(319492); 0A518(327229); 0A669(324262); OC429(323329); 0PA14(1055821); 1S100(319056); 00040(324168); 71; 86BT4; 00097(330820); 107Z8(324429); 143; 00171; 00192; 00275; 00328; 00360; 00379; 00504; 11099; 00074 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 14 Buildings Hawthorne Army Depot Hawthorne NV 89415 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530087 Status: Unutilized Directions: 10317 RPUID:319511; 10320-320932; 10310-324158; 10311-319509; 11067-1044155; 10610-330071; 10338-324121; 10337-327406; 10336-319516; 10335-319515; 10334-319514; 10333-319057; 10330-327729; 10329-327728 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Hawthorne Army depot Hawthorne Army Depot NV Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540040 Status: Unutilized Directions: 0C261-RPUID: 330817; 10341-RPUID: 319518 Comments: flam/explos. materials are located on? adjacent industrial, commercial, or Federal facility; public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national? security. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area New Jersey Bldg. No. 1354A Armament Res. Dev. Ctr. Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010444 Status: Excess Directions: Route 15 North Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. No. 1308 Armament Res. Dev. Ctr. Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010452 Status: Excess Directions: Route 15 North Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. No. 1309 Armament Res. Dev. Ctr. Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010454 Status: Excess Directions: Route 15 North Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. No. 1071G Armament Res. Dev. Ctr. Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010458 Status: Excess Directions: Route 15 North Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. No. 1364 Armament Res. Dev. Ctr. Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010464 Status: Unutilized Directions: Route 15 North Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. No. 1071C Armament Res. Dev. Ctr. Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010474 Status: Excess Directions: Route 15 North Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 209 Armament Research Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010639 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 295 Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010663 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 296 Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010664 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 514 Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010680 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 540 Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010690 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 813-A Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010698 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1436 Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010701 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1437 Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010702 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1519 Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010705 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1520 Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010706 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 717I Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012428 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 605 Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012434 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 732A Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012444 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 810A Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012445 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 807B Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012447 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3625 Armament Res. Dev. Ctr. Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012448 Status: Unutilized Directions: Route 15 North Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 930 Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012452 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3603 Armament Res. Dev. Ctr. Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012456 Status: Unutilized Directions: Route 15 North Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 911 Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012457 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3617 Armament Res. Dev. Ctr. Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012458 Status: Unutilized Directions: Route 15 North Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3618 Armament Res. Dev. Ctr. Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012461 Status: Unutilized Directions: Route 15 North Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 816A Armament Research. Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012465 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 816B Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012469 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 918 Armament Research, Dev. Center Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012475 Status: Unutilized Directions: Route 15 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1431 Armament Research Dev. and Engineering Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012765 Status: Excess Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 154 Armament Res. Development Ctr. Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014306 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3518 Armament Res. Development Ctr. Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014311 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1031 Armament Res. Development Ctr. Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014317 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1071 Armament Research, Dev. Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140617 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 291 Armament Research, Development Center Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420006 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldg. 3056 Armament R Engineering Ctr Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740127 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 3213 Armament Research Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199940098 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Other—unexploded ordnance Bldg. 1242 Armament R, D, Center Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200130062 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 1381/2 Armament R, D, Center Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200130063 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 01305, 01306 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200230074 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1462A Picatenny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200330060 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00492 Fort Monmouth Monmouth NJ 07703 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200510025 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00908 Fort Monmouth Monmouth NJ 07703 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200510026 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Picatinny Arsenal 230, 230A, 230B, 230G Dover NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200520026 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 232, 234, 235 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200520027 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 5 Bldgs. Picatinny Arsenal 427, 427B, 429A, 430B, 477 Dover NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200520030 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 3 Bldgs. Picatinny Arsenal 641C, 641F, 641G Dover NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200520033 Status: Unutilized Comments: 641D was demolished. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 1241, 1242, 1242A Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200520035 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3612 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200520039 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 01406 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200530023 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 224, 225 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200620017 Status: Unutilized Comments: 221a was demolished. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 230, 230f Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200620018 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 231, 232a, 236 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200620019 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 252c Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200620020 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 403 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200620022 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 224 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630001 Status: Unutilized Comments: 221A was demolished. Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 230F, 232A, 252C Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630002 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 427A, 429 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630003 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 430, 430B Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630004 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 436, 437 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630005 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 471, 471A, 471B Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630006 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 477F Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630007 Status: Unutilized Comments: 477E was demolished. Reasons: Secured Area 3 Bldgs. Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630012 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1509, 1509A, 1510A Comments: 1510 was demolished. Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 1513, 1514, 1515 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630013 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 1517, 1518, 1529 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630014 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 1609A Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630015 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 3320 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630016 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 3500, 3501, 3515 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630018 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 00354 Picatinny Arsenal Morris NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720102 Status: Unutilized Comments: 00350, 00352 were demolished. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 4 Bldgs. Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200820043 Status: Unutilized Directions: 717C, 727, 916, 937 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 4 Bldgs. Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200820046 Status: Unutilized Directions: 3533, 3608, 3611, 3616 Comments: 3236 was demolished. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3716 Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200820047 Status: Unutilized Comments: 3715 was demolished. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 5 Bldgs. Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140035 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00281, 03013, 00332, 0623F, 0639A Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration, Contamination 2 Buildings Picatinny Arsenal Dover NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440056 Status: Unutilized Directions: 3208B; 3208G Comments: documented deficiencies: roof caving in; walls are rotted; overgrown vegetation; clear threat to physical safety. Reasons: Extensive deterioration New York Bldg. 12 Watervliet Arsenal Watervliet NY Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199730099 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. B9008, B9009 Youngstown Training Site Youngstown NY 14131 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200220064 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. B9016, B9017, B9018 Youngstown Training Site Youngstown NY 14131 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200220065 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. B9025, B9026, B9027 Youngstown Training Site Youngstown NY 14131 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200220066 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. B9033, B9034 Youngstown Training Site Youngstown NY 14131 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200220067 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. B9042 Youngstown Training Site Youngstown NY 14131 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200220068 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 108 Fredrick J ILL, Jr. USARC Bullville NY 10915-0277 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200510028 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 107, 112, 113 Kerry P. Hein USARC NY058 Shoreham NY 11778-9999 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200510054 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 214, 215, 228 Fort Hamilton Brooklyn NY 11252 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201010031 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area 4 Bldgs. Fort Hamilton Brooklyn NY 11252 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201020018 Status: Unutilized Directions: FENCC, 214, 215, 228 Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Fort Hamilton Wainwright Dr. NY 11252 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510018 Status: Unutilized Directions: 0137A; 0137B Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 0137C Fort Hamilton Wainwright Dr. NY 11252 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510019 Status: Underutilized Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 3 Buildings Fort Drum Fort Drum NY 13602 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520021 Status: Underutilized Directions: Buildings 2153, 175, 173 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 1486 & 2552 Fort Drum Ft. Drum NY 13602 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530077 Status: Unutilized Directions: RPUID: 314900 and respectively Comments: public access ded no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 12 Buildings Fort Drum Ft. Drum NY 13602 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540015 Status: Unutilized Directions: BRK11 (RPUID: 1193675); BRK12 (RPUID: 1193672); BRK13 (RPUID: 1193812); BRK14 (RPUID: 1193815);BRK15 (RPUID: 1193814); BRK16 (RPUID: 1193816); BRK17 (RPUID: 1193813); BRK18 (RPUID: 1193850);BRK19 (RPUID: 1193852); BRK20 (RPUID: 1193851); BRK21(RPUID: 1193854); BRK22 (RPUID: 1193853)? Comments: property located within an airport runway clear zone or military airfield; Public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Within airport runway clear zone, Secured Area 3 Buildings Fort Drum Ft. Drum NY 13602 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540016 Status: Unutilized Directions: BRK23 (RPUID: 1193853); BRK24 (RPUID: 1193884); BRK25 (RPUID: 1193885) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 1236 US Army Garrison, West Point West Point NY 10996 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540033 Status: Unutilized Comments: document deficiencies: condemned; ceilings, walls, flooring, doors, and windows are rotted and beyond repair; wood deteriorated to state of non-repair; clear threat to physical safety. Reasons: Extensive deterioration 10 Buildings Fort Drum Ft. Drum NY 13602 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540055 Status: Unutilized Directions: BRK01 (RPUID: 1193186); BRK02 (RPUID: 1193187) BRK03 (RPUID: 1193237); BRK04 (RPUID: 1193238); BRK05 (RPUID: 1193240); BRK06 (RPUID:1193239); BRK07 (RPUID: 1193241); BRK08 (RPUID:1193669); BRK09 (RPUID: 1193674); BRK10 (RPUID: 1193671) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 697 697 Washington Road West Point NY 10996 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620030 Status: Unutilized Comments: documented deficiencies: extensive structural damage; wall coming apart; bricks are dislodged which may cause the building to collapse; located on a land fill. Reasons: Extensive deterioration Building 30 Quartermaster Road Fort Drum NY 13602 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630021 Status: Unutilized Directions: RPUID:304180 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area North Carolina Bldg. A-1815 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28307 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199640074 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. A5435 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28307 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199710109 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Fort Bragg #A5628, A5630, A5631, A5632 Ft. Bragg NC 28307 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199710110 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. M-2362, Fort Bragg null Ft. Bragg NC 28307 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199710224 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. H4886 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28307 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199810167 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 09066 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28314 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200430042 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 09039, Fort Bragg Cumberland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200440050 Status: Unutilized Comments: 09134 demolished 12/7/2009. Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. P4544 Fort Bragg Cumberland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200440051 Status: Unutilized Comments: P4443 was demolished on 9/16/2008. Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. A5451, A5452 Fort Bragg Cumburland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200530041 Status: Unutilized Comments: A5454 demolished. Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. A5646 thru A5654 Fort Bragg Cumburland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200530044 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. C7646, C7845 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200610020 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. A3872, A3879, A3881 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200620024 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. A4118, A4119 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200620026 Status: Unutilized Comments: bldg. A4318 was demo in 3/13/2008. Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. A4685, A4686, A4687 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200620030 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. M6750, M6751, Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200620034 Status: Unutilized Comments: M6753 was demolished on 03/13/2008. Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630029 Status: Unutilized Directions: A2003, A2205, A2207, A2302 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. T2758 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630031 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. T2857, T2858, T2954 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630034 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. D3548, D3555 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630041 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630043 Status: Unutilized Directions: A3703, A3872, A3879, A3881 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. A4118, A4119, A4318 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630046 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 5 Bldgs. Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630047 Status: Unutilized Directions: A4620, A4622, A4623, A4626, A4628 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. A4635, A4636 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200630048 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 02723 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720029 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 9656 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720032 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. P3839 Fort Bragg Cumberland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740020 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area 2 Bldgs. Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740154 Status: Unutilized Directions: 2847 and 3236 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Extensive deterioration 6 Bldgs. Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740155 Status: Unutilized Directions: 3241, 3245, 3249, 3253, 3258, 3262 Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 5 Bldgs. Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740157 Status: Unutilized Directions: 5024, 5028, 5032, 5034, 5071 Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 8 Bldgs. Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740158 Status: Unutilized Directions: 5182, 5381, 5473, 5645, 5779, 5849, 5878, 5880 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration 7 Bldgs. Fort Bragg Cumberland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200830018 Status: Unutilized Directions: 21414, 21559, 21755, 21757, 21859, 21862, 21957 Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 31602, 31603, 31604 Fort Bragg Cumberland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200830019 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 55047 Fort Bragg Cumberland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200830021 Status: Unutilized Comments: 55353 and 55250 was demolished. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Bldgs. Fort Bragg Cumberland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200830022 Status: Unutilized Directions: 83015, 83019, 83201, 83502 Comments: 82807, 82809 were demolished. Reasons: Secured Area M4020 Fort Bragg Cumberland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200830023 Status: Unutilized Comments: M5865, M5868, C4614 were demolished. Reasons: Secured Area 6 Bldgs. Fort Bragg Cumberland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200920049 Status: Unutilized Directions: A1355, A2029, A2031, A2032, A2144, P2352 Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area 8 Bldgs. Fort Bragg Cumberland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200920050 Status: Unutilized Directions: C4125, 09045, 11460, 22809, 23212, 23810, 30844, 55010 Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration 5 Bldgs. Simmons Army Airfield Cumberland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200920053 Status: Unutilized Directions: P2455, P2457, P2542, P2757, P2852 Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldg. T3361 Fort Bragg Camp Mackall NC 28373 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200940033 Status: Unutilized Comments: T3354 demolished. Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration 12 Bldgs. Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201020019 Status: Unutilized Directions: 661A, M2146, C2629, F2630, A3527, C3609, A3726, A3728, C3731, A3732, A3734, A3736 Reasons: Secured Area 3 Bldgs. Fort Bragg Cumberland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030017 Status: Unutilized Directions: 31743, M5044, M5040 Comments: T2139 demolished. Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldg. 83022 Fort Bragg Cumberland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201040020 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area 4 Bldgs. Ft. Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201110031 Status: Unutilized Directions: X5062, X5066, X6260, X6266 Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area 5 Bldgs. null Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201110032 Status: Unutilized Directions: X5041, X5045, X5049, X5053, X5058 Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area 5 Bldgs. null Ft. Bragg NC Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201110033 Status: Unutilized Directions: X4134, X4137, X4139, X4141, X5036 Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area 5 Bldgs. null Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201110034 Status: Unutilized Directions: N3305, X3266, X3770, X4126, X4130 Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldg. 31802 null Fort Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130004 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldg. 1537 null Fort Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130005 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 22017 and 91765 Fort Bragg Fort Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201210061 Status: Unutilized Comments: nat'l security concerns; restricted access and no alternative method of access. Reasons: Secured Area B-H1607 Ft. Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201210094 Status: Unutilized Comments: nat'l security concerns; no public access; restricted area; no alternative method to gain access. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Ft. Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28308 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230004 Status: Unutilized Directions: 276, 31335, C1624, D1910 Comments: restricted access to authorized military personnel only; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area Buildings 6036 & 7556 4030 & 4551 Normandy Dr. Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310032 Status: Underutilized Comments: located w/in military reservation; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Ft. Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310057 Status: Underutilized Directions: F2131, F2534, F3040, F3134 Comments: restricted military installation; public denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 7 Buildings Ft. Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320001 Status: Underutilized Directions: 21817, A5886, C8310, D2302, D2307, D2502, D2507 Comments: military reservation; access limited to military personnel only; access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area U1704 Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201420034 Status: Underutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Fort Bragg Fort Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430033 Status: Unutilized Directions: 69241; A5424, D2236; D2336 Comments: public access denied & no alternative without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area 7 Buildings Fort Bragg Fort Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430034 Status: Underutilized Directions: B5356; 42101; 68444; 83749; 83846; Z1943; AFSCH Comments: public access denied & no alternative without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440001 Status: Unutilized Directions: M6450; M2346; 14865; 03554 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 7 Buildings Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440021 Status: Underutilized Directions: 12732; 69262; 69357; 85703; 85706; 86103; 42102 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 9 Buildings Ft. Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510016 Status: Unutilized Directions: A5030; A5031; A5033; A5221; A5222; A5224; A5225; A5234; A5420; Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Fort Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510017 Status: Underutilized Directions: A4920; A4921; A4922; A4923; A4930; A4931; A5020; A5021; A5022; A5023 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 14930 3225 Normandy Drive Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520014 Status: Underutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 717 Ft. Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530017 Status: Unutilized Directions: RPUID: 506663 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area D2919 FT. Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530018 Status: Underutilized Directions: RPUID: 611669 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area O9101 Ft. Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530019 Status: Unutilized Directions: RPUID: 304533 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area O9102 Ft. Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530020 Status: Unutilized Directions: RPUID: 304534 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area 5 Buildings Ft. Bragg Ft. Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530022 Status: Underutilized Directions: E1351; E1541; E1650; E1743; E3825 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area 27 Buildings Fort Bragg Cumberland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540002 Status: Unutilized Directions: 15132-RPUID:581224; M6460-RPUID: 610295; M2348-RPUID:958708; E4325-RPUID:613768; A5428-RPUID:597133; M6146-RPUID:597164; M6143-RPUID:576307; M2646-RPUID:958720; M6445- RPUID:595599; M2360-RPUID:958714; M6438-RPUID:557152; M6450-RPUID:577153; M6733-RPUID:609986; M6746-RPUID:571513; M6751-RPUID:584516; M2359-RPUID:958713; A5628-RPUID:581440; M6433-RPUID:590748; A5630-RPUID:593150; M2357-RPUID:958713; M2338-RPUID:958304; M2340-RPUID:958305; M2342-RPUID:958704; M2343-RPUID:958705; M2345-RPUID:958706; M2350-RPUID:958709; M2351-RPUID:958710 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 5 Buildings Fort Bragg Fort Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540003 Status: Underutilized Directions: 15433-RPUID: 1034408; 15533-RPUID: 1034409; 15631-RPUID:607469; 15730-RPUID: 297551; F1231-RPUID:575616 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 20 Buildings Fort Bragg Cumberland NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540004 Status: Underutilized Directions: 85303; A3764; D3022; H3237; H3554; M2346; M2353; M2356; M2505; M2642; M2650; M2651; M2653; M5051; M6142; M6205; M6150; P2341; X6088; M2640 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 6 Buildings Fort Bragg Fort Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610011 Status: Underutilized Directions: Building 22326 RPUID:293152; 22426 RPUID:297111; 22428 RPUID:289548; 22727 RPUID:604968 238 RPUID:505916; 239 RPUID:505917 Comments: Public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 15 Buildings Fort Bragg Fort Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610024 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 69373 RPUID:1033411; M2338:958304; M2343:958705; M2348:958708; M2351:958710; M2353:958711; M2505:580476; M2545:1034467; M2646:958720; M6143:5976307; M6146:597164 M6438:577152; M6460:610295; M6750:591555; O4860:289720 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 12 Buildings Fort Bragg Fort Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620001 Status: Underutilized Directions: D2609:RPUID:577998; D2815:RPUID:614614; D3225:RPUID:594582; D3637:RPUID:586751; E1739:RPUID:605961; N5204:RPUID:304497; D2509:RPUID:597728; D2212:RPUID:604181; D2211:RPUID:297376; D2113: RPUID:584535; D2111:RPUID:611859; D1911:RPUID:604178 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Fort Bragg Fort Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620005 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building D2105 & 280 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 3 Buildings Fort Bragg Fort Bragg NC 28310 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630040 Status: Unutilized Directions: H3654 (296691); M2506 (297512); 69673 (291378) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area North Dakota Bldg. 440 Stanley R. Mickelsen Nekoma ND 58355 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199940103 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 455 Stanley R. Mickelsen Nekoma ND 58355 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199940104 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 456 Stanley R. Mickelsen Nekoma ND 58355 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199940105 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 3101 Stanley R. Mickelsen Langdon ND 58355 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199940106 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 3110 Stanley R. Mickelsen Langdon ND 58355 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199940107 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Ohio Bldg. S0390 Lima Army Tank Plant Lima OH 45804-1898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199730104 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. T0441 Lima Army Tank Plant Lima OH 45804-1898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199730105 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 00442 Lima Army Tank Plant Lima OH 45804-1898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199730106 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 00443 Lima Army Tank Plant Lima OH 45804-1898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199730107 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 00452 Lima Army Tank Plant Lima OH 45804-1898 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199730108 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Oklahoma Bldg. 00445 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73501 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200330065 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 01193 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73501-5100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200430043 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 1500, 1515, 1539 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200530053 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 2185 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200530054 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 2306, 2332 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200530055 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 6 Bldgs. Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200530056 Status: Unutilized Directions: 2452, 2458, 2464, 2473, 2485, 2491 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3359 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200530058 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 4 Bldgs. Fort Sill 3455, 3461, 3475, 3491 Lawton OK 73503 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200530059 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 5150, 6101, 6111 Fort Sill Lawton OK 73503 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200530060 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 4 Bldgs. Fort Sill Lawton OK 73501 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200840047 Status: Unutilized Directions: M5680, M5681, M5682, M5683 Reasons: Extensive deterioration RS Kerr Lake HC61 Sallisaw OK 74955 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201040042 Status: Underutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Fort Sill, (4 Bldgs) Fort Sill Lawton OK Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201110027 Status: Unutilized Directions: Bldgs: 00208, M4902, M4903, 06204 Reasons: Extensive deterioration 14 Bldgs. Fort Sill Lawton OK 73501 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130056 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00214, 00216, 01445, 01447, 01448, 01468, 02524, 02594, 02809, 6472, 6473, 6474, M1453, M4905 Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Contamination 6 Buildings Fort Sill Ft. Sill OK 73503 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440054 Status: Unutilized Directions: 6280; 6281; 6283; 6292; 6295; 6293 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 472 1 C Tree Road McAlester OK 74501 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630026 Status: Unutilized Directions: RPUID:345391 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Oregon Bldg. 38 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012174 Status: Underutilized Directions: 13 miles east of Hermiston Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 53 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012175 Status: Underutilized Directions: 13 miles east of Hermiston Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 54 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012176 Status: Underutilized Directions: 8 miles east of Hermiston Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 83 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012178 Status: Underutilized Directions: 13 miles east of Hermiston Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 85 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012179 Status: Underutilized Directions: 13 miles east of Hermiston Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 127 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Army Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012185 Status: Unutilized Directions: 13 miles east of Hermiston Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 128 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012186 Status: Unutilized Directions: 13 miles east of Hermiston Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 155 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012189 Status: Unutilized Directions: 13 miles east of Hermiston Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 208 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012190 Status: Underutilized Directions: 13 miles east of Hermiston Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 211 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012191 Status: Underutilized Directions: 13 miles east of Hermiston Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 417 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012195 Status: Unutilized Directions: 8 miles east of Hermiston Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 418 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012196 Status: Unutilized Directions: 8 Miles East of Hermiston, Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 433 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012197 Status: Underutilized Directions: 13 Miles East of Hermiston, Oregon I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 457 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012198 Status: Underutilized Directions: 8 Miles East of Hermiston, Oregon I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 482 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012199 Status: Unutilized Directions: 13 Miles East of Hermiston, Oregon I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 483 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012200 Status: Unutilized Directions: 13 Miles East of Hermiston Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 484 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012201 Status: Unutilized Directions: 13 Miles East of Hermiston Oregon I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 485 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012202 Status: Unutilized Directions: 13 Miles East of Hermiston Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 486 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012203 Status: Unutilized Directions: 8 Miles East of Hermiston Oregon I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 488 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012204 Status: Unutilized Directions: 8 Miles East of Hermiston Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 490 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012205 Status: Unutilized Directions: 13 Miles East of Hermiston Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 493 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012207 Status: Unutilized Directions: 8 Miles East of Hermiston, Oregon I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 494 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012208 Status: Unutilized Directions: 13 Miles East of Hermiston, Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 608 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012217 Status: Underutilized Directions: 8 Miles East of Hermiston, Oregon I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 616 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012225 Status: Unutilized Directions: 13 Miles East of Hermiston, Oregon I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 624 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012229 Status: Underutilized Directions: 8 Miles East of Hermiston, Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 431 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012279 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 202 Tooele Army Depot, Umatilla Depot Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014304 Status: Unutilized Directions: 13 miles east of Hermiston, Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 203 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014305 Status: Unutilized Directions: 13 miles east of Hermiston, Oregon on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 137 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199014782 Status: Unutilized Directions: 8 miles east of Hermiston, OR on I-84 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 489 Tooele Army Depot Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199030362 Status: Unutilized Directions: 8 miles East of Hermiston, OR on I-84. Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 619 Umatilla Depot Activity Hermiston OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199120032 Status: Unutilized Directions: 8 miles east of Hermiston, Oregon on I-84. Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 122, 123, 125 Umatilla Chemical Depot OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199840108 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 204, 205 Umatilla Chemical Depot OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199840109 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 346 Umatilla Chemical Depot OR 97838 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199840110 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Pennsylvania 11 Bldgs. Fort Indiantown Gap Annville PA 17003-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199810190 Status: Unutilized Directions: T-10-24, T-10-25, T-10-26, T-10-27, T-10-28, T-10-29, T-10-30, T-10-31, T-10-32, T-10-33, T-10-34 Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00635 Carlisle Barracks Carlisle PA 17013 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200640115 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 00302, 00630, 00846 Carlisle Barracks Cumberland PA 17013 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720107 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00301 Carlisle Barracks Cumberland PA 17013 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740026 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00257 Carlisle Barracks Cumberland PA 17013 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200830001 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00017 Scranton Army Ammo Plant Scranton PA 18505 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200840048 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area,Extensive deterioration 5 Bldgs. Letterkenny Army Depot Chambersburg PA 17201 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200920063 Status: Unutilized Directions: 01466, 03231, 03243, 03244, 03245 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. S0093 Tobyhanna Army Depot Monroe PA 18466 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200920065 Status: Underutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 4 Bldgs. Letterkenny Army Depot Franklin PA 17201 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200940034 Status: Unutilized Directions: S3627, 03811, S4344, S5298 Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 891 Carlisle Barracks Cumberland PA 17013 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201020023 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Tobyhanna Army Deport Tobyhanna PA 18466 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201420027 Status: Underutilized Directions: 0511A; 0511B Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area Letterkenny Army Depot Bldg. 2365; 1465; 1456 Intersection of Georgia Avenue Chambersburg PA 17201 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510001 Status: Unutilized Directions: 2365; 1465; 1456 Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising Nat'l Sec. Reasons: Secured Area 9 Buildings Defense Distribution Susquehanna, PA New Cumberland PA 17070 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520010 Status: Underutilized Directions: Building 0090; 00901; 00902; 00904; 02021; 02023; 02024; 02025; 02027 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security; Property located within an airport runway clear zone or military airfield. Reasons: Within airport runway clear zone, Secured Area Building 1008 11 Hap Arnold Blvd. Tobyhanna PA 18466 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530047 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area S2705 & S2706 Letterkenny Army Depot Letterkenny Army Depo PA 17201 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540031 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Puerto Rico Building 00215 Ft. Allen Trng. Center Juan Diaz PR 00795 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530004 Status: Unutilized Comments: doc. deficiencies; documentation provided represents a dear threat to personal phys. safety. Public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising Nat. Sec. Reasons: Extensive deterioration 29 Buildings Victory Road; USAG FORT BUCHANAN, RQ327 Fort Buchanan PR 00934 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540013 Status: Excess Directions: 01029; 01030; 01031; 01032; 01033; 01034; 01035; 01036; 01037; 01038; 01039; 01040; 01041; 01042; 01043; 01044; 01046; 01047; 01048; 01049; 01050; 01051; 01052; 01054; 01055; 01056; 01057; 01058; 01061 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 00215 Fort Allen Training Center Rd. #1 Juan Diaz PR 00795 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540049 Status: Unutilized Comments: documented deficiencies: condemned due to a fault in the structural integrity; foundation instability and deterioration the walls and ceilings have fallen Reasons: Extensive deterioration 3 Buildings Camp Santiago Trng Center (RQ577) Salinas PR 00751 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540050 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00415-RPUID: 951222; 00416; 00414 Comments: documented deficiencies: condemned; due to structural integrity walls and foundation are cracked. Reasons: Extensive deterioration 6 Buildings USAG Fort Buchanan, RQ327 Fort Buchanan PR Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610023 Status: Excess Directions: Buildings 01053; 01059; 01063; 01065; 01067; 01069 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Rhode Island Bldg. 0A65V, 340, 382 Camp Fogarty Training Site Kent RI 02818 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201040022 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area Building 000P2 570 Read Schoolhouse Rd. NG Coventry RI 02816 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440049 Status: Excess Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building OSKRG Camp Fogarty East Greenwich RI 02818 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440052 Status: Unutilized Comments: documented Deficiencies: structural damage; several large holes; severely rotten foundation; extreme rodent infestation; clear threat to physical safety. Reasons: Extensive deterioration Samoa Bldg. 00002 Army Reserve Center Pago Pago AQ 96799 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200810001 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Floodway Bldg. 00644 Tree Top U.S. Army Reserve Ctr Pago AQ Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201040039 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area South Carolina Bldg. 01916 DRMS Storage Facility Ft. Jackson SC Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120020 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldg. 1727 Ft. Jackson Ft. Jackson SC Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201220024 Status: Unutilized Comments: nat'l security concerns; public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising Nat'l Security. Reasons: Secured Area J5800 Wildcat Rd. Ft. Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230013 Status: Underutilized Comments: controlled access pts.; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising Nat'l Security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Golden Arrow Rd. Ft. Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230014 Status: Underutilized Directions: F5035, F5036, F5037, F5048 Comments: controlled access pts.; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising Nat'l Security. Reasons: Secured Area 11 Buildings Ft. Jackson Ft. Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310031 Status: Unutilized Directions: P8654, P8655, Q8374, O7160, 07165, O7170, O7178, O7179, M7507, N7657, N7664 Comments: located w/in controlled military installation; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 24 Buildings Ft. Jackson Ft. Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310035 Status: Unutilized Directions: F7123, F7124, F7125, F7132, F7133, F7903, F6685, F6792, F6794, F6800, F6802, F6926, F7017, F7023, F6050, F6051, F6142, F6143, F6461, F6462, F6467, F6681, F6684, E5991 Comments: located w/in controlled military installation; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 5 Buildings Fort Jackson Fort Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410012 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1708, 10802, P8670, Q8381, Q8384 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area P8663 Fort Jackson Ft. Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410029 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 27 Buildings Fort Jackson Fort Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430025 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1444, 1530, 1531, 1532, 1539, 1540, 1541, 1542, 2139, 2260, 2275, 2285, 2462, 2464, 2522, 2785, 3058, 3210, 3270, 3280, 4325, 4354, 4376, 4400, 4407, 11559, E4830 Comments: public access denied & no alternative without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area FT. Jackson Bldg. 4325 & 4376 Jackson Blvd. Ft. Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510033 Status: Unutilized Directions: 4325; 4376 Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising Nat'l Sec. Reasons: Secured Area Ft. Jackson Bldg. 2570 2570 Warehouse Rd. Ft. Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510034 Status: Unutilized Directions: 2570 Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising Nat'l Sec. Reasons: Secured Area 3 Buildings Fort Jackson Ft. Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510035 Status: Unutilized Directions: Bldg. 2571; 2572; 2567 Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising Nat'l Sec. Reasons: Secured Area 6 Buildings Fort Jackson Ft. Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510036 Status: Unutilized Directions: Bldg. 2580; 2590; 3500; 3510; 3511; 3521 Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising Nat'l Sec. Reasons: Secured Area 20 Buildings Fort Jackson Fort Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530051 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building: 1920; 2253; 2495; 2500; 2510; 2512; 2520; 2522; 2524; 2530; 2545; 2533; 2558; 2562; 2563; 2567; 2570; 2571; 2572; 2580 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area 20 Buildings Fort Jackson Fort Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530052 Status: Unutilized Directions: Buildings: 2590; 3220; 3290; 3295; 3500; 3510; 3511; 3521; 4205; 4210; 4215; 4225; 4230; 4235; 4325; 4376; 4470; 4475; 5578; 5579 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area 24 Buildings Fort Jackson Fort Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530053 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building's: 5580; 5581; 5582; 5583; 5585; 5586; 5590; 10613; E4801; E4802; E4803; E4811; E4816; E4821; E4822; E4823; E4824; E4825; E4828; E4829; E4830; E4832; E4833; 5584 Comments: Public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Fort Jackson Fort Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530054 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building's: 9451; 9452; 9453; 9455 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area 5 Buildings Fort Jackson Fort Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530083 Status: Unutilized Directions: 10612, 10614, 10624, 10625, 10628 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 5715 5715 Imboden Street Fort Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620025 Status: Unutilized Directions: RPUID:308163 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 8 Buildings 2545 ESSAYONS WAY Fort Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620027 Status: Unutilized Directions: 2557:RPUID:308587; 2545:RPUID:310534; 2539:RPUID:310640; 12625:RPUID:604053; 2584:RPUID:180421; 2561:RPUID:310641; 4475:RPUID:307769; 2548:RPUID:308585 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 5713(RPUID: 308428) Imoden St. Ft. Jackson SC 29207 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620037 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Tennessee Bldg. 225 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012304 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 226 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012305 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. F9 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012306 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. P5 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012307 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. P9 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012308 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. V1 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012309 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. V3 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012311 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. F-1 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012314 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 107 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012316 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. R9 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012317 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. V9 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012337 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. R1 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013790 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Holston Army Ammunition Plant 4509 West Stone Drive Kingsport TN 37660-9982 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140613 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. I010 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440212 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. J010 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440213 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. K010 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440214 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. L010 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440215 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. M010 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 61299-6000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199440216 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. J001 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199510025 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. M001 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199510026 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. N001 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199510027 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 227 Holston Army Amo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200310040 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. D-1, D-2, D-6 thru D-10 Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320054 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 6 Bldgs. Holston Army Ammo Plant E-1, E-2, E-5, E-7 thru E-9 Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320055 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. G-1, G-2, G-3, G-9 Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320056 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 5 Bldgs. Holston Army Ammo Plant I-1, I-2, I-7, I-8, I-9 Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320058 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. K-1, K-7, K-9 Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320059 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. L-1M, L-2, L-9 Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320060 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldgs. O-1, O-7, O-9 Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320061 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldgs. J-2, J-6 thru J-9 Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320062 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldgs. M-2, M-7, M-9 Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320063 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. U-2 Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320064 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. P-3, P-7 Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320065 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 4, A-5, B-5, B-9 Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320066 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. A14, A20, A28 Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320068 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Holston Army Ammo Plant 301, 303B, 304, 312 Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320071 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 401, 408 Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320073 Status: Excess GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldg. A-35 Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340056 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4-A Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsort TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200510042 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. X0028 Milan Army Ammo Plant Gibson TN 38358 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200520052 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 8(1), 8(2), 8(4) Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200530064 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. H-8 Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200640070 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 136, 148 Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200640071 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 8(3) Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710035 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 00001, 00003, 00030 John Sevier Range Knoxville TN 37918 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200930021 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration 9 Bldgs. Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030020 Status: Unutilized Directions: 6, 8A, 24A, 25A, 40A, 101, 118, 143, 154 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 9 Bldgs. Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030021 Status: Unutilized Directions: 249, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 302B, 315, 331 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 8 Bldgs. Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030022 Status: Unutilized Directions: 404, 405, 406, 407, 411, 414, 423, 427 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 9 Bldgs. Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030023 Status: Unutilized Directions: A-0, B-11, C-3A, F-3, G-1A, M-8, N-10A, O-5, D-6A Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 11 Bldgs. Holston Army Ammo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030024 Status: Unutilized Directions: YM-1, YM-2, YM-3, YM-4, YM-5, YM-6, YM-7, YM-8, YM-9, YM-10, YM-11 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Buildings Holston Army Amo Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310037 Status: Unutilized Directions: 328, 328A Comments: located w/in secured area; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 50139 2280 Hwy 104 W. Suite 2 (Milan Army Ammunition Plant) Milan TN 38358 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330012 Status: Unutilized Directions: 50139 Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising nat. security. Reasons: Secured Area J0139 Milan AAP Milan TN 38358 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330073 Status: Unutilized Comments: restricted area; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access is/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Milan AAP Milan TN 38358 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201340035 Status: Excess Directions: I0205; I0206; I0207; T0114 Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area 0302B Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410005 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area A0018 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410031 Status: Underutilized Comments: property is adjacent to a building that processes explosive materials as part of an acid maufacturing plant. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Building 348 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201420025 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 127 Holston Army Ammunition Plant Kingsport TN 37660 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520031 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Milan APP Milan TN 38358 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530098 Status: Excess Directions: S0021; S0022 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Texas Bldg. M-3 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012524 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. C-11 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012529 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. C-10 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012533 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. C-15 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012536 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. J-17 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012540 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. J-21 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012542 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. M-24 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199012545 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. C-42 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199030337 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. C-6 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199030338 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. J-1 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199030339 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. J-3 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199030340 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. J-6 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199030341 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. J-7 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199030342 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. M-1 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199030343 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. M-6 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199030344 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. M-7 Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Highway 82 West Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199030345 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1ST-1 Longhorn Army Ammunition Plant Karnack TX 75671 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620827 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3156 Fort Bliss El Paso TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830171 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 7139 Fort Bliss El Paso TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830186 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 7151, 7154, 7157-7159 Fort Bliss El Paso TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830187 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 9901 Fort Bliss El Paso TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200320079 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. YAREA Longhorn Army Ammo Plant Kamack TX 75661 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340062 Status: Excess GSA Number: Directions: 0003Y, 0004Y, 004Y2, 0013Y, 0016Y, 16Y1, 16Y2, 0018Y, 018Y1 0029Y, 0032Y, 0034Y, 0038Y, 0040Y, 0045Y Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. P-3X, 3X-4of5 Longhorn Army Ammo Plant Karnack TX 75661 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340063 Status: Excess GSA Number: Directions: 00P10, 00P11, 0046A, 0049B, 0053B, 0054B, 0055B, 0056B, 0059B, 0060B 0068F, 0026E, 0032E, 0029D Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. P-3X, 3X-3of5 Longhorn Army Ammo Plant Karnack TX 75661 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340064 Status: Excess GSA Number: Directions: 00S13, 00P13, 00B10, 00B16, SHEDC, 00B15, 00B13, 00B11, 000B9, 000B7, SHEDJ, SHEDD, 000M4, 000P3, 000P1 Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. P-3X 5of5 Longhorn Army Ammo Plant Karnack TX 75661 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340065 Status: Excess GSA Number: Directions: 0025D, 0025C, 0050G, 0054F, 0053D, 0054G, 0031G, 00403, 00406, 00408, 00409, 0016T, 0020T, 0035T, 0036T036T1 Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. Inert SH10F3 Longhorn Army Ammo Plant Karnack TX 75661 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340066 Status: Excess GSA Number: Directions: 00101, 00102, 0102R, 00103, 000L6, 00402, 000L5, SHEDL, SHEDB, 0061I, 0060I, 0022B, 0032B, 0029A, 0031A Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. Inert SH3of3 Longhorn Army Ammo Plant Karnack TX 75661 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340067 Status: Excess GSA Number: Directions: 016T1, 020T1, 0034T, 034T1, 0020X, 022X1 Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. SH2of3 Longhorn Army Ammo Plant Karnack TX 75661 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340068 Status: Excess GSA Number: Directions: 068G1, 068F1, 0022B, 0032B, 054F1, 0040H, 00402, 00404, 00405, 0018G, 0015G, 0009G, 0010G, 0011G Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. Inert Longhorn Army Ammo Plant Karnack TX 75661 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340069 Status: Excess GSA Number: Directions: 00703, 0703A, 0703C, 0707E, 0018K, 01ST1, 0201A, 00202, 00204, 0022G, 0025G, 0031W, 0049W, 0501E, 510B2, 0601B, 018K1 Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. SHOPS Longhorn Army Ammo Plant Karnack TX 75661 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340070 Status: Excess GSA Number: Directions: 00723, 0722P, 0704D, 00715, 00744, 0722G Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. Magaz Longhorn Army Ammo Plant Karnack TX 75661 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340071 Status: Excess GSA Number: Directions: 08111, 08117, 81110, 81111, 81112, 81113, 81114, 81117, 81118, 81121, 81122, 81124, 81128, 81141, 81143, 81156 Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. P-3X SHT1of5 Longhorn Army Ammo Plant Karnack TX 75661 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340072 Status: Excess GSA Number: Directions: 02121 thru 21211, 21214 thru 21221, 21223, 21225, 21227, 21231D thru 21240, 21242, 21244, 21246, 21248 Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. P-3X SHT2of5 Longhorn Army Ammo Plant Karnack TX 75661 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200340073 Status: Excess GSA Number: Directions: 21250 thru 21257, 21259, 0027X, 0022X, 0035X Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 56208, 56220 Fort Hood Ft. Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200420146 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 7122, 7125 Fort Bliss El Paso TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540070 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 7136 Fort Bliss El Paso TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200540071 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. D5040 Grand Prairie Reserve Complex Tarrant TX 75051 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200620045 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldgs. 1177, 1178, 1179 Fort Bliss El Paso TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200640073 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 199, 1271, 11306 Fort Bliss El Paso TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710036 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 56226, 56228 Fort Hood Bell TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720109 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 1235 Fort Bliss El Paso TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740030 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00002 Denton Lewisville TX 76102 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200810034 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 9 Bldgs. Fort Bliss El Paso TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200820013 Status: Excess Directions: 1610, 1680, 2322, 2323, 2332, 2333, 2343, 2353, 3191 Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 08017 Fort Worth Tarrant TX 76108 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200830028 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration 9 Bldgs. Fort Worth Tarrant TX 76108 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200830029 Status: Unutilized Directions: 8501, 8504, 8505, 8506, 8507, 8508, 8509, 8511, 8514 Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 617, 619, 889, 890 Fort Bliss El Paso TX Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200830030 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Fort Bliss El Paso TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200830039 Status: Unutilized Directions: 11411, 11530, 11540, 11550 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 5817 Fort Bliss El Paso TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200920071 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 9550, 9557, 9558, 11301 Fort Bliss El Paso TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200930025 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 11284, 11304 Fort Bliss El Paso TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200940036 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 25 Brownwood Brown TX 76801 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201020033 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00046 Ft. Bliss El Paso TX Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120056 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 6 Bldgs. Ft. Bliss El Paso TX Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120059 Status: Unutilized Directions: 07180, 07184, 07186, 07188, 07190, 07192 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 1674 42nd & Old Ironsides Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140065 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area, Contamination 5 Buildings Ft. Wolters Ft. Wolters TX 76067 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410004 Status: Excess Directions: 1178, 1179, 1180, 1201, 1213? Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Fort Hood Ft. Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440061 Status: Unutilized Directions: 36019; 36027; 36028; 36043 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 01249 1249 Irwin Rd. Fort Bliss TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520044 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 9111; RPUID: 180441 Hell on Wheels Avenue Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540026 Status: Excess Comments: documented deficiencies: property has holes in the structure that most likely will result in collapse if removed off-site; clear threat to physical safety. Reasons: Extensive deterioration 16 Buildings Fort Bliss El Paso TX 79916 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540051 Status: Unutilized Directions: 03682; 03693; 05041; 05043; 05044; 05045; 07013; 07021; 09495; 09683; 11269; 11519; 11520; 11626; 11660; 11682 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Fort Hood Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610016 Status: Excess Directions: Building 4222 RPUID:312106; 56007 RPUID:172572 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 7 Buildings Fort Hood Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610018 Status: Unutilized Directions: 56448:956596; 56449:956597; 56171:312159; 8314:180917; 8400:180742; 9426:180261; 4261:312300 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Fort Hood Fort Hood TX 76544 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610047 Status: Excess Directions: 2033 RPUID:171493; 56616 RPUID:171884 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Saginaw Saginaw TX 76131 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630035 Status: Unutilized Directions: 0006 (569487); 00016 (555193); 00029 (556778); 00030 (556779) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 00031 (RPUID:556780) Saginaw Saginaw TX 76131 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630046 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 687 (RPUID: 368471) Red River Army Depot Texarkana TX 75507 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630047 Status: Excess Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Utah Bldg. 5145 Deseret Chemical Depot Tooele UT 84074 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820120 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldg. 8030 Deseret Chemical Depot Tooele UT 84074 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199820121 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldgs. 04546, 04550 Deseret Chemical Depot Stockton UT 84071 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200610034 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 5126 Deseret Chemical Depot Stockton UT Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200820075 Status: Excess Comments: bldg. 4535 was demolished 04/12/2012. Reasons: Secured Area 16 Bldgs. Green River Test Complex Green River UT 84525 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201210043 Status: Unutilized Directions: 50101, 50102, 50106, 50108, 50109, 50130, 50131, 50133, 50210, 50253, 50291, 50308, 50331, 50400. Comments: nat'l security concerns; no public access and no alternative method to gain access. Reasons: Secured Area 14 Bldgs. Green River Test Complex Green River UT 84525 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201210044 Status: Unutilized Directions: 50001, 50002, 50003, 50006, 50019, 50020, 50022, 50024, 50027, 50029, 50031, 50032, 50040, 50043 Comments: nat'l security concerns; no public access and no alternative method to gain access. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Bldgs. Green River Test Complex Green River UT 84525 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201210096 Status: Unutilized Directions: 50105, 50207 Comments: nat'l security concerns; no public access and no alternative method to gain access. Reasons: Secured Area Building Z2206 & Z2212 115500 Stark Rd. Stockton UT 84071 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330027 Status: Unutilized Comments: secured facility access denied to general public & no alter. method to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 16 Buildings DUGWAY PROVING GROUND DUGWAY PROVING GROUND UT 84022 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540036 Status: Underutilized Directions: 00001-RPUID:570563; 00003-RPUID:588352; 00005-RPUID:588352; 00007-RPUID:611072; 00011-RPUID:614435; 00020-RPUID:611287; 00021-RPUID:614434; 00022-RPUID:570464; 00023-RPUID:599972; 00024-RPUID:575282; 00025-RPUID:586999; 00027-RPUID:570566; 00029-RPUID:587000; 00031-618225; 33-RPUID:599973; 37-RPUID:587002? ? Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 20 Buildings DUGWAY PROVING GROUND DUGWAY PROVING GROUND UT 84022 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540037 Status: Underutilized Directions: 00154-598832; 00156-595717; 00158-574114; 00162-603757; 00163-574115; 00164-585779; 00167-595718; 00171-586937; 00173-607725; 00175-574117; 00177-603576; 00180-575781; 00181-575670; 00183-574119; 00185-598833; 00186-595719; 00187-609946; 00197-609948; 00198-579166; 00201-600412? Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 20 Buildings DUGWAY PROVING GROUND DUGWAY PROVING GROUND UT 84022 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540038 Status: Underutilized Directions: 00205-609949; 00209-602438; 00256-583679; 00303-600093; 00306-616070; 00313-590335; 00321-587745; 00325-583680; 00329-573173; 00351-579174; 00361-600095; 5236-581055; 05362-579151; 05363-576303; 05367-573490; 05375-575942; 05381-578690; 05382-583591; 05383-599699; 05390-604657? Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 14 Buildings DUGWAY PROVING GROUND DUGWAY PROVING GROUND UT 84022 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540039 Status: Underutilized Directions: 00069-RPUID:599975; 00093-RPUID:618228; 00152-RPUID:621801; 00103-RPUID:587003; 00107-RPUID:611292; 00113-RPUID:605404; 00118-RPUID:590378; 00119-RPUID:606737; 00123-RPUID:577667; 00125-RPUID:577668; 00127-RPUID:607723; 00129-RPUID:574112; 00131-RPUID:577669; 00140-RPUID:606738? Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Virginia Bldg. 4327-07 Warehouse Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010833 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area. Bldgs. 4339-23 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Latrine Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010835 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Other—Latrine, detached structure, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3012, Nitrating House Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010836 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4339-02 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010837 Status: Underutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other—Latrine, detached structure, Secured Area Bldg. 4339-10 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Latrine Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010838 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Other—Latrine, detached structure, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4339-11 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Latrine Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010840 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Other—Latrine, detached structure, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 4339-24 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Latrine Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010841 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Other—Latrine, detached structure, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 4710-01 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Latrine Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010843 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Other—Latrine, detached structure, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area. Bldg. 3511-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Blocker Press Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010844 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4710-02 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Latrine Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010845 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Other—Latrine, detached structure, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 4343-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Codmium Plating House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010848 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 4901-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Block Press House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010849 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3553-00, A-1 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Press Cutting House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010851 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 4905-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Control House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010852 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 4909-01 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Solvent Recovery House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010853 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4909-02 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Solvent Recovery House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010854 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3649-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Premix House No. 3 Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010855 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4909-03 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Solvent Recovery House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010856 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 4909-04 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Solvent Recovery House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010857 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4909-05 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Solvent Recovery House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010858 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3662-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Screen Storehouse Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010859 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 4910-01 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010860 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 4910-02 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010861 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4910-03 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010862 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3670-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Perchlorate Grind House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010863 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4910-04 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010864 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4910-05 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010865 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3672-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Perchlorate Grind House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010866 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3675-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Air Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010867 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4911-02 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Air Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010868 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 4912-05 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Waste Powder and Solvent Storage Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010869 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3676-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant C-7 Mix House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010870 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4913-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Large Grain Disassembly House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010871 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3678-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Air Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010872 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4933-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Filter House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010874 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3688 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Control House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010875 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 4935-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Chilled Water Refrigeration Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010876 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4945-02 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Coating House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010877 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3702-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Chemical Grind House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010878 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4952-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Beaker Wrap House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010879 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3706-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Pre-Mix Rest House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010880 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3723-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Nibbling House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010881 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3742-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Catch Tank House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010882 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3743-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Weigh House No. 1 Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010883 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 5501-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Finishing Bldg. Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010884 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 5502-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Waste Water Treatment Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010885 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 7112-01 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Increment House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010886 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 5500-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Manufacturing Bldg. Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010887 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 7126-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Halfway House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010889 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 7160-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Area Maintenance Office Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010890 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 7800-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Extruded Grain Finishing House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010892 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 7806-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Latrine and Utility House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010893 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 9203-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Solvent Preparation Bldg. Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010894 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 9205 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Green Line Complex Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010895 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 9209 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Traying Bldg. Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010896 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 9210 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Traying Bldg. Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010897 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 9211 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Traying Bldg. Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010898 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 9206 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Green Line Complex Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010899 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 9207 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Green Line Complex Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010900 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 9310-01 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Rolled Powder Bldg. Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010901 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 9361-06 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Material Storage Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010903 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 9500-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Nitrating House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010904 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 9503-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Finishing House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010905 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 9510-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Spent Acid Recovery Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010907 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 9546-01 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Soda Ash Mix House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010909 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 9550-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Storage Bldg. Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199010910 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1600 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Solvent Recovery House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011521 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1604 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Solvent Recovery House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011522 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1608 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Solvent Recovery House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011523 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. NR 0221-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Boiler House Dublin VA 24084 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011524 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1618 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Solvent Recovery House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011525 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1619 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Solvent Recovery House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011526 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1622 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Solvent Recovery House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011527 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1625 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Solvent Recovery House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011528 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1650 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011530 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1651 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011531 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1652 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011532 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 221-25 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Burning Ground Office Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011533 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1653 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011534 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1654 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011535 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. NR 222-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Change House, New River Facility Dublin VA 24084 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011536 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1655 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011537 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1656 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011538 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. NR-225 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Maintenance Office, New River Facility Radford VA 24084 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011539 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1657 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011540 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1658 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011541 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 0407-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Filter Plant Station Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011542 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 0403-09 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Control House Water Monitoring Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011543 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1659 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011544 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1675 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011545 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1676 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Water Dry House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011547 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1007 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Acid Screening House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011548 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1008 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Acid Heat And Circulating House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011549 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1010 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Dry House and Conveyor Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011550 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1012 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Nitrating House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011551 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1014-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Emergency Catch House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011553 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1019 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Boiling Tub House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011554 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1024-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Poacher House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011555 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1026-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Final Wringer House Equipment Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011556 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1500-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Dehy Press House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011557 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1501-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Alcohol Pump and Accumulator House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011558 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1508-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Mix House No. 1 Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011560 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1509-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Mix House No. 2 Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011561 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1510-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Block Press House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011562 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1511-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Block Press House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011563 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1512-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Block Press House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011564 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1513-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Finishing Press House No. 2 Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011565 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1514-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Finishing Press House No. 3 Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011566 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1521-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Hydraulic Station Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011567 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1548-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Oil Storage House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011568 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1549-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Area Maintenance Shop Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011569 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1554-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Powder Line Office Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011570 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1558-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Ingredient Storehouse Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011571 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1567-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Lunch Room Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011573 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1685-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Sorting House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011574 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1703-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Coating House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011575 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1851-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Screening House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011577 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1980-06 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011579 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Other—latrine; detached structure, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1980-17 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011580 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Other—latrine; detached structure, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 2051-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant NC Fines Separation Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011581 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 2509-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Mix House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011582 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 2518 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Finishing Press And Cutting House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011585 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 2519 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Finishing Press And Cutting House Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011588 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 2559-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Refrigeration Building Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011591 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3045-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant State Highway 114 Radford VA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013559 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3022-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant State Highway 114 Radford VA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013560 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3050-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant State Highway 114 Radford VA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013561 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3046-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant State Highway 114 Radford VA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013562 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3007-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant State Highway 114 Radford VA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013563 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3002-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant State Highway 114 Radford VA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013564 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3010-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant State Highway 114 Radford VA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013566 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3019-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant State Highway 114 Radford VA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013567 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 9544-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant State Highway 114 Radford VA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013569 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 206 Radford Army Ammunition Plant State Highway 114 Radford VA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013570 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 221-05 Radford Army Ammunition Plant State Highway 114 Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199110142 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 221-06 Radford Army Ammunition Plant State Highway 114 Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199110143 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. B1826 Elev. Motor House Radford Army Ammunition Plant State Hwy. 114 Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199120071 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. A426 Powder Burning Ground Office Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140618 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 456, Filter House Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140619 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 734 AOP Plant Control House Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140620 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. D1733, Control Shelter Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140621 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. B3553, Lunch Room Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140622 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. B3670, Control House Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140623 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. B3671, Control House Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140624 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. B3677, Elevator House Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140627 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. A4912-05, Blower House Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140628 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. B4912-11, Control House Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140629 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. C4913, Control House Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140630 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. D4915, Storage Building Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140631 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 7103-01, HE Saw House Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140632 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. A7103-01, Motor House Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199140633 Status: Unutilized Directions: State Highway 114 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. T0117 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830223 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 5 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830224 Status: Unutilized Directions: 0221-03, 0221-30, 0221-31, 0221-32, 0221-33 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 3 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830225 Status: Unutilized Directions: A0266-01, 0266-03, 0266-08 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 0267-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830226 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 2 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830227 Status: Unutilized Directions: 0421-00, A0421-00 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. A0425-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830228 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. A0428-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830229 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 0525-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830230 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 3 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830231 Status: Unutilized Directions: 0602-00N, 0603-00N, 0604-00N Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1035-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830233 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. D1601-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830235 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 3 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830236 Status: Unutilized Directions: B1608-00, C1608-00, D1608-00 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 3 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830237 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1651-00, A1651-00, B1651-00 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 4 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830238 Status: Unutilized Directions: A1652-00, B1652-00, A1653-00, B1653-00 Comments: Reasons: Secured AreaWithin 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1732-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830240 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 19803-23 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830242 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 3 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830243 Status: Unutilized Directions: 2002-00, T2018-00, 2050-00 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830244 Status: Unutilized Directions: B2518-00, A2519-00 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 2 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830245 Status: Unutilized Directions: A3553-00, C3553-00 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. A3561-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830246 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 4 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830248 Status: Unutilized Directions: 3641-00, 3647-00, A3647-00, B3647-00 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 4 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830250 Status: Unutilized Directions: A3670-00, C3670-00, A3676-00, B3676-00 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3727-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830251 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3901-00 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830252 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 3 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830254 Status: Unutilized Directions: 4334-00, 4339-26, 4339-36 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 3 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830255 Status: Unutilized Directions: 4703-00, 4708-00, 4712-00 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 7 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830256 Status: Unutilized Directions: A4909-04, B4909-04, C4909-04, B4910-04, A4911-02, B4911-02, C4911-02 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 15 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830257 Status: Unutilized Directions: B4912-10, C4912-10, 4912-11, A4912-11, 4912-12, A4912-12, B4912-12, C4912-12, 4912-32, A4912-32, B4912-32, 4912-38, A4912-38, 4912-47, A4912-47 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 2 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830258 Status: Unutilized Directions: 4915-00, A4915-00 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 4 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830259 Status: Unutilized Directions: 4922-00, A4924-02, 4924-07, 4928-00 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 3 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830260 Status: Unutilized Directions: A4945-02, B4945-02, 4951-06 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 3 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830261 Status: Unutilized Directions: 5002-00, 5020-00, 5027-00 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 3 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830263 Status: Unutilized Directions: 5510-00, 5511-00, 5512-00 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 6 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830264 Status: Unutilized Directions: 7100-00, A7102-02, B7102-02, 7105-00, A7105-00, 7120-02 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 10 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199830265 Status: Unutilized Directions: 9200-00, 9201-00, 9202-00, 9204-00, 9208-00, 9212-00, 9215-00, 9216-00, 9217-00, 9218-00 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. C3677-00 Radford AAP Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020079 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 5504-00 Radford AAP Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020080 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 7503-00 Radford AAP Radford VA 24141 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020081 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 3074, 3075 Fort Belvoir Ft. Belvoir VA 22060-5110 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200130077 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. A0415 Radford AAP Radford VA 24143-0100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200230038 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 00200 Radford Army Ammo Plant Radford VA 24143-0100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200240071 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. T4022 Radford Army Ammo Plant Radford VA 24143-0100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200240072 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldg. 00723 Fort Story Ft. Story VA 23459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200310046 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. 00222 Radford Army Ammo Plant Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200510045 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 22127, 22128 Radford Army Ammo Plant Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200510046 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 00677 Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710043 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 00705, 00706, 00771 Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710044 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 01112, 01139 Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710045 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 5 Bldgs. Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710046 Status: Unutilized Directions: 01141, 01146, 01147, 01148, 01153 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 3065-3071 Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710047 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 3086, 3087, 3099 Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710048 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 05089, 05093, 05099 Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200710049 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720043 Status: Unutilized Directions: 0629, 0630, 00704, 00771 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 01147, 01148 Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720044 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720045 Status: Unutilized Directions: 05002, 05009, 05010, 05014 Reasons: Extensive deterioration 5 Bldgs. Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720046 Status: Unutilized Directions: 05033, 05034, 05035, 05036, 05037 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 05040, 05043 Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720047 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 6 Bldgs. Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720049 Status: Unutilized Directions: 05071, 05072, 05073, 05075, 05076, 05077 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 05081, 05088 Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720050 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 7 Bldgs. Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200720051 Status: Unutilized Directions: 05090, 05092, 05094, 05095, 05096, 05097, 05098 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. US042, US044, US45B Radford AAP Montgomery VA 24013 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740031 Status: Underutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 01001 Radford AAP Montgomery VA 24013 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740032 Status: Underutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 4 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammo Plant Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200740170 Status: Unutilized Directions: 36410, 36470, 36500, 37060 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 4 Bldgs. Fort Story Ft. Story VA 23459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200810037 Status: Unutilized Directions: T0540, T0750, T0753, T0762 Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 01140, 01154 Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200810042 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 05015, 05021 Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200810043 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldg. P0545 Fort Story Ft. Story VA 23459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200830040 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 00187, 00189, 00707 Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200840056 Status: Underutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. T0514 Fort Story Ft. Story VA 23459 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200920077 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammo Plant Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200930028 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1030, 1031, 1038, 1044 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 1000, 2000, 2010 Radford AAP Montgomery VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200940038 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 1106, 1109, 1110 Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201010037 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Radford Army Ammo Plant Montgomery VA 24013 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201010038 Status: Unutilized Directions: US042, US044, US45B, 51565 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 8 Bldgs. Hampton Readiness Center Hampton VA 23666 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201020026 Status: Unutilized Directions: 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 23 Reasons: Extensive deterioration 4 Bldgs. Radford AAP Montgomery VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030030 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1002, 1003, 1026, 1045 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 16 Bldgs. Radford AAP Montgomery VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030032 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1666A, 1666B, 1668A, 1671A, 1671B, 1672A, 1672B, 1674, 1674A, 1674B, 1675, 1675A, 1675B, 1676, 1676A, 1676B Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 12 Bldgs. Radford AAP Montgomery VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030033 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1751, 1754, 1762, 1765, 2002, 2003, 2007, 2026, 2047, 2048, 2049, 2050A Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 10 Bldgs. Radford AAP Montgomery VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030034 Status: Unutilized Directions: 3621, 3652, 3655, 3658, 3675, 3675B, 3675C, 3678A, 3678B, 3678C Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 6 Bldgs. Radford AAP Montgomery VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030035 Status: Unutilized Directions: 4703, 9101A, 9101B, 9102A, 9102B, 9103B Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 9 Bldgs. Radford AAP Montgomery VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030036 Status: Unutilized Directions: 49102, 49103, 49126, 71022, 71032, 72215, 91248, 91253, 91254 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 18 Bldgs. Radford AAP Montgomery VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030038 Status: Unutilized Directions: 98206, 98209, 98216, 98217, 98218, 98224, 98226, 98227, 98231, 98232, 98242, 98244, 98280, 98289, 98291, 98294, 98297, 98298 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 8 Bldgs. Radford AAP Montgomery VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030039 Status: Unutilized Directions: 98303, 98304, 98307, 98327, 98332, 98347, 98348, 98364 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. ANTEN Fort Eustis Ft. Eustis VA 23604 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201040032 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration Bldgs. 1132, 1133, 1134 Fort Belvoir Fairfax VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201040033 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration 6 Bldgs. Radford AAP Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201040036 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1000, 1010, 2000, 2010, 22116, USO43 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 1618B Radford Army Ammo Plant Rte. 114, P.O. Box 2 Radford VA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201110007 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 1618B Rte. 114, P.O. Box 2 Radford Army Ammo Plant Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120063 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area, Not accessible by road, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1621 Rte., P.O. Box 2 Radford Army Ammo Plant Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120064 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Contamination, Not accessible by road, Secured Area Bldg. 98241 Rte. 114, P.O. Box 2 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201120065 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Not accessible by road, Secured Area Bldg. 00731 null Radford VA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130009 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 0731A Rte. 114 P.O. Box 2 Radford VA Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130011 Status: Excess Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 07352 null Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130012 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 00736 & 0736A null Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130013 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 2302 & 2303 null Fort Belvoir VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201130031 Status: Excess Reasons: Secured Area 4 Bldgs. 8000 Jefferson Davis Hwy Defense Supply Center Richmond VA 23297 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140063 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00091, 00006, 00007, 00010 Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 00104 8000 Jefferson Davis Hwy Richmond VA 23297 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140069 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Secured Area 12 Bldgs. Ft. Pickett Trng Ctr Blackstone VA 23824 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201210051 Status: Excess Directions: T2823, T2826, T2828, T2829, T2838, T2860, T2861, T2856, T2862, T2863, T2864, T2865 Comments: nat'l security concerns; no public access and no alternative method to gain access. Reasons: Secured Area 16 Bldgs. Ft. Pickett Trng Ctr Blackstone VA 23824 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201220038 Status: Excess Directions: T2814, T2815, T2816, T2817, T2823, T2826, T2827, T2828, T2829, T2838, T2841, T2856, T2860, T2861, T2863, T2862 Comments: nat'l security concerns; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 12 Bldgs. Ft. Pickett Trng Ctr Blackstone VA 23824 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201220042 Status: Excess Directions: A1811, AT306, AT307, R0013, R0014, R0021, R0026, R0027, R0040, R0055, R0063, R0064 Comments: nat'l security concerns; public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings 114 P.O. Box 2 Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230047 Status: Unutilized Directions: 2045, 2046 Comments: restricted area; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 26 Building null Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320007 Status: Unutilized Directions: 1506A, 1506B, 1609, 1609A, 1609B, 1609C, 1616, 1616A, 1616B, 1616C, 2500, 2501, 2506, 2508, 2510, 2512, 2515, 2516, 2518, 2555, 2555A, 2560A, 2558, 2560, 3740, 9379 Comments: W/in restricted area, public assess denied & no alter. method w/out compromising nat'l sec. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Fort Pickett Training Cener Plackstone VA 23824 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201330054 Status: Unutilized Directions: T1710, T2606 Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area T1810 Fort Pickett Training Center Blackstone VA 23824 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201340022 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201410018 Status: Underutilized Directions: 726, 730 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 2 Buildings Radford Army Ammunition Plant Rte. 114, P.O. Box 2 Radford VA 24143-0002 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201420029 Status: Underutilized Directions: 726; 730 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 726 and 730 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24143-0002 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201430002 Status: Underutilized Directions: 726, 730 Comments: public access denied and no alternative without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 5 Buildings Fort Pickett Training Center Blackstone VA 23824 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440006 Status: Unutilized Directions: T2362, T2363, T2364, T2411, T2603 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 6 Buildings Fort Belvior Ft. Belvior VA 22060 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440017 Status: Excess Directions: 1151, 1906, 1141, 1186, 1194, 1195 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 00215 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510045 Status: Excess Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 16 Buildings Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520019 Status: Unutilized Directions: Buildings 71063, 7106-02A, 71062, 49103B, 49103A, 49102B, 2560B, 2521, 2518B, 2518A, 2517B, 2517A, 2515A, 7106-03A, 71064, 7106-04A Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 16 Buildings Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201520020 Status: Unutilized Directions: Buildings 71091, 71092A, 71101, 71101A, 7115, 7136, 2511, 2516A, 2516B, 2521, 2521A, 2554, 71102A, 71092, 71102, 71122 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 3 Buildings Defense Supply Center Richmond VA 25297 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530006 Status: Unutilized Directions: 19 (RPWD: 268718), 20 (RPWD: 268698), 53 (RPWD: 238700) Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising National Security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 06202 Fort Lee; 19th Street Ft. Lee VA 23801 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201530100 Status: Unutilized Comments: documented deficiencies: structural issues due to flooding; clear threat to personal safety. Reasons: Extensive deterioration 06217 Fort Lee Ft. Lee VA 23801 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540029 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 1555A Radford Army Ammunition Plant; Rte. 114 P.O. Box 2 Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540042 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 5 Buildings Sandston Armory Sandston VA 23150 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610065 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building T4504, T3704, T4500, T3702, T3700 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 9 Buildings Rte. 114 P.O. Box 2 Radford VA 24143-0002 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630007 Status: Unutilized Directions: Buildings 4429B, 04429, 4429A, 04404, 04402, 47109, 47104, 4434A, 04434 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Rte. 114 P.O. Box 2 Radford VA 24143-0002 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630008 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 49091, 9091A, 04906, 04721, 71010, 9092C, 9092B, 9092A, 9091C, 9091B Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 8 Buildings Rte. 114 P.O. Box 2 Radford VA 24143-0002 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630009 Status: Unutilized Directions: Buildings 71062, 09481, 71064, 71101, 09354, 93613, 93622, 71063 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 8 Buildings Rte. 114 P.O. Box 2 Radford VA 24143-0002 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630010 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 9093C, 9094A, 9094C, 9104A, 06304, 49515, 1252B, 9093A Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 9 Buildings Rte. 114 P.O. Box 2 Radford VA 24143-0002 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630011 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 3101B, 3101A, 3093B, 3093A, 3349A, 93349, 9324B, 9324A, 3349B Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 9 Buildings Rte. 114 P.O. Box 2 Radford VA 24143-0002 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630012 Status: Unutilized Directions: Buildings 93093, 07809, 6304B, 6304A, 07127, 07115, 07155, 07158, 72211 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Rte. 114 P.O. Box 2 Radford VA 24143-0002 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630013 Status: Unutilized Directions: Buildings 1729A, 01729, 1726C, 1726B, 1726A, 01726, 1730A, 01730, 1729C, 1729B Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Rte. 114 P.O. Box 2 Radford VA 21143-0002 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630014 Status: Unutilized Directions: Buildings 1725C, 1725B, 1725A, 01666, 1659B, 1659A, 1658B, 1658A, 1650B, 1650A Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 9 Buildings Rte. 114 P.O. Box 2 Radford VA 24143-0002 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630017 Status: Unutilized Directions: Buildings 1604B, 1604A, 1604C, 22415, 224-6, 01650, 1600B, 1600C, 1600A Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 16 Buildings Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630036 Status: Unutilized Directions: 01801; 1801A; 1801B; 1801C; 3509A; 02567; 01994; 03741; 03738; 03716; 03744; 04333; 4329E; 4329B; 4329A; 3741A Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 4 Buildings Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24143-0002 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630043 Status: Unutilized Directions: Building 43391, 33929, 33930, 9094B Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 3 Buildings Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630044 Status: Unutilized Directions: 3349D; 3349C; 93614 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 17 Buildings Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630045 Status: Unutilized Directions: 04329; 03751; 22413; 33911; 03509; 03559; 09324; 9093B; 1730C; 1730B; 08028; 08026; 08013; 19803; 72214; 3349F; 3349E Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 03714 Radford Army Ammunition Plant Radford VA 24143 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201630050 Status: Unutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Washington Bldg. 6991 Fort Lewis Ft. Lewis WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199810242 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration 15 Bldgs. Fort Lewis Pierce WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201030041 Status: Unutilized Directions: 3417, 3418, 3423, 3424, 3427, 3428, 3429, 3430, 3433, 3434, 3435, 3436, 3439, 3442, 3444 Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area Bldgs. 00852 and 00853 Yakima Trng. Ctr. Yakima WA 98901 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201140001 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Extensive deterioration 8995 American Lake Ave. JBLM WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201230021 Status: Unutilized Comments: secured military cantonment area; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 3 Buildings Joint Base Lewis-McChord JBLM WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310043 Status: Underutilized Directions: 1158, 3151, 8066 Comments: secured military cantonment area; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 10 Buildings Joint Base Lewis McChord JBLM WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201310066 Status: Underutilized Directions: 03154, 03156, 03157, 03158, 03160, 03161, 03163, 03164, 03165, 03167 Comments: secured military cantonment area; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 5 Buildings Division Dr. JBLM WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320024 Status: Underutilized Directions: 03131, 03135, 03139, 03317, 03320 Comments: secured military cantonment area; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 3 Buildings Libbey Ave. JBLM WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201320025 Status: Underutilized Directions: 03316, 03322, 03330 Comments: secured military cantonment area; public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area 23 Buildings Joint Base Lewis McChord JBLM WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201440047 Status: Underutilized Directions: 07517, 07514, 07507, 07500, 03422, 03421, 03420, 03419, 03416, 03415, 03414, 03413, 03412, 03324, 03287, 03286, 03279, 03278, 03277, 03214, 03212, 03213, 03080 Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area 6 Buildings Sloane St. Joint Base Lewis McCh WA 03933 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510021 Status: Underutilized Directions: 004ED, D0110, 14109, 09643, 03932, 03933 Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising Nat'l Sec. Reasons: Secured Area Joint Base Lewis McChord Bldg. #08277 8277 Shoreline Beach Rd. Pierce WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510024 Status: Underutilized Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising Nat'l Sec. Reasons: Secured Area, Within airport runway clear zone Yakima Training Ctr. Bldg. 223 223 Firing Center Road Yakima WA 98901 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510029 Status: Underutilized Comments: public access denied & no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising Nat'l Sec. Reasons: Secured Area Building 223 Joint Base Lweis McChord JBLM WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201510043 Status: Underutilized Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building #09623 9623 Rainier Drive Joint Base Lewis-McCh WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610019 Status: Excess Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building #06071 6071 N. 16th Street Joint Base Lewis-McCh WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610021 Status: Excess Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security; located within an airport runway clear zone or military airfield. Reasons: Secured Area Building 02541 Firing Center Road Yakima Training Cente WA 98901 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610022 Status: Excess Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Building 06071 6071 N. 16th Street Joint Base Lewis-McCh WA 98433 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610064 Status: Excess Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security, property located within an airport runway clear zone or military airfield Reasons: Secured Area Wisconsin Bldg. 1993-1 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011094 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 227-1 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011104 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 513-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011106 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 513-4 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011108 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 720-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011110 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 2016 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011111 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3016 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011112 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 5016 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011113 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 2031 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011115 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3031 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011116 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 4031 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011117 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 5031 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011119 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 2036 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011120 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3036 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011122 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 4036 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011123 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 2504-1 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011125 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 2504-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011126 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbstos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3504-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011128 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 4504-1 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011129 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 4504-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011130 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 5504-1 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011131 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 5504-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011132 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 2557 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011133 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 2563 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011134 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3563-1 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011135 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 4563-3 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011138 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 4563-4 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011139 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 5557-1 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011141 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 5557-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011142 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 5557-5 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011144 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 273 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Training Facility Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011148 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 229 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Building Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011149 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 2030 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration-General Purpose Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011150 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: firable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 268 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Bldg. Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011151 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 267 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Bldg. Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011152 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 1900-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011154 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 1900-3 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011155 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1900-4 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011156 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 3030 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration-General Purpose Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011157 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1900-7 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011160 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 4030 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration—General Purpose Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011161 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 1906-1 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011162 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1906-10 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011163 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1906-21 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011164 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 5030 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration-General Purpose Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011165 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1906-31 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011166 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 1993-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration-General Purpose Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011167 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1906-42 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011168 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 1906-46 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011169 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 1906-4 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011171 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 1906-12 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011172 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 1906-13 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011173 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 1906-23 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011174 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 1906-28 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011175 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 1932-25 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Cannon Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011176 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1906-34 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011177 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 1906-33 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011178 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1906-39 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011179 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1932-7 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Cannon Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011181 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 1906-43 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011182 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1932-21 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Cannon Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011183 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1906-40 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011184 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 1906-48 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011185 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 1906-51 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011186 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 1932-33 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Cannon Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011187 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1906-53 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011188 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1906-8 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011189 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1932-8 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Cannon Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011190 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 1906-9 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011191 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1932-17 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Cannon Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011192 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1906-14 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011193 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1906-15 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011194 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 1906-20 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011195 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1906-19 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011196 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 1906-25 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011197 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 1906-24 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011198 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 1932-5 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Cannon Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011199 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1906-29 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011200 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 1932-23 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Cannon Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011202 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 1906-45 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011203 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1906-49 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011204 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 1932-9 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Cannon Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011205 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 1906-56 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011206 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 9100-1 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Richmond Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011207 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 1906-54 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Standard Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011208 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 3000 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Warehouse Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011209 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 5000 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Warehouse Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011210 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 275 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Warehouse Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011211 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 9100-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Richmond Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011213 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 214 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011214 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 1975-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011215 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 9100-4 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Richmond Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011218 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 9100-5 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Richmond Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011219 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 9100-6 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Richmond Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011220 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 9100-8 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Richmond Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011221 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 9100-10 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Richmond Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011222 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 9100-12 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Richmond Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011224 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 9100-19 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Richmond Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011225 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 9102-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Igloo Magazine Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011227 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1975-1 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011229 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 1975-4 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011230 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1975-5 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011231 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 1975-7 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011233 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 1975-8 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011234 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 205 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Clinic Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011236 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 2554 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011238 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 5554 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011240 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3554 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011242 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 4554 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011244 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 4568 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011247 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 8010 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011249 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 6535 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Bus Station Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011256 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 2015 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011259 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 3015 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011263 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 4015 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011265 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 5015 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Administration Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011268 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 6532-1 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011270 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 6532-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011275 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 6532-3 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011277 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 6532-4 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011280 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 6532-5 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011282 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 6532-6 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011284 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 6532-7 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011286 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 6532-8 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011290 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 6532-9 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011293 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 6532-10 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011295 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 6532-11 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011297 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental, Secured Area Bldg. 6532-12 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011300 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 6532-13 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011302 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 6532-14 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011304 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 6532-15 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011305 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 6532-16 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011306 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 6532-17 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011307 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Other environmental Bldg. 6532-18 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011308 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 6532-19 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011309 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 6532-20 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011310 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 9016-1 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011311 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 9016-3 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011317 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area, Other environmental Bldg. 9504-1 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011319 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 9504-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011320 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 9504-4 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199011323 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: friable asbestos. Reasons: Secured Area, Other environmental, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 264 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013872 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6861-6 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013875 Status: Underutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6861-1 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013876 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6861-3 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013877 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6861-5 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013878 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-27 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199210097 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 6823-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199210098 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 6861-4 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199210099 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 6513-28 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220295 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-31 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220296 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-32 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220297 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-33 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220298 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-34 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220299 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-35 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220300 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-36 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220301 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-37 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220302 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-38 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220303 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-39 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220304 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-40 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220305 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-41 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220306 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-47 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220308 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-48 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220309 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-49 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220310 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldg. 6513-50 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199220311 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 6657-2, 6659-2 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199510065 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 6668-2 thru 6668-4 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199510067 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 6808-9 thru 6808-16 Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199510069 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area 28 Buildings Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199510070 Status: Unutilized Directions: Include: 6807-28 thru 6807-33, 6807-36 thru 6807-53, 6807-58 thru 6807-61 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration 9 Buildings Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199510071 Status: Unutilized Directions: Include: 6806-3, 6806-4, 6805-8 thru 6805-10, 6803-5 thru 6803-8 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration 7 Buildings Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199510073 Status: Unutilized Directions: Include: 6953-2, 6956-2, 6955-2, 6957-2 Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area 8 Buildings Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199510074 Status: Unutilized Directions: Include: 6828-3, 6828-4, 6828-9, 6828-10, 6868-4 thru 6868-6, 6868-9 Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area 5 Buildings Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199510075 Status: Unutilized Directions: Include: 906-1-SL5, 6864-2, 6850-2, 6829-4, 6826-3 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration 21 Buildings Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199510076 Status: Unutilized Directions: Include: 6815-1 thru 6815-13, 6816-7, 6816-8,6816-10, 6814-6 thru 6814-10 Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area 31 Buildings Badger Army Ammunition Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199510077 Status: Unutilized Directions: Include: 6810-17 thru 6810-32, 6810-39 thru 6810-44 6812-11 thru 6812-16, 6812-20 thru 6812-22 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Extensive deterioration 5 Bldgs., Badger AAP Paste Weigh House 6805-01 thru 6805-05 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740184 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 10 Bldgs., Badger AAP Roll House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740185 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 4 Bldgs., Badger AAP Slitting Roll 6802-02, 6802-3, 6802-5, 6802-7 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740186 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Press House 6810-04, 6810-07 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740187 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 7 Bldgs., Badger AAP Inspection House 6816-01 thru 6816-06, 6816-09 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740188 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 6826-01, Badger AAP Supersonic Scanning House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740189 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 8008-00, Badger AAP null Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740191 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 9016-02, Badger AAP null Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740192 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 9045-00, Badger AAP null Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740193 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 13 Bldgs., Badger AAP Latrines Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740194 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 9101-00, Badger AAP null Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740196 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 3 Bldgs., Badger AAP Telpher System 0923-03, 0923-04, 0923-07 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740201 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 12 Bldgs., Badger AAP Solvent Recovery House 1600-19 thru 1600-30 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740202 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 11 Bldgs., Badger AAP Water Dry House 1650-20 thru 1650-30 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740203 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 8 Bldgs., Badger AAP Rest House 1750-13 thru 1750-19, 1750-21 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740205 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 6 Bldgs., Badger AAP Glaze House 1800-02 thru 1800-07 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740206 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 8 Bldgs., Badger AAP Screening House 1850-01 thru 1850-08 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740207 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration, Secured Area 4 Bldgs., Badger AAP Screen Storehouse 1852-02 thru 1852-05 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740208 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 23 Bldgs., Badger AAP Magazine Standard Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740209 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3566-02, Badger AAP null Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740211 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Dehy Press House 4500-00, 5500-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740212 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Alcohol Pump House 4501-00, 5501-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740213 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Ingredient Mix House 4506-00, 5506-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740215 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 4 Bldgs., Badger AAP Mixer Macerator 4508-01, 4508-02, 5508-01, 5508-02 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740216 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 6 Bldgs., Badger AAP Block Press 4510-01 thru 4510-03, 5510-01 thru 5510-03 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740217 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 5 Bldgs., Badger AAP Final Press 4513-01 thru 4513-03, 5513-01, 5513-02 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740218 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 5 Bldgs., Badger AAP Cutting House 4515-01 thru 4516-03, 5516-01, 5516-02 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740219 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 5 Bldgs., Badger AAP Loading Platform 4517-01 thru 4517-03, 5517-01, 5517-02 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740220 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Hydraulic Station 4521-00, 5521-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740221 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 3 Bldgs., Badger AAP Maintenance Shop 4549-00, 5549-00, 5045-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740222 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 4555-00, Badger AAP ACR Bldg. Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740223 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 6 Bldgs., Badger AAP Material Store Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740224 Status: Unutilized Directions: 4558-01, 4558-02, 4567-00, 5558-01, 5558-02, 5567-00 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Acid Mix 5002-00, 9002-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740225 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Acid Screening 5007-00, 9007-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740226 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Acid Heat 5008-00, 9008-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740227 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 3 Bldgs., Badger AAP Cellulose Drying House 5010-00, 5044-00, 9010-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740228 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Nitrating House 5012-00, 9012-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740230 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Steam Pressure Reducing Station 000E-02, 000F-02 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740232 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 0021-03, Badger AAP null Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740233 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 0202-04, Badger AAP null Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740234 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 0204-B1, Badger AAP null Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740235 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 0271-00, Badger AAP null Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740236 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 4 Bldgs., Badger AAP 0308-01, 0308-02, 0308-03, 0316-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740237 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 0312-00, Badger AAP null Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740238 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Extensive deterioration Bldg. 0318-00, Badger AAP null Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740239 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 0402-00, Badger AAP null Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740240 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Waste Acid Disposal Plant 0420-04, 0420-06 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740241 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 0425, Badger AAP PH Recorder Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740242 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 0534-00, Badger AAP Fire Station #2 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740244 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Nitric Circulator 0705-00, 0706-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740246 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Fume Exhaust 5013-00, 9013-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740247 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP NC Pump House 5014-00, 9014-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740248 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Boiling Tub House 5019-00, 9019-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740249 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 4 Bldgs., Badger AAP Settling Pit 5020-00, 9020-00, 5025-00, 9025-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740250 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Beater House 5022-00, 9022-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740251 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Poacher 5024-00, 9024-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740252 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 4 Bldgs., Badger AAP Final Wringer 5026-00, 5043-00, 9026-00, 9043-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740253 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Spent Acid Pump 5035-00, 9035-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740254 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Maintenance Shop 5037-00, 9037-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740255 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Chemical Storehouse 5038-00, 9038-00 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740256 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 5555-00, Badger AAP ACR Bldg. Work Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740257 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 5557-03, Badger AAP Change House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740258 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 13 Bldgs., Badger AAP Latrines Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740259 Status: Unutilized Directions: 6513-05, 11, 25, 26, 29, 45, 9063-06 thru 10, 13, 14 Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Transfer Shed 6531-01, 02 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740260 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 6538-00, Badger AAP Powerhouse #2 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740261 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 2 Bldgs., Badger AAP Gate House 6543-02, 6543-04 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740262 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 3 Bldgs., Badger AAP Inspection House 6543-11, 13, 14 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740264 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 10 Bldgs., Badger AAP Pre-Dry House 6709-14, 15, 16, 20, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 28 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740268 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Extensive deterioration, Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 11 Bldgs., Badger AAP Rest House Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740269 Status: Unutilized Directions: 6726-02, 6803-01, 02, 03, 04, 6812-08, 17, 18, 19, 6828-07, 6882-02 Comments: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 3 Bldgs., Badger AAP Rest House 6804-01, 08, 14 Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199740271 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 0423-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020083 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 0931-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020084 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 1800-1 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020085 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 1805-1, 1805-2, 1852-1 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020086 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 1994-0, 1995-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020087 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 3502-0, 3566-1 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020088 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 4524-4 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020089 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldg. 6536-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020090 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 6662-0, 6666-0, 6669-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020091 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area Bldgs. 6706-2, 6712-0, 6724-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020092 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 6731-2, -3, -4 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020093 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 5 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020094 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 6732-0, 6732-1, 6736-0, 6738-0, 6738-1 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 5 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020095 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 6826-2, 6850-1, 6863-0, 6881-0, 6882-1 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 4 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020096 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 6953-1, 6955-1, 6956-1, 6957-1 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 12 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020097 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 1725-1 thru 7, 1725-13 thru 17 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 1825-1 thru 4 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020099 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 1875-1 thru 4 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020100 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 13 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020101 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 1996-1 thru 10, 1996-19 thru 21 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 2002-0, 3002-0, 4002-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020102 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 2003-0, 3003-0, 4003-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020103 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 2005-0, 3005-0, 4005-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020104 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 2007-0, 3007-0, 4007-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020105 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 2011-0, 3011-0, 4011-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020107 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 2012-0, 3012-0, 4012-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020108 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 2013-0, 3013-0, 4013-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020109 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 4 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020110 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 8002-0, 8003-0, 8004-0, 8006-0 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 0420-01, 02, 03 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020111 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 0712-17, 18, 19 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020112 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 0923-01, 02, 05, 06, 08 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020113 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 29 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020114 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 1600-01 thru 18, 1600-31 thru 39, 41, 42 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 1650-36 thru 42 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020115 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 2014-0, 3014-0, 4014-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020116 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 2019-0, 3019-0, 4019-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020117 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 2022-0, 3022-0, 4022-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020119 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 6 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020120 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 2024-0, 3024-0, 4024-0, 2025-0, 3025-0, 4025-0 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 2026-0, 3026-0, 4026-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020121 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 2035-0, 3035-0, 4035-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020122 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 2043-0, 3043-0, 4043-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020123 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 2500-0, 3500-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020125 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 2501-0, 3501-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020126 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 7 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020127 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 2506-0, 3506-0, 4506-0, 2508-1, 2508-2, 3508-1, 3508-2 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 13 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020128 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 2510-1 thru 3, 3510-1 thru 3, 2513-1 thru 4, 3513-1 thru 3 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 5 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020129 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 2517-1, 2517-2, 3517-1, 3517-2, 3517-3 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 6 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020130 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 2546-1 thru 4, 2555-0, 3555-0 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 3044-0 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020131 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area,Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 3502-1, 3502-2 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020132 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 3516-1, 2, 3 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020133 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 4524-1, 2, 3 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020134 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 6529-0, 6586-1 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020136 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 6672-1, 6672-2 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020138 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 4 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020139 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 6702-3, 6702-4, 6704-3, 6704-4 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 6705-3, 6705-4 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020140 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 15 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020141 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 6709-2, 6709-5 thru 13, 6709-17 thru 19, 6709-21, 6709-27 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 11 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020142 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 6804-2 thru 7, 6804-9 thru 13 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 4 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020144 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 6808-1, 4, 6, 8 Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 20 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020145 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 6810-1 thru 3, 6810-5, 6810-6, 6810-8, 6810-10 thru 16, 33 thru 38 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 7 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020146 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 6812-1 thru 7 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 6814-1 thru 5 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020147 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 6817-1 thru 4 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020148 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 6828-1, 2, 8 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020149 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 6829-1, 2 Badger AAJP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020150 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 6837-1, 2 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020151 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 6868-1, 2, 3, 7, 8 Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020152 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material 28 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020154 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: 9062-01 thru 18, 25, 28, 9063-01 thru 05, 11, 12, 15 Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 45 Bldgs. Badger AAP Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200020155 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Directions: Steam Pressure Reducing Station Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldg. 420-8 Badger Army Amo Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200240074 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 750, 751, 753 Badger Army Amo Plant Baraboo WI 3913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200240075 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area Bldgs. 763, 765, 768 Badger Army Amo Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200240077 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 770-1 thru 770-3 Badger Army Amo Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200240078 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 771, 00778 Badger Army Amo Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200240079 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Secured Area, Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material Bldgs. 791, 793 Badger Army Amo Plant Baraboo WI 53913 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21200240080 Status: Unutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area 3 Buildings Milwaukee USARC/AMSA #49 Milwaukee WI 53218 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201610034 Status: Unutilized Directions: 00309 RPUID: 968289 (9,728 sq.ft.); 00401 RPUID: 968293 (8,603 sq.ft.); GC444 RPUID: 967743 (21,954 sq.ft.) Comments: off-site removal; 63+yrs. old; bey. useful life; vac. 1 mo.; train; veh. main. shop; prior app. need to gain acc.; no future agency need; due to size may not be feas.to move; con. Army for more info. Reasons: Secured Area Land Alabama 5 Buildings Ft. McClellan Alexandria AL 36250 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201620017 Status: Unutilized Directions: R8434:RPUID: 299453; R8437:RPUID: 303405; C1395:RPUID: 175953; C1312:RPUID: 299704; C1320:RPUID: 176206 Comments: Public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area California 91110 Fort Hunter Liggett Ft. Hunter Liggett CA 93928 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201420001 Status: Underutilized Directions: government-owned land w/privately owned historic building Comments: public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Maryland 4 Concrete Pads Aberdeen Proving Ground Aberdeen MD 21005 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201540056 Status: Unutilized Directions: E3176-981045; E5335-981052; E5628-996138; E7226-981063 Comments: Public access denied and no alternative method to gain access without compromising national security. Reasons: Secured Area Minnesota Portion of R.R. Spur Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant New Brighton MN 55112 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199620472 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Other—landlocked New Jersey Land Armament Research Development Center Route 15 North Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199013788 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Spur Line/Right of Way Armament Rsch., Dev., Center Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199530143 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Floodway 2.0 Acres, Berkshire Trail Armament Rsch, Development Center Picatinny Arsenal NJ 07806-5000 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199910036 Status: Underutilized GSA Number: Reasons: Within 2000 ft. of flammable or explosive material, Secured Area South Carolina Basketball Court Ft. Jackson Ft. Jackson SC Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201220025 Status: Unutilized Comments: nat'l security concerns; public access denied and no alternative method to gain access w/out comprising nat'l security. Reasons: Secured Area Texas Land—Approx. 50 acres Lone Star Army Ammunition Plant Texarkana TX 75505-9100 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21199420308 Status: Unutilized Directions: Comments: Reasons: Secured Area Land 1 Brownwood Brown TX 76801 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201020034 Status: Unutilized Reasons: Contamination Utah B-50000 Green River Test Complex Green River UT 84525 Landholding Agency: Army Property Number: 21201210047 Status: Unutilized Comments: nat'l security concerns; no public access and no alternative method to gain access. Reasons: Secured Area
    [FR Doc. 2016-20792 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4210-67-P
    81 171 Friday, September 2, 2016 Notices Part IV Department of Health and Human Services Secretarial Review and Publication of the National Quality Forum Annual Report to Congress and the Secretary Submitted by the Consensus-Based Entity Regarding Performance Measurement; Notice DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Secretarial Review and Publication of the National Quality Forum Annual Report to Congress and the Secretary Submitted by the Consensus-Based Entity Regarding Performance Measurement AGENCY:

    Office of the Secretary of Health and Human Services, HHS.

    ACTION:

    Notice.

    SUMMARY:

    This notice acknowledges the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services' (HHS) receipt and review of the 2016 National Quality Forum Annual Report to Congress and the Secretary submitted by the consensus-based entity (CBE) under a contract with the Secretary as mandated by section 1890(b)(5) of the Social Security Act, established by section 183 of the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 (MIPPA) and amended by section 3014 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010. The statute requires the Secretary to review and publish the report in the Federal Register together with any comments of the Secretary on the report not later than six months after receiving the report. This notice fulfills the statutory requirements.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Sophia Chan (410) 786-5050.

    The order in which information is presented in this notice is as follows:

    I. Background II. The 2016 Annual Report to Congress and the Secretary: “NQF Report on 2015 Activities to Congress and the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services” III. Secretarial Comments on the 2016 Annual Report to Congress and the Secretary IV. Collection of Information Requirements I. Background

    The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (ACA) provides strategies and tools to more fully achieve “Quality, Affordable Health Care For All Americans”—Title I of ACA. In the six years since its passage, 20 million people have gained access to health care, (See ASPE. “HEALTH INSURANCE COVERAGE AND THE AFFORDABLE CARE ACT, 2010-2016 available at: https://aspe.hhs.gov/pdf-report/health-insurance-coverage-and-affordable-care-act-2010-2016”) and the quality of that care is significantly improved. Fewer Americans are losing their lives or falling ill due to conditions acquired in the hospital such as pressure ulcers, infections, falls and traumas. Hospital-acquired conditions are estimated to have declined by 17 percent between 2010 and 2014. Preliminary data show that between 2010 and 2014, there was a decrease in these conditions by more than 2.1 million events; and as a result, 87,000 fewer people lost their lives. See: “Saving Lives and Saving Money: Hospital-Acquired Conditions Update.” December 2015. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, Rockville, MD. http://www.ahrq.gov/professionals/quality-patient-safety/pfp/interimhacrate2014.html.

    A key ACA strategy for “Improving The Quality and Efficiency of Health Care” (Title III of ACA) is to transform the health care delivery system by encouraging development of new patient care models and linking payment to quality outcomes in the Medicare program. As part of this strategy, the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) has established a goal of tying 30 percent of traditional or fee-for-service Medicare payments to quality or value through alternative payment models by the end of 2016; and 50 percent of payments to these models by the end of 2018. HHS also set a goal of tying 85 percent of all traditional Medicare payments to quality or value by 2016 and 90 percent by 2018 through programs such as the Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Program. In March 2016, HHS announced that it has reached the goal of tying 30 percent of traditional Medicare payments to alternative payment models nearly a year ahead of schedule.

    Efforts to transform the health care system to provide higher quality care require accurate, valid, and reliable measurement of the quality and efficiency of health care. Recognition of the need for such measurement predates ACA; MIPPA created section 1890 of the Social Security Act (the Act), which requires the Secretary of HHS to contract with a CBE to perform multiple duties to help improve performance measurement. Section 3014 of ACA expanded the duties of the CBE to help in the identification of gaps in available measures and to improve the selection of measures used in health care programs.

    In response to MIPPA, in January of 2009, a competitive contract was awarded by HHS to the National Quality Forum (NQF) to fulfill requirements of section 1890 of the Act. A second, multi-year contract was awarded again to NQF after an open competition in 2012. This contract now includes the following duties created by MIPPA and ACA and contained in section 1890(b) of the Act:

    Priority Setting Process: Formulation of a National Strategy and Priorities for Health Care Performance Measurement. The CBE is to synthesize evidence and convene key stakeholders to make recommendations on an integrated national strategy and priorities for health care performance measurement in all applicable settings. In doing so, the CBE is to give priority to measures that: (a) Address the health care provided to patients with prevalent, high-cost chronic diseases; (b) have the greatest potential for improving quality, efficiency and patient-centered health care; and c) may be implemented rapidly due to existing evidence, standards of care or other reasons. Additionally, the CBE must take into account measures that: (a) May assist consumers and patients in making informed health care decisions; (b) address health disparities across groups and areas; and (c) address the continuum of care across multiple providers, practitioners and settings.

    Endorsement of Measures: The CBE is to provide for the endorsement of standardized health care performance measures. This process must consider whether measures are evidence-based, reliable, valid, verifiable, relevant to enhanced health outcomes, actionable at the caregiver level, feasible to collect and report, responsive to variations in patient characteristics such as health status, language capabilities, race or ethnicity, and income level and are consistent across types of health care providers, including hospitals and physicians.

    Maintenance of CBE Endorsed Measures. The CBE is required to establish and implement a process to ensure that endorsed measures are updated (or retired if obsolete) as new evidence is developed.

    Review and Endorsement of an Episode Grouper Under the Physician Feedback Program. “Episode-based” performance measurement is an approach to better understanding the utilization and costs associated with a certain condition by grouping together all the care related to that condition. “Episode groupers” are software tools that combine data to assess such condition-specific utilization and costs over a defined period of time. The CBE is required to provide for the review, and as appropriate, endorsement of an episode grouper as developed by the Secretary.

    Convening Multi-Stakeholder Groups. The CBE must convene multi-stakeholder groups to provide input on: (1) The selection of certain categories of quality and efficiency measures, from among such measures that have been endorsed by the entity; and such measures that have not been considered for endorsement by such entity but are used or proposed to be used by the Secretary for the collection or reporting of quality and efficiency measures; and (2) national priorities for improvement in population health and in the delivery of health care services for consideration under the national strategy. The CBE provides input on measures for use in certain specific Medicare programs, for use in programs that report performance information to the public, and for use in health care programs that are not included under the Social Security Act. The multi-stakeholder groups provide input on measures to be implemented through the federal rulemaking process for various federal health care quality reporting and quality improvement programs including those that address certain Medicare services provided through hospices, hospital inpatient and outpatient facilities, physician offices, cancer hospitals, end stage renal disease (ESRD) facilities, inpatient rehabilitation facilities, long-term care hospitals, psychiatric hospitals, and home health care programs.

    Transmission of Multi-Stakeholder Input. Not later than February 1 of each year, the CBE is to transmit to the Secretary the input of multi-stakeholder groups.

    Annual Report to Congress and the Secretary. Not later than March 1 of each year, the CBE is required to submit to Congress and the Secretary of HHS an annual report. The report is to describe:

    (i) The implementation of quality and efficiency measurement initiatives and the coordination of such initiatives with quality and efficiency initiatives implemented by other payers;

    (ii) recommendations on an integrated national strategy and priorities for health care performance measurement;

    (iii) performance of the CBE's duties required under its contract with HHS;

    (iv) gaps in endorsed quality and efficiency measures, including measures that are within priority areas identified by the Secretary under the national strategy established under section 399HH of the Public Health Service Act (National Quality Strategy), and where quality and efficiency measures are unavailable or inadequate to identify or address such gaps;

    (v) areas in which evidence is insufficient to support endorsement of quality and efficiency measures in priority areas identified by the Secretary under the National Quality Strategy, and where targeted research may address such gaps; and

    (vi) the convening of multi-stakeholder groups to provide input on: (1) The selection of quality and efficiency measures from among such measures that have been endorsed by the CBE and such measures that have not been considered for endorsement by the CBE but are used or proposed to be used by the Secretary for the collection or reporting of quality and efficiency measures; and (2) national priorities for improvement in population health and the delivery of health care services for consideration under the National Quality Strategy.

    The statutory requirements for the CBE to annually report to Congress and the Secretary of HHS also specify that the Secretary of HHS must review and publish the CBE's annual report in the Federal Register, together with any comments of the Secretary on the report, not later than six months after receiving it.

    This Federal Register notice complies with the statutory requirement for Secretarial review and publication of the CBE's annual report. NQF submitted a report on its 2015 activities to the Secretary on March 1, 2016. This 2016 Annual Report to Congress and the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services is presented below in Section II. Comments of the Secretary on this report are presented below in section III.

    II. The 2016 Annual Report to Congress and the Secretary: “NQF Report of 2015 Activities to Congress and the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services” I. Executive Summary

    Over the last eight years, Congress has passed two statutes with several extensions that call upon the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) to work with a consensus-based entity (the “entity”) to facilitate multistakeholder input into: (1) Setting national priorities for healthcare performance measurement, and (2) endorsement and maintenance of measures. The first of these statutes is the 2008 Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act (MIPPA) (Pub. L. 110-275), which established the responsibilities of the consensus-based entity by creating section 1890 of the Social Security Act. The second statute is the 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA) (Pub. L. 111-148), which modified and added to the consensus-based entity's responsibilities. The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (PL 112-240) extended funding under the MIPPA statute to the consensus-based entity through fiscal year 2013. The Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (PAMA) (Pub. L. 113-93) extended funding under the MIPPA and ACA statutes to the consensus-based entity through March 31, 2015. The Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (MACRA) (Pub. L. 114-10) extended funding for fiscal years 2015 through 2017. HHS has awarded the consensus-based entity contract under these statutes to the National Quality Forum (NQF).

    Section 1890(b)(5) of the Social Security Act specifically charges the Entity to report annually on its work:

    As amended by the above laws, the Social Security Act (the Act)—specifically section 1890(b)(5)(A)—mandates that the entity report to Congress and the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) no later than March 1st of each year. The report must include descriptions of: (1) How NQF has implemented quality and efficiency measurement initiatives under the Act and coordinated these initiatives with those implemented by other payers; (2) NQF's recommendations with respect to an integrated national strategy and priorities for health care performance measurement in all applicable settings; (3) NQF's performance of the duties required under its contract with HHS; (4) gaps in endorsed quality and efficiency measures, including measures that are within priority areas identified by the Secretary under HHS' national strategy, and where quality and efficiency measures are unavailable or inadequate to identify or address such gaps; (5) areas in which evidence is insufficient to support endorsement of measures in priority areas identified by the National Quality Strategy, and where targeted research may address such gaps and (6) matters related to convening multistakeholder groups to provide input on: (a) The selection of certain quality and efficiency measures, and (b) national priorities for improvement in population health and in the delivery of healthcare services for consideration under the National Quality Strategy.i

    This seventh annual report highlights NQF's work related to these laws and conducted between January 1 and December 31, 2015, under contract with the HHS. The deliverables produced under contract in 2015 are referenced throughout this report, and a full list is included in Appendix A.

    Recommendations on the National Quality Strategy and Priorities

    Section 1890(b)(1) of the Act mandates that the consensus-based entity (entity) also required under section 1890 of the Act shall “synthesize evidence and convene key stakeholders to make recommendations . . . on an integrated national strategy and priorities for health care performance measurement in all applicable settings.” In making such recommendations, the entity shall ensure that priority is given to measures that address the healthcare provided to patients with prevalent, high-cost chronic diseases; that focus on the greatest potential for improving the quality, efficiency, and patient-centeredness of healthcare, and that may be implemented rapidly due to existing evidence and standards of care, or other reasons. In addition, the entity will take into account measures that may assist consumers and patients in making informed healthcare decisions, address health disparities across groups and areas, and address the continuum of care a patient receives, including services furnished by multiple healthcare providers or practitioners and across multiple settings.

    In 2010, at the request of HHS, the NQF-convened National Priorities Partnership (NPP) provided input that helped shape the initial version of the National Quality Strategy (NQS).ii The NQS was released in March 2011, setting forth a cohesive roadmap for achieving better, more affordable care, and better health. Upon the release of the NQS, HHS accentuated the word `national' in its title, emphasizing that healthcare stakeholders across the country, both public and private, all play a role in making the NQS a success.

    NQF has continued to further the NQS by endorsing measures linked to the NQS priorities and by convening diverse stakeholder groups to reach consensus on key strategies for performance measurement. In 2015, NQF began or completed work in several emerging areas of importance that address the NQS, such as how to improve population health within communities, the need to address gaps in quality measurement in home and community-based services, and exploring quality reporting improvements in rural communities.

    Quality and Efficiency Measurement Initiatives (Performance Measures)

    Under section 1890(b)(2) and (3) of the Act, the entity must provide for the endorsement of standardized health care performance measures. The endorsement process shall consider whether measures are evidence-based, reliable, valid, verifiable, relevant to enhanced health outcomes, actionable at the caregiver level, feasible to collect and report, responsive to variations in patient characteristics, and consistent across health care providers. In addition, the entity must maintain endorsed measures, including updating endorsed measures or retiring obsolete measures as new evidence is developed.

    Since its inception in 1999, NQF has developed a measure portfolio that currently contains approximately 600 measures, subsets of which are used in a variety of settings. About 300 NQF-endorsed measures are used in more than 20 federal public reporting and pay-for-performance programs; these measures used in the federal programs along with other endorsed measures are also used in private-sector and state programs.

    In building upon NQF's endorsement and maintenance work, HHS charged NQF with two new tasks in the areas of variation of measures and attribution. These two new tasks that aim to improve maintenance and usability of endorsed measures relate to how a measure works both in the field on an operational basis and in payment linked to measure performance.

    Health Information Technology (HIT) continues to evolve and drive change in healthcare for both providers and patients. As this field grows rapidly, it is important to recognize and understand the potential effects that HIT will have on performance measures. While HIT presents many new opportunities to improve patient care and safety, it can also create new hazards and pose additional challenges, specifically regarding establishing harmonized and consistent value sets—potentially altering measures and leaving validity and reliability at question. NQF embarked on two new task orders specifically addressing patient safety in HIT and value set harmonization.

    In 2015, NQF endorsed 161 measures and removed 42 measures from its portfolio across 14 HHS-funded projects. These measure endorsement and maintenance projects help ensure that the measure portfolio contains “best-in-class” measures across a variety of clinical and cross-cutting topic areas. Expert committees review both previously endorsed and new measures in a particular topic area to determine which measures deserve to be endorsed or re-endorsed because they are best-in-class. Working with expert multistakeholder committees,iii NQF undertakes actions to keep its endorsed measure portfolio relevant.

    In 2015, NQF endorsed measures in order to:

    Drive the healthcare system to be more responsive to patient/family needs. This effort included continued work in Person- and Family-Centered Care and Care Coordination, and Palliative and End-of-Life Care endorsement projects, which included endorsing patient-reported outcome measures and patient experience surveys.

    Improve care for highly prevalent conditions. NQF's work included Cardiovascular, Renal, Endocrine, Behavioral Health, Musculoskeletal, Eye Care and Ear, Nose and Throat Conditions, Pulmonary/Critical Care, Neurology, Perinatal, and Cancer endorsement projects.

    Emphasize cross-cutting areas to foster better care and coordination. This effort included Behavioral Health, Patient Safety, Cost and Resource Use, and All-Cause Admissions and Readmissions endorsement projects.

    During 2015, NQF also removed 42 measures from its portfolio for a variety of reasons: measures no longer met endorsement criteria; measures were harmonized with other similar, competing measures; measure developers chose to retire measures that they no longer wished to maintain; a better, substitute measure was submitted; or measures “topped out,” with providers consistently performing at the highest level. Continuously culling the portfolio through these means and through the measure maintenance process ensures that the NQF portfolio is relevant to the most current practices in the field.

    In October 2015, HHS awarded NQF additional endorsement projects, addressing topics such as pulmonary and critical care, neurology, perinatal, cancer, and palliative and end-of-life care. NQF has begun work on these projects by issuing calls for measures to be reviewed and considered for endorsement.

    Stakeholder Recommendations on Quality and Efficiency Measures

    Under section 1890A of the Act, HHS is required to establish a pre-rulemaking process under which a consensus-based entity (currently NQF) would convene multistakeholder groups to provide input to the Secretary on the selection of quality and efficiency measures for use in certain federal programs. The list of quality and efficiency measures HHS is considering for selection is to be publicly published no later than December 1 of each year. No later than February 1 of each year, the consensus-based entity is to report the input of the multistakeholder groups, which will be considered by HHS in the selection of quality and efficiency measures.

    The Measure Applications Partnership (MAP) is a public-private partnership convened by NQF, as mandated by the ACA (Pub. L. 111-148, section 3014). MAP was created to provide input to HHS on the selection of quality and efficiency measures for more than 20 federal public reporting and performance-based payment programs. Launched in the spring of 2011, MAP is comprised of representatives from more than 90 major private-sector stakeholder organizations and seven federal agencies.

    During the 2014-2015 pre-rulemaking process, MAP examined almost 200 unique measures for consideration for use in 20 different federal health programs. MAP convened workgroups specified by care settings both in person and by webinar to evaluate the measures and make recommendations concerning their proposed use in various federal programs.

    In 2015, MAP conducted an “off-cycle” review to provide recommendations to HHS on a selection of performance measures under consideration to implement the Improving Medicare Post-Acute Care Transformation (IMPACT) Act of 2014 (Pub. L. 113-185). An off-cycle deliberation is one that occurs outside of the usual timing for MAP deliberations and in which HHS seeks input from the MAP on additional measures under consideration on an expedited 30-day timeline. The IMPACT Act requires, among other things, standardized patient assessment data to enable comparisons across four different post-acute care settings: skilled nursing facilities, inpatient rehabilitation facilities, long-term care hospitals, and home health agencies. In these deliberations, MAP highlighted the importance of integrating data with existing assessment instruments where possible, as well as noted the challenges in standardizing across the four different settings of care.

    Under separate funding from the CMS, MAP also convened task forces to address the unique needs of Medicare and Medicaid dual beneficiaries, as well as made recommendations on strengthening the Adult and Child Core Sets of Measures utilized in Medicaid and CHIP programs. The Adult Core Set refers to the Core Set of Health Care Quality Measures for Adults Enrolled in Medicaid. The Child Core Set refers to the Core Set of Healthcare Quality Measures for Children Enrolled in Medicaid and CHIP. Work on the Adult and Child core sets of measures utilized in the Medicaid and CHIP programs helped HHS fulfill requirements for Child and Adult core sets of measures required under the Affordable Care Act (ACA) § 2701 and the Children's Health Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2009 (CHIPRA).

    Cross-Cutting Challenges Facing Measurement: Gaps in Endorsed Quality and Efficiency Measures Across HHS Programs

    Under section 1890(b)(5)(iv) of the Act, the entity is required to describe gaps in endorsed quality and efficiency measures, including measures within priority areas identified by HHS under the agency's National Quality Strategy, and where quality and efficiency measures are unavailable or inadequate to identify or address such gaps. Under section 1890(b)(5)(v) of the Act, the entity is also required to describe areas in which evidence is insufficient to support endorsement of quality and efficiency measures in priority areas identified by the Secretary under the National Quality Strategy and where targeted research may address such gaps.

    In 2015, NQF staff examined the current measure portfolio and after exhaustive review, identified over 250 measure gaps that have yet to be filled. Additionally, building upon its ongoing role in identifying gaps in measurement, MAP developed a scorecard approach which quantifies the number of MAP-recommended measures in gap areas organized by the priority areas of the National Quality Strategy.

    MAP also addressed the need for alignment across multiple programs by focusing on comparable performance across care settings, data sources, and measure elements to facilitate better information exchange that could close potential “reporting gaps,” areas of measurement lacking sufficient data, across the healthcare system.

    Coordination With Measurement Initiatives Implemented by Other Payers

    Section1890(b)(5)(A)(i) of the Social Security Act mandates that the Annual Report to Congress and the Secretary include a description of the implementation of quality and efficiency measurement initiatives under this Act and the coordination of such initiatives with quality and efficiency initiatives implemented by other payers.

    This year NQF worked with other payers and entities to better understand the areas of alignment and socioeconomic risk adjustment of measures in an effort to coordinate quality measurement across the public and private sectors.

    The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) and America's Health Insurance Plans (AHIP) brought together private- and public-sector payers to work on better measure alignment in 2015. NQF provided technical assistance to this effort which is largely focused on aligning clinician level measures in ambulatory settings across CMS and private plans. While these collaborative efforts are not intended to solve all alignment challenges, they will serve as an important first step toward accomplishing a lofty and very necessary goal.

    Additionally, NQF commenced a two-year trial period, evaluating risk adjustment of measures for socioeconomic status (SES) and other demographic factors. This two-year trial period is a temporary policy change that will allow for the SES risk adjustment of performance measures where there is a sound conceptual and empirical basis for doing so. At the conclusion of this trial period, NQF will determine whether to make this policy change permanent.

    II. Recommendations on the National Quality Strategy and Priorities

    Section 1890(b)(1) of the Social Security Act (the Act), mandates that the consensus-based entity (entity) shall “synthesize evidence and convene key stakeholders to make recommendations . . . on an integrated national strategy and priorities for health care performance measurement in all applicable settings. In making such recommendations, the entity shall ensure that priority is given to measures: (i) That address the health care provided to patients with prevalent, high-cost chronic diseases; (ii) with the greatest potential for improving the quality, efficiency, and patient-centeredness of health care; and (iii) that may be implemented rapidly due to existing evidence, standards of care, or other reasons.” In addition, the entity is to “take into account measures that: (i) May assist consumers and patients in making informed healthcare decisions; (ii) address health disparities across groups and areas; and (iii) address the continuum of care a patient receives, including services furnished by multiple health care providers or practitioners and across multiple settings.”

    In 2010, at the request of HHS, the NQF-convened National Priorities Partnership (NPP) provided input that helped shape the initial version of the National Quality Strategy (NQS).iv The NQS was released in March 2011, setting forth a cohesive roadmap for achieving better, more affordable care, and better health. Upon the release of the NQS, HHS accentuated the word “national” in its title, emphasizing that healthcare stakeholders across the country, both public and private, all play a role in making the NQS a success.

    Annually, NQF has continued to further the National Quality Strategy by endorsing measures linked to the NQS priorities and by convening diverse stakeholder groups to reach consensus on key strategies for performance measurement. In 2015, NQF began or completed work in several emerging areas of importance that address the National Quality Strategy, such as population health within communities, measurement gap identification in home and community-based services, and rural health.

    Improving Population Health Within Communities

    The National Quality Strategy's population health aim focuses on:

    Improv[ing] the health of the U.S. population by supporting proven interventions to address behavioral, social, and environmental determinants of health in addition to delivering higher-quality care.

    One of the NQS's related six priorities specifically emphasizes:

    Working with communities to promote wide use of best practices to enable healthy living.

    With the expansion of coverage due to the Affordable Care Act (ACA), the federal government has had opportunities to meaningfully coordinate its improvement efforts with those of local communities in order to better integrate and align medical care and population health. Such efforts can help improve the nation's overall health and potentially lower costs.

    In September 2014, NQF launched phase 2 of the Population Health Framework project, enlisting 10 diverse communities to begin an 18-month field test of the deliverables of the first phase of this project. The deliverables included an evidence-based framework; key terms; a core set of measure domains and measures, building off of the CMS-developed domains and subdomains; measure gaps; data granularity needed to produce actionable information at the community level; and a list of essential `actors' who need to be engaged in community-based work to chart and undertake a course of action when embarking on a systematic effort to improve population health in their region. The 10 field testing groups participating include:

    1. Colorado Department of Health Care Policy and Financing (HCPF), Denver, CO 2. Community Service Council of Tulsa, Tulsa, OK 3. Designing a Strong and Healthy NY (DASH-NY), New York, NY 4. Empire Health Foundation, Spokane, WA 5. Kanawha Coalition for Community Health Improvement, Charleston, WV 6. Mercy Medical Center and Abbe Center for Community Mental Health—A Community Partnership with Geneva Tower, Cedar Rapids, IA 7. Michigan Health Improvement Alliance, Central Michigan 8. Oberlin Community Services and The Institute for eHealth Equity, Oberlin, OH 9. Trenton Health Team, Inc., Trenton, NJ 10. The University of Chicago Medicine Population Health Management Transformation, Chicago, IL

    During the field test, these groups are participating in a variety of activities including:

    • Applying the “Guide for community action” handbook developed in phase 1 of this project and released in August of 2014 to new or existing population health improvement projects;

    • Determining what works and what needs enhancement in the guide; and

    • Offering examples and ideas for revised or new content based on their own experiences.

    These communities represent a range of groups, each with different levels of experience, varied geographic and demographic focus, and demonstrated involvement in or plans to establish population health-focused programs. These groups participate through in-person Committee meetings and monthly conference calls.

    In July 2015, the Guide for community action, version 2.0 v was published and serves as a handbook for individuals and practitioners that wish to improve health across a population, whether locally, in a broader region, or even nationally. The Guide is designed to support individuals and groups working together to successfully promote and improve population health over time. It contains brief summaries of 10 useful elements that are important to consider when engaging in collaborative population health improvement efforts, and includes examples and links to practical resources. Version 2.0 incorporates the feedback and experiences from the 10 field testing groups mentioned above to make the information more relevant and actionable from the perspective of multisector partnerships working in the field.

    Home and Community-Based Services

    Home and community-based services (HCBS) are vital to promoting independence and wellness for people with long-term care needs. The United States spends $130 billion each year on long-term services and support, a figure that is likely to increase dramatically as the number of Americans over age 65 is expected to double by the end of 2016.vi Awarded in December 2014, this project will span two years and is currently underway.

    This project offers an important opportunity to address the gap in HCBS measures that support community living. NQF convened a multistakeholder Committee to accomplish the following tasks:

    • Create a conceptual framework for measurement, including a definition for HCBS;

    • Perform a synthesis of evidence and an environmental scan for measures and measure concepts;

    • Identify gaps in HCBS measures based on the framework; and

    • Make recommendations for HCBS measure development efforts.

    In August 2015, the Committee released an interim report titled Addressing Performance Measure Gaps in Home and Community-Based Services to Support Community Living: Initial Components of the Conceptual Framework. vii This interim report detailed the Committee's work to develop a conceptual framework for quality measurement. The Committee identified characteristics of high-quality HCBS that express the importance of ensuring the adequacy of the HCBS workforce, integrating healthcare and social services, supporting the caregivers of individuals who use HCBS, and fostering a system that is ethical, accountable, and centered on the achievement of an individual's desired outcomes.

    This report aims to develop a shared understanding and approach to assessing the quality of home and community-based services. NQF reviewed state-level and international quality measurement activities in three states and three nations. The next steps of the project will discuss the evidentiary findings and environmental scan—also taking into consideration feasibility of measurement, barriers to implementation, and mitigation strategies for identified barriers. Project completion is expected in September 2016.

    Rural Health

    Challenges such as geographic isolation, small practice size, heterogeneity in settings and patient population, and low case volumes make participation in performance measurement and improvement efforts especially challenging for many rural providers. Although some rural hospitals and clinicians participate in a variety of private-sector, state, and federal quality measurement and improvement efforts, many quality initiatives implemented by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) exclude rural healthcare providers from mandatory quality reporting and value-based payment programs. Notably, Critical Access Hospitals (CAH) are exempt from participating in the Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR), Hospital Outpatient Quality Reporting (OQR), and Hospital Value Based Purchasing (VBP) Programs. CAHs can voluntarily participate on the Hospital Compare Web site though they are not mandated to do so. Clinicians who are not paid under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule, are for the most part, not included in the CMS clinical reporting and payment programs. This includes those who work in Rural Health Clinics and Community Health Centers.

    In September 2015, the NQF-convened Rural Health Committee released its final report,viii which provided 14 recommendations to address the challenges of healthcare performance measurement for rural providers, including those discussed above. The recommendations are intended to help advance a thoughtful, practical, and relatively rapid integration of rural providers into CMS quality improvements efforts.

    The Committee's overarching recommendation is to make participation in CMS quality measurement and quality improvement programs mandatory for all rural providers but allow for a phased approach, calling for the inclusion of new reporting requirements over a number of years to allow rural providers time to adjust to new requirements and build the required infrastructure for their practices. Further, the Committee recommended that the low case volume must be addressed prior to mandatory participation in reporting programs. The Committee also made several additional stand-alone recommendations with the intention of easing the transition of rural providers from voluntary to mandatory participation in quality measurement and improvement programs. These recommendations were as follows:

    1. Fund development of rural-relevant measures—specifically patient hand-offs and transitions, access to care and timeliness of care, cost, population health at the geographic levels;

    2. Develop and/or modify measures to address low case volume explicitly considering measures that are broadly applicable across rural providers, measures that reflect wellness in the community, and measures constructed using continuous variables and ratio measures;

    3. Consider rural-relevant sociodemographic factors in risk adjustment (statistical methods to control or account for patient-related factors when computing performance measure scores); and

    4. When creating and using composite measures, ensure that the component measures are appropriate for rural providers.

    III. Quality and Efficiency Measurement Initiatives (Performance Measures)

    Under section 1890(b)(2) and (3) of the Act, the entity must provide for the endorsement of standardized health care performance measures. The endorsement process is to consider whether measures are evidence-based, reliable, valid, verifiable, relevant to enhanced health outcomes, actionable at the caregiver level, feasible for collecting and reporting, responsive to variations in patient characteristics, and consistent across types of health care providers. In addition, the entity must establish and implement a process to ensure that endorsed measures are updated (or retired if obsolete), as new evidence is developed.

    Standardized healthcare performance measures are used by a range of healthcare stakeholders for a variety of purposes. Measures help clinicians, hospitals, and other providers understand whether the care they provide their patients is optimal and appropriate, and if not, where to focus their efforts to improve. In addition, performance measures are increasingly used in federal accountability public reporting and pay-for-performance programs, to inform patient choice, to drive quality improvement, and to assess the effects of care delivery changes.

    Working with multistakeholder committees to build consensus, NQF reviews and endorses healthcare performance measures. Currently NQF has a portfolio of approximately 600 NQF-endorsed measures which are in widespread use; subsets of the portfolio apply to particular settings and levels of analysis. The federal government, states, and private sector organizations use NQF-endorsed measures to evaluate performance and to share information with employers, patients, and their families. Together, NQF measures serve to enhance healthcare value by ensuring that consistent, high-quality performance information and data are available, which allows for comparisons across providers and the ability to benchmark performance.

    In building upon NQF's endorsement work, HHS charged NQF with two new tasks related directly to the use of endorsed measures—both in the field and in their relation to payment. At the direction of HHS, NQF embarked on a project to understand how measures are sometimes altered in the field leading to variation of measure specifications. In the second project, as financial stakes are increasingly tied to measures, there are growing debates about how to appropriately attribute a clinician's care to the outcome of the patient, made especially difficult when many providers contribute to the care of a single patient.

    Implementation and adoption of health information technology (HIT) is widely viewed as essential to the transformation of healthcare. As this field grows rapidly, it is important to recognize and understand the potential effects that the introduction of HIT will have on performance measures. While HIT presents many new opportunities to improve patient care and safety, it can also create new hazards and pose additional challenges, specifically establishing harmonized and consistent value sets—potentially altering measures and leaving validity and reliability in question.

    In 2015, NQF worked on two projects directed by HHS to advance eHealth Measurement: (1) The Prioritization and Identification of Health IT Patient Safety Measures, and (2) Value Set Harmonization.

    Variation of Measure Specifications. Measures now apply to a diverse range of clinical areas, settings, data sources, and programs. Frequently, different organizations slightly modify existing standardized measures to address the same fundamental quality issue. This leads to challenges, including confusion for stakeholders, a heightened burden of data collection on providers, and greater difficulty when trying to compare their altered measures.

    At the direction of HHS, NQF embarked on a new task order designed to look at currently endorsed measures and how they are used and modified, when the modified measure used produces data that is equivalent to the endorsed measures, or when the modification changes the measure significantly enough that the data collected is not comparable and essentially the modified measure is a new measure.

    In this project, NQF will convene a multistakeholder Expert Panel to provide leadership, guidance, and input that includes:

    • Conducting an environmental scan to assess the current landscape of measure variation;

    • Developing a conceptual framework to help identify, develop, and interpret variations in measure specifications and evaluate the effects of those variations;

    • Developing a glossary of standardized definitions for a limited number of key measurement terms, concepts, and components that are known to be common sources of variation in otherwise-similar measures; and

    • Providing recommendations for core principles and guidance on how to mitigate variation and improve variability across new and existing measures.

    This project was awarded in October 2015 and is currently underway with the formation of the Expert Panel.

    Attribution. Attribution can be defined as the methodology used to assign patients and their quality outcomes to providers. Measurement approaches are needed that recognize the multiple providers involved in delivering care and their individual and joint responsibility to improve quality across the patient episode of care. These issues have become increasingly important with the creation and design of the Medicare Merit-Based Incentive Payment (MIPS) program and alternative payment models (APMs) for physicians under the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (MACRA). In all of these payment approaches, improvements in outcomes may not be directly tied to a single provider.

    Increasingly, care is provided within structures of shared accountability, and guidance is needed regarding attribution of providers to patients. The issues regarding attribution to individual providers, which include primary care physicians, specialist physicians, physician groups, the role of nurse practitioners, and the full healthcare team, have complicated the use and evaluation of performance measures. HHS has directed NQF to examine this topic through its multistakeholder review process and commission a paper to include a set of principles for attribution. As the financial stakes tied to measures have grown, policy debates over physician payment have intensified. This project will synthesize and help further a better understanding of different approaches for addressing attribution. The lack of clarity in attribution approaches remains a major limitation to the use of outcome and cost measures.

    The Panel's final report will:

    • Describe the problem that exists with respect to attribution of performance measurement results to one or more providers;

    • Detail the subset of measures that are affected by attribution;

    • Include principles that guide the selection and implementation of approaches to attribution;

    • Put forth potential approaches that could be used to validly and reliably attribute performance measurement results to one or more providers under different delivery models; and

    • Put forth models of approaches to attribution that adhere to the principles described above and are developed and described in sufficient detail to enable their testing on CMS data.

    This project was awarded in October 2015 and is currently underway.

    Prioritization and Identification of Health IT Patient Safety Measures

    Increasing public awareness of HIT-related safety concerns has raised this issue's profile and added urgency to efforts to assess the scope and nature of the problem and to develop potential solutions. The 2012 Food and Drug Administration Safety Innovation Act required coordinated activity between the Food and Drug Administration, the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology, and the Federal Communications Commission on a strategy to develop a regulatory framework for HIT that promotes patient safety, among other goals. These agencies' subsequent work and the HIT Policy Committee's recommendation to create a public-private Health IT Safety Center have underscored the importance of partnerships, collaboration, and shared responsibility in ensuring the safe use of HIT.

    An HIT-related safety event—sometimes called “e-iatrogenesis”—has been defined as “patient harm caused at least in part by the application of health information technology.” ix Detecting and preventing HIT-related safety events poses many challenges because these are often multifaceted events, which involve not only potentially unsafe technological features of electronic health records, for example, but also user behaviors, organizational characteristics, and rules and regulations that guide most technology-focused activities.

    This project, launched in September 2014, assesses the current environment related to the measurement of HIT-related safety events and constructs a framework for advancement of measurement to improve the safety of HIT. The multistakeholder Committee for the project will work to:

    • Explore the intersection of HIT and patient safety;

    • Create a comprehensive framework for assessment of HIT safety measurement efforts;

    • Construct a measure gap analysis; and

    • Provide recommendations on how to address identified gaps and challenges, as well as best-practices for the measurement of HIT safety issues.

    The Committee adopted a three-domain framework for categorizing and conceptualizing potential measurement concepts and gaps in the areas of HIT safety, and provided a framework for recommendations around future HIT safety measure development. The goals of the framework are to ensure (1) that clinicians and patients have a foundation for safe HIT; (2) that HIT is properly integrated and used within the healthcare organizations to deliver safe care; and (3) that HIT is part of a continuous improvement process to make care safer and more effective. After receiving public input on the framework report, posted for public comment in November 2015, the Committee reflected upon these comments prior to the release of a final report in 2016.

    Value Set Harmonization

    Interoperable electronic health records (EHRs) can enable the development and reporting of innovative performance measures that address critical performance and measurement gaps across settings of care. However, to achieve this future state, the field needs electronic clinical data standards and reusable “building blocks” of code vocabularies, known as value sets, to ensure measures can be consistently and accurately implemented across disparate systems. A value set consists of unique codes and descriptions which are used to define clinical concepts, e.g., diagnosis of diabetes, and are necessary to calculate Clinical Quality Measures (CQMs)—quality measure data gathered from a clinical setting.

    Launched in January 2015, the Committee of experts and key stakeholders on this project is developing a value set harmonization test pilot and approval process to promote consistency and accuracy in electronic CQM (eCQM) value sets. NQF defines value set harmonization as the process by which unnecessary or unjustifiable variance will be reduced and eventually eliminated from common value sets in eCQMs by the reconciliation and integration of competing and/or overlapping value sets. This project is guided by a multistakeholder Value Set Committee (VSC), as well as subject specific technical expert panels (TEPs).

    The VSC will help NQF to determine the overall approach to the harmonization and approval of value sets, including:

    • The development of evaluation criteria;

    • How to evaluate the results of the harmonization process; as well as

    • Broader recommendations on how harmonized and approved value sets should be integrated into the measure endorsement process.

    A final report is expected in 2016.

    Current State of NQF Measure Portfolio: Responding to Evolving Needs

    Across 14 HHS-funded projects in 2015, NQF endorsed 161 measures and removed 42 measures from its portfolio. NQF ensures that the measure portfolio contains “best-in-class” measures across a variety of clinical and cross-cutting topic areas. Expert committees review both previously endorsed and new measures in a particular topic area to determine which measures deserve to be endorsed or re-endorsed because they are best-in-class. Working with expert multistakeholder committees,x NQF undertakes actions to keep its endorsed measure portfolio relevant.

    NQF removes measures from its portfolio for a variety of reasons, including failure to meet more rigorous endorsement criteria, the need to facilitate measure harmonization and mitigate competing similar measures or retire measures that developers no longer wish to maintain. In addition, measures that are “topped-out” are put into reserve because they show consistently high levels of performance, and are therefore no longer meaningful in differentiating performance across providers. This culling of measures ensures that time is spent measuring aspects of care in need of improvement, rather than retaining measures related to areas where widespread success has already been achieved.

    While NQF pursues strategies to make its measure portfolio appropriately lean and responsive to real-time changes in clinical evidence, it also aggressively seeks measures from the field that will help to fill known measure gaps and to align with the NQS goals.

    Finally, NQF also works with developers to harmonize related or near-identical measures and eliminate nuanced differences. Harmonization is critical to reducing measurement burden for providers, who may be inundated with requests to report near-identical measures. Successful harmonization also results in fewer endorsed measures for providers to report and for payers and consumers to interpret. Where appropriate, NQF also works with measure developers to replace existing process measures with more meaningful outcome measures.

    Measure Endorsement and Maintenance Accomplishments

    In 2015, NQF reviewed 48 new measures for endorsement and 113 measures for the periodic maintenance review for re-endorsement. These measures (discussed below) were in the categories of behavioral health, cost and resource use, etc. As a result of this, NQF added 48 new measures to its portfolio, while 113 measures reviewed retained their NQF endorsement in 2015. Eighty-nine of the 161 endorsed measures (both new and renewed measures) are outcome measures (12 are patient-reported outcomes (PROs)), 61 are process measures, three are efficiency measures, three are composite measures, three are structural measures, and two are cost and resource use measures.

    While undergoing endorsement and maintenance, all measures are evaluated for their suitability based on the standardized criteria in the following order:

    1. Evidence and Performance Gap—Importance to Measure and Report 2. Reliability and Validity—Scientific Acceptability of Measure Properties 3. Feasibility 4. Usability and Use 5. Comparison to Related or Competing Measures

    More information is available in the Measure Evaluation Criteria and Guidance for Evaluating Measures for Endorsement. xi

    A list of measures reviewed in 2015 and the results of the review are listed in Appendix A. Summaries of endorsement and maintenance projects completed in 2015 and projects underway but not completed in 2015 are presented below.

    Completed Projects

    Behavioral health measures. In the United States, it is estimated that approximately 26 percent of the population suffers from a diagnosable mental disorder.xii These disorders—which can include serious mental illnesses, substance use disorders, and depression—are associated with poor health outcomes, increased costs, and premature death.xiii Although general behavioral health disorders are widespread, the burden of serious mental illness is concentrated in about 6 percent of the population.xiv In 2005, an estimated $113 billion was spent on mental health treatment in the United States. Of that amount, $22 billion was spent on substance abuse treatment alone, making substance abuse one of the most costly (and treatable) illnesses in the nation.xv

    Phase 3 of the behavioral health measures project began in October of 2014 and concluded its endorsement process in May 2015. The Standing Committee evaluated 13 new measures and 6 existing measures for maintenance review. Measures examined in this phase dealt with tobacco use, alcohol and substance use, psychosocial functioning, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), depression and health screening, and assessment for people with serious mental illness. At the end of their review (which included public comment), 16 of these measures were endorsed by the Committee, one was approved for trial use (to further examine its validity), one was not recommended, and one was deferred.xvi

    Cost and resource use measures. Cost measures are a key building block for understanding healthcare efficiency and value. NQF has endorsed several cost and resource use measures since beginning endorsement work in the cost arena in 2009. In February 2015, NQF finished both phase 2 and phase 3 of the Cost and Resource Use Measures project.

    Phase 2 evaluated three cost and resource use measures focused on cardiovascular conditions—specifically the relative resource use for people with cardiovascular conditions, hospital-level, risk-standardized payment associated with a 30-day episode for Acute Myocardial Infarction, and hospital-level, risk standardized payment associated with a 30-day episode-of-care heart failure. All three of these measures were endorsed. Two of the endorsed measures were endorsed with the following conditions:

    One year look-back assessment of unintended consequences. NQF staff is working with the Cost and Resource Use Standing Committee and CMS to determine a plan for assessing potential unintended consequences—unintended negative consequences to patients and populations—of these measures in use.

    Consideration for the SES trial period. The Cost and Resource Use Standing Committee considers whether the measures should be included in the NQF trial period for consideration of risk adjustment for socioeconomic status and other demographic factors.

    Attribution. NQF considers opportunities to address the attribution issue—that is, how to assign responsibility for patient care when multiple providers are providing care to a given patient.xvii

    In phase 3, the NQF Expert Panel evaluated three cost and resource use measures focused on pulmonary conditions, including asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and pneumonia. All three of the measures were endorsed with the same conditions noted in this section.xviii

    Endocrine measures. Endocrine conditions most often result from the body producing either too much or too little of a particular hormone. In the United States, two of the most common endocrine disorders are diabetes and osteoporosis. Diabetes, a group of diseases characterized by high blood glucose levels, affects as many as 25.8 million Americans and ranks as the seventh leading cause of death in the United States. Many of the diabetes measures in the portfolio are among NQF's longest-standing measures.

    Osteoporosis, a bone disease characterized by low bone mass and density, affects an estimated 9 percent of U.S. adults age 50 and over.

    NQF selected the endocrine measure evaluation project to pilot test a process improvement focused on frequent submission and evaluation of measures, with the goal of speeding up endorsement time and shortening the time from measure development to use in the field. This 25-month project includes three full endorsement cycles, allowing for the submission and review of both new and previously endorsed measures every six months, in contrast to usual review every three years, in a given topical area.

    Summarized in the final report released November 2015, the Endocrine Standing Committee evaluated five new measures and 18 measures undergoing maintenance review against NQF's standard evaluation criteria. Of the 23 measures evaluated, 22 measures were recommended for endorsement by the Standing Committee and have been endorsed by NQF. Only one measure was not recommended for endorsement, Discharge Instructions—Emergency Department, because the Committee stated that the discharge instructions did not equate to coordination of care. The Committee noted that there is minimal evidence indicating that written discharge instructions improve care for osteoporosis patients or have had any impact on such outcomes as prevention of future fractures.xix

    Musculoskeletal measures. Musculoskeletal conditions include injuries or disorders precipitated or exacerbated by sudden exertion or prolonged exposure to physical factors such as repetition, force, vibration, or awkward postures. On average, the proportion of the U.S. population with a musculoskeletal disease requiring medical care has increased annually by more than two percentage points over the past decade and now includes more than 30 percent of the population.

    The Musculoskeletal Standing Committee evaluated 12 measures: Eight new measures and four measures undergoing maintenance review. Measures submitted addressed the clinical areas of rheumatoid arthritis, gout, pain management, and lower back injury. Three measures were recommended for endorsement, four measures were recommended for trial measure approval (an optional pathway for eMeasures being piloted in this project), two measures were not recommended for trial measure approval, one measure was not recommended for endorsement, and two measures were deferred for later consideration. The final report of this project was issued January 2015.xx

    Continuing Projects

    Cardiovascular measures. Cardiovascular disease is the leading cause of death for men and women in the United States. It accounts for approximately $312.6 billion in healthcare expenditures annually. Coronary heart disease (CHD), the most common type, accounts for 1 of every 6 deaths in the United States. Hypertension—a major risk factor for heart disease, stroke, and kidney disease—affects 1 in 3 Americans, with an estimated annual cost of $156 billion in medical costs, lost productivity, and premature deaths.xxi

    Completed August 31, 2015, the cardiovascular phase 2 project identified and endorsed measures for heart rhythm disorders, cardiovascular implantable electronic devices, heart failure, acute myocardial infarction, congenital heart disease, and statin medication. Many of the measures in the portfolio currently are used in public and/or private accountability and quality improvement programs; however, significant measurement gaps remain related to cardiovascular care.

    In phase 2, the Cardiovascular Standing Committee evaluated eight new measures and eight measures undergoing maintenance review against NQF's standard evaluation criteria. Eleven of these measures were recommended for endorsement by the Committee, four were not recommended, and one was withdrawn by the developer.xxii

    Phase 3 of this project is still in progress. This phase is currently reviewing 23 measures that can be used to assess cardiovascular conditions at any level of analysis or setting of care, as well as reviewing endorsed measures scheduled for maintenance. A final report is expected by April 2016. Phase 4 was launched in October 2015, with a final report expected in February of 2017. Measures are currently being submitted for this phase.

    Care coordination measures. Care coordination across providers and settings is fundamental to improving patient outcomes and making care more patient-centered. Poorly coordinated care can lead to unnecessary suffering for patients, as well as avoidable readmissions and emergency department visits, increased medical errors, and higher costs.

    People with chronic conditions and multiple co-morbidities—and their families and caregivers—often find it difficult to navigate our complex healthcare system. As this ever-growing population transitions from one care setting to another, they are more likely to suffer the adverse effects of poorly coordinated care. These include incomplete or inaccurate transfer of information, poor communication, and a lack of follow-up which can lead to poor outcomes, such as medication errors. Effective communication within and across the continuum of care will improve both quality and affordability.

    In July 2011, NQF launched a multiphased Care Coordination project focused on healthcare coordination across episodes of care and care transitions. Phase 1, completed in 2012, sought to address the lack of cross-cutting measures in the NQF measure portfolio by developing a path forward to more meaningful measures of care coordination leveraging health information technology (HIT). Phase 2 addressed the implementation and methodological issues in care coordination measurement, as well as the evaluation of 15 care coordination performance measures. While phase 3 was completed in December 2014, the Care Coordination Standing Committee is currently conducting an off-cycle review process. An off-cycle deliberation is one that occurs outside of the usual timing for MAP deliberations and in which HHS seeks input from MAP on additional measures under consideration on an expedited 30-day timeline. Off-cycle measures reviewed focused on emergency department transfers, medication reconciliation, and timely transfers. These areas are key within care coordination measurement though do not fully address the many domains in the Care Coordination Framework. During the standard review process, the Coordinating Committee reviewed 12 measures: one new and 11 undergoing maintenance. A final report is expected in 2016.

    All-cause admissions and readmissions measures. Unnecessary admissions and avoidable readmissions to acute-care facilities are an important focus for quality improvement by the healthcare system. Previous studies have shown that nearly 1 in 5 Medicare patients is readmitted to the hospital within 30 days of discharge, placing the patient at risk for new health problems caused by hospital-acquired conditions and costing upwards of $26 billion annually.xxiiixxiv Recurring admissions also can cause added stress on both patients and their families from lost financial income and the burden of providing care. Multiple entities across the healthcare system, including hospitals, post-acute care facilities, and skilled nursing facilities, all have a responsibility to ensure high-quality care transitions to help avoid unplanned readmissions to the hospital and unnecessary admissions in the first place.

    The final report for phase 2, issued in April 2015, states that the All-Cause Admissions and Readmissions Standing Committee endorsed 16 measures, which marks the first time that the NQF portfolio includes measures examining community-level readmissions, pediatric readmissions, and readmissions measures in the post-acute care and long-term care settings.xxv These measures are currently included in the SES trial period (see section below, Risk Adjustment for Socioeconomic Status and Other Demographic Factors). Phase 3 of this project began in October 2015 with an expected completion in 2016. Currently, measures to undergo evaluation for phase 3 are in the submission process.

    Health and well-being measures. Social, environmental, and behavioral factors can have significant negative impact on health outcomes and economic stability; yet only 3 percent of national health expenditures are spent on prevention, while 97 percent are spent on healthcare services. Population health includes a focus on health and well-being, along with disease and illness prevention and health promotion. Using the right measures can determine how successful initiatives are in reducing mortality and excess morbidity through prevention and wellness and help focus future work to improve population health in appropriate areas.

    With the completion of phase 1 in November 2014, phase 2 of this project began with a call for measures in January 2015. Currently the Health and Well-Being Standing Committee has seven measures under review, including community-level indicators of health and disease, health-related behaviors and practices to promote healthy living, modifiable socioeconomic and environmental determinants of health, and primary screening prevention. Phase 3 of this project was awarded in October 2015 with an anticipated completion date in June of 2016. Phase 3 will review new and existing measures for endorsement in focus areas that include physical activity, cervical and colorectal cancer screenings, and adult and childhood vaccinations.

    Patient safety measures. NQF has a 10-year history of focusing on patient safety. NQF-endorsed patient safety measures are important tools for tracking and improving patient safety performance in American healthcare. However, gaps still remain in the measurement of patient safety. There is also a recognized need to expand available patient safety measures beyond the hospital setting and harmonize safety measures across sites and settings of care. In order to develop a more robust set of safety measures, NQF solicited patient safety measures to address environment-specific issues with the highest potential leverage for improvement.

    Phase 1 of this project concluded in January 2015 with publication of the final report.xxvi In phase 1, NQF sought to endorse measures addressing gap areas on providers' approach to minimizing the risk of adverse events as well as to expand the measures beyond the hospital setting while harmonizing across sites and settings of care. The Patient Safety Standing Committee evaluated four new measures and 12 measures undergoing maintenance review against NQF's standard evaluation criteria. In the end, eight of the measures were recommended for endorsement, and eight of the measures were not.

    Currently, both phase 2 and phase 3 of this project are underway. These phases of the project will address topic areas including, but not limited to, fall screening and risk management; medication reconciliation; patient safety measure for skilled nursing facilities, inpatient rehabilitation facilities, and other settings; unplanned admission-related measures from other settings; all-cause and condition-specific admission measures; condition-specific readmissions measures; and measures examining length of stay. Final reports for both phases are expected in 2016.

    Person- and family-centered care measures. Person- and family-centered care is a core concept embedded in the National Quality Strategy priority: “Ensuring that each person and family are engaged as partners in their care.” Person- and family-centered care encompasses key outcomes of interest to patients receiving healthcare services. These outcomes include survival, health-related quality of life, functional status, symptoms and symptom burden; measures of the processes of care experienced by persons receiving care; as well as patient and family engagement in care, including shared decisionmaking and preparation and activation for self-care management. This project is focusing on patient-reported outcomes (PROs), but also may include some clinician-assessed functional status measures.

    NQF undertook this project in two phases. In phase 1, completed in March 2015, this project focused on measures of patient and family engagement in care, care based on patient needs and preferences, shared decisionmaking, and activation for self-care management. The Person- and Family-Centered Care Standing Committee evaluated one new measure and 11 measures undergoing maintenance against NQF's standard evaluation criteria in this first phase. At the end of phase 1, ten of these eleven measures were recommended for endorsement, one was no longer recommended for use after the Committee chose a superior measure addressing the same domain, and one additional measure was withdrawn.xxvii

    In phase 2, the Committee reviewed 28 measures of functional status and outcomes, both clinical and patient-assessed. A final report is expected in 2016.

    The project continues with a phase 3 and phase 4 awarded in October 2015, and both phases are currently underway. In these phases, the Committee will examine clinician and patient-assessed measures of functional status. This new phase of work will focus on health-related quality of life and the communication domain of person- and family-centered care. Currently, both phases are calling for measures.

    Surgery measures. The number of surgical procedures is increasing annually. In 2010, 51.4 million inpatient surgeries were performed in the United States; 53.3 million procedures were performed in ambulatory surgery centers.xxviiixxix Ambulatory surgery centers have been the fastest growing provider type participating in Medicare.xxx Surgery is one of NQF's largest portfolios in a given clinical condition, and many of the measures in this portfolio are currently in use in the public and/or private accountability and quality improvement programs.

    As part of NQF's ongoing work with performance measurement for patients undergoing surgery, this project seeks to identify and endorse performance measures that address various surgical areas, including cardiac, thoracic, vascular, orthopedic, neurosurgery, urologic, and general surgery. This project reviewed new performance measures in addition to conducting maintenance reviews of surgical measures endorsed prior to 2012, using the most recent NQF measure evaluation criteria.

    In phase 1, the Surgery Measures Standing Committee evaluated a total of 29 measures—nine new surgical measures and 20 measures undergoing maintenance review. In the final report dated February 13, 2015, 21 of these measures were recommended for endorsement (nine of which were recommended for reserve status) by the Committee, seven were not recommended, and one was withdrawn by the developer. Measures recommended for reserve status are “topped out,” meaning they are considered standard practice and performance is at the highest levels. Because they are good measures, removal is not warranted. If needed, they could be re-integrated into the portfolio.xxxi

    Phase 2 was completed in December 2015. This phase included measures in the areas of general and specialty surgery that address surgical processes, including pre- and post-surgical care, timing of prophylactic antibiotic, and adverse surgical outcomes. The Surgery Standing Committee evaluated four new measures, one resubmitted measure, and 19 measures undergoing maintenance and review. The Committee recommended 22 of these measures for endorsement (including one for reserve status); one was not recommended; and one was deferred.xxxii

    Phase 3 began in October 2015. This project will include performance measures in the areas of general and specialty surgery that address surgical events, including pre-, intra- and post-surgical care, use of medication peri-operatively, adverse surgical outcomes, and other related topics. Currently, a call for measures is underway.

    Eye care and ear, nose, and throat conditions measures. This project seeks to identify and endorse performance measures for accountability and quality improvement that address eye care and ear, nose, and throat health. Nineteen measures will undergo maintenance review using NQF's measure evaluation criteria.

    This project is currently in progress. Awarded in March 2015, the Committee is currently considering 24 measures for endorsement—including seven eMeasures. These measures deal with the topic areas of glaucoma, macular degeneration, hearing screening and evaluation, and ear infections. Measures of interest to NQF for this project include outcome measures; measures applicable to more than one setting; measures applicable to adults and children; measures that capture data from broad populations; measures of chronic care management and care coordination for chronic conditions; and eMeasures. A final report is scheduled for release in 2016.

    Renal measures. Renal disease is a leading cause of mortality in the United States. This project identifies and endorses performance measures for accountability and quality improvement for renal conditions. Specifically, the work will examine measures that address conditions, treatments, interventions, or procedures relating to end-stage renal disease (ESRD), chronic kidney disease (CKD), and other renal conditions. Measures that address outcomes, treatments, diagnostic studies, interventions, and procedures associated with these conditions will be considered. In addition, 21 measures will undergo maintenance review using NQF's measure evaluation criteria.

    Awarded in February 2015, the first phase of this project was completed in December 2015. The newly convened Standing Committee evaluated 14 NQF-endorsed measures for maintenance review and 11 new measures for endorsement recommendations. Fifteen measures were recommended for endorsement, four measures were recommended for endorsement with reserve status, and the Committee did not recommend six measures.xxxiii

    A second phase of this project was awarded in October 2015 with an expected completion date in April 2016. Phase 2 will continue to address conditions, treatments, interventions, or procedures related to ESRD, CKD, and other renal conditions.

    New Projects in 2015

    Pediatric measures. A healthy childhood sets the stage for improved health and quality of life in adulthood. The Children's Health Insurance and Reauthorization Act of 2009 (CHIPRA) accelerated interest in pediatric quality measurement and presented an opportunity to improve the healthcare quality outcomes of the nation's children. CHIPRA established the Pediatric Quality Measures Program. The program, with support from the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) and CMS, funded seven Centers of Excellence to develop and refine child health measures in high-priority areas. After years of concerted effort, a selection of these measures is now ready for NQF review and endorsement consideration.

    The Pediatric Measures project launched in July 2015. This project evaluates measures related to child health that can be used for accountability and public reporting for all pediatric populations and in all settings of care. This project addresses topic areas including but not limited to:

    • Child- and adolescent-focused clinical preventive services and follow-up to preventive services;

    • Child- and adolescent-focused services for management of acute conditions;

    • Child- and adolescent-focused services for management of chronic conditions; and

    • Cross-cutting topics.

    For this project, the Committee evaluated 23 newly submitted measures and one previously reviewed measures against NQF's standard evaluation criteria. A final report is expected in 2016.

    Pulmonary/critical care. This project seeks to identify and endorse performance measures for accountability and quality improvement that address conditions, treatments, diagnostic studies, interventions, procedures, or outcomes specific to pulmonary conditions and critical care. These conditions include the areas of asthma management, COPD mortality, pneumonia management and mortality, and critical care mortality and length of stay.

    NQF currently has 25 endorsed measures in the portfolio that are due for maintenance and will be reevaluated against the most recent NQF measure criteria along with newly submitted measures. NQF has issued a call for measures in this topic area, with expected project completion in July 2016.

    Neurology. Awarded in October 2015, this project comprises outcome measures, measures applicable to more than one setting, measures for adults and children, measures that capture broad populations, measures of chronic care management and care coordination, and eMeasures specifically addressing the conditions, treatments, interventions, and procedures related to neurological conditions.

    The multistakeholder Standing Committee will evaluate newly submitted measures in the topic areas above as well as assess the 22 NQF-endorsed measures undergoing maintenance. A final report is expected in September 2016.

    Perinatal. Despite the fact that the U.S. spends more on perinatal care than on any other type of care ($111 billion in 2010),xxxiv the U.S. ranked 61st in the world for maternal health—suggesting that the U.S. does not get the value on return for its investment in perinatal health services.xxxv Research suggests that morbidity and mortality associated with pregnancy and childbirth are, to a large extent, preventable through adherence to existing evidence-based guidelines. Lower quality care during pregnancy, labor and delivery, and the postpartum period can translate into unnecessary complications, prolonged lengths of stay, costly neonatal intensive care unit (NICU) admissions, and anxiety and suffering for patients and families.

    This project will identify and endorse performance measures that specifically address the areas of reproductive health, pregnancy planning and contraception, pregnancy, childbirth, and postpartum and neonatal care. Along with new measures submitted for review, the Standing Committee will also evaluate 24 NQF-endorsed measures that are due for maintenance. Topics addressed by these endorsed measures include cesarean section rates, early elective deliveries, maternal and newborn infection rates, access to prenatal and postpartum care, screening measures, and breastfeeding measures. A final report is expected June 2016.

    Palliative care and end-of-life. NQF commenced a new project in October 2015 addressing the various aspects of palliative and end-of-life care. Measures undergoing evaluation under this project include measures of physical, emotional, social, and spiritual aspects of care.

    In addition to new measures submitted for review and endorsement, 16 NQF-endorsed measures will undergo maintenance and re-evaluation against the most recent NQF measure evaluation criteria. Measures will focus on, but not be limited to, access to and timeliness of care, patient and family experience with care, patient and family engagement, care planning, avoidance of unnecessary hospital or emergency department admissions, cost of care, and caregiver support.

    Currently, this project is underway with its call for measures. A final report is expected in June 2016.

    Cancer. Cancer is the second most common cause of death in the U.S., accounting for nearly 1 of every 4 deaths. As more Americans are diagnosed with cancer and new treatments have been introduced, cancer care has grown and evolved. In 2011, 6.7 percent of the U.S. adult population received cancer treatment, as compared to the 4.8 percent in 2001.xxxvii Congruently, the cost of treating this population has also increased, from an estimated $56.8 billion in 2001 to an estimated $88.3 billion in 2011.xxxviii

    As part of this endorsement project, NQF will solicit composite, outcome, and process measures related to desired outcomes applicable to any healthcare setting. The NQF multistakeholder Standing Committee will evaluate new measures and those undergoing maintenance in the following areas: breast cancer, colon cancer, chemotherapy, hematology, leukemia, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, melanoma diagnosis, symptom management, and end-of-life care.

    Currently, there are 21 NQF-endorsed measures that will undergo maintenance, and a call for new measures has been issued. A final report is expected in January 2017.

    IV. Stakeholder Recommendations on Quality and Efficiency Measures and National Priorities Measure Applications Partnership

    Under section 1890A of the Act, HHS is required to establish a pre-rulemaking process under which a consensus-based entity (currently NQF) would convene multistakeholder groups to provide input to the Secretary on the selection of quality and efficiency measures for use in certain federal programs. The list of quality and efficiency measures HHS is considering for selection is to be publicly published no later than December 1 of each year. No later than February 1 of each year, the consensus-based entity is to report the input of the multistakeholder groups, which will be considered by HHS in the selection of quality and efficiency measures.

    The Measure Applications Partnership (MAP) is a public-private partnership convened by NQF, as mandated by the ACA (PL 111-148, section 3014). MAP was created to provide input to HHS on the selection of performance measures for more than 20 federal public reporting and performance-based payment programs. Launched in the spring of 2011, MAP is composed of representatives from more than 90 major private-sector stakeholder organizations, seven federal agencies, and approximately 150 individual technical experts. For detailed information regarding the MAP representatives, criteria for selection to MAP, and length of service, please see Appendix D.

    MAP provides a forum to facilitate the private and public sectors to reach consensus with respect to use of measures to enhance healthcare value. In addition, MAP serves as an interactive and inclusive vehicle by which the federal government can solicit critical feedback from stakeholders regarding measures used in federal public reporting and payment programs. This approach augments CMS's traditional rulemaking, allowing the opportunity for substantive input to HHS in advance of rules being issued. Additionally, MAP provides a unique opportunity for public- and private-sector leaders to develop and then broadly review and comment on a future-focused performance measurement strategy, as well as provides shorter-term recommendations for that strategy on an annual basis. MAP strives to offer recommendations that apply to and are coordinated across settings of care; federal, state, and private programs; levels of attribution and measurement analysis; and payer type.

    Since 2012, MAP has provided guidance at the request of HHS on the measures to be included in Medicare programs, as well as Medicaid and Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP) programs nationwide. MAP recommendations for Medicare are considered for mandatory reporting in various federal programs, while recommendations to the Adult and Child Core Sets for Medicaid/CHIP are reported on a voluntary basis by the individual states. MAP also provided guidance to HHS on the use of performance measures to evaluate and improve care of dual eligible beneficiaries, who are enrolled in both Medicaid and Medicare—a distinct population with complex and often costly medical needs.

    2015 Pre-Rulemaking Input

    MAP completed its deliberations for the 2014-15 rulemaking cycle with the publication of its annual report in January 2015; this was MAP's fourth review of measures for HHS programs. During this pre-rulemaking process, MAP examined 199 unique measures for potential use in 20 different federal health programs (see Appendix C). There were also a number of improvements to the MAP process this year, including the addition of a preliminary analysis of measures; a more detailed examination of the needs and objectives of the programs; a more consistent approach to measure deliberations; and expanded public comment. Conducted by staff, the preliminary analysis is intended to provide MAP members with a succinct profile of each measure and to serve as a starting point for MAP discussions. The preliminary analysis asks a series of questions to evaluate the appropriateness for each measure under consideration (MUC):

    • Does the MUC meet a critical program objective?

    • Is the MUC fully developed?

    • Is the MUC tested for the appropriate settings and/or level of analysis for the program? If no, could the measure be adjusted to use in the program's setting or level of analysis?

    • Is the MUC currently in use? If yes, does a review of its performance history raise any red flags?

    • Does the MUC contribute to the efficient use of measurements resources for data collection and reporting and support alignment across programs?

    • Is the MUC NQF-endorsed for the program's setting and level of analysis?

    MAP has solidified its three-step process for pre-rulemaking deliberations:

    1. Define critical program objectives;

    2. Evaluate measures under consideration for potential inclusion in specific programs; and

    3. Identify and prioritize measurement gaps for programs and care settings.

    More specifically, in October 2014, MAP workgroups convened via webinar to consider each program in its setting with the goal of identifying its specific measurement needs and critical program objectives. The workgroup recommendations on critical program objectives were then reviewed by the Coordinating Committee in a November meeting.

    MAP workgroups met in person in December 2014 to evaluate the measures under consideration and made recommendations for use of those measures in various federal programs, which were then reviewed by the Coordinating Committee in January 2015. In their review, the Coordinating Committee deliberated on the workgroup recommendations as well as public and member comments received.

    MAP Workgroups MAP Hospital Workgroup

    MAP reviewed 81 measures under consideration for nine hospital and setting-specific programs: Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting (IQR), Hospital Value-Based Purchasing (VBP), Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program (HRRP), Hospital-Acquired Condition Reduction Program (HAC), Hospital Outpatient Quality Reporting (OQR), Ambulatory Surgical Center Quality Reporting (ASCQR), Medicare and Medicaid EHR Incentive Program for Hospitals and Critical Access Hospitals (Meaningful Use), and Inpatient Psychiatric Facility Quality Reporting (IPFQR).

    The workgroup identified several overarching themes across the nine programs as it discussed individual measures. These workgroup deliberations are considered in MAP's pre-rulemaking recommendations to HHS for measures in these programs and reflect the MAP Measure Selection Criteria (see Appendix B), how well the measures address the identified program goal, and NQF's prior work to identify families of measures.

    First, the programs should include measures that help consumers get the information that they need to make informed decisions about their healthcare, help to direct them to facilities with the highest quality of care, and spur improvements in quality and efficiency.

    Second, a limited set of “high-value measures” allows providers to focus on high-priority aspects of healthcare where performance varies or is less than optimal. “High-value” measures are measures that are more meaningful and usable for various stakeholders and more likely to drive improvements in quality, including outcomes, patient-reported outcomes (PROs), composite measures, intermediate outcome measures, process measures that are closely linked by empirical evidence to outcomes, cost and resource use measures, appropriate use measures, care coordination measures, and patient safety measures. The workgroup noted that it should support measures that add value to the current set and work with existing measures to improve crucial quality issues. It also recognized that the value of a measure should be assessed while considering the burden of the full measure set, further emphasizing the need for parsimony and alignment.

    Finally, MAP stressed the importance of aligning or using a more uniform set of measures across programs in order to be able to compare performance across settings and data types. In response to the need for greater alignment, MAP cautioned that the evolution of these programs calls for new areas of increased attention. Specifically, MAP raised a number of challenges to achieving alignment that need further consideration, including the unique program objectives of individual programs, updating existing measure specifications, and balancing shared accountability with appropriate attribution.

    MAP reviewed 81 measures and made the following recommendations for federal programs:

    • Inpatient Quality Reporting Program—outcome measures, particularly readmission measures, should be reviewed in the upcoming NQF trial period for adjustment for SES factors;

    • Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Program—the need to include more measures addressing high-impact areas for performance and quality improvement with a strong preference for NQF-endorsed measures;

    • Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program—planned and unrelated readmissions should be excluded from measures in the program as are not markers of poor quality and readmissions measure generally should be included in the SES trial period;

    • Hospital Acquired Condition Program—measures are needed to fill gaps that are focused on minimizing the major drivers of patient harm, and there is a need for greater antibiotic stewardship programs;

    • Hospital Outpatient Quality Reporting Program—measures should be aligned to reduce un undue burden on providers and patients;

    • Ambulatory Surgery Center Quality Reporting Program—increased need for the development of measures in the areas of surgical quality, infections, complications from anesthesia-related complications, post-procedure follow-up, and patient and family engagement;

    • Medicare and Medicaid EHR Incentive Program for Hospitals—eMeasures in the program should be valid and reliable with a preference for measures that go through the endorsement process—these measures should be assessed for comparability with measures derived from alternative data sources used in other programs;

    • PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality Reporting Program—measures appropriate to cancer hospitals that reflect high-priority service areas should align with measures in the IQR and OQR programs where appropriate; and

    • Inpatient Psychiatric Facility Quality Reporting Program—measurement needs to move beyond just psychiatric care at inpatient psychiatric facilities to include other important general medical conditions that affect patients with psychiatric conditions.

    MAP Clinician Workgroup

    Following the same MAP pre-rulemaking criteria stated above, the clinician workgroup identified characteristics that are associated with ideal measure sets used for public reporting and payment programs for physicians and other clinicians. MAP reviewed 254 measures under consideration for two programs, the Physician Quality Reporting System (PQRS) and Medicare and Medicaid EHR Incentive Programs (Meaningful Use).

    In past years, the clinician workgroup noted that some condition/topic areas had more high-value measures and requested a “scorecard” process to better judge progress toward more high-value measures under consideration. MAP noted that clinicians who report on more high-value measures receive the same incentive payments even though they are reporting more challenging measures. Greater incentives for those who report on high-value measures might spur development of similar measures in other condition/topic areas.

    The workgroup first concluded that while noteworthy progress to more high-value measures has been made in a few areas, such as cardiac care, eye care, renal disease, and surgery, uneven or slow progress persisted for specific patient and other applications, such as individuals with multiple chronic conditions and complex conditions, outcome measures for cancer patients, measures for palliative/end-of-life care, measures for eligible professionals (EPs) in the medical field, and EHR measures that promote interoperability and health information exchange.

    The workgroup felt that a greater focus on prudent alignment of measures across programs is essential to reduce burden and improve participation in quality programs. A more focused and aligned set of measures will also reduce confusion for users of public reporting data and synergize quality improvements across providers and settings of care. Greater focus on selecting composite measures, appropriate use measures, and outcome measures could promote parsimony over the number of measures. Calls for alignment of the measures in federal programs recognize the benefits of reducing data collection and reporting burdens on clinicians.

    Finally, the clinician workgroup concluded that financial incentives for many stakeholders within the quality measurement enterprise could yield greater development of meaningful measures. Specifically, MAP recommended that measure developers need ongoing financial support, and clinicians must invest in infrastructure to support the reporting of measures. This investment could drive the evolution of measures from basic “building block” measures to more meaningful measures. Reporting on high-value measures can pose a financial hardship on providers who do not have the required capacity or infrastructure. As a result, MAP recommended that CMS consider innovative incentives to further provider participation, such as waiving nonparticipation penalties in quality programs in exchange for acting as a test site or participating in a registry. For example, primary care and emergency medicine physicians have not yet developed registries despite growing pressure to do so and are seeking a business case that would make a registry viable. Public comments strongly supported the need for steady funding for measure development.

    MAP reviewed 254 clinician measures and made the following recommendations for federal programs:

    • Physician Quality Reporting System, Physician Compare, Physician Value-Based Payment Modifier—include more high-value measures; encourage widespread participation in PQRS; measures selected for the program that are not NQF-endorsed should be submitted for endorsement; and nonendorsed measures should include measures that support alignment, measure outcomes that are not already addressed by outcome measures in the program, and be clinically relevant to specialties/subspecialties that do not currently have clinically relevant measures; and

    • Medicare and Medicaid EHR Incentive Programs—include indorsed measures that have eMeasure specifications available; alignment with other federal programs particularly PQRS; and the need for increased focus on measures that reflect efficiency in data collection and reporting, measures that leverage HIT capabilities, and innovative measures made possible through the use of HIT.

    MAP Post-Acute Care/Long-Term Care Workgroup

    MAP reviewed 19 measures under consideration for five setting-specific federal programs addressing post-acute care (PAC) and long-term care (LTC): the Inpatient Rehabilitation Facility Quality Reporting Program (IRF QRP), the Long-Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting Program (LTCH QRP), the End-Stage Renal Disease Quality Incentive Program (ESRD QIP), the Skilled Nursing Facility Value-Based Purchasing Program (SNF VBP), and the Home Health Quality Reporting Program (HH QRP). Although in previous years, MAP provided guidance on measures for the Hospice Quality Reporting Program (Hospice QRP), there were no measures under consideration for the Hospice QRP during this review cycle.

    Based upon the workgroup's findings, MAP defined high-leverage areas for performance measures and identified 13 core measure concepts to best address each of the high-leverage areas. Specifically, MAP recognized the six highest-leverage areas for PAC/LTC performance measurement to include function, goal attainment, patient engagement, care coordination, safety, and cost/access. Core measure concepts for each of these high-leverage areas are as follows:

    • Function—functional and cognitive status assessment and mental health;

    • Goal attainment—establishment of patient/family/caregiver goals, and advanced care planning and treatment;

    • Patient Engagement—experience of care and shared decisionmaking;

    • Care Coordination—transition planning;

    • Safety—falls, pressure ulcers, and adverse drug events; and

    • Cost/Access—inappropriate medicine use, infection rates, and avoidable admissions.

    Through the discussion of the individual measures across the five programs, MAP identified several overarching issues. First, PAC/LTC facilities should coordinate efforts with respect to patient assessment instruments used in PAC/LTC settings to improve and maintain the quality of data. Second, HHS should emphasize that harmonization of measures is critical to promoting patient-centered care across PAC/LTC programs. Finally, HHS should better align performance measurement across PAC/LTC settings as well as with other settings to ensure comparability of performance and to facilitate information exchange.

    The Improving Medicare Post-Acute Care Transformation (IMPACT) Act of 2014 requires certain standardized patient assessment data, data on quality measures, and data on resource use and other measures specified under sections 1899B(c)(1) and (d)(1) respectively of the Act to be standardized and interoperable to allow for their exchange among PAC providers and other providers to facilitate care coordination and improve Medicare beneficiary outcomes. New quality measures for these programs will ideally address specified core-measure concepts and more accurately communicate health information and care preferences when a patient is transferred across settings of care. MAP stressed that following a person across the care continuum from facility to home-based care or beyond will allow for a better assessment of a person's outcomes and experience across time and settings. Additionally, the workgroup was generally supportive of standardizing patient assessment data across PAC settings; however, it noted the importance of aligning measurement with other settings, such as LTC and home and community-based services.

    MAP reviewed 19 PAC/LTC measures and made the following recommendations for federal programs:

    • Inpatient Rehabilitation Facility Quality Reporting Program—the inclusion of five measures that address patient safety and functional status; conditional support for four functional outcome measures noting that the measures are meaningful to patients and actionable;

    • Long-Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting Program—after the review of three measures that addressed patient safety, one was recommended while the other two were encouraged to undergo continued development;

    • End-Stage Renal Disease Quality Incentive Program—after the review of seven measures, three dialysis adequacy measures were supported as they addressed both the adult and pediatric populations and encourage parsimony; four measures were not supported due to concerns raised about feasibility in the dialysis facility setting;

    • Skilled Nursing Facility Value-Based Purchasing Program—one measure was reviewed and supported due to its alignment with readmissions measures in other settings;

    • Home Health Quality Reporting Program—one measure was supported addressing pressure ulcers under the required IMPACT domain; and

    • Hospice Quality Reporting Program—no specific measure recommendations but the inclusion of measures that address concepts such as goal attainments, patient engagement, care coordination, depression, caregiver roles, and timely referral to hospice were noted as needed for inclusion in the Hospice Item Set.

    2015 MAP Off-Cycle Deliberations

    MAP convened during February 2015—in what is considered an off-cycle review—to provide recommendations to HHS on selection of performance measures to meet requirements of the Improving Medicare Post-Acute Care Transformation (IMPACT) Act of 2014. In addition to the annual Measure Applications Partnership (MAP) pre-rulemaking cycle process, the federal government sought input from MAP on additional measures under consideration following an expedited 30-day timeline.

    As is noted above, the IMPACT Act, which was enacted on October 6, 2014, requires post-acute care (PAC) providers to report certain standardized patient assessment data as well as data on quality, resource use, and other measures within domains specified in the Act. The Act requires, among other things, the specification of measures to address resource use and efficiency, such as total estimated Medicare spending per beneficiary, discharge to community, and measures to reflect all-condition risk-adjusted potentially preventable hospital readmission rates. Such measures are to be specified across four different PAC settings: Skilled nursing facilities (SNFs), inpatient rehabilitation facilities (IRFs), long-term care hospitals (LTCHs), and home health agencies (HHAs). In its deliberations, MAP highlighted the importance of integrating data with existing assessment instruments where possible, as well as noted the challenges in standardizing between the four different care settings.

    MAP reviewed four measures under consideration and made recommendations on their potential use in federal programs within the post-acute and long-term care settings. The first measure, Percent of Residents or Patients with Pressure Ulcers That Are New or Worsened (Short Stay), was supported by MAP as a way to address the domain of skin integrity and changes in skin integrity; this measure is NQF-endorsed for the SNF, IRF, and LTCH settings.

    The second measure reviewed was the Percent of Residents Experiencing One or More Falls with Major Injury (Long Stay). MAP supported this measure, conditional upon pending proper risk adjustments and attribution for the home health setting to address the domain of incidence of major falls—addressing the IMPACT Act domain and a MAP PAC/LTC core concept. This measure is currently in use in the Nursing Home Quality Initiative. MAP also supported an All-Cause Readmission measure, noting that it specifically addresses an IMPACT Act domain and a PAC/LTC core concept.

    The final measure evaluated in the off-cycle deliberation was the Percent of Patients/Residents/Persons with an Admission and Discharge Functional Assessment and a Care Plan that Addresses Function. MAP conditionally supported this measure. It addresses an IMPACT Act domain and PAC/LTC core concept.

    2015 Input on Quality Measures for Dual Eligibles

    In support of the NQS aims to provide better, more patient-centered care as well as improve the health of the U.S. population through behavioral and social interventions, HHS asked NQF to again convene a multistakeholder group via MAP to address measurement issues related to people enrolled in both the Medicare and Medicaid programs—a population often referred to as the “dual eligibles” or Medicare-Medicaid enrollees.

    While the dual eligibles make up 20 percent of the Medicare population, they account for 34 percent of Medicare spending. Better healthcare, care coordination, and supportive services for dual eligible beneficiaries have the potential to make significant differences in their health and quality of life. Improvements for this population also have the potential to address the higher cost of their care.

    In August 2015, MAP released its sixth annual report addressing this population. In this report, MAP provided its latest guidance to HHS on the use of performance measures to evaluate and improve care provided to Medicare-Medicaid enrollees. MAP promotes the selection of aligned measures within programs by publishing a Dual Eligible Family of Measures. It provides a varied list of potential measures from which program administrators can choose a subset most appropriate to fit individual program needs. This workgroup reviewed a total of 22 measures and added 18 new measures to the MAP Family of Measures for Dual Eligible Beneficiaries, including 12 new behavioral health measures, five admission/readmission measures, and one care coordination measure.

    To inform MAP regarding the use of measures in the Dual Eligible set of measures, NQF conducted an analysis to document the use of measures across a range of public and private programs. It revealed numerous measures frequently used in programs, but none focused on an issue that reflects the health and social complexity that sets dual eligible beneficiaries apart from other healthcare consumers. MAP recommended more rapid development of new measures for this unique population in topic areas such as:

    • Person-centered, goal-directed care;

    • access to community-based long-term supports and services; and

    • psychosocial needs.

    The report also contained feedback from stakeholders regarding the use and utility of measures recommended by MAP. Through a series of stakeholder interviews, the report revealed that measurement is primarily dictated by external reporting requirements and that limited resources are available to conduct detailed analyses of this high-need population. Participants noted success in improving quality outcomes where they could promptly identify and address barriers to access as well as unmet social needs.

    MAP favors the use of targeted, appropriate measures that can support program goals while driving improvement in consumer experience and outcomes. It recommends that HHS and other stakeholders do away with nonessential measurement, attestation, and regulatory requirements to free up system bandwidth for innovation. In its final recommendation, MAP suggested that wider use of measure stratification will allow for a better understanding of the impact of health disparities, for example the use of data to identify geographical locations by municipality or zip code that provide insight into the care of diverse populations, with the goal of speeding up progress in addressing them.

    2015 Report on the Core Set of Healthcare Quality Measures for Adults Enrolled in Medicaid

    MAP reviewed the Medicaid Adult Core Set to identify and evaluate opportunities to improve the measures in use. In doing so, MAP considered states' feedback from the first year of implementation of the measures and applied its standard measure selection criteria. On August 31, 2015, MAP issued the final report, Strengthening the Core Set of Healthcare Measures for Adults Enrolled in Medicaid, 2015.xl

    The version of the Adult Core Set for 2015 contains 26 measures, spanning many clinical conditions. MAP supported all but one of the current measures for continued use in the Adult Core Set. MAP recommended the removal of NQF-endorsed measure #0648 Timely Transmission of Transition Record (Discharges from an Inpatient Facility to Home/Self Care or Any Other Site of Care) due to reports of low feasibility and lack of reporting by states.

    In addition, MAP supported or conditionally supported nine measures for phased addition over time to the measure set spanning many clinical areas including behavioral health, reproductive health, and treatment options for those with terminal illnesses. MAP is aware that additional federal and state resources are required for each new measure; therefore, the task force recommended that measures be ranked to provide a clear sense of priority based on the expert opinions of the group on the most important measures to report. Additionally, many important priorities for quality measurement and improvement do not yet have metrics available to properly address them.

    Strengthening the Core Set of Healthcare Quality Measures for Children Enrolled in Medicaid and CHIP, 2015

    HHS awarded NQF additional work in 2015 to assess and strengthen the Child Core Set. Using a similar approach to its review of the Adult Core Set, MAP performed an expedited review over a period of 10 weeks to provide input to HHS within the 2015 federal fiscal year (FFY). MAP considered states' feedback from their ongoing participation in the voluntary reporting program and applied its standard measure selection criteria to identify opportunities to improve the Child Core Set. The final report titled, Strengthening the Core Set of Healthcare Quality Measures for Children Enrolled in Medicaid and CHIP, 2015,xli was issued August 31, 2015.

    The 2015 Child Core Set contains 24 measures representing the diverse health needs of the Medicaid and CHIP enrollee population, spanning many clinical topic areas. The measures are relevant to children ages 0-18 as well as pregnant women in order to encompass both prenatal and postpartum quality-of-care issues. Not finding significant implementation difficulties, MAP supported all of the FFY 2015 Child Core Set measures for continued use. In addition, MAP recommended that CMS consider up to six measures for phased implementation, allowing providers more time to prepare for data collection and reporting without creating undue burden on providers and their practices, specifically in the topic areas of perinatal care, behavioral health, pediatric health, and readmissions.

    V. Cross-Cutting Challenges Facing Measurement: Gaps in Endorsed Quality and Efficiency Measures Across HHS Programs

    Under section 1890(b)(5)(iv) of the Act, the entity is required to describe in the annual report gaps in endorsed quality and efficiency measures, including measures within priority areas identified by HHS under the agency's National Quality Strategy, and where quality and efficiency measures are unavailable or inadequate to identify or address such gaps. Under section 1890(b)(5)(v) of the Act, the entity is also required to describe areas in which evidence is insufficient to support endorsement of quality and efficiency measures in priority areas identified by HHS under the National Quality Strategy and where targeted research may address such gaps.

    Identifying Gaps in the NQF Portfolio

    In October 2015, a team of NQF staff worked to assess current gap areas within the portfolio, a byproduct of NQF measure endorsement and selection work, as well as gaps in new areas. After careful review, NQF staff identified 254 measure gaps; some of these gap areas may be addressed through recently launched projects.

    The topic areas with the largest number of gaps reported are Neurology, Cancer, Behavioral Health, Care Coordination, and Resource Use. These gaps can persist for many reasons, including lack of measure development due to a funder's priorities or agendas, lack of a champion for these gap areas, limitation on data sources, particularly for those measures that require data that does not come from administrative claims or charts, and measure gap areas such as care coordination and resource use that are difficult to conceptualize and may require new methodologies. Both neurology and cancer projects have announced a call for measures. Additionally, care coordination and cost and resource use measures can be cross-cutting and apply to multiple disease-specific areas and practice portfolios.

    For a full list of the NQF portfolio gaps identified, refer to Appendix F.

    In a separate but related process, each MAP workgroup has identified measure gaps in their respective areas, as well as considered efforts related to alignment and reducing disparities that may be better addressed by risk adjustment and stratification. These need to be considered in light of the gaps identified through the endorsement process.

    Measure Applications Partnership: Identifying and Filling Measurement Gaps, Alignment, and Addressing Disparities

    Building upon MAP's ongoing role in identifying gaps in measurement, MAP developed a scorecard approach which quantifies the number of MAP-recommended measures in gap areas. The 2015 scorecard is in Appendix E. Organized by the priority areas of the National Quality Strategy, the scorecard shows that MAP recommended multiple measures in some gap areas, while underscoring that measures are still needed in other important areas. Notable areas with a many gaps include the clinical quality measures in cancer and cardiovascular conditions, care coordination and communication, safety—particularly hospital acquired infections (HAI), medication and pain management, and person- and family-centered care—and the use of shared decisionmaking and care planning.

    This high-level summary provided by the scorecard can help identify which gaps are starting to be addressed and where more work remains.

    MAP members outlined several ways to strengthen the gap-filling approach in its deliberations. They included: (1) Identify where measures are not available or inadequately assess performance; (2) prioritize gaps by importance, impact, and feasibility; and (3) highlight barriers to gap-filling, such as infrastructure support needs, and offer potential solutions to these barriers. Each area-specific working group weighed in on the gaps in the Clinician, Hospital, and PAC/LTC spaces along with the Medicaid and CHIP programs.

    MAP Clinician Federal Program Summaries

    In this year's MAP deliberations, members noted that measurement gaps could arise when measures are removed from programs. For example, this year more than 50 measures were removed from the Physician Quality Reporting System (PQRS) across a variety of condition areas. These removals could lead to measurement gaps, and programs should be subjected to ongoing scrutiny and analysis to ensure that they continue to assess important areas. This scrutiny is of particular importance for clinician programs, which seek to have relevant measures across all clinical specialties. Public commenters shared this concern and suggested monitoring to assure that removal would not leave a gap in measurement. In the PQRS program, there is an increased need for outcome rather than process measures as well as measures that address patient safety and adverse events, appropriate use of diagnosis and therapeutics, efficiency, cost, and resource use.

    MAP also suggested critical improvements to the program objectives of the Value-Based Payment Modifier and Physician Feedback of Quality Resource and Use Reports (QRURs). MAP suggested that these programs use measures that have been reported for at least one year, and ideally can be linked with particular cost or resource use measures to capture value. Also, MAP suggested that there should be a greater focus on monitoring the unintended consequences to vulnerable populations.

    Similarly, MAP identified the need for greater focus on outcome measures and measures that are meaningful to consumers and purchasers for the Physician Compare Initiative—with a focus on patient experience, patient-reported outcomes (e.g., functional status), care coordination, population health (e.g., risk assessment, prevention), and appropriate care measures.

    Finally, with the rapidly growing world of electronic health records (EHRs), MAP identified a few key areas of measurement focus for the Medicare and Medicaid EHR Incentive Programs for EPs. MAP suggested including more measures that have eMeasure specifications available. Moving forward, MAP also noted that the clinician level programs should focus on measures that reflect efficiency in data collection and reporting through the use of health IT, measures that leverage health IT capabilities, and innovative measures made possible by health IT.

    MAP Hospital Federal Programs

    Priority measure gaps for the Ambulatory Surgical Center Quality Reporting (ASCQR) Program include surgical quality care, infection rates, follow-up after procedures, complications including anesthesia-related complications, cost, and patient and family engagement measures including an Ambulatory Surgical Center (ASC)-specific Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems (CAHPS) module and patient-reported outcomes.

    MAP suggested that for the Hospital Acquired Condition (HAC) Reduction program measures should focus on reducing major drivers of harm. Measures used by both HAC Reduction Program and the Hospital VBP Program can help to focus attention on critical safety issues.

    Several gap areas were identified by MAP for the Hospital VBP Program. These gaps include medication errors, mental and behavioral health, emergency department throughput, a hospital's culture of safety, and patient and family engagement.

    MAP suggested several areas for increased work and development for the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program. Improved care transitions, increased care coordination across providers, and improved communication of important inpatient information to those who will be taking care of the patient post-discharge are measure areas that could benefit from further development in order to reduce readmissions.

    Measure gaps in the Inpatient Psychiatric Facility Quality Reporting (IPFQR) program include step down care—care provided between hospital discharge and full immersion back into the home and community—behavioral health assessments and care in the emergency department (ED), readmissions, identification and management of general medical conditions, partial hospitalization or day programs, and a psychiatric care module for CAHPS.

    Gaps identified in the Hospital Outpatient Quality Reporting (OQR) Program measure set include measures of ED overcrowding, wait times, and disparities in care—specifically, disproportionate use of EDs by vulnerable populations. Other gaps include measures of cost, patient-reported outcomes, patient and family engagement, follow-up after procedures, fostering important ties to community resources to enhance care coordination efforts, and an outpatient CAHPS module.

    Finally, MAP identified several gaps in the PPS-Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality Reporting (PCHQR) Program. These measures should address gaps in cancer care including pain screening and management, patient and family/caregiver experience, patient-reported symptoms and outcomes, survival, shared decisionmaking, cost, care coordination, and psychosocial/supportive services.

    MAP PAC/LTC Federal Programs

    MAP carried forward the recommendation from last year's pre-rulemaking deliberations for the Nursing Home Quality Initiative (NHQI) program. There is still a need for added measures that assess discharge to the community and the quality of transition planning, as well as the inclusion of the nursing home-CAHPS measures in the program to address patient experience.

    Under the Home Health Quality Reporting Program (HHQRP), while no specific measure gaps were identified, MAP recommended that CMS conduct a thorough analysis of the measure set to identify priority gap areas, measures that are topped out, and opportunities to improve the existing measures.

    Consistent with the previous year, MAP states that the Inpatient Rehabilitation Facility Quality Reporting Program (IRFQRP) measure set is still too limited and could be enhanced by addressing core measure concepts not currently in the set such as care coordination, functional status, and medication reconciliation and the safety issues that have high incidence in IRFs, such as MRSA, falls, CAUTI and Clostridium Difficile (C. diff). Similarly, the LTC Hospitals Quality Reporting Program (LTCH QRP) recommendations continue from the previous year. Measures that address cost, cognitive status assessment, medication management, and advance directives need to be developed.

    MAP made recommendations for the future directions for the End-Stage Renal Disease Quality Incentive Program (ESRDQIP). MAP prefers to include more outcome measures and pediatric measures to assess the pediatric population that has been largely excluded from the existing measures, and sees a need to identify appropriate data elements and sources to support measures. Similarly, MAP made recommendations for the future direction of the HHQRP. These recommendations include the development of an outcome measure addressing pain and the selection of measures that address care coordination, communication, timeliness/responsiveness, responsiveness of care, and access to the healthcare team on a 24-hour basis.

    Gaps in Measures for Dual Eligible Beneficiaries

    During its deliberations, the task force convened to address the needs of Dual Eligible beneficiaries identified high-priority gaps in the family of measures for Dual Eligibles. The list of gaps identified this year has not changed since the previous report, Dual Eligible Beneficiary Population Interim Report 2012. This consistency emphasizes that new and improved measures are still urgently needed to evaluate:

    • Goal-directed, person-centered care planning and implementation;

    • Shared decisionmaking;

    • Systems to coordinate acute care, long-term services and supports;

    • Beneficiary sense of control/autonomy/self-determination;

    • Psychosocial needs; and

    • Optimal functioning levels.

    Gaps in the Medicaid Adult Core Set

    During its deliberations on the current state of the Medicaid Adult Core Set, MAP documented the following gaps (in no particular order of priority) that need to be filled in order to further strengthen the core set of measures:

    • Access to primary, specialty, and behavioral healthcare;

    • Beneficiary reported outcomes—health-related quality of life;

    • Care coordination including the integration of medical and psychosocial services, and primary care and behavioral integration;

    • Efficiency, specifically the inappropriate use of the emergency department (ED);

    • Long-term supports and services, notably HCBS;

    • Maternal health—inter-conception care to address risk factors, poor birth outcomes; postpartum complications, support with breastfeeding after hospitalization;

    • Promotion of wellness;

    • Treatment outcomes for behavioral health conditions and substance use disorders;

    • Workforce;

    • New chronic opiate use (45 days);

    • Polypharmacy;

    • Engagement and activation in healthcare; and

    • Trauma-informed care.

    Gaps in the Medicaid Child Core Set

    As with Adult Core Set, many important priorities for quality measurement and improvement do not have the metrics available to address them. The following measure gaps (in no particular order of priority) will be a starting point for future discussion and will guide annual revisions to further strengthen the Child Core Set:

    • Care coordination—HCBS, social service coordination, and cross-sector measures that would foster joint accountability with the education and criminal justice systems;

    • Screening for abuse and neglect;

    • Injuries and trauma;

    • Mental health—notably access to outpatient and ambulatory mental health services, ED use for behavioral health, and behavioral health functional outcomes that stem from trauma-informed care;

    • Overuse/medically unnecessary care—specifically appropriate use of CT scans;

    • Durable medical equipment; and

    • Cost measures—targeting people with chronic needs and family out-of-pocket spending.

    Progress in Aligning Measurement Requirements

    During this year's deliberations, the MAP discussions centered on the need for measurement alignment across multiple programs by focusing on having standardized measures that allow for comparing performance across care settings, data sources, and standardized definitions for measure elements—the core items needed for comprehensive assessment within the measure.

    MAP noted the usefulness of expanding certain hospital programs to allow small and rural hospitals the ability to report measures, thus closing potential “reporting gaps” across the healthcare system. The recommendations in the report, Performance Measurement for Rural Low-Volume Providers (see section above, Rural Health), address this issue.xliii Additionally, MAP noted that true alignment goes beyond having similar concepts, but requires aligned technical specifications. Currently, providers report measure performance using a variety of data sources, including from EHR-based measures to registries to claims-based measures. Alignment would ensure that results are comparable regardless of the data source used.

    However in their discussions, MAP members also noted the limits of alignment. Some measurement programs may have specific purposes which necessitate the use of specialized measures. Moreover, there were questions about what constituted alignment, such as whether measures need to be exactly the same or could differ slightly and still be considered comparable.

    The public comments NQF received on the recommendations of the workgroups reflected appreciation for MAP's recognition of the importance of alignment and further emphasized the need to simplify measures across settings—leveraging consistency of similar measures used in multiple programs. Other comments centered on the importance of aligning measures on the national and the state/regional level—emphasizing a need to understand measure variation between payers.

    Difficulty of Disparities

    MAP also raised the issue of the need to better assess disparities. Many measures could be stratified for different populations or conditions to understand the nature and extent of variations in measure results. However, the data currently available may not contain all the information needed to allow for meaningful measure stratification. This often hampers the efforts to address health disparities. Further work is required to specify and build the data infrastructure needed to fully understand variations and disparities in care delivery and health outcomes.

    VI. Coordination With Measurement Initiatives Implemented by Other Payers

    Section1890(b)(5)(A)(i) of the Social Security Act mandates that the Annual Report to Congress and the Secretary include a description of the implementation of quality and efficiency measurement initiatives under this Act and the coordination of such initiatives with quality and efficiency initiatives implemented by other payers.

    This year NQF worked with other payers and entities to better understand the areas of alignment and socioeconomic risk adjustment of measures in an effort to coordinate quality measurement across the public and private sectors.

    Private and Public Alignment

    Beginning in 2014, CMS and America's Health Insurance Plans (AHIP) have brought together private- and public-sector payers to work on better measure alignment between the two sectors.

    The stakeholders formed a variety of working groups charged with the mission to foster measure alignment in those clinical areas. The working groups address the specific areas of accountable care organizations and patient-centered medical homes, cardiology, obstetrics and gynecology, oncology, orthopedics, gastroenterology, ophthalmology, HIV and Hepatitis C, and pediatrics. Nearly all the measures that have been identified for alignment purposes are NQF-endorsed.

    Their focus has been on clinician level measures and has largely been oriented toward measures used in ambulatory settings. As the endorser of measures, NQF contributed technical assistance to these working groups. The guidance that NQF provided centered on the current status of the portfolio and the individual measures.

    Fostering greater measure alignment is a goal shared by many stakeholders. While these working groups are not intended to solve the alignment conundrum, they will serve as an important first step toward accomplishing this lofty and much needed goal. A report from the AHIP-CMS Core Measures Group is expected in 2016; however, no specific deadline has been publicized.

    Risk Adjustment for Socioeconomic Status (SES) and Other Demographic Factors

    Risk adjustment (also known as case-mix adjustment) refers to statistical methods to control or account for patient-related factors when computing performance measure scores. Risk adjusting outcome performance measures to account for differences in patient health status and clinical factors that are present at the start of care is widely accepted. There has been growing interest from policymakers and other healthcare leaders regarding whether measures used in comparative performance assessments, including public reporting and pay-for-performance, should be adjusted for socioeconomic status and other demographic factors (SES) in order to improve the comparability of performance. Because patient-related factors can have an important influence on patient outcomes, risk adjustment can improve the ability to make an accurate and fair conclusion about the quality of care patients receive.

    In January 2015, NQF's Cost and Resource Use Standing Committee and All-Cause Admissions and Readmissions Standing Committee convened to discuss the NQF Board's recommendations regarding measures endorsed with conditions (see page 20). NQF staff also briefed measure developers on the need for a conceptual and empirical evaluation of potential measures for inclusion in a trial period. This two-year trial period is a temporary policy change that will allow risk adjustment of performance measures for SES and other demographic factors. At the conclusion of the trial, NQF will determine whether to make this policy change permanent.

    In April 2015, the SES trial officially opened for all newly submitted measures, as well as measures undergoing endorsement maintenance review and measures already in the trial period. Measures included the SES trial are the aforementioned all cause admission/readmission and cost/resource use measures, as well as cardiovascular measures. For measures included in the trial period, measure developers are requested to provide information on socioeconomic and other related factors that were available and analyzed during measure development. However, not all measures are prime for inclusion in the trial. There must be a sound conceptual and empirical basis to be included in the SES adjustment trial. The conceptual basis for inclusion refers to a logical theory that explains the association between an SES factor(s) and the outcome of interest—it may be informed by prior research and/or healthcare experience related to the measure focus, but a direct causal relationship is not required.

    Measures that are selected for this trial period have been reviewed under the regular endorsement and maintenance process prescribed by statute and have been granted a conditional endorsement based on the appropriate risk adjustment and stratification of the measures to account for socioeconomic status and other demographic factors.

    VII. Conclusion and Looking Forward

    NQF has evolved in the 16 years it has been in existence and since it endorsed its first performance measures more than a decade ago. While its focus on improving quality, enhancing safety, and reducing costs by endorsing performance measures has remained a constant, its role has expanded. New roles have included providing private sector input into the development of the National Quality Strategy, defining measure gaps, and recommending measures for an array of public programs. What has also changed is the centrality of performance measures in efforts by public and private policymakers to transform delivery and payment systems. In essence, performance measures are becoming more and more consequential.

    NQF's work in evolving the science of performance measurement has also expanded over the years, and recent projects focus on challenges that stand in the way of getting to high-value outcome and cost measures, as well as bringing new kinds of providers into accountability programs. More specifically, this year NQF launched projects focused on attribution and variation, which will provide important guidance to developers and those implementing measures, respectively. And an Expert Panel made recommendations on how best to include rural and low-volume providers in accountability programs over the next number of years and suggested particular considerations that should be taken into account in doing so.

    In 2015, NQF's work also focused on helping to facilitate the transition to eMeasurement. Efforts in this area included encouraging the submission of eMeasures for endorsement, creating a framework to help advance the notion of using measures to improve the safety of health information technology, and facilitating the development of evaluation criteria and an overall approach to the harmonization and approval of value sets, the “building blocks” of code vocabularies, to ensure measures can be consistently and accurately implemented across disparate HIT systems.

    Moving forward into 2016, NQF looks forward to addressing other issues that stymie our collective efforts to use eMeasures, continuing our progress in addressing measurement science challenges, and furthering the portfolio of high-value measures that public and private payers, providers, and patients rely on to improve health and healthcare.

    Appendix A: 2015 Activities Performed Under Contract With HHS 1. Recommendations on the National Quality Strategy and Priorities Description Output Status Notes/Scheduled or actual
  • completion date
  • Multistakeholder input on a National Priority: Improving Population Health by Working with Communities A common framework that offers guidance on strategies for improving population health within communities Phase 2 in progress Phase 2 in progress. Quality measurement for home and community-based services Report will provide a conceptual framework and environmental scan to address performance measure gaps in home and community-based services to enhance the quality of community living In progress Final report due September 2016. Rural Health A report exploring quality reporting improvements in rural communities Completed Final report issued September 2015.
    2. Quality and Efficiency Measurement Initiatives Description Output Status Notes/scheduled or actual
  • completion date
  • Behavioral health measures Set of endorsed measures for behavioral health Phase 3 completed Phase 2 endorsed 16 measures in May 2015. Cost and resource use measures Set of endorsed measures for cost and resource use Phase 2 completed
  • Phase 3 completed
  • Phase 2 endorsed 1 measure fully; and 2 measures with conditions in February 2015.
  • Phase 3 endorsed 3 measures with conditions in February 2015.
  • Endocrine measures Set of endorsed measures for endocrine conditions Phase 3 completed Phase 3 endorsed 22 measures in November 2015. Musculoskeletal measures Set of endorsed measures for musculoskeletal conditions Completed Endorsed 3 measures fully; 4 measures recommended for trial approval in January 2015. Cardiovascular measures Set of endorsed measures for cardiovascular conditions Phase 2 completed
  • Phase 3 in progress
  • Phase 2 endorsed 11 measures in August 2015.
    Care coordination measures Set of endorsed measures for care coordination Phase 3 completed Currently in off-cycle review All-cause admission and readmissions measures Set of endorsed measures for all-cause admissions and readmissions Phase 2 completed
  • Phase 3 in progress
  • Endorsed 16 measures in April 2015 with conditions.
    Patient safety measures Set of endorsed measures for patient safety Phase 1 completed
  • Phase 2 in progress
  • Phase 3 in progress
  • Phase 1 endorsed 8 measures in January 2015.
    Person- and family-centered care measures Set of endorsed measures for person- and family-centered care Phase 1 completed January 2015
  • Phase 2 in progress
  • Phase 3 in progress
  • Phase 4 in progress
  • Phase 1 endorsed 10 measures in January 2015.
    Surgery measures Set of endorsed measures for surgery Phase 1 completed February 2015
  • Phase 2 completed December 2015
  • Phase 3 in progress
  • Phase 1 endorsed 21 measures in February 2015.
  • Phase 2 endorsed 22 measures in December 2015.
  • Eye care and ear, nose, and throat conditions measures Set of endorsed measures for eye care, ear, nose, and throat conditions In progress Final report will be completed in January 2016. Renal measures Ent of endorsed measure for renal care Phase 1 completed
  • Phase 2 in progress
  • Phase 1 endorsed 15 measures and 4 measures recommended for reserve status.
    Pulmonary/critical care measures Set of endorsed measures for pulmonary/critical care In progress Final report expected October 2016. Neurology measures Set of endorsed measures for neurology In progress Final report expected November 2016. Perinatal measures Set of endorsed measures for perinatal care In progress Final report expected January 2017. Palliative and end-of-life measures Set of endorsed measures for palliative and end-of-life measures In progress Final report expected January 2017. Cancer measures Set of endorsed measures for cancer care In progress Final report expected January 2017. Variation of measure specifications Environmental scan, conceptual framework, glossary of definitions, and recommendation of core principles In progress Final report expected December 2016. Attribution Set principles for attribution and explore valid and reliable approaches for attribution, develop model that meets the requirements set In progress Final report expected December 2016. Risk adjustment for socioeconomic status or other demographic factors Assessment of appropriate risk adjustment stratification standards Trial period in progress Prioritization and identification of health IT patient safety measures Comprehensive framework for assessment of HIT safety measurement and provide recommendations on gaps In progress Final report expected February 2016. Value set harmonization Development of evaluation criteria, recommendations on integration In progress Final report expected March 2016. Rural health This project provided recommendations to HHS on performance measurement issues for rural and low-volume providers Completed Final report completed in September 2015.
    3. Stakeholder Recommendations on Quality and Efficiency Measures and National Priorities Description Output Status Notes/Scheduled or actual
  • completion date
  • Recommendations for measures to be implemented through the federal rulemaking process for public reporting and payment Measure Applications Partnership pre-pulemaking recommendations on measures under consideration by HHS for 2015 rulemaking Completed Completed January 2015. Recommendations for measures to be implemented through the federal rulemaking process for public reporting and payment Measure Applications Partnership pre-pulemaking recommendations on measures under consideration by HHS for 2016 rulemaking In progress Identification of quality measures for dual-eligible Medicare-Medicaid enrollees and adults enrolled in Medicaid Annual input on the Initial Core Set of Health Care Quality Measures for Adults Enrolled in Medicaid, and additional refinements to previously published Families of Measures Completed Completed August 2015. Identification of quality measures for children in Medicaid Annual input on the Initial Core Set of Health Care Quality Measures for Children enrolled in Medicaid In progress Completed August 2015.
    Appendix B: MAP Measure Selection Criteria

    The Measure Selection Criteria (MSC) are intended to assist MAP with identifying characteristics that are associated with ideal measure sets used for public reporting and payment programs. The MSC are not absolute rules; rather, they are meant to provide general guidance on measure selection decisions and to complement program-specific statutory and regulatory requirements. Central focus should be on the selection of high-quality measures that optimally address the National Quality Strategy's three aims, fill critical measurement gaps, and increase alignment. Although competing priorities often need to be weighed against one another, the MSC can be used as a reference when evaluating the relative strengths and weaknesses of a program measure set, and how the addition of an individual measure would contribute to the set. The MSC have evolved over time to reflect the input of a wide variety of stakeholders.

    To determine whether a measure should be considered for a specified program, the MAP evaluates the measures under consideration against the MSC. MAP members are expected to familiarize themselves with the criteria and use them to indicate their support for a measure under consideration.

    1. NQF-endorsed measures are required for program measure sets, unless no relevant endorsed measures are available to achieve a critical program objective demonstrated by a program measure set that contains measures that meet the NQF endorsement criteria, including importance to measure and report, scientific acceptability of measure properties, feasibility, usability and use, and harmonization of competing and related measures.

    • Subcriterion 1.1 Measures that are not NQF-endorsed should be submitted for endorsement if selected to meet a specific program need • Subcriterion 1.2 Measures that have had endorsement removed or have been submitted for endorsement and were not endorsed should be removed from programs • Subcriterion 1.3 Measures that are in reserve status (i.e., topped out) should be considered for removal from programs

    2. Program measure set adequately addresses each of the National Quality Strategy's three aims demonstrated by a program measure set that addresses each of the National Quality Strategy (NQS) aims and corresponding priorities. The NQS provides a common framework for focusing efforts of diverse stakeholders on:

    • Subcriterion 2.1 Better care, demonstrated by patient- and family-centeredness, care coordination, safety, and effective treatment • Subcriterion 2.2 Healthy people/healthy communities, demonstrated by prevention and well-being • Subcriterion 2.3 Affordable care

    3. Program measure set is responsive to specific program goals and requirements demonstrated by a program measure set that is “fit for purpose” for the particular program.

    • Subcriterion 3.1 Program measure set includes measures that are applicable to and appropriately tested for the program's intended care setting(s), level(s) of analysis, and population(s) • Subcriterion 3.2 Measure sets for public reporting programs should be meaningful for consumers and purchasers • Subcriterion 3.3 Measure sets for payment incentive programs should contain measures for which there is broad experience demonstrating usability and usefulness (Note: For some Medicare payment programs, statute requires that measures must first be implemented in a public reporting program for a designated period) • Subcriterion 3.4 Avoid selection of measures that are likely to create significant adverse consequences when used in a specific program • Subcriterion 3.5 Emphasize inclusion of endorsed measures that have eMeasure specifications available

    4. Program measure set includes an appropriate mix of measure types demonstrated by a program measure set that includes an appropriate mix of process, outcome, experience of care, cost/resource use/appropriateness, composite, and structural measures necessary for the specific program.

    • Subcriterion 4.1 In general, preference should be given to measure types that address specific program needs • Subcriterion 4.2 Public reporting program measure sets should emphasize outcomes that matter to patients, including patient- and caregiver-reported outcomes • Subcriterion 4.3 Payment program measure sets should include outcome measures linked to cost measures to capture value

    5. Program measure set enables measurement of person- and family-centered care and services demonstrated by a program measure set that addresses access, choice, self-determination, and community integration.

    • Subcriterion 5.1 Measure set addresses patient/family/caregiver experience, including aspects of communication and care coordination • Subcriterion 5.2 Measure set addresses shared decisionmaking, such as for care and service planning and establishing advance directives • Subcriterion 5.3 Measure set enables assessment of the person's care and services across providers, settings, and time

    6. Program measure set includes considerations for healthcare disparities and cultural competency demonstrated by a program measure set that promotes equitable access and treatment by considering healthcare disparities. Factors include addressing race, ethnicity, socioeconomic status, language, gender, sexual orientation, age, or geographical considerations (e.g., urban vs. rural). Program measure set also can address populations at risk for healthcare disparities (e.g., people with behavioral/mental illness).

    • Subcriterion 6.1 Program measure set includes measures that directly assess healthcare disparities (e.g., interpreter services) • Subcriterion 6.2 Program measure set includes measures that are sensitive to disparities measurement (e.g., beta blocker treatment after a heart attack), and that facilitate stratification of results to better understand differences among vulnerable populations

    7. Program measure set promotes parsimony and alignment demonstrated by a program measure set that supports efficient use of resources for data collection and reporting, and supports alignment across programs. The program measure set should balance the degree of effort associated with measurement and its opportunity to improve quality.

    • Subcriterion 7.1 Program measure set demonstrates efficiency (i.e., minimum number of measures and the least burdensome measures that achieve program goals) • Subcriterion 7.2 Program measure set places strong emphasis on measures that can be used across multiple programs or applications (e.g., Physician Quality Reporting System [PQRS], Meaningful Use for Eligible Professionals, Physician Compare)
    Appendix C: Federal Public Reporting and Performance-Based Payment Programs Considered by MAP • Ambulatory Surgical Center Quality Reporting • End-Stage Renal Disease Quality Improvement Program • Home Health Quality Reporting • Hospice Quality Reporting • Hospital Acquired Condition Payment Reduction (ACA 3008) • Hospital Inpatient Quality Reporting • Hospital Outpatient Quality Reporting • Hospital Readmission Reduction Program • Hospital Value-Based Purchasing • Inpatient Psychiatric Facility Quality Reporting • Inpatient Rehabilitation Facility Quality Reporting • Long-Term Care Hospital Quality Reporting • Medicare and Medicaid EHR Incentive Program for Hospitals and CAHs • Medicare and Medicaid EHR Incentive Program for Eligible Professionals • Medicare Physician Quality Reporting System (PQRS) • Medicare Shared Savings Program • Physician Compare • Physician Feedback/Quality and Resource Utilization Reports • Physician Value-Based Payment Modifier • Prospective Payment System (PPS)—Exempt Cancer Hospital Quality Reporting • Skilled Nursing Facility Quality Reporting Program Appendix D: MAP Structure, Members, Criteria for Service, and Rosters

    MAP operates through a two-tiered structure. Guided by the priorities and goals of HHS's National Quality Strategy, the MAP Coordinating Committee provides direction and direct input to HHS. MAP's workgroups advise the Coordinating Committee on measures needed for specific care settings, care providers, and patient populations. Time-limited task forces consider more focused topics, such as developing “families of measures”—related measures that cross settings and populations—and provide further information to the MAP Coordinating Committee and workgroups. Each multistakeholder group includes individuals with content expertise and organizations particularly affected by the work.

    MAP's members are selected based on NQF Board-adopted selection criteria, through an annual nominations process and an open public commenting period. Balance among stakeholder groups is paramount. Due to the complexity of MAP's tasks, individual subject matter experts are included in the groups. Federal government ex officio members are nonvoting because federal officials cannot advise themselves. MAP members serve staggered three-year terms.

    MAP Coordinating Committee Committee Co-Chairs (Voting) George J. Isham, MD, MS Elizabeth A. McGlynn, Ph.D., MPP Organizational Members (Voting) AARP Joyce Dubow, MUP Academy of Managed Care Pharmacy Marissa Schlaifer, RPh, MS AdvaMed Steven Brotman, MD, JD AFL-CIO Shaun O'Brien American Board of Medical Specialties Lois Margaret Nora, MD, JD, MBA American College of Physicians Amir Qaseem, MD, Ph.D., MHA American College of Surgeons Frank G. Opelka, MD, FACS American Hospital Association Rhonda Anderson, RN, DNSc, FAAN American Medical Association Carl A. Sirio, MD American Medical Group Association Sam Lin, MD, Ph.D., MBA American Nurses Association Marla J. Weston, Ph.D., RN America's Health Insurance Plans Aparna Higgins, MA Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association Trent T. Haywood, MD, JD Catalyst for Payment Reform Shaudi Bazzaz, MPP, MPH Consumers Union Lisa McGiffert Federation of American Hospitals Chip N. Kahn, III Healthcare Financial Management Association Richard Gundling, FHFMA, CMA Healthcare Information and Management Systems Society To be determined The Joint Commission Mark R. Chassin, MD, FACP, MPP, MPH LeadingAge Cheryl Phillips. MD, AGSF Maine Health Management Coalition Elizabeth Mitchell National Alliance for Caregiving Gail Hunt National Association of Medicaid Directors Foster Gesten, MD, FACP National Business Group on Health Steve Wojcik National Committee for Quality Assurance Margaret E. O'Kane, MHS National Partnership for Women and Families Alison Shippy Pacific Business Group on Health William E. Kramer, MBA Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America (PhRMA) Christopher M. Dezii, RN, MBA, CPHQ Individual Subject Matter Experts (Voting) Bobbie Berkowitz, Ph.D., RN, CNAA, FAAN Marshall Chin, MD, MPH, FACP Harold A. Pincus, MD Carol Raphael, MPA Federal Government Liaisons (Nonvoting) Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) Richard Kronich, Ph.D./Nancy J. Wilson, MD, MPH Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Chesley Richards, MD, MH, FACP Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) Patrick Conway, MD, MSc Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology (ONC) Kevin Larsen, MD, FACP MAP Clinician Workgroup Committee Chair (Voting) Mark McClellan, MD, Ph.D. The Brookings Institution, Engelberg Center for Health Care Reform Organizational Members (Voting) The Alliance Amy Moyer, MS, PMP American Academy of Family Physicians

    Amy Mullins, MD, CPE, FAAFP

    American Academy of Nurse Practitioners

    Diane Padden, Ph.D., CRNP, FAANP

    American Academy of Pediatrics Terry Adirim, MD, MPH, FAAP American College of Cardiology *Representative to be determined American College of Emergency Physicians Jeremiah Schuur, MD, MHS American College of Radiology David Seidenwurm, MD Association of American Medical Colleges

    Janis Orlowski, MD

    Center for Patient Partnerships Rachel Grob, Ph.D. Consumers' CHECKBOOK Robert Krughoff, JD Kaiser Permanente Amy Compton-Phillips, MD March of Dimes Cynthia Pellegrini Minnesota Community Measurement Beth Averbeck, MD National Business Coalition on Health Bruce Sherman, MD, FCCP, FACOEM National Center for Interprofessional Practice and Education James Pacala, MD, MS Pacific Business Group on Health David Hopkins, MS, Ph.D. Patient-Centered Primary Care Collaborative Marci Nielsen, Ph.D., MPH Physician Consortium for Performance Improvement Mark L. Metersky, MD Wellpoint *Representative to be determined Individual Subject Matter Experts (Voting) Luther Clark, MD Subject Matter Expert: Disparities Merck & Co., Inc Constance Dahlin, MSN, ANP-BC, ACHPN, FPCN, FAAN Subject Matter Expert: Palliative Care Hospice and Palliative Nurses Association Eric Whitacre, MD, FACS; Surgical Care Subject Matter Expert: Surgical Care Breast Center of Southern Arizona Federal Government Liaisons (Nonvoting) Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Peter Briss, MD, MPH Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) Kate Goodrich, MD Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) Girma Alemu, MD, MPH Dual Eligible Beneficiaries Workgroup Liaison (Nonvoting) Humana, Inc. George Andrews, MD, MBA, CPE, FACP, FACC, FCCP MAP Coordinating Committee Co-Chairs Members (Voting, Ex-Officio) HealthPartners George J. Isham, MD, MS Kaiser Permanente Elizabeth A. McGlynn, Ph.D., MPP MAP Hospital Workgroup Committee Chairs (Voting) Frank G. Opelka, MD, FACS (Chair) Ronald S. Walters, MD, MBA, MHA, MS (Vice-Chair) Organizational Members (Voting) Alliance of Dedicated Cancer Centers Karen Fields, MD American Federation of Teachers Healthcare Kelly Trautner American Hospital Association Nancy Foster American Organization of Nurse Executives Amanda Stefancyk Oberlies, RN, MSN, MBA, CNML, Ph.D.(c) America's Essential Hospitals David Engler, Ph.D. ASC Quality Collaboration Donna Slosburg, BSN, LHRM, CASC Blue Cross Blue Shield of Massachusetts Wei Ying, MD, MS, MBA Children's Hospital Association Andrea Benin, MD Memphis Business Group on Health Cristie Upshaw Travis, MHA Mothers Against Medical Error Helen Haskell, MA National Coalition for Cancer Survivorship Shelley Fuld Nasso National Rural Health Association Brock Slabach, MPH, FACHE Pharmacy Quality Alliance Shekhar Mehta, PharmD, MS Premier, Inc. Richard Bankowitz, MD, MBA, FACP Project Patient Care Martin Hatlie, JD Service Employees International Union Jamie Brooks Robertson, JD St. Louis Area Business Health Coalition Louise Y. Probst, MBA, RN Individual Subject Matter Experts (Voting) Dana Alexander, RN, MSN, MBA Jack Fowler, Jr., Ph.D. Mitchell Levy, MD, FCCM, FCCP Dolores L. Mitchell R. Sean Morrison, MD Michael P. Phelan, MD, FACEP Ann Marie Sullivan, MD Federal Government Liaisons (Nonvoting) Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) Pamela Owens, Ph.D. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Daniel Pollock, MD Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) Pierre Yong, MD, MPH Dual Eligible Beneficiaries Workgroup Liaison (Nonvoting) University of Pennsylvania School of Nursing Nancy Hanrahan, Ph.D., RN, FAAN MAP Coordinating Committee Co-Chairs Members (Voting, Ex-Officio) HealthPartners George J. Isham, MD, MS Kaiser Permanente Elizabeth A. McGlynn, Ph.D., MPP MAP Post-Acute Care/Long-Term Care Workgroup Committee Chair (Voting) Carol Raphael, MPA Organizational Members (Voting) Aetna Joseph Agostini, MD American Medical Rehabilitation Providers Association Suzanne Snyder Kauserud, PT American Occupational Therapy Association Pamela Roberts, Ph.D., OTR/L, SCFES, CPHQ, FAOTA American Physical Therapy Association Roger Herr, PT, MPA, COS-C American Society of Consultant Pharmacists Jennifer Thomas, PharmD Caregiver Action Network Lisa Winstel Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine Bruce Leff, MD Kidney Care Partners Allen Nissenson, MD, FACP, FASN, FNKF Kindred Healthcare Sean Muldoon, MD National Consumer Voice for Quality Long-Term Care Robyn Grant, MSW National Hospice and Palliative Care Organization Carol Spence, Ph.D. National Pressure Ulcer Advisory Panel Arthur Stone, MD National Transitions of Care Coalition James Lett, II, MD, CMD Providence Health & Services Dianna Reely Visiting Nurses Association of America Margaret Terry, Ph.D., RN Individual Subject Matter Experts (Voting) Louis Diamond, MBChB, FCP(SA), FACP, FHIMSS Gerri Lamb, Ph.D. Marc Leib, MD, JD Debra Saliba, MD, MPH Thomas von Sternberg, MD Federal Government Liaisons (Nonvoting) Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) Alan Levitt, MD Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology (ONC) Elizabeth Palena Hall, MIS, MBA, RN Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) Lisa C. Patton, Ph.D. Dual Eligible Beneficiaries Workgroup Liaison (Nonvoting) Consortium of Citizens with Disabilities Clarke Ross, DPA MAP Coordinating Committee Co-Chairs Members (Voting, Ex-Officio) HealthPartners George J. Isham, MD, MS Kaiser Permanente Elizabeth A. McGlynn, Ph.D., MPP MAP Medicaid Adult Task Force Chair (Voting) Harold Pincus, MD Organizational Members (Voting) Academy of Managed Care Pharmacy Marissa Schlaifer American Academy of Family Physicians Alvia Siddiqi, MD, FAAFP American Academy of Nurse Practitioners Sue Kendig, JD, WHNP-BC, FAANP America's Health Insurance Plans Kirstin Dawson Humana, Inc. George Andrews, MD, MBA, CPE, FACP March of Dimes Cynthia Pellegrini National Association of Medicaid Directors Daniel Lessler, MD, MHA, FACP National Rural Health Association Brock Slabach, MPH, FACHE Individual Subject Matter Expert Members (Voting) Anne Cohen, MPH Nancy Hanrahan, Ph.D., RN, FAAN Marc Leib, MD, JD Ann Marie Sullivan, MD Federal Government Members (Nonvoting, Ex-Officio) Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services Marsha Smith, MD, MPH, FAAP Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) Lisa Patton, Ph.D. MAP Medicaid Child Task Force Chairs (Voting) Foster Gesten, MD Organizational Members (Voting) Aetna Sandra White, MD, MBA American Academy of Family Physicians Alvia Siddiqi, MD, FAAFP American Academy of Pediatrics Terry Adirim, MD, MPH, FAAP American Nurses Association Susan Lacey, RN, Ph.D., FAAN American's Essential Hospitals Denise Cunill, MD, FAAP Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association Carole Flamm, MD, MPH Children's Hospital Association Andrea Benin, MD Kaiser Permanente Jeff Convissar, MD March of Dimes Cynthia Pellegrini National Partnership for Women and Families Carol Sakala, Ph.D., MSPH Individual Subject Matter Expert Members (Voting) Luther Clark, MD Anne Cohen, MPH Marc Leib, MD, JD Federal Government Members (Nonvoting, Ex-Officio) Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality Denise Dougherty, Ph.D. Health Resources and Services Administration Ashley Hirai, Ph.D. Office of the National Coordinator for Health IT Kevin Larsen, MD, FACP MAP Dual Eligible Beneficiaries Workgroup Co-Chairs (Voting) Jennie Chin Hansen, RN, MS, FAAN Alice Lind, MPH, BSN Organizational Members (Voting) AARP Public Policy Institute Susan Reinhard, RN, Ph.D., FAAN American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees Sally Tyler, MPA American Geriatrics Society Gregg Warshaw, MD American Medical Directors Association Gwendolen Buhr, MD, MHS, MEd, CMD America's Essential Hospitals Steven Counsell, MD Center for Medicare Advocacy Kata Kertesz, JD Consortium for Citizens with Disabilities E. Clarke Ross, DPA Humana, Inc. George Andrews, MD, MBA, CPE iCare Thomas H. Lutzow, Ph.D., MBA National Association of Social Workers Joan Levy Zlotnik, Ph.D., ACSW National PACE Association Adam Burrows, MD SNP Alliance Richard Bringewatt Individual Subject Matter Expert Members (Voting) Mady Chalk, MSW, Ph.D. Anne Cohen, MPH James Dunford, MD Nancy Hanrahan, Ph.D., RN, FAAN K. Charlie Lakin, Ph.D. Ruth Perry, MD Gail Stuart, Ph.D., RN Federal Government Members (Nonvoting, Ex-Officio) Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation D.E.B. Potter, MS Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services Venesa J. Day Administration for Community Living Jamie Kendall, MPP
    Appendix E: Measurement Gaps Identified by MAP

    As published in the Cross-Cutting Challenges Facing Measurement: MAP 2015 Guidance report, March 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/03/Cross-Cutting_Challenges_Facing_Measurement_-_MAP_2015_Guidance.aspx.

    Condition/topic area Measurement gap Affordability Costs for Special Populations End-of-life care including inappropriate nonpalliative services at the end of life. Chemotherapy appropriateness, including dosing. Use of radiographic imaging in the pediatric population. Addressing intense needs for care and support of medically complex populations (e.g., ability to obtain preventive services, medications, mental health, oral health, and specialty services). Efficient Use of Services Appropriateness for admissions, treatment, over-diagnosis, under-diagnosis, misdiagnosis, imaging, and procedures. AHRQ ambulatory sensitive conditions measures. Utilization benchmarking. Potentially inappropriate medication use: Antibiotic use for sinusitis Unwarranted maternity care interventions (C-section). Measures derived from Choosing Wisely. Availability of lower cost alternatives. Employer/Purchaser Costs Employer spending on employee health benefits. Measure of lost productivity. Patient Costs Consideration of patient out-of-pocket cost. Ability to obtain follow-up care. Total Costs Per capita total cost for attributed patients. Converging macro/national total cost data with provider-/setting-/service area-specific/patient-/third-party payer total cost. Care Coordination Avoidable Admissions and Readmissions Shared accountability and attribution across the continuum. Communication Bi-directional sharing of relevant/adequate information across all providers and settings. Measures of patient transition to next provider/site of care across all settings, as well as transitions to community services. System and Infrastructure Interoperability of EHRs to enhance communication. Structures to connect health systems and benefits. Emergency department overcrowding/wait times (focus on disproportionate use by vulnerable populations). Healthy Living Behaviors Healthy lifestyle behaviors (i.e., avoiding excessive alcohol use, avoiding tobacco, improving nutrition, engaging in physical activity, etc.). General Public health preparedness. Health/Wellness Status Sense of control/autonomy/self-determination/well-being. Treatment burden (i.e., difficulty with healthcare management tasks). Social and Environmental Determinants of Health Community role; patient's ability to connect to available resources. Social connectedness for people with long-term services and supports needs. Nutrition/Food Security Prevention and Treatment for the Leading Causes of Mortality Special Populations Pediatric measures. General Complications such as febrile neutropenia and surgical site infection. Cancer Outcome measures for cancer patients (e.g., cancer- and stage-specific survival as well as patient-reported measures). Transplants: Bone marrow and peripheral stem cells. Staging measures for lung, prostate, and gynecological cancers. Marker/drug combination measures for marker-specific therapies, performance status of patients undergoing oncologic therapy/pre-therapy assessment. Disparities measures, such as risk-stratified process and outcome measures, as well as access measures. Cardiovascular Clinical preventive services—assessing cardio-metabolic risk factors across all levels of analysis and settings. Appropriateness of coronary artery bypass graft and PCI at the provider and system levels of analysis. Early detection of heart failure decompensation. Medication management and adherence as part of follow-up care for secondary prevention. Depression Suicide risk assessment for any type of depression diagnosis Assessment and referral for substance use. Medication adherence and persistence for all behavioral health conditions. Diabetes Measures addressing glycemic control for complex patients across settings and level of analysis. Sequelae of diabetes. General Measures of diagnostic accuracy. Behavioral health assessments and care. Musculoskeletal Evaluating bone density, and prevention and treatment of osteoporosis in ambulatory settings. Primary and Secondary Prevention Outcomes of smoking cessation interventions. Lifestyle management (e.g., physical activity/exercise, diet/nutrition). Modify Prevention Quality Indicators (PQI) measures to assess accountable care organizations; modify population to include all patients with the disease (if applicable). Safety Falls and Immobility Standard definition of falls across settings to avoid potential confusion related to two different fall rates. Structural measures of staff availability to ambulate and reposition patients, including home care providers and home health aides. General Composite measure of most significant Serious Reportable Events. Measures for antibiotic stewardship. HAI Pediatric population: special considerations for ventilator-associated events and C. difficile. Infection measures reported as rates, rather than ratios. Sepsis (healthcare-acquired and community-acquired) incidence, early detection, monitoring, and failure to rescue related to sepsis. Ventilator-associated events across settings. Post-discharge follow-up on infections in ambulatory settings. Vancomycin Resistant Enterococci (VRE) measures (e.g., positive blood cultures, appropriate antibiotic use). Medication/Infusion Safety Potentially inappropriate medication use. Medication management: Medication documentation, including appropriate prescribing and comprehensive medication review. Adverse Drug Events: Total number of adverse drug events that occur within all settings. Role of community pharmacist or home health provider in medication reconciliation. General Blood incompatibility. Obstetrical Adverse Events Obstetrical adverse event index. Measures using National Health Safety Network (NHSN) definitions for infections in newborns. Pain Management Effectiveness of pain management balanced by monitoring for potentially inappropriate use of opioids. Assessment of depression with pain. Perioperative/Procedural Safety Air embolism.
  • Perioperative respiratory events, blood loss, and unnecessary transfusion.
  • Altered mental status in perioperative period. Anesthesia events (inter-operative myocardial infarction, corneal abrasion, broken tooth, etc.) Venous Thromboembolism VTE outcome measures for ambulatory surgical centers and post-acute care/long-term care settings. Adherence to VTE medications, monitoring of therapeutic levels, medication side effects, and recurrence. Person- and Family-Centered Care Person-Centered Communication Information provided at appropriate times.
  • Information is aligned with patient preferences.
  • Patient understanding of information. Outreach to ensure ability for care self-management. Shared Decisionmaking, Care Planning, and Other Aspects of Person-Centered Care Person-centered care plan.
  • Integration of patient/family values in care planning.
  • Plan agreed to by the patient and provider and given to patient.
  • Care plan shared among all involved providers. Identified primary provider responsible for the care plan. Fidelity to care plan and attainment of goals. Social care planning addressing all needs for patient and caregiver Grief and bereavement care planning. Patient activation/engagement. Advanced Illness Care Symptom management. Comfort at end of life. Quality of Life and Functional Status Functional status.
  • Pain and symptom management.
  • Health-related quality of life. Achievement of goals (i.e., experience, progression towards goals, efficiency). Step down care.
    Appendix F: NQF Portfolio Identified Gaps Topic area Measurement gap All Measures that assess functional status/symptoms for Alzheimer's Disease. All Absence of experience-of-care and quality-of-life measures. Behavioral Health Measures for family caregivers (dementia). Behavioral Health Outcome measures, especially those regarding quality of life and experience with care (dementia). Behavioral Health Measures of health and well-being for family caregivers (dementia). Behavioral Health Person- and family-centered measures, including measures of engagement with the healthcare system or other community support systems (dementia). Behavioral Health Screening for alcohol and drugs, specifically using tools such as the Screening Brief Intervention and Referral to Treatment (SBIRT). Behavioral Health Screening for post-traumatic stress disorder and bi-polar with patients diagnosed with depression. Behavioral Health Expanding the target populations to include adolescent patients aged 13 years and older rather than those only aged 18 and older. Behavioral Health Measures specific to child and adolescent behavioral health needs; in particular, a measure on primary care screening and appropriate follow-up for behavioral health disorders in children. Behavioral Health Outcome measures for substance abuse/dependence that can be used by substance use specialty providers. Behavioral Health Quality measures assessing care for persons with an intellectual disabilities across the lifespan. Behavioral Health Quality measures that better align indicators of clinical need and treatment selection and, ideally, incorporate patient preferences. Behavioral Health Measures that assess aspects of recovery-oriented care for individuals with serious mental illness. Behavioral Health Quality measures related to coordination of care across sectors involved in the care or support of persons with chronic mental health problems (general medical care, mental health care, substance abuse care and social services). Behavioral Health Adapt measure concepts that have been developed for and applied to inpatient care to other outpatient care settings (e.g., polypharmacy, follow up after discharge). Behavioral Health Quality measures that assess whether evidence-based psychosocial interventions are being applied with a level of fidelity consonant with their evidence base. Behavioral Health Expand the number of conditions for which the quality of care can be assessed in the context of a “measurement-based care” approach (as is possible now with the suite of measures that have been endorsed for depression). Behavioral Health Further develop measurement strategies for assessing the adequacy of screening and prevention interventions for general medical conditions among individuals with severe mental illness (as well as care for their co-morbid general medical conditions). Behavioral Health Screening for alcohol and drugs, specifically using tools such as the Screening Brief Intervention and Referral to Treatment (SBIRT). Behavioral Health Screening for post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). and bipolar disorder in all patients diagnosed with depression, attempting to differentiate between the disorders. Behavioral Health A measure assessing gaps in local service areas (i.e., does the immediate local area have the ability to help a patient with specific behavioral health needs?). Behavioral Health Outcome measures that assess improvement in depressive symptoms. Cancer Primary care measures that screen for multiple behavioral health disorders. Cancer A measure examining a patient's ability to access specialty care. Cancer Measures of community tenure, assessing how long patients who frequently readmit stay out of hospitals between admissions. Cancer Measures aimed at the elderly population that attempt to distinguish behavioral health conditions and intellectual issues related to aging. Cancer PSA screenings for patients diagnosed with prostate cancer. Cancer Measures addressing hematological malignancies, particularly first line therapies. Cancer Measures addressing targeted therapies for kidney and lung cancer, as well as other solid tumor cancers. Cancer Measures capturing deviations in care for the CMS priority areas of prostate, lung, breast, and colon cancers. Cancer Measures addressing management of complications such as febrile neutropenia (FN). Cancer Measures for pediatric patients, including measures in cross-cutting areas such as pain assessment and palliative care. Cancer Measures ensuring that reporting details in pathology reports are standardized across all tumor types. Cancer Measures ensuring that treatment summaries are standardized across medical and radiation oncologists. Cancer Measures capturing enrollment of patients in clinical trials at appropriate times. Cancer Measures addressing whether appropriate patients are offered enrollment in clinical trials. Cancer Measures capturing access of patients to high-quality hospice care facilities. Cancer Measures addressing readmissions and value-based care. Cancer Measures of care coordination. Cancer Measures capturing patient-reported outcomes. Cancer Measures capturing cancer survival rate curve measures that can be reported by stage, identified as both overall survival (OS) and disease free survival (DFS). Cancer • Measures applicable to patients with:
  • ○ lung, pancreas, liver, esophagus, and colon cancer: 5-year survival rates
  • ○ breast cancer: 10-year survival rates
  • ○ thyroid cancer: 20-25 year survival rates.
  • Cancer Measures capturing operating room procedures or processes that need to take place in the surgical theater. Cancer Measures capturing patient adherence to prescribed medications or therapies, including oral chemotherapies. Cancer Measures capturing treatment of negative side effects from prescribed medications or therapies. Cancer Measures capturing gene mutations and appropriate therapies. Cancer Measures capturing use of biological therapies. Cancer Outcome measures rather than process measures. Cancer Measures capturing surgical outcomes. Cancer Measures capturing surgical processes linked to outcomes. Cancer Measures assessing the quality of laboratory methodologies. Cancer Measures assessing the quality of laboratory reports. Cancer Measures addressing maintenance of nutritional status throughout the course of treatment. Cancer Measures capturing smoking cessation for patients with lung cancers. Cancer Evidence-based measures related to surveillance of cancer survivors in order to minimize the probability of recurrence. Cancer Measures related to cancer survival in specific areas, e.g., smoking cessation for lung cancer patients; maintaining nutritional status. Cancer Measures related to the quality, value, and effectiveness of surgical, radiation, and medical therapies in cancer care over the course of treatment. Cancer Measures related to predictive laboratory testing. Cancer Measures addressing pediatric patients with cancer. Cancer Measures addressing hematological cancers separately from other cancers. Cancer Measures addressing disparities stratified by race/ethnicity, gender, and language. Cardiovascular Measures submitted by patient advocacy groups or other multidisciplinary stakeholders. Cardiovascular Prevention measures. Cardiovascular Screening measures. Cardiovascular Combined measures to be used in “toolkits” to ensure a process is associated with an improved outcome. Cardiovascular Measures of cardiometabolic risk factors. Cardiovascular Patient-reported outcome measures for heart failure symptoms and activity assessment. Care Coordination Composite measures for heart failure care. Care Coordination “episode of care” composite measure for AMI that includes outcome as well as process measures. Care Coordination Consideration of socioeconomic determinants of health and disparities. Care Coordination Global measure of cardiovascular care. Care Coordination Document care recipient's current supports and assets. Care Coordination Linkages and synchronization of care and services. Care Coordination Individuals' progression toward goals for their health and quality of life. Care Coordination A comprehensive assessment process that incorporates the perspective of a care recipient and his care team. Care Coordination Shared accountability within a care team. Care Coordination Measures of patient-caregiver engagement. Care Coordination Measures that evaluate “system-ness” rather than measures that address care within silos. Care Coordination Outcome measures. Care Coordination Composite measures. Care Coordination Measure maturity (more complexity in care coordination measures). Care Coordination Using measurement to drive practice. Care Coordination Patient-reported outcomes. Care Coordination Capturing data and documenting linkages between a patient's need/goal and relevant interventions in a standardized way and linked to relevant outcomes. Care Coordination Established continuity within the plan of care. Care Coordination Accessibility and functionality of plan of care. Disease area dependent Measurement of adverse events that could be markers of poor care coordination. Health and Well-Being Episode-based cost measures for conditions of high prevalence and high cost. Health and Well-Being Improvement opportunities through standardized utilization measures. Health and Well-Being Comprehensive analysis of episode-based measures. Health and Well-Being Prioritize episode-based cost measures for conditions of high prevalence and high cost. Health and Well-Being Further development of measures of overuse and areas of resource use that are deemed inappropriate or wasteful, better integrate overuse and appropriateness measures into the domain of cost and resource use. Health and Well-Being Developed an accountability framework for how cost and resource use measures are designed and attributed based on the level of analysis. Health and Well-Being Developing measures that enhance cost transparency. Health and Well-Being Time driven activity-based costing (ABC), or micro-costing, approach should continue to be explored for measure development and potential evaluation for endorsement. Health and Well-Being Consumer out-of-pocket expenses. Health and Well-Being Actual prices paid by patients and health plans rather than measures using standardized pricing approaches. Health and Well-Being Trends in cost performance over time at the level of analysis of the health plan. Health and Well-Being Measures capturing systematic cost drivers. Health and Well-Being Cascading measures that roll up costs from all levels of analysis and which can be deconstructed to understand costs at lower levels of analysis. Health and Well-Being To understand efficiency, cost and resource use measures should be linked with:
  • • appropriateness/overuse measures
  • • outcome measures
  • • process measures
  • • clinical data and patient-reported outcomes.
  • Health and Well-Being Measures capturing variations in cost and outcomes for potentially high cost patients (e.g., cardiovascular or diabetes patients). Health and Well-Being Episode-based cost and resource use measures for high-impact conditions and procedures. Health and Well-Being Measures capturing actual prices paid to providers by health plans. HEENT Measures for accountability and quality improvement that specifically address regionalized emergency medical care services such as:
  • • Boarding, defining appropriate boarding times.
  • • Crowding.
  • • Disaster preparedness, and
  • • Response.
  • HEENT Measurement related to facilities and coalitions or regions having a disaster plan in place. HEENT Performance measures regarding the experience of both patients and their caregivers. HEENT Social, economic, and environmental determinants of health. HEENT Physical environment (e.g., built environments). HEENT Policy (e.g., smoke-free zones). Infectious Disease Specific subpopulations (e.g., people with disabilities, elderly). Infectious Disease Patient and population outcomes linked to improvement in functional status. Infectious Disease Counseling for physical activity and nutrition in younger and middle-aged adults (18 to 65 years). Infectious Disease Composites that assess population experience. Infectious Disease Training, retraining, and development. Infectious Disease Infrastructure to support the health workforce and to improve access. Musculoskeletal Retention and recruitment. Musculoskeletal Assessment of community and volunteer workforce. Musculoskeletal Experience (health workforce and person and family experience). Musculoskeletal Clinical, community, and cross disciplinary relationships. Musculoskeletal Workforce capacity and productivity. Musculoskeletal Workforce diversity and retention. Neurology Leadership and accountability. Neurology Addressing other populations with known disparities, e.g., gender, persons with disabilities, lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) population and correctional populations. Neurology Health-related quality of life. Neurology Inclusion of socioeconomic status variables within measure concepts, such as education level or income—particularly as proxies for health literacy/beliefs. Neurology Tracking the flow of information specific to disparities and culture within healthcare through Accountable Care Organizations. Neurology Identifying the number of bilingual/bicultural providers and tracking the number of qualified/certified medical interpreters and translators. Neurology Measures using comparative analyses with a reference population (e.g., percent adherence of a given measure with the targeted population as a numerator and the reference or majority population as the denominator with serial assessments to demonstrate improvement to unity). Neurology Measurement of the effectiveness of services provided to the patient. Neurology Measures related to effective engagement of diverse communities. Neurology HPV vaccination catch-up for females—ages 19-26 years and—for males—ages 19-21 years. Neurology Tdap/pertussis-containing vaccine for ages 19 + years. Neurology Zoster vaccination for ages 60-64 years. Neurology Zoster vaccination for ages 65 + years (with caveats). Neurology Composite including immunization with other preventive care services as recommended by age and gender. Neurology Composite of Tdap and influenza vaccination for all pregnant women (including adolescents). Neurology Composite including influenza, pneumococcal, and hepatitis B vaccination measures with diabetes care processes or outcomes for individuals with diabetes. Neurology Composite including influenza, pneumococcal, and hepatitis B vaccinations measures with renal care measures for individuals with kidney failure/end-stage renal disease (ESRD). Neurology Composite including Hepatitis A and B vaccinations for individuals with chronic liver disease. Neurology Composite of all Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices of the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (ACIP/CDC) recommended vaccinations for healthcare personnel. Neurology Outcome measures. Neurology Antimicrobial stewardship. Neurology HIV/AIDS:
  • • Testing for individuals 13-64 years of age
  • • Colposcopy screening for women living with HIV who have abnormal PAP smear tests
  • • Resistance testing for persons newly enrolled in HIV care with a viral load greater than 1,000
  • • HIV screening at first prenatal care visit for all pregnant women
  • • Include stratification of disparity data.
  • Neurology Process and outcome measures to evaluate improvements in device associated infections in the hospital setting, particularly catheter-associated urinary tract infection. Neurology Measures that include follow-up for screening tests. Neurology Screening for sexually transmitted infections (STIs), including human papillomavirus (HPV). Neurology Management of chronic pain. Neurology Use of MRI for management of chronic knee pain. Neurology Tendinopathy: Evaluation, treatment, and management. Neurology Outcomes: Spinal fusion, knee and hip replacement. Neurology Overutilization of procedures. Neurology Secondary fracture prevention. Neurology Measures that would drive improved diagnosis of Parkinson's disease. Neurology Measures that include both assessment and referral, or assessment and treatment, for Parkinson's disease patients (e.g., assessment and referral for rehab services). Neurology Functional interventions or assessment measures for patients with dementia or Alzheimer's disease. Neurology Assessment and referral for treatment and interventions for dementia/Alzheimer's disease. Neurology Measures around support of caregivers of patients with dementia/Alzheimer's disease. Neurology An outcome measure of getting people with dementia to stop driving. Neurology Other organizations/areas to connect with around measurement (e.g., working with the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration on safety measures around driving). Neurology Measures that are more focused (e.g., measures focused on depression screening, rather than screening for all neuropsychiatric conditions). Neurology Advance directives for dementia patients that are written early in the course of illness. Neurology Broader definitions of which providers can meet a measure (e.g., functional assessments/treatments should include physical and occupational therapists, not just physicians). Neurology Interventions for women with epilepsy who might become pregnant. Neurology A measure about the impact of pregnancy on the epilepsy treatment. Neurology An outcome measure for epilepsy that focuses on seizure frequency. Neurology Epilepsy measures that examine whether the treatment matches the epilepsy type and the seizure type. Neurology Measures for epilepsy patients who are not seizure-free: Percent referred to an epilepsy specialist, percent referred for surgical evaluation. Neurology Functional outcome measures for individuals with stroke, TBI, SCI, MS, PD, etc. Neurology Patient reported measures in the areas of function, self-efficacy, balance/falls, knowledge of care (emergency care, red flags, medication, etc.) Neurology A process measure of referral for formal driving assessment in patients with dementia/Alzheimer's Disease. Neurology Reduction of psychotic symptoms in patients assessed with psychosis: Clinical trials have shown that psychotic symptoms can be reduced with appropriate management. Palliative and End of Life Care Reduction of depression in patients assessed with depression or reduction of burden of depression in populations at risk for depression (e.g., Parkinson's disease). Palliative and End of Life Care Frequency of falls/hip fracture in patients with a high falls risk (e.g., Parkinson's disease). Person and Family Centered Care Measures of arterial/venous ulceration and plaque composition that are paired with measure #0507. Person and Family Centered Care Measures of patients with indicators of dementia for other healthcare settings in addition to nursing homes (measures similar to #2091 and #2092). Person and Family Centered Care Measures around care plans for epilepsy. Person and Family Centered Care Outcome measures for infants born to women with epilepsy (e.g., infants with congenital birth defects born to mothers who are on epilepsy medications). Person and Family Centered Care Patient-reported outcome measures to assess the impact of the counseling about contraception and pregnancy for women with epilepsy. Person and Family Centered Care Measures that incorporate screening for Mild Cognitive Impairment and dementia. Person and Family Centered Care Measures around delirium, particularly for patients who have delirium superimposed on dementia. Person and Family Centered Care Imaging: Measures that would impact care (e.g., how fast imaging is completed, how fast a reliable interpretation is completed, preliminary revisions to report; reports should capture a time window appropriate to stroke patients, contain guidelines about a minimum imaging study (e.g., CT vs. MRI in acute care), and be comprehensively-worded and accurate). Pulmonary/Critical Care End-of-life care in stroke. Pulmonary/Critical Care Palliative care (e.g., presence/absence of a palliative care consultation after stroke severity rating). Pulmonary/Critical Care Functional status outcome measures (especially functional status outcomes related to stroke severity). Pulmonary/Critical Care Measures with better information on exclusions, including exclusions weighted by stroke severity score and a way to validate patients excluded from reporting. Pulmonary/Critical Care Rehabilitation measures (both process and outcome, including whether patients actually receive rehabilitation services). Pulmonary/Critical Care Measures that explore hidden health disparities and/or disabilities and that focus on patients with health disparities and disabilities. Pulmonary/Critical Care Measures of pre-hospital care and emergency response, including use of stroke scale before hospital arrival and use of protocols by emergency response teams. Pulmonary/Critical Care Measures of post-acute care and rehabilitation care (prescription use at timed intervals after stroke, whether health problems are controlled over time, etc.) Pulmonary/Critical Care Transfers between facilities. Pulmonary/Critical Care Community-level measures that capture whether or not a patient received services ordered (such as t-PA and rehabilitation or if/how code protocols exist and if they are followed). Pulmonary/Critical Care Hospital-level dysphagia screening measure. Pulmonary/Critical Care Measures of care separated by stroke vs. TIA; specific measures for the care of TIA patients. Pulmonary/Critical Care Screening and diagnosis of atrial fibrillation, including identifying appropriate patients, screening rates, rate of actual detections/under-diagnosis rate, and use of types of diagnostic tools used to determine atrial fibrillation. Pulmonary/Critical Care An outcome measure that is a combined endpoint of death and severe disability (i.e., Rankin Score 4-6), for a patient-centered approach that would incorporate a patient's values on quality of life. Pulmonary/Critical Care Measures to document patient and family training and education in acute and post-acute settings to reduce disability, burden of care, and primary and secondary prevention. Readmissions Overuse. Readmissions Appropriateness. Resource Use Patient safety. Resource Use Effectiveness (linking cost & quality). Resource Use Trauma. Resource Use Disparities. Resource Use Vascular screening for patients with existing leg ulcers. Resource Use Adequate venous compression for patients with existing venous leg ulcers. Resource Use Adequate offloading patients with diabetic foot ulcers. Resource Use Adequate support surface for patients with stage III-IV pressure ulcers. Resource Use Induction and augmentation of labor. Resource Use Outcomes of neonatal birth injury. Resource Use Clostridium difficile colitis is epidemic in U.S. and should be measured. Resource Use Vascular catheter infections in other settings including, dialysis catheters, home infusion, peripherally inserted central catheter lines, nursing home catheters. Resource Use Monitoring of product related events. Resource Use EHR programming related errors. Resource Use The expectation for physical mobility among hospitalized adults: Resource Use Measures that extend to settings outside the hospital, such as post-acute care and extended care facilities, specifically nursing homes. Resource Use Measures that focus on best practices of health care delivery, specifically interventions that have been shown to result in improved outcomes. Resource Use Measures that stratify by direct patient care nursing hours and non-direct patient care nursing hours. Safety Longer term follow-up of patients is needed to determine the effects of care and interventions as opposed to only focusing on shorter-term outcomes. Safety Voluntary patient surveys should be used more to evaluate the care patients received related to treatment and follow-up. Safety Organizational measures that examine the culture of patient safety. Safety Outcome measures that examine social factors in the prevention and treatment of falls, focusing on community level measurement. Safety Measures that address the continuum of care including patient assessment, plan of care, intervention, and outcomes, and should take into account care across various settings, such as inpatient, outpatient, ambulatory surgical centers, and home health. Safety Measures that focus on complications linked to surgical site infections (including cesarean sections) and outcomes. Safety Measures that are easy to understand and meaningful to consumers. Safety Measures focused on in-hospital, severity adjusted, high mortality conditions such as 30-day mortality rates, readmissions, sepsis and acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS). Safety Measures for earlier identification of sepsis at the compensated stage before it becomes decompensated septic shock and appropriate resuscitative measures. Safety Measures of efficiency and overutilization. Safety Measures that focus on palliative care for patients with end-stage pulmonary conditions. Safety Better measures of comprehensive asthma education, e.g., instruction related to the appropriate application of handheld inhalers prior to discharge and demonstration of use. Safety Measures of unplanned pediatric extubations. Safety Measures for effectiveness and outcomes of post-acute care for COPD patients. Safety Measures of functional status. Safety Measures for quality of spirometries in relation to meeting the American Thoracic Society (ATS) standards for pediatric and adult patients. Safety More outpatient composite measures targeted for consumer use. Safety Management of sepsis. Safety Overuse of blood transfusions. Safety Ventilator-associated pneumonia and mechanical ventilation. Safety Risk-adjusted ICU outcome. Safety Therapeutic hypothermia. Safety Daily chest radiographs in ICU patients. Safety Screening of ALI/ARDS. Safety COPD. Safety Palliative care and dyspnea. Safety Asthma. Safety Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis. Safety Iatrogenic pneumothorax with thoracentesis. Safety Measure gaps for the pediatric population (related to admissions/readmissions). Safety Complications. Safety All-cause readmissions. Safety Mortality. Surgery Orthopedic surgery, bariatric surgery (measures of patient weight loss and maintenance of that weight loss over time), neurosurgery, and others. Surgery Measures of adverse outcomes that are structured as “days since last event” or “days between events”. Surgery Measures around functional status or return to function after surgery, as well as other patient-centered and patient-reported outcomes like patient experience.
    III. Secretarial Comments on the 2016 Annual Report to Congress and the Secretary

    Once again we thank the National Quality Forum (NQF) and the many stakeholders who participate in NQF projects for helping to advance the science and utility of health care quality measurement. As part of its annual recurring work to maintain a strong portfolio of endorsed measures for use across varied providers, settings of care, and health conditions, NQF reports that in 2015 it updated its portfolio of approximately 600 endorsed measures by reviewing and endorsing or re-endorsing 161 measures and removing 42. Removed measures no longer met endorsement criteria, were retired by their developers, were replaced by stronger measures, or were no longer needed because providers consistently performed at the highest level on these measures. NQF-endorsed measures address a wide range of health care topics relevant to HHS programs including such high prevalence and high impact conditions and topics as: Person- and family-centered care, care coordination, palliative and end-of-life care, cardiovascular disease, behavioral health, pulmonary/critical care, neurology, perinatal care, and cancer. Additionally, as part of its annual review of measures proposed for use in the Medicare program, NQF stakeholder teams reviewed and made recommendations on nearly 200 measures for use in 20 different programs, including measures under consideration to implement new post-acute care measurement requirements mandated by the Improving Medicare Post-Acute Care Transformation (IMPACT) Act of 2014. In doing all of this work, NQF teams identified more than 250 measurement gaps needing attention from measure developers and those who use quality measures.

    In addition to this important recurring work, a number of NQF's 2015 projects tackled or began tackling several difficult quality measurement issues that are key to the successful implementation of new patient care models and the transformation of the health care delivery system overall. These projects address:

    • How to “attribute” patient health care and outcomes to individual providers under newer payment models in which multiple providers are involved in delivering care;

    • How to address the performance measurement challenges of geographic isolation and small practice size common to rural and other low-volume providers;

    • How to detect and assess new types of health care errors as we increasingly rely on health information technology (Health IT) to reform health care; and

    • How to address patient social risk factors when measuring healthcare quality and outcomes.

    “Attribution” is a method used to assign patients and their quality outcomes to specific providers when trying to evaluate patient care. As HHS works to develop new models of care delivery and alternative payment models that integrate and coordinate care delivered by multiple providers, attributing the quality of health care delivered and the outcomes of that care to a particular provider or providers becomes more difficult. This issue has become increasingly important as these new models of care delivery often are built on an expectation of shared accountability—across primary care physicians, specialist physicians, physician groups, nurse practitioners, and the full healthcare team. In 2015 HHS requested NQF to convene a multi-stakeholder committee to examine this topic and recommend principles to guide the selection and implementation of approaches to attribution, potential approaches to validly and reliably attribute performance measurement results to one or more providers under different delivery models, and models of attribution for testing. Although this work just began in late 2015, HHS is closely following it and eager to receive the recommendations of this committee.

    NQF's report on “Performance Measurement for Rural Low-Volume Providers” similarly was commissioned by HHS' Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) to identify challenges in healthcare performance measurement faced by rural providers and to make recommendations to address these, particularly in the context of Medicare pay-for-performance programs. This report aimed to support Critical Access Hospitals (CAHs), Rural Health Clinics, Community Health Centers, small rural non-CAH hospitals, other small rural clinical practices, and the clinicians who serve in any of these settings.

    The resulting NQF report well-articulated the challenges these providers face, including the geographic isolation of some rural providers and the concomitant lack of patient transportation and provider information technology capabilities. These rural providers also may not have enough patients to achieve reliable and valid performance measurement results for all measures. Because of these “small number” challenges and because rural providers sometimes are paid differently than other providers, many HHS quality initiatives have historically excluded them from participation. We recognize that this can have the unintended effects of preventing rural residents from having access to information on provider performance, and preventing these rural providers from earning payment incentives that are open to non-rural providers.

    To address these challenges, the stakeholders convened by NQF recommended phasing in rural providers' participation in quality measurement and quality improvement programs, and a number of specific approaches to measure development, alignment, selection and rural provider participation in pay-for-performance programs to support this transition. In response, HRSA, CMS, and HHS' Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation are working together to examine how best to act on these recommendations.

    The effective deployment of Health IT such as electronic health records (EHRs) is another critical dimension of reforming the delivery of health care. Health IT and health information exchange play a critical role in the continuing evolution of delivery system reform. As evidence of this, the new Merit-based Incentive Payment System (MIPS) for payments to physicians and other clinicians created by the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (MACRA) specified Advancing Care Information (referred to in the statute as meaningful use of certified EHR technology) as one of four performance categories upon which payment adjustments will be based. Approximately 98% of hospitals and more than 80% of physicians currently use EHRs to help provide better patient care.

    While promoting and assisting providers to adopt this new technology, HHS is mindful that the use of new technology of all kinds can be accompanied by unintended consequences and the potential risk of new types of errors. With respect to health IT, for example, the NQF HIT Safety Committee found that health IT user interfaces have sometimes proven to be unclear, confusing, cumbersome, or time-consuming for clinicians to use, leading to inadvertent mistakes in data entry or retrieval of information, and other opportunities for error. Conversely, HHS recognizes that there are opportunities for this new technology to eliminate or reduce the occurrence of a variety of adverse events. For this reason, HHS' Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology (ONC) requested NQF to examine the intersection of Health IT and patient safety; identify priority measurement areas with the greatest potential for both improving the safety of Health IT and using Health IT to improve patient safety; make recommendations on how to address identified gaps and challenges in Health IT safety measurement; and identify best-practices for the measurement of Health IT safety issues. Although the report of this work was not released until early 2016, the majority of this work was conducted in 2015. The final report was very helpful to ONC and HHS overall, and ONC is working with AHRQ and CMS to incorporate the Health IT safety measure framework and measure concepts into measurement strategies.

    Finally, we note that in 2015, NQF began a two year trial period during which new measures submitted for endorsement and endorsed measures that are undergoing maintenance review would be reviewed for possible “risk adjustment” for socioeconomic status (SES) and other demographic factors. Risk adjustment is a statistical technique that allows certain factors to be taken into account when computing and making comparisons between different performers. Although it has been common to “risk adjust” health care provider performance measures based on certain patient health factors such as how ill or how old patients are, it is been debated for some time whether performance measures should be adjusted for factors other than a patients' illness—such as a patient's race, ethnicity, income or where they live. If populations with SES risk factors (social risk) suffer worse health outcomes and have higher costs due to factors beyond providers' control, not adjusting for these differences could unfairly penalize providers. On the other hand, incorporating social risk factors into payment could mask low quality care. This issue is particularly complex because research evidence suggests that both of these forces often contribute to the outcomes experienced by patients in various communities.

    This issue is now being studied by HHS' Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation (ASPE) as mandated by the Improving Medicare Post-Acute Care Transformation (IMPACT) Act of 2014. Through the IMPACT Act, Congress mandated ASPE to conduct two studies evaluating the effect of social risk factors on quality measures used in Medicare quality and payment programs. The results of this first ASPE study should be of great help to NQF as it undertakes this trial period.

    In conclusion, the need for quality measurement to evolve alongside healthcare delivery reform is evident in many of the targeted projects that NQF is being asked to undertake. HHS greatly appreciates the ability to bring many and diverse stakeholders to the table to help develop the strongest possible approaches to quality measurement as a key component to health care delivery system reform. We look forward to continued strong partnership with the National Quality Forum in this ongoing endeavor.

    IV. Collection of Information Requirements

    This document does not impose information collection and recordkeeping requirements. Consequently, it need not be reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget under the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 35).

    Dated: August 25, 2016. Sylvia M. Burwell, Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services. i Throughout this report, the relevant statutory language appears in italicized text. ii Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). Report to Congress: National Strategy for Quality Improvement in Health Care. Washington, DC: HHS; 2011. Available at http://www.ahrq.gov/workingforquality/nqs/nqs2011annlrpt.pdf. Last accessed February 2016. iii NQF steering committees are comparable to the expert advisory committees typically convened by federal agencies. iv HHS. Report to Congress: National Strategy for Quality Improvement in Health Care. Washington, DC: HHS; 2011. Available at http://www.ahrq.gov/workingforquality/nqs/nqs2011annlrpt.pdf. Last accessed February 2016. v National Quality Forum (NQF). Multistakeholder Input on a National Priority: Improving Population Health by Working with Communities—Action Guide 2.0. Washington, DC: NQF: 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/07/Population_Health_Framework_-_Phase_2_-_Action_Guide_2_0.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. vi Commission on Long-Term Care. Report to the Congress. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office (GPO); 2013. Available at http://www.thefederalregister.org/fdsys/pkg/GPO-LTCCOMMISSION/pdf/GPO-LTCCOMMISSION.pdf. Last accessed February 2016. vii NQF. Addressing Performance Measurement Gaps in Home and Community Based Services to Support Community Living: Initial Components of the Conceptual Framework. Interim Report. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=79920. Last accessed February 2016. viii NQF. Performance Measurement for Rural Low-Volume Providers. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/09/Rural_Health_Final_Report.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. ix Weiner JP, Kfuri T, Fowles JB. “E-iatrogenesis”: The most critical unintended consequence of CPOE and other HIT. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2007;14(3):387-388. x NQF steering committees are comparable to the expert advisory committees typically convened by federal agencies. xi NQF. Measure Evaluation Criteria and Guidance for Evaluating Measures for Endorsement. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/WorkArea/linkit.aspx?LinkIdentifier=id&ItemID=79434. Last accessed February 2016. xii Kessler RC, Chiu WT, Demler O, et al. Prevalence, severity, and comorbidity of twelve-month DSM-IV disorders in the National Comorbidity Survey Replication (NCS-R). Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2005;62(6):617-627. xiii Kilbourne A, Keyser D, Pincus H. Challenges and opportunities in measuring the quality of mental health care. Can J Psychiatry. 2010; 55(9):549-557. xiv Kessler RC, Chiu WT, Demler O, et al. Prevalence, severity, and comorbidity of twelve-month DSM-IV disorders in the National Comorbidity Survey Replication (NCS-R). Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2005; 62(6):617-627. xv Mark TL, Levit KR, Vandivort-Warren R, et al. Changes in US spending on mental health and substance abuse treatment, 1986-2005, and implications for policy. Health Aff (Millwood). 2011; 30(2):284-292. xvi NQF. Behavioral Health Endorsement Maintenance 2014: Phase 3. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/05/Behavioral_Health_Endorsement_Maintenance_2014_Final_Report_-_Phase_3.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. xvii NQF. Endorsing Cost and Resource Use Measures: Phase 2. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/02/Endorsing_Cost_and_Resource_Use_Measures_Phase_2.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. xviii NQF. Endorsing Cost and Resource Use Measures: Phase 3 Final Technical Report. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/02/Cost_and_Resource_Use_-_Phase_3_Final_Report.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. xix NQF. NQF-Endorsed Measures for Endocrine Conditions, 2013-2015. Final Report. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/11/NQF-Endorsed_Measures_for_Endocrine_Conditions_Final_Report.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. xx NQF. NQF-Endorsed Measures for Musculoskeletal Conditions Technical Report. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/01/NQF-Endorsed_Measures_for_Musculoskeletal_Conditions.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. xxi Lloyd-Jones D, Adams RJ, Brown TM, et al. Heart Disease and Stroke Statistics—2010 Update. A Report from the American Heart Association Statistics Committee and Stroke Statistics Subcommittee. Circulation. 2010;121:e1-e170. xxii NQF. NQF-Endorsed Measures for Cardiovascular Conditions 2014-2015: Phase 2. Final Report. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/08/NQF-Endorsed_Measures_for_Cardiovascular_Conditions_2014-2015_-_Phase_2.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. xxiii Dartmouth Atlas Project, PerryUndem Research & Communications. The Revolving Door: A Report on U.S. Hospital Readmissions. Princeton, NJ: Robert Wood Johnson Foundation; 2013. Available at http://www.rwjf.org/en/research-publications/find-rwjf-research/2013/02/the-revolving-door-a-report-on-u-s-hospital-readmissions.html. xxiv Medicare Payment Advisory Committee (MEDPAC). Report to the Congress: Medicare and the Health Care Delivery System. Washington, DC: MedPAC; 2013. Available at http://www.medpac.gov/documents/reports/jun13_entirereport.pdf. xxv NQF. All-Cause Admissions and Readmissions Measures Final Report. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/04/All-Cause_Admissions_and_Readmissions_Measures_-_Final_Report.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. xxvi NQF. NQF-Endorsed Measures for Patient Safety Final Report. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/01/NQF-Endorsed_Measures_for_Patient_Safety,_Final_Report.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. xxvii NQF. NQF-Endorsed Measures for Person- and Family-Centered Care Phase 1 Technical Report. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/03/Person-_and_Family-Centered_Care_Final_Report_-_Phase_1.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. xxviii Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). National Hospital Discharge Survey: 2010 Table. Procedures by Selected Patient Characteristics—Number by Procedure Category and Age. Atlanta, GA: CDC; 2010. Available at http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nhds/nhds_tables.htm. xxix Cullen KA, Hall MJ, Golosinskiy A. Ambulatory surgery in the United States, 2006. Natl Health Stat Report. 2009;(11):1-25. Available at http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nhsr/nhsr011.pdf. Last accessed February 2016. xxx Cullen KA, Hall MJ, Golosinskiy A. Ambulatory surgery in the United States, 2006. Natl Health Stat Report. 2009;(11):1-25. Available at http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/nhsr/nhsr011.pdf. Last accessed February 2016. xxxi NQF. NQF-Endorsed Measures for Surgical Procedures Technical Report. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/02/NQF-Endorsed_Measures_for_Surgical_Procedures.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. xxxii NQF. NQF-Endorsed Measures for Surgical Procedures, 2015 Final Report. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/12/Surgery_2014_Final_Report.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. xxxiii NQF. NQF-Endorsed Measures for Renal Conditions, 2015 Technical Report. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/12/Renal_Measures_Final_Report.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. xxxiv National Partnership for Women & Families. Transforming maternity care. United States maternity care facts and figures Web site. http://transform.childbirthconnection.org/resources/datacenter/factsandfigures/. Last accessed February 2016. xxxv Save the Children. State of the World's Mothers 2015 Report: The Urban Disadvantage. Fairfield, CT: Save the Children; 2015. Available at https://www.savethechildren.net/state-worlds-mothers-2015. Last accessed February 2016. xxxvi American Cancer Society (ACS). Cancer Facts & Figures 2015. Atlanta, GA: ACS; 2015. Available at http://www.cancer.org/acs/groups/content/@editorial/documents/document/acspc-044552.pdf. Last accessed February 2016. xxxvii Soni A. Trends in use and expenditures for cancer treatment among adults 18 and older, U.S. civilian noninstitutionalized population, 2001 and 2011. Rockville, MD: Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ); 2014. Statistical Brief #443. Available at http://meps.ahrq.gov/mepsweb/data_files/publications/st443/stat443.pdf. Last accessed February 2016. xxxviii Soni A. Trends in use and expenditures for cancer treatment among adults 18 and older, U.S. civilian noninstitutionalized population, 2001 and 2011. Rockville, MD: Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ); 2014. Statistical Brief #443. Available at http://meps.ahrq.gov/mepsweb/data_files/publications/st443/stat443.pdf. Last accessed February 2016. xxxix Buying Value. Driving progress on core measures for value-purchasing Web site. http://www.buyingvalue.org/. Last accessed June 2015. xl NQF. Strengthening the Core Set of Healthcare Quality Measures for Adults Enrolled in Medicaid. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015 Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/08/Strengthening_the_Core_Set_of_Healthcare_Quality_Measures_for_Adults_Enrolled_in_Medicaid,_2015.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. xli NQF. Strengthening the Core Set of Healthcare Quality Measures for Children. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/08/Strengthening_the_Core_Set_of_Healthcare_Quality_Measures_for_Children_Enrolled_in_Medicaid,_2015.aspx. Last Accessed February 2016. xlii NQF. Dual Eligible Beneficiary Interim Report. Washington, DC: NQF, 2012 Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2012/12/Dual_Eligible_Beneficiary_Population_Interim_Report_2012.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. xliii NQF. Performance Measurement for Rural Low-Volume Providers. Washington, DC: NQF; 2015. Available at http://www.qualityforum.org/Publications/2015/09/Rural_Health_Final_Report.aspx. Last accessed February 2016. xliv Conway PH. Core Quality Measures Collaborative Working Group. The Core Quality Measures Collaborative: A rationale and framework for public-private quality measure alignment. Health Affairs Blog. June 23, 2015. http://healthaffairs.org/blog/2015/06/23/the-core-quality-measures-collaborative-a-rationale-and-framework-for-public-private-quality-measure-alignment/. Last accessed February 2016.
    [FR Doc. 2016-20908 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4150-05-P
    81 171 Friday, September 2, 2016 Notices Part V Department of the Interior Fish and Wildlife Service Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Endangered Species Act Compensatory Mitigation Policy; Notice DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Fish and Wildlife Service [Docket No. FWS-HQ-ES-2015-0165; FXES11120900000—167—FF09E30000] RIN 1018-BB72 Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Endangered Species Act Compensatory Mitigation Policy AGENCY:

    Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.

    ACTION:

    Announcement of draft policy; request for public comment.

    SUMMARY:

    We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, announce the draft Endangered Species Act (ESA) Compensatory Mitigation Policy. The draft new policy is needed to implement recent Executive Office and Department of the Interior mitigation policies that necessitate a shift from project-by-project to landscape-scale approaches to planning and implementing compensatory mitigation. The draft new policy is also needed to improve consistency in the use of compensatory mitigation as recommended or required under the ESA. The draft ESA Compensatory Mitigation Policy, if adopted, would cover permittee-responsible mitigation, conservation banking, in-lieu fee programs, and other third-party mitigation mechanisms, and would stress the need to hold all compensatory mitigation mechanisms to equivalent and effective standards. We request comments, information, and recommendations on the draft new policy from all interested parties.

    DATES:

    We will accept comments on the draft policy from all interested parties until October 17, 2016. Please note that if you are using the Federal eRulemaking Portal (see ADDRESSES, below), the deadline for submitting an electronic comment is 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on this date. For the information collection aspects of this draft policy, comments will be accepted until October 3, 2016.

    ADDRESSES:

    Document Review: The draft policy is available for review at http://www.regulations.gov, under docket number FWS-HQ-ES-2015-0165.

    General Comments: You may submit comments on the draft policy by one of the following methods:

    Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov. In the Search box, enter the docket number for the draft policy, which is FWS-HQ-ES-2015-0165. You may enter a comment by clicking on the “Comment Now!” button. Please ensure that you have found the correct document before submitting your comment.

    U.S. mail or hand delivery: Public Comments Processing, Attn: Docket No. FWS-HQ-ES-2015-0165; Division of Policy, Performance, and Management Programs; U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, MS: BPHC; 5275 Leesburg Pike; Falls Church, VA 22041-3803.

    • For the Information Collection Aspects of the draft policy: You may review the Information Collection Request online at http://www.reginfo.gov. Follow the instructions to review Department of the Interior collections under review by OMB. Send comments (identified by 1018-BB72) specific to the information collection aspects of this proposed rule to both the: Desk Officer for the Department of the Interior at OMB-OIRA at (202) 295-5806 (fax) or [email protected] (email); and Service Information Collection Clearance Officer; Division of Policy, Performance, and Management Programs; U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, MS: BPHC; 5275 Leesburg Pike; Falls Church, VA 22041-3803 (mail); or [email protected] (email).

    We will post all comments on the draft policy on http://www.regulations.gov. This generally means that we will post any personal information you provide us (see Request for Information, below, for more information).
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Craig Aubrey, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Division of Environmental Review, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803; telephone 703-358-2442.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    Background

    The mission of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service or USFWS) is working with others to conserve, protect, and enhance fish, wildlife, and plants and their habitat for the continuing benefit of the American people. As part of our mission, we continually seek opportunities to engage both the public and private sectors to work with us to conserve species and the ecosystems on which they depend. This collaborative effort includes conservation of endangered and threatened (listed) species and their designated critical habitat protected under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA; 16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.), and other species proposed for listing or at-risk of being listed. The purposes of the ESA are to provide a means whereby the ecosystems upon which listed species depend may be conserved and to provide a program for the conservation of such species. The Service and National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's National Marine Fisheries Service share responsibilities for administering the ESA. However, this draft policy would only apply to the Service and species under our jurisdiction.

    This draft policy is the first comprehensive treatment of compensatory mitigation under authority of the ESA to be issued by the Service. Both the 1995 interagency policy on the establishment and operation of wetland mitigation banks (60 FR 58605, November 28, 1995), and the 2000 interagency policy on the use of in-lieu fee arrangements (65 FR 66914, November 7, 2000) are specific to wetland mitigation, but provide guidance that is generally applicable to conservation banking and in-lieu fee programs for species associated with wetlands or uplands. These interagency policies were superseded by the Environmental Protection Agency-U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 2008 Compensatory Mitigation Rule for Losses of Aquatic Resources (73 FR 19670, April 10, 2008). In 2003, the Service issued guidance on the establishment, use, and operation of conservation banks (68 FR 24753, May 8, 2003). In 2008, we issued recovery crediting guidance (73 FR 44761, July 31, 2008). This draft ESA Compensatory Mitigation Policy would replace these previous policies and guidance documents and expand coverage to all compensatory mitigation mechanisms recommended or supported by the Service when implementing the ESA, including, but not limited to, conservation banks, in-lieu fee programs, habitat credit exchanges, and permittee-responsible mitigation.

    Purpose and Importance of the Draft Policy

    The primary intent of the draft policy is to provide Service personnel with direction and guidance in the planning and implementation of compensatory mitigation, primarily through encouraging strategic planning at the landscape level and setting standards and providing minimum criteria that mitigation programs and projects must meet to achieve conservation that is effective and sustainable. Compensatory mitigation is defined in this draft policy as compensation for remaining unavoidable impacts after all appropriate and practicable avoidance and minimization measures have been applied, by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments (see 40 CFR 1508.20) through the restoration, establishment, enhancement, or preservation of resources and their values, services, and functions (part 600, chapter 6 of the Departmental Manual (600 DM 6.4C)). While this policy addresses only the role of compensatory mitigation under the ESA, avoidance and minimization of impacts retain their central role in both the Section 7 and Section 10 processes. Guidance on the application of the mitigation hierarchy is provided in our draft Mitigation Policy (81 FR 12380, March 8, 2016), regulations implementing the ESA, and other policies and guidance documents specific to various sections of the ESA.

    Alignment of the Draft Policy With Existing Directives

    By memorandum (80 FR 68743), the President directed all Federal agencies that manage natural resources, “to avoid and then minimize harmful effects to land, water, wildlife, and other ecological resources (natural resources) caused by land- or water-disturbing activities, and to ensure that any remaining harmful effects are effectively addressed, consistent with existing mission and legal authorities.” This draft policy is consistent with the Presidential memorandum (“Mitigating Impacts on Natural Resources from Development and Encouraging Related Private Investment”) issued November 3, 2015; the Secretary of the Department of the Interior (Department) Secretarial Order 3330 entitled, “Improving Mitigation Policies and Practices of the Department of the Interior,” issued October 31, 2013; and is intended to institute the policies and procedures reflected in the guiding principles on mitigation established by the Department through the report to the Secretary entitled, “A Strategy for Improving the Mitigation Policies and Practices of The Department of the Interior,” issued in April 2014 (Clement et al. 2014). These directives anticipate a more comprehensive use of a landscape-scale approach to planning and implementing mitigation. The landscape-scale approach to mitigation is not a new concept. For example, in 2013 the Service issued mitigation guidance for two listed song birds in central Texas based on recovery goals for these species. The song bird mitigation guidance sets minimum standards that must be met by mitigation providers and encourages the use of consolidated compensatory mitigation in the form of permanent protection and management of large, contiguous patches of species habitat. Proactive approaches, such as this example, provide greater regulatory certainty for project proponents and encourage the establishment of conservation banks and other mitigation opportunities by mitigation sponsors for use by project proponents.

    This draft policy adopts the mitigation principles in the Presidential memorandum (80 FR 68743); the strategy report to the Secretary (Clement et al. 2014); the Department's Mitigation Policy, “Implementing Mitigation at the Landscape-scale” (600 DM 6); and the Service's draft revision of our Mitigation Policy (81 FR 12380, March 8, 2016), including a mitigation goal to improve (i.e., a net gain) or, at a minimum, to maintain (i.e., no net loss) the current status of affected resources, as allowed by applicable statutory authority and consistent with the responsibilities of action proponents under such authority, primarily for important, scarce, or sensitive resources, or as required or appropriate. The mitigation goal is not necessarily based on habitat area, but on numbers of individuals, size and distribution of populations, the quality and carrying capacity of habitat, or the capacity of the landscape to support stable or increasing populations of the affected species after the action (including all proposed conservation measures) is implemented. In other words, it is based on those factors that determine the ability of the species to be conserved.

    Benefits of the Draft Policy

    This draft policy would set forth standards for compensatory mitigation that would implement the tenets in the directives cited above and reflect the many lessons learned by the Service during our more than 40-year history implementing the ESA, particularly sections 7 and 10 of the ESA. The standards would apply to all compensatory mitigation mechanisms (i.e., permittee-responsible mitigation, conservation banks, in-lieu fee programs, habitat exchanges, and other third party mitigation arrangements), which is instrumental to achieving effective compensatory mitigation on the landscape and encouraging private investment in compensatory mitigation.

    Adherence to the mitigation principles and compensatory mitigation standards identified in this draft policy would be expected to achieve greater consistency, predictability, and transparency in implementation of the ESA. Service offices are encouraged to work with Federal agencies and other partners to establish compensatory mitigation programs based on landscape-scale conservation plans, such as more efficient, better coordinated, and expedited regulatory processes, which can provide project applicants with incentives to mitigate their actions. Compensatory mitigation programs and projects designed and implemented in accordance with the standards set forth in this draft policy and that also adhere to prescriptive guidance provided in this draft policy would be expected to achieve the best conservation outcomes for listed, proposed, and at-risk species through effective management of the risks associated with compensatory mitigation.

    This draft policy would encourage the use of market-based compensatory mitigation programs such as conservation banking in conjunction with programmatic approaches to ESA section 7 consultations and habitat conservation plans that can be designed to achieve a no net loss or net gain mitigation goal. Consultations and habitat conservation plans that establish a “program” to address multiple, similar actions and/or impacts to one or more species operate on a larger landscape scale and expedite regulatory processes. Market-based mitigation programs improve regulatory predictability, provide efficiencies of scale, and incentivize private investment in species conservation (Fox and Nino-Murcia 2005). The benefits provided by these mitigation programs generally encourage Federal agencies and incentivize applicants to develop proposed actions that fully compensate for adverse impacts to affected species anticipated as a result of their actions.

    Discussion

    “In enacting the ESA, Congress recognized that individual species should not be viewed in isolation, but must be viewed in terms of their relationship to the ecosystem of which they form a constituent element. Although the regulatory mechanisms of the [ESA] focus on species that are formally listed as endangered or threatened, the purposes and policies of the [ESA] are far broader than simply providing for the conservation of individual species or individual members of listed species” (Conference Report No. 97-835 House of Representatives, September 17, 1982). This comment, made over 30 years ago during reauthorization of the ESA, is a reminder of the challenges still before us. Incorporating a landscape-scale approach to development and conservation planning, including mitigation, that ensures a net gain or, at a minimum, no net loss in the status of affected resources, as directed by the Presidential memorandum (80 FR 68743), would help address the additive impacts that lead to significant deterioration of resources over time and has the potential to foster recovery of listed species and avoid listing of additional species.

    As discussed later in this document, the Service's authority to require compensatory mitigation under the ESA is limited and differs under Sections 7 and 10. However, we can recommend the use of compensatory mitigation to offset the adverse impacts of actions under certain provisions of the ESA and under other authorities, such as the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act (16 U.S.C. 661-667e) and the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.). This draft policy would encourage Service offices to work with Federal agencies and applicants, and to recommend or require, if appropriate, the inclusion of compensatory mitigation for all unavoidable adverse impacts to listed, proposed, and at-risk species and their habitat anticipated as a result of any proposed action. While this practice currently exists for some species, it is not used broadly throughout the Service. Recommending, where applicable, that Federal agencies use their authorities to fully mitigate the adverse effects of their actions (i.e., ensure no net loss in the status of affected resources) is consistent with the Presidential memorandum (80 FR 68743), the Department's and the Service's proposed mitigation planning goal, and the purposes of the ESA. Effective mitigation that fully offsets the impacts of an action prevents that action from causing a decline in the status of affected species (i.e., achieves no net loss).

    Compensatory Mitigation Under Sections 7 and 10 of the ESA

    The additive effects of impacts adversely affecting listed and at-risk species as a result of many past and current human-caused actions are significant. The number of listed species has increased from slightly more than 300 in 1982 (when the ESA was reauthorized) to more than 1,500 by the end of 2015. While some listed species have been downlisted or delisted within the last 40 years, the projected increase in human population growth, increasing demand on our natural resources associated with this projected population growth, accelerated climate change, continued introductions of invasive species, and other stressors are putting even more species at risk and compromising the essential functions of ecosystems necessary to improve the status of these species and recover listed species. We cannot expect to change the status trajectories of these species without a commitment to responsible and implementable standards for accomplishing effective, sustainable compensatory mitigation that fully offsets the adverse impacts of actions to species and other resources of concern.

    Compensatory mitigation is a conservation measure that can be used within an appropriate context under section 7 of the ESA to address proposed actions that may result in incidental take of listed species that cannot be avoided. Under section 7(a)(1) of the ESA, all Federal agencies are required to use their authorities to carry out conservation programs for listed species. Federal agencies may choose to develop and implement section 7(a)(1) conservation programs for listed species in conjunction with section 7(a)(2) consultation through a coordinated program. The Service supports these efforts, and we encourage Federal agencies to coordinate with us on development of such programs.

    Compensatory mitigation can be used under section 10(a)(1)(B) of the ESA through habitat conservation plans developed to address adverse impacts of non-federal actions on listed and other covered species that cannot be avoided. Landscape-scale habitat conservation plans developed for use by multiple applicants to conserve multiple resources are generally the most efficient and effective approaches. The Service supports these efforts and encourages applicants, particularly local and State agencies and organizations, to coordinate with us on the development of such plans.

    Landscape-Level Approaches to Compensatory Mitigation

    Taking a landscape-level approach to mitigation will assist the Service to modernize our compensatory mitigation procedures and practices and better meet the challenges posed by the growing human population's demands on our natural resources and changing conditions such as those resulting from climate change. Conservation banking is a market-based compensatory mitigation mechanism based on a landscape approach to mitigation that achieves compensation for listed and other resources of concern in advance of project impacts. In-lieu fee programs also establish compensatory mitigation sites but generally not in advance of impacts and often not through a market-based approach. Habitat credit exchanges are market-based compensatory mitigation programs based on a clearinghouse model that may or may not accomplish mitigation in advance of project impacts. All three of these mitigation mechanisms use a landscape-level approach to consolidate and locate compensatory mitigation in areas identified as conservation priorities. These programs have designated service areas within which proposed actions that meet certain criteria may be mitigated with Service approval. The functions and services provided for listed, proposed, and at-risk species by these compensatory mitigation programs are represented by credits. Credits are used to offset impacts (often referred to as debits). Most credit transactions involve a permittee purchasing the amount of credits needed to offset the anticipated adverse effects of an action from the mitigation project sponsor. The Service must approve credit transactions as to their conservation value and appropriate application for use related to any authorization or permit issued under the ESA.

    The conservation banking model is generally perceived as successful at achieving effective conservation outcomes and, when used in conjunction with section 7 consultations and section 10 habitat conservation plans, has achieved notable regulatory efficiencies. Results include ecological performance that usually achieves no net loss, and often a net benefit, in species conservation; increased regulatory predictability for Federal agencies and applicants; and more efficient and better coordinated permitting processes, especially when multiple agencies with overlapping regulatory jurisdictions are involved.

    Permittee-responsible mitigation for many small to moderate impacts cannot provide adequate compensation because it is often difficult to achieve effective conservation on a small scale. Small mitigation sites are often not ecologically defensible, and it is often difficult to ensure long-term stewardship of these sites. Most individual actions result in small or moderate impacts to species and habitat, yet the additive effects of these actions (often referred to as “death by a thousand cuts”), when not compensated for, can have substantial adverse effects on these resources. In general, conservation banking, in-lieu fee programs, and similar mitigation mechanisms that consolidate compensatory mitigation on larger landscapes are designed to serve project proponents with small to moderate impact actions, are ecologically more effective, and provide more economical options to achieve compensation than permittee-responsible mitigation.

    Furthermore, larger landscape-scale conservation programs with market-based compensatory mitigation opportunities create an economic incentive for private landowners, investors, and mitigation project sponsors to participate in these programs. The most robust programs generate competition among mitigation sponsors and may provide cost-effective means for complying with natural resource laws such as the ESA. To be successful, these market-based and other compensatory mitigation programs must operate transparently and be held to high standards that are uniformly applied across all compensatory mitigation mechanisms. Equally important is transparency in the implementation of the ESA and the development of mitigation programs for use by regulated communities.

    Mitigation Defined

    Because endangered and threatened species are by definition in danger of extinction or likely to become so in the foreseeable future, avoiding, minimizing, and compensating for impacts to their populations are all forms of mitigation that the Service may consider when administering the ESA. The Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) regulations (40 CFR 1508.20) state that mitigation includes:

    • Avoiding the impact altogether by not taking a certain action or parts of an action;

    • Minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation;

    • Rectifying the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment;

    • Reducing or eliminating the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations during the life of the action; and

    • Compensating for the impact by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments.

    In 600 DM 6, the Department of the Interior states that mitigation, as enumerated by CEQ, is compatible with Departmental policy; however, as a practical matter, the mitigation elements are categorized into three general types that form a sequence: Avoidance, minimization, and compensatory mitigation for remaining unavoidable (also known as residual) impacts. Historically, those administering the ESA have often used a condensed mitigation sequence—avoid, minimize, and compensate or avoid, minimize, and mitigate. This draft policy adopts the Department's definition of compensatory mitigation—compensation for remaining unavoidable impacts after all appropriate and practicable avoidance and minimization measures have been applied, by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments (see 40 CFR 1508.20) through the restoration, establishment, enhancement, or preservation of resources and their values, services, and functions (600 DM 6.4C). And, throughout this draft policy, “compensatory mitigation” or “compensation” is used in this broad sense to include any measure that would rectify, reduce, or compensate for an impact to an affected resource. We also use the term “minimize” in the broad sense throughout this draft policy to include any conservation measure, including compensation, which would lessen the impact of the action on the species or other affected resource. We recognize there is some overlap in the use of these terms but, as a practical matter, this use in practice is consistent with the intent of the ESA. Information regarding avoidance and observance of the mitigation sequence can be found at our draft Mitigation Policy (81 FR 12380, March 8, 2016). This draft ESA Compensatory Mitigation Policy would cover permittee-responsible mitigation, conservation banking, in-lieu fee programs, and all other compensatory mitigation mechanisms.

    The draft policy follows:

    U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Draft) Endangered Species Act Compensatory Mitigation Policy 1. Purposes

    This policy adopts the mitigation principles established in the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) draft Mitigation Policy (81 FR 12380, March 8, 2016), establishes compensatory mitigation standards, and provides guidance for the application of compensatory mitigation through implementation of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) (ESA). Compensatory mitigation (compensation) is defined in this draft policy as compensation for remaining unavoidable impacts after all appropriate and practicable avoidance and minimization measures have been applied, by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments (see 40 CFR 1508.20) through the restoration, establishment, enhancement, or preservation of resources and their values, services, and functions (600 DM 6.4C). This policy applies to all Service compensatory mitigation requirements and recommendations involving ESA compliance. It is also intended to assist other Federal agencies carrying out their statutory and regulatory responsibilities under the ESA and to provide applicants with guidance on the appropriate use of compensatory mitigation for proposed actions. The standards and guidance in the policy will also assist mitigation providers in developing compensatory mitigation project proposals.

    Adherence to the principles, standards, and guidance identified in this policy is expected to: (1) Provide greater clarity on applying compensatory mitigation to actions subject to ESA compliance requirements; (2) improve consistency and predictability in the implementation of the ESA by standardizing compensatory mitigation practices; and (3) promote the use of compensatory mitigation at a landscape scale to help achieve the purposes of the ESA.

    This policy encourages Service personnel to collaborate with other agencies, academic institutions, nongovernmental organizations, Tribes, and other partners to develop and implement compensatory mitigation measures and programs through a landscape-scale approach to achieve the best possible conservation outcomes for activities subject to ESA compliance. It also encourages the use of programmatic approaches to compensatory mitigation that have the advantages of advance planning and economies of scale to: (1) achieve a net gain in species' conservation; (2) reduce the unit cost of compensatory mitigation; and (3) improve regulatory procedural efficiency.

    Appendices A and B provide a list of acronyms and a glossary of terms used in this policy, respectively.

    2. Authorities and Coordination

    This policy is focused on compensatory mitigation that can be achieved under the ESA. The Service's authority to require mitigation is limited, and our authority to require a “net gain” in the status of listed or at-risk species has little or no application under the ESA. However, we can recommend the use of mitigation, and in particular compensatory mitigation, to offset the adverse impacts of actions under the ESA. Other statutes also provide the Service with authority for recommending compensatory mitigation for actions affecting fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats (e.g., Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act (FWCA; 16 U.S.C. 661-667e), National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.), and Oil Pollution Act (33 U.S.C. 2701 et seq.)). In addition, statutes such as the Clean Water Act (CWA; 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.) and Federal Power Act (16 U.S.C. 791a-828c) provide other Federal agencies with authority to recommend or require compensatory mitigation for actions that result in adverse effects to species or their habitats. These other authorities are often used in combination with, or to supplement the authorities under, the ESA to recommend or require compensatory mitigation for a variety of resources including at-risk species and their habitats. For example, the ESA and the Federal Land Policy and Management Act (43 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.) together provide a greater impetus to conserve desert tortoise habitat than either statute alone.

    Synchronizing environmental review processes, especially through early coordination with project proponents, allows the Service to provide comments and recommendations for all mitigation types (i.e., avoidance, minimization, and compensation) included as part of proposed actions in an effort to reduce impacts to listed, proposed, and at-risk species and critical habitat. For example, the Service may comment on proposed actions under NEPA and State environmental review statutes (e.g., California Environmental Quality Act and Hawaii Environmental Policy Act). Coordination of environmental review processes generally results in conservation outcomes that have a greater likelihood of meeting the Service's mitigation goal.

    The supplemental mandate of NEPA (42 U.S.C. 4335) adds to the existing authority and responsibility of the Service to protect the environment when carrying out our mission under the ESA. The Service's goal is to provide a coordinated review and analysis of the impacts of proposed actions on listed, proposed, and at-risk species, and designated and proposed critical habitat that are also subject to the requirements of other statutes such as NEPA, CWA, and FWCA. Consultation, conference, and biological assessment procedures under section 7 and permitting procedures under section 10(a)(1)(B) of the ESA can be integrated with interagency cooperation procedures required by other statutes such as NEPA or FWCA. This is particularly the case for cumulative effects. Cumulative effects are often difficult to analyze, are defined differently under different statutes, and are often not adequately considered when making decisions affecting the type and amount of mitigation recommended or required.

    3. Scope

    The ESA Compensatory Mitigation Policy covers all forms of compensatory mitigation, including, but not limited to, permittee-responsible mitigation, conservation banking, in-lieu fee programs, and other third-party mitigation projects or arrangements, for all species and habitat protected under the ESA and for which the Service has jurisdiction. Endangered and threatened species, species proposed as endangered or threatened, designated critical habitat, and proposed critical habitat are the primary focus of this policy. Candidates and other at-risk species would also benefit from adherence to the standards set forth in this policy, and all Service programs are encouraged to develop compensatory mitigation programs and tools to conserve at-risk species in cooperation with States and other partners.

    This policy does not apply retroactively to approved mitigation programs; however, it does apply to amendments and modifications to existing conservation banks, in-lieu fee programs, and other third-party compensatory mitigation arrangements unless otherwise stated in the mitigation instrument. Examples of amendments or modifications to which this policy would apply include authorization of additional sites under an existing instrument or agreement, expansion of an existing site, or addition of a new type of resource credit such as addition of a new species credit.

    Additional guidance that provides more specific operational steps may be developed by the Service to further implement this policy. Existing guidance documents will be reviewed and revised as necessary to ensure consistency with this policy.

    This policy supersedes the Service's “Guidance for the Establishment, Use, and Operation of Conservation Banks,” published in the Federal Register in 2003 (68 FR 24753), and “Guidance on Recovery Crediting for the Conservation of Threatened and Endangered Species” (73 FR 44761) published in 2008. It also supersedes “Federal Guidance on the Establishment, Use, and Operation of Mitigation Banks” (60 FR 58605, November 28, 1995) and “Federal Guidance on the Use of In-lieu Fee Arrangements for Compensatory Mitigation under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act and Section 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act” (65 FR 66914, November 7, 2000).

    This policy does apply to other Federal or non-Federal actions permitted or otherwise authorized or approved prior to issuance of this policy under circumstances where the action may require additional compliance review under the ESA if: new information becomes available that reveals effects of the action to listed species or critical habitat not previously considered; the action is modified in a manner that causes effects to listed species and critical habitat not previously considered; authorized levels of incidental take are exceeded; a new species is listed or critical habitat is designated that may be affected by the actions; or the project proponent specifically requests the Service to apply the policy. This policy does not apply to actions that are specifically exempted under the ESA. It also does not apply where the Service has already agreed in writing to mitigation measures for pending actions, except where new activities or changes in current activities associated with those actions would result in new impacts, or where new authorities, or failure to implement agreed upon recommendations warrant new consideration regarding mitigation. Service offices may elect to apply this policy to actions that are under review as of the date of publication of the final policy.

    4. Compensatory Mitigation Standards

    The mitigation principles, as described in the Service's draft Mitigation Policy (81 FR 12380, March 8, 2016), are goals the Service intends to achieve, in part through recommending or requiring, as appropriate, under the ESA and other applicable authorities, the inclusion of compensatory mitigation in proposed actions with adverse impacts to listed, proposed or at-risk species and designated or proposed critical habitat. The compensatory mitigation standards described in this section of the policy will implement the mitigation principles, as outlined in the draft Mitigation Policy, including using a landscape approach to inform mitigation and aspiring to meet the goal to improve (i.e., a net gain) or, at minimum, to maintain (i.e., no net loss) the current status of affected resources, as allowed by applicable statutory authority and consistent with the responsibilities of action proponents under such authority. Compensatory mitigation programs, projects, and measures that are consistent with the mitigation principles and adhere to the compensatory mitigation standards set forth in this section of the policy are expected to achieve the best conservation outcomes. The compensatory mitigation standards apply to all compensatory mitigation mechanisms (i.e., permittee-responsible mitigation, conservation banks, in-lieu fee programs, etc.) and all forms of compensatory mitigation (i.e., restoration, preservation, establishment, and enhancement) approved by the Service. The standards are as follows:

    4.1. Siting Sustainable Compensatory Mitigation

    Compensatory mitigation will be sited in locations that have been identified in landscape-scale conservation plans or mitigation strategies as areas that will meet conservation objectives and provide the greatest long-term benefit to the listed, proposed, and/or at-risk species and other resources of primary conservation concern. In the absence of such plans, conservation needs of the species will be assessed at scales appropriate to inform the selection of sustainable mitigation areas that are expected to produce the best ecological outcomes for the species using the best available science. The following factors should be considered when selecting sites for compensatory mitigation:

    • Core areas of existing and projected suitable species habitat and areas that provide connectivity between core areas;

    • Designated and proposed critical habitat;

    • Recovery plan, 5-year review, and State conservation recommendations;

    • Size and configuration of the site within the landscape;

    • Land use trends and compatibility with adjacent land uses;

    • Habitat types that provide the required ecological functions and services (these may not be the same habitat types that are impacted);

    • Existing encumbrances on the site and split estates (e.g., sites with separate ownership of the surface and subsurface mineral rights);

    • Degree of threat to the proposed site (e.g., imminent development or invasive species encroachment); and

    • Existing and projected landscape conditions (e.g., climate change projections) that may hinder or improve the resilience of the species and other resources of concern.

    Other factors may also warrant consideration when siting compensatory mitigation. Compensatory mitigation plans and programs may not necessarily be limited to the above list.

    4.2. In-Kind for Species

    Compensatory mitigation must be in-kind for the listed, proposed, or at-risk species affected by the proposed action. The same requirement does not necessarily apply to the habitat type affected, as the best conservation outcome for the species may not be an offset of the same habitat type or ecological attribute of the habitat impacted by the action. Many species use different habitat types at different life stages or for different life-history requirements such as feeding, breeding, and sheltering. For example, some species are migratory. Selecting a habitat type different from that impacted by the action or selecting more than one type of habitat for compensatory mitigation may best meet the conservation needs of the species.

    Offsetting impacts to designated or proposed critical habitat through the use of compensatory mitigation should target the maintenance, restoration, or improvement of the recovery support function of the affected critical habitat as described in the relevant biological or conference opinion, conservation or mitigation plan, mitigation instrument, permit, or conference report. Recovery plans, 5-year reviews, proposed and final critical habitat rules, and the best available science on species status, threats, and needs should be relied on to inform the selection of habitat types subject to compensatory mitigation actions for unavoidable adverse impacts to species or critical habitat.

    The use of compensatory mitigation to minimize the impacts of incidental take on listed species can be based on a habitat or another surrogate such as a similarly affected species or ecological conditions under circumstances where it is not practicable to express or monitor the amount or extent of take in terms of the number of individuals of the species, in accordance with 50 CFR 402.14(i)(1)(i). A causal link between the surrogate and take of the species must be explained and must be scientifically defensible. For example, occupied habitat of a listed species has been used as a surrogate to express the amount or extent of take of the vernal pool fairy shrimp (Branchinecta lynchi) because quantification of take in terms of individuals is not practicable but the surface area of occupied vernal pool habitat is easily measured and monitored.

    4.3. Reliable and Consistent Metrics

    Metrics developed to measure ecological functions and/or services at compensatory mitigation sites and impact sites must be science-based, quantifiable, consistent, repeatable, and related to the conservation goals for the species. These metrics may be species- or habitat-based. Metrics used to calculate credits should be the same as those used to calculate debits for the same species or habitat type. If they are not the same, the relationship (conversion) between credits and debits must be transparent and scientifically defensible. Metrics must account for duration of the impact, temporal loss to the species, management of risk associated with compensatory mitigation, and other such measures. This does not mean that metrics developed to measure losses and gains on the landscape must be precise, as this is rarely possible in biological systems, but uncertainty should be noted where it exists and metrics must be based on the best scientific data available to gauge the adequacy of the compensatory mitigation. Modifying existing metrics on which approved conservation banks or other compensatory mitigation programs are based and still in use warrants careful consideration and must be based on best available science.

    Scientifically defensible metrics also are needed to measure biological and ecological performance criteria used to monitor the outcome of compensatory mitigation. It may be necessary to adjust metrics over time through monitoring and adaptive management processes in order to respond to changing conditions and ensure they remain effective at assessing the conservation objectives of the compensatory mitigation program. However, modifying metrics used to monitor performance should not be a substitute for lack of compliance or failure to implement adaptive management.

    4.4. Judicious Use of Additionality

    Compensatory mitigation must provide benefits beyond those that would otherwise have occurred through routine or required practices or actions, or obligations required through legal authorities or contractual agreements. A compensatory mitigation measure is “additional” when the benefits of the measure improve upon the baseline conditions of the impacted resources and their values, services, and functions in a manner that is demonstrably new and would not have occurred without the compensatory mitigation measure (600 DM 6.4G). The additional benefits may result from restoration or enhancement of habitat; preservation of existing habitat that lacks adequate protection; management actions that protect, maintain, or create habitat (e.g., regularly scheduled prescribed burns or purchase of rights in a split estate); or other activities (e.g., an action that reduces threats from disease or predation, or captive breeding and reintroduction of individuals or populations). Baseline conditions for the habitat relevant to the species must be assessed prior to implementing the compensatory mitigation project for comparison to conditions after completion of the compensatory mitigation project in order to quantify and verify the additional benefits derived from the mitigation project.

    Demonstrating additionality on lands already designated for conservation purposes can be challenging, particularly when the lands under consideration are public lands. In general, credit can only be issued for compensatory mitigation on public lands if additionality can be clearly demonstrated and is legally attainable. See section 6.2. Eligible Lands for guidance on using public lands for compensatory mitigation.

    4.5. Timing and Duration

    Compensatory mitigation projects must achieve conservation objectives within a reasonable timeframe and for at least the duration of the impacts. Ideally, compensatory mitigation should be implemented in advance of the action that adversely impacts the species or critical habitat. When this is not possible or practicable, temporal losses to the affected species must be compensated through some means (e.g., increased mitigation ratio that reflects the degree of temporal loss). Temporal loss may include indirect effects of the action on the species that occur beyond the time period of any direct effects of the action (e.g., removal of habitat during a season when individuals of a migratory species are absent). Temporal loss to the species as a result of both direct and indirect adverse effects must be addressed when determining appropriate compensatory mitigation. Losses of habitat that require many years to restore may best be offset by a combination of restored habitat, preservation of existing high-quality habitat, and improved management of existing habitat. The amount of temporal loss, the form of compensatory mitigation (i.e., establishment, enhancement, restoration, preservation, or some combination of these forms), and the time anticipated to establish the compensatory mitigation on the landscape should be used to determine the amount of compensatory mitigation needed to meet the mitigation goal for the species, critical habitat, and/or other resources of concern.

    4.6. Ensure Durability

    Compensatory mitigation must be secured by adequate legal, real estate, and financial protections that ensure the success of the mitigation. Most compensatory mitigation projects are permanent, and the viability of the assurances to achieve long-term stewardship of a mitigation site must be carefully planned and implemented to ensure durability. A compensatory mitigation measure is “durable” when the effectiveness of the measure is sustained for the duration of the associated impacts (including direct and indirect impacts) of the authorized action (600 DM 6.4H). The parties responsible for establishment, implementation, performance, long-term management of the mitigation site, management of financial resources, and oversight of various aspects of the mitigation project must be clearly identified in the permit or other regulatory documentation that authorizes the use of compensatory mitigation and, in the case of third-party mitigation providers, the authorizations for the establishment and use of third-party mitigation (e.g., a conservation bank instrument). The Service shall require sufficient site protection (e.g., conservation easement), and careful consideration should be given to allowable and prohibited activities on compensatory mitigation sites. Activities that are incompatible with the purposes of compensatory mitigation sites must be precluded. The site protection instrument must also include provisions for transfer of ownership or management responsibility for the mitigation site to successors and, in the case of default, by the landowner and other responsible parties, a description of the remediation process. The Service will also require financial assurances in amounts and forms necessary to ensure a high level of confidence that the compensatory mitigation project will have adequate and accessible funding for long-term management, monitoring, reporting, and administrative and other performance requirements for the duration of the mitigation project.

    4.7. Effective Conservation Outcomes and Accountability Through Monitoring, Adaptive Management, and Compliance

    Compensatory mitigation programs and projects will be assessed to determine if they are achieving their conservation objectives through use of science-based, outcome-based ecological performance criteria that are reasonable, objective, measureable, defensible, and verifiable. Ecological performance criteria must be tied to conservation goals and specific objectives identified in compensatory mitigation programs and projects. Continued management, monitoring, and reporting are required for long-term compensatory mitigation projects (most long-term projects are permanent) after initial ecological performance criteria are met (e.g., successful habitat restoration) to ensure expected conservation outcomes are achieved. Monitoring and evaluation protocols used to assess achievement of conservation objectives for long-term compensatory mitigation projects must be developed and implemented within an adaptive framework where adaptive management may be used to modify a program as needed if the program does not meet the objectives.

    The Service has authority to conduct direct oversight of all compensatory mitigation programs and projects for which we have exempted or permitted incidental take under the ESA. A standard condition of HCP incidental take permits provides for such oversight. Incidental take exemptions provided by statute to Federal agencies and applicants through the ESA section 7 process require that mandatory terms and conditions included with the take statement must be implemented by the federal agency or its applicant to activate the exemption in 7(o)(2) of the Act. Compensatory mitigation instruments and conservation easements must include language that clearly states the Service has this oversight authority. The Service may rely on third-party evaluators to provide project-specific information on ecological and administrative compliance through monitoring and other reports. The cost for these services must be built into and covered by the mitigation project. Should a mitigation project fail to meet its performance criteria and therefore fail to provide the expected conservation for the species, the responsible party must provide equivalent compensation through other means. A process for achieving remediation or alternative mitigation for compensatory mitigation failures beyond the control of the responsible party (e.g., unforeseen circumstances) must be clearly described in the mitigation instrument, biological and/or conference opinion, or permit.

    4.8. Encourage Collaboration

    Successful landscape-scale compensatory mitigation depends on the engagement of affected communities and stakeholders. Governments, communities, organizations, and individuals support what they help to develop. The Service will provide opportunities for and encourage appropriate stakeholder participation in development of landscape-scale compensatory mitigation strategies that affect listed, proposed, and at-risk species and proposed and designated critical habitat through appropriate public processes such as those used for programmatic habitat conservation plans. Programmatic approaches to compensatory mitigation programs for at-risk species are also encouraged, particularly when led by State agencies, and the Service will make every effort to participate in the planning, establishment, and operation of such programs as described in our draft Policy Regarding Voluntary Prelisting Conservation Actions (79 FR 42525). The Service's regional and field offices will determine or assist in determining, as appropriate, the level and methods of public participation using transparent processes.

    4.9. Maintain Transparency and Predictability

    Consistent implementation of ESA programs that permit or authorize incidental take of listed species will provide regulatory predictability for everyone. The Service will share appropriate information on the availability of compensatory mitigation programs and projects with the public through online media or other appropriate means. Mitigation instruments, long-term management plans, mitigation monitoring reports, and other supporting documents for approved mitigation projects should be readily available to the public, with the exception of any personally identifiable information or other information that would be exempt in accordance with the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552, as amended). This information will be available on the Regulatory In-lieu fee and Bank Information Tracking System (RIBITS) for conservation banks. RIBITS can be accessed at https://ribits.usace.army.mil. Similar information for in-lieu fee programs, habitat credit exchanges, and other third-party sponsored mitigation projects must be made available on RIBITS when possible. When it is not possible to use RIBITS, another publicly accessible online system must be used.

    5. Application of Compensatory Mitigation Under the ESA

    Sections of the ESA under which the Service has authority to recommend or require compensatory mitigation for species or their habitat are identified below. In this section, we provide guidance on applications of these ESA authorities within the context of compensatory mitigation. The compensatory mitigation standards set forth in section 4. Compensatory Mitigation Standards of this policy apply to compensatory mitigation programs and projects established under the ESA, as appropriate.

    5.1. Section 7—Interagency Cooperation

    Section 2(c)(1) of the ESA directs all Federal departments and agencies to conserve endangered and threatened species. “Conserve” is defined in section 3 of the ESA as all actions necessary to bring the species to the point that measures provided pursuant to the ESA are no longer necessary (i.e., recovery or the process through which recovery of listed species is accomplished). This requirement to contribute to the conservation of listed species is reaffirmed in section 7(a)(1) of the ESA. Congress recognized the important role Federal agencies have in conserving listed species.

    When the ESA was enacted in 1973, section 7 was a single paragraph directing “all Federal departments and agencies . . . [to] utilize their authorities in furtherance of the purposes of [the ESA] by carrying out programs for the conservation of endangered species and threatened species listed pursuant to section 4 of [the ESA] and [emphasis added] by taking such action necessary to insure that actions authorized, funded, or carried out by them do not jeopardize the continued existence of such endangered species and threatened species or result in the destruction or modification of habitat of such species which is determined . . . to be critical.” In 1979, section 7 was amended to make subsections 7(a)(1) and 7(a)(2). Federal agencies have separate responsibilities concerning species and their habitats under these two subsections. Section 7(a)(1) is a recovery measure that requires Federal agencies to carry out programs for the conservation of listed species (with discretion to individual conservation actions or programs). Section 7(a)(2) is a stabilization measure that requires Federal agencies to ensure actions they authorize, fund, or carry out are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a listed species or destroy or adversely modify critical habitat.

    5.1.1. Section 7(a)(1)

    Section 7(a)(1) of the ESA states “. . . Federal agencies shall, in consultation with and with the assistance of the Secretary, utilize their authorities in furtherance of the purposes of [the ESA] by carrying out programs for the conservation of endangered species and threatened species.” The Secretary's role has been delegated to the Service, and the Service therefore consults with and assists Federal agencies to accomplish these programs.

    Mitigation Goal: Development of landscape-scale conservation programs for listed and at-risk species that are designed to achieve a net gain in conservation for the species.

    Guidance: One way that Federal agencies can meet their responsibility under section 7(a)(1) of the ESA is by working with the Service and other conservation partners to develop landscape-scale conservation plans that include compensatory mitigation programs designed to contribute to species recovery. Landscape-scale approaches to compensatory mitigation, such as conservation banking and in-lieu fee programs, are more likely to be successful if Federal agencies, especially those that carry out, fund, permit or otherwise authorize actions that can use these programs, are involved in their establishment and support their use. For example, the Federal Highway Administration, as part of its long-term planning process, can use its authorities to work with the Service and other conservation partners on conservation programs for listed species that may be impacted by anticipated future actions. The conservation programs can include identifying priority conservation areas, developing crediting methodologies to value affected species, and developing guidance for offsetting those impacts that is expected to achieve no net loss, or even a net gain, in conservation for the species. These tools and information can then be used by conservation bank sponsors and other mitigation providers to develop compensatory mitigation opportunities (e.g., conservation banks) for use by the Federal Highway Administration, and also by State departments of transportation and other public and private entities seeking compensation to offset the impacts of their actions for those same species. The resulting compensatory mitigation program provides conservation for the species that would otherwise not have been achieved—a contribution to listed species conservation under section 7(a)(1) of the ESA by the Federal agency.

    5.1.2. Section 7(a)(2)

    Section 7(a)(2) of the ESA states, “[e]ach Federal agency shall . . . insure that any action authorized, funded, or carried out, by such agency . . . is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any endangered species or threatened species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of [critical] habitat.” The Service determines through consultation under section 7(a)(2) whether or not the proposed action is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of listed species or destroy or adversely modify critical habitat. The Service then issues a biological opinion stating our conclusion and, in the case of a finding of no jeopardy (or jeopardy accompanied by reasonable and prudent alternatives that can be taken by the Federal agency to avoid jeopardy), formulates an incidental take statement, if such take is reasonably certain to occur, that specifies the anticipated amount or extent of incidental take of listed species and specifies reasonable and prudent measures necessary or appropriate to minimize such impacts under section 7(b)(4) of the ESA. If the proposed action is likely to adversely affect critical habitat, the Service's biological opinion also analyzes whether adverse modification is likely to occur and specifies reasonable and prudent alternatives to avoid adverse modification, if available. If the listed species is a marine mammal, incidental taking is authorized pursuant to section 101(a)(5) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) prior to issuance of an incidental take statement under the ESA. Appendix C of this policy provides additional guidance on authorities under the MMPA.

    Mitigation Goal: The Service should work with Federal agencies to assist them in proposing actions that are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any listed species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of any designated critical habitat, as required under section 7(a)(2) of the ESA, and encourage Federal agencies and applicants to include compensation as part of their proposed actions to offset any anticipated impacts to these resources that are not avoided to achieve a net gain or, at a minimum, no net loss in the conservation of listed species.

    Guidance: The Service should coordinate with Federal agencies and encourage them to use their authorities under appropriate statutes (e.g., Federal Land Policy and Management Act) to avoid and minimize adverse impacts to listed species and designated critical habitat using the full mitigation sequence. Compensation is a component of the mitigation sequence that can be applied to minimize adverse effects of actions on listed species and critical habitat. Furthermore, the Service can work with Federal agencies to establish compensatory mitigation programs such as conservation banking and in-lieu fee programs that incentivize offsetting the effects of their actions through the appropriate use of compensation while expediting regulatory processes for the Federal agencies and applicants. Due to economies of scale, such mitigation programs are particularly effective at providing more effective and cost-efficient compensation opportunities for offsetting the effects of multiple actions that individually have small impacts.

    5.1.2.1. Proposed Actions and Project Descriptions

    To better implement section 7(a)(2) of the ESA and prevent species declines, the Service will work with Federal agencies and applicants to identify conservation measures, using the full mitigation sequence, that can be included as part of proposed actions for unavoidable impacts to listed species and critical habitat to achieve, at a minimum, no net loss in the species' conservation. The mitigation sequence should be observed (i.e., avoid first, then minimize, then compensate), except where circumstances may warrant a departure from this preferred sequence. For example, it may be preferable to compensate for the loss of an occupied site that will be difficult to maintain based on projected future land use (e.g., the site is likely to be isolated from the population in the future) or climate change impacts. The Service will consider conservation measures, including compensatory mitigation, as appropriate, proposed by the action agency or applicant as part of the proposed action when developing a biological opinion addressing the effects of the proposed action on listed species and critical habitat. This consideration of beneficial actions (i.e., compensatory mitigation) is consistent with our implementing regulations at 50 CFR 402.14(g)(8). Federal agencies should coordinate early with the Service on the appropriateness of such beneficial actions as compensation for anticipated future actions.

    5.1.2.2. Jeopardy or Adverse Modification Determinations and RPAs

    When the Service issues a biological opinion with a finding of jeopardy or adverse modification of critical habitat, we include Reasonable and Prudent Alternatives (RPAs) when possible. RPAs may include any and all forms of mitigation, including compensatory mitigation, that can be applied to avoid proposed actions from jeopardizing the existence of listed species or destroying or adversely modifying critical habitat, provided they are consistent with the regulatory definition of RPAs in 50 CFR 402.02.

    5.1.2.3. No Jeopardy and No Adverse Modification Determinations and RPMs

    When the Service issues a biological opinion with a finding of no jeopardy, we provide the Federal agency and applicant (if any) with an incidental take statement, if take is reasonably certain to occur, in accordance with section 7(b)(4) of the ESA. The incidental take statement specifies the amount or extent of anticipated take, the impact of such take on the species, and any reasonable and prudent measures (RPMs) and implementing terms and conditions determined by the Service to be necessary or appropriate to minimize the impact of the take. RPMs can include compensatory mitigation, in appropriate circumstances, if such a measure minimizes the effect of the incidental take on the species, and as long as the measure is consistent with the interagency consultation regulations at 50 CFR 402.14. RPMs should also be commensurate with and proportional to the impacts associated with the action. The Service should provide an explanation of why the measures are necessary or appropriate. If the proposed action includes conservation measures sufficient to fully compensate for incidental take, it may not be necessary to include additional minimization measures (beyond monitoring) through RPMs.

    5.1.3. Section 7(a)(4)

    Section 7(a)(4) of the ESA states, “[e]ach Federal agency shall confer with [the Service] on any agency action which is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any species proposed to be listed . . . or result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat proposed to be designated for such species.” The conference is designed to assist the Federal agency and any applicant to identify and resolve potential conflicts at an early stage in the planning process.

    Mitigation Goal: The Service should work with Federal agencies to assist them in proposing actions that are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any species proposed for listing or result in the destruction or adverse modification of any proposed critical habitat, in accordance with section 7(a)(4) of the ESA. Federal agencies and applicants should also be encouraged to include compensation as part of their proposed actions to offset any anticipated impacts to resources that are not avoided to achieve a net gain or, at a minimum, no net loss in their conservation.

    Guidance: The Service should coordinate with Federal agencies and encourage them to use their authorities to avoid and minimize adverse impacts to proposed and at-risk species and proposed critical habitat using the full mitigation sequence. The Service may recommend compensatory mitigation for adverse effects to proposed or at-risk species during informal conference or in a conference report or conference opinion, or the Federal action agency or applicant may propose compensatory mitigation as part of the action. If a conference opinion or report determines that a proposed action is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a proposed species or adversely modify or destroy proposed critical habitat, the Service will include RPAs that may include compensatory mitigation. If the species is subsequently listed or critical habitat is designated prior to completion of the action, the Service will give appropriate consideration to compensatory mitigation when confirming the conference opinion as a biological opinion or if formal consultation is necessary. This consideration of beneficial actions is consistent with our implementing regulations at 50 CFR 402.14(g)(8).

    5.2. Section 10—Conservation Plans and Agreements 5.2.1. Safe Harbor and Candidate Conservation Agreements

    Under a candidate conservation agreement with assurances (CCAA), private and other non-Federal property owners may voluntarily undertake conservation management activities on their properties to address threats to unlisted species and to enhance, restore, or maintain habitat benefiting species that are candidates or proposed for listing under the ESA or other at-risk species in exchange for assurances that no further action on their part is required should the species become listed during the term of the CCAA. Under a safe harbor agreement (SHA), private and other non-Federal property owners may voluntarily undertake management activities on their property to enhance, restore, or maintain habitat benefiting species listed under the ESA in exchange for assurances that there will not be any increased property use restrictions as a result of their efforts that either attract listed species to their property or that increase the numbers or distribution of listed species already on their property during the term of the agreement. Both types of agreements are designed to encourage conservation of species on non-Federal land.

    Mitigation Goal: Transitioning CCAAs and SHAs into long-term/permanent conservation that can serve as compensatory mitigation when appropriate and desired by landowners. Such transitions provide greater assurance that the species conservation efforts begun under the CCAA or SHA will persist on the landscape beyond the term of the original agreement.

    Guidance: CCAAs and SHAs are not intended to be mitigation programs and do not require the site protection and financial assurances that meet the compensatory mitigation standards set forth in this policy; however, they are required to meet a similar conservation standard (i.e., net conservation benefit) as compensatory mitigation projects, as described in the proposed amendments to the regulations concerning enhancement of survival permits under the ESA (81 FR 26769, May 4, 2016) and revisions to the policy implementing these proposed regulations (81 FR 26817, May 4, 2016). The conservation achieved through implementation of a CCAA or SHA may be `rolled over' for use as compensatory mitigation if: (1) The CCAA or SHA permit has expired or is surrendered; (2) the landowner is in compliance with the terms and conditions of the CCAA or SHA at the time of transition; (3) any commitments for conservation for which financial compensation from public sources was received has been fulfilled and if not fulfilled is prorated and deducted from the mitigation credit assigned to the property; and (4) all other requirements for providing compensatory mitigation are met. If the Service believes the CCAA or SHA would provide greater conservation to the species as compensatory mitigation, then the Service should inform the landowner of this assessment and provide the landowner with the opportunity to transition their property from a CCAA or SHA site to a mitigation site. A mitigation instrument appropriate for the type of compensatory mitigation site established (e.g., conservation bank instrument) is required. See section 6.2. Eligible Lands for additional guidance.

    Landowners enrolled in CCAAs while the species remains unlisted can provide compensatory mitigation under a State or other non-Service mitigation program if the actions related to the mitigation are additional to those taken to satisfy the CCAA requirement. Should the species become listed before the CCAA expires, the landowner has the option to roll over the existing mitigation agreement to a Service-approved mitigation instrument that meets the standards established in this policy. See the Service's draft Policy Regarding Voluntary Prelisting Conservation Actions (79 FR 42525) for more information on these types of programs.

    5.2.2. Habitat Conservation Plans

    Section 10(a)(1)(B) of the ESA allows the Service to issue an incidental take permit for “any taking otherwise prohibited by section 9(a)(1)(B) [of the ESA] if such taking is incidental to, and not the purpose of, the carrying out of an otherwise lawful activity.” Pursuant to section 10(a)(2)(A) of the ESA, an applicant must first submit a habitat conservation plan (HCP) that specifies, among other requirements, the “. . . steps the applicant will take to minimize and mitigate such impacts, and the funding that will be available to implement such steps.” If under section 10(a)(2)(B) of the ESA the Service finds the issuance criteria are met by the applicant, including that the applicant will, “to the maximum extent practicable, minimize and mitigate the impacts of such taking,” the Service will issue a permit. Plant species and unlisted animal species may also be covered in the HCP, provided the applicant meets requirements for their coverage described in the implementing regulations. The Service incorporates these measures as terms and conditions of the permit. Regulations governing incidental take permits for endangered and threatened wildlife species are found at 50 CFR 17.22 and 17.32. The Service is required to conduct a section 7(a)(2) consultation on issuance of an incidental take permit.

    Mitigation Goal: Consistent with the purposes and polices of the ESA, the Service should work with applicants to assist them in developing HCPs that achieve a net gain or, at a minimum, no net loss in the conservation of covered species and critical habitat. Though the statute does not require this of HCP applicants, applicants often will request additional measures for greater future assurances. This is generally achievable through programmatic approaches, which provide opportunities for the use of landscape-scale compensatory mitigation programs to offset impacts of actions.

    Guidance: Compensatory mitigation should be concurrent with or in advance of impacts, whenever possible. Programmatic approaches are recommended when they will produce regulatory efficiency and improved conservation outcomes for the covered species. These HCPs operate on a landscape scale and often use conservation banks, in-lieu fee programs, or other compensatory mitigation opportunities established by mitigation sponsors and approved by the Service. These landscape-scale programmatic approaches can achieve a net gain in conservation for the covered species as a result of economies of scale. See the draft revised HCP Handbook (81 FR 41986) for the various options available to address compensatory mitigation for HCPs.

    5.3. Other Sections of the ESA Where Compensatory Mitigation Can Play a Role

    Section 4(d) of the ESA authorizes the Service to issue protective regulations that are necessary and advisable to provide for the conservation of threatened species. The Service used this authority to extend the prohibition of take (section 9) to all threatened species by regulation in 1978, through promulgation of a “blanket 4(d) rule” (50 CFR 17.31). This blanket 4(d) rule can be modified by a species-specific 4(d) rule (e.g., Special Rule Concerning Take of the Threatened Coastal California Gnatcatcher (58 FR 65088)). Depending on the threats, the inclusion of compensatory mitigation in a species-specific 4(d) rule may help offset habitat loss, and could hasten recovery or preclude the need to reclassify the species as endangered.

    Section 5 of the ESA provides authority for the Service and the U.S. Department of Agriculture, with respect to the National Forest System, to establish and implement a program to conserve fish, wildlife, and plants, including those which are listed as endangered species or threatened species through:

    • Use of land acquisition and other authority under the Fish and Wildlife Act of 1956, as amended, the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act, as amended, and the Migratory Bird Conservation Act, as appropriate; and

    • Acquisition by purchase, donation, or otherwise, of lands, waters, or interests therein.

    Establishment of compensatory mitigation programs that conserve listed or at-risk species on lands adjacent to National Forests could be used to offset losses to those species and their habitats by actions authorized by the Service and also help buffer National Forests from incompatible neighboring land uses.

    6. General Considerations 6.1. Preferences

    The appropriate form of compensatory mitigation (i.e., preservation, restoration, enhancement, establishment, or a combination of some or all of these forms) must be based on the species' needs and the nature of the impacts adversely affecting the species. The Service has the following general preferences related to compensatory mitigation.

    6.1.1. Preference for Strategically Sited Compensatory Mitigation

    Preference shall be given to compensatory mitigation projects sited within the boundaries of priority conservation areas identified in existing landscape-scale conservation plans as described in the Service's draft Mitigation Policy (81 FR 12380, March 8, 2016). Priority conservation areas for listed species may be identified in a species status assessment, recovery plan, or 5-year review.

    6.1.2. Preference for Compensatory Mitigation in Advance of Impacts

    After following the principles and standards outlined in this policy and all other considerations being equal, preference will be given to compensatory mitigation projects implemented in advance of impacts to the species. Mitigation implemented in advance of impacts reduces risk and uncertainty. Demonstrating that mitigation is successfully implemented in advance of impacts provides ecological and regulatory certainty that is rarely matched by a proposal of mitigation to be accomplished concurrent with, or subsequent to, the impacts of the actions even when that proposal is supplemented with higher mitigation ratios. While conservation banking is by definition mitigation in advance of impacts, other third-party mitigation arrangements and permittee-responsible mitigation may also satisfy this preference by implementing compensatory mitigation in advance of impacts. In-lieu fee programs can also satisfy this preference through a “jump start” that achieves and maintains a supply of credits that offer mitigation in advance of impacts.

    6.1.3. Preference for Consolidated Compensatory Mitigation

    Mitigation mechanisms that consolidate compensatory mitigation on the landscape such as conservation banks, in-lieu fee programs, and habitat credit exchanges are generally preferred to small, disjunct compensatory mitigation sites spread across the landscape. Consolidated mitigation sites generally have several advantages over multiple, small, isolated mitigation sites. These advantages include:

    • Avoidance of a piecemeal approach to conservation efforts that often results in small, non-sustainable parcels of habitat scattered throughout the landscape;

    • Sites that are usually a component of a landscape-level strategy for conservation of high-value resources;

    • Cost effective compensatory mitigation options for small projects, allowing for effective offsetting of the cumulative adverse effects that result from numerous, similar, small actions;

    • An increase in public-private partnerships that plan in advance and a landscape-scale approach to mitigation to provide communities with opportunities to conserve highly valued natural resources while still allowing for community development and growth;

    • Greater capacity for bringing together financial resources and scientific expertise not practicable for small conservation actions;

    • Economies of scale that provide greater resources for design and implementation of compensatory mitigation sites and a decreased unit cost for mitigation;

    • Improved administrative and ecological compliance through the use of third-party oversight;

    • Greater regulatory and financial predictability for project proponents, greatly reducing the uncertainty that often causes project proponents to view compensatory mitigation as a burden; and

    • Expedited regulatory compliance processes, particularly for small projects, saving all parties time and money.

    6.2. Eligible Lands 6.2.1. Lands Eligible for Use as Compensatory Mitigation

    Compensatory mitigation sites may be established by willing parties on private, public, or Tribal lands that provide the maximum conservation benefit for the listed, proposed, and at-risk species and other affected resources. Maintaining the same classification of land ownership between the impact area and mitigation site may be important in preventing a long-term net loss in conservation, in particular a reduction in the range of the species. Because most private lands are not permanently protected for conservation and are generally the most vulnerable to development actions, the use of private lands for mitigating impacts to species occurring on any type of land ownership is usually acceptable as long as durability can be ensured. Locating compensatory mitigation on public lands for impacts to species on private lands is also possible, and in some circumstances may best achieve the conservation objectives for species, but should be carefully considered—see section 6.2.2. Use of Public Land to Mitigate Impacts on Private Land for additional guidance.

    Good candidates for compensatory mitigation sites are unprotected lands that are high value for conservation and that are acceptable to the Service. Designations of high conservation value may include lands with existing high-value habitat or habitat that when restored, enhanced, established, or properly managed will provide high value to the species. In addition to these general considerations, lands that may be good candidates for compensatory mitigation sites include:

    • Lands previously secured through easements or other means but that lack the full complement of protections necessary to conserve the species (e.g., buffer lands for a military installation that do not include management);

    • Lands adjacent to undeveloped, protected public lands such as National Wildlife Refuges or State Wildlife Management Areas;

    • Private lands enrolled in programs that provide financial compensation from public sources to landowners in exchange for agreements that protect, restore, or create habitat for federally listed or at-risk species for a limited period of time, such as the Service's Partners for Wildlife Program or some Farm Bill programs (e.g., Environmental Quality Incentives Program) if additional conservation benefits are provided above and beyond the terms and conditions of the agreement or if the agreement/easement has expired;

    • Private lands enrolled in programs that provide regulatory assurances to the landowner such as an SHA or CCAA that can be transitioned into compensatory mitigation, after all terms and conditions of the agreement have been met and the agreement has expired or the permit is surrendered in exchange for a mitigation instrument (see section 5.2.1. for additional guidance); and

    • Private lands with existing conservation easements for which landowners have not received financial compensation from public sources or regulatory assurances from the Service.

    See section 4.1. Siting Sustainable Compensatory Mitigation for other considerations when selecting a site suitable for compensatory mitigation.

    Lands that generally do not qualify as compensatory mitigation sites include:

    • Lands without clear title unless the existing encumbrances (e.g., liens, rights-of-way) are compatible with the objectives of the mitigation site or can be legally removed or subordinated;

    • Split estates (i.e., lands which have separate owners of various surface and subsurface rights, usually mineral rights), unless a remedy can be found (see below for guidance on split estates);

    • Private or public lands already designated for conservation purposes, unless the proposed compensatory mitigation project would add additional conservation benefit for the species above and beyond that attainable under the existing land designation;

    • Private lands enrolled in government programs that compensate landowners who permanently protect, restore, or create habitat for federally listed or at-risk species (e.g., Wetland Reserve Program easements administered by the USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service);

    • Inventory and debt restructure properties under the Food Security Act of 1985 (16 U.S.C. 3801 et seq.); and

    • Lands protected or restored for conservation purposes under fee title transfers.

    Additional guidance on limitations involving Federal funding and mitigation, including grants, is provided in the Service's draft Mitigation Policy (81 FR 12380, March 8, 2016).

    Lands with split estate ownership and laws and policies governing existing rights (e.g., mining laws) may prevent land protection instruments (e.g., permanent conservation easements) from providing sufficient protection from future development of mineral rights, including oil and gas exploration or development. Many potential high-value conservation properties throughout the United States are split estates. The risk of using split estate properties as compensatory mitigation should be carefully considered. When legal remedies to restore single ownership are not possible or practicable, other approaches to managing the risks may be available to bolster durability on split estates. A mineral deed acquisition, mineral assessment report, or subsurface use agreement are a few of the options for managing mineral rights on compensatory mitigation sites that provide varying levels of protection (Raffini 2012). Service personnel tasked with assessing the viability of split estates as mitigation sites should work with the Service's Realty Specialists and the Department of the Interior Solicitor to assess risks and possible remedies or other approaches.

    6.2.2. Use of Public Land To Mitigate Impacts on Private Land

    In general, the Service supports compensatory mitigation on public lands that are already designated for the conservation of natural resources to offset impacts to the species on private lands only if additionality is clearly demonstrated and is legally attainable. Additionality is a reasonable expectation that the conservation benefits associated with the compensatory mitigation actions would not occur in the foreseeable future without those actions. Offsetting impacts to private lands by locating compensatory mitigation on public lands already designated for conservation purposes generally risks a long-term net loss in landscape capacity to sustain species (e.g., future reduction in the range of the species) by relying increasingly on public lands to serve conservation purposes. However, we recognize under certain circumstances this offset arrangement may provide the best possible conservation outcome for the species based on best available science. When this is the case, the Service will consider mitigation on public lands to offset impacts to the species on private lands appropriate if:

    • Compensatory mitigation is an appropriate means of achieving the mitigation planning goal for the species;

    • Additionality can be clearly demonstrated and quantified, and is supplemental to conservation the public agency is foreseeably expected to implement absent the mitigation (only conservation benefits that provide additionality are counted towards achieving the mitigation planning goal);

    • Durability of the compensatory mitigation is ensured (see section 6.2.3. “Ensuring Durability on Public Lands”);

    • It is consistent with and not otherwise prohibited by all relevant statutes, regulations, and policies; and

    • Private lands suitable for compensatory mitigation are unavailable or are available but cannot provide an equivalent or greater contribution towards offsetting the impacts to meet the mitigation planning goal for the species.

    When the public lands under consideration for use as compensatory mitigation for impacts on private lands are National Wildlife Refuge (NWR) System lands, the Regional Director must recommend the mitigation to the Service Director for approval. Additional considerations may apply for NWR System lands for habitat losses authorized through the section 10/404 program (i.e., Rivers and Harbors Act/Clean Water Act); see the Service's Final Policy on the NWR System and Compensatory Mitigation Under the Section 10/404 Program (USFWS 1999).

    6.2.3. Ensuring Durability on Public Lands

    Ensuring the durability of compensatory mitigation on public lands presents particular challenges, especially regarding site protection assurances, long-term management, and funding assurances for long-term stewardship. Mechanisms available for ensuring durability of land protection for compensatory mitigation on public lands vary from agency to agency, are subject to site-specific limitations, and are likely to be politically and administratively challenging to secure. Some mechanisms may require a legislative act while other mechanisms can be achieved administratively at various levels of an agency's organization. Tools such as protective designations, right-of-way grants, withdrawals, disposal or lease of land for conservation, conservation easements, cooperative agreements, and/or agreements with third parties (e.g., conservation land use agreement or multiparty agreement), in combination with land use plans, may assist in providing durable site protections. Designations made through land use plans alone are not adequate to provide durability as they are subject to modification. Durability on public lands may require layering of tools to preclude conflicting uses and assure that protection and management of the mitigation land is commensurate with the scope, scale, and duration of the impacts to the species.

    To ensure the durability of long-term management on public lands, there should be a high degree of confidence that incompatible uses are removed or precluded to ensure that uses of the public lands do not conflict with or compromise the conservation of the species for which the compensatory mitigation project was established. If the compensatory mitigation obligation will be met by the Federal agency or applicant, the authorization, permit, or license should include in whole or by reference a final mitigation plan as a formal condition of the authorization, permit, or license. If the compensatory mitigation obligation will be satisfied through use of a conservation bank or other third-party mitigation provider, then the authorization, permit, or license should identify the party responsible for providing the compensatory mitigation and the type(s) and amount(s) of credits that must be secured. Any agreements enabling mitigation on public lands should include provisions for equivalent alternative mitigation if subsequent changes in public land management directives result in actions on public land that are incompatible with the conservation needs of the species. These provisions should also be identified in the administrative and regulatory documents (e.g., records of decision) that accompany the mitigation enabling agreements.

    Ensuring funding to accomplish long-term management of compensatory mitigation on public lands is generally the same mechanism used for conservation banks and in-lieu fee programs on private lands. Government agencies are limited in their ability to accept, manage, and disburse funds for this purpose and must not be given responsibility for holding endowments for compensatory mitigation sites on public or private lands. These funds must be held by a qualified third party as described in section 8.3. Qualifications for Holders of Site Protection and Financial Assurance Instruments. A nonprofit organization with a conservation mission or similar organization that is formed in accordance with applicable State and Federal law may accept and administer private funds for the benefit of the public good, and may serve as a fiduciary for long-term management of funds for mitigation projects on public lands.

    6.2.4. Transfer of Private Mitigation Lands to Public Agencies

    Private mitigation lands may be transferred to public agencies with a conservation mission if allowed by applicable laws, regulations, and policies. The Service considers this to be generally consistent with this policy if:

    a. The mitigation property is consistent with the agency's purposes;

    b. All administrative and ecological performance criteria have been met, and the mitigation project is in compliance with the mitigation instruments;

    c. The mitigation property has retired or forfeited any and all remaining mitigation credits;

    d. The agency agrees to maintain the mitigation property in accordance with the long-term management plan developed for the mitigation property as part of the original mitigation instrument; and

    e. Funding for the management, monitoring, and reporting of the mitigation lands continue to be held, managed, and disbursed by a qualified third party as described in section 8.3. Qualifications for Holders of Site Protection and Financial Assurance Instruments.

    6.2.5. Compensatory Mitigation on Tribal Lands

    Tribal lands are generally eligible as compensatory mitigation sites if they meet the standards and other requirements set forth in this policy. Ensuring durability, particularly site protection, is usually a sensitive issue for a tribal nation because a conservation easement entrusts the land to another entity (Terzi 2012), but acceptable entities may be available to hold easements (see section 8.2.3.5. “Real Estate Assurances”). Financial assurances can be handled similarly to other governmental mitigation sponsors. Additional guidance regarding mitigation and Tribes is included in the Service's draft Mitigation Policy (81 FR 12380, March 8, 2016).

    6.3. Service Areas

    A service area is the geographic area assigned to a compensatory mitigation site within which credits for a specific resource (e.g., a species) are utilized. The impacts for which mitigation is sought must be located within the designated service area for the species, unless otherwise approved by the Service. If a proposed action is located within the identified service area of a specific conservation bank, in-lieu fee program, or other third-party mitigation program or site, then the proponent of that action may offset unavoidable impacts, with the Service's approval, through transfer of the appropriate type and number of credits from that mitigation program or site. Use of the credits outside of service areas is subject to approval by the Service. Service areas that apply to all mitigation mechanisms may be designated by the Service's regional or field offices, usually through issuance of species-specific mitigation guidance. This approach generally improves regulatory consistency in areas where more than one compensatory mitigation mechanism is likely to be available (e.g., banks, in-lieu fee programs, and permittee-responsible mitigation will all be used) and is helpful to Federal agencies and applicants when developing their project proposals.

    The service area is an important component for a potential mitigation sponsor who will need to evaluate the market for credits prior to committing to a mitigation project. The mitigation sponsor has the responsibility to determine if a proposed mitigation project or program will be financially feasible and if they will move forward with the action. The mitigation instrument should clearly define any constraints that exist within the service area. These might include exclusion of areas that have been identified in an approved or developing HCP (e.g., areas within which projects may not mitigate at conservation banks).

    6.4. Crediting and Debiting

    A credit is a defined unit representing the accrual or attainment of ecological functions and/or services at a mitigation site. Credits are often expressed as a measure of surface area (e.g., an acre or hectare), linear distance of constant width (e.g., stream miles), number of individuals or mating pairs of a particular species, habitat function (e.g., habitat suitability index), or other appropriate metric that can be consistently quantified.

    Metrics developed to support credits by measuring an increase in ecological functions and services at compensatory mitigation sites and those developed to measure an expected loss or debit in ecological functions and services at impact sites must be science-based, quantifiable, consistent, repeatable, and related to the conservation goals for the species. In general, the method of calculating credits at a mitigation site should be the same as calculating debits at project impact sites. If use of a common “currency” between credits and debits is not practicable, the conversion between crediting and debiting metrics must be transparent.

    Credits are available for use as mitigation once they are verified and released by the Service. Credits are released in proportion to administrative and ecological milestones specified in the instrument (see section 6.6.3. “Credit Release Schedules”). Credits are considered retired if they are no longer available for use as mitigation, including credits that have been transferred to fulfill mitigation obligations. Credits may also be voluntarily retired, without being used for mitigation, which may help achieve no net loss or net conservation benefit goals. Credits are not to be traded among developers or anyone else and cannot be re-sold. Once a credit has been transferred as mitigation for a particular action, it may not be used again.

    A mitigation site may contain habitat that is suitable for multiple listed species or other resources in the same spatial area. When this occurs, it is important to establish how the credits will be stacked or bundled and if they can be unstacked and sold separately. See section 9.3. Credit Stacking and Bundling for guidance.

    Compensatory mitigation programs that use credits are voluntary and permittees are never required to purchase credits from these compensatory mitigation sources. Pricing of credits is solely at the discretion of the mitigation provider.

    6.5. Timelines

    The Service does not have mandated timelines for review of conservation banks, in-lieu fee programs, or other compensatory mitigation projects that are not part of a consultation or permit decision. However, this does not mean that compensatory mitigation programs and projects are not a priority for the Service. Establishment of programmatic compensatory mitigation options for project proponents will provide efficiencies, particularly when developed in coordination with programmatic consultations and HCPs for large landscapes. These efficiencies include reducing the Service's ESA sections 7 and 10 workloads, expediting incidental take authorization for project proponents, and achieving better conservation outcomes for listed and other at-risk species.

    6.6. Managing Risk and Uncertainty

    Compensatory mitigation can be a valuable conservation tool for offsetting unavoidable adverse impacts to listed and at-risk species if the risk can be sufficiently managed. Predictions about the effectiveness of compensatory mitigation measures have varying degrees of uncertainty. Compensatory mitigation accounting systems (e.g., debiting and crediting methodologies) should consider risk and adjust metrics and mitigation ratios to account for uncertainty. An exact accounting of the functions and services lost at the impact sites and gained at the mitigation sites is rarely possible due to the variability and uncertainty inherent in biological systems and ecological processes. To buffer risk and reduce uncertainty, it is often helpful to design compensatory mitigation programs and projects to achieve measures beyond no net loss to attain sufficient conservation benefits for the species. Designing conservation plans with mitigation that is expected to achieve more than no net loss in species conservation generally increases regulatory predictability and can result in shorter project reviews and facilitated permitting. The following risk management tools should be considered when developing proposals for compensatory mitigation programs and projects.

    6.6.1. Adaptive Management

    Adaptive management is an iterative approach to decision-making, providing the opportunity to adjust initial and subsequent decisions in light of learning with an overarching goal of reducing uncertainty over time. Frameworks such as the Service's strategic habitat conservation (SHC) model (USFWS and USGS 2006) and the Department's technical guidance regarding adaptive management (Williams et al. 2009) should be used both in the assessment of models used to inform metrics for compensatory mitigation programs as well as development and implementation of long-term management plans for individual compensatory mitigation projects.

    The management of natural resources can be complex, and it will be even more challenging to make resource decisions in a structured and transparent way based on science to account for uncertainty in an environment that has always been dynamic but is now experiencing accelerated climate change. Incorporating adaptive management strategies into compensatory mitigation site management plans can help to manage risk and uncertainty for any type of mitigation project if clear goals, objectives, and measurable success criteria are defined in the management plan. The monitoring data can be used to determine if the desired results are being achieved or if management actions need to be modified. Adequate long-term funding assurances are also necessary for successful implementation of adaptive management.

    6.6.2. Buffers

    Buffers may be necessary to protect compensatory mitigation sites from edge effects. Undesirable edge effects may include increased opportunities for the introduction of invasive species, garbage dumping, erosion due to damaging runoff or other hydrological conditions on adjacent lands, noise, or a variety of other activities or conditions that would adversely affect the species. Small mitigation sites or sites with a high edge-to-area ratio are generally the most vulnerable to edge effects. Buffers may be able to reduce these risks when properly located, sized, and managed. If buffers also provide functions and services for the species or other resources of concern, compensatory mitigation credit will be provided at a level commensurate with the level of functions and/or services provided to the species.

    6.6.3. Credit Release Schedules

    One way to manage risk associated with the establishment of compensatory mitigation sites is by designing credit release schedules that only allow credit releases when specific performance criteria are met. Performance criteria should be designed with clear milestones that identify when risk and uncertainty have been substantially reduced. Phased credit release based on both ecological and administrative performance is highly recommended. This approach will buffer situations in which default or other unintended events occur, allowing for mitigation project remediation rather than failure. Administrative performance relative to credit release is usually based on durability such as funding a specific percentage of the endowment required for long-term site management by a set date, and on timely submission of reports. The mitigation instrument should provide a schedule for credit releases that are tied to achievement of appropriate milestones. The credit release schedule should reserve a significant share of the total credits for release until after full performance has been achieved. Failure to meet these milestones requires compliance actions such as suspension of further credit releases to reduce risk and incentivize compliance.

    6.6.4. Mitigation Ratios

    Mitigation ratios can be used as a risk-management tool to address uncertainty, ensure durability, or implement policy decisions to meet the net gain or no net loss goal. However, ratios should be reserved for dealing with the true uncertainty of any mitigation program or for policy-based incentives and not to compensate for limited understanding of species' conservation needs. Mitigation ratios should be developed within the context of a landscape conservation plan and mitigation strategy that is designed to meet specific conservation goals for the species. The rationale for the required mitigation ratio must be justified and documented. Mitigation ratios must be based in science, readily explained and understood, and consistently applied. Effects contributing to the need for mitigation ratios may include, but are not limited to:

    a. Type of compensatory mitigation (preservation, restoration, enhancement, establishment, or some combination of these types);

    b. Temporal loss due to loss of functions and services to the species;

    c. Temporal loss due to interruption of breeding and/or impaired fecundity as a direct or indirect result of the proposed action;

    d. The likelihood of success of the mitigation site (e.g., past permittee-responsible mitigation has been shown in many cases to have a low likelihood of success);

    e. Degree of threat to the mitigation site by existing or anticipated future land use at adjacent sites;

    f. Differences in the functions and services to be lost at the impact site and projected to be gained at the mitigation site;

    g. Scarcity of the species or resources at the impact and mitigation sites;

    h. Projected change in physical parameters affecting habitat condition as a result of processes such as climate change; and/or

    i. Distance from the impact site.

    Mitigation ratios can be adjusted to achieve conservation goals. For example, mitigation ratios may be adjusted upward to create an incentive for avoidance of impacts in areas of high conservation concern (e.g., a zoned approach). Or they may be adjusted downward to provide an incentive for project applicants to use conservation banks or in-lieu fee programs that conserve habitat in high priority conservation areas rather than permittee-responsible mitigation, which is likely to be of lower quality due to smaller parcel size. Mitigation ratios may also be adjusted upward to move from a no net loss goal to a net gain goal. Such adjustments in mitigation ratios should be transparent, reasonable, and scientifically justified.

    6.6.5. Reserve Credit Accounts

    A reserve credit account can spread the risk among mitigation providers and provide added assurance that the goal for the mitigation project or program is achieved. It may be appropriate to establish a “reserve credit account” to manage risk associated with mitigation projects or programs that require additional assurances for contingencies. Potential uses of these accounts may include offsetting catastrophic natural events such as wildfire or flooding, adjacent land use that may negatively affect a mitigation site, or risk associated with split estates, as agreed to by the Service and defined in the mitigation instrument. In such cases, the use of reserve credits would allow the mitigation program to continue uninterrupted (i.e., prevent the need for temporary suspension of credit transfers while the landscape recovers or the situation is resolved). Reserve credit accounts are not to be used as a substitute for site protection or financial assurances required under the standards set forth in this policy or to offset impacts of development projects or to otherwise balance credit-debit ledgers due to lack of mitigation provider participation or compliance. Remedial processes and actions for dealing with unsuccessful management actions or lack of compliance by mitigation providers must be clearly described in the mitigation instrument.

    The number of reserve credits in the account should reflect a conservative estimate of the anticipated risk as determined by best available science and should be managed adaptively to changing conditions on the landscape. If expended, reserve credits should be replenished in accordance with a process and schedule clearly described in the mitigation instrument.

    Reserve credit accounts may also be created to contribute to a net gain goal for a project or program. In this case the reserve credits are not used, but are immediately retired to provide an overall benefit. If both types of credits exist within a reserve credit account, then each type of credit must be accounted for separately and used for its intended purpose.

    6.7. Disclaimer Provision

    The signature of the Service on a mitigation instrument constitutes regulatory approval that the conservation bank, in-lieu fee program, or other mitigation project satisfies standards of biology and durability and can, therefore, be used to provide compensatory mitigation under the ESA in appropriate circumstances. The instrument is not a contract between the Service and any other entity. Any dispute arising under the instrument will not give rise to any claim for monetary damages by any party or third party. Compensatory mitigation instruments and agreements shall not involve participation by the Service in project management, including receipt or management of financial assurances or long-term financing mechanisms. Compensatory mitigation programs and projects must comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws.

    7. Compensatory Mitigation Mechanisms

    Compensatory mitigation mechanisms can be divided broadly into habitat-based mechanisms and other non-habitat-based mitigation programs or projects. Whatever mechanism(s) are selected, compensatory mitigation is expected to provide either equivalent or additional conservation for the species to that lost as a result of the action.

    7.1. Habitat-Based Compensatory Mitigation Mechanisms

    Compensatory mitigation mechanisms based on habitat acquisition and protection may consist of restoration of damaged or degraded habitat, enhancement of existing habitat, establishment of new habitat, preservation of existing habitat not already protected, or some combination of these that offsets the impacts of the action and results in or contributes to sustainable, functioning ecosystems for the species. Preservation of existing habitat often includes a change in land management that renders the site suitable for the species or provides additional ecological function or services for the species. Preservation includes site protection and is a valid mechanism for achieving compensatory mitigation that, at a minimum, reduces threats to the species. Existing habitat that is not protected and managed for the long term is vulnerable to loss and cannot count toward recovery of listed species.

    The five habitat-based mitigation mechanisms described below and compared in Table 1 differ by: (1) The party responsible for the success of the mitigation site (the permittee or a third party); (2) whether the mitigation site is within or adjacent to the action area (on-site) or elsewhere (off-site); and (3) whether credits are generated at the mitigation site for use by more than one action. All compensatory mitigation sites require site protection assurances, a management plan, and financial assurances. Habitat-based compensatory mitigation will be held to equivalent standards (the standards set forth in this policy) regardless of the mitigation mechanism(s) proposed. Habitat-based compensatory mitigation programs developed to credit conservation actions that benefit unlisted species should meet all compensatory mitigation standards set forth in this policy if they are intended to be used as compensatory mitigation for adverse impacts of actions undertaken after listing.

    7.1.1. Permittee-Responsible Compensatory Mitigation

    Permittee-responsible compensatory mitigation is a conserved and managed mitigation site that provides ecological functions and services as part of the conservation measures associated with a permittee's proposed action. Permittee-responsible mitigation sites are usually permanent, as most proposed actions with a need for compensatory mitigation are anticipated to result in permanent impacts to the species. The permittee retains responsibility for ensuring the required compensatory mitigation is completed and successful. This includes long-term management and maintenance when the mitigation is intended to be permanent. Permittee-responsible compensatory mitigation may be on-site or off-site, and each permittee-responsible mitigation site is linked to the specific action that required the mitigation. Permittee-responsible mitigation approved for a specific action is not transferable to other actions and cannot be used for other mitigation needs.

    7.1.2. Conservation Bank Program

    A conservation bank is a site or suite of sites established under a conservation bank instrument (CBI) that is conserved and managed in perpetuity and provides ecological functions and services expressed as credits for specified species that are later used to compensate for adverse impacts occurring elsewhere to the same species. The details of the establishment, operation, and use of a conservation bank are documented in a CBI that is approved by the Service. The signature of the bank sponsor and/or property owner on the CBI indicates their acceptance of the relevant terms, much like permit conditions are accepted by regulated entities. Bank sponsors may be public or private entities. Ensuring the required compensatory mitigation measures for a permitted action are completed and successful is the responsibility of the bank sponsor. The bank sponsor assumes liability for success of the mitigation through the transfer (usually a purchase by the permittee) of credits. Conservation banks provide mitigation in advance of impacts. An umbrella CBI can be established to facilitate approval and establishment of multiple bank sites over a specified period of time for a particular species, suite of species, habitat type, or ecosystem.

    7.1.3. In-Lieu Fee Program

    An in-lieu fee site is a conserved and managed compensatory mitigation site established as part of an in-lieu fee program that provides ecological functions and services expressed as credits for specified species and used to compensate for adverse impacts occurring elsewhere to the same species. In-lieu fee sites are usually permanent as most proposed actions with a need for compensatory mitigation are anticipated to result in permanent impacts to the species. In-lieu fee programs may be sponsored by a government agency or an environmental conservation-based not-for-profit organization with a mission that is consistent with species or habitat conservation. The in-lieu fee sponsor collects fees from permittees that have been approved by the Service to use the in-lieu fee program, instead of providing permittee-responsible compensatory mitigation. An in-lieu fee site that meets the mitigation requirements for the impacts of permittees' actions will be established when the in-lieu fee program has collected sufficient funds. The establishment, operation, and use of an in-lieu fee program requires an in-lieu fee program instrument which is approved by the Service and accepted by the sponsor, and the property owner(s). All responsibility for ensuring the required compensatory mitigation measures are completed and successful, including long-term management and maintenance, is transferred from the permittee to the in-lieu fee program sponsor through the transfer (usually purchase) of credits. In-lieu fee programs generally do not provide mitigation in advance of impacts.

    In-lieu fee programs can also be established to fund non-habitat-based compensatory mitigation measures. See section 7.3 Other Compensatory Mitigation Programs or Projects for guidance on these types of programs.

    7.1.4. Habitat Credit Exchange

    A habitat credit exchange is an environmental market that operates as a clearinghouse in which an exchange administrator, operating as a mitigation sponsor, manages credit transactions between compensatory mitigation providers and project permittees. This is in contrast to the direct transactions between compensatory mitigation providers and permittees that generally occur through conservation banking and in-lieu fee programs. Exchanges provide ecological functions and services expressed as credits that are conserved and managed for specified species and are used to compensate for adverse impacts occurring elsewhere to the same species. Exchanges may be designed to provide credits for permanent compensatory mitigation sites, short-term compensatory mitigation sites, or both types of sites. Habitat credit exchanges may operate at a local or larger landscape scale, may consist of one or more mitigation sites, and may obtain credits from conservation banks or in lieu fee programs. Exchange administrators may be public or private entities. Exchanges developed for federally listed species will require Service approval through a habitat credit exchange instrument signed by the Service and the exchange administrator.

    7.1.5. Other Third-Party Compensatory Mitigation

    A compensatory mitigation site may be established by a third party to compensate for impacts to specified species for a single action taken by a permittee. The third-party mitigation site provides ecological functions and services that are conserved and managed for the species. Third-party compensatory mitigation sites are usually permanent, as most proposed actions with a need for compensatory mitigation are anticipated to result in permanent impacts to the species. Third-party mitigation sites may be located on-site or off-site. All responsibility for ensuring the required compensatory mitigation measures are completed and successful, including long-term management and maintenance, is transferred from the permittee to the third-party mitigation provider and/or property owner through a bill of sale between the parties. This arrangement requires a mitigation instrument approved by the Service and accepted by the permittee, the third-party mitigation provider, and the property owner(s). Third-party mitigation sites do not generate credits that can be used for other actions. A separate mitigation instrument is required for each action that proposes to use a third party to provide a compensatory mitigation site, even if a portion of that site has been used to mitigate a previous action. When a mitigation provider plans to offset multiple projects at a single mitigation site, the Service's preference is to review and approve a conservation bank instrument or in-lieu fee program instrument (these mechanisms are designed to serve multiple permittees) rather than review multiple third-party mitigation instruments for multiple actions. Third-party mitigation sites may provide mitigation in advance of the impacts.

    Table 1—Comparison of Habitat-Based Compensatory Mitigation Sites Established Under Different Mechanisms Mitigation
  • mechanism
  • Responsible
  • party
  • Credits
  • generated
  • Instrument
  • required
  • Liability
  • transferable
  • Permittee-responsible Mitigation Site Permittee No No—Incidental Take Statement (linked to Biological Opinion), Incidental Take Permit (for HCPs), or other authorization No. Conservation Bank Bank Sponsor Yes Yes—Conservation Bank Instrument Yes. In-lieu Fee Program Site In-lieu Fee Sponsor Yes Yes—In-lieu Fee Program Instrument Yes. Habitat Credit Exchange Site Exchange Administrator, Mitigation Sponsor, or other identified responsible entity Yes Yes—Habitat Credit Exchange Instrument Yes. Other Third-party Mitigation Site Third-party Mitigation Provider No Yes—Mitigation Instrument Yes.
    7.2. Short-Term Compensatory Mitigation

    The concept of short-term compensatory mitigation has merit if it serves the conservation goals of the species. Short term compensatory mitigation may be appropriate in some situations to offset impacts that can be completely rectified by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment within a short and predictable timeframe. Under this policy, short-term compensatory mitigation includes rectifying the damage at the impact site and providing short-term compensation to offset the temporal loss caused by the action to achieve a conservation outcome that results in, at a minimum, no net loss to the species.

    A short-term impact is defined in this policy as an action that meets the following criteria: (1) The impact is limited to harassment or other forms of nonlethal take; (2) the impact can be completely rectified through natural or active processes, and the site will function long term within the landscape at the same or greater level than before the impact; (3) restoration of the impact site can occur within a short and predictable timeframe based on current science and the knowledge of the species; and (4) all temporal loss to the species by the impact can be estimated and compensated. Opportunities for short-term compensation are likely to be very limited and may not apply to most species.

    Inherent in applying short-term compensatory mitigation is the recovery of the affected species' populations to pre-disturbance levels and any additional increase in population levels that was anticipated to occur if the action had not taken place (i.e., adjusted for temporal loss). Determining the amount and duration of compensatory mitigation needed requires substantial knowledge of the biology of the species (e.g., abundance, distribution, fecundity). Actions that meet the criteria for short-term impacts are not limited to short-term compensatory mitigation as a mitigation option. The Service prefers mitigation mechanisms that protect conservation values in perpetuity. Permanent compensatory mitigation either at the same or a reduced mitigation ratio (determined by the Service) is usually an alternative. Conservation banks or in-lieu fee programs with available credits that meet the compensatory mitigation needs for actions with short-term impacts are usually a good alternative to short-term compensatory mitigation.

    7.3. Other Compensatory Mitigation Programs or Projects

    Compensatory mitigation is based on the concept of replacing or providing substitute resources or environments for the impacted resource (40 CFR 1508.20). However, mechanisms or conservation measures that do not exactly meet this definition, but that meet the conservation objectives for the specified species and are expected to compensate for adverse effects to species or their habitats, may be suitable as compensatory mitigation. These types of compensatory mitigation measures are acceptable if they are closely tied to recovery actions identified in species status assessments, recovery plans, 5-year reviews, or best available science on the threats and needs of the species. Compensatory mitigation of this type is often funded through an in-lieu fee program. Examples of potentially suitable compensatory measures include, but are not limited to:

    a. Transfer and retirement of timber, water, mineral, or other severed rights to an already existing conservation site, thereby significantly reducing or eliminating the risk of future development on the site that would be incompatible with conservation of the species;

    b. Restricting human use of waterways or other public spaces through legal means to allow for increased or exclusive use by the species;

    c. Controlled propagation, population augmentation, and reintroduction of individuals of the species to offset losses from an action;

    d. Captive rearing and release of individuals of the species to offset losses from an action;

    e. Administering vaccination programs vital to species survival and recovery;

    f. Gating of caves that serve as habitat for the species;

    g. Construction of wildlife overpasses or underpasses to protect migratory passages for the species; and/or

    h. Programs that reduce the exposure of the species to contaminants in the environment that are known to cause injury or mortality.

    In rare circumstances, research or education that can be linked directly to the relative threats to the species and provide a quantifiable benefit to the species may be included as part of a mitigation package. Although research can assist in identifying substitute resources, it does not replace impacted resources or adequately compensate for adverse effects to species or habitat. See the Service's draft Mitigation Policy (81 FR 12380, March 8, 2016) for additional guidance on appropriate uses of research or education as mitigation.

    8. Establishment and Operation of Compensatory Mitigation Programs and Projects

    Compensatory mitigation programs and projects will be established subject to authorization from the Service or a combination of the Service and other Federal and/or State regulatory agencies. Compensatory mitigation proposals must meet minimum criteria described in this policy to be acceptable. Compensatory mitigation programs designed to serve multiple mitigation sites should discuss within the program documents how the minimum criteria described in this policy will be met by the program and what is required for each mitigation site. Service regional and field offices may provide more detailed guidance as needed for their jurisdictions. Any additional guidance, including checklists, templates, or assessment methods, will be posted on the Web site of the regional and/or field office that developed the guidance documents and on RIBITS. To the extent appropriate, regional and/or field offices should strive for consistency within and across jurisdictions when developing compensatory mitigation programs and species/resource specific mitigation guidance.

    Service criteria for establishing compensatory mitigation projects should be compatible with criteria already established by statute in other Federal and/or State agencies so that mitigation programs and sites may satisfy the requirements of multiple agencies. While it is our intent to work with other Federal, State, and/or local agencies, the Service recognizes that there may be situations in which coordinated multi-agency processes do not exist, and project applicants may need to coordinate with each agency separately.

    8.1. Agency Review Process

    The purpose of the agency review is to provide guidance and feedback to prospective mitigation providers as they develop their mitigation project proposals and instruments, and to project applicants as they develop their conservation plans and measures as part of their proposed actions.

    8.1.1. Service Review

    The Service will conduct agency review when a mitigation proposal addresses solely Service-administered resources. When a mitigation proposal includes mitigation requirements by other agencies, a multi-agency team should be formed to complete the review. The agency review process details will be developed by the Service's regional and/or field offices.

    8.1.2. Multiple Agency Review

    We recognize that the Service has common goals with other Federal, State, and local agencies that may be served by collaborative review of mitigation project proposals. To facilitate collaboration, the Service's regional or field offices may develop collaborative review processes through a memorandum of understanding or/memorandum of agreement with other Federal, State, and/or local agencies.

    For conservation banks, in-lieu fee programs, and habitat credit exchanges in which the sponsor seeks mitigation credits under multiple authorities, including species under Service authority, the Service will serve on the Mitigation Review Team (MRT) as chair or co-chair. MRTs consist of Service and other Federal, State, Tribal, and/or local regulatory and resource agency representatives that review mitigation documents and advise managers and decision-makers within their respective agencies or Tribes on the establishment and management of mitigation programs and projects. The Service representative is the chair of the MRT. Any other agencies that will also issue credits for resources under their jurisdiction and will be signatories to the instrument are designated as co-chairs of the MRT. If a government agency or Tribe is the compensatory mitigation project sponsor, that agency or Tribe is excluded from the MRT for that project.

    For wetland and stream mitigation banks and in-lieu fee programs authorized by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), in which the mitigation sponsor also seeks mitigation credits for species under Service authority (e.g., joint bank), the Service will serve on an interagency review team (IRT) as co-chair of that IRT, as set forth in the EPA-USACE 2008 Compensatory Mitigation Rule (33 CFR 332.8(b)(1)).

    8.1.3. Dispute Resolution Process

    When co-chairs on the MRT disagree on substantive aspects of a mitigation program or project under review and have exhausted all tools for resolution within the MRT, the issue can be elevated to the appropriate decision makers in their respective agencies. When a dispute arises between co-chairs on an IRT and the bank or in-lieu fee program under review is a joint mitigation-conservation bank or in-lieu fee program to which the Service and USACE are to be signatories, the Service will follow the dispute resolution process described in the EPA-USACE 2008 Compensatory Mitigation Rule (33 CFR 332.8(e)).

    For consistency, it is recommended that the same MRT or IRT used for banks, in-lieu fee programs, and habitat credit exchanges also review other types of mitigation projects, such as permittee-responsible mitigation and other third-party mitigation arrangements, when practicable to ensure consistency in the application of this policy.

    8.2. Proposal Process and Minimum Requirements

    This policy identifies the minimum requirements for establishment and operation of compensatory mitigation programs or projects requiring Service approval. The Service's regional or field offices may develop more specific guidance or additional requirements. Each stage of the process is subject to approval by the Service, and the mitigation sponsor must obtain Service approval before moving on to the next stage in the process (e.g., proposal to draft instrument). The Service's minimum requirements for compensatory mitigation are described for each stage of the process below.

    8.2.1. Scoping

    All prospective mitigation sponsors, Federal agencies, and applicants are encouraged to contact the Service early in their project planning processes. In the case of a conservation bank or in-lieu fee program the sponsor may engage the MRT or IRT by submitting a draft proposal, which includes enough information for the agencies to give informed feedback on site selection and overall concept. Habitat credit exchanges should engage the MRT early in the process. This scoping is optional, but highly recommended, as it provides the sponsor with an opportunity to present their conceptual proposal and obtain feedback from the Service and other applicable regulatory agencies before embarking on costly analyses of their site(s). Early coordination with the MRT or IRT is especially helpful to new sponsors who have minimal experience with compensatory mitigation projects. Federal action agencies and applicants may submit a draft proposal that describes their proposed conservation measures for permittee-responsible mitigation early in the planning process.

    In general, a more detailed draft proposal will better enable the Service to render a timely and informed opinion as to the suitability of a proposed mitigation site. A draft proposal is optional, but if submitted, must include at least the following:

    a. Maps and aerial photos showing the location of the site and surrounding area;

    b. Contact information for the applicant, mitigation sponsor, property owner(s), and consultants;

    c. Narrative description of the property including: acreage, access points, street address, major cities, roads, county boundaries, biological resources (including the resource/species to be mitigated at the site), and current land use;

    d. Narrative description of the surrounding land uses and zoning, including the anticipated future development in the area, where known;

    e. Ownership of surface and subsurface mineral and water rights and other separated rights (e.g., timber rights);

    f. Existing encumbrances (e.g., utility rights-of-way); and

    g. Additional information as determined by the Service's regional and/or field office.

    In addition, a conservation bank, in-lieu fee program, or habitat credit exchange draft proposal must also include:

    a. Proposed service area(s) with map(s) and narrative(s); and

    b. Proposed type(s) and number of credits to be generated by the program or project.

    Umbrella conservation banks follow the same process as conservation banks, and must include at least one site in the proposal. The bank would become an umbrella bank as new sites are added.

    The Service, MRT, or IRT, as appropriate, will review the draft proposal and provide comments to the mitigation sponsor or applicant. The mitigation sponsor or applicant may then choose to submit a complete or full proposal for formal review by the Service, MRT, or IRT, as appropriate.

    8.2.2. Development of the Proposal

    All mitigation sponsors must submit a full proposal describing their proposed mitigation program or project. Federal agencies/applicants include any proposed compensatory mitigation measures with the description of the proposed action. All proposals must include enough information at a sufficient level of detail for the Service to provide informed feedback. Mitigation sponsors and Federal agencies/applicants should be aware the Service has discretion to reject a proposed mitigation site that is unsuitable. In-lieu fee programs and habitat credit exchanges may develop a proposal prior to identifying specific sites, in which case they must include the non-site-specific information listed below.

    Proposals must include, but are not limited to, the following:

    a. Name of proposed mitigation site(s), conservation bank, or in-lieu fee program;

    b. Maps and aerial photos showing the location of the site(s) and surrounding area;

    c. Contact information for the applicant, mitigation sponsor/provider, property owner, and consultants;

    d. Narrative description of the property including: acreage, access points, street address, major cities, roads, county boundaries, biological resources, and current land use;

    e. Narrative description of the surrounding land uses and zoning, including the anticipated future development in the area, where known;

    f. Description of how the site fits into conservation plans for the species;

    g. Proposed ownership arrangements and long-term management strategy for the site;

    h. Qualifications of the mitigation sponsor/provider to successfully complete the type of project proposed, including a description of past such activities by the mitigation sponsor/provider;

    i. Preliminary title report showing all encumbrances on the proposed mitigation site;

    j. Phase I Environmental Site Assessment evaluating the proposed site for any recognized environmental condition(s);

    k. Ecological suitability of the site to achieve the objectives, including physical, chemical, and biological characteristics (i.e., inventory), of the site and how the site will support the planned mitigation;

    l. Assurances of sufficient water rights to support the long-term sustainability of any proposed aquatic habitat(s); and

    m. Additional information as determined by the Service's regional and/or field office.

    In addition, a conservation bank, in-lieu fee program, or habitat credit exchange draft proposal must also include:

    a. Description of the general need for the bank, in-lieu fee program, or credit exchange, and the basis for such a determination;

    b. Proposed service area(s) with map(s) and narrative(s); and

    c. Proposed type(s) and number of credits to be generated by the program or project.

    In-lieu fee programs and habitat credit exchanges that do not provide mitigation in advance of impacts must also include:

    a. Prioritization strategy for selecting mitigation sites and compensatory mitigation activities;

    b. Description of any public and private stakeholder involvement in plan development and implementation, including any coordination with Federal, State, Tribal, and local resource management authorities; and

    c. Description of the in-lieu fee program or exchange account.

    8.2.3. Development of the Mitigation Instrument

    A mitigation enabling instrument will be developed after the Service has approved a full proposal. This instrument sets forth the basis on which the Service has approved the proposal and the conditions to which it is subject. The Service's signature on the instrument constitutes the Service's regulatory conclusion that the proposal meets the applicable mitigation standards subject to any conditions. The sponsor's signature constitutes agreement to those terms. The final mitigation instrument may only be submitted subsequent to Service approval of the draft instrument. The draft instrument must be based on the proposal and must describe in detail the physical and legal characteristics of the mitigation site(s), conservation bank, in-lieu fee or habitat credit exchange program, and how it will be established and operated. The instrument must also include a closure plan that specifies responsibilities once all credits are transferred and/or forfeited, performance criteria are achieved, and financial obligations are met. The draft instrument must include the following items:

    • Restoration or habitat development plan

    • Service area maps

    • Credit evaluation/credit table

    • Management plans

    • Real estate assurances

    • Financial assurances

    • Additional requirements for business entities

    • Closure plan

    8.2.3.1. Restoration or Habitat Development Plan

    A restoration or habitat development plan is required if habitat is to be enhanced, restored, or established. This plan is typically submitted as an exhibit to the mitigation instrument. Minimum requirements for this plan include:

    a. Baseline conditions of the mitigation site, including biological resources; geographic location and features; topography; hydrology; vegetation; past, present, and adjacent land uses; species and habitats occurring on the site;

    b. Surrounding land uses and zoning, including anticipated future development in the area;

    c. Historic aerial photographs and/or historic topographic maps (if available), especially if restoration to a historic condition is proposed;

    d. Discussion of the overall habitat development goals and objectives;

    e. Description of activities and methodologies for establishing, restoring, and/or enhancing habitat types;

    f. Detailed anticipated increases in functions and services of existing resources and their corresponding effect within the watershed or other relevant geographic area (e.g., habitat diversity and connectivity, floodplain management, or other landscape-scale functions);

    g. Ecological performance criteria and a discussion of the suitability of the site to achieve them (e.g., watershed/hydrology analysis and anticipated improvement in quality and/or quantity of specific functions, specific elements in recovery plan goals expected to be accomplished);

    h. Maps detailing the anticipated location and acreages of habitat developed for species;

    i. Monitoring methodologies to evaluate habitat development and document success in meeting performance criteria;

    j. An approved schedule for reporting monitoring results;

    k. A discussion of possible remedial actions; and

    l. Additional information as determined by the Service's regional and/or field office.

    8.2.3.2. Service Area Maps

    The minimum requirement is a map showing the service area for each species or credit type proposed. The map must be at an appropriate scale to determine the boundaries at street level and contain a narrative description of the limits. The Service ultimately establishes service areas—see section 6.3 Service Areas.

    8.2.3.3. Credit Evaluation/Credit Table

    A credit evaluation is an explanation of the assessment undertaken to formulate the habitat value and total number of each type of credit. Credit evaluations are typically developed for banks and in-lieu fee programs, but may also apply to other types of mitigation provided by third parties. The credit evaluation should include a credit table showing the number and type of credits proposed for approval by the Service to transfer as compensation for unavoidable impacts to species as a result of permitted actions. Any spatially overlapping mitigation resources or credits must be clearly shown in the table with an explanation as to how these credits will be debited from the credit ledger. Overlapping, bundled, or stacked credits can be used only one time and for a single impact project. For details on the use of credits, see section 9.3. Credit Stacking and Bundling.

    8.2.3.4. Management Plans

    Management plans prescribe the management, monitoring, and reporting activities to be conducted for the term of the mitigation site (e.g., in perpetuity for conservation banks). The management plan is often separated into two plans: the interim management plan and the long-term management plan. The interim management plan contains the requirements for managing and monitoring a mitigation site or bank from establishment until all performance criteria have been met, and the endowment fund has matured (at least 3 years after it has been fully funded) and can be drawn upon for long-term management expenses.

    8.2.3.4.1. Interim Management Plan

    Requirements for the interim management of a site may be the same or very similar to those for long-term management (this is often the case for sites that are preserved, and on which no habitat restoration or establishment is undertaken). In this case, the interim management requirements may be included with the long-term management requirements in one management plan. A combined interim and long-term management plan must make clear that this is the case, and must cover the period from establishment of a mitigation site or bank through the required duration of the mitigation project (in perpetuity for most compensatory mitigation sites).

    When the requirements for the interim management of a site differ from those for long-term management, then the interim management plan may be a separate plan or a separate section within the long-term plan. At a minimum, the interim plan should include a description of:

    a. All management actions to be undertaken on the site during this period;

    b. All performance criteria and any monitoring necessary to gauge the attainment of performance criteria;

    c. Reporting requirements;

    d. Monitoring and reporting schedule; and

    e. A cost analysis to implement the plan.

    Reporting requirements include:

    a. Copies of completed data sheets and/or field notes, with photos;

    b. Monitoring results to date; and

    c. A discussion of all monitoring results to date to achievement of the performance criteria.

    8.2.3.4.2. Long-Term Management Plan

    The long-term management plan is intended to be a living document based on adaptive management principles and should be revised as necessary to respond to changing circumstances (e.g., changed conditions as a result of climate change). Revisions to the long-term management plan are subject to Service approval.

    The long-term management plan must be incorporated by reference into the conservation easement or other site protection mechanism and should include at minimum:

    a. Purpose of mitigation site establishment and purpose of long-term management plan;

    b. Baseline description of the setting, location, history and types of land use activities, geology, soils, climate, hydrology, habitats present (after the mitigation site meets performance criteria), and species descriptions;

    c. Overall management, maintenance, and monitoring goals; specific tasks and timing of implementation; and a discussion of any constraints which may affect goals;

    d. Biological monitoring scheme including a schedule, appropriate to the species and site; biological monitoring over the long term is not required annually, but must be completed periodically to inform any adaptive management actions that may become necessary over time;

    e. Reporting schedule for ecological performance and administrative compliance;

    f. Cost-analysis of all long-term management activities, cross-referenced with the tasks described in paragraph c. above and including a discussion of the assumptions made to arrive at the costs for each task (these itemized costs are used to calculate the amount required for the long-term management endowment);

    g. Discussion of adaptive management principles and actions for reasonably foreseeable events, possible thresholds for evaluating and implementing adaptive management, a process for undertaking remedial actions, including monitoring to determine success of the changed/remedial actions, and reporting;

    h. Rights of access to the mitigation area and prohibited uses of the mitigation area, as provided in the real estate protection instrument;

    i. Procedures for amendments and notices; and

    j. Reporting schedule for annual reports to the Service.

    Annual reports to the Service are necessary for the Service to fulfill its due diligence responsibilities in ensuring that authorized mitigation programs are successful and continue to meet their stated objectives. To that end, the reports must contain the appropriate level of detail, and at a minimum, must include:

    a. Description of mitigation area condition, with photos;

    b. Description of management activities undertaken for the year, including adaptive management measures, and expenditure of funds to implement each of these activities;

    c. Management activities planned for the coming year; and

    d. Results of any biological monitoring undertaken that year, including photos, copies of data sheets, and field notes. This level of documentation is important in verifying the conclusions reached by report preparers and can be essential in informing necessary adaptive management actions. In the interests of reducing paperwork, the Service may require that annual reports be submitted in electronic form and uploaded into RIBITS.

    In-lieu fee programs and habitat credit exchanges that do not provide mitigation in advance of impacts must also include:

    a. In-lieu fee or exchange program account description, including the specific tasks, equipment, etc., for which funds are to be used;

    b. Methodology for determining the fee schedule(s);

    c. Methodology and criteria for adding mitigation sites;

    d. Timeframe in which the funds must be used for their intended purpose; and

    e. Timeframe in which conservation must be implemented.

    8.2.3.5. Real Estate Assurances

    Real estate assurances ensure that a compensatory mitigation project or site will be available for use as mitigation for the duration specified in the permit or consultation and protect the site from development or other incompatible uses that are inconsistent with the conservation goals of the bank or other mitigation project. Proposed mitigation sites must be vetted prior to acceptance by the Service to ensure they are biologically appropriate and legally able to be encumbered with a site protection instrument. A perpetual conservation easement held by a qualified entity, not the fee title owner, is the required site protection instrument when mitigation is to be permanent and where not prohibited by law. Conservation easements and other site protection instruments are generally governed by State laws and vary from State to State. Where conservation easements are of limited duration by law (e.g., 30 years), a clear schedule for re-recording of the easement prior to expiration should be identified. The property owner and easement grantee should identify and address this task in the conservation easement.

    Granting a conservation easement on tribal land poses additional challenges due to Tribal sovereignty. State and local governments and nonprofit organizations are usually not acceptable to Tribes. A supportive service organization created by a consortium of Tribes is generally acceptable as an easement holder if the organization's representative for the Tribe proposing the bank or in-lieu fee program steps aside in any decision concerning matters arising from the bank's or in-lieu fee program's conservation easement. The Lummi Nation's Wetland and Habitat Bank provides an example (Terzi 2012).

    For land that will be held in fee by Federal agencies that cannot accept land encumbered by a conservation easement, that Federal agency will be required to place the land under conservation easement upon transfer to a subsequent owner. Where perpetual conservation easements are prohibited by law, another and/or additional long-term site protection mechanism approved by the Service must be used.

    Site protection instruments must meet the following requirements and are subject to Service approval:

    a. The site protection instrument must designate the Service as a third-party beneficiary with rights of enforcement (may not apply to Federal land protection mechanisms).

    b. The site protection instrument must incorporate the interim and long-term management plans for the mitigation site, as set forth therein.

    c. The site protection instrument must, to the extent appropriate and practicable, prohibit incompatible uses (e.g., clear cutting or mineral extraction) that might otherwise jeopardize the objectives of the compensatory mitigation project. Where appropriate, multiple instruments recognizing compatible uses (e.g., fishing or grazing rights) may be used.

    d. The site protection instrument must contain a provision requiring 60-day advance notification to the Service before any action is taken to void or modify the instrument or other site protection mechanism, including transfer of any title to or establishment of any other legal claims over the compensatory mitigation site.

    e. If changes in statute, regulation, or agency needs or mission results in an incompatible use on public lands that have been set aside for compensatory mitigation through a Federal facility management plan or other similar mechanism, the public agency authorizing the incompatible use is responsible for providing alternative compensatory mitigation that is acceptable to the Service. The alternative compensation must be commensurate with and proportional to the loss in functions and services resulting from the incompatible use.

    f. Service approval of a site protection instrument for permittee-responsible mitigation must be obtained in advance of, or concurrent with, the activity causing the authorized or permitted impacts. The Service will require a preliminary title report and title insurance for the mitigation site and will consider, at a minimum, the following attributes of the property:

    • Title/ownership;

    • Existing liens, mortgages, and other financial encumbrances on the site;

    • Existing easements, rights-of-way, and other real property encumbrances on the site;

    • Split estates (properties where the surface and subsurface mineral rights are under separate ownership);

    • Ownership of water rights, timber rights, and any other severed rights; and

    • Other attributes of the proposed mitigation site that may be incompatible with the purposes of the mitigation.

    In the case of a split estate, the Service preference is for severed mineral rights to be acquired by the property owner or mitigation sponsor and reattached to the title of the property that will be used for compensatory mitigation. However, in some cases, we may rely on a mineral assessment report, which provides a credible analysis of why the chances of anyone accessing any mineral resources on a proposed mitigation site would be so remote as to be negligible. The assessment must be performed by a registered professional geologist or professional engineer, and must contain their stamp with current certification. The assessment must take into consideration the scope of the rights that have been severed and provide a thorough and rigorous analysis as to why they believe that the minerals would not be accessed, including, but not limited to: (1) discussion of the mineral resources located in the area; (2) discussion of the mining history of the region; and (3) database records, maps, photos, and anything else that would support their findings. The acceptance of any specific real estate assurance is discretionary on the part of the Service and is subject to approval.

    Other potential measures for managing risk associated with split estates are accounting for the future uncertainty in the crediting methodology or establishing a reserve credit account.

    8.2.3.6. Financial Assurances

    Financial assurances are necessary to ensure that compensatory mitigation projects will be successfully completed in accordance with a permit, consultation, or instrument, and any attendant performance criteria. The amount of the financial assurances will be reviewed by the Service and is expected to be based on the size and complexity of the compensatory mitigation project, the likelihood of success, the past performance of the project applicant or mitigation sponsor, and any other factors the Service deems appropriate to consider for any specific project. Financial assurances may be in the form of an endowment, performance bonds, escrow accounts, casualty insurance, letters of credit, or other appropriate instruments, depending on the purpose, duration, and entity providing the compensatory mitigation. The acceptance of any financial assurance is discretionary on the part of the Service and is subject to approval.

    While the Service's regional and field offices have discretion to determine which forms of short-term financial assurance are acceptable, the long-term financial assurance must be in the form of a perpetual endowment for permanently protected sites. The mitigation provider must provide documentation of the rationale for determining the amount of the required financial assurance. In reviewing the proposed financial assurance, the Service will consider the cost of providing replacement mitigation, including costs for land acquisition, planning and engineering, legal fees, mobilization, construction and monitoring, and long-term stewardship.

    Financial assurances should be in place prior to commencing the action authorizing the impact action.

    8.2.3.6.1. Short-Term and Interim Financial Assurances

    Short-term financial assurances are required in an amount adequate to guarantee performance of measures such as construction of habitat or initial fencing of the mitigation site. Short-term financial assurances are intended to be phased out once the compensatory mitigation project has been determined by the Service to be successful in accordance with its performance criteria. The Service-approved document must clearly specify the conditions under which the financial assurances are to be released to the project applicant, mitigation sponsor, or other financial assurance provider, including linkage to achievement of performance criteria specified in the mitigation instrument or management plan, or compliance with terms and conditions or a permit, as appropriate.

    Interim financial assurances are required in an amount adequate to fund management and operation of the mitigation site until long-term financial assurances are available. The amount is expected to be calculated based on the projected cost of managing and monitoring the mitigation site for a period of at least 3 years after the long-term management endowment has been fully funded. Interim financial assurances are intended to be phased out once the endowment fund becomes available and may be released to the project applicant, mitigation sponsor, or other financial assurance provider, or may be used to fund the initial years of long-term management, as applicable. The mitigation instrument, permit, or biological opinion must clearly specify the conditions under which the financial assurances are to be released to the project applicant, sponsor, or other financial assurance provider, including linkage to funding the long-term endowment, and to specific management and operation tasks required by the management plan or interim management plan that are needed to maintain the mitigation site in accordance with the mitigation instrument, permit, or biological opinion.

    The following apply to short-term and interim financial assurances:

    a. Each form of financial assurance must include a provision that states the Service will receive notification at least 120 days in advance of any termination or revocation. For third-party assurance providers, this may take the form of a contractual requirement for the assurance provider to notify the Service at least 120 days before the assurance is revoked or terminated.

    b. In the event a mitigation project has not met performance criteria as specified in the mitigation instrument or management plan, the financial assurance will be used for corrective action. Specific instructions for use must be included in the financial assurance instrument (i.e., letter of credit, performance bond, escrow account, casualty insurance, etc.). These funds will be spent in accordance with the provisions of the instrument. When a standby trust is used (e.g., performance bonds or letters of credit), all amounts paid by the financial assurance provider shall be deposited directly into the standby trust fund for distribution by the trustee in accordance with instructions in the mitigation enabling instrument, conservation easement, or other controlling document. Generally the entity holding the easement or long-term management endowment is an appropriate designee.

    8.2.3.6.2. Long-Term Financial Assurances

    Long-term financial assurances are required to ensure long-term stewardship of compensatory mitigation sites and must be in the form of a perpetual endowment. Endowments may be funded over time only when the funding source is the sale of mitigation credits or when the funding source is through legislative appropriation for government agency-sponsored projects. In such cases, a funding schedule and a target date for fully funding the endowment must be specified in the instrument. If an endowment is not fully funded by its target date, the Service may, at its discretion, negotiate a new target date or require that the endowment be fully funded within 30 days of the original target date.

    Endowments must be held by qualified third parties who are subject to approval by the Service (see section 8.3. Qualifications for Holders of Site Protection and Financial Assurance Instruments). To be approved by the Service, the endowment holder must:

    a. Hold, invest, and manage the endowment to the extent allowed by law and consistent with modern “prudent investor” and endowment law, such as the Uniform Prudent Management of Institutional Funds Act of 1972 (UPMIFA). UPMIFA incorporates a general standard of prudent spending measured against the purpose of the fund and invites consideration of a wide array of other factors.

    b. Disburse funds on a timely basis to meet the stewardship expenses of the entity holding the property consistent with UPMIFA.

    c. Use accounting standards consistent with standards promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or any successor entity (if a nonprofit) and with standards promulgated by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board or any successor entity (if a governmental entity).

    d. Provide the Service with an annual fiscal report that contains at least the following elements:

    i. Balance of each individual endowment at the beginning of the reporting period;

    ii. Amount of any contribution to the endowment during the reporting period including, but not limited to gifts, grants, and contributions received;

    iii. Net amounts of investment earnings, gains, and losses during the reporting period, including both realized and unrealized amounts;

    iv. Amounts distributed during the reporting period that accomplish the purpose for which the endowment was established;

    v. Administrative expenses charged to the endowment from internal or third-party sources during the reporting period;

    vi. Balance of the endowment or other fund at the end of the reporting period;

    vii. Specific asset allocation percentages, including, but not limited to, cash, fixed income, equities, and alternative investments; and

    viii. Most recent financial statements for the organization audited by an independent auditor who is, at a minimum, a certified public accountant.

    8.2.3.7. Additional Requirements for Business Entities

    If the mitigation sponsor or owner of the mitigation site is a business entity, such as a Limited Liability Company (LLC), the sponsor/owner must provide the following documentation:

    a. Articles of incorporation or equivalent documents;

    b. Bylaws or other governing documents; and

    c. List of board members, including biographies.

    8.2.3.8. Closure Plan

    The instrument must include a closure plan that describes at what point a mitigation project or program is “closed” and what responsibilities remain. Upon closure, the long-term stewardship phase begins, where the property owner is primarily responsible for managing the site as described in the long-term management plan, the easement holder is responsible for oversight as described in the real estate protection instrument, and the endowment holder is responsible for managing and making disbursements from the endowment fund as described in the endowment funding and management agreement or declaration of trust. Once a mitigation project or program is closed, it can no longer be used as mitigation for new impacts. Minimum criteria for closure for mitigation programs or sites are:

    a. Transfer of all credits or forfeiture of any remaining credits;

    b. Attainment of all performance criteria;

    c. Endowment maturation;

    d. Compliance with all terms of the mitigation instrument; and

    e. Written acknowledgement from the Service that all closure criteria have been met.

    8.3. Qualifications for Holders of Site Protection and Financial Assurance Instruments

    Qualifications for entities entrusted with holding real estate protection instruments and/or financial assurance instruments intended to fund the stewardship of compensatory mitigation sites are essential in ensuring that mitigation is carried out for the duration specified in the permit or consultation. Holders of these instruments are proposed by the mitigation sponsor and are subject to approval by the Service. Minimum qualifications (listed below) must be met prior to Service approval of a mitigation program, project, or site.

    Land trusts that are accredited by the Land Trust Accreditation Commission (Commission) and are in good standing will automatically meet the minimum requirements for holding real estate and financial assurance instruments and be approved by the Service. We recognize that the Commission has developed national standards for excellence, upholding the public trust, and ensuring that conservation efforts are permanent. We are confident that organizations successfully completing this rigorous process will meet the needs for long-term stewardship of mitigation lands. Therefore, the use of an accredited land trust as holder or grantee of a conservation easement is required in those areas where accredited land trusts are available and willing to hold easements for Service-approved mitigation sites. In the event that a land trust acting as grantee on a conservation easement or holding stewardship funds fails to maintain accreditation or otherwise loses accredited status, the Service may require that the conservation easement and/or endowment fund be transferred to another entity. Should other national or State accreditation programs that use the same rigorous criteria as the Commission be developed in the future, the Service may consider entities qualifying in those programs for an expedited approval process.

    The Service recognizes that accredited land trusts willing to hold easements for Service-approved mitigation sites are not available in all areas. For those areas in which accredited land trusts are not available, holders of real estate and/or financial assurance instruments must meet these minimum qualifications prior to Service approval of a mitigation program or site:

    a. A nonprofit organization or government entity having as its principal purpose and activity the direct protection or stewardship of land, water, or natural resources, including, but not limited to agricultural lands, wildlife habitat, wetlands, and endangered species habitat;

    b. Adoption and demonstrated implementation of the Land Trust Alliances' Land Trust Standards and Practices;

    c. For holders of easements or other long-term site protection mechanisms, an organization with a history of successfully holding land or easements in long-term stewardship for the above purposes that:

    i. has been incorporated (or formed as a trust) for at least five years,

    ii. is named as the Grantee on at least two conservation easements, and

    iii. has successfully upheld their responsibilities under the conservation easements which they hold as Grantee;

    d. For holders of financial assurances, a successful history of holding and managing funds for the above purposes consistent with requirements under UPMIFA; and,

    e. A non-profit, non-governmental organization must also:

    i. qualify for tax exempt status in accordance with Internal Revenue Code section 501(c)(3);

    ii. have a Board of Directors comprising at least 51% disinterested parties;

    iii. disclose the relationship between all board members and the mitigation provider and/or project applicant;

    iv. be registered as a charitable trust with the appropriate State agency for the State in which the mitigation area is located, or otherwise comply with applicable State laws; and

    v. adhere to generally accepted accounting practices that are promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or any successor entity.

    The National Fish and Wildlife Foundation (NFWF) is approved by the Service to hold financial assurance instruments. NFWF is organized under IRC section 501(c)(3), and was established by Congress in 1984 to support the Service's mission to conserve fish, wildlife and plant species. NFWF is one of the nation's largest non-profit funders for wildlife conservation, is transparent, and accountable to Congress, federal agencies and the public, and has a record for successfully managing endowments for permanent conservation. NFWF generally does not hold conservation easements.

    Government agencies are limited in their ability to accept, manage, and disburse funds for the purposes described here and must not be given responsibility for holding endowments or other financial assurances for compensatory mitigation projects. These funds must be held by a third party as described in this section.

    9. Criteria for Use of Third-Party Mitigation 9.1. Project Applicability

    Activities regulated under section 7 or section 10 of the ESA may be eligible to use third-party sponsored mitigation, if the adverse impacts to the species from the particular project can be offset by transfer of the appropriate type and number of credits provided by the third party sponsored mitigation program. The impacts for which third party sponsored mitigation is sought must be located within the service area for the species provided by the third party sponsored mitigation program unless otherwise approved by the Service. In no case may the same credit(s) be used to compensate for more than one action. However, the same credit(s) may be used to compensate for a single action that requires authorization under more than one regulatory authority (e.g., a vernal pool restoration credit that provides mitigation for a listed species under the ESA and wetlands under section 404 of the CWA).

    Only credits that have been verified by the Service and released are considered available. Only available credits can be used to mitigate actions.

    9.2. Transfer of Liability

    The mitigation sponsor assumes liability for success of the mitigation through the transfer (usually a purchase by the permittee) of credits or other quantified amount of compensatory mitigation documented in a mitigation instrument. The credit sale must be recorded in a fully executed sales contract between the permittee and the mitigation sponsor that specifically states the transfer of liability to be legally binding. Service offices must retain a copy of the executed sales contract in the project file and maintain a copy in RIBITS (if the bank or mitigation project is tracked in RIBITS) or in the file for the authorized in-lieu fee program, or habitat credit exchange.

    The Service's role is regulatory. The Service must approve credit transactions as to their conservation value and appropriate application for use related to any authorization or permit issued under the ESA. Service approval is usually through signature; however, the Service's signature as an approving entity on the sales contract does not mean the Service is party to the contract. Market and legal risks arising from the purchase and use of mitigation credits are borne solely by the parties to the sale of such credits. See section 6.7. Disclaimer Provisions.

    9.3. Credit Stacking and Bundling

    The Service recognizes the inherent efficiencies in leveraging multiple conservation efforts on the landscape and encourages these coordinated efforts. However, compensatory mitigation and other conservation actions that occur on the same mitigation site must be accounted for separately, and all aspects of the different actions must be managed and tracked in a transparent manner. Stacking mitigation credits within a mitigation site (i.e., more than one credit type on spatially overlapping areas) is allowed, but the stacked credits cannot be used to provide mitigation for more than one permitted impact action even if all the resources included in the stacked credit are not needed for that action. To do so would result in a net loss of resources in most cases because using a species credit separately from the functions and services that accompany its habitat, such as carbon sequestration or pollination services, would result in double counting (i.e., double dipping). Double counting is selling or using a unit of the same ecosystem function or service on the ground more than once. This can occur through an accounting error in which the credit is sold twice, and it also can occur when stacked credits are unstacked and one or more functions or services are sold separately. For example, a credit representing an acre of habitat is sold once as a species habitat credit for a permitted action and again as a carbon credit for a different action in a different location. The loss of species habitat at the first impact site included all functions and services associated with that habitat including carbon sequestration, so selling that same unit of compensatory mitigation again for carbon sequestration results in no carbon offset for the loss of carbon sequestration at the second impact location. Using a stacked credit separately to reflect its various values is an ecologically challenging accounting exercise.

    Compensatory mitigation projects may be designed to holistically address requirements under multiple programs and authorities for the same action and may use bundled credits to accomplish this goal. For example, a stream credit may satisfy requirements for an U.S. Army Corps of Engineers section 404 CWA permit and issuance of incidental take authority under the ESA for a listed mussel species occurring in that stream, or a county-wide HCP may establish an in-lieu fee program for which a single fee is collected from project applicants for a permit which covers multiple mitigation obligations under Federal, State, and local authorities. In both these examples the bundled credit is used as a single commodity (i.e., it is not unbundled or unstacked) and is only used once.

    9.4. Use of Credits for Mitigation Under Authorities Other Than the ESA

    Compensatory mitigation projects established for use under one Service program (e.g., Ecological Services) may also be used to satisfy the environmental requirements other Service programs (e.g., Migratory Birds or Refuges) or other Federal, State, or local agency programs consistent with the laws and requirements of each respective program. However, the same credits may not be used for more than one authorized or permitted action (i.e., no double counting of mitigation credits).

    10. Compliance and Tracking

    A tracking system is essential in ensuring compliance with the mitigation instruments used to implement compensatory mitigation programs described in this policy. Tracking systems also facilitate consistency in the implementation of compensatory mitigation programs and projects. It is vital that the Service track compliance directly for permittee-responsible mitigation and, at a minimum, through third-parties responsible for operating compensatory mitigation programs or projects such as in-lieu fee programs and habitat exchanges. Minimum requirements for compliance and tracking are described below. More specific guidance (e.g., monitoring report outlines or templates) may be developed or additional requirements may be set by Regional and/or Field.

    Transactions (credit withdrawals) at a Service authorized mitigation program or project that are not related to ESA compliance and are not approved by the Service must be tracked in the same tracking system. The Service is not liable for any event or transaction that eludes detection through the Service's tracking function.

    10.1. General Compliance 10.1.1. Conservation Banks, In-Lieu Fee Programs, Habitat Credit Exchanges

    Conservation banks, in-lieu fee programs, and habitat credit exchanges must comply with the terms of their instruments, including meeting performance criteria and submitting required reports. Appropriate action will be taken if the Service determines a compensatory mitigation program is not meeting performance criteria or complying with the terms of the enabling instrument or site protection instrument. Such actions may include decreasing available credits, suspending the use of credits as mitigation, and/or determining that financial assurance resources should be used to perform remediation or alternative mitigation as provided by the mitigation instrument.

    10.1.2. Permittee-Responsible Mitigation Projects

    Permittee-responsible mitigation projects are linked to one permitted action, therefore no credits are available to reduce or suspend. Failure to complete mitigation or failure of a mitigation site to meet performance criteria may trigger reinitiation under 50 CFR 402.16 or suspension of a section 10(a)(1)(B) permit. If the Service determines that a permittee-responsible mitigation site is not meeting performance criteria, appropriate corrective actions will be taken, such as determining financial assurance resources should be used to perform remediation or alternative mitigation, as provided by the mitigation instrument.

    10.1.3. Other Third-Party Mitigation Projects

    Similar to conservation banks and in-lieu fee programs the responsibility for ensuring success of a mitigation project provided by a third party lies with the third party. Like permittee-responsible mitigation projects, these projects are linked to a single permitted action. If the Service determines that a third party mitigation project is not meeting performance criteria or is not in compliance with the mitigation instrument or site protection instrument, appropriate corrective actions will be taken, such as determining financial assurance resources should be used to perform remediation or alternative mitigation, as provided by the mitigation instrument.

    10.2. Reporting

    Reports will be required at least annually. Reports document the compensatory mitigation program's or project's performance. Reports generally include a description of the mitigation site conditions, attainment of performance criteria, status of the endowment fund or other financial assurance mechanism, expenditures, and management actions taken and expected to be taken in the future. See Section 8.2. Proposal Process and Minimum Requirements for other report requirements. Conservation banks, in-lieu fee programs, and habitat credit exchanges must also include a copy of the ledger with a record of all credit transactions to date.

    Conservation banks, in-lieu fee programs, and habitat credit exchanges often have requirements for reaching milestones which lead to the release of credits to be made available for use as mitigation. Annual monitoring reports document the condition of the sites and the achievement of these milestones. Credits should not be released until all reports are submitted and verified.

    10.3. Third-Party Monitoring of Real Estate Protection

    Third-party monitoring of the real estate protection instrument (e.g., conservation easement) is necessary to ensure the conservation values of the mitigation site are protected for the required duration. Annual reports to the Service, describing the site conditions and compliance/non-compliance with the site protections, must be built into the real estate protection instruments. The Service must be designated as a third-party beneficiary with rights of enforcement in the easement or similar site protection instruments. This is necessary to allow the Service continued access to the site and oversight authority after the conservation bank has closed or the in-lieu fee program or other compensatory mitigation mechanism has terminated. This third party beneficiary right shall not involve the Service in project management or receipt or management of financial assurance mechanisms.

    10.4. Credit Transfers

    Each use of credits as compensatory mitigation is subject to authorization by the Service. The Service will review each proposed use of credits to determine if the mitigation program is in good standing (i.e., is in compliance with the instrument and site protection mechanism) and has the appropriate available credits. The criteria that determine whether a bank, in-lieu fee program, or habitat credit exchange is in good standing will be contained in its instrument and can include, but is not limited to meeting performance criteria, submitting reports, and funding the management endowment on schedule. If upon review, the Service determines that the mitigation program is not in good standing or does not have the appropriate available credits, then the sponsor will be notified of such determination. In such case, the use of the credits as compensatory mitigation will not be authorized until the sponsor corrects the deficiency. If upon review, the Service determines that the mitigation program is in good standing, the Service will provide authorization in writing approving the pending credit transfer. If there is a substantial delay between the Service's authorization of a pending credit transfer and the actual transfer of credits, an updated review of the mitigation program's standing may be conducted. It is the responsibility of the permittee to secure the transfer of credits in a timely manner or contact the Service and request reauthorization of the pending credit transfer.

    10.5. Tracking Compensatory Mitigation

    Monitoring reports and other documents used to evaluate compliance will be uploaded into the Service's Environmental Conservation and Online System (ECOS) or the Regulatory In-lieu fee and Bank Information Tracking System (RIBITS), as appropriate. Permittee-responsible mitigation is tracked in ECOS. Conservation banks are tracked in RIBITS. In-lieu fee programs and habitat credit exchanges will be tracked in RIBITS when sufficient modifications to RIBITS have been made to accommodate these mitigation mechanisms. Until that time, in-lieu fee programs and habitat credit exchanges must be tracked in databases that can be accessed by the Service and the public, as appropriate. RIBITS can be accessed at: https://ribits.usace.army.mil/.

    Documents uploaded into the RIBITS cyber repository will be available to the public to the extent allowed by law and in accordance with the requirements of mitigation instruments approved by the Service. At a minimum, mitigation instruments and credit ledgers will be visible to the public. Regional and/or Field Offices will determine the types of additional documents to be uploaded into the cyber repository and made visible to the public. Field Offices will coordinate with mitigation sponsors to ensure that credit ledgers are updated at least monthly.

    References Cited Clement, J.P. et al. 2014. A strategy for improving the mitigation policies and practices of the Department of the Interior. A report to the Secretary of the Interior from the Energy and Climate Change Task Force, Washington, DC. 25 pp. Fox, J. and Nino-Murcia, A. 2005. Status of Species Conservation Banking in the United States. Conservation Biology 19:996-1007. Presidential Memorandum (PM). 2015. “Mitigating Impacts on Natural Resources for Development and Encouraging Related Private Investment.” Issued November 3, 2015. Raffini, E. 2012. Mineral Rights and Banking. National Environmental Newsletter 34:9-10. Environmental Law Institute, Washington, DC. Terzi, G. 2012. The Lummi Nation Wetland and Habitat Bank—Restoring a Piece of History. National Wetlands Newsletter 34:12-13. Environmental Law Institute, Washington, DC. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 1999. Final Policy on the National Wildlife Refuge System and Compensatory Mitigation Under the Section 10/404 Program. September 10, 1999. Federal Register 64:49229-49234. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 2003. Guidance for the Establishment, Use and Operation of Conservation Banks. May 2003. U.S. Department of the Interior Fish and Wildlife Service. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 2003. Guidance on the Establishment, Use, and Operation of Conservation Banks. May 2, 2003. U.S. Department of the Interior Fish and Wildlife Service. 18 pp. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 2008a. Strategic Habitat Conservation Handbook: A Guide to Implementing the Technical Elements of Strategic Habitat Conservation (Version 1.0). June 2008. U.S. Department of the Interior Fish and Wildlife Service. 22 pp. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 2008b. Guidance on Recovery Crediting for the Conservation of Threatened and Endangered Species. July 2008. U.S. Department of the Interior Fish and Wildlife Service. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 2016. Proposed Revisions to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Mitigation Policy. March 8, 2016. U.S. Department of the Interior Fish and Wildlife Service. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and U.S. Geological Survey. 2006. Strategic Habitat Conservation: Final Report of the National Ecological Assessment Team. U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington, DC. 48 p. Williams, B. K., R. C. Szaro, and C. D. Shapiro. 2009. Adaptive Management: The U.S. Department of the Interior Technical Guide. Adaptive Management Working Group, U.S. Department of the Interior, Washington, DC. Appendix A: List of Acronyms and Abbreviations Used in This Policy CCAA Candidate Conservation Agreement with Assurances CEQ Council on Environmental Quality CFR Code of Federal Regulations CWA Clean Water Act ECOS Environmental Conservation and Online System EPA Environmental Protection Agency ESA Endangered Species Act FWCA Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act HCP Habitat Conservation Plan IHAs Incidental Harassment Authorizations IRT Interagency Review Team ITRs Incidental Take Regulations MMPA Marine Mammal Protection Act MRT Mitigation Review Team NEPA National Environmental Policy Act NWR National Wildlife Refuge RPA Reasonable and Prudent Alternative RPM Reasonable and Prudent Measure RIBITS Regulatory In-lieu fee and Bank Information Tracking System SHA Safe Harbor Agreement SHC Strategic Habitat Conservation UPMIFA Uniform Prudent Management of Institutional Funds Act USACE United States Army Corps of Engineers U.S.C. United States Code USDA United States Department of Agriculture USFWS United States Fish and Wildlife Service USGS United States Geological Survey Appendix B: Glossary of Terms Related to Compensatory Mitigation

    Definitions in this section apply to the implementation of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) Endangered Species Act Compensatory Mitigation Policy and were developed to provide clarity and consistency. Some definitions are defined in Service authorities such as the Endangered Species Act or the National Environmental Policy Act, or in regulations or policies existing at the time this policy was issued. Other definitions have been developed based on compensatory mitigation practices. Definitions in the glossary do not substitute for statutory or regulatory definitions in the exercise of those authorities.

    Action—an activity or program implemented, authorized, or funded, in whole or in part, by Federal agencies; or a non-Federal activity or program for which one or more of the Service's authorities apply to make mitigation recommendations, specify mitigation requirements, or provide technical assistance for mitigation planning (81 FR 12380; March 8, 2016).

    Action area—all areas to be affected directly or indirectly by the Federal action and not merely the immediate area involved in the action (50 CFR 402.02). See also “affected area.”

    Adaptive management—a systematic approach for improving resource management by learning from management outcomes. An adaptive approach involves exploring alternative ways to meet management objectives, predicting the outcomes of alternatives based on the current state of knowledge, implementing one or more of these alternatives, monitoring to learn about the impacts of management actions, and then using the results to update knowledge and adjust management actions. Adaptive management focuses on learning and adapting, through partnerships of managers, scientists, and other stakeholders who learn together how to create and maintain sustainable resource systems (Williams et al. 2009). As applied to compensatory mitigation, it is a management strategy that anticipates likely challenges associated with compensatory mitigation projects and provides for the implementation of activities to address those challenges, as well as unforeseen changes to those projects. It requires consideration of the risk, uncertainty, and dynamic nature of compensatory mitigation projects and guides modification of those projects to achieve stated biological goals. It includes the selection of appropriate measures that will ensure that the resource functions and services are provided and involves analysis of monitoring results to identify potential problems of a compensatory mitigation project and the identification and implementation of measures to rectify those problems (modified from 33 CFR 332.2).

    Additionality—conservation benefits of a compensatory mitigation measure that improve upon the baseline conditions of the impacted resources and their values, services, and functions in a manner that is demonstrably new and would not have occurred without the compensatory mitigation measure (600 DM 6.4G).

    Additive impacts, additive effects—the combined effects of past actions on a species, other resource, or community; impacts of an action may be relatively insignificant on their own, but when considered with the impacts from other actions as they accumulate over time collectively lead to significant overall loss or degradation of resources. See also “cumulative effects.”

    Affected area—the spatial extent of all effects, direct and indirect, of a proposed action to fish, wildlife, plants, or their habitats (81 FR 12380; March 8, 2016). See also “action area.”

    Affected resources—those resources that are subject to adverse effects of an action (81 FR 12380; March 8, 2016).

    Applicant—any person who requires formal approval or authorization from a Federal agency as a prerequisite to conducting an action (50 CFR 402.02); “person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association, or any other private entity; or any officer, employee, agent, department, or instrumentality of the Federal Government, of any State, municipality, or political subdivision of a State, or of any foreign government; any State, municipality, or political subdivision of a State; or any other entity subject to the jurisdiction of the United States (16 U.S.C. 1532(13)).

    At-risk species—candidate species and other unlisted species that are declining and are at risk of becoming a candidate for listing under the Endangered Species Act. This may include, but is not limited to, State listed species, species identified by States as species of greatest conservation need, or species with State heritage ranks of G1 or G2.

    Avoidance—avoiding the impact altogether by not taking a certain action or parts of an action (40 CFR 1508.20).

    Bank Sponsor—any public or private entity responsible for establishing and, in most circumstances, operating a conservation bank. Bank sponsors are most often private individuals, companies, or Limited Liability Corporations; but may also be non-governmental organizations, Tribes, or government agencies. See also “mitigation sponsor.”

    Baseline—the pre-existing condition of a defined area of habitat or a species population that can be quantified by an appropriate metric to determine level of functions and/or services and re-measured at a later time to determine if the same area of habitat or species population has increased, decreased, or maintained the same level of functions and/or services.

    Candidate Conservation Agreement with Assurances (CCAA)—a formal agreement between the Service or the National Marine Fisheries Service and one or more non-Federal parties who voluntarily agree to manage their lands or waters to remove threats to candidate or proposed species and in exchange receive assurances that their conservation efforts will not result in future regulatory obligations in excess of those they agreed to at the time they entered into the Agreement. The management activities included in the Agreement must significantly contribute to elimination of the need to list the target species when considered in conjunction with other landowners conducting similar management activities within the range of the species (USFWS CCAA Policy).

    Candidate species (candidate)—any species being considered by the Secretary for listing as an endangered or threatened species, but not yet the subject of a proposed rule (50 CFR 424.02); a species for which the Service or the National Marine Fisheries Service has on file sufficient information on biological vulnerability and threats to support a proposal to list as endangered or threatened under the Endangered Species Act.

    Compensatory mitigation (compensation)—compensation for remaining unavoidable impacts after all appropriate and practicable avoidance and minimization measures have been applied, by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments (See 40 CFR 1508.20.) through the restoration, establishment, enhancement, or preservation of resources and their values, services, and functions. (600 DM 6.4C)

    Compensatory mitigation project—compensatory mitigation implemented by the action agency, a permittee, or a mitigation sponsor. Compensatory mitigation projects include permittee-responsible mitigation, conservation banks, in lieu fee programs and sites, habitat credit exchanges, and other third party compensatory mitigation projects.

    Conservation, conserve, conserving—to use and the use of all methods and procedures which are necessary to bring any endangered or threatened species to the point at which the measures provided pursuant to the Endangered Species Act are no longer necessary (16 U.S.C. 1532(3)).

    Conservation bank—a site, or suite of sites, established under a conservation bank instrument that is conserved and managed in perpetuity and provides ecological functions and services expressed as credits for specified species that are later used to compensate for impacts occurring elsewhere to the same species.

    Conservation Bank Instrument (CBI), (Conservation Bank Agreement (CBA))—the legal document for the establishment, operation and use of a conservation bank. When a conservation bank is established jointly with a wetland mitigation bank, the instrument is often referred to as a Mitigation Bank Instrument (MBI) or Bank Enabling Instrument (BEI).

    Conservation easement—a recorded legal document established to conserve biological resources for a specified duration, usually in perpetuity, on a identified conservation property and which restricts certain activities and requires certain habitat management obligations for the conservation property.

    Conservation Land Use Agreement, Federal Facility Management Plan—real estate assurance mechanisms used by some Federal or State agencies that do not have the authority to limit use of the agency property by recording a restriction on deed such as a conservation easement.

    Conservation measures (conservation actions)—measures pledged in the project description that the Federal agency or applicant will implement to minimize, rectify, reduce, and/or compensate for the adverse impacts of the development project on the species. Conservation measures designed to compensate for unavoidable impacts may include the restoration, enhancement, establishment, and/or preservation of species habitat or other measures conducted for the purpose of offsetting adverse impacts to the species. Upon issuance of a permit, license or other such authorization associated with the proposed project, implementation of that project requires implementation of the conservation measures as well as any other terms and conditions of the permit.

    Conservation objective—a measurable expression of a desired outcome for a species or its habitat resources. Population objectives are expressed in terms of abundance, trend, vital rates, or other measurable indices of population status. Habitat objectives are expressed in terms of the quantity, quality, and spatial distribution of habitats required to attain population objectives, as informed by knowledge and assumptions about factors influencing the ability of the landscape to sustain the species (81 FR 12380; March 8, 2016).

    Conservation plan (species conservation plan)—a plan developed by Federal, State, and/or local government agencies, Tribes, or appropriate non-governmental organizations, in consultation with relevant stakeholders, for the specific goal of conserving one or more listed or at-risk species. A conservation plan is developed using a landscape-scale approach and addresses the status, needs and threats to the species and usually includes recommended conservation measures for the conservation/recovery of the species. Examples of species conservation plans include species conservation frameworks, rangewide conservation plans, and conservation plans developed as part of a large landscape Habitat Conservation Plan.

    Covered species—species specifically included in a Conservation Bank Instrument, Habitat Conservation Plan, Safe Harbor Agreement, Candidate Conservation Agreement with Assurances, rangewide conservation plan, or other such conservation plan for which a commitment is made to achieve specific conservation measures for the species.

    Credit (species credit, habitat credit)—a defined unit representing the accrual or attainment of ecological functions and/or services for a species at a mitigation site or within a mitigation program.

    Credit bundling—allowing a single unit of a mitigation site to provide compensation for two or more spatially overlapping ecosystem functions or services which are grouped together into a single credit type and used as a single commodity to compensate for a single permitted action. A bundled credit may be used to compensate for all or a subset of the functions or services included in the credit type but may only be used once, even if all functions and services represented in the credit type were not required for the permitted action. See also “credit stacking.”

    Credit stacking—allowing a single unit of a mitigation site to provide two or more credit types representing spatially overlapping ecosystem functions or services which can be unstacked and used as separate commodities to compensate for different permitted actions. Credit stacking can result in double counting (i.e., a net loss of resources on the landscape) if the same functions or services are not also accounted for separately at all impact sites. See also “credit bundling” and “double counting.”

    Credit Transfer—the use, sale or conveyance of credits by a bank sponsor or mitigation provider to a permittee or other entity for the purposes of offsetting impacts of an action.

    Critical habitat—specific areas within the geographical area occupied by the species at the time it is listed as threatened or endangered under the Endangered Species Act, on which are found those physical or biological features essential to the conservation of the species and which may require special management considerations or protection; and specific areas outside the geographical area occupied by the species at the time it is listed, which are determined by the Secretary of the Department of the Interior to be areas essential for the conservation of the species (16 U.S.C. 1532(5)(A)).

    Cumulative effects—those effects of future State or private activities, not involving Federal activities, that are reasonably certain to occur within the action area of the Federal action subject to consultation under the Endangered Species Act (50 CFR 402.14(g)(3)). Under the National Environmental Policy Act cumulative effects are defined as the impact on the environment which results from the incremental impact of the action when added to other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable future actions regardless of what agency (Federal or non-Federal) or person undertakes such other actions (40 CFR 1508.7).

    Debit—a defined unit representing the loss of ecological functions and/or services for a species at an impact site. Debits should be expressed using the same metrics used to value credits at mitigation sites.

    Direct effects—those effects to the species or other resource that are caused by the action and occur at the same time and place (81 FR 12380; March 8, 2016).

    Double-counting (double-dipping)—using a credit, however defined, representing the same unit of ecosystem function or service on a mitigation site more than once. This is not allowed.

    Durability—the condition or state in which the measurable environment benefits of the compensatory mitigation project or measure is sustained, at a minimum, for the duration of the associated impacts (including direct and indirect impacts) of the authorized action. To be durable, mitigation measures effectively compensate for remaining unavoidable impacts that warrant compensatory mitigation, use long-term administrative and legal provisions to prevent actions that are incompatible with the measure, and employ financial instruments to ensure the availability of sufficient funding for the measure's long-term monitoring, site protection, and management (600 DM 6.4G).

    Effects (effects of the action)—changes in the environmental conditions caused by an action that are relevant to the species or other resources (81 FR 12380; March 8, 2016), including the direct, indirect, and cumulative effects of the action on the species and other activities that are interrelated to, or interdependent with, that action as defined at 50 CFR 402.02. See also “cumulative effects.”

    Endangered species—any species which is in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range (16 U.S.C. 1532(6)).

    Endowment—as used in this policy, funds that are conveyed solely for the long-term stewardship of a mitigation property and are permanently restricted to paying the costs of management and stewardship of that property. The management of endowment funds is generally governed by state and federal laws, as applicable. Endowments do not include funds conveyed for meeting short term performance objectives of a mitigation project.

    Enhancement—activities conducted in existing habitat of the species that improve one or more ecological functions or services for that species, or otherwise provide added benefit to the species and do not negatively affect other resources of concern. Compare with “restoration.”

    Establishment (creation)—construction of habitat of a type that did not previously exist on a mitigation site but which will provide a benefit to the species and does not negatively affect other resources of concern. Compare with “restoration.”

    Fee title (fee)—an interest in land that is the most complete and absolute ownership in land; it is of indefinite duration, freely transferable and inheritable.

    Fish or wildlife—any member of the animal kingdom, including without limitation any mammal, fish, bird (including migratory, non-migratory, or endangered bird for which protection is also afforded by treaty or other international agreement), amphibian, reptile, mollusk, crustacean, arthropod or other invertebrate (16 U.S.C. 1532(8)).

    Functions—the physical, chemical, and biological processes that occur in ecosystems (33 CFR 332.2); functions are the ecological processes necessary for meeting species' habitat and lifecycle needs.

    Habitat—an area with spatially identifiable physical, chemical, and biological attributes that supports one or more life-history processes for the species (81 FR 12380; March 8, 2016).

    Habitat Conservation Plan (HCP)—a planning document that describes the anticipated effects of a proposed activity on the taking of federally-listed species, how those impacts will be minimized and mitigated, and how the plan will be funded (16 U.S.C. 1539). The HCP is required as part of an incidental take permit application to the Service or the National Marine Fisheries Service (see “incidental take”).

    Habitat credit exchange (habitat credit exchange program)—a market-based system that operates as a clearinghouse in which an exchange administrator, acting as a mitigation sponsor, manages credit transactions between compensatory mitigation providers and permittees or others authorized to implement actions that adversely affect protected species.

    Impact(s) (of an action)—adverse effects relative to the affected resources (81 FR 12380; March 8, 2016). More specifically under this policy, adverse effects on the species or its habitat anticipated in a proposed action or resulting from an authorized or permitted action.

    Incidental take—take of any threatened or endangered species that results from, but is not the purpose of, carrying out an otherwise lawful activity conducted by a Federal agency or an applicant (50 CFR 402.02). Incidental take may be authorized for threatened or endangered species through section 7 or 10 or for threatened species through a rule codified under section 4(d) of the Endangered Species Act. See also, “take”).

    Indirect effects—those effects to the species that are caused by the action at a later time or another place, but are reasonably certain to occur (50 CFR 402.02).

    In-kind—a resource of a similar structural and functional type to the impacted resource (33 CFR 332.2); when used in reference to a species, in-kind means the same species.

    In-lieu fee program—a program involving the restoration, establishment, enhancement, and/or preservation of habitat through funds paid to a governmental or non-profit natural resources management entity to satisfy compensatory mitigation requirements for impacts to specified species or habitat (modified from 33 CFR 332.2).

    In-lieu fee program instrument—the legal document for the establishment, operation, and use of an in-lieu fee program (33 CFR 332.2). See also, “instrument.”

    In-lieu fee program sponsor—any government agency or non-profit natural resources management organization responsible for establishing, and in most circumstances, operating an in-lieu fee program. See also, “sponsor.”

    In-lieu fee site—a compensatory mitigation site established under an approved in-lieu fee program.

    Instrument, agreement—the document that reflects the regulatory decision by the FWS that the conservation bank or other compensatory mitigation program or project satisfies applicable biological and durability standards and can, therefore, be used to provide compensatory mitigation under the ESA in appropriate circumstances. The instrument must be signed by the mitigation sponsor and landowner to reflect their acceptance of the terms. The instrument is not a contract between FWS and any other entity. Any dispute arising under the instrument will not give rise to any claim for monetary damages by any party or third party.

    Interagency Review Team (IRT)—an interagency group of Federal, Tribal, State, and/or local regulatory and resource agency representatives that reviews documentation for, and advises the district engineer for the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers on, the establishment and management of a wetland or stream mitigation bank or an in-lieu fee program (33 CFR 332.2 and 332.8(b)). When the wetland or stream mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program sponsor also seeks credits authorized by the Service, then the Service becomes a co-chair of the IRT. See also, “Mitigation Review Team.”

    Joint bank—a mitigation bank that that has been designed to holistically address mitigation requirements under multiple programs and authorities for the same types of actions or activities.

    Landscape—an area encompassing an interacting mosaic of ecosystems and human systems that is characterized by a set of common management concerns. The landscape is not defined by the size of the area, but rather by the interacting elements that are relevant and meaningful in a management context (600 DM 6D).

    Landscape-scale approach—an approach to conservation planning that applies the mitigation hierarchy for impacts to resources and their values, services, and functions at the relevant scale, however narrow or broad, necessary to sustain, or otherwise achieve established goals for those resources and their values, services, and functions. A landscape-scale approach should be used when developing and approving strategies or plans, reviewing projects, or issuing permits. The approach identifies the needs and baseline conditions of targeted resources and their values, services and functions, reasonably foreseeable impacts, cumulative impacts of past and likely projected disturbance to those resources, and future disturbance trends. The approach then uses such information to identify priorities for avoidance, minimization, and compensatory mitigation measures across that relevant area to provide the maximum benefit to the impacted resources and their values, services, and functions, with full consideration of the conditions of additionality and durability (600 DM 6E).

    Listed species—any species or subspecies of fish, wildlife, or plant which has been determined to be endangered or threatened under section 4 of the Endangered Species Act (50 CFR 402.02). Listed species are found in 50 CFR 17.11-17.12.

    Management plan—the stewardship plan prepared to instruct the land manager in the operations, biological management and monitoring, and reporting for the compensatory mitigation site to, at a minimum, maintain the functions and services for specified species and other resources on the mitigation site. These are generally long-term plans that include a detailed estimate of the itemized costs for all management actions required by the plan. These annual costs are used to estimate the size of the endowment that will be needed to maintain and monitor the mitigation site for the intended duration.

    Mitigation (mitigation hierarchy, mitigation sequence)—as defined and codified in the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) regulations (40 CFR 1508.20), mitigation includes:

    • Avoid the impact altogether by not taking the action or parts of the action;

    • minimize the impact by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation;

    • rectify the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment;

    • reduce or eliminate the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations during the life of the action; and

    • compensate for the impact by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments.”

    This sequence is often condensed to: Avoidance, minimization, and compensation.

    Mitigation bank—a site, or suite of sites, where resources (e.g., wetlands, streams, riparian areas) are restored, established, enhanced, and/or preserved for the purpose of providing compensatory mitigation for impacts authorized by Department of the Army permits (33 CFR 332.2). Mitigation banks may include credits authorized by other agencies to compensate for impacts to other (non-Clean Water Act 404) resources. The term “mitigation bank” is sometimes used in the broad sense to include mitigation and conservation banks.

    Mitigation Bank Instrument (Mitigation Bank Enabling Instrument)—the legal document for the establishment, operation, and use of a wetland and/or stream mitigation bank approved by the U.S. Army Corp of Engineers (33 CFR 332.2). See also, “conservation bank instrument” and “mitigation instrument.”

    Mitigation Instrument (Mitigation Enabling Instrument)—the legal document for the establishment, operation, and use of a compensatory mitigation project or site. Examples of specific types of mitigation instruments include: Conservation bank instrument, in-lieu fee program instrument, and habitat credit exchange instrument.

    Mitigation ratio—the relationship between the amount of the compensatory offset for, and the impacts to, the species, habitat for the species, or other resource of concern.

    Mitigation Review Team (MRT)—an interagency group of Federal, State, Tribal and/or local regulatory and resource agency representatives that reviews mitigation documents for, and advises their respective agency decision-makers on, the establishment and management of a compensatory mitigation program or project. See also, “Interagency Review Team.”

    Mitigation sponsor (mitigation project sponsor, sponsor, mitigation provider)—any public or private entity responsible for establishing, and in most circumstances, operating a compensatory mitigation program or project such as a conservation bank, in-lieu fee program, or habitat credit exchange (modified from 33 CFR 332.2).

    Off-site—a mitigation area that is located neither on or adjacent to the same parcel of land as the impact site (33 CFR 332.2).

    On-site—a mitigation site located on or adjacent to the same parcel of land as the impact site (33 CFR 332.2).

    Performance criteria—observable or measurable administrative and ecological (physical, chemical, or biological) attributes that are used to determine if a compensatory mitigation project meets the agreed upon conservation objectives identified in a mitigation instrument or the conservation measures proposed as part of a permitted or otherwise authorized action.

    Permit or license applicant—see “applicant.

    Permittee—any person who receives formal approval or authorization, generally in the form of a permit or license, from a Federal agency to conduct an action. See also, “applicant.”

    Permittee-responsible mitigation—activities or projects undertaken by a permittee or an authorized agent or contractor to provide compensatory mitigation for which the permittee retains full responsibility. As used in this policy, permittee-responsible mitigation also includes compensatory mitigation undertaken by Federal agencies to offset impacts resulting from actions carried out directly by the Federal agency.

    Perpetuity—endless or infinitely long duration or existence; permanent.

    Plant—member of the plant kingdom, including seeds, roots and other parts thereof (16 U.S.C. 1532(14)); fungi including spores and other parts thereof; and other non-wildlife species.

    Practicable—available and capable of being done after taking into consideration existing technology, logistics, and cost in light of a mitigation measure's beneficial value and a land use activity's overall purpose, scope, and scale (81 FR 12380; March 8, 2016).

    Preservation—the protection and management of existing resources for the species that would not otherwise be protected through removal of a threat to, or preventing the decline of, the resources to compensate for the loss of the same species or resources elsewhere.

    Proponent (project proponent)—the agency proposing an action, and if applicable, any applicant(s) for agency funding or authorization to implement a proposed action (81 FR 12380; March 8, 2016). For purposes of this policy any person, organization, or agency advocating a development proposal that is anticipated to result in adverse impacts to one or more listed or at-risk species. See also, “applicant” and “permittee.”

    Proposal—a compensatory mitigation project proposal that includes a summary of the information regarding a proposed conservation bank, in-lieu fee program, or other compensatory mitigation project or program at a sufficient level of detail to support informed comment by the Mitigation Review Team (MRT).

    Release of credits—a determination by authorized decision-makers within agencies that are signatories to a compensatory mitigation project instrument, in consultation with the MRT, that credits associated with the approved instrument are available for sales or use. Credits are released in proportion to milestones specified in the credit release schedule as specified in the instrument.

    Reserve credit account—credits set aside in reserve to offset force majeure or other unforeseen events as agreed to by the Service and defined in the mitigation instrument, allowing a mitigation program to continue uninterrupted.

    Resources (resources of concern)—fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats for which the Service has authority to recommend or require the mitigation of impacts resulting from proposed actions (81 FR 12380; March 8, 2016).

    Restoration—repairing or rehabilitating habitat for the benefit of the species on a mitigation site with the goal of returning it to its natural/historic habitat type with the same or similar functions where they have ceased to exist, or exist in a substantially degraded state.

    Retired credit—a credit that is no longer available for use as mitigation. Credits that have been sold or otherwise used to fulfill a mitigation obligation are considered retired. Credits may also be voluntarily retired or forfeited, without being used for mitigation.

    Safe Harbor Agreement (SHA)—formal agreement between the Service or National Marine Fisheries Service and one or more non-Federal property owners in which property owners voluntarily manage for listed species for an agreed amount of time providing a net conservation benefit to the species and, in return, receive assurances from the Service or National Marine Fisheries Service that no additional future regulatory restrictions will be imposed (USFWS Safe Harbor Policy). Under the Safe Harbor Policy, “net conservation benefit” is defined as contributing to the recovery of the listed species covered by the SHA.

    Service Area—the geographic area within which impacts to the species or other resources of concern can be mitigated at a specific compensatory mitigation site, as designated in its instrument.

    Species—the term “species” includes any species, subspecies of fish, or wildlife, or plants, and any distinct population segment of any species of vertebrate fish or wildlife which interbreeds when mature (16 U.S.C. 1532(16)).

    Strategic Habitat Conservation (SHC)—a framework for setting and achieving conservation objectives at multiple scales based on the best available information, data, and ecological models. Full implementation of SHC requires four elements that occur in an adaptive management loop: (1) Biological planning, (2) conservation design, (3) delivery of conservation actions, and (4) monitoring and research.

    Take—means to harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture or collect a federally listed species, or to attempt to engage in any such conduct (16 U.S.C. 1532(19)). “Take” applies only to fish and wildlife, not plants.

    Temporal loss—the cumulative loss of functions and/or services relevant to the species attributed to the time between the loss of habitat functions and/or services or individuals of the population(s) caused by the action and the replacement of habitat functions and/or services or repopulation of the species at the compensatory mitigation site to the same level had the action not occurred.

    Threatened species—any species which is likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range (16 U.S.C. 1532(20)).

    Unavoidable impact—an impact for which an appropriate and practicable alternative to the proposed action that would not cause the impact is not available (81 FR 12380; March 8, 2016).

    Appendix C: Requirement of the Marine Mammal Protection Act

    Section 5 of this policy addresses sections of the ESA under which the Service has authority to recommend or require compensatory mitigation for species or their habitat. Specific regulatory requirements exist for marine mammals under the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) (MMPA), whether or not they are also listed or proposed for listing under the ESA. The MMPA prohibits the take (i.e., hunting, killing, capturing, or harassing; or the attempt to hunt, kill, capture, or harass) of marine mammals, and enacts a moratorium on the import, export, and sale of marine mammals and their parts and products. There are exemptions from and exceptions to the prohibitions. Section 101(a)(5) allows for the authorization of incidental, but not intentional, take of small numbers of marine mammals by U.S. citizens while engaged in a specified activity (other than commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region, provided certain findings are made. Specifically, the Service must make a finding that the total of such taking will have no more than a negligible impact on the marine mammal species and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of these species for subsistence uses. Negligible impact and unmitigable adverse impact are defined in 50 CFR 18.27(c).

    Section 101(a)(5)(A) provides for the promulgation of Incidental Take Regulations (ITRs), which can be issued for a period of up to 5 years. The ITRs set forth permissible methods of taking pursuant to the activity and other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on the species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance. In addition, ITRs include requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such takings.

    Section 101(a)(5)(D) established an expedited process to request authorization for the incidental, but not intentional, take of small numbers of marine mammals for a period of not more than 1 year if the taking will be limited to harassment, i.e., Incidental Harassment Authorizations (IHAs). Harassment is defined in section 3 of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1362).

    As stated in section 17 of the ESA, no provision of the ESA shall take precedence over any more restrictive conflicting provision of the MMPA.

    Mitigation Goal: To avoid or minimize to the greatest extent practicable adverse impacts on marine mammals, their habitat, and on the availability of these marine mammals for subsistence uses.

    Guidance: Where appropriate, ITRs and IHAs can provide considerable conservation and management benefits to marine mammals. ITRs include a process for U.S. citizens to obtain a Letter of Authorization (LOA) for activities proposed in accordance with the ITRs. The Service evaluates each request for an LOA based on the specific activity and geographic location, and determines whether the level of taking is consistent with the findings made for the total taking allowable under the applicable ITRs. If so, the Service may issue an LOA for potential incidental take due to the specific project and will specify the period of validity and any additional terms and conditions appropriate to the request, including mitigation measures designed to minimize interactions with, and impacts to, marine mammals. The LOA will also specify monitoring and reporting requirements to evaluate the level and impact of any taking. Depending on the nature, location, and timing of a proposed activity, the Service may require applicants to consult with potentially affected subsistence communities in Alaska and develop additional mitigation measures to address potential impacts to subsistence users. Regulations specific to LOAs are codified at 50 CFR 18.27(f).

    An IHA prescribes permissible methods of taking by harassment and includes other means of affecting the least practicable impact on marine mammal species or stocks and their habitats, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance. In addition, the IHA will include appropriate measures that are necessary to ensure no unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock for subsistence purposes in Alaska. IHAs also specify monitoring and reporting requirements pertaining to the taking by harassment. Both the promulgation of ITRs and requests for IHAs are subject to a 30-day public comment period.

    The Service shall recommend mitigation for impacts to species covered by the MMPA that are under our jurisdiction consistent with the guidance of this policy. Proponents may adopt these recommendations as components of proposed actions. However, such adoption itself does not constitute full compliance with the MMPA.

    Request for Information

    We intend that a final policy will consider information and recommendations from all interested parties. We, therefore, invite comments, information, and recommendations from governmental agencies, Indian Tribes, the scientific community, industry groups, environmental interest groups, and any other interested parties. All comments and materials received by the date listed above in DATES will be considered prior to the approval of a final policy.

    In addition to more general comments and information, we ask that you comment on the following specific aspects of the draft new policy:

    (1) Compensatory mitigation standards set forth in section 4 of the draft policy.

    (2) The clarity of the information in section 6. General Considerations.

    (3) The clarity of the information in section 8. Establishment and Operation of Compensatory Mitigation Programs and Projects.

    If you submit information via http://www.regulations.gov, your entire submission—including any personal identifying information—will be posted on the Web site. If your submission is made via a hardcopy that includes personal identifying information, you may request at the top of your document that we withhold this information from public review. However, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. We will post all hardcopy submissions on http://www.regulations.gov.

    Determinations Under Other Authorities

    As mentioned above, we intend to apply this policy when considering the adequacy of compensatory mitigation programs, projects, and measures proposed by Federal agencies and applicants as part of a proposed action and mitigation sponsors. Below we discuss compliance with several Executive Orders and statutes as they pertain to this policy.

    National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)

    We have analyzed the draft new policy in accordance with the criteria of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4332(c)), the Council on Environmental Quality's Regulations for Implementing the Procedural Provisions of NEPA (40 CFR parts 1500-1508), and the Department of the Interior's NEPA procedures (516 DM 2 and 8; 43 CFR part 46).

    Issuance of policies, directives, regulations, and guidelines are actions that may generally be categorically excluded under NEPA (43 CFR 46.210(i)). However, our initial analysis has determined the draft new policy may not be purely administrative in nature and may not meet the requirements for a categorical exclusion (40 CFR 1508.4 and 43 CFR 46.210(i)). While reliance on a categorical exclusion may be possible for this proposed action, extraordinary circumstances may be present, as outlined in 43 CFR 46.215. Therefore, although the draft new policy may qualify for a categorical exclusion, we announce our intent to prepare an environmental assessment (EA) pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969, as amended, to assist our agency in its decision (per 40 CFR 1501.3) and avoid delays that may arise should there be public concern that we did not perform a thorough NEPA analysis. We request comments on the scope of the NEPA review, information regarding important environmental issues which should be addressed, the alternatives to be analyzed, and issues that should be addressed at the programmatic stage in order to inform the site-specific stage. This notice provides an opportunity for input from other Federal and State agencies, local government, Native American Tribes, nongovernmental organizations, the public, and other interested parties.

    Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995

    This proposed policy contains information collection requirements that we have submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). We may not conduct or sponsor and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.

    OMB Control No.: 1018-XXXX.

    Title: Compensatory Mitigation Program.

    Service Form Number: None.

    Type of Request: New.

    Description of Respondents: Businesses, organizations, and State, local, and tribal governments.

    Respondent's Obligation: Required to Obtain or Retain a Benefit.

    Frequency of Collection: On occasion for plans/instruments; annually for reports.

    Annual Burden Estimates Activity Number of
  • respondents
  • Number of
  • responses
  • Completion time per
  • response
  • Total annual
  • burden hours
  • Phase I—Mitigation Proposal: Private Sector * 8 8 1,756 14,048 State, Local, Tribal Govts 2 2 1,756 3,512 Phase II—Mitigation Instrument: Private Sector 8 8 1,214 9,712 State, Local, Tribal Govts 2 2 1,214 2,428 Phase III—Operation, Management, Monitoring, and Reporting: Private Sector 112 112 787 88,144 State, Local, Tribal Govts 28 28 787 22,036 Totals 160 160 139,880 * Private sector includes businesses, non-profit organizations, farms, and ranches.

    Estimated Annual Nonhour Burden Cost: $2,396,570. Costs vary considerably and will depend on the size and complexity of each project or monitoring year. These expenses include, but are not limited to: Travel expenses for site visits, studies conducted, and meetings with the Service and other agencies; training in survey methodologies and certifications, equipment needed for habitat construction, equipment needed for surveys and monitoring, special transportation such as all-terrain vehicles or helicopters, and data management.

    Annual Nonhour Burden Estimates Activity Annual
  • number of
  • responses
  • Nonhour
  • burden
  • ($)
  • Annual
  • nonhour
  • burden
  • ($)
  • Phase I—Mitigation Proposal—Private Sector 8 $17,500 $140,000 Phase I—Mitigation Proposal—State, Local, Tribal Govts 2 17,500 35,000 Phase II—Mitigation Instrument—Private Sector 8 65,833 526,664 Phase II—Mitigation Instrument—State, Local, Tribal Govts 2 65,833 131,666 Phase III—Operation, Management, Monitoring, and Reporting—Private Sector 112 11,166 1,250,592 Phase III—Operation, Management, Monitoring, and Reporting—State, Local, Tribal Govts 28 11,166 312,648 Total 2,396,570

    We are proposing to collect the following information:

    Phase I: Information collected as part of the mitigation proposal process for a mitigation proposal as part of an individual action; or a mitigation proposal for a conservation/mitigation bank, in-lieu fee program, habitat credit exchange, that is intended to serve multiple actions; or other third-party sponsored mitigation site or program proposal that is intended to serve one or multiple actions. The draft proposal includes, but is not limited to:

    1. Maps and aerial photos showing the location of the mitigation site and surrounding area;

    2. Contact information for the applicant, mitigation sponsor, property owner(s), and consultants;

    3. Narrative description of the property including: Acreage, access points, street address, major cities, roads, county boundaries, biological resources (including the resource/species to be mitigated at the site), and current land use;

    4. Narrative description of the surrounding land uses and zoning along with the anticipated future development in the area, where known;

    5. Description of how the site fits into conservation plans for the species or meets species specific criteria;

    6. Proposed ownership arrangements and long-term management strategy for the site;

    7. Qualifications of the mitigation sponsor/provider to successfully complete the type of project proposed, including a description of past such activities by the mitigation sponsor/provider;

    8. Preliminary title report showing all encumbrances (e.g., utility rights-of-way) on the proposed mitigation site, including ownership of surface and subsurface mineral and water rights and other separated rights (e.g., timber rights);

    9. Phase I Environmental Site Assessment evaluating the proposed site for any recognized environmental condition(s);

    10. Ecological suitability of the site to achieve the objectives, including physical, chemical, and biological characteristics (i.e., inventory), of the site and how the site will support the planned mitigation; and

    11. Assurances of sufficient water rights to support the long-term sustainability of any proposed aquatic habitat(s).

    In addition, the draft proposal for a conservation bank, in-lieu fee program, habitat credit exchange, or other third-party sponsored mitigation project intended to be used by multiple actions also includes, but is not limited to:

    1. Name of proposed mitigation site(s), conservation/mitigation bank, in-lieu fee program, or habitat credit exchange;

    2. Proposed service area(s) with map(s) and narrative(s); and

    3. Proposed type(s) and number of credits to be generated by the program or project. In-lieu fee programs and habitat credit exchanges that do not provide mitigation in advance of impacts also include:

    1. Prioritization strategy for selecting mitigation sites and compensatory mitigation activities;

    2. Description of any public and private stakeholder involvement in plan development and implementation, including any coordination with Federal, State, Tribal, and local resource management authorities; and

    3. Description of the in-lieu fee program or exchange account.

    Phase II: If the Service supports development of the mitigation proposal, the following information is collected as part of a fully developed mitigation instrument for a conservation/mitigation bank, in-lieu fee program, habitat credit exchange, or other third-party mitigation project; or equivalent applicable information regarding mitigation for an individual action: A fully developed mitigation instrument/agreement that includes, but is not limited to:

    1. A description of the framework of the mitigation program/project;

    2. The roles and responsibilities of each party (e.g., project applicant or mitigation sponsor, property owner, the Service, and any other government agencies that are on the interagency team overseeing development of the mitigation program or project);

    3. A closure plan (this can be in the form of an exhibit) that specifies responsibilities once all credits are transferred and/or forfeited, performance criteria are achieved, and financial obligations are met; and

    4. The following exhibits, as applicable:

    A. Restoration or habitat development plan, which includes, but is not limited to:

    (1) Baseline conditions of the mitigation site, including biological resources; geographic location and features; topography; hydrology; vegetation; past, present, and adjacent land uses; species and habitats occurring on the site;

    (2) Surrounding land uses and zoning, along with the anticipated future development in the area;

    (3) Historic aerial photographs and/or historic topographic maps (if available), especially if restoration to a historic condition is proposed;

    (4) Discussion of the overall habitat development goals and objectives;

    (5) Description of activities and methodologies for establishing, restoring, and/or enhancing habitat types (if applicable);

    (6) Detailed anticipated increases in functions and services of existing resources and their corresponding effect within the watershed or other relevant geographic area (e.g., habitat diversity and connectivity, floodplain management, or other landscape-scale functions);

    (7) Ecological performance criteria and a discussion of the suitability of the site to achieve them (e.g., watershed/hydrology analysis and anticipated improvement in quality and/or quantity of specific functions, specific elements in recovery plan goals expected to be accomplished);

    (8) Maps detailing the anticipated location and acreages of habitat developed for species;

    (9) Monitoring methodologies to evaluate habitat development and document success in meeting performance criteria;

    (10) An approved schedule for reporting monitoring results; and

    (11) A discussion of possible remedial actions.

    B. Service area maps for each credit type proposed;

    C. Credit evaluation/credit table;

    D. Management Plans—Interim (if applicable) and long term management plans that describe the management, monitoring, and reporting activities to be conducted for the term of the mitigation project or program. The interim management plan includes, but is not limited to:

    (1) Description of all management actions to be undertaken on the site during this period;

    (2) Description of all performance criteria and any monitoring necessary to gauge the attainment of performance criteria;

    (3) Monitoring and reporting schedule;

    (4) Cost analysis to implement the plan; and

    (5) Description of reporting requirements. Reporting requirements include, but are not limited to:

    (a) Copies of completed data sheets and/or field notes, with photos;

    (b) Monitoring results to date; and

    (c) A discussion relating all monitoring results to date to achievement of the performance criteria.

    The long-term management plan includes, but is not limited to:

    (1) Purpose of mitigation site establishment and purpose of long-term management plan;

    (2) Baseline description of the setting, location, history and types of land use activities, geology, soils, climate, hydrology, habitats present (after the mitigation site meets performance criteria), and species descriptions;

    (3) Overall management, maintenance, and monitoring goals; specific tasks and timing of implementation; and a discussion of any constraints which may affect goals;

    (4) Biological monitoring scheme including a schedule, appropriate to the species and site; biological monitoring over the long term is not required annually, but must be completed periodically to inform any adaptive management actions that may become necessary over time;

    (5) Reporting schedule for ecological performance and administrative compliance;

    (6) Cost-analysis of all long-term management activities, cross-referenced with the tasks described in c. above and including a discussion of the assumptions made to arrive at the costs for each task (these itemized costs are used to calculate the amount required for the long-term management endowment);

    (7) Discussion of adaptive management principles and actions for reasonably foreseeable events, possible thresholds for evaluating and implementing adaptive management, a process for undertaking remedial actions, including monitoring to determine success of the changed/remedial actions, and reporting;

    (8) Rights of access to the mitigation area and prohibited uses of the mitigation area, as provided in the real estate protection instrument;

    (9) Procedures for amendments and notices; and

    (10) Reporting schedule for annual reports to the Service. Annual reports include, but are not limited to:

    (a) Description of mitigation area condition, with photos;

    (b) Description of management activities undertaken for the year, including adaptive management measures, and expenditure of funds to implement each of these activities;

    (c) Management activities planned for the coming year; and

    (d) Results of any biological monitoring undertaken that year, including photos, and copies of data sheets and field notes. This level of documentation is important in verifying the conclusions reached by report preparers, and can be essential in informing necessary adaptive management actions. In the interests of reducing paperwork, the Service may require that annual reports be submitted in electronic form, and uploaded into the Regulatory In-lieu Fee and Bank Information Tracking System (RIBITS).

    E. Description of the form(s) of real estate assurance to be used and qualifications of proposed holder(s) of the assurance(s) and any related assurance documentation such as a Minerals Assessment Report (if applicable); and

    F. Description of the form(s) of financial assurances (short, interim, and long term assurances) to be used and the qualifications of proposed holder(s) of the assurance(s).

    In-lieu fee programs and habitat credit exchanges that do not provide mitigation in advance of impacts also include, but are not limited to:

    1. In-lieu fee or exchange program account description, including the specific tasks, equipment, etc., for which funds are to be used;

    2. Methodology for determining the fee schedule(s);

    3. Methodology and criteria for adding mitigation sites;

    4. Timeframe in which the funds must be utilized; and

    5. Timeframe in which conservation must be implemented.

    Business entities (e.g., Limited Liability Company) also include the following documentation, but are not limited to:

    1. Articles of incorporation or equivalent documents;

    2. Bylaws or other governing documents; and

    3. List of board members, including biographies.

    Phase III: Operation, maintenance, monitoring, and reporting of approved mitigation projects and programs (e.g., a conservation bank or in-lieu fee program) that have been implemented/established, including mitigation conducted as part of an individual action by an agency/applicant. A report submitted to the Service in accordance with the terms of the mitigation instrument, permit, biological opinion or other Service approved agreement or authorization under the ESA that includes, but is not limited to:

    1. Description of mitigation project or program, with photos;

    2. Description of management activities undertaken for the year or period specified in the mitigation instrument, including adaptive management measures, and expenditure of funds to implement each of these activities;

    3. Management activities planned for the coming year or period specified in the mitigation instrument; and

    4. Results of any biological monitoring undertaken that year, including all information requirements described above under section 4.D. Management Plans, including photos, and copies of data sheets and field notes;

    5. Annual report(s) on site visit from holder(s) of real estate assurance(s) in accordance with the Management Plan and including verification of current qualifications to hold such assurance(s); and

    6. Documentation of any changes in land ownership or management responsibility.

    Conservation/mitigation banks, in-lieu fee programs, and habitat credit exchanges also include information on credit transactions in the form of a Credit Sale Agreement, between the purchaser of any mitigation credit and the seller of the credit(s), which includes, but is not limited to, the following information:

    1. Name of Seller;

    2. Name of Purchaser (or Permittee, or Project Applicant, or other purchasing entity);

    3. Name of Bank, Program, or Exchange;

    4. Type of credit;

    5. Number of credits;

    6. Permit or biological opinion or file number associated with the credit transaction (if applicable);

    7. Date of transaction.

    In the interests of reducing paperwork, the Service may require that any of the forgoing documentation, but especially annual reports and credit transactions, be submitted in electronic form, and uploaded into the Regulatory In-lieu Fee and Bank Information Tracking System (RIBITS).

    We invite comments concerning this information collection on:

    • Whether or not the collection of information is necessary, including whether or not the information will have practical utility;

    • The accuracy of our estimate of the burden for this collection of information;

    • Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and

    • Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents.

    If you wish to comment on the information collection requirements of this proposed policy, send your comments directly to OMB (see detailed instructions under the heading Comments on the Information Collection Aspects of this Proposal in the ADDRESSES section). Please identify your comments with 1018-BB72. Please provide a copy of your comments to the Service Information Collection Clearance Officer (see detailed instructions in the ADDRESSES section).

    Government-to-Government Relationship With Tribes

    In accordance with the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994, “Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments” (59 FR 22951), Executive Order 13175 “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments,” and the Department of the Interior Manual at 512 DM 2, we have considered possible effects on federally recognized Indian tribes and have determined that there are no potential adverse effects of issuing this policy. Our intent with the policy is to provide a consistent approach to the consideration of compensatory mitigation programs, projects, and measures, including those taken on Tribal lands. We will work with Tribes as applicants proposing compensatory mitigation as part of proposed actions and with Tribes as mitigation sponsors.

    Authority

    The authorities for this action include the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) and the National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.).

    Dated: August 18, 2016. Stephen D. Guertin, Acting Director, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
    [FR Doc. 2016-20757 Filed 8-31-16; 4:15 pm] BILLING CODE 4333-15-P
    81 171 Friday, September 2, 2016 Rules and Regulations Part VI Department of Defense Office of the Secretary 32 CFR Part 199 TRICARE; Mental Health and Substance Use Disorder Treatment; Final Rule DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE Office of the Secretary 32 CFR Part 199 [DOD-2015-HA-0109] RIN 0720-AB65 TRICARE; Mental Health and Substance Use Disorder Treatment AGENCY:

    Office of the Secretary, Department of Defense (DoD).

    ACTION:

    Final rule.

    SUMMARY:

    This final rule modifies the TRICARE regulation to reduce administrative barriers to access to mental health benefit coverage and to improve access to substance use disorder (SUD) treatment for TRICARE beneficiaries, consistent with earlier Department of Defense and Institute of Medicine recommendations, current standards of practice in mental health and addiction medicine, and governing laws. This rule seeks to eliminate unnecessary quantitative and non-quantitative treatment limitations on SUD and mental health benefit coverage and align beneficiary cost-sharing for mental health and SUD benefits with those applicable to medical/surgical benefits, expand covered mental health and SUD treatment under TRICARE to include coverage of intensive outpatient programs and treatment of opioid use disorder and to streamline the requirements for mental health and SUD institutional providers to become TRICARE authorized providers, and to develop TRICARE reimbursement methodologies for newly recognized mental health and SUD intensive outpatient programs and opioid treatment programs.

    DATES:

    This rule is effective October 3, 2016.

    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:

    Dr. John Davison, Defense Health Agency, Clinical Support Division, Condition-Based Specialty Care Section, 703-681-8746.

    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

    I. Executive Summary A. Purpose of the Final Rule 1. The Need for the Regulatory Action

    This final rule updates TRICARE mental health and substance use disorder benefits, consistent with earlier Department of Defense and Institute of Medicine recommendations, current standards of practice in mental health and addiction medicine, and our governing laws. The Department of Defense remains intently focused on supporting the mental health of our service members and their families, as this continues to be a top priority. The Department is also working to further de-stigmatize mental health treatment and expand the ways by which our beneficiaries can access authorized mental health services. This regulatory action eliminates unnecessary requirements that may be viewed as barriers to medically necessary and appropriate mental health services.

    This rule has four main objectives: (a) To eliminate unnecessary quantitative and non-quantitative treatment limitations on SUD and mental health benefit coverage and align beneficiary cost-sharing for mental health and SUD benefits with those applicable to medical/surgical benefits; (b) to expand covered mental health and SUD treatment under TRICARE, to include coverage of intensive outpatient programs and treatment of opioid use disorder; (c) to streamline the requirements for mental health and SUD institutional providers to become TRICARE authorized providers; and (d) to develop TRICARE reimbursement methodologies for newly recognized mental health and SUD intensive outpatient programs and opioid treatment programs.

    (a) Eliminating Unnecessary Quantitative and Non-Quantitative Treatment Limitations on SUD and Mental Health Benefit Coverage and Aligning Beneficiary Cost-Sharing for Mental Health and SUD Benefits With Those Applicable to Medical/Surgical Benefits

    The requirements of the Mental Health Parity Act (MHPA) of 1996 and the Paul Wellstone and Pete Domenici Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act (MHPAEA) of 2008, as well as the plan benefit provisions contained in the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) do not apply to the TRICARE program. The provisions of MHPAEA and PPACA served as models for TRICARE in proposing changes to existing benefit coverage. These changes are intended to reduce administrative barriers to treatment and increase access to medially or psychologically necessary mental health care consistent with TRICARE statutory authority and program design.

    Section 703 of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for Fiscal Year (FY) 2015, signed into law December 19, 2014, amended section 1079 of title 10 of the U.S.C. to remove prior existing statutory limits and requirements on TRICARE coverage of inpatient mental health services. This rule is necessary to conform the regulation to provisions in the enacted law. Specifically, TRICARE coverage is no longer subject to an annual limit on stays in inpatient mental health facilities of 30 days for adults and 45 days for children. In addition, TRICARE coverage is no longer subject to a 150-day annual limit for stays at Residential Treatment Centers (RTCs) for eligible beneficiaries.

    In addition to the elimination of these statutory inpatient day limits and corresponding waiver provisions, the rule will also eliminate other unnecessary quantitative and non-quantitative treatment limitations, consistent with principles of mental health parity and our governing laws.

    Additionally, this rulemaking will remove the categorical exclusion on treatment of gender dysphoria. This change will permit coverage of all non-surgical medically necessary and appropriate care in the treatment of gender dysphoria, consistent with the program requirements applicable for treatment of all mental or physical illnesses. Surgical care remains prohibited by statute at 10 U.S.C. 1079(a)(11), as discussed further below.

    Finally, following the recent repeal (section 703 of the NDAA for FY 15) of the statutory authority (previously codified at 10 U.S.C. 1079(i)(2)) for separate beneficiary financial liability for mental health benefits, the rule revises the cost-sharing requirements for mental health and SUD benefits to be consistent with those that are applicable to TRICARE medical and surgical benefits.

    (b) Expanding Coverage To Include Mental Health and SUD Intensive Outpatient Programs and Treatment of Opioid Use Disorder

    Previously, TRICARE benefits did not fully reflect the full range of contemporary SUD treatment approaches (i.e., outpatient counseling and intensive outpatient program (IOP)) that are now endorsed by the American Society of Addiction Medicine (ASAM), the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), and the VA/DoD Clinical Practice Guidelines (CPGs) for SUDs.

    An amendment to the regulation was necessary to authorize TRICARE benefit coverage of medically and psychologically necessary services and supplies which represent appropriate medical care and that are generally accepted by qualified professionals to be reasonable and adequate for the diagnosis and treatment of mental disorders. TRICARE coverage of medication assisted treatment (MAT) for opioid use disorder, extended through regulatory revisions, as published in the Federal Register on October 22, 2013 (78 FR 62427), was previously limited to MAT provided by a TRICARE authorized SUDRF. This revision of the TRICARE SUD treatment benefit allows office-based opioid treatment (OBOT) by individual TRICARE-authorized physicians and adds coverage of qualified opioid treatment programs (OTPs) as TRICARE authorized institutional providers of SUD treatment for opioid use disorder.

    (c) Streamlining Requirements for Institutional Mental Health and SUD Providers To Become TRICARE Authorized Providers

    While TRICARE's comprehensive certification standards were once considered necessary to ensure quality and safety, these comprehensive certification requirements proved to be overly restrictive and at times inconsistent with current industry-based institutional provider standards and organization. There are currently several geographic areas that are inadequately served because providers in those regions did not meet TRICARE certification requirements, though they may have met the industry standard. This final rule will streamline TRICARE regulations to be consistent with industry standards for authorization of qualified institutional providers of mental health and SUD treatment. It is anticipated that these revisions will result in an increase in the number and geographic coverage areas of participating institutional providers of mental health and SUD treatment for TRICARE beneficiaries.

    (d) TRICARE Reimbursement Methodologies for Newly Recognized Mental Health and SUD Intensive Outpatient Programs and Opioid Treatment Programs

    Along with recognition of several new categories of TRICARE authorized providers, this rule establishes reimbursement methodologies for these providers. Specifically, new reimbursement methodologies are instituted for IOPs for mental health and SUD treatment as well as OTPs, as these providers had not previously been recognized by TRICARE and thus appropriate reimbursement methodologies must be established. Existing reimbursement methodologies for SUDRFs, RTCs, and PHPs will continue to apply.

    2. Legal Authority for the Regulatory Action

    The legal authority for this final rule is 10 U.S.C., section 1073, which authorizes the Secretary of Defense to make decisions concerning TRICARE and to administer the medical and dental benefits provided in title 10 U.S.C., chapter 55. The Department is authorized to provide medically necessary and appropriate medical care for mental and physical illnesses, injuries and bodily malfunctions, including hospitalization, outpatient care, drugs, and treatment of mental health conditions under 10 U.S.C. 1077(a)(1) through (3) and (5). Although section 1077 identifies the types of health care to be provided in military treatment facilities (MTFs) to those authorized such care under section 1076, these same types of health care (with certain specified exceptions) are authorized for coverage within the civilian health care sector for ADFMs under section 1079 and for retirees and their dependents under section 1086. In general, the scope of TRICARE benefits covered within the civilian health care sector and the TRICARE authorized providers of those benefits are found at 32 CFR 199.4 and 199.6, respectively.

    TRICARE beneficiary cost-sharing is governed by statute and regulation based upon both the beneficiary category and TRICARE option being utilized. With the recent repeal of the statutory authority (previously codified at 10 U.S.C. 1079(i)(2)) for separate beneficiary financial liability for mental health benefits, this final rule revises the cost-sharing requirements for mental health and SUD benefits to be consistent with those that are applicable to TRICARE medical and surgical benefits.

    With respect to institutional provider reimbursement, pursuant to 10 U.S.C. 1079(i)(2), the Secretary is required to publish regulations establishing the amount to be paid to any provider of services, including hospitals, comprehensive outpatient rehabilitation facilities, and any other institutional facility providing services for which payment may be made. The amount of such payments shall be determined, to the extent practicable, in accordance with the same reimbursement rules as apply to payments to providers of services of the same type under Medicare. TRICARE provider reimbursement methods are found at 32 CFR 199.14. When it is not practicable to adopt Medicare's methods or Medicare has no established reimbursement methodology (e.g. Medicare does not reimburse freestanding SUDRFs or PHPs that are not hospital-based or part of a Community Mental Health Clinic, while TRICARE does), TRICARE establishes its own rates through proposed and final rulemaking.

    B. Summary of the Major Provisions of the Final Rule 1. Eliminating Unnecessary Quantitative and Non-Quantitative Treatment Limitations on SUD and Mental Health Benefit Coverage and Aligning Beneficiary Cost-Sharing for Mental Health and SUD Benefits With Those Applicable to Medical/Surgical Benefits

    This final rule makes a number of comprehensive revisions to the TRICARE mental health and SUD treatment coverage. In an effort to further de-stigmatize SUD care, treatment of SUDs is no longer separately identified as a limited special benefit under 32 CFR 199.4(e) but rather has now been incorporated into the general mental health provisions in § 199.4(b) governing institutional benefits and § 199.4(c) governing professional service benefits. Further, this rule eliminates a number of mental health and SUD quantitative and non-quantitative treatment limitations, and corresponding waiver provisions, instead relying on determinations of medical necessity and appropriate utilization management tools, as are used for all other medical and surgical benefits. Proposed revisions include eliminating:

    • All inpatient mental health day limits, following the statutory revisions to 10 U.S.C. 1079;

    • The 60-day partial hospitalization and SUDRF residential treatment limitations;

    • Annual and lifetime limitations on SUD treatment;

    • Presumptive limitations on outpatient services including the six-hours per year limit on psychological testing; the limit of two sessions per week for outpatient therapy; and limits for family therapy (15 visits) and outpatient therapy (60 visits) provided in free-standing or hospital based SUDRFs;

    • The limit of two smoking cessation quit attempts in a consecutive 12 month period and 18 face-to-face counseling sessions per attempt; and

    • The regulatory prohibition that categorically excludes all treatment of gender dysphoria.

    The rule also changes cost-sharing for mental health treatment for TRICARE Prime and Standard/Extra beneficiaries to align with the applicable cost-sharing provisions for other non-mental health inpatient and outpatient benefits. Additionally, revisions clearly identify services that will be cost-shared on an inpatient (e.g., inpatient admissions to a hospital, residential treatment center, SUDRF residential treatment program, or skilled nursing facility) versus outpatient (including partial hospitalization programs, intensive outpatient treatment services, and opioid treatment program services) cost-sharing basis to ensure consistency with the statutory requirements in 10 U.S.C. 1079 and 1086. In many cases, these modifications to cost-sharing will enhance TRICARE beneficiary access to care through lower out-of-pocket costs.

    2. Expanding Coverage To Include Mental Health and SUD Intensive Outpatient Programs and Treatment of Opioid Use Disorder

    The regulatory language defines and authorizes new services by TRICARE authorized institutional and individual providers of SUD care outside of SUDRF settings at § 199.2 and 199.6. Revisions to treatment benefits at § 199.4 and § 199.6 will allow intensive outpatient programs (IOPs) for mental health and SUD treatment; care in opioid treatment programs (OTPs); and outpatient SUD treatment (i.e., office-based opioid treatment, psychosocial treatment and family therapy) by individual TRICARE authorized providers.

    3. Streamlining Requirements for Institutional Mental Health and SUD Providers To Become TRICARE Authorized Providers

    Significant revisions to 32 CFR 199.6 eliminate the administratively burdensome provider certification process and streamline approval for institutional mental health and SUD providers to become TRICARE authorized providers. In multiple regions providers may meet industry standards but do not meet TRICARE certification requirements. Consequently, providers in these regions were unable to serve TRICARE beneficiaries. The applicable provisions for residential treatment centers, psychiatric and SUD partial hospitalization programs, and SUDRFs, have been rewritten in their entirety to address institutional provider eligibility, organization and administration, participation agreement requirements and any other requirements for approval as a TRICARE authorized provider. The requirement and formal process of certification will be eliminated. Similarly, new regulatory provisions for the newly recognized categories of institutional providers, namely IOPs and OTPs are instituted.

    4. TRICARE Reimbursement Methodologies for Newly Recognized Mental Health and SUD Intensive Outpatient Programs and Opioid Treatment Programs

    Finally, amendments to 32 CFR 199.14, which specifies provider reimbursement methods, establish allowable all-inclusive per diem payment rates for psychiatric and SUD, PHP, IOP and OTP services.

    C. Costs and Benefits

    The amendment is not anticipated to have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more. An independent government cost estimate found that this rule is estimated to have a net increase in costs of approximately $58 million. The government's regulatory impact analysis based on this cost estimate can be found in the docket folder associated with this proposed rule [at DOD-2015-HA-0109]. To summarize, provisions to implement mental health parity account for approximately $36 million (62%) of the $58 million net cost increase. While modifying mental health cost-sharing will increase costs, these revisions are required as the former statutory authority for mental health-specific cost sharing has been deleted from the statute (section 703 of the NDAA for FY15). As a result, the existing statutory cost-shares are utilized and this aligns mental health cost-shares with the current medical-surgical cost-shares. The largest cost increase ($21.6 million) is attributable to lowering outpatient mental health cost-sharing for Non-Active Duty Dependent (NADD) TRICARE beneficiaries (from $25 per visit to the medical/surgical outpatient cost-sharing of $12 per visit).

    Elimination of the statutory day limits for inpatient psychiatric and Residential Treatment Center (RTC) care for children (to comply with section 703 of the NDAA for FY15) will only minimally increase costs. This is because these previously published presumptive day limits were also subject to waivers and TRICARE had been reimbursing for medically necessary inpatient stays with waivers when continued medical necessity was supported. Eliminating the limit of two sessions per week for outpatient therapy is estimated to incur an increased cost ($7.5 million), but this is based on the conservative assumption that the proportion of NADD beneficiaries who will pursue three psychotherapy sessions per week is comparable to the proportion of Active Duty Service Members (ADSMs) who do so (17%), even though ADSMs incur no cost-sharing and most receive psychotherapy within MTFs instead of civilian providers. Eliminating other limits (e.g., annual and lifetime limits on SUD treatment, smoking cessation program limits, and others as outlined above) will have a relatively minimal increase in costs. Overall, the benefit of removing these quantitative limits to mental health treatment will ensure that all beneficiaries receive the appropriate amount of care based on medical and psychological necessity.

    Creating additional levels, providers, and types of mental health care (e.g., intensive outpatient programs, opioid treatment programs, non-surgical coverage for gender dysphoria, and also allowing outpatient substance use treatment) will increase costs to the program by approximately $19 million. Some of the cost increases will be offset through utilization of lower and less expensive levels of care (e.g., IOP versus residential or full day PHP) and prevention of relapse requiring more costly, intensive inpatient intervention. Previously, PHPs were the only step-down care from inpatient substance use disorder treatment covered by TRICARE. In many rural and sparely-populated states, there are relatively few PHPs (on average 20 or fewer, with 4 states having fewer than 10 PHPs). IOPs in these rural states, on the other hand, are four times more plentiful than PHPs, and TRICARE coverage of IOP substance use disorder treatment will greatly increase beneficiary access to SUD treatment, particularly in these remote geographic areas. Coverage of outpatient SUD treatment by TRICARE authorized individual providers will facilitate early intervention for SUDs and help reduce relapse following more intensive treatment through the availability of outpatient aftercare from these professionals.

    Additionally, TRICARE currently has an estimated 15,000 to 20,000 beneficiaries with opioid use disorder who, under the previous benefit, could not access medication-assisted treatment (MAT; e.g., buprenorphine or methadone). According to SAMHSA, there are approximately 1400 OTPs in the United States and 31,363 physicians with a DEA waiver to provide MAT for opioid use disorder, but none of these facilities or providers is TRICARE-authorized or eligible to be reimbursed by TRICARE under current regulation. Under these regulatory changes, TRICARE beneficiaries will have ready access to MAT on an outpatient basis as recommended by ASAM and clinical practice guidelines developed jointly by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) and DoD.

    Streamlining requirements for institutional providers to become TRICARE authorized providers of mental health and SUD care will incur an estimated increased cost of $3.2 million due to an anticipated increase in the number of institutional providers joining the TRICARE network. To focus on RTC care as an example, TRICARE strives to provide a robust mental health treatment benefit to our child beneficiaries, but access to RTC care for children is significantly limited in many geographic areas by TRICARE's existing certification requirements. Less than one sixth of RTCs accredited by the Joint Commission are currently TRICARE certified, and only about one half of individual states have at least one TRICARE certified RTC. Revising TRICARE institutional provider authorization requirements for RTCs will make it much more likely that parents will seek RTC care for their children whose behavioral health condition is so severe as to require RTC services, and this change to the TRICARE behavioral health benefit is projected to increase utilization of RTC services by 20 percent. Ultimately, the net increase in costs associated with this final rule will greatly be outweighed by the enhanced mental health benefits, options and access available to beneficiaries.

    D. Public Comments

    On February 1, 2016 (81 FR 5061-5086), the Office of the Secretary of Defense published a proposed rule for a 60-day public comment period, and provided an opportunity to comment on implementing changes to TRICARE benefits. As a result of publication of the proposed rule, DoD received 290 comments. A large majority of commenters expressed overwhelming support for the rule change, while others expressed concerns about the cost and necessity of the proposed changes. We thank all those who provided comments. Specific matters raised by those who submitted comments are summarized below in the appropriate sections of the preamble.

    II. Provisions of the Rule Regarding Eliminating Unnecessary Quantitative and Non-Quantitative Treatment Limitations on SUD and Mental Health Benefit Coverage and Aligning Beneficiary Cost-Sharing for Mental Health and SUD Benefits With Those Applicable to Medical/Surgical Benefits A. Eliminating Unnecessary Quantitative and Non-Quantitative Treatment Limitations on SUD and Mental Health Benefit Coverage

    1. Provisions of the Proposed Rule. This final rule will remove a number of unnecessary quantitative and non-quantitative limits for coverage of mental health and SUD care under the TRICARE Program, including:

    • All inpatient mental health day (30 days maximum for adults and 45 days maximum for children at 32 CFR 199.4(b)(9)) and annual day limits (150 days at 32 CFR 199.4(b)(8)) for RTC care for beneficiaries 21 years and younger, following the statutory revisions to 10 U.S.C. 1079;

    • The 60-day limitation on partial hospitalization (32 CFR 199.4(b)(10)(iv)) and SUDRF residential treatment (32 CFR 199.4(e)(4)(ii)(A));

    • Annual (60 days in a benefit period) and lifetime (three treatment episodes—32 CFR 199.4(e)(4)(ii)) limitations on SUD treatment;

    • Presumptive limitations on outpatient services including the six-hour per year limit on psychological testing (32 CFR 199.4(c)(3)(ix)(A)(5)) and the limit of two sessions per week for outpatient therapy (32 CFR 199.4(c)(3)(ix)(B));

    • Limits on family therapy (15 visits (32 CFR 199.4(e)(4)(ii)(C)) and outpatient therapy (60 visits—(32 CFR 199.4(e)(4)(ii)(B)) provided in free-standing or hospital based SUDRFs; and

    • The limit of two smoking cessation quit attempts in a consecutive 12 month period and 18 face-to-face counseling sessions per attempt (32 CFR 199.4(e)(30)).

    This rule will also allow coverage of outpatient treatment that is medically or psychologically necessary, including psychotherapy, family therapy and other covered diagnostic and therapeutic services, by a TRICARE authorized institutional provider or by authorized individual mental health providers without limits on the number of treatment sessions. All claims submitted for services under TRICARE remain subject to review for quality and appropriate utilization in accordance with the Quality and Utilization Review Peer Review Organization Program, under 10 U.S.C. 1079(n) and 32 CFR 199.15.

    The rule also removes certain regulatory exclusions for the treatment of gender dysphoria for TRICARE beneficiaries who are diagnosed by a TRICARE authorized provider, practicing within the scope of his or her license, to be suffering from a mental disorder, as defined in 32 CFR. 199.2. It is no longer justifiable to categorically exclude and not cover currently accepted medically and psychologically necessary treatments for gender dysphoria (such as psychotherapy, pharmacotherapy, and hormone replacement therapy) that are not otherwise excluded by statute. (Section 1079(a)(11) of title 10, U.S.C., excludes from CHAMPUS coverage surgery which improves physical appearance but is not expected to significantly restore functions, including mammary augmentation, face lifts, and sex gender changes.)

    2. Analysis of Major Public Comments. Many commenters expressed strong support for the removal of presumptive quantitative limitations on mental health treatment benefits, such as elimination of inpatient mental health day limits, the previous six hours per year limit on psychological testing, the limit of two sessions per week for outpatient therapy, and the limit of two smoking cessation quit attempts in a consecutive 12 month period. One commenter specifically suggested a raised limit on the number of smoking cessation quit attempts in a consecutive 12 month period. There was also one specific expression of support for the inclusion of music therapy as an ancillary therapy. One commenter noted that individuals with substance use disorders should be allowed only one treatment episode, and subsequent to this, benefit coverage for SUD treatment should be suspended.

    Response: We appreciate the overwhelming support for these proposed changes which will reduce unnecessary administrative barriers and ensure ready access to medically necessary care for our beneficiaries. In response to the general concerns regarding cost and necessity for the proposed changes we would emphasize that while specific, presumptive quantitative treatment limitations have been eliminated, mental health and SUD care will still be reviewed for continued medical necessity and subject to utilization management review, as is all care under the TRICARE program. We believe this approach provides an appropriate balance between reducing administrative barriers to care while still ensuring appropriate utilization. Regarding allowance of only one treatment episode for SUD care, this is far less than the Department's previous allowance of three episodes of treatment for SUD care. The removal of these limitations recognizes that SUDs are chronic conditions with periodic phases of relapse and readmission, often requiring multiple interventions over several years to achieve full remission. With respect to the suggestion to raise the limit on smoking cessation quit attempts, the Department's approach of eliminating all presumptive quantitative limitations makes such a recommendation unnecessary. Finally, with respect to music therapy, we would note that while it is not recognized as a primary mental health or SUD treatment modality, it remains a covered ancillary therapy benefit solely when provided in the context of an approved inpatient, SUDRF, residential treatment, partial hospitalization, or intensive outpatient program treatment plan and under the clinical supervision of a qualified mental health professional.

    Comment: Multiple national organizations sent comments requesting a definition of the term “qualitative” treatment limits as used in the proposed rule to be consistent with the MHPAEA, citing that the MHPAEA uses only the terms “quantitative” and “non-quantitative” treatment limits. While applauding TRICARE's removal of quantitative treatment limits (QTLs), some argued that the rule should go farther to achieve parity in accordance with the MHPAEA, and cited sections of regulation they perceived as non-quantitative treatment limitations (NQTLs) that are inconsistent with the MHPAEA, such as those: Requiring utilization review, quality assurance and reauthorization for inpatient mental health services and partial hospitalization at 199.4(a)(11) and (12); outlining medical necessity criteria for institutional providers of mental health treatment at 199.4(b); and, providing descriptions and requirements for mental health providers at 199.6(b) that were perceived as more detailed than those for medical/surgical settings. Several commenters also suggested that since compliance with the letter and the spirit of mental health parity rules has been inconsistent, that TRICARE issue clear guidance regarding enforcement of its requirements as well as establish a systemized way of collecting information from medical providers and enrollees about compliance. Several other commenters specifically requested that the final rule explicitly require issuers and plans to perform a compliance review of the plan or issuer's financial requirements regarding QTLs and NQTLs applied by the plan or issuer; and require plans and issuers to provide documentation that illustrates how the health plan has determined the financial requirements, QTLs and/or NQTLs are in compliance. Finally, one commenter noted that while they understood that TRICARE was not subject to the MHPAEA statute, they were not aware of any statutory prohibition which would preclude a complete modeling of its MH/SUD benefits with MHPAEA's qualitative, or NQTL, treatment limitation requirements.

    Response: The Department appreciates the comments regarding “qualitative” or “non-quantitative” treatment limitations (NQTLs) and apologizes for any confusion created in the proposed rule by not following the same terminology used in the MHPAEA. In this final rule, the term “non-quantitative” has been substituted for “qualitative” for clarity and consistency.

    The Department believes that it is important to note that TRICARE is a program of medical benefits provided by the U.S. Government under public law to specified categories of individuals who are qualified for those benefits by virtue of their relationship to one of the seven Uniformed Services. In response to the public comments citing general challenges with plan disclosure requirements and problems with noncompliance and inconsistent application of NQTLs by issuers and plans subject to the MHPAEA, the Department stresses that TRICARE is a statutory entitlement program; it is not health insurance and it is not administered through issuers or plans. As addressed in greater detail in the supplementary information background section of the proposed rule, TRICARE is not a group health plan subject to the MHPA of 1996, the MHPAEA of 2008, or the Health Care Reconciliation Act of 2010. Unlike private insurers, TRICARE is a federal entitlement program of uniform benefits, as outlined in law and regulations, for eligible beneficiaries. Benefit design is dictated by federal statute and regulation, as are patient deductibles and cost-sharing, provider reimbursement, and the rules and procedures regarding quality and utilization review. Further, federal regulations at 32 CFR 199.10 set forth the policies and procedures for appealing decisions. Therefore, while the provisions of these acts served as a model for TRICARE in proposing changes to existing benefit coverage so as to reduce unnecessary administrative barriers to treatment and increase access to medically necessary mental health care consistent with TRICARE statutory authority, the Department does not believe it is necessary or appropriate to incorporate into the TRICARE regulation suggested enforcement provisions applicable to issuers and plans.

    We would also like to respond to the specific comments and recommendations we received that suggested additional revisions to existing TRICARE regulatory provisions could be made to achieve greater alignment and parity with medical/surgical benefits. First, one commenter suggested that the preauthorization, utilization review and quality assurance requirements for mental health care at § 199.4(a)(11) and (12) constitute NQTLs and should be eliminated. The Department emphasizes that all health care services for which reimbursement is sought under TRICARE are subject to review for quality of care and appropriateness of utilization as required by statute, 10 U.S.C. 1079(n). TRICARE's Quality and Utilization Review Peer Review Organization Program at 32 CFR 199.15 prescribes the objectives, requirements and procedures for how TRICARE addresses quality assurance, reauthorization and other utilization review practices for all health care services, including medical and surgical care. With that said, the Department is committed to removing unnecessary quantitative and non-quantitative treatment limitations and simplifying our regulations where it makes sense. In re-reviewing the existing regulatory language in § 199.4(a)(11) and (12), we agree that the language is unnecessary and should be eliminated. With the remaining regulatory provisions that are applicable to all covered services, including both medical/surgical as well as mental health/SUD, there is no need to separately address quality and utilization review of mental health services. Therefore, within § 199.4, the parenthetical reference to utilization and quality review of mental health services in paragraph (a)(11) has been removed. Additionally, paragraph (a)(12) regarding utilization and quality review specifically for inpatient mental health and partial hospitalization has been removed and the paragraph reserved.

    Additionally, the same commenter raised concerns that specific medical necessity criteria were included within the regulatory language under § 199.4 for mental health and SUD services while similar medical necessity criteria were not specified for medical/surgical services and settings. While the Department appreciates the comment, we have elected to retain this regulatory language as having these medical necessity criteria in regulation is instructive and informative for all stakeholders in administering the TRICARE benefit. Further, we do not believe these criteria are discriminatory or unnecessary but rather are reflective of the overarching statutory requirement that care be medically necessary and appropriate. These terms (“medically or psychologically necessary” and “appropriate medical care”) are further defined in regulation at § 199.2. These same requirements apply to TRICARE medical and surgical benefits. The language where included in § 199.4 is specifically tailored to address medically necessity in that context, particularly with respect to the different levels of care that are available for the treatment of mental health and SUD that do not have a corresponding medical or surgical counterpart. The Department has also sought to strike an appropriate balance between eliminating unnecessary language and regulatory provisions while at the same time ensuring transparency in program administration.

    Regarding comments that the Department set forth more elaborate descriptions and requirements for mental health institutional providers than for medical/surgical settings, a major objective of this rule has been to achieve significant streamlining of the descriptions and requirements for TRICARE authorization of institutional mental health care providers under §§ 199.6(b)(4)(vii) (RTCs), 199.6(b)(4)(xii) (PHPs), and 199.6(b)(4)(xiv) (SUDRFs) and we believe we have achieved that objective. The proposed revisions which are finalized in this rule have eliminated a large portion of the existing descriptions and requirements for existing mental health/SUD institutional providers. For each type of provider, the amended regulation includes a definition/general description of the type of institutional provider and eligibility requirements including licensing, accreditation, a written participation agreement and adherence to general TRICARE requirements. We have eliminated the elaborate descriptions that are contained in the existing regulations regarding such things as the organization of the facility and specific qualifications of the governing body (including the facility's Chief Executive Officer, Clinical Director, Medical Director and Medical or professional staff organization), staff composition, staff qualifications, admission process, assessments, treatment planning, discharge and transition planning, standards for physical plant and environment and a variety of other requirements that we believe are more appropriately satisfied through a national accreditation process. Similarly, we have also eliminated the requirements regarding capacity (30 percent) and length of time licensed and at full operational status (6 months) for OTPs, RTCs, PHPs, IOPs, and SUDRFs.

    Furthermore, we would note the general requirement in § 199.6(a)(8)(i) that all institutional providers must be participating providers under TRICARE. Hospitals (whether providing medical/surgical and/or mental health/SUD care) that are certified and participating under Medicare are deemed to meet TRICARE requirements and are not required to request TRICARE approval formally. (See § 199.6(b)(3).) Section 199.6 lists a variety of additional institutional providers, some of the medical/surgical variety (including, for example, skilled nursing facilities, freestanding ambulatory surgery centers, birthing centers, hospice programs, and home health agencies) and others that are mental health and SUD providers, which require specific approval to become TRICARE authorized institutional providers.

    With respect to comments about specific requirements for inclusion in participation agreements, all institutional providers are required, under § 199.6(8)(i)(A), to be a participating provider under TRICARE, and the general provisions that must be included in the agreement are outlined in regulation at § 199.6(a)(13) and are equally applicable to medical/surgical and mental health/SUD institutional providers. In general, we believe the specific requirements outlined in § 199.6(b) are reflective of the general participation agreement requirements and simply tailored to the particular type of provider (so for instance, when requiring that the participating provider agree to accept the determined allowable amount, the regulatory provisions cross reference to the applicable reimbursement methodology for that type of provider). Again, we have sought to balance the competing interests of streamlining our regulations to the extent practicable with ease of reference for the reader, coupled with our commitment to ensuring transparency in program requirements. Further, these participation agreements ensure providers accept assignment on TRICARE claims, thereby protecting our beneficiaries from financial liability above their applicable deductibles and cost-shares, and ensure compliance with applicable program requirements in support of the provision of safe, quality care to our beneficiaries.

    Additionally, while we wanted to address the general mental health parity comments here, several of the specific requirements for mental health and SUD institutional providers contained in § 199.6 and referenced in public comments are more appropriately addressed below in the following sections.

    Comment: Nineteen respondents expressed strong objection to the addition of benefit coverage for the diagnosis of gender dysphoria citing cost concerns and an inappropriate use of taxpayer funds. Several commenters expressed concerns about impact on military units and military readiness resulting from the treatment of transgender Service Members. Sixteen respondents commented in support of the proposed rule's addition of benefit coverage for psychological and medical care for gender dysphoria. Four respondents expressed objection to surgical coverage of gender dysphoria under the proposed rule. Two commenters expressed objection based on the conscience rights and first amendment liberties of those who work in the healthcare field and urged the retention of the regulatory exclusion as the diagnosis and treatment of gender dysphoria remains medically controversial. Conversely, several national organizations cited support for the addition of benefit coverage for the diagnosis of gender dysphoria but expressed significant objection to the exclusion of surgical treatment for gender dysphoria.

    Response: The Department proposed to remove the exclusion on non-surgical treatment of gender dysphoria as it is no longer justifiable to categorically exclude and not cover current medical and psychologically necessary and appropriate proven treatments that are not otherwise excluded by law. Section 1557 of the Affordable Care Act prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, origin, sex, disability, or age (consistent with the scope of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the Age Discrimination Act of 1975). HHS recently released a final rule implementing Section 1557. That rule prohibits discrimination based on gender identity (incident to the Title IX ban on sex discrimination) in health programs. The rule by its terms applies only to HHS programs, but the statute applies to all federal health programs, and DoD considers these portions (45 CFR 92.206, 92.207) of the HHS rule relevant guidance for purposes of administering TRICARE. Notably, the HHS regulation does not say plans must cover all gender transition related health care, just that they should not exclude all coverage for gender dysphoria, a mental health diagnosis established in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5). DoD agrees that to the extent the Department has discretion, prevailing medical assessments and nondiscrimination principles call for removal of this categorical exclusion. With respect to the public comments regarding military readiness, we would note that this TRICARE rule does not control policies and practices regarding treatment of gender dysphoria in Active Duty Service Members. Additionally, there is nothing in this rule that requires providers to render care against their beliefs. Existing policies allow DoD providers who, as a matter of conscience or moral principle, do not wish to provide psychotherapy, psychopharmacological, or hormone treatment, to request excusal from any such involvement. Regarding commenters' concerns about the cost of non-surgical treatment of gender dysphoria, the Department does not believe cost estimates are at all substantial or out of line with treatment of other medical or psychological conditions covered by TRICARE and most health plans.

    Surgical coverage of gender dysphoria was not included in the proposed rule, is not included in this final rule, and remains prohibited by statute at 10 U.S.C. 1079(a)(11). Several commenters argued the rule did not go far enough and others suggested the Department reconsider including coverage for transgender surgeries. Several argued the statutory exclusion was otherwise not applicable or ambiguous, must be interpreted in accordance with modern medical science and contemporary standards of care, and thus should not be read to exclude medically necessary surgical care to treat gender dysphoria. The pertinent statutory provision (10 U.S.C. 1079(a)(11)) states: “Surgery which improves physical appearance but is not expected to significantly restore functions (including mammary augmentation, face lifts, and sex gender changes) may not be provided. . . .” The statute lists three exceptions—breast reconstructive surgery following a mastectomy, reconstructive surgery to correct serious deformities caused by congenital anomalies or accidental injuries, and neoplastic surgery. Some commenters believed that DoD could disregard the listing of “sex gender changes” in the parenthetical examples of surgery “which improves physical appearance but is not expected to significantly restore functions” because it is contrary to modern medical assessment and because they believe there is Supreme Court precedent 1 for disregarding a parenthetical example misaligned with the proposition for which it is listed as an example. However, in that Supreme Court case, the Court concluded that the parenthetical example at issue was “a drafting mistake”—“an example that Congress included inadvertently”—resulting from a failure to make conforming adjustments as changes in the draft legislation were made through the process.2 That circumstance does not apply to the statutory provision at issue here. Commenters did not provide any other justification that allows DoD to disregard this unambiguous specification. While some commenters have argued that sex-gender changes should not be considered cosmetic, elective or unnecessary, and should be seen as surgery to significantly restore areas of social, psychological and physical functioning that may have been impaired by gender dysphoria, the statutory language itself is focused on restoring function of the body part upon which surgery is performed. As noted above, Congress has enacted several exceptions to the general prohibition on surgeries that are not expected to significantly restore functions. As a statutory entitlement program, the Department is constrained in its authority absent a legislative change. The final regulatory language is dictated by statute and is not meant to imply any Departmental position regarding the medical necessity of surgical treatment.

    1 Chickasaw Nation v. United States, 534 U.S. 84, 91 (2001).

    2Id.

    3. Provisions of the Final Rule. The final rule is consistent with the proposed rule except that sections making specific reference to mental health inpatient and partial hospitalization utilization review, quality assurance, and reauthorization requirements have been removed at § 199.4(a)(11) and (12).

    B. Aligning Beneficiary Cost-Sharing for Mental Health and SUD Benefits With Those Applicable to Medical/Surgical Benefits

    1. Provisions of the Proposed Rule. Following the recent repeal of statutory authority for separate beneficiary financial liability for mental health benefits, the rule eliminates any differential in cost-sharing between mental health and SUD benefits and medical/surgical benefits. The regulatory changes to 32 CFR 199.4(f) and 32 CFR 199.18 will reduce financial barriers to both outpatient and inpatient mental health and SUD benefits while, consistent with statutory requirements, minimize out-of-pocket risk for those beneficiaries.

    With respect to TRICARE Prime co-payments, active duty family members (ADFMs) enrolled in TRICARE Prime will continue to pay no copayment for inpatient or outpatient services. Retirees and all other non-active duty dependents enrolled in Prime will see the following changes:

    • The co-pay for individual outpatient mental health visits will be reduced from $25 to $12.

    • The co-pay for group outpatient mental health visits will be reduced from $17 to $12.

    • The per diem charge of $40 for mental health and SUD inpatient admissions will be reduced to the non-mental health per diem rate of $11, with a minimum charge of $25 per admission.

    Regarding TRICARE Standard cost-sharing, ADFMs utilizing TRICARE Standard/Extra previously paid a higher per diem for mental health inpatient care than for other inpatient stays. ADFMs will see the following change:

    • The per diem cost-share for inpatient mental health services will be reduced from $20/day to the daily charge ($18/day for FY16) that would have been charged had the inpatient care been provided in a Uniformed Services hospital.

    Retirees and their dependents who are not enrolled in Prime but use non-network providers (Standard) for mental health care are generally required to pay 25% of the allowable charges for inpatient care, and this will not change. Retirees and their dependents using Standard and Extra are currently responsible for their outpatient deductible and outpatient cost-sharing of 25% (Standard)/20% (Extra) of the CHAMPUS-determined allowable costs. This also will not change.

    Cost-sharing for partial hospitalization programs (PHPs) will change from inpatient to outpatient to more accurately reflect the services being rendered, ensure consistency with the applicable statutes governing cost-sharing, and to further ensure parity between the surgical/medical and mental health benefit. Congress revoked the statutory authority granted to the Secretary to establish different cost-shares for mental health care. These factors provided the impetus for adoption of outpatient cost-sharing for PHPs. As noted above, ADFMs enrolled in TRICARE Prime/Prime Remote, do not pay co-pays for inpatient or outpatient services. For retirees and their dependents enrolled in Prime, the current inpatient per diem charge of $40 for partial hospitalization program services will be reduced to an outpatient co-pay of $12 per day of services. Realigning cost-sharing of partial hospitalization program services from inpatient to outpatient will impact ADFMs utilizing TRICARE Standard/Extra. Specifically, for ADFMs, the previous inpatient per diem charge of $20/day (with a minimum $25 charge per admission) for partial hospitalization program services will instead be subject to the applicable outpatient deductible and cost-sharing of 20% (Standard)/15% (Extra) of the PHP per diem rate. However, these ADFMs will still retain the option of enrolling in TRICARE Prime/Prime Remote, where the cost-sharing is $0 (i.e., no cost-sharing is applied). The financial liability of ADFMs under Extra and Standard will be further limited by the annual $1000 catastrophic cap. Analyses conducted for the Regulatory Impact Analysis regarding this change indicated that only an estimated 50 to 80 additional non-Prime ADFMs may reach the catastrophic cap due to the higher PHP cost sharing.

    2. Analysis of Major Public Comments. Numerous commenters agreed that differential cost-sharing requirements have served as a further disincentive for individuals seeking treatment, and agree that aligning cost-sharing requirements will reduce financial barriers for consumers on both inpatient and outpatient mental health and SUD benefits while minimizing out-of-pocket risks for beneficiaries. One commenter noted concern regarding having retirees and their dependents pay higher copays, given high unemployment and homelessness rates among Veterans.

    Response: We appreciate all of the comments in support of this important change. With respect to retirees and their dependents paying higher copays, we believe this may have been a misunderstanding of general statutory and regulatory requirements regarding TRICARE cost-sharing, and what was specifically being proposed in the rule. In general, retirees and their dependents do pay more out-of-pocket costs than ADFMs. These requirements are outlined in statute and outside the scope of this rule. The intent of the rule itself is to provide parity in cost sharing between medical/surgical benefits and SUD/mental health benefits as applied to each beneficiary class. Previously retirees and their dependents enrolled in Prime paid higher copays for inpatient and outpatient mental health services than for inpatient and outpatient medical/surgical health services. However, under the final rule retirees and all other non-active duty dependents enrolled in Prime will see reductions in individual outpatient and group outpatient mental health visits from a previous rate of $25 and $17 respectively, to a rate of $12. Our intent throughout is not to restrict access to care, but to provide equitable access to medically necessary care for all beneficiary groups.

    3. Provisions of the Final Rule. The final rule is consistent with the proposed rule, and no substantive changes were made regarding beneficiary cost-sharing for mental health and SUD benefits.

    III. Provisions of the Rule Regarding Expanding Coverage To Include Mental Health and SUD Intensive Outpatient Programs and Treatment of Opioid Use Disorder A. Intensive Outpatient (IOP) Care for Psychiatric and Substance Use Disorders

    1. Provisions of the Proposed Rule. Mental health and SUD IOP services were not previously identified as separate levels of care from partial hospitalization in TRICARE regulations. Although hospital-based and free-standing facilities that are TRICARE authorized to offer partial hospitalization services can provide less intensive IOP, covered at the half-day partial hospitalization rate, the previous TRICARE certification requirements for these programs restricted the typical mental health or SUD IOP from being recognized as a distinct covered benefit and TRICARE-authorized institutional provider type. SUD IOPs offer a validated level of care endorsed by ASAM, and the provision of mental health and SUD IOP services will better accommodate patients who require step-down services from an inpatient stay or a PHP. Explicit authorization of IOP is also anticipated to expand the number of TRICARE participating providers and improve access to care. IOP care institutional providers will be required to be accredited by an accrediting body approved by the Director, Defense Health Agency, and meet the requirements outlined in 32 CFR 199.6(b)(4)(xviii) to become TRICARE authorized.

    2. Analysis of Major Public Comments. Several national organizations and many commenters expressed strong support for the authorization of new services for SUD care outside of SUDRF settings, citing the need for additional treatment options consistent with the full range of the continuum of care. One national organization also requested clarification regarding application processes and contract amendments for existing TRICARE providers who serve patients in their PHP services but who would want to expand their services to include the new IOP level of care.

    Response: The Department agrees and sought these revisions to ensure ready access to medically necessary treatment reflective of the full continuum of evidence-based care. The Department understands comprehensive SUD treatment must include access to various levels of care, ranging from acute detoxification to treatments that focus on stabilization and maintenance of treatment gains. While § 199.6 (b)(4)(xviii) establishes standards and requirements for intensive outpatient treatment programs for psychiatric and substance use disorders, further details regarding participation, billing, and accreditation standards will be outlined in the TRICARE manuals available online at http://manuals.tricare.osd.mil. With respect to institutional providers who would like to expand their services, we would note that the regulatory language regarding participation agreements specifically acknowledges that a single consolidated participation agreement is acceptable for all units of a TRICARE authorized facility granted that all programs meet the applicable requirements. Once implemented, interested facilities should work directly with the applicable managed care support contractor for their region to establish and/or modify their participation agreement.

    3. Provisions of the Final Rule. The final rule is consistent with the proposed rule, and no substantive changes were made with respect to Intensive Outpatient (IOP) care for Psychiatric and Substance Use Disorders.

    B. Treatment of Opioid Use Disorder

    1. Provisions of the Proposed Rule. This rule expands treatment of opioid use disorder, with the provision of medication assisted treatment (MAT), through both TRICARE authorized institutional and individual providers. In addition to SUD IOPs, this rule allows TRICARE coverage of opioid treatment programs (OTPs), with the inclusion of a definition of OTPs in 32 CFR 199.2 and the requirements for OTPs to become TRICARE authorized institutional providers outlined in 32 CFR 199.6(b)(4)(xix). Additionally, this rule allows coverage of OBOT, as defined in 32 CFR 199.2, and coverage of MAT on an outpatient basis as extended in 32 CFR 199.4(c)(3)(ix)(A)(9).

    2. Analysis of Major Public Comments. A number of commenters, along with multiple national organizations sent comments in support of the addition of benefit coverage to include opioid treatment programs, noting opioid addiction is a significant national problem. One commenter stated that individuals with opioid use disorder should not be provided any form of treatment as this represented a waste of government funds. One national organization commented that there are actually approximately 1400 OTPs in existence. Also, several commenters requested that TRICARE clarify capacity requirements for OTPs and include the right to request a waiver to this requirement. One commenter queried how and if quality tracking of the newly authorized providers will be performed and by which department.

    Response: Recent increases in prescription opioid misuse and heroin addiction make provision of MAT in OTPs and OBOT settings a timely and necessary addition to benefit coverage. We do not agree with the commenter who noted that treatment should be withheld for individuals with opioid use disorder, and we note that MAT is an effective, evidence-based treatment for opioid use disorder that should be provided by TRICARE as medically necessary and appropriate treatment. We appreciate the comment regarding the approximate number of OTPs in existence and are hopeful many of these facilities will elect to become TRICARE participating providers. With respect to the proposed regulatory requirement that OTPs are required to be licensed and fully operational for a period of at least six months with a minimum patient census of at least 30 percent of capacity, we understand from several commenters that unlike inpatient and residential facilities, OTPs may not have a stated capacity as part of their licensure, and as a result, it may not be clear as to whether or not OTPs have met this requirement. We appreciate this issue being brought to our attention and have decided to remove the explicit capacity requirement for OTPs from the regulation. TRICARE will simply require OTPs to be licensed and operate in substantial compliance with state and federal regulations.

    3. Provisions of the Final Rule. The final rule is consistent with the proposed rule and the only substantive change made regarding provisions for the treatment of opioid use disorder was removal of an explicit capacity requirement for OTPs contained in § 199.6(b)(xix)(A)(2)(ii).

    C. Outpatient Substance Use Disorder Treatment by Individual Professional Providers

    1. Provisions of the Proposed Rule. By previous regulation, reimbursement for office-based SUD outpatient treatment provided by TRICARE authorized individual mental health providers, as specified in 32 CFR 199.6, was not permitted. Such outpatient SUD treatment services were only authorized when provided by a TRICARE approved institutional provider (i.e., a hospital-based or free-standing SUDRF). However, although some accredited TRICARE-authorized SUDRFs provide office-based SUD outpatient treatment, institutional providers of SUD care primarily provide services to patients requiring a higher level of SUD care. To address this limitation in access, the Department proposed expanded coverage to include individual outpatient SUD care, including office-based outpatient treatment.

    This rule covers services of TRICARE-authorized individual mental health providers, practicing within the scope of their licensure or certification, who offer medically or psychologically necessary SUD treatment services (including outpatient and family therapy) outside of a SUDRF, to include MAT and treatment of opioid use disorder by a TRICARE authorized physician delivering OBOT on an outpatient basis.

    2. Analysis of Major Public Comments. Again, national organizations and many commenters expressed strong support for the authorization of new services for SUD care outside of SUDRF settings, citing the need for additional treatment options consistent with the full range of the continuum of care and appropriate access to evidence-based care. Eight commenters requested additional SUD individual professional provider types be recognized by TRICARE as authorized to provide services. One commenter also noted that she was unable to provide services as she does not hold citizenship but suggested volunteers be allowed to provide services to beneficiaries.

    Response: We agree that access to care is important for beneficiaries seeking SUD treatment. The Department made these revisions in acknowledgement of the importance of both the availability and convenience of access to evidence-based care in a range of settings to include TRICARE authorized, individual office-based providers.

    TRICARE appreciates the contributions of peer counselors, and other non-medical individuals who desire to provide SUD and mental health services to beneficiaries as well as the skills and professional experience of the various substance use disorder and mental health providers in the field. We appreciate these comments but consider them beyond the scope of this rule as we did not propose any changes to the existing regulatory requirements for individual professional providers of care. TRICARE maintains a robust selection of TRICARE eligible providers by relying on currently recognized provider types. Qualified mental health providers are: Psychiatrists or other physicians; clinical psychologists, certified psychiatric nurse specialists, certified clinical social workers, certified marriage and family therapists, TRICARE certified mental health counselors, pastoral counselors under a physician's supervision, and supervised mental health counselors under a physician's supervision. However, we will review all recommendations provided and consider them in the development of future policy. Additionally, the acceptance of volunteer services is beyond the scope of our proposed rule which addresses the cost-sharing of medically necessary services and supplies required in the diagnosis and treatment of an injury, illness or disease when rendered by a TRICARE authorized provider.

    3. Provisions of the Final Rule. The final rule is consistent with the proposed rule, and no substantive changes were made to provisions regarding TRICARE coverage of outpatient SUD treatment by individual professional providers.

    IV. Provisions of the Rule Regarding Streamlining Requirements for Institutional Mental Health and SUD Providers To Become TRICARE Authorized Providers

    1. Provisions of the Proposed Rule. This rule simplifies the regulation to account for existing industry-wide accepted accreditation standards for TRICARE institutional providers of mental health care, including RTCs, freestanding PHPs, and freestanding SUDRFs. Requirements for TRICARE certification beyond industry-accepted accreditation, while once considered necessary to ensure quality and safety, eventually proved to be unnecessarily restrictive and inconsistent with current institutional provider standards and organization. Specifically, the final rule streamlines procedures and requirements for SUDRFs, RTCs, PHPs, IOPs and OTPs to qualify as TRICARE authorized providers, relying primarily on accreditation by a national body approved by the Director, as opposed to detailed, lengthy, stand-alone TRICARE requirements (e.g., the qualifications and authority of the clinical director, staff composition and qualifications, and standards for physical plant and environment, amongst others). In general, mental health and SUD institutional providers may become TRICARE authorized institutional providers if the facility is accredited by an accrediting organization approved by the Director and agrees to execute a participation agreement with TRICARE, as outlined in the regulations. This streamlined approval process is a greatly simplified process from the previous, detailed certification process for current institutional providers.

    Furthermore, given that there are now a growing number of accrediting bodies established for institutional providers of mental health care and industry standards that are widely accepted, the final rule eliminates by name references to specific accrediting bodies (e.g., The Joint Commission (TJC)). Instead, the specific mention of accrediting bodies is replaced with the term, “an accrediting organization, approved by Director.” This will allow the Defense Health Agency (DHA) flexibility in selecting and recognizing the authority of various accrediting bodies to assist in authorization of institutional providers of mental health care and SUD care. Rather than name all the approved accrediting bodies in regulation, DHA will identify specific accrediting bodies for various types of mental health care in TRICARE sub-regulatory policy found at http://manuals.tricare.osd.mil.

    2. Analysis of Major Public Comments. Multiple national organizations and individuals noted strong support for changes in accreditation requirements as part of the streamlining of the process for TRICARE approval of institutional providers. Many of these comments sought to advocate for approval of the Commission on Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities as a TRICARE-approved accrediting organization. Also, a number of commenters sought to advocate for the Council on Accreditation, and several others advocated for Outdoor Behavioral Healthcare Accreditation, to be recognized as approved accrediting organizations. One commenter noted the positive impact this will have on community based providers, including enhancing local economies. Another commenter requested that the Department open TRICARE networks to any willing and able provider with appropriate credentials, indicating that paneling need not be made any more complicated. One commenter specifically discussed the circumstances under which there were no network providers within one hour of place of residence to provide care. One commenter requested the Department clearly address coverage for eating disorder programs. Another commenter expressed concern that DoD should not propose new regulations that would make it difficult for providers to participate in TRICARE.

    Concurrently, one national organization expressed concern that streamlining of accreditation requirements would negatively affect the quality of care received by beneficiaries, warned about the failure of accreditation agencies to ensure quality outcomes, and encouraged the Department to prioritize not only access but quality. That organization also suggested that TRICARE ensure public transparency and accountability by publishing inspection results of mental health facilities. The commenter also suggested that facilities with recent serious incidents should be subject to frequent reviews and increased reporting requirements around patient safety and quality measures. It was also suggested that TRICARE enforce current staffing standards for RTCs according to acuity and needs of patients, not only census. One organization questioned the Department's intent to rely primarily on national accreditation for authorization of RTCs and erroneously stated that the Department requires on-site inspection before a participation agreement is signed. They requested additional specific information and clarification concerning what degree TRICARE would continue to impose an additional layer of standards and processes and questioned how this would be implemented. Another commenter acknowledged TRICARE's right to conduct on-site surveys but indicated their hope was that on-site surveys would be done only in extraordinary circumstances and that the commitment to reliance on national accreditation would be sufficient in virtually every case. Finally, some commenters strongly objected to the requirement that participating institutional providers agree to permit “full access to patients” including interviewing patients during on-site quality assurance or accounting audits be granted.

    Response: We agree that previous, “stand alone” standards for TRICARE certification are no longer necessary and standards must be streamlined. We concur with multiple commenters who believe the existing TRICARE certification standards now prove to be unnecessarily restrictive. Instead, relying primarily on industry-accepted accrediting bodies, including The Joint Commission and Commission on Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities, will encourage institutional provider participation in TRICARE thereby allowing beneficiaries greater access to medically necessary services. In order to avoid the necessity of updating the regulation every time a new industry-accepted accrediting organization is recognized by TRICARE, we have not included an itemized list of organizations in the regulation, rather indicating that a full list of accrediting organizations approved by the Director will be included in the TRICARE Policy Manual and promulgated following publication of this final rule.

    We strongly believe that relying primarily on accreditation by a national accrediting body will not create an additional layer of standards and processes, nor will it reduce the overall quality of care beneficiaries receive. Over two decades ago, in the Final Rule: “Civilian Health and Medical Program of the Uniformed Services (CHAMPUS): Mental Health Services,” as published in 60 FR 12419, March 7, 1995, standards were developed to address identified problems of quality of care, fraud, and abuse in RTCs, SUDRFs, and PHPs at the time. There are now a number of industry-accepted accrediting bodies with mental health facility standards that meet or exceed the current TRICARE-established standards. Streamlining procedures to qualify as a TRICARE authorized institutional provider will not only increase access to approved care, but also decrease the overall cost to both the Department and institutional providers of certifying duplicative and now unnecessary quality standards first implemented by the 1995 Final Rule. With respect to eating disorders in particular, treatment services rendered in TRICARE-authorized free-standing or hospital facilities are covered as they are for other mental health and SUD conditions. We believe this final rule will expand treatment options for the treatment of eating disorders with the inclusion of IOPs as well as the streamlining of requirements for institutional providers to become TRICARE authorized providers.

    We also appreciate the public comments we received regarding quality of care and the need for ongoing oversight. TRICARE remains committed to provision of high quality mental health and SUD services and will continue to ensure high levels of quality care while expanding access. While the Department does intend to rely primarily on a facility's accreditation and willingness to become a TRICARE participating providers, all participating providers agree to grant the Department the right to conduct quality assurance audits on a scheduled or unscheduled (unannounced) basis as a condition of participation in TRICARE. To be clear, while we require provider to agree to grant the Department with the right to conduct audits, we do not intend to automatically conduct an on-site inspection or audit of every provider as a condition of participation. Further details regarding TRICARE's Quality and Utilization Peer Review Organization Program, which is based on specific statutory authority and follows many of the quality and utilization review requirements and procedures in effect for the Medicare Peer Review Organization, can be found in 32 CFR 199.15. Further, 32 CFR 199.9 sets forth provisions for invoking administrative remedies against providers in situations requiring administrative action to enforce provisions of law, regulation, and policy in order to ensure the quality of care for TRICARE beneficiaries. Given the past abuses and the vulnerability of this patient population, full access to patients is justified during on-site quality assurance and accounting audits and helps to ensure transparency and accountability of all parties. The Department has balanced the competing interests of expanded access and provision of high quality care through the provisions of this rule.

    Comment: One commenter also made a number of specific recommendations regarding the regulatory language in § 199.6 applicable to mental health and SUD institutional providers. We addressed the overarching mental health parity comments earlier. We will now address the additional specific comments about the proposed regulatory language.

    Response: The commenter raised concerns with specific regulatory language regarding RTCs, namely “RTC is appropriate for patients whose predominant symptom presentation is essentially stabilized, although not resolved, and who have persistent dysfunction in major life areas.” The commenter indicated that the phrase “essentially stabilized” is a subjective term with no clear meaning and § 199.6(b)(4)(vii)(A)(1) should be revised. The Department would note that this is the existing standard for RTCs and in practice, it has not proven to be problematic but is rather geared to ensuring the appropriate level of care as part of medically necessary and appropriate care. This same commenter objected to the language in § 199.6(b)(4)(vii)(A)(1) that differentiates residential treatment from acute psychiatric care, partial hospitalization, a group home, therapeutic schools, facilities that treat patients with a primary diagnosis of substance use disorder or intellectual or developmental disability. Similar objections were raised to § 199.6(b)(4)(xiv)(A)(1) with respect to SUDRFs and included the recommendation that subparagraph (i) should be clarified as referring to a hospital/psychiatric hospital. The Department fully appreciates that different states may use different terms in licenses institutional providers. Regardless of the specific title of the license, as these vary by state, the facility or distinct part of the facility and license must be reviewed in order to determine the services that are actually being offered and whether the facility meets the requirements to be a TRICARE authorized RTC. These provisions are not new to the TRICARE regulation and are necessary to distinguish an RTC from acute psychiatric care, partial hospitalization, a professionally directed living arrangement, educational program, SUDRF, or facility offering long term, custodial care.

    This commenter also recommended that the Department delete the first sentence in § 199.6(b)(4)(vii)(C)(2) and § 199.6(b)(4)(xiv)(C)(2) requiring that services be provided to “CHAMPUS beneficiaries in the same manner” that they are provided to other patients, indicating that the second sentence, which prohibits discrimination in admission practices, placement in special or separate wings or rooms, or provisions of special or limited treatment, was sufficient. Apart from stating that the second sentence in each of these provisions was sufficient, no other rationale was provided as to why the first sentence should be deleted. We believe these are important requirements, and even if somewhat duplicative, the inclusion of both provisions does no harm. Consequently, the Department has decided to leave the language as originally proposed.

    Comment: Also, several national organizations requested that TRICARE allow providers 45 days rather than 30 to submit claims, acknowledging that the intent of most providers is to submit claims every 30 days, however, unforeseen delays do occur.

    Response: In the case of continuous care, claims shall be submitted at least every 30 days, as this is consistent with industry billing standards and allows for efficiency and reduction of error in billing practices. While the public comments were made in response to the regulatory language regarding participation agreement requirements for TRICARE mental health and SUD institutional providers, this is an existing requirement that applies to all providers rendering continuous care, not just mental health and SUD institutional providers. As the specific provisions that were proposed in this rulemaking action were merely reflective of overarching TRICARE claims requirements (see, e.g., §§ 199.4(b)(1)(i) and 199.7(e)(1)), it would not be appropriate to revise the specific participation agreement provisions for institutional mental health and SUD providers in a manner that is inconsistent with other regulatory provisions that apply to the TRICARE program as a whole. While the overarching TRICARE claims requirements seek to lessen any potential adverse impact on a TRICARE beneficiary that could result from a retroactive denial of care, we would also note the existing provisions in 32 CFR 199.4(h) regarding payment and liability for services and supplies retrospectively excluded by a Peer Review Organization by reason of being not medically necessary, at an inappropriate level, or other reason relative to reasonableness, necessity or appropriateness. Additional information regarding waiver of liability may be found in the TRICARE Policy Manual at Chapter 1, Section 4.1. In summary, we believe the requirement to submit claims every 30 days protects not only beneficiaries but also providers.

    Comment: It was also requested that when providing cost data as required by TRICARE, that an entity with multiple service lines and treatment centers be allowed to submit a single consolidated audit of the organization's financial statements, and financial controls to meet this requirement.

    Response: Both the existing and final regulation require participating institutional providers to permit access to the financial and organizational records of the provider and, when requested, to furnish cost data certified by an independent accounting firm or other agency authorized by the Director. Access to financial auditing/reporting continues to be important to the program in evaluating the quality and cost-effectiveness of care rendered by TRICARE-authorized providers. Additionally, cost data and financial reports/audits are utilized to calculate reimbursement rates in accordance with prescribed reimbursement methodology for certain institutional providers. For example, financial reports and audits would be essential for verification of charge/cost data used in the establishment of RTC-specific per diem rates. Entities are not prohibited from providing a single, consolidated audit of their organization's financial statements and controls to the extent that a consolidated audit provides the specificity required for evaluating the separate entities under consolidated reporting.

    Comment: One commenter noted that the certification process regarding RTCs should be on par with Medicaid certification.

    Response: In general, under Medicaid, psychiatric residential treatment facilities must be accredited by The Joint Commission or any other accrediting organization with comparable standards recognized by the State. Similarly, this final rule streamlines the approval process for TRICARE authorized RTCs by relying principally on accreditation by nationally-accepted accrediting organizations.

    3. Provisions of the Final Rule. The final rule is consistent with the proposed rule, and no substantive changes were made to provisions regarding streamlined requirements for institutional mental health and SUD providers to become TRICARE authorized providers.

    V. Provisions of the Rule Regarding TRICARE Reimbursement Methodologies for Newly Recognized Mental Health and SUD Intensive Outpatient Programs and Opioid Treatment Programs A. Intensive Outpatient Program Reimbursement

    1. Provisions of the Proposed Rule. Under current regulatory provisions [32 CFR 199.14(a)(2)(ix)(C)], the maximum per diem payment amount for a full-day partial hospitalization program (minimum of six hours) is 40 percent of the average per diem amount per case established under the TRICARE mental health per diem reimbursement system for both high and low volume psychiatric hospitals and units.

    Likewise, PHPs less than six hours (with a minimum of three hours) were paid a per diem rate at 75 percent of the rate for a full-day program. In analysis of the reimbursement methodology to be used for reimbursement of IOPs, it became apparent that the step-down in intensity, frequency and duration of treatment designated as half-day PHPs, were in fact, intensive outpatient services provided within a PHP authorized setting. While there is some variability in the intensity, frequency and duration of treatment under both programs (that is, less than six hours per day with a minimum of three hours for half-day PHPs; and two to five times per week, two to five hours per day for IOPs), it appears that both the services rendered and the professional provider categories responsible for providing the services are quite similar. As a result of this observation/analysis, the IOP designation will be used in lieu of half-day PHP for treatment of less than six hours per day—with a minimum of two hours per day—rendered in a PHP authorized setting. While the minimum hours have been reduced from three to two hours per day for coverage/reimbursement, they are still within the acceptable range for IOP services typically provided in a PHP. Since intensive outpatient services can be provided in either a PHP or newly authorized IOP setting, and IOP services are essentially the same as half- day PHP services, it is only logical that IOP per diems be set at 75 percent of the full-day PHP per diem. This would be the case regardless of whether the IOP services were provided in a PHP or IOP.

    2. Analysis of Major Public Comments. Two public commenters indicated that while the stated rationale for reimbursement of newly recognized mental health and SUD IOPs and OTPs seems reasonable, TRICARE must continue to reevaluate reimbursement over time in order to achieve the goal of increasing access to care. The same commenters also indicated that the all-inclusive per-diem payment rates appear to provider a predictable payment methodology, which makes it more possible for organizations to commit to providing services to TRICARE beneficiaries. Another commenter indicated they would support reasonable reimbursement rates if they at least meet or exceed the Medicare level of reimbursement for comparable interventions and patient service days, opining that reasonable reimbursement rates will encourage institutional providers to offer these services if they can do so without operating at a deficit. We appreciate these comments and agree. Further, as discussed at greater length in the proposed rule, by law, TRICARE reimbursement shall be determined, to the extent practicable, in accordance with the same rules as apply to payments to providers of services of the same type under Medicare. When Medicare has no established reimbursement methodology (e.g. Medicare does not reimburse OTPs or freestanding SUDRFs or PHPs that are not hospital based or part of a Community Mental Health Clinic, while TRICARE does), TRICARE must establish its own rates through proposed and final rulemaking.

    3. Provisions of the Final Rule. The final rule is consistent with the proposed rule, and no substantive changes were made to provisions regarding such IOP reimbursement.

    B. Opioid Treatment Program Reimbursement and Cost-Sharing

    1. Provisions of the Proposed Rule. As defined in this rule, OTPs are outpatient settings for opioid treatment that use a therapeutic maintenance drug for a drug addiction when medically or psychologically necessary and appropriate for the medical care of a beneficiary undergoing supervised treatment for a SUD. The program includes an initial assessment, along with integrated psychosocial and medical treatment and support services. Since OTPs are individually tailored programs of medication therapy, separate reimbursement methodologies are established based on the particular medication being administered for treatment of the SUD. By far the most common medication used in OTPs is methadone. Methadone care in OTPs includes initial medical intake/assessment, urinalysis and drug dispensing and screening as part of the bundled rate, as well as ongoing counseling services. Based on a preliminary review of industry billing practices, the weekly bundled per diem for administration of methadone will include a daily drug cost of $3, along with a $15 per day cost for integrated psychosocial and medical support services. The daily projected per diem costs ($18/day) will be converted to a weekly per diem rate of $126 ($18/day × 7 days) and billed once a week to TRICARE using the Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) code H0020, “Alcohol and/or drug services; methadone administration and/or service.” The bundled per diem rate is how Medicaid and other third-party payers typically reimburse for methadone treatment in OTPs. The methadone rate for OTPs will be updated annually by the Medicare update factor used for other mental health care services rendered (i.e. the Inpatient Prospective Payment System update factor) under TRICARE. The updated rates will be effective October 1 of each year, and will be published annually on the TRICARE Web site. Outpatient cost-sharing will be applied to a weekly per diem, since the copayment amounts for Prime NADDs and ADFMs under Extra and Standard will be near, or in some cases, above the daily charge for OTPs, essentially resulting in a non-benefit.

    While the other two medications (buprenorphine and naltrexone) are more likely to be prescribed and administered in an OBOT setting, reimbursement methodologies for OTPs are being established for both medications to allow OTPs the full range of medications currently available for treatment of SUDs. Since the reimbursement of buprenorphine and naltrexone administered in OTPs are not conducive to the bundled per diem methodology due to variations in dosage and frequency of the drug and the non-drug services (e.g., administration fees and counseling services) will be reimbursed separately on a fee-for-service basis. We recognize that Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) and Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes are updated on a regular basis. The following referenced codes are current as of the writing of this final rule. If necessary, updated codes will be included in the TRICARE Policy Manual or TRICARE Reimbursement Manual. In the case of Buprenorphine, OTPs will bill TRICARE using the HCPCS code H0047, “Alcohol and/or other drug use services, not otherwise specified,” for the medical intake/assessment, drug dispensing and monitoring and counseling, along with HCPCS code J8499, “Prescription drug, oral, non-chemotherapeutic, nos,” for the prescribed medication. OTPs will include the National Drug Code for Buprenorphine, along with the dosage and acquisition cost on its claim. Prevailing rates will be established for drug related services (e.g., drug monitoring and counseling services) billed under HCPCS code H0047, while the drug itself will be reimbursed at 95 percent of the average wholesale price. Outpatient cost-sharing will be applied on a per-visit basis. The preliminary weekly cost estimate for Buprenorphine OTPs is $115 per week, assuming that the patient is stabilized and twice a week visits. This is based on an estimated drug cost of $10 per day and an estimated non-drug cost of $22.50 per visit [(7 × $10) + (2 × $22.50) = $115/week]. These amounts mentioned above are both preliminary and estimates and are not intended to reflect final reimbursement rates.

    Naltrexone, unlike methadone and buprenorphine, is not an agonist or partial agonist, but an inhibitor designed to block the brain's opiate receptors, diminishing the urges and cravings for alcohol, heroin, and prescription painkillers such as oxycodone. Due to the extreme cost of injectable naltrexone and the fact that it is only administered once a month, the drug, its administration fee, and ongoing counseling will be paid separately on a fee-for-service basis. OTPs will bill TRICARE using HCPCS code H0047 for counseling and other services. Prevailing rates will be established for drug related services (e.g., drug monitoring and counseling services) billed under HCPCS code H0047. The naltrexone injection will be billed using the HCPCS code J2315 with the number of milligrams used, while its administration fee will be billed using CPT code 96372. OTPs outpatient cost-sharing will be applied on a per-visit basis, which in this case would be once a month. The projected monthly amount for naltrexone is $1,177 ($1,129 for the injectable drug (J2315) + $25 for the drug's administration fee (CPT 96372) + $22.50 for other related services (H0047) = $1,176.50). These amounts may be subject to change based on health care market forces, but are not expected to change significantly. The Director will have discretionary authority in establishing the reimbursement methodologies for new drugs and biologicals that may become available for the treatment of SUDs in OTPs. The type of reimbursement (e.g., fee-for-service versus bundled per diem payments) will be dependent in large part on the variability of the dosage and frequency of the medication being administered.

    2. Analysis of Major Public Comments. A number of commenters indicated that they believed the rates proposed for OTPs' services are near market rates and are acceptable. One commenter advised the Department of Defense to evaluate existing state Medicaid reimbursement models for the use of buprenorphine in OTPs, the most recent being through the New York State Office of Alcoholism and Substance Abuse services. The commenter felt that such references would provide additional guidance to the Department in establishing appropriate buprenorphine only rates for TRICARE beneficiaries.

    One commenter felt that the proposed revisions assumed that patients being treated with buprenorphine in OTPs, once stabilized, would only visit OTPs twice a week. The commenter encouraged the Department to consider an induction rate for patients being treated with buprenorphine prior to stabilization requiring more than two visits per week-in some cases requiring daily visits to OTPs to achieve stabilization. Another commenter supported the rationale for a bundled weekly rate, but expressed concern with the projected weekly per diem price of $126, especially for New York State providers, would not be financially sustainable.

    Response: The review and analysis of Medicaid payment models were instrumental in the establishment of separate reimbursement methodologies based on the particular medication being administered for treatment of the substance use disorder. It was apparent from this initial analysis that separate fee-for-service reimbursement methodologies needed to be established for frequency of the drug and the non-drug services (e.g., administrative fees and counseling). As a result, prevailing rates will be established on a fee-for-service basis for all drug related services, while the drug itself will be reimbursed at the lesser of billed charges or 95 percent of the average wholesale price because Medicare has not yet established a reimbursement rate for buprenorphine in the Part B Drug Medicare Average Sales Price file. However, be assured that the Department will continue to review and evaluate any innovative approaches [e.g., New York's Ambulatory Patient Group (APG) payment methodology for SUD] for reimbursement of OTPs that can effectively reduce costs and improve the quality of life for individuals with opioid use disorder. To this end, the proposed regulation included discretionary authority in establishing reimbursement methodologies for new drugs and biologicals that may become available for treatment of SUDs in OTPs.

    This final rule does not set a limit of two visits per week for medication assisted treatment, and in fact, all existing quantitative limitations (regarding number of authorized visits, etc.) have been removed from the regulation. A separate induction rate is not required since buprenorphine treatment programs are reimbursed on a fee-for-services basis; i.e., the drug and non-drug services (administration fees and counseling services) will be reimbursed separately on a fee-for-service basis and bundled for payment on a weekly basis. The proposed rule merely included an example of how weekly services would be bundled and the example included two visits to OTPs. The bundled payments will vary depending on the dosage and frequency of the drug being administered and frequency of associated counseling services. As a result, the fee-for-service methodology will allow for additional visits to OTPs during the induction phase of the patient's treatment.

    We appreciate the commenter's support for the bundled weekly rate for methadone treatment programs. The amount projected in the proposed rule, a weekly per diem rate of $126 for methadone treatment programs, was based on a preliminary review of industry billing practices (i.e., bundled per diem rates that Medicaid and other third-party payers typically reimburse for methadone treatment in OTPs). However, other commenters did state the rates proposed for OTPs' services are near market rates and are acceptable. We agree that local/regional variation in costs for OTPs may occur, and therefore we will establish a national weekly per-diem rate for methadone treatment which will be adjusted utilizing the existing adjustment process appropriate to the treatment setting (e.g., the CMAC locality-adjustment process for methadone treatment provided in freestanding OTPs and the OPPS wage-index adjustment formula for methadone treatment provided in hospital-based OTPs). It is important to note separate reimbursement of buprenorphine and naltrexone administered in OTPs will occur and will reflect the variation in dosage and frequency of the drug and the non-drug services. As a result, buprenorphine and naltrexone treatment programs will be reimbursed on a fee-for-service basis, on the basis of the CHAMPUS Maximum Allowable Charge (CMAC) methodology. A final national methadone weekly per diem rate will be established prior to implementation, which will reflect current bundled per diem rates that Medicaid and other third-party payers typically reimburse for methadone treatment in OTPs. The final reimbursement rates will be published in the TRICARE Reimbursement Manual found here: http://manuals.tricare.osd.mil/.

    3. Provisions of the Final Rule. The final rule is consistent with the proposed rule, and no substantive changes were made to provisions regarding opioid treatment program reimbursement and cost-sharing.

    C. Removal of the Federal Register Publication of TRICARE Hospital-Specific Rates and Fixed Daily Copayment Amounts

    1. Provisions of the Proposed Rule. Under current regulatory provisions [32 CFR 199.4(f)(3)(ii)(B) and 32 CFR 199.14(a)(2)(iv)(C)(4)], annually updated psychiatric hospital regional per diems and fixed daily copayment amounts are to be published in the Federal Register at approximately the start of each fiscal year. While the initial intent of this regulatory requirement was to provide widespread notice of changes to regional psychiatric hospital per diems and fixed copayment mounts, its relevancy has been subsequently overshadowed by the public's online accessibility to the TRICARE manuals and reimbursement rates on the official Web site of the Military Health System and the DHA (www.health.mil). As a result, the public has ready online access to psychiatric hospital regional per diems and fixed daily copayment amounts, as well as maximum rates for mental health rates, to include freestanding psychiatric PHPs in the TRICARE Reimbursement Manual or on the official Web site of the Military Health System and the DHA (www.health.mil). Because of the readily available online access to updated mental health rates and the ongoing administrative burden of publishing annual notices to the Federal Register, these regulatory requirements are removed and updates to psychiatric hospital regional per diems and fixed copayment amounts will be maintained on the Agency's official Web site. However, psychiatric hospitals and units with hospital-specific rates will continue to be notified individually of their rates due to confidentiality restrictions. The new per diem rates for IOPs and methadone OTPs will also be maintained and available to the public on the official Web site of the Military Health System and the DHA (www.health.mil).

    2. Analysis of Major Public Comments. No public comments were received relating to this section of the rule.

    3. Provisions of the Final Rule. The final rule is consistent with the proposed rule, and no substantive changes were made to provisions regarding removal of the Federal Register publication of TRICARE hospital-specific rates and fixed daily copayment amounts.

    D. Additional Regulatory Revisions

    1. Provisions of the Proposed Rule. There are a number of additional proposed revisions that are more technical and administrative in nature that we would like to highlight here to ensure the public is made aware of these changes and their purpose. Within 32 CFR 199.2, the definition of “adequate medical documentation, mental health records” is revised to eliminate specific reference to Joint Commission standards and instead reference “standards of an accrediting organization approved by the Director” consistent with the changes in accreditation requirements as part of the streamlining of TRICARE approval of institutional providers. The definition of “mental disorder” has been revised to include SUD. The definition of “Director” has been revised to incorporate the Director of the Defense Health Agency, consistent with DoD's current organizational structure. Additionally, throughout the revisions, the term “Director” has been substituted for all other terms such as “Director, CHAMPUS” and “Director, TRICARE Management Activity.” A definition of “qualified mental health provider” has been added for easy reference (as it was previously discussed in 32 CFR 199.4 but not specifically defined); and, the definition of “Consultation” has been amended to include qualified mental health providers. Additionally, the elimination of quantitative limitations has also necessitated a number of revisions to other sections of the regulation that referenced these limits, including 32 CFR 199.4(e)(2), 32 CFR 199.7(e)(2) and 32 CFR 199.15(a)(6). Also, 32 CFR 199.14(a)(2)(iv)(C)(2) clarifies that the Medicare's Inpatient Prospective Payment System update factor is used for TRICARE's mental health rates.

    2. Analysis of Major Public Comments. One commenter recommended that the definition of Case Management be revised to include the following phrase “including mental health and substance use disorder needs” and not just mental health needs. We have no objections to this proposed change and have amended the definition accordingly. Another commenter noted that the current definition of “mental disorder” in § 199.2 should be updated to reference the current version of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual (DSM) to avoid confusion and correlate the definition with current practice definitions. We would note that the proposed rule removed the referenced definition of “mental disorder”, and replaced it with a definition of “mental disorder, to include substance use disorder.” We would also note that the newly proposed definition simply references the current edition of the DSM so as to avoid the need to update the regulatory definition every time the DSM is updated.

    3. Provisions of the Final Rule. The final rule is consistent with the proposed rule, with the addition of the above recommended change to the definition of case management.

    VI. Additional Comments

    In addition to the four major areas of the proposed rule in which we received comments, we received a number of general comments that either do not apply to the major provision categories of the final rule outlined above or apply to multiple provision categories. Those comments are responded to as follows:

    Comment: Twenty eight commenters requested benefit coverage for IOP and PHP stays for children under age thirteen.

    Response: We thank those individuals who submitted these comments. The exclusion of benefit coverage for the medically necessary treatment to include IOP and PHP care for children under age thirteen was unintentional and occurred when we combined the requirements for mental health and SUD PHP and IOPs within § 199.6. The Department does acknowledge the States' need to impose specific mental health and SUD facility licensure requirements and does note that this may impact IOP and PHP stays for children under 13. However, we have amended the language of the final rule to eliminate any age limitations from the TRICARE definition of PHP and IOP care.

    Comment: One commenter requested consistency with the Affordable Care Act and provision of coverage for dependents until age twenty six.

    Response: Regarding coverage of adult children, in accordance with 10 U.S.C. 1110b, the TRICARE Young Adult program currently provides voluntary coverage for eligible adult children until age 26.

    Comment: One commenter requested clarification regarding the scope of CFR 42.2 laws and asked whether a mental health outpatient program offering a single substance abuse class was still bound by these regulations or if only the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act laws apply.

    Response: Although we appreciate this comment, it is outside the scope of this rule and better addressed to the Department that promulgated that regulation, namely the Department of Health and Human Services.

    Comment: One national organization commented that family therapy as required in SUD partial hospitalization services could become administratively burdensome for DoD and providers, as there are times when family therapy is contra-indicated with the SUD population for reasons such as trauma history and continued SUD in family members.

    Response: DoD recognizes family therapy may be contraindicated for some beneficiaries and in these cases, it is not required. We appreciate the comment and have made additional revisions to § 199.4(b)(9)(vi) to make it clear that the decision as to whether family therapy is contraindicated for a specific patient may be made at the facility vice Director, Defense Health Agency level. If family therapy is clinically contraindicated, this should be noted and followed in the treatment plan.

    Comment: Another commenter requested the allowance of electronic and video connections specifically for the provision of family therapy.

    Response: We appreciate this suggestion and TRICARE supports the use of interactive audio/video connections between TRICARE certified providers and beneficiaries to provide clinical consultation and office-visits when appropriate and medically necessary. Geographically distant family therapy for children and adolescents in residential treatment centers is allowed where family members are distally separated from their children and the appointment takes place in accordance with existing TRICARE telemedicine and telemental health requirements as reflected in the TRICARE Policy Manual (Chapter 7, Section 22.1).

    Comment: Another national organization requested the inclusion of long-acting injectable mental health and SUD medications as TRICARE pharmacy benefits.

    Response: The TRICARE Pharmacy Program, codified at 10 U.S.C. 1074g and implemented via federal regulations at 32 CFR 199.21, provides TRICARE beneficiaries with access to a wide range of pharmaceutical agents, including self-administered and self-injectable medications. Alternatively, medications that are administered by a physician or other TRICARE authorized provider, including those drugs that are administered as an integral part of a procedure, are reimbursed under the TRICARE medical benefit program. Through these two complimentary programs, TRICARE beneficiaries have access to medically necessary prescription drugs, including long-acting injectable mental health and SUD medications.

    Comment: One commenter indicated that the proposed rule does not address telehealth service delivery but acknowledged appreciation for the Department's efforts to expand its use within a complicated framework of federal and state laws. The commenter went on to indicate that the regulation is not the place to address the details, but including telehealth services in the list of covered services under various benefits could be helpful as indicators of where additional guidance is necessary. Another organization requested inclusion of a patient's home or designated location as an originating site for the receipt of telemedicine in the final rule language with regard to mental health and SUD services.

    Response: We appreciate the comments and agree that the regulation is not the place to address the details of telemedicine. Further, the Department views telehealth, or telemedicine, as a method of delivery of medically necessary and appropriate care as opposed to a separate type of care altogether. The use of interactive audio/video technology is supported and allowed under existing TRICARE regulations and its use is delineated in the TRICARE Policy Manual. The Department is actively examining current policy regarding provision of telemedicine and telehealth, and any changes will be addressed in subsequent policy manual revisions.

    Comment: One national organization requested streamlining of the preauthorization process for patient admission. The organization also requested clarification of the professional services of the attending physicians.

    Response: While we appreciate these comments, we believe they address sub-regulatory issues and processes as opposed to any regulatory approach proposed to be adopted by TRICARE. We are pleased that the preauthorization process is supported and plan to continue monitoring this process for any difficulties. Facilities and beneficiaries with case-specific questions should work with the regional managed care support contractor. While we are uncertain what type of clarification is requested regarding the professional services of attending physicians, we imagine these comments relate to reimbursement of those services. Professional mental health services are specifically addressed in both the existing, as well as, proposed language under § 199.4 for mental health and SUD institutional benefits and indicates that these services are billed separately only when rendered by an attending, TRICARE authorized mental health professional who is not an employee or, or under contract with, the applicable institutional provider for purposes of providing clinical patient care.

    Comment: Several commenters specifically emphasized the importance of mental health SUD treatment for pediatric and adolescent patients. Some of these comments included emphasis on the integration of mental health and primary care where it makes sense and is feasible. Others encouraged DoD to continue exploring how to better meet the needs of military children. One national organization commented that the service continuum should include prevention, early identification, and comprehensive treatment services ranging from high fidelity wraparound services to individual and family therapy and medication management. Another commenter noted that TRICARE needs to fully fund WRAP-around therapies for dependents, and noted that these services should be a treatment step before an RTC as well as considered as a transitional service whenever a child is discharged from an RTC. Similarly, another national organization encouraged TRICARE to continue to invest in its infrastructure for community-based services, reserving residential care for only its most extreme cases.

    Response: The provision of appropriate health care and overall physical and mental well-being of military families and beneficiaries is one of the highest priorities of the Department. We strongly believe these changes will allow a comprehensive array of mental health services for all beneficiaries including children and adolescents, while maintaining quality standards. The Department agrees that care should be based on a continuum of services according to the needs of the individual. Within the MHS, the continuum of services begins with the medical treatment facility or purchased care physicians, pediatricians, nurses, and staff members who identify mental health needs and primary care managers provide direct or purchased care referrals for comprehensive treatment of beneficiaries. The final rule addresses the way that services for children and adolescents are delivered, through many levels of care according to the severity of condition, with the goal of maintaining the child or youth in his or her family or community where possible. Currently, TRICARE provides family, individual, group therapy, and medication management in diverse settings such as partial hospitalization, intensive outpatient, residential treatment centers, inpatient mental health and SUD treatment for children and adolescents. Further, managed care support contractors provide case management for comprehensive treatment with chronic and complex cases. While the full “wraparound services” model for children in many cases includes educational and non-clinical services that are beyond the scope of TRICARE coverage, this final rule seeks to increase access to medically necessary clinical care in all communities where military beneficiaries reside.

    While not specifically addressed in this final rule, the Department appreciates the comment regarding exploration of the use of behavioral health integration programs and generally supports these concepts.

    Comment: One commenter requested clarification on the determination of medical necessity and offered to share their guidelines with the Department as they found that a strong utilization review process based on the latest science to be essential to ensure appropriate and timely care.

    Response: We appreciate the comment. The term medically or psychologically necessary is defined at 199.2. Further, 32 CFR 199.15 establishes the rules and procedures for the TRICARE Quality and Utilization Review Peer Review Organization program.

    Comment: One commenter stated that qualified case managers should not be required to have a minimum of two years' case management experience before serving TRICARE beneficiaries.

    Response: We appreciate this comment, and the “Case Manager” definition has been removed at § 199.2 entirely as it is largely unnecessary and industry now has a wide variety of accepted qualifications for individuals to perform as case managers.

    Comment: One commenter requested that TRICARE expand to cover disabled veterans, and another commenter suggested that veterans should be allowed to utilize TRICARE.

    Response: TRICARE entitlement is established by statute and outside of the scope of this rule. Similarly, compensation for and care and treatment of Service-connected disabilities by the Department of Veterans Affairs is governed by title 38, United States Code. The Department of Veterans Affairs is the principal healthcare system to address the healthcare needs of veterans with a Service-connected disability. Veterans who are also entitled to TRICARE may elect which benefit they are utilizing for a given episode of care.

    Comment: One commenter suggested revising the referral process to include Licensed Professional Counselors (LPCs) and LCAS (Licensed Clinical Addiction Specialists (LCASs) with the ability to accept non-primary care provider referred claims. Another commenter submitted an inquiry regarding TRICARE authorization for mental health counselors. Two commenters noted that the proposed rule failed to recognize SUD professionals, including Advanced Alcohol Drug Counselors, that are credentialed by a recognized body (e.g., the International Certification and Reciprocity Consortium (IR&RC)). One of these two commenters also recommended that a specific clause be added to the regulation to recognize the acceptability of an Advanced Register Nurse Practitioner in collaboration with a psychiatrist, as an acceptable treatment provider in inpatient settings.

    Response: As mentioned under the analysis of major public comments under section III.C. above, TRICARE appreciates the contributions of peer counselors, and other non-medical individuals who desire to provide SUD and mental health services to beneficiaries as well as the skills and professional experience of the various substance use disorder and mental health providers in the field. We appreciate these comments but consider them beyond the scope of this rule as we did not propose any changes to the existing regulatory requirements for individual professional providers of care. For a further discussion on mental health counselors in particular, we would direct the public to the TRICARE Certified Mental Health Counselor final rule published in the Federal Register on July 17, 2014. With respect to the specific comment about Advanced Registered Nurse Practitioners, we are uncertain what is specifically being requested but would note that all mental health services must be provided by TRICARE authorized individual professional providers of mental health services. TRICARE specifically recognized certified psychiatric nurse specialists (CPNS). The TRICARE Policy Manual provides additional details, including a list of American Nurses Credentialing Center certifications that meet TRICARE requirements.

    Comment: One commenter requested the addition of mobile crisis stabilization services and other mental health care safety nets under the provisions of TRICARE because outcomes and econometric analysis shows their effectiveness in reducing the need for inpatient hospitalization.

    Response: We appreciate these comments, but they are beyond the scope of this rule. Mobile crisis services are currently provided as part of covered services for many institutional providers, and these services do not warrant the creation of a new, stand-alone provider type under TRICARE. However, we have reviewed all recommendations provided and will consider them in the development of future policy.

    Comment: One commenter requested that TRICARE provide coverage of neurofeedback therapy.

    Response: While this comment falls outside the scope of this rule, we would note that TRICARE covers proven care as determined by the hierarchy of reliable evidence in 32 CFR 199.14(g)(15). TRICARE periodically reviews the available reliable evidence to determine whether a given treatment or procedure meets the criteria to be considered proven safe and effective. In the event we find sufficient reliable evidence to determine a given procedure is proven, the TRICARE Policy Manual is updated.

    Comment: One commenter expressed concern regarding “the reclassification of the electric shock machine.”

    Response: The classification of medical devices is outside the purview of the Department. We are uncertain regarding the specific type of therapy the commenter is referring to, but we know that aversion therapy is currently excluded, and will continue to be excluded, from coverage. Specifically, the programmed use of physical measures, such as electric shock, alcohol, or other drugs as negative reinforcement (aversion therapy) is not a covered benefit, even if recommended by a physician. If by “electric shock machine” the commenter is referring to electroconvulsive therapy (ECT), the use of ECT as an evidence-based treatment for the treatment of major depressive disorder remains a covered benefit under TRICARE.

    Comment: One national organization requested the Department consider recognizing residential/transition brain injury treatment programs as TRICARE authorized providers as either residential treatment centers or Other Special Institutional Providers. That organization also proposed an expansion of the definition of IOP to include rehabilitation programs that provide services to Service members and veterans with brain injury. Finally, the commenter also recommended the Department consider extending TRICARE coverage for cognitive rehabilitation therapy (CRT).

    Response: We appreciate these comments. TRICARE does not normally engage in agency rule-making for specific interventions, such as Cognitive Rehabilitation Therapy (CRT). CRT, as billed on a residential or IOP basis, has not been established as safe and effective and therefore does not currently meet regulatory requirements (32 CFR, Part 199.4(g)(15)(i)) and is excluded from coverage. However, we would note that TRICARE covers medically necessary and appropriate care, including rehabilitative services, as provided by TRICARE-authorized physicians, psychologists, physical therapists, occupational therapists, and speech therapists, as well as recognized institutional providers. While residential and transition brain injury programs are not currently recognized as a separate category of institutional providers, with respect to CRT, the Department does provide TRICARE coverage for interventions when provided as part of otherwise covered occupational therapy, physical therapy, and speech and language pathology services. As medicine is ever evolving, the Department will continue to monitor medical research and advances in this area for future revisions to the TRICARE program. Further, in conjunction with the CDC, NIH, and VA, the Department continues to collaborate on the development and improvement of traumatic brain injury (TBI) related diagnostic tools and therapeutic interventions that will allow for improved rehabilitation and reintegration of military and civilian TBI survivors.

    VII. Summary of Regulatory Modifications

    Overall, the final rule is consistent with the proposed rule. Several important changes are noted, in that we have amended the final rule to: Remove the definition of “Case Manager” from § 199.2; remove the parenthetical reference to utilization and quality review of mental health services in § 199.4(a)(11) and remove and reserve § 199.4(a)(12) regarding utilization and quality review specifically for inpatient mental health and partial hospitalization; ensure medically necessary treatment coverage for dependents under age thirteen for IOP and PHP care; clarify in § 199.4(b)(9)(vi) that while family therapy is a required component of PHP services, an exception may be made when the Clinical Director, or designee, determines that family therapy is clinically contraindicated for a particular patient; and, remove the 30 percent capacity and full operational status for a period of at least 6 months requirements for TRICARE authorization of OTPs, IOPs, RTCs, PHPs, and SUDRFs.

    VIII. Regulatory Procedures Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review” and Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review”

    Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distribute impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. Subsequently, the Department completed an Independent Government Cost Estimate and the results are referenced in C. Cost and Benefits. This rule has been designated “significant regulatory action,” although not economically significant, under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, this final rule has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).

    Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 804(2)

    Under the Congressional Review Act, a major rule may not take effect until at least 60 days after submission to Congress of a report regarding the rule. A major rule is one that would have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or have certain other impacts. This final rule is not a major rule under the Congressional Review Act.

    Public Law 96-354, “Regulatory Flexibility Act” (RFA), (5 U.S.C. 601)

    The Regulatory Flexibility Act requires that each Federal agency analyze options for regulatory relief of small businesses if a rule has a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. For purposes of the RFA, small entities include small businesses, nonprofit organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions. This final rule is not an economically significant regulatory action, and it will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. Therefore, this final rule is not subject to the requirements of the RFA.

    Public Law 104-4, Sec. 202, “Unfunded Mandates Reform Act”

    Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 also requires that agencies assess anticipated costs and benefits before issuing any rule whose mandates require spending in any one year of $100 million in 1995 dollars, updated annually for inflation. That threshold level is currently approximately $140 million. This rule will not mandate any requirements for state, local, or tribal governments or the private sector.

    Public Law 96-511, “Paperwork Reduction Act” (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35)

    This rulemaking does not contain a “collection of information” requirement, and will not impose additional information collection requirements on the public under Public Law 96-511, “Paperwork Reduction Act” (44 U.S.C. chapter 35).

    Executive Order 13132, “Federalism”

    This final rule has been examined for its impact under E.O. 13132, and it does not contain policies that have federalism implications that would have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of powers and responsibilities among the various levels of Government. Therefore, consultation with State and local officials is not required.

    List of Subjects in 32 CFR Part 199

    Claims, Dental health, Health care, Health insurance, Individuals with disabilities, Mental health, Mental health parity, Military personnel, Substance use disorder treatment.

    For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Department of Defense amends 32 CFR part 199 as set forth below:

    PART 199—CIVILIAN HEALTH AND MEDICAL PROGRAM OF THE UNIFORMED SERVICES (CHAMPUS) 1. The authority citation for part 199 continues to read as follows: Authority:

    5 U.S.C. 301; 10 U.S.C. chapter 55.

    2. Section 199.2(b) is amended by: a. Revising the definitions of “Adequate medical documentation, mental health records” and “Case management”; b. Removing the definition of “Case managers”; c. Revising the definitions of “Consultation” and “Director”; d. Adding definitions for “Intensive outpatient program (IOP)” and “Medication assisted treatment (MAT)” in alphabetical order; e. Removing the definition of “Mental disorder”; f. Adding definitions for “Mental disorder, to include substance use disorder”, “Office- based opioid treatment” and “Opioid Treatment Program” in alphabetical order; g. Revising the definitions of “Other special institutional providers” and “Partial hospitalization”; h. Adding a definition for “Qualified mental health provider” in alphabetical order; i. Revising the definition of “Residential treatment center (RTC)”; j. Adding a definition for “Substance use disorder rehabilitation facility (SUDRF)” in alphabetical order; and k. Revising the definition of “Treatment plan”.

    The revisions and additions read as follows:

    § 199.2 Definitions.

    (b) * * *

    Adequate medical documentation, mental health records. Adequate medical documentation provides the means for measuring the type, frequency, and duration of active treatment mechanisms employed and progress under the treatment plan. Under CHAMPUS, it is required that adequate and sufficient clinical records be kept by the provider to substantiate that specific care was actually and appropriately furnished, was medically or psychologically necessary (as defined by this part), and to identify the individual(s) who provided the care. Each service provided or billed must be documented in the records. In determining whether medical records are adequate, the records will be reviewed under the generally acceptable standards (e.g., the standards of an accrediting organization approved by the Director, and the provider's state or local licensing requirements) and other requirements specified by this part. The psychiatric and psychological evaluations, physician orders, the treatment plan, integrated progress notes (and physician progress notes if separate from the integrated progress notes), and the discharge summary are the more critical elements of the mental health record. However, nursing and staff notes, no matter how complete, are not a substitute for the documentation of services by the individual professional provider who furnished treatment to the beneficiary. In general, the documentation requirements of a professional provider are not less in the outpatient setting than the inpatient setting. Furthermore, even though a hospital that provides psychiatric care may be accredited under The Joint Commission (TJC) manual for hospitals rather than the behavioral health standards manual, the critical elements of the mental health record listed above are required for CHAMPUS claims.

    Case management. Case management is a collaborative process which assesses, plans, implements, coordinates, monitors, and evaluates the options and services required to meet an individual's health needs, including mental health and substance use disorder needs, using communication and available resources to promote quality, cost effective outcomes.

    Consultation. A deliberation with a specialist physician, dentist, or qualified mental health provider requested by the attending physician primarily responsible for the medical care of the patient, with respect to the diagnosis or treatment in any particular case. A consulting physician or dentist or qualified mental health provider may perform a limited examination of a given system or one requiring a complete diagnostic history and examination. To qualify as a consultation, a written report to the attending physician of the findings of the consultant is required.

    Note:

    Staff consultations required by rules and regulations of the medical staff of a hospital or other institutional provider do not qualify as consultation.

    Director. The Director of the Defense Health Agency, Director, TRICARE Management Activity, or Director, Office of CHAMPUS. Any references to the Director, Office of CHAMPUS, or OCHAMPUS, or TRICARE Management Activity, shall mean the Director, Defense Health Agency (DHA). Any reference to Director shall also include any person designated by the Director to carry out a particular authority. In addition, any authority of the Director may be exercised by the Assistant Secretary of Defense (Health Affairs).

    Intensive outpatient program (IOP). A treatment setting capable of providing an organized day or evening program that includes assessment, treatment, case management and rehabilitation for individuals not requiring 24-hour care for mental health disorders, to include substance use disorders, as appropriate for the individual patient. The program structure is regularly scheduled, individualized and shares monitoring and support with the patient's family and support system.

    Medication assisted treatment (MAT). MAT for diagnosed opioid use disorder is a holistic modality for recovery and treatment that employs evidence-based therapy, including psychosocial treatments and psychopharmacology, and FDA-approved medications as indicated for the management of withdrawal symptoms and maintenance.

    Mental disorder, to include substance use disorder. For purposes of the payment of CHAMPUS benefits, a mental disorder is a nervous or mental condition that involves a clinically significant behavioral or psychological syndrome or pattern that is associated with a painful symptom, such as distress, and that impairs a patient's ability to function in one or more major life activities. A substance use disorder is a mental condition that involves a maladaptive pattern of substance use leading to clinically significant impairment or distress; impaired control over substance use; social impairment; and risky use of a substance(s). Additionally, the mental disorder must be one of those conditions listed in the current edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders. “Conditions Not Attributable to a Mental Disorder,” or V codes, are not considered diagnosable mental disorders. Co-occurring mental and substance use disorders are common and assessment should proceed as soon as it is possible to distinguish the substance related symptoms from other independent conditions.

    Office-based opioid treatment. TRICARE authorized providers acting within the scope of their licensure or certification to prescribe outpatient supplies of the medication to assist in withdrawal management (detoxification) and/or maintenance of opioid use disorder, as regulated by 42 CFR part 8, addressing office-based opioid treatment (OBOT).

    Opioid Treatment Program. Opioid Treatment Programs (OTPs) are service settings for opioid treatment, either free standing or hospital based, that adhere to the Department of Health and Human Services' regulations at 42 CFR part 8 and use medications indicated and approved by the Food and Drug Administration. Treatment in OTPs provides a comprehensive, individually tailored program of medication therapy integrated with psychosocial and medical treatment and support services that address factors affecting each patient, as certified by the Center for Substance Abuse Treatment (CSAT) of the Department of Health and Human Services' Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. Treatment in OTPs can include management of withdrawal symptoms (detoxification) from opioids and medically supervised withdrawal from maintenance medications. Patients receiving care for substance use and co-occurring disorders care can be referred to, or otherwise concurrently enrolled in, OTPs.

    Other special institutional providers. Certain specialized medical treatment facilities, either inpatient or outpatient, other than those specifically defined, that provide courses of treatment prescribed by a doctor of medicine or osteopathy; when the patient is under the supervision of a doctor of medicine or osteopathy during the entire course of the inpatient admission or the outpatient treatment; when the type and level of care and services rendered by the institution are otherwise authorized in this part; when the facility meets all licensing or other certification requirements that are extant in the jurisdiction in which the facility is located geographically; which is accredited by the Joint Commission or other accrediting organization approved by the Director if an appropriate accreditation program for the given type of facility is available; and which is not a nursing home, intermediate facility, halfway house, home for the aged, or other institution of similar purpose.

    Partial hospitalization. A treatment setting capable of providing an interdisciplinary program of medically monitored therapeutic services, to include management of withdrawal symptoms, as medically indicated. Services may include day, evening, night and weekend treatment programs which employ an integrated, comprehensive and complementary schedule of recognized treatment approaches. Partial hospitalization is a time-limited, ambulatory, active treatment program that offers therapeutically intensive, coordinated, and structured clinical services within a stable therapeutic environment. Partial hospitalization is an appropriate setting for crisis stabilization, treatment of partially stabilized mental disorders, to include substance disorders, and a transition from an inpatient program when medically necessary.

    Qualified mental health provider. Psychiatrists or other physicians; clinical psychologists, certified psychiatric nurse specialists, certified clinical social workers, certified marriage and family therapists, TRICARE certified mental health counselors, pastoral counselors under a physician's supervision, and supervised mental health counselors under a physician's supervision.

    Residential treatment center (RTC). A facility (or distinct part of a facility) which meets the criteria in § 199.6(b)(4)(vii).

    Substance use disorder rehabilitation facility (SUDRF). A facility or a distinct part of a facility that meets the criteria in § 199.6(b)(4)(xiv).

    Treatment plan. A detailed description of the medical care being rendered or expected to be rendered a CHAMPUS beneficiary seeking approval for inpatient and other benefits for which preauthorization is required as set forth in § 199.4(b). Medical care described in the plan must meet the requirements of medical and psychological necessity. A treatment plan must include, at a minimum, a diagnosis (either current International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD) or current Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM)); detailed reports of prior treatment, medical history, family history, social history, and physical examination; diagnostic test results; consultant's reports (if any); proposed treatment by type (such as surgical, medical, and psychiatric); a description of who is or will be providing treatment (by discipline or specialty); anticipated frequency, medications, and specific goals of treatment; type of inpatient facility required and why (including length of time the related inpatient stay will be required); and prognosis. If the treatment plan involves the transfer of a CHAMPUS patient from a hospital or another inpatient facility, medical records related to that inpatient stay also are required as a part of the treatment plan documentation.

    3. Section 199.4 is amended by: a. Revising paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(11); b. Removing and reserving paragraph (a)(12); c. Adding paragraphs (a)(14), (b)(1)(vi), (b)(2)(xix) and (xx), and (b)(3)(xvi) and (xvii); d. Removing paragraphs (b)(4)(viii) and (ix); e. Removing and reserving paragraphs (b)(6)(iii) and (iv); f. Revising paragraph (b)(7) introductory text; g. Revising paragraphs (b)(8), (9), and (10); h. Adding paragraph (b)(11); i. Revising paragraph (c)(3)(ix); j. Removing and reserving paragraphs (e)(4) and (e)(7); k. Revising paragraph (e)(8)(ii)(A); l. Adding paragraph (e)(8)(ii)(D); m. Removing and reserving paragraph (e)(8)(iv)(P); n. Revising paragraphs (e)(8)(iv)(Q) and (R); o. Revising paragraph (e)(11) introductory text p. Revising paragraph (e)(13)(i)(B); q. Removing paragraph (e)(30)(iii); r. Revising paragraph (f)(2)(ii) introductory text; s. Removing paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(D); t. Removing and reserving paragraph (f)(2)(v); u. Revising paragraph (f)(3)(ii); v. Removing paragraph (f)(3)(iv); w. Revising paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(29); x. Removing and reserving paragraph (g)(72); and y. Revising paragraph (g)(73).

    The revisions and additions read as follows:

    § 199.4 Basic program benefits.

    (a) * * *

    (1)(i) Scope of benefits. Subject to all applicable definitions, conditions, limitations, or exclusions specified in this part, the CHAMPUS Basic Program will pay for medically or psychologically necessary services and supplies required in the diagnosis and treatment of illness or injury, including maternity care and well-baby care. Benefits include specified medical services and supplies provided to eligible beneficiaries from authorized civilian sources such as hospitals, other authorized institutional providers, physicians, other authorized individual professional providers, and professional ambulance service, prescription drugs, authorized medical supplies, and rental or purchase of durable medical equipment.

    (11) Quality and Utilization Review Peer Review Organization program. All benefits under the CHAMPUS program are subject to review under the CHAMPUS Quality and Utilization Review Peer Review Organization program pursuant to Sec 199.15.

    (14) Confidentiality of substance use disorder treatment. Release of any patient identifying information, including that required to adjudicate a claim, must comply with the provisions of section 543 of the Public Health Service Act, as amended, (42 U.S.C. 290dd-2), and implementing regulations at 42 CFR part 2, which governs the release of medical and other information from the records of patients undergoing treatment of substance use disorder. If the patient refuses to authorize the release of medical records which are, in the opinion of the Director, Defense Health Agency, or a designee, necessary to determine benefits on a claim for treatment of substance use disorder, the claim will be denied.

    (b) * * *

    (1) * * *

    (vi) Substance use disorder treatment exclusions. (A) The programmed use of physical measures, such as electric shock, alcohol, or other drugs as negative reinforcement (aversion therapy) is not covered, even if recommended by a physician.

    (B) Domiciliary settings. Domiciliary facilities generally referred to as halfway or quarterway houses are not authorized providers and charges for services provided by these facilities are not covered.

    (2) * * *

    (xix) Medication assisted treatment. Covered drugs and medicines for the treatment of substance use disorder include the substitution of a therapeutic drug, with addictive potential, for a drug addiction when medically or psychologically necessary and appropriate medical care for a beneficiary undergoing supervised treatment for a substance use disorder.

    (xx) Withdrawal management (detoxification). For a beneficiary undergoing treatment for a substance use disorder, this includes management of a patient's withdrawal symptoms (detoxification).

    (3) * * *

    (xvi) Medication assisted treatment. Covered drugs and medicines for the treatment of substance use disorder include the substitution of a therapeutic drug, with addictive potential, for a drug addiction when medically or psychologically necessary and appropriate medical care for a beneficiary undergoing supervised treatment for a substance use disorder.

    (xvii) Withdrawal management (detoxification). For a beneficiary undergoing treatment for a substance use disorder, this includes management of a patient's withdrawal symptoms (detoxification).

    (7) Emergency inpatient hospital services. In the case of a medical emergency, benefits can be extended for medically necessary inpatient services and supplies provided to a beneficiary by a hospital, including hospitals that do not meet CHAMPUS standards or comply with the nondiscrimination requirements under title VI of the Civil Rights Act and other nondiscrimination laws applicable to recipients of federal financial assistance, or satisfy other conditions herein set forth. In a medical emergency, medically necessary inpatient services and supplies are those that are necessary to prevent the death or serious impairment of the health of the patient, and that, because of the threat to the life or health of the patient, necessitate, the use of the most accessible hospital available and equipped to furnish such services. Emergency services are covered when medically necessary for the active medical treatment of the acute phases of substance withdrawal (detoxification), for stabilization and for treatment of medical complications for substance use disorder. The availability of benefits depends upon the following three separate findings and continues only as long as the emergency exists, as determined by medical review. If the case qualified as an emergency at the time of admission to an unauthorized institutional provider and the emergency subsequently is determined no longer to exist, benefits will be extended up through the date of notice to the beneficiary and provider that CHAMPUS benefits no longer are payable in that hospital.

    (8) Residential treatment for substance use disorder—(i) In general. Rehabilitative care, to include withdrawal management (detoxification), in an inpatient residential setting of an authorized hospital or substance use disorder rehabilitative facility, whether free-standing or hospital-based, is covered on a residential basis. The medical necessity for the management of withdrawal symptoms must be documented. Any withdrawal management (detoxification) services provided by the substance use disorder rehabilitation facility must be under general medical supervision.

    (ii) Criteria for determining medical or psychological necessity of residential treatment for substance use disorder. Residential treatment for substance use disorder will be considered necessary only if all of the following conditions are present:

    (A) The patient has been diagnosed with a substance use disorder.

    (B) The patient is experiencing withdrawal symptoms or potential symptoms severe enough to require inpatient care and physician management, or who have less severe symptoms that require 24-hour inpatient monitoring or the patient's addiction-related symptoms, or concomitant physical and emotional/behavioral problems reflect persistent dysfunction in several major life areas.

    (iii) Services and supplies. The following services and supplies are included in the per diem rate approved for an authorized residential treatment for substance use disorder.

    (A) Room and board. Includes use of the residential treatment program facilities such as food service (including special diets), laundry services, supervised therapeutically constructed recreational and social activities, and other general services as considered appropriate by the Director, or a designee.

    (B) Patient assessment. Includes the assessment of each individual accepted by the facility, and must, at a minimum, consist of a physical examination; psychiatric examination; psychological assessment; assessment of physiological, biological and cognitive processes; case management assessment; developmental assessment; family history and assessment; social history and assessment; educational or vocational history and assessment; environmental assessment; and recreational/activities assessment. Assessments conducted within 30 days prior to admission to a residential treatment program for substance use disorder (SUD) may be used if approved and deemed adequate to permit treatment planning by the residential treatment program for SUD.

    (C) Psychological testing. Psychological testing is provided based on medical and psychological necessity.

    (D) Treatment services. All services, supplies, equipment and space necessary to fulfill the requirements of each patient's individualized diagnosis and treatment plan. All mental health services must be provided by a TRICARE authorized individual professional provider of mental health services. [Exception: Residential treatment programs that employ individuals with master's or doctoral level degrees in a mental health discipline who do not meet the licensure, certification, and experience requirements for a qualified mental health provider but are actively working toward licensure or certification may provide services within the all-inclusive per diem rate, but such individuals must work under the clinical supervision of a fully qualified mental health provider employed by the facility.]

    (iv) Case management required. The facility must provide case management that helps to assure arrangement of community based support services, referral of suspected child or elder abuse or domestic violence to the appropriate state agencies, and effective after care arrangements, at a minimum.

    (v) Professional mental health benefits. Professional mental health benefits are billed separately from the residential treatment program per diem rate only when rendered by an attending, TRICARE authorized mental health professional who is not an employee of, or under contract with, the program for purposes of providing clinical patient care.

    (vi) Non-mental health related medical services. Separate billing will be allowed for otherwise covered non-mental health related services.

    (9) Psychiatric and substance use disorder partial hospitalization services—(i) In general. Partial hospitalization services are those services furnished by a TRICARE authorized partial hospitalization program and authorized mental health providers for the active treatment of a mental disorder. All services must follow a medical model and vest patient care under the general direction of a licensed TRICARE authorized physician employed by the partial hospitalization program to ensure medication and physical needs of all the patients are considered. The primary or attending provider must be a TRICARE authorized mental health provider (see paragraph (c)(3)(ix) of this section), operating within the scope of his/her license. These categories include physicians, clinical psychologists, certified psychiatric nurse specialists, clinical social workers, marriage and family counselors, TRICARE certified mental health counselors, pastoral counselors, and supervised mental health counselors. All categories practice independently except pastoral counselors and supervised mental health counselors who must practice under the supervision of TRICARE authorized physicians. Partial hospitalization services and interventions are provided at a high degree of intensity and restrictiveness of care, with medical supervision and medication management. Partial hospitalization services are covered as a basic program benefit only if they are provided in accordance with paragraph (b)(9) of this section. Such programs must enter into a participation agreement with TRICARE; and be accredited and in substantial compliance with the specified standards of an accreditation organization approved by the Director.

    (ii) Criteria for determining medical or psychological necessity of psychiatric and SUD partial hospitalization services. Partial hospitalization services will be considered necessary only if all of the following conditions are present:

    (A) The patient is suffering significant impairment from a mental disorder (as defined in § 199.2) which interferes with age appropriate functioning or the patient is in need of rehabilitative services for the management of withdrawal symptoms from alcohol, sedative-hypnotics, opioids, or stimulants that require medically-monitored ambulatory detoxification, with direct access to medical services and clinically intensive programming of rehabilitative care based on individual treatment plans.

    (B) The patient is unable to maintain himself or herself in the community, with appropriate support, at a sufficient level of functioning to permit an adequate course of therapy exclusively on an outpatient basis, to include outpatient treatment program, outpatient office visits, or intensive outpatient services (but is able, with appropriate support, to maintain a basic level of functioning to permit partial hospitalization services and presents no substantial imminent risk of harm to self or others). These patients require medical support; however, they do not require a 24-hour medical environment.

    (C) The patient is in need of crisis stabilization, acute symptom reduction, treatment of partially stabilized mental health disorders, or services as a transition from an inpatient program.

    (D) The admission into the partial hospitalization program is based on the development of an individualized diagnosis and treatment plan expected to be effective for that patient and permit treatment at a less intensive level.

    (iii) Services and supplies. The following services and supplies are included in the per diem rate approved for an authorized partial hospitalization program:

    (A) Board. Includes use of the partial hospital facilities such as food service, supervised therapeutically constructed recreational and social activities, and other general services as considered appropriate by the Director, or a designee.

    (B) Patient assessment. Includes the assessment of each individual accepted by the facility, and must, at a minimum, consist of a physical examination; psychiatric examination; psychological assessment; assessment of physiological, biological and cognitive processes; case management assessment; developmental assessment; family history and assessment; social history and assessment; educational or vocational history and assessment; environmental assessment; and recreational/activities assessment. Assessments conducted within 30 days prior to admission to a partial program may be used if approved and deemed adequate to permit treatment planning by the partial hospital program.

    (C) Psychological testing. Treatment services. All services, supplies, equipment and space necessary to fulfill the requirements of each patient's individualized diagnosis and treatment plan. All mental health services must be provided by a TRICARE authorized individual professional provider of mental health services. [Exception: partial hospitalization programs that employ individuals with master's or doctoral level degrees in a mental health discipline who do not meet the licensure, certification, and experience requirements for a qualified mental health provider but are actively working toward licensure or certification, may provide services within the all-inclusive per diem rate, but such individuals must work under the clinical supervision of a fully qualified mental health provider employed by the partial hospitalization program.]

    (iv) Case management required. The facility must provide case management that helps to assure the patient appropriate living arrangements after treatment hours, transportation to and from the facility, arrangement of community based support services, referral of suspected child or elder abuse or domestic violence to the appropriate state agencies, and effective after care arrangements, at a minimum.

    (v) Educational services required. Programs treating children and adolescents must ensure the provision of a state certified educational component which assures that patients do not fall behind in educational placement while receiving partial hospital treatment. CHAMPUS will not fund the cost of educational services separately from the per diem rate. The hours devoted to education do not count toward the therapeutic intensive outpatient program or full day program.

    (vi) Family therapy required. The facility must ensure the provision of an active family therapy treatment component, which assures that each patient and family participate at least weekly in family therapy provided by the institution and rendered by a TRICARE authorized individual professional provider of mental health services. There is no acceptable substitute for family therapy. An exception to this requirement may be granted on a case-by-case basis by the Clinical Director, or designee, only if family therapy is clinically contraindicated.

    (vii) Professional mental health benefits. Professional mental health benefits are billed separately from the partial hospitalization per diem rate only when rendered by an attending, TRICARE authorized mental health professional who is not an employee of, or under contract with, the partial hospitalization program for purposes of providing clinical patient care.

    (viii) Non-mental health related medical services. Separate billing will be allowed for otherwise covered, non-mental health related medical services.

    (10) Intensive psychiatric and substance use disorder outpatient services—(i) In general. Intensive outpatient services are those services furnished by a TRICARE authorized intensive outpatient program and qualified mental health provider(s) for the active treatment of a mental disorder, to include substance use disorder.

    (ii) Criteria for determining medical or psychological necessity of intensive outpatient services. In determining the medical or psychological necessity of intensive outpatient services, the evaluation conducted by the Director, or designee, shall consider the appropriate level of care, based on the patient's clinical needs and characteristics matched to a service's structure and intensity. In addition to the criteria set for this paragraph (b)(10) of this section, additional evaluation standards, consistent with such criteria, may be adopted by the Director, or designee. Treatment in an intensive outpatient setting shall not be considered necessary unless the patient requires care that is more intensive than an outpatient treatment program or outpatient office visits and less intensive than inpatient psychiatric care or a partial hospital program. Intensive outpatient services will be considered necessary only if the following conditions are present:

    (A) The patient is suffering significant impairment from a mental disorder, to include a substance use disorder (as defined in § 199.2), which interferes with age appropriate functioning. Patients receiving a higher intensity of treatment may be experiencing moderate to severe instability, exacerbation of severe/persistent disorder, or dangerousness with some risk of confinement. Patients receiving a lower intensity of treatment may be experiencing mild instability with limited dangerousness and low risk for confinement.

    (B) The patient is unable to maintain himself or herself in the community, with appropriate support, at a sufficient level of functioning to permit an adequate course of therapy exclusively in an outpatient treatment program or an outpatient office basis (but is able, with appropriate support, to maintain a basic level of functioning to permit a level of intensive outpatient treatment and presents no substantial imminent risk of harm to self or others).

    (C) The patient is in need of stabilization, symptom reduction, and prevention of relapse for chronic mental illness. The goal of maintenance of his or her functioning within the community cannot be met by outpatient office visits, but requires active treatment in a stable, staff-supported environment;

    (D) The admission into the intensive outpatient program is based on the development of an individualized diagnosis and treatment plan expected to be effective for that patient and permit treatment at a less intensive level.

    (iii) Services and supplies. The following services and supplies are included in the per diem rate approved for an authorized intensive outpatient program.

    (A) Patient assessment. Includes the assessment of each individual accepted by the facility.

    (B) Treatment services. All services, supplies, equipment, and space necessary to fulfill the requirements of each patient's individualized diagnosis and treatment plan. All mental health services must be provided by a TRICARE authorized individual qualified mental health provider. [Exception: Intensive outpatient programs that employ individuals with master's or doctoral level degrees in a mental health discipline who do not meet the licensure, certification, and experience requirements for a qualified mental health provider but are actively working toward licensure or certification, may provide services within the all-inclusive per diem rate but such individuals must work under the clinical supervision of a fully qualified mental health provider employed by the facility.]

    (iv) Case management. When appropriate, and with the consent of the person served, the facility should coordinate the care, treatment, or services, including providing coordinated treatment with other services.

    (v) Professional mental health benefits. Professional mental health benefits are billed separately from the intensive outpatient per diem rate only when rendered by an attending, TRICARE authorized qualified mental health provider who is not an employee of, or under contract with, the program for purposes of providing clinical patient care.

    (vi) Non-mental health related medical services. Separate billing will be allowed for otherwise covered, non-mental health related medical services.

    (11) Opioid treatment programs—(i) In general. Outpatient treatment and management of withdrawal symptoms for substance use disorder provided at a TRICARE authorized opioid treatment program are covered. If the patient is medically in need of management of withdrawal symptoms, but does not require the personnel or facilities of a general hospital setting, services for management of withdrawal symptoms are covered. The medical necessity for the management of withdrawal symptoms must be documented. Any services to manage withdrawal symptoms provided by the opioid treatment program must be under general medical supervision.

    (ii) Criteria for determining medical or psychological necessity of an opioid treatment program are set forth in 42 CFR part 8.

    (iii) Services and supplies. The following services and supplies are included in the reimbursement approved for an authorized opioid treatment program.

    (A) Patient assessment. Includes the assessment of each individual accepted by the facility.

    (B) Treatment services. All services, supplies, equipment, and space necessary to fulfill the requirements of each patient's individualized diagnosis and treatment plan. All mental health services must be provided by a TRICARE authorized individual professional provider of mental health services. [Exception: opioid treatment programs that employ individuals with degrees in a mental health discipline who do not meet the licensure, certification, and experience requirements for a qualified mental health provider but work under the clinical supervision of a fully qualified mental health provider employed by the facility.]

    (iv) Case management. Care, treatment, or services should be coordinated among providers and between settings, independent of whether they are provided directly by the organization or by an organization or by an outside source, so that the individual's needs are addressed in a seamless, synchronized, and timely manner.

    (c) * * *

    (3) * * *

    (ix) Treatment of mental disorders, to include substance use disorder. In order to qualify for CHAMPUS mental health benefits, the patient must be diagnosed by a TRICARE authorized qualified mental health professional practicing within the scope of his or her license to be suffering from a mental disorder, as defined in § 199.2

    (A) Covered diagnostic and therapeutic services. CHAMPUS benefits are payable for the following services when rendered in the diagnosis or treatment of a covered mental disorder by a TRICARE authorized qualified mental health provider practicing within the scope of his or her license. Qualified mental health providers are: Psychiatrists or other physicians; clinical psychologists, certified psychiatric nurse specialists, certified clinical social workers, certified marriage and family therapists, TRICARE certified mental health counselors, pastoral counselors under a physician's supervision, and supervised mental health counselors under a physician's supervision.

    (1) Individual psychotherapy, adult or child. A covered individual psychotherapy session is no more than 60 minutes in length. An individual psychotherapy session of up to 120 minutes in length is payable for crisis intervention.

    (2) Group psychotherapy. A covered group psychotherapy session is no more than 90 minutes in length.

    (3) Family or conjoint psychotherapy. A covered family or conjoint psychotherapy session is no more than 90 minutes in length. A family or conjoint psychotherapy session of up to 180 minutes in length is payable for crisis intervention.

    (4) Psychoanalysis. Psychoanalysis is covered when provided by a graduate or candidate of a psychoanalytic training institution recognized by the American Psychoanalytic Association and when preauthorized by the Director, or a designee.

    (5) Psychological testing and assessment. Psychological testing and assessment is covered when medically or psychologically necessary. Psychological testing and assessment performed as part of an assessment for academic placement are not covered.

    (6) Administration of psychotropic drugs. When prescribed by an authorized provider qualified by licensure to prescribe drugs.

    (7) Electroconvulsive treatment. When provided in accordance with guidelines issued by the Director.

    (8) Collateral visits. Covered collateral visits are those that are medically or psychologically necessary for the treatment of the patient.

    (9) Medication assisted treatment. Medication assisted treatment, combining pharmacotherapy and holistic care, to include provision in office-based opioid treatment by an authorized TRICARE provider, is covered. The practice of an individual physician in office-based treatment is regulated by the Department of Health and Human Services' 42 CFR 8.12, the Center for Substance Abuse Treatment (CSAT), and the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), along with individual state and local regulations.

    (B) Therapeutic settings—(1) Outpatient psychotherapy. Outpatient psychotherapy generally is covered for individual, family, conjoint, collateral, and/or group sessions.

    (2) Inpatient psychotherapy. Coverage of inpatient psychotherapy is based on medical or psychological necessity for the services identified in the patient's treatment plan.

    (C) Covered ancillary therapies. Includes art, music, dance, occupational, and other ancillary therapies, when included by the attending provider in an approved inpatient, SUDRF, residential treatment, partial hospital, or intensive outpatient program treatment plan and under the clinical supervision of a qualified mental health professional. These ancillary therapies are not separately reimbursed professional services but are included within the institutional reimbursement.

    (D) Review of claims for treatment of mental disorder. The Director shall establish and maintain procedures for review, including professional review, of the services provided for the treatment of mental disorders.

    (e) * * *

    (8) * * *

    (ii) * * *

    (A) For purposes of CHAMPUS, dental congenital anomalies such as absent tooth buds or malocclusion specifically are excluded.

    (D) Any procedures related to sex gender changes, except as provided in paragraph (g)(29) of this section, are excluded.

    (iv) * * *

    (Q)) Penile implant procedure for psychological impotency or as related to sex gender changes, as prohibited by section 1079 of title 10, United States Code.

    (R) Insertion of prosthetic testicles as related to sex gender changes, as prohibited by section 1079 of title 10, United States Code.

    (11) Drug abuse. Under the Basic Program, benefits may be extended for medically necessary prescription drugs required in the treatment of an illness or injury or in connection with maternity care (refer to paragraph (d) of this section). However, TRICARE benefits cannot be authorized to support or maintain an existing or potential drug abuse situation whether or not the drugs (under other circumstances) are eligible for benefit consideration and whether or not obtained by legal means. Drugs, including the substitution of a therapeutic drug with addictive potential for a drug of addiction, prescribed to beneficiaries undergoing medically supervised treatment for a substance use disorder as authorized under paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section are not considered to be in support of, or to maintain, an existing or potential drug abuse situation and are allowed. The Director may prescribe appropriate policies to implement this prescription drug benefit for those undergoing medically supervised treatment for a substance use disorder.

    (13) * * *

    (i) * * *

    (B) Home care is not suitable. Institutionalization of a child because a parent (or parents) is unable to provide a safe and nurturing environment due to a mental or substance use disorder, or because someone in the home has a contagious disease, are examples of why domiciliary care is being provided because the home setting is unsuitable.

    (f) * * *

    (2) * * *

    (ii) Inpatient cost-sharing. Dependents of members of the Uniformed Services are responsible for the payment of the first $25 of the allowable institutional costs incurred with each covered inpatient admission to a hospital or other authorized institutional provider (refer to § 199.6, including inpatient admission to a residential treatment center, substance use disorder rehabilitation facility residential treatment program, or skilled nursing facility), or the amount the beneficiary or sponsor would have been charged had the inpatient care been provided in a Uniformed Service hospital, whichever is greater.

    Note: The Secretary of Defense (after consulting with the Secretary of Health and Human Services and the Secretary of Transportation) prescribes the fair charges for inpatient hospital care provided through Uniformed Services medical facilities. This determination is made each fiscal year.

    (3) * * *

    (ii) Inpatient cost-sharing. Inpatient admissions to a hospital or other authorized institutional provider (refer to § 199.6, including inpatient admission to a residential treatment center, substance use disorder rehabilitation facility residential treatment program, or skilled nursing facility) shall be cost-shared on an inpatient basis. The cost-sharing for inpatient services subject to the TRICARE DRG-based payment system and the TRICARE per diem system shall be the lesser of the respective per diem copayment amount multiplied by the total number of days in the hospital (except for the day of discharge under the DRG payment system), or 25 percent of the hospital's billed charges. For other inpatient services, the cost-share shall be 25% of the CHAMPUS-determined allowable charges.

    (g) * * *

    (1) Not medically or psychologically necessary. Services and supplies that are not medically or psychologically necessary for the diagnosis or treatment of a covered illness (including mental disorder, to include substance use disorder) or injury, for the diagnosis and treatment of pregnancy or well-baby care except as provided in the following paragraph.

    (29) Sex gender changes. Services and supplies related to sex gender change, also referred to as sex reassignment surgery, as prohibited by section 1079 of title 10, United States Code. This exclusion does not apply to surgery and related medically necessary services performed to correct sex gender confusion/intersex conditions (that is, ambiguous genitalia) which has been documented to be present at birth.

    (73) Economic interest in connection with mental health admissions. Inpatient mental health services (including both acute care and RTC services) are excluded for care received when a patient is referred to a provider of such services by a physician (or other health care professional with authority to admit) who has an economic interest in the facility to which the patient is referred, unless a waiver is granted. Requests for waiver shall be considered under the same procedure and based on the same criteria as used for obtaining preadmission authorization (or continued stay authorization for emergency admissions), with the only additional requirement being that the economic interest be disclosed as part of the request. This exclusion does not apply to services under the Extended Care Health Option (ECHO) in § 199.5 or provided as partial hospital care. If a situation arises where a decision is made to exclude CHAMPUS payment solely on the basis of the provider's economic interest, the normal CHAMPUS appeals process will be available.

    4. Section 199.6 is amended by revising paragraphs (b)(4)(iv)(B) and (D), (b)(4)(vii), (b)(4)(xii), and (b)(4)(xiv), and adding paragraphs (b)(4)(xviii) and (xix) to read as follows:
    § 199.6 TRICARE-authorized providers.

    (b) * * *

    (4) * * *

    (iv) * * *

    (B) In order for the services of a psychiatric hospital to be covered, the hospital shall comply with the provisions outlined in paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section. All psychiatric hospitals shall be accredited under an accrediting organization approved by the Director, in order for their services to be cost-shared under CHAMPUS. In the case of those psychiatric hospitals that are not accredited because they have not been in operation a sufficient period of time to be eligible to request an accreditation survey, the Director, or a designee, may grant temporary approval if the hospital is certified and participating under Title XVIII of the Social Security Act (Medicare, Part A). This temporary approval expires 12 months from the date on which the psychiatric hospital first becomes eligible to request an accreditation survey by an accrediting organization approved by the Director.

    (D) Although psychiatric hospitals are accredited under an accrediting organization approved by Director, their medical records must be maintained in accordance with accrediting organization's current standards manual, along with the requirements set forth in § 199.7(b)(3). The hospital is responsible for assuring that patient services and all treatment are accurately documented and completed in a timely manner.

    (vii) Residential treatment centers. This paragraph (b)(4)(vii) establishes the definition of and eligibility standards and requirements for residential treatment centers (RTCs).

    (A) Organization and administration—(1) Definition. A Residential Treatment Center (RTC) is a facility or a distinct part of a facility that provides to beneficiaries under 21 years of age a medically supervised, interdisciplinary program of mental health treatment. An RTC is appropriate for patients whose predominant symptom presentation is essentially stabilized, although not resolved, and who have persistent dysfunction in major life areas. Residential treatment may be complemented by family therapy and case management for community based resources. Discharge planning should support transitional care for the patient and family, to include resources available in the geographic area where the patient will be residing. The extent and pervasiveness of the patient's problems require a protected and highly structured therapeutic environment. Residential treatment is differentiated from:

    (i) Acute psychiatric care, which requires medical treatment and 24-hour availability of a full range of diagnostic and therapeutic services to establish and implement an effective plan of care which will reverse life-threatening and/or severely incapacitating symptoms;

    (ii) Partial hospitalization, which provides a less than 24-hour-per-day, seven-day-per-week treatment program for patients who continue to exhibit psychiatric problems but can function with support in some of the major life areas;

    (iii) A group home, which is a professionally directed living arrangement with the availability of psychiatric consultation and treatment for patients with significant family dysfunction and/or chronic but stable psychiatric disturbances;

    (iv) Therapeutic school, which is an educational program supplemented by psychological and psychiatric services;

    (v) Facilities that treat patients with a primary diagnosis of substance use disorder; and

    (vi) Facilities providing care for patients with a primary diagnosis of mental retardation or developmental disability.

    (2) Eligibility. (i) In order to qualify as a TRICARE authorized provider, every RTC must meet the minimum basic standards set forth in paragraphs (b)(4)(vii)(A) through (C) of this section, and as well as such additional elaborative criteria and standards as the Director determines are necessary to implement the basic standards.

    (ii) To qualify as a TRICARE authorized provider, the facility is required to be licensed and operate in substantial compliance with state and federal regulations.

    (iii) The facility is currently accredited by an accrediting organization approved by the Director.

    (iv) The facility has a written participation agreement with OCHAMPUS. The RTC is not a CHAMPUS-authorized provider and CHAMPUS benefits are not paid for services provided until the date upon which a participation agreement is signed by the Director.

    (B) Participation agreement requirements. In addition to other requirements set forth in this paragraph (b)(4)(vii), for the services of an RTC to be authorized, the RTC shall have entered into a Participation Agreement with OCHAMPUS. The period of a participation agreement shall be specified in the agreement, and will generally be for not more than five years. In addition to review of a facility's application and supporting documentation, an on-site inspection by OCHAMPUS authorized personnel may be required prior to signing a Participation Agreement. Retroactive approval is not given. In addition, the Participation Agreement shall include provisions that the RTC shall, at a minimum:

    (1) Render residential treatment center inpatient services to eligible CHAMPUS beneficiaries in need of such services, in accordance with the participation agreement and CHAMPUS regulation;

    (2) Accept payment for its services based upon the methodology provided in § 199.14(f) or such other method as determined by the Director;

    (3) Accept the CHAMPUS all-inclusive per diem rate as payment in full and collect from the CHAMPUS beneficiary or the family of the CHAMPUS beneficiary only those amounts that represent the beneficiary's liability, as defined in § 199.4, and charges for services and supplies that are not a benefit of CHAMPUS;

    (4) Make all reasonable efforts acceptable to the Director, to collect those amounts, which represents the beneficiary's liability, as defined in § 199.4;

    (5) Comply with the provisions of § 199.8, and submit claims first to all health insurance coverage to which the beneficiary is entitled that is primary to CHAMPUS;

    (6) Submit claims for services provided to CHAMPUS beneficiaries at least every 30 days (except to the extent a delay is necessitated by efforts to first collect from other health insurance). If claims are not submitted at least every 30 days, the RTC agrees not to bill the beneficiary or the beneficiary's family for any amounts disallowed by CHAMPUS;

    (7) Certify that:

    (i) It is and will remain in compliance with the TRICARE standards and provisions of paragraph (b)(4)(vii) of this section establishing standards for Residential Treatment Centers; and

    (ii) It will maintain compliance with the CHAMPUS Standards for Residential Treatment Centers Serving Children and Adolescents with Mental Disorders, as issued by the Director, except for any such standards regarding which the facility notifies the Director that it is not in compliance.

    (8) Designate an individual who will act as liaison for CHAMPUS inquiries. The RTC shall inform OCHAMPUS in writing of the designated individual;

    (9) Furnish OCHAMPUS, as requested by OCHAMPUS, with cost data certified by an independent accounting firm or other agency as authorized by the Director, OCHAMPUS;

    (10) Comply with all requirements of this section applicable to institutional providers generally concerning accreditation requirements, preauthorization, concurrent care review, claims processing, beneficiary liability, double coverage, utilization and quality review, and other matters;

    (11) Grant the Director, or designee, the right to conduct quality assurance audits or accounting audits with full access to patients and records (including records relating to patients who are not CHAMPUS beneficiaries) to determine the quality and cost-effectiveness of care rendered. The audits may be conducted on a scheduled or unscheduled (unannounced) basis. This right to audit/review includes, but is not limited to:

    (i) Examination of fiscal and all other records of the RTC which would confirm compliance with the participation agreement and designation as a TRICARE authorized RTC;

    (ii) Conducting such audits of RTC records including clinical, financial, and census records, as may be necessary to determine the nature of the services being provided, and the basis for charges and claims against the United States for services provided CHAMPUS beneficiaries;

    (iii) Examining reports of evaluations and inspections conducted by federal, state and local government, and private agencies and organizations;

    (iv) Conducting on-site inspections of the facilities of the RTC and interviewing employees, members of the staff, contractors, board members, volunteers, and patients, as required;

    (v) Audits conducted by the United States Government Accountability Office.

    (C) Other requirements applicable to RTCs. (1) Even though an RTC may qualify as a TRICARE authorized provider and may have entered into a participation agreement with CHAMPUS, payment by CHAMPUS for particular services provided is contingent upon the RTC also meeting all conditions set forth in § 199.4 especially all requirements of § 199.4(b)(4).

    (2) The RTC shall provide inpatient services to CHAMPUS beneficiaries in the same manner it provides inpatient services to all other patients. The RTC may not discriminate against CHAMPUS beneficiaries in any manner, including admission practices, placement in special or separate wings or rooms, or provisions of special or limited treatment.

    (3) The RTC shall assure that all certifications and information provided to the Director, incident to the process of obtaining and retaining authorized provider status is accurate and that it has no material errors or omissions. In the case of any misrepresentations, whether by inaccurate information being provided or material facts withheld, authorized status will be denied or terminated, and the RTC will be ineligible for consideration for authorized provider status for a two year period.

    (xii) Psychiatric and substance use disorder partial hospitalization programs. This paragraph (b)(4)(xii) establishes the definition of and eligibility standards and requirements for psychiatric and substance use disorder partial hospitalization programs.

    (A) Organization and administration—(1) Definition. Partial hospitalization is defined as a time-limited, ambulatory, active treatment program that offers therapeutically intensive, coordinated, and structured clinical services within a stable therapeutic milieu. Partial hospitalization programs serve patients who exhibit psychiatric symptoms, disturbances of conduct, and decompensating conditions affecting mental health. Partial hospitalization is appropriate for those whose psychiatric and addiction-related symptoms or concomitant physical and emotional/behavioral problems can be managed outside the hospital for defined periods of time with support in one or more of the major life areas. A partial hospitalization program for the treatment of substance use disorders is an addiction-focused service that provides active treatment to children and adolescents, or adults aged 18 and over.

    (2) Eligibility. (i) To qualify as a TRICARE authorized provider, every partial hospitalization program must meet minimum basic standards set forth in paragraphs (b)(4)(xii)(A) through (D) of this section, as well as such additional elaborative criteria and standards as the Director determines are necessary to implement the basic standards. Each partial hospitalization program must be either a distinct part of an otherwise-authorized institutional provider or a free-standing program. Approval of a hospital by TRICARE is sufficient for its partial hospitalization program to be an authorized TRICARE provider. Such hospital-based partial hospitalization programs are not required to be separately authorized by TRICARE.

    (ii) To be approved as a TRICARE authorized provider, the facility is required to be licensed and operate in substantial compliance with state and federal regulations.

    (iii) The facility is required to be currently accredited by an accrediting organization approved by the Director. Each PHP authorized to treat substance use disorder must be accredited to provide the level of required treatment by an accreditation body approved by the Director.

    (iv) The facility is required to have a written participation agreement with OCHAMPUS. The PHP is not a CHAMPUS-authorized provider and CHAMPUS benefits are not paid for services provided until the date upon which a participation agreement is signed by the Director.

    (B) Participation agreement requirements. In addition to other requirements set forth in this paragraph (b)(4)(xii), in order for the services of a PHP to be authorized, the PHP shall have entered into a Participation Agreement with OCHAMPUS. A single consolidated participation agreement is acceptable for all units of the TRICARE authorized facility granted that all programs meet the requirements of this part. The period of a Participation Agreement shall be specified in the agreement, and will generally be for not more than five years. The PHP shall not be considered to be a CHAMPUS authorized provider and CHAMPUS payments shall not be made for services provided by the PHP until the date the participation agreement is signed by the Director. In addition to review of a facility's application and supporting documentation, an on-site inspection by OCHAMPUS authorized personnel may be required prior to signing a participation agreement. The Participation Agreement shall include at least the following requirements:

    (1) Render partial hospitalization program services to eligible CHAMPUS beneficiaries in need of such services, in accordance with the participation agreement and CHAMPUS regulation.

    (2) Accept payment for its services based upon the methodology provided in § 199.14, or such other method as determined by the Director;

    (3) Accept the CHAMPUS all-inclusive per diem rate as payment in full and collect from the CHAMPUS beneficiary or the family of the CHAMPUS beneficiary only those amounts that represent the beneficiary's liability, as defined in § 199.4, and charges for services and supplies that are not a benefit of CHAMPUS;

    (4) Make all reasonable efforts acceptable to the Director to collect those amounts, which represent the beneficiary's liability, as defined in § 199.4;

    (5) Comply with the provisions of § 199.8, and submit claims first to all health insurance coverage to which the beneficiary is entitled that is primary to CHAMPUS;

    (6) Submit claims for services provided to CHAMPUS beneficiaries at least every 30 days (except to the extent a delay is necessitated by efforts to first collect from other health insurance). If claims are not submitted at least every 30 days, the PHP agrees not to bill the beneficiary or the beneficiary's family for any amounts disallowed by CHAMPUS;

    (7) Certify that:

    (i) It is and will remain in compliance with the TRICARE standards and provisions of paragraph (b)(4)(xii) of this section establishing standards for psychiatric and substance use disorder partial hospitalization programs; and

    (ii) It will maintain compliance with the CHAMPUS Standards for Psychiatric Substance Use Disorder Partial Hospitalization Programs, as issued by the Director, except for any such standards regarding which the facility notifies the Director, or designee, that it is not in compliance.

    (8) Designate an individual who will act as liaison for CHAMPUS inquiries. The PHP shall inform the Director, or designee, in writing of the designated individual;

    (9) Furnish OCHAMPUS, as requested by OCHAMPUS, with cost data certified by an independent accounting firm or other agency as authorized by the Director;

    (10) Comply with all requirements of this section applicable to institutional providers generally concerning accreditation requirements, preauthorization, concurrent care review, claims processing, beneficiary liability, double coverage, utilization and quality review, and other matters;

    (11) Grant the Director, or designee, the right to conduct quality assurance audits or accounting audits with full access to patients and records (including records relating to patients who are not CHAMPUS beneficiaries) to determine the quality and cost-effectiveness of care rendered. The audits may be conducted on a scheduled or unscheduled (unannounced) basis. This right to audit/review includes, but is not limited to:

    (i) Examination of fiscal and all other records of the PHP which would confirm compliance with the participation agreement and designation as a TRICARE authorized PHP provider;

    (ii) Conducting such audits of PHP records including clinical, financial, and census records, as may be necessary to determine the nature of the services being provided, and the basis for charges and claims against the United States for services provided CHAMPUS beneficiaries;

    (iii) Examining reports of evaluations and inspections conducted by federal, state and local government, and private agencies and organizations;

    (iv) Conducting on-site inspections of the facilities of the PHP and interviewing employees, members of the staff, contractors, board members, volunteers, and patients, as required;

    (v) Audits conducted by the United States General Account Office.

    (C) Other requirements applicable to PHPs. (1) Even though a PHP may qualify as a TRICARE authorized provider and may have entered into a participation agreement with CHAMPUS, payment by CHAMPUS for particular services provided is contingent upon the PHP also meeting all conditions set forth in § 199.4.

    (2) The PHP may not discriminate against CHAMPUS beneficiaries in any manner, including admission practices, placement in special or separate wings or rooms, or provisions of special or limited treatment.

    (3) The PHP shall assure that all certifications and information provided to the Director incident to the process of obtaining and retaining authorized provider status is accurate and that is has no material errors or omissions. In the case of any misrepresentations, whether by inaccurate information being provided or material facts withheld, authorized provider status will be denied or terminated, and the PHP will be ineligible for consideration for authorized provider status for a two year period.

    (xiv) Substance use disorder rehabilitation facilities. This paragraph (b)(4)(xiv) establishes the definition of eligibility standards and requirements for residential substance use disorder rehabilitation facilities (SUDRF).

    (A) Organization and administration—(1) Definition. A SUDRF is a residential or rehabilitation facility, or distinct part of a facility, that provides medically monitored, interdisciplinary addiction-focused treatment to beneficiaries who have psychoactive substance use disorders. Qualified health care professionals provide 24-hour, seven-day-per-week, assessment, treatment, and evaluation. A SUDRF is appropriate for patients whose addiction-related symptoms, or concomitant physical and emotional/behavioral problems reflect persistent dysfunction in several major life areas. Residential or inpatient rehabilitation is differentiated from:

    (i) Acute psychoactive substance use treatment and from treatment of acute biomedical/emotional/behavioral problems; which problems are either life-threatening and/or severely incapacitating and often occur within the context of a discrete episode of addiction-related biomedical or psychiatric dysfunction;

    (ii) A partial hospitalization center, which serves patients who exhibit emotional/behavioral dysfunction but who can function in the community for defined periods of time with support in one or more of the major life areas;

    (iii) A group home, sober-living environment, halfway house, or three-quarter way house;

    (iv) Therapeutic schools, which are educational programs supplemented by addiction-focused services;

    (v) Facilities that treat patients with primary psychiatric diagnoses other than psychoactive substance use or dependence; and

    (vi) Facilities that care for patients with the primary diagnosis of mental retardation or developmental disability.

    (2) Eligibility. (i) In order to become a TRICARE authorized provider, every SUDRF must meet minimum basic standards set forth in paragraphs (b)(4)(xiv)(A) through (C) of this section, as well as such additional elaborative criteria and standards as the Director determines are necessary to implement the basic standards.

    (ii) To be approved as a TRICARE authorized provider, the SUDRF is required to be licensed and operate in substantial compliance with state and federal regulations.

    (iii) The SUDRF is currently accredited by an accrediting organization approved by the Director. Each SUDRF must be accredited to provide the level of required treatment by an accreditation body approved by the Director.

    (iv) The SUDRF has a written participation agreement with OCHAMPUS. The SUDRF is not considered a TRICARE authorized provider, and CHAMPUS benefits are not paid for services provided until the date upon which a participation agreement is signed by the Director.

    (B) Participation agreement requirements. In addition to other requirements set forth in this paragraph (b)(4)(xiv), in order for the services of an inpatient rehabilitation center for the treatment of substance use disorders to be authorized, the center shall have entered into a Participation Agreement with OCHAMPUS. A single consolidated participation agreement is acceptable for all units of the TRICARE authorized facility. The period of a Participation Agreement shall be specified in the agreement, and will generally be for not more than five years. The SUDRF shall not be considered to be a CHAMPUS authorized provider and CHAMPUS payments shall not be made for services provided by the SUDRF until the date the participation agreement is signed by the Director. In addition to review of the SUDRF's application and supporting documentation, an on-site visit by OCHAMPUS representatives may be part of the authorization process. In addition, such a Participation Agreement may not be signed until an SUDRF has been licensed and operational for at least six months. The Participation Agreement shall include at least the following requirements:

    (1) Render applicable services to eligible CHAMPUS beneficiaries in need of such services, in accordance with the participation agreement and CHAMPUS regulation;

    (2) Accept payment for its services based upon the methodology provided in § 199.14, or such other method as determined by the Director;

    (3) Accept the CHAMPUS-determined rate as payment in full and collect from the CHAMPUS beneficiary or the family of the CHAMPUS beneficiary only those amounts that represent the beneficiary's liability, as defined in § 199.4, and charges for services and supplies that are not a benefit of CHAMPUS;

    (4) Make all reasonable efforts acceptable to the Director to collect those amounts which represent the beneficiary's liability, as defined in § 199.4;

    (5) Comply with the provisions of § 199.8, and submit claims first to all health insurance coverage to which the beneficiary is entitled that is primary to CHAMPUS;

    (6) Furnish OCHAMPUS with cost data, as requested by OCHAMPUS, certified to by an independent accounting firm or other agency as authorized by the Director;

    (7) Certify that:

    (i) It is and will remain in compliance with the provisions of paragraph (b)(4)(xiv) of the section establishing standards for substance use disorder rehabilitation facilities; and

    (ii) It has conducted a self-assessment of the facility's compliance with the CHAMPUS Standards for Substance Use Disorder Rehabilitation Facilities, as issued by the Director and notified the Director of any matter regarding which the facility is not in compliance with such standards; and

    (iii) It will maintain compliance with the CHAMPUS Standards for Substance Use Disorder Rehabilitation Facilities, as issued by the Director, except for any such standards regarding which the facility notifies the Director that it is not in compliance.

    (8) Designate an individual who will act as liaison for CHAMPUS inquiries. The SUDRF shall inform OCHAMPUS in writing of the designated individual;

    (9) Furnish OCHAMPUS, as requested by OCHAMPUS, with cost data certified by an independent accounting firm or other agency as authorized by the Director;

    (10) Comply with all requirements of this section applicable to institutional providers generally concerning accreditation requirements, preauthorization, concurrent care review, claims processing, beneficiary liability, double coverage, utilization and quality review, and other matters;

    (11) Grant the Director, or designee, the right to conduct quality assurance audits or accounting audits with full access to patients and records (including records relating to patients who are not CHAMPUS beneficiaries) to determine the quality and cost effectiveness of care rendered. The audits may be conducted on a scheduled or unscheduled (unannounced) basis. This right to audit/review included, but is not limited to:

    (i) Examination of fiscal and all other records of the center which would confirm compliance with the participation agreement and designation as an authorized TRICARE provider;

    (ii) Conducting such audits of center records including clinical, financial, and census records, as may be necessary to determine the nature of the services being provided, and the basis for charges and claims against the United States for services provided CHAMPUS beneficiaries;

    (iii) Examining reports of evaluations and inspection conducted by federal, state and local government, and private agencies and organizations;

    (iv) Conducting on-site inspections of the facilities of the SUDRF and interviewing employees, members of the staff, contractors, board members, volunteers, and patients, as required.

    (v) Audits conducted by the United States Government Accountability Office.

    (C) Other requirements applicable to substance use disorder rehabilitation facilities.

    (1) Even though a SUDRF may qualify as a TRICARE authorized provider and may have entered into a participation agreement with CHAMPUS, payment by CHAMPUS for particular services provided is contingent upon the SUDRF also meeting all conditions set forth in § 199.4.

    (2) The center shall provide inpatient services to CHAMPUS beneficiaries in the same manner it provides services to all other patients. The center may not discriminate against CHAMPUS beneficiaries in any manner, including admission practices, placement in special or separate wings or rooms, or provisions of special or limited treatment.

    (3) The substance use disorder facility shall assure that all certifications and information provided to the Director, incident to the process of obtaining and retaining authorized provider status, is accurate and that it has no material errors or omissions. In the case of any misrepresentations, whether by inaccurate information being provided or material facts withheld, authorized provider status will be denied or terminated, and the facility will be ineligible for consideration for authorized provider status for a two year period.

    (xviii) Intensive outpatient programs. This paragraph (b)(4)(xviii) establishes standards and requirements for intensive outpatient treatment programs for psychiatric and substance use disorder.

    (A) Organization and administration—(1) Definition. Intensive outpatient treatment (IOP) programs are defined in § 199.2. IOP services consist of a comprehensive and complimentary schedule of recognized treatment approaches that may include day, evening, night, and weekend services consisting of individual and group counseling or therapy, and family counseling or therapy as clinically indicated for children and adolescents, or adults aged 18 and over, and may include case management to link patients and their families with community based support systems.

    (2) Eligibility. (i) In order to qualify as a TRICARE authorized provider, every intensive outpatient program must meet the minimum basic standards set forth in paragraphs (b)(4)(xviii)(A) through (C) of this section, as well as additional elaborative criteria and standards as the Director determines are necessary to implement the basic standards. Each intensive outpatient program must be either a distinct part of an otherwise-authorized institutional provider or a free-standing psychiatric or substance use disorder intensive outpatient program. Approval of a hospital by TRICARE is sufficient for its IOP to be an authorized TRICARE provider. Such hospital-based intensive outpatient programs are not required to be separately authorized by TRICARE.

    (ii) To qualify as a TRICARE authorized provider, the IOP is required to be licensed and operate in substantial compliance with state and federal regulations.

    (iii) The IOP is currently accredited by an accrediting organization approved by the Director. Each IOP authorized to treat substance use disorder must be accredited to provide the level of required treatment by an accreditation body approved by the Director.

    (iv) The facility has a written participation agreement with TRICARE. The IOP is not considered a TRICARE authorized provider and TRICARE benefits are not paid for services provided until the date upon which a participation agreement is signed by the Director.

    (B) Participation agreement requirements. In addition to other requirements set forth in paragraph (b)(4)(xii) of this section, in order for the services of an IOP to be authorized, the IOP shall have entered into a Participation Agreement with TRICARE. A single consolidated participation agreement is acceptable for all units of the TRICARE authorized facility granted that all programs meet the requirements of this part. The period of a Participation Agreement shall be specified in the agreement, and will generally be for not more than five years. In addition to review of a facility's application and supporting documentation, an on-site inspection by DHA authorized personnel may be required prior to signing a participation agreement. The Participation Agreement shall include at least the following requirements:

    (1) Render intensive outpatient program services to eligible TRICARE beneficiaries in need of such services, in accordance with the participation agreement and TRICARE regulation.

    (2) Accept payment for its services based upon the methodology provided in § 199.14, or such other method as determined by the Director;

    (3) Collect from the TRICARE beneficiary or the family of the TRICARE beneficiary only those amounts that represent the beneficiary's liability, as defined in § 199.4, and charges for services and supplies that are not a benefit of TRICARE;

    (4) Make all reasonable efforts acceptable to the Director to collect those amounts, which represent the beneficiary's liability, as defined in § 199.4;

    (5) Comply with the provisions of § 199.8, and submit claims first to all health insurance coverage to which the beneficiary is entitled that is primary to TRICARE;

    (6) Submit claims for services provided to TRICARE beneficiaries at least every 30 days (except to the extent a delay is necessitated by efforts to first collect from other health insurance). If claims are not submitted at least every 30 days, the IOP agrees not to bill the beneficiary or the beneficiary's family for any amounts disallowed by TRICARE;

    (7) Free-standing intensive outpatient programs shall certify that:

    (i) It is and will remain in compliance with the provisions of paragraph (b)(4)(xii) of this section establishing standards for psychiatric and SUD IOPs;

    (ii) It has conducted a self-assessment of the facility's compliance with the CHAMPUS Standards for Intensive Outpatient Programs, as issued by the Director, and notified the Director of any matter regarding which the facility is not in compliance with such standards; and

    (iii) It will maintain compliance with the TRICARE standards for IOPs, as issued by the Director, except for any such standards regarding which the facility notifies the Director, or a designee that it is not in compliance.

    (8) Designate an individual who will act as liaison for TRICARE inquiries. The IOP shall inform TRICARE, or a designee in writing of the designated individual;

    (9) Furnish OCHAMPUS with cost data, as requested by OCHAMPUS, certified by an independent accounting firm or other agency as authorized by the Director.

    (10) Comply with all requirements of this section applicable to institutional providers generally concerning accreditation requirements, preauthorization, concurrent care review, claims processing, beneficiary liability, double coverage, utilization and quality review, and other matters;

    (11) Grant the Director, or designee, the right to conduct quality assurance audits or accounting audits with full access to patients and records (including records relating to patients who are not CHAMPUS beneficiaries) to determine the quality and cost effectiveness of care rendered. The audits may be conducted on a scheduled or unscheduled (unannounced) basis. This right to audit/review included, but is not limited to:

    (i) Examination of fiscal and all other records of the center which would confirm compliance with the participation agreement and designation as an authorized TRICARE provider;

    (ii) Conducting such audits of center records including clinical, financial, and census records, as may be necessary to determine the nature of the services being provided, and the basis for charges and claims against the United States for services provided CHAMPUS beneficiaries;

    (iii) Examining reports of evaluations and inspection conducted by federal, state and local government, and private agencies and organizations;

    (iv) Conducting on-site inspections of the facilities of the IOP and interviewing employees, members of the staff, contractors, board members, volunteers, and patients, as required.

    (v) Audits conducted by the United States Government Accountability Office.

    (C) Other requirements applicable to Intensive Outpatient Programs (IOP). (1) Even though an IOP may qualify as a TRICARE authorized provider and may have entered into a participation agreement with CHAMPUS, payment by CHAMPUS for particular services provided is contingent upon the IOP also meeting all conditions set forth in § 199.4.

    (2) The IOP may not discriminate against CHAMPUS beneficiaries in any manner, including admission practices, placement in special or separate wings or rooms, or provisions of special or limited treatment.

    (3) The IOP shall assure that all certifications and information provided to the Director incident to the process of obtaining and retaining authorized provider status is accurate and that is has no material errors or omissions. In the case of any misrepresentations, whether by inaccurate information being provided or material facts withheld, authorized provider status will be denied or terminated, and the IOP will be ineligible for consideration for authorized provider status for a two year period.

    (xix) Opioid Treatment Programs (OTPs). This paragraph (b)(4)(xix) establishes standards and requirements for Opioid Treatment Programs.

    (A) Organization and administration. (1) Definition. Opioid Treatment Programs (OTPs) are defined in § 199.2. Opioid Treatment Programs (OTPs) are organized, ambulatory, addiction treatment services for patients with an opioid use disorder. OTPs have the capacity to provide daily direct administration of medications without the prescribing of medications. Medication supplies for patients to take outside of OTPs originate from within OTPs. OTPs offer medication assisted treatment, patient-centered, recovery-oriented individualized treatment through addiction counseling, mental health therapy, case management, and health education.

    (2) Eligibility. (i) Every free-standing Opioid Treatment Program must be accredited by an accrediting organization recognized by Director, under the current standards of an accrediting organization, as well as meet additional elaborative criteria and standards as the Director determines are necessary to implement the basic standards. OTPs adhere to requirements of the Department of Health and Human Services' 42 CFR part 8, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration's Center for Substance Abuse Treatment, and the Drug Enforcement Agency. OTPs must be either a distinct part of an otherwise authorized institutional provider or a free-standing program. Approval of hospitals by TRICARE is sufficient for their OTPs to be authorized TRICARE providers. Such hospital-based OTPs, if certified under 42 CFR 8, are not required to be separately authorized by TRICARE.

    (ii) To qualify as a TRICARE authorized provider, OTPs are required to be licensed and fully operational for a period of at least six months and operate in substantial compliance with state and federal regulations.

    (iii) OTPs have a written participation agreement with OCHAMPUS. OTPs are not considered a TRICARE authorized provider, and CHAMPUS benefits are not paid for services provided until the date upon which a participation agreement is signed by the Director.

    (B) Participation agreement requirements. In addition to other requirements set forth in this paragraph (b)(4)(xix), in order for the services of OTPs to be authorized, OTPs shall have entered into a Participation Agreement with TRICARE. A single consolidated participation agreement is acceptable for all units of a TRICARE authorized facility. The period of a Participation Agreement shall be specified in the agreement, and will generally be for not more than five years. In addition to review of a facility's application and supporting documentation, an on-site inspection by DHA authorized personnel may be required prior to signing a participation agreement. The Participation Agreement shall include at least the following requirements:

    (1) Render services from OTPs to eligible TRICARE beneficiaries in need of such services, in accordance with the participation agreement and TRICARE regulation.

    (2) Accept payment for its services based upon the methodology provided in § 199.14, or such other method as determined by the Director;

    (3) Collect from the TRICARE beneficiary or the family of the TRICARE beneficiary only those amounts that represent the beneficiary's liability, as defined in § 199.4, and charges for services and supplies that are not a benefit of TRICARE;

    (4) Make all reasonable efforts acceptable to the Director to collect those amounts, which represent the beneficiary's liability, as defined in § 199.4;

    (5) Comply with the provisions of § 199.8, and submit claims first to all health insurance coverage to which the beneficiary is entitled that is primary to TRICARE;

    (6) Submit claims for services provided to TRICARE beneficiaries at least every 30 days (except to the extent a delay is necessitated by efforts to first collect from other health insurance). If claims are not submitted at least every 30 days, OTPs agree not to bill the beneficiary or the beneficiary's family for any amounts disallowed by TRICARE;

    (7) Free-standing opioid treatment programs shall certify that:

    (i) It is and will remain in compliance with the provisions of paragraph (b)(4)(xii) of this section establishing standards for opioid treatment programs;

    (ii) It will maintain compliance with the TRICARE standards for OTPs, as issued by the Director, except for any such standards regarding which the facility notifies the Director, or a designee, that it is not in compliance.

    (8) Designate an individual who will act as liaison for TRICARE inquiries. OTPs shall inform TRICARE, or a designee, in writing of the designated individual;

    (9) Furnish TRICARE, or a designee, with cost data, as requested by TRICARE, certified by an independent accounting firm or other agency as authorized by the Director;

    (10) Comply with all requirements of this section applicable to institutional providers generally concerning accreditation requirements, claims processing, beneficiary liability, double coverage, utilization and quality review, and other matters;

    (11) Grant the Director, or designee, the right to conduct quality assurance audits or accounting audits with full access to patients and records (including records relating to patients who are not TRICARE beneficiaries) to determine the quality and cost effectiveness of care rendered. The audits may be conducted on a scheduled or unscheduled (unannounced) basis. This right to audit/review includes, but is not limited to:

    (i) Examination of fiscal and all other records of OTPs which would confirm compliance with the participation agreement and designation as an authorized TRICARE provider;

    (ii) Conducting such audits of OTPs' records including clinical, financial, and census records, as may be necessary to determine the nature of the services being provided, and the basis for charges and claims against the United States for services provided TRICARE beneficiaries;

    (iii) Examining reports of evaluations and inspections conducted by federal, state and local government, and private agencies and organizations.

    (C) Other requirements applicable to OTPs. (1) Even though OTPs may qualify as a TRICARE authorized provider and may have entered into a participation agreement with CHAMPUS, payment by CHAMPUS for particular services provided is contingent upon OTPs also meeting all conditions set forth in § 199.4.

    (2) OTPs may not discriminate against CHAMPUS beneficiaries in any manner, including admission practices or provisions of special or limited treatment.

    (3) OTPs shall assure that all certifications and information provided to the Director incident to the process of obtaining and retaining authorized provider status is accurate and that is has no material errors or omissions. In the case of any misrepresentations, whether by inaccurate information being provided or material facts withheld, authorized provider status will be denied or terminated, and OTPs will be ineligible for consideration for authorized provider status for a two year period.

    § 199.7 [Amended]
    5. Section 199.7 is amended by removing and reserving paragraph (e)(2). 6. Section 199.14 is amended by revising paragraphs (a)(2)(iv)(C)(2) and (4) and (a)(2)(ix) to read as follows:
    § 199.14 Provider reimbursement methods.

    (a) * * *

    (2) * * *

    (iv) * * *

    (C) * * *

    (2) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(iv)(C)(3) of this section, for subsequent federal fiscal years, each per diem shall be updated by the Medicare Inpatient Prospective Payment System update factor.

    (4) Hospitals and units with hospital-specific rates will be notified of their respective rates prior to the beginning of each Federal fiscal year. New hospitals shall be notified at such time as the hospital rate is determined. The actual amount of each regional per diem that will apply in any Federal fiscal year shall be posted to the Agency's official Web site at the start of that fiscal year.

    (ix) Payment for psychiatric and substance use disorder rehabilitation partial hospitalization services, intensive outpatient psychiatric and substance use disorder services and opioid treatment services—(A) Per diem payments. Psychiatric and substance use disorder partial hospitalization services, intensive outpatient psychiatric and substance use disorder services and opioid treatment services authorized by § 199.4(b)(9), (b)(10), and (b)(11), respectively, and provided by institutional providers authorized under § 199.6(b)(4)(xii), (b)(4)(xviii) and (b)(4)(xix), respectively, are reimbursed on the basis of prospectively determined, all-inclusive per diem rates pursuant to the provisions of paragraphs (a)(2)(ix)(A)(1) through (3) of this section, with the exception of hospital-based psychiatric and substance use disorder and opioid services which are reimbursed in accordance with provisions of paragraph (a)(6)(ii) of this section and freestanding opioid treatment programs when reimbursed on a fee-for-service basis as specified in paragraph (a)(2)(ix)(A)(3)(ii) of this section. The per diem payment amount must be accepted as payment in full, subject to the outpatient cost-sharing provisions under § 199.4(f), for institutional services provided, including board, routine nursing services, group therapy, ancillary services (e.g., music, dance, and occupational and other such therapies), psychological testing and assessment, overhead and any other services for which the customary practice among similar providers is included in the institutional charges, except for those services which may be billed separately under paragraph (a)(2)(ix)(B) of this section. Per diem payment will not be allowed for leave days during which treatment is not provided.

    (1) Partial hospitalization programs. For any full-day partial hospitalization program (minimum of 6 hours), the maximum per diem payment amount is 40 percent of the average inpatient per diem amount per case established under the TRICARE mental health per diem reimbursement system during the fiscal year for both high and low volume psychiatric hospitals and units [as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section]. Intensive outpatient services provided in a PHP setting lasting less than 6 hours, with a minimum of 2 hours, will be paid as provided in paragraph (a)(2)(ix)(A)(2) of this section. PHP per diem rates will be updated annually by the Medicare update factor used for their Inpatient Prospective Payment System.

    (2) Intensive outpatient programs. For intensive outpatient programs (IOPs) (minimum of 2 hours), the maximum per diem amount is 75 percent of the rate for a full-day partial hospitalization program as established in paragraph (a)(2)(ix)(A)(1) of this section. IOP per diem rates will be updated annually by the Medicare update factor used for their Inpatient Prospective Payment System.

    (3) Opioid treatment programs. Opioid treatment programs (OTPs) authorized by § 199.4(b)(11) and provided by providers authorized under § 199.6(b)(4)(xix) will be reimbursed based on the variability in the dosage and frequency of the drug being administered and in related supportive services.

    (i) Weekly all-inclusive per diem rate. Methadone OTPs will be reimbursed the lower of the billed charge or the weekly all-inclusive per diem rate (the weekly national all-inclusive rate adjusted for locality), including the cost of the drug and related services (i.e., the costs related to the initial intake/assessment, drug dispensing and screening and integrated psychosocial and medical treatment and support services). The bundled weekly per diem payments will be accepted as payment in full, subject to the outpatient cost-sharing provisions under § 199.4(f). The methadone per diem rate for OTPs will be updated annually by the Medicare update factor used for their Inpatient Prospective Payment System.

    (ii) Exceptions to per diem reimbursement. When providing other medications which are more likely to be prescribed and administered in an office-based opioid treatment setting, but which are still available for treatment of substance use disorders in an outpatient treatment program setting, OTPs will be reimbursed on a fee-for-service basis (i.e., separate payments will be allowed for both the medication and accompanying support services), subject to the outpatient cost-sharing provisions under § 199.4(f). OTPs' rates will be updated annually by the Medicare update factor used for their Inpatient Prospective Payment System.

    (iii) Discretionary authority. The Director, TRICARE, will have discretionary authority in establishing the reimbursement methodologies for new drugs and biologicals that may become available for the treatment of substance use disorders in OTPs. The type of reimbursement (e.g., fee-for-service versus bundled per diem payments) will be dependent on the variability of the dosage and frequency of the medication being administered, as well as the support services.

    (B) Services which may be billed separately. Psychotherapy sessions and non-mental health related medical services not normally included in the evaluation and assessment of PHP, IOP or OTPs, provided by authorized independent professional providers who are not employed by, or under contract with, PHP, IOP or OTPs for the purposes of providing clinical patient care are not included in the per diem rate and may be billed separately. This includes ambulance services when medically necessary for emergency transport.

    § 199.15 [Amended]
    7. Section 199.15 is amended in paragraph (a)(6) by removing “, such as inpatient mental health services in excess of 30 days in any year” in the last sentence. 8. Section 199.18 is amended by: a. Revising paragraph (d)(2)(ii); b. Removing and reserving paragraph (d)(3)(ii); and c. Revising paragraphs (e)(2) and (3). The revisions read as follows:
    § 199.18 Uniform HMO Benefit.

    (d) * * *

    (2) * * *

    (ii) The per visit fee provided in paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section shall also apply to partial hospitalization services, intensive outpatient treatment, and opioid treatment program services. The per visit fee shall be applied on a per day basis on days services are received, with the exception of opioid treatment program services reimbursed in accordance with § 199.14(a)(2)(ix)(A)(3)(i) which per visit fee will apply on a weekly basis.

    (e) * * *

    (2) Structure of cost-sharing. For inpatient admissions, there is a nominal copayment for retired members, dependents of retired members, and survivors. This nominal copayment shall apply to an inpatient admission to any hospital or other authorized institutional provider, including inpatient admission to a residential treatment center, substance use disorder rehabilitation facility residential treatment program, or skilled nursing facility.

    (3) Amount of inpatient cost-sharing requirements. In fiscal year 2001, the inpatient cost-sharing requirements for retirees and their dependents for acute care admissions and other inpatient admissions is a per diem charge of $11, with a minimum charge of $25 per admission.

    Dated: August 29, 2016. Aaron Siegel, Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.
    [FR Doc. 2016-21125 Filed 9-1-16; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 5001-06-P
    CategoryRegulatory Information
    CollectionFederal Register
    sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
    GS 4.107:
    AE 2.106:
    PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration

    2024 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
    USC | CFR | eCFR